[opensuse-translation-commit] r96946 - in branches/SLE12-SP2: lcn/ar/po yast/ar/po yast/ko/po

Author: kezz90 Date: 2016-09-19 15:23:03 +0200 (Mon, 19 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96946 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/lcn/ar/po/libstorage.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/add-on-creator.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/add-on.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/audit-laf.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/auth-client.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/base.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/bootloader.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ca-management.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/cio.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/cluster.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/control-center.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/control.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/country.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/dhcp-server.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/dns-server.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/docker.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/fcoe-client.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firewall-services.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firewall.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firstboot.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/geo-cluster.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/http-server.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/inetd.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iplb.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iscsi-client.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iscsi-lio-server.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/isns.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/journal.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/kdump.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/languages_db.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ldap.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/mail.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/multipath.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ncurses-pkg.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ncurses.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nis.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nis_server.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ntp-client.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/online-update-configuration.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/online-update.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/packager.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/printer.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/product-creator.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/proxy.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/registration.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/relocation-server.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/s390.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-client.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-server.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-users.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/scanner.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/security.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/slp-server.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/snapper.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sound.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/squid.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/storage.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sudo.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/support.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sysconfig.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/tftp-server.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/timezone_db.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/tune.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/vm.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/wol.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/add-on-creator.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/add-on.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/audit-laf.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/auth-client.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/bootloader.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/ca-management.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/cio.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/cluster.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/control-center.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/control.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/country.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/dhcp-server.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/dns-server.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/docker.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/fcoe-client.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/firewall-services.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/firewall.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/firstboot.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/geo-cluster.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/http-server.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/inetd.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/iplb.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/iscsi-client.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/iscsi-lio-server.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/isns.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/journal.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/kdump.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/languages_db.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/ldap.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/mail.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/multipath.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/ncurses-pkg.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/ncurses.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/nis.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/nis_server.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/ntp-client.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/online-update-configuration.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/online-update.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/packager.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/printer.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/product-creator.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/proxy.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/rdp.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/registration.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/relocation-server.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/s390.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/samba-client.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/samba-server.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/samba-users.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/scanner.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/security.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/slp-server.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/snapper.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/squid.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/storage.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/sudo.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/support.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/sysconfig.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/tftp-server.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/timezone_db.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/tune.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/vm.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/wol.ko.po Log: Vendor update:SLE12SP2 Localization update: Drop8 post translation - Outstanding KO and AR translation Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/lcn/ar/po/libstorage.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/lcn/ar/po/libstorage.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/lcn/ar/po/libstorage.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: libstorage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-07 14:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ #: ../storage/Dmmultipath.cc:218 ../storage/Dmraid.cc:218 #: ../storage/Volume.cc:3508 msgid "(Progress bar will not move. May take very long. DO NOT ABORT!)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(لن يتحرك شريط التقدم. قد يستغرق الأمر وقتًا طويلا. تجنب الإيقاف!)" #. displayed text before action, %1$s is replaced by mount point e.g. /home #. %2$s is replaced by a pathname e.g. /etc/fstab @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ #: ../storage/Volume.cc:3384 #, c-format msgid "Create BIOS grub volume %1$s (%2$s)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إنشاء وحدة التخزين %1$s (%2$s)" #. displayed text before action, #. %1$s is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/sda1, @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ #: ../storage/Volume.cc:3400 #, c-format msgid "Create GPT PReP volume %1$s (%2$s)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إنشاء وحدة التخزين %1$s (%2$s)" #. displayed text before action, #. %1$s is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/sda1, @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ #: ../storage/Volume.cc:3392 #, c-format msgid "Create PReP volume %1$s (%2$s)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إنشاء وحدة التخزين %1$s (%2$s)" #. displayed text before action, %1$s is replaced by raid partition e.g. pdc_dabaheedj_part1 #. %2$s is replaced by size (e.g. 623.5 MB) @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ #: ../storage/Volume.cc:3454 #, c-format msgid "Create encrypted volume %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إنشاء وحدة التخزين المشفرة %1$s (%2$s) لـ $s باستخدام %3$s" #. displayed text before action, %1$s is replaced by raid partition e.g. pdc_dabaheedj_part1 #. %2$s is replaced by size (e.g. 623.5 MB) @@ -321,6 +321,8 @@ #, c-format msgid "Create subvolume %1$s on device %2$s with option \"no copy on write\"" msgstr "" +"إنشاء وحدة تخزين فرعية %1$s على الجهاز %2$s بالخيار \"لا توجد نسخة عند " +"الكتابة\"" #. displayed text before action, %1$s is replaced by raid partition e.g. pdc_dabaheedj_part1 #. %2$s is replaced by size (e.g. 623.5 MB) @@ -376,7 +378,7 @@ #: ../storage/Volume.cc:3445 #, c-format msgid "Create volume %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إنشاء وحدة تخزين جذرية %1$s (%2$s) باستخدام %3$s" #. displayed text before action #. %1$s is replaced by a name (e.g. system) @@ -438,6 +440,8 @@ #, c-format msgid "Creating subvolume %1$s on device %2$s with option \"no copy on write\"" msgstr "" +"إنشاء وحدة تخزين فرعية %1$s على الجهاز %2$s بالخيار \"لا توجد نسخة عند " +"الكتابة\"" #. displayed text during action, #. %1$s is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/sda1 @@ -1357,7 +1361,7 @@ #: ../storage/Partition.cc:339 #, c-format msgid "Set type of partition %1$s to %2$s (%3$X)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تعيين نوع القسم %1$s إلى %2$s (%3$X)" #. displayed before action #. %1$s is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/hda1 @@ -1382,7 +1386,7 @@ #: ../storage/Storage.cc:5587 msgid "Setting file attributes with chattr failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "إعداد سمات الملف مع فشل أمر chattr" #. displayed during action #. %1$s is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/hda1 @@ -1422,7 +1426,7 @@ #: ../storage/Partition.cc:326 #, c-format msgid "Setting type of partition %1$s to %2$s (%3$X)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تعيين نوع القسم %1$s إلى %2$s (%3$X)" #. displayed during action #. %1$s is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/hda1 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/add-on-creator.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/add-on-creator.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/add-on-creator.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,427 +14,437 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the add-on-creator module -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the add-on-creator module +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:54 msgid "Creator for add-on products" msgstr "منشئ المنتجات الإضافية" -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:67 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:67 msgid "Create and build a new add-on product." msgstr "قم بإنشاء منتج إضافي جديد وتضمينه." -#. command line help text for 'clone' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 +#. command line help text for 'clone' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 msgid "Create and build a new add-on product based on an existing one." msgstr "قم بإنشاء منتج إضافي استنادًا إلى منتج إضافي موجود وتضمينه." -#. command line help text for 'sign' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'sign' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 msgid "Sign unsigned Add-On Product" msgstr "توقيع منتج إضافي غير موقع" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:97 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:97 msgid "List available add-on product configurations." msgstr "قم بسرد تكوينات المنتج الإضافي المتوفرة." -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107 msgid "Build an add-on product from the selected configuration." msgstr "قم بتضمين منتج إضافي من خلال التكوين المحدد." -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:117 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:117 msgid "Delete the selected add-on product configuration." msgstr "قم بحذف تكوين المنتج الإضافي المحدد." -#. command line help text for 'rpm_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:125 +#. command line help text for 'rpm_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:125 msgid "Path to directory with packages" msgstr "المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على الحزم مفقود." -#. command line help text for 'content' option (do not translate 'content', it's a name) -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:132 +#. command line help text for 'content' option (do not translate 'content', it's a name) +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:132 msgid "Path to content file" msgstr "المسار إلى ملف المحتويات" -#. command line help text for 'existing' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:139 +#. command line help text for 'existing' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:139 msgid "Path to directory with existing Add-On Product" msgstr "المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على المنتج الإضافي الموجود" -#. command line help text for 'generate_descriptions' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:146 +#. command line help text for 'generate_descriptions' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:146 msgid "Generate new package descriptions (do not copy)" msgstr "إنشاء أوصاف حزم جديدة (لا تقم بالنسخ)" -#. command line help text for 'package_descriptions_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:152 +#. command line help text for 'package_descriptions_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:152 msgid "Path to directory with package descriptions" msgstr "المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على أوصاف الحزم" -#. command line help text for 'patterns_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:159 +#. command line help text for 'patterns_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:159 msgid "Path to directory with patterns definitions" msgstr "المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على تعريفات الأنماط" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:166 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:166 msgid "Path to the output directory" msgstr "المسار إلى دليل الإخراج" -#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:173 +#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:173 msgid "Create the ISO image" msgstr "إنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO" -#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:179 +#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:179 msgid "Name of the output ISO image" msgstr "اسم نسخة محتويات ISO للمخرجات" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:186 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:186 msgid "Path to the output directory for ISO image" msgstr "المسار إلى دليل إخراج نسخة محتويات ISO" -#. command line help text for 'do_not_sign' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:193 +#. command line help text for 'do_not_sign' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:193 msgid "Do not sign the product" msgstr "عدم توقيع المنتج" -#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:199 +#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:199 msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product" msgstr "معرف مفتاح GPG المستخدَم في توقيع المنتج" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:206 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:206 msgid "Passphrase to unlock GPG key" msgstr "عبارة المرور لإلغاء قفل مفتاح GPG" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase_file' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:213 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase_file' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:213 msgid "Path to file with the passphrase for GPG key" msgstr "المسار إلى الملف المحتوي على عبارة المرور لمفتاح GPG" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:220 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:220 msgid "Resign all packages with selected key." msgstr "إعادة توقيع كافة الحزم باستخدام المفتاح المحدد." -#. command line help text for 'workflow' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:226 +#. command line help text for 'workflow' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:226 msgid "Path to workflow definition file (installation.xml)" msgstr "المسار إلى ملف تعريف تدفق العمل (installation.xml)" -#. command line help text for 'y2update' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233 +#. command line help text for 'y2update' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233 msgid "Path to workflow dialogs archive (y2update.tgz)" msgstr "المسار إلى أرشيف مربعات حوار تدفق العمل (y2update.tgz)" -#. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240 +#. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240 msgid "Path to directory with YaST packages to form the workflow" msgstr "المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على حزم YaST لتكوين تدفق العمل" -#. command line help text for 'license' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 +#. command line help text for 'license' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 msgid "Path to file with license texts (license.zip or license.tar.gz)" -msgstr "المسار إلى الملف المحتوي على نصوص الترخيص (license.zip أو license.tar.gz)" +msgstr "" +"المسار إلى الملف المحتوي على نصوص الترخيص (license.zip أو license.tar.gz)" -#. command line help text for 'info' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 +#. command line help text for 'info' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 msgid "Path to file with 'info' text (media.1/info.txt)" msgstr "المسار إلى الملف المحتوي على نص \"معلومات\" (media.1/info.txt)" -#. command line help text for 'extra_prov' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:261 +#. command line help text for 'extra_prov' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:261 msgid "Path to file with additional dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)" msgstr "المسار إلى الملف المحتوي على تبعيات إضافية (EXTRA_PROV)" -#. command line help text for 'addon-dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:268 +#. command line help text for 'addon-dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:268 msgid "Path to directory with Add-On Product" msgstr "المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على منتج إضافي" -#. command line help text for 'do_not_build' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:275 +#. command line help text for 'do_not_build' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:275 msgid "Do not build the product, only save new configuration." msgstr "لا تبنِ المنتج، فقط احفظ التكوين الجديد." -#. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 +#. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 msgid "Number of the selected add-on (see 'list' command for product numbers)." msgstr "رقم المنتج الإضافي المحدد (راجع الأمر 'list' لأرقام المنتجات)." -#. command line help text for 'changelog' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 +#. command line help text for 'changelog' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 msgid "Generate a Changelog file." msgstr "قم بإنشاء ملف سجل التغيير." -#. command line help text for 'no_release_package' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:294 +#. command line help text for 'no_release_package' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:294 msgid "Do not generate the release package." msgstr "لا تقم بإنشاء حزمة الإصدار." -#. command line help text for 'product_file' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:300 +#. command line help text for 'product_file' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:300 msgid "Path to file with the product description (*.prod)" msgstr "المسار إلى الملف بوصف للمنتج (*.prod)" -#. error message, %1 is path -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:398 +#. error message, %1 is path +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:398 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "الملف %1 غير موجود." -#. error message, %1 is path -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:405 +#. error message, %1 is path +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:405 msgid "Directory %1 does not exist." msgstr "الدليل %1 غير موجود." -#. question on command line -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:454 +#. question on command line +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:454 msgid "Passphrase for key %1:" msgstr "عبارة المرور للمفتاح %1:" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:475 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:475 msgid "Path to output directory is missing." msgstr "المسار إلى دليل الإخراج مفقود." -#. error message, missing tool -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:609 +#. error message, missing tool +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:609 msgid "/usr/bin/unzip does not exists" msgstr "/usr/bin/unzip غير موجود" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:733 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:733 msgid "Path to directory with packages is missing." msgstr "المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على الحزم مفقود." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:742 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:742 msgid "Path to content file is missing." msgstr "المسار إلى ملف المحتويات مفقود." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:756 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:756 msgid "Path to existing Add-On is missing." msgstr "المسار إلى المنتج الإضافي الموجود مفقود." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:774 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:774 msgid "Path to directory with Add-On is missing." msgstr "المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على المنتج الإضافي مفقود." -#. command line summary, %1 is order, %2 product name -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:813 +#. command line summary, %1 is order, %2 product name +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:813 msgid "(%1) Product Name: %2" msgstr "(%1) اسم المنتج: %2" -#. command line summary -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:821 +#. command line summary +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:821 msgid "\tVersion: %1" msgstr "\tالإصدار: %1" -#. command line summary -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:828 +#. command line summary +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:828 msgid "\tInput directory: %1" msgstr "\tدليل الإدخال: %1" -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:834 +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:834 msgid "\tOutput directory: %1" msgstr "\tدليل الإخراج: %1" -#. command line summary, %1 is comma-separated list -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:842 +#. command line summary, %1 is comma-separated list +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:842 msgid "\tPatterns: %1" msgstr "\tالأنماط: %1" -#. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 -msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands." -msgstr "لا يوجد تكوين منتج إضافي في الوقت الحالي. قم بإنشاء تكوين جديد باستخدام الأمر 'create' أو الأمر 'clone'." +#. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 +msgid "" +"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the " +"'create' or 'clone' commands." +msgstr "" +"لا يوجد تكوين منتج إضافي في الوقت الحالي. قم بإنشاء تكوين جديد باستخدام " +"الأمر 'create' أو الأمر 'clone'." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 msgid "Specify the add-on product to build." msgstr "حدد المنتج الإضافي المطلوب بناؤه." -#. command line message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:917 +#. command line message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:917 msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present." msgstr "لا يوجد تكوين منتج إضافي في الوقت الحالي." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:924 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:924 msgid "Specify the add-on product configuration that should be deleted." msgstr "حدد تكوين المنتج الإضافي المطلوب حذفه." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99 msgid "Add-on Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة على تكوين منشئ المنتجات الإضافية" -#. summary item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:128 +#. summary item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:128 msgid "Input directory: %1<br>" msgstr "دليل الإدخال: %1<br>" -#. summary item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:133 +#. summary item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:133 msgid "Output directory: %1<br>" msgstr "دليل الإخراج: %1<br>" -#. summary item, %1 is comma-separated list -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:142 +#. summary item, %1 is comma-separated list +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:142 msgid "Patterns: %1" msgstr "الأنماط: %1" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 -msgid "<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 +msgid "" +"<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>قم ببدء إنشاء تكوين منتج إضافي جديد باستخدام <b>إضافة</b>.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 -msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p>استخدم <b>تحرير</b> لتعديل تكوين المنتج الإضافي المحدد.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 msgid "<p>Delete the selected configuration using <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>قم بحذف التكوين المحدد باستخدام <b>حذف</b>.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 -msgid "<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with <b>Build</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>بناء المنتج الإضافي الجديد استنادًا إلى التكوين المحدد مع <b>بناء</b>.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 +msgid "" +"<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with " +"<b>Build</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>بناء المنتج الإضافي الجديد استنادًا إلى التكوين المحدد مع <b>بناء</b>.</p>" -#. table header item -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:178 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2476 +#. table header item +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:178 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2476 msgid "Product Name" msgstr "اسم منتج" -#. table header item -#. input field label -#. desctiption of pattern keys -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:180 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1272 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:316 +#. table header item +#. input field label +#. desctiption of pattern keys +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:180 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1272 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:316 msgid "Version" msgstr "الإصدار" -#. push button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:192 +#. push button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:192 msgid "&Build" msgstr "&تضمين" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:247 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:247 msgid "Really delete configuration \"%1\"?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف التكوين \"%1\"؟" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:296 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:450 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:296 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:450 msgid "Add-On Product Creator" msgstr "منشئ المنتج الإضافي" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:313 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:313 msgid "Create an Add-On &from the Beginning" msgstr "إنشاء منتج إ&ضافي من البداية" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:322 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:322 msgid "Create an Add-On Based on an &Existing Add-On" msgstr "إنشاء منتج إضا&في يستند إلى منتج إضافي موجود" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:332 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:332 msgid "&Path to Directory of the Existing Add-On Product" msgstr "الم&سار إلى دليل المنتج الإضافي الموجود" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:343 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:343 msgid "&Generate Package Descriptions" msgstr "إنشاء أو&صاف الحزمة" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:460 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:460 msgid "&Add-On Product Label" msgstr "&تسمية المنتج الإضافي" -#. textentry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:464 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:126 +#. textentry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:464 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:126 msgid "&Version" msgstr "الإ&صدار" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:468 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:468 msgid "Required Product" msgstr "المنتج المطلوب" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:483 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:483 msgid "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 11" msgstr "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 11" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:492 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:492 msgid "SUSE L&inux Enterprise Desktop 11" msgstr "SUSE L&inux Enterprise Desktop 11" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:501 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:501 msgid "S&USE Linux Enterprise 11" msgstr "S&USE Linux Enterprise 11" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:510 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:510 msgid "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP3" msgstr "حزمة الخدمة SP3 لـ SUSE Linux Enterprise 11" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:519 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:519 msgid "openSUSE 12.&3" msgstr "openSUSE 12.&3" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:528 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:528 msgid "openSUSE 13.1" msgstr "openSUSE 13.1" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:538 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:538 msgid "&Other" msgstr "أخر&ى" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:556 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:556 msgid "&Path to Directory with Add-On Packages" msgstr "المسا&ر إلى الدليل المحتوي على حزم المنتج الإضافي" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:566 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:566 msgid "Path to Directory with Re&quired Product Packages" msgstr "المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على حزم المنتج الم&طلوبة" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:639 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:647 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:639 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:647 msgid "Directory %1 is not accessible." msgstr "الدليل %1 غير قابل للوصول." -#. error popup (input validation failed) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:726 +#. error popup (input validation failed) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:726 msgid "" "The value of NAME may contain only\n" "letters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\"." @@ -442,126 +452,126 @@ "قد تحتوي قيمة NAME فقط على\n" "حروف وأرقام والرموز \".~_-\"." -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:756 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:756 msgid "LABEL" msgstr "تسمية" -#. combo label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:758 +#. combo label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:758 msgid "La&nguage Code" msgstr "رمز الل&غة" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:760 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1546 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:172 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:760 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1546 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:172 msgid "&Value" msgstr "ال&قيمة" -#. Heading for help popup window -#. Heading for help popup window -#. Heading for help popup window -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:779 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1454 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:246 +#. Heading for help popup window +#. Heading for help popup window +#. Heading for help popup window +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:779 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1454 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:246 msgid "Help" msgstr "تعليمات" -#. dialog caption - 'content' is file name -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:804 +#. dialog caption - 'content' is file name +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:804 msgid "Product Definition" msgstr "تعريف المنتج" -#. label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:896 +#. label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:896 msgid "Content File" msgstr "ملف المحتويات" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:902 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:941 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:902 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:941 msgid "Key" msgstr "المفتاح" -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header 2/2 -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:904 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:943 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1766 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:355 +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header 2/2 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:904 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:943 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1766 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:355 msgid "Value" msgstr "القيمة" -#. table header -#. table header -#. label for 'Des' pattern key -#. label for 'Des' key -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:906 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:945 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:351 -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:579 +#. table header +#. table header +#. label for 'Des' pattern key +#. label for 'Des' key +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:906 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:945 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:351 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:579 msgid "Description" msgstr "الوصف" -#. push button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:914 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:187 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:488 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:730 +#. push button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:914 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:730 msgid "Im&port" msgstr "اس&تيراد" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:920 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:920 msgid "Show &Only Required Keywords" msgstr "إظهار ال&كلمات الأساسية المطلوبة فقط" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:930 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:930 msgid "Generate Release Package" msgstr "إنشاء حزمة الإصدار" -#. label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:935 +#. label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:935 msgid "Product File" msgstr "ملف المنتج" -#. push button label -#. push button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:952 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1590 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1744 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:461 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:718 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:342 +#. push button label +#. push button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:952 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1590 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1744 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:461 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:718 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:342 msgid "I&mport" msgstr "اس&تيراد" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1024 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1024 msgid "Choose the Existing Content File" msgstr "اختيار ملف المحتويات الموجود" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1071 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1071 msgid "Choose the Existing Product File" msgstr "اختيار ملف المنتج الموجود" -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1090 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1090 msgid "" "Enter the values for these items:\n" "%1" @@ -569,121 +579,121 @@ "أدخل قيم العناصر التالية:\n" "%1" -#. table item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1148 +#. table item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1148 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. table item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1150 +#. table item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1150 msgid "No" msgstr "لا" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1171 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1171 msgid "Value of \"%1\"" msgstr "قيمة \"%1\"" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1262 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1262 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1282 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1282 msgid "Flag" msgstr "إشارة" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1285 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1285 msgid "Equal" msgstr "يساوي" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1287 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1287 msgid "Greater than" msgstr "أكبر من" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1289 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1289 msgid "Lower than" msgstr "أقل من" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1300 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:322 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1300 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:322 msgid "Release" msgstr "الإصدار" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1310 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1310 msgid "Flavor" msgstr "صفة" -#. input field label -#. table item label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1320 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:735 +#. input field label +#. table item label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1320 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:735 msgid "Patch level" msgstr "مستوى الدفعة" -#. MultiSelectionBox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1414 +#. MultiSelectionBox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1414 msgid "&Packages" msgstr "الح&زم" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1417 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1417 msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgstr "تحديد ال&كل أو إلغاء تحديده" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1611 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1611 msgid "Choose the file with the text to be imported." msgstr "اختر الملف مع النص ليتم استيراده." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1633 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1633 msgid "Package Descriptions" msgstr "أوصاف الحزمة" -#. combobox label -#. combobox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1695 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1731 +#. combobox label +#. combobox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1731 msgid "Description File &Language Code" msgstr "رمز &لغة ملف الوصف" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1704 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1741 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1704 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1741 msgid "Add Lan&guage" msgstr "إضافة ل&غة" -#. table header -#. label for 'Pkg' key -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:575 +#. table header +#. label for 'Pkg' key +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:575 msgid "Package" msgstr "الحزمة" -#. table header 1/2 -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1764 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:353 +#. table header 1/2 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1764 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:353 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "سمة" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1782 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1782 msgid "Location of the File with Additional &Dependencies" msgstr "موقع الملفات التي تحتوي على ت&بعيات إضافية" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1896 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1896 msgid "Choose the New Package Description File" msgstr "اختر ملف وصف الحزمة الجديد" -#. error popup (correct name is 'packages.*') -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1909 +#. error popup (correct name is 'packages.*') +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1909 msgid "" "The package description file is named incorrectly.\n" "Choose another one." @@ -691,13 +701,13 @@ "تمت تسمية ملف وصف الحزمة بشكل غير صحيح.\n" "اختر اسمًا مختلفًا." -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2044 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2044 msgid "Choose the Path to EXTRA_PROV File" msgstr "اختر المسار إلى ملف EXTRA_PROV" -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2054 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2054 msgid "" "The file '%1' does not exist.\n" "Choose another one." @@ -705,60 +715,60 @@ "الملف '%1' غير موجود.\n" "اختر ملفًا آخر." -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2090 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2090 msgid "Key Type" msgstr "نوع المفتاح" -#. radiobutton label (key type) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2104 +#. radiobutton label (key type) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2104 msgid "&DSA" msgstr "&DSA" -#. radiobutton label (key type) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2109 +#. radiobutton label (key type) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2109 msgid "&RSA" msgstr "&RSA" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2119 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2119 msgid "Key &Size" msgstr "&حجم المفتاح" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2124 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2124 msgid "E&xpiration Date" msgstr "تاريخ انتهاء ال&صلاحية" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2127 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2127 msgid "&Name" msgstr "الا&سم" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2129 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2129 msgid "Commen&t" msgstr "الت&عليق" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2134 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2134 msgid "E-&Mail Address" msgstr "ع&نوان البريد الإلكتروني" -#. password widget label -#. password entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2137 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2251 +#. password widget label +#. password entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2137 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2251 msgid "&Passphrase" msgstr "&عبارة المرور" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2144 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2144 msgid "New GPG Key" msgstr "مفتاح GPG جديد" -#. error popup (see Name, Comment, Email Adress text entries -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2189 +#. error popup (see Name, Comment, Email Adress text entries +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2189 msgid "" "Name, comment, and e-mail address values are empty.\n" "You must enter at least one of them to provide user identification.\n" @@ -766,13 +776,13 @@ "قيم الاسم والتعليق وعنوان البريد الإلكتروني فارغة.\n" "يجب إدخال قيمة واحدة على الأقل لتوفير تعريف المستخدم.\n" -#. feedback popup headline -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197 +#. feedback popup headline +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197 msgid "Generating Primary Key Pair" msgstr "إنشاء المفتاحين الرئيسيين" -#. feedback message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2199 +#. feedback message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2199 msgid "" "If it takes too long, do some other work to give\n" "the OS a chance to collect more entropy.\n" @@ -780,103 +790,103 @@ "إذا استغرق ذلك وقتًا طويلاً، جرب شيئًا مختلفًا لإتاحة فرصة أمام نظام التشغيل \n" "لتجميع مزيد من القيم العشوائية.\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2217 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2217 msgid "Signing the Add-On Product" msgstr "توقيع المنتج الإضافي" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2237 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2237 msgid "GPG &Key ID" msgstr "م&عرف مفتاح GPG" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2244 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2244 msgid "&Create..." msgstr "إ&نشاء..." -#. password entry label (verification) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2258 +#. password entry label (verification) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2258 msgid "&Passphrase Verification" msgstr "&تحقق من عبارة المرور" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2265 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2265 msgid "Re&sign all packages with selected key." msgstr "إ&عادة توقيع كافة الحزم بالمفتاح المحدد." -#. error message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2302 +#. error message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2302 msgid "Passwords do not match. Try again." msgstr "كلمتا السر غير متطابقين. حاول مرة أخرى." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2334 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2334 msgid "Output Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الإخراج" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2358 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2358 msgid "P&ath to Output Directory" msgstr "المسار إ&لى دليل الإخراج" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2364 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2364 msgid "Create &ISO Image" msgstr "إنشاء نس&خة محتويات ISO" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2371 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2371 msgid "Image File Name" msgstr "اسم ملف نسخة المحتويات" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2377 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2377 msgid "&Generate Changelog" msgstr "إ&نشاء سجل التغيير" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2382 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2382 msgid "&Configure Workflow..." msgstr "ت&كوين تدفق العمل..." -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2384 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2384 msgid "O&ptional Files..." msgstr "المل&فات الاختيارية..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2429 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2429 msgid "Enter the path to the directory for the add-on." msgstr "أدخل المسار إلى دليل المنتج الإضافي." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2469 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2469 msgid "Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2480 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2480 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "الأنماط" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2488 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2488 msgid "Input Directory" msgstr "دليل الإدخال" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2495 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2495 msgid "Output Directory" msgstr "دليل الإخراج" -#. summary line -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2505 +#. summary line +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2505 msgid "Creating an ISO image in the output directory" msgstr "إنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO في دليل الإخراج" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:79 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "" "A file with this name already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -884,154 +894,154 @@ "يوجد ملف له نفس الاسم بالفعل.\n" "اختر ملفًا مختلفًا." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:98 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "&info.txt File" msgstr "مل&ف info.txt" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:141 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:141 msgid "&License Files" msgstr "ملفات الترخي&ص" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:171 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "README Files" msgstr "README ملف" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:241 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "&Name of the New README File" msgstr "اسم ال&ملف التقديمي الجديد" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:258 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:258 msgid "Choose the New README File" msgstr "اختيار الملف التقديمي الجديد" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:300 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "&Language for the New License File" msgstr "ل&غة ملف الترخيص الجديد" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:320 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Choose the New License File" msgstr "اختيار ملف الترخيص الجديد" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:401 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "Expert Settings, Part 2" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير، الجزء الثاني" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:445 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "©ING Files" msgstr "مل&فات النسخ" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:472 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "COPY&RIGHT Files" msgstr "ملفات ح&قوق النسخ" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:541 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "&Language for the New COPYRIGHT File" msgstr "لغة م&لف حقوق النسخ الجديد" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:560 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:560 msgid "Choose the New COPYRIGHT File" msgstr "اختيار ملف حقوق النسخ الجديد" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:605 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "&Language for the New COPYING File" msgstr "لغ&ة ملف النسخ الجديد" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:624 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:624 msgid "Choose the New COPYING File" msgstr "اختيار ملف النسخ الجديد" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:701 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Expert Settings, Part 3" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير، الجزء الثالث" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "products" msgstr "المنتجات" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "patches" msgstr "التصحيحات" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:724 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "&Import" msgstr "استي&راد" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:727 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "media" msgstr "الوسائط" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:769 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "Workflow Configuration" msgstr "تكوين تدفق العمل" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:792 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:792 msgid "&Location of the File with the Workflow Description" msgstr "مو&قع الملف المحتوي على وصف تدفق العمل" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:806 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:806 msgid "&No Additional YaST Modules" msgstr "ب&دون وحدات YaST نمطية إضافية" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:815 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:815 msgid "&Path to y2update.tgz" msgstr "الم&سار إلى y2update.tgz" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:823 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:823 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "استعرا&ض" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:830 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:830 msgid "&Import the Packages" msgstr "اس&تيراد الحزم" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:840 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:840 msgid "YaST Module Package" msgstr "حزمة وحدة YaST النمطية" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:892 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Choose the installation.xml File" msgstr "installation.xml اختر الملف" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:911 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Choose the Path to the y2update.tgz File" msgstr "اختيار المسار إلى الملف y2update.tgz" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:922 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "Choose the YaST Module Package" msgstr "اختيار حزمة وحدة YaST النمطية" -#. Build dialog help -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:36 +#. Build dialog help +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -1039,8 +1049,8 @@ "<p><b><big>إنشاء المنتج الإضافي</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40 +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p>Writing the add-on configurations<br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1048,227 +1058,369 @@ "<p>كتابة تكوينات المنتجات الإضافية<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for start menu -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 -msgid "<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>" +#. help text for start menu +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>" msgstr "<p>توفر الوحدة النمطية هذه الإرشاد لتكوين المنتج الإضافي.</p>" -#. help text for start menu, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 -msgid "<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>" -msgstr "<p>حدد كيفية إنشاء المنتج الإضافي الجديد. حيث يمكن إنشاء هذا المنتج من البداية أو تأسيسه على منتج موجود.</p>" +#. help text for start menu, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the " +"beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>حدد كيفية إنشاء المنتج الإضافي الجديد. حيث يمكن إنشاء هذا المنتج من " +"البداية أو تأسيسه على منتج موجود.</p>" -#. help text for start menu, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 -msgid "<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product.</p>" -msgstr "<p>عند تأسيس المنتج الجديد على منتج موجود، حدد <b>إنشاء أوصاف الحزمة</b> لإنشاء أوصاف جديدة للحزم في المنتج الموجود.</p>" +#. help text for start menu, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate " +"Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the " +"existing product.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>عند تأسيس المنتج الجديد على منتج موجود، حدد <b>إنشاء أوصاف الحزمة</b> " +"لإنشاء أوصاف جديدة للحزم في المنتج الموجود.</p>" -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 msgid "<p><b>Name and Version</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>الاسم والإصدار</b></p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:60 +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:60 msgid "<p>Enter the name and version of add-on product.</p>" msgstr "<p>أدخل اسم المنتج الإضافي وإصداره.</p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:62 +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:62 msgid "<p><b>Required Product</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>المنتج المطلوب</b></p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 -msgid "<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" -msgstr "<p>حدد المنتج الذي يمكن تطبيق المنتج الإضافي الجديد عليه. يشكل هذا التحديد القيمة <b>REQUIRES</b> لملف <tt>المحتويات</tt>.</p>" +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This " +"selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>حدد المنتج الذي يمكن تطبيق المنتج الإضافي الجديد عليه. يشكل هذا التحديد " +"القيمة <b>REQUIRES</b> لملف <tt>المحتويات</tt>.</p>" -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 msgid "<p><b>Add-On Packages</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>حزم المنتج الإضافي</b></p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 -msgid "<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product.</p>" -msgstr "<p>اختر المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على حزم RPM التي من شأنها تكوين المنتج الإضافي.</p>" +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 +msgid "" +"<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should " +"form your add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>اختر المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على حزم RPM التي من شأنها تكوين المنتج " +"الإضافي.</p>" -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 msgid "<p><b>Required Product Packages</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>حزم المنتج المطلوب</b></p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 -msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow.</p>" -msgstr "<p>بطريقة اختيارية، اختر المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على حزم RPM من المنتج الذي يجب أن يستند المنتج الإضافي إلية. لن يتم تضمين هذه الحزم في المنتج الإضافي، ولكن يمكن استخدامها لإنشاء الأنماط لاحقًا في تدفق العمل.</p>" +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages " +"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will " +"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the " +"patterns later in the workflow.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>بطريقة اختيارية، اختر المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على حزم RPM من المنتج " +"الذي يجب أن يستند المنتج الإضافي إلية. لن يتم تضمين هذه الحزم في المنتج " +"الإضافي، ولكن يمكن استخدامها لإنشاء الأنماط لاحقًا في تدفق العمل.</p>" -#. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 +#. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 msgid "<p>Here, edit the values of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" msgstr "<p>قم بتحرير قيم ملف <tt>المحتويات</tt> في هذا المكان.</p>" -#. help text for content file editor, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 -msgid "<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect <b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" -msgstr "<p>أدخل المعلومات المطلوبة لتحديد المنتج الإضافي. قم بإلغاء تحديد <b>إظهار الكلمات الأساسية المطلوبة فقط</b> للتعرف على كل سمات ملف <tt>المحتويات</tt>.</p>" +#. help text for content file editor, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect " +"<b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content</" +"tt> file.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>أدخل المعلومات المطلوبة لتحديد المنتج الإضافي. قم بإلغاء تحديد <b>إظهار " +"الكلمات الأساسية المطلوبة فقط</b> للتعرف على كل سمات ملف <tt>المحتويات</tt>." +"</p>" -#. help text for content file editor, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 +#. help text for content file editor, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 msgid "<p>Use <b>Import</b> to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" msgstr "<p>استخدم <b>استيراد</b> لاستيراد ملف <tt>محتويات</tt> موجود.</p>" -#. help text for package description files -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 -msgid "<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here.</p>" -msgstr "<p>قم هنا بتحرير أوصاف الحزم الخاصة باللغة (ملفات (<tt>packages.lang</tt>).</p>" +#. help text for package description files +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</" +"tt> files) here.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>قم هنا بتحرير أوصاف الحزم الخاصة باللغة (ملفات (<tt>packages.lang</tt>).</" +"p>" -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 -msgid "<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>استخدم <b>إضافة لغة</b> لإضافة ملف وصف للغة جديدة. تتم قراءة قائمة اللغات المتاحة من القيمة <b>LINGUAS</b> الخاصة بملف <tt>المحتويات</tt>. قم باستيراد ملف موجود يحتوي على أوصاف الحزمة باستخدام <b>استيراد</b>. احذف ملف الوصف باستخدام <b>حذف</b>.</p>" +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The " +"list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the " +"<tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions " +"with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>استخدم <b>إضافة لغة</b> لإضافة ملف وصف للغة جديدة. تتم قراءة قائمة اللغات " +"المتاحة من القيمة <b>LINGUAS</b> الخاصة بملف <tt>المحتويات</tt>. قم باستيراد " +"ملف موجود يحتوي على أوصاف الحزمة باستخدام <b>استيراد</b>. احذف ملف الوصف " +"باستخدام <b>حذف</b>.</p>" -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 -msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package.</p>" -msgstr "<p>استخدم <b>إضافة</b> و<b>تحرير</b> في الجدول الثاني لتعديل إدخالات الوصف للحزمة المحددة.</p>" +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description " +"entries for the selected package.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>استخدم <b>إضافة</b> و<b>تحرير</b> في الجدول الثاني لتعديل إدخالات الوصف " +"للحزمة المحددة.</p>" -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 -msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" -msgstr "<p>اختياريًا، قم باختيار المسار للملف المقدم <b>تبعيات الحزمة الإضافية</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 +msgid "" +"<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package " +"Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>اختياريًا، قم باختيار المسار للملف المقدم <b>تبعيات الحزمة الإضافية</b> " +"(EXTRA_PROV).</p>" -#. help text for patterns -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 +#. help text for patterns +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 msgid "<p>Create and edit the patterns for the add-on product here.</p>" msgstr "<p>قم هنا بإنشاء أنماط المنتج الإضافي وتحريرها.</p>" -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 -msgid "<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an existing one.</p>" -msgstr "<p>استخدم <b>جديد</b> لإنشاء نمط جديد أو <b>استيراد</b> لاستيراد نمط موجود.</p>" +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an " +"existing one.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>استخدم <b>جديد</b> لإنشاء نمط جديد أو <b>استيراد</b> لاستيراد نمط موجود.</" +"p>" -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 -msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern attributes.</p>" -msgstr "<p>استخدم <b>إضافة</b> و<b>تحرير</b> في الجدول الثاني لتعديل سمات النمط.</p>" +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern " +"attributes.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>استخدم <b>إضافة</b> و<b>تحرير</b> في الجدول الثاني لتعديل سمات النمط.</p>" -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" -"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>" +"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required " +"for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when " +"the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>تحقق من <b>النمط المطلوب</b> لوضع علامة على النمط المحدد كما هو\n" -"مطلوب للمنتج الإضافي. سيتم تحديد هذا النمط مسبقًا بشكل تلقائي عند بدء تشغيل تثبيت المنتج الإضافي.</p>" +"مطلوب للمنتج الإضافي. سيتم تحديد هذا النمط مسبقًا بشكل تلقائي عند بدء تشغيل " +"تثبيت المنتج الإضافي.</p>" -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 -msgid "<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory.</p>" -msgstr "<p>حدد المسار إلى الدليل الذي يجب إنشاء المنتج الإضافي فيه. حدد <b>إنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO</b> لإنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO الخاصة بالمنتج في دليل الإخراج.</p>" +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 +msgid "" +"<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be " +"created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the " +"product in the output directory.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>حدد المسار إلى الدليل الذي يجب إنشاء المنتج الإضافي فيه. حدد <b>إنشاء " +"نسخة محتويات ISO</b> لإنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO الخاصة بالمنتج في دليل الإخراج." +"</p>" -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 -msgid "<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>" -msgstr "<p>استخدم <b>إنشاء سجل تغييرات</b> لإنشاء ملف سجل تغييرات يحتوي على كل التغييرات التي تم إدخالها في حزم المنتجات الإضافية المنتجة خلال العامين الماضيين.</p>" +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all " +"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>استخدم <b>إنشاء سجل تغييرات</b> لإنشاء ملف سجل تغييرات يحتوي على كل " +"التغييرات التي تم إدخالها في حزم المنتجات الإضافية المنتجة خلال العامين " +"الماضيين.</p>" -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 -msgid "<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values.</p>" -msgstr "<p>قم بتهيئة تدفق عمل المنتج الإضافي بما يتناسب مع <b>تكوين تدفق العمل</b>. استخدم <b>الملفات الاختيارية</b> لتكوين نصوص الملفات <tt>التقديمية</tt>، والتراخيص والقيم الاختيارية الأخرى.</p>" +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 +msgid "" +"<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. " +"Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, " +"licenses, and other optional values.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>قم بتهيئة تدفق عمل المنتج الإضافي بما يتناسب مع <b>تكوين تدفق العمل</b>. " +"استخدم <b>الملفات الاختيارية</b> لتكوين نصوص الملفات <tt>التقديمية</tt>، " +"والتراخيص والقيم الاختيارية الأخرى.</p>" -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 -msgid "<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يمكن في هذا المكان إدخال الملفات اللازمة لتخصيص تدفق عمل المنتج الإضافي.</p>" +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 +msgid "" +"<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on " +"product workflow.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يمكن في هذا المكان إدخال الملفات اللازمة لتخصيص تدفق عمل المنتج الإضافي.</" +"p>" -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 -msgid "<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>" -msgstr "<p>أدخل موقع الملف الذي يحتوي على وصف تدفق العمل. يعد هذا الملف بديلاً لـ <tt>control.xml</tt> ويتم حفظة باعتباره <tt>installation.xml</tt> في الدليل الأساسي للمنتج الإضافي.</p>" +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file " +"is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation." +"xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>أدخل موقع الملف الذي يحتوي على وصف تدفق العمل. يعد هذا الملف بديلاً لـ " +"<tt>control.xml</tt> ويتم حفظة باعتباره <tt>installation.xml</tt> في الدليل " +"الأساسي للمنتج الإضافي.</p>" -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 -msgid "<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>لاستخدام وحدات YaST النمطية المخصصة أثناء تثبيت المنتج الإضافي، أدخل المسار إلى أرشيف <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> حيث يتم تخزين الوحدات النمطية هذه أو قم بتكوين محتويات <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> عن طريق تحديد حزم YaST RPM في <b>استيراد الحزم</b>.</p>" +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 +msgid "" +"<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, " +"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are " +"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the " +"YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>لاستخدام وحدات YaST النمطية المخصصة أثناء تثبيت المنتج الإضافي، أدخل " +"المسار إلى أرشيف <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> حيث يتم تخزين الوحدات النمطية هذه أو " +"قم بتكوين محتويات <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> عن طريق تحديد حزم YaST RPM في " +"<b>استيراد الحزم</b>.</p>" -#. help text for expert dialog 1 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 -msgid "<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يوفر ملف <tt>info.txt</tt> الاختياري معلومات حول المنتج الإضافي الذي يجب عرضه كإطار منبثق باستخدام الزر <b>موافق</b>.</p>" +#. help text for expert dialog 1 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 +msgid "" +"<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on " +"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يوفر ملف <tt>info.txt</tt> الاختياري معلومات حول المنتج الإضافي الذي يجب " +"عرضه كإطار منبثق باستخدام الزر <b>موافق</b>.</p>" -#. help text for expert dialog 1, cont -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 -msgid "<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and <b>Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يتم عرض نص الترخيص في إطار يحتوي على الزرين <b>موافقة</b> و<b>عدم الموافقة</b> قبل بدء التثبيت. يتم ضغط الملفات المحتوية على نصوص الترخيص باللغات المختلفة إلى الأرشيف <tt>license.zip</tt> ويتم تخزينها في الدليل <tt>media.1</tt>.</p>" +#. help text for expert dialog 1, cont +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 +msgid "" +"<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and " +"<b>Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the " +"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</" +"tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يتم عرض نص الترخيص في إطار يحتوي على الزرين <b>موافقة</b> و<b>عدم " +"الموافقة</b> قبل بدء التثبيت. يتم ضغط الملفات المحتوية على نصوص الترخيص " +"باللغات المختلفة إلى الأرشيف <tt>license.zip</tt> ويتم تخزينها في الدليل " +"<tt>media.1</tt>.</p>" -#. help text for expert dialog 2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 -msgid "<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يمكن أن يحتوي الملفان <tt>حقوق النسخ</tt> و<tt>النسخ</tt> على تعديلات لغات متعددة ويتم تخزينهما في الدليل الجذر للمنتج الإضافي.</p>" +#. help text for expert dialog 2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 +msgid "" +"<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various " +"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on " +"product.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يمكن أن يحتوي الملفان <tt>حقوق النسخ</tt> و<tt>النسخ</tt> على تعديلات " +"لغات متعددة ويتم تخزينهما في الدليل الجذر للمنتج الإضافي.</p>" -#. help text for signing dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 -msgid "<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>قم في هذا المكان بتكوين توقيع المنتج الإضافي. اختر مفتاحًا سريًا من قائمة المفاتيح المتاحة أو قم بإنشاء مفتاح جديد باستخدام <b>إنشاء</b>.</p>" +#. help text for signing dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 +msgid "" +"<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key " +"from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>قم في هذا المكان بتكوين توقيع المنتج الإضافي. اختر مفتاحًا سريًا من قائمة " +"المفاتيح المتاحة أو قم بإنشاء مفتاح جديد باستخدام <b>إنشاء</b>.</p>" -#. help text for signing dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 +#. help text for signing dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 msgid "<p>Enter the passphrase needed to unlock the secret key.</p>" msgstr "<p>أدخل عبارة المرور الضرورية لإلغاء قفل المفتاح السري.</p>" -#. help text for signing dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 -msgid "<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>" -msgstr "<p>حدد إذا كنت تريد <b>توقيع كل الحزم</b> الخاصة بالمنتج الإضافي مع المفتاح المحدد. ستتم إزالة كافة توقيعات الحزم السابقة.</p>" +#. help text for signing dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 +msgid "" +"<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with " +"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>حدد إذا كنت تريد <b>توقيع كل الحزم</b> الخاصة بالمنتج الإضافي مع المفتاح " +"المحدد. ستتم إزالة كافة توقيعات الحزم السابقة.</p>" -#. help text for generating new key dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 -msgid "<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>" +#. help text for generating new key dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>" msgstr "<p>أدخل القيم اللازمة لإنشاء المفتاحين الرئيسيين الجديدين.</p>" -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 -msgid "<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long.</p>" -msgstr "<p>الحجم الافتراضي لمفتاح DSA هو 1024 بت. قد يتراوح طول مفاتيح RSA بين 1024 و4096 بت.</p>" +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 +msgid "" +"<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 " +"and 4096 bits long.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>الحجم الافتراضي لمفتاح DSA هو 1024 بت. قد يتراوح طول مفاتيح RSA بين 1024 " +"و4096 بت.</p>" -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 -msgid "<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires.</p>" -msgstr "<p>بالنسبة إلى <b>تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية</b>، أدخل عدد الأيام التي تنتهي بعدها صلاحية المفتاح. إذا جاء بعد الرقم <tt>w</tt> أو <tt>m</tt> أو <tt>y</tt>، فإنه يشير إلى عدد الأسابيع أو الشهور أو السنين. اترك الإدخال فارغًا للحصول على مفتاح لا تنتهي صلاحيته على الإطلاق.</p>" +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 +msgid "" +"<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key " +"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, " +"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty " +"for a key that never expires.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>بالنسبة إلى <b>تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية</b>، أدخل عدد الأيام التي تنتهي " +"بعدها صلاحية المفتاح. إذا جاء بعد الرقم <tt>w</tt> أو <tt>m</tt> أو <tt>y</" +"tt>، فإنه يشير إلى عدد الأسابيع أو الشهور أو السنين. اترك الإدخال فارغًا " +"للحصول على مفتاح لا تنتهي صلاحيته على الإطلاق.</p>" -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 -msgid "<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>" -msgstr "<p>استخدم <b>الاسم</b> و<b>التعليق</b> و<b>عنوان البريد الإلكتروني</b> لتوفير تعريف المستخدم الذي يجب اقتران المفاتيح الجديدة به.</p>" +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the " +"user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>استخدم <b>الاسم</b> و<b>التعليق</b> و<b>عنوان البريد الإلكتروني</b> " +"لتوفير تعريف المستخدم الذي يجب اقتران المفاتيح الجديدة به.</p>" -#. help text for overview dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 -msgid "<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يمكنك هنا الاطلاع على نظرة عامة على بيانات إنشاء المنتج الإضافي.</p>" +#. help text for overview dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 +msgid "" +"<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يمكنك هنا الاطلاع على نظرة عامة على بيانات إنشاء المنتج الإضافي.</p>" -#. help text for overview dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 -msgid "<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory.</p>" +#. help text for overview dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 +msgid "" +"<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory." +"</p>" msgstr "<p>اضغط <b>إنهاء</b> لإنشاء المنتج الإضافي في دليل الإخراج.</p>" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 msgid "&Name of the New Pattern" msgstr "اسم النموذج الجديد&" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:118 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:118 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "اله&يكل" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:128 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:128 msgid "&Release" msgstr "الإص&دار" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150 msgid "" "Such a pattern already exists.\n" "Choose a different name or architecture.\n" @@ -1276,25 +1428,25 @@ "مثل هذا النمط موجود بالفعل.\n" "اختر اسمًا أو بنية مختلفة.\n" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:198 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:198 msgid "&Description" msgstr "الو&صف" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:202 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:202 msgid "&Summary" msgstr "المل&خص" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:203 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:203 msgid "Ca&tegory" msgstr "ال&فئة" -#. combo label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:213 +#. combo label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:213 msgid "&Language Code" msgstr "رم&ز اللغة" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:257 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:257 msgid "" "A key with this name already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -1302,33 +1454,33 @@ "يوجد مفتاح له نفس الاسم بالفعل.\n" "اختر مفتاحًا مختلفًا." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:319 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:319 msgid "Editor for Patterns" msgstr "محرر الأنماط" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:332 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:332 msgid "Name of the Pattern" msgstr "اسم النموذج" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:334 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:334 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "اسم كامل" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:369 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:369 msgid "R&equired Pattern" msgstr "أ&نماط مطلوبة" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:445 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:445 msgid "Existing Pattern" msgstr "النموذج الحالي" -#. error message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601 +#. error message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601 msgid "" "Such a pattern already exists.\n" "Choose a different architecture.\n" @@ -1336,315 +1488,368 @@ "مثل هذا النمط له موجود بالفعل.\n" "اختر بنية مختلفة.\n" -#. busy message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/wizards.rb:53 +#. busy message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Importing product..." msgstr "..استيراد منتج" -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:139 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:139 msgid "Content file style" msgstr "نمط ملف المحتويات" -#. help text for content file CONTENTSTYLE key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:141 +#. help text for content file CONTENTSTYLE key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:141 msgid "Must be the first tag of the content file." msgstr "يجب أن تكون العلامة الأولى لملف المحتويات." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:150 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:150 msgid "Product name" msgstr "اسم منتج" -#. help text for content file 'NAME' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 +#. help text for content file 'NAME' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 msgid "For internal usage. Same restrictions as for package names apply." -msgstr "للاستخدام الداخلي. يتم تطبيق نفس القيود التي يتم تطبيقها على أسماء الحزم." +msgstr "" +"للاستخدام الداخلي. يتم تطبيق نفس القيود التي يتم تطبيقها على أسماء الحزم." -#. label of content file BASEARCHS key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160 +#. label of content file BASEARCHS key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160 msgid "Product architectures" msgstr "هياكل المنتجات" -#. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 -msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. " -msgstr "قائمة مفصولة بمسافات لهياكل المنتجات . تتطابق مع هياكل حزم إصدار المنتجات المتوفرة. " +#. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 +msgid "" +"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-" +"release packages architectures. " +msgstr "" +"قائمة مفصولة بمسافات لهياكل المنتجات . تتطابق مع هياكل حزم إصدار المنتجات " +"المتوفرة. " -#. label of content file 'VERSION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 +#. label of content file 'VERSION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 msgid "Product version and release" msgstr "نسخة المنتج وإصداره" -#. help text for content file 'VERSION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 +#. help text for content file 'VERSION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 msgid "Product version and release as in RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>." msgstr "نسخة المنتج وإصداره كما في الإصدار <tt>الرئيسي والفرعي لـ RPM</tt>." -#. table item label -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:185 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:720 +#. table item label +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:185 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:720 msgid "Release number" msgstr "رقم الإصدار" -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:192 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:192 msgid "Distribution name" msgstr "اسم التوزيع" -#. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 -msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture." -msgstr "يشير أي جزء من السلسلة إلى وجود التوزيع. وعلى الأرجح يتم استخدام نفس السلسلة في .rpms للدلالة على وجود التوزيع. وتتكون عادةً من الاسم والإصدار والهيكل." +#. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 +msgid "" +"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used " +"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, " +"version and architecture." +msgstr "" +"يشير أي جزء من السلسلة إلى وجود التوزيع. وعلى الأرجح يتم استخدام نفس السلسلة " +"في .rpms للدلالة على وجود التوزيع. وتتكون عادةً من الاسم والإصدار والهيكل." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 msgid "Package description directory" msgstr "دليل وصف الحزمة" -#. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206 +#. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206 msgid "Package description directory (relative to product directory)." msgstr "دليل وصف الحزمة (مرتبط بدليل المنتج)." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214 msgid "Package data directory" msgstr "دليل بيانات الحزمة" -#. help text for content file 'DATADIR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:216 +#. help text for content file 'DATADIR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:216 msgid "Package data directory (relative to product directory)." msgstr "دليل بيانات الحزمة (مرتبط بدليل المنتج)." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:225 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:225 msgid "Label" msgstr "التسمية" -#. help text for content file '' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 -msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no default language can be determined." -msgstr "تسمية بترميز UTF-8. هي التسمية الافتراضية في حالة حذف <b>LINGUAS</b> أو في حالة تعذر تحديد أي لغة افتراضية." +#. help text for content file '' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 +msgid "" +"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no " +"default language can be determined." +msgstr "" +"تسمية بترميز UTF-8. هي التسمية الافتراضية في حالة حذف <b>LINGUAS</b> أو في " +"حالة تعذر تحديد أي لغة افتراضية." -#. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 +#. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 msgid "Languages" msgstr "اللغات" -#. help text for content file 'LINGUAS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:236 +#. help text for content file 'LINGUAS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:236 msgid "ISO language code or language code_country code." msgstr "رمز لغة ISO أو رمز code_country للغة." -#. label of content file 'LANGUAGE' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:243 +#. label of content file 'LANGUAGE' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:243 msgid "Default language" msgstr "لغة افتراضية" -#. help text for content file 'LANGUAGE' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:247 +#. help text for content file 'LANGUAGE' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:247 msgid "Default language code." msgstr "رمز لغة افتراضية" -#. label of content file 'PATTERNS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:256 +#. label of content file 'PATTERNS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:256 msgid "Preselected patterns" msgstr "الأنماط المحددة مسبقًا" -#. help text for content file 'PATTERNS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:260 +#. help text for content file 'PATTERNS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:260 msgid "List of patterns preselected by the product." msgstr "قائمة الأنماط المحددة مسبقًا بواسطة المنتج." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:267 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:267 msgid "Vendor name" msgstr "اسم البائع" -#. help text for content file 'VENDOR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:269 +#. help text for content file 'VENDOR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:269 msgid "Vendor name (free form)." msgstr "اسم البائع (صيغة حرة)." -#. label of content file 'RELNOTESURL' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:277 +#. label of content file 'RELNOTESURL' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:277 msgid "Release notes URL" msgstr "عنوان URL لملاحظات الإصدار" -#. help text for content file 'RELNOTESURL' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:281 +#. help text for content file 'RELNOTESURL' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:281 msgid "URL from which to fetch release notes." msgstr "هو عنوان URL الذي يتم إحضار ملاحظات الإصدار منه." -#. label of content file 'UPDATEURLS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:288 +#. label of content file 'UPDATEURLS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:288 msgid "Update URL" msgstr "تحديث URL" -#. help text for content file 'UPDATEURLS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:290 +#. help text for content file 'UPDATEURLS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:290 msgid "URL of the update source." msgstr "هو عنوان URL لمصدر التحديث." -#. label of content file LABEL.lang key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:300 +#. label of content file LABEL.lang key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:300 msgid "Language-specific label" msgstr "تسمية خاصة باللغة" -#. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 -msgid "UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the <b>LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching <b>LABEL.lang</b> is expected." -msgstr "<b>تسمية</b>بترميز UTF-8. تحتوي القيمة <tt>lang</tt>على نفس بناء الجملة لقيم <b>LINGUAS</b>. يتوقع وجود <b>LABEL.lang</b> مطابق لكل لغة في القيمة <b>LINGUAS</b>." +#. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 +msgid "" +"UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the " +"<b>LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching " +"<b>LABEL.lang</b> is expected." +msgstr "" +"<b>تسمية</b>بترميز UTF-8. تحتوي القيمة <tt>lang</tt>على نفس بناء الجملة لقيم " +"<b>LINGUAS</b>. يتوقع وجود <b>LABEL.lang</b> مطابق لكل لغة في القيمة " +"<b>LINGUAS</b>." -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "هيكل" -#. label for 'Sum' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:338 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:589 +#. label for 'Sum' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:338 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:589 msgid "Summary" msgstr "الملخص" -#. help text for 'Sum' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:340 +#. help text for 'Sum' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:340 msgid "One line label in the default language" msgstr "تسمية من سطر واحد في اللغة الافتراضية" -#. help text for 'Sum.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:344 +#. help text for 'Sum.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:344 msgid "One line language-specific label." msgstr "تسمية من سطر واحد خاصة باللغة." -#. help text for 'Des' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:354 +#. help text for 'Des' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:354 msgid "Multiple line description in the default language" msgstr "وصف متعدد السطور في اللغة الافتراضية" -#. help text for 'Des.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:358 +#. help text for 'Des.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:358 msgid "Multiple line description, language-specific." msgstr "وصف متعدد السطور، خاص باللغة." -#. label for 'Cat' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:364 +#. label for 'Cat' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:364 msgid "Category" msgstr "الفئة" -#. help text for 'Cat' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 -msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely." -msgstr "فئة من سطر واحد في اللغة الافتراضية تستخدم لتجميع الأنماط. فئات مخصصة للمستخدم ويمكن تحديدها دون قيود." +#. help text for 'Cat' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 +msgid "" +"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories " +"are intended for the user and can be specified freely." +msgstr "" +"فئة من سطر واحد في اللغة الافتراضية تستخدم لتجميع الأنماط. فئات مخصصة " +"للمستخدم ويمكن تحديدها دون قيود." -#. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 +#. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 msgid "Language-specific version of the category." msgstr "نسخة خاصة باللغة للفئة." -#. label for 'Vis' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:377 +#. label for 'Vis' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:377 msgid "Visibility" msgstr "الرؤية" -#. help text for 'Vis' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:379 +#. help text for 'Vis' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:379 msgid "Set whether the pattern should be visible in the user interface." msgstr "قم بتعيين ما إذا يجب رؤية النمط في واجهة المستخدم أم لا." -#. label for 'Prq' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:388 +#. label for 'Prq' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:388 msgid "Packages" msgstr "الحزم" -#. help text for 'Prq' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:390 +#. help text for 'Prq' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:390 msgid "List of packages to install." msgstr "قائمة الحزم المطلوب تثبيتها." -#. label for 'Prc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:398 +#. label for 'Prc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:398 msgid "Recommended packages" msgstr "الحزم الموصى بها" -#. help text for 'Prc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 -msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." +#. help text for 'Prc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 +msgid "" +"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." msgstr "يتم تثبيت هذه الحزم افتراضيًا ولكن يمكن إزالتها دون أي إزعاج." -#. label for 'Prs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 +#. label for 'Prs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 msgid "Suggested packages" msgstr "الحزم المقترحة" -#. help text for 'Prs' pattern key -#. help text for 'Sug' pattern key -#. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 -msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution." +#. help text for 'Prs' pattern key +#. help text for 'Sug' pattern key +#. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 +msgid "" +"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency " +"resolution." msgstr "مجرد تلميحات لتطبيق ما ولا يتم معالجتها أثناء تحليل التبعية." -#. label for 'Ico' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 +#. label for 'Ico' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 msgid "Icon filename" msgstr "اسم ملف ايقونة" -#. help text for 'Ico' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 +#. help text for 'Ico' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 msgid "" "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename " +"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is " +"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/" +"YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" +"icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/" +"share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." msgstr "" "في حالة عدم تحديده، يتم استخدام اسم النمط \n" -" بدلاً منه (على أن يتم استبدال المساحات الفارغة بتسطيرات سفلية). في حالة عدم احتواء اسم الملف على امتداد png أو jpg يتم إلحاق png. في حالة عدم تحديد أية مسارات، يتم البحث عن الرموز في مسار رمز السمة (أولاً، /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ ثم /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). يُسمح بالمسارات المطلقة والنسبية (لمسار السمة /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/)." +" بدلاً منه (على أن يتم استبدال المساحات الفارغة بتسطيرات سفلية). في حالة عدم " +"احتواء اسم الملف على امتداد png أو jpg يتم إلحاق png. في حالة عدم تحديد أية " +"مسارات، يتم البحث عن الرموز في مسار رمز السمة (أولاً، /usr/share/YaST2/theme/" +"current/icons/32x32/apps/ ثم /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/" +"apps/). يُسمح بالمسارات المطلقة والنسبية (لمسار السمة /usr/share/YaST2/theme/" +"current/)." -#. label for 'Ord' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 +#. label for 'Ord' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 msgid "Pattern Order" msgstr "ترتيب النمط" -#. help text for 'Ord' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 -msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface." -msgstr "تعمل قيمة العدد الصحيح المكون من ثلاثة أرقام على تعريف ترتيب النمط عند سرد أنماط متعددة في واجهة المستخدم." +#. help text for 'Ord' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 +msgid "" +"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing " +"multiple patterns in the user interface." +msgstr "" +"تعمل قيمة العدد الصحيح المكون من ثلاثة أرقام على تعريف ترتيب النمط عند سرد " +"أنماط متعددة في واجهة المستخدم." -#. label for 'Req' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 +#. label for 'Req' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 msgid "Required patterns" msgstr "نماذج مطلوبة" -#. help text for 'Req' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:443 +#. help text for 'Req' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:443 msgid "Patterns that need to be installed together with this pattern." msgstr "الأنماط المطلوب تثبيتها مع هذا النمط." -#. label for 'Prv' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:451 +#. label for 'Prv' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:451 msgid "Provided patterns" msgstr "نماذج مزودة" -#. help text for 'Prv' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 -msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES</b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -msgstr "الإمكانات التي يوفرها هذا النمط. يمكن استخدامها لمطابقة القيمة <b>REQUIRES</b> من أخرى. تحتوي كل تبعية قابلة للتحليل بشكل افتراضي على ما توفره--الاسم والإصدار الخاص بها. على سبيل المثال، توفر الحزمة <i>bar-1.42-1</i>الإمكانية <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +#. help text for 'Prv' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 +msgid "" +"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES</" +"b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and " +"edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability " +"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgstr "" +"الإمكانات التي يوفرها هذا النمط. يمكن استخدامها لمطابقة القيمة <b>REQUIRES</" +"b> من أخرى. تحتوي كل تبعية قابلة للتحليل بشكل افتراضي على ما توفره--الاسم " +"والإصدار الخاص بها. على سبيل المثال، توفر الحزمة <i>bar-1.42-1</i>الإمكانية " +"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -#. label for 'Con' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 +#. label for 'Con' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 msgid "Conflicting patterns" msgstr "أنماط متعارضة" -#. help text for 'Con' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 -msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "لا يمكن تثبيت هذا النمط في حالة تثبيت التبعية القابلة للتحليل المحددة أو أخرى توفر الإمكانية." +#. help text for 'Con' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 +msgid "" +"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " +"provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "" +"لا يمكن تثبيت هذا النمط في حالة تثبيت التبعية القابلة للتحليل المحددة أو " +"أخرى توفر الإمكانية." -#. label for 'Obs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 +#. label for 'Obs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 msgid "Patterns made obsolete" msgstr "الأنماط القديمة" -#. help text for 'Obs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:473 +#. help text for 'Obs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:473 msgid "" "When this pattern is installed, it uninstalls any \n" "other patterns marked as obsolete here." @@ -1652,274 +1857,325 @@ "عند تثبيت هذا النمط، فإنه يقوم بإلغاء تثبيت \n" "أية أنماط أخرى تحمل علامة قديم في هذا المكان." -#. label for 'Rec' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:481 +#. label for 'Rec' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:481 msgid "Recommended patterns" msgstr "الأنماط الموصى بها" -#. help text for 'Rec' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 -msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown." -msgstr "نسخة ضعيفة من REQUIRES. في حالة تعذر تثبيت الأنماط الموصى بها، لن تظهر أية أخطاء." +#. help text for 'Rec' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 +msgid "" +"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no " +"error is shown." +msgstr "" +"نسخة ضعيفة من REQUIRES. في حالة تعذر تثبيت الأنماط الموصى بها، لن تظهر أية " +"أخطاء." -#. label for 'Sup' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 +#. label for 'Sup' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 msgid "Supplemented patterns" msgstr "الأنماط الملحقة" -#. help text for 'Sup' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 -msgid "A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." -msgstr "<b>Rec</b> عكسية. يتم تثبيت هذا النمط في حالة توفير الإمكانية المحددة بواسطة تبعية قابلة للتحليل مثبتة. حيث يقوم محلل التبعيات بتثبيتها. تم قبول إزالة التثبيت دون مطالبة." +#. help text for 'Sup' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 +msgid "" +"A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability " +"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. " +"Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +msgstr "" +"<b>Rec</b> عكسية. يتم تثبيت هذا النمط في حالة توفير الإمكانية المحددة بواسطة " +"تبعية قابلة للتحليل مثبتة. حيث يقوم محلل التبعيات بتثبيتها. تم قبول إزالة " +"التثبيت دون مطالبة." -#. label for 'Sug' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 +#. label for 'Sug' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 msgid "Suggested patterns" msgstr "الأنماط المقترحة" -#. label for 'Fre' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:511 +#. label for 'Fre' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:511 msgid "Freshen" msgstr "تنشيط" -#. help text for 'Fre' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 -msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed." +#. help text for 'Fre' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 +msgid "" +"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern " +"specified here is installed." msgstr "تتم مراعاة تثبيت النمط الحالي فقط في حالة تثبيت النمط المحدد هنا." -#. label for 'Ext' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 +#. label for 'Ext' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 msgid "Extends" msgstr "توسيع" -#. label for 'Inc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:529 +#. label for 'Inc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:529 msgid "Includes" msgstr "تضمين" -#. label for 'Exnh pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:535 +#. label for 'Exnh pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:535 msgid "Enhanced patterns" msgstr "أنماط محسنة" -#. label for 'Pcn' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:541 +#. label for 'Pcn' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:541 msgid "Conflicting packages" msgstr "حزم متعارضة" -#. label for 'Pob' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:547 +#. label for 'Pob' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:547 msgid "Obsolete packages" msgstr "حزم قديمة" -#. label for 'Pfr' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:553 +#. label for 'Pfr' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:553 msgid "Freshened packages" msgstr "حزم حديثة" -#. label for 'Psp' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:559 +#. label for 'Psp' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:559 msgid "Supplemented packages" msgstr "حزم ملحقة" -#. label for 'Pen' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:565 +#. label for 'Pen' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:565 msgid "Enhanced packages" msgstr "حزم محسنة" -#. help text for 'Des' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:581 +#. help text for 'Des' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:581 msgid "Multiple line package description." msgstr "وصف حزمة متعدد السطور." -#. help text for 'Sum' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:591 +#. help text for 'Sum' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:591 msgid "The package summary (label), a one line description of the package." msgstr "ملخص الحزمة (التسمية)، وصف من سطر واحد للحزمة." -#. label for 'Ins' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:599 +#. label for 'Ins' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:599 msgid "Installation Notification" msgstr "إعلام التثبيت" -#. help text for 'Ins' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 -msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license." -msgstr "عبارة عن رسالة غير رسمية تظهر للمستخدم في حالة تحديد الحزمة، مثل تحذير اختبار نسخة أو ترخيص تجاري." +#. help text for 'Ins' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 +msgid "" +"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a " +"test version warning or a commercial license." +msgstr "" +"عبارة عن رسالة غير رسمية تظهر للمستخدم في حالة تحديد الحزمة، مثل تحذير " +"اختبار نسخة أو ترخيص تجاري." -#. label for 'Del' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 +#. label for 'Del' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 msgid "Deletion Notification" msgstr "إخطار الحذف" -#. help text for 'Del' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 -msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." -msgstr "عبارة عن رسالة غير رسمية تظهر للمستخدم في حالة تحديد الحزمة للحذف، كتحذير يعلمك بأن النظام غير قابل للاستخدام بدون الحزمة." +#. help text for 'Del' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 +msgid "" +"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for " +"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." +msgstr "" +"عبارة عن رسالة غير رسمية تظهر للمستخدم في حالة تحديد الحزمة للحذف، كتحذير " +"يعلمك بأن النظام غير قابل للاستخدام بدون الحزمة." -#. label for 'Eul' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 +#. label for 'Eul' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 msgid "EULA" msgstr "اتفاقية ترخيص المستخدم" -#. help text for 'Eul' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 -msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." -msgstr "نص EULA. يتم عرض هذا النص قبل تثبيت الحزمة. إذا لم يقبل المستخدم EULA، لا يتم تثبيت الحزمة." +#. help text for 'Eul' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 +msgid "" +"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If " +"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." +msgstr "" +"نص EULA. يتم عرض هذا النص قبل تثبيت الحزمة. إذا لم يقبل المستخدم EULA، لا " +"يتم تثبيت الحزمة." -#. label of key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 +#. label of key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 msgid "Products that must be installed" msgstr "المنتجات التي يجب تثبيتها" -#. help text for 'REQUIRES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 -msgid "<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements.</p>" -msgstr "<p>التبعيات القابلة للتحليل التي يجب أن تكون مثبتة على النظام لتلبية احتياجات المنتج.</p>" +#. help text for 'REQUIRES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 +msgid "" +"<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product " +"requirements.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>التبعيات القابلة للتحليل التي يجب أن تكون مثبتة على النظام لتلبية " +"احتياجات المنتج.</p>" -#. label of PROVIDES key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 +#. label of PROVIDES key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 msgid "Provided products" msgstr "المنتجات المتوفرة" -#. help text for 'PROVIDES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 -msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires</b> from others." -msgstr "الإمكانات التي يوفرها هذا المنتج. يمكن استخدامها لمطابقة قيم الحقل <b>يتطلب</b> من العناصر الأخرى." +#. help text for 'PROVIDES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 +msgid "" +"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires</" +"b> from others." +msgstr "" +"الإمكانات التي يوفرها هذا المنتج. يمكن استخدامها لمطابقة قيم الحقل <b>يتطلب</" +"b> من العناصر الأخرى." -#. label of 'CONFLICTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 +#. label of 'CONFLICTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 msgid "Conflicting products" msgstr "المنتجات المتعارضة" -#. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 -msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "لا يمكن تثبيت هذا العنصر القابل للتحليل إذا تم تثبيت العنصر القابل للتحليل المحدد أو عنصر يوفر هذه الإمكانية." +#. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 +msgid "" +"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " +"provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "" +"لا يمكن تثبيت هذا العنصر القابل للتحليل إذا تم تثبيت العنصر القابل للتحليل " +"المحدد أو عنصر يوفر هذه الإمكانية." -#. label of 'OBSOLETES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 +#. label of 'OBSOLETES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 msgid "Products made obsolete" msgstr "المنتجات القديمة" -#. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 -msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword." -msgstr "عند تثبيت هذا العنصر القابل للتحليل، فإنه يعمل على إلغاء تثبيت أية عناصر أخرى قابلة للتحليل ذات اسم مطابق لهذه للكلمة الأساسية." +#. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 +msgid "" +"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a " +"name matching this keyword." +msgstr "" +"عند تثبيت هذا العنصر القابل للتحليل، فإنه يعمل على إلغاء تثبيت أية عناصر " +"أخرى قابلة للتحليل ذات اسم مطابق لهذه للكلمة الأساسية." -#. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 +#. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 msgid "Recommended products" msgstr "المنتجات الموصى بها" -#. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 -msgid "A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill <b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." -msgstr "نسخة ضعيفة من <b>requires</b>. تمت محاولة تنفيذ <b>RECOMMENDS</b>، ولكن يتم تجاوزها دون مطالبة في حالة تعذر المطابقة." +#. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 +msgid "" +"A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill " +"<b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." +msgstr "" +"نسخة ضعيفة من <b>requires</b>. تمت محاولة تنفيذ <b>RECOMMENDS</b>، ولكن يتم " +"تجاوزها دون مطالبة في حالة تعذر المطابقة." -#. label of 'SUGGESTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 +#. label of 'SUGGESTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 msgid "Suggested products" msgstr "المنتجات المقترحة" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:725 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:725 msgid "The URL for release notes RPM" msgstr "عنوان URL لملاحظات إصدار RPM" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:730 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:730 msgid "Product description" msgstr "وصف المنتج" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:740 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:740 msgid "Product summary" msgstr "ملخص المنتج" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:745 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:745 msgid "Product line" msgstr "سطر المنتج" -#. help text for 'productline' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 -msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions." +#. help text for 'productline' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 +msgid "" +"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs " +"and versions." msgstr "الاسم المختصر للمنتج الذي لا يتغير بين حزم الخدمة والإصدارات." -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 msgid "Update repository key" msgstr "تحديث مفتاح المخزن" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:759 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:759 msgid "Type of media" msgstr "نوع الوسائط" -#. help text for media type -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 -msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." -msgstr "نوع الوسائط التي سيتم استخدامها للمنتج الهدف. والقيم المحتملة هي: cd وftp وdvd5 وdvd9." +#. help text for media type +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 +msgid "" +"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, " +"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgstr "" +"نوع الوسائط التي سيتم استخدامها للمنتج الهدف. والقيم المحتملة هي: cd وftp " +"وdvd5 وdvd9." -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 msgid "Product flavor" msgstr "صفة المنتج" -#. help text for media type -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770 +#. help text for media type +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770 msgid "Description of the flavor or variant of a product, e.g. DVD, FTP, Live" msgstr "وصف صفة المنتج أو أنواعه المتغيرة، على سبيل المثال، DVD وFTP وLive" -#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694 +#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694 msgid "Generating Product Data" msgstr "إنشاء بيانات المنتجات" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1698 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1698 msgid "Find package directories" msgstr "البحث عن دلائل الحزم" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1702 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1702 msgid "Looking for package directories..." msgstr "يتم الآن البحث عن دلائل الحزم..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1709 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1709 msgid "Check package architectures" msgstr "التحقق من هياكل الحزم" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1711 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1711 msgid "Generate content file defaults" msgstr "إنشاء قيم افتراضية لملف المحتويات" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1718 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1718 msgid "Checking package architectures..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من هياكل الحزم..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1720 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1720 msgid "Generating content file defaults..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء قيم افتراضية لملف المحتويات..." -#. Progress stage -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1728 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1735 +#. Progress stage +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1728 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1735 msgid "Generate package descriptions" msgstr "إنشاء أوصاف الحزمة" -#. help text -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 +#. help text +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 msgid "<b>Wait while generating data for add-on...</b><br/>\n" -msgstr "<b>الرجاء الانتظار بينما يتم إنشاء بيانات الوظيفة الإضافية...</b><br/>\n" +msgstr "" +"<b>الرجاء الانتظار بينما يتم إنشاء بيانات الوظيفة الإضافية...</b><br/>\n" -#. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 +#. error report +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 msgid "" "Failed to install obs-productconverter package.\n" "Release package will not be generated." @@ -1927,8 +2183,8 @@ "فشل تثبيت حزمة obs-productconverter.\n" "لن يتم إنشاء حزمة الإصدار." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2923 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2923 msgid "" "Build of release package failed with\n" "'%1'." @@ -1936,18 +2192,18 @@ "فشل إنشاء حزمة الإصدار باستخدام\n" "'%1'." -#. error label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3283 +#. error label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3283 msgid "Signing of the product failed." msgstr "فشل توقيع المنتج." -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3301 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3301 msgid "Try again with different passphrase" msgstr "أعد المحاولة مرة أخرى باستخدام عبارة مرور مختلفة" -#. ask for pw now %1 is key id, %2 user name -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3857 +#. ask for pw now %1 is key id, %2 user name +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3857 msgid "" "Enter passphrase for GPG key %1\n" "(%2)" @@ -1955,102 +2211,102 @@ "أدخل عبارة مرور لمفتاح GPG %1\n" "(%2)" -#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3879 +#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3879 msgid "Creating the Add-On" msgstr "إنشاء المنتج الإضافي" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3883 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3883 msgid "Write the content file" msgstr "اكتب محتوى الملف" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3885 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3885 msgid "Create the structure of the add-on" msgstr "إنشاء بنية المنتج الإضافي" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3887 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3887 msgid "Write the patterns" msgstr "اكتب النماذج" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3889 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3889 msgid "Copy the packages" msgstr "نسخ الحزم" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3891 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3891 msgid "Generate the release package" msgstr "إنشاء حزمة الإصدار" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3893 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3893 msgid "Create MD5 sums" msgstr "إنشاء مجموع MD5 الاختباري" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3895 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3895 msgid "Sign resulting product" msgstr "توقيع المنتج الناتج" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3899 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3899 msgid "Writing the content file..." msgstr "..كتابة محتوى الملف" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3901 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3901 msgid "Creating the structure of the add-on..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء بنية المنتج الإضافي..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3903 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3903 msgid "Writing the patterns..." msgstr "..كتابة النماذج" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3905 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3905 msgid "Copying the packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن نسخ الحزم..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3907 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3907 msgid "Generating the release package..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء حزمة الإصدار..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3909 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3909 msgid "Creating MD5 sums..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء مجموع MD5 الاختباري..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3911 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3911 msgid "Signing resulting product..." msgstr "يتم الآن توقيع المنتج الناتج..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3916 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3916 msgid "Create ISO image" msgstr "إنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3918 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3918 msgid "Creating ISO image..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3921 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3921 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. Error message (do not translate 'content' -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3957 +#. Error message (do not translate 'content' +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3957 msgid "Cannot write content file." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة ملف المحتويات." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3978 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3978 msgid "Cannot create the output directory structure." msgstr "تعذر إنشاء بنية دليل الإخراج." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/add-on.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/add-on.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/add-on.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: add-on\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline help -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:41 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline help +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:41 msgid "" "\n" "Add-on Module Help\n" @@ -49,102 +49,107 @@ "cd://\n" "dvd://\n" -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "اسم الملف الهدف (خيار 'xmlfile') مفقود. استخدم خيار سطر الأوامر xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " +"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "" +"اسم الملف الهدف (خيار 'xmlfile') مفقود. استخدم خيار سطر الأوامر " +"xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." -#. dialog caption -#. this is a heading -#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#. dialog caption +#. this is a heading +#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "المنتجات الإضافية" -#. busy message (dialog) -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 +#. busy message (dialog) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تتم الآن التهيئة..." -#. help -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 +#. help +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>" msgstr "<p>تتم الآن تهيئة المنتجات الإضافية...</p>" -#. Create a summary -#. return string -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70 +#. Create a summary +#. return string +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70 msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" msgstr "<li>الوسائط: %1، المسار: %2، المنتج: %3</li>\n" -#. set addon specific sig-handling -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 +#. set addon specific sig-handling +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." msgstr "يرجى إتاحة الوظيفة الإضافية \"%1\" عبر \"%2\"." -#. just report error -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 +#. just report error +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 msgid "Failed to add add-on product." msgstr "فشلت إضافة المنتج الإضافي." -#. placeholder for unknown path -#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media -#. placeholder for unknown directory -#. place holder for unknown URL -#. placeholder for unknown path -#. placeholder for unknown URL -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#. placeholder for unknown path +#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media +#. placeholder for unknown directory +#. place holder for unknown URL +#. placeholder for unknown path +#. placeholder for unknown URL +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "غير معروف" -#. summary string -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:47 +#. summary string +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:47 msgid "No add-on product selected for installation" msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي منتج إضافي لتثبيته" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:78 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:78 msgid "Add-&on Products" msgstr "منتجات إض&افية" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:114 msgid "Installation of the Language Extension has been finished." msgstr "تم الانتهاء من تثبيت ملحق اللغة." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. main screen heading -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. main screen heading +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "تثبيت المنتجات الإضافية" -#. TRANSLATORS:: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:219 +#. TRANSLATORS:: multi-selection box +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:219 msgid "&Select Language Extensions to Be Installed" msgstr "حدد ملحقات اللغة ليتم تثبيته&ا" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -msgid "<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 +msgid "" +"<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>حدد ملحقات اللغة لتثبيتها ثم انقر <b>موافق</b>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "هل تريد بالتأكيد إيقاف تثبيت المنتج الإضافي?" -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:260 +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:260 msgid "" "There are no selected languages to be installed.\n" "Are you sure you want to abort the installation?" @@ -152,32 +157,32 @@ "لا توجد لغات محددة لتثبيتها.\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد إيقاف التثبيت؟" -#. TRANSLATORS: multiselection box item, %1 stands for 'ar', 'mk', 'zh_TW' -#. it used only as a fallback -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:329 +#. TRANSLATORS: multiselection box item, %1 stands for 'ar', 'mk', 'zh_TW' +#. it used only as a fallback +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:329 msgid "Language %1" msgstr "لغة %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:34 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:34 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "لا تتوفر واجهة مستخدم لهذه الوحدة النمطية." -#. VENDOR: main screen heading -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:64 +#. VENDOR: main screen heading +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:64 msgid "Vendor Driver CD" msgstr "القرص المضغوط لبرنامج التشغيل الخاص بالمورد" -#. VENDOR: cant mount /dev/cdrom popup -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:84 +#. VENDOR: cant mount /dev/cdrom popup +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:84 msgid "Please insert the vendor CD-ROM" msgstr "الرجاء إدخال القرص المضغوط الخاص بالمورد" -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:130 src/clients/vendor.rb:145 -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:202 +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:130 src/clients/vendor.rb:145 +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:202 msgid "" "Could not find driver data on the CD-ROM.\n" "Aborting now." @@ -185,22 +190,23 @@ "تعذر العثور على بيانات برنامج التشغيل على القرص المضغوط.\n" "يتم الآن الإيقاف قبل الاكتمال." -#. VENDOR: vendor cd doesn't contain data for current system and linux version -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:177 +#. VENDOR: vendor cd doesn't contain data for current system and linux version +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:177 msgid "" "The CD-ROM data does not match the running Linux system.\n" "Aborting now.\n" msgstr "" -"لا تتطابق البيانات الموجودة على القرص المضغوط مع نظام التشغيل Linux المستخدم.\n" +"لا تتطابق البيانات الموجودة على القرص المضغوط مع نظام التشغيل Linux " +"المستخدم.\n" "يتم الآن الإيقاف قبل الاكتمال.\n" -#. VENDOR: dialog heading -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:262 +#. VENDOR: dialog heading +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:262 msgid "Installing driver..." msgstr "يتم الآن تثبيت برنامج التشغيل..." -#. VENDOR: popup if installation of driver failed -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:273 +#. VENDOR: popup if installation of driver failed +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:273 msgid "" "The installation failed.\n" "Contact the address on the CD-ROM.\n" @@ -208,13 +214,13 @@ "فشل التثبيت.\n" "اتصل بالعنوان الموجود على القرص المضغوط.\n" -#. VENDOR: message box with number of drivers installed -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:287 +#. VENDOR: message box with number of drivers installed +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:287 msgid "Installed %1 drivers from CD" msgstr "تم تثبيت %1 برامج تشغيل من القرص المضغوط" -#. VENDOR: message box with error text -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:292 +#. VENDOR: message box with error text +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:292 msgid "" "No driver data found on the CD-ROM.\n" "Aborting now." @@ -222,51 +228,51 @@ "لم يتم العثور على أية بيانات لبرنامج التشغيل على القرص المضغوط.\n" "يتم الآن الإيقاف قبل الاكتمال." -#. table cell -#. table cell -#. List of all selected repositories -#. -#. -#. **Structure:** -#. -#. add_on_products = [ -#. $[ -#. "media" : 4, // ID of the source -#. "product_dir" : "/", -#. "product" : "openSUSE version XX.Y", -#. "autoyast_product" : "'PRODUCT' tag for AutoYaST Export", -#. "media_url" : "Zypp URL of the product", -#. ], -#. ... -#. ] -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 +#. table cell +#. table cell +#. List of all selected repositories +#. +#. +#. **Structure:** +#. +#. add_on_products = [ +#. $[ +#. "media" : 4, // ID of the source +#. "product_dir" : "/", +#. "product" : "openSUSE version XX.Y", +#. "autoyast_product" : "'PRODUCT' tag for AutoYaST Export", +#. "media_url" : "Zypp URL of the product", +#. ], +#. ... +#. ] +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على أي منتج في المخزن." -#. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 +#. error report +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على مخزن للبرامج على الوسيطة." -#. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 +#. busy message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "تتم الآن تهيئة المصدر الجديد..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "عنوانURL: %1، الدليل: %2" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "تحديد مخزن البرامج" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" @@ -276,45 +282,45 @@ "تم العثور على العديد من مخازن البرامج على الوسيطة المحددة.\n" "حدد المخزن المراد استخدامه.</p>\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "المخازن التي تم ال&عثور عليها" -#. if (Stage::initial()) -#. { -#. if (Popup::ConfirmAbort (`painless)) -#. break; -#. } -#. else -#. { -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 +#. if (Stage::initial()) +#. { +#. if (Popup::ConfirmAbort (`painless)) +#. break; +#. } +#. else +#. { +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل إيقاف تثبيت المنتج الإضافي؟" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "حدد أحد المخازن." -#. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 +#. message popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "تعذر استيفاء تبعيات المنتج الإضافي." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "تحديد المنتجات" -#. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 +#. multi selection list +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "المنتجات المتوفرة" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -324,13 +330,13 @@ "تم العثور على عدة منتجات في المخزن. حدد المنتجات\n" " المطلوب تثبيتها.</p>\n" -#. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 +#. message popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "تعذر استيفاء تبعيات المنتجات الإضافية المحددة." -#. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 +#. Help for add-on products +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>\n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -342,103 +348,108 @@ "لإضافة منتج جديد، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>. لإزالة منتج تمت إضافته بالفعل،\n" "حدد المنتج ثم انقر فوق <b>حذف</b>.</p>" -#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 +#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1، دليل: %2" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 msgid "Product" msgstr "المنتج" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Media" msgstr "الوسائط" -#. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 +#. message report +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "حدد منتجًا لحذفه." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "إزالة وظائف إضافية محددة..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "المنتجات الإضافية المثبتة" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "المنتجات الإضافية" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 msgid "URL" msgstr "عنوان URL" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "تشغيل &مدير البرامج..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>" -msgstr "<p>هنا يمكنك مشاهدة كل المنتجات الإضافية التي تم تثبيتها على النظام.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>هنا يمكنك مشاهدة كل المنتجات الإضافية التي تم تثبيتها على النظام.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 -msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>" -msgstr "<p>اضغط <b>إضافة</b> لإضافة منتج إضافي جديد، أو <b>حذف</b> لإزالة المنتج الإضافي قيد الاستخدام.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 +msgid "" +"<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove " +"an add-on which is in use.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>اضغط <b>إضافة</b> لإضافة منتج إضافي جديد، أو <b>حذف</b> لإزالة المنتج " +"الإضافي قيد الاستخدام.</p>" -#. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 +#. no items +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>المورد:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "مُورد غير معروف" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>الإصدار:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "إصدار غير معروف" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>عنوان URL الخاص بالمخزن:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "عنوان URL خاص بالمخزن غير معروف" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>الاسم المستعار للمخزن:</b> %1<br>" -#. Removes the currently selected Add-On -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 +#. Removes the currently selected Add-On +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "منتج غير معروف" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "عنوان URL غير معروف" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -450,18 +461,18 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد حذفه؟" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "يتم الآن إزالة تبعيات المنتج..." -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up headline -#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up headline +#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:72 msgid "Warning: Not enough memory!" msgstr "تحذير: الذاكرة غير كافية!" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question -#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:74 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question +#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:74 msgid "" "Your system does not seem to have enough memory to use add-on products\n" "during installation. You can enable add-on products later when the\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/audit-laf.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/audit-laf.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/audit-laf.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,166 +14,173 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the audit-laf module -#. Initialization dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:55 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:180 -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:228 +#. Command line help text for the audit-laf module +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:55 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:180 +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:228 msgid "Configuration of Linux Audit Framework (LAF)" msgstr "تكوين إطار عمل مراجعة (Linux (LAF" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:68 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:68 msgid "Show information about audit settings" msgstr "إظهار معلومات حول إعدادات المراجعة" -#. translators: command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:81 +#. translators: command line help text for set action +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:81 msgid "Set the specified option" msgstr "تعيين الخيار المحدد" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show logfile' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:89 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show logfile' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:89 msgid "Show log file settings" msgstr "إظهار إعدادات ملف السجل" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show diskspace' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:95 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show diskspace' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:95 msgid "Show disk space settings" msgstr "إظهار إعدادات مساحة القرص" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show dispatcher' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:101 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show dispatcher' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:101 msgid "Show dispatcher settings" msgstr "إظهار إعدادات المُرسِل" -#. translators: command line help text for log_file option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:107 +#. translators: command line help text for log_file option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:107 msgid "Name of the log file (full path name)" msgstr "اسم ملف السجل (اسم المسار الكامل(" -#. translators: command line help text for log_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:114 +#. translators: command line help text for log_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:114 msgid "Log format" msgstr "تسجيل التنسيق" -#. translators: command line help text for flush option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:122 +#. translators: command line help text for flush option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:122 msgid "How to write data to disk" msgstr "كيفية كتابة البيانات إلى القرص" -#. translators: command line help text for frequency option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 +#. translators: command line help text for frequency option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 msgid "How many records to write before a flush to disk is issued" msgstr "كم عدد السجلات المطلوب كتابتها قبل إصدار أمر النقل إلى القرص" -#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 +#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 msgid "Maximal size (in MByte) of the log file" msgstr "أقصى حجم (بالميغابايت) لملف السجل" -#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:144 +#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:144 msgid "Action if max_log_file is reached" msgstr "الإجراء في حالة الوصول إلى max_log_file" -#. translators: command line help text for num_logs option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:152 +#. translators: command line help text for num_logs option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:152 msgid "Number of log files to keep" msgstr "عدد ملفات السجل المطلوب الاحتفاظ بها" -#. translators: command line help text for name_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:159 +#. translators: command line help text for name_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:159 msgid "Computer name format" msgstr "تنسيق اسم جهاز الكمبيوتر" -#. translators: command line help text for name_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:167 +#. translators: command line help text for name_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:167 msgid "Computer name (used if format is set to USER)" msgstr "اسم جهاز الكمبيوتر (يُستخدم في حالة تعيين التنسيق للمستخدم)" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low" -msgstr "المساحة المتروكة في قسم السجل (بالميغابايت) عندما تبدأ مساحة النظام في النفاد" +msgstr "" +"المساحة المتروكة في قسم السجل (بالميغابايت) عندما تبدأ مساحة النظام في النفاد" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 msgid "Action if space_left is reached" msgstr "الإجراء في حالة الوصول إلى space_left" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if space_left is reached" -msgstr "النص البرمجي المطلوب تنفيذه (اسم المسار الكامل) عند الوصول إلى space_left" +msgstr "" +"النص البرمجي المطلوب تنفيذه (اسم المسار الكامل) عند الوصول إلى space_left" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low" -msgstr "ترك مساحة في قسم السجل (بالميغابايت) عند تشغيل النظام على التشغيل المنخفض" +msgstr "" +"ترك مساحة في قسم السجل (بالميغابايت) عند تشغيل النظام على التشغيل المنخفض" -#. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 +#. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 msgid "Action if admin_space_left is reached" msgstr "الإجراء في حالة الوصول إلى admin_space_left" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if admin_space_left is reached" -msgstr "النص البرمجي المطلوب تنفيذه (اسم المسار الكامل) عند الوصول إلى admin_space_left" +msgstr "" +"النص البرمجي المطلوب تنفيذه (اسم المسار الكامل) عند الوصول إلى " +"admin_space_left" -#. command line help text for action_mail_acct option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 +#. command line help text for action_mail_acct option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)" -msgstr "البريد المُرسَل لهذا الحساب (في حالة تعيين space_left_action إلى البريد الإلكتروني)" +msgstr "" +"البريد المُرسَل لهذا الحساب (في حالة تعيين space_left_action إلى البريد " +"الإلكتروني)" -#. command line help text for disk_full_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 +#. command line help text for disk_full_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 msgid "Action to perform if disk is full" msgstr "الإجراء المراد تنفيذه في حالة امتلاء القرص" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:247 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:247 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if disk is full" msgstr "النص البرمجي المطلوب تنفيذه (اسم المسار الكامل) في حالة امتلاء القرص" -#. command line help text for disk_error_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:254 +#. command line help text for disk_error_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:254 msgid "Action to perform on disk error" msgstr "الإجراء المراد تنفيذه عند حدوث خطأ في القرص" -#. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262 +#. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) on disk error" msgstr "النص البرمجي المطلوب تنفيذه (اسم المسار الكامل) عند حدوث خطأ في القرص" -#. command line help text for communication control option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269 +#. command line help text for communication control option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269 msgid "How to communicate between dispatcher and the audit daemon" msgstr "كيفية التواصل بين المُرسِل وبرنامج محرك المراجعة" -#. command line help text for dispatcher option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:277 +#. command line help text for dispatcher option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:277 msgid "Dispatcher program (full path name)" msgstr "برنامج مُرسِل (اسم المسار الكامل(" -#. Rich text title for AuditLaf in proposals -#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:82 +#. Rich text title for AuditLaf in proposals +#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:82 msgid "AuditLaf" msgstr "AuditLaf" -#. Menu title for AuditLaf in proposals -#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:86 +#. Menu title for AuditLaf in proposals +#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:86 msgid "&AuditLaf" msgstr "&AuditLaf" -#. Handle actions of log file dialog (button 'Select file') -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:126 +#. Handle actions of log file dialog (button 'Select file') +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:126 msgid "Select the log file" msgstr "تحديد ملف السجل" -#. Store all values in SETTINGS -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:178 +#. Store all values in SETTINGS +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:178 msgid "" "The 'User Defined Name' is NOT set although\n" "the 'Computer Name Format' is set to 'USER'.\n" @@ -183,35 +190,35 @@ "الرغم من تعيين 'تنسيق اسم الكمبيوتر' إلى 'المستخدم'.\n" "إعداد التنسيق إلى 'بلا' (افتراضي)." -#. Handle actions of dispatcher dialog (button 'Select file') -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:223 +#. Handle actions of dispatcher dialog (button 'Select file') +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:223 msgid "Select the dispatcher program" msgstr "تحديد برنامج المرسل" -#. Second part of an error message: the value won't be changed because of previous error -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:338 +#. Second part of an error message: the value won't be changed because of previous error +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:338 msgid "Value of '%1' remains unchanged." msgstr "تظل قيمة '%1' كما هي بدون تغيير." -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:342 msgid "%1 doesn't exist.\n" msgstr "%1 غير موجود\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:348 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:348 msgid "%1 is not a regular file.\n" msgstr "%1 ليس ملفًا عاديًا.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:355 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:355 msgid "%1 not owned by root.\n" msgstr "%1 ليس ملكًا للجذر.\n" -#. check permissions -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:371 +#. check permissions +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:371 msgid "File permissions of %1 NOT set to -rwxr-x---.\n" msgstr "لم يتم تعيين أذونات الملفات الخاصة بـ %1 على -rwxr-x---.\n" -#. Warning - the audit configuration is locked, reset impossible -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:461 +#. Warning - the audit configuration is locked, reset impossible +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:461 msgid "" "The rules are already locked, a reset is impossible.\n" "\n" @@ -223,18 +230,18 @@ "إذا كنت تريد إلغاء القفل، فقم بتعيين الإشارة الممَكّنة وفقًا لذلك، ثم\n" "قم بإنهاء التكوين. وتكون إعادة التشغيل أمرًا مطلوبًا فيما بعد." -#. Report success -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:488 +#. Report success +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:488 msgid "Rules successfully restored" msgstr "تم تخزين القواعد بنجاح" -#. Report error - error during reset -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 +#. Report error - error during reset +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 msgid "Cannot reset rules. Check /etc/audit/audit.rules." msgstr "لا يمكن إعادة تعيين القواعد. التحقق من/etc/audit/audit.rules." -#. Handle actions of rules dialog -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 +#. Handle actions of rules dialog +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 msgid "" "The rules are already locked.\n" "\n" @@ -246,7 +253,7 @@ "الاختبار لم يكن ممكنًا لأن إرسال قواعد\n" "جديدة سيؤدي إلى حدوث خطأ.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:573 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:573 msgid "" "Lock is set in audit.rules (-e 2).\n" "\n" @@ -258,25 +265,25 @@ " n فليس من المعقول المتابعة، لأن القواعد ستكون\n" " مغلقة حتى التشغيل التالي.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:606 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:606 msgid "Success" msgstr "نجاح" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:609 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:609 msgid "Cannot create tmp file for rules." msgstr "لا يمكن إنشاء ملف tmp للقواعد." -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:616 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:616 msgid "Select an example" msgstr "تحديد مثال" -#. Called if 'Abort' button is pressed in main dialog. -#. If the rules are changed by a syntax check the changes will be reseted. -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:666 +#. Called if 'Abort' button is pressed in main dialog. +#. If the rules are changed by a syntax check the changes will be reseted. +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:666 msgid "Lock set" msgstr "تم تعيين القفل" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:667 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:667 msgid "" "The audit configuration is locked (option -e 2).\n" "This means the rules are locked until next boot!\n" @@ -290,211 +297,213 @@ " في ملف القواعد. أما في حالة غير ذلك، فقم بتمكين أو تعطيل المراجعة.\n" "للتحقق أو لتغيير القواعد، ارجع إلى محرر القواعد.\n" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:69 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "إعدادات عامة" -#. InputField label -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:117 +#. InputField label +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:117 msgid "&Log File" msgstr "&ملف السجل" -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:79 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:222 +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:79 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Select Fi&le" msgstr "ت&حديد الملف" -#. ComboBox label - select format of logging -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:90 +#. ComboBox label - select format of logging +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:90 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&تنسيق" -#. ComboBox label - select how to flush data on disk -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:103 +#. ComboBox label - select how to flush data on disk +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Fl&ush" msgstr "نق&ل" -#. InputField label - enter how many records to write before flush data to disk -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:119 +#. InputField label - enter how many records to write before flush data to disk +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Fre&quency (Number of Records)" msgstr "الت&كرار (عدد السجلات)" -#. Frame label - data regarding size of log file and action to perform -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:132 +#. Frame label - data regarding size of log file and action to perform +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Size and Action" msgstr "الحجم والإجراء" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:137 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Ma&x File Size (MB)" msgstr "الحد الأ&قصى لحجم الملف (ميغابايت)" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:145 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "M&aximum File Size Action" msgstr "الإجراء الخاص بأقصى ح&جم للملف" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:162 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "&Number of Log Files" msgstr "&عدد ملفات السجل" -#. Frame label - data regarding how to write computer names to the log file -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:173 +#. Frame label - data regarding how to write computer names to the log file +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Computer Names" msgstr "أسماء أجهزة الكمبيوتر" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:181 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "&Computer Name Format" msgstr "&تنسيق أسماء أجهزة الكمبيوتر" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:192 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "User Defined Name" msgstr "الاسم المعرف من قِبل المستخدم" -#. Frame label - settings of the dispatcher program -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:208 +#. Frame label - settings of the dispatcher program +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:208 msgid "Dispatcher Settings" msgstr "إعدادات المرسل" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:216 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Dispatcher Program" msgstr "برنامج المرسل" -#. ComboBox label - communication between the audit daemon and the dispatcher program -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:230 +#. ComboBox label - communication between the audit daemon and the dispatcher program +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "C&ommunication" msgstr "&اتصال" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:252 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "Value and Action for Space Is Starting to Run Low" msgstr "القيمة والإجراء للمساحة تبدأ في النفاد" -#. InputField label - space on disk is starting to run low if the entered value is reached -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:257 +#. InputField label - space on disk is starting to run low if the entered value is reached +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "&Space Left on Disk (MB)" msgstr "ا&لمساحة الفارغة على القرص (ميغابايت)" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is low -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:266 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is low +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "&Action" msgstr "الإجرا&ء" -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:305 -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:332 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:350 +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:305 +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:332 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Path to Script" msgstr "المسار إلى اسكربت" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:281 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Value and Action for Space Is Running Low" msgstr "القيمة والإجراء للمساحة على وشك النفاد" -#. InputField label - space on disk is running low if the entered value is reached -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:286 +#. InputField label - space on disk is running low if the entered value is reached +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "&Admin Space Left (MB) " msgstr "ال&مساحة الفارغة للمسؤول (ميغابايت) " -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is running low -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:295 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is running low +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Ac&tion" msgstr "إج&راء" -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:311 +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:311 msgid "Action Mail Account" msgstr "حساب البريد الخاص بالإجراء" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:315 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "Action on Error or Disk Full" msgstr "إجراء عند حدوث خطأ أو امتلاء القرص" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if disk is full -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:324 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if disk is full +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Disk &Full Action" msgstr "إ&جراء عند امتلاء القرص" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed on error -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:342 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed on error +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Disk &Error Action" msgstr "إج&راء عند حدوث خطأ في القرص" -#. label of a combo box with the possibilitiy to enable/disable auditing or lock the rules -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:374 +#. label of a combo box with the possibilitiy to enable/disable auditing or lock the rules +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "&Set Enabled Flag" msgstr "&تعيين إشارة التمكين" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:233 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:233 msgid "Auditing enabled" msgstr "تم تمكين المراجعة" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:379 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:235 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:379 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:235 msgid "Auditing disabled" msgstr "تم تعطيل المراجعة" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:381 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Rules are locked (until next boot)" msgstr "القواعد مقفلة (حتى عملية التشغيل القادمة)" -#. Label - describes what can be done in the editor -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:393 +#. Label - describes what can be done in the editor +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Edit the rules for the audit subsystem here:" msgstr "تحرير القواعد الخاصة بالنظام الفرعي للمراجعة من هنا:" -#. label of a push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:401 +#. label of a push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "&Check Syntax" msgstr "&التحقق من بناء الجملة" -#. label of push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:404 +#. label of push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "&Restore 'audit.rules'" msgstr "ا&ستعادة 'audit.rules'" -#. label of push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:407 +#. label of push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:407 msgid "R&estore and Reset" msgstr "ا&ستعادة وإعادة تعيين" -#. label of a push button -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:410 +#. label of a push button +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "&Load " msgstr "&تحميل" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" +"b><br>\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>تهيئة تكوين إطار مراجعة Linux </big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:39 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إيقاف التهيئة</big></b><br>\n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</" +"p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving auditd Configuration and Rules</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -502,8 +511,8 @@ "<p><b><big>حفظ تكوين وقواعد auditd</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:47 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -515,28 +524,40 @@ " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك بما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" " </p>\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n" -"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches).</p>" +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " +"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/" +"log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n" +"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications " +"which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " +"watches).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>تكوين ملف سجل Auditd</big></b><br>\n" -"برنامج محرك المراجعة هو مكون نظام Linux Auditing المسؤول عن كتابة كافة أحداث ذات الصلة بالمراجعة على ملف السجل<i>var/log/audit/audit.log</i><i>/</i> (افتراضي).\n" -"قد تنتج الأحداث عن وحدة <i>apparmor</i> kernel النمطية أو من التطبيقات التي 3تستخدم <i>libaudit</i> (على سبيل المثال PAM) أو الأحداث التي تنتج عن القواعد) على سبيل المثال عمليات مراقبة الملف).</p>" +"برنامج محرك المراجعة هو مكون نظام Linux Auditing المسؤول عن كتابة كافة أحداث " +"ذات الصلة بالمراجعة على ملف السجل<i>var/log/audit/audit.log</i><i>/</i> " +"(افتراضي).\n" +"قد تنتج الأحداث عن وحدة <i>apparmor</i> kernel النمطية أو من التطبيقات التي " +"3تستخدم <i>libaudit</i> (على سبيل المثال PAM) أو الأحداث التي تنتج عن " +"القواعد) على سبيل المثال عمليات مراقبة الملف).</p>" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>" +"<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules " +"and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " +"manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>يوفر مربع الحوار <b>قواعد auditctl</b> مزيد من المعلومات حول القواعد وإمكانية إضافتها.\n" -"يمكن الحصول على معلومات تفصيلية حول إعدادات ملف السجل من صفحة الدليل ('man auditd.conf').</p>" +"<p>يوفر مربع الحوار <b>قواعد auditctl</b> مزيد من المعلومات حول القواعد " +"وإمكانية إضافتها.\n" +"يمكن الحصول على معلومات تفصيلية حول إعدادات ملف السجل من صفحة الدليل ('man " +"auditd.conf').</p>" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p><b>Log File</b>: Enter the full path name to the log file\n" "(or use <b>Select File</b>.)</p>" @@ -544,46 +565,61 @@ "<p><b>ملف السجل</b>: أدخل اسم المسار بالكامل في ملف السجل\n" "(أو استخدم <b>تحديد ملف</b>.)</p>" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly " +"as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of " +"writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher).</p> " msgstr "" -"<p><b>التنسيق</b>: قم بتعيين <i>RAW</i> لتسجيل كافة البيانات (مع التخزين بتنسيق يماثل التنسيق المرسَل من قِبل kernel\n" +"<p><b>التنسيق</b>: قم بتعيين <i>RAW</i> لتسجيل كافة البيانات (مع التخزين " +"بتنسيق يماثل التنسيق المرسَل من قِبل kernel\n" ") أو <i>NOLOG</i>\n" "لتجاهل كافة معلومات المراجعة بدلاً من كتابتها على قرص (لا ؤثر على\n" "البيانات التي تم إرسالها إلى المرسل).</p> " -#. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to <i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\n" -"<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" -"<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: keep data portion synced,\n" +"<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " +"<i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\n" +"<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " +"explicit flush to disk.\n" +"<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: " +"keep data portion synced,\n" "<i>SYNC</i>: keep data and meta-data fully synced.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>نقل</b>: يشرح كيفية كتابة البيانات إلى القرص. إذا كان مُعينًا إلى <i>تزايدي</i>\n" -"تحدد المعلمة <b>التكرار</b> إلى عدد سجلات الكتابة قبل إصدار التصريح بالنقل إلى القرص.\n" -"<i>بدون</i> يعني: عدم بذل أي جهد خاص لنقل البيانات <i>بيانات</i>: إبقاء مزامنة جزء\n" -"البيانات <i>المزامنة</i>: الاحتفاظ بالبيانات وبيانات التعريف التي تتم مزامنتها بشكل كامل.</p>" +"<p><b>نقل</b>: يشرح كيفية كتابة البيانات إلى القرص. إذا كان مُعينًا إلى " +"<i>تزايدي</i>\n" +"تحدد المعلمة <b>التكرار</b> إلى عدد سجلات الكتابة قبل إصدار التصريح بالنقل " +"إلى القرص.\n" +"<i>بدون</i> يعني: عدم بذل أي جهد خاص لنقل البيانات <i>بيانات</i>: إبقاء " +"مزامنة جزء\n" +"البيانات <i>المزامنة</i>: الاحتفاظ بالبيانات وبيانات التعريف التي تتم " +"مزامنتها بشكل كامل.</p>" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" +"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " +"when this\n" "value is reached via <b>Size and Action</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>تكوين السجل إلى أقصى حجم ملف (بالميغابايت) والإجراء\n" -" الذي يجب اتخاذه عند الوصول إلى هذه القيمة بواسطة <b>الحجم والإجراء</b>.</p>\n" +" الذي يجب اتخاذه عند الوصول إلى هذه القيمة بواسطة <b>الحجم والإجراء</b>.</" +"p>\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records to\n" +"<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> " +"specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a " +"warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records " +"to\n" "disk. <i>IGNORE</i> means do nothing, <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -591,184 +627,235 @@ "الملفات لإبقاء. تعيين إلى <i>سجل النظام</i>، سيكتب برنامج محرك المراجعة \n" "الحسابات تحذيرًا إلى/var/log/messages. مع <i>التوقف المرحلي</i> توقف برنامج\n" "المحرك عن كتابة المحاضر إلى القرص. يعني <i>تجاهل</i> لا تفعل \n" -"شيئا، <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> شبيه بأمر التدوير، ولكن لا تتم الكتابة فوق ملفات السجل.</p>\n" +"شيئا، <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> شبيه بأمر التدوير، ولكن لا تتم الكتابة فوق ملفات " +"السجل.</p>\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to the\n" +"<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to " +"the\n" "log file. If <i>USER</i> is set, the <b>User Defined Name</b> is\n" -"used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully qualified\n" +"used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses " +"the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully " +"qualified\n" "domain name.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>تنسيق اسم جهاز الكمبيوتر</b> تشرح كيفية كتابة اسم جهاز الكمبيوتر إلى \n" "ملف الدخول. إذا قام <i>المستخدم</i> بتعيين <b>معرف \n" -"المستخدم</b> للاستخدام. <i>بدون</i> تعني أنه لم يتم إدراج اسم جهاز الكمبيوتر. <i>اسم المضيف</i> يستخدم الاسم المعرف \n" +"المستخدم</b> للاستخدام. <i>بدون</i> تعني أنه لم يتم إدراج اسم جهاز " +"الكمبيوتر. <i>اسم المضيف</i> يستخدم الاسم المعرف \n" "من قبل 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> يستخدم اسم \n" "المجال المعرف بالكامل.</p>\n" -#. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 +#. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " +"manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf').</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>تكوين المرسل الخاص بـ Auditd</big></b><br>\n" -"يمكن الحصول على معلومات مفصلة حول إعدادات المرسل من صفحة الدليل 'man auditd.conf'.<br></p>" +"يمكن الحصول على معلومات مفصلة حول إعدادات المرسل من صفحة الدليل 'man auditd." +"conf'.<br></p>" -#. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 +#. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" +"<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " +"and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>المرسل</b>: يتم بدء تشغيل برنامج المرسل عن طريق برنامج المحرك للمراجعة\n" +"<p><b>المرسل</b>: يتم بدء تشغيل برنامج المرسل عن طريق برنامج المحرك " +"للمراجعة\n" "ويتلقى كافة أحداث المراجعة في stdin.</p>" -#. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 +#. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" -"program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want a blocking/lossless\n" +"<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and " +"the dispatcher\n" +"program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the " +"dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want " +"a blocking/lossless\n" "communication.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>الاتصال</b>: تتحكم في الاتصالات بين برنامج المحرك وبرنامج\n" "المرسل. المقصود بالاتصال <i>lossy</i>، تجاهل الأحداث المُرسلة إلى المرسل\n" -"عند امتلاء الطابور (الذاكرة الوسيطة التي تبلغ 128 كيلوبايت). اختر <i>lossless</i> إذا كنت ترغب في اتصالاتblocking/lossless\n" +"عند امتلاء الطابور (الذاكرة الوسيطة التي تبلغ 128 كيلوبايت). اختر " +"<i>lossless</i> إذا كنت ترغب في اتصالاتblocking/lossless\n" ".</p>" -#. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 +#. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf').</p>" +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd." +"conf').</p>" msgstr "" "<p>يعتبر 'audispd' الخاص بالمرسل مُجمِّعًا لأحداث المراجعة\n" -"(لمزيد من المعلومات راجع صفحات الدليل ('man audispd' و'man audispd.conf').</p>" +"(لمزيد من المعلومات راجع صفحات الدليل ('man audispd' و'man audispd.conf').</" +"p>" -#. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 +#. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<p><b>Note:</b> The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" " file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>ملاحظة:</b> يجب أن يكون برنامج مُرسِل مملوك\n" -" إلى 'مسؤول'، لها '0750'، أذونات الملف واسم المسار الكامل المراد إدخاله.</p>\n" +" إلى 'مسؤول'، لها '0750'، أذونات الملف واسم المسار الكامل المراد إدخاله.</" +"p>\n" -#. disk space dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 +#. disk space dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Auditd Disk Space Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "The settings made here refer to disk space on log partition.\n" "For detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>تكوين مساحة قرصAuditd</big></b><br>الإعدادات التي تشير هنا إلى مساحة القرص على قسم السجل.\n" +"<p><b><big>تكوين مساحة قرصAuditd</big></b><br>الإعدادات التي تشير هنا إلى " +"مساحة القرص على قسم السجل.\n" "يمكن الحصول على معلومات مفصلة من صفحات \n" "التعليمات ('man auditd.conf').</p>\n" -#. disk space dialog help 2/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 +#. disk space dialog help 2/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an <b>Action</b> because\n" +"<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform " +"an <b>Action</b> because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>المساحة المتروكة</b> (بالميجابايت) توضح لبرنامج محرك المراجعة متى يقوم باتخاذ <b>إجراء معين</b> لأن\n" +"<p><b>المساحة المتروكة</b> (بالميجابايت) توضح لبرنامج محرك المراجعة متى يقوم " +"باتخاذ <b>إجراء معين</b> لأن\n" "النظام قد بدأ يعمل على مساحة منخفضة.</p>" -#. disk space dialog help 3/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 +#. disk space dialog help 3/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The system <b>is running\n" -"low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action</b> will be performed.</p>" +"<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The " +"system <b>is running\n" +"low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action</" +"b> will be performed.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>يجب أن تكون قيمة <b>المساحة المتروكة الخاصة بالمسؤول</b> أقل من القيمة الموضحة أعلاه. سيعمل النظام على <b>مساحة \n" -"منخفضة</b> من القرص إذا تم الوصول إلى تلك القيمة، وسيتم تنفيذ <b>الإجراء</b> المُحدد.</p>" +"<p>يجب أن تكون قيمة <b>المساحة المتروكة الخاصة بالمسؤول</b> أقل من القيمة " +"الموضحة أعلاه. سيعمل النظام على <b>مساحة \n" +"منخفضة</b> من القرص إذا تم الوصول إلى تلك القيمة، وسيتم تنفيذ <b>الإجراء</b> " +"المُحدد.</p>" -#. disk space dialog hep 4/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 +#. disk space dialog hep 4/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p>If an action is set to <i>EMAIL</i>, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> means the\n" -"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> means\n" +"account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> means " +"the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> " +"means\n" "do nothing. <i>EXEC</i> runs the script specified in <b>Path to\n" "Script</b>. <i>SUSPEND</i> stops writing records to disk. <i>SINGLE</i>\n" "switches the system to single user mode. <i>HALT</i> shuts down the\n" "system.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>إذا تم تعيين الإجراء إلى <i>البريد الإلكتروني</i>، سيتم إرسال رسالة بريد تحذيرية \n" -"إلى الحساب المحدد في <b>حساب بريد الإجراء</b>.<br>ويعني <i>سجل النظام</i> أنه ستتم \n" -"كتابة تحذير مساحة القرص إلى/var/log/messages. ويعني <i>تجاهل</i> لا تفعل شيئًا. ويقوم <i>تنفيذ</i> بتشغيل النص البرمجي المحدد في <b>المسار إلى النص \n" +"<p>إذا تم تعيين الإجراء إلى <i>البريد الإلكتروني</i>، سيتم إرسال رسالة بريد " +"تحذيرية \n" +"إلى الحساب المحدد في <b>حساب بريد الإجراء</b>.<br>ويعني <i>سجل النظام</i> " +"أنه ستتم \n" +"كتابة تحذير مساحة القرص إلى/var/log/messages. ويعني <i>تجاهل</i> لا تفعل " +"شيئًا. ويقوم <i>تنفيذ</i> بتشغيل النص البرمجي المحدد في <b>المسار إلى النص \n" "البرمجي</b>. ويقوم <i>تعليق</i> بإيقاف كتابة السجلات إلى \n" "القرص. يقوم <i>مفرد</i> بتبديل النظام إلى وضع المستخدم \n" "المفرد. يقوم <i>إيقاف</i> بإيقاف تشغيل\n" "النظام.</p>\n" -#. disk space dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 +#. disk space dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full already) and\n" -"a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" +"<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full " +"already) and\n" +"a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while " +"writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for <i>EMAIL</i>).</p>" msgstr "" "<p>يمكنك أيضًا تحديد <b>إجراء عند امتلاء القرص</b> (امتلأ القرص بالفعل) و\n" -" <b>إجراء عند حدوث خطأ في القرص</b> (يتم تنفيذه كلما تم اكتشاف خطأ أثناء الكتابة إلى القرص).</p>\n" -"الإجراءات المتاحة هي نفس الإجراءات الموضحة أعلاه باستثناء (except for <i>EMAIL</i>).</p>" +" <b>إجراء عند حدوث خطأ في القرص</b> (يتم تنفيذه كلما تم اكتشاف خطأ أثناء " +"الكتابة إلى القرص).</p>\n" +"الإجراءات المتاحة هي نفس الإجراءات الموضحة أعلاه باستثناء (except for " +"<i>EMAIL</i>).</p>" -#. disk space dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 +#. disk space dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p><b>Note:</b> All scripts specified for <i>EXEC</i> must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " +"entered.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>ملاحظة:</b>كل النصوص البرمجية المعينة للخيار <i>تنفيذ</i> يجب أن تكون مملوكة\n" -"من قِبل'مسؤول'، ومتوفر لها أذونات الملف '0750' ويجب إدخال اسم المسار الكامل.</p>\n" +"<p><b>ملاحظة:</b>كل النصوص البرمجية المعينة للخيار <i>تنفيذ</i> يجب أن تكون " +"مملوكة\n" +"من قِبل'مسؤول'، ومتوفر لها أذونات الملف '0750' ويجب إدخال اسم المسار الكامل.</" +"p>\n" -#. rules dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 +#. rules dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Rules for auditctl</big></b><br>\n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -"The selected flag from <b>Set Enabled Flag</b> will be added to the rules.</p>" +"The selected flag from <b>Set Enabled Flag</b> will be added to the rules.</" +"p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>قواعد auditctl</big></b><br>يوفر مربع الحوار هذا إمكانية تمكين أو\n" +"<p><b><big>قواعد auditctl</big></b><br>يوفر مربع الحوار هذا إمكانية تمكين " +"أو\n" " لتعطيل syscall التدوين، فضلا عن وصفها بتأمين تكوين المراجعة.\n" "العلم المحدد\n" " من <b>تعيين علامة تمكين</b> ستضاف إلى النظام.</p>" -#. rules dialog help 2/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>ملاحظة:</b><br>ويعني تأمين القواعد أنها لا يمكن تغييرها حتى التشغيل التالي.</p>" +#. rules dialog help 2/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " +"reboot.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>ملاحظة:</b><br>ويعني تأمين القواعد أنها لا يمكن تغييرها حتى التشغيل " +"التالي.</p>" -#. rules dialog help 3/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 +#. rules dialog help 3/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "<p>Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).</p> " +" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" +"audit.log (default).</p> " msgstr "" "<p>سيؤدي تمكين توثيق قواعد إضافية libaudit التطبيقات التي\n" -" تستخدم <i>libaudit</i>، مثلًا. PAM لتسجيل إلى/var/log/audit/audit.log (افتراضي).</p> " +" تستخدم <i>libaudit</i>، مثلًا. PAM لتسجيل إلى/var/log/audit/audit.log " +"(افتراضي).</p> " -#. rules dialog help 4/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 +#. rules dialog help 4/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users.<br>\n" +"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " +"advanced users.<br>\n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>مربع الحوار يسمح لك بتحرير القواعد يدويًا، ويوصي به للمستخدمين المتقدمين فقط.<br>للحصول على المزيد من المعلومات حول جميع \n" +"<p>مربع الحوار يسمح لك بتحرير القواعد يدويًا، ويوصي به للمستخدمين المتقدمين " +"فقط.<br>للحصول على المزيد من المعلومات حول جميع \n" "الخيارات، راجع 'man auditctl'.</p>\n" -#. rules dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p><b>تحقق من بناء الجملة</b> حيث ترسل القواعد عن طريق <i>auditctl</i> إلى النظام الفرعي للمراجعة، ويفحص بناء الجملة.<br><b>استعادة</b> استعادة الإعدادات من/etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" +#. rules dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit " +"subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings " +"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>تحقق من بناء الجملة</b> حيث ترسل القواعد عن طريق <i>auditctl</i> إلى " +"النظام الفرعي للمراجعة، ويفحص بناء الجملة.<br><b>استعادة</b> استعادة " +"الإعدادات من/etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" -#. rules dialog help 6/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 +#. rules dialog help 6/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 msgid "" "<p>Click <b>Restore and Reset</b> to restore the rules and reset\n" "the changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling <i>auditctl</i>.<br>\n" @@ -780,43 +867,45 @@ "استدعاء <i>auditctl</i>.<br>اضغط <b>تحميل</b> يفتح مربع\n" " حوار اختيار ملف إذا كنت قادرًا على تحميل كمثال ملف قواعد.</p>\n" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:123 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:123 msgid "&Dispatcher" msgstr "المر&سل" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:129 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:129 msgid "Disk &Space" msgstr "مساحة ال&قرص" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. (auditctl is a program which sends the rules to the audit subsystem) -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:136 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. (auditctl is a program which sends the rules to the audit subsystem) +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:136 msgid "&Rules for 'auditctl'" msgstr "ق&واعد لـ 'auditctl'" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:230 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:230 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. Do not check UI when running in CommandLine mode -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:231 +#. Do not check UI when running in CommandLine mode +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:231 msgid "The rules for auditctl are locked." msgstr "تم تأمين قواعد auditctl." -#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 -msgid "<p>To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package <b>%1</b> must be installed.</p>" +#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 +msgid "" +"<p>To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package <b>%1</b> " +"must be installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>لمتابعة عملية تكوين مراجعة Linux، يجب تثبيت حزمة <b>%1</b> .</p>" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>هل تريد تثبيتها الآن؟</p>" -#. additionally save initial settings -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:357 +#. additionally save initial settings +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:357 msgid "" "Cannot start the audit daemon.\n" "Please check /var/log/messages for auditd errors.\n" @@ -828,63 +917,63 @@ "يمكنك استخدام الوحدة النمطية 'سجل النظام' من مجموعة \n" "'متفرقات' في مركز التحكم YaST." -#. AuditLaf read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:376 +#. AuditLaf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:376 msgid "Initializing Audit Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين المراجعة" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:391 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:391 msgid "Check for installed packages" msgstr "التحقق من الحزم المثبَّتة" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:393 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:393 msgid "Read the configuration of auditd" msgstr "قراءة تكوين auditd" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:395 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:395 msgid "Read the rules file" msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة ملف القواعد" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:397 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:397 msgid "Check status of auditd" msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من حالة auditd" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:401 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:401 msgid "Checking for packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من الحزم..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:403 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:403 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة التكوين..." -#. Progress step 3/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:405 +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:405 msgid "Reading the rules file..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة ملف القواعد..." -#. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:407 +#. Progress step 4/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:407 msgid "Checking status..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من الحالة..." -#. Report error -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:434 +#. Report error +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:434 msgid "Cannot read auditd.conf." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة auditd.conf." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:444 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:444 msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة audit.rules." -#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 msgid "" "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" "or only start the daemon for now?" @@ -892,12 +981,12 @@ "هل تريد بدء التشغيل وتمكين بدء التشغيل في وقت تشغيل معين \n" "أم بدء تشغيل برنامج المحرك فقط الآن؟" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" msgstr "لا يعمل برنامج المحرك 'auditd'.\n" -#. message about loaded kernel module -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 +#. message about loaded kernel module +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 msgid "" "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" @@ -907,29 +996,29 @@ "يستخدم محرك الشبكة برنامج محرك قيد التشغيل للمراجعة لتسجيل مراجعة\n" "الأحداث لـ /var/log/audit/audit.log )افتراضي).\n" -#. Headline of a popup -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" msgstr "تشغيل برنامج المحرك للمراجعة" -#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "تشغيل وت&مكين" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Start" msgstr "ت&شغيل" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Do not start" msgstr "ع&دم التشغيل" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:488 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:488 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "لا يمكن بدء تشغيل برنامج محرك المراجعة." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -941,37 +1030,37 @@ "'تمكين العلامة'، ولكن لجعل التغيير نشط\n" "يتطلب إعادة التشغيل.\n" -#. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:545 +#. Auditd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:545 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين المراجعة" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:561 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:561 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "كتابة الإعدادات" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:563 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:563 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة القواعد" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:567 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:567 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:569 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:569 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة القواعد..." -#. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:585 +#. check first whether rules are already locked +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:585 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "القواعد مقفلة بالفعل." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -981,27 +1070,27 @@ "إذا كان الجواب نعم، ستتم كتابة القواعد الجديدة إلى/etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" "وبعد ذلك يتعين إعادة تشغيل النظام.\n" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:611 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:611 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "فشل إعادة تشغيل برنامج محرك المراجعة." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:618 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:618 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات إلى auditd.conf." -#. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:649 +#. Error message, rules cannot be set +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:649 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "الرجاء تشغيل yast2-auditd-laf مرة أخرى والتحقق من القواعد." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:655 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات إلى auditd.rules." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:704 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:704 msgid "Log file" msgstr "ملف السجل" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/auth-client.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/auth-client.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/auth-client.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,179 +14,199 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 +#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Realm name" msgstr "اسم النطاق" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "ربط اسم المجال بالنطاق (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "ربط اسم مجال حرف البدل بالنطاق (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)" msgstr "اسم مضيف خادم الإدارة (اختياري)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)" msgstr "اسم مضيف خادم توزيع المفتاح الرئيسي (اختياري)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 -msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "" +"Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" msgstr "مراكز توزيع المفتاح (اختياري إذا كان الاكتشاف التلقائي عبر DNS ممكنًا)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" msgstr "عمليات ربط مخصصة للأسماء الأساسية بأسماء المستخدمين" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Principal Name" msgstr "الاسم الأساسي" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 msgid "User Name" msgstr "اسم المستخدم" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names" msgstr "قواعد مخصصة لربط الأسماء الأساسية بأسماء المستخدمين" -#. Add a KDC -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 +#. Add a KDC +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:" msgstr "الرجاء كتابة اسم مضيف مركز توزيع المفتاح:" -#. Add an auth_to_local -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 +#. Add an auth_to_local +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:" msgstr "الرجاء كتابة القاعدة auth_to_local" -#. Add an auth_to_local_names -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 -msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":" -msgstr "الرجاء كتابة الاسم الأساسي واسم المستخدم بالتنسيق \"princ_name = user_name\":" +#. Add an auth_to_local_names +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 +msgid "" +"Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of " +"\"princ_name = user_name\":" +msgstr "" +"الرجاء كتابة الاسم الأساسي واسم المستخدم بالتنسيق \"princ_name = user_name\":" -#. Save realm settings -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 +#. Save realm settings +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 msgid "Please enter realm name." msgstr "الرجاء إدخال اسم النطاق." -#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 +#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 msgid "Default Location of Keytab File" msgstr "الموقع الافتراضي لملف Keytab" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)" msgstr "أنواع تشفير TGS (مفصول بمسافة)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)" msgstr "أنواع تشفير البطاقات (مفصول بمسافة)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)" msgstr "أنواع تشفير جلسات العمل (مفصول بمسافة)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)" msgstr "عناوين إضافية مطلوب وضعها في البطاقة (مفصول بفاصلة)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Reset" msgstr "إعادة تعيين" -#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 +#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:" msgstr "في حالة انقطاع الاتصال:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly" msgstr "أعد محاولة العملية بدون توقف" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation" msgstr "لا تقم بإعادة المحاولة وقم بإفشال العملية" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds" msgstr "مهلة ربط العمليات بالثواني" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds" msgstr "مهلة عمليات البحث بالثواني" -#. the last saved tab -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 +#. the last saved tab +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)" msgstr "استخدام دليل كموفر هوية (LDAP)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Authentication via Kerberos" msgstr "مصادقة عبر Kerberos" -#. LDAP tab events -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 +#. LDAP tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "" "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable " +"SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "يستخدم هذا الكمبيوتر حاليًا SSSD لمصادقة المستخدمين. \n" -"قبل أن تتمكن من استخدام مصادقة LDAP القديم (pam_ldap)، الرجاء تعطيل SSSD من \"إدارة تسجيل دخول المستخدم\"." +"قبل أن تتمكن من استخدام مصادقة LDAP القديم (pam_ldap)، الرجاء تعطيل SSSD من " +"\"إدارة تسجيل دخول المستخدم\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user " +"database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "يقوم هذا الكمبيوتر حاليًا بقراءة قاعدة بيانات المستخدم من موفر هوية SSSD. \n" -"قبل أن تتمكن من استخدام قاعدة بيانات مستخدم LDAP (nss_ldap)، الرجاء تعطيل قاعدة بيانات مستخدم SSSD من \"إدارة تسجيل دخول المستخدم\"." +"قبل أن تتمكن من استخدام قاعدة بيانات مستخدم LDAP (nss_ldap)، الرجاء تعطيل " +"قاعدة بيانات مستخدم SSSD من \"إدارة تسجيل دخول المستخدم\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group " +"database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "يقوم هذا الكمبيوتر حاليًا بقراءة قاعدة بيانات المجموعة من موفر هوية SSSD. \n" -"قبل أن تتمكن من استخدام قاعدة بيانات مجموعة LDAP (nss_ldap)، الرجاء تعطيل قاعدة بيانات مجموعة SSSD من \"إدارة تسجيل دخول المستخدم\"." +"قبل أن تتمكن من استخدام قاعدة بيانات مجموعة LDAP (nss_ldap)، الرجاء تعطيل " +"قاعدة بيانات مجموعة SSSD من \"إدارة تسجيل دخول المستخدم\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " +"sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "يقوم هذا الكمبيوتر حاليًا بقراءة قاعدة بيانات sudoers من موفر هوية SSSD. \n" -"قبل أن تتمكن من استخدام قاعدة بيانات sudoers لـ LDAP (nss_ldap)، الرجاء تعطيل قاعدة بيانات sudo لـ SSSD من \"إدارة تسجيل دخول المستخدم\"." +"قبل أن تتمكن من استخدام قاعدة بيانات sudoers لـ LDAP (nss_ldap)، الرجاء " +"تعطيل قاعدة بيانات sudo لـ SSSD من \"إدارة تسجيل دخول المستخدم\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " +"automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"يقوم هذا الكمبيوتر حاليًا بقراءة قاعدة بيانات التوصيل التلقائي من موفر هوية SSSD. \n" -"قبل أن تتمكن من استخدام قاعدة بيانات التوصيل التلقائي لـ LDAP (nss_ldap)، الرجاء تعطيل قاعدة بيانات التوصيل التلقائي لـ SSSD من \"إدارة تسجيل دخول المستخدم\"." +"يقوم هذا الكمبيوتر حاليًا بقراءة قاعدة بيانات التوصيل التلقائي من موفر هوية " +"SSSD. \n" +"قبل أن تتمكن من استخدام قاعدة بيانات التوصيل التلقائي لـ LDAP (nss_ldap)، " +"الرجاء تعطيل قاعدة بيانات التوصيل التلقائي لـ SSSD من \"إدارة تسجيل دخول " +"المستخدم\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Please enter server URI." msgstr "الرجاء إدخال عنوان URI للخادم." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 msgid "Please enter DN of search base." msgstr "الرجاء إدخال الاسم المميز لأساس البحث." -#. Test URI input -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 +#. Test URI input +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!" msgstr "تم اتصال خادم LDAP على عنوان URI %s بنجاح!" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 msgid "" "Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n" "\n" @@ -196,12 +216,12 @@ "\n" "%s" -#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 +#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s" msgstr "تم اتصال خادم LDAP على المضيف %s بنجاح" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 msgid "" "Connection check has failed on host %s.\n" "\n" @@ -211,10 +231,12 @@ "\n" "%s" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 msgid "" -"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n" -"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n" +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity " +"provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not " +"compatible with the cache.\n" "\n" "Do you still wish to enable the cache?" msgstr "" @@ -223,464 +245,494 @@ "\n" "هل ما زلت ترغب في تمكين الذاكرة المؤقتة؟" -#. Kerberos tab events -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 +#. Kerberos tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 msgid "" "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD " +"from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "يقوم هذا الكمبيوتر حاليًا باستخدام SSSD لمصادقة المستخدمين.\n" -"قبل أن تتمكن من مصادقة Kerberos (pam_krb5)، الرجاء تعطيل SSSD من \"إدارة تسجيل دخول المستخدم\"." +"قبل أن تتمكن من مصادقة Kerberos (pam_krb5)، الرجاء تعطيل SSSD من \"إدارة " +"تسجيل دخول المستخدم\"." -#. Save Kerberos -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 +#. Save Kerberos +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 msgid "(not specified)" msgstr "(غير محدد)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?" msgstr "هل تريد بالتأكيد حذف النطاق '%s'؟" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)" msgstr "قم بالسماح لمستخدمي LDAP بالمصادقة (pam_ldap)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)" msgstr "قم بتخزين إدخالات LDAP بصورة مؤقتة للحصول على استجابة أسرع (nscd)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory" msgstr "قم بإنشاء الدليل الرئيسي تلقائيًا" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:" msgstr "قراءة العناصر التالية من مصدر بيانات LDAP:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Users" msgstr "المستخدمون" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Groups" msgstr "المجموعات" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)" msgstr "أوامر المستخدم الفائق (sudo)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)" msgstr "مواقع قرص الشبكة (توصيل تلقائي)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:" msgstr "إدخال مواقع خادم LDAP (مفصول بمسافة) بأي من هذه التنسيقات:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)" msgstr "- عنوان IP للمضيف أو اسمه، ورقم المنفذ (ip:port)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" msgstr "- عنوان URI (ldap://server:port، ldaps://server:port)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)" msgstr "الاسم المميز لأساس البحث (على سبيل المثال، dc=example،dc=com)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" msgstr "الاسم المميز لربط المستخدم (اتركه فارغًا لربط المستخدم المجهول)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" msgstr "كلمة سر ربط المستخدم (اتركها فارغة لربط المستخدم المجهول)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)" msgstr "قم بتعريف أعضاء المجموعة حسب أسمائهم المميزة (RFC2307bis)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests" msgstr "اترك اتصالات LDAP مفتوحة للطلبات المتعاقبة" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 msgid "Secure LDAP communication" msgstr "قم بتأمين اتصال LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 msgid "Do Not Use Security" msgstr "لا تستخدم الأمان" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 msgid "Secure Communication via TLS" msgstr "اتصال آمن عبر TLS" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS" msgstr "اتصال آمن عبر StartTLS" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 msgid "Test Connection" msgstr "اختبار الاتصال" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 msgid "Extended Options" msgstr "الخيارات الموسعة" -#. If not specified, append the default port number -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 +#. If not specified, append the default port number +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)" msgstr "قم بالسماح لمستخدمي Kerberos بالمصادقة (pam_krb5)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 msgid "Default Realm For User Login:" msgstr "النطاق الافتراضي لتسجيل دخول المستخدم:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "All Authentication Realms" msgstr "جميع نطاقات المصادقة" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Add Realm" msgstr "إضافة نطاق" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Edit Realm" msgstr "تحرير نطاق" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Delete Realm" msgstr "حذف النطاق" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms" msgstr "استخدام سجل DNS TXT لاكتشاف النطاقات" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers" msgstr "استخدام سجل DNS SVC لاكتشاف خوادم KDC" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)" msgstr "السماح بالتشفير غير الآمن (Windows NT)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets" msgstr "السماح لـ KDC على شبكات أخرى بإصدار بطاقات مصادقة" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User" msgstr "السماح للخدمات الممكنة لـ Kerberos باستخدام هوية مستخدم" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT" msgstr "إصدار بطاقات أقل للعنوان لأجهزة الكمبيوتر التي تتجاوز NAT" -#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto -#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 +#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto +#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client" msgstr "عميل LDAP وKerberos" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 msgid "User Logon Management" msgstr "إدارة تسجيل دخول المستخدم" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 msgid "Change Settings" msgstr "تغيير الإعدادات" -#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 +#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "User Logon Configuration" msgstr "تكوين تسجيل دخول المستخدم" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "تكوين LDAP/Kerberos" -#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 msgid "Value" msgstr "القيمة" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Computer Name" msgstr "اسم جهاز الكمبيوتر" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Full Computer Name" msgstr "اسم جهاز الكمبيوتر بالكامل" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "(Name is not resolvable)" msgstr "(الاسم غير قابل للتحليل)" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Network Domain" msgstr "مجال الشبكة" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 msgid "IP Addresses" msgstr "عناوين IP" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 msgid "Identity Domains" msgstr "مجالات الهوية" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Description" msgstr "الوصف" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 msgid "Extended options" msgstr "خيارات موسعة" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "مرشح الأسماء:" -#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 +#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 msgid "None." msgstr "بلا." -#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 +#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 msgid "Mandatory Parameters" msgstr "معلمات إلزامية" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Optional Parameters" msgstr "معلمات اختيارية" -#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 +#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" msgstr "الرجاء إكمال جميع المعلمات الإلزامية التالية:\n" -#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "الخيارات العمومية" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 msgid "Name switch" msgstr "تبديل الاسم" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "تصديق" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Sudo" msgstr "Sudo" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 msgid "Auto-Mount" msgstr "التركيب التلقائي" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "SSH Public Keys" msgstr "مفاتيح SSH العامة" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)" msgstr "شهادة حساب الامتياز (MS-PAC)" -#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 +#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Manage Domain User Logon" msgstr "إدارة تسجيل دخول مستخدم المجال" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Daemon Status: " msgstr "حالة البرنامج المحرك: " -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Running" msgstr "تشغيل" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Stopped" msgstr "تم الإيقاف" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "Allow Domain User Logon" msgstr "السماح بتسجيل دخول مستخدم المجال" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 msgid "Create Home Directory" msgstr "إنشاء الدليل الرئيسي" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Enable domain data source:" msgstr "تمكين مصدر بيانات المجال:" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)" msgstr "ربط محركات أقراص الشبكة (توصيل تلقائي)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Join Domain" msgstr "الانضمام إلى المجال" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Leave Domain" msgstr "ترك المجال" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Clear Domain Cache" msgstr "مسح الذاكرة المؤقتة للمجال" -#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 msgid "Service Options" msgstr "خيارات الخدمة" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 msgid "Domain Options" msgstr "خيارات المجال" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise." msgstr "حدد خيارات عمومية أو خدمة أو مجالاً لتخصيصه." -#. Additional widgets for a domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 +#. Additional widgets for a domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 msgid "Use this domain" msgstr "استخدام هذا المجال" -#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 +#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 msgid "Enroll to Active Directory" msgstr "التسجيل في Active Directory" -#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. -#. %s is the name of the section being customised. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 msgid "Options - %s" msgstr "الخيارات - %s" -#. Delete the chosen domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 +#. Delete the chosen domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 msgid "Please select a domain among the list." msgstr "الرجاء تحديد مجال من القائمة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?" msgstr "هل ترغب بالفعل في مسح تكوين المجال %s؟" -#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 +#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 msgid "" -"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to " +"authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and " +"Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"يستخدم هذا الكمبيوتر حاليًا أسلوب Kerberos أو LDAP القديم لمصادقة المستخدمين.\n" -"قبل تمكنك من استخدام SSSD لمصادقة المستخدمين، الرجاء تعطيل مصادقة Kerberos وLDAP من \"عميل LDAP وKerberos\"." +"يستخدم هذا الكمبيوتر حاليًا أسلوب Kerberos أو LDAP القديم لمصادقة " +"المستخدمين.\n" +"قبل تمكنك من استخدام SSSD لمصادقة المستخدمين، الرجاء تعطيل مصادقة Kerberos " +"وLDAP من \"عميل LDAP وKerberos\"." -#. Enable/disable NSS password database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 +#. Enable/disable NSS password database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database " +"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "يقوم هذا الكمبيوتر بقراءة قاعدة بيانات المستخدم حاليًا من موفر هوية LDAP.\n" -"قبل أن يمكنك استخدام قاعدة بيانات مستخدم SSSD، الرجاء تعطيل قاعدة بيانات مستخدم LDAP من \"عميل LDAP وKerberos\"." +"قبل أن يمكنك استخدام قاعدة بيانات مستخدم SSSD، الرجاء تعطيل قاعدة بيانات " +"مستخدم LDAP من \"عميل LDAP وKerberos\"." -#. Enable/disable NSS group database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 +#. Enable/disable NSS group database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database " +"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "يقوم هذا الكمبيوتر بقراءة قاعدة بيانات المجموعة حاليًا من موفر هوية LDAP.\n" -"قبل أن يمكنك استخدام قاعدة بيانات مجموعة SSSD، الرجاء تعطيل قاعدة بيانات مجموعة LDAP من \"عميل LDAP وKerberos\"." +"قبل أن يمكنك استخدام قاعدة بيانات مجموعة SSSD، الرجاء تعطيل قاعدة بيانات " +"مجموعة LDAP من \"عميل LDAP وKerberos\"." -#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 +#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers " +"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"يقوم هذا الكمبيوتر بقراءة قاعدة بيانات خدمات sudoer حاليًا من من موفر هوية LDAP.\n" -"قبل أن يمكنك استخدام قاعدة بيانات خدمات sudoer لـ SSSD، الرجاء تعطيل قاعدة بيانات خدمات sudoer لـ LDAP من \"عميل LDAP وKerberos\"." +"يقوم هذا الكمبيوتر بقراءة قاعدة بيانات خدمات sudoer حاليًا من من موفر هوية " +"LDAP.\n" +"قبل أن يمكنك استخدام قاعدة بيانات خدمات sudoer لـ SSSD، الرجاء تعطيل قاعدة " +"بيانات خدمات sudoer لـ LDAP من \"عميل LDAP وKerberos\"." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 msgid "" "Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended " +"Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." msgstr "" "تم تمكين مصدر بيانات Sudo بشكل عام.\n" -"الرجاء تذكر تخصيص معلمة \"sudo_provider\" أيضًا في\"الخيارات الموسعة\" لكل مجال فردي يوفر بيانات sudo." +"الرجاء تذكر تخصيص معلمة \"sudo_provider\" أيضًا في\"الخيارات الموسعة\" لكل " +"مجال فردي يوفر بيانات sudo." -#. Enable/disable NSS automount database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 +#. Enable/disable NSS automount database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount " +"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "يقوم هذا الكمبيوتر بقراءة قاعدة بيانات التوصيل التلقائي من موفر هوية LDAP.\n" -"قبل أن يمكنك استخدام قاعدة بيانات التوصيل التلقائي لـ SSSD، الرجاء تعطيل قاعدة بيانات التوصيل التلقائي لـ LDAP من \"عميل LDAP وKerberos\"." +"قبل أن يمكنك استخدام قاعدة بيانات التوصيل التلقائي لـ SSSD، الرجاء تعطيل " +"قاعدة بيانات التوصيل التلقائي لـ LDAP من \"عميل LDAP وKerberos\"." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 msgid "" "Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended " +"Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." msgstr "" "تم تمكين مصدر بيانات التوصيل التلقائي بشكل عام.\n" -"الرجاء تذكر تخصيص معلمة \"autofs_provider\" أيضًا في \"الخيارات الموسعة\" لكل مجال فردي يوفر بيانات التوصيل التلقائي." +"الرجاء تذكر تخصيص معلمة \"autofs_provider\" أيضًا في \"الخيارات الموسعة\" لكل " +"مجال فردي يوفر بيانات التوصيل التلقائي." -#. Enable/disable PAC responder -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 +#. Enable/disable PAC responder +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 msgid "" "MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n" -"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active " +"Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in " +"which case please turn off this feature." msgstr "" "تم تمكين مصدر بيانات MS-PAC بشكل عام.\n" -"تعتمد هذه الميزة الاختيارية على إمكانيات مجال Microsoft Active Directory لديك.\n" -"قد يفشل SSSD في بدء التشغيل إذا كان مجال Active Directory يفتقر إلى الدعم، وفي هذه الحالة الرجاء إيقاف تشغيل هذه الميزة." +"تعتمد هذه الميزة الاختيارية على إمكانيات مجال Microsoft Active Directory " +"لديك.\n" +"قد يفشل SSSD في بدء التشغيل إذا كان مجال Active Directory يفتقر إلى الدعم، " +"وفي هذه الحالة الرجاء إيقاف تشغيل هذه الميزة." -#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 +#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "هذه معلمة إلزامية ولا يمكن حذفها." -#. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 +#. Warn against removal of important parameters +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "تأكيد إزالة المعلمة: " -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration " +"failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" "Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" @@ -688,14 +740,15 @@ "الرجاء الرجوع إلى صفحة دليل SSSD قبل المتابعة.\n" "هل لا تزال تريد إزالة المعلمة؟" -#. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 +#. Save settings - validate +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "No domain" msgstr "لا يوجد مجال" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 msgid "" -"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable " +"domain authentication.\n" "SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" @@ -703,85 +756,95 @@ "سيفشل SSSD في بدء التشغيل، وستتوفر المصادقة المحلية فقط.\n" "هل لا تزال تريد المتابعة؟" -#. Remove all SSSD cache files -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 +#. Remove all SSSD cache files +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 msgid "All cached data have been erased." msgstr "سيتم محو جميع البيانات المخزنة مؤقتًا." -#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified -#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:" -msgstr "أدخل بيانات اعتماد مستخدم AD (على سبيل المثال، المسؤول) لتسجيل جهاز الكمبيوتر هذا أو إعادة تسجيله:" +#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified +#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this " +"computer:" +msgstr "" +"أدخل بيانات اعتماد مستخدم AD (على سبيل المثال، المسؤول) لتسجيل جهاز " +"الكمبيوتر هذا أو إعادة تسجيله:" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Username" msgstr "اسم المستخدم" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Password" msgstr "كلمة السر" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" msgstr "وحدة مؤسسية اختيارية مثل \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD" msgstr "الكتابة فوق تكوين Samba ليعمل مع AD هذا" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)" msgstr "(لا يمكن تطبيقه في محرر AutoYast)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)" msgstr " (تم اكتشافه تلقائيًا عبر DNS)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 msgid "(DNS error)" msgstr "(خطأ في DNS)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 msgid "" -"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n" -"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment " +"requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name " +"resolver." msgstr "" "لا تنطبق متطلبات تسجيل AD على خدمة تحديد الاسم.\n" "الرجاء تكوين بيئة الشبكة لاستخدام خادم AD كمحدد للاسم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 msgid "Already enrolled" msgstr "مسجل بالفعل" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Not yet enrolled" msgstr "لم يتم تسجيله بعد" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Active Directory enrollment" msgstr "تسجيل Active Directory" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Current status" msgstr "الحالة الحالية" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Gathering status..." msgstr "جارٍتجميع الحالة..." -#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 +#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 msgid "Please enter both username and password." msgstr "الرجاء إدخال كل من اسم المستخدم وكلمة السر." -#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 -msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text." -msgstr "تم حفظ تفاصيل تسجيل AD لـ AutoYast. الرجاء الوضع في الاعتبار أنه يتم حفظ كلمة سر مستخدم AD كنص عادي." +#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "" +"AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that " +"AD user password is saved in plain text." +msgstr "" +"تم حفظ تفاصيل تسجيل AD لـ AutoYast. الرجاء الوضع في الاعتبار أنه يتم حفظ " +"كلمة سر مستخدم AD كنص عادي." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 msgid "" "Enrollment has completed successfully!\n" "\n" @@ -791,8 +854,8 @@ "\n" "مخرجات الأمر:\n" -#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 +#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 msgid "" "The enrollment process failed.\n" "\n" @@ -802,959 +865,1459 @@ "\n" "مخرجات الأمر:\n" -#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 +#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)" msgstr "تفويض مكتبة البرامج إلى الطرف الثالث (proxy_lib_name)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Local SSSD file database" msgstr "قاعدة بيانات ملف SSSD محلية" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Microsoft Active Directory" msgstr "Microsoft Active Directory" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 msgid "FreeIPA" msgstr "FreeIPA" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)" msgstr "خدمة الدليل العامة (LDAP)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Generic Kerberos service" msgstr "خدمة Kerberos عامة" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service" msgstr "لا يوفر المجال خدمة مصادقة" -#. New domain and provider types -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Domain name (such as example.com):" msgstr "اسم المجال (على سبيل المثال example.com):" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?" -msgstr "ما الخدمة التي توفر بيانات الهوية، مثل أسماء المستخدمين وعضويات المجموعات؟" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "" +"Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group " +"memberships?" +msgstr "" +"ما الخدمة التي توفر بيانات الهوية، مثل أسماء المستخدمين وعضويات المجموعات؟" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Which service handles user authentication?" msgstr "ما الخدمة التي تستخدم مصادقة المستخدم؟" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 msgid "Enable the domain" msgstr "تمكين المجال" -#. Create new domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 msgid "Please enter the domain name." msgstr "يرجى إدخال اسم المجال." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 -msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 +msgid "" +"The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different " +"name." msgstr "يتعارض اسم المجال مع كلمة أساسية محجوزة. الرجاء اختيار اسم مختلف." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 msgid "The domain name is already in-use." msgstr "اسم المجال قيد الاستخدام بالفعل." -#. Define Global Parameters -#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 +#. Define Global Parameters +#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)" msgstr "إصدار بناء جملة ملف التكوين (1 أو 2)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 -msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "عدد المرات التي يجب على الخدمات محاولة إعادة الاتصال فيها في حالة تعطل موفر بيانات أو إعادة التشغيل قبل الفشل في الاتصال تمامًا" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 +msgid "" +"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " +"Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "" +"عدد المرات التي يجب على الخدمات محاولة إعادة الاتصال فيها في حالة تعطل موفر " +"بيانات أو إعادة التشغيل قبل الفشل في الاتصال تمامًا" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components" msgstr "يحلل التعبير العادي اسم المستخدم واسم المجال إلى مكونات" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 -msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN" -msgstr "التنسيق الافتراضي المتوافق مع printf(3) والذي يصف كيفية تحويل مجموعة قيم الاسم/المجال إلى اسم مميز مؤهل تمامًا." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 +msgid "" +"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/" +"domain tuple into FQDN" +msgstr "" +"التنسيق الافتراضي المتوافق مع printf(3) والذي يصف كيفية تحويل مجموعة قيم " +"الاسم/المجال إلى اسم مميز مؤهل تمامًا." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 -msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" -msgstr "استخدام آلية inotify أو عدم استخدامها لمراقبة resolv.conf لتحديث محلل DNS الداخلي" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 +msgid "" +"Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update " +"internal DNS resolver" +msgstr "" +"استخدام آلية inotify أو عدم استخدامها لمراقبة resolv.conf لتحديث محلل DNS " +"الداخلي" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 -msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" -msgstr "دليل في نظام الملفات حيث يجب تخزين ملفات الذاكرة المؤقتة لإعادة تشغيل Kerberos بواسطة SSSD." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 +msgid "" +"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " +"files" +msgstr "" +"دليل في نظام الملفات حيث يجب تخزين ملفات الذاكرة المؤقتة لإعادة تشغيل " +"Kerberos بواسطة SSSD." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" msgstr "اسم مجال افتراضي لجميع الأسماء دون مكون اسم مجال" -#. Define Global Services Parameters -#. NSS configuration options -#. PAM configuration options -#. SUDO configuration options -#. AUTOFS configuration options -#. SSH configuration options -#. DOMAIN SECTIONS -#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 -msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" -msgstr "مستوى تفاصيل التسجيل. يمكن أن يكون رقميًا (0-9) أو قناعًا كبيرًا 0x0010 (أدنى مستوى) أو 0xFFF (أعلى مستوى)" +#. Define Global Services Parameters +#. NSS configuration options +#. PAM configuration options +#. SUDO configuration options +#. AUTOFS configuration options +#. SSH configuration options +#. DOMAIN SECTIONS +#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 +msgid "" +"Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as " +"0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" +msgstr "" +"مستوى تفاصيل التسجيل. يمكن أن يكون رقميًا (0-9) أو قناعًا كبيرًا 0x0010 (أدنى " +"مستوى) أو 0xFFF (أعلى مستوى)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "إضافة طابع زمني إلى رسائل تصحيح الأخطاء" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "إضافة وحدات ميكروثانية إلى الطابع الزمني في رسائل تصحيح الأخطاء" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service" msgstr "المهلة بالثواني بين عمليات heartbeat لهذه الخدمة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 -msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process" -msgstr "الحد الأقصى لعدد واصفات الملفات التي يمكن فتحها مرة واحدة بواسطة عملية خدمة SSSD" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 +msgid "" +"Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD " +"service process" +msgstr "" +"الحد الأقصى لعدد واصفات الملفات التي يمكن فتحها مرة واحدة بواسطة عملية خدمة " +"SSSD" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 -msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication" -msgstr "عدد الثواني التي يمكن لعميل عملية SSSD الاحتفاظ بواصف ملف بدون الاتصال خلالها" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 +msgid "" +"Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor " +"without any communication" +msgstr "" +"عدد الثواني التي يمكن لعميل عملية SSSD الاحتفاظ بواصف ملف بدون الاتصال خلالها" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 -msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" -msgstr "ستتلقى الخدمة SIGTERM بعد هذا العدد من الثواني من فشل فحص حالة الاتصال المتعاقب" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 +msgid "" +"The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive " +"ping check failure" +msgstr "" +"ستتلقى الخدمة SIGTERM بعد هذا العدد من الثواني من فشل فحص حالة الاتصال " +"المتعاقب" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 -msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" -msgstr "كم ثانية يستغرقها تخزين تعدادات nss_sss مؤقتاً (طلبات الحصول على معلومات حول كل المستخدمين)؟" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 +msgid "" +"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " +"all users)?" +msgstr "" +"كم ثانية يستغرقها تخزين تعدادات nss_sss مؤقتاً (طلبات الحصول على معلومات حول " +"كل المستخدمين)؟" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 -msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." -msgstr "يمكن تعيين ذاكرة الإدخال المؤقتة إلى تحديث الإدخالات تلقائيًا في الخلفية إذا كانت الإدخالات مطلوبة بنسبة خارج نطاق قيمة entry_cache_timeout للمجال." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 +msgid "" +"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " +"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " +"for the domain." +msgstr "" +"يمكن تعيين ذاكرة الإدخال المؤقتة إلى تحديث الإدخالات تلقائيًا في الخلفية إذا " +"كانت الإدخالات مطلوبة بنسبة خارج نطاق قيمة entry_cache_timeout للمجال." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 -msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." -msgstr "تحديد كم عدد الثواني التي يجب على nss_sss تخزين نتائج الذاكرة المؤقتة السالبة مؤقتًا خلالها (أي الاستعلامات عن إدخالات غير صالحة في قاعدة البيانات، على سبيل المثال إدخالات غير موجودة) قبل الاستعلام من قاعدة البيانات الموجودة على الخادم مرة أخرى." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 +msgid "" +"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " +"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " +"before asking the back end again." +msgstr "" +"تحديد كم عدد الثواني التي يجب على nss_sss تخزين نتائج الذاكرة المؤقتة " +"السالبة مؤقتًا خلالها (أي الاستعلامات عن إدخالات غير صالحة في قاعدة البيانات، " +"على سبيل المثال إدخالات غير موجودة) قبل الاستعلام من قاعدة البيانات الموجودة " +"على الخادم مرة أخرى." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "استبعاد مستخدمين معينين من الإحضار بواسطة خلفية SSS" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "استبعاد مجموعات معينة من الإحضار بواسطة خلفية SSS" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 -msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "إذا كنت لا تزال تريد أن يظل المستخدم الذي تمت تصفيته واحداً من أعضاء المجموعة، فقم بتعيين هذا الخيار على خطأ." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 +msgid "" +"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgstr "" +"إذا كنت لا تزال تريد أن يظل المستخدم الذي تمت تصفيته واحداً من أعضاء " +"المجموعة، فقم بتعيين هذا الخيار على خطأ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 -msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 +msgid "" +"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " +"or a template." msgstr "تجاوز الدليل الرئيسي للمستخدم. يمكنك إدخال إما قيمة مطلقة أو قالب." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 -msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "تعيين قالب افتراضي للدليل الرئيسي للمستخدم إذا لم يتم تحديد قالب بوضوح بواسطة موفر بيانات المجال." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 +msgid "" +"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " +"explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "" +"تعيين قالب افتراضي للدليل الرئيسي للمستخدم إذا لم يتم تحديد قالب بوضوح " +"بواسطة موفر بيانات المجال." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "تجاوز برنامج الواجهة شل لتسجيل الدخول لجميع المستخدمين." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "قصر واجهة المستخدم شل للمستخدم على إحدى القيم المدرجة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "استبدال أي مثيل لبرامج الواجهة شل هذه بـ shell_fallback" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 -msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." -msgstr "برنامج الواجهة شل الافتراضي الذي يتم استخدامه إذا لم يتم تثبيت برنامج واجهة شل المسموح به على الجهاز." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 +msgid "" +"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgstr "" +"برنامج الواجهة شل الافتراضي الذي يتم استخدامه إذا لم يتم تثبيت برنامج واجهة " +"شل المسموح به على الجهاز." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 -msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." -msgstr "برنامج الواجهة شل الافتراضي الذي يتم استخدامه إذا لم يتم إرجاع برنامج واجهة شل أثناء البحث بواسطة الموفر." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 +msgid "" +"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgstr "" +"برنامج الواجهة شل الافتراضي الذي يتم استخدامه إذا لم يتم إرجاع برنامج واجهة " +"شل أثناء البحث بواسطة الموفر." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 -msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." -msgstr "تحديد الوقت بالثواني الذي يتم خلاله اعتبار قائمة المجالات الفرعية صالحة." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 +msgid "" +"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " +"considered valid." +msgstr "" +"تحديد الوقت بالثواني الذي يتم خلاله اعتبار قائمة المجالات الفرعية صالحة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 -msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." -msgstr "تحديد الوقت بالثواني الذي ستظل السجلات صالحة في الذاكرة المؤقتة الداخلية." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 +msgid "" +"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " +"valid." +msgstr "" +"تحديد الوقت بالثواني الذي ستظل السجلات صالحة في الذاكرة المؤقتة الداخلية." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 -msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "إذا كان موفر المصادقة غير متصل، فكم من الوقت يتم السماح لعمليات تسجيل الدخول المخزنة مؤقتاً (بالأيام منذ آخر عملية تسجيل دخول ناجحة)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 +msgid "" +"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " +"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "" +"إذا كان موفر المصادقة غير متصل، فكم من الوقت يتم السماح لعمليات تسجيل الدخول " +"المخزنة مؤقتاً (بالأيام منذ آخر عملية تسجيل دخول ناجحة)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 -msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "الوقت بالدقائق الذي يتعين مروره بعد الوصول إلى offline_failed_login_attempts قبل إتاحة محاولة تسجيل دخول جديدة." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 +msgid "" +"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " +"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "" +"الوقت بالدقائق الذي يتعين مروره بعد الوصول إلى offline_failed_login_attempts " +"قبل إتاحة محاولة تسجيل دخول جديدة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 -msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 +msgid "" +"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "التحكم في نوع الرسائل التي يتم إظهارها للمستخدم أثناء التصديق." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 -msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "بالنسبة لكل طلب PAM يتم بينما يكون SSSD متصلاً، سيقوم SSSD بمحاولة تحديث معلومات الهوية المخزَّنة مؤقتًا فورًا للمستخدم للتأكد من إجراء التصديق باستخدام أحدث المعلومات." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 +msgid "" +"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " +"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " +"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "" +"بالنسبة لكل طلب PAM يتم بينما يكون SSSD متصلاً، سيقوم SSSD بمحاولة تحديث " +"معلومات الهوية المخزَّنة مؤقتًا فورًا للمستخدم للتأكد من إجراء التصديق باستخدام " +"أحدث المعلومات." -#. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 +#. The kerberos domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "عرض تحذير قبل N من الأيام قبل انتهاء صلاحية كلمة السر." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 -msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "تحديد ما إذا كان يتم تقييم سمتي sudoNotBefore وsudoNotAfter اللتين تقوما بتنفيذ إدخالات خدمات sudoer." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 +msgid "" +"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " +"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "" +"تحديد ما إذا كان يتم تقييم سمتي sudoNotBefore وsudoNotAfter اللتين تقوما " +"بتنفيذ إدخالات خدمات sudoer." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 -msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." -msgstr "تحديد عدد الثواني التي سيظل خلالها مستجيب autofs يخزن مرات دخول سلبية مؤقتاً قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 +msgid "" +"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " +"hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "" +"تحديد عدد الثواني التي سيظل خلالها مستجيب autofs يخزن مرات دخول سلبية مؤقتاً " +"قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 -msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." -msgstr "تحديد ما إذا كان يتم تجزئة عناوين المضيفين وأسمائهم في ملف known_hosts المُدار." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 +msgid "" +"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " +"file." +msgstr "" +"تحديد ما إذا كان يتم تجزئة عناوين المضيفين وأسمائهم في ملف known_hosts " +"المُدار." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 -msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." -msgstr "كم عدد الثواني التي يتم خلالها الاحتفاظ بمضيف في ملف known_hosts المُدار بعدما يتم طلب مفاتيح المضيف الخاصة به." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 +msgid "" +"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " +"host keys were requested." +msgstr "" +"كم عدد الثواني التي يتم خلالها الاحتفاظ بمضيف في ملف known_hosts المُدار " +"بعدما يتم طلب مفاتيح المضيف الخاصة به." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 -msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." -msgstr "حدود UID وGID للمجال. إذا كان المجال يحتوي على إدخال يقع خارج نطاق هذه الحدود، يتم تجاهله." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 +msgid "" +"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " +"outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgstr "" +"حدود UID وGID للمجال. إذا كان المجال يحتوي على إدخال يقع خارج نطاق هذه " +"الحدود، يتم تجاهله." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" msgstr "قراءة جميع الإدخالات من قاعدة بيانات الخلفية (زيادة حمل الخادم)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 -msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." -msgstr "إذا لم تنته الخدمة بعد “force_timeout” ثانية، فسوف توقفها الشاشة إجبارياً عن طريق إرسال إشارة SIGKILL." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 +msgid "" +"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " +"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "" +"إذا لم تنته الخدمة بعد “force_timeout” ثانية، فسوف توقفها الشاشة إجبارياً عن " +"طريق إرسال إشارة SIGKILL." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها الإدخالات صالحة بالنسبة إلى nss_sss قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " +"backend again." +msgstr "" +"كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها الإدخالات صالحة بالنسبة إلى nss_sss قبل طلب " +"الخادم مرة أخرى." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها إدخالات المستخدم صالحة بالنسبة إلى nss_sss قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها إدخالات المستخدم صالحة بالنسبة إلى nss_sss " +"قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها إدخالات المجموعة صالحة بالنسبة إلى nss_sss قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها إدخالات المجموعة صالحة بالنسبة إلى nss_sss " +"قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها إدخالات netgroup صالحة بالنسبة إلى nss_sss قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " +"asking the backend again." +msgstr "" +"كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها إدخالات netgroup صالحة بالنسبة إلى nss_sss " +"قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها إدخالات الخدمة صالحة بالنسبة إلى nss_sss قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها إدخالات الخدمة صالحة بالنسبة إلى nss_sss " +"قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 -msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها القواعد صالحة بالنسبة إلى sudo قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 +msgid "" +"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " +"again." +msgstr "" +"كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها القواعد صالحة بالنسبة إلى sudo قبل طلب " +"الخادم مرة أخرى." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 -msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها خرائط الموصل التلقائي صالحة بالنسبة إلى خدمة autofs قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 +msgid "" +"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " +"before asking the backend again." +msgstr "" +"كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها خرائط الموصل التلقائي صالحة بالنسبة إلى " +"خدمة autofs قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "تخزين بيانات الاعتماد في الذاكرة المؤقتة للاستخدام دون اتصال" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 -msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." -msgstr "عدد الأيام التي يتم خلالها الاحتفاظ بالإدخالات في الذاكرة المؤقتة بعد آخر تسجيل دخول ناجح قبل إزالتها أثناء تنظيف الذاكرة المؤقتة." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 +msgid "" +"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " +"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "" +"عدد الأيام التي يتم خلالها الاحتفاظ بالإدخالات في الذاكرة المؤقتة بعد آخر " +"تسجيل دخول ناجح قبل إزالتها أثناء تنظيف الذاكرة المؤقتة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "موفر التعريف المستخدم للمجال." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 -msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "استخدام المجال والاسم الكامل (كما تم تنسيقه بواسطة full_name_format للمجال) كاسم تسجيل الدخول للمستخدم المبلَّغ عنه إلى NSS." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 +msgid "" +"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " +"as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "" +"استخدام المجال والاسم الكامل (كما تم تنسيقه بواسطة full_name_format للمجال) " +"كاسم تسجيل الدخول للمستخدم المبلَّغ عنه إلى NSS." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" msgstr "موفر التصديق المُستخدم للمجال" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "موفر التحكم في الوصول المستخدم للمجال." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 -msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 +msgid "" +"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "الموفر الذي يجب أن يعالج عمليات تغيير كلمة السر للمجال." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "موفر SUDO المستخدم للمجال." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "الموفر الذي يجب أن يعالج تحميل إعدادات selinux." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "الموفر الذي يجب أن يعالج إحضار المجالات الفرعية." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "موفر autofs المستخدم للمجال." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "الموفر المستخدم لاسترداد معلومات هوية المضيف." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 -msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." -msgstr "تعبير عادي لهذا المجال والذي يصف كيفية تحليل السلسلة التي تحتوي على اسم المستخدم والمجال في هذه المكونات." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 +msgid "" +"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " +"containing user name and domain into these components." +msgstr "" +"تعبير عادي لهذا المجال والذي يصف كيفية تحليل السلسلة التي تحتوي على اسم " +"المستخدم والمجال في هذه المكونات." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 -msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "تنسيق متوافق مع printf(3) والذي يصف كيفية تحويل مجموعة قيم (الاسم، المجال) إلى اسم مؤهل تمامًا." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 +msgid "" +"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " +"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "" +"تنسيق متوافق مع printf(3) والذي يصف كيفية تحويل مجموعة قيم (الاسم، المجال) " +"إلى اسم مؤهل تمامًا." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 -msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." -msgstr "توفير القدرة على تحديد مجموعة العناوين المفضلة لاستخدامها عند إجراء عمليات البحث لـ DNS." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 +msgid "" +"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " +"performing DNS lookups." +msgstr "" +"توفير القدرة على تحديد مجموعة العناوين المفضلة لاستخدامها عند إجراء عمليات " +"البحث لـ DNS." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 -msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." -msgstr "تحديد مقدار الوقت (بالثواني) لانتظار الحصول على رد من محلل DNS قبل افتراض عدم القدرة على الوصول إليه." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 +msgid "" +"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " +"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgstr "" +"تحديد مقدار الوقت (بالثواني) لانتظار الحصول على رد من محلل DNS قبل افتراض " +"عدم القدرة على الوصول إليه." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 -msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." -msgstr "تحديد جزء المجال لاستعلام DNS لاستكشاف الخدمة إذا كان استكشاف الخدمة مستخدمًا في تطبيق الخادم." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 +msgid "" +"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " +"the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "" +"تحديد جزء المجال لاستعلام DNS لاستكشاف الخدمة إذا كان استكشاف الخدمة مستخدمًا " +"في تطبيق الخادم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "استبدال قيمة GID بالقيمة المحددة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "التعامل مع أسماء المستخدمين والمجموعات على أنها متحسسة لحالة الأحرف." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 -msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." -msgstr "عند البحث عن مستخدم أو مجموعة حسب الاسم في موفر الوكيل، يتم إجراء بحث ثانٍ حسب المعرف بغرض 'جعل الشكل مقبولاً' للاسم في حال كان الاسم المطلوب اسمًا مستعارًا." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 +msgid "" +"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " +"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " +"name was an alias." +msgstr "" +"عند البحث عن مستخدم أو مجموعة حسب الاسم في موفر الوكيل، يتم إجراء بحث ثانٍ " +"حسب المعرف بغرض 'جعل الشكل مقبولاً' للاسم في حال كان الاسم المطلوب اسمًا " +"مستعارًا." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 -msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." -msgstr "استخدام homedir هذا كقيمة افتراضية لجميع المجالات الفرعية ضمن هذا المجال." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 +msgid "" +"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgstr "" +"استخدام homedir هذا كقيمة افتراضية لجميع المجالات الفرعية ضمن هذا المجال." -#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 +#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "قائمة مفصولة بفواصل للمستخدمين المسموح لهم بتسجيل الدخول." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 -msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "قائمة مفصولة بفواصل للمجموعات المسموح لها بتسجيل الدخول. ولا ينطبق ذلك إلا على المجموعات التي تقع ضمن مجال SSSD هذا." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " +"to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "" +"قائمة مفصولة بفواصل للمجموعات المسموح لها بتسجيل الدخول. ولا ينطبق ذلك إلا " +"على المجموعات التي تقع ضمن مجال SSSD هذا." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 -msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "قائمة مفصولة بفواصل للمجموعات المرفوض وصولها بوضوح. وينطبق ذلك فقط على المجموعات التي تقع ضمن مجال SSSD هذا." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " +"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "" +"قائمة مفصولة بفواصل للمجموعات المرفوض وصولها بوضوح. وينطبق ذلك فقط على " +"المجموعات التي تقع ضمن مجال SSSD هذا." -#. The local domain section -#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 -msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." -msgstr "تقوم الأدوات بإلحاق اسم تسجيل الدخول بـ base_directory واستخدام ذلك على أنه الدليل الرئيسي." +#. The local domain section +#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 +msgid "" +"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"تقوم الأدوات بإلحاق اسم تسجيل الدخول بـ base_directory واستخدام ذلك على أنه " +"الدليل الرئيسي." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 -msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." -msgstr "الإشارة إلى ما إذا كان يجب إنشاء دليل رئيسي للمستخدمين الجدد بشكل افتراضي." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 +msgid "" +"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgstr "" +"الإشارة إلى ما إذا كان يجب إنشاء دليل رئيسي للمستخدمين الجدد بشكل افتراضي." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 -msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." -msgstr "الإشارة إلى ما إذا كان يجب إزالة دليل رئيسي للمستخدمين المحذوفين بشكل افتراضي." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 +msgid "" +"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgstr "" +"الإشارة إلى ما إذا كان يجب إزالة دليل رئيسي للمستخدمين المحذوفين بشكل " +"افتراضي." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 -msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." -msgstr "مستخدَم بواسطة sss_useradd(8) لتحديد الأذونات الافتراضية في دليل رئيسي منشأ حديثًا." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 +msgid "" +"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"مستخدَم بواسطة sss_useradd(8) لتحديد الأذونات الافتراضية في دليل رئيسي منشأ " +"حديثًا." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 -msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" -msgstr "دليل البنية الذي يحتوي على الملفات والدلائل المطلوب نسخها في الدليل الرئيسي للمستخدم عندما يتم إنشاء الدليل الرئيسي بواسطة sss_useradd(8)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 +msgid "" +"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " +"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd" +"(8)" +msgstr "" +"دليل البنية الذي يحتوي على الملفات والدلائل المطلوب نسخها في الدليل الرئيسي " +"للمستخدم عندما يتم إنشاء الدليل الرئيسي بواسطة sss_useradd(8)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "دليل مجمع البريد." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "الأمر الذي يتم تشغيله بعد إزالة أحد المستخدمين." -#. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 +#. The ldap domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" -msgstr "(خاص بـ Active Directory) استخدام سمة مجموعات الرمز المميز في حال توفرها" +msgstr "" +"(خاص بـ Active Directory) استخدام سمة مجموعات الرمز المميز في حال توفرها" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "عناوين URI (‏ldap://) لخوادم LDAP (مفصولة باستخدام الفاصلة)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 -msgid "An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "اسم مميز أساسي اختياري لتقييد عمليات البحث الخاصة بقاعدة sudo لـ LDAP. تتمثل القيمة الافتراضية في ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 +msgid "" +"An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value " +"is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" +"اسم مميز أساسي اختياري لتقييد عمليات البحث الخاصة بقاعدة sudo لـ LDAP. تتمثل " +"القيمة الافتراضية في ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "تحديد القائمة المفصولة بفواصل لمعرفات URI الخاصة بخوادم LDAP التي يتعين على SSSD الاتصال بها بالترتيب حسب الأفضلية." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "" +"تحديد القائمة المفصولة بفواصل لمعرفات URI الخاصة بخوادم LDAP التي يتعين على " +"SSSD الاتصال بها بالترتيب حسب الأفضلية." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "تحديد القائمة المفصولة بفاصلة لمعرفات URI الخاصة بخوادم LDAP التي يتعين على SSSD الاتصال بها مع ترتيبها حسب الأفضلية لتغيير كلمة السر لأحد المستخدمين." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "" +"تحديد القائمة المفصولة بفاصلة لمعرفات URI الخاصة بخوادم LDAP التي يتعين على " +"SSSD الاتصال بها مع ترتيبها حسب الأفضلية لتغيير كلمة السر لأحد المستخدمين." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "الاسم المميز الأساسي لعمليات بحث LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "نوع مخطط LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "الاسم المميز الافتراضي للربط المطلوب استخدامه لإجراء عمليات LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "نوع الرمز المميز للتصديق للاسم المميز الافتراضي للربط." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "الرمز المميز للتصديق للاسم المميز الافتراضي للربط." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "طبقة الكائن لإدخال المستخدم في LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "سمة LDAP المقابلة لاسم تسجيل الدخول للمستخدم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "سمة LDAP المقابلة لمعرف المستخدم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "سمة LDAP المقابلة لمعرف المجموعة الرئيسية للمستخدم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "سمة LDAP المقابلة لحقل gecos للمستخدم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 -msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 +msgid "" +" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr " سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على اسم الدليل الرئيسي للمستخدم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على مسار برنامج الواجهة شل الافتراضي للمستخدم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على UUID/GUID لكائن مستخدم LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على UUID/GUID لكائن مستخدم LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." -msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على الطابع الزمني للتعديل الأخير في الكائن الرئيسي." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." +msgstr "" +"سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على الطابع الزمني للتعديل الأخير في الكائن الرئيسي." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." -msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=shadow، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP المقابلة لنظير shadow(5) الخاص بها (تاريخ آخر تغيير لكلمة السر)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " +"password change)." +msgstr "" +"عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=shadow، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP " +"المقابلة لنظير shadow(5) الخاص بها (تاريخ آخر تغيير لكلمة السر)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." -msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=shadow، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP المقابلة لنظير shadow(5) الخاص بها (الحد الأدنى لعمر لكلمة السر)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " +"age)." +msgstr "" +"عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=shadow، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP " +"المقابلة لنظير shadow(5) الخاص بها (الحد الأدنى لعمر لكلمة السر)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." -msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=shadow، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP المقابلة لنظير shadow(5) الخاص بها (الحد الأقصى لعمر لكلمة السر)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " +"age)." +msgstr "" +"عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=shadow، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP " +"المقابلة لنظير shadow(5) الخاص بها (الحد الأقصى لعمر لكلمة السر)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." -msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=shadow، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP المقابلة لنظير shadow(5) الخاص بها (فترة التحذير لكلمة السر)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " +"period)." +msgstr "" +"عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=shadow، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP " +"المقابلة لنظير shadow(5) الخاص بها (فترة التحذير لكلمة السر)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." -msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=shadow، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP المقابلة لنظير shadow(5) الخاص بها (فترة عدم نشاط كلمة السر)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " +"inactivity period)." +msgstr "" +"عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=shadow، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP " +"المقابلة لنظير shadow(5) الخاص بها (فترة عدم نشاط كلمة السر)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=shadow أو ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP المقابلة لنظير shadow(5) الخاص بها (تاريخ انتهاء صلاحية الحساب)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " +"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow" +"(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "" +"عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=shadow أو ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow، " +"تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP المقابلة لنظير shadow(5) الخاص بها (تاريخ " +"انتهاء صلاحية الحساب)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." -msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP التي تقوم بتخزين تاريخ ووقت آخر تغيير لكلمة السر في kerberos." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " +"kerberos." +msgstr "" +"عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP " +"التي تقوم بتخزين تاريخ ووقت آخر تغيير لكلمة السر في kerberos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP التي تقوم بتخزين تاريخ ووقت انتهاء صلاحية كلمة السر الحالية." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "" +"عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP " +"التي تقوم بتخزين تاريخ ووقت انتهاء صلاحية كلمة السر الحالية." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_account_expire_policy=ad، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP التي تقوم بتخزين تاريخ انتهاء صلاحية الحساب." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " +"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "" +"عند استخدام ldap_account_expire_policy=ad، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة " +"LDAP التي تقوم بتخزين تاريخ انتهاء صلاحية الحساب." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_account_expire_policy=ad، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP التي تقوم بتخزين حقل وحدة البت للتحكم في حساب المستخدم." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " +"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "" +"عند استخدام ldap_account_expire_policy=ad، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة " +"LDAP التي تقوم بتخزين حقل وحدة البت للتحكم في حساب المستخدم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds أو ما يعادلها، تحدد هذه المعلمة ما إذا كان مسموحًا بالوصول أم لا." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " +"determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "" +"عند استخدام ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds أو ما يعادلها، تحدد هذه المعلمة " +"ما إذا كان مسموحًا بالوصول أم لا." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_account_expire_policy=nds، تحدد هذه السمة ما إذا كان مسموحًا بالوصول أم لا." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " +"access is allowed or not." +msgstr "" +"عند استخدام ldap_account_expire_policy=nds، تحدد هذه السمة ما إذا كان مسموحًا " +"بالوصول أم لا." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." -msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_account_expire_policy=nds، تحدد هذه السمة تاريخ انتهاء صلاحية الوصول الممنوح." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " +"which date access is granted." +msgstr "" +"عند استخدام ldap_account_expire_policy=nds، تحدد هذه السمة تاريخ انتهاء " +"صلاحية الوصول الممنوح." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_account_expire_policy=nds، تحدد هذه السمة توقيت منح الوصول بالساعة واليوم والأسبوع." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " +"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "" +"عند استخدام ldap_account_expire_policy=nds، تحدد هذه السمة توقيت منح الوصول " +"بالساعة واليوم والأسبوع." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " +"(UPN)." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على الاسم الأساسي لمستخدم Kerberos (UPN)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على مفاتيح SSH العامة للمستخدم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 -msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." -msgstr "قد تقوم بعض خوادم الدليل، على سبيل المثال Active Directory، بتسليم جزء المجال لـ UPN بأحرف صغيرة، والذي قد يؤدي إلى فشل التصديق." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 +msgid "" +"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " +"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " +"fail." +msgstr "" +"قد تقوم بعض خوادم الدليل، على سبيل المثال Active Directory، بتسليم جزء " +"المجال لـ UPN بأحرف صغيرة، والذي قد يؤدي إلى فشل التصديق." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "تعيين هذا الخيار إلى صواب إذا كنت ترغب في استخدام مجال بأحرف كبيرة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 -msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." -msgstr "تحديد عدد الثواني التي يتعين على SSSD انتظارها قبل تحديث ذاكرته المؤقتة للسجلات التي تم تعدادها." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 +msgid "" +"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " +"enumerated records." +msgstr "" +"تحديد عدد الثواني التي يتعين على SSSD انتظارها قبل تحديث ذاكرته المؤقتة " +"للسجلات التي تم تعدادها." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 -msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." -msgstr "تحديد عدد مرات فحص الذاكرة المؤقتة بحثًا عن وجود إدخالات غير نشطة (مثل مجموعات بدون أرقام أو مستخدمين لم يقوموا بتسجيل الدخول مطلقًا) وإزالتها لتوفير مساحة." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 +msgid "" +"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " +"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " +"space." +msgstr "" +"تحديد عدد مرات فحص الذاكرة المؤقتة بحثًا عن وجود إدخالات غير نشطة (مثل " +"مجموعات بدون أرقام أو مستخدمين لم يقوموا بتسجيل الدخول مطلقًا) وإزالتها " +"لتوفير مساحة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "سمة LDAP المقابلة للاسم الكامل للمستخدم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تقوم بإدراج عضويات المجموعات للمستخدم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 -msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." -msgstr "في حالة access_provider=ldap وldap_access_order=authorized_service، سوف يقوم SSSD باستخدام وجود سمة authorizedService في إدخال LDAP للمستخدم لتحديد امتياز الوصول." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 +msgid "" +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " +"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " +"to determine access privilege." +msgstr "" +"في حالة access_provider=ldap وldap_access_order=authorized_service، سوف يقوم " +"SSSD باستخدام وجود سمة authorizedService في إدخال LDAP للمستخدم لتحديد " +"امتياز الوصول." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 -msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." -msgstr "في حالة access_provider=ldap وldap_access_order=host، سوف يقوم SSSD باستخدام وجود سمة المضيف في إدخال LDAP للمستخدم لتحديد امتياز الوصول." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 +msgid "" +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " +"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " +"privilege." +msgstr "" +"في حالة access_provider=ldap وldap_access_order=host، سوف يقوم SSSD باستخدام " +"وجود سمة المضيف في إدخال LDAP للمستخدم لتحديد امتياز الوصول." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "طبقة الكائن لإدخال مجموعة في LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "سمة LDAP المقابلة لاسم المجموعة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "سمة LDAP المقابلة لمعرف المجموعة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على أسماء أعضاء المجموعة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على UUID/GUID لكائن مجموعة LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على objectSID لكائن مجموعة LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 -msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." -msgstr " سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على الطابع الزمني للتعديل الأخير في الكائن الرئيسي." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 +msgid "" +" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." +msgstr "" +" سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على الطابع الزمني للتعديل الأخير في الكائن الرئيسي." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 -msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." -msgstr "إذا تم تعيين ldap_schema إلى تنسيق المخطط الذي يدعم المجموعات المتداخلة (على سبيل المثال، RFC2307bis)، فمن ثم يتحكم هذا الخيار في عدد مستويات التداخل التي سوف يتم اتباعها بواسطة SSSD." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 +msgid "" +"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " +"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " +"follow." +msgstr "" +"إذا تم تعيين ldap_schema إلى تنسيق المخطط الذي يدعم المجموعات المتداخلة (على " +"سبيل المثال، RFC2307bis)، فمن ثم يتحكم هذا الخيار في عدد مستويات التداخل " +"التي سوف يتم اتباعها بواسطة SSSD." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "يوجه هذا الخيار SSSD إلى الاستفادة من ميزة خاصة بـ Active Directory والتي قد تزيد من سرعة عمليات البحث عن المجموعة في التوزيعات ذات المجموعات المركبة أو شديدة التداخل." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " +"complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "" +"يوجه هذا الخيار SSSD إلى الاستفادة من ميزة خاصة بـ Active Directory والتي قد " +"تزيد من سرعة عمليات البحث عن المجموعة في التوزيعات ذات المجموعات المركبة أو " +"شديدة التداخل." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "يوجه هذا الخيار SSSD إلى الاستفادة من ميزة خاصة بـ Active Directory والتي قد تزيد من سرعة عمليات initgroups (ولا سيما عند التعامل مع المجموعات المركبة أو شديدة التداخل)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " +"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "" +"يوجه هذا الخيار SSSD إلى الاستفادة من ميزة خاصة بـ Active Directory والتي قد " +"تزيد من سرعة عمليات initgroups (ولا سيما عند التعامل مع المجموعات المركبة أو " +"شديدة التداخل)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " طبقة الكائن لإدخال netgroup في LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "سمة LDAP المقابلة لاسم netgroup." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على أسماء أعضاء netgroup." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." -msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على القيم الثلاثية لـ netgroup‏ (المضيف، المستخدم، المجال)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgstr "" +"سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على القيم الثلاثية لـ netgroup‏ (المضيف، المستخدم، " +"المجال)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على UUID/GUID لكائن LDAP netgroup." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "طبقة الكائن لإدخال خدمة في LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " +"aliases." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على اسم سمات الخدمة وأسمائها المستعارة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على المنفذ المُدار بواسطة هذه الخدمة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على البروتوكولات التي يتم فهمها بواسطة هذه الخدمة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "اسم مميز أساسي اختياري ومجال بحث ومرشح LDAP لتقييد عمليات بحث خدمة LDAP لنوع السمة هذا. تتمثل القيمة الافتراضية في ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" +"اسم مميز أساسي اختياري ومجال بحث ومرشح LDAP لتقييد عمليات بحث خدمة LDAP لنوع " +"السمة هذا. تتمثل القيمة الافتراضية في ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 -msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr " تحديد المهلة (بالثواني) التي يُسمح خلالها لعمليات بحث ldap بالعمل قبل أن يتم إلغاؤها وإعادة النتائج التي تم تخزينها بشكل مؤقت (ويتم إدخال وضع عدم الاتصال)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 +msgid "" +" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " +"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " +"is entered)." +msgstr "" +" تحديد المهلة (بالثواني) التي يُسمح خلالها لعمليات بحث ldap بالعمل قبل أن يتم " +"إلغاؤها وإعادة النتائج التي تم تخزينها بشكل مؤقت (ويتم إدخال وضع عدم " +"الاتصال)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 -msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "تحديد المهلة (بالثواني) التي يُسمح خلالها لعمليات بحث ldap لتعدادات المستخدمين والمجموعات بالعمل قبل أن يتم إلغاؤها وإعادة النتائج التي تم تخزينها بشكل مؤقت (ويتم إدخال وضع عدم الاتصال)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 +msgid "" +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " +"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " +"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "" +"تحديد المهلة (بالثواني) التي يُسمح خلالها لعمليات بحث ldap لتعدادات " +"المستخدمين والمجموعات بالعمل قبل أن يتم إلغاؤها وإعادة النتائج التي تم " +"تخزينها بشكل مؤقت (ويتم إدخال وضع عدم الاتصال)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 -msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." -msgstr "تحديد المهلة (بالثواني) التي يتم بعدها إرجاع poll(2)/select(2) التالية لـ connect(2) في حالة عدم وجود أي نشاط." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 +msgid "" +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " +"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgstr "" +"تحديد المهلة (بالثواني) التي يتم بعدها إرجاع poll(2)/select(2) التالية لـ " +"connect(2) في حالة عدم وجود أي نشاط." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 -msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." -msgstr "تحديد مهلة (بالثواني) يتم بعدها إيقاف الاستدعاءات الخاصة بواجهات LDAP API المتزامنة إذا لم يتم استلام أي استجابة." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 +msgid "" +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " +"will abort if no response is received." +msgstr "" +"تحديد مهلة (بالثواني) يتم بعدها إيقاف الاستدعاءات الخاصة بواجهات LDAP API " +"المتزامنة إذا لم يتم استلام أي استجابة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 -msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 +msgid "" +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " +"maintained." msgstr "تحديد مهلة (بالثواني) يتم خلالها الاحتفاظ بالاتصال بخادم LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 -msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "تحديد عدد السجلات المطلوب استردادها من LDAP في طلب فردي. تعمل بعض خوادم LDAP على فرض حد أقصى لكل طلب." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 +msgid "" +"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " +"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "" +"تحديد عدد السجلات المطلوب استردادها من LDAP في طلب فردي. تعمل بعض خوادم LDAP " +"على فرض حد أقصى لكل طلب." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "تعطيل التحكم في ترحيل LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 -msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "عند الاتصال بخادم LDAP باستخدام SASL، حدد الحد الأدنى من مستوى الأمان اللازم لإنشاء الاتصال." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 +msgid "" +"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " +"security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "" +"عند الاتصال بخادم LDAP باستخدام SASL، حدد الحد الأدنى من مستوى الأمان اللازم " +"لإنشاء الاتصال." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 -msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." -msgstr "حدد عدد أعضاء المجموعة الواجب عدم تواجدهم في الذاكرة المؤقتة الداخلية كي يتم تشغيل بحث عدم مرجعية." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 +msgid "" +"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " +"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "" +"حدد عدد أعضاء المجموعة الواجب عدم تواجدهم في الذاكرة المؤقتة الداخلية كي يتم " +"تشغيل بحث عدم مرجعية." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "مراجعة شهادة الخادم في جلسة LDAP TLS" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 -msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." -msgstr "تحديد الملف الذي يحتوي على الشهادات لجميع المراجع المصدقة التي سوف يتعرف عليها sssd." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 +msgid "" +"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " +"Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgstr "" +"تحديد الملف الذي يحتوي على الشهادات لجميع المراجع المصدقة التي سوف يتعرف " +"عليها sssd." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 -msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." -msgstr "تحديد مسار الدليل الذي يحتوي على شهادات المراجع المصدقة في ملفات فردية منفصلة." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 +msgid "" +"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " +"certificates in separate individual files." +msgstr "" +"تحديد مسار الدليل الذي يحتوي على شهادات المراجع المصدقة في ملفات فردية " +"منفصلة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "تحديد الملف الذي يحتوي على شهادة مفتاح العميل." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "تحديد الملف الذي يحتوي على مفتاح العميل." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "تحديد مجموعات برامج التشفير المقبولة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 -msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " +"channel." msgstr "تحديد أنه يتعين على اتصال id_provider استخدام tls أيضًا لحماية القناة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 -msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "تحديد أنه يتعين على SSSD محاولة ربط معرفات المجموعات والمستخدمين من سمتي ldap_user_objectsid وldap_group_objectsid بدلاً من الاعتماد على dap_user_uid_number وldap_group_gid_number." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 +msgid "" +"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " +"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " +"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "" +"تحديد أنه يتعين على SSSD محاولة ربط معرفات المجموعات والمستخدمين من سمتي " +"ldap_user_objectsid وldap_group_objectsid بدلاً من الاعتماد على " +"dap_user_uid_number وldap_group_gid_number." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "تحديد آلية SASL المطلوب استخدامها." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "تحديد معرف تخويل SASL المطلوب استخدامه." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "تحديد مجال SASL المطلوب استخدامه." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 -msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "إذا تم التعيين على صواب، فستقوم مكتبة LDAP بإجراء بحث عكسي لجعل شكل اسم المضيف مقبولاً أثناء ربط SASL." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 +msgid "" +"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " +"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "" +"إذا تم التعيين على صواب، فستقوم مكتبة LDAP بإجراء بحث عكسي لجعل شكل اسم " +"المضيف مقبولاً أثناء ربط SASL." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "تحديد keytab المطلوب استخدامه عند استخدام SASL/GSSAPI." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "تحديد أنه يجب على id_provider تهيئة بيانات اعتماد Kerberos (TGT)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "تحديد عمر TGT بالثواني إذا ما تم استخدام GSSAPI." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 -msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 +msgid "" +"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "حدد السياسة لتقييم انتهاء صلاحية كلمة السر من جانب العميل." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "تحديد ما إذا كان يجب تمكين تعقب الإحالة التلقائي." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "تحديد اسم الخدمة المطلوب استخدامها عند تمكين استكشاف الخدمة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 -msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "تحديد اسم الخدمة المطلوب استخدامها للعثور على خادم LDAP والذي يسمح بتغييرات كلمة السر عند تمكين استكشاف الخدمة." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 +msgid "" +"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " +"password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "" +"تحديد اسم الخدمة المطلوب استخدامها للعثور على خادم LDAP والذي يسمح بتغييرات " +"كلمة السر عند تمكين استكشاف الخدمة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 -msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "تحديد ما إذا كان يتم تحديث سمة ldap_user_shadow_last_change بالأيام منذ Epoch بعد عملية تغيير كلمة سر." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 +msgid "" +"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " +"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "" +"تحديد ما إذا كان يتم تحديث سمة ldap_user_shadow_last_change بالأيام منذ " +"Epoch بعد عملية تغيير كلمة سر." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 -msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "إذا كان استخدام access_provider = ldap وldap_access_order = filter (الافتراضي)، فإن هذا الخيار يعد إلزامياً. فهو يحدد معيار تصفية بحث LDAP الذي يجب استيفاؤه للمستخدم لكي يُمنح صلاحية الوصول على هذا المضيف." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 +msgid "" +"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " +"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " +"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "" +"إذا كان استخدام access_provider = ldap وldap_access_order = filter " +"(الافتراضي)، فإن هذا الخيار يعد إلزامياً. فهو يحدد معيار تصفية بحث LDAP الذي " +"يجب استيفاؤه للمستخدم لكي يُمنح صلاحية الوصول على هذا المضيف." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 -msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." -msgstr " يمكن تمكين تقييم من جانب العميل لسمات التحكم في الوصول باستخدام هذا الخيار." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 +msgid "" +" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " +"be enabled." +msgstr "" +" يمكن تمكين تقييم من جانب العميل لسمات التحكم في الوصول باستخدام هذا الخيار." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "قائمة مفصولة بفاصلات لخيارات التحكم في الوصول." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "تحديد كيفية إلغاء مرجعية الاسم المستعار عند إجراء بحث." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 -msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." -msgstr "السماح بالاحتفاظ بالمستخدمين الحاليين كأعضاء في مجموعة LDAP للخوادم التي تستخدم مخطط RFC2307." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 +msgid "" +"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " +"use the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "" +"السماح بالاحتفاظ بالمستخدمين الحاليين كأعضاء في مجموعة LDAP للخوادم التي " +"تستخدم مخطط RFC2307." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "اسم مميز أساسي اختياري ومجال بحث ومرشح LDAP لتقييد عمليات بحث autofs الخاصة بـ LDAP لنوع السمة هذا. تتمثل القيمة الافتراضية في ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" +"اسم مميز أساسي اختياري ومجال بحث ومرشح LDAP لتقييد عمليات بحث autofs الخاصة " +"بـ LDAP لنوع السمة هذا. تتمثل القيمة الافتراضية في ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "اسم مميز أساسي اختياري ومجال بحث ومرشح LDAP لتقييد عمليات بحث مجموعة LDAP لنوع السمة هذا. تتمثل القيمة الافتراضية في ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" +"اسم مميز أساسي اختياري ومجال بحث ومرشح LDAP لتقييد عمليات بحث مجموعة LDAP " +"لنوع السمة هذا. تتمثل القيمة الافتراضية في ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "اسم مميز أساسي اختياري ومجال بحث ومرشح LDAP لتقييد عمليات بحث netgroup لـ LDAP لنوع السمة هذا. تتمثل القيمة الافتراضية في ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" +"اسم مميز أساسي اختياري ومجال بحث ومرشح LDAP لتقييد عمليات بحث netgroup لـ " +"LDAP لنوع السمة هذا. تتمثل القيمة الافتراضية في ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "اسم مميز أساسي اختياري ومجال بحث ومرشح LDAP لتقييد عمليات بحث مستخدم LDAP لنوع السمة هذا. تتمثل القيمة الافتراضية في ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" +"اسم مميز أساسي اختياري ومجال بحث ومرشح LDAP لتقييد عمليات بحث مستخدم LDAP " +"لنوع السمة هذا. تتمثل القيمة الافتراضية في ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP." msgstr "طبقة الكائن لإدخال ربط توصيل تلقائي في LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP." msgstr "اسم إدخال ربط توصيل تلقائي في LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 -msgid "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a mount point." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 +msgid "" +"The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a " +"mount point." msgstr "مفتاح إدخال توصيل تلقائي في LDAP. عادةً ما يقابل الإدخال نقطة توصيل." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "عنوان IP أو أسماء المضيفين لخوادم Kerberos (مفصولة باستخدام فاصلة)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." -msgstr "تحديد القائمة المفصولة بفواصل لعناوين IP أو أسماء المضيفين لخوادم Kerberos التي يجب على SSSD الاتصال بها، مع الترتيب حسب الأفضلية." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " +"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "" +"تحديد القائمة المفصولة بفواصل لعناوين IP أو أسماء المضيفين لخوادم Kerberos " +"التي يجب على SSSD الاتصال بها، مع الترتيب حسب الأفضلية." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "نطاق Kerberos (مثل EXAMPLE.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 -msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." -msgstr "إذا لم تكن خدمة تغيير كلمة السر قيد التشغيل في KDC، يمكن تحديد خوادم بديلة هنا." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +msgid "" +"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " +"servers can be defined here." +msgstr "" +"إذا لم تكن خدمة تغيير كلمة السر قيد التشغيل في KDC، يمكن تحديد خوادم بديلة " +"هنا." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "الدليل الذي يتم تخزين بيانات الاعتماد المخزنة مؤقتاً عليه." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "موقع الذاكرة المؤقتة لبيانات اعتماد المستخدم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 -msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." -msgstr " المهلة بالثواني بعدما يتم رفض طلب تغيير كلمة سر أو طلب تصديق عبر الإنترنت." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 +msgid "" +" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " +"password request is aborted." +msgstr "" +" المهلة بالثواني بعدما يتم رفض طلب تغيير كلمة سر أو طلب تصديق عبر الإنترنت." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 -msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." -msgstr "التحقق بمساعدة krb5_keytab من إجراء المحاكاة الخداعية لـ TGT الذي تم الحصول عليه." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 +msgid "" +"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " +"spoofed." +msgstr "" +"التحقق بمساعدة krb5_keytab من إجراء المحاكاة الخداعية لـ TGT الذي تم الحصول " +"عليه." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 -msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." -msgstr "موقع keytab المطلوب استخدامه عند التحقق من صحة بيانات الاعتماد التي تم الحصول عليها من مراكز KDC." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " +"KDCs." +msgstr "" +"موقع keytab المطلوب استخدامه عند التحقق من صحة بيانات الاعتماد التي تم " +"الحصول عليها من مراكز KDC." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 -msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "تخزين كلمة السر للمستخدم إذا كان الموفر غير متصل واستخدامها لطلب TGT عندما يكون الموفر متصلاً مرة أخرى." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 +msgid "" +"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " +"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "" +"تخزين كلمة السر للمستخدم إذا كان الموفر غير متصل واستخدامها لطلب TGT عندما " +"يكون الموفر متصلاً مرة أخرى." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 -msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "طلب بطاقة قابلة للتجديد بإجمالي عمر يتم تحديده كرقم صحيح ويكون متبوعًا مباشرة بوحدة وقت." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 +msgid "" +"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " +"immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "" +"طلب بطاقة قابلة للتجديد بإجمالي عمر يتم تحديده كرقم صحيح ويكون متبوعًا مباشرة " +"بوحدة وقت." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 -msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 +msgid "" +"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " +"followed by a time unit." msgstr "اطلب بطاقة مدى الحياة، تعطى كرقم صحيح متبوع مباشرةً بوحدة زمنية." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "الوقت بالثواني بين عمليتي فحص إذا كان يجب تجديد TGT." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 -msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." -msgstr "تمكين الاتصال النفقي الآمن للتصديق المرن (FAST) للتصديق المسبق لـ Kerberos." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 +msgid "" +"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"تمكين الاتصال النفقي الآمن للتصديق المرن (FAST) للتصديق المسبق لـ Kerberos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "تحديد الخادم الأساسي المطلوب استخدامه لـ FAST." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "تحديد ما إذا كان يجب جعل شكل الاسم الأساسي للمستخدم والمضيف مقبولاً." -#. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 +#. The Active Directory domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "تحديد اسم مجال Active Directory." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "عناوين IP أو أسماء المضيفين لخوادم AD (مفصولة باستخدام فاصلة)" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 +msgid "" +"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " +"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" +"القائمة المفصولة بفواصل لعناوين IP أو أسماء المضيفين لخوادم AD التي يجب على " +"SSSD الاتصال بها بالترتيب حسب الأفضلية." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 -msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." -msgstr "القائمة المفصولة بفواصل لعناوين IP أو أسماء المضيفين لخوادم AD التي يجب على SSSD الاتصال بها بالترتيب حسب الأفضلية." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 +msgid "" +"AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN " +"used by AD to identify this host." +msgstr "" +"اسم مضيف AD (اختياري) - يمكن تعيينه إذا كان hostname(5) لا يعكس الاسم المميز " +"المؤهل بالكامل المستخدَم بواسطة AD لتحديد هذا المضيف." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 -msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." -msgstr "اسم مضيف AD (اختياري) - يمكن تعيينه إذا كان hostname(5) لا يعكس الاسم المميز المؤهل بالكامل المستخدَم بواسطة AD لتحديد هذا المضيف." - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "تجاوز الدليل الرئيسي للمستخدم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 -msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr " تحديد الحد الأدنى لنطاق معرفات POSIX المطلوب استخدامه لتعيين معرفات خدمة المجموعة ومستخدم Active Directory." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 +msgid "" +" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " +"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "" +" تحديد الحد الأدنى لنطاق معرفات POSIX المطلوب استخدامه لتعيين معرفات خدمة " +"المجموعة ومستخدم Active Directory." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 -msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "تحديد الحد الأقصى لنطاق معرفات POSIX المطلوب استخدامه لربط معرفات خدمة المجموعة ومستخدم Active Directory." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 +msgid "" +"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " +"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "" +"تحديد الحد الأقصى لنطاق معرفات POSIX المطلوب استخدامه لربط معرفات خدمة " +"المجموعة ومستخدم Active Directory." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "تحديد عدد المعرفات المتاحة لكل شريحة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "حدد معرف خدمة المجال للمجال الافتراضي." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "حدد اسم المجال الافتراضي." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 -msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." -msgstr "تغيير سلوك خوارزمية تعيين المعرف بحيث تكون أكثر شبهًا لخوارزمية “idmap_autorid” لـ winbind." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 +msgid "" +"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " +"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "" +"تغيير سلوك خوارزمية تعيين المعرف بحيث تكون أكثر شبهًا لخوارزمية " +"“idmap_autorid” لـ winbind." -#. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 +#. The Active Directory domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "تحديد اسم مجال IPA." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "عناوين IP أو أسماء المضيفين لخوادم IPA (مفصولة باستخدام فاصلة)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 -msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." -msgstr "اسم مضيف IPA (اختياري) - يمكن تعيينه إذا كان hostname(5) لا يعكس الاسم المميز المؤهل بالكامل المستخدم بواسطة IPA لتحديد هذا المضيف." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 +msgid "" +"IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the " +"FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." +msgstr "" +"اسم مضيف IPA (اختياري) - يمكن تعيينه إذا كان hostname(5) لا يعكس الاسم " +"المميز المؤهل بالكامل المستخدم بواسطة IPA لتحديد هذا المضيف." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "موقع المُوصل التلقائي الذي سيستخدمه عميل IPA المحدد." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." -msgstr "يطلب هذا الخيار من SSSD تحديث خادم DNS المضمن في الإصدار الثاني من FreeIPA بعنوان IP لهذا العميل تلقائياً." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " +"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "" +"يطلب هذا الخيار من SSSD تحديث خادم DNS المضمن في الإصدار الثاني من FreeIPA " +"بعنوان IP لهذا العميل تلقائياً." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "قيمة TTL المطلوب تطبيقها على سجل DNS العميل عند تحديثه." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 -msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." -msgstr "اختر الواجهة التي يجب استخدام عنوان IP الخاص بها مع تحديثات DNS الديناميكية." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 +msgid "" +"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgstr "" +"اختر الواجهة التي يجب استخدام عنوان IP الخاص بها مع تحديثات DNS الديناميكية." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/base.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/base.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/base.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -15,9 +15,9 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n" -#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question -#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system. -#: library/commandline/src/clients/other_tools_warning.rb:43 +#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question +#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system. +#: library/commandline/src/clients/other_tools_warning.rb:43 msgid "" "Chef Client is running. The changes that you make\n" "may be overridden by Chef later.\n" @@ -27,132 +27,132 @@ "تقوم بإجرائها بواسطة Chef لاحقًا.\n" "قم بمتابعة التكوين باستخدام YaST؟" -#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 +#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 msgid "Print the help for this module" msgstr "طباعة التعليمات الخاصة بهذه الوحدة النمطية" -#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 +#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module" msgstr "طباعة إصدار تفصيلي لتعليمات هذه الوحدة النمطية" -#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 +#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format" msgstr "طباعة إصدار تفصيلي لتعليمات هذه الوحدة النمطية بتنسيق XML" -#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 +#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module" msgstr "بدء تشغيل برنامج الواجهة شل التفاعلي للتحكم في الوحدة النمطية" -#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 +#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 msgid "Exit interactive mode and save the changes" msgstr "إنهاء الوضع التفاعلي وحفظ التغييرات" -#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 +#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 msgid "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes" msgstr "إيقاف الوضع التفاعلي بدون حفظ التغييرات" -#. translators: command line "help" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 +#. translators: command line "help" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 msgid "Print the help for this command" msgstr "طباعة التعليمات الخاصة بهذا الأمر" -#. translators: command line "verbose" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 +#. translators: command line "verbose" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 msgid "Show progress information" msgstr "إظهار معلومات التقدم" -#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 +#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 msgid "Where to store the XML output" msgstr "مكان تخزين مخرجات XML" -#. string: command line interface is not supported -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 +#. string: command line interface is not supported +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface." msgstr "لا تدعم وحدة YaST2 النمطية هذه واجهة سطر الأوامر." -#. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 +#. translators: default error message for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "استخدم 'تعليمات' للحصول على قائمة كاملة بالأوامر المتاحة." -#. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 +#. translators: default error message for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "استخدم 'تعليمات yast2 %1' للحصول على قائمة كاملة بالأوامر المتاحة." -#. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 +#. translators: error message in command line interface +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "أمر غير معروف: %1" -#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 +#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "لا يحتوي الخيار '%1' على قيمة." -#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 +#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "خيار غير معروف للأمر '%1': %2" -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للخيار '%1': %2" -#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 +#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للخيار '%1' -- المتوقع '%2' والمستلَم %3" -#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 +#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "لا يمكن أن يحتوي الخيار '%1' على أية قيمة. القيمة المعطاة: %2" -#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode -#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 +#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode +#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "استخدم 'تعليمات %1 %2' للحصول على قائمة كاملة بالخيارات المتاحة." -#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode -#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 +#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode +#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "استخدم 'تعليمات yast2 %1 %2' للحصول على قائمة كاملة بالخيارات المتاحة." -#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 +#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "" "الوحدة النمطية %1\n" " لتكوين YaST\n" -#. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 +#. translators: the command does not provide any help +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 msgid "No help available" msgstr "لا تتوفر أية تعليمات" -#. Process <command> "help" -#. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 +#. Process <command> "help" +#. translators: %1 is the command name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "الأمر '%1'" -#. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 +#. translators: command line options +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" @@ -160,8 +160,8 @@ "\n" " خيارات:" -#. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 +#. additional help for using command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." @@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." -#. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 +#. translators: example title for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" @@ -178,184 +178,193 @@ "\n" " مثال:" -#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 +#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "هذه وحدة نمطية لـ YaST." -#. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 +#. translators: short help title for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "بناء الجملة الأساسي:" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#. translate <command> and [options] only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr "yast2 %1 <command> [مسهب] [خيارات]" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#. translate <command> only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr "تعليمات yast2 %1 <command>" -#. translators: module command line help -#. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 +#. translators: module command line help +#. translate <command> and [options] only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr "<command> [خيارات]" -#. translators: module command line help -#. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 +#. translators: module command line help +#. translate <command> only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 msgid " <command> help" msgstr "تعليمات <command>" -#. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 +#. translators: command line title: list of available commands +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "الأوامر:" -#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 +#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 msgid "No help available." msgstr "لا تتوفر أية تعليمات." -#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 +#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 msgid "<Error: invalid help>" msgstr "<خطأ: تعليمات غير صالحة>" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "قم بتشغيل 'تعليمات yast2 %1 <command>' للحصول على قائمة بالخيارات المتاحة." +msgstr "" +"قم بتشغيل 'تعليمات yast2 %1 <command>' للحصول على قائمة بالخيارات المتاحة." -#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "اسم الملف الهدف (خيار 'xmlfile') مفقود. استخدم خيار سطر الأوامر xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." +#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " +"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "" +"اسم الملف الهدف (خيار 'xmlfile') مفقود. استخدم خيار سطر الأوامر " +"xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." -#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "اسم الملف الهدف (خيار 'xmlfile') فارغ. استخدم خيار سطر الأوامر xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." +#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " +"command line option." +msgstr "" +"اسم الملف الهدف (خيار 'xmlfile') فارغ. استخدم خيار سطر الأوامر " +"xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." -#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 +#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 msgid "unknown" msgstr "غير معروف" -#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 +#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "أو '%1'" -#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 +#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "حدد الأمر '%1'." -#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 +#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "حدد أحد الأوامر: %1." -#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 +#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "حدد أحد الأوامر فقط: %1." -#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 +#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "لا تتوفر واجهة مستخدم لهذه الوحدة النمطية." -#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 +#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 msgid "Ready" msgstr "جاهز" -#. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 +#. non-GUI handling +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "تهيئة" -#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 +#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "إنهاء" -#. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 +#. translators: The command line interface is finished +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 msgid "Done" msgstr "تم" -#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 +#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "إنهاء (بدون تغييرات)" -#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode -#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 +#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode +#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "نعم أم لا؟" -#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 +#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 msgid "yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 +#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 msgid "no" msgstr "لا" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: modules/InstError.ycp -#. Package: Installation -#. Summary: Module for reporting installation errors -#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka@suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. This module provides unified interface for reporting -#. installation errors. -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:72 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: modules/InstError.ycp +#. Package: Installation +#. Summary: Module for reporting installation errors +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka@suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. This module provides unified interface for reporting +#. installation errors. +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:72 msgid "Save y2logs to..." msgstr "حفظ y2logs إلى..." -#. Busy message, %1 is replaced with a filename -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:79 +#. Busy message, %1 is replaced with a filename +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:79 msgid "Saving YaST logs to %1..." msgstr "حفظ سجلات YaST إلى %1..." -#. Error message, %1 is replaced with a filename -#. %2 with am error reason (there is a newline between %1 and %2) -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:98 +#. Error message, %1 is replaced with a filename +#. %2 with am error reason (there is a newline between %1 and %2) +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:98 msgid "" "Unable to save YaST logs to %1\n" "%2" @@ -363,17 +372,17 @@ "تعذر حفظ سجلات YaST إلى %1\n" "%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message -#. // %1 - logfile, possibly with errors -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:139 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message +#. // %1 - logfile, possibly with errors +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:139 msgid "More information can be found near the end of the '%1' file." msgstr "يمكن العثور على مزيد من المعلومات بالقرب من نهاية الملف.'%1'" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message -#. %1 - link to our bugzilla -#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored -#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message +#. %1 - link to our bugzilla +#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored +#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 msgid "" "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n" "Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" @@ -383,86 +392,86 @@ "يرجى أيضًا إرفاق جميع سجلات YaST المخزنة في الدليل '%2' .\n" "انظر %3 لمزيد من المعلومات حول سجلات YaST." -#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO -#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, -#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page -#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO -#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, -#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 +#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO +#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, +#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page +#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO +#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, +#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" -#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 +#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 msgid "&Save YaST Logs..." msgstr "&حفظ سجلات YaST..." -#. Function is similar to ShowErrorPopUp but the error details are grabbed automatically -#. from YaST logs. -#. -#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 +#. Function is similar to ShowErrorPopUp but the error details are grabbed automatically +#. from YaST logs. +#. +#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "خطأ في التثبيت" -#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its -#. unloading after end of block. -#. @param [String] package to load -#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield -#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed -#. -#. @example -#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do -#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") -#. end -#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 +#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its +#. unloading after end of block. +#. @param [String] package to load +#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield +#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed +#. +#. @example +#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do +#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") +#. end +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'" msgstr "تحميل إلى حزمة الذاكرة '%s'" -#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'" msgstr "إزالة من حزمة الذاكرة '%s'" -#. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 +#. error report +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "لم يتم تعريف تدفق عمل لوضع التثبيت هذا." -#. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 +#. last part of the question (variable) +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?" msgstr "هل تريد متابعة التثبيت أم إحباطه؟" -#. button label -#. Button that will continue with the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 +#. button label +#. Button that will continue with the installation +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "متاب&عة التثبيت" -#. button label -#. Button that will really abort the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 +#. button label +#. Button that will really abort the installation +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "إيقاف الت&ثبيت" -#. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 +#. last part of the question (variable) +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?" msgstr "هل تريد إضافة منتج جديد على أية حال؟" -#. popup dialog caption -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 +#. popup dialog caption +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 msgid "Warning" msgstr "تحذير" -#. popup message, %1 is list of problems -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 +#. popup message, %1 is list of problems +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 msgid "" "The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n" "Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n" @@ -484,28 +493,28 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once -#. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 +#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once +#. bugzilla #332436 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "حدث خطأ داخلي عند تكامل التدفق الإضافي." -#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 +#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgstr "قيمة %1 غير صالحة." -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 msgid "Unavailable" msgstr "غير متاح" -#. help text for service auto start widget -#. %1 and %2 are button labels -#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" -#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 +#. help text for service auto start widget +#. %1 and %2 are button labels +#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" +#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -515,13 +524,13 @@ "لبدء تشغيل الخدمة في كل مرة يتم تشغيل جهاز الكمبيوتر فيها، قم بتعيين\n" " <b>%1</b>. بخلاف ذلك، قم بتعيين <b>%2</b>.</p>" -#. help text for service auto start widget -#. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels -#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" -#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" -#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 +#. help text for service auto start widget +#. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels +#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" +#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" +#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -530,58 +539,59 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>بدء تشغيل الخدمة</big></b><br>\n" "لبدء تشغيل الخدمة في كل مرة يتم تشغيل جهاز الكمبيوتر فيها، قم بتعيين\n" -"<b>%1</b>. لبدء تشغيل الخدمة باستخدام برنامج المحركxinetd، قم بتعيين <b>%3</b>.\n" +"<b>%1</b>. لبدء تشغيل الخدمة باستخدام برنامج المحركxinetd، قم بتعيين <b>%3</" +"b>.\n" "وبخلاف ذلك قم بتعيين <b>%2</b>.</p>" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "أثناء التشغيل" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 msgid "Manually" msgstr "يدويًا" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 msgid "Via xinetd" msgstr "باستخدام برنامج xinetd" -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "باستخدام &برنامج xinetd" -#. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 +#. frame +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "بدء تشغيل الخدمة" -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "الخدمة قيد التشغيل" -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "الخدمة ليست قيد التشغيل" -#. help text for service status displaying and switching widget 1/2 -#. %1 and %2 are push button labels -#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" -#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 +#. help text for service status displaying and switching widget 1/2 +#. %1 and %2 are push button labels +#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" +#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -591,11 +601,11 @@ "لبدء تشغيل الخدمة أو إيقافها فورًا، استخدم \n" " <b>%1</b> أو <b>%2</b>.</p>" -#. help text for service start widget 2/2, optional -#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" -#. (without quotes) -#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 +#. help text for service start widget 2/2, optional +#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" +#. (without quotes) +#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 msgid "" "<p>To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n" @@ -603,49 +613,49 @@ "<p>لحفظ كافة التغييرات وإعادة بدء\n" "الخدمة فورًا، استخدم <b>%3</b>.</p>\n" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "بدء تشغيل الخدمة الآن" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "إيقاف الخدمة الآن" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "حفظ التغييرات وإعادة بدء الخدمة الآن" -#. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 +#. push button for immediate service starting +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "ب&دء تشغيل الخدمة الآن" -#. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 +#. push button for immediate service stopping +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "إي&قاف الخدمة الآن" -#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 +#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "ح&فظ التغييرات وإعادة بدء الخدمة الآن" -#. Frame label (stoping starting service) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 +#. Frame label (stoping starting service) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "تشغيل وإيقاف تشغيل" -#. Current status -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 +#. Current status +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "الحالة الحالية:" -#. help text for LDAP enablement widget -#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 +#. help text for LDAP enablement widget +#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -655,39 +665,39 @@ "لتخزين الإعدادات في LDAP بدلاً من ملفات التكوين الأصلية،\n" " قم بتعيين <b>%1</b>.</p>" -#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 +#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "دعم LDAP نشط" -#. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 +#. check box +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "د&عم LDAP نشط" -#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 +#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 msgid "Tab" msgstr "علامة تبويب" -#. push button -#. push button -#. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 +#. push button +#. push button +#. Button label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&لأعلى" -#. push button -#. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 +#. push button +#. push button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "لأ&سفل" -#. popup message -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 +#. popup message +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 msgid "" "The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n" "because it is in use.\n" @@ -697,38 +707,38 @@ "لأنه قيد الاستخدام.\n" " توقف أولاً عن استخدامه في التكوين." -#. popup title -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 +#. popup title +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key." msgstr "تعذر حذف مفتاح TSIG." -#. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 +#. popup headline +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key" msgstr "تحديد ملف بمفتاح التصديق" -#. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 +#. popup headline +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key" msgstr "تحديد ملف لمفتاح التصديق" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory." msgstr "اسم الملف المحدد هو دليل موجود." -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?" msgstr "الملف المحدد موجود. هل تريد إعادة كتابته؟" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد معرف مفتاح TSIG." -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" @@ -736,8 +746,8 @@ "المفتاح ذو المعرف المحدد موجود ومستخدَم.\n" "هل تريد إزالته؟" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" @@ -745,28 +755,28 @@ "تم العثور على مفتاح بالمعرف المحدد\n" "على القرص لديك. هل تريد إزالته؟" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "سيتم إنشاء المفتاح الآن. هل تريد المتابعة؟" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "فشل إنشاء مفتاح TSIG." -#. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 +#. message popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "الملف المحدد غير موجود." -#. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 +#. message popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "لا يحتوي الملف المحدد على أي مفتاح TSIG." -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -776,8 +786,8 @@ "معرف بعض المفاتيح الموجودة مسبقًا.\n" " ستتم إزالة المفاتيح القديمة. هل تريد المتابعة؟" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 msgid "" "<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n" @@ -785,8 +795,8 @@ "<p><big><b>إدارة مفاتيح TSIG</b></big><br>\n" "استخدم مربع الحوار هذا لإدارة مفاتيح TSIG.</p>\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n" @@ -796,8 +806,8 @@ "لإضافة أحد مفاتيح TSIG المنشأة مسبقًا، حدد <b>اسم الملف</b>\n" " الذي يحتوي على المفتاح ثم انقر فوق<b>إضافة</b>.</p>\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n" @@ -809,8 +819,8 @@ " إنشاء المفتاح فيه وبتعيين <b>معرف المفتاح</b> لتحديد المفتاح ثم انقر فوق\n" " <b>إنشاء</b>.</p>\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n" @@ -826,83 +836,83 @@ " الخادم، فإنه يتعذر حذفه. يجب أن يتوقف الخادم عن استخدامه\n" " في التكوين أولاً.</p>\n" -#. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 +#. Frame label - adding a created server key +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "إضافة مفتاح TSIG موجود" -#. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 +#. Frame label - creating a new server key +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "إنشاء مفتاح TSIG جديد" -#. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 +#. text entry +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "م&عرف المفتاح" -#. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 +#. push button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "إن&شاء" -#. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 +#. Table header - in fact label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "مفاتيح TSIG الحالية" -#. Table header item - DNS key listing -#. table header - GPG key ID -#. table header - GPG key ID -#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 +#. Table header item - DNS key listing +#. table header - GPG key ID +#. table header - GPG key ID +#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 msgid "Key ID" msgstr "معرف المفتاح" -#. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#. Table header item - DNS key listing +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 msgid "Filename" msgstr "اسم الملف" -#. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 +#. combobox header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "الخيار المحد&د" -#. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 +#. heading / label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "الخيار الحالي:" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "الخيار المحدد موجود بالفعل." -#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 +#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 msgid "Ch." msgstr "مغيَر" -#. table header -#. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 +#. table header +#. table header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 msgid "Option" msgstr "خيار" -#. table header -#. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 +#. table header +#. table header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 msgid "Value" msgstr "قيمة" -#. help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 +#. help 1/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -912,8 +922,8 @@ "لتحرير الإعدادات، اختر الإدخال\n" " المناسب من الجدول ثم انقر فوق <b>تحرير</b>.</p>" -#. help 2/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 +#. help 2/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 msgid "" "<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" "an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" @@ -921,8 +931,8 @@ "<p>لإضافة خيار جديد، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>. لإزالة\n" "أحد الخيارات، حدده ثم انقر فوق <b>حذف</b>.</p>" -#. help 3/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 +#. help 3/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 msgid "" "<P>The <B>Ch.</B> column of the table shows \n" "whether the option was changed.</P>" @@ -930,8 +940,8 @@ "<P>يعرض العمود <B>مغيَر</B> الموجود بالجدول ما إذا \n" "كان قد تم تغيير الخيار.</P>" -#. help 4/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 +#. help 4/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 msgid "" "<p>To reorder the options, select an option\n" "and use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to move it up or down\n" @@ -941,39 +951,39 @@ "واستخدم <b>لأعلى</b> و<b>لأسفل</b> لتحريكه لأعلى أو لأسفل\n" " في القائمة.</p>" -#. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 +#. menu button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 msgid "&Other" msgstr "أخر&ى" -#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured -#. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 +#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured +#. device +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "لم يتم تكوين الجهاز" -#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured -#. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 +#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured +#. device +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure" msgstr "اضغط <B>تحرير</B> ليتم التكوين" -#. Message shown while loading modules information -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 +#. Message shown while loading modules information +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحميل الوحدات النمطية، الرجاء الانتظار..." -#. Heading for NCurses Control Center -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 +#. Heading for NCurses Control Center +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "مركز تحكم YaST" -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 msgid "Run" msgstr "تشغيل" -#. show popup when running as non-root -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 +#. show popup when running as non-root +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 msgid "" "YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You can only see modules that do not require root privileges." @@ -981,13 +991,13 @@ "لا يعمل مركز تحكم YaST2 كجذر.\n" "لن ترى سوى الوحدات النمطية التي لا تتطلب امتيازات الجذر" -#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 +#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard" msgstr "التحكم في ncurses لـ YaST باستخدام لوحة المفاتيح" -#. NCurses Control Center help 1/ -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 +#. NCurses Control Center help 1/ +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 msgid "" "<p>1) <i>General</i><br>\n" "Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n" @@ -997,17 +1007,26 @@ msgstr "" "<p>1) <i>عام</i><br>\n" "تنقل عبر عناصر مربع الحوار باستخدام المفتاح [TAB] للانتقال إلى\n" -" العنصر التالي وباستخدام المفتاح [SHIFT] (أو المفتاح [ALT])‏ + المفتاح [TAB] للانتقال للخلف.\n" +" العنصر التالي وباستخدام المفتاح [SHIFT] (أو المفتاح [ALT])‏ + المفتاح [TAB] " +"للانتقال للخلف.\n" " حدد العناصر أو قم بتنشيطها باستخدام مفتاح المسافة [SPACE] أو [ENTER].\n" " تستخدم بعض العناصر مفاتيح الأسهم (مثال، للتمرير خلال القوائم).</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 -msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يتم تطبيق التنقل الشجري عن طريق مفاتيح الأسهم أيضاً. لفتح فرع أو إغلاقه، استخدم مفتاح المسافة [SPACE]. وبالنسبة للوحدات النمطية التي تعرض شجرة (قد تظهر على شكل قائمة) من عناصر التكوين على الجانب الأيمن، استخدم مفتاح الإدخال [ENTER] للحصول على مربع الحوار المقابل على الجانب الأيسر.</p>" +#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 +msgid "" +"<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " +"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " +"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " +"on the right.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يتم تطبيق التنقل الشجري عن طريق مفاتيح الأسهم أيضاً. لفتح فرع أو إغلاقه، " +"استخدم مفتاح المسافة [SPACE]. وبالنسبة للوحدات النمطية التي تعرض شجرة (قد " +"تظهر على شكل قائمة) من عناصر التكوين على الجانب الأيمن، استخدم مفتاح الإدخال " +"[ENTER] للحصول على مربع الحوار المقابل على الجانب الأيسر.</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 +#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 msgid "" "<p>Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n" "letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button.</p>" @@ -1015,8 +1034,8 @@ "<p>الأزرار مزودة بمفاتيح اختصار (الحرف\n" "المميز). استخدم المفتاح [ALT] والحرف لتنشيط الزر.</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 +#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 msgid "" "<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n" "menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\n" @@ -1024,8 +1043,8 @@ "<p>اضغط [ESC] لإغلاق إطارات التحديد المنبثقة (مثال، من\n" "أزرار القوائم) دون أن يتم اختيار أي شيء.</p>\n" -#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 +#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 msgid "" "<p>2) <i>Substitution of Keystrokes</i><br>\n" "<p>Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n" @@ -1037,10 +1056,11 @@ "<p>نظرًا لتأثير البيئة على استخدام لوحة المفاتيح،\n" " فهناك أكثر من طريقة للتنقل بين صفحات مربع الحوار.\n" " إذا كان مفتاحا [TAB] و[SHIFT] (أو مفتاحا [ALT])‏ + [TAB] لا يعملان،\n" -" يمكنك الانتقال إلى الأمام باستخدام [CTRL]‏ + [F] والانتقال إلى الخلف باستخدام [CTRL] + ‏[B].</p>" +" يمكنك الانتقال إلى الأمام باستخدام [CTRL]‏ + [F] والانتقال إلى الخلف " +"باستخدام [CTRL] + ‏[B].</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 +#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 msgid "" "<p>If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n" "try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n" @@ -1050,22 +1070,25 @@ "حاول استخدام [ESC] + [الحرف]. مثال: [ESC] + ‏[H] بدلاً من [ALT] + ‏[H].\n" " يعتبر استخدام [ESC] + ‏[TAB] أيضًا بديلاً لاستخدام [ALT] + ‏[TAB].</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 +#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 msgid "" "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>" +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " +"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>3) <i>مفاتيح الوظائف</i><br>\n" -"توفر مفاتيح F صلاحية وصول سريعة إلى الوظائف الرئيسية. وتظهر روابط مفاتيح الوظائف لمربع الحوار الحالي في السطر السفلي.</p>" +"توفر مفاتيح F صلاحية وصول سريعة إلى الوظائف الرئيسية. وتظهر روابط مفاتيح " +"الوظائف لمربع الحوار الحالي في السطر السفلي.</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 +#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 msgid "<p>The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:</p>" -msgstr "<p>عادةً ما تكون المفاتيح الوظيفية مرتبطة بإجراء معين، على النحو التالي:</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>عادةً ما تكون المفاتيح الوظيفية مرتبطة بإجراء معين، على النحو التالي:</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 +#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 msgid "" "F1 = Help<br>\n" "F2 = Info or Description<br>\n" @@ -1089,8 +1112,8 @@ " F9 = إيقاف أو إلغاء<br>\n" " F10 = موافق أو التالي أو إنهاء أو قبول<br>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 +#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 msgid "" "<p>In some environments, all or some\n" "F keys are not available.</p>" @@ -1098,81 +1121,92 @@ "<p>في بعض البيئات، لا تكون بعض المفاتيح الوظيفية\n" "أو كلها متاحة.</p>" -#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: -#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? -#. For systemd compliant services, just do -#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") -#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but -#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) -#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is -#. written. -#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. -#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service -#. is not running, despite the real value. -#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. -#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. -#. :restart means the service will be restarted. -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 +#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: +#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? +#. For systemd compliant services, just do +#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") +#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but +#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) +#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is +#. written. +#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. +#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service +#. is not running, despite the real value. +#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. +#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. +#. :restart means the service will be restarted. +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" msgstr "إعادة التشغيل بعد حفظ الإعدادات" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" msgstr "إعادة التحميل بعد حفظ الإعدادات" -#. @return [YaST::Term] -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 +#. @return [YaST::Term] +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 msgid "Service Status" msgstr "حالة الخدمة" -#. Content for the help -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 +#. Content for the help +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same " +"after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service " +"during boot'.</p>\n" "<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running " +"service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the " +"dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n" "<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to " +"disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service " +"in the already running system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>الحالة الحالية</big></b><br>\n" -"تعرض الحالة الحالية للخدمة. ستظل الحالة كما هي بعد حفظ الإعدادات، بشكل مستقل عن قيمة \"بدء الخدمة أثناء التمهيد\".</p>\n" +"تعرض الحالة الحالية للخدمة. ستظل الحالة كما هي بعد حفظ الإعدادات، بشكل مستقل " +"عن قيمة \"بدء الخدمة أثناء التمهيد\".</p>\n" "<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n" -"وهذا قابل للتطبيق فقط إذا كانت الخدمة قيد التشغيل حاليًا. يضمن أن تقوم الخدمة قيد التشغيل حاليًا بإعادة تحميل التكوين الجديد بعد حفظه (إما إنهاء مربع الحوار أو الضغط على زر التطبيق).</p>\n" +"وهذا قابل للتطبيق فقط إذا كانت الخدمة قيد التشغيل حاليًا. يضمن أن تقوم الخدمة " +"قيد التشغيل حاليًا بإعادة تحميل التكوين الجديد بعد حفظه (إما إنهاء مربع " +"الحوار أو الضغط على زر التطبيق).</p>\n" "<p><b><big>بدء التشغيل أُثناء تمهيد النظام </big></b><br>\n" -"قم بتحديد هذا الحقل لتمكين الخدمة عند تمهيد النظام. وقم بإلغاء تحديده لتعطيل الخدمة. ولا يؤثر ذلك على الحالة الحالية للخدمة في النظام قيد التشغيل بالفعل بالفعل.</p>\n" +"قم بتحديد هذا الحقل لتمكين الخدمة عند تمهيد النظام. وقم بإلغاء تحديده لتعطيل " +"الخدمة. ولا يؤثر ذلك على الحالة الحالية للخدمة في النظام قيد التشغيل بالفعل " +"بالفعل.</p>\n" -#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 msgid "Current status:" msgstr "الحالة الحالية:" -#. Widget to configure the status on boot -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 msgid "Start During System Boot" msgstr "البدء أثناء تمهيد النظام" -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 msgid "running" msgstr "يعمل" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 msgid "Stop now" msgstr "التوقف الآن" -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 msgid "stopped" msgstr "متوقف" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 msgid "Start now" msgstr "البدء الآن" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) -#. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) +#. %1 is the filesystem path +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1180,9 +1214,9 @@ "بالرغم من وجود المسار %1، فإنه ليس دليلاً.\n" "هل تريد متابعة العملية أم إلغاءها؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path -#. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path +#. for a share, %1 is entered path +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1190,9 +1224,9 @@ "المسار %1 غير موجود.\n" "هل تريد إنشاءه الآن؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) -#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) +#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1200,225 +1234,225 @@ "فشل إنشاء الدليل %1.\n" "هل تريد متابعة العملية الحالية أم إلغاءها؟\n" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:46 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:46 msgid "&Add" msgstr "إ&ضافة" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:52 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:52 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "إل&غاء" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:58 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:58 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "م&تابعة" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:64 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:64 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&نعم" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:70 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:70 msgid "&No" msgstr "&لا" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:76 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:76 msgid "&Finish" msgstr "إن&هاء" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:82 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:82 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "تح&رير" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:88 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:88 msgid "&OK" msgstr "مواف&ق" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:94 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:94 msgid "Abo&rt" msgstr "إ&يقاف" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:100 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:100 msgid "Abo&rt Installation" msgstr "إيقاف الت&ثبيت" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:106 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:106 msgid "&Ignore" msgstr "ت&جاهل" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:112 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:112 msgid "&Next" msgstr "التا&لي" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:118 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:118 msgid "Ne&w" msgstr "ج&ديد" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:124 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:124 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "ح&ذف" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:130 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:130 msgid "&Back" msgstr "ال&خلف" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:136 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:136 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "قب&ول" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:142 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:142 msgid "&Do Not Accept" msgstr "&عدم قبول" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:148 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:148 msgid "&Quit" msgstr "إ&نهاء" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:154 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:154 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "إع&ادة المحاولة" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:160 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:160 msgid "&Replace" msgstr "ا&ستبدال" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:172 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:172 msgid "Do&wn" msgstr "لأس&فل" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:178 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:178 msgid "Sele&ct" msgstr "تح&ديد" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:184 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:184 msgid "Remo&ve" msgstr "إ&زالة" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:190 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:190 msgid "&Refresh" msgstr "ت&جديد" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:196 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:196 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&تعليمات" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:202 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:202 msgid "&Install" msgstr "تثب&يت" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:208 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:208 msgid "&Do Not Install" msgstr "ع&دم التثبيت" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:214 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:214 msgid "&Download" msgstr "إنزا&ل" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:220 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:220 msgid "&Save" msgstr "حف&ظ" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:226 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:226 msgid "&Stop" msgstr "إيقا&ف" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:232 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:232 msgid "C&lose" msgstr "إغلا&ق" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:238 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:238 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "استعرا&ض..." -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:244 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:244 msgid "Crea&te" msgstr "إن&شاء" -#. Button label -#. push button label during media change popup, user can skip -#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed -#. PushButton label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 +#. Button label +#. push button label during media change popup, user can skip +#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed +#. PushButton label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "تخط&ي" -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:262 +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:262 msgid "Error" msgstr "خطأ" -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:268 +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:268 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "الرجاء الانتظار..." -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:313 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:313 msgid "&Filename" msgstr "اس&م الملف" -#. TextEntry Label -#. textentry label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 +#. TextEntry Label +#. textentry label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&كلمة السر" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:325 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:325 msgid "C&onfirm Password" msgstr "تأكيد كلمة الس&ر" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:331 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:331 msgid "&Port" msgstr "م&نفذ" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:337 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:337 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "اسم الم&ضيف" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:343 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:343 msgid "&Options" msgstr "خيارا&ت" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:46 msgid "" "YaST cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." @@ -1426,34 +1460,34 @@ "تعذر على الأداة YaST متابعة التكوين\n" "بدون تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:56 msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" msgstr "تعذر بدء تشغيل الخدمة '%1'" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:64 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:64 msgid "Cannot restart '%1' service" msgstr "تعذرت إعادة بدء الخدمة '%1'" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:72 msgid "Cannot stop '%1' service" msgstr "تعذر إيقاف الخدمة '%1'" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:83 msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'" msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات إلى '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:96 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:96 msgid "" "Cannot write settings to '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -1463,19 +1497,19 @@ "\n" " السبب: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:114 msgid "Error writing file '%1'" msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الملف '%1'" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:127 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:127 msgid "" "Error writing file '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -1485,19 +1519,19 @@ "\n" " السبب: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:141 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:141 msgid "Cannot open file '%1'" msgstr "تعذر فتح الملف '%1'" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:153 msgid "" "Cannot open file '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -1507,18 +1541,18 @@ "\n" " السبب: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:160 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:160 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:167 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "التحقق من البيئة" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the description of error -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:175 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the description of error +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:175 msgid "" "Unknown Error.\n" "\n" @@ -1528,16 +1562,16 @@ "\n" " الوصف: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:182 msgid "This item must be completed." msgstr "يجب استكمال هذا العنصر." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:193 msgid "" "The directory '%1' does not exist.\n" "Create it?" @@ -1547,8 +1581,8 @@ ".\n" "هل تريد إنشاءه؟" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:203 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:203 msgid "" "The domain has changed.\n" "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." @@ -1556,85 +1590,85 @@ "تم تغيير المجال.\n" "يجب إعادة التشغيل لتفعيل التغييرات." -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox / Button -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox / Button +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:212 msgid "Do Not Show This Message &Again" msgstr "عدم إظهار هذه الرسالة مرة أخر&ى" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:220 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:220 msgid "Cannot adjust '%1' service." msgstr "تعذر ضبط الخدمة '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a missing-parameter name -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a missing-parameter name +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:228 msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." msgstr "المعلمة '%1' مفقودة." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a directory name -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a directory name +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:239 msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." msgstr "تعذر إنشاء الدليل '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:246 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:246 msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة الإعدادات الحالية." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:253 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:253 msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." msgstr "فشل البرنامج النصي لـ SuSEconfig." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:260 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:260 msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "فشل تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 msgid "Updating system configuration..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديث تكوين النظام..." -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 msgid "This may take a while." msgstr "قد يستغرق ذلك بعض الوقت." -#. Get information about the OS release -#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file -#. is missing. -#. -#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) -#. @return [String] the release information -#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 msgid "Release file %{file} not found" msgstr "لم يتم العثور على ملف الإصدار %{file}" -#. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 +#. Confirm user request to abort installation +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل إيقاف التثبيت؟" -#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 +#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل إيقاف إصلاح نظام YaST؟" -#. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 +#. Button that will really abort the repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "إيقاف إصلاح النظام" -#. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 +#. Button that will continue with the repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "متابعة إ&صلاح النظام" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1644,10 +1678,10 @@ "لن يتم تثبيت Linux.\n" " سيظل القرص الصلب لديك بدون أي تغيير." -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. -#. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. +#. disks formatted / some packages already installed +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1659,9 +1693,9 @@ " وبالتالي فإنه قد يكون قابلاً للاستخدام أو غير قابل للاستخدام.\n" " ربما يلزمك إعادة التثبيت.\n" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1671,221 +1705,221 @@ "لن تتمكن من استخدام Linux.\n" " ستحتاج إلى إعادة التثبيت." -#. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 +#. Confirm aborting the program +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "هل تريد الإيقاف بالفعل؟" -#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 +#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "ستفقد كافة التغييرات التي تم إجراؤها!" -#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later -#. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 +#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later +#. button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "الت&فاصيل..." -#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 +#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "الرسائل" -#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 +#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "عرض الرسائل: %1" -#. translators: summary if the messages should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the messages should be written to log file -#. translators: summary if the warnings should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file -#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file -#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 +#. translators: summary if the messages should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the messages should be written to log file +#. translators: summary if the warnings should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file +#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file +#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "لا" -#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 +#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "تحديد مهلة للرسائل: %1" -#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 +#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "تسجيل الرسائل: %1" -#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 +#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "تحذيرات" -#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 +#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "عرض التحذيرات: %1" -#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 +#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "تحديد مهلة للتحذيرات: %1" -#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 +#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "تسجيل التحذيرات: %1" -#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 +#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 msgid "Errors" msgstr "الأخطاء" -#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 +#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "عرض الأخطاء: %1" -#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 +#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "تحديد مهلة للأخطاء: %1" -#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "تسجيل الأخطاء: %1" -#. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 +#. translators: warnings summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "تحذير:" -#. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 +#. translators: errors summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 msgid "Error:" msgstr "خطأ:" -#. translators: message summary header -#. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 +#. translators: message summary header +#. translators: message summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 msgid "Message:" msgstr "رسالة:" -#. translators: summary if the module has not been used yet in AutoYaST profile -#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:68 +#. translators: summary if the module has not been used yet in AutoYaST profile +#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:68 msgid "Not configured yet." msgstr "لم يتم تكوينه بعد." -#. translators: summary if no hardware was detected -#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:82 +#. translators: summary if no hardware was detected +#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:82 msgid "Not detected." msgstr "لم يتم اكتشافه." -#. Create an edit table with basic buttons. -#. -#. It contains table and buttons Add, Edit, Delete. User may specify table header -#. and content, content that will be placed above table, between table -#. and buttons, below buttons and rights from buttons (usually another -#. button). -#. -#. @param [Yast::Term] table_header Table header as defined in UI. -#. @param [Array] table_contents Table items. -#. @param [Yast::Term] above_table Content to place above table. There is no need to -#. place caption here, because the dialog has its caption. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] below_table Contents to place between table and buttons. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] below_buttons Content to place below bottons. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] buttons Content to place rights from buttons. Usually -#. an additional button, e.g. Set as default. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @return Content for the SetWizardContent[Buttons]() -#. <B>UI elements ids:</B><table> -#. <tr><td>Table</td><td>`table</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button add</td><td>`add_button</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button edit</td><td>`edit_button</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button delete</td><td>`delete_button</td></tr> -#. </table> -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:82 +#. Create an edit table with basic buttons. +#. +#. It contains table and buttons Add, Edit, Delete. User may specify table header +#. and content, content that will be placed above table, between table +#. and buttons, below buttons and rights from buttons (usually another +#. button). +#. +#. @param [Yast::Term] table_header Table header as defined in UI. +#. @param [Array] table_contents Table items. +#. @param [Yast::Term] above_table Content to place above table. There is no need to +#. place caption here, because the dialog has its caption. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] below_table Contents to place between table and buttons. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] below_buttons Content to place below bottons. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] buttons Content to place rights from buttons. Usually +#. an additional button, e.g. Set as default. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @return Content for the SetWizardContent[Buttons]() +#. <B>UI elements ids:</B><table> +#. <tr><td>Table</td><td>`table</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button add</td><td>`add_button</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button edit</td><td>`edit_button</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button delete</td><td>`delete_button</td></tr> +#. </table> +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:82 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "إ&ضافة" -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:83 +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:83 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "تح&رير" -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:84 +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:84 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "ح&ذف" -#. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 +#. translators: Tree header +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "مت&غير" -#. FIXME: do it -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 +#. FIXME: do it +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package." msgstr "Xterm مفقود، قم بتثبيت حزمة Xterm." -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 msgid "GPG Private Keys" msgstr "مفاتيح GPG الخاصة" -#. table header - GPG key user ID -#. table header - GPG key user ID -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 +#. table header - GPG key user ID +#. table header - GPG key user ID +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 msgid "User ID" msgstr "معرف المستخدم" -#. table header - GPG key fingerprint -#. table header - GPG key fingerprint -#. lazy -#. Standard text strings -#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 +#. table header - GPG key fingerprint +#. table header - GPG key fingerprint +#. lazy +#. Standard text strings +#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 msgid "Fingerprint" msgstr "بصمة" -#. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 +#. fill up the widget in init handler +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 msgid "" "<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>\n" "The table contains list of the private GPG keys.</p>" @@ -1893,14 +1927,14 @@ "<p><big><b>مفتاح GPG الخاص</b></big><br>\n" "يحتوي الجدول على قائمة بمفاتيح GPG الخاصة.</p>" -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 msgid "GPG Public Keys" msgstr "مفاتيح GPG العامة" -#. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 +#. fill up the widget in init handler +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 msgid "" "<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>\n" "The table contains list of the public GPG keys.</p>" @@ -1908,31 +1942,33 @@ "<p><big><b>مفتاح GPG العام</b></big><br>\n" "يحتوي الجدول على قائمة بمفاتيح GPG العامة.</p>" -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 msgid "&Create a new GPG key..." msgstr "إنشاء مف&تاح GPG جديد..." -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " +"information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>إنشاء مفتاح GPG جديد</b></big><br>\n" -"يبدأ تشغيل <tt> gpg --gen-key</tt>، راجع متصفح الدليل الخاص بـ <tt>gpg</tt> للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات.\n" +"يبدأ تشغيل <tt> gpg --gen-key</tt>، راجع متصفح الدليل الخاص بـ <tt>gpg</tt> " +"للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات.\n" " اضغط ‎‎Ctrl ‎+ ‏C‎ للإلغاء.\n" " </p>" -#. text entry -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 +#. text entry +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1" msgstr "ع&بارة المرور لمفتاح GPG %1" -#. help text -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 +#. help text +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>\n" "Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key." @@ -1940,25 +1976,25 @@ "<p><big><b>عبارة المرور</b></big><br>\n" "أدخل عبارة المرور لإلغاء قفل مفتاح GPG." -#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. -#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 +#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. +#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 msgid "Enter Passphrase" msgstr "إدخال عبارة المرور" -#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 +#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "أدخل عبارة المرور لإلغاء قفل مفتاح GPG %1:" -#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes -#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} -#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 +#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes +#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} +#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made." msgstr "أدخل رسالة سجل لوصف التغييرات التي قمت بها." -#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 +#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Displayed Log</big></b><br>\n" "Use <b>Log</b> to select the log to display. It will be displayed in\n" @@ -1968,8 +2004,8 @@ "استخدم الخيار <b>سجل</b> لتحديد السجل المطلوب عرضه. سيتم عرضه في\n" " الحقل الموجود أدناه.</p>\n" -#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120 +#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120 msgid "" "<p><b><big>The Log</big></b><br>\n" "This screen displays the log.</p>" @@ -1977,8 +2013,8 @@ "<p><b><big>السجل</big></b><br>\n" "تعرض هذه الشاشة السجل.</p>" -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:130 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:130 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To process advanced actions or save the log into a file, click <b>%1</b>\n" @@ -1988,8 +2024,8 @@ "لمعالجة الإجراءات المتقدمة أو لحفظ السجل في أحد الملفات، انقر فوق <b>%1</b>\n" " ثم حدد الإجراء المطلوب معالجته.</p>" -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:145 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:145 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To process advanced actions, click <b>%1</b>\n" @@ -1999,8 +2035,8 @@ "لمعالجة الإجراءات المتقدمة، انقر فوق <b>%1</b>\n" " ثم حدد الإجراء المطلوب معالجته.</p>" -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 3 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:158 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 3 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:158 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To save the log into a file, click <b>Save Log</b> and select the file\n" @@ -2010,58 +2046,58 @@ "لحفظ السجل في أحد الملفات، انقر فوق <b>حفظ السجل</b> ثم حدد الملف\n" " الذي سيتم حفظ السجل به.</p>\n" -#. menu button -#. Get the buttons below the box with the log -#. @param [Boolean] popup boolean true if running in popup (and Close is needed) -#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget -#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs -#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 +#. menu button +#. Get the buttons below the box with the log +#. @param [Boolean] popup boolean true if running in popup (and Close is needed) +#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget +#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs +#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "متق&دم" -#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case -#. of error in the YaST code) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 +#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case +#. of error in the YaST code) +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 msgid "Log" msgstr "سجل" -#. logview caption -#. logview caption -#. menubutton -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 +#. logview caption +#. logview caption +#. menubutton +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 msgid "&Log" msgstr "س&جل" -#. menubutton entry -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 +#. menubutton entry +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 msgid "&Save Log" msgstr "حف&ظ السجل" -#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 +#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 msgid "Save Log as..." msgstr "حفظ السجل باسم..." -#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running -#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 +#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running +#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء قراءة السجل." -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 msgid "Unknown Zone" msgstr "منطقة غير معروفة" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" "Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" @@ -2069,46 +2105,46 @@ "لم يتم تخصيص الواجهة '%1' إلى أية منطقة بجدار الحماية.\n" "قم بتشغيل جدار حماية YaST2 وبتخصيص الواجهة.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 msgid "External Zone" msgstr "منطقة خارجية" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 msgid "Internal Zone" msgstr "منطقة داخلية" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 msgid "Demilitarized Zone" msgstr "منطقة عامة" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 msgid "TCP" msgstr "TCP" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 msgid "UDP" msgstr "UDP" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 msgid "RPC" msgstr "بروتوكول RPC" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" "Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" @@ -2122,219 +2158,220 @@ " لذلك يوصى بالإبقاء على التكوين وبإصلاحه يدويًا في\n" " الملف '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 msgid "Check for network devices" msgstr "التحقق من وجود أجهزة على الشبكة" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 msgid "Read current configuration" msgstr "قراءة التكوين الحالي" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" msgstr "التحقق من الخدمات المحتمل تعارضها" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من وجود أجهزة على الشبكة..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 msgid "Reading current configuration..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة التكوين الحالي..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من وجود خدمات محتمل تعارضها..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "كتابة تكوين جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 msgid "Adjust firewall service" msgstr "ضبط خدمة جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." msgstr "يتم الآن ضبط خدمة جدار الحماية..." -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 msgid "Writing settings failed" msgstr "فشلت كتابة الإعدادات" -#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 +#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" msgstr "البروتوكول (%1) غير معروف" -#. Returns service definition. -#. See @services for the format. -#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception -#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. -#. -#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) -#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil -#. when service is not found (default false) -#. @api private -#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the -#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function -#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). -#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} -#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service -#. defined by package. -#. -#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") -#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition -#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) -#. -#. @see #IsKnownService -#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage -#. -#. @example -#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( -#. "service:something", -#. { -#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], -#. "udp_ports" => [ ], -#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], -#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], -#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], -#. } -#. ) -#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service -#. information just yet. Lets do it now -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 +#. Returns service definition. +#. See @services for the format. +#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception +#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. +#. +#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) +#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil +#. when service is not found (default false) +#. @api private +#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the +#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function +#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). +#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} +#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service +#. defined by package. +#. +#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") +#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition +#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) +#. +#. @see #IsKnownService +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage +#. +#. @example +#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( +#. "service:something", +#. { +#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" => [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], +#. } +#. ) +#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service +#. information just yet. Lets do it now +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" msgstr "الخدمة التي تحمل الاسم '%{service_name}' غير موجودة" -#. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 +#. Fallback for presented service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 msgid "Service: %{filename}" msgstr "الخدمة: %{filename}" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 msgid "Block Zone" msgstr "منطقة الحظر" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 msgid "Drop Zone" msgstr "منطقة الإسقاط" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 msgid "Home Zone" msgstr "منطقة المنزل" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 msgid "Public Zone" msgstr "منطقة عامة" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 msgid "Trusted Zone" msgstr "منطقة موثوق بها" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 msgid "Work Zone" msgstr "منطقة العمل" -#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to -#. determine if the service has been populated or not. -#. -#. @param service_name [String] The service name -#. @return [String] Default description for service -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 +#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to +#. determine if the service has been populated or not. +#. +#. @param service_name [String] The service name +#. @return [String] Default description for service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 msgid "The %{service_name} Service" msgstr "خدمة %{service_name}" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 msgid "Unknown service '%1'" msgstr "خدمة غير معروفة '%1'" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." msgstr "لا يمكن ضبط جدار الحماية أثناء المرحلة الأولى من التثبيت." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 msgid "Firewall package is not installed." msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت حزمة جدار الحماية." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 msgid "Firewall is disabled" msgstr "جدار الحماية معطَّل" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 msgid "Firewall port is closed" msgstr "منفذ جدار الحماية مغلق" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces" msgstr "منفذ جدار الحماية مفتوح على كافة الواجهات" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces" msgstr "منفذ جدار الحماية مفتوح على الواجهات المحددة" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 msgid "No network interfaces are configured" msgstr "لا توجد واجهات اتصال بالشبكة مكونة" -#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 +#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 msgid "Interface is not assigned to any zone" msgstr "لم يتم تعيين واجهة لأي منطقة" -#. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 +#. transaltors: selection box title +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "واج&هات اتصال بالشبكة بمنفذ مفتوح في جدار الحماية" -#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default -#. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 +#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default +#. See bnc #382686 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"لا يمكن ترك واجهات شبكة الاتصال المعينة إلى شبكة الاتصال الداخلية بدون تحديد:\n" +"لا يمكن ترك واجهات شبكة الاتصال المعينة إلى شبكة الاتصال الداخلية بدون " +"تحديد:\n" "%1\n" -#. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 +#. question popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -2346,8 +2383,8 @@ " \n" " هل تريد المتابعة؟" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -2361,10 +2398,10 @@ " \n" " هل تريد المتابعة؟" -#. yes-no popup -#. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -2378,23 +2415,23 @@ " \n" " هل تريد المتابعة؟" -#. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 +#. translators: selection box title +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "واج&هات اتصال بالشبكة بمنفذ مفتوح في جدار الحماية" -#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 +#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "تحديد ال&كل" -#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 +#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "&عدم التحديد" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2402,8 +2439,8 @@ "حدث خطأ أثناء فحص حالة الخدمة:\n" "%{details}" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2411,22 +2448,23 @@ "حدث خطأ أثناء تعيين حالة الخدمة:\n" "%{details}" -#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, -#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 +#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, +#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" "set <b>%1</b>.<br>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إعدادات جدار الحماية</big></b><br>\n" -"لفتح جدار الحماية بحيث يتم السماح بالوصول إلى الخدمة من أجهزة الكمبيوتر البعيدة،\n" +"لفتح جدار الحماية بحيث يتم السماح بالوصول إلى الخدمة من أجهزة الكمبيوتر " +"البعيدة،\n" " قم بتعيين <b>%1</b>.<br>" -#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional -#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) -#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 +#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional +#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) +#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click <b>%2</b>.<br>" @@ -2434,8 +2472,8 @@ "لتحديد الواجهات التي سيتم فتح المنفذ عليها،\n" "انقر فوق <b>%2</b>.<br>" -#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 +#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled.</p>" @@ -2443,467 +2481,467 @@ "يصبح هذا الخيار متاحًا فقط في حالة\n" "تمكين جدار الحماية.</p>" -#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 +#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "فتح منفذ في جدار الحماية" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "تفاصيل جدار الحماية" -#. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 +#. check box +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "فتح منفذ في &جدار الحماية" -#. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 +#. push button +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "ت&فاصيل جدار الحماية..." -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" msgstr "إعدادت جدار الحماية لـ %{firewall}" -#. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 +#. label text +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "جدار الحماية مفتوح" -#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 +#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "مودم" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "بطاقة الشبكة" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "غير معروف" -#. Device type label -#. This is what used to be Virtual Interface (eth0:1). -#. In our data model, additional addresses for an interface -#. are represented as its sub-interfaces. -#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" -#. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 +#. Device type label +#. This is what used to be Virtual Interface (eth0:1). +#. In our data model, additional addresses for an interface +#. are represented as its sub-interfaces. +#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" +#. :-( +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "عنوان إضافي" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "بطاقة شبكة ARCnet" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "نمط النقل غير المتزامن (ATM)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "اتصال Bluetooth" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond" msgstr "الربط" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "شبكة الربط" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "وصول الارتباط العام للكمبيوتر (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "بطاقة ISDN" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "واجهة قناة إلى قناة (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "اتصال DSL" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "وهمي" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "جهاز الشبكة الوهمية" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)?" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "إيثرنت" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "بطاقة شبكة إيثرنت" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "بطاقة شبكة FDDI" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)?" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "واجهة متوازية عالية الأداء (HIPPI)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "واجهة Hipersockets (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "اتصال ISDN" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "جهاز شبكة يعمل بالأشعة تحت الحمراء" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "جهاز أشعة تحت الحمراء" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle ?(IUCV)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "بطاقة شبكة OSA LCS" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "استرجاع" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "جهاز الاسترجاع" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "بطاقة شبكة Myrinet" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "خط متوازٍ" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "اتصال خط متوازٍ" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "جهاز OSA-Express أو QDIO (QETH)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "جهاز تغليف IPv6-in-IPv4" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "خط تسلسلي" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "اتصال خط تسلسلي" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "بطاقة شبكة Token Ring" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "جهاز شبكة USB" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "جهاز شبكة VMWare" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "لاسلكي" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "بطاقة شبكة لاسلكية" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "شبكة XP" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "شبكة LAN الظاهرية" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "جسر" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "جسر الشبكة" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "الشبكة TUNnel" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "الشبكة TAP" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "جهاز InfiniBand" -#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "جهاز غير معروف" -#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "عنوان DHCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "لم يتم تخصيص عنوان IP" -#. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 +#. translators: table header - details about the network device +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "نوع الجهاز" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "اسم الجهاز" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "عنوان IP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "معرف الجهاز" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 msgid "Connected" msgstr "متصل" -#. label message -#. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 +#. label message +#. label message +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "يتم الآن البحث عن أجهزة مضيفة بشبكة LAN هذه..." -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "&خوادم NFS" -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "الأجهزة المضيفة البعيد&ة" -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "الدلائل الم&صدَّرة" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2915,10 +2953,10 @@ " \n" " هل تريد المتابعة بالفعل؟" -#. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false -#. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 +#. If there is network running, return true. +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false +#. @return true if network running +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" @@ -2928,7 +2966,7 @@ "أعد بدء تشغيل التثبيت وكوّن الشبكة في Linuxrc\n" "أو قم بالمتابعة بدون شبكة." -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2940,8 +2978,8 @@ "الأداة الإضافية Network Manager أو YaST وقم ببدء تشغيل هذه الوحدة النمطية\n" "مرة أخرى أو تابع بدون شبكة." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names -#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names +#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" "A port name may consist of the characters 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', and '*+._-'.\n" "A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" @@ -2951,125 +2989,161 @@ "ويمكن أن يتراوح رقم المنفذ بين 0 و65535.\n" " غير مسموح بوجود مسافة.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "تم العثور على جهاز جديد بالشبكة '%1'؛ وقد تمت إضافته باعتباره واجهة داخلية لجدار الحماية" +msgstr "" +"تم العثور على جهاز جديد بالشبكة '%1'؛ وقد تمت إضافته باعتباره واجهة داخلية " +"لجدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "تم العثور على جهاز جديد بالشبكة '%1'؛ وقد تمت إضافته باعتباره واجهة خارجية لجدار الحماية" +msgstr "" +"تم العثور على جهاز جديد بالشبكة '%1'؛ وقد تمت إضافته باعتباره واجهة خارجية " +"لجدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." msgstr "تعذر تثبيت SuSEfirewall2، سيتم تعطيل جدار الحماية." -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 -msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "تم تمكين جدار الحماية (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">تعطيل</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 +msgid "" +"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" +"\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" +"تم تمكين جدار الحماية (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" +"\">تعطيل</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 -msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "تم تعطيل جدار الحماية (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">تمكين</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 +msgid "" +"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" +"\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" +"تم تعطيل جدار الحماية (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" +"\">تمكين</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 -msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "منفذ SSH مفتوح (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">إغلاق</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 +msgid "" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" +"منفذ SSH مفتوح (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">إغلاق</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 -msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 +msgid "" +"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" msgstr "تم حظر المنفذ (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">فتح</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " +"but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"منفذ SSH مفتوح (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">إغلاق</a>)، ولكن لا \n" +"منفذ SSH مفتوح (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">إغلاق</a>)، " +"ولكن لا \n" "يوجد أية واجهات شبكة اتصال تم تكوينها" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 -msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." -msgstr "إنك تقوم بتثبيت نظام على SSH، إلا أنك لم تفتح منفذ SSH على جدار الحماية." +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 +msgid "" +"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " +"on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"إنك تقوم بتثبيت نظام على SSH، إلا أنك لم تفتح منفذ SSH على جدار الحماية." -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 -msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "منافذ الإدارة عن بُعد مفتوحة (VNC) (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">إغلاق</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 +msgid "" +"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--" +"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" +"منافذ الإدارة عن بُعد مفتوحة (VNC) (<a href=\"firewall--" +"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">إغلاق</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 -msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "تم حظر منافذ الإدارة عن بُعد (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">فتح</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 +msgid "" +"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--" +"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" +"تم حظر منافذ الإدارة عن بُعد (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal" +"\">فتح</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 -msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "إنك تقوم بتثبيت نظام باستخدام الإدارة عن بُعد (VNC)، إلا أنك لم تفتح منافذ VNC على جدار الحماية." +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 +msgid "" +"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " +"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"إنك تقوم بتثبيت نظام باستخدام الإدارة عن بُعد (VNC)، إلا أنك لم تفتح منافذ " +"VNC على جدار الحماية." -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open" msgstr "منافذ الهدف iSCSI مفتوحة" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked" msgstr "تم حظر منافذ الهدف iSCSI" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 -msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "تقوم بتثبيت نظام باستخدام هدف iSCSI، إلا أنك لم تفتح المنافذ اللازمة على جدار الحماية." +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 +msgid "" +"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " +"needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"تقوم بتثبيت نظام باستخدام هدف iSCSI، إلا أنك لم تفتح المنافذ اللازمة على " +"جدار الحماية." -#. the message is followed by list of required packages -#. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 +#. the message is followed by list of required packages +#. Popup Text +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "يجب تثبيت هذه الحزم:" -#. the message is followed by list of required packages -#. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 +#. the message is followed by list of required packages +#. Popup Text +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 msgid "These packages need to be removed:" msgstr "يجب إزالة هذه الحزم:" -#. labels changed for bug #215195 -#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 +#. labels changed for bug #215195 +#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "إ&لغاء التثبيت" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 msgid "Checking file conflicts..." msgstr "جارٍ التحقق من وجود تعارضات الملفات..." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>" msgstr "<p>اكتشاف تعارضات الملف قيد التقدم.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 msgid "" "File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" "\n" @@ -3079,8 +3153,8 @@ "\n" "%s" -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 msgid "" "File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" "files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" @@ -3090,116 +3164,120 @@ "ملفات بنفس الاسم ولكن بمحتويات مختلفة. في حالة المتابعة\n" "سيتم استبدال الملفات المتعارضة مع فقدان المحتوى السابق." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 msgid "A File Conflict Detected" msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected" msgstr[0] "تم اكتشاف تعارض ملف" msgstr[1] "تم اكتشاف تعارض ملاحظة" -#. Convert one message to richtext -#. -#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 +#. Convert one message to richtext +#. +#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 msgid "This message will be available at %s" msgstr "ستكون هذه الرسالة متوفرة على %s" -#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. defaults -#. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 +#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. defaults +#. at start of file providal +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "إنزال الحزمة %1 (%2)..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "إنزال الحزمة" -#. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 +#. error message, %1 is a package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "الحزمة %1 معطلة، فشل التحقق من السلامة." -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "هل تريد إعادة محاولة تثبيت الحزمة مرة أخرى؟" -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "هل تريد إيقاف التثبيت؟" -#. otherwise return Ignore (default) -#. error message, %1 is code of the error, -#. detail string is appended to the end -#. error message, %1 is code of the error, -#. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 +#. otherwise return Ignore (default) +#. error message, %1 is code of the error, +#. detail string is appended to the end +#. error message, %1 is code of the error, +#. detail string is appended to the end +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "الخطأ: %1:" -#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox -#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 +#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox +#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" "قد يؤدي تجاهل فشل التحميل في تعطيل النظام.\n" -"يجب التحقق من النظام في وقت لاحق من خلال تشغيل الوحدة النمطية لإدارة البرامج..\n" +"يجب التحقق من النظام في وقت لاحق من خلال تشغيل الوحدة النمطية لإدارة " +"البرامج..\n" -#. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 +#. At start of package install. +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "يتم الآن إلغاء تثبيت الحزمة %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "يتم الآن تثبيت الحزمة %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "إلغاء تثبيت الحزمة" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "تثبيت الحزمة" -#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 +#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "فشلت إزالة الحزمة %1." -#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 +#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "فشل تثبيت الحزمة %1." -#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox -#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 +#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox +#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " +"module." msgstr "" "قد يؤدي تجاهل فشل الحز مة إلى تعطيل النظام.\n" "يجب التحقق من النظام في وقت لاحق من خلال تشغيل الوحدة النمطية لإدارة البرامج." -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " +"changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> " +"from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>يوفر المخزن الموجود في عنوان URL المحدد الآن معرف وسائط مختلفًا.\n" @@ -3207,30 +3285,30 @@ " استخدام هذا المخزن، وقم ببدء تشغيل <b>مخازن التثبيت</b> من خلال \n" "مركز تحكم YaST وقم بتحديث المخزن.</p>\n" -#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media -#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" -#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 +#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media +#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" +#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 msgid "Side A" msgstr "الجانب A" -#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 +#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 msgid "Side B" msgstr "الجانب B" -#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 +#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (قرص %2)" -#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 +#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (وسيط %2)" -#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 +#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3238,8 +3316,8 @@ "إدراج\n" "'%1'" -#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 +#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3251,8 +3329,8 @@ "%2.\n" "تحقق إذا كان الدليل متاحًا." -#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 +#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3264,178 +3342,178 @@ "%2.\n" "تحقق من أن الخادم قابلًا للوصول." -#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 +#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "تخطي تحديث تلقائي" -#. menu button label - used for more then one device -#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 +#. menu button label - used for more then one device +#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "إخر&اج" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "إ&خراج وسيط الأقراص المضغوطة أو أقراص الفيديو الرقمية تلقائيًا" -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "هل تريد إعادة محاولة التثبيت مرة أخرى؟" -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "هل تريد تخطي الوسيط؟" -#. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 +#. otherwise ignore the medium +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "يتم الآن تجاهل الوسيط التالف..." -#. TextEntry label -#. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#. TextEntry label +#. TextEntry label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 msgid "&URL" msgstr "ع&نوان URL" -#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 +#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "إنشاء مخزن %1" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "تم حدوث خطأ أثناء إنشاء المستودع." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "تعذر استرداد وصف المخزن البعيد." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء استرداد بيانات التعريف الجديدة." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "المخزن غير صالح." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "بيانات تعريف المخزن غير صالحة." -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "هل تريد إعادة المحاولة؟" -#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 +#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "فحص مخزن %1" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء فحص المخزن." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "تفاصيل فحص المخزن." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "بيانات تعريف المخزن غير صالحة." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "المخزن %1" -#. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 +#. at start of delta providal +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنزال حزمة RPM لدلتا %1 (%2)..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "إنزال حزمة RPM لدلتا" -#. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 +#. at start of delta application +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "يتم الآن تطبيق حزمة RPM لدلتا %1..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "تطبيق حزمة RPM لدلتا" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 msgid "Package: " msgstr "الحزمة:" -#. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 +#. close popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "بدء تشغيل اسكربت %1 (التصحيح %2)..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "تشغيل الاسكربت" -#. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 +#. label, patch name follows +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "التصحيح:" -#. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 +#. label, script name follows +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 msgid "Script: " msgstr "الاسكربت:" -#. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 +#. label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "مخرجات اسكربت" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3443,8 +3521,8 @@ "التصحيح: %1\n" "\n" -#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 +#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3458,37 +3536,37 @@ "ملاحظة: في حالة تخطي التحديث لبعض الحزم\n" "ربما تكون مفقودة أو قديمة." -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "&تخطي التجديد" -#. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 +#. heading of popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "إنزال" -#. message in a progress popup -#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 +#. message in a progress popup +#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "إنزال: %1" -#. heading of popup -#. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 +#. heading of popup +#. heading of popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "التحقق من قاعدة بيانات الحزمة" -#. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 +#. message in a progress popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "إعادة بناء قاعدة بيانات الحزمة. تستغرق هذه العملية بعض الوقت." -#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 +#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3496,17 +3574,17 @@ "فشل إعادة بناء قاعدة بيانات الحزمة:\n" "%1" -#. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 +#. message in a progress popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "تحويل قاعدة بيانات الحزمة. تستغرق هذه العملية بعض الوقت." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "Status" msgstr "الحالة" -#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 +#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3514,44 +3592,44 @@ "فشل تحويل قاعدة بيانات الحزمة:\n" "%1" -#. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 +#. progress message (command line mode) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة قاعدة بيانات RPM..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "قراءة الحزم المثبتة" -#. progress bar label -#. TODO: allow Abort -#. , -#. `VBox( -#. `Label(""), -#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) -#. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 +#. progress bar label +#. TODO: allow Abort +#. , +#. `VBox( +#. `Label(""), +#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) +#. ) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "فحص قاعدة بيانات RPM..." -#. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 +#. error message, could not read RPM database +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "فشلت تهيئة الهدف." -#. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 +#. status message (command line mode) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "قراءة قاعدة بيانات RPM" -#. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 +#. heading in a popup window +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "تصديق المستخدم" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3561,26 +3639,26 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 +#. textentry label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "اسم المست&خدم" -#. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 +#. check box +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "إ&ظهار التفاصيل" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 msgid "Size: " msgstr "الحجم:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "المتبقي من الوقت لإعادة المحاولة التلقائية: %1" -#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 +#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 msgid "" "PackageKit is still running (probably busy).\n" "Ask PackageKit to quit again?" @@ -3588,7 +3666,7 @@ "لا تزال PackageKit قيد التشغيل (ربما مشغولة).\n" "محاولة الخروج من PackageKit مرة أخرى؟" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 msgid "" "PackageKit is blocking software management.\n" "This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n" @@ -3602,17 +3680,17 @@ "\n" "محاولة الخروج من PackageKit ؟" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed" msgstr "فشل الوصول إلى مدير البرامج" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 msgid "" "Would you like to continue without having access\n" "to the software management or retry to access it?\n" @@ -3620,8 +3698,8 @@ "هل تريد المتابعة دون الوصول إلى \n" "مدير البرامج أو إعادة المحاولة للوصول إليه؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 msgid "" "Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n" "continue without having access to the software management,\n" @@ -3631,20 +3709,20 @@ "الاستمرار دون الوصول إلى مدير البرامج،\n" "أو الإيقاف؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n" msgstr "هل تريد إيقاف العملية أو المحاولة مرة أخرى؟\n" -#. print the question -#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 +#. print the question +#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "هل تقبل اتفاقية الترخيص هذه؟" -#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 +#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." @@ -3652,13 +3730,13 @@ "توجد تبعيات غير محلولة يتعين \n" "حلها يدويًا في مدير البرامج." -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "فشل تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة." -#. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 +#. continue/cancel popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3668,13 +3746,13 @@ "بدون تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة،\n" " فقد لا تعمل الأداة YaST بشكل صحيح.\n" -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "تعذرت المتابعة بدون تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة." -#. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 +#. continue/cancel popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3682,28 +3760,29 @@ "إذا قمت بالمتابعة بدون تثبيت الحزم \n" "المطلوبة، فقد لا تعمل الأداة YaST بشكل صحيح.\n" -#. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 +#. dialog heading, %1 is package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "تأكيد ترخيص الحزمة: %1" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "أوا&فق" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "لا أواف&ق" -#. help text -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 +#. help text +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 msgid "" "<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " +"installed.\n" "<br>\n" "To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>." @@ -3716,12 +3795,14 @@ "لقبول ترخيص الحزمة، انقر فوق <b>أوافق</b>.\n" "لرفض ترخيص الحزمة، انقر فوق <b>لا أوافق</b></p>." -#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 +#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " +"to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " +"the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t </p>" msgstr "" @@ -3731,7 +3812,7 @@ " \t\t الأيمن. لعرض وصف لأحد العناصر، حدده في القائمة.\n" " \t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3745,7 +3826,7 @@ " \t\t من خلال قائمة السياق، يمكنك أيضًا تغيير حالة كافة العناصر.\n" " \t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3757,10 +3838,11 @@ " \t\t حيث يمكنك عرض حزم البرامج الفردية وتحديدها.\n" " \t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " +"disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3770,131 +3852,136 @@ "<p>\n" "\t\t تعرض شاشة استخدام القرص في الركن الأيسر السفلي مساحة القرص المتبقية\n" " \t\t بعد أن يتم إجراء كافة التغييرات المطلوبة.\n" -" \t\t تؤدي أقسام الأقراص الصلبة الممتلئة أو التي أوشكت على الامتلاء إلى انخفاض مستوى أداء\n" +" \t\t تؤدي أقسام الأقراص الصلبة الممتلئة أو التي أوشكت على الامتلاء إلى " +"انخفاض مستوى أداء\n" " \t\t النظام ويمكن أن تسبب مشكلات في بعض الحالات.\n" " \t\t يحتاج النظام بعض المساحة المتوفرة على القرص للتشغيل بشكل صحيح.\n" " \t\t </p>" -#. Dialog title -#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 +#. Dialog title +#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "تحديد البرامج ومهام النظام" -#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have -#. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 +#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have +#. been scared of the gory details. +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 msgid "(more)" msgstr "(المزيد)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "انتهى التثبيت بنجاح" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "فشل تثبيت الحزمة" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "رسالة خطأ: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "الحزم الفاشلة: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "الحزم المثبَّتة: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "الحزم المحدثة: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "الحزم التي تمت إزالتها: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "الحزم الغير مثبَّتة: %1" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 msgid "Packages" msgstr "الحزم" -#. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 +#. reset the items list +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "الوقت المنقضي: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "إجمالي حجم التثبيت: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "إجمالي حجم التحميل: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "إحصائيات" -#. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 +#. display installation log +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "سجل التثبيت" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 msgid "Details" msgstr "التفاصيل" -#. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 +#. open a new wizard dialog if needed +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "بعد تثبيت الحزم" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "عرض هذا التقرير" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 msgid "Finish" msgstr "إنهاء" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "المتابعة في مدير البرامج" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 -msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>" -msgstr "<P><BIG><B>تقرير التثبيت</B></BIG><BR>فيما يلي ملخص بالحزم المثبتة أو التي تمت إزالتها.</P>" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 +msgid "" +"<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed " +"or removed packages.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><BIG><B>تقرير التثبيت</B></BIG><BR>فيما يلي ملخص بالحزم المثبتة أو التي " +"تمت إزالتها.</P>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "تقرير التثبيت" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "الحزم المثبَّتة" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "حزم تم تحديثها" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "حزم تمت إزالتها" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "حزم متبقية" -#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 +#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -3908,10 +3995,10 @@ "\n" " في محرر YaST sysconfig." -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#. %2 is a repository name -#. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name +#. %2 is a repository name +#. %3 is URL of the repository +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 msgid "" "The package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3929,10 +4016,10 @@ "\n" "هل تريد تثبيتها على أي حال؟" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#. %2 is a repository name -#. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename +#. %2 is a repository name +#. %3 is URL of the repository +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3950,17 +4037,17 @@ "\n" "هل تريد استخدامه على أي حال؟\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "حزمة غير موقعة" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "ملف غير موقع" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -3976,80 +4063,82 @@ " \n" "هل تريد تثبيتها على أي حال؟\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " +"Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" msgstr "" "لم يتم العثور على مجموع اختباري للملف %1 في المستودع.\n" "يعني ذلك أن الملف جزء من المستودع الموقَّع،\n" -"إلا أن قائمة المجموعات الاختبارية على هذا المستودع لا تذكر هذا الملف. قد يعرِّض استخدام الملف\n" +"إلا أن قائمة المجموعات الاختبارية على هذا المستودع لا تذكر هذا الملف. قد " +"يعرِّض استخدام الملف\n" "سلامة النظام للخطر.\n" "\n" "هل تريد استخدامه على أي حال؟" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "تعذر العثور على مجموع اختباري" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "المعرف: %1" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "البصمة: %1" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "الاسم: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "إنشاء: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "انتهاء مدة الصلاحية: %1" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 msgid "ID: " msgstr "المعرف: " -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 msgid "Name: " msgstr "الاسم:" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "البصمة:" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 msgid "Created: " msgstr "تاريخ الإنشاء: " -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية: " -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4071,8 +4160,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد تثبيتها على أي حال؟\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4094,13 +4183,13 @@ "\n" "هل تريد تثبيته على أي حال؟\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "فشل تدقيق المراجعة" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4120,8 +4209,8 @@ " \n" "هل تريد تثبيتها على أي حال؟" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4141,13 +4230,13 @@ " \n" "هل تريد استخدامه على أي حال؟" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "مفتاح GnuPG غير معروف" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4169,8 +4258,8 @@ "النظام الخاص بك للخطر. من الأمان أن تقوم\n" "بتخطي الحزمة.\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4192,18 +4281,18 @@ "النظام الخاص بك للخطر. من الأمان أن تقوم\n" "بتخطي الملف.\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "موقَّّع باستخدام مفتاح عام غير موثوق به" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "&مفتاح الوثوق والاستيراد" -#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 +#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -4214,22 +4303,24 @@ "<p>قد يقوم المالك بتوزيع تحديثات\n" "وحزم ومخازن حزم التي سيثق بها النظام لديك ويسارع إلى\n" " التثبيت والتحديث دون تحذير مسبق. بهذه الطريقة،\n" -"يتيح استيراد المفتاح إلى حلقة المفاتيح الخاصة بالمفاتيح الموثوق بها لمالك المفتاح مقدارًا من التحكم\n" +"يتيح استيراد المفتاح إلى حلقة المفاتيح الخاصة بالمفاتيح الموثوق بها لمالك " +"المفتاح مقدارًا من التحكم\n" " بالبرامج الموجودة بالنظام لديك.</p>" -#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 +#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 msgid "" "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>" +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " +"used.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>يتم فتح مربع حوار تحذير لكل حزمة لم يتم توقيعها بمفتاح\n" "(مستورد) موثوق به. إذا كنت لا تثق في المفتاح، فإن الحزم أو المستودعات\n" "التي تم إنشاؤها بواسطة مالك المفتاح لن يتم استخدامها.</p>" -#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 +#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -4239,8 +4330,8 @@ "%1\n" "(%2):" -#. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 +#. popup message - label, part 2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4252,24 +4343,24 @@ "يجب أن تتأكد من أنك تثق بالمالك وأن\n" "المفتاح يخص هذا المالك بالفعل قبل استيراده." -#. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 +#. warning label - the key to import is expired +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "تحذير: انتهت صلاحية المفتاح!" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "استيراد مفتاح GnuPG غير الموثوق به" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "&ثقة" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum -#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum +#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4291,20 +4382,21 @@ "\n" "هل تريد استخدامه على أي حال؟\n" -#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 +#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "تشفير غير صحيح" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " +"risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4317,86 +4409,93 @@ "\n" "هل تريد استخدامه على أي حال؟\n" -#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 +#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "تشفير غير معروف" -#. we need to remember the values for tab switching -#. these are the initial values -#. Return the description for the current stage. -#. @return [String] localized string description -#. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 +#. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values +#. Return the description for the current stage. +#. @return [String] localized string description +#. translators: default global progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "يتم الآن التثبيت..." -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 msgid "Media" msgstr "الوسائط" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "المتبقي" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 msgid "Time" msgstr "الوقت" -#. Construct widgets for the "details" page -#. -#. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 +#. Construct widgets for the "details" page +#. +#. @return A term describing the widgets +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "الإجراءات التي تم تنفيذها:" -#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 +#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>يتم الآن تثبيت الحزم.</p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 -msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>" -msgstr "<P><B>إحباط التثبيت</B> يمكن إحباط تثبيت الحزمة باستخدام الزر <B>إحباط</B> . ومع ذلك، يمكن أن يكون النظام في حالة غير متناسقة أو غير صالحة للاستعمال أو قد لا يمكن تشغيله إذا لم يتم تثبيت مكونات النظام الأساسية.</P>" +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using " +"the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " +"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " +"installed.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>إحباط التثبيت</B> يمكن إحباط تثبيت الحزمة باستخدام الزر <B>إحباط</B> . " +"ومع ذلك، يمكن أن يكون النظام في حالة غير متناسقة أو غير صالحة للاستعمال أو " +"قد لا يمكن تشغيله إذا لم يتم تثبيت مكونات النظام الأساسية.</P>" -#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 +#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "ملاحظات إصدار %s" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 msgid "&Details" msgstr "ت&فاصيل" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "عرض ال&شرائح" -#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "إجراء الترقية" -#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "إجراء التثبيت" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 +#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "تثبيت الحزمة" -#. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 +#. popup yes-no +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4404,606 +4503,606 @@ "هل تريد بالفعل\n" "إنهاء التثبيت؟" -#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 +#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "تم إيقافه" -#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) -#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 +#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) +#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 msgid "File not found." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على الملف." -#. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 +#. Fill the LogView with file content +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "سجل النظام (%1)" -#. Class names collected -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:45 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:46 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:182 +#. Class names collected +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:45 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:46 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:182 msgid "Unclassified device" msgstr "جهاز غير مصنف" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:47 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:47 msgid "VGA compatible unclassified device" msgstr "جهاز متوافق مع VGA غير مصنف" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:50 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:50 msgid "Mass storage controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم التخزين كبير السعة" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:51 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:51 msgid "SCSI storage controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم تخزين SCSI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:52 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:52 msgid "IDE interface" msgstr "واجهة IDE" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:53 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:53 msgid "Floppy disk controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم القرص المرن" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:54 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:54 msgid "IPI bus controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم ناقل IPI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:55 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:55 msgid "RAID bus controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم ناقل RAID" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:56 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:56 msgid "Unknown mass storage controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم التخزين كبير السعة غير معروف" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:59 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:65 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:59 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:65 msgid "Network controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم الشبكة" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:60 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:60 msgid "Ethernet controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم Ethernet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:61 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:61 msgid "Token ring network controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم شبكة Token ring" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:62 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:62 msgid "FDDI network controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم شبكة FDDI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:63 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:63 msgid "ATM network controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم شبكة ATM" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:64 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:64 msgid "ISDN controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم ISDN" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:66 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:66 msgid "Myrinet controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم Myrinet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:69 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:73 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:69 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:73 msgid "Display controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم العرض" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:70 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:70 msgid "VGA-compatible controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم متوافق مع VGA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:71 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:71 msgid "XGA-compatible controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم متوافق مع XGA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:72 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:72 msgid "3D controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم ثلاثي الأبعاد" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:76 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:80 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:76 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:80 msgid "Multimedia controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم متعدد الوسائط" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:77 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:77 msgid "Multimedia video controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم فيديو تعدد الوسائط" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:78 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:78 msgid "Multimedia audio controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم صوت متعدد الوسائط" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:79 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:79 msgid "Computer telephony device" msgstr "جهاز هتفية الكمبيوتر" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:83 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:86 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:83 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:86 msgid "Memory controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم الذاكرة" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:84 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:84 msgid "RAM memory" msgstr "ذاكرة الوصول العشوائي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:85 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:85 msgid "FLASH memory" msgstr "الذاكرة المحمولة" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:90 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:90 msgid "Host bridge" msgstr "جسر المضيف" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:91 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:91 msgid "ISA bridge" msgstr "جسر ISA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:92 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:92 msgid "EISA bridge" msgstr "جسر EISA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:93 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:93 msgid "MicroChannel bridge" msgstr "جسر MicroChannel" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:94 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:94 msgid "PCI bridge" msgstr "جسر PCI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:95 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:95 msgid "PCMCIA bridge" msgstr "جسر PCMCIA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:96 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:96 msgid "NuBus bridge" msgstr "جسر NuBus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:97 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:97 msgid "CardBus bridge" msgstr "جسر CardBus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:98 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:98 msgid "RACEway bridge" msgstr "جسر RACEway" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:99 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:99 msgid "Semitransparent PCI-to-PCI bridge" msgstr "جسر PCI إلى PCI شبه شفاف" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:100 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:100 msgid "InfiniBand to PCI host bridge" msgstr "جسر InfiniBand إلى مضيف PCI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:104 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:109 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:104 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:109 msgid "Communication controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم الاتصالات" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:105 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:105 msgid "Serial controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم تسلسلي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:106 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:106 msgid "Parallel controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم متوازٍ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:107 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:107 msgid "Multiport serial controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم تسلسلي متعدد المنافذ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:112 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:112 msgid "Generic system peripheral" msgstr "جهاز طرفي عام للنظام" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:113 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:113 msgid "PIC" msgstr "PIC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:114 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:114 msgid "DMA controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم DMA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:115 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:115 msgid "Timer" msgstr "ميقاتي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:116 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:116 msgid "RTC" msgstr "RTC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:117 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:117 msgid "PCI hotplug controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم PCI hotplug" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:118 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:118 msgid "System peripheral" msgstr "الجهاز الطرفي للنظام" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:121 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:127 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:121 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:127 msgid "Input device controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم لجهاز الإدخال" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:122 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:122 msgid "Keyboard controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم لوحة المفاتيح" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:123 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:123 msgid "Digitizer pen" msgstr "قلم رقمي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:124 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:124 msgid "Mouse controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم الماوس" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:125 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:125 msgid "Scanner controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم الماسحة الضوئية" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:126 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:126 msgid "Gameport controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم منفذ الألعاب" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:130 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:132 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:130 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:132 msgid "Docking station" msgstr "محطة إرساء" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:131 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:131 msgid "Generic docking station" msgstr "محطة إرساء عامة" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:135 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:135 msgid "Processor" msgstr "المعالج" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:136 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:136 msgid "386" msgstr "386" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:137 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:137 msgid "486" msgstr "486" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:138 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:138 msgid "Pentium" msgstr "Pentium" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:139 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:139 msgid "Alpha" msgstr "Alpha" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:140 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:140 msgid "Power PC" msgstr "Power PC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:141 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:141 msgid "MIPS" msgstr "MIPS" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:142 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:142 msgid "Coprocessor" msgstr "Coprocessor" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:145 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:145 msgid "Serial bus controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم ناقل تسلسلي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:146 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:146 msgid "FireWire (IEEE 1394)" msgstr "FireWire (IEEE 1394)" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:147 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:147 msgid "ACCESS bus" msgstr "ناقل ACCESS" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:148 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:148 msgid "SSA" msgstr "SSA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:149 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:149 msgid "USB controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم USB" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:150 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:150 msgid "Fiber channel" msgstr "قناة ألياف" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:151 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:151 msgid "SMBus" msgstr "SMBus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:155 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:159 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:155 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:159 msgid "Wireless controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم لا سلكي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:156 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:156 msgid "IRDA controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم IRDA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:157 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:157 msgid "Consumer IR controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم Consumer IR" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:158 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:158 msgid "RF controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم RF" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 msgid "Intelligent controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم ذكي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 msgid "I2O" msgstr "I2O" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:163 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:163 msgid "Satellite communications controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم الاتصالات بالقمر الصناعي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:164 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:164 msgid "Satellite TV controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم تلفزيون القمر الصناعي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:165 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:165 msgid "Satellite audio communication controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم الاتصالات الصوتية بالقمر الصناعي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:166 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:166 msgid "Satellite voice communication controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم الاتصالات الصوتية بالقمر الصناعي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:167 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:167 msgid "Satellite data communication controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم اتصالات بيانات القمر الصناعي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:170 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:173 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:170 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:173 msgid "Encryption controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم التشفير" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:171 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:171 msgid "Network and computing encryption device" msgstr "جهاز تشفير الشبكة والحوسبة" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:172 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:172 msgid "Entertainment encryption device" msgstr "جهاز تشفير التسلية" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:176 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:180 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:176 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:180 msgid "Signal processing controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم معالجة الإشارات" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:177 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:177 msgid "DPIO module" msgstr "وحدة DPIO النمطية" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:178 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:178 msgid "Performance counters" msgstr "عدادات الأداء" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:179 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:179 msgid "Communication synchronizer" msgstr "مزامن الاتصالات" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:184 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:184 msgid "Monitor" msgstr "الشاشة" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:185 msgid "CRT monitor" msgstr "شاشة CRT" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:186 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:186 msgid "LCD monitor" msgstr "شاشة LCD" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:189 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:189 msgid "Internally used class" msgstr "طبقة مستخدمة داخليًا" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:190 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:190 msgid "ISA PnP interface" msgstr "واجهة ISA PnP" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:191 msgid "Main memory" msgstr "الذاكرة الرئيسية" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:192 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:192 msgid "CPU" msgstr "CPU" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:193 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:193 msgid "FPU" msgstr "FPU" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:194 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:194 msgid "BIOS" msgstr "BIOS" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:195 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:195 msgid "PROM" msgstr "PROM" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:196 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:196 msgid "System" msgstr "النظام" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Win modem" msgstr "مودم Win" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:199 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:199 msgid "ISDN adapter" msgstr "محول ISDN" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:200 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:200 msgid "PS/2 controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم PS/2" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:202 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:207 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:202 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:207 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "الماوس" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:203 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:203 msgid "PS/2 mouse" msgstr "ماوس PS/2" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:204 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:204 msgid "Serial mouse" msgstr "ماوس تسلسلي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:205 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:205 msgid "Bus mouse" msgstr "ماوس الناقل" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:206 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:206 msgid "USB mouse" msgstr "ماوس USB" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:210 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:210 msgid "Mass storage device" msgstr "جهاز تخزين كبير السعة" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:211 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:211 msgid "Disk" msgstr "القرص" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:212 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:212 msgid "Tape" msgstr "الشريط" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:213 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:213 msgid "CD-ROM" msgstr "القرص المضغوط" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:214 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:214 msgid "Floppy disk" msgstr "القرص المرن" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:215 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:215 msgid "Storage device" msgstr "جهاز التخزين" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:218 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:229 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:218 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:229 msgid "Network interface" msgstr "واجهة الشبكة" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:221 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:221 msgid "Token ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:225 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:225 msgid "HSI" msgstr "HSI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:232 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:233 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:232 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:233 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "لوحة المفاتيح" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:234 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:234 msgid "Console" msgstr "وحدة تحكم" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:236 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:236 msgid "Printer" msgstr "الطابعة" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 msgid "Hub" msgstr "محور شبكة" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 msgid "USB hub" msgstr "محور شبكة USB" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:238 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:238 msgid "Braille display" msgstr "شاشة برايل" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:239 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:239 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "الماسحة الضوئية" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 msgid "Joystick" msgstr "جويستيك" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 msgid "Gamepad" msgstr "لوحة الألعاب" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:241 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:241 msgid "Chipcard reader" msgstr "قارئ Chipcard" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:243 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:243 msgid "Camera" msgstr "الكاميرا" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:244 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:244 msgid "Webcam" msgstr "كاميرا ويب" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:245 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:245 msgid "Digital camera" msgstr "كاميرا رقمية" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 msgid "Framebuffer" msgstr "مخزن الإطارات المؤقت" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 msgid "VESA framebuffer" msgstr "مخزن الإطارات المؤقت VESA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:249 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:249 msgid "DVB card" msgstr "بطاقة DVB" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:250 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:250 msgid "DVB-C card" msgstr "بطاقة DVB-C" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:251 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:251 msgid "DVB-S card" msgstr "بطاقة DVB-S" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:252 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:252 msgid "DVB-T card" msgstr "بطاقة DVB-T" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:254 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:254 msgid "TV card" msgstr "بطاقة التلفزيون" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:255 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:255 msgid "Partition" msgstr "القسم" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:256 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:256 msgid "DSL card" msgstr "بطاقة DSL" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:257 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:257 msgid "Bluetooth device" msgstr "جهاز Bluetooth" -#. Runs arguments without changed root. -#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs -#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed -#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 +#. Runs arguments without changed root. +#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs +#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed +#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 msgid "" "Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n" "Exit code: %{exitcode}\n" @@ -5013,8 +5112,8 @@ "رمز الخروج: %{exitcode}\n" "مخرجات الخطأ: %{stderr}" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" @@ -5022,8 +5121,8 @@ "تم تغير الملف %1 يدويًا.\n" "قد يفقد YaST بعض التغييرات." -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 msgid "" "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" @@ -5031,13 +5130,13 @@ "تم تغيير الملف %1 يدويًا.\n" "YaST قد يتم فقدان بعض التغييرات.\n" -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "عدم إظهار هذه الرسالة مرة أخرى" -#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or -#. a comma separated list of file names. -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 +#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or +#. a comma separated list of file names. +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 msgid "" "File %s has been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose this file." @@ -5051,13 +5150,13 @@ "تم إنشاء الملفات %s يدويًا. \n" "قد يفقد YaST هذه الملفات." -#. error report -#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 +#. error report +#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إنشاء initrd." -#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 +#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5065,25 +5164,25 @@ "قم بإعادة تشغيل النظام\n" "لتنشيط kernel الجديد.\n" -#. bnc #421002 -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 +#. bnc #421002 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 msgid "Confirm driver activation" msgstr "تأكيد تنشيط برنامج التشغيل" -#. This is in information message. Next come the -#. vendor and device information strings as stored -#. in the hardware-probing database. -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 +#. This is in information message. Next come the +#. vendor and device information strings as stored +#. in the hardware-probing database. +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgstr "اكتشفت الأداة YaST2 وجود الجهاز التالي" -#. Caption for Textentry with module information -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 +#. Caption for Textentry with module information +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 msgid "&Driver/Module to load" msgstr "برنامج التشغيل/الوحدة النمطية المطلوب تحميل&ها" -#. describe valid MAC address -#: library/types/src/modules/Address.rb:80 +#. describe valid MAC address +#: library/types/src/modules/Address.rb:80 msgid "" "A valid MAC address consists of six pairs of hexadecimal\n" "digits separated by colons." @@ -5091,8 +5190,8 @@ "يتكون عنوان MAC الصالح من ستة أزواج من أرقام سداسية\n" "عشرية مفصولة بنقطتين." -#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 +#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" @@ -5102,8 +5201,8 @@ "يحتوي كل مكون على أحرف وأرقام وواصلات. يمكن ألا يبدأ المكون\n" " أو ينتهي بعلامة واصلة، كما أن المكون الأخير يمكن ألا يبدأ برقم." -#. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 +#. Translators: hyphen: "-" +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -5111,8 +5210,8 @@ "يتكون اسم المضيف الصالح من أحرف وأرقام وواصلات.\n" "ويمكن ألا يبدأ اسم المضيف أو ينتهي بعلامة واصلة.\n" -#. Translators: dot: "." -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 +#. Translators: dot: "." +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\n" "in the range 0-255 separated by dots." @@ -5120,8 +5219,8 @@ "يتكون عنوان IPv4 الصالح من أربعة أعداد صحيحة\n" "تتراوح بين 0 و255 على أن تكون مفصولةً بنقاط." -#. Translators: colon: ":" -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 +#. Translators: colon: ":" +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\n" "hexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\n" @@ -5131,8 +5230,8 @@ "سداسية عشرية في النطاق 0 - FFFF مفصولة بنقطتين.\n" "يمكن أن يحتوي نقطتين مزدوجتين مرة واحدة واحد." -#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 msgid "" "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n" "IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n" @@ -5150,73 +5249,73 @@ "IP/Netmask: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 or 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" "IP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32 or 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" -#. Byte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 +#. Byte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 msgid "B" msgstr "بايت" -#. KiloByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 +#. KiloByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 msgid "KiB" msgstr "كيبي بايت" -#. MegaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 +#. MegaByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 msgid "MiB" msgstr "ميبي بايت" -#. GigaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 +#. GigaByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 msgid "GiB" msgstr "GiB" -#. TeraByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 +#. TeraByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 msgid "TiB" msgstr "TiB" -#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") -#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") -#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 +#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") +#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") +#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 msgid "%1 (on average %2)" msgstr "%1 )معدل التنزيل%2)" -#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter -#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 +#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter +#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 msgid "..." msgstr "..." -#. covert a number to download rate string -#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 +#. covert a number to download rate string +#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 msgid "%1/s" msgstr "%1/ثانية" -#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. -#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when -#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules -#. automatically, but asks the user for confirmation -#. about every module. -#. The popup box informs the user about the detected -#. hardware and suggests a module to load. -#. The user can confirm the module or change -#. the suggested load command -#. -#. This is the heading of the popup box -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 +#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. +#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when +#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules +#. automatically, but asks the user for confirmation +#. about every module. +#. The popup box informs the user about the detected +#. hardware and suggests a module to load. +#. The user can confirm the module or change +#. the suggested load command +#. +#. This is the heading of the popup box +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection" msgstr "تأكيد اكتشاف الأجهزة" -#. This is in information message. Next come the -#. hardware class name (network cards). -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 +#. This is in information message. Next come the +#. hardware class name (network cards). +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:" msgstr "سيقوم YaST باكتشاف الأجهزة التالية:" -#. Message in a continue/cancel popup -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 +#. Message in a continue/cancel popup +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 msgid "" "This module must be run as root.\n" "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" @@ -5228,36 +5327,36 @@ " على سبيل المثال، قد تتم قراءة بعض الإعدادات بشكل غير صحيح\n" " ومن غير المحتمل أن يكون هناك إمكانية لكتابة الإعدادات.\n" -#. Popup headline -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 +#. Popup headline +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 msgid "Root Privileges Needed" msgstr "مطلوب امتيازات المسؤول" -#. Popup question -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 +#. Popup question +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 msgid "Really delete selected entry?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف الإدخال المحدد؟" -#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 +#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف '%1'؟" -#. button text -#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" -#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 +#. button text +#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" +#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 msgid "&Apply" msgstr "&تطبيق" -#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 +#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "تهيئة ..." -#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 +#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 msgid "" "YaST\n" "Initializing ...\n" @@ -5265,631 +5364,631 @@ "تهيئة\n" "YaST ...\n" -#. Heading for help popup window -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 +#. Heading for help popup window +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 msgid "Help" msgstr "تعليمات" -#. fallback name for the dialog title -#. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 +#. fallback name for the dialog title +#. fallback name for the dialog title +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 msgid "Module" msgstr "وحدة نمطية" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:32 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:33 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:32 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:33 msgid "United Arab Emirates" msgstr "الإمارات العربية المتحدة" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:33 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:144 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:33 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:144 msgid "Albania" msgstr "البانيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:34 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:81 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:34 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:81 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "الأرجنتين" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:35 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:60 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:35 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:60 msgid "Austria" msgstr "النمسا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:36 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:66 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:36 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:66 msgid "Australia" msgstr "أستراليا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:37 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:55 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:37 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:55 msgid "Bosnia and Herzegowina" msgstr "البوسنة والهرسك" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:38 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:61 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:68 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:105 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:130 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:38 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:61 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:68 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:105 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:130 msgid "Belgium" msgstr "بلجيكا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:39 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:52 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:39 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:52 msgid "Bulgaria" msgstr "بلغاريا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:40 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:34 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:40 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:34 msgid "Bahrein" msgstr "البحرين" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:41 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:53 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:41 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:53 msgid "Bangladesh" msgstr "بنغلاديش" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:42 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:82 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:42 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:82 msgid "Bolivia" msgstr "بوليفيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:43 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:136 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:43 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:136 msgid "Brasil" msgstr "البرازيل" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:44 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:67 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:44 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:67 msgid "Botswana" msgstr "بوتسوانا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:45 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:51 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:45 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:51 msgid "Belarus" msgstr "روسيا البيضاء" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:46 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:69 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:106 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:46 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:69 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:106 msgid "Canada" msgstr "كندا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:47 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:62 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:107 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:118 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:47 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:62 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:107 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:118 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "سويسرا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:48 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:83 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:48 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:83 msgid "Chile" msgstr "تشيلي" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:49 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:158 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:49 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:158 msgid "Peoples Republic of China" msgstr "جمهورية الصين الشعبية" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:50 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:84 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:50 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:84 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "كولومبيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:51 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:85 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:51 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:85 msgid "Costa Rica" msgstr "كوستاريكا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:52 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:57 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:52 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:57 msgid "Czech Republic" msgstr "جمهورية التشيك" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:53 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:63 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:53 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:63 msgid "Germany" msgstr "ألمانيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:54 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:59 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:70 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:54 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:59 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:70 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "الدنمارك" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:55 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:86 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:55 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:86 msgid "Dominican Republic" msgstr "جمهورية الدومينيكان" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:56 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:35 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:56 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:35 msgid "Algeria" msgstr "الجزائر" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:57 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:87 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:57 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:87 msgid "Ecuador" msgstr "الإكوادور" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:58 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:101 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:58 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:101 msgid "Estonia" msgstr "استونيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:59 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:36 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:59 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:36 msgid "Egypt" msgstr "مصر" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:60 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:56 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:60 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:56 msgid "Catalonia" msgstr "كاتالونيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:61 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:88 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:102 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:111 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:61 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:88 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:102 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:111 msgid "Spain" msgstr "أسبانيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:62 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:103 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:146 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:62 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:103 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:146 msgid "Finland" msgstr "فنلندا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:63 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:104 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:63 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:104 msgid "Faroe Islands" msgstr "جزر فيرو" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:64 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:54 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:108 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:134 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:64 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:54 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:108 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:134 msgid "France" msgstr "فرنسا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:65 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:58 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:71 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:112 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:123 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:65 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:58 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:71 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:112 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:123 msgid "Great Britain" msgstr "بريطانيا العظمى" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:66 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:121 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:66 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:121 msgid "Georgia" msgstr "جورجيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:67 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:122 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:67 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:122 msgid "Greenland" msgstr "جرين لاند" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:68 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:65 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:68 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:65 msgid "Greece" msgstr "اليونان" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:69 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:89 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:69 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:89 msgid "Guatemala" msgstr "غواتيمالا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:70 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:72 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:159 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:70 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:72 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:159 msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "هونج كونج" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:71 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:90 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:71 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:90 msgid "Honduras" msgstr "هندوراس" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:72 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:114 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:72 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:114 msgid "Croatia" msgstr "كرواتيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:73 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:115 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:73 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:115 msgid "Hungary" msgstr "المجر" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:74 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:116 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:74 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:116 msgid "Indonesia" msgstr "إندونيسيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:75 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:73 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:110 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:75 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:73 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:110 msgid "Ireland" msgstr "أيرلندا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:76 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:113 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:120 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:76 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:113 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:120 msgid "Israel" msgstr "اسرائيل" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:77 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:37 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:74 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:148 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:149 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:77 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:37 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:74 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:148 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:149 msgid "India" msgstr "الهند" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:78 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:38 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:78 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:38 msgid "Iraq" msgstr "العراق" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:79 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:117 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:79 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:117 msgid "Iceland" msgstr "أيسلندا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:80 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:119 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:80 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:119 msgid "Italy" msgstr "إيطاليا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:81 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:39 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:81 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:39 msgid "Jordan" msgstr "الأردن" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:82 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:82 msgid "Japan" msgstr "اليابان" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:83 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:40 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:83 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:40 msgid "Kuwait" msgstr "الكويت" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:84 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:41 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:84 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:41 msgid "Lebanon" msgstr "لبنان" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:85 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:85 msgid "Liechtenstein" msgstr "ليشتنشتاين" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:86 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:124 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:86 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:124 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "ليتوانيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:87 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:64 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:109 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:87 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:64 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:109 msgid "Luxemburg" msgstr "لوكسومبرغ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:88 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:125 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:88 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:125 msgid "Latvia" msgstr "لاتفيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:89 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:42 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:89 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:42 msgid "Libyan Arab Jamahiriya" msgstr "الجماهيرية العربية الليبية" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:90 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:43 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:90 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:43 msgid "Morocco" msgstr "المغرب" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:91 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:127 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:91 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:127 msgid "Macedonia" msgstr "مقدونيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:92 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:129 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:92 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:129 msgid "Malta" msgstr "مالطة" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:93 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:91 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:93 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:91 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "المكسيك" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:94 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:128 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:94 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:128 msgid "Malaysia" msgstr "ماليزيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:95 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:92 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:95 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:92 msgid "Nicaragua" msgstr "نيكاراجوا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:96 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:131 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:96 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:131 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "هولندا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:97 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:132 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:133 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:97 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:132 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:133 msgid "Norway" msgstr "النرويج" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:98 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:75 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:126 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:98 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:75 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:126 msgid "New Zealand" msgstr "نيوزيلاندا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:99 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:44 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:99 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:44 msgid "Oman" msgstr "عمان" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:100 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:93 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:100 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:93 msgid "Panama" msgstr "بنما" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:101 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:94 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:101 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:94 msgid "Peru" msgstr "بيرو" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:102 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:76 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:152 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:102 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:76 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:152 msgid "Philippines" msgstr "الفلبين" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:103 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:155 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:103 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:155 msgid "Pakistan" msgstr "باكستان" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:104 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:135 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:104 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:135 msgid "Poland" msgstr "بولندا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:105 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:95 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:105 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:95 msgid "Puerto Rico" msgstr "بورتوريكو" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:106 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:137 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:106 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:137 msgid "Portugal" msgstr "البرتغال" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:107 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:96 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:107 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:96 msgid "Paraguay" msgstr "باراغواي" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:108 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:45 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:108 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:45 msgid "Qatar" msgstr "قطر" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:109 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:138 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:109 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:138 msgid "Romania" msgstr "رومانيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:110 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:139 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:110 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:139 msgid "Russia" msgstr "روسيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:111 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:46 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:111 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:46 msgid "Saudi Arabia" msgstr "المملكة العربية السعودية" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:112 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:47 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:112 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:47 msgid "Sudan" msgstr "السودان" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:113 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:147 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:113 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:147 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "السويد" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:114 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:77 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:114 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:77 msgid "Singapore" msgstr "سنغافورة" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:115 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:143 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:115 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:143 msgid "Slovenia" msgstr "سلوفينيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:116 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:142 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:116 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:142 msgid "Slovakia" msgstr "سلوفاكيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:117 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:117 msgid "San Marino" msgstr "سان مارينو" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:118 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:97 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:118 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:97 msgid "El Salvador" msgstr "السلفادور" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:119 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:48 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:119 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:48 msgid "Syrian Arab Republic" msgstr "الجمهورية العربية السورية" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:120 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:151 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:120 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:151 msgid "Thailand" msgstr "تايلاند" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:121 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:150 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:121 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:150 msgid "Tajikistan" msgstr "طاجكستان" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:122 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:49 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:122 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:49 msgid "Tunisia" msgstr "تونس" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:123 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:153 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:123 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:153 msgid "Turkey" msgstr "تركيا" -#. "TW" : _("Taiwan"), -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:125 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:140 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:154 +#. "TW" : _("Taiwan"), +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:125 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:140 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:154 msgid "Ukraine" msgstr "أوكرانيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:126 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:78 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:98 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:157 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:126 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:78 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:98 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:157 msgid "USA" msgstr "الولايات المتحدة الأمريكية" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:127 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:99 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:127 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:99 msgid "Uruguay" msgstr "الأوروغواي" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:128 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:156 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:128 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:156 msgid "Uzbekistan" msgstr "أوزباكستان" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:129 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:100 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:129 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:100 msgid "Venezuela" msgstr "فنزويلا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:130 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:50 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:130 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:50 msgid "Yemen" msgstr "اليمن" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:131 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:141 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:145 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:131 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:141 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:145 msgid "Yugoslavia" msgstr "يوغسلافيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:132 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:32 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:79 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:132 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:32 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:79 msgid "South Africa" msgstr "جنوب أفريقيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:133 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:80 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:133 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:80 msgid "Zimbabwe" msgstr "زيمبابوي" -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:160 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:160 msgid "Taiwan" msgstr "تايوان" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message during parameters validation, -#. %1 is a string that should be IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:129 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message during parameters validation, +#. %1 is a string that should be IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:129 msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address." msgstr "%1 هو عنوان IPv4 غير صالح." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone name defined -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:142 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1431 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone name defined +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:142 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1431 msgid "The zone name must be defined." msgstr "يجب تحديد اسم المنطقة." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get information from zone which doesn't exist, -#. %1 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get information from zone which doesn't exist, +#. %1 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:153 msgid "DNS zone %1 does not exist." msgstr "منطقة DNS التي تسمى %1 غير موجود.ة." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying manage records in zone which is not 'master' type -#. only 'master' zone records can be managed -#. %1 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying manage records in zone which is not 'master' type +#. only 'master' zone records can be managed +#. %1 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:187 msgid "DNS zone %1 is not type master." msgstr "منطقة DNS %1 ليست نوعًا رئيسيًا." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone type defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:197 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone type defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:197 msgid "The zone type must be defined." msgstr "يجب تحديد نوع المنطقة." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unsupported DNZ zone type, -#. %1 is the zone type -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:204 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unsupported DNZ zone type, +#. %1 is the zone type +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:204 msgid "Zone type %1 is not supported." msgstr "لا يتم دعم نوع المنطقة %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs ACL name defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:217 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs ACL name defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:217 msgid "The ACL name must be defined." msgstr "يجب تحديد اسم ACL." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unknown ACL, -#. %1 is the ACL's name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unknown ACL, +#. %1 is the ACL's name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:228 msgid "An ACL named %1 does not exist." msgstr "اسم قائمة التحكم في الوصول (ACL) %1 غير موجود." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with undefined parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with undefined parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:238 msgid "The hostname must be defined." msgstr "يجب تحديد اسم المضيف." -#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 +#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 msgid "The hostname must be in the fully qualified domain name format." msgstr "يجب أن يكون اسم المضيف بتنسيق اسم مجال مؤهل بالكامل." -#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 +#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 msgid "The fully qualified hostname must end with a dot." msgstr "يجب أن ينتهي اسم المضيف المؤهل بالكامل بنقطة." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, wrong hostname, allowed syntax is described -#. two lines below using a pre-defined text -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:266 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, wrong hostname, allowed syntax is described +#. two lines below using a pre-defined text +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:266 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "اسم المضيف غير صالح." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, MX priority is a needed parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:278 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, MX priority is a needed parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:278 msgid "The mail exchange priority must be defined." msgstr "يجب تحديد أولوية mail exchange." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, wrong format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, wrong format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:284 msgid "" "The mail exchange priority is invalid.\n" "It must be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" @@ -5897,9 +5996,9 @@ "أولوية mail exchange غير صالحة.\n" "يجب أن تكون رقمًا من 0 إلى 65535.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong hostname which should be part of the zone, -#. %1 is the hostname, %2 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:305 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong hostname which should be part of the zone, +#. %1 is the hostname, %2 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:305 msgid "" "The hostname %1 is not part of the zone %2.\n" "\n" @@ -5913,15 +6012,16 @@ "أن ينتهي باسم المنطقة متبوعًا بنقطة، على سبيل المثال\n" "'dhcp1' أو 'dhcp1.example.org.' للمنطقة 'dhcp.org'.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4, -#. %1 is the reveresed IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:341 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4, +#. %1 is the reveresed IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:341 msgid "" "The reverse IPv4 address %1 is invalid.\n" "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " +"'192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "عنوان IPv4 العكسي %1 غير صالح.\n" "\n" @@ -5929,9 +6029,9 @@ "مفصولةً بنقطة، ثم متبوعةً بهذه السلسلة '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" "على سبيل المثال، '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' لعنوان IPv4 '192.168.32.1'.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make -#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:363 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make +#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:363 msgid "" "The relative hostname %1 cannot be used with zone %2.\n" "Use a fully qualified hostname finished with a dot instead,\n" @@ -5941,8 +6041,8 @@ "استخدم اسم مضيف مؤهل بالكامل ينتهي بنقطة بدلاً من أن ينتهي باسم المنطقة،\n" "مثل 'host.example.org.'.\n" -#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:432 +#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:432 msgid "" "Invalid MX record.\n" "Use the format 'priority server-name'.\n" @@ -5950,10 +6050,10 @@ "سجل MX غير صالح.\n" "استخدم التنسيق 'priority server-name'.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking time value for specific SOA section (key), -#. %1 is the section name, %2 is the minimal value, %3 si the maximal value of the section -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:543 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:554 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking time value for specific SOA section (key), +#. %1 is the section name, %2 is the minimal value, %3 si the maximal value of the section +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:543 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:554 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be from %2 to %3 seconds.\n" @@ -5961,10 +6061,10 @@ "سجل SOA غير صالح.\n" "%1 يجب أن يستغرق من %2 إلى %3 من الثواني.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking special BIND time format consisting of numbers -#. and defined suffies, also only number (as seconds) is allowed, %1 is a section name -#. like 'ttl' or 'refresh' -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:583 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking special BIND time format consisting of numbers +#. and defined suffies, also only number (as seconds) is allowed, %1 is a section name +#. like 'ttl' or 'refresh' +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:583 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be a BIND time type.\n" @@ -5975,12 +6075,13 @@ "سجل SOA غير صالح.\n" "%1يجب أن يكون السجل من نوع وقت BIND.\n" "]ويتكون وقت BIND من أرقام ولاحقات\n" -"غير مميزة لحالة الأحرف مثل W وD وH وM وS. ويُسمح بإدخال الوقت بالثواني بدون اللاحقة.\n" +"غير مميزة لحالة الأحرف مثل W وD وH وM وS. ويُسمح بإدخال الوقت بالثواني بدون " +"اللاحقة.\n" "قم بإدخال قيم مثل 12H15mأو 86400 أو 1W30M.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, -#. %1 is a part of SOA, %2 is typically 0, %3 is some huge number -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:614 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, +#. %1 is a part of SOA, %2 is typically 0, %3 is some huge number +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:614 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be a number from %2 to %3.\n" @@ -5988,13 +6089,13 @@ "سجل SOA غير صالح.\n" "%1 يجب أن يتراوح الرقم ما بين %2 و%3.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 msgid "The filename must be defined when logging to a file." msgstr "يجب تحديد اسم الملف عند تسجيل الدخول إلى أي ملف." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 msgid "" "Invalid file size.\n" "\n" @@ -6008,18 +6109,18 @@ "\n" "ويمكن استخدام اللاحقات التالية k وK وm وM وg وG.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set number of versions -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1041 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set number of versions +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1041 msgid "The count of file versions must be a number." msgstr "يجب أن يكون عدد إصدارات الملفات رقمًا." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, -#. 'master' servers haven't any 'masterservers', they ARE masterservers -#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to set 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, -#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1334 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1381 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, +#. 'master' servers haven't any 'masterservers', they ARE masterservers +#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to set 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, +#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1334 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1381 msgid "" "Only slave zones have a master server defined.\n" "Zone %1 is type %2.\n" @@ -6027,25 +6128,25 @@ "لا يتم حفظ المناطق إلا التي تحتوي على خادم رئيسي محدد.\n" "منطقة %1 من نوع %2.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to add new zone which already exists -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1440 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to add new zone which already exists +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1440 msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." msgstr "اسم المنطقة %1 موجود بالفعل." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Adding new 'slave' zone without defined needed option 'masterserver' -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1449 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Adding new 'slave' zone without defined needed option 'masterserver' +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1449 msgid "Option masterserver is needed for slave zones." msgstr "يجب توفر الخيار خادم رئيسي للمناطق التابعة." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2531 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2581 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2531 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2581 msgid "Host's IP cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن ترك بروتوكول IP الخاص بالمضيف فارغًا." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, No reverse zone for %1 record found, -#. %2 is the hostname, %1 is the IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2539 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, No reverse zone for %1 record found, +#. %2 is the hostname, %1 is the IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2539 msgid "" "There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n" "Hostname %2 cannot be added." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/bootloader.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/bootloader.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/bootloader.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,55 +14,55 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. command line help text for Bootloader module -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 +#. command line help text for Bootloader module +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 msgid "Boot loader configuration module" msgstr "الوحدة النمطية لتكوين أداة تحميل التشغيل" -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) -#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 +#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) +#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "قسم التشغيل من نوع NFS. تعذر تثبيت أداة تحميل التشغيل." -#. F#300779: end -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 +#. F#300779: end +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "إعدادات أداة تحميل التشغيل" -#. Represents dialog for modification of device map -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "يجب أن تحتوي خريطة الجهاز على جهاز واحد على الأقل" -#. we just go back to original dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "إعدادات ترتيب القرص" -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "الأقرا&ص" -#. textentry header -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 msgid "&Device" msgstr "الجها&ز" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." msgstr "لم يعد قسم أداة تحميل التشغيل المحددة ‏%s‏ متوفرًا بعد الآن." -#. Finish client for bootloader configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ تكوين أداة تحميل التشغيل..." -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 msgid "" "\n" "Your system will now shut down.%1\n" @@ -74,38 +74,38 @@ "لمزيد من التفاصيل، اقرأ وثائق الفصل \n" "in ذات الصلة. \n" -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "ستتم إعادة تشغيل النظام الآن..." -#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 +#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "أداة تحميل التش&غيل" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 msgid "GRUB2" msgstr "GRUB2" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" msgstr "GRUB2 لـ EFI" -#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 +#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 msgid "Not Managed" msgstr "غير مُدار" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 msgid "Default" msgstr "افتراضي" -#. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 +#. popup - Continue/Cancel +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "\n" "If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" @@ -119,114 +119,141 @@ " \n" " هل تريد المتابعة؟\n" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n" "To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" "use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>نوع أداة تحميل التشغيل</b><br>\n" -"لتحديد تثبيت أداة تحميل التشغيل من عدمه وما هي أداة تحميل التشغيل المطلوب تثبيتها،\n" +"لتحديد تثبيت أداة تحميل التشغيل من عدمه وما هي أداة تحميل التشغيل المطلوب " +"تثبيتها،\n" "استخدم <b>أداة تحميل التشغيل</b>.</p>" -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "نوع أداة تحميل التشغيل: %1" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" msgstr "تمكين التشغيل الآمن: %1" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 msgid "yes" msgstr "نعم" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 msgid "no" msgstr "لا" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "موقع الحالة: %1" -#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 +#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "ترتيب الأقراص الصلبة: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (موسع)" -#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific -#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (سجل التشغيل الرئيسي) MBR" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "تثبيت رمز التشغيل في MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">عدم التثبيت</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"تثبيت رمز التشغيل في MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">عدم التثبيت</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "عدم تثبيت رمز التشغيل في MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">تثبيت</a>)" -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "تثبيت رمز التشغيل في /قسم التمهيد (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">عدم التثبيت</a>)" +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"تثبيت رمز التشغيل في /قسم التمهيد (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">عدم " +"التثبيت</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "عدم تثبيت رمز التشغيل في /قسم التمهيد (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">تثبيت</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"عدم تثبيت رمز التشغيل في /قسم التمهيد (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">تثبيت</" +"a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "تثبيت رمز التشغيل في قسم \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">عدم التثبيت</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"تثبيت رمز التشغيل في قسم \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">عدم التثبيت</" +"a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "عدم تثبيت رمز التشغيل إلى قسم \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">تثبيت</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"عدم تثبيت رمز التشغيل إلى قسم \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">تثبيت</a>)" -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "تحذير: لم يتم اختيار موقع للمرحلة 1 من محمل التشغيل، رجاء اختيار الموقع أعلاه إلا إذا كنت متأكدًا مما تفعله." +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 +msgid "" +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " +"are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" +"تحذير: لم يتم اختيار موقع للمرحلة 1 من محمل التشغيل، رجاء اختيار الموقع " +"أعلاه إلا إذا كنت متأكدًا مما تفعله." -#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "موقع التغيير: %s" -#. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 +#. Represents bootloader timeout value +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "&المهلة بالثواني" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " +"loaded.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>المهلة بالثواني</b><br>\n" -"لتحديد الوقت الذي ستنتظره أداة تشغيل التحميل حتى يتم تحميل kernel الافتراضي.</p>\n" +"لتحديد الوقت الذي ستنتظره أداة تشغيل التحميل حتى يتم تحميل kernel الافتراضي." +"</p>\n" -#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 +#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "تعيين &إشارة نشطة في جدول الأقسام لقسم التشغيل" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " +"code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " +"even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>تعيين إشارة نشطة في جدول الأقسام لقسم التشغيل</b><br>\n" @@ -234,90 +261,107 @@ "عندها بتشغيل القسم النشط. تتطلب BIOSes القديمة قسم واحد نشط \n" "إذا تم تثبيت أداة تحميل التشغيل في MBR.</p>" -#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 +#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "كتابة &رمز تشغيل عام لسجل التشغيل الرئيسي" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 msgid "" -"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of " +"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>كتابة رمز تشغيل عام لسجل التشغيل الرئيسي MBR</b> يعمل على استبدال سجل التشغيل الرئيسي الخاص بالقرص لديك برمز عام (رمز نظام التشغيل المستقل الذي\n" +"<p><b>كتابة رمز تشغيل عام لسجل التشغيل الرئيسي MBR</b> يعمل على استبدال سجل " +"التشغيل الرئيسي الخاص بالقرص لديك برمز عام (رمز نظام التشغيل المستقل الذي\n" " يعمل على تشغيل القسم النشط).</p>" -#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 +#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "&إخفاء القائمة عند التشغيل" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" -msgstr "<p>سيؤدي تحديد <b>إخفاء القائمة في التشغيل</b> إلى إخفاء قائمة التشغيل.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>سيؤدي تحديد <b>إخفاء القائمة في التشغيل</b> إلى إخفاء قائمة التشغيل.</p>" -#. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 +#. Represents if os prober should be run +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "ف&حص نظم التشغيل الخارجية" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 -msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>" -msgstr "<p><b>فحص نظم التشغيل الغريبة</b> من خلال فحص نظام التشغيل للتشغيل المتعدد مع التوزيعات الغريبة الأخرى</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " +"foreign distribution </p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>فحص نظم التشغيل الغريبة</b> من خلال فحص نظام التشغيل للتشغيل المتعدد " +"مع التوزيعات الغريبة الأخرى</p>" -#. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 +#. represents kernel command line +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "الم&علمة الاختيارية لسطر أوامر Kernel" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 -msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" -msgstr "تتيح لك <p><b>المعلمة الاختيارية لسطر أوامر Kernel</b> إمكانية تحديد معلمات إضافية للوصول إلى kernel.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional " +"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" +msgstr "" +"تتيح لك <p><b>المعلمة الاختيارية لسطر أوامر Kernel</b> إمكانية تحديد معلمات " +"إضافية للوصول إلى kernel.</p>" -#. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 +#. Represents Protective MBR action +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "علا&مة MBR للحماية" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 -msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>علامة MBR للحماية</b> هي إعدادات الخبير فقط اللازمة مع الأجهزة الغريبة فقط. لمزيد من التفاصيل، راجع MBR للحماية في أقراص GPT. لا تلمسها إذا كنت غير متأكد.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only " +"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " +"touch if you are not sure.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>علامة MBR للحماية</b> هي إعدادات الخبير فقط اللازمة مع الأجهزة الغريبة " +"فقط. لمزيد من التفاصيل، راجع MBR للحماية في أقراص GPT. لا تلمسها إذا كنت غير " +"متأكد.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 msgid "set" msgstr "تعيين" -#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 msgid "remove" msgstr "إزالة" -#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk -#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal -#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will -#. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal +#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will +#. not be partially based on old data now any more +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "لا تقم بالتغيير" -#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 +#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "تمكين &دعم التشغيل الآمن" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "ضع علامة لتمكين التشغيل الآمن لنظام ‎‎UEFI‎‏\n" -#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 +#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "تمكين &دعم التشغيل الموثوق به" -#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 +#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 msgid "" "<p><b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2\n" "instead of regular GRUB2.</p>\n" @@ -327,42 +371,52 @@ "<p>First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n" "setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).</p>\n" msgstr "" +"<p><b>التمهيد الموثوق به</b> سيقوم بتثبيت TrustedGRUB2\n" +"بدلاً من GRUB2 العادي.</p>\n" +"<p>يعني هذا قياس تكامل عملية التمهيد، \n" +"بمساعدة من الجهاز (رقاقة الوحدة النمطية لنظام أساسي موثوق به،\n" +"TPM)‏.‏</p>\n" +"<p>أولاً، تحتاج للتأكد من تشغيل التمهيد الموثوق به في إعداد BIOS‏\n" +"‏)قد يكون الإعداد باسم رقاقة الأمان، على سبيل المثال(‏.‏‏</p>\n" -#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 -#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot -#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 +#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 +#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot +#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 msgid "" "Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" "Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" "The system will not boot otherwise." msgstr "" +"لم يتم العثور على الوحدة النمطية لنظام أساسي موثوق به.\n" +"تأكد من تمكينها في BIOS‏.‏\n" +"لن يتم تمهيد الجهاز بخلاف ذلك." -#. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 +#. Represents grub password protection widget +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "حماية أداة ت&حميل التشغيل باستخدام كلمة سر" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "ح&ماية تعديل الإدخال فقط" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "&كلمة المرور لمستخدم GRUB2 'المسؤول'" -#. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 +#. text entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "إ&عادة كتابة كلمة السر" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "يجب عدم ترك حقل كلمة السر فارغًا." -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -370,50 +424,62 @@ "لا يتطابق الحقل كلمة السر مع الحقل إعادة كتابة كلمة السر\n" ". أعد كتابة كلمة السر." -#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 +#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 msgid "" "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>" +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " +"If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry " +"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " +"way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it " +"in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' " +"which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not " +"supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>حماية أداة تحميل التشغيل بكلمة مرور</b><br>\n" -"في وقت التشغيل، سيتطلب تعديل أي إدخال أو حتى تشغيله إدخال كلمة المرور. في حالة تحديد <b>حماية تعديل الإدخال فقط</b> سيكون تشغيل أي إدخال غير مقيد ولكن سيتطلب تعديل الإدخالات كلمة المرور (وهي طريقة أداء GRUB‏ 1).<br>لن يقبل YaST كلمة المرور إلا في حالة تكرار إدخالها في <b>إعادة كتابة كلمة المرور</b>‏. تنطبق كلمة المرور على مستخدم GRUB2‏ 'المسؤول' والذي يختلف عن 'مسؤول' ‏Linux‏. حاليًا، لا يدعم YaST مستخدمي GRUB2 الآخرين. إذا احتجت إليهم، استخدم برنامج GRUB2 نصي منفصل.</p>" +"في وقت التشغيل، سيتطلب تعديل أي إدخال أو حتى تشغيله إدخال كلمة المرور. في " +"حالة تحديد <b>حماية تعديل الإدخال فقط</b> سيكون تشغيل أي إدخال غير مقيد ولكن " +"سيتطلب تعديل الإدخالات كلمة المرور (وهي طريقة أداء GRUB‏ 1).<br>لن يقبل YaST " +"كلمة المرور إلا في حالة تكرار إدخالها في <b>إعادة كتابة كلمة المرور</b>‏. " +"تنطبق كلمة المرور على مستخدم GRUB2‏ 'المسؤول' والذي يختلف عن 'مسؤول' ‏Linux‏. " +"حاليًا، لا يدعم YaST مستخدمي GRUB2 الآخرين. إذا احتجت إليهم، استخدم برنامج " +"GRUB2 نصي منفصل.</p>" -#. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 +#. there's mode specified, use it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "اختر ملف السمات الرسومية الجديدة" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "استخدام &وحدة تحكم رسومية" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "&دقة لوحة التحكم" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "&سمة لوحة التحكم" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "الكشف التلقائي باستخدام grub2" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "استخدام &وحدة تحكم تسلسلية طرفية" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "&وسائط لوحة المراقبة" -#. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 +#. represent choosing default section to boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "&قسم التشغيل الافتراضي" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 msgid "" "<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n" "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" @@ -424,46 +490,48 @@ msgstr "" "<p> من خلال ضغط <b>تعيين كافتراضي</b> يتم تعليم القسم المحدد على أنه\n" "الافتراضي. عند التشغيل، ستوفر أداة تحميل التشغيل قائمة تشغيل و\n" -"تنتظر أن يقوم المستخدم بتحديد kernel أو نظام تشغيل آخر ليتم التشغيل باستخدامه. في حالة عدم\n" +"تنتظر أن يقوم المستخدم بتحديد kernel أو نظام تشغيل آخر ليتم التشغيل " +"باستخدامه. في حالة عدم\n" "ضغط أي مفتاح قبل انتهاء المهلة، سيتم \n" -"تشغيل kernel أو نظام التشغيل الافتراضي. يمكن تغيير ترتيب الأقسام في قائمة أداة تحميل التشغيل\n" +"تشغيل kernel أو نظام التشغيل الافتراضي. يمكن تغيير ترتيب الأقسام في قائمة " +"أداة تحميل التشغيل\n" "باستخدام الزرين <b>لأعلى</b> و<b>لأسفل</b>.</p>\n" -#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 +#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "موقع أداة تحميل التشغيل" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "يجب تحديد جهاز تشغيل مخصص في حالة الاختيار" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "التش&غيل من قسم التشغيل" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "الت&شغيل من القسم الجذر" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "التشغيل من &سجل التشغيل الرئيسي" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "التشغیل من &قسم موسع" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "قس&م التشغيل المخصص" -#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 +#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "&تحرير أمر تشغيل القرص" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -477,57 +545,63 @@ "لإضافة قرص، اضغط <b>إضافة</b>.\n" "لإزالة قرص، اضغط <b>إزالة</b>.</p>" -#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 +#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "م&علمات Kernel" -#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 +#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "خ&يارات رمز التشغيل" -#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 +#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "خيارات أداة تح&ميل التشغيل" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "تمكين التشغيل الآمن: %1" -#. TODO: not much helpful for customers -#. error report -#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +#. TODO: not much helpful for customers +#. error report +#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "نظرًا للتقسيم، يتعذر تثبيت أداة تحميل التشغيل بشكل صحيح." -#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself -#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 +#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 msgid "Do not install any boot loader" msgstr "عدم تثبيت أية أداة تحميل تشغيل" -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 msgid "Booting" msgstr "التشغيل" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "ال&تشغيل" -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أية أداة تحميل تشغيل للتثبيت. قد لا يكون النظام لديك قابلاً للتشغيل." +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 +msgid "" +"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " +"bootable." +msgstr "" +"لم يتم تحديد أية أداة تحميل تشغيل للتثبيت. قد لا يكون النظام لديك قابلاً " +"للتشغيل." -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "نظرًا للتقسيم، يتعذر تثبيت أداة تحميل التشغيل بشكل صحيح" -#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read -#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 +#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read +#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 msgid "" "<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n" "Reading current configuration...</P>" @@ -535,9 +609,9 @@ "<P><BIG><B>أداة تكوين أداة تحميل التشغيل‏‏</B></BIG><BR>‏\n" "‏جارٍ قراءة التكوين الحالي...</P>" -#. Write settings dialog -#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise -#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -545,97 +619,117 @@ "<P><B><BIG>حفظ تكوين أداة تحميل التشغيل‏</BIG></B><BR>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>" -#. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 +#. grub2 is sooo cool... +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "مجموعة غير مدعمة من الأنظمة الأساسية للأجهزة %1 وأدوات تحميل التشغيل %2" +msgstr "" +"مجموعة غير مدعمة من الأنظمة الأساسية للأجهزة %1 وأدوات تحميل التشغيل %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "لا يعمل التشغيل من MBR مع ملفات النظام btrfs وتسمية القرص GPT بدون قسم bios_grub. لإصلاح هذه المشكلة، قم بإنشاء قسم bios_grub أو استخدم أي ملفات نظام ext لقسم التشغيل أو لا تقم بتثبيت المرحلة 1 إلى MBR." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 +msgid "" +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " +"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " +"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " +"stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" +"لا يعمل التشغيل من MBR مع ملفات النظام btrfs وتسمية القرص GPT بدون قسم " +"bios_grub. لإصلاح هذه المشكلة، قم بإنشاء قسم bios_grub أو استخدم أي ملفات " +"نظام ext لقسم التشغيل أو لا تقم بتثبيت المرحلة 1 إلى MBR." -#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage -#. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 +#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "يوجد جهاز التشغيل في نوع raid: %1. لن يتم تشغيل النظام." -#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "جهاز التشغيل موجود على برنامج RAID1. حدد موقعًا آخر لـ bootloader، على سبيل المثال، \"سجل التشغيل الرئيسي\"" +#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 +msgid "" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " +"Master Boot Record" +msgstr "" +"جهاز التشغيل موجود على برنامج RAID1. حدد موقعًا آخر لـ bootloader، على سبيل " +"المثال، \"سجل التشغيل الرئيسي\"" -#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "هناك قسم ext للتشغيل مفقود. تعذر تثبيت رمز التشغيل." -#. activate set or there is already activate flag -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 -msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." -msgstr "لم يتم تعيين إشارة التنشيط بواسطة المُثبت. في حالة عدم التعيين مطلقًا، قد ترفض BIOSes التمهيد." +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 +msgid "" +"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " +"could refuse to boot." +msgstr "" +"لم يتم تعيين إشارة التنشيط بواسطة المُثبت. في حالة عدم التعيين مطلقًا، قد ترفض " +"BIOSes التمهيد." -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 -msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." -msgstr "لن يقوم المثبت بتعديل MBR للقرص. ولن تتمكن BIOS من تشغيل القرص، إلا إذا كانت تحتوي على رمز تشغيل." +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 +msgid "" +"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already " +"contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." +msgstr "" +"لن يقوم المثبت بتعديل MBR للقرص. ولن تتمكن BIOS من تشغيل القرص، إلا إذا كانت " +"تحتوي على رمز تشغيل." -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "التحقق من أداة تحميل التشغيل" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "قراءة التقسيم" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "تحميل إعدادات أداة تحميل التشغيل" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "يتم الآن فحص أداة تحميل التشغيل..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة التقسيم..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحميل إعدادات أداة تحميل التشغيل..." -#. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 +#. dialog header +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين أداة تحميل التشغيل" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "إنشاء initrd" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 msgid "Save boot loader configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين أداة تحميل التشغيل" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء initrd..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." msgstr "جارٍ حفظ تكوين أداة تحميل التشغيل..." -#. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 +#. progress line +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين أداة تحميل التشغيل" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ca-management.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ca-management.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ca-management.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,492 +14,512 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line definition -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:48 +#. Command line definition +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:48 msgid "Managing CA and certificates" msgstr "إدارة CA والشهادات" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:51 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:51 msgid "Create a root CA" msgstr "إنشاء CA جذر" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:52 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:52 msgid "Create a certificate of a CA" msgstr "إنشاء شهادة خاصة بـ CA" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:53 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:53 msgid "Create a CRL of a CA" msgstr "إنشاء CRL الخاصة بـ CA" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:54 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:54 msgid "Export a CA to a file" msgstr "تصدير CA إلى ملف" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:56 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:56 msgid "Export a certificate to a file" msgstr "تصدير شهادة إلى ملف" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:58 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:58 msgid "Export a CRL to a file" msgstr "تصدير CRL إلى ملف" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:65 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:65 msgid "E-mail address" msgstr "عنوان البريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:70 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:70 msgid "Organizational unit" msgstr "الوحدة المؤسسية" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "المؤسسة" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "المنطقة" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "الولاية" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "الدولة" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:77 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:77 msgid "Valid days" msgstr "الأيام الصالحة" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:79 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:79 msgid "Key length" msgstr "طول المفتاح" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 msgid "Password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "كلمة السر (الأمان: يجب الحصول عليها بواسطة متغير البيئة)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 msgid "CA password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "كلمة سر CA (الأمان: يجب الحصول عليها بواسطة متغير البيئة)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 +msgid "" +"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "كلمة سر P12 (الأمان: يجب الحصول عليها بواسطة متغير البيئة)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 msgid "Path of the exported CA, certificate, or CRL" msgstr "مسار CA أو الشهادة أو CRL التي تم تصديرها" -#. Autoyast configuration of ca-management -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:170 +#. Autoyast configuration of ca-management +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:170 msgid "CA Configuration" msgstr "تكوين CA" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " +"certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " +"certificate from a file.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -" يعمل YaST على إنشاء CA وشهادة افتراضيتين بشكل تلقائي. يتم استخدام CA هذه والشهادة\n" +" يعمل YaST على إنشاء CA وشهادة افتراضيتين بشكل تلقائي. يتم استخدام CA هذه " +"والشهادة\n" "للاتصال بخادم Apache.\n" -"من هنا، قم بتغيير إعدادات CA هذه والشهادة أو قم باستيراد CA والشهادة من ملف.\n" +"من هنا، قم بتغيير إعدادات CA هذه والشهادة أو قم باستيراد CA والشهادة من " +"ملف.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193 msgid "Import Common CA and Certificate" msgstr "استيراد CA والشهادة العامتين" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:209 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:209 msgid "&Path of Certificate" msgstr "&مسار الشهادة" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "&كلمة السر:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:245 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:372 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:476 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:245 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:372 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:476 msgid "Co&nfirm Password" msgstr "تأكيد كلمة الس&ر" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:256 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:256 msgid "Generate Common CA and Certificate" msgstr "إنشاء CA والشهادة العامتين" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:272 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:401 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:211 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1585 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:272 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:401 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1585 msgid "&CA Name:" msgstr "ا&سم CA:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:285 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:408 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:216 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:285 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:408 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:216 msgid "&Common Name:" msgstr "الاسم ال&عام:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:299 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:482 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:299 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:482 msgid "E-Mail" msgstr "البريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:309 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:428 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:262 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:309 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:428 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:262 msgid "C&ountry:" msgstr "الدو&لة:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:319 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:438 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:227 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:319 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:438 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:227 msgid "O&rganization:" msgstr "الم&ؤسسة:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:328 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:447 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:236 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:328 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:447 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:236 msgid "Or&ganizational Unit:" msgstr "الوحد&ة التنظيمية:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:342 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:455 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:247 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:342 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:455 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:247 msgid "Loca&lity:" msgstr "المن&طقة:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:351 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:458 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:250 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:351 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:250 msgid "&State:" msgstr "ال&ولاية:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:381 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:381 msgid "Take Local Server Name" msgstr "اختيار اسم خادم محلي" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:394 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:418 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:394 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:418 msgid "&Server Name:" msgstr "ا&سم الخادم:" -#. Get the user input. -#. -#. Get the user input. -#. -#. checking password -#. p12Passwd is required is keyPasswd has been given -#. export to file -#. export to file -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 +#. Get the user input. +#. +#. Get the user input. +#. +#. checking password +#. p12Passwd is required is keyPasswd has been given +#. export to file +#. export to file +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "كلمتا السر الجديدتان غير متطابقتين." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:540 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:540 msgid "Password length should be greater than three characters." msgstr "يجب أن تكون كلمة السر أكثر من ثلاثة حروف." -#. finding entry in list -#. Error popup -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:495 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:398 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1665 +#. finding entry in list +#. Error popup +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:495 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:398 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1665 msgid "CA name required." msgstr "مطلوب إدخال اسم CA." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:506 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:403 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:506 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:403 msgid "Common name required." msgstr "مطلوب إدخال اسم عام." -#. CaMgm::prop_selection = `def; -#. Checking if there is an EMAIL entry without using the -#. "add" button -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:514 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:284 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:589 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:347 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:428 +#. CaMgm::prop_selection = `def; +#. Checking if there is an EMAIL entry without using the +#. "add" button +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:514 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:589 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:347 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:428 msgid "Invalid e-mail format." msgstr "تنسيق البريد الإلكتروني غير صالح." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:527 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:527 msgid "Server name required." msgstr "مطلوب إدخال اسم الخادم." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:561 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5949 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:561 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5949 msgid "Cannot read the certificate." msgstr "تعذر قراءة الشهادة." -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:831 +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:831 msgid "Import Certificate from File" msgstr "استيراد الشهادة من ملف" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:837 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:837 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "اسم الخادم" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:839 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:839 msgid "[local server name]" msgstr "[اسم الخادم المحلي]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:846 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:846 msgid "CA Name" msgstr "اسم CA" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "الاسم العام" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:857 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:863 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:868 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:873 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:881 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:887 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:892 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:902 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:857 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:863 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:868 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:873 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:881 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:887 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:892 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:902 msgid "[not set]" msgstr "[لم يتم التعيين]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:860 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:860 msgid "Email" msgstr "البريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "الوحدة المؤسسية" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:895 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:895 msgid "Password" msgstr "كلمة السر" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:904 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:904 msgid "[set]" msgstr "[تم التعيين]" -#. Write all ca-management settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:916 +#. Write all ca-management settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:916 msgid "Generating Common Server Certificate" msgstr "إنشاء شهادة خادم عامة" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:930 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:936 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:930 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:936 msgid "Read server information" msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة معلومات الخادم" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:932 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:932 msgid "Create the default CA and server certificate" msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء CA وشهادة الخادم الافتراضيتين" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:938 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:938 msgid "Creating the default CA and server certificate..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء CA وشهادة الخادم الافتراضيتين..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:940 +#. Progress finished +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:940 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. Error message -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:1064 +#. Error message +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:1064 msgid "Cannot create certificates." msgstr "تعذر إنشاء الشهادات." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: -#. clients/ca_mgm_proposal.ycp -#. -#. Package: -#. Configuration of CA Management -#. -#. Summary: -#. Proposal function dispatcher. -#. -#. Authors: -#. Stefan Schubert <schubi@suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." -msgstr "تعذر تخمين اسم الجهاز المحلي. قم بتغيير قيمتي البريد الإلكتروني واسم الخادم." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: +#. clients/ca_mgm_proposal.ycp +#. +#. Package: +#. Configuration of CA Management +#. +#. Summary: +#. Proposal function dispatcher. +#. +#. Authors: +#. Stefan Schubert <schubi@suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " +"Name and E-Mail." +msgstr "" +"تعذر تخمين اسم الجهاز المحلي. قم بتغيير قيمتي البريد الإلكتروني واسم الخادم." -#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) -#. NO FORCE RESET -#. richtext label -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:159 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:213 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:440 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:466 +#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) +#. NO FORCE RESET +#. richtext label +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:159 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:213 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:440 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:466 msgid "CA Management" msgstr "إدارة CA" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:160 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:214 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:441 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:160 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:441 msgid "Settings have already been written." msgstr "تمت كتابة الإعدادات بالفعل." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:161 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:215 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:442 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:161 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:215 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:442 msgid "Delete the old settings?" msgstr "هل تريد حذف الإعدادات القديمة؟" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 -msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 +msgid "" +"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." msgstr "تعذر استرداد كلمة السر الجذر للنظام. قم بتعيين كلمة سر لـ CA للمتابعة." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " +"creation.\n" msgstr "" "كلمة المرور قصيرة جدًا لكي تستخدم للشهادات. \n" "أدخل كلمة مرور صالحة للشهادات أو قم بتعطيل إنشاء الشهادة.\n" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 msgid "Current default CA and certificate." msgstr "CA والشهادة الافتراضيتان الحاليتان." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:356 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:364 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:356 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:364 msgid "Creating default CA and certificate." msgstr "إنشاء CA والشهادة الافتراضيتين." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 msgid "With higher security requirements, you should change the password." msgstr "مع وجود متطلبات أمان أعلى، ينبغي عليك تغيير كلمة السر." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369 msgid "[manually set]" msgstr "[تم التعيين يدويًا]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:370 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:370 msgid "[root password]" msgstr "[كلمة السر لـ root]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:390 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:487 -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:158 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:390 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:487 +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:158 msgid "CA Name: " msgstr "اسم CA: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:391 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Common Name: " msgstr "الاسم العام: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:392 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:392 msgid "Server Name: " msgstr "اسم الخادم:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:393 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:393 msgid "Country: " msgstr "الدولة:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:394 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:394 msgid "Password: " msgstr "كلمة السر:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:395 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:395 msgid "E-Mail: " msgstr "البريد الإلكتروني:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:396 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:396 msgid "Alternative Names: " msgstr "أسماء بديلة: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " +"certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " +"creation.\n" msgstr "" "كلمة مرور الجذر قصيرة جدًا لكي تستخدم ككلمة مرور للشهادات.\n" "أدخل كلمة مرور صالحة للشهادات أو قم بتعطيل إنشاء الشهادة.\n" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate." msgstr "عدم إنشاء CA والشهادة." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:415 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:415 msgid "Importing a CA and certificate from file" msgstr "استيراد CA والشهادة من ملف" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>" -msgstr "<p>هل اسم المضيف الافتراضي <b>linux</b> فريد بالفعل؟ لا تكون الشهادة صالحة إلا إذا كان اسم المضيف صحيحًا.</p>" +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 +msgid "" +"<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is " +"only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>هل اسم المضيف الافتراضي <b>linux</b> فريد بالفعل؟ لا تكون الشهادة صالحة " +"إلا إذا كان اسم المضيف صحيحًا.</p>" -#. menu title -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 +#. menu title +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 msgid "&CA Management" msgstr "إ&دارة CA" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. MAIN module -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:61 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. MAIN module +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:61 msgid "Managing CAs and Certificates" msgstr "إدارة CAs والشهادات" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:64 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:64 msgid "Selection" msgstr "تحديد" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:72 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:72 msgid "Create &Default CA and Certificate" msgstr "إنشاء CA والش&هادة الافتراضيتين" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:81 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Edit Default &Settings" msgstr "تحرير الإعدادات الافترا&ضية" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:89 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:89 msgid "Do &Not Create CA and Certificate" msgstr "عدم إ&نشاء CA والشهادة" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:96 msgid "Import CA and Certificate from D&isk" msgstr "استيراد CA والشهادة من القر&ص" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and <b>certificates</b>\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and " +"<b>certificates</b>\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -508,10 +528,11 @@ "بينما يتم إكمال التثبيت.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " +"the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -520,168 +541,199 @@ "إذا كنت لا تريد إنشاءه أو استيراده الآن.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Creates Country items -#. @return a list country items formated for a UI table -#. saved default settings -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:209 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:143 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:172 +#. Creates Country items +#. @return a list country items formated for a UI table +#. saved default settings +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:209 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:143 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:172 msgid "&Name:" msgstr "الا&سم:" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:225 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:164 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:215 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:258 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:330 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:425 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:446 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:489 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:610 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:628 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:653 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:680 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:705 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:730 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:755 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:780 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:805 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:830 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:225 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:164 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:215 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:258 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:330 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:425 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:489 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:610 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:628 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:653 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:680 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:705 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:730 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:755 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:780 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:805 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:830 msgid "critical" msgstr "حرج" -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:238 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:218 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:278 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:535 +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:238 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:218 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:535 msgid "Kind" msgstr "النوع" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:239 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:219 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:279 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:536 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:219 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:279 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:536 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:356 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:557 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:949 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:991 +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:302 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:356 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:557 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:949 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:991 msgid "No item has been selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي عنصر." -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. we need to fake a certificate name -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:107 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. we need to fake a certificate name +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:107 msgid "Delete" msgstr "حذف" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:366 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:525 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:960 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:366 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:525 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:960 msgid "Really delete this entry?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف هذا الإدخال؟" -#. editDefaultEntries() - changing Entries -#. @return `next,`back,`abort -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 +#. editDefaultEntries() - changing Entries +#. @return `next,`back,`abort +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA " +"and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the <b>Apache server</b>.\n" "Here, change these <b>default settings</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"يقوم YaST بإنشاء <b>CA والشهادة الافتراضيتين</b> تلقائيًا. يتم استخدام CA والشهادة\n" +"يقوم YaST بإنشاء <b>CA والشهادة الافتراضيتين</b> تلقائيًا. يتم استخدام CA " +"والشهادة\n" "في الاتصال بـ <b>خادم Apache</b>.\n" "من هنا، قم بتغيير هذه <b>الإعدادات الافتراضية</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484 msgid "&Edit Alternative Names" msgstr "&تحرير أسماء بديلة" -#. Screen title for the first interactive dialog -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:490 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:96 +#. Screen title for the first interactive dialog +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:490 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:96 msgid "Edit Default Settings" msgstr "تحرير الإعدادات الافتراضية" -#. The main () -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 +#. The main () +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "شهادة الخادم العامة" -#. help text 1/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يتم استخدام شهادة الخادم من قبل الخدمات التي توفر اتصالات شبكة الاتصال SSL/TLS المشفرة.</p>" +#. help text 1/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 +msgid "" +"<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " +"network connections.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يتم استخدام شهادة الخادم من قبل الخدمات التي توفر اتصالات شبكة الاتصال " +"SSL/TLS المشفرة.</p>" -#. help text 2/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " -msgstr "<p>الغرض من <b>شهادة الخادم العامة</b> هو توفير شهادة للعديد من الخدمات التي تعمل على هذا المضيف. " +#. help text 2/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a " +"certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgstr "" +"<p>الغرض من <b>شهادة الخادم العامة</b> هو توفير شهادة للعديد من الخدمات التي " +"تعمل على هذا المضيف. " -#. help text 3/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service.</p>" -msgstr "بعض الوحدات النمطية YaST تقوم بتوفير القدرة على استخدام هذه الشهادة أثناء عملية تكوين مثل هذه الخدمة.</p>" +#. help text 3/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " +"configuration of such a service.</p>" +msgstr "" +"بعض الوحدات النمطية YaST تقوم بتوفير القدرة على استخدام هذه الشهادة أثناء " +"عملية تكوين مثل هذه الخدمة.</p>" -#. help text 4/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one.</p>" -msgstr "<p>مع الزر <b>استيراد/استبدال</b> يمكنك إضافة شهادة خادم جديدة أو استبدال الحالية.</p>" +#. help text 4/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 +msgid "" +"<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server " +"certificate or replace the current one.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>مع الزر <b>استيراد/استبدال</b> يمكنك إضافة شهادة خادم جديدة أو استبدال " +"الحالية.</p>" -#. help text 5/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يمكنك إزالة الشهادات بالنقر على زر <b>إزالة</b> . ولكن تأكد أنها لن تستخدم بعد الآن عن طريق خدمات أخرى.</p>" +#. help text 5/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 +msgid "" +"<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But " +"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يمكنك إزالة الشهادات بالنقر على زر <b>إزالة</b> . ولكن تأكد أنها لن " +"تستخدم بعد الآن عن طريق خدمات أخرى.</p>" -#. help text 6/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يمكن كتابة شهادات إلى ملف باستخدام الخيار <b>تصدير إلى ملف</b> في القسم <b>شهادة</b> الموجود في الوحدة النمطية <b>إدارة CA</b>.</p>" +#. help text 6/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 +msgid "" +"<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in " +"section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يمكن كتابة شهادات إلى ملف باستخدام الخيار <b>تصدير إلى ملف</b> في القسم " +"<b>شهادة</b> الموجود في الوحدة النمطية <b>إدارة CA</b>.</p>" -#. help text 7/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 format with CA chain</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>الشهادات المطلوب استيرادها من القرص تجب كتابتها <b>بالتنسيق PKCS12 مع سلسلة CA</b>.</p>" +#. help text 7/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 +msgid "" +"<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 " +"format with CA chain</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>الشهادات المطلوب استيرادها من القرص تجب كتابتها <b>بالتنسيق PKCS12 مع " +"سلسلة CA</b>.</p>" -#. help text 8/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 +#. help text 8/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 msgid "<p>For more information, please read the manual.</p>" msgstr "<p>لمزيد من المعلومات، الرجاء قراءة الدليل.</p>" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 msgid "" "<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" "You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" @@ -689,34 +741,34 @@ "<pre>لم يتم العثور على شهادة الخادم العامة.\n" "يمكنك استيراد شهادة من على القرص.</pre>" -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 msgid "Description" msgstr "وصف" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "إ&زالة" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "&الاستيراد/استبدال" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "الشهادة لم تنته صلاحيتها بعد.\n" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" @@ -724,29 +776,33 @@ "الرجاء التأكد، من عدم وجود خدمة تستخدم هذه الشهادة بعد الآن.\n" "\n" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "هل تريد بالتأكيد إزالة الشهادة؟" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:66 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:66 msgid "<p>Here, see the most important values of the CA.</p>" msgstr "<p>من هنا، يمكنك الاطلاع على القيم الأكثر أهمية لـ CA.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates</b>, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يتم توفير معلومات خاصة حول CA الحالية من خلال <b>الشهادات</b> و<b>CRL</b> و<b>متقدم</b>.</p>" +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 +msgid "" +"<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates</" +"b>, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يتم توفير معلومات خاصة حول CA الحالية من خلال <b>الشهادات</b> و<b>CRL</b> " +"و<b>متقدم</b>.</p>" -#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA -#. @param CA name -#. @return a string with the CA description -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:164 +#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA +#. @param CA name +#. @return a string with the CA description +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:164 msgid "<p><b> Description for %1 </b></p>" msgstr "<p><b> وصف لـ %1 </b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:177 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:177 msgid "" "\n" "CA not found" @@ -754,13 +810,13 @@ "\n" "لم يتم العثور على CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:183 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:183 msgid "<p><b>Issued For:</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>تم إصدارها لـ:</b></p>" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 msgid "" "\n" "Common Name: " @@ -768,9 +824,9 @@ "\n" "الاسم العام: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 msgid "" "\n" "Organization: " @@ -778,9 +834,9 @@ "\n" "المؤسسة: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 msgid "" "\n" "Location: " @@ -788,9 +844,9 @@ "\n" "الموقع: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "State: " @@ -798,9 +854,9 @@ "\n" "الولاية: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 msgid "" "\n" "Country: " @@ -808,9 +864,9 @@ "\n" "الدولة: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "EMAIL: " @@ -818,11 +874,11 @@ "\n" "البريد الإلكتروني: " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "<p><b>Issued By:</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>تم إصدارها بواسطة:</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -830,7 +886,7 @@ "\n" "صالحة من: " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -838,245 +894,275 @@ "\n" "صالحة إلى: " -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "متق&دم..." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "عر&ض" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "ت&غيير كلمة سر CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "إنشا&ء SubCA" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "ت&صدير إلى ملف" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "تصدير إل&ى LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "تحرير الإعداد الافترا&ضي" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values.</p>" -msgstr "<p>عند إنشاء subCA أو شهادة جديدة، فإن النظام يقوم باقتراح بعض القيم الافتراضية.</p>" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 +msgid "" +"<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " +"default values.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>عند إنشاء subCA أو شهادة جديدة، فإن النظام يقوم باقتراح بعض القيم " +"الافتراضية.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 msgid "<p>With this workflow, change these default settings.</p>" msgstr "<p>من خلال تدفق العمل هذا، قم بتغيير هذه الإعدادات الافتراضية.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only.</p>" -msgstr "<p>مع ذلك، سيتم استخدام الإعدادات التي تم تعديلها للإدخالات <b>الجديدة</B> فقط.</p>" +#. help text 3/4 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 +msgid "" +"<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>مع ذلك، سيتم استخدام الإعدادات التي تم تعديلها للإدخالات <b>الجديدة</B> " +"فقط.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يمكنك تحرير الإعدادات الافتراضية لـ <b>subCAs</b> و<b>شهادات العميل</b> و<b>شهادات الخادم</b>.</p>" +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 +msgid "" +"<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client " +"certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يمكنك تحرير الإعدادات الافتراضية لـ <b>subCAs</b> و<b>شهادات العميل</b> " +"و<b>شهادات الخادم</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 msgid "Default Settings for:" msgstr "إعدادات افتراضية لـ:" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:83 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:83 msgid "&Sub CA" msgstr "CA فرع&ية" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:85 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:85 msgid "&Client Certificate" msgstr "شهادة الع&ميل" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:88 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:88 msgid "S&erver Certificate" msgstr "&شهادة الخادم" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يوفر هذا الإطار نظرة عامة على كافة الإعدادات الافتراضية قبل حفظها.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 +msgid "" +"<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " +"saved.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يوفر هذا الإطار نظرة عامة على كافة الإعدادات الافتراضية قبل حفظها.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 msgid "<p>Click <b>Save</b> to finish the input.</p>" msgstr "<p>انقر فوق <b>حفظ</b> لإنهاء عملية الإدخال.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "<p><b>Summary</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>الملخص</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:150 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:169 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:339 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:351 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:454 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:505 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:523 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:532 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:544 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:553 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:562 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:571 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:580 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:824 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:844 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1023 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1035 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1138 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1199 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1208 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1217 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1226 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1238 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1247 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:150 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:169 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:339 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:351 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:454 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:505 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:523 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:532 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:544 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:553 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:562 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:580 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:824 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:844 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1138 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1199 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1208 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1217 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1238 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1247 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr " (حرج)\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:156 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:156 msgid "Path Length: " msgstr "طول المسار: " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:177 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:177 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "(حرج) " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "نسخ الاسم البديل للكائن من CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "(حرج)\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "nsComment: " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "nsCertType: " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "نسخ عنوان البريد الإلكتروني القياسي" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:591 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:591 msgid "Save Settings (step 3/3)" msgstr "حفظ الإعدادات (الخطوة 3/3)" -#. creating new certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:609 +#. creating new certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:609 msgid "Default has been saved." msgstr "تم حفظ الإعداد الافتراضي." -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>" -msgstr "<p>أولاً، راجع عرض القائمة مع كافة الشهادات المتوفرة من CA. تعتبر الأعمدة هي الأسماء المميزة للشهادات بما في ذلك عنوان البريد الإلكتروني وحالة الشهادة (مثل صالحة أو مبطلة).</p>" +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " +"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " +"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>أولاً، راجع عرض القائمة مع كافة الشهادات المتوفرة من CA. تعتبر الأعمدة هي " +"الأسماء المميزة للشهادات بما في ذلك عنوان البريد الإلكتروني وحالة الشهادة " +"(مثل صالحة أو مبطلة).</p>" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 msgid "<p>Select one of the certificates and execute some actions.</p>" msgstr "<p>حدد إحدى الشهادات وقم بتنفيذ بعض الإجراءات.</p>" -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>عرض</b> يعمل على فتح إطار يحتوي على تمثيل نصي للشهادة الكاملة.</p>" +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 +msgid "" +"<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete " +"certificate.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>عرض</b> يعمل على فتح إطار يحتوي على تمثيل نصي للشهادة الكاملة.</p>" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a certificate.</p>" -msgstr "<p>وعلاوة على ذلك، يمكنك <b>إبطال</b> شهادة أو <b>حذفها</b> أو <b>تصديرها</b>.</p>" +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 +msgid "" +"<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a " +"certificate.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>وعلاوة على ذلك، يمكنك <b>إبطال</b> شهادة أو <b>حذفها</b> أو <b>تصديرها</" +"b>.</p>" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 msgid "<p>With <b>Add</b>, generate a new server or client certificate.</p>" msgstr "<p>باستخدام <b>إضافة</b>، قم بإنشاء شهادة عميل أو خادم جديد.</p>" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate.</p>" +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 +msgid "" +"<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " +"certificate.</p>" msgstr "<p>في المنطقة أدناه، راجع القيم الأكثر أهمية للشهادة المحددة.</p>" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 msgid "Revoke Certificate" msgstr "إبطال الشهادة" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 msgid "You are only revoking the certificate. No new CRL will be created." msgstr "أنت تقوم بإبطال الشهادة فقط. لن يتم إنشاء CRL جديدة." -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 msgid "Reasons" msgstr "الأسباب" -#. getCertDescription - description of a certificate -#. @param map of description -#. @return a string with the certification description -#. getRequestDescription - description of a request -#. @param map of description, onlySubject -#. @return a string with the request description -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:288 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:55 +#. getCertDescription - description of a certificate +#. @param map of description +#. @return a string with the certification description +#. getRequestDescription - description of a request +#. @param map of description, onlySubject +#. @return a string with the request description +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:288 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:55 msgid "<p><b>Description</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>الوصف</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:291 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:291 msgid "" "\n" "Certificate not found" @@ -1084,10 +1170,10 @@ "\n" "لم يتم العثور على الشهادة" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 msgid "" "\n" "Common Name: " @@ -1095,10 +1181,10 @@ "\n" "الاسم العام: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 msgid "" "\n" "Organization: " @@ -1106,10 +1192,10 @@ "\n" "المؤسسة: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 msgid "" "\n" "Location: " @@ -1117,10 +1203,10 @@ "\n" "الموقع: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 msgid "" "\n" "State: " @@ -1128,10 +1214,10 @@ "\n" "الولاية: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 msgid "" "\n" "Country: " @@ -1139,10 +1225,10 @@ "\n" "الدولة: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 msgid "" "\n" "EMAIL: " @@ -1150,10 +1236,10 @@ "\n" "البريد الإلكتروني: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 msgid "" "\n" "Is CA: " @@ -1161,10 +1247,10 @@ "\n" "إصدار CA: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" "Key Size: " @@ -1172,8 +1258,8 @@ "\n" "الحجم الأساسي: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 msgid "" "\n" "Serialnumber: " @@ -1181,10 +1267,10 @@ "\n" "الرقم المسلسل: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 msgid "" "\n" "Version: " @@ -1192,8 +1278,8 @@ "\n" "الإصدار: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -1201,8 +1287,8 @@ "\n" "صالحة من: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -1210,10 +1296,10 @@ "\n" "صالحة إلى: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 msgid "" "\n" "algo. of pub. Key : " @@ -1221,10 +1307,10 @@ "\n" "algo. لـ pub. Key : " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "algo. of signature: " @@ -1232,130 +1318,130 @@ "\n" "algo. للتوقيع: " -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#. Initialize the tab of the dialog +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "صالح" -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "مبطلة" -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "منتهية الصلاحية" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "الحالة" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "عنوان البريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "إضافة" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "إضافة شهادة الخادم" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "إضافة شهادة العميل" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "تغي&ير كلمة السر" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "إب&طال" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "ح&ذف" -#. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 +#. Fate (#2613) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "تصدير" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "تصدير إلى ملف" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "تصدير إلى LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "تصدير كشهادة خادم عامة" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "هل تريد حذف الشهادة الحالية؟" -#. Create a certificate via command line -#. @param option map -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/commandline.rb:106 +#. Create a certificate via command line +#. @param option map +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/commandline.rb:106 msgid "Wrong kind of certificate." msgstr "نوع الشهادة غير صحيح." -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:55 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:55 msgid "<p>Here, see the most important values of the CRL.</p>" msgstr "<p>من هنا، راجع القيم الأكثر أهمية لـ CRL.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:59 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:59 msgid "<p>With <b>Generate CRL</b>, a new CRL will be generated.</p>" msgstr "<p>باستخدام <b>إنشاء CRL</b>، سيتم إنشاء CRL جديدة.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64 msgid "<p><b>View</b> shows a complete description.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>عرض</b> يقوم بعرض وصف كامل.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 msgid "<p>You can <b>Export</b> the CRL to a file or LDAP Directory.</p>" msgstr "<p>يمكنك <b>تصدير</b> CRL إلى ملف أو إلى دليل LDAP.</p>" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 msgid "Generate New CRL" msgstr "إنشاء CRL جديدة" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:99 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:99 msgid "&Valid to (days):" msgstr "صالحة حت&ى (أيام):" -#. getDescription - CRL description -#. @param CA name -#. @return a string with the CRL description -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:210 +#. getDescription - CRL description +#. @param CA name +#. @return a string with the CRL description +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:210 msgid "<p><b>Certificate Revocation List (CRL):</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>قائمة إبطال الشهادات (CRL):</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:225 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1365,7 +1451,7 @@ "\n" "التحديث الأخير: " -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:229 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:229 msgid "" "\n" "Next Update: " @@ -1373,7 +1459,7 @@ "\n" "التحديث التالي: " -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:234 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:234 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1383,548 +1469,646 @@ "\n" "الشهادات المبطلة: " -#. Dialog Tab - CRL - -#. @return [Yast::Term] for the CRL of a selected CA -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:260 +#. Dialog Tab - CRL - +#. @return [Yast::Term] for the CRL of a selected CA +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:260 msgid "&Generate CRL" msgstr "CRL &العامة" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:262 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:129 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:262 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:129 msgid "&Default" msgstr "ا&فتراضي" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 -msgid "<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>" +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 +msgid "" +"<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>" msgstr "<p>عند إنشاء CRL جديدة، يقوم النظام باقتراح بعض القيم الافتراضية.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 msgid "<p>With this frame, change these default settings.</p>" msgstr "<p>من خلال هذا الإطار، قم بتغيير الإعدادات الافتراضية.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "&فترة الصلاحية (أيام):" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:179 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:179 msgid "&Critical" msgstr "حر&ج" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:200 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:200 msgid "C&ritical" msgstr "&حرج" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:207 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:207 msgid "C&opy Subject Alternative Name from CA" msgstr "نس&خ الاسم البديل للكائن من CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:254 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:254 msgid "Default CRL Settings" msgstr "إعدادات CRL الافتراضية" -#. Translators: window caption -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:108 +#. Translators: window caption +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:108 msgid "Security Information" msgstr "معلومات الأمان" -#. Translators: long help text - security information -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." -msgstr "تحذير!<br>سيعمل تنشيط الإنشاء التلقائي وتصدير CRL على كتابة كلمة سر CA إلى ملف تكوين على القرص. وسيتم حفظ كلمة السر هناك في نص عادي نظرًا لكونها مطلوبة لإنشاء CRL. سيكون الملف قابلاً للقراءة فقط للمستخدم المسؤول." +#. Translators: long help text - security information +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 +msgid "" +"Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " +"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " +"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " +"readable for the root user." +msgstr "" +"تحذير!<br>سيعمل تنشيط الإنشاء التلقائي وتصدير CRL على كتابة كلمة سر CA إلى " +"ملف تكوين على القرص. وسيتم حفظ كلمة السر هناك في نص عادي نظرًا لكونها مطلوبة " +"لإنشاء CRL. سيكون الملف قابلاً للقراءة فقط للمستخدم المسؤول." -#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA -#. @param selected CA -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:372 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:522 +#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA +#. @param selected CA +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:372 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:522 msgid "Export CRL" msgstr "تصدير CRL" -#. this default can only be set inside this function -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 +#. this default can only be set inside this function +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 msgid "<p>Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting <b>Export once</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>تصدير CRL الخاصة بـ CA هذه مرة واحدة عن طريق تحديد <b>تصدير مرة واحدة</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>تصدير CRL الخاصة بـ CA هذه مرة واحدة عن طريق تحديد <b>تصدير مرة واحدة</b>." +"</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in <b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>لإعداد عملية إعادة إنشاء متكررة من CRL، حدد<b>إعادة إنشاء متكررة وتصدير</b>. في هذه الحالة قم بتعيين الفاصل الزمني لإعادة الإنشاء في <b>فاصل زمني دوري</b>. إذا قمت بتعيين الفاصل الزمني إلى 24 ساعة، فبالإضافة إلى ذلك يمكنك تحديد ساعة للتصدير. الرجاء التأكد من قراءة وفهم <b>معلومات الأمان</b>.</p>" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 +msgid "" +"<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation " +"and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " +"<b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " +"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " +"understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>لإعداد عملية إعادة إنشاء متكررة من CRL، حدد<b>إعادة إنشاء متكررة وتصدير</" +"b>. في هذه الحالة قم بتعيين الفاصل الزمني لإعادة الإنشاء في <b>فاصل زمني " +"دوري</b>. إذا قمت بتعيين الفاصل الزمني إلى 24 ساعة، فبالإضافة إلى ذلك يمكنك " +"تحديد ساعة للتصدير. الرجاء التأكد من قراءة وفهم <b>معلومات الأمان</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file</b> and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يمكنك تنشيط تصدير CRL إلى ملف محلي أو إلى خادم LDAP أو كليهما. قم بإعداد المعلمات المناسبة في <b>تصدير إلى ملف محلي</b> و<b>تصدير إلى LDAP</b>.</p>" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 +msgid "" +"<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " +"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file</" +"b> and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يمكنك تنشيط تصدير CRL إلى ملف محلي أو إلى خادم LDAP أو كليهما. قم بإعداد " +"المعلمات المناسبة في <b>تصدير إلى ملف محلي</b> و<b>تصدير إلى LDAP</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 msgid "Export once" msgstr "تصدير مرة واحدة" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:407 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:407 msgid "Repeated recreation and export" msgstr "إعادة إنشاء متكررة وتصدير" -#. fix space issue (bnc#446137) -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:419 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:496 +#. fix space issue (bnc#446137) +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:419 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:496 msgid "&Host Name:" msgstr "اسم الم&ضيف:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:420 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:497 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:420 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:497 msgid "&Port:" msgstr "م&نفذ:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:421 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:498 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:421 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:498 msgid "&DN:" msgstr "الاسم الممي&ز:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:426 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:499 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:426 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:499 msgid "&Bind DN:" msgstr "الاسم المميز &للربط:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:427 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:427 msgid "Pass&word" msgstr "&كلمة السر" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:435 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:435 msgid "Save &as" msgstr "ح&فظ باسم" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:442 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:628 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:853 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:965 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:628 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:853 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:965 msgid "Export Format" msgstr "تنسيق التصدير" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:443 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:443 msgid "PEM Format" msgstr "تنسيق PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:444 msgid "DER Format" msgstr "تنسيق DER" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:453 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:453 msgid "Periodic interval" msgstr "فاصل زمني دوري" -#. `HSquash( `IntField( `id(`interval_days), "&days", 0, 100, 30 )), -#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:457 +#. `HSquash( `IntField( `id(`interval_days), "&days", 0, 100, 30 )), +#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:457 msgid "every" msgstr "كل" -#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:463 +#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:463 msgid "&hour(s)" msgstr "سا&عة (ساعات)" -#. (bnc#446137) -#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:472 +#. (bnc#446137) +#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:472 msgid "at" msgstr "في" -#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:474 +#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:474 msgid "&o'clock" msgstr "&ساعة" -#. (bnc#446137) -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:479 +#. (bnc#446137) +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:479 msgid "&Security Information" msgstr "معلوما&ت الأمان" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:497 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:497 msgid "Export to file" msgstr "تصدير إلى ملف" -#. gray out or ungray UI elements -#. Popup::Error(_("Currently not supported.")); -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:543 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:455 +#. gray out or ungray UI elements +#. Popup::Error(_("Currently not supported.")); +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:543 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:455 msgid "Save as" msgstr "حفظ باسم" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:647 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:647 msgid "Export to file failed." msgstr "فشل التصدير إلى ملف." -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:648 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:673 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:648 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:673 msgid "Do you want to retry?" msgstr "هل تريد إعادة المحاولة؟" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:653 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:468 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:653 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:468 msgid "Saved to file successfully." msgstr "تم الحفظ إلى الملف بنجاح." -#. Checking error -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:669 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:603 +#. Checking error +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:669 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:603 msgid "Saved to LDAP successfully." msgstr "تم الحفظ إلى LDAP بنجاح." -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:672 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:672 msgid "Export to LDAP failed." msgstr "فشل التصدير إلى LDAP." -#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:86 +#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:86 msgid "Software error - Unknown Tab" msgstr "خطأ برمجي - علامة تبويب غير معروفة" -#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:141 +#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:141 msgid "Certificate Authority (CA)" msgstr "جهة إصدار الشهادات (CA)" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:147 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:147 msgid "&Description" msgstr "الو&صف" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:149 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:149 msgid "C&ertificates" msgstr "&شهادات" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:151 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:151 msgid "CR&L" msgstr "CR&L" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:153 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:153 msgid "&Requests" msgstr "&طلبات" -#. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 msgid "<p>To generate a new CA, some entries are needed.</p>" msgstr "<p>لإنشاء CA جديدة، فإن بعض الإدخالات مطلوبة.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 msgid "<p>To generate a new certificate, some entries are needed.</p>" msgstr "<p>لإنشاء شهادة جديدة، فإن بعض الإدخالات مطلوبة.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 msgid "<p>To generate a new request, some entries are needed.</p>" msgstr "<p>لإنشاء طلب جديد، فإن بعض الإدخالات مطلوبة.</p>" -#. help text 2/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 +#. help text 2/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 msgid "<p>It depends on the policy defined in the configuration file.</p>" msgstr "<p>.يعتمد هذا الأمر على السياسة المعرفة في ملف التكوين.</p>" -#. help text 4/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111 +#. help text 4/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111 msgid "<p>Only US ASCII characters are allowed.</p>" msgstr "<p>مسموح بالأحرف US ASCII فقط.</p>" -#. help text 5/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>اسم CA</b>هو اسم شهادة CA. استخدم الحروف \"من a إلى z\" و\"من A إلى Z\" و\"-\" و\"_\".</p>" +#. help text 5/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 +msgid "" +"<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " +"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>اسم CA</b>هو اسم شهادة CA. استخدم الحروف \"من a إلى z\" و\"من A إلى Z" +"\" و\"-\" و\"_\".</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the CA.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>الاسم العام</b> هو اسم CA.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate.</p>" +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the " +"certificate.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>الاسم العام</b> هو اسم المستخدم الذي سيتم إنشاء شهادة له.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 -msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>" +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>الاسم العام</b> هو اسم المجال المؤهل بالكامل للخادم.</p>" -#. help text 6/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>عناوين البريد الإلكتروني</b> هي عناوين بريد إلكتروني صالحة خاصة بالمستخدم أو مسؤول الخادم.</p>" +#. help text 6/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 +msgid "" +"<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " +"administrator.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>عناوين البريد الإلكتروني</b> هي عناوين بريد إلكتروني صالحة خاصة " +"بالمستخدم أو مسؤول الخادم.</p>" -#. help text 7/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and <b>State</b> are often optional.</p>" -msgstr "غالبًا ما تكون الحقول <p><b>المؤسسة</b> و<b>الوحدة التنظيمية</b> و<b>المنطقة</b>و<b>الولاية</b> اختيارية.</p>" +#. help text 7/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and " +"<b>State</b> are often optional.</p>" +msgstr "" +"غالبًا ما تكون الحقول <p><b>المؤسسة</b> و<b>الوحدة التنظيمية</b> و<b>المنطقة</" +"b>و<b>الولاية</b> اختيارية.</p>" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 msgid "D&efault" msgstr "افترا&ضي" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:194 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:194 msgid "E-Mail Addresses" msgstr "عناوين البريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:195 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:195 msgid "default" msgstr "افتراضي" -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 msgid "Create New " msgstr "إنشاء جديد " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 msgid " (step 1/3)" msgstr " (الخطوة 1/3)" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يتطلب المفتاح الخاص لـ CA <B>كلمة سر</B> تحتوي على خمسة حروف بحد أدنى على الأقل. لأسباب تتعلق بالتحقق، قم بإعادة إدخالها في الحقل التالي.</p>" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 +msgid "" +"<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length " +"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يتطلب المفتاح الخاص لـ CA <B>كلمة سر</B> تحتوي على خمسة حروف بحد أدنى على " +"الأقل. لأسباب تتعلق بالتحقق، قم بإعادة إدخالها في الحقل التالي.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" -msgstr "<p>تحتوي كل CA على <b>طول المفتاح</b> الخاص بها. تحتاج بعض التطبيقات التي تقوم باستخدام الشهادات إلى أطوال مفاتيح خاصة.</p>" +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 +msgid "" +"<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use " +"certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>تحتوي كل CA على <b>طول المفتاح</b> الخاص بها. تحتاج بعض التطبيقات التي " +"تقوم باستخدام الشهادات إلى أطوال مفاتيح خاصة.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>" -msgstr "<p>تعتبر CA صالحة لفترة محددة فقط (<b>فترة الصلاحية</b>). أدخل إطار الوقت بالأيام.</p>" +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 +msgid "" +"<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the " +"time frame in days.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>تعتبر CA صالحة لفترة محددة فقط (<b>فترة الصلاحية</b>). أدخل إطار الوقت " +"بالأيام.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#. help text 4/4 -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>خيارات متقدمة</b> هي خيارات خاصة جدًا. إذا قمت بتغيير هذه الخيارات، فلا تضمن SUSE عمل الشهادة التي تم إنشاؤها بشكل صحيح.</p>" +#. help text 4/4 +#. help text 4/4 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these " +"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " +"correctly.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>خيارات متقدمة</b> هي خيارات خاصة جدًا. إذا قمت بتغيير هذه الخيارات، فلا " +"تضمن SUSE عمل الشهادة التي تم إنشاؤها بشكل صحيح.</p>" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يتطلب المفتاح الخاص بالشهادة <B>كلمة سر</B> تحتوي على خمسة حروف بحد أدنى على الأقل. لأسباب تتعلق بالتحقق، قم بإعادة إدخالها في الحقل التالي.</p>" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 +msgid "" +"<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum " +"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " +"field.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يتطلب المفتاح الخاص بالشهادة <B>كلمة سر</B> تحتوي على خمسة حروف بحد أدنى " +"على الأقل. لأسباب تتعلق بالتحقق، قم بإعادة إدخالها في الحقل التالي.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" -msgstr "<p>تحتوي كل شهادة على <b>طول المفتاح</b> الخاص بها. تحتاج بعض التطبيقات التي تقوم باستخدام الشهادات إلى أطوال مفاتيح خاصة.</p>" +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 +msgid "" +"<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that " +"use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>تحتوي كل شهادة على <b>طول المفتاح</b> الخاص بها. تحتاج بعض التطبيقات التي " +"تقوم باستخدام الشهادات إلى أطوال مفاتيح خاصة.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>" -msgstr "<p>تمتد صلاحية الشهادة لفترة محددة فقط (<b>فترة الصلاحية</b>). أدخل الفترة الزمنية بالأيام.</p>" +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 +msgid "" +"<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). " +"Enter the time frame in days.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>تمتد صلاحية الشهادة لفترة محددة فقط (<b>فترة الصلاحية</b>). أدخل الفترة " +"الزمنية بالأيام.</p>" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يتطلب المفتاح الخاص للطلب <B>كلمة سر</B> تحتوي على خمسة حروف بحد أدنى على الأقل. لأسباب تتعلق بالتحقق، قم بإعادة إدخالها في الحقل التالي.</p>" +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 +msgid "" +"<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum " +"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " +"field.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يتطلب المفتاح الخاص للطلب <B>كلمة سر</B> تحتوي على خمسة حروف بحد أدنى على " +"الأقل. لأسباب تتعلق بالتحقق، قم بإعادة إدخالها في الحقل التالي.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يتوفر <b>طول مفتاح</b> خاص لكل طلب. تحتاج بعض التطبيقات التي تقوم باستخدام الشهادات إلى أطوال مفاتيح خاصة.</p>" +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 +msgid "" +"<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use " +"certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يتوفر <b>طول مفتاح</b> خاص لكل طلب. تحتاج بعض التطبيقات التي تقوم " +"باستخدام الشهادات إلى أطوال مفاتيح خاصة.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password" msgstr "استخدام &كلمة سر CA ككلمة سر للشهادة" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:582 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:582 msgid "V&erify Password:" msgstr "التحقق من كلم&ة السر:" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:590 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:590 msgid "&Key Length (bit):" msgstr "ط&ول المفتاح (بت):" -#. tree widget label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:611 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:108 +#. tree widget label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:611 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:108 msgid "&Advanced Options" msgstr "&خيارات متقدمة" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 msgid " (step 2/3)" msgstr " (الخطوة 2/3)" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:661 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:661 msgid "Passwords are different." msgstr "كلمتا المرور مختلفتان." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:667 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:667 msgid "Password required." msgstr "مطلوب إدخال كلمة السر." -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يوفر لك هذا الإطار نظرة عامة على كافة إعدادات CA التي سيتم إنشاؤها.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 +msgid "" +"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " +"created.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يوفر لك هذا الإطار نظرة عامة على كافة إعدادات CA التي سيتم إنشاؤها.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the CA.</p>" msgstr "<p>انقر فوق <b>إنشاء</b> لإنشاء CA.</p>" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يوفر لك هذا الإطار نظرة عامة على كافة إعدادات الشهادة التي سيتم إنشاؤها.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 +msgid "" +"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " +"will be created.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يوفر لك هذا الإطار نظرة عامة على كافة إعدادات الشهادة التي سيتم إنشاؤها.</" +"p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the certificate.</p>" msgstr "<p>انقر فوق <b>إنشاء</b> لإنشاء الشهادة.</p>" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يوفر لك هذا الإطار نظرة عامة على كافة إعدادات الطلب الذي سيتم إنشاؤه.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 +msgid "" +"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " +"created.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يوفر لك هذا الإطار نظرة عامة على كافة إعدادات الطلب الذي سيتم إنشاؤه.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the request.</p>" msgstr "<p>انقر فوق <b>إنشاء</b> لإنشاء الطلب.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:736 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:736 msgid "CA Name: " msgstr "اسم CA: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:743 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:743 msgid "Common Name: " msgstr "الاسم العام: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:752 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:752 msgid "Organization: " msgstr "المؤسسة: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:761 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:761 msgid "Organizational Unit: " msgstr "الوحدة التنظيمية: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:769 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:769 msgid "E-Mail Addresses: " msgstr "عناوين البريد الإلكتروني: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:793 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:793 msgid "Locality: " msgstr "المنطقة: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:801 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:801 msgid "State: " msgstr "الولاية: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:807 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:807 msgid "Country: " msgstr "الدولة:" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:812 msgid "Key Length: " msgstr "طول المفتاح: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:817 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:817 msgid "Valid Period: " msgstr "فترة الصلاحية: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:820 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:820 msgid " days\n" msgstr " أيام\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "طول المسار " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 msgid " (step 3/3)" msgstr " (الخطوة 3/3)" -#. label widget -#. header label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:122 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:241 +#. label widget +#. header label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:122 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:241 msgid "Current Selection: " msgstr "التحديد الحالي:" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:189 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:189 msgid "Help" msgstr "تعليمات" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. File: -#. new_cert_item.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. CA Management -#. -#. Summary: -#. Items definition for advanced setting ( creating -#. new certificate ) -#. -#. Authors: -#. Stefan Schubert <schubi@suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Creating a new CA/Certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</P>" -msgstr "<P>يبين هذا الإطار كذلك سمات وملحقات OpenSSL X509v3 التي يمكن تعيينها. إذا كنت غير معتادًا على هذه الملحقات، فراجع الملف /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</P>" +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. File: +#. new_cert_item.ycp +#. +#. Module: +#. CA Management +#. +#. Summary: +#. Items definition for advanced setting ( creating +#. new certificate ) +#. +#. Authors: +#. Stefan Schubert <schubi@suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Creating a new CA/Certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 +msgid "" +"<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " +"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " +"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</" +"P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>يبين هذا الإطار كذلك سمات وملحقات OpenSSL X509v3 التي يمكن تعيينها. إذا " +"كنت غير معتادًا على هذه الملحقات، فراجع الملف /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-" +"doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</P>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 msgid "<P>Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable.</P>" -msgstr "<P>قد تؤدي الإدخالات غير الصحيحة إلى جعل الشهادة غير قابلة للاستخدام.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>قد تؤدي الإدخالات غير الصحيحة إلى جعل الشهادة غير قابلة للاستخدام.</P>" -#. items for CA and Certificates -#. items for Requests -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:68 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:121 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:155 +#. items for CA and Certificates +#. items for Requests +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:68 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:121 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:155 msgid "Advanced Settings" msgstr "إعدادات متقدمة" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:92 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:143 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:598 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:92 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:143 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:598 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير" -#. Creating default CA/Certificate -#. @return [Boolean] ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 +#. Creating default CA/Certificate +#. @return [Boolean] ( success ) +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 msgid "Creating certificate..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء الشهادة..." -#. Creating server certificate -#. Exporting to common server certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 +#. Creating server certificate +#. Exporting to common server certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 msgid "" "The default certificate can also be created in\n" "the CA Management module.\n" @@ -1932,106 +2116,119 @@ "يمكن إنشاء الشهادة الافتراضية أيضًا في\n" "وحدة إدارة CA النمطية.\n" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 msgid "Finish" msgstr "إنهاء" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حفظ التكوين؟" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 msgid "Exit" msgstr "خروج" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "هل تريد الخروج من التكوين بدون حفظ؟" -#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 +#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 msgid "Details" msgstr "التفاصيل" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>" -msgstr "<p>أولاً، انظر عرض القائمة التي تضم كافة الطلبات المتوفرة لـ CA هذه. تعتبر الأعمدة الاسم المميز للطلب بما في ذلك عنوان البريد الإلكتروني.</p>" +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 +msgid "" +"<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " +"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>أولاً، انظر عرض القائمة التي تضم كافة الطلبات المتوفرة لـ CA هذه. تعتبر " +"الأعمدة الاسم المميز للطلب بما في ذلك عنوان البريد الإلكتروني.</p>" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 msgid "<p>Select one of the requests and execute some actions.</p>" msgstr "<p>حدد أحد الطلبات وقم بتنفيذ بعض الإجراءات.</p>" -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete request.</p>" +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 +msgid "" +"<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete " +"request.</p>" msgstr "<p>يقوم الخيار <b>عرض</b> بفتح إطار به تمثيل نصي للطلب المكتمل.</p>" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>" +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 +msgid "" +"<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>" msgstr "<p>يمكنك أيضًا <b>توقيع</b> أو <b>حذف</b> أو <b>تصدير</b> طلب.</p>" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new request.</p>" -msgstr "<p>من خلال الخيار <b>استيراد</b>، تتم قراءة طلب جديد. ومن خلال الخيار <b>إضافة</b>، يتم إنشاء طلب جديد.</p>" +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 +msgid "" +"<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new " +"request.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>من خلال الخيار <b>استيراد</b>، تتم قراءة طلب جديد. ومن خلال الخيار " +"<b>إضافة</b>، يتم إنشاء طلب جديد.</p>" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request.</p>" +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 +msgid "" +"<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." +"</p>" msgstr "<p>في المنطقة أدناه، انظر إلى القيم الأكثر أهمية للطلب المحدد.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 msgid "Generate Time" msgstr "إنشاء وقت" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:335 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:335 msgid "&Import" msgstr "استي&راد" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:340 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:340 msgid "Add Sub-CA Request" msgstr "إضافة طلبات CA فرعية" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:341 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:341 msgid "Add Server Request" msgstr "إضافة طلبات الخادم" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:342 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:342 msgid "Add Client Request" msgstr "إضافة طلبات العميل" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:348 msgid "&Request" msgstr "&طلب" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:354 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:354 msgid "Sign" msgstr "توقيع" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:356 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:356 msgid "As Client Certificate" msgstr "كشهادة عميل" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:357 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:357 msgid "As Server Certificate" msgstr "كشهادة خادم" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:358 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:358 msgid "As CA Certificate" msgstr "كشهادة CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:430 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:430 msgid "Delete current request?" msgstr "هل تريد حذف الطلب الحالي؟" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:58 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:58 msgid "" "\n" "Request not found.\n" @@ -2039,8 +2236,8 @@ "\n" "لم يتم العثور على الطلب.\n" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 msgid "" "\n" "generation Time: " @@ -2048,168 +2245,179 @@ "\n" "وقت الإنشاء: " -#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention -#. @param request extention -#. @return [void] -#. The user has decide that given request extention -#. will be used. --> setting for signation -#. @param request extention -#. @return [void] -#. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 +#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention +#. @param request extention +#. @return [void] +#. The user has decide that given request extention +#. will be used. --> setting for signation +#. @param request extention +#. @return [void] +#. Filling up reqeust extentions +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على الامتداد \"%1\"." -#. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 +#. IS CA ? +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "يعتبر هذا طلب CA. هل تريد بالفعل توقيعه كـ %1؟" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "لا يعتبر هذا طلب CA. هل تريد بالفعل توقيعه كطلب CA؟" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "<p>This frame shows the signing request.</p>" msgstr "<p>يعرض هذا الإطار طلب التوقيع.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>" +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 +msgid "" +"<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>" msgstr "<p>يحتوي الطلب على امتدادات خاصة بالطلب يمكنك قبولها.</p>" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 -msgid "<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>" -msgstr "<p>إذا قمت برفض هذه الامتدادات، يتم اتخاذ القيم الافتراضية بدلاً منها.</p>" +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 +msgid "" +"<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>إذا قمت برفض هذه الامتدادات، يتم اتخاذ القيم الافتراضية بدلاً منها.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "الامتدادات المطلوبة" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "طلب توقيع كـ %1 (الخطوة 1/2)" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يوفر لك هذا الإطار نظرة عامة على كافة إعدادات الطلب التي سيتم توقيعها.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 +msgid "" +"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " +"signed.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يوفر لك هذا الإطار نظرة عامة على كافة إعدادات الطلب التي سيتم توقيعها.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "<p>Click <b>Sign Request</b> to go on.</p>" msgstr "<p>انقر فوق <b>توقيع طلب</b> للمتابعة.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr " أيام" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)</p>" msgstr " (حرج)</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "تحرير ال&طلب" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "توقيع طلب كـ %1 (الخطوة 2/2)" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "توقيع طلب" -#. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 +#. signing request +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "تم توقيع الطلب." -#. Deleting current CA -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:105 +#. Deleting current CA +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:105 msgid "Really delete CA %1?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذفCA %1؟" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:118 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:118 msgid "Force Delete" msgstr "فرض الحذف" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:119 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:119 msgid "This CA is still in use. Delete it?" msgstr "CA الحالية لا تزال قيد الاستخدام. هل تريد حذفها؟" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145 msgid "<p>Select one CA and press <b>Enter CA</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>حدد CA، ثم انقر فوق <b>إدخالCA</b>.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 -msgid "<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يقوم الخيار <b>إنشاء CA جذر</b> بإنشاء إحدى جهات إصدار الشهادات الجذر الجديدة.</p>" +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يقوم الخيار <b>إنشاء CA جذر</b> بإنشاء إحدى جهات إصدار الشهادات الجذر " +"الجديدة.</p>" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 -msgid "<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>" +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 +msgid "" +"<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>" msgstr "<p>لمزيد من المعلومات حول إدارة CA، الرجاء قراءة الدليل.</p>" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167 msgid "&Enter CA" msgstr "إ&دخال CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:171 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:171 msgid "&Delete CA" msgstr "ح&ذف CA" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:180 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:180 msgid "&Create Root CA" msgstr "إنشاء CA ج&ذر" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:187 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:187 msgid "&Import CA" msgstr "اس&تيراد CA" -#. To translators: tree headers -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:199 +#. To translators: tree headers +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:199 msgid "CA Tree" msgstr "هيكل CA" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:208 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:208 msgid "CA Selection" msgstr "تحديد CA" -#. Change password Dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:173 +#. Change password Dialog +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:173 msgid "Change Certificate Password" msgstr "تغيير كلمة سر الشهادة" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:174 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:174 msgid "Change CA Password" msgstr "تغيير كلمة سر CA" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:186 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:186 msgid "&Old Password:" msgstr "كلمة ال&سر القديمة:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:188 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:380 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:188 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:380 msgid "&New Password:" msgstr "كلمة السر ال&جديدة:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:189 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:189 msgid "&Verify Password:" msgstr "الت&حقق من كلمة السر:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:220 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:220 msgid "" "The new password is too short to use it for the certificates.\n" "Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n" @@ -2217,44 +2425,45 @@ "كلمة المرور الجديدة قصيرة جدًا لكي تستخدم للشهادات.\n" "أدخل كلمة مرور صالحة للشهادات.\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245 msgid "CA Password changed." msgstr "تم تغيير كلمة سر CA." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:247 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:247 msgid "Certificate Password changed." msgstr "تم تغيير كلمة سر الشهادة:" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:275 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:275 msgid "Enter CA Password" msgstr "إدخال كلمة سر CA" -#. Dialog for exporting CA/Certificate/CRL to LDAP -#. -#. @param "CA" "CRL" "CERT" "subjectAltName" -#. @return true ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:349 +#. Dialog for exporting CA/Certificate/CRL to LDAP +#. +#. @param "CA" "CRL" "CERT" "subjectAltName" +#. @return true ( success ) +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:349 msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "كلمة &سر LDAP:" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "كلمة سر الشه&ادة:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:381 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:697 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1039 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:381 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:697 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1039 msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "التحقق من &كلمة السر" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:421 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:421 msgid "LDAP Initialization" msgstr "تهيئة LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:423 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:423 msgid "" "LDAP must initialize for the CA management.\n" "Enter the required LDAP password.\n" @@ -2262,125 +2471,136 @@ "تجب تهيئة LDAP لإدارة CA.\n" "أدخل كلمة سر LDAP المطلوبة.\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:428 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:428 msgid "P&assword:" msgstr "&كلمة السر:" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:625 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:625 msgid "Export CA to File" msgstr "تصدير CA إلى ملف" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:636 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:636 msgid "O&nly the Certificate in PEM Format" msgstr "شهادات بالتنسيق PEM فق&ط" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:644 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:981 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:644 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:981 msgid "Only the Key &Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "فقط المفتاح &غير المشفر بتنسيق PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:651 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:988 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:651 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:988 msgid "Only the &Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "فقط المفتاح &المشفر في تنسيق PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:658 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:995 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:658 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:995 msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "الشهادة وال&مفتاح غير المشفر بالتنسيق PEM" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "الشهادة &والمفتاح المشفر بالتنسيق PEM" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "الش&هادة بالتنسيق DER" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "الشهادة والمفتاح &بالتنسيق PKCS12" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "م&ثل PKCS12 ويتضمن سلسلة CA" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "&كلمة السر الجديدة" -#. importCertificateFromDisk() - Importing certificate from disk -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:701 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1043 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1204 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1485 +#. importCertificateFromDisk() - Importing certificate from disk +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:701 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:865 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1043 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1204 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1485 msgid "&File Name:" msgstr "اس&م الملف:" -#. export to file -#. reading certificate from disk -#. reading certificate from disk -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:783 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:913 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1127 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1261 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1523 +#. export to file +#. reading certificate from disk +#. reading certificate from disk +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:783 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:913 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1127 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1261 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1523 msgid "File name required." msgstr "اسم الملف مطلوب." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:829 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:829 msgid "CA saved to file." msgstr "تم حفظ CA إلى ملف." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:850 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:850 msgid "Export CRL to File" msgstr "تصدير CRL إلى ملف" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:858 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:858 msgid "&PEM Format" msgstr "تن&سيق PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:860 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:860 msgid "&DER Format" msgstr "تنسي&ق DER" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:941 msgid "CRL saved to file." msgstr "تم حفظ CRL إلى ملف." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:962 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:962 msgid "Export Certificate to File" msgstr "تصدير الشهادة إلى ملف" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:973 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:973 msgid "&Only the Certificate in PEM Format" msgstr "شهادة &بتنسيق PEM فقط" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1184 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1184 msgid "Certificate saved to file." msgstr "تم حفظ الشهادة إلى ملف." -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue.</p>\n" +" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue." +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>استيراد شهادة خادم عامة (PKCS12 + تنسيق سلسلة CA)\n" -" من القرص:</big></b> حدد أحد أسماء الملفات، ثم اضغط <b>التالي</b> للمتابعة.</p>\n" +" من القرص:</big></b> حدد أحد أسماء الملفات، ثم اضغط <b>التالي</b> للمتابعة.</" +"p>\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -msgstr "قم باستيراد شهادة الخادم وCA مقابلة وقم بنسخها إلى المكان حيث تبحث الوحدات النمطية الأخرى YaST عن مثل هذه الشهادة العامة." +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 +msgid "" +"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " +"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgstr "" +"قم باستيراد شهادة الخادم وCA مقابلة وقم بنسخها إلى المكان حيث تبحث الوحدات " +"النمطية الأخرى YaST عن مثل هذه الشهادة العامة." -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 msgid "" "<p><b>Password:</b><br>\n" "Certificate password</p>\n" @@ -2388,25 +2608,25 @@ "<p><b>كلمة السر:</b><br>\n" "كلمة سر الشهادة</p>\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236 msgid "Importing Common Certificate from Disk" msgstr "استيراد شهادة عامة من القرص" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1267 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1267 msgid "Importing certificate..." msgstr "يتم الآن استيراد الشهادة..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1281 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1281 msgid "Certificate has been imported." msgstr "تم استيراد الشهادة." -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1315 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1315 msgid "This is not a server certificate. Continue?" msgstr "ليست هذه شهادة خادم. هل تريد المتابعة؟" -#. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361 +#. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361 msgid "" "The common name of the certificate (%1) is not the name of·\n" "the server (%2).\n" @@ -2416,678 +2636,752 @@ "الخادم (%2).\n" "قد لا تكون هذه الشهادة فعليا شهادة خادم عام.\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " +"subject alternative names." msgstr "" "اسم المضيف لهذا الخادم هو (command: hostname --long) يجب أن يتطابق مع \n" "إما الاسم العام للشهادة (CN) أو القيم في الأسماء البديلة للكائن" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 msgid "Exporting as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "تصدير كشهادة خادم عامة" -#. export to common certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1409 +#. export to common certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1409 msgid "Exporting certificate..." msgstr "يتم الآن تصدير الشهادة..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1456 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1456 msgid "Certificate has been written as common server certificate." msgstr "تمت كتابة الشهادة كشهادة خادم عامة." -#. importRequestFromDisk() - Importing request from disk -#. @param [String] CaName -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1482 +#. importRequestFromDisk() - Importing request from disk +#. @param [String] CaName +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1482 msgid "Import Request from Disk" msgstr "استيراد طلب من القرص" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537 msgid "File format not valid. Use PEM or DER files." msgstr "تنسيق الملف غير صالح. استخدم ملفات PEM أو DER." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671 msgid "Importing request..." msgstr "يتم الآن استيراد طلب..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1560 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1560 msgid "Request has been imported." msgstr "تم استيراد طلب." -#. importCAFromDisk() - Importing CA from disk -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1584 +#. importCAFromDisk() - Importing CA from disk +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1584 msgid "Import CA from Disk" msgstr "استيراد CA من القرص" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1587 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1587 msgid "&Path of CA Certificate" msgstr "&مسار شهادة CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1597 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1597 msgid "&Path of Key" msgstr "مسا&ر المفتاح" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1606 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1606 msgid "&Key Password" msgstr "كلمة سر المفتا&ح" -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1649 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1649 msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgstr "المسار إلى ملف الشهادة مطلوب." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1653 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1653 msgid "Path of the private key required." msgstr "المسار إلى المفتاح الخاص مطلوب." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " +"encrypted key." msgstr "" "كلمة سر المفتاح مطلوبة. \n" -"يجب أن تكون هي كلمة السر الخاصة بالمفتاح المشفر أو كلمة سر جديدة إذا كان المفتاح غير مشفر." +"يجب أن تكون هي كلمة السر الخاصة بالمفتاح المشفر أو كلمة سر جديدة إذا كان " +"المفتاح غير مشفر." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 msgid "CA has been imported." msgstr "تم استيراد CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:499 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:499 msgid "Cannot read CA list." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة قائمة CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:560 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:560 msgid "Cannot read CA tree." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة هيكل CA." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 msgid "Missing value 'caName'." msgstr "قيمة 'caName' مفقودة." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:683 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:683 msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd' or password is too short." msgstr "قيمة 'keyPasswd' مفقودة أو كلمة السر قصيرة جدًا." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:688 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1861 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4451 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:688 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1861 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4451 msgid "Missing value 'commonName'." msgstr "قيمة 'commonName' مفقودة." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:694 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4457 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:694 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4457 msgid "According to 'basicConstraints', this is not a CA." msgstr "وفقًا لـ 'basicConstraints'، لا تعتبر هذه CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:781 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1604 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2004 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4604 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:781 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1604 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2004 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4604 msgid "Modifying RequestGenerationData failed." msgstr "فشل تعديل RequestGenerationData." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:921 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1532 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2306 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4735 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:921 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1532 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2306 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4735 msgid "Modifying CertificateIssueData failed." msgstr "فشل تعديل CertificateIssueData." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:945 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:945 msgid "Creating Root CA failed." msgstr "فشل إنشاء CA جذر." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1055 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1055 msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'." msgstr "معلمة 'certType' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 msgid "Getting defaults failed." msgstr "فشل الحصول على القيم الافتراضية." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1364 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2140 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1364 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2140 msgid "Missing value 'certType'." msgstr "قيمة 'certType' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1385 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2166 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3007 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1385 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1887 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2166 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3007 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 msgid "Initializing the CA failed." msgstr "فشلت تهيئة CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 msgid "Writing the defaults failed." msgstr "فشلت كتابة القيم الافتراضية." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1696 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2760 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3115 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3267 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3559 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3720 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1696 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2760 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3115 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3267 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3559 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3720 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'caName'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'type'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1750 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1750 msgid "Parsing the CA failed." msgstr "فشل تحليل CA." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1856 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4441 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1856 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4441 msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd'." msgstr "قيمة 'keyPasswd' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2018 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2018 msgid "Creating request failed." msgstr "فشل إنشاء الطلب." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2129 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2129 msgid "Missing value 'request'" msgstr "قيمة 'request' مفقودة" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'." msgstr "قيمة 'caPasswd' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2320 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2320 msgid "Signing certificate failed." msgstr "فشل توقيع الشهادة." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'." msgstr "معلمة 'caName' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2553 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2553 msgid "Missing parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "معلمة 'caPasswd' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2601 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2601 msgid "Getting the certificate list failed." msgstr "فشل الحصول على قائمة الشهادات." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'caPasswd'." -#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2685 +#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2685 msgid "Invalid password." msgstr "كلمة السر غير صالحة." -#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2692 +#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2692 msgid "UpdateDB failed." msgstr "فشل UpdateDB" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2775 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3733 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4258 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5874 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6105 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2775 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3733 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4258 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5874 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6105 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'certificate'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'certificate'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2821 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2821 msgid "Parsing the certificate failed." msgstr "فشل تحليل الشهادة." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2892 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2892 msgid "Missing value 'certificate'." msgstr "قيمة 'certificate' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2923 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2923 msgid "Revoking the certificate failed." msgstr "فشل إبطال الشهادة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2988 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2988 msgid "Missing value 'days'." msgstr "قيمة 'days' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed." msgstr "فشل تعديل CRLGenerationData." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3053 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3053 msgid "Creating the CRL failed." msgstr "فشل إنشاء CRL." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3173 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3173 msgid "No CRL available." msgstr "لا تتوفر أية CRL." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3177 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3177 msgid "Parsing the CRL failed." msgstr "فشل تحليل CRL." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3277 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3578 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3586 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3742 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4093 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3277 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3578 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3586 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3742 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4093 #, perl-format msgid "Cannot parse destinationFile %s." msgstr "تعذر تحليل destinationFile %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3284 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3593 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3749 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4100 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3284 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3593 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3749 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4100 msgid "Directory does not exist." msgstr "الدليل غير موجود." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3296 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3761 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4084 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4175 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3296 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3761 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4084 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4175 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'exportFormat'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'exportFormat'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3345 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3367 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3389 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3416 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3442 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3464 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3492 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3522 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3811 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3835 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3859 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3889 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3918 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3940 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4001 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4146 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4168 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3345 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3367 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3416 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3442 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3464 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3492 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3522 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3811 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3835 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3859 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3889 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3918 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3940 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3971 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4001 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4146 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4168 msgid "Export failed." msgstr "فشل التصدير." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3472 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3501 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3949 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3979 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3472 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3501 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3949 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3979 msgid "Parameter 'P12Password' missing." msgstr "معلمة 'P12Password' مفقودة." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'request'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3625 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3625 msgid "Request not found in" msgstr "لم يتم العثور على الطلب في" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3628 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3628 msgid "Copy Request failed" msgstr "تم حدوث فشل في طلب النسخ" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3768 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3768 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'keyPasswd'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'keyPasswd'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4289 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4289 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'purpose'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'purpose'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4303 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4303 msgid "Verification failed." msgstr "فشل التحقق." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4435 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4435 msgid "Missing value 'newCaName'." msgstr "قيمة 'newCaName' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4750 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4750 msgid "Creating the SubCA failed." msgstr "فشل إنشاء SubCA." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4833 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5089 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5890 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4833 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5890 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapHostname'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'ldapHostname'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4845 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5101 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5902 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4845 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5101 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5902 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPort'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'ldapPort'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4854 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4860 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5110 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5115 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5909 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4854 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4860 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5110 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5115 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5909 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'destinationDN'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'destinationDN'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5135 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5916 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4880 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5135 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5916 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'BindDN'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'BindDN'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4887 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5142 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5923 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5142 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5923 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPasswd'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'ldapPasswd'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4893 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4893 msgid "CA certificate does not exist." msgstr "شهادة CA غير موجودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4904 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4904 msgid "Cannot read the CA." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4912 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4912 msgid "Cannot parse the CA certificate." msgstr "تعذر تحليل شهادة CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4933 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5188 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5521 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5685 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5977 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4933 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5188 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5521 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5685 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5977 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." msgstr "فشلت تهيئة LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4940 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5195 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5694 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5984 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4940 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5195 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5528 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5694 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5984 msgid "LDAP bind failed." msgstr "فشل ربط LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4953 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5208 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4953 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5208 #, perl-format msgid "Container %s is not available in the LDAP directory." msgstr "حاوية %s غير متوفرة في دليل LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5227 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5244 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4971 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5227 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5244 msgid "Error while searching in LDAP." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء البحث في LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4990 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4990 msgid "Cannot add CA certificate to the LDAP directory." msgstr "تعذرت إضافة شهادة CA إلى دليل LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5002 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5002 msgid "Cannot modify CA certificate in the LDAP directory." msgstr "تعذر تعديل شهادة CA في دليل LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5148 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5148 msgid "CRL does not exist." msgstr "CRL غير موجودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5159 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5159 msgid "Cannot read the CRL." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة CRL." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5167 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5167 msgid "Cannot parse the CRL." msgstr "تعذر تحليل CRL." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5265 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5265 msgid "Cannot add the CRL to the LDAP directory." msgstr "تعذرت إضافة CRL إلى دليل LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5278 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5278 msgid "Cannot modify the CRL in the LDAP directory." msgstr "تعذر تعديل CRL في دليل LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5381 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5381 msgid "Checking for new CRL Distribution Point failed." msgstr "فشل البحث عن نقطة توزيع CRL جديدة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5474 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5474 msgid "Missing parameter 'commonName'." msgstr "معلمة 'commonName' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5506 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5677 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5506 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5677 msgid "No LDAP server configured." msgstr "لم يتم تكوين خادم LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5546 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5564 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5609 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5723 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5739 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5772 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5546 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5564 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5609 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5723 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5739 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5772 msgid "LDAP search failed." msgstr "فشل بحث LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5574 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5574 msgid "No configuration available in LDAP." msgstr "لا يوجد تكوين متوفر في LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5663 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5663 msgid "LDAP password required." msgstr "كلمة سر LDAP مطلوبة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5717 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5717 msgid "Cannot add base configuration entry." msgstr "تعذرت إضافة إدخال تكوين أساسي." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5767 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5789 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5767 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5789 msgid "Cannot add CA configuration entry." msgstr "تعذرت إضافة إدخال تكوين CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5929 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5929 msgid "Certificate does not exist." msgstr "الشهادة غير موجودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5956 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5956 msgid "Cannot parse the certificate." msgstr "تعذر تحليل الشهادة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5997 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5997 #, perl-format msgid "%s is not available in the LDAP directory." msgstr "%s غير متوفر في دليل LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6008 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6008 msgid "Cannot modify userCertificate in the LDAP directory." msgstr "تعذر تعديل userCertificate في دليل LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6026 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6026 msgid "Exporting the certificate failed." msgstr "فشل تصدير الشهادة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6037 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6037 msgid "Cannot modify userPKCS12 in LDAP directory." msgstr "تعذر تعديل userPKCS12 في دليل LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6139 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6139 msgid "Deleting the certificate failed." msgstr "فشل حذف الشهادة." -#. parameter check -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6207 +#. parameter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6207 msgid "Path to certificate file is needed." msgstr "المسار إلى ملف الشهادة مطلوب." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6214 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6214 msgid "Certificate not found in" msgstr "لم يتم العثور على الشهادة في" -#. parameter check -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6220 +#. parameter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6220 msgid "Password is required." msgstr "مطلوب إدخال كلمة السر." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6232 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6232 msgid "Importing the certificate failed." msgstr "فشل استيراد الشهادة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'." msgstr "معلمة 'inFile' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 msgid "File not found." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على الملف." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 msgid "Missing parameter 'type'." msgstr "معلمة 'type' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'." msgstr "قيمة '%s' غير صالحة في 'type'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'." msgstr "معلمة 'datatype' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'." msgstr "قيمة '%s' غير معروفة في 'datatype'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'." msgstr "معلمة 'inForm' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'." msgstr "قيمة '%s' غير معروفة في 'inForm'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 msgid "Parsing failed." msgstr "فشل التحليل." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 msgid "Parsing the request failed." msgstr "فشل تحليل الطلب." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 msgid "Getting the request list failed." msgstr "فشل الحصول على قائمة الطلبات." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 #, perl-format msgid "Request not found in %s." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على الطلب في %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 msgid "Cannot read the request." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة الطلب." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 msgid "No request data found." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على بيانات طلب." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 msgid "Importing the request failed." msgstr "فشل استيراد الطلب." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 msgid "Deleting the request failed." msgstr "فشل حذف الطلب." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'caCertificate'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'caKey'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 #, perl-format msgid "CA key not available in %s." msgstr "مفتاح CA غير متوفر في %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 msgid "Importing the CA failed." msgstr "فشل استيراد CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 msgid "Deleting the CA failed." msgstr "فشل حذف CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 msgid "Keyfile does not exist." msgstr "Keyfile غير موجود." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 msgid "Password change failed." msgstr "فشل تغيير كلمة السر." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:235 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:235 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid type for StringExtension '%s'." msgstr "نوع غير صالح لـ StringExtension '%s'." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1881 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1881 msgid "Missing 'data' map." msgstr "خريطة 'data' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1912 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1925 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1932 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1941 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1950 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1956 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2000 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2005 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2022 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2027 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2045 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2060 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2064 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2096 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2103 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2110 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2117 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2124 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2130 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2137 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2152 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2164 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2182 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2187 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2206 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2213 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2220 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2227 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2234 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2240 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2246 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2252 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2267 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2273 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2279 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1912 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1925 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1932 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1941 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1950 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1956 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2000 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2005 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2022 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2027 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2045 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2060 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2064 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2096 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2103 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2110 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2117 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2124 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2130 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2137 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2152 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2164 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2182 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2187 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2206 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2213 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2220 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2227 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2234 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2240 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2246 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2252 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2267 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2273 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2279 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' for parameter '%s'." msgstr "قيمة '%s' غير صالحة للمعلمة '%s'." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1918 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1918 #, perl-format msgid "Password (%s) is too simple." msgstr "كلمة المرور (%s) بسيطة جدًا." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2052 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2071 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2146 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2160 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2171 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2052 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2071 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2146 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2160 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2171 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259 #, perl-format msgid "Wrong use of 'critical' in '%s'." msgstr "استخدام غير صحيح لـ 'critical' في '%s'." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1974 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1974 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in '%s'." msgstr "قيمة '%s' غير معروفة في '%s'." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/cio.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/cio.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/cio.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: cio\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,83 +14,84 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" msgstr "قنوات المدخلات/المخرجات المتوفرة" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Device" msgstr "الجهاز" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Used" msgstr "مستخدمة" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "no" msgstr "لا" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 msgid "Filter channels" msgstr "تصفية القنوات" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Select All" msgstr "تحديد ال&كل" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Clear selection" msgstr "&مسح المحدد" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" msgstr "القنوات المحددة في ال&قائمة السوداء" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 msgid "&Unban Channels" msgstr "إ&لغاء حظر القنوات" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 msgid "&Exit" msgstr "&خروج" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" msgstr "النطاق المحدد غير صالح. القيمة الخاطئة تقع داخل '%s' مجزأ" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" msgstr "إلغاء حظر قنوات المدخلات/المخرجات" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 msgid "" "List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" -"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range " +"specified with dash.\n" "Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" msgstr "" "قائمة نطاقات القنوات المطلوب إلغاء حظرها مفصولة بفاصلة.\n" "يمكن أن يكون النطاق قناة أو جزء من قناة يمكن ملؤه بصفر أو نطاق محدد بشرطة.\n" "مثال على القيمة: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Ranges to Unban." msgstr "النطاقات المطلوب إلغاء حظرها." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/cluster.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/cluster.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/cluster.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,184 +14,188 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xcluster module -#: src/clients/cluster.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xcluster module +#: src/clients/cluster.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of cluster" msgstr "تكوين المجموعة المتماثلة" -#. Rich text title for Cluster in proposals -#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for Cluster in proposals +#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Cluster" msgstr "المجموعة المتماثلة" -#. Menu title for Cluster in proposals -#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for Cluster in proposals +#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Cluster" msgstr "المجموعة المتما&ثلة" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/cluster/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of cluster -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng@novell.com> -#. -#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng@novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:47 msgid "Communication Channels" msgstr "قنوات الاتصال" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:48 msgid "Security" msgstr "الأمان" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:49 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:49 msgid "Service" msgstr "الخدمة" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50 msgid "Configure Csync2" msgstr "تكوين Csync2" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51 msgid "Configure conntrackd" msgstr "تكوين conntrackd" -#. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "OK" msgstr "موافق" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "إلغاء" -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "عنوان IP" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "عنوان IP متكرر" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Node ID" msgstr "معرف العقدة" -#. Set need to require 'set' -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 +#. Set need to require 'set' +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer" msgstr "يجب إدخال عدد صحيح موجب لقيمة معرف العقدة" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Node ID must be unique" msgstr "يجب أن يكون معرف العقدة فريدًا" -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "يجب إدخال عنوان شبكة الربط" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled" msgstr "يجب إدخال اسم المجموعة المتماثلة" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "يجب إدخال عنوان العضو" -#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 -msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" +#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "" +"The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" msgstr "يجب إدخال قيمة الأصوات المتوقعة عند تكوين نقل البث المتعدد" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "يجب إدخال عنوان البث المتعدد" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer" msgstr "يجب أن تكون قيمة منفذ البث المتعدد عددًا صحيحًا موجبًا" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 -msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." -msgstr "لا يمكن اختيار سوى سلبي أو نشط عند استخدام عدة واجهات. التعيين على سلبي." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 +msgid "" +"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to " +"passive." +msgstr "" +"لا يمكن اختيار سوى سلبي أو نشط عند استخدام عدة واجهات. التعيين على سلبي." -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "النقل:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 msgid "Channel" msgstr "القناة" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "ربط عنوان الشبكة:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "عنوان البث المتعدد:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "منفذ البث المتعدد:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "القناة المتكررة" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "اسم المجموعة المتماثلة:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "التصويتات المتوقعة:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "وضع rrp:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "إنشاء تلقائي لمعرف العقدة" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "عنوان العضو:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Redundant IP" msgstr "IP مكرر" -#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541 +#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "" " NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n" " Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings." @@ -199,124 +203,132 @@ " ملاحظة: تم العثور على تكوين corosync قديم.\n" " الرجاء إعادة تكوين قائمة الأعضاء وتأكيد كل الإعدادات الأخرى." -#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "تمكين تصديق الأمان" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 -msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." -msgstr "بالنسبة لمجموعة متماثلة تم تكوينها حديثًا، اضغط فوق الزر أدناه لإنشاء /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 +msgid "" +"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" +"authkey." +msgstr "" +"بالنسبة لمجموعة متماثلة تم تكوينها حديثًا، اضغط فوق الزر أدناه لإنشاء /etc/" +"corosync/authkey." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 -msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." -msgstr "للانضمام إلى مجموعة موجودة، الرجاء نسخ/etc/corosync/authkey من العقد الأخرى يدويًا." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 +msgid "" +"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " +"nodes manually." +msgstr "" +"للانضمام إلى مجموعة موجودة، الرجاء نسخ/etc/corosync/authkey من العقد الأخرى " +"يدويًا." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "فشل إنشاء /etc/corosync/authkey" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "نجح إنشاء /etc/corosync/authkey" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Running" msgstr "تشغيل" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 msgid "Not running" msgstr "ليس قيد التشغيل" -#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 +#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 msgid "Booting" msgstr "تشغيل" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "تشغيل -- بدء pacemaker أثناء التمهيد" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "إيقاف تشغيل -- بدء pacemaker يدويًا" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "تشغيل وإيقاف تشغيل" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "الحالة الحالية: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "بدء pacemaker الآن" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "إيقاف pacemaker الآن" -#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 +#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "مضيف المزامنة" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Add" msgstr "إضافة" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 msgid "Del" msgstr "حذف" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 msgid "Edit" msgstr "تحرير" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "ملف المزامنة" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "أضف الملفات المقترحة" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "إنشاء مفاتيح المشاركة المسبقة" -#. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 +#. remove duplicated elements +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "حالة Csync2 غير معروفة" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "تشغيل csync2" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "إيقاف csync2" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "أدخل اسم مضيف" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "تحرير اسم المضيف" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "أدخل اسم ملف لمزامنته" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "تحرير اسم الملف" -#. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#. key file exist +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" @@ -324,13 +336,13 @@ "يوجد بالفعل ملف مفتاح %1.\n" "هل تريد الكتابة فوقه؟" -#. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 +#. remove exist key file +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "فشل حذف مفتاح الملف %1." -#. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 +#. generate key file +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." @@ -338,114 +350,240 @@ "يتم إنشاء ملف مفتاح %1.\n" "يعمل النقر فوق الزر \"إضافة ملفات مقترحة\" على إضافته إلى قائمة المزامنة." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "فشل إنشاء المفتاح." -#. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 +#. SaveCsync2(); +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " +"cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"Conntrackd عبارة عن برنامج محرك يُساعد على تكرار حالة جدار الحماية بين عقد المجموعة.\n" +"Conntrackd عبارة عن برنامج محرك يُساعد على تكرار حالة جدار الحماية بين عقد " +"المجموعة.\n" "يمكن أن يساعد YaST في تكوين بعض جوانب conntrackd الأساسية.\n" "يجب عليك بدء تشغيله بواسطة ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "الواجهة المخصصة:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "IP:" msgstr "عنوان IP:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "رقم المجموعة:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "إنشاء /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "يجب أن يكون رقم المجموعة عددًا صحيحًا موجبًا" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address " +"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " +"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " +"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " +"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " +"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " +"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " +"nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used " +"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " +"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " +"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." +"<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " +"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " +"be specified.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is " +"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " +"services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in " +"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu" +"(Unicast). <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional " +"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " +"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " +"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " +"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " +"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " +"not be used.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " +"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " +"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " +"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " +"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " +"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " +"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " +"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " +"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." +"<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting " +"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " +"present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast " +"transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should " +"use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in " +"unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated." +"<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using " +"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>عنوان شبكة الربط</big></b><br>يقوم هذا بتحديد العنوان الذي سيربطه مُنفذ openais، ويجب أن ينتهي دائمًا هذا العنوان بصفر. إذا كان يجب توجيه مرور totem عبر 192.168.5.92، فقم بتعيين bindnetaddr على 192.168.5.0.<br>كما يمكن أن يكون هذا عنوان IPV6، وفي هذه الحالة، سيتم استخدام شبكات IPV6، وعندها يجب تحديد العنوان بالكامل ولا يوجد تحديد تلقائي لواجهة الشبكة في شبكة فرعية محددة كما في IPv4. إذا تم استخدام شبكات IPv6، يجب تحديد حقل nodeid .<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>عنوان البث المتعدد</big></b><br>يستخدم مُنفذ openais هذا العنوان. يعمل الخيار الافتراضي مع أغلب الشبكات، ولكن يجب الاستفسار من مسؤول الشبكة عن عنوان البث المتعدد الواجب استخدامه. وتجنب 224.x.x.x لأن هذا هو عنوان بث متعدد \"config\".<br>كما يمكن أن يكون عنوان بث متعدد IPV6، وفي هذه الحالة، سيتم استخدام شبكات IPV6، وعندها يجب تحديد حقل nodeid.</p>\n" -"<p><b><big>المنفذ</big></b><br> يحدد هذا رقم منفذ بروتوكول مخطط بيانات المستخدم. يمكن استخدام نفس عنوان البث المتعدد في شبكة بخدمات openais المكونة لمنافذ بروتوكول مخطط بيانات المستخدم مختلفة.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>عنوان العضو</big></b><br>تحدد هذه القائمة كل العقد في مجموعة عن طريق عنوان IP. يمكن تكوين هذا عند استخدام udpu (البث الأحادي). <br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>معرف العقدة</big></b><br>يعد خيار التكوين هذا اختياريًا عند استخدام IPv4 ولازمًا عند استخدام IPv6. وهو قيمة 32 بت تحدد معرف العقدة الذي يتم تسليمه لخدمة عضوية المجموعة. وفي حالة عدم تحديده مع IPv4، سيتم تحديد معرف العقدة من عنوان IP 32 بت الذي تم ربط النظام به من خلال معرف حلقي بالقيمة 0. إن قيمة معرف العقدة صفر محجوزة وينبغي عدم استخدامها.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>يحدد هذا وضع الحلقة المكررة، وقد يكون نشطًا أو سلبيًا. يوفر النسخ المماثل النشط مدة انتظار أقل إلى حد ما بين البث والتسليم في بيئات شبكات معطلة ولكن يقدم أداء أقل. وقد يصل النسخ المماثل السلبي إلى مضاعفة سرعة بروتوكول totem إن لم يرتبط البروتوكول بوحدة معالجة مركزية. والخيار الأخير هو بلا ميزات، وفي هذه الحالة، لن يتم استخدام إلا واجهة شبكة واحدة لتشغيل بروتوكول totem. إذا تم تحديد تعليمات برمجية واحدة فقط لواجهة، لا يتم الاختيار تلقائيًا، وإن تم تحديد عدة تعليمات برمجية للواجهات، لا يمكن الاختيار إلا النشطة أو السلبية.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>الأصوات المتوقعة</big></b><br>توقع عدد الأصوات لنصاب التصويت. سيتم الاحتساب تلقائيًا عند وجود قسم nodelist {} في corosync.conf (سيتم إنشاء القائمة عند استخدام نقل البث الأحادي) أو يمكن التحديد في قسم النصاب {} (يجب أن تستخدم الأصوات المتوقعة إجمالي عدد العقد في المجموعة). إذا وجدت قيمة الأصوات المتوقعة في نقل البث الأحادي، فسيتم استبدال القيمة المحتسبة تلقائيًا.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>إنشاء معرف العقدة تلقائيًا</big></b><br>يلزم وجود قيمة Nodeid عند استخدام IPv6. عند تمكين معرف العقدة التلقائي سيتم إنشاء nodeid تلقائيًا.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>عنوان شبكة الربط</big></b><br>يقوم هذا بتحديد العنوان الذي سيربطه " +"مُنفذ openais، ويجب أن ينتهي دائمًا هذا العنوان بصفر. إذا كان يجب توجيه مرور " +"totem عبر 192.168.5.92، فقم بتعيين bindnetaddr على 192.168.5.0.<br>كما يمكن " +"أن يكون هذا عنوان IPV6، وفي هذه الحالة، سيتم استخدام شبكات IPV6، وعندها يجب " +"تحديد العنوان بالكامل ولا يوجد تحديد تلقائي لواجهة الشبكة في شبكة فرعية " +"محددة كما في IPv4. إذا تم استخدام شبكات IPv6، يجب تحديد حقل nodeid .<br></" +"p>\n" +"<p><b><big>عنوان البث المتعدد</big></b><br>يستخدم مُنفذ openais هذا العنوان. " +"يعمل الخيار الافتراضي مع أغلب الشبكات، ولكن يجب الاستفسار من مسؤول الشبكة عن " +"عنوان البث المتعدد الواجب استخدامه. وتجنب 224.x.x.x لأن هذا هو عنوان بث " +"متعدد \"config\".<br>كما يمكن أن يكون عنوان بث متعدد IPV6، وفي هذه الحالة، " +"سيتم استخدام شبكات IPV6، وعندها يجب تحديد حقل nodeid.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>المنفذ</big></b><br> يحدد هذا رقم منفذ بروتوكول مخطط بيانات " +"المستخدم. يمكن استخدام نفس عنوان البث المتعدد في شبكة بخدمات openais المكونة " +"لمنافذ بروتوكول مخطط بيانات المستخدم مختلفة.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>عنوان العضو</big></b><br>تحدد هذه القائمة كل العقد في مجموعة عن " +"طريق عنوان IP. يمكن تكوين هذا عند استخدام udpu (البث الأحادي). <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>معرف العقدة</big></b><br>يعد خيار التكوين هذا اختياريًا عند " +"استخدام IPv4 ولازمًا عند استخدام IPv6. وهو قيمة 32 بت تحدد معرف العقدة الذي " +"يتم تسليمه لخدمة عضوية المجموعة. وفي حالة عدم تحديده مع IPv4، سيتم تحديد " +"معرف العقدة من عنوان IP 32 بت الذي تم ربط النظام به من خلال معرف حلقي " +"بالقيمة 0. إن قيمة معرف العقدة صفر محجوزة وينبغي عدم استخدامها.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>يحدد هذا وضع الحلقة المكررة، وقد يكون نشطًا " +"أو سلبيًا. يوفر النسخ المماثل النشط مدة انتظار أقل إلى حد ما بين البث " +"والتسليم في بيئات شبكات معطلة ولكن يقدم أداء أقل. وقد يصل النسخ المماثل " +"السلبي إلى مضاعفة سرعة بروتوكول totem إن لم يرتبط البروتوكول بوحدة معالجة " +"مركزية. والخيار الأخير هو بلا ميزات، وفي هذه الحالة، لن يتم استخدام إلا " +"واجهة شبكة واحدة لتشغيل بروتوكول totem. إذا تم تحديد تعليمات برمجية واحدة " +"فقط لواجهة، لا يتم الاختيار تلقائيًا، وإن تم تحديد عدة تعليمات برمجية " +"للواجهات، لا يمكن الاختيار إلا النشطة أو السلبية.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>الأصوات المتوقعة</big></b><br>توقع عدد الأصوات لنصاب التصويت. " +"سيتم الاحتساب تلقائيًا عند وجود قسم nodelist {} في corosync.conf (سيتم إنشاء " +"القائمة عند استخدام نقل البث الأحادي) أو يمكن التحديد في قسم النصاب {} (يجب " +"أن تستخدم الأصوات المتوقعة إجمالي عدد العقد في المجموعة). إذا وجدت قيمة " +"الأصوات المتوقعة في نقل البث الأحادي، فسيتم استبدال القيمة المحتسبة تلقائيًا." +"<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>إنشاء معرف العقدة تلقائيًا</big></b><br>يلزم وجود قيمة Nodeid عند " +"استخدام IPv6. عند تمكين معرف العقدة التلقائي سيتم إنشاء nodeid تلقائيًا.<br></" +"p>\n" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b r></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " +"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " +"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " +"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " +"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " +"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " +"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks " +"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible " +"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A " +"throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " +"is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " +"transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is " +"enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this " +"option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <br></p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>تمكين تصديق التأمين</big></b><br>يحدد هذا تصديق HMAC/SHA1 المراد استخدامه لتصديق كل الرسائل. كما يحدد بشكل أوضح أنه يجب تشفير كل البيانات بخوارزمية تشفير sober128 لحماية البيانات من التجسس. سيؤدي تمكين هذا الخيار إلى إضافة عنوان 36 بت إلى كل رسالة يرسلها totem مما يقلل إجمالي معدل النقل. يستهلك التشفير والتصديق 75% من دورات وحدة المعالجة المركزية في aisexec حسب القياسات عند تمكين gprof. لشبكات 100 ميجابت و1500 MTU لبث الإطارات. يمكن الوصول إلى معدل نقل 9 ميجابايت/الثانية عند استخدام 100% من وحدة المعالجة المركزية، عند تمكين هذا الخيار على وحدات المعالجة المركزية 3 ميجاه رتز. ويمكن الوصول إلى معدل نقل 10 ميجابايت/الثانية عند استخدام 20% من وحدة المعالجة المركزية، عند تعطيل هذا الخيار على وحدات المعالجة المركزية 3 جيجاهرتز. لشبكات gig-e ببث إطارات أكبر، يمكن الوصول إلى معدل نقل 20 ميجابايت/الثانية عند تمكين هذا الخيار على وحدات المعالجة المركزية 3 جيجاهرتز. كما يمكن الوصول إلى معدل نقل 60 ميجابايت/الثانية عند تعطيل هذا الخيار على وحدات المعالجة المركزية 3 جيجاهرتز. تم تعيين الخيار الافتراضي على تشغيل. <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>تمكين تصديق التأمين</big></b><br>يحدد هذا تصديق HMAC/SHA1 المراد " +"استخدامه لتصديق كل الرسائل. كما يحدد بشكل أوضح أنه يجب تشفير كل البيانات " +"بخوارزمية تشفير sober128 لحماية البيانات من التجسس. سيؤدي تمكين هذا الخيار " +"إلى إضافة عنوان 36 بت إلى كل رسالة يرسلها totem مما يقلل إجمالي معدل النقل. " +"يستهلك التشفير والتصديق 75% من دورات وحدة المعالجة المركزية في aisexec حسب " +"القياسات عند تمكين gprof. لشبكات 100 ميجابت و1500 MTU لبث الإطارات. يمكن " +"الوصول إلى معدل نقل 9 ميجابايت/الثانية عند استخدام 100% من وحدة المعالجة " +"المركزية، عند تمكين هذا الخيار على وحدات المعالجة المركزية 3 ميجاهرتز. ويمكن " +"الوصول إلى معدل نقل 10 ميجابايت/الثانية عند استخدام 20% من وحدة المعالجة " +"المركزية، عند تعطيل هذا الخيار على وحدات المعالجة المركزية 3 جيجاهرتز. " +"لشبكات gig-e ببث إطارات أكبر، يمكن الوصول إلى معدل نقل 20 ميجابايت/الثانية " +"عند تمكين هذا الخيار على وحدات المعالجة المركزية 3 جيجاهرتز. كما يمكن الوصول " +"إلى معدل نقل 60 ميجابايت/الثانية عند تعطيل هذا الخيار على وحدات المعالجة " +"المركزية 3 جيجاهرتز. تم تعيين الخيار الافتراضي على تشغيل. <br></p>\n" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot " +"or not</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when " +"Firewall is enabled</p>\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>التشغيل</big></b><br>بدء خدمة corosync أثناء التشغيل أم لا</p>\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>إعدادات جدار الحماية</big></b><br>تمكين المنفذ عند تمكين جدار الحماية</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>التشغيل</big></b><br>بدء خدمة corosync أثناء التشغيل أم لا</" +"p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>إعدادات جدار الحماية</big></b><br>تمكين المنفذ عند تمكين " +"جدار الحماية</p>\n" "\t\t\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the " +"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " +"same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be " +"synced.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed " +"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " +"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " +"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</" +"p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>مضيف المزامنة</big></b><br>يجب أن تكون أسماء المضيفين المستخدمة هنا هي أسماء مضيفين محليين من عقد المجموعة المتماثلة. وهذا يعني أنه يجب استخدام نفس السلسلة بالضبط كما تم طباعتها بواسطة أمر اسم المضيف.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>مزامنة الملف</big></b><br>اسم الملف الكامل المراد مزامنته.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>مفاتيح المشاركة المسبقة</big></b><br>يتم تنفيذ التصديق باستخدام عناوين IP ومفاتيح المشاركة المسبقة في Csync2. يتم إنشاء ملف المفتاح مع csync2-ك/etc/csync2/key_hagroup. يجب نسخ الملف key_hagroup إلى جميع أعضاء المجموعة يدويًا بعد إنشائه.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>مضيف المزامنة</big></b><br>يجب أن تكون أسماء المضيفين " +"المستخدمة هنا هي أسماء مضيفين محليين من عقد المجموعة المتماثلة. وهذا يعني " +"أنه يجب استخدام نفس السلسلة بالضبط كما تم طباعتها بواسطة أمر اسم المضيف.</" +"p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>مزامنة الملف</big></b><br>اسم الملف الكامل المراد مزامنته.</" +"p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>مفاتيح المشاركة المسبقة</big></b><br>يتم تنفيذ التصديق " +"باستخدام عناوين IP ومفاتيح المشاركة المسبقة في Csync2. يتم إنشاء ملف المفتاح " +"مع csync2-ك/etc/csync2/key_hagroup. يجب نسخ الملف key_hagroup إلى جميع أعضاء " +"المجموعة يدويًا بعد إنشائه.</p>\n" "\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network " +"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " +"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " +"network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be " +"used for syncing.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for " +"syncing.</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>الواجهة المخصصة</big></b><br>واجهة شبكة مخصصة للمزامنة. يجب أن تدعم الواجهة البث المتعدد وأن تكون جاهزة للاستخدام. وقد يلزم عليك تكوينها بشكل مسبق. </p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>عنوان IPv4 المعيّن إلى واجهة الشبكة المخصصة، ويتم تخصيصه تلقائيًا.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>عنوان البث المتعدد</big></b><br>عنوان البث المتعدد المطلوب استخدامه للمزامنة.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>رقم المجموعة</big></b><br>معرف رقمي يُشير إلى مجموعة المزامنة.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>الواجهة المخصصة</big></b><br>واجهة شبكة مخصصة للمزامنة. يجب " +"أن تدعم الواجهة البث المتعدد وأن تكون جاهزة للاستخدام. وقد يلزم عليك تكوينها " +"بشكل مسبق. </p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>عنوان IPv4 المعيّن إلى واجهة الشبكة المخصصة، " +"ويتم تخصيصه تلقائيًا.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>عنوان البث المتعدد</big></b><br>عنوان البث المتعدد المطلوب " +"استخدامه للمزامنة.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>رقم المجموعة</big></b><br>معرف رقمي يُشير إلى مجموعة المزامنة." +"</p>\n" "\t" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -453,17 +591,18 @@ "<p><b><big>تتم الآن تهيئة تكوين المجموعة المتماثلة</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إيقاف التهيئة</big></b><br>\n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</" +"p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -471,8 +610,8 @@ "<p><b><big>يتم الآن حفظ تكوين المجموعة المتماثلة‏</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -484,107 +623,107 @@ " ويظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك بما إذا كان هذا الإجراء آمنًا أم لا.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172 msgid "Cluster Configuration" msgstr "تكوين المجموعة المتماثلة" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تتم الآن التهيئة..." -#. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 +#. Cluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين المجموعة المتماثلة" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "قراءة قاعدة البيانات" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "قراءة الإعدادات السابقة" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات جدار حماية SUSE" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة قاعدة البيانات..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة الإعدادات السابقة..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن قراءة إعدادات جدار حماية SUSE..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "تعذر تثبيت الحزمة المطلوبة" -#. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 +#. read database +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "تعذر تحميل التكوين الموجود" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة قاعدة البيانات 1." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة قاعدة البيانات 2." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "تعذر اكتشاف الأجهزة." -#. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 +#. Cluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين المجموعة المتماثلة" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "كتابة الإعدادات" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "حفظ التغييرات إلى جدار حماية SUSE" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ التغييرات إلى جدار حماية SUSE..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/control-center.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/control-center.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/control-center.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,24 +14,25 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/main_window.cpp:150 +#: src/main_window.cpp:150 src/main_window.cpp:150 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&بحث" -#: src/main_window.cpp:191 +#: src/main_window.cpp:191 src/main_window.cpp:191 msgid "Ready" msgstr "جاهز" -#. Translators: module name comes here (%1) e.g. HTTP server, Scanner,... -#: src/main_window.cpp:321 +#. Translators: module name comes here (%1) e.g. HTTP server, Scanner,... +#: src/main_window.cpp:321 src/main_window.cpp:321 msgid "Starting configuration module \"%1\"..." msgstr "بدء تكوين الوحدة النمطية \"%1\"..." -#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406 +#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406 src/main_window.cpp:341 +#: src/main_window.cpp:406 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "مركز تحكم YaST" -#: src/main_window.cpp:342 +#: src/main_window.cpp:342 src/main_window.cpp:342 msgid "" "YaST Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You will only see modules which do not require root privileges." @@ -39,25 +40,25 @@ "لا يتم تشغيل مركز التحكم في YaST كجذر.\n" "سوف تشاهد فقط الوحدات النمطية التي لا تتطلب امتيازات الجذر." -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:73 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:73 msgid "Log files written successfully." msgstr "تمت كتابة ملفات التسجيل بنجاح" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:77 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:77 msgid "Couldn't save y2logs." msgstr "ﻻ يمكن حفظ سجلات y2logs." -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:136 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:136 msgid "Writing log files ..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة ملفات التسجيل ..." -#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite an existing file -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:180 +#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite an existing file +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:180 msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?" msgstr "%1 موجود! هل تريد بالفعل الكتابة فوقه؟" -#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite a write-protected file %1 -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:185 +#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite a write-protected file %1 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:185 msgid "" "%1 exists and is write-protected!\n" "Really overwrite?" @@ -65,15 +66,15 @@ "%1 موجود ومحمي ضد الكتابة!\n" "هل تريد بالفعل الكتابة فوقه؟" -#. Window title for confirmation dialog -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:190 +#. Window title for confirmation dialog +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:190 msgid "Confirm" msgstr "تأكيد" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:192 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:192 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "م&تابعة" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:193 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:193 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "إل&غاء" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/control.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/control.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/control.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -38,417 +38,417 @@ "</p>\n" " " -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "خادم CIM" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "إعدادات التثبيت" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 msgid "Expert" msgstr "خبير" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "إعدادات تثبيت مباشر" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "إعدادات التحديث" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "تكوين الشبكة" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "تكوين الأجهزة" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "التحضير" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "تحميل تكوين شبكة linuxrc" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "الإعداد التلقائي للشبكة" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Installer Update" msgstr "تحديث المُثبت" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "مرحبًا" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "تنشيط الشبكة" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "تنشيط القرص" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "تحليل النظام" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "المنتجات الإضافية" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Disk" msgstr "القرص" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "المنطقة الزمنية" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "إعدادات المستخدم" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة على التثبيت" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "إجراء التثبيت" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "تنظيف المُثبت" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Installation" msgstr "التثبيت" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "النظام المطلوب تحديثه" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "Update" msgstr "تحديث" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "ملخص التحديث" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "إجراء التحديث" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "تثبيت أساسي" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "إعدادات AutoYaST" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "تكوين" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "تكوين النظام" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -472,13 +472,13 @@ "</p>\n" " " -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 msgid "System Role" msgstr "دور النظام" -#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "" "System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" "for the selected scenario." @@ -486,8 +486,8 @@ "أدوار النظام عبارة عن حالات استخدام معرفة مسبقًا تُهيئ النظام\n" "للسيناريو المحدد." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "" "<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n" "to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n" @@ -499,12 +499,12 @@ "دور نظام وفقًا لذلك ليوافق حالة استخدام الدور. ويمكن تجاوز الإعدادات \n" "المحددة بواسطة دور ما في الخطوات التالية، إذا لزم الأمر.‏</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 msgid "Default System" msgstr "النظام الافتراضي" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 msgid "" "• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" "• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" @@ -512,12 +512,12 @@ "• بيئة GNOME، مع قسم جذر (/) Btrfs‏\n" " ‏• فصل قسم /home (XFS) للأقراص أكبر من 20 غيغابايت" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" msgstr "مضيف الظاهرية KVM" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "" "• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" "• No separate /home partition" @@ -525,12 +525,12 @@ "• أدوات وhypervisor مستند إلى Kernel‏\n" "‏• بدون قسم /home منفصل" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" msgstr "مضيف الظاهرية Xen" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "" "• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" "• No separate /home partition" @@ -538,21 +538,21 @@ "• أدوات وhypervisor بدون نظام تشغيل\n" "• بدون قسم /home منفصل" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Network Services Configuration" msgstr "تكوين خدمات الشبكة" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "تحميل تكوين شبكة Linuxrc" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "ملخص التثبيت" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ "<p> استمتع بوقتك!<br> فريق تطوير openSUSE</p>\n" " " -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 msgid "" "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" @@ -596,39 +596,39 @@ "بأسلوب مميز، لذا يحدد الذوق الشخصي\n" "البيئة الأكثر ملاءمة لك." -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "GNOME Desktop" msgstr "سطح مكتب GNOME" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" msgstr "سطح مكتب KDE Plasma" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 msgid "Server (Text Mode)" msgstr "خادم (وضع النص(" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 msgid "Xfce Desktop" msgstr "سطح مكتب Xfce" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "LXDE Desktop" msgstr "سطح مكتب LXDE" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 msgid "Minimal X Window" msgstr "أدنى X Window" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "سطح مكتب Enlightenment" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "المستودعات المتصلة" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "تحديد سطح المكتب" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/country.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/country.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/country.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: country\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,58 +14,61 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "تكوين لوحة المفاتيح." -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "ملخص تكوين لوحة المفاتيح." -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "قم بتعيين قيم جديدة لتكوين لوحة المفاتيح." -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "قم بسرد كل تخطيطات لوحة المفاتيح المتاحة." -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "تخطيط لوحة مفاتيح جديد" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح الحالي: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح '%1' غير صالح. استخدم الأمر 'قائمة' للاطلاع على القيم الممكنة." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "" +"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "" +"تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح '%1' غير صالح. استخدم الأمر 'قائمة' للاطلاع على القيم " +"الممكنة." -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "ت&خطيط لوحة المفاتيح" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -74,81 +77,86 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"يمكنك من خلال هذا المكان إجراء التوليف الدقيق لإعدادات متعددة لوحدات لوحة المفاتيح النمطية.\n" +"يمكنك من خلال هذا المكان إجراء التوليف الدقيق لإعدادات متعددة لوحدات لوحة " +"المفاتيح النمطية.\n" " تتم كتابة هذه الإعدادات في الملف <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n" " إذا لم تكن متأكدًا، استخدم القيم الافتراضية المحددة بالفعل.\n" " </p>" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p>تنطبق الإعدادات التي تم تعيينها هنا على لوحة مفاتيح وحدة التحكم فقط. قم بتكوين لوحة مفاتيح واجهة المستخدم الرسومية باستخدام أداة أخرى.</p>\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " +"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>تنطبق الإعدادات التي تم تعيينها هنا على لوحة مفاتيح وحدة التحكم فقط. قم " +"بتكوين لوحة مفاتيح واجهة المستخدم الرسومية باستخدام أداة أخرى.</p>\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "إعدادات لوحة المفاتيح المتقدمة" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "معد&ل التكرار" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "فترة التأ&خير قبل بدء التكرار" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "حالات بدء التشغيل" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "Num Lock في و&ضع التشغيل" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "إعدادات BIOS" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "لا" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "<بدون تغيير>" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "تع&طيل Caps Lock" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "اختبا&ر" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "إ&عدادات متقدمة..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<p><big><b>Keyboard Configuration</b></big></p>" @@ -156,25 +164,27 @@ "\n" "<p><big><b>تكوين لوحة المفاتيح</b></big></p>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " +"Settings</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "اختر <b>تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح</b>المطلوب استخدامه\n" " للتثبيت وفي النظام المثبت. \n" " اختبر التخطيط في <b>اختبار</b>.\n" -" للحصول على الخيارات المتقدمة، مثل معدل التكرار وفترة التأخير، حدد <b>إعدادات متقدمة</b>.\n" +" للحصول على الخيارات المتقدمة، مثل معدل التكرار وفترة التأخير، حدد " +"<b>إعدادات متقدمة</b>.\n" " </p>\n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" @@ -184,30 +194,34 @@ "إذا لم تكن متأكدًا، استخدم القيم الافتراضية المحددة بالفعل.\n" " </p>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n" -"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " +"Settings</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " +"your desktop environment.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "اختر<b>تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح</b> لاستخدامها في النظام.\n" -"للحصول على خيارات متقدمة، مثل معدل التكرار والتأخير، حدد <b>إعدادات الخبير</b>.</p>\n" -"<p>للبحث عن المزيد من الخيارات، وكذلك المزيد من التخطيطات في أداة تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح في بيئة سطح المكتب لديك.</p>\n" +"للحصول على خيارات متقدمة، مثل معدل التكرار والتأخير، حدد <b>إعدادات الخبير</" +"b>.</p>\n" +"<p>للبحث عن المزيد من الخيارات، وكذلك المزيد من التخطيطات في أداة تخطيط لوحة " +"المفاتيح في بيئة سطح المكتب لديك.</p>\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "تكوين لوحة مفاتيح النظام" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -217,179 +231,182 @@ "التخطيط الموجود في النظام المطلوب تحديثه.\n" " حدد التخطيط المطلوب استخدامه أثناء التحديث:" -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "فشل تعيين لوحة مفاتيح X11 على '%s'" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح<%2>: %3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>اللغة<%2>: %3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "الإعدادات المحلية" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 msgid "&Language" msgstr "الل&غة" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "تكوين اللغة" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "ملخص تكوين اللغة" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "تعيين قيم جديدة للغة" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "قم بسرد كل اللغات المتاحة." -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "قيمة اللغة الجديدة" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "قائمة اللغات الثانوية (مفصولة بفواصل)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "لا تقم بتثبيت حزم اللغة الخاصة" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين اللغة" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "حفظ إعدادات اللغة ووحدة التحكم" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "تثبيت الحزم المتأثرة وإزالة تثبيتها" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "تحديث الترجمات في قائمة برنامج أداة تحميل التشغيل" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ إعدادات اللغة ووحدة التحكم..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن تثبيت الحزم المتأثرة وإزالة تثبيتها..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديث الترجمات في قائمة برنامج أداة تحميل التشغيل..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>" msgstr "<p><b>حفظ التكوين</b><br>الرجاء الانتظار...</p>" -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "اللغة الحالية: %1 (%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "اللغات الإضافية: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "" +"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." msgstr "اللغة %1 ليست لغة صالحة. استخدم الأمر قائمة للاطلاع على القيم الممكنة." -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "اللغة" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "اللغات" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "مرحبًا بك في \"إصلاح النظام\"" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "ت&فاصيل" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "الل&غات الثانوية" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "اللغة ال&رئيسية" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "إعدادات اللغة الرئيسية" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " +"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"سيتم تثبيت حزم إضافية مزودة بالدعم للغة المحددة واللغات الثانوية. ستتم إزالة الحزم التي لم تعد بحاجة إليها.\n" +"سيتم تثبيت حزم إضافية مزودة بالدعم للغة المحددة واللغات الثانوية. ستتم إزالة " +"الحزم التي لم تعد بحاجة إليها.\n" " </p>" -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> to use during installation and for\n" @@ -401,8 +418,8 @@ "النظام المثبت.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -412,8 +429,8 @@ "انقر فوق <b>التالي</b> للمتابعة إلى مربع الحوار التالي.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -425,8 +442,8 @@ "كافة الإعدادات في مربع حوار التثبيت الأخير.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You can select <b>Abort</b> at any time to abort the\n" @@ -438,9 +455,9 @@ "عملية التثبيت.\n" "</p>\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new <b>Language</b> for your system.\n" @@ -450,8 +467,8 @@ "اختر <b>اللغة</b> الجديدة للنظام لديك.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new <b>Primary Language</b> for your system.\n" @@ -461,21 +478,27 @@ "اختر <b>اللغة الرئيسية</b> الجديدة للنظام لديك.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" -"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the " +"primary language.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to " +"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " +"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"حدد <b>تهيئة تخطيط لوحة مفاتيح</b> لتغيير تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح إلى اللغة الرئيسية.\n" -"تحقق من <b>تهيئة المنطقة الزمنية</b> لتغيير المنطقة الزمنية الحالية وفقًا للغة الرئيسية. وفي حالة تهيئة تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح أو المنطقة الزمنية وفقًا لإعداد اللغة الافتراضية، سيتم تعطيل الخيار المخصص لذلك.\n" +"حدد <b>تهيئة تخطيط لوحة مفاتيح</b> لتغيير تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح إلى اللغة " +"الرئيسية.\n" +"تحقق من <b>تهيئة المنطقة الزمنية</b> لتغيير المنطقة الزمنية الحالية وفقًا " +"للغة الرئيسية. وفي حالة تهيئة تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح أو المنطقة الزمنية وفقًا " +"لإعداد اللغة الافتراضية، سيتم تعطيل الخيار المخصص لذلك.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Secondary Languages</b><br>\n" @@ -487,13 +510,13 @@ " في مربع التحديد، حدد اللغات الإضافية المطلوب استخدامها على النظام.\n" " </p>\n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "توجد تبعيات حزمة غير محلولة." -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." @@ -501,8 +524,8 @@ "لا توجد مساحة كافية لتثبيت كل الحزم الإضافية.\n" "أزل بعض اللغات من التحديد." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -516,8 +539,8 @@ " إذا لم تكن متأكدًا، استخدم القيم الافتراضية المحددة بالفعل.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Locale Settings for User root</b>\n" @@ -527,91 +550,104 @@ "<b>الإعدادت المحلية لجذر المستخدم</b>\n" " كيفية تعيين المتغيرات المحلية (LC_*) للمستخدم المسؤول.</p>" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" +"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " +"values\n" "are unset.<br>\n" "<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n" "<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>ctype فقط</b>: يمتلك المسؤول نفس LC_CTYPE الخاص بالمستخدم العادي. لم يتم تعيين\n" +"<p><b>ctype فقط</b>: يمتلك المسؤول نفس LC_CTYPE الخاص بالمستخدم العادي. لم " +"يتم تعيين\n" "القيم الأخرى.<br>\n" -" <b>نعم</b>: يمتلك المسؤول نفس الإعدادات المحلية الخاصة بالمستخدم العادي.<br>\n" +" <b>نعم</b>: يمتلك المسؤول نفس الإعدادات المحلية الخاصة بالمستخدم العادي." +"<br>\n" " <b>لا</b>: لم يتم تعيين كل المتغيرات المحلية الخاصة بالمسؤول.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale.</p>" -msgstr "<p>استخدم <b>الإعداد المحلي المُفصل</b> لتعيين إعداد محلي للغة الرئيسية غير المتوفرة في القائمة الموجودة بمربع الحوار الرئيسي. قد لا تتوفر الترجمة للإعداد المحلي المحدد.</p>" +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary " +"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " +"not be available for the selected locale.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>استخدم <b>الإعداد المحلي المُفصل</b> لتعيين إعداد محلي للغة الرئيسية غير " +"المتوفرة في القائمة الموجودة بمربع الحوار الرئيسي. قد لا تتوفر الترجمة " +"للإعداد المحلي المحدد.</p>" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "تفاصيل اللغة" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "الإعدادات المحلية لج&ذر المستخدم" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "ctype فقط" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "استخدام ترمي&ز UTF-8" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "الإعداد الم&حلي المُفصل" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "تهيئة ت&خطيط لوحة المفاتيح بما يتناسب مع %1" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "تهيئة الم&نطقة الزمنية بما يتناسب مع %1" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنزال ملحق لغة نظام التثبيت..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" "\n" "Fallback language %{fallback} will be used." msgstr "" +"لم يتم العثور على اللغة '%{language}' في قائمة اللغات المعتمدة\n" +"المتوفرة في %{directory}‏.‏\n" +"\n" +"سيتم استخدام اللغة الاحتياطية %{fallback}‏." -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "اللغة الرئيسية: %1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن تثبيت الحزم..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -619,19 +655,20 @@ "لم تكتمل ترجمة اللغة الرئيسية.\n" "قد يتم عرض بعض النصوص باللغة الإنجليزية.\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " +"appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" "يتم تضمين الحد الأدنى من الدعم فقط للغة المحددة في هذه الوسائط.\n" "أضف القرص المضغوط الإضافي للغة كمخزن إضافي للحصول على مستوى مناسب\n" "من الدعم لهذه اللغة.\n" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." @@ -639,67 +676,67 @@ "يتعذر استخدام اللغة المحددة في وضع النص. يتم استخدام الإنجليزية \n" " للتثبيت، ولكن سيتم استخدام اللغة المحددة مع النظام الجديد." -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "تكوين المنطقة الزمنية" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "ملخص تكوين المنطقة الزمنية" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "تعيين قيم جديدة لتكوين المنطقة الزمنية" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "سرد كافة المناطق الزمنية المتاحة" -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "المنطقة الزمنية الجديدة" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." msgstr "قيمة جديدة لساعة الجهاز. من الممكن أن تكون 'local' أو 'utc' أو 'UTC'‏." -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "المنطقة الزمنية الحالية:\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "تعيين ساعة الأجهزة على:\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "التوقيت المحلي" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "الوقت والتاريخ الحاليان:\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -707,42 +744,48 @@ "الوقت %1 في الماضي.\n" "قم بتعيين وقت صحيح قبل بدء التثبيت." -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "المنطقة الزمنية" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "المنطقة ال&زمنية" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware " +"Clock Set To</b>.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " +"Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " +"time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"حدد ما إن كان إعداد الجهاز لديك سيتم على التوقيت المحلي أو UTC في <b>تعيين ساعة الأجهزة على</b>.\n" -" تستخدم معظم أجهزة الكمبيوتر التي تحتوي أيضًا على أنظمة تشغيل أخرى مثبتة (مثل Microsoft\n" +"حدد ما إن كان إعداد الجهاز لديك سيتم على التوقيت المحلي أو UTC في <b>تعيين " +"ساعة الأجهزة على</b>.\n" +" تستخدم معظم أجهزة الكمبيوتر التي تحتوي أيضًا على أنظمة تشغيل أخرى مثبتة (مثل " +"Microsoft\n" " Windows) التوقيت المحلي.\n" " أما الأجهزة المثبت عليها Linux فقط فعادةً ما يتم تعيينها على \n" " التوقيت العالمي المتفق عليه (UTC).\n" -" في حالة تعيين ساعة الأجهزة على UTC، يمكن للنظام التبديل من التوقيت القياسي إلى \n" +" في حالة تعيين ساعة الأجهزة على UTC، يمكن للنظام التبديل من التوقيت القياسي " +"إلى \n" "التوقيت الصيفي ثم الرجوع تلقائيًا.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -758,15 +801,18 @@ "تحقق من دليل المستخدم للحصول على معلومات عن الآثار الجانبية.\n" "</p>" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " +"system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " +"year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " +"backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -785,58 +831,62 @@ "\n" "هل تريد المتابعة مع تحديد الوقت (بالتوقيت المحلي)؟" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" -msgstr "<p>يتم عرض تاريخ ووقت النظام الحالي. إذا كان ذلك مطلوبًا، قم بتغييرها إلى القيم الصحيحة يدويًا، أو استخدم بروتوكول وقت الشبكة (NTP).</p>" +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "" +"<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " +"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يتم عرض تاريخ ووقت النظام الحالي. إذا كان ذلك مطلوبًا، قم بتغييرها إلى " +"القيم الصحيحة يدويًا، أو استخدم بروتوكول وقت الشبكة (NTP).</p>" -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "<p>Press <b>Accept</b> to save your changes.</p>" msgstr "<p>اضغط <b>قبول</b> لحفظ التغييرات.</p>" -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "التاريخ الحالي بتنسيق ي ي-ش ش-س س س س" -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "الوقت الحالي بتنسيق س س:دد:ث ث" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "التاريخ الحالي" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "الوقت الحالي" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "يدويًا" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "تغيير الوقت الآن" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "مزامنة مع خادم NTP" -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "تغيير التاريخ أو الوقت" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -844,8 +894,8 @@ "وقت غير صالح (س س:د د:ث ث) %1.\n" "أدخل الوقت الصحيح.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -853,49 +903,49 @@ "تاريخ غير صالح (ي ي-ش ش-س س س س) %1.\n" "أدخل التاريخ الصحيح.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "إعداد آ&خر" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "الوقت والتاريخ (تم تكوين NTP)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "التاريخ والوقت" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "&تعيين ساعة الأجهزة إلى UTC" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "ال&منطقة" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "المن&طقة الزمنية" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "التاريخ والوقت:" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>" @@ -903,23 +953,26 @@ "\n" "<p><b><big>إعدادات المنطقة الزمنية والساعة</big></b></p>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</" +"b>.\n" "In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"لتحديد المنطقة الزمنية المطلوب استخدامها في النظام، حدد <b>المنطقة</b> أولاً.\n" -" في <b>المنطقة الزمنية</b>، ثم حدد المنطقة الزمنية أو الدولة أو المنطقة المناسبة \n" +"لتحديد المنطقة الزمنية المطلوب استخدامها في النظام، حدد <b>المنطقة</b> " +"أولاً.\n" +" في <b>المنطقة الزمنية</b>، ثم حدد المنطقة الزمنية أو الدولة أو المنطقة " +"المناسبة \n" "من تلك المتاحة.\n" " </p>\n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n" @@ -929,279 +982,279 @@ "إذا كان التوقيت الحالي غير صحيح، استخدم <b>تغيير</b> لتعديله.\n" " </p>" -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "الساعة والمنطقة الزمنية" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "حدد منطقة زمنية صالحة." -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "التوقيت المحلي" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "تعيين ساعة الأجهزة على" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP غير مكوَّن" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "المنطقة الزمنية الحالية: %1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:35 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:35 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "أمريكية وعربية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:47 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:47 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "بريطانية وعربية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:59 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:59 msgid "German" msgstr "المانية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:71 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:71 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "الألمانية (بمفاتيح تشكيل)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:83 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:83 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "الألمانية (سويسرا)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:95 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:95 msgid "French" msgstr "الفرنسية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:107 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:107 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "ﺔﻳﺮﺴﻳﻮﺳ/ﺔﻴﺴﻧﺮﻓ" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:119 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:119 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "الفرنسية (كندا)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:132 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:132 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "الكندية (متعدد اللغات)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "اسبانية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "الأسبانية (أمريكا اللاتينية)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "الأسبانية (CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "أسبانية (اللهجة الأسترية(" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Italian" msgstr "إيطالية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "البرتغالية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "البرتغالية (البرازيل)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "البرتغالية (البرازيل -- لهجات الولايات المتحدة)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Greek" msgstr "يونانية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "الهولندية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Danish" msgstr "الدانماركية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "نروجية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "سويدية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "الفنلندية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 msgid "Czech" msgstr "التشيكية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "qwerty التشيكية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "السلوفاكية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "السلوفاكية (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "السلوفانية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "هنغارية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Polish" msgstr "بولونية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 msgid "Russian" msgstr "روسية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "الصربية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "الإستونية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "الليتوانية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "التركية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "الكرواتية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "يابانية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "البلجيكية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "الآيسلندية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "اوكرانية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "الخميرية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 msgid "Korean" msgstr "الكورية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "العربية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "الطاجكية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "الصينية التقليدية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "الصينية المبسطة" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "الرومانية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 msgid "US International" msgstr "الولايات المتحدة الدولية" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/dhcp-server.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/dhcp-server.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/dhcp-server.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,681 +14,683 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. command line help text for DHCP server module -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25 +#. command line help text for DHCP server module +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25 msgid "DHCP server configuration module" msgstr "الوحدة النمطية لتكوين خادم DHCP" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:35 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:35 msgid "Print the status of the DHCP server" msgstr "طباعة حالة خادم DHCP" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:42 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:42 msgid "Enable the DHCP server" msgstr "تمكين خادم DHCP" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:49 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:49 msgid "Disable the DHCP server" msgstr "تعطيل خادم DHCP" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:56 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:56 msgid "Manage individual host settings" msgstr "قم بإدارة إعدادات المضيف الفردية" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:63 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:63 msgid "Select the network interface to listen to" msgstr "تحديد واجهة الشبكة المطلوب الاستماع إليها" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:70 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:70 msgid "Manage global DHCP options" msgstr "إدارة خيارات DHCP العمومية" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:77 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:77 msgid "Manage DHCP subnet options" msgstr "إدارة خيارات الشبكة الفرعية لـ DHCP" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address" msgstr "سرد كافة الأجهزة المضيفة المعرَّفة التي لها عنوان ثابت" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:91 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:91 msgid "Add a new host with a fixed address" msgstr "إضافة مضيف جديد له عنوان ثابت" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:97 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:97 msgid "Edit a host with a fixed address" msgstr "تحرير مضيف له عنوان ثابت" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:103 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:103 msgid "Delete a host with a fixed address" msgstr "حذف مضيف له عنوان ثابت" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:109 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:109 msgid "The name of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "اسم المضيف الذي له عنوان ثابت" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:116 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:116 msgid "The hardware address of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "عنوان الجهاز للمضيف الذي له عنوان ثابت" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:123 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:123 msgid "The hardware type of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "نوع الجهاز للمضيف الذي له عنوان ثابت" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:131 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:131 msgid "The IP address (or hostname) of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "عنوان IP (أو اسم المضيف) للمضيف الذي له عنوان ثابت" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "Select the network interface to use" msgstr "تحديد واجهة الشبكة المطلوب استخدامها" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" msgstr "طباعة الواجهة المستخدمة حاليًا وسرد الواجهات الأخرى المتاحة" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print current options" msgstr "طباعة الخيارات الحالية" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "تعيين خيار عمومي" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)" msgstr "مفتاح الخيار (على سبيل المثال، ntp-servers)" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)" msgstr "قيمة الخيار (على سبيل المثال، عنوان IP)" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "أدنى عنوان IP في نطاق تعيين العنوان الديناميكي" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "أعلى عنوان IP في نطاق تعيين العنوان الديناميكي" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 msgid "Default lease time in seconds" msgstr "مدة التأجير الافتراضية بالثواني" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds" msgstr "أقصى مدة للتأجير بالثواني" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 msgid "DHCP server is enabled" msgstr "خادم DHCP ممكَّن" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 msgid "DHCP server is disabled" msgstr "خادم DHCP معطل" -#. command-line text output, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 +#. command-line text output, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 msgid "Host: %1" msgstr "المضيف: %1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address -#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 +#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address +#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 msgid "Hardware: %1" msgstr "الجهاز: %1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 +#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 msgid "IP Address: %1" msgstr "عنوان IP: %1" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 msgid "Hostname not specified." msgstr "اسم المضيف غير محدد." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 msgid "Specified host does not exist." msgstr "المضيف المحدد غير موجود." -#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" -#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 +#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" +#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 msgid "None" msgstr "بلا" -#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 +#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1" msgstr "الواجهات المحددة: %1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 +#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 msgid "Other Interfaces: %1" msgstr "واجهات أخرى: %1" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 msgid "Specified interface does not exist." msgstr "الواجهة المحددة غير موجودة." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 msgid "Operation with the interface not specified." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد التشغيل باستخدام الواجهة." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 msgid "Option key must be set." msgstr "يجب تعيين مفتاح الخيار." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 msgid "Value must be set." msgstr "يجب تعيين القيمة." -#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 +#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 msgid "Address Range: %1-%2" msgstr "نطاق العنوان: %1-%2" -#. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 +#. command-line output text, %1 is integer +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 msgid "Default Lease Time: %1" msgstr "مدة التأجير الافتراضية: %1" -#. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 +#. command-line output text, %1 is integer +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1" msgstr "الحد الأقصى لمدة التأجير: %1" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "فشل حفظ التكوين. هل تريد تغيير الإعدادات؟" -#. Restart only if it's already running -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 +#. Restart only if it's already running +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "فشل حفظ التكوين" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "تكوين خادم DHCP" -#. dialog caption -#. Initialize the widget -#. @param [String] id any widget id -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 +#. dialog caption +#. Initialize the widget +#. @param [String] id any widget id +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "الخيارات العمومية" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgstr "تكوين الشبكة الفرعية" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Host with Fixed Address" msgstr "المضيف ذو العنوان الثابت" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Shared Network" msgstr "الشبكة المشتركة" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Pool of Addresses" msgstr "مجمع العناوين" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Group-Specific Options" msgstr "الخيارات الخاصة بالمجموعة" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Class" msgstr "طبقة" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "&شبكة فرعية" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "&Host" msgstr "مضي&ف" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Shared &Network" msgstr "&شبكة مشتركة" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "&Group" msgstr "م&جموعة" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "&Pool of Addresses" msgstr "مجم&ع عناوين" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "&Class" msgstr "&طبقة" -#. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 +#. frame +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "Declaration Types" msgstr "أنواع الإعلانات" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Declaration Type" msgstr "نوع الإعلان" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Interface Configuration" msgstr "تكوين الواجهة" -#. dialog caption -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 +#. dialog caption +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 msgid "TSIG Key Management" msgstr "إدارة مفاتيح TSIG" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:47 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:47 msgid "Days" msgstr "أيام" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:49 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:49 msgid "Hours" msgstr "ساعات" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:51 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:51 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "دقائق" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:53 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:53 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "ثوانٍ" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up" msgstr "خادم DHCP: بدء التشغيل" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "بدء التشغيل" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection" msgstr "خادم DHCP: تحديد البطاقة" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 msgid "Card Selection" msgstr "تحديد البطاقة" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings" msgstr "خادم DHCP: الإعدادات العمومية" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "الإعدادات العمومية" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "خادم DHCP: DHCP الديناميكي" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 msgid "Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "DHCP الديناميكي" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management" msgstr "خادم DHCP: إدارة المضيفين" -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 msgid "Host Management" msgstr "إدارة المضيفين" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings" msgstr "خادم DHCP: إعدادات الخبير" -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "عند التشغ&يل" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "ي&دويًا" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "عند التشغيل" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 msgid "Manually" msgstr "يدويًا" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments" msgstr "وسيطات بدء خادم DHCP" -#. Table - listing available network cards -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 +#. Table - listing available network cards +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server" msgstr "بطاقات الشبكة لخادم DHCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 msgid "Selected" msgstr "محدد" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 msgid "Interface Name" msgstr "اسم الواجهة" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "اسم الجهاز" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. Table header item - IP of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. Table header item - IP of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 msgid "IP" msgstr "عنوان IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 +#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 msgid "&Select" msgstr "تح&ديد" -#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 +#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 msgid "&Deselect" msgstr "إل&غاء تحديد" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "عنوان DHCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, -#. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, +#. currently no one is selected +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "يجب تحديد واجهة شبكة واحدة على الأقل." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have -#. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have +#. at least minimal configuration +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " +"address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" -"لم يتم تكوين واحدة أو أكثر من واجهات الشبكات المحددة (لا يتوفر عنوان IP محدد \n" +"لم يتم تكوين واحدة أو أكثر من واجهات الشبكات المحددة (لا يتوفر عنوان IP " +"محدد \n" "ولا قناع شبكة)." -#. configuration will be saved in ldap? -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 +#. configuration will be saved in ldap? +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "&دعم LDAP" -#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 +#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "اسم &خادم DHCP (اختياري)" -#. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 +#. Textentry with name of the domain +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "ا&سم المجال" -#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 +#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "عنوان IP لخادم الأسماء ال&رئيسي" -#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 +#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "عنوان IP لخادم الأسماء ال&ثانوي" -#. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 +#. Textentry with IP address of default router +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "ال&بوابة الافتراضية (الموجه) " -#. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 +#. Textentry with IP address of time server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "خادم &وقت NTP" -#. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 +#. Textentry with IP address of print server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "خادم ال&طباعة" -#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 +#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "&خادم WINS" -#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 +#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "مدة ال&تأجير الافتراضية" -#. Units for defaultleasetime -#. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 +#. Units for defaultleasetime +#. Combobox - type of units for lease time +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 msgid "&Units" msgstr "ال&وحدات" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "لا تعتبر القيمة المحددة اسم مضيف صالحًا أو عنوان IP صالحًا." -#. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 +#. frame +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "معلومات الشبكة الفرعية" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "ال&شبكة الحالية" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "&قناع الشبكة الحالي" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "&وحدات بت قناع الشبكة" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "أد&نى عنوان IP" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "أق&صى عنوان IP" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "نطاق عنوان IP" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 msgid "&First IP Address" msgstr "عنوان IP الأو&ل" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 msgid "&Last IP Address" msgstr "ع&نوان IP الأخير" -#. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 +#. checkbox +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "الس&ماح لـ BOOTP الديناميكي" -#. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "مدة التأجير" -#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 +#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 msgid "&Default" msgstr "ا&فتراضي" -#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 +#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "ال&حد الأقصى" -#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 +#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "الو&حدات" -#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server -#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 +#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server +#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "إنشاء منطقة DNS جديدة من البداية" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "تحرير منطقة DNS الحالية" -#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 +#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "الحصول على معلومات المنطقة الحالية" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "ت&زامن خادم DNS..." -#. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#. Show DNS Zone Information +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -696,148 +698,149 @@ "لا تعتبر منطقة DNS %1 منطقة رئيسية.\n" "وبالتالي، لا يمكنك تغييرها هنا.\n" -#. A popup error text -#. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 +#. A popup error text +#. A popup error text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "أدخل قيمًا لحدي نطاق عنوان IP." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " +"server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" "يجب أن يكون عنوان DHCP الديناميكي في نفس الشبكة التي يوجد بها خادم DHCP.\n" "عنوان IP %1 لا يطابق %2/%3 للشبكة." -#. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#. Label of the registered hosts table +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "المضيف المسجل" -#. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 +#. Table header item - Name of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 +#. MAC address of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "عنوان الأجهزة" -#. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 +#. Network type of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 msgid "Type" msgstr "النوع" -#. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 +#. Frame label - configuration of particular host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "إعداد القائمة" -#. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 +#. Textentry label - name of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 msgid "&Name" msgstr "الا&سم" -#. Textentry label - IP address of the host -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 +#. Textentry label - IP address of the host +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "عن&وان IP" -#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 +#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "عنوان الأ&جهزة" -#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 +#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "إي&ثرنت" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "&Token Ring" -#. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 +#. Pushbutton label - change host in list +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "ت&غيير في القائمة" -#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 +#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "ح&ذف من القائمة" -#. now, fill the dialog -#. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 +#. now, fill the dialog +#. combo box entry, networking technology name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "إيثرنت" -#. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 +#. combo box entry, networking technology name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "عنوان الأجهزة غير صالح.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "يجب أن يكون عنوان الأجهزة فريدًا." -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن ترك اسم المضيف فارغًا." -#. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 +#. error popup, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "يوجد بالفعل مضيف باسم %1." -#. error popup -#. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#. error popup +#. FIXME: text? +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "أدخل عنوان IP للمضيف." -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "يجب أن يكون عنوان الأجهزة معرفًا." -#. error popup -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 +#. error popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "حدد مضيفًا أولاً." -#. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 +#. checking new MAC +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "يجب أن تكون قيمة المدخلات معرَّفة." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -857,20 +860,21 @@ "\n" "هل تريد المتابعة؟" -#. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 +#. remove leading '-' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "لا يعتبر \"-%1\" خيار سطر أوامر صالحًا لخادم DHCP" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "يحتاج خيار سطر الأوامر لخادم DHCP المسمى \"-%1\" إلى وسيطة" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " +"write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" @@ -880,25 +884,27 @@ "\n" "وهذا غير معتمد من قبل YaST. كما أن الوحدة النمطية لخادم DHCP فقط \n" "تستطيع قراءة وكتابة /etc/dhcpd.conf. التكوين \n" -"الجديد من %1 لن يتم استيراده. وسيتم حفظ كل التغييرات إلى ملف التكوين الافتراضي.\n" +"الجديد من %1 لن يتم استيراده. وسيتم حفظ كل التغييرات إلى ملف التكوين " +"الافتراضي.\n" " \n" "هل تريد المتابعة حقا؟\n" -#. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 +#. dialog caption, %1 is step number +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "DHCP معالج خادم(%1 من 4)" -#. TRANSLATORS: -#. DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 4) -#. and -#. DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 5) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18 +#. TRANSLATORS: +#. DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 4) +#. and +#. DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 5) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "<b>First IP Address</b> defines\n" "the starting address of the range and <b>Last IP Address</b> defines\n" -"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how hostnames\n" +"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how " +"hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -908,8 +914,10 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إضافة نطاق جديد من سجلات DNS</big></b><br />\n" "يُعرف <b>عنوان IP الأول</b> \n" -"عنوان بداية النطاق ويُعرف <b>آخر عنوان IP</b> آخر النطاق. <b>قاعدة اسم المضيف</b> هي سلسلة \n" -"تحدد كيفية إنشاء أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة ip (مثل <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" +"عنوان بداية النطاق ويُعرف <b>آخر عنوان IP</b> آخر النطاق. <b>قاعدة اسم " +"المضيف</b> هي سلسلة \n" +"تحدد كيفية إنشاء أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة ip (مثل <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-" +"%i-a</tt>).\n" "يتم استبداله <tt>%i</tt> برقم المضيف في النطاق.\n" "إذا لم يتم تعريف لا <tt>%i</tt> ، فتتم إضافة الرقم في نهاية \n" "السلسلة. <tt>%i</tt> يمكن استخدامها مرة \n" @@ -917,8 +925,8 @@ "ويعرَّف الرقم الأول الذي يستخدم لاسم المضيف \n" "الأول عن طريق <b>ابدأ</b> . يتم إنشاء أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة تدريجيًا.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Wizard</big></b><br />\n" "In this wizard, create a new DNS zone\n" @@ -934,17 +942,19 @@ "المضيف. تقوم منطقة DNS بترجمة الأسماء إلى عناوين IP المحددة. \n" "يمكنك أيضا إنشاء منطقة عكسية تقوم بترجمة عناوين IP إلى أسماء.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b>New Zone Name</b> or <b>Reverse Zone Name</b>\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.</p>\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " +"changed.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>اسم منطقة جديدة</b> أو <b>اسم المنطقة العكسية</b>\n" -"مأخوذة من إعدادات شبكة الاتصال وخادم DHCP الحالية، ولذلك، لا يمكن تغييرها.</p>\n" +"مأخوذة من إعدادات شبكة الاتصال وخادم DHCP الحالية، ولذلك، لا يمكن تغييرها.</" +"p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Also Create Reverse Zone</b> to create a zone \n" "to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.</p>\n" @@ -952,8 +962,8 @@ "<p>حدد <b>إنشاء منطقة عكسية أيضًا</b> لإنشاء منطقة \n" "للإدخالات العكسية الخاصة بمنطقة DNS الرئيسية.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Name Servers</b></big><br />\n" "Name servers are needed for proper DNS server functionality.\n" @@ -963,8 +973,8 @@ "يجب أن تتوفر خوادم الأسماء لكي يعمل خادم DNS بشكل صحيح.\n" "فهي تقوم بإدارة كافة سجلات منطقة DNS.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Queries</big></b><br />\n" "Every DNS query (for example searching an IP address for a\n" @@ -982,25 +992,28 @@ "أجل خوادم اسم المنطقة الحالية. ثم تقوم بإرسال \n" "استعلام DNS لخوادم الاسم هذه للحصول \n" "على عنوان IP المطلوب.<br />\n" -"ولهذا السبب، ينبغي ذكر اسم مضيف خادم DNS الحالي كواحد من خوادم اسم المنطقة.</p>\n" +"ولهذا السبب، ينبغي ذكر اسم مضيف خادم DNS الحالي كواحد من خوادم اسم المنطقة.</" +"p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>To add a <b>New Name Server</b>, click <b>Add</b>, complete the form,\n" -"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" +"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the " +"current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>لإضافة <b>خادم أسماء جديد</b>، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>، أكمل النموذج،\n" "ثم انقر فوق <b>موافق</b>. إذا كان اسم خادم الأسماء الجديد مضمنًا في\n" -"منطقة DNS الحالية، فأدخل أيضًا عنوان IP الخاص به. يعتبر هذا الأمر إلزاميًا نظرًا لاستخدامه\n" +"منطقة DNS الحالية، فأدخل أيضًا عنوان IP الخاص به. يعتبر هذا الأمر إلزاميًا " +"نظرًا لاستخدامه\n" "أثناء إنشاء المنطقة.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:74 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:102 msgid "" "<p>To edit or delete an entry, select it and click\n" "<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1008,13 +1021,14 @@ "<p>لتحرير إدخال أو حذفه، حدد هذا الإدخال، ثم انقر فوق \n" "<b>تحرير</b> أو <b>حذف</b>.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " +"use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>سجلات DNS</big></b><br />\n" @@ -1023,8 +1037,8 @@ "لكيفية إنشاء ip . هذه القواعد تُعرف نطاق عناوين IP المستخدمة والسلسلة\n" "التي يتم استخدامها لإنشاء نطاق أسماء المضيفين.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "For example, create a set of hostnames from <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n" @@ -1032,12 +1046,13 @@ "to <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>نطاق سجلات DNS</big></b><br />\n" -"على سبيل المثال، قم بإنشاء مجموعة من أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة من <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n" +"على سبيل المثال، قم بإنشاء مجموعة من أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة من <tt>dhcp-133-" +"a</tt>\n" "إلى <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> بعناوين IP من <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\n" " إلى <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<p>To add a new range of DNS records, click <b>Add</b>,\n" "complete the form, then click <b>Ok</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1045,8 +1060,8 @@ "<p>لإضافة نطاق جديد من سجلات DNS، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b> و\n" "أكمل النموذج، ثم انقر فوق <b>موافق</b>.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p>This is a summary of all data\n" "entered in the configuration wizard so far.</p>\n" @@ -1054,8 +1069,8 @@ "هذا ملخص لكافة البيانات\n" "التي تم إدخالها في معالج التكوين حتى الآن.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p>Click <b>Accept</b> to save the settings for\n" "the DNS server and return to the DHCP server configuration.\n" @@ -1067,8 +1082,8 @@ "لا يتم حفظ الإعدادات نهائيًا حتى تنتهي من\n" "تكوين خادم DHCP.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Synchronization</big></b><br />\n" "This is an advanced tool for editing DNS server settings to match your\n" @@ -1077,24 +1092,26 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>تزامن DNS</big></b><br />\n" "هذه الأداة عبارة عن أداة متقدمة لتحرير إعدادات خادم DNS لتطابق\n" -"إعدادات DHCP الخاصة بك. يتم الاحتفاظ فقط بسجلات 'A' --سجلات DNS التي تقوم بتحويل أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة إلى\n" +"إعدادات DHCP الخاصة بك. يتم الاحتفاظ فقط بسجلات 'A' --سجلات DNS التي تقوم " +"بتحويل أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة إلى\n" "عناوين IP-- هنا.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<b>Current Subnet</b> and <b>Netmask</b> show the current network settings.\n" "<b>Domain</b> is taken from the current DHCP configuration.\n" "<b>First IP Address</b> and <b>Second IP Address</b> match the current\n" "Dynamic DHCP range.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<b>الشبكة الفرعية الحالية</b> و<b>قناع الشبكة</b> يعملان على إظهار إعدادات شبكة الاتصال الحالية.\n" +"<b>الشبكة الفرعية الحالية</b> و<b>قناع الشبكة</b> يعملان على إظهار إعدادات " +"شبكة الاتصال الحالية.\n" "<b>المجال</b> مأخوذ من تكوين DHCP الحالي.\n" "<b>عنوان IP الأول</b> و<b>عنوان IP الثاني</b> تعمل على مطابقة النطاق \n" "الديناميكيDHCP الحالي.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To create a DNS zone from scratch, use <b>Run Wizard</b>\n" @@ -1104,16 +1121,19 @@ "لإنشاء منطقة DNS من البداية، استخدم <b>تشغيل المعالج</b>\n" "من <b>مهام خاصة</b>.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139 msgid "" "<p>\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click <b>Add</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " +"corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select <b>Synchronize with Reverse Zone</b>.\n" "Use <b>Remove DNS Records Matching Range</b> \n" -"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" +"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range " +"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " +"select\n" "<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -1122,37 +1142,38 @@ "لمزامنة إدخالات DNS مع النماذج العكسية الخاصة بها في\n" "المنطقة العكسية المطابقة، حدد <b>تزامن مع المنطقة العكسية</b>.\n" "استخدم <b>إزالة نطاق مطابقة سجلات DNS</b> \n" -"من <b>مهام خاصة</b> لحذف أية معلومات تتعلق بنطاق عناوين IP هذا من خادم DNS. لإنشاء نطاق جديد من سجلات DNS، حدد\n" +"من <b>مهام خاصة</b> لحذف أية معلومات تتعلق بنطاق عناوين IP هذا من خادم DNS. " +"لإنشاء نطاق جديد من سجلات DNS، حدد\n" "<b>إضافة نطاق جديد من سجلات DNS</b> من <b>مهام خاصة</b>.</p>\n" -#. old_range: $[ -#. "base" : "dhcp-%", -#. "start" : 0, -#. "from" : "192.168.10.1", -#. "to" : "192.168.10.100" -#. ] -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:65 +#. old_range: $[ +#. "base" : "dhcp-%", +#. "start" : 0, +#. "from" : "192.168.10.1", +#. "to" : "192.168.10.100" +#. ] +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Add New DNS Record Range" msgstr "إضافة نطاق سجل DNS جديد" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Edit DNS Record Range" msgstr "تحرير نطاق سجل DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "&Hostname Base" msgstr "قاعدة اسم ال&مضيف" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Start" msgstr "ب&دء" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:154 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:154 msgid "" "Internal error.\n" "Cannot create IP range from %1 and %2." @@ -1160,11 +1181,11 @@ "خطأ داخلي.\n" "تعذر إنشاء نطاق IP من %1 و%2." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is a network, %3 is a netmask -#. network bits must be the same in both IP and Network -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:195 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is a network, %3 is a netmask +#. network bits must be the same in both IP and Network +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:179 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:195 msgid "" "IP address %1 does not match\n" "the current network %2/%3.\n" @@ -1172,19 +1193,19 @@ "عنوان IP %1 لا يطابق\n" "الشبكة الحالية %2/%3.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one." msgstr "يجب أن يكون عنوان IP الأخير أعلى من العنوان الأول." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:272 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "" "The IP address %1 is\n" "outside the current\n" @@ -1194,37 +1215,37 @@ "نطاق \n" "DHCP الديناميكي الحالي %2-%3.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422 msgid "There can be only one '%i' in the hostname base string." msgstr "يُسمح بوجود '%i' واحد فقط في سلسة قاعدة اسم المضيف." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "اسم المضيف غير صالح." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: poupu error, followed by a newlone and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: poupu error, followed by a newlone and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "عنوان IP غير صالح." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:475 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:503 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:503 msgid "" "IP address %1 is not in the range of allowed\n" "IP addresses (%2-%3) defined in the DHCP server.\n" @@ -1232,45 +1253,45 @@ "عنوان IP %1 يقع خارج نطاق\n" "عناوين IP (%2-%3) المسموح بها المعرَّفة في خادم DHCP.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..." msgstr "تتم الآن إعادة إنشاء إدخالات منطقة DNS..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 msgid "Adding a New DNS Record" msgstr "إضافة سجل DNS جديد" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "اسم الم&ضيف" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..." msgstr "تتم الآن إضافة %1-%2 لنطاق DHCP إلى خادم DNS..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range" msgstr "إزالة نطاق مطابقة سجلات DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..." msgstr "تتم الآن إزالة السجلات الموجودة في %1-%2 للنطاق من خادم DNS..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name -#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name +#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 msgid "" "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" "The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" @@ -1278,8 +1299,8 @@ "لا تعتبر المنطقة %1 من النوع master.\n" "تعذر على خادم DNS كتابة سجلات إليها.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 msgid "" "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" "Create it?\n" @@ -1287,20 +1308,20 @@ "لم تعد المنطقة %1 موجودة بعد في تكوين خادم DNS الحالي.\n" "هل تريد إنشاءها؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgstr "تعذر إنشاء منطقة %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..." msgstr "يتم الآن تزامن السجلات العكسية لـ DNS..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 msgid "" "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" "Really cancel this operation?\n" @@ -1308,73 +1329,73 @@ "إذا قمت بإلغاء الأمر، سيتم فقدان كل التغييرات التي تمت في خادم DNS.\n" "هل تريد حقا إلغاء هذه العملية؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "الم&جال" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 msgid "&Network" msgstr "ال&شبكة" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "ق&ناع الشبكة" -#. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 +#. TRANSLATORS: table label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 msgid "DNS Zone Records" msgstr "سجلات منطقة DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "اسم المضيف" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 msgid "Assigned IP" msgstr "IP المخصص" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "إ&ضافة..." -#. TRANSLATORS: menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 msgid "&Special Tasks" msgstr "مهام خا&صة" -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records" msgstr "إضافة نطاق جديد من سجلات DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "تشغيل المعالج لإعادة كتابة منطقة DNS من البداية" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" msgstr "تزامن مع المنطقة العكسية %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization" msgstr "خادم DHCP: تزامن خادم DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:56 msgid "Aborting the Wizard" msgstr "إيقاف المعالج" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:58 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:58 msgid "" "All changes made in the wizard will be lost.\n" "Really abort?\n" @@ -1382,41 +1403,42 @@ "سيتم فقدان كافة التغييرات التي تم إجراؤها في المعالج.\n" "هل تريد الإيقاف بالفعل؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:121 msgid "Add a New Name Server" msgstr "إضافة خادم أسماء جديد" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialgo frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialgo frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:128 msgid "Edit Name Server" msgstr "تحرير خادم الأسماء" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:150 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:150 msgid "Server &IP" msgstr "IP لل&خادم" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " +"defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" "لم يتم توفير أي عنوان IP لخادم اسم في منطقة DNS الحالية.\n" "قد لا يعمل ذلك لأن كل اسم منطقة يحتاج إلى اسم خادم و IP معرف لخادم الاسم. \n" "هل تريد استخدام الإعدادات الحالية حقًا؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255 msgid "Name server %1 already exists in the configuration." msgstr "خادم الأسماء %1 موجود في التكوين بالفعل." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#. %1 the first IP address og 'another range' -#. %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:319 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#. %1 the first IP address og 'another range' +#. %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:319 msgid "" "This new range of DNS entries is already covered by\n" "another one (%1-%2).\n" @@ -1426,204 +1448,204 @@ "بنطاق آخر (%1-%2).\n" "هل تريد بالفعل استخدام النطاق الجديد؟\n" -#. Adding new range definition -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:428 +#. Adding new range definition +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:428 msgid "At least one name server must be defined." msgstr "يجب تعريف خادم أسماء واحد على الأقل." -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:444 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:444 msgid "DHCP Server: New DNS Zone--Step 1 of 3" msgstr "خادم DHCP: منطقة DNS الجديدة--الخطوة 1 من 3" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:505 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:562 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:505 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:562 msgid "New &Zone Name" msgstr "اسم الم&نطقة الجديدة" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:460 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:510 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:567 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:460 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:510 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:567 msgid "&Current Network" msgstr "ال&شبكة الحالية" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:468 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:468 msgid "&Also Create Reverse Zone" msgstr "إنشاء منطقة ع&كسية أيضًا" -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:494 msgid "DHCP Server: Zone Name Servers--Step 2 of 3" msgstr "خادم DHCP: خوادم أسماء المنطقة--الخطوة 2 من 3" -#. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:518 +#. TRANSLATORS: table label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:518 msgid "Current Name Servers" msgstr "خوادم الأسماء الحالية" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:523 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "اسم الخادم" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:525 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:525 msgid "IP (Optional)" msgstr "عنوان IP (اختياري)" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:531 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:531 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:592 msgid "A&dd..." msgstr "إ&ضافة..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:533 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:594 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:533 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:594 msgid "&Edit..." msgstr "تح&رير..." -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:551 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:551 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Records--Step 3 of 3" msgstr "خادم DHCP: سجلات DNS--الخطوة 3 من 3" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:575 msgid "DNS Records for DHCP Clients" msgstr "سجلات DNS لعملاء DHCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:580 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:580 msgid "Hostname Base" msgstr "قاعدة الاسم المضيف" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:582 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:582 msgid "Number to Start With" msgstr "الرقم المطلوب البدء به" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:584 msgid "From IP" msgstr "من عنوان IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:586 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:586 msgid "To IP" msgstr "إلى عنوان IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:612 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:612 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Records--Summary" msgstr "خادم DHCP: سجلات DNS--ملخص" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:641 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:641 msgid "Re&verse Zone Name" msgstr "اسم المنطقة ال&عكسية" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:835 msgid "<b>Zone Name:</b> %1" msgstr "<b>اسم المنطقة:</b> %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary note -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:844 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:867 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary note +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:844 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:867 msgid "(Replacing the current zone with the new one)" msgstr "(استبدال المنطقة الجديدة بالمنطقة الحالية)" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:856 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:856 msgid "<b>Reverse Zone Name:</b> %1" msgstr "<b>اسم المنطقة العكسية:</b> %1" -#. name servers -#. TRANSLATORS: html summary header -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:877 +#. name servers +#. TRANSLATORS: html summary header +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:877 msgid "Zone Name Servers:" msgstr "خوادم أسماء المنطقة:" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item, %1 is a hostname, %2 is an IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:886 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item, %1 is a hostname, %2 is an IP address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:886 msgid "Hostname: %1, IP: %2" msgstr "اسم المضيف: %1، عنوان IP: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: IP address for the HTML summary item is not defined -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:889 +#. TRANSLATORS: IP address for the HTML summary item is not defined +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:889 msgid "Not defined" msgstr "غير معرَّف" -#. dhcp ranges -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary header -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:900 +#. dhcp ranges +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary header +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:900 msgid "Ranges of DNS Hosts:" msgstr "نطاقات الأجهزة المضيفة لـ DNS:" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#. %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one -#. %3 defines the hostname base (e.g., 'dhcp-%i') -#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#. %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one +#. %3 defines the hostname base (e.g., 'dhcp-%i') +#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912 msgid "Range: %1-%2<br />Hostname Base: %3, Starting With: %4" msgstr "النطاق: %1-%2<br />قاعدة الاسم المضيف: %3، بدءًا من: %4" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011 msgid "At least one DNS record must be set." msgstr "يجب تعيين سجل DNS واحد على الأقل." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1087 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1197 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1197 msgid "Cannot remove zone %1." msgstr "تعذرت إزالة المنطقة %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1151 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1246 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1246 msgid "Cannot add name servers to zone %1." msgstr "تعذرت إضافة خوادم الأسماء إلى المنطقة %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1172 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1268 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1172 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1268 msgid "Cannot add zone DNS records." msgstr "تعذرت إضافة سجلات DNS الخاصة بالمنطقة." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1218 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1218 msgid "Cannot create reverse zone %1." msgstr "تعذر إنشاء المنطقة العكسية %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1279 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1279 msgid "Creating DNS zone..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء منطقة DNS..." -#. restore previous settings -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1296 +#. restore previous settings +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1296 msgid "Restoring previous DNS settings..." msgstr "استعادة إعدادات DNS السابقة..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a list of errors -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1307 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a list of errors +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1307 msgid "" "Errors occurred during DNS zone creation:\n" "\n" @@ -1635,13 +1657,13 @@ "%1\n" "هل تريد العودة إلى المعالج ؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1326 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1326 msgid "The DNS zone was created successfully." msgstr "تم إنشاء منطقة DNS بنجاح." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" @@ -1649,8 +1671,8 @@ "<p><b><big>تتم الآن تهيئة تكوين خادم DHCP</big></b><br>\n" " الرجاء الانتظار...</p>" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" @@ -1658,8 +1680,8 @@ "<p><b><big>يتم الآن حفظ تكوين خادم DHCP</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...</p>" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n" "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" @@ -1669,8 +1691,8 @@ "حدد واجهات الشبكة التي يجب أن يستمع إليها خادم DHCP من \n" "<b>الواجهات المتاحة</b>.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from \n" @@ -1686,8 +1708,8 @@ "يتوفر هذا الخيار فقط في حالة\n" "تمكين جدار الحماية.</p>" -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -1696,11 +1718,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "لتشغيل خادم DHCP في وضع حماية Chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)، قم بتعيين\n" -"<b>تشغيل خادم DHCP في وضع حماية Chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)</b>. يتسم بدء تشغيل أي برنامج محرك في وضع حماية chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)\n" +"<b>تشغيل خادم DHCP في وضع حماية Chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)</b>. يتسم بدء " +"تشغيل أي برنامج محرك في وضع حماية chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)\n" "بقدر أكبر من الأمان ويوصى به بشدة.</p>" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" @@ -1710,8 +1733,8 @@ "لتخزين تكوين DHCP في LDAP،\n" "قم بتمكين <b>دعم LDAP</b>.</p>" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n" "To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n" @@ -1725,8 +1748,8 @@ "الإعلان الجديد، ثم انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>.\n" "لحذف إعلان، حدده، ثم انقر فوق <b>حذف</b>.</p>" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n" "Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" @@ -1740,8 +1763,8 @@ "أو قم بإدارة مفاتيح TSIG التي يمكن استخدامها لتصديق \n" "تحديثات DNS الديناميكية.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>" @@ -1749,8 +1772,8 @@ "<p><b><big>تكوين الشبكة الفرعية</big></b><br>\n" "قم بتعيين <b>عنوان الشبكة</b> و<b>قناع الشبكة</b> للشبكة الفرعية.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" @@ -1760,8 +1783,8 @@ "قم بتعيين المضيف المطلوب تعيين العنوان الثابت أو\n" "الخيارات الخاصة الأخرى له في <b>اسم المضيف</b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n" @@ -1773,8 +1796,8 @@ "هذا الأمر للتعريف فقط.\n" "لا يؤثر الاسم على سلوك خادم DHCP.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n" @@ -1786,8 +1809,8 @@ "ويقصد من ذلك التعريف فقط.\n" "لا يؤثر الاسم على سلوك خادم DHCP.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n" @@ -1799,8 +1822,8 @@ "ويقصد من ذلك التعريف فقط.\n" "لا يؤثر الاسم على سلوك خادم DHCP.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 6 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 6 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>" @@ -1808,8 +1831,8 @@ "<p><b><big>طبقة</big></b><br>\n" "قم بتعيين اسم طبقة المضيفين في <b>اسم الطبقة</b>.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1823,17 +1846,18 @@ "لإضافة خيار جديد، استخدم <b>إضافة</b>. لإزالة\n" "خيار، حدده، ثم انقر فوق <b>حذف</b>.</p>" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"لضبط DNS الديناميكي للأجهزة المضيفة لهذه الشبكة الفرعية، استخدم <b>DNS الديناميكي</b>.</p>" +"لضبط DNS الديناميكي للأجهزة المضيفة لهذه الشبكة الفرعية، استخدم <b>DNS " +"الديناميكي</b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n" "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" @@ -1843,8 +1867,8 @@ "لتمكين تحديثات DNS الديناميكي لهذه الشبكة الفرعية، قم بتعيين \n" "<b>تمكين DNS الديناميكي لهذه الشبكة الفرعية</b>.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n" "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" @@ -1858,8 +1882,8 @@ "تعيين المفتاح إلى كلا خادمي DHCP وDNS. حدد مفتاح كل من منطقة إعادة التوجيه\n" "والمنطقة العكسية.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" @@ -1871,43 +1895,50 @@ "DNS الديناميكي بشكل صحيح. لإجراء ذلك تلقائيًا، قم بتعيين \n" "<b>إعدادات DNS الديناميكي العمومية</b>.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " +"DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>المناطق المطلوب تحديثها</big></b><br>\n" "حدد منطقة إعادة التوجيه والمنطقة العكسية المطلوب تحديثهما. حدد أيضًا\n" -"خادم الأسماء الرئيسي لكلتا المنطقتين. إذا كان خادم الأسماء يعمل على نفس المضيف الذي يعمل عليه\n" +"خادم الأسماء الرئيسي لكلتا المنطقتين. إذا كان خادم الأسماء يعمل على نفس " +"المضيف الذي يعمل عليه\n" "خادم DHCP، يمكنك ترك الحقول فارغة.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 +#. help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " +"with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " +"options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>وسيطات بدء تشغيل خادم DHCP</big></b><br>\n" "يمكنك هنا تحديد المعلمات التي تريد أن يبدأ بها خادم DHCP\n" -"(مثال، \"-p 1234\") لمنفذ غير معياري للاستماع). بالنسبة لكافة الخيارات الممكنة،\n" -"راجع صفحة دليل dhcpd. في حالة ترك هذا الخيار فارغًا، سيتم استخدام قيم افتراضية." +"(مثال، \"-p 1234\") لمنفذ غير معياري للاستماع). بالنسبة لكافة الخيارات " +"الممكنة،\n" +"راجع صفحة دليل dhcpd. في حالة ترك هذا الخيار فارغًا، سيتم استخدام قيم " +"افتراضية." -#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>تحديد بطاقة الشبكة</big></b><br>\n" "حدد واحدة أو أكثر من بطاقات الشبكة المسرودة لاستخدامها في خادم DHCP.</p>\n" -#. Optional field - used with LDAP support -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 +#. Optional field - used with LDAP support +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n" "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" @@ -1915,8 +1946,8 @@ "يمكنك بشكل اختياري أيضًا تحديد <b>اسم خادم DHCP</b>\n" "(اسم كائن dhcpServer LDAP)، إذا كان مختلفًا عن اسم المضيف الخاص بك.\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>" @@ -1924,9 +1955,9 @@ "<p><b><big>الإعدادات العمومية</big></b><br>\n" "قم بإجراء العديد من إعدادات DHCP هنا.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" "leases IPs to clients.</p>" @@ -1934,19 +1965,20 @@ "<p><b>اسم النطاق</b> يُستخدم لتعيين النطاق الذي يقوم خادم DHCP\n" "بتأجير عناوين IP إلى العملاء له.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n" "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" "These values must be IP addresses.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>يقدم <b>عنوان IP لخادم الأسماء الرئيسي</b> و<b>عنوان IP لخادم الأسماء الثانوي</b> \n" +"<p>يقدم <b>عنوان IP لخادم الأسماء الرئيسي</b> و<b>عنوان IP لخادم الأسماء " +"الثانوي</b> \n" " خادمي الأسماء هذين إلى عملاء DHCP.\n" "ويجب أن تكون هذه القيم عناوين IP.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n" "value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>" @@ -1954,8 +1986,8 @@ "تقوم <p><b>البوابة الافتراضية</b> بإدخال هذه\n" "القيمة كتوجيه افتراضي في جدول التوجيه الخاص بالعملاء.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n" "for time synchronization.</p>" @@ -1963,13 +1995,14 @@ "يقوم <p><b>خادم الزمن</b> بإعلام العملاء باستخدام هذا الخادم\n" "لتزامن الوقت.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 -msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>" +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>" msgstr "يقدم <p><b>خادم الطباعة</b> هذا الخادم كخادم طباعة افتراضي.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>" @@ -1977,17 +2010,19 @@ "يقدم <p><b>خادم WINS</b> هذا الخادم كخادم (WINS\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" +"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP " +"expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>" msgstr "" -"تُستخدم <p><b>مدة التأجير الافتراضية</b> لتعيين المدة التي تنتهي بانقضائها صلاحية عنوان IP المؤجر\n" +"تُستخدم <p><b>مدة التأجير الافتراضية</b> لتعيين المدة التي تنتهي بانقضائها " +"صلاحية عنوان IP المؤجر\n" "ويجب على العميل أن يطلب عنوان IP مرة أخرى.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n" "View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" @@ -1996,28 +2031,32 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>معلومات الشبكة الفرعية</big></b></br>\n" "هنا يمكنك عرض معلومات حول الشبكة الفرعية الحالية،\n" -"مثل عناوينها، وقناع الشبكة والحد الأدنى والحد الأقصى المتاح من عناوين IP للعملاء.\n" +"مثل عناوينها، وقناع الشبكة والحد الأدنى والحد الأقصى المتاح من عناوين IP " +"للعملاء.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " +"same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the <b>\n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP</b> flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>نطاق عناوين IP</big></b><br>\n" "يتم تعيين <b>عنوان IP الأول</b> و <b>عنوان IP الأخير</b>\n" -"لنطاق العناوين لتأجيره للعملاء. يجب أن يكون لدى هذه العناوين نفس قناع الشبكة .\n" +"لنطاق العناوين لتأجيره للعملاء. يجب أن يكون لدى هذه العناوين نفس قناع " +"الشبكة .\n" "على سبيل المثال، <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> و <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. تحقق\n" -"من تعيين الإشارة <b>السماح لـ BOOTP الديناميكي</b> إذا كان المدى المحدد قد يتم \n" +"من تعيين الإشارة <b>السماح لـ BOOTP الديناميكي</b> إذا كان المدى المحدد قد " +"يتم \n" "تعيينه ديناميكيًا إلى عملاء BOOTP فضلا عن عملاء DHCP</p>.\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n" @@ -2027,8 +2066,8 @@ "قم بتعيين مدة التأجير <b>الافتراضية</b> لنطاق عنوان IP،\n" "والذي يقوم بتعيين أفضل مدة لتحديث عنوان IP للعملاء.<br></p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>" @@ -2036,8 +2075,8 @@ "يُستخدم <p><b>الحد الأقصى</b> (قيمة اختيارية) لتعيين أقصى مدة\n" "يتم إعاقة عنوان IP هذا خلالها للعميل الموجود على خادم DHCP.</p>" -#. Help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 +#. Help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" @@ -2047,8 +2086,8 @@ "لإدخال التكوين الكامل لخادم DHCP، انقر فوق \n" "<b>تكوين خبراء خادم DHCP</b>.</p>" -#. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>" @@ -2056,8 +2095,8 @@ "<p><b><big>إدارة المضيفين</big></b><br>\n" "استخدم مربع الحوار هذا لتحرير المضيفين باستخدام ربط العنوان الثابت.</p>" -#. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n" "<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n" @@ -2071,18 +2110,18 @@ "<p>لتعديل مضيف تم تكوينه، حدد هذا المضيف في الجدول\n" "وقم بتغيير كافة القيم، ثم انقر فوق <b>تغيير في القائمة</b>.</p>" -#. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>لإزالة مضيف، حدده، ثم انقر فوق <b>حذف من القائمة</b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>" msgstr "<p>حدد نوع الإعلان المطلوب إضافته.</p>" -#. help text 2/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 +#. help text 2/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "<p>To add a network declaration,\n" "select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>" @@ -2090,8 +2129,8 @@ "<p>لإضافة إعلان شبكة،\n" "حدد <b>شبكة فرعية</b>.</p>" -#. help text 3/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 +#. help text 3/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n" "(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>" @@ -2099,8 +2138,8 @@ "<p>لإضافة مضيف يحتاج إلى معلمات خاصة\n" "(عنوان ثابت عادة)، حدد <b>مضيف</b>.</p>" -#. help text 4/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 +#. help text 4/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 msgid "" "<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n" "multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>" @@ -2108,8 +2147,8 @@ "<p>لإضافة شبكة مشتركة (شبكة فعلية مع\n" "شبكات منطقية متعددة)، حدد <b>شبكة مشتركة</b>.</p>" -#. help text 5/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 +#. help text 5/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 msgid "" "<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" "if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>" @@ -2117,8 +2156,8 @@ "<p>لإضافة مجموعة من الإعلانات الأخرى (عادة\n" "إذا كان من الضروري أن تشترك في بعض الإعدادات)، حدد <b>مجموعة</b>.</p>" -#. help text 6/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 +#. help text 6/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 msgid "" "<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" @@ -2128,8 +2167,8 @@ "بشكل مختلف عن مجمعات العناوين الأخرى برغم أنها في نفس\n" "، حدد <b>مجمع العناوين</b>.</p>" -#. help text 7/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 +#. help text 7/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n" "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" @@ -2139,123 +2178,123 @@ "التعامل مع العملاء بشكل مختلف حسب الطبقة التي ينتمون إليها،\n" "حدد <b>طبقة</b>.</p>" -#. selection box -#. selection box -#. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 +#. selection box +#. selection box +#. selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 msgid "A&ddresses" msgstr "الع&ناوين" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 msgid "The entered address is not valid." msgstr "العنوان الذي تم إدخاله غير صحيح." -#. message popup -#. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 +#. message popup +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 msgid "At least one address must be specified." msgstr "يجب تحديد عنوان واحد على الأقل." -#. selection box -#. Handle the event on the popup -#. @param [Object] opt_id any option id -#. @param [String] key string option key -#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled -#. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 +#. selection box +#. Handle the event on the popup +#. @param [Object] opt_id any option id +#. @param [String] key string option key +#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled +#. selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 msgid "&Values" msgstr "ال&قيم" -#. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." msgstr "العناوين التي تم إدخالها غير صالحة." -#. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 msgid "At least one address pair must be specified." msgstr "يجب تحديد زوج عنوان واحد على الأقل." -#. table item, means switched on -#. table item, means switched on -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 +#. table item, means switched on +#. table item, means switched on +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 msgid "On" msgstr "تشغيل" -#. table item, means switched off -#. table item, means switched off -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 +#. table item, means switched off +#. table item, means switched off +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 msgid "Off" msgstr "إيقاف تشغيل" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 msgid "A value must be specified." msgstr "يجب تحديد قيمة." -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 msgid "&New Address" msgstr "العنوان الج&ديد" -#. int field -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 +#. int field +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 msgid "&New Value" msgstr "القي&مة الجديدة" -#. label (in role of help text) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 +#. label (in role of help text) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces." msgstr "قم بفصل العناوين المتعددة باستخدام مسافات." -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 msgid "&Add Address Pair" msgstr "إ&ضافة زوج عنوان" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "يجب أن يكون أقل عنوان أصغر من أعلى عنوان." -#. label -- help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 +#. label -- help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration." msgstr "إذا قمت بإجراء التغيير، فقم بتحديث تكوين سجل النظام." -#. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 msgid "&Hardware Type" msgstr "&نوع الأجهزة" -#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, -#. translation would decrease the understandability -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 +#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, +#. translation would decrease the understandability +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 msgid "&MAC Address" msgstr "عن&وان MAC" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 msgid "&Lowest IP Address" msgstr "أد&نى عنوان IP" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 msgid "&Highest IP Address" msgstr "أ&على عنوان IP" -#. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 msgid "" "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" @@ -2263,8 +2302,8 @@ "في حالة ترك تكوين خادم DHCP دون حفظ،\n" "ستفقد كافة التغييرات. هل تريد ترك التكوين بالفعل؟" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 msgid "" "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" "will not be able to serve your network.\n" @@ -2274,8 +2313,8 @@ "خادم DHCP من توفير الخدمة للشبكة الخاصة بك.\n" "هل تريد المتابعة؟" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "" "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "%1\n" @@ -2285,8 +2324,8 @@ "%1\n" "قم بتشغيل تكوين جدار حماية YaST لتعيينها إلى إحدى المناطق." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "" "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." @@ -2294,10 +2333,10 @@ "لم تتم الإشارة إلى واجهة الشبكة %1 في أي منطقة جدار حماية.\n" "قم بتشغيل تكوين جدار حماية YaST لتعيينها إلى إحدى المناطق." -#. popup message -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation." @@ -2305,188 +2344,188 @@ "لا تتوفر هذه الوظيفة أثناء\n" "التحضير للتثبيت التلقائي." -#. tree widget -#. tree widget -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 +#. tree widget +#. tree widget +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 msgid "&Configured Declarations" msgstr "الإع&لانات المكوَّنة" -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 msgid "&Dynamic DNS" msgstr "DNS ال&ديناميكي" -#. combo box -#. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 +#. combo box +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "م&فتاح TSIG لمنطقة إعادة التوجيه" -#. combo box -#. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 +#. combo box +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "مف&تاح TSIG للمنطقة العكسية" -#. popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Select File with Authentication Key" msgstr "تحديد ملف باستخدام مفتاح التصديق" -#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 +#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "تطبيق التغييرات" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail" msgstr "تش&غيل خادم DHCP في وضع حماية Chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "متق&دم" -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 msgid "Display &Log" msgstr "عرض ال&سجل" -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 msgid "&Interface Configuration" msgstr "&تكوين الواجهة" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 msgid "&Network Address" msgstr "عنوان الشب&كة" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 msgid "Network &Mask" msgstr "&قناع الشبكة" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "اسم ال&مجموعة" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 msgid "Pool &Name" msgstr "ا&سم المجمع" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 msgid "Shared Network &Name" msgstr "اس&م الشبكة المشتركة" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 msgid "Class &Name" msgstr "اسم ا&لطبقة" -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 msgid "Available Interfaces" msgstr "الواجهات المتاحة" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces" msgstr "&فتح جدار الحماية للواجهات المحددة" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet" msgstr "تم&كين DNS الديناميكي لهذه الشبكة الفرعية" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings" msgstr "ت&حديث إعدادات DNS الديناميكي العمومية" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "المنطق&ة" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 msgid "&Primary DNS Server" msgstr "&خادم DNS الرئيسي" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 msgid "Re&verse Zone" msgstr "المن&طقة العكسية" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server" msgstr "&خادم DNS الرئيسي" -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "تكوين ت&صدير خادم DHCP..." -#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 +#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين خادم DHCP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "التحقق من البيئة" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات خادم DHCP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات خادم DNS" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من البيئة..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات خادم DHCP..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات خادم DNS..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2502,8 +2541,8 @@ "\n" "يتم الإيقاف الآن." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." @@ -2511,8 +2550,8 @@ "تعذر تحديد اسم المضيف. لن يكون\n" " تكوين خادم DHCP المستند إلى LDAP متاحًا." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" @@ -2520,111 +2559,111 @@ "يبدو أنه لم يتم تكوين\n" " خادم DHCP بعد. هل تريد إنشاء تكوين جديد؟" -#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 +#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين خادم DHCP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات خادم DHCP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "تتم الآن إعادة بدء خادم DHCP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات خادم DNS" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات خادم DHCP..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "تتم الآن إعادة بدء خادم DHCP..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات خادم DNS..." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إعادة بدء برنامج المحرك لـ DHCP." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "يتم بدء تشغيل خادم DHCP في وقت التشغيل" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "لا يتم بدء تشغيل خادم DHCP في وقت التشغيل" -#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 +#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "الاستماع عند: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 +#. summary string, %1 is IP address range +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "نطاق العنوان الديناميكي: %1" -#. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 +#. error message +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "تكوين LDAP غير صالح. تعذر استخدام LDAP." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "لم يتم تنفيذ دعم dhcpServiceDN المتعدد." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "لم يتم تعريف الاسم المميز لخدمة DHCP" -#. %1 is LDAP record key -#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#. Error report -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 +#. %1 is LDAP record key +#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#. Error report +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إنشاء %1." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء تحديث %1." -#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 +#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إنشاء cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." -#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 +#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء كتابة /etc/dhcpd.conf." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/dns-server.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/dns-server.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/dns-server.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,671 +14,683 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 msgid "DNS server configuration" msgstr "تكوين خادم DNS" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "إعدادات بدء التشغيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 msgid "DNS forwarders" msgstr "معيدو توجيه DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "إعدادات التسجيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 msgid "DNS zones" msgstr "مناطق DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 msgid "Access control lists" msgstr "قوائم التحكم بالوصول" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 msgid "Zone transport rules" msgstr "قواعد نقل المنطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 msgid "Zone name servers" msgstr "خوادم أسماء المناطق" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 msgid "Zone mail servers" msgstr "خوادم بريد المناطق" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 msgid "Start of authority (SOA)" msgstr "بدء الجهة (SOA)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" msgstr "سجلات موارد المناطق، مثل A أو CNAME أو NS أو MX أو PTR" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once" msgstr "يستخدم للتعامل مع السجل A وسجل PTR المطابق في نفس الوقت" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "إظهار الإعدادات الحالية" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process" msgstr "بدء تشغيل خادم DNS في عملية التشغيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 msgid "Start DNS server manually" msgstr "بدء تشغيل خادم DNS يدويًا" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "إضافة سجل جديد" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "إزالة سجل" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 msgid "IPv4 address" msgstr "عنوان IPv4" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)" msgstr "وجهة التسجيل (syslog|file)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 msgid "Set option" msgstr "تعيين الخيار" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 msgid "Filename for logging (full path)" msgstr "اسم ملف التسجيل (المسار بالكامل)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*" msgstr "الحد الأقصى لحجم السجل [0-9]+(KMG)*" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" msgstr "الحد الأقصى لعدد إصدارات التدوير، ويعني '0' عدم وجود تدوير" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 msgid "Zone name" msgstr "اسم المنطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 msgid "Zone type, master or slave" msgstr "نوع المنطقة، رئيسية أم تابعة" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 msgid "DNS zone master server" msgstr "الخادم الأساسي لمنطقة DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "تمكين الخيار" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "تعطيل الخيار" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 +msgid "" +"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" msgstr "خادم الأسماء (بتنسيق مؤهل تمامًا منتهٍ بنقطة أو اسم ذي صلة)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 +msgid "" +"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" msgstr "خادم البريد (بتنسيق مؤهل تمامًا منتهٍ بنقطة أو اسم ذي صلة)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)" msgstr "أولوية خادم البريد (رقم من 0 إلى 65535)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 msgid "Serial number of zone update" msgstr "الرقم المسلسل لتحديث المنطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 msgid "General time to live of records in zone" msgstr "مدة البقاء العامة للسجلات في منطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed" msgstr "فاصل زمني قبل تجديد سجلات المنطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh" msgstr "الفاصل الزمني بين محاولات التحديث الفاشل" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" msgstr "الفاصل الزمني الذي لا تصبح بعده سجلات المنطقة موثوق بها" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone" -msgstr "الحد الأدنى من TTL الذي يجب تصديره باستخدام السجلات الموجودة في هذه المنطقة" +msgstr "" +"الحد الأدنى من TTL الذي يجب تصديره باستخدام السجلات الموجودة في هذه المنطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" msgstr "نوع سجل موارد DNS، مثل A أو CNAME أو NS أو MX أو PTR" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record" msgstr "استعلام DNS، مثل example.org للسجل A" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 +msgid "" +"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" msgstr "قيمة سجل موارد DNS، مثل 192.0.34.166 للسجل A لـ example.org" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 msgid "Hostname for the DNS record" msgstr "اسم المضيف لسجل DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 msgid "Log named queries %1" msgstr "تسجيل الاستعلامات named %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 msgid "Log zone updates %1" msgstr "تسجيل تحديثات المنطقة %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 msgid "Log zone transfers %1" msgstr "تسجيل عمليات نقل المنطقة %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders" msgstr "قائمة بمعيدي التوجيه مفصولة بفاصلة" -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 msgid "Parameter %1 is required." msgstr "يجب توفر المعلمة %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 +#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1." msgstr "قيمة المعلمة %1 غير معروفة." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 msgid "Start-Up Settings:" msgstr "إعدادات بدء التشغيل:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "يُسمح بمعلمة واحدة فقط." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..." msgstr "يتم الآن تمكين خادم DNS في عملية التشغيل..." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..." msgstr "تتم الآن إزالة خادم DNS من عملية التشغيل..." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process." msgstr "تمكين خادم DNS في عملية التشغيل." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 msgid "DNS server needs manual starting." msgstr "يحتاج خادم DNS تشغيل يدويًا." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 msgid "Forwarding:" msgstr "إعادة التوجيه:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 msgid "Forwarder IP" msgstr "عنوان IP لمعيد التوجيه" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message +#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 msgid "Only one action parameter is allowed." msgstr "مسموح بمعلمة إجراء واحدة فقط." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 msgid "Logging destination" msgstr "وجهة التسجيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 msgid "System log" msgstr "سجلات النظام" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 msgid "File" msgstr "ملف" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 msgid "Filename" msgstr "اسم الملف" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 msgid "Maximum size" msgstr "الحد الأقصى للحجم" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 msgid "Maximum versions" msgstr "أقصى عدد للإصدارات" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 msgid "Log named queries" msgstr "تسجيل الاستعلامات named" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 msgid "Log zone updates" msgstr "تسجيل تحديثات المنطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 msgid "Log zone transfers" msgstr "تسجيل عمليات نقل المنطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 msgid "Logging Settings:" msgstr "إعدادات تسجيل الدخول:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 msgid "Setting" msgstr "الإعداد" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - basic-options listing -#. Table header item - ACL-options -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - basic-options listing +#. Table header item - ACL-options +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 msgid "Value" msgstr "قيمة" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 msgid "Logging Rule" msgstr "قاعدة التسجيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 msgid "DNS Zones:" msgstr "مناطق DNS:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type -#. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type +#. Table header item - DNS listing zones +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 msgid "Type" msgstr "النوع" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 msgid "Master Server" msgstr "الخادم الأساسي" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "معيدو التوجيه" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 msgid "Predefined" msgstr "معرَّف مسبقًا" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 msgid "Custom" msgstr "مخصص" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 msgid "ACLs:" msgstr "قوائم ACL:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 msgid "Zone Transport:" msgstr "نقل المنطقة:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - DNS listing zones +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - DNS listing zones #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 msgid "Zone" msgstr "المنطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 msgid "Enabled ACL" msgstr "تمكين ACL" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 msgid "Name Servers:" msgstr "خوادم الأسماء:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 msgid "Name Server" msgstr "خادم الأسماء" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 msgid "Mail Servers:" msgstr "خوادم البريد:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "خادم البريد" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 msgid "Priority" msgstr "الأولوية" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):" msgstr "بدء الجهة (SOA):" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 msgid "Key" msgstr "مفتاح" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 msgid "Record Query" msgstr "استعلام السجل" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 msgid "Record Type" msgstr "نوع السجل" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 msgid "Record Value" msgstr "قيمة السجل" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 msgid "Hostname Record:" msgstr "سجل اسم المضيف:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "اسم المضيف" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 msgid "IP" msgstr "عنوان IP" -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:29 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:77 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:136 +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:29 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:77 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:136 msgid "DNS Server Installation" msgstr "تثبيت خادم DNS" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:31 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:31 msgid "Forwarder Settings" msgstr "إعدادات معيد التوجيه" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "مناطق DNS" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:138 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:138 msgid "Finish Wizard" msgstr "إنهاء المعالج" -#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:152 +#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:152 msgid "<li>Forwarders: %1</li>" msgstr "<li>معيدو التوجيه: %1</li>" -#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:155 +#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:155 msgid "<li>Domains: %1</li>" msgstr "<li>المجالات: %1</li>" -#. check box -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 +#. check box +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "د&عم LDAP نشط" -#. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188 +#. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188 msgid "Start-up Behavior" msgstr "سلوك بدء التشغيل" -#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:196 +#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:196 msgid "O&n: Start Now and When Booting" msgstr "&تشغيل: بدء التشغيل الآن وعند التشغيل" -#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:199 +#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:199 msgid "O&ff: Only Start Manually" msgstr "إيقا&ف التشغيل: بدء التشغيل يدويًا فقط" -#. Push Button - start expert configuration -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:208 +#. Push Button - start expert configuration +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:208 msgid "DNS Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "تكوين &خبير خادم DNS..." -#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 +#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "خادم DNS" -#. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 +#. T: ComboBox label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "&سياسة تحليل DNS المحلي" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "تم تعطيل دمج معيدي التوجيه" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "الدمج التلقائي" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "تم تمكين دمج معيدي التوجيه" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "تكوين مخصص" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "سياسة مخصصة" -#. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 +#. T: ComboBox label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "&معيد توجيه تحليل DNS المحلي" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "استخدام خوادم أسماء النظام" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "خادم الأسماء الحالي (الربط(" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "خادم dnsmasq المحلي" -#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 +#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "إضافة عنوان IP" -#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 +#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "ع&نوان IPv4 أو IPv6" -#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 +#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders +#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "&قائمة معيد التوجيه" -#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 +#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "تعذر تعيين معيد التوجيه المحلي إلى %{forwarder}" -#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 +#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "لا يمكن العثور على معادل محلي لـ IP %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" @@ -688,12 +700,12 @@ "عنوان IP %1 قيد استخدام هذا الخادم حاليًا، لذلك\n" "تم تغييره إلى معادله المحلي %2." -#. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 +#. both IPv4 and IPv6 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "عنوان IPv4 أو IPv6 غير صالح." -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." @@ -701,47 +713,47 @@ "يتكون عنوان IPv6 الصالح من الأحرف من a إلى f وأرقام\n" "وعلامة النقطتين." -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "معيد التوجيه المحدد موجود بالفعل." -#. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 +#. Frame label for Basic-Options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "إضافة خيار أو تغييره" -#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 +#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "&خيار" -#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value -#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 +#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value +#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 msgid "&Value" msgstr "ال&قيمة" -#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option -#. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 +#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option +#. Pushbutton - Change Record +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "ت&غيير" -#. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 +#. Table label for basic-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "الخيارات الحالية" -#. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 +#. Table header item - basic-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 msgid "Option" msgstr "خيار" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" @@ -749,8 +761,8 @@ "هل تريد بالفعل تعيين هذا\n" "الخيار دون أي قيمة؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -758,8 +770,8 @@ "يمكن تعيين قيمة yes أو no للخيار %1.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل تعيينها للقيمة %2؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -767,8 +779,8 @@ "يمكن أن يكون الخيار %1 رقمًا فقط.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل تعيينه للقيمة %2؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -776,8 +788,8 @@ "لا يتم استخدام علامات الاقتباس بشكل صحيح في هذا الخيار.\n" "هل تريد تعيينها بالفعل للقيمة %1؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -785,8 +797,8 @@ "لا يتم استخدام الأقواس بشكل صحيح في هذا الخيار.\n" "هل تريد تعيينها بالفعل للقيمة %1؟\n" -#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 +#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" @@ -794,78 +806,78 @@ "يجب تعيين الخيار %1 مرة واحدة فقط.\n" "هل تريد إضافة خيار آخر بالفعل؟\n" -#. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 +#. Table header - logging options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "نوع السجل" -#. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 +#. Radiobutton - log type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "سجل الن&ظام" -#. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 +#. Radiobutton - log type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 msgid "&File" msgstr "مل&ف" -#. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 +#. IntField - max. log size +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "الحد الأقصى لل&حجم (ميغابايت)" -#. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 +#. IntField - max. log age +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "أقصى &عدد للإصدارات" -#. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 +#. Frame label - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "التسجيل الإضافي" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "تسجيل كافة است&علامات DNS" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "تسجيل تحدي&ثات المنطقة" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "تسجيل عمليات ن&قل المنطقة" -#. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "تحديد ملف للسجل" -#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 +#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "إعداد الخيار" -#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 +#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 msgid "&Name" msgstr "الا&سم" -#. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 +#. Table header - ACL-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "قائمة ACL الحالية" -#. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 +#. Table header item - ACL-options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" -#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 +#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" @@ -873,71 +885,71 @@ "يتم استخدام قائمة ACL بواسطة %1 منطقة (مناطق).\n" "هل تريد إزالتها؟\n" -#. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 +#. An error popup message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "إدخال ACL المحدد موجود بالفعل." -#. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "إضافة منطقة جديدة " -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 msgid "Master" msgstr "رئيسية" -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 msgid "Slave" msgstr "تابع" -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 msgid "Forward" msgstr "إعادة توجيه" -#. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 +#. Table header - DNS listing zones +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "مناطق DNS المكوَّنة" -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "هناك منطقة بالاسم المحدد مكوَّنة بالفعل." -#. Write settings dialog -#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "فشل حفظ التكوين. هل تريد تغيير الإعدادات؟" -#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 +#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "فشل حفظ التكوين" -#. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" @@ -945,83 +957,83 @@ "سيتم فقد كافة التغييرات.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل ترك تكوين خادم DNS دون حفظ؟" -#. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "تطبيق التغييرات" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "بدء التشغيل" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "الخيارات الأساسية" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 msgid "Logging" msgstr "تسجيل" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. multi selection box -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#. multi selection box +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 msgid "ACLs" msgstr "قوائم ACL" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 msgid "TSIG Keys" msgstr "مفاتيح TSIG" -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates" msgstr "الس&ماح بالتحديثات الديناميكية" -#. combo box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 +#. combo box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 msgid "TSIG &Key" msgstr "مف&تاح TSIG" -#. check box -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 +#. check box +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" msgstr "تمكين نقل المن&طقة" -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From" msgstr "إنشاء سجلات تلقا&ئيًا من" -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 msgid "Zon&e" msgstr "المنطق&ة" -#. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" msgstr "المناطق العكسية المتصلة" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation.\n" @@ -1029,152 +1041,152 @@ "لا تتوفر هذه الوظيفة أثناء\n" "التحضير للتثبيت التلقائي.\n" -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 msgid "No TSIG key is defined." msgstr "لم يتم تعريف مفتاح TSIG." -#. Textentry - adding nameserver -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 +#. Textentry - adding nameserver +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 msgid "&Name Server to Add" msgstr "خادم الأسما&ء المطلوب إضافته" -#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers -#. selection box label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 +#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers +#. selection box label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 msgid "Na&me Server List" msgstr "قائمة خادم الأس&ماء" -#. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 +#. error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 msgid "The specified name server already exists." msgstr "خادم الأسماء المحدد موجود بالفعل." -#. Frame label - adding mail server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 +#. Frame label - adding mail server +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 msgid "Mail Server to Add" msgstr "خادم البريد المطلوب إضافته" -#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 +#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 msgid "&Address" msgstr "العنوا&ن" -#. IntField - adding mail server - Priority -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. int field -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 +#. IntField - adding mail server - Priority +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. int field +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "الأ&ولوية" -#. Table label - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 +#. Table label - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 msgid "Mail Relay List" msgstr "قائمة ترحيل البريد" -#. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 +#. A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "لا تعتبر القيمة المحددة اسم مضيف صالحًا أو عنوان IP صالحًا." -#. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 +#. error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 msgid "The specified mail server already exists." msgstr "خادم البريد المحدد موجود بالفعل." -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "ثوانٍ" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "دقائق" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 msgid "Hours" msgstr "ساعات" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 msgid "Days" msgstr "أيام" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 msgid "Weeks" msgstr "أسابيع" -#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 +#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 msgid "Seri&al" msgstr "م&سلسل" -#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 +#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 msgid "TT&L" msgstr "TT&L" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "ال&وحدة" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "تج&ديد" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 msgid "Un&it" msgstr "الو&حدة" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "إع&ادة المحاولة" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 msgid "Ex&piration" msgstr "انتها&ء الصلاحية" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 msgid "U&nit" msgstr "ا&لوحدة" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "ال&حد الأدنى" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 msgid "Uni&t" msgstr "الوحد&ة" -#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 +#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified." msgstr "يجب تحديد الرقم المسلسل للمنطقة." -#. error report, %1 is an integer -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 +#. error report, %1 is an integer +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long." msgstr "يجب ألا يزيد طول الرقم المسلسل عن %1 رقم (أرقام)." -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 msgid "" "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" "of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n" @@ -1186,107 +1198,107 @@ "من خوادم الأسماء التابعة.\n" "هل تريد المتابعة؟" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 msgid "&Record Key" msgstr "مفتاح السج&ل" -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 msgid "T&ype" msgstr "ال&نوع" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 msgid "Val&ue" msgstr "ال&قيمة" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 msgid "&Service" msgstr "الخ&دمة" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "بر&وتوكول" -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 msgid "&Weight" msgstr "الو&زن" -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 msgid "&Port" msgstr "م&نفذ" -#. reverse zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 +#. reverse zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A: تحويل اسم مجال IPv4" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "AAAA: تحويل اسم مجال IPv6" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME: الاسم المستعار لاسم المجال" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 msgid "NS: Name Server" msgstr "NS: خادم الأسماء" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 msgid "MX: Mail Relay" msgstr "MX: ترحيل البريد" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR: تحويل عكسي" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 msgid "SRV: Services Record" msgstr "SRV: سجل الخدمات" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 msgid "TXT: Text Record" msgstr "TXT: سجل النصوص" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" msgstr "SPF: إطار سياسة المرسل" -#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 +#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 msgid "Record Settings" msgstr "إعدادات السجل" -#. Table label - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 +#. Table label - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 msgid "Configured Resource Records" msgstr "سجلات الموارد المكوَّنة" -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 msgid "Record Key" msgstr "مفتاح السجل" -#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 msgid "" "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" "\n" @@ -1298,26 +1310,28 @@ "يتم دعم سجلات IPv6 العكسية سواء بالشكل الكامل (%1)\n" "أو بشكل نسبي للمنطقة الحالية." -#. (hostname or FQ) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 +#. (hostname or FQ) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 msgid "Invalid IPv6 address." msgstr "عنوان IPv6 غير صالح." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " +"characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" -"مفتاح تسجيل %{type} غير صالح. ينبغي أن يتكون من أحرف US-ASCII القابلة للطباعة باستثناء '='\n" +"مفتاح تسجيل %{type} غير صالح. ينبغي أن يتكون من أحرف US-ASCII القابلة " +"للطباعة باستثناء '='\n" "ويجب أن يكون هناك حرف واحد على الأقل." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length -#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) +#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length +#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 msgid "" "Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" "This message is %{current} characters long." @@ -1325,94 +1339,95 @@ "أقصى طول لسجل %{type} هي %{max} حرف.\n" "هذه الرسالة هي %{current} حرفًا." -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." msgstr "لا يمكن أن يشير CNAME إلى نفسه." -#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 +#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 msgid "An internal error has occurred." msgstr "حدث خطأ داخلي." -#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 +#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 msgid "Zone Editor" msgstr "محرر المناطق" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 msgid "&Basics" msgstr "الأ&ساسيات" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 msgid "NS Recor&ds" msgstr "سج&لات NS" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 msgid "&SOA" msgstr "&SOA" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 msgid "R&ecords" msgstr "السجلا&ت" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 msgid "M&X Records" msgstr "سجل&ات MX" -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 msgid "Settings for Zone" msgstr "الإعدادات الخاصة بالمنطقة" -#. at least one NS server must be set -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 +#. at least one NS server must be set +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgstr "يجب تعيين خادم NS واحد على الأقل." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced with a zone name -#. -#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate -#. DNS records manually from selected zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced with a zone name +#. +#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate +#. DNS records manually from selected zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " +"feature." msgstr "" "يتم إنشاء سجلات المنطقة الحالية تلقائيًا من منطقة %1.\n" "لتغيير السجلات يدويًا، قم بتعطيل الميزة إنشاء سجلات تلقائيًا من." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" msgstr "عنوان IP لخادم DNS الأس&اسي" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 msgid "Missing Master Server" msgstr "الخادم الأساسي مفقود" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 msgid "" "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" @@ -1422,33 +1437,33 @@ "سيفشل تكوين خادم DNS بدون وجود خادم أساسي.\n" "وإذا قمت بالمتابعة، ستتم إزالة المنطقة الحالية." -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 msgid "No master DNS server defined." msgstr "لم يتم تعريف خادم DNS أساسي." -#. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 +#. A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." msgstr "لا يعتبر خادم الأسماء الأساسي المحدد عنوان IP صالحًا." -#. Textentry - adding forwarder -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 +#. Textentry - adding forwarder +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" msgstr "عنوان IP لم&عيد التوجيه الجديد" -#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 +#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" msgstr "معيدو توجيه المن&طقة الحالية" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 msgid "Forward Zone Editor" msgstr "محرر مناطق إعادة التوجيه" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 msgid "" "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" "that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" @@ -1458,8 +1473,8 @@ "أنه سيتم رفض كافة استعلامات DNS لهذه المنطقة.\n" "هل تريد رفض هذه الاستعلامات بالفعل؟" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really exit?" @@ -1467,13 +1482,13 @@ "سيتم فقد كافة التغييرات.\n" "هل تريد الخروج بالفعل؟" -#. message popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool." msgstr "تعذر تحرير منطقة من هذا النوع باستخدام هذه الأداة." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -1481,17 +1496,18 @@ "<p><b><big>تتم الآن تهيئة تكوين خادم DNS</big></b><br>\n" " الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إيقاف التهيئة</big></b><br>\n" -"يمكنك إيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</p>" +"يمكنك إيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن." +"</p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -1499,8 +1515,8 @@ "<p><b><big>يتم الآن حفظ تكوين خادم DNS</big></b><br>\n" " الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -1510,20 +1526,21 @@ "قم بإيقاف الحفظ عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b>.\n" "سيظهر مربع حوار إضافي ويبلغك ما إذا كان هذا الإجراء آمنًا أم لا.</p>" -#. main dialog -#. help 1/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39 +#. main dialog +#. help 1/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Start DNS Server</big></b><br>\n" "To run the DNS server every time your computer is started, set\n" "<b>Start DNS Server</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>بدء تشغيل خادم DNS</big></b><br>\n" -"لتشغيل خادم DNS في كل مرة يتم فيها بدء تشغيل جهاز الكمبيوتر الخاص بك، قم بتعيين\n" +"لتشغيل خادم DNS في كل مرة يتم فيها بدء تشغيل جهاز الكمبيوتر الخاص بك، قم " +"بتعيين\n" "<b>بدء تشغيل خادم DNS</b>.</p>" -#. help 2/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:45 +#. help 2/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" "To run the DNS server in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -1532,11 +1549,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>وضع حماية Chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)</big></b><br>\n" "لتشغيل خادم DNS في وضع حماية chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)، قم بتعيين\n" -"<b>تشغيل خادم DNS في وضع حماية Chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر). يتسم بدء تشغيل أي برنامج محرك في وضع حماية chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)\n" +"<b>تشغيل خادم DNS في وضع حماية Chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر). يتسم بدء تشغيل " +"أي برنامج محرك في وضع حماية chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)\n" "بقدر أكبر من الأمان ويوصى به بشدة.</p>" -#. help 3/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52 +#. help 3/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n" "To edit settings of a DNS zone, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1550,8 +1568,8 @@ "لإضافة منطقةDNS، استخدم <B>إضافة</B>. لنقل\n" "منطقة DNS مكوَّنة، حدد هذه المنطقة، ثم انقر فوق <B>حذف</B>.</P>" -#. help 4/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60 +#. help 4/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n" "To edit global options,\n" @@ -1567,9 +1585,9 @@ "أو قم بعرض خادم DNS\n" "أو استخدم <b>متقدم</b>.</p>" -#. zone dialog -#. help 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:70 +#. zone dialog +#. help 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Name</big></b><br>\n" "Enter the name of the zone (domain) in <b>Zone Name</b>.</p>" @@ -1577,8 +1595,8 @@ "<p><b><big>اسم المنطقة</big></b><br>\n" "أدخل اسم المنطقة (المجال) في <b>اسم المنطقة</b>.</p>" -#. help 2/5, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:74 +#. help 2/5, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Dynamic DNS Zone Updates</big></b><br>\n" "The zone can be updated automatically, usually because of dynamically\n" @@ -1594,8 +1612,8 @@ "للاستخدام في التصديق. يجب أن يكون المفتاح هو نفس المفتاح\n" "لكل من خادمي DHCP وDNS.</p>" -#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83 +#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing a DNS Zone</big></b><br>\n" "To edit the zone settings, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1605,8 +1623,8 @@ "لتحرير إعدادات المنطقة، اختر\n" "الإدخال المناسب من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق <b>تحرير</b>.</p>" -#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:89 +#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>To add a new record to the zone, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" "a record, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" @@ -1614,8 +1632,8 @@ "<p>لإضافة سجل جديد للمنطقة، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>. ولإزالة\n" "سجل، حدده ثم انقر فوق <b>حذف</b>.</p>" -#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93 +#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SOA Record</big></b><br>\n" "To edit the SOA (Start of Authority) record of the zone, click\n" @@ -1625,39 +1643,45 @@ "لتحرير سجل SOA (بدء الجهة) الخاص بالمنطقة، انقر فوق\n" "<b>تحرير SOA</b>.</p>" -#. help 2/5 alt. 2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 +#. help 2/5 alt. 2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Master Servers</big></b><br>\n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</b>\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click <b>Delete</b>\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</" +"b>\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click " +"<b>Delete</b>\n" "to remove an existing one.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>الخوادم الأساسية</big></b><br>\n" "قم بتعيين عناوين IP لخادم الأسماء الأساسي لهذه المنطقة. استخدم<b>إضافة</b>\n" -"لإضافة خادم أسماء أساسي جديد. حدد أحد الخوادم الموجودة، ثم انقر فوق <b>حذف</b>\n" +"لإضافة خادم أسماء أساسي جديد. حدد أحد الخوادم الموجودة، ثم انقر فوق <b>حذف</" +"b>\n" "لإزالة أحد الخوادم الموجودة.</p>" -#. help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 +#. help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Type</big></b><br>\n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</b>\n" +"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</" +"b>\n" "or <b>Stub</b>, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>نوع المنطقة</big></b><br>\n" "لجعل خادم الأسماء هذا المصدر الرئيسي لبيانات المنطقة،\n" -"حدد <b>رئيسية</b>. ولكي يكون هذا الخادم هو خادم الأسماء الثانوي، حدد <b>تابع</b>\n" +"حدد <b>رئيسية</b>. ولكي يكون هذا الخادم هو خادم الأسماء الثانوي، حدد " +"<b>تابع</b>\n" "أو <b>محور</b>، بحيث يتم نسخ بيانات الشبكة من\n" "الخادم الأساسي.</p>" -#. help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 +#. help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Direction</big></b><br>\n" -"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " +"back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (<b>Forward</b>) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" "(<b>Reverse</b>).</p>\n" @@ -1668,9 +1692,9 @@ "عناوين IP (<b>إعادة التوجيه</b>) أو من \n" "عناوين IP إلى أسماء المجال (<b>عكس</b>).</p>\n" -#. firewall dialog -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:123 +#. firewall dialog +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Interface Classes</big></b><br>\n" "Select which interface classes should have access to the DNS server. The\n" @@ -1680,8 +1704,8 @@ "حدد فئات الواجهة التي ينبغي وصولها لخادم DNS. يتم تعريف فئات الواجهة \n" "في مكون تكوين جدار الحماية.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To adapt the firewall settings so that the DNS server can be accessed\n" @@ -1693,10 +1717,10 @@ "واجهات شبكة الاتصال التي يستمع إليها، تحقق من <b>\n" "تهيئة إعدادات جدار الحماية</b>.</p>\n" -#. soa dialog -#. help text 1/9 -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:137 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:386 +#. soa dialog +#. help text 1/9 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:137 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:386 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SOA Record Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Set the entries of the SOA record.</p>" @@ -1704,8 +1728,8 @@ "<p><b><big>تكوين سجل SOA</big></b><br>\n" "قم بتعيين إدخالات سجل SOA.</p>" -#. help text 2/9 - TTL -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:141 +#. help text 2/9 - TTL +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<p><b>$TTL</b> specifies the time to live for all records in the\n" "zone that do not have an explicit TTL.</p>" @@ -1713,8 +1737,8 @@ "<p>تحدد <b>$TTL</b> مدة البقاء لكافة السجلات في\n" "المنطقة التي لم يتم تعيين TTL صريحة لها.</p>" -#. help text 3/9 - Primary source -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:145 +#. help text 3/9 - Primary source +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<p><b>Primary Source</b> must contain the fully qualified domain name\n" "of the primary name server.</p>" @@ -1722,8 +1746,8 @@ "<p>يجب أن يحتوي <b>المصدر الرئيسي</b> على اسم المجال المؤهل بالكامل\n" "لخادم الأسماء الأساسي.</p>" -#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:149 +#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<p><b>Administrator's Mail</b> must contain the e-mail address of\n" "the administrator responsible for the zone.</p>\n" @@ -1731,20 +1755,21 @@ "<p><b>بريد المسؤول</b> يجب أن يحتوي على عنوان البريد الإلكتروني \n" "للمسؤول عن المنطقة.</p>\n" -#. help text 5/9 - Serial -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 +#. help text 5/9 - Serial +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "<p><b>Serial</b> number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " +"the\n" "entire zone).</p>\n" msgstr "" "يستخدم الرقم <p>التسلسلي <b></b> لتحديد ما إذا كانت المنطقة قد تغيرت على \n" "الخوادم الرئيسية (حتى لا تحتاج الخوادم التابعة دائمًا \n" "إلى مزامنة المنطقة بأكملها).</p>\n" -#. help text 6/9 - Refresh -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:159 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401 +#. help text 6/9 - Refresh +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:159 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401 msgid "" "<p><b>Refresh</b> sets how often the zone should be synchronized from\n" "master name server to slave name servers.</p>" @@ -1752,46 +1777,51 @@ "<p>يقوم الخيار <b>تجديد</b> بتعين عدد مرات تزامن المنطقة من\n" "خادم الأسماء الأساسي إلى خادم الأسماء التابع.</p>" -#. help text 7/9 - Retry -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405 +#. help text 7/9 - Retry +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405 msgid "" "<p><b>Retry</b> sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n" "the zone from the master server if synchronization fails.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>يقوم الخيار <b>إعادة المحاولة</b> بتعيين عدد مرات محاولة الخوادم التابعة لإجراء تزامن\n" +"<p>يقوم الخيار <b>إعادة المحاولة</b> بتعيين عدد مرات محاولة الخوادم التابعة " +"لإجراء تزامن\n" "المنطقة من الخادم الأساسي في حالة فشل التزامن.</p>" -#. help text 8/9 - Expiry -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167 +#. help text 8/9 - Expiry +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<p><b>Expiry</b> means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n" "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>يعني <b>انتهاء الصلاحية</b> الفترة تنتهي بعدها صلاحية المنطقة على\n" -"الخوادم التابعة وتتوقف الخوادم التابعة عن الاستجابة للردود حتى تتم مزامنتها.\n" +"الخوادم التابعة وتتوقف الخوادم التابعة عن الاستجابة للردود حتى تتم " +"مزامنتها.\n" "</p>" -#. help text 9/9 - Minimum -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:173 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:415 +#. help text 9/9 - Minimum +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:173 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:415 msgid "" "<p><b>Minimum</b> sets for how long the slave servers should cache\n" "negative answers (name resolution failed).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>يُستخدم <b>الحد الأدنى</b> في تعيين المدة التي تقوم فيها الخوادم التابعة بتخزين\n" +"<p>يُستخدم <b>الحد الأدنى</b> في تعيين المدة التي تقوم فيها الخوادم التابعة " +"بتخزين\n" "الاستجابات السلبية (فشل تحديد الاسم).</p>" -#. ddns keys dialog -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:178 +#. ddns keys dialog +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<p><b><big>TSIG Key Management</big></b><br>\n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</b>.\n" +"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</" +"b>.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</" +"b>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إدارة مفاتيح TSIG</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1801,19 +1831,20 @@ "ولحذف مفتاح TSIG موجود، حدده من القائمة، ثم انقر فوق <b>حذف</b>.\n" "</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:187 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>\n" "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set\n" "<b>On</b>. Otherwise set <b>Off</b>.</p> " msgstr "" "<p><b><big>تشغيل</big></b><br>\n" -"لبدء تشغيل خادم DNS في كل مرة يتم فيها تشغيل جهاز الكمبيوتر الخاص بك، قم بتعيين\n" +"لبدء تشغيل خادم DNS في كل مرة يتم فيها تشغيل جهاز الكمبيوتر الخاص بك، قم " +"بتعيين\n" "<b>تشغيل</b>. وبخلاف ذلك، قم بتعيين <b>إيقاف تشغيل</b>.</p> " -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n" "To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -1823,8 +1854,8 @@ "لتخزين مناطق DNS في LDAP بدلاً من ملفات التكوين الأصلية، قم\n" "بتعيين <b>دعم LDAP نشط</b>.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:201 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n" "To start or stop the DNS server immediately, use \n" @@ -1836,8 +1867,8 @@ "<b>بدء تشغيل خادم DNS الآن</b> أو\n" "<b>إيقاف تشغيل خادم DNS الآن</b>.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:208 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Forwarders</big></b><br>\n" "Forwarders are DNS servers to which your DNS server should send queries\n" @@ -1847,23 +1878,24 @@ "معيدو التوجيه عبارة هي خوادم DNS التي يرسل إليها خادم DNS الاستعلامات\n" "التي يتعذر عليه الاستجابة لها.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3 -#. _("<p>To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full -#. DNS lookup, set <b>Forward First</b>. To ask forwarders only, set -#. <b>Forwarders Only</b>. To do full DNS lookup always, do not check any -#. of these check boxes.</p> -#. ") + -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3 +#. _("<p>To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full +#. DNS lookup, set <b>Forward First</b>. To ask forwarders only, set +#. <b>Forwarders Only</b>. To do full DNS lookup always, do not check any +#. of these check boxes.</p> +#. ") + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<p>To add a new forwarder, set its <b>IP Address</b> and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>لإضافة معيد توجيه جديد، قم بتعيين <b>عنوان IP</b> الخاص به، ثم انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>.\n" +"<p>لإضافة معيد توجيه جديد، قم بتعيين <b>عنوان IP</b> الخاص به، ثم انقر فوق " +"<b>إضافة</b>.\n" "لحذف معيد توجيه تم تكوينه، حدد معيد التوجيه هذا، ثم انقر فوق <b>حذف</b>.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Edit DNS Server Options</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server.</p>" @@ -1871,8 +1903,8 @@ "<p><b><big>تحرير خيارات خادم DNS</big></b><br>\n" "استخدم مربع الحوار هذا لتحرير خيارات خادم DNS.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:229 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "" "<p>To add new options, select the <b>Option</b>,\n" "enter its <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1884,13 +1916,13 @@ "<p>لتعديل خيار تم تكوينه، حدد هذا الخيار من الجدول،\n" "وقم بتغيير <b>القيمة</b>، ثم انقر فوق <b>تغيير</b>.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 msgid "<p>To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>لإزالة خيار، حدده ثم انقر فوق <b>حذف</b>.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging.</p>" @@ -1898,15 +1930,18 @@ "<p><b><big>التسجيل</big></b><br>\n" "استخدم مربع الحوار هذا لتعريف الخيارات المتنوعة لتسجيل خادم DNS.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" +"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the " +"system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" -"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log and \n" +"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log " +"and \n" "the <b>Maximum Size</b> of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</b>\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</" +"b>\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -1917,8 +1952,8 @@ "يقوم خادم DNS بتدوير ملفات السجل تلقائيًا. استخدم <b>أقصى عدد للإصدارات</b>\n" " لتحديد عدد ملفات السجل التي يجب حفظها.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:252 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "<p>In <b>Additional Logging</b>,\n" "set which actions should be logged. Common actions are always logged.\n" @@ -1930,14 +1965,16 @@ msgstr "" "<p>من <b>التسجيل الإضافي</b>،\n" "قم بتعيين الإجراءات التي يجب تسجيلها. يتم دائمًا تسجيل الإجراءات العامة.\n" -"يعمل الخيار <b>تسجيل كافة استعلامات DNS</b> على تسجيل كافة الاستعلامات المقدمة من العملاء إلى خادم DNS.\n" +"يعمل الخيار <b>تسجيل كافة استعلامات DNS</b> على تسجيل كافة الاستعلامات " +"المقدمة من العملاء إلى خادم DNS.\n" "ويعمل الخيار <b>تسجيل تحديثات المنطقة</b> على تسجيل وقت تحديث DNS.\n" -"ويعمل الخيار <b>تسجيل عمليات نقل المنطقة</b> على تسجيل وقت نقل المنطقة بالكامل إلى\n" +"ويعمل الخيار <b>تسجيل عمليات نقل المنطقة</b> على تسجيل وقت نقل المنطقة " +"بالكامل إلى\n" "خادم الأسماء\n" "الثانوي.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:262 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:262 msgid "" "<p><b><big>ACLs</big></b><br>\n" "In this dialog, define access control lists to control\n" @@ -1947,8 +1984,8 @@ "في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بتعريف قوائم التحكم في الوصول للتحكم في\n" "الوصول إلى المناطق.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:268 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "<p>To add a new ACL entry, just enter the option's <b>Name</b>\n" "and <b>Value</b> then click <b>Add</b>. To remove an \n" @@ -1958,8 +1995,8 @@ " الخيار و<b>قيمته</b>، ثم انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>. لإزالة إدخال \n" "ACL، حدده وانقر فوق <b>حذف</b>.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:274 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<p><b><big>TSIG Keys</big></b><br>\n" "TSIG keys are used for authentication when remotely\n" @@ -1971,21 +2008,22 @@ "تغيير تكوين خادم DNS عن بُعد. وهذا الإجراء مطلوب في\n" "التحديثات الديناميكية لمناطق DNS (DDNS).</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:281 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:281 msgid "" "<p>To add an already created key, set the <b>Filename</b>\n" "(or use the <b>Browse</b> button to select it) and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the <b>Filename</b> and the <b>Key ID</b>\n" -"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</p>\n" +"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>لإضافة مفتاح تم إنشاؤه بالفعل، قم بتعيين <b>اسم الملف</b>\n" "(أو استخدم الزر <b>استعراض</b> لتحديده) وانقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>.\n" "لإنشاء مفتاح جديد، أدخل <b>اسم الملف</b> و<b>معرِّف المفتاح، ثم</b>\n" "انقر فوق <b>إنشاء</b>. سيتم إنشاء المفتاح الجديد وإضافته أيضًا.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288 msgid "" "<p>To remove an existing key, select it and\n" "click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" @@ -1993,8 +2031,8 @@ "<p>لإزالة مفتاح موجود بالفعل، حدد هذا المفتاح\n" "ثم انقر فوق <b>حذف</b>.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:294 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:294 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.</p>\n" @@ -2002,48 +2040,57 @@ "<p><b><big>مناطق DNS</big></b><br>\n" "استخدم مربع الحوار هذا لإدارة مناطق DNS.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</b>,\n" +"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</" +"b>,\n" "and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>لإضافة منطقة جديدة، أدخل <b>اسم المنطقة</b> الخاص بها, وحدد <b>نوع المنطقة</b>،\n" +"<p>لإضافة منطقة جديدة، أدخل <b>اسم المنطقة</b> الخاص بها, وحدد <b>نوع " +"المنطقة</b>،\n" "ثم انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" +"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " +"followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b> (for example, zone name\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " +"select\n" "the <b>Zone Type</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>لإضافة منطقة IPv4 عكسية جديدة، أدخل جزءًا من عنوان IPv4 العكسي، ثم\n" -"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> باعتباره <b>اسم المنطقة</b>( على سبيل المثال، اسم المنطقة\n" +"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> باعتباره <b>اسم المنطقة</b>( على سبيل المثال، اسم " +"المنطقة\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> للشبكة <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>)، حدد\n" "<b>نوع المنطقة</b>، ثم انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 -#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 +#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" +"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " +"followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone " +"name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>لإضافة منطقة IPv6 عكسية جديدة، أدخل جزءًا من عنوان IPv6 العكسي يتبعه \n" -"<tt>%1</tt> بوصفه <b>اسم المنطقة</b> الخاص به. يتم دعم العديد من تنسيقات إدخال\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> بوصفه <b>اسم المنطقة</b> الخاص به. يتم دعم العديد من تنسيقات " +"إدخال\n" "اسم المنطقة: الصيغة القياسية: <tt>%2</tt>؛\n" "صيغة إعادة التوجيه: <tt>%3</tt>؛\n" "صيغة إعادة التوجيه بدون وحدات بت لقناع الشبكة الفرعية: <tt>%4</tt>\n" -" (وتبعًا للإعدادات الافتراضية يتم استخدام <tt>64</tt> وحدات بت لقناع الشبكة الفرعية).</p>\n" +" (وتبعًا للإعدادات الافتراضية يتم استخدام <tt>64</tt> وحدات بت لقناع الشبكة " +"الفرعية).</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:326 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "<p>To modify settings for a zone, such as zone transport and name and\n" "mail servers, select it, and click <b>Edit</b>.\n" @@ -2053,19 +2100,21 @@ "البريد الخاص بالمنطقة، حدد المنطقة، ثم اضغط <b>تحرير</b>.\n" "لإزالة منطقة سبق تكوينها حددها ثم انقر <b>حذف</b>.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>\n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " +"access\n" "to the zone.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>نقل المنطقة وDDNS</big></b><br>\n" -"استخدم مربع الحوار هذا لتغيير إعدادات DNS الديناميكية للمنطقة والتحكم في الوصول\n" +"استخدم مربع الحوار هذا لتغيير إعدادات DNS الديناميكية للمنطقة والتحكم في " +"الوصول\n" "إلى المنطقة.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:342 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To allow dynamic updates of the zone, set <b>Allow Dynamic Updates</b>\n" @@ -2073,12 +2122,13 @@ "before the zone can be updated dynamically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"للسماح بالتحديثات الديناميكية للمنطقة، قم بتعيين <b>السماح بالتحديثات الديناميكية</b>، ثم\n" +"للسماح بالتحديثات الديناميكية للمنطقة، قم بتعيين <b>السماح بالتحديثات " +"الديناميكية</b>، ثم\n" "حدد <b>مفتاح TSIG</b>. يجب تعريف مفتاح TSIG واحد على الأقل\n" "قبل تحديث المنطقة ديناميكيًا.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:350 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n" @@ -2092,8 +2142,8 @@ "نقل المنطقة. يجب تعريف قائمة ACL واحدة على الأقل\n" "للسماح بعمليات نقل المنطقة.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:358 +#. Zone Editor - Help +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:358 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Reverse zone records can be generated from another master zone.\n" @@ -2105,22 +2155,24 @@ "حدد خانة الاختيار <b>إنشاء السجلات تلقائيًا من</b>\n" "واختر المنطقة المطلوب إنشاء السجلات منها.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:365 +#. Zone Editor - Help +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:365 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If this is not a reverse zone, you can see which zones are generated\n" "from the current on in the <b>Connected Reverse Zones</b> field.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"إذا لم تكن هذه المنطقة منطقة عكسية، يمكنك معرفة المناطق التي تم إنشاؤها من المنطقة الحالية في\n" +"إذا لم تكن هذه المنطقة منطقة عكسية، يمكنك معرفة المناطق التي تم إنشاؤها من " +"المنطقة الحالية في\n" "الحقل <b>المناطق العكسية المتصلة</b>.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 msgid "" "<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</" +"b>.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2129,8 +2181,8 @@ "لإزالة أحد خوادم الأسماء المسرودة، حدد هذا الخادم، ثم انقر فوق\n" "<b>حذف</b>.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 msgid "" "<p><b><big>MX Records</big></b><br>\n" "To add a new mail server, enter the <b>Address</b> and <b>Priority</b>\n" @@ -2144,12 +2196,13 @@ "ولإزالة أحد خوادم البريد المسرودة، حدد هذا الخادم، ثم انقر فوق\n" "<b>حذف</b>.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:390 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:390 msgid "" "<p><b>Serial</b> is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" -"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize " +"the\n" "entire zone).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>المسلسل<b></b> هو الرقم المستخدم لتحديد ما إذا كانت المنطقة قد \n" @@ -2158,8 +2211,8 @@ "إلى مزامنة المنطقة بأكملها).</p>\n" "\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:397 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:397 msgid "" "<p><b>TTL</b> specifies the time to live for all records in the\n" "zone that do not have an explicit TTL.</p>" @@ -2167,8 +2220,8 @@ "<p>تحدد <b>TTL</b> مدة البقاء لكافة السجلات في\n" "المنطقة التي لا يوجد بها TTL صريحة.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:409 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "<p><b>Expiration</b> means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n" "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" @@ -2178,8 +2231,8 @@ "الخوادم التابعة وتتوقف الخوادم التابعة عن الاستجابة للردود حتى يتم التزامن.\n" "</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:419 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Records</big></b><br>\n" "In this dialog, edit the resource records of the zone. To add new resource\n" @@ -2191,8 +2244,8 @@ "موارد جديدة، قم بتعيين <b>مفتاح السجل</b> و<b>النوع</b> و<b>القيمة</b> ثم\n" "انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:426 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:426 msgid "" "<p>To change an existing record, select it, modify the desired entries,\n" "and click <b>Change</b>. To delete a record, select it and click\n" @@ -2202,8 +2255,8 @@ "انقر فوق <b>تغيير</b>. ولحذف سجل، حدده ثم انقر فوق\n" "<b>حذف</b>.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:432 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:432 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.</p>\n" @@ -2211,8 +2264,8 @@ "<p>\n" "تم تعريف الصياغة الخاصة لكل نوع من أنواع السجل في RFC.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436 msgid "" "<p><b>A: Domain Name Translation</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname without domain or a fully qualified \n" @@ -2224,8 +2277,8 @@ "اسم مضيف مؤهلاً تمامًا متبوعًا بنقطة.\n" " و<b>القيمة</b> هي عنوان IP.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:443 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "" "<p><b>CNAME: Alias for Domain Name</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or a fully\n" @@ -2241,12 +2294,13 @@ "اسم مضيف مؤهلاً تمامًا متبوعًا بنقطة. ويجب تمثيلها\n" "بسجل من النوع A.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "" "<p><b>NS: Name Server</b>:\n" -"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" +"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " +"absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n" @@ -2257,8 +2311,8 @@ "وتعتبر <b>القيمة</b> اسم مضيف ذا علاقة بالمنطقة الحالية أو\n" "اسم مضيف مؤهلاً تمامًا متبوعًا بنقطة. ويجب تمثيلها بسجل من النوع A.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 msgid "" "<p><b>MX: Mail Relay</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname or zone name relative to the current zone\n" @@ -2272,13 +2326,14 @@ "<b>القيمة</b> هي اسم مضيف ذو علاقة بالمنطقة الحالية أو\n" "اسم مضيف مؤهل تمامًا. ويجب تمثيلها بسجل من النوع A.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 msgid "" "<p><b>PTR: Reverse Translation</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</" +"tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" @@ -2293,8 +2348,8 @@ "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" "<b>القيمة</b> هي اسم مضيف مؤهل تمامًا متبوعًا بنقطة.</p>\n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Finishing the Configuration</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration.</p> \n" @@ -2302,8 +2357,8 @@ "<p><b><big>إنهاء التكوين</big></b></p>\n" "<p>تحقق من الإعدادات التي تم إدخالها قبل إنهاء التكوين.</p> \n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Open Port in Firewall</b> to adapt the\n" "SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server.</p>" @@ -2311,19 +2366,21 @@ "<p>حدد <b>فتح منفذ في جدار الحماية</b> لتوفيق\n" "إعدادات SuSEfirewall2 للسماح بكافة الاتصالات بخادم DNS الخاص بك.</p>" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set the \n" "start-up behavior to <b>On</b>. Otherwise set it to <b>Off</b>.</p> \n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"لتشغيل خادم DNS في كل مرة يتم فيها تشغيل جهاز الكمبيوتر لديك، قم بتعيين سلوك\n" -"بدء التشغيل إلى الوضع <b>تشغيل</b>. فيما عدا ذلك، قم بتعيينه إلى الوضع <b>إيقاف التشغيل</b>.</p> \n" +"لتشغيل خادم DNS في كل مرة يتم فيها تشغيل جهاز الكمبيوتر لديك، قم بتعيين " +"سلوك\n" +"بدء التشغيل إلى الوضع <b>تشغيل</b>. فيما عدا ذلك، قم بتعيينه إلى الوضع " +"<b>إيقاف التشغيل</b>.</p> \n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -2333,8 +2390,8 @@ "لتخزين مناطق DNS في LDAP بدلاً ملفات التكوين الأصلية،\n" "قم بتعيين <b>دعم LDAP نشط</b>.</p>" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:509 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:509 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To enter the expert mode of the DNS server configuration, click\n" @@ -2344,8 +2401,8 @@ "للدخول في وضع الخبير الخاص بتكوين خادم DNS، انقر فوق\n" "<b>تكوين الخبير لخادم DNS</b>.</p>" -#. slave zone help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:515 +#. slave zone help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Slave DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n" "Each slave zone must have the master name server defined. Use\n" @@ -2355,8 +2412,8 @@ "يجب تعريف خادم الأسماء الأساسي لكل منطقة تابعة. استخدم\n" "<b>عنوان IP لخادم DNS الأساسي</b> لتعريف خادم الأسماء الأساسي.</p>" -#. slave zone help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:521 +#. slave zone help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:521 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Zone Transport</b></big><br>\n" "To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n" @@ -2370,19 +2427,20 @@ "اسم مضيف نقل المنطقة. يجب تعريف قائمة ACL واحدة على الأقل\n" "للسماح بعمليات نقل المنطقة.</p>" -#. forward zone help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:529 +#. forward zone help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:529 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Forward DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n" "This type of DNS zone only forwards DNS queries to forwarders\n" "defined in it.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>إعادة توجيه منطقة DNS</b></big><br>\n" -"يقوم هذا النوع من منطقة DNS فقط بإعادة توجيه استعلامات DNS إلى معيدي التوجيه\n" +"يقوم هذا النوع من منطقة DNS فقط بإعادة توجيه استعلامات DNS إلى معيدي " +"التوجيه\n" "المحددين فيها.</p>" -#. forward zone help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:535 +#. forward zone help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "" "<p>If there are no forwarders defined, all DNS queries\n" "for the respective zone are denied, because there is no DNS\n" @@ -2392,152 +2450,152 @@ "للمنطقة المخصصة نظرًا لعدم وجود\n" "خادم DNS تتم إعادة توجيه هذا الاستعلام إليه.</p>" -#. %1 is usually an IP address -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:159 +#. %1 is usually an IP address +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:159 msgid "Unknown Record Type: %1" msgstr "نوع سجل غير معروف: %1" -#. table entry, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:180 +#. table entry, %1 is IP address +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:180 msgid "Host %1" msgstr "%1 للمضيف" -#. combo box item, A is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:188 +#. combo box item, A is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:188 msgid "A -- Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A -- تحويل اسم المجال" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:201 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:201 msgid "&IP Addresses" msgstr "ع&ناوين IP" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:218 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:218 msgid "Alias for %1" msgstr "الاسم المستعار لـ %1" -#. combo box item, CNAME is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:226 +#. combo box item, CNAME is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:226 msgid "CNAME -- Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME -- الاسم المستعار لاسم المجال" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:237 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "اسم &مستعار" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:240 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:240 msgid "&Base Host Name" msgstr "اسم المضيف الأسا&سي" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:257 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:257 msgid "Pointer to %1" msgstr "مؤشر %1" -#. combo box item, PTR is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:265 +#. combo box item, PTR is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:265 msgid "PTR -- Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR -- تحويل عكسي" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:276 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:276 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "عن&وان IP" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:295 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:295 msgid "Name Server %1" msgstr "%1 لخادم الأسماء" -#. combo box item, NS is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:303 +#. combo box item, NS is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:303 msgid "NS -- Name Server" msgstr "NS -- خادم الأسماء" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:314 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:314 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "الم&جال" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:317 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:317 msgid "&Name Server" msgstr "خ&وادم الأسماء" -#. table entry, %1 is host name, %2 is integer -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:337 +#. table entry, %1 is host name, %2 is integer +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:337 msgid "Mail Relay %1, Priority %2" msgstr "ترحيل البريد %1، الأولوية %2" -#. combo box item, MX is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:416 +#. combo box item, MX is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:416 msgid "MX -- Mail Relay" msgstr "MX -- ترحيل البريد" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:429 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:429 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "ا&سم المجال" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:432 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:432 msgid "&Mail Relay" msgstr "ترحيل ال&بريد" -#. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 +#. DNS server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين خادم DNS" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "التحقق من البيئة" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "يتم الآن نقل الذاكرات المؤقتة الخاصة ببرنامج محرك DNS" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة الاعدادات" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من البيئة..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "يتم الآن نقل الذاكرات المؤقتة الخاصة ببرنامج محرك DNS..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة الإعدادات..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " @@ -2545,73 +2603,73 @@ "حدث خطأ أثناء استدعاء netconfig.\n" "الخطأ: " -#. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 +#. DNS server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين خادم DNS" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ ملفات التكوين" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "تتم الآن إعادة بدء البرنامج المحرك لـ DNS" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "يتم الآن تحديث ملفات المنطقة" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "يتم الآن ضبط خدمة DNS" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "استدعاء netconfig" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ ملفات التكوين..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "تتم الآن إعادة بدء البرنامج المحرك لـ DNS..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديث ملفات المنطقة..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "يتم الآن ضبط خدمة DNS..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "يتم الآن استدعاء netconfig..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 +#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" @@ -2619,44 +2677,44 @@ "حدث خطأ أثناء بدء تشغيل الخدمة المسماة.\n" "\n" -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 msgid "Stub" msgstr "محور" -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "Hint" msgstr "تلميح" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "بدء تشغيل خادم DNS عند تشغيل النظام." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "عدم بدء تشغيل خادم DNS عند تشغيل النظام." -#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 +#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "المناطق المكوَّنة: %s" -#. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 +#. error message +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "تكوين LDAP غير صالح. تعذر استخدام LDAP." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "هل تريد تمكين دعم LDAP؟" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." @@ -2664,27 +2722,27 @@ "فشل تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة.\n" "لن يتم تنشيط دعم LDAP." -#. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 +#. BNC #679960 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "خطأ غير معروف في تهيئة LDAP." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إنشاء %1." -#. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 +#. error report, %1 is ldap object +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إنشاء cn=defaultDNS,%1. عدم استخدام LDAP." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء تحديث %1." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إنشاء %1. عدم استخدام LDAP." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/docker.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/docker.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/docker.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: docker\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,264 +14,271 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Changes in Container" msgstr "التغييرات في الحاوية" -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Path" msgstr "المسار" -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 msgid "Status" msgstr "الحالة" -#. TODO translation -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +#. TODO translation +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 msgid "&Exit" msgstr "&خروج" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Commit Container" msgstr "تثبيت الحاوية" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 msgid "Repository" msgstr "المخزن" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 msgid "Tag" msgstr "علامة" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 msgid "Author" msgstr "المؤلف" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 msgid "Message" msgstr "رسالة" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Ok" msgstr "&موافق" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "إل&غاء" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Inject Shell" msgstr "إدخال Shell" -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 msgid "Target Shell" msgstr "Shell الهدف" -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" msgstr "فشل تشغيل اجهاز الطرفي. الخطأ:‏ %{error}" -#. Only root can start process -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 -msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." -msgstr "خدمة برنامج الإرساء لا تعمل. هل ينبغي أن يبدأ YaST برنامج الإرساء؟ وإلا سيتم إغلاق YaST." +#. Only root can start process +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "" +"Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." +msgstr "" +"خدمة برنامج الإرساء لا تعمل. هل ينبغي أن يبدأ YaST برنامج الإرساء؟ وإلا سيتم " +"إغلاق YaST." -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually." -msgstr "خدمة برنامج الإرساء لا تعمل. قم بتشغيل الوحدة النمطية هذه كجذر أو ابدأ خدمة برنامج الإرساء يدويًا." +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "" +"Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service " +"manually." +msgstr "" +"خدمة برنامج الإرساء لا تعمل. قم بتشغيل الوحدة النمطية هذه كجذر أو ابدأ خدمة " +"برنامج الإرساء يدويًا." -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again." msgstr "فشل الاتصال مع برنامج الإرساء بالخطأ: %s. الرجاء إعادة المحاولة." -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل إيقاف تشغيل الحاوية؟" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 msgid "Do you want to remove the container?" msgstr "هل تريد إزالة الحاوية؟" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل إبطال تشغيل الحاوية؟" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 msgid "&Images" msgstr "ال&صور" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 msgid "&Containers" msgstr "الح&اويات" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Docker Images" msgstr "صور برنامج الإرساء" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "حاوية برنامج الإرساء التي تعمل" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 msgid "Image ID" msgstr "معرف الصورة" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 msgid "Created" msgstr "تاريخ الإنشاء" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 msgid "Virtual Size" msgstr "الحجم الظاهري" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 msgid "Container ID" msgstr "معرف الحاوية" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 msgid "Image" msgstr "نسخة المحتويات" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Command" msgstr "الأمر" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 msgid "Ports" msgstr "المنافذ" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "تج&ديد" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 msgid "R&un" msgstr "تش&غيل" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "ح&ذف" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 msgid "S&how Changes" msgstr "إظ&هار التغييرات" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 msgid "Inject &Terminal" msgstr "إدخال محطة ط&رفية" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 msgid "&Stop Container" msgstr "إيق&اف الحاوية" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 msgid "&Kill Container" msgstr "إب&طال الحاوية" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 msgid "&Commit" msgstr "تثب&يت" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف الصورة \"%s\"؟" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 msgid "Run Container" msgstr "تشغيل الحاوية" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Host" msgstr "المضيف" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 msgid "Container" msgstr "الحاوية" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Add" msgstr "إضافة" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Remove" msgstr "إزالة" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 msgid "Volumes" msgstr "وحدات التخزين" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 msgid "Choose directory to share" msgstr "اختر دليل للمشاركة" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 msgid "Choose target directory" msgstr "اختر دليل هدف" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 msgid "Choose external port" msgstr "اختر منفذ خارجي" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 msgid "Choose internal port" msgstr "اختر منفذ داخلي" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/fcoe-client.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/fcoe-client.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/fcoe-client.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,38 +14,38 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module -#: src/clients/fcoe-client.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module +#: src/clients/fcoe-client.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of fcoe-client" msgstr "تكوين عميل fcoe" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_finish.rb:67 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving fcoe configuration..." msgstr "جارٍ حفظ تكوين fcoe..." -#. Rich text title for FcoeClient in proposals -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:82 +#. Rich text title for FcoeClient in proposals +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:82 msgid "FcoeClient" msgstr "FcoeClient" -#. Menu title for FcoeClient in proposals -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:86 +#. Menu title for FcoeClient in proposals +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:86 msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "&FcoeClient" -#. setting of config value is 'yes' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 msgid "yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. setting of config value is 'no' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 msgid "no" msgstr "لا" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 msgid "" "Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n" "Command %1 failed." @@ -53,38 +53,38 @@ "لا يمكن إزالة واجهة FCoE.\n" "فشل الأمر %1." -#. FCoE is not available on the interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 msgid "not available" msgstr "غير متوفر" -#. the interface is not configured for FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 msgid "not configured" msgstr "غير مكوَّن" -#. the flag is 'true' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 msgid "true" msgstr "true" -#. the flag is 'false' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 msgid "false" msgstr "false" -#. the flag is not set at all -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 msgid "not set" msgstr "غير معيّن" -#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 +#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "تكوين واجهة VLAN %1 في %2" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ "لأنه تم بالفعل تكوين FCoE على\n" "واجهة شبكة الاتصال %2 نفسها." -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -105,13 +105,13 @@ "لأنه تم بالفعل تكوين FCoE على\n" "واجهة VLAN (s) %2." -#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "إنشاء وبدء FCoE على جهاز VLAN الذي تم اكتشافه" -#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 +#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -121,17 +121,17 @@ "لواجهة VLAN %1 التي تم اكتشافها \n" "في %2 وبدء البادئ FCoE؟" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "لا يمكن إنشاء وتشغيل FCoE على %1." -#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 +#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "فشل الأمر \"%1\" على %2." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" @@ -139,13 +139,13 @@ "فشل إنشاء واجهة FCoE.\n" "المتابعة لأنه قيد التشغيل في وضع الاختبار" -#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 +#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "هل تريد فعلا إزالة واجهة FCoE %1؟" -#. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 +#. popup text continues +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -155,8 +155,8 @@ "تأكد من أن الواجهة ليست ضرورية لجهاز المستخدم.\n" "إزالتها قد تؤدي أن يكون النظام غير قابلًا للاستخدام." -#. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 +#. popup text continues +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." @@ -164,17 +164,17 @@ "لا تقم بإزالة الواجهة إذا كانت تتصل \n" "بجهاز متعدد المسارات تم تنشيطه مسبقًا." -#. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 +#. replace values in table +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "فشل في إزالة الواجهة %1." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "فشل إتلاف الواجهة %1." -#. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 +#. text of a warning popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." @@ -182,8 +182,8 @@ "DCB المطلوبة تم تعيينها إلى \"نعم\" ولكن \n" "الواجهة ليس لديها دعم DCB." -#. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 +#. text of an information (notify) popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -191,146 +191,148 @@ "تتطلب خدمة 'fcoe' تمكين خدمة 'lldpad'.\n" "تمكين بدء التشغيل للخدمة 'lldpad'." -#. radio button: start service on boot -#. radio button: start service on boot -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:48 src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button: start service on boot +#. radio button: start service on boot +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:48 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "عند التشغيل" -#. radio button: start service manually -#. radio button: start service manually -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:56 src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:77 +#. radio button: start service manually +#. radio button: start service manually +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Manually" msgstr "يدويًا" -#. combo box label: enable FCoE (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:109 +#. combo box label: enable FCoE (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "&FCoE Enable" msgstr "تمكين &FCoE" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" msgstr "لا" -#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 +#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 msgid "&DCB Required" msgstr "&DCB مطلوب" -#. combo box label: AUTO_VLAN setting (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:124 +#. combo box label: AUTO_VLAN setting (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "&AUTO_VLAN" msgstr "&AUTO_VLAN" -#. frame containing radio buttons for fcoe service start -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#. frame containing radio buttons for fcoe service start +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:150 msgid "FCoE Service Start" msgstr "بدء تشغيل خدمة FCoE" -#. frame containing radio buttons for lldpad service start -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#. frame containing radio buttons for lldpad service start +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Lldpad Service Start" msgstr "بدء تشغيل خدمة Lldpad" -#. column headers of table of network interfaces (keep them short) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:179 +#. column headers of table of network interfaces (keep them short) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:179 msgid "Device" msgstr "الجهاز" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:180 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "عنوان MAC" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:181 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "Model" msgstr "الطراز" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "FCoE VLAN Interface" msgstr "واجهة FCoE VLAN" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "FCoE Enable" msgstr "تمكين FCoE" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "DCB Required" msgstr "مطلوب DCB" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "AUTO VLAN" msgstr "AUTO VLAN" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "DCB capable" msgstr "دعم DCB" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" msgstr "برنامج التشغيل" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" msgstr "وضع إشارة على FCoE" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "Flag iSCSI" msgstr "وضع إشارة على iSCSI" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Storage Only" msgstr "تخزين فقط" -#. button labels -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:198 +#. button labels +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Retry &Detection" msgstr "إعادة محاولة &الاكتشاف" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "Change &Settings" msgstr "تغيير الإع&دادات" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Create &FCoE Interface" msgstr "إنشاء &واجهة FCoE" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "&Remove Interface" msgstr "إزالة الو&اجهة" -#. frame label - configuration settings of FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:222 +#. frame label - configuration settings of FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Configuration Settings" msgstr "إعدادات التكوين" -#. combo box label (debug setting yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:229 +#. combo box label (debug setting yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "&Debug" msgstr "ت&صحيح" -#. combo box label (use syslog yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:240 +#. combo box label (use syslog yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "&Use syslog" msgstr "&استخدام سجل النظام" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -338,17 +340,18 @@ "<p><b><big>جارٍ تهيئة تكوين عميل fcoe</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إحباط عملية التهيئة: </big></b><br>\n" -"قم بإحباط البرنامج المساعد للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق الضغط على <b>إحباط</b> الآن.</p>\n" +"قم بإحباط البرنامج المساعد للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق الضغط على <b>إحباط</b> " +"الآن.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -356,8 +359,8 @@ "<p><b><big>حفظ تكوين عميل fcoe</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -369,8 +372,8 @@ "يظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك ما إذا كان هذا الإجراء آمنًا أم لا.\n" " </p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>FcoeClient Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure fcoe-client here.<br></p>\n" @@ -378,8 +381,8 @@ "<p><b><big>تكوين FcoeClient</big></b><br>\n" "قم بتكوين عميل fcoe هنا.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a fcoe-client:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a fcoe-client from the list of detected fcoe-clients.\n" @@ -388,11 +391,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إضافة عميل Fcoe:</big></b><br>\n" "اختر عميل Fcoe من قائمة عملاء Fcoe التي تم اكتشافهم.\n" -"إذا لم يتم اكتشاف عميل Fcoe الخاص بك، فاستخدم الخيار <b>أخرى (لم يتم اكتشافها)</b>.\n" +"إذا لم يتم اكتشاف عميل Fcoe الخاص بك، فاستخدم الخيار <b>أخرى (لم يتم " +"اكتشافها)</b>.\n" "ثم اضغط على <b>تكوين</b>.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -402,157 +406,228 @@ "إذا قمت بضغط <b>تحرير</b>، يتم فتح مربع حوار إضافي يتم من خلاله تغيير\n" "التكوين.</p>\n" -#. Services dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 -msgid "<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b><big>بدء تشغيل الخدمات</big><br></b><br>تمكين بدء الخدمات <b>fcoe</b> و<b>lldpad</b> أو تعطيلهما في وقت التشغيل.</p>" +#. Services dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start " +"of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>بدء تشغيل الخدمات</big><br></b><br>تمكين بدء الخدمات <b>fcoe</b> " +"و<b>lldpad</b> أو تعطيلهما في وقت التشغيل.</p>" -#. Services dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 -msgid "<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>" -msgstr "<p> بدء تشغيل الخدمة <b>fcoe</b> يعني بدء <i>قناة الألياف الصناعية عبر الإيثرنت</i> برنامج محرك الخدمات<i>fcoemon</i> الذي يتحكم في واجهات FCoE ويقوم بإنشاء اتصال مع برنامج المحرك<i>lldpad</i>.</p>" +#. Services dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over " +"Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE " +"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p> بدء تشغيل الخدمة <b>fcoe</b> يعني بدء <i>قناة الألياف الصناعية عبر " +"الإيثرنت</i> برنامج محرك الخدمات<i>fcoemon</i> الذي يتحكم في واجهات FCoE " +"ويقوم بإنشاء اتصال مع برنامج المحرك<i>lldpad</i>.</p>" -#. Services dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 -msgid "<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i> agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>" -msgstr "توفر <p>خدمة <b>lldpad</b> <i>بروتوكول اكتشاف طبقة الارتباط</i> برنامج محرك الوكيل<i>lldpad</i>، الذي يقوم بإبلاغ <i>fcoemon</i> حول ميزات وتكوين DCB (تواصل مركز البيانات) للواجهات.</p>" +#. Services dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</" +"i> agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data " +"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>" +msgstr "" +"توفر <p>خدمة <b>lldpad</b> <i>بروتوكول اكتشاف طبقة الارتباط</i> برنامج محرك " +"الوكيل<i>lldpad</i>، الذي يقوم بإبلاغ <i>fcoemon</i> حول ميزات وتكوين DCB " +"(تواصل مركز البيانات) للواجهات.</p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 +#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "<p><b><big>Network interface overview</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>نظرة عامة على واجهة الشبكة</big></b></p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 -msgid "<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يعرض مربع حوار الواجهات كل بطاقات الشبكة المكتشفة بما في ذلك حالة تكوين VLAN وFCoE.<br>يمكن استخدام FCoE إذا تم تكوين واجهة VLAN لـ FCoE في المفتاح.<br> يتم عرض هذا في العمود لكل بطاقة شبكة (واجهة شبكة)<i>واجهة FCoE VLAN </i>.</p>" +#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of " +"VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is " +"configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), " +"this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يعرض مربع حوار الواجهات كل بطاقات الشبكة المكتشفة بما في ذلك حالة تكوين " +"VLAN وFCoE.<br>يمكن استخدام FCoE إذا تم تكوين واجهة VLAN لـ FCoE في المفتاح." +"<br> يتم عرض هذا في العمود لكل بطاقة شبكة (واجهة شبكة)<i>واجهة FCoE VLAN </" +"i>.</p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 -msgid "<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up).</p>" -msgstr "<p>غير مسموح بإعادة محاولة فحص خدمات FCoE باستخدام <b>إعادة محاولة الاكتشاف</b>(قد تُطلب للواجهات التي تحتاج بعض الوقت لبدء تشغيلها).</p>" +#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 +msgid "" +"<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry " +"Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>غير مسموح بإعادة محاولة فحص خدمات FCoE باستخدام <b>إعادة محاولة الاكتشاف</" +"b>(قد تُطلب للواجهات التي تحتاج بعض الوقت لبدء تشغيلها).</p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 -msgid "<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>" -msgstr "<p>قيم <i>واجهة FCoE VLAN </i> بالتفصيل:<br><b>غير متوفرة</b>: قناة الألياف الصناعية عبر الإيثرنت غير مسموح بها (يجب تمكينها في المفتاح أولاً).<br><b>غير مكوَّنة </b>: FCoE مسموح بها ولم يتم تنشيطها بعد.<br>ضغط <b>إنشاء واجهةFCoE VLAN </b> للتنشيط.<br>إذا ما تم إنشاء واجهة FCoE VLAN بالفعل، يتم عرض الاسم في العمود، على سبيل المثال eth3.200.</p>" +#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 +msgid "" +"<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available</" +"b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the " +"switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet " +"activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the " +"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the " +"column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>قيم <i>واجهة FCoE VLAN </i> بالتفصيل:<br><b>غير متوفرة</b>: قناة الألياف " +"الصناعية عبر الإيثرنت غير مسموح بها (يجب تمكينها في المفتاح أولاً).<br><b>غير " +"مكوَّنة </b>: FCoE مسموح بها ولم يتم تنشيطها بعد.<br>ضغط <b>إنشاء واجهةFCoE " +"VLAN </b> للتنشيط.<br>إذا ما تم إنشاء واجهة FCoE VLAN بالفعل، يتم عرض الاسم " +"في العمود، على سبيل المثال eth3.200.</p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 -msgid "<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change Settings</b>.</p>" +#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 +msgid "" +"<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change " +"Settings</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>لتغيير تكوين واجهة FCoE VLAN، انقر فوق <b>تغيير الإعدادات</b>.</p>" -#. Configuration dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 +#. Configuration dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 msgid "<p><b><big>General Configuration of FCoE</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>تكوين FCoE العام</big></b></p>" -#. Configuration dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 -msgid "<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" -msgstr "<p>هنا يمكنك تكوين الإعدادات العامة لخدمة نظام FCoE. تتم كتابة الإعدادات إلى '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" +#. Configuration dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 +msgid "" +"<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings " +"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>هنا يمكنك تكوين الإعدادات العامة لخدمة نظام FCoE. تتم كتابة الإعدادات إلى " +"'/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" -#. Configuration dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 +#. Configuration dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "<p>The values are:<br>\n" -"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>" +"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable " +"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>." +"<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the " +"system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>" msgstr "" "<p>القيم هي:<br>\n" -"<b>تصحيح الأخطاء</b>: <i>نعم</i> أو <i>لا</i><br>تُستخدم هذه لتمكين رسائل تصحيح الأخطاء أو تعطيلها من البرنامج النصي لخدمة fcoe و<i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>استخدام سجل النظام</b>: <i>نعم</i> أو <i>لا</i><br>يتم إرسال الرسائل إلى سجل النظام إذا تم تعيينها إلى <i>نعم</i> (يتم تسجيل البيانات إلى /متغير/سجل/رسائل).</p>" +"<b>تصحيح الأخطاء</b>: <i>نعم</i> أو <i>لا</i><br>تُستخدم هذه لتمكين رسائل " +"تصحيح الأخطاء أو تعطيلها من البرنامج النصي لخدمة fcoe و<i>fcoemon</i>." +"<br><b>استخدام سجل النظام</b>: <i>نعم</i> أو <i>لا</i><br>يتم إرسال الرسائل " +"إلى سجل النظام إذا تم تعيينها إلى <i>نعم</i> (يتم تسجيل البيانات إلى /متغير/" +"سجل/رسائل).</p>" -#. edit dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 +#. edit dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 msgid "<p>Edit Settings in /etc/fcoe/ethx</p>" msgstr "<p>تحرير الإعدادات في /etc/fcoe/ethx</p>" -#. Edit dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 -msgid "<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>" -msgstr "<p>برنامج المحرك <i>fcoemon</i> قراءة ملفات التكوين هذه عند التهيئة.<br>يوجد ملف لكل واجهة وتشير القيم إلى ما إذا كان يجب إنشاء مثيلات FCoE وما إذا كان DCB مطلوبًا.</p>" +#. Edit dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 +msgid "" +"<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on " +"initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values " +"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>برنامج المحرك <i>fcoemon</i> قراءة ملفات التكوين هذه عند التهيئة.<br>يوجد " +"ملف لكل واجهة وتشير القيم إلى ما إذا كان يجب إنشاء مثيلات FCoE وما إذا كان " +"DCB مطلوبًا.</p>" -#. Edit dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 -msgid "<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>" -msgstr "<p>القيم هي:<br><b>تمكين FCoE</b>: <i>نعم</i> أو <i>لا</i><br>تمكين إنشاء مثيلات FCoE أو تعطيلها.<br><b>DCB مطلوب</b>: <i>نعم</i> أو <i>لا</i><br>الإعداد الافتراضي هو <i>نعم</i>، DCB مطلوب عادةً.<br><b>VLAN تلقائي</b>: <i>نعم</i> أو <i>لا</i><br>إذا تم إعدادها إلى <i>نعم</i> سيقوم 'fcoemon' بإنشاء واجهات VLAN تلقائيًا.</p>" +#. Edit dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 +msgid "" +"<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable " +"or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</" +"i> or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required." +"<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> " +"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>القيم هي:<br><b>تمكين FCoE</b>: <i>نعم</i> أو <i>لا</i><br>تمكين إنشاء " +"مثيلات FCoE أو تعطيلها.<br><b>DCB مطلوب</b>: <i>نعم</i> أو <i>لا</" +"i><br>الإعداد الافتراضي هو <i>نعم</i>، DCB مطلوب عادةً.<br><b>VLAN تلقائي</" +"b>: <i>نعم</i> أو <i>لا</i><br>إذا تم إعدادها إلى <i>نعم</i> سيقوم 'fcoemon' " +"بإنشاء واجهات VLAN تلقائيًا.</p>" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:133 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:133 msgid "&Interfaces" msgstr "الو&اجهات" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:116 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:139 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:116 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:139 msgid "&Configuration" msgstr "الت&كوين" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:127 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:127 msgid "&Services" msgstr "الخ&دمات" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:184 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:184 msgid "Fibre Channel over Ethernet Configuration" msgstr "قناة الألياف الصناعية عبر تكوين الإيثرنت" -#. TODO: rename icon to yast-fcoe (yast2-theme package) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:209 +#. TODO: rename icon to yast-fcoe (yast2-theme package) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:209 msgid "Change FCoE Settings" msgstr "تغيير إعدادات FCoE" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:315 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:315 msgid "FcoeClient Configuration" msgstr "تكوين FcoeClient" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:317 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:317 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "جارٍ التهيئة..." -#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client -#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 -msgid "<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client +#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 +msgid "" +"<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be " +"installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>لمتابعة تكوين FCoE، يجب تثبيت الحزمة <b>%1</b>. </p>" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>هل تريد تثبيتها الآن؟</p>" -#. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 +#. start service lldpad first +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "تعذر بدء الخدمة 'lldpad'" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "تعذر بدء خدمة 'fcoe'" -#. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 +#. first start lldpad +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "تعذر بدء مأخذ توصيل lldpad systemd" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." msgstr "تعذر بدء خدمة lldpad." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "تعذر بدء مأخذ توصيل fcoemon systemd." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." msgstr "تعذر بدء خدمة fcoe." -#. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 +#. warning if no valid configuration found +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -562,113 +637,113 @@ "يمكنك تحرير الإعدادات وإعادة إنشاء واجهة FCoE VLAN\n" "للحصول على تكوين صالح." -#. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#. FcoeClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين عميل fcoe" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "التحقق من الحزم المثبَّتة" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 msgid "Check services" msgstr "التحقق من الخدمات" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "اكتشاف بطاقات شبكة" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "قراءة /etc/fcoe/config" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "جارٍ التحقق من الحزم المثبَّتة..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "جارٍ التحقق من الخدمات..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "جارٍ اكتشاف بطاقات الشبكة..." -#. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 +#. Progress step 4/4 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "قراءة /etc/fcoe/config" -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "فشل بدء الخدمة." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "يتعذر اكتشاف الأجهزة." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "تتعذر قراءة /etc/fcoe/config." -#. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#. FcoeClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين عميل fcoe" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "كتابة الإعدادات" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "إعادة بدء خدمة FCoE" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "ضبط بدء الخدمات" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "جارٍ كتابة الإعدادات..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "جارٍ إعادة بدء خدمة FCoE..." -#. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 +#. Progress sstep 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "جارٍ ضبط بدء الخدمات..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "تتعذر كتابة الإعدادات إلى /etc/fcoe/config." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." @@ -676,43 +751,43 @@ "لا يمكن كتابة الإعدادات الخاصة بواجهات FCoE.\n" "لمزيد من التفاصيل انظر /var/log/YaST2/y2log." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "فشلت إعادة تشغيل خدمة fcoe‏." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "تتعذر كتابة /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>" msgstr "<b>تكوين عام لـ FCoE</b>" -#. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 +#. options from config file, not meant for translation +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>" msgstr "<b>واجهات المستخدم</b>" -#. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 +#. network card, e.g. eth0 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:" msgstr "<i>بطاقة الشبكة</i>:" -#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for -#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 +#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for +#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>" msgstr "<b>بدء الخدمات</b>" -#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 +#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled +#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ممكّن" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 msgid "disabled" msgstr "معطّل" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firewall-services.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firewall-services.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firewall-services.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,246 +14,256 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:37 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:37 msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS" msgstr "DNS للبث المتعدد لـ Zeroconf/Bonjour" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 -msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" -msgstr "منافذ DNS للبث المتعدد (mDNS) لـ Zeroconf/Bonjour لاستكشاف الخدمة (DNS-SD)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 +msgid "" +"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" +msgstr "" +"منافذ DNS للبث المتعدد (mDNS) لـ Zeroconf/Bonjour لاستكشاف الخدمة (DNS-SD)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45 msgid "cyrus-imapd Server" msgstr "خادم cyrus-imapd" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:48 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:48 msgid "Open ports for the cyrus-imapd Server." msgstr "منافذ مفتوحة لخادم cyrus-imapd." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:51 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:51 msgid "DHCPv4 Server" msgstr "خادم DHCPv4" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:54 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:54 msgid "Open ports for ISC DHCPv4 4.x server." msgstr "منافذ مفتوحة لخادم ISC DHCPv4 4.x." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:57 -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:63 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:57 +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:63 msgid "dnsmasq" msgstr "dnsmasq" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:60 -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:66 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:60 +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:66 msgid "Open ports for the dnsmasq DNS/DHCP server." msgstr "منافذ مفتوحة لخادم dnsmasq DNS/DHCP." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:69 msgid "mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" msgstr "دعم mDNS/Bonjour لـ HPLIP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72 msgid "Firewall Configuration file for mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" msgstr "ملف تكوين جدار الحماية لدعم mDNS/Bonjour لـ HPLIP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77 msgid "icecream daemon" msgstr "برنامج محرك Icecream" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:80 msgid "opens socket for the icecream compilation daemon" msgstr "فتح مأخذ توصيل برنامج محرك تجميع Icecream" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:83 msgid "icecream scheduler" msgstr "مجدول Icecream" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:86 msgid "Opens ports for the icecream scheduler" msgstr "فتح منافذ مجدول Icecream" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:89 msgid "iSNS Daemon" msgstr "برنامج المحرك لـ iSNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92 msgid "Open ports for iSNS daemon with broadcast allowed." msgstr "فتح منافذ برنامج محرك iSNS مع السماح بالنشر." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95 msgid "Netbios Server" msgstr "خادم Netbios" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 msgid "Open ports for Samba Netbios server with broadcast allowed." msgstr "فتح منافذ خادم Samba Netbios مع السماح بالبث." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103 msgid "NFS Client" msgstr "عميل NFS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 -msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server." -msgstr "تكوين جدار الحماية لعميل NFS. فتح المنافذ لعميل NFS للسماح بالاتصال بخادم NFS." +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 +msgid "" +"Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow " +"connection to an NFS server." +msgstr "" +"تكوين جدار الحماية لعميل NFS. فتح المنافذ لعميل NFS للسماح بالاتصال بخادم " +"NFS." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 msgid "NFS Server Service" msgstr "خدمة خادم NFS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 -msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect." -msgstr "تكوين جدار الحماية لخادم NFS kernel. فتح منافذ NFS للسماح للمضيفين الآخرين بالاتصال." +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 +msgid "" +"Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow " +"other hosts to connect." +msgstr "" +"تكوين جدار الحماية لخادم NFS kernel. فتح منافذ NFS للسماح للمضيفين الآخرين " +"بالاتصال." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 msgid "xntp Server" msgstr "خادم xntp" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:122 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:122 msgid "Open ports for xntp." msgstr "فتح منافذ xntp." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:125 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:125 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "خادم OpenLDAP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:128 msgid "Open ports for the OpenLDAP server (slapd)." msgstr "فتح منافذ خادم OpenLDAP (slapd)." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:131 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:131 msgid "OpenSLP Server (SLP)" msgstr "خادم OpenSLP (SLP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:134 msgid "Enable OpenSLP server to advertise services." msgstr "تمكين خادم OpenSLP للإعلان عن الخدمات." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:137 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:137 msgid "Rsync server" msgstr "خادم Rsync" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 msgid "Opens port for rsync server in order to allow remote synchronization" msgstr "فتح المنفذ لخادم rsync للسماح بالمزامنة عن بُعد" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 msgid "Samba Client" msgstr "عميل Samba" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:148 msgid "Enable browsing of SMB shares." msgstr "تمكين تصفح مشاركات SMB." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:151 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:151 msgid "Samba Server" msgstr "خادم Samba" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:154 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:154 msgid "Open ports for Samba server." msgstr "منافذ مفتوحة لخادم Samba." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:157 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:157 msgid "SMTP with sendmail" msgstr "SMTP مع sendmail" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:160 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:160 msgid "Firewall configuration file for sendmail" msgstr "ملف تكوين جدار الحماية sendmail" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:163 msgid "Secure Shell Server" msgstr "خادم برنامج الواجهة شل الآمن" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:166 msgid "Open ports for the Secure Shell server." msgstr "منافذ مفتوحة لخادم برنامج الواجهة شل الآمن" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:169 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:169 msgid "svnserve" msgstr "svnserve" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:172 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:172 msgid "Open ports for svnserve" msgstr "منافذ svnserve المفتوحة" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:175 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:175 msgid "VNC mini-HTTP server" msgstr "خادم VNC mini-HTTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178 msgid "Opens the VNC HTTP ports so that browsers can connect." msgstr "تُستخدم لفتح منافذ VNC HTTP بحيث تتمكن المستعرضات من الاتصال." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181 msgid "VNC" msgstr "VNC" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 msgid "Open VNC server ports so that viewers can connect." msgstr "منافذ مفتوحة لخادم VNC بحيث يمكن لأدوات العرض الاتصال." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 msgid "vsftpd Server" msgstr "خادم vsftpd" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:190 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:190 msgid "Open ports for vsftpd server." msgstr "منافذ مفتوحة لخادم vsftpd." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:193 msgid "NIS Client" msgstr "عميل NIS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196 msgid "The ypbind daemon binds NIS clients to an NIS domain." msgstr "يربط برنامج المحرك ypbind عملاء NIS بمجال NIS." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firewall.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firewall.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firewall.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: firewall\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config -#. is installed -#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 +#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config +#. is installed +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n" msgstr "لا يمكن أن تدعم الشاشة الخاصة بك واجهة المستخدم 'firewall-config'‏.‏\n" -#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility." msgstr "استخدم سطر الأوامر Yast2 أو الأداة المساعدة 'firewall-cmd'‏." -#. TRANSLATORS: message popup -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: message popup +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 msgid "" "Firewall configuration cannot be changed.\n" "The SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed." @@ -33,23 +33,23 @@ "تعذر تغيير تكوين جدار الحماية.\n" "لم يتم تثبيت حزمة SuSEfirewall2." -#. RichText label -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:233 +#. RichText label +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Firewall" msgstr "جدار الحماية" -#. Menu label -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:235 +#. Menu label +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:235 msgid "&Firewall" msgstr "&جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:66 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:66 msgid "Another Firewall Active" msgstr "جدار حماية آخر نشط" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup text -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup text +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:68 msgid "" "Another kind of firewall is active in your system.\n" "If you continue, SuSEfirewall2 may produce undefined errors.\n" @@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ " تكوين SuSEfirewall2.\n" " هل تريد متابعة التكوين؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:108 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:108 msgid "Aborting Firewall Configuration" msgstr "إيقاف تكوين جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:110 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:110 msgid "" "All changes would be lost.\n" "Really abort configuration?\n" @@ -77,137 +77,137 @@ "قد تفقد كل التغييرات.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل إيقاف التكوين؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h1 -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:65 +#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h1 +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "&Enable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "&تمكين بدء تشغيل جدار الحماية تلقائيًا" -#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h2 -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h2 +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "&Disable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "&تعطيل بدء تشغيل جدار الحماية تلقائيًا" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describind #h1, Do not use any shortcut -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:75 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describind #h1, Do not use any shortcut +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Enable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "تمكين بدء تشغيل جدار الحماية تلقائيًا" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describing #h2, Do not use any shortcut -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:77 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describing #h2, Do not use any shortcut +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Disable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "تعطيل بدء التشغيل التلقائي لجدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: status information -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: status information +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Firewall is running" msgstr "جدار الحماية في وضع التشغيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: status information -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: status information +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Firewall is not running" msgstr "جدار الحماية ليس في وضع التشغيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:93 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "&Start Firewall Now" msgstr "ب&دء جدار الحماية الآن" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "S&top Firewall Now" msgstr "إي&قاف جدار الحماية الآن" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:105 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart Firewall Now" msgstr "حف&ظ الإعدادات وإعادة تشغيل جدار الحماية الآن" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Start Firewall Now" msgstr "بدء جدار الحماية الآن" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgstr "إيقاف جدار الحماية الآن" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:123 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Save Settings and Restart Firewall Now" msgstr "حفظ الإعدادات وإعادة تشغيل جدار الحماية الآن" -#. TRANSLATORS: Part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:271 +#. TRANSLATORS: Part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "تكوين جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:286 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:286 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:289 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "بدء التشغيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:302 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:305 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:151 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:302 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:305 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:151 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:153 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "الواجهات" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:316 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Allowed Services" msgstr "الخدمات المسموح بها" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:331 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Network Masquerading" msgstr "تنكر الشبكة" -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:334 src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:210 +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:334 src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:210 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "التنكر" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:351 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:354 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:351 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:354 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "النشر" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 msgid "Logging Level" msgstr "مستوى التسجيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. Example: -#. All requests from network 80.44.11.0/24 to UDP port 53 originating on port 53 -#. $[ "network" : "80.44.11.0/24", "protocol" : "udp", "dport" : "53", "sport" : "53" ] -#. -#. Possible keys for parameters are "network", "protocol", "dport" and "sport". -#. Mandatory are "network" and "protocol". -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:390 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:393 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:464 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. Example: +#. All requests from network 80.44.11.0/24 to UDP port 53 originating on port 53 +#. $[ "network" : "80.44.11.0/24", "protocol" : "udp", "dport" : "53", "sport" : "53" ] +#. +#. Possible keys for parameters are "network", "protocol", "dport" and "sport". +#. Mandatory are "network" and "protocol". +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:390 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:393 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:464 msgid "Custom Rules" msgstr "قواعد مخصصة" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:438 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:438 msgid "Summary" msgstr "الملخص" -#. TRANSLATORS: Read dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:42 +#. TRANSLATORS: Read dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Reading Firewall Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...</p>" @@ -215,8 +215,8 @@ "<p><b><big>تتم الآن قراءة تكوين جدار الحماية</big></b>\n" "<br>الرجاء الانتظار...</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Firewall Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...</p>" @@ -224,8 +224,8 @@ "<p><b><big>يتم الآن حفظ تكوين جدار الحماية</big></b>\n" "<br>الرجاء الانتظار...</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Interfaces</big></b>\n" "<br>Here, assign your network devices into firewall zones\n" @@ -249,19 +249,19 @@ " <p>يجب تعيين كل أجهزة الشبكة إلى منطقة جدار حماية.\n" " تمت إعاقة المرور على الشبكة عبر أي واجهة غير مخصصة.</p>\n" -#. Network Manager -#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? -#. // TRANSLATORS: Optional help text for Firewall interfaces -#. // Used only when the network interfaces are handled by the Network Manager tool -#. // %1 is a string 'any' (by default) -#. // %2 is a zone name 'External Zone' (by default) -#. sformat(_("<p>You are currently using NetworkManager to control your -#. network interfaces. You should insert a string '%1' into the zone '%2' using -#. <b>Custom</b>. Otherwise your configuration might not work. -#. </p>"), SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_string, SuSEFirewall::GetZoneFullName(SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_zone)):"" -#. ), -#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:75 +#. Network Manager +#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? +#. // TRANSLATORS: Optional help text for Firewall interfaces +#. // Used only when the network interfaces are handled by the Network Manager tool +#. // %1 is a string 'any' (by default) +#. // %2 is a zone name 'External Zone' (by default) +#. sformat(_("<p>You are currently using NetworkManager to control your +#. network interfaces. You should insert a string '%1' into the zone '%2' using +#. <b>Custom</b>. Otherwise your configuration might not work. +#. </p>"), SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_string, SuSEFirewall::GetZoneFullName(SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_zone)):"" +#. ), +#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Allowed Services</big></b>\n" "<br>Specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n" @@ -269,38 +269,46 @@ "\n" "<p>To allow a service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the\n" "<b>Service to Allow</b> then press <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed " +"Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" "\n" "<p>By deselecting <b>Protect Firewall from Internal Zone</b>, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network " +"will\n" "be unprotected.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>الخدمات المسموح بها</big></b>\n" -"<br>تحديد الخدمات والمنافذ التي ينبغي الوصول إليها من الشبكة.يتم تقسيم الشبكات إلى مناطق جدار الحماية\n" +"<br>تحديد الخدمات والمنافذ التي ينبغي الوصول إليها من الشبكة.يتم تقسيم " +"الشبكات إلى مناطق جدار الحماية\n" ".</p>\n" "\n" "<p>للسماح للخدمة، قم بتحديد <b>المنطقة</b> و\n" "<b>الخدمة المطلوب السماح بها</b> بعد ذلك اضغط فوق <b>إضافة</b>.\n" -"لإزالة خدمة مسموح بها، حدد <b>المنطقة</b> و<b>الخدمة المسموح بها</b> ثم اضغط فوق <b>حذف</b>.</p>\n" +"لإزالة خدمة مسموح بها، حدد <b>المنطقة</b> و<b>الخدمة المسموح بها</b> ثم اضغط " +"فوق <b>حذف</b>.</p>\n" "\n" "<p> من خلال إلغاء تحديد <b>حماية جدار الحماية من\n" "المنطقة الداخلية</b>، إزالة\n" -"الحماية من المنطقة. ستكون جميع الخدمات والمنافذ في الشبكة الخاصة بك غير محمية.</p>\n" +"الحماية من المنطقة. ستكون جميع الخدمات والمنافذ في الشبكة الخاصة بك غير " +"محمية.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>Additional settings can be configured using <b>Advanced</b>.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC " +"ports and\n" "IP protocols.</p>\n" "<p>TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or " +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>يمكن تكوين إعدادات إضافية باستخدام <b>متقدم</b>.\n" -"يجب أن تكون الإدخالات مفصولة بمسافة. يمكن في ذلك المكان السماح بمنافذ TCP وUDP وRPC و\n" +"يجب أن تكون الإدخالات مفصولة بمسافة. يمكن في ذلك المكان السماح بمنافذ TCP " +"وUDP وRPC و\n" "بروتوكولات IP.</p>\n" " <p>يمكن إدخال المنفذين TCP وUDP بأسماء المنفذ (<tt>ftp-data</tt>)،\n" "وبأرقام المنفذ (<tt>3128</tt>)، ونطاقات المنفذ (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" @@ -308,144 +316,187 @@ " أدخل بروتوكولات IP باسم البروتوكول (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" " </p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Masquerading</big></b>\n" -"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" +"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your " +"firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, " +"transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select <b>Masquerade Networks</b> to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>التنكر</big></b>\n" "<br>التنكر عبارة عن وظيفة لإخفاء الشبكة الداخلية خلف جدار الحماية والسماح \n" -" للشبكة الداخلية بالوصول إلى الشبكة الخارجية، مثل الإنترنت، بوضوح. تمت إعاقة الطلبات\n" +" للشبكة الداخلية بالوصول إلى الشبكة الخارجية، مثل الإنترنت، بوضوح. تمت إعاقة " +"الطلبات\n" " من الشبكة الخارجية إلى الشبكة الداخلية.\n" " حدد <b>تنكر الشبكات</b>لتنكر الشبكات \n" "على الشبكة الخارجية.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 +#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form.</p>\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal " +"network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal " +"IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form." +"</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</" +"b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "على الرغم من تعذر وصول الطلبات من الشبكة الخارجية إلى الشبكة الداخلية، يمكن\n" -"إعادة توجيه أية منافذ مطلوبة على جدار الحماية بوضوح إلى أي بروتوكول IP داخلي. \n" -"لإضافة قاعدة إعادة توجيه جديدة، اضغط <b>إضافة</b> ثم استكمل نموذج إعادة التوجيه.</p>\n" +"إعادة توجيه أية منافذ مطلوبة على جدار الحماية بوضوح إلى أي بروتوكول IP " +"داخلي. \n" +"لإضافة قاعدة إعادة توجيه جديدة، اضغط <b>إضافة</b> ثم استكمل نموذج إعادة " +"التوجيه.</p>\n" " \n" " <p>لإزالة أي قاعدة إعادة توجيه، حددها في الجدول ثم اضغط <b>حذف</b>.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 +#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Broadcast Configuration</big></b>\n" -"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" +"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to " +"find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.</p>\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues " +"using broadcast packets.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" +"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add " +"needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated " +"ports for\n" "particular zones.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets</b>\n" +"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of " +"packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast " +"Packets</b>\n" "for the desired zones.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>تكوين النشر</big></b>\n" "<br>حزم النشر عبارة عن حزم UDP خاصة تم إرسالها إلى الشبكة بالكامل للبحث عن \n" "أجهزة كمبيوتر مجاورة أو لإرسال معلومات إلى كل كمبيوتر في الشبكة.\n" -" على سبيل المثال، تعمل خوادم CUPS على توفير معلومات عن قوائم انتظار الطباعة باستخدام حزم النشر.</p>\n" +" على سبيل المثال، تعمل خوادم CUPS على توفير معلومات عن قوائم انتظار الطباعة " +"باستخدام حزم النشر.</p>\n" " \n" -" <p>تعمل خدمات SuSEfirewall2 المحددة في الواجهات المسموح بها على إضافة منافذ النشر المطلوبة\n" -" في هذا المكان يدويًا. لإزالة أية خدمات أخرى أو إضافتها، قم بتحرير قوائم من المنافذ المفصولة بمسافة \n" +" <p>تعمل خدمات SuSEfirewall2 المحددة في الواجهات المسموح بها على إضافة منافذ " +"النشر المطلوبة\n" +" في هذا المكان يدويًا. لإزالة أية خدمات أخرى أو إضافتها، قم بتحرير قوائم من " +"المنافذ المفصولة بمسافة \n" "لمناطق معينة.</p>\n" " \n" " <p>تم تسجيل حزم نشر أخرى تم إسقاطها. قد تكون حزم كثيرة جدًا في شبكات أوسع.\n" " لمنع تسجيل هذه الحزم، قم بإلغاء تحديد <b>تسجيل حزم النشر غير المقبولة</b>\n" " للمناطق المرغوب بها.</p>\n" -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Broadcast Reply</big></b><br>\n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.</p>\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their " +"reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " +"browsing.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" +"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " +"firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also " +"choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>الرد على النشر</big></b><br>\n" "يُسقط جدار الحماية عادةً الحزم المرسلة بواسطة أجهزة أخرى كحزم الرد\n" -" على النشر المرسلة من خلال نظامك، على سبيل المثال، استعراض Samba أو استعراض SLP. </p>\n" +" على النشر المرسلة من خلال نظامك، على سبيل المثال، استعراض Samba أو استعراض " +"SLP. </p>\n" "\n" -"<p>يمكن هنا تكوين الحزم المسموح لها العبور من خلال جدار الحماية. قم باستخدام <b>إضافة</b>\n" -"زر لإضافة قاعدة جديدة. سيتعين عليك اختيار منطقة جدار الحماية وأيضًا اختيار من\n" +"<p>يمكن هنا تكوين الحزم المسموح لها العبور من خلال جدار الحماية. قم باستخدام " +"<b>إضافة</b>\n" +"زر لإضافة قاعدة جديدة. سيتعين عليك اختيار منطقة جدار الحماية وأيضًا اختيار " +"من\n" "من خدمات معرفة بالفعل أو تعيين القاعدة الخاصة بك يدويًا تمامًا.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IPsec Support</big></b>\n" -"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" +"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks " +"through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "<b>Enabled</b>.</p>\n" "\n" "<p><b>Details</b> configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.</p>\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the " +"internal zone.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>دعم IPsec</big></b>\n" -"<br>يعتبر IPsec اتصالاً مشفرًا بين مضيفين أو شبكات موثوق بها عبر الشبكات غير الموثوق بها، مثل\n" +"<br>يعتبر IPsec اتصالاً مشفرًا بين مضيفين أو شبكات موثوق بها عبر الشبكات غير " +"الموثوق بها، مثل\n" " الإنترنت. يعمل مربع الحوار هذا على فتح IPsec لمنطقة خارجية باستخدام\n" " <b>مُمكّن</b>.</p>\n" " \n" -" <p>يؤدي استخدام <b>التفاصيل</b> إلى تكوين طريقة لمعالجة حزم IPsec التي تم فك شفرتها \n" +" <p>يؤدي استخدام <b>التفاصيل</b> إلى تكوين طريقة لمعالجة حزم IPsec التي تم " +"فك شفرتها \n" "بنجاح. على سبيل المثال، يمكن معالجتها باعتبارها من المنطقة الداخلية.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Logging Level</big></b>\n" -"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.</p>\n" +"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. " +"Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not " +"logged at all.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and <b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> for logging every\n" -"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do Not Log Any</b>\n" +"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and " +"<b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> " +"for logging every\n" +"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do " +"Not Log Any</b>\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>مستوى التسجيل</big></b>\n" "<br>هو مربع حوار تكوين أساسي لإعدادات تسجيل حزمة IP. هنا،\n" -" قم بتكوين التسجيل لحزم الاتصالات الواردة. لم يتم تسجيل حزم الاتصالات الصادرة على الإطلاق.</p>\n" +" قم بتكوين التسجيل لحزم الاتصالات الواردة. لم يتم تسجيل حزم الاتصالات " +"الصادرة على الإطلاق.</p>\n" " \n" -" <p>توجد مجموعتان لحزم IP المسجلة: <b>الحزم المقبولة</b> و<b>الحزم غير المقبولة</b>.\n" -" يمكنك الاختيار من بين ثلاثة مستويات تسجيل لكل مجموعة: <b>تسجيل الكل</b> لتسجيل كل الحزم\n" -" أو <b>تسجيل الحرجة فقط</b> لتسجيل الحزم المهمة فقط أو <b>عدم تسجيل الكل</b>\n" +" <p>توجد مجموعتان لحزم IP المسجلة: <b>الحزم المقبولة</b> و<b>الحزم غير " +"المقبولة</b>.\n" +" يمكنك الاختيار من بين ثلاثة مستويات تسجيل لكل مجموعة: <b>تسجيل الكل</b> " +"لتسجيل كل الحزم\n" +" أو <b>تسجيل الحرجة فقط</b> لتسجيل الحزم المهمة فقط أو <b>عدم تسجيل الكل</" +"b>\n" " لعدم التسجيل. يجب تسجيل الحزم الحرجة المقبولة على الأقل.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Summary</big></b>\n" "<br>Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each " +"firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.</p>\n" "\n" "<p><b>Firewall Starting</b> shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "<b>boot process</b> or only <b>manually</b>.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:</p>\n" +"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the " +"following items in the summary:</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration " +"name and device name.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed " +"network services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC " +"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>الملخص</big></b>\n" @@ -456,16 +507,20 @@ " <p><b>بدء جدار الحماية</b> لإظهار ما إذا كان بدء جدار الحماية سيحدث في\n" " <b>عملية التشغيل</b> أو <b>يدويًا</b> فقط.</p>\n" " \n" -" <p>يجب أن تحتوي مناطق جدر الحماية على واجهة شبكة معينة لسرد العناصر التالية في الملخص:</p>\n" +" <p>يجب أن تحتوي مناطق جدر الحماية على واجهة شبكة معينة لسرد العناصر التالية " +"في الملخص:</p>\n" " \n" -" <p><b>الواجهات</b>: يتم سرد كل الواجهات باستخدام اسم التكوين واسم الجهاز.</p>\n" +" <p><b>الواجهات</b>: يتم سرد كل الواجهات باستخدام اسم التكوين واسم الجهاز.</" +"p>\n" " \n" -" <p><b>البروتوكولات والمنافذ والخدمات المفتوحة</b>: يسرد ذلك كافة خدمات الشبكة المسموح بها، والمنافذ الإضافية\n" -" TCP (بروتوكول تحكم الإرسال) وUDP (بروتوكول مخطط بيانات المستخدم) وRPC (استدعاء الإجراء عن بعد)\n" +" <p><b>البروتوكولات والمنافذ والخدمات المفتوحة</b>: يسرد ذلك كافة خدمات " +"الشبكة المسموح بها، والمنافذ الإضافية\n" +" TCP (بروتوكول تحكم الإرسال) وUDP (بروتوكول مخطط بيانات المستخدم) وRPC " +"(استدعاء الإجراء عن بعد)\n" "، وبروتوكولات IP (بروتوكول الإنترنت).</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p>Here, enter additional\n" "ports or protocols to enable in the firewall zone.</p>" @@ -473,9 +528,9 @@ "<p>أدخل في هذا المكان \n" "المنافذ أو البروتوكولات الإضافية المطلوب تمكينها في منطقة جدار الحماية.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "<p><b>TCP Ports</b> and <b>UDP Ports</b> can be entered as\n" "a list of port numbers, port names, or port ranges separated by spaces,\n" @@ -485,19 +540,20 @@ "قائمة بأرقام المنفذ أو أسماء المنفذ أو نطاقات المنفذ مفصولة بمسافات، \n" " مثل <tt>22</tt> أو <tt>http</tt> أو <tt>137:139</tt>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<p><b>RPC Ports</b> is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces.</p>" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." +"</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>منافذ RPC</b> عبارة عن قائمة بخدمات RPC، مثل\n" "<tt>nlockmgr</tt> أو <tt>ypbind</tt> أو <tt>portmap</tt> مفصولة بمسافات.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "<p><b>IP Protocols</b> is a list of protocols, such as\n" "<tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt>, or <tt>chaos</tt>, separated by spaces.\n" @@ -509,11 +565,12 @@ " ابحث عن قائمة البروتوكولات الحالية على الموقع\n" " http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" +"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that " +"represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>.</p>" @@ -523,8 +580,8 @@ " يجب أن يكون رقم المنفذ الأول أقل من رقم المنفذ الثاني،\n" " على سبيل المثال، <tt>200:215</tt>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 6/6 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:213 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 6/6 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Port Name</b> is a name assigned to a port number by the IANA\n" "organization. One port number can have multiple port names assigned. Find\n" @@ -534,17 +591,19 @@ ". يمكن تخصيص أسماء منفذ متعددة لرقم منفذ واحد. ابحث عن \n" "التخصيص المستخدم حاليًا في الملف <tt>/etc/services</tt>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " +"attacks.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>جدار الحماية</big></b><br />\n" -"جدار الحماية هو آلية دفاعية تحمي الكمبيوتر الخاص بك من الهجمات على الشبكة.</p>\n" +"جدار الحماية هو آلية دفاعية تحمي الكمبيوتر الخاص بك من الهجمات على الشبكة.</" +"p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Custom Rules</big></b><br>\n" "Set special firewall rules that allow new connections\n" @@ -554,9 +613,9 @@ "تقوم بتعيين قواعد جدار الحماية الخاصة التي تسمح \n" "بتطابق الاتصالات الجديدة بهذه القواعد</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "<p><b>Source Network</b><br>\n" "Network or IP address where the connection comes from,\n" @@ -568,21 +627,22 @@ "على سبيل المثال، <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> أو <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" "أو <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> أو <tt>0/0</tt> (و الذي يعني <tt>all</tt>(.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263 msgid "" "<p><b>Protocol</b><br>\n" "Protocol used by that packet. Special protocol <tt>RPC</tt> is used for\n" "RPC services.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>بروتوكول</b><br>\n" -"بروتوكول يتم استخدامه بواسطة هذه الحزمة. بروتوكول خاص <tt>RPC</tt> يتم استخدامه لخدمات\n" +"بروتوكول يتم استخدامه بواسطة هذه الحزمة. بروتوكول خاص <tt>RPC</tt> يتم " +"استخدامه لخدمات\n" "RPC.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269 msgid "" "<p><b>Destination Port</b><br>\n" "Port name, port number or range of ports that are allowed to be\n" @@ -592,13 +652,14 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>منفذ الوجهة</b><br>\n" "اسم المنفذ أو رقمه أو نطاق المنافذ المسموح\n" -"بالوصول إليها على سبيل المثال، <tt>smtp</tt> أو <tt>25</tt> أو <tt>100:110</tt>.\n" +"بالوصول إليها على سبيل المثال، <tt>smtp</tt> أو <tt>25</tt> أو <tt>100:110</" +"tt>.\n" "In أما في حالة بروتوكول <tt>RPC</tt>، استخدم اسم الخدمة RPC.\n" "هذا الإدخال اختياري.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "<p><b>Source Port</b><br>\n" "Port name, port number or range of ports where the packet\n" @@ -608,646 +669,651 @@ "اسم المنفذ أو رقمه أ, نطاق المنافذ من الموقع الذي يتم إنشاء\n" "الحزمة فيه. هذا الإدخال اختياري.</p>" -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289 msgid "FIXME: Help for '%1' is missing!" msgstr "FIXME: تعليمات '%1' مفقودة!" -#. TRANSLATORS: Frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: Frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:87 msgid "Firewall Interfaces" msgstr "واجهات جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:95 msgid "Device" msgstr "الجهاز" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:97 msgid "Interface or String" msgstr "الواجهة أو السلسلة" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:99 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:99 msgid "Configured In" msgstr "مكون في" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:108 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:108 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "ت&غيير..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:114 msgid "C&ustom..." msgstr "م&خصص..." -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:128 msgid "Zone for Network Interface" msgstr "منطقة لواجهة الشبكة" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:140 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Interface Zone" msgstr "من&طقة الواجهة" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:182 msgid "Additional Interface Settings for Zones" msgstr "إعدادات واجهة إضافية للمناطق" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:224 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:224 msgid "&Masquerade Networks" msgstr "تنكر الشب&كات" -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:267 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:267 msgid "All&owed Services for Selected Zone" msgstr "الخدمات الم&سموح بها للمنطقة المحددة" -#. items handled by replacepoint -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:865 +#. items handled by replacepoint +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:865 msgid "&Service to Allow" msgstr "ال&خدمة المطلوب السماح بها" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:288 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:288 msgid "Allowed Service" msgstr "الخدمة المسموح بها" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:290 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:290 msgid "Description" msgstr "الوصف" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:300 msgid "&Protect Firewall from Internal Zone" msgstr "حماية &جدار الحماية من المنطقة الداخلية" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:322 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:322 msgid "A&dvanced..." msgstr "مت&قدم..." -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:339 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:339 msgid "Expert Rules Services for Selected Zone" msgstr "خدمات قواعد الخبير للمنطقة المحددة" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 msgid "Source Network" msgstr "الشبكة المصدر" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "بروتوكول" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:353 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1058 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:353 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1058 msgid "Destination Port" msgstr "منفذ الوجهة" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:355 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1059 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Source Port" msgstr "المنفذ المصدر" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:386 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:386 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports" msgstr "المنافذ الإضافية المسموح بها" -#. TRANSLATORS: label, %1 is a zone name like "External Zone" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:392 +#. TRANSLATORS: label, %1 is a zone name like "External Zone" +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:392 msgid "Settings for Zone: %1" msgstr "إعدادات للمنطقة: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:395 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:395 msgid "&TCP Ports" msgstr "مناف&ذ TCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:397 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:397 msgid "&UDP Ports" msgstr "منا&فذ UDP" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:399 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:399 msgid "&RPC Ports" msgstr "م&نافذ RPC" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:404 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:404 msgid "&IP Protocols" msgstr "&بروتوكولات IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:503 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:503 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP" msgstr "إعادة توجيه الطلبات إلى IP تنكر" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 msgid "Req. IP" msgstr "IP مطلوب" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 msgid "Req. Port" msgstr "منفذ مطلوب" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 msgid "Redir. to IP" msgstr "إعادة التوجيه إلى IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 msgid "Redir. to Port" msgstr "إعادة التوجيه إلى المنفذ" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:546 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:546 msgid "Add Masqueraded Redirect Rule" msgstr "إضافة قاعدة إعادة توجيه للتنكر" -#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:550 +#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:550 msgid "Redirect Matching Rule:" msgstr "إعادة توجيه القاعدة المطابقة:" -#. TRANSLATORS: editable select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:557 +#. TRANSLATORS: editable select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:557 msgid "&Source Network" msgstr "ال&شبكة المصدر" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564 msgid "Re&quested IP (Optional)" msgstr "عنوان IP المط&لوب (اختياري)" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1980 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1980 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "البر&وتوكول" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:580 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:580 msgid "R&equested Port" msgstr "المنفذ المطلو&ب" -#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:586 +#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:586 msgid "Redirection:" msgstr "إعادة التوجيه:" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:592 msgid "Re&direct to Masqueraded IP" msgstr "إعادة التوجيه إلى IP تنكر" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599 msgid "&Redirect to Port (Optional)" msgstr "إع&ادة توجيه إلى منفذ (اختياري)" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:831 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:831 msgid "Log All" msgstr "تسجيل الكل" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:833 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:833 msgid "Log Only Critical" msgstr "تسجيل الحرجة فقط" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:835 msgid "Do Not Log Any" msgstr "عدم تسجيل الكل" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:846 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:846 msgid "&Logging Accepted Packets" msgstr "تس&جيل الحزم المقبولة" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:854 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:854 msgid "L&ogging Not Accepted Packets" msgstr "ت&سجيل الحزم غير المقبولة" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term BroadcastConfigurationExpert () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Broadcast Configuration"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `RadioButtonGroup (`id("broadcast_configuration"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left ( `RadioButton (`id("drop_incoming"), _("Drop Incoming Broadcast")) ), -#. `Left( `RadioButton (`id("allow_incoming"), _("Allow Incoming Broadcast")) ) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight( 4, -#. `Empty() -#. ), -#. `HWeight( 50, -#. `MultiSelectionBox (`id("accept_broadcast_packets"), -#. _("Firewall Zones Allowing Broadcast Packets"), -#. GetZonesListedItems() -#. ) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `Left ( -#. `CheckBox (`id("dropped_packets"), _("Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets")) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:899 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term BroadcastConfigurationExpert () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Broadcast Configuration"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `RadioButtonGroup (`id("broadcast_configuration"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left ( `RadioButton (`id("drop_incoming"), _("Drop Incoming Broadcast")) ), +#. `Left( `RadioButton (`id("allow_incoming"), _("Allow Incoming Broadcast")) ) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight( 4, +#. `Empty() +#. ), +#. `HWeight( 50, +#. `MultiSelectionBox (`id("accept_broadcast_packets"), +#. _("Firewall Zones Allowing Broadcast Packets"), +#. GetZonesListedItems() +#. ) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `Left ( +#. `CheckBox (`id("dropped_packets"), _("Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets")) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:899 msgid "Broadcast Configuration" msgstr "تكوين النشر" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:908 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:908 msgid "Accepting the Broadcast Reply" msgstr "قبول الرد على النشر" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 msgid "Zone" msgstr "المنطقة" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 msgid "Service" msgstr "الخدمة" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 msgid "Accepted from Network" msgstr "مقبول من الشبكة" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:916 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:916 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "إ&ضافة..." -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:917 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:917 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "ح&ذف" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term HierarchicalTokenBucket () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Hierarchical Token Bucket"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left ( `Label (_("Adjust upstream limit for selected interface")) ), -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight ( 3, -#. `ComboBox (`id("htb_interface"), _("Interface"), [ -#. // FIXME: fake items -#. `item(`id(1), "RTL-8139 / eth-aa-bb-cc-dd-ee"), -#. `item(`id(1), "Askey 815C / modem0") -#. ]) -#. ), -#. `HWeight ( 1, -#. `InputField (`id("htb_unit"), `opt(`hsquash), _("kbit/sec.")) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term AdvancedSecuritySettings () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Advanced Security Settings"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left( `ComboBox (`id("disallowed_packets"), _("Disallowed Packets"), [ -#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Drop")), -#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Reject")) -#. ])), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("block_new_connections"), _("Block New Connections from This Host")) ), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_ping"), _("Allow to Ping This Host")) ), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_traceroute"), _("Allow Traceroute through This Host")) ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:971 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term HierarchicalTokenBucket () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Hierarchical Token Bucket"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left ( `Label (_("Adjust upstream limit for selected interface")) ), +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight ( 3, +#. `ComboBox (`id("htb_interface"), _("Interface"), [ +#. // FIXME: fake items +#. `item(`id(1), "RTL-8139 / eth-aa-bb-cc-dd-ee"), +#. `item(`id(1), "Askey 815C / modem0") +#. ]) +#. ), +#. `HWeight ( 1, +#. `InputField (`id("htb_unit"), `opt(`hsquash), _("kbit/sec.")) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term AdvancedSecuritySettings () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Advanced Security Settings"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left( `ComboBox (`id("disallowed_packets"), _("Disallowed Packets"), [ +#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Drop")), +#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Reject")) +#. ])), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("block_new_connections"), _("Block New Connections from This Host")) ), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_ping"), _("Allow to Ping This Host")) ), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_traceroute"), _("Allow Traceroute through This Host")) ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:971 msgid "IPsec Support" msgstr "دعم IPsec" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:974 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:974 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "مُ&مكّن" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:977 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:977 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "الت&فاصيل..." -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item, trust IPsec packet the same as the origin of the packet -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:990 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item, trust IPsec packet the same as the origin of the packet +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:990 msgid "Same Zone as Original Source Network" msgstr "نفس منطقة الشبكة المصدر الأصلية" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:996 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:996 msgid "IPsec Zone" msgstr "منطقة IPsec" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1003 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1003 msgid "&Trust IPsec As" msgstr "الو&ثوق بـ IPsec باعتباره" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term IPv6Support () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("IPv6 Support"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Label ("H I C S U N T L E O N E S") -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1041 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term IPv6Support () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("IPv6 Support"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Label ("H I C S U N T L E O N E S") +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Custom Allowed Rules" msgstr "قواعد مخصصة مسموح بها" -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1048 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1048 msgid "Firewall &Zone" msgstr "منطقة &جدار الحماية" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1060 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1060 msgid "Options" msgstr "الخيارات" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1082 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1082 msgid "Add New Allowing Rule" msgstr "إضافة قاعدة سماح جديد" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1087 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1087 msgid "Source &Network" msgstr "ال&شبكة المصدر" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1106 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1106 msgid "&Destination Port (Optional)" msgstr "&منفذ الوجهة (اختياري)" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1111 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1111 msgid "&Source Port (Optional)" msgstr "&منفذ المصدر (اختياري)" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1116 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1116 msgid "Additional &Options (Optional)" msgstr "خيارات إ&ضافية (اختياري)" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative label in dialog -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1144 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative label in dialog +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1144 msgid "Creating summary..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء الملخص..." -#. TRANSLATORS: check box in summary dialog -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1147 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box in summary dialog +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1147 msgid "&Show Details" msgstr "إ&ظهار التفاصيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:53 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:53 msgid "TCP Ports" msgstr "منافذ TCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:55 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:55 msgid "UDP Ports" msgstr "منافذ UDP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:57 msgid "RPC Services" msgstr "خدمات RPC" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:59 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:59 msgid "IP Protocols" msgstr "بروتوكولات IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:61 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:61 msgid "Broadcast Ports" msgstr "منافذ النشر" -#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? -#. // TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed -#. _("All network interfaces handled by NetworkManager and all other unassigned interfaces will be assigned to this zone.") -#. : -#. TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:107 +#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? +#. // TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed +#. _("All network interfaces handled by NetworkManager and all other unassigned interfaces will be assigned to this zone.") +#. : +#. TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:107 msgid "Any unassigned interface will be assigned to this zone." msgstr "سيتم تخصيص أية واجهة غير مخصصة إلى هذه المنطقة." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:114 msgid "Currently supported only in external zone." msgstr "يتم دعمه حاليًا في المنطقة الخارجية فقط." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:121 msgid "Unknown network interface." msgstr "واجهة الشبكة غير معروفة." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:198 msgid "No interfaces assigned to this zone." msgstr "لا توجد أية واجهات مخصصة لهذه المنطقة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine summary header -#. TRANSLATORS: UI summary header -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:349 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:351 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine summary header +#. TRANSLATORS: UI summary header +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:349 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:351 msgid "Open Services, Ports, and Protocols" msgstr "البروتوكولات والمنافذ والخدمات المفتوحة" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:362 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:362 msgid "Internal zone is unprotected. All ports are open." msgstr "المنطقة الداخلية غير محمية. كل المنافذ مفتوحة." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:431 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:431 msgid "Zone has no open ports." msgstr "لا تحتوي المنطقة على منافذ مفتوحة." -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:473 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:473 msgid "%1 custom rules are defined" msgstr "تم تحديد %1 قواعد مخصصة" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 -msgid "Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>" -msgstr "الشبكة: <i>%1</i>، البروتوكول: <i>%2</i>، منفذ الوجهة: <i>%3</i>، منفذ المصدر: <i>%4</i>، الخيارات: <i>%5</i>" +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 +msgid "" +"Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source " +"port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>" +msgstr "" +"الشبكة: <i>%1</i>، البروتوكول: <i>%2</i>، منفذ الوجهة: <i>%3</i>، منفذ " +"المصدر: <i>%4</i>، الخيارات: <i>%5</i>" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 msgid "All" msgstr "الكل" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:507 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:507 msgid "None" msgstr "بلا" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine Summary header -#. TRANSLATORS: UI Summary header -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:547 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:549 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine Summary header +#. TRANSLATORS: UI Summary header +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:547 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:549 msgid "Firewall Starting" msgstr "بدء جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:563 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:563 msgid "<b>Enable</b> firewall automatic starting" msgstr "<b>تمكين</b> بدء تشغيل جدار الحماية تلقائيًا" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:575 msgid "<b>Disable</b> firewall automatic starting" msgstr "<b>تعطيل</b> بدء تشغيل جدار الحماية تلقائيًا" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:592 msgid "Firewall starts after the configuration has been written" msgstr "يعمل جدار الحماية بعد كتابة التكوين" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:605 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:605 msgid "Firewall <b>starts</b> after the configuration has been written" msgstr "جدار الحماية <b>يعمل</b> بعد كتابة التكوين" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 -msgid "Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written" +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 +msgid "" +"Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written" msgstr "جدار الحماية <b>سيتم إيقافه</b> بعد كتابة التكوين" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:637 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:637 msgid "Firewall will not start after the configuration has been written" msgstr "لن يعمل جدار الحماية بعد كتابة التكوين" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:659 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:661 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:659 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:661 msgid "Unassigned Interfaces" msgstr "الواجهات غير المخصصة" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning plain text in summary -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:690 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning plain text in summary +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:690 msgid "No network traffic is permitted through these interfaces." msgstr "لا يسمح بأي مرور على الشبكة عبر هذه الواجهات." -#. Function starts Firewall services and sets firewall -#. to be started after exiting YaST -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:136 +#. Function starts Firewall services and sets firewall +#. to be started after exiting YaST +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:136 msgid "Starting firewall..." msgstr "يتم الآن بدء جدار الحماية..." -#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall -#. to be stopped after exiting YaST -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:147 +#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall +#. to be stopped after exiting YaST +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:147 msgid "Stopping firewall..." msgstr "يتم الآن إيقاف جدار الحماية..." -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:184 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:184 msgid "No zone assigned" msgstr "لم يتم تخصيص أية منطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:224 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:224 msgid "Custom string" msgstr "سلسلة مخصصة" -#. interface could be unassigned -#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:288 +#. interface could be unassigned +#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:288 msgid "No Zone Assigned" msgstr "لم يتم تخصيص أية منطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:487 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:487 msgid "Port number %1 is invalid." msgstr "رقم المنفذ %1 غير صالح." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number, -#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was found -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:492 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number, +#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was found +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:492 msgid "Port number %1 in definition %2 is invalid." msgstr "رقم المنفذ %1 في التعريف %2 غير صالح." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:500 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:500 msgid "Invalid Port Definition" msgstr "تعريف منفذ غير صالح" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number -#. that is possible to use in port-range -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number +#. that is possible to use in port-range +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506 msgid "The port number must be in the interval from 1 to %1 (inclusive)." msgstr "يجب أن يكون رقم المنفذ في الفاصل الزمني من 1 إلى %1 (شامل)." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584 msgid "Invalid Port Range Definition" msgstr "تعريف نطاق منفذ غير صالح" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:587 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:587 msgid "" "Port range %1 is invalid.\n" "It must be defined as the min_port_number:max_port_number and\n" @@ -1257,13 +1323,13 @@ "يجب تعريف هذا النطاق بالصيغة min_port_number:max_port_number\n" " على أن يكونmax_port_number أكبر من min_port_number." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:604 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:604 msgid "Unknown Port Name" msgstr "اسم المنفذ غير معروف" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:607 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:607 msgid "" "Port name %1 is unknown in your current system.\n" "It probably would not work.\n" @@ -1273,13 +1339,13 @@ "ولذلك قد لا يعمل.\n" " هل تريد بالفعل استخدام هذا المنفذ؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:636 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:636 msgid "Invalid Additional Service Definition" msgstr "تعريف الخدمة الإضافية غير صالح" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long) -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:639 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long) +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:639 msgid "" "It appears that the additional service settings\n" "%1\n" @@ -1293,27 +1359,28 @@ " لا يُسمح بالفواصل.\n" " هل تريد بالفعل استخدام الإعدادات الحالية؟" -#. : -#. `Left(`Label("FIXME: missing functionality for expert configuration")) -#. ) -#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? -#. TRANSLATORS: informative label -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 -msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +#. : +#. `Left(`Label("FIXME: missing functionality for expert configuration")) +#. ) +#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? +#. TRANSLATORS: informative label +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 +msgid "" +"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." msgstr "يتطلب التنكر واجهة خارجية واحدة على الأقل بالإضافة لواجهة أخرى." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 msgid "This entry must be completed." msgstr "يجب استكمال هذا الإدخال." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1080 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1080 msgid "Wrong port definition." msgstr "تعريف المنفذ غير صحيح." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1107 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1107 msgid "" "Wrong port definition.\n" "No port number found for this port name.\n" @@ -1323,18 +1390,18 @@ "لم يتم العثور على أي رقم منفذ لاسم المنفذ هذا.\n" " استخدم رقم المنفذ بدلاً من اسم المنفذ.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1136 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1136 msgid "Invalid IP definition." msgstr "تعريف IP غير صالح." -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1463 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1463 msgid "&Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets" msgstr "ت&سجيل حزم النشر غير المقبولة" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524 msgid "" "Firewall automatic starting has been disabled\n" "but firewall is currently running.\n" @@ -1346,655 +1413,655 @@ "\n" "قم بإيقاف جدار الحماية بعد كتابة التكوين الجديد؟\n" -#. network is mandatory -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1910 +#. network is mandatory +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1910 msgid "Invalid network definition '%1'" msgstr "تعريف شبكة غير صالح '%1'" -#. destination port is optional -#. source port is optional -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1721 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1752 +#. destination port is optional +#. source port is optional +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1721 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1752 msgid "Invalid port range '%1'" msgstr "نطاق المنفذ '%1 غير صالح" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1733 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1764 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1924 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1733 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1764 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1924 msgid "Invalid port name or number '%1'" msgstr "اسم المنفذ أو رقمه غير صالح '%1'" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1827 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1827 msgid "All services using UDP" msgstr "استخدام كافة الخدمات لمنفذ UDP" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1829 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1829 msgid "All services using TCP" msgstr "استخدام كافة الخدمات لمنفذ TCP" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1831 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1831 msgid "Samba browsing" msgstr "استعراض Samba" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1833 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1833 msgid "SLP browsing" msgstr "استعراض SLP" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1845 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1845 msgid "All networks" msgstr "كافة الشبكات" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1847 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1847 msgid "Subnet: %1" msgstr "الشبكة الفرعية: %1" -#. hard-coded default -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1952 +#. hard-coded default +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1952 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "&المنطقة" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1956 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1956 msgid "&Network" msgstr "ال&شبكة" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1963 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1963 msgid "&Service" msgstr "الخ&دمة" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1969 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1969 msgid "User-defined service" msgstr "خدمة محددة من قبل المستخدم" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1994 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1994 msgid "Po&rt" msgstr "&منفذ" -#. redraw table -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2089 +#. redraw table +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2089 msgid "Select an item to delete." msgstr "حدد العنصر المطلوب حذفه." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 msgid "Firewall configuration" msgstr "تكوين جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "إعدادات بدء التشغيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 msgid "Known firewall zones" msgstr "مناطق جدار الحماية المعروفة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 msgid "Network interfaces configuration" msgstr "تكوين واجهات الشبكة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols" msgstr "الخدمات والمنافذ والبروتوكولات المسموح بها" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 msgid "Broadcast packet settings" msgstr "إعدادات حزمة النشر" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 msgid "Masquerading settings" msgstr "إعدادات التنكر" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP" msgstr "إعادة توجيه الطلبات إلى IP تنكر" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "إعدادات التسجيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 msgid "Firewall configuration summary" msgstr "ملخص تكوين جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 msgid "Enables firewall" msgstr "تمكين جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 msgid "Disables firewall" msgstr "تعطيل جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "إظهار الإعدادات الحالية" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 msgid "Start firewall in the boot process" msgstr "بدء جدار الحماية في عملية التشغيل..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 msgid "Start firewall manually" msgstr "بدء جدار الحماية يدويًا" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "سرد الإدخالات المُكَّونة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 msgid "Zone short name" msgstr "الاسم القصير للمنطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "إضافة سجل جديد" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "إزالة سجل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 msgid "Network interface configuration name" msgstr "اسم تكوين واجهة الشبكة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "تسجيل الحزم المقبولة (الكل/الحرجة/بلا)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "تسجيل الحزم غير المقبولة (الكل/الحرجة/بلا)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)" msgstr "تسجيل حزم النشر (نعم/لا)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 msgid "Set value" msgstr "تعيين القيمة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "اسم المنفذ أو رقمه؛ منافذ متعددة مفصولة بفواصل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" msgstr "خدمة جدار الحماية المعروفة؛ خدمات متعددة مفصولة بفواصل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "اسم منفذ TCP أو رقمه؛ منافذ متعددة مفصولة بفواصل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "اسم منفذ UDP أو رقمه؛ منافذ متعددة مفصولة بفواصل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "اسم منفذ RPC؛ منافذ متعددة مفصولة بفواصل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" msgstr "اسم برتوكول IP؛ بروتوكولات متعددة مفصولة بفواصل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)" msgstr "تعيين حماية المنطقة (نعم/لا)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 msgid "Detailed information" msgstr "معلومات تفصيلية" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "تمكين الخيار" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "تعطيل الخيار" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" msgstr "الشبكة المصدر، مثل 0/0 أو 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)" msgstr "البروتوكول (tcp|udp)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" msgstr "IP خارجي مطلوب (اختياري)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 msgid "Requested port name or number" msgstr "اسم المنفذ المطلوب أو رقمه" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 msgid "Redirect to internal IP" msgstr "إعادة التوجيه إلى IP داخلي" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)" msgstr "إعادة التوجيه إلى المنفذ الموجود في IP الداخلي (اختياري)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 msgid "Record number" msgstr "اسم السجل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers" msgstr "استخدام أسماء المنفذ بدلاً من أرقام المنفذ" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 msgid "Unknown zone %1." msgstr "منطقة غير معروفة %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 msgid "Parameter %1 must be set." msgstr "يجب تعيين المعلمة %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:" msgstr "سرد مناطق جدار الحماية المعروفة:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 msgid "Shortcut" msgstr "اختصار" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "اسم المنطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "الملخص:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "يُسمح بمعلمة واحدة فقط." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "بدء التشغيل:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..." msgstr "يتم الآن تمكين جدار الحماية في عملية التشغيل..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..." msgstr "تتم الآن إزالة جدار الحماية من عملية التشغيل..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" msgstr "تم تمكين جدار الحماية في عملية التشغيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" msgstr "جدار الحماية بحاجة إلى بدء التشغيل اليدوي" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:" msgstr "واجهات الشبكة في مناطق جدار الحماية:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 msgid "Special firewall string" msgstr "السلسلة الخاصة لجدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 msgid "Interface" msgstr "الواجهة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "اسم الجهاز" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "تتم الآن إضافة السلسلة الخاصة %1 إلى المنطقة %2..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "تتم الآن إضافة الواجهة %1 إلى المنطقة %2..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "تتم الآن إزالة السلسلة الخاصة %1 من المنطقة %2..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "تتم الآن إزالة الواجهة %1 من المنطقة %2..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 msgid "Log all" msgstr "تسجيل الكل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 msgid "Log only critical" msgstr "تسجيل الحرجة فقط" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 msgid "Do not log any" msgstr "عدم تسجيل الكل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 msgid "Global Logging Settings:" msgstr "إعدادات التسجيل العمومية:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 msgid "Rule Type" msgstr "نوع القاعدة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 msgid "Value" msgstr "قيمة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "مقبول" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 msgid "Not accepted" msgstr "غير مقبول" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:" msgstr "تسجيل حزم النشر:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 msgid "Logging enabled" msgstr "تم تمكين التسجيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 msgid "Logging disabled" msgstr "تم تعطيل التسجيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 msgid "Short" msgstr "قصير" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 msgid "Logging Status" msgstr "حالة التسجيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2." msgstr "غير مسموح بالقيمة %1 للخيار %2." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:" msgstr "منافذ النشر المسموح بها:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 msgid "Port" msgstr "منفذ" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 msgid "Only one action command is allowed here." msgstr "يسمح بأمر إجراء واحد فقط في هذا المكان." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 msgid "Defined Firewall Services:" msgstr "خدمات جدار الحماية المُعرَّفة:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 msgid "ID" msgstr "المعرف" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 msgid "Service Name" msgstr "اسم الخدمة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 msgid "TCP port" msgstr "منفذ TCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 msgid "UDP port" msgstr "منفذ UDP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 msgid "RPC port" msgstr "منفذ RPC" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 msgid "IP protocol" msgstr "بروتوكول IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:" msgstr "الخدمات المسموح بها في المناطق:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 msgid "All services" msgstr "كل الخدمات" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 msgid "Entire zone unprotected" msgstr "المنطقة بكاملها غير محمية" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 msgid "Service ID" msgstr "معرف الخدمة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:" msgstr "المنافذ الإضافية المسموح بها:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 msgid "All ports" msgstr "كل المنافذ" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:" msgstr "بروتوكولات IP الإضافية المسموح بها في المناطق:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 msgid "All IP protocols" msgstr "كل بروتوكولات IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 msgid "IP Protocol" msgstr "بروتوكول IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 msgid "Unknown service %1." msgstr "%1 لخدمة غير معروفة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones." msgstr "يمكن تعيين الحماية للمناطق الداخلية فقط." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 msgid "At least one of %1 must be set." msgstr "يجب تعيين إدخال واحد على الأقل من %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set." msgstr "يجب تعيين أمر إجراء واحد على الأقل من %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:" msgstr "إعادة توجيه الطلبات إلى IP تنكر:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 msgid "Unknown port name %1." msgstr "اسم منفذ غير معروف %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 msgid "Masquerading Settings:" msgstr "إعدادات التنكر:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or -#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or +#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 msgid "everywhere" msgstr "في كل مكان" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 msgid "in the %1 zone" msgstr "في المنطقة %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" -#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" +#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" msgstr "التنكر %1 %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 msgid "enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 msgid "disabled" msgstr "معطل" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firstboot.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firstboot.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firstboot.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,14 +14,14 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:65 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:65 msgid "Firstboot Configuration" msgstr "تكوين التشغيل الأول" -#. text label, describing the check box meaning -#. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:71 +#. text label, describing the check box meaning +#. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:71 msgid "" "Check Enable Firstboot Sequence here to start YaST\n" "firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" @@ -29,99 +29,102 @@ "التحقق من تمكين سلسلة التشغيل الأول هنا لبدء YaST\n" "برنامج التشغيل الأول المساعد في التشغيل الأول بعد التكوين.\n" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 msgid "Enable Firstboot Sequence" msgstr "تمكين سلسلة التشغيل الأول" -#. help text -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 +#. help text +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.</p>\n" -"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.</p>\n" +"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on " +"the first boot after configuration.</p>\n" +"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information." +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>حدد <b>تمكين سلسلة التشغيل الأول</b> لبدء برنامج التشغيل الأول YaST المساعد في التشغيل الأول بعد التكوين.</p>\n" +"<p>حدد <b>تمكين سلسلة التشغيل الأول</b> لبدء برنامج التشغيل الأول YaST " +"المساعد في التشغيل الأول بعد التكوين.</p>\n" "<p>حدد الوثيقة yast2-وحدة التشغيل الأول للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات.</p>\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/firstboot.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of Firstboot -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif@suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Main file for firstboot configuration. Uses all other files. -#. ** -#. <h3>Configuration of firstboot</h3> -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:48 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/firstboot.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of Firstboot +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif@suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Main file for firstboot configuration. Uses all other files. +#. ** +#. <h3>Configuration of firstboot</h3> +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:48 msgid "Empty" msgstr "فارغ" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:49 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:49 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:50 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:50 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "معطل" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:54 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:54 msgid "Help" msgstr "مساعدة" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:57 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:57 msgid "First Boot Configuration" msgstr "تكوين التشغيل الأول" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:59 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:59 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&لأعلى" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:60 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:60 msgid "D&own" msgstr "لأ&سفل" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:61 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:61 msgid "Enab&le or Disable" msgstr "تم&كين أو تعطيل" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Step" msgstr "خطوة" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Label" msgstr "تسمية" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Status" msgstr "الحالة" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Module Name" msgstr "اسم الوحدة النمطية" -#. translators: dialog text -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 +#. translators: dialog text +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 msgid "" "Select the desktop environment \n" "to use from the list below.\n" @@ -129,8 +132,8 @@ "حدد بيئة سطح المكتب \n" "المطلوب استخدامه من القائمة أدناه.\n" -#. help text fro desktop dialog -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105 +#. help text fro desktop dialog +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105 msgid "" "<p><h3>Desktop Selections</h3>\n" "This system has more than one desktop environment installed. Select\n" @@ -140,31 +143,31 @@ "يحتوي هذا النظام على أكثر من بيئة سطح مكتب مثبتة. حدد\n" " سطح المكتب المطلوب تمكينه كسطح المكتب الافتراضي.</p>" -#. translators: dialog title -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:113 +#. translators: dialog title +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:113 msgid "Select Your Default Desktop" msgstr "تحديد سطح المكتب الافتراضي لديك" -#. Check box: Should the YaST2 control center automatically -#. be started after this part of the installation is done? -#. Translators: About 40 characters max, -#. use newlines for longer translations. -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:64 +#. Check box: Should the YaST2 control center automatically +#. be started after this part of the installation is done? +#. Translators: About 40 characters max, +#. use newlines for longer translations. +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:64 msgid "&Start YaST Control Center" msgstr "بدء تشغيل م&ركز تحكم YaST" -#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:70 +#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:70 msgid "Configuration Completed" msgstr "اكتمل التكوين" -#. congratulation text 1/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:73 +#. congratulation text 1/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:73 msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>تهانينا!</b></p>" -#. congratulation text 2/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75 +#. congratulation text 2/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75 msgid "" "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" @@ -172,25 +175,25 @@ "<p>اكتمل تثبيت &product; على جهازك.\n" "بعد النقر فوق <b>إنهاء</b>، يمكنك تسجيل الدخول إلى النظام.</p>\n" -#. congratulation text 3/4 -#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language -#. change the address accordingly. If in doubt leave the original. -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:81 +#. congratulation text 3/4 +#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language +#. change the address accordingly. If in doubt leave the original. +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:81 msgid "<p>Visit us at www.suse.com.</p>" msgstr "<p>قم بزيارتنا على www.suse.com.</p>" -#. congratulation text 4/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83 +#. congratulation text 4/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83 msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SuSE Development Team</p>" msgstr "<p>تمتع بالميزات التي نقدمها لك!<br>فريق تطوير SUSE</p>" -#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:112 +#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:112 msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>" msgstr "<p>النظام جاهز للاستخدام.</p>" -#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114 +#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and continue\n" "to the login screen.</p>\n" @@ -198,8 +201,8 @@ "<p>يؤدي النقر فوق <b>إنهاء</b> إلى إغلاق تثبيت YaST والمتابعة\n" "إلى شاشة تسجيل الدخول.</p>\n" -#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118 +#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" "adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" @@ -209,21 +212,24 @@ "ضبط بعض إعدادات KDE تبعًا لجهازك. لاحظ أيضًا\n" " مربع حوار الترحيب لنظام SUSE.</p>\n" -#. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 +#. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "<p>If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will start\n" -"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" +"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will " +"start\n" +"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button " +"to\n" "return to this installation sequence.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>إذا رغبت في ذلك، يمكن أن يستخدم الخبراء النطاق الكامل للوحدات النمطية لتكوين SuSE\n" +"<p>إذا رغبت في ذلك، يمكن أن يستخدم الخبراء النطاق الكامل للوحدات النمطية " +"لتكوين SuSE\n" " في الوقت الحالي. تحقق من <b>بدء تشغيل مركز تحكم YaST</b> وسيتم بدء التشغيل\n" " بعد <b>إنهاء</b>. ملاحظة: لا يحتوي مركز التحكم على الزر \"للخلف\"\n" " للرجوع إلى تسلسل التثبيت هذا.</p>\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 msgid "" "Your language setting has been changed.\n" "\n" @@ -235,26 +241,26 @@ "إذا لزم الأمر، فقد تحتاج تعديل إعدادات لوحة المفاتيح إلى اللغة\n" "الجديدة. استخدم أداة تكوين تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح بعد تسجيل الدخول." -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Language and Keyboard Layout" msgstr "تخطيط اللغة ولوحة المفاتيح" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 msgid "&Language" msgstr "الل&غة" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "ت&خطيط لوحة المفاتيح" -#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 +#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to be used during\n" @@ -267,8 +273,8 @@ "</p>\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -278,8 +284,8 @@ "انقر فوق <b>التالي</b> للمتابعة إلى مربع الحوار التالي.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" @@ -291,33 +297,33 @@ "التثبيت في أي وقت.\n" "</p>\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 +#. error message +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "لا توجد مساحة كافية لتثبيت كافة الحزم الإضافية." -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "تحديث التكوين" -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:47 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:47 msgid "Prepare system for first login" msgstr "تحضير النظام لتسجيل الدخول الأول" -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:52 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:52 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديث التكوين..." -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:54 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:54 msgid "Preparing system for first login..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحضير النظام لتسجيل الدخول الأول..." -#. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:59 +#. Help text for last dialog of base installation +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:59 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -327,49 +333,49 @@ "الرجاء الانتظار حتى يتم تكوين النظام.\n" " </p>" -#. Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:70 +#. Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:70 msgid "Completing the System Configuration" msgstr "اكتمال تكوين النظام" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: modules/Firstboot.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of firstboot -#. Summary: Firstboot settings, input and output functions -#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif@suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Representation of the configuration of firstboot. -#. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Firstboot.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of firstboot +#. Summary: Firstboot settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif@suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of firstboot. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:51 msgid "No Text Available" msgstr "لا توجد أية نصوص متاحة" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:172 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:172 msgid "Firstboot configuration disabled" msgstr "تعطيل تكوين التشغيل الأول" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:175 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:175 msgid "Firstboot configuration enabled" msgstr "تمكين تكوين التشغيل الأول" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/geo-cluster.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/geo-cluster.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/geo-cluster.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: geo-cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,471 +14,482 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module -#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module +#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of geo-cluster" msgstr "تكوين geo-cluster" -#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals -#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83 msgid "GeoCluster" msgstr "GeoCluster" -#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals -#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&GeoCluster" msgstr "&GeoCluster" -#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption -#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang@suse.com> -#. -#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#. Initialization dialog caption +#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption +#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang@suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "تكوين المجموعة الجغرافية" -#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 +#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 msgid "Geo Cluster Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة على المجموعة الجغرافية" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang@suse.com> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang@suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 msgid "configuration file" msgstr "ملف التكوين" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 msgid "transport" msgstr "نقل" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "port" msgstr "منفذ" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "arbitrator" msgstr "الوسيط" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Add" msgstr "إضافة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Edit" msgstr "تحرير" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 msgid "Delete" msgstr "حذف" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "site" msgstr "موقع" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "بطاقة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "تصديق" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Ca&ncel" msgstr "إلغ&اء" -#. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "OK" msgstr "موافق" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "تمكين تصديق الأمان" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 msgid "Authentication file" msgstr "ملف المصادقة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth." msgstr "ستتم كتابة الملف إلى /etc/booth." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path." msgstr "للكتابة إلى دليل آخر، أدخل مسارًا مطلقًا." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." -msgstr "بالنسبة للمجموعة الجغرافية التي تم إنشاؤها حديثًا، اضغط الزر أدناه لإنشاء /etc/booth/<key>." +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +msgid "" +"For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/" +"booth/<key>." +msgstr "" +"بالنسبة للمجموعة الجغرافية التي تم إنشاؤها حديثًا، اضغط الزر أدناه لإنشاء /" +"etc/booth/<key>." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 -msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually." -msgstr "للانضمام إلى مجموعة جغرافية موجودة، يرجى نسخ /etc/booth/<key> من العقد الأخرى يدويًا." +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 +msgid "" +"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other " +"nodes manually." +msgstr "" +"للانضمام إلى مجموعة جغرافية موجودة، يرجى نسخ /etc/booth/<key> من العقد " +"الأخرى يدويًا." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Generate Authentication Key File" msgstr "إنشاء ملف مفتاح مصادقة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Basic" msgstr "أساسي" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "إلغاء" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "الرجاء إدخال عنوان ip صالح" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "إدخال بطاقة ومهلة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 msgid "timeout" msgstr "مهلة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "retries" msgstr "مرات إعادة المحاولة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "weights" msgstr "الأوزان" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "expire" msgstr "انتهاء الصلاحية" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "acquire-after" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "before-acquire-handler" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "قيمة المهلة غير صالحة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "قيمة انتهاء الصلاحية غير صالحة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "قيمة acquireafter غير صالحة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "قيمة إعادة المحاولات غير صالحة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "غير مسموح بقيم إعادة محاولة أقل من 3" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "قيمة الأوزان غير صالحة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "لا يمكن ترك قيمة التذكرة فارغة" -#. fill confs with global_files +#. fill confs with global_files #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "تكوين جدار الحماية" -#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", -#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "إدخال عنوان IP للوسيط الخاص بك" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "تحرير عنوان IP للوسيط الخاص بك" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "إدخال عنوان IP لموقعك" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "تحرير عنوان IP لموقعك" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "اسم البطاقة موجود بالفعل!" -#. Validation check before switch to authentication -#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 +#. Validation check before switch to authentication +#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن ترك اسم التكوين فارغًا." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "لا يمكن تكرار اسم التكوين." -#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 +#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "المنفذ غير صالح!" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "يجب ملء حقل النقل!" -#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 +#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "يجب ملء قيمة الوسيط!" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "يجب ملء حقل الموقع!" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "يجب ملء حقل البطاقة!" -#. Validation check before switch to basic -#. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 +#. Validation check before switch to basic +#. Still fall to :basic or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "Failed to create authentication file " msgstr "فشل إنشاء ملف مصادقة " -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 msgid "Authentication file " msgstr "ملف المصادقة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 msgid " created successfully." msgstr " تم إنشاء العلامة بنجاح" -#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "تحديد تكوين GeoCluster" -#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", -#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "تحديد ملف التكوين:" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 msgid "Authentication Configuration" msgstr "تكوين المصادقة" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تتم الآن التهيئة..." -#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") -#. Convert relative path to absolute path -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 +#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") +#. Convert relative path to absolute path +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." msgstr "لا يمكن كتابة إعدادات التكوين العام." -#. List like site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "لا يمكن كتابة الإعدادات العامة." -#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth -#. Create a ticket item -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة إعدادات البطاقة العامة." -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "جارٍ تهيئة تكوين المجموعة الجغرافية" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages -#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "قراءة الإعدادات السابقة" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات جدار حمايةSuSE" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة الإعدادات السابقة..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. GeoCluster write dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "جارٍ حفظ تكوين المجموعة الجغرافية" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "اكتب الاعدادات" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات SuSEfirewall" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "..كتابة الاعدادات" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات SuSEFirewall" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Error message +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات." -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "ملخص التكوين..." -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين geo-cluster" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "قراءة قاعدة البيانات" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "اكتشاف الأجهزة" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة قاعدة البيانات..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "يتم الآن اكتشاف الأجهزة..." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة قاعدة البيانات 1." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة قاعدة البيانات 2." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "تعذر اكتشاف الأجهزة." -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين geo-cluster" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "تشغيل اعداد سوزي" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "يتم الآن تشغيل SuSEconfig..." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "ملخص التكوين ..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/http-server.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/http-server.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/http-server.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: http-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,121 +14,121 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help for HTTP server module -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:36 +#. translators: command line help for HTTP server module +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:36 msgid "Configuration of HTTP server (Apache2)" msgstr "تكوين خادم HTTP (Apache2)" -#. translators: help text for configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:45 +#. translators: help text for configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:45 msgid "Configure host settings" msgstr "تكوين إعدادات المضيف" -#. translators: help text for modules command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:55 +#. translators: help text for modules command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:55 msgid "Configure the Apache2 server modules" msgstr "تكوين الوحدات النمطية لخادم Apache2" -#. translators: help text for listen command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:65 +#. translators: help text for listen command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:65 msgid "Set up the ports and network addresses where the server should listen." msgstr "قم بإعداد المنافذ وعناوين الشبكة التي يجب أن يستمع عندها الخادم." -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:74 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:74 msgid "Configure virtual hosts" msgstr "تكوين الأجهزة المضيفة الظاهرية" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:81 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:81 msgid "Enable or disable wizard mode." msgstr "تمكين أو تعطيل وضع المعالج." -#. translators: help text for servername option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:92 +#. translators: help text for servername option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:92 msgid "Server name, for example, www.example.com" msgstr "اسم الخادم، على سبيل المثال، www.example.com" -#. translators: help text for serveradmin option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:99 +#. translators: help text for serveradmin option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:99 msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" msgstr "عنوان البريد الإلكتروني لمسؤول الخادم" -#. translators: help text for documentroot option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:106 +#. translators: help text for documentroot option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:106 msgid "Directory where the documents of the server are stored" msgstr "الدليل الذي يتم فيه تخزين مستندات الخادم" -#. translators: help text for host option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:113 +#. translators: help text for host option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:113 msgid "Name of the host to configure." msgstr "اسم المضيف المطلوب تكوينه." -#. translators: help text for add subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:121 +#. translators: help text for add subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:121 msgid "Add a new listen entry ([address:]port)" msgstr "إضافة إدخال استماع جديد ([العنوان:]المنفذ)" -#. translators: help text for delete subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:129 +#. translators: help text for delete subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:129 msgid "Delete an existing listen entry ([address:]port)" msgstr "حذف إدخال استماع موجود ([العنوان:]المنفذ)" -#. translators: help text for list subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:135 +#. translators: help text for list subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:135 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "سرد الإدخالات المكوَنة" -#. translators: help text for enable subcommand (modules command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:143 +#. translators: help text for enable subcommand (modules command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:143 msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to enable" msgstr "قائمة الوحدات النمطية المفصولة بفاصلة المطلوب تمكينها" -#. translators: help text for disable subcommand (modules command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:151 +#. translators: help text for disable subcommand (modules command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:151 msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to disable" msgstr "قائمة الوحدات النمطية المفصولة بفاصلة المطلوب تعطيلها" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:155 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:155 msgid "Create new virtual host" msgstr "إنشاء مضيف ظاهري جديد" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:158 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:158 msgid "Delete existing virtual host" msgstr "حذف مضيف ظاهري موجود" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:162 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:162 msgid "Set selected virtual host as default host" msgstr "تعيين المضيف الافتراضي المحدد كمضيف افتراضي" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:166 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:166 msgid "Set wizard mode \"on\" or \"off\"." msgstr "تعيين وضع المعالج \"تشغيل\" أو \"إيقاف تشغيل\"." -#. translators: error message in configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:238 +#. translators: error message in configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:238 msgid "Configured host not specified" msgstr "لم يتم تحديد المضيف المكوَّن" -#. translators: error message in configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 +#. translators: error message in configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 msgid "Only existing hosts can be specified as the host to configure" msgstr "لا يمكن تحديد إلا الأجهزة المضيفة الموجودة كمضيف مطلوب تكوينه" -#. translators: popup error message when validate servername -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885 +#. translators: popup error message when validate servername +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885 msgid "Invalid server name." msgstr "اسم الخادم غير صالح." -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:288 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:288 msgid "Invalid server admin." msgstr "مسؤول الخادم غير صالح." -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:311 src/clients/http-server.rb:500 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:311 src/clients/http-server.rb:500 msgid "Validate error " msgstr "مراجعة الخطأ " -#. translators: heading for the "modules list" command line action output -#. please, try to align the texts if possible. -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:339 +#. translators: heading for the "modules list" command line action output +#. please, try to align the texts if possible. +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:339 msgid "" "Status \tModule\n" "==================" @@ -136,183 +136,190 @@ "الحالة \tالوحدة النمطية\n" "==================" -#. translators: server module status -#. translators: service status radio button label -#. if ((mod["default"]:"0" == "1") && (!contains(modules, name))) YaST::HTTPDData::ModifyModuleList ([name], true); -#. translators: server module status -#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); -#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181 +#. translators: server module status +#. translators: service status radio button label +#. if ((mod["default"]:"0" == "1") && (!contains(modules, name))) YaST::HTTPDData::ModifyModuleList ([name], true); +#. translators: server module status +#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); +#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#. translators: server module status -#. translators: service status radio button label -#. translators: server module status -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168 +#. translators: server module status +#. translators: service status radio button label +#. translators: server module status +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "معطَّل" -#. y2milestone("Ruby support %1", enable_ruby); -#. create list of all standard modules -#. create temporary list of maps from modules -#. translators: list of known and unknown modules -#. translators: server module status unknown -#. list of all installed modules -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208 +#. y2milestone("Ruby support %1", enable_ruby); +#. create list of all standard modules +#. create temporary list of maps from modules +#. translators: list of known and unknown modules +#. translators: server module status unknown +#. list of all installed modules +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208 msgid "unknown" msgstr "غير معروف" -#. translators: heading for the "listen list" command line action output -#. please, try to align the texts if possible. -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:376 +#. translators: heading for the "listen list" command line action output +#. please, try to align the texts if possible. +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:376 msgid "Listen Statements:" msgstr "تعبيرات الاستماع:" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:382 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:382 msgid "All interfaces" msgstr "كافة الواجهات" -#. FIXME: check, if new address and port are correct values (if address is from machine's interfaces) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:416 +#. FIXME: check, if new address and port are correct values (if address is from machine's interfaces) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:416 msgid "Can use only existing interfaces" msgstr "يمكن استخدام الواجهات الموجودة فقط" -#. translators: error message in "listen add" command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:423 +#. translators: error message in "listen add" command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:423 msgid "The listen statement '%1' is already configured." msgstr "تم مسبقًا تكوين تعبير الاستماع '%1'." -#. translators: error message in "listen delete" command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:438 +#. translators: error message in "listen delete" command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:438 msgid "Can remove only existing listeners" msgstr "يمكن إزالة المستقبلات الموجودة فقط" -#. check the command to be present exactly once -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:460 +#. check the command to be present exactly once +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:460 msgid "Hosts list:" msgstr "قائمة الأجهزة المضيفة:" -#. create -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:471 +#. create +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:471 msgid "Some parameter missing" msgstr "بعض المعلمات غير موجودة" -#. remove and setdefault -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:520 +#. remove and setdefault +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:520 msgid "Argument can be only existing host" msgstr "يمكن أن تكون الوسيطة مضيفًا موجودًا فقط" -#. popup - it is already the default host -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:526 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1324 +#. popup - it is already the default host +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:526 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1324 msgid "The host is already default." msgstr "هذا المضيف افتراضي بالفعل." -#. remove the old non-default host -#. translators: popup error message - default host cannot be deleted -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:559 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1242 +#. remove the old non-default host +#. translators: popup error message - default host cannot be deleted +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:559 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1242 msgid "Cannot delete the default host." msgstr "تعذر حذف المضيف الافتراضي." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: include/http-server/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of http-server -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnov@suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:32 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/http-server/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of http-server +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnov@suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:32 msgid "Listen Ports and Addresses" msgstr "استماع إلى المنافذ والعناوين" -#. `HSpacing (1), -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#. `HSpacing (1), +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Server Modules" msgstr "الوحدات النمطية للخادم" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" #: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Main Host" msgstr "المضيف الرئيسي" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Hosts" msgstr "الأجهزة المضيفة" -#. Run server overview dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#. translators: initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:200 +#. Run server overview dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. translators: initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:200 msgid "HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "تكوين خادم HTTP" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:169 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Host '%1' Configuration" msgstr "تكوين المضيف '%1'" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:212 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:212 msgid "Configured Hosts" msgstr "الأجهزة المضيفة المكوَّنة" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:243 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "New Host Information" msgstr "معلومات المضيف الجديد" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:269 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:269 msgid "Virtual Host Details" msgstr "تفاصيل المضيف الظاهري" -#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:299 +#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "SSL Configuration for '%1'" msgstr "تكوين SSL لـ '%1'" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302 +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302 #: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 msgid "Default Host" msgstr "المضيف الافتراضي" -#. translators: pop up menu -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:324 +#. translators: pop up menu +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Certificates" msgstr "شهادات" -#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "&Import Server Certificate..." msgstr "ا&ستيراد شهادة الخادم..." -#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:329 +#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:329 msgid "&Use Common Server Certificate" msgstr "&استخدام شهادة الخادم العامة" -#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:354 +#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:354 msgid "Dir Configuration for '%1'" msgstr "تكوين الدليل لـ '%1'" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:18 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing HTTP Server Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>\n" @@ -322,17 +329,18 @@ "<br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:24 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إيقاف الآن</big></b><br>\n" -"يمكنك إيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</p>\n" +"يمكنك إيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن." +"</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -340,8 +348,8 @@ "<p><b><big>يتم الآن حفظ تكوين خادم HTTP</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:32 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:32 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -351,63 +359,82 @@ "يمكنك إيقاف إجراء الحفظ عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b>.\n" " سيظهر مربع حوار إضافي ويبلغك ما إذا كان هذا الإجراء آمنًا أم لا.</p>\n" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 -msgid "<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80.</p>" -msgstr "<p>تحدد قيمة <b>المنفذ</b> المنفذ الذي يستمع عنده Apache2. القيمة الافتراضية 80.</p>" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The " +"default is 80.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>تحدد قيمة <b>المنفذ</b> المنفذ الذي يستمع عنده Apache2. القيمة الافتراضية " +"80.</p>" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يحتوي الخيار <b>استماع عند الواجهات</b> على قائمة بكافة عناوين IP التي تم تكوينها لهذا المضيف. وتكون عناوين IP التي تم فحصها هي العناوين التي يستمع عندها Apache2. وفي حالة عدم التأكد، قم بفحص كافة العناوين.</p>" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses " +"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 " +"listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يحتوي الخيار <b>استماع عند الواجهات</b> على قائمة بكافة عناوين IP التي تم " +"تكوينها لهذا المضيف. وتكون عناوين IP التي تم فحصها هي العناوين التي يستمع " +"عندها Apache2. وفي حالة عدم التأكد، قم بفحص كافة العناوين.</p>" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>" msgstr "<p>قم هنا بتمكين لغات اسكربت التي يجب أن يدعمها خادم Apache2.</p>" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يعرض الملخص الإعدادات التي ستتم كتابتها إلى تكوين Apache2 عندما تقوم بضغط <b>إنهاء</b>.</p>" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "" +"<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 " +"configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يعرض الملخص الإعدادات التي ستتم كتابتها إلى تكوين Apache2 عندما تقوم بضغط " +"<b>إنهاء</b>.</p>" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 +#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>HTTP Server Expert Configuration</b> \n" -"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration.</p>" +"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." +"</p>" msgstr "" "<p>اضغط <b>تكوين الخبير لخادم HTTP</b> \n" "\t\tلإنشاء تكوين أكثر تفصيلاً قبل كتابة التكوين.</p>" -#. module dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 +#. module dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing HTTP Server Modules</big></b><br>\n" "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" "The first column contains the name of the module. \n" "The second column shows whether the module should be\n" -"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" +"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column " +"displays a short description\n" "of the module.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>تحرير الوحدات النمطية لخادم HTTP</big></b><br>\n" "يحتوي الجدول على قائمة بكافة وحدات Apache2 النمطية المتاحة.\n" "يحتوي العمود الأول على اسم الوحدة النمطية. \n" "ويُظهر العمود الثاني ما إذا كان يجب\n" -"تحميل الوحدة النمطية بواسطة الخادم. وسيتم تحميل الوحدات النمطية الممكَّنة. بينما يعرض العمود الأخير وصفًا قصيرًا\n" +"تحميل الوحدة النمطية بواسطة الخادم. وسيتم تحميل الوحدات النمطية الممكَّنة. " +"بينما يعرض العمود الأخير وصفًا قصيرًا\n" "للوحدة النمطية.</p" -#. module dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 +#. module dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>To change the status of a module, \n" -"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</p>\n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>لتغيير حالة إحدى الوحدات النمطية، اختر \n" "الإدخال المناسب في الجدول وانقر فوق <b>تبديل الحالة</b>.</p>\n" -#. module dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 +#. module dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p>If you need to add a module not listed in the table, \n" "use <b>Add Module</b>.</p>\n" @@ -415,19 +442,20 @@ "<p>إذا كنت تريد إضافة وحدة نمطية غير مدرجة \n" "بالجدول، استخدم <b>إضافة وحدة نمطية</b>.</p>\n" -#. apache service enabling help 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 +#. apache service enabling help 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>HTTP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, choose\n" +"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, " +"choose\n" "<b>Disabled</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إعدادات خادم HTTP</big></b><br>\n" "تنشيط خادم HTTP من خلال اختيار <b>مُمكّن</b>. لإلغاء التنشيط، اختر\n" "<b>معطل</b>.</p>\n" -#. firewall adapting help 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:81 +#. firewall adapting help 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p>By enabling <b>Open Firewall on Selected Ports</b>, \n" "adapt the firewall according the ports on which Apache2 listens. \n" @@ -439,8 +467,8 @@ "ولا تتم إضافة واجهات جدار الحماية أو حذفها. \n" "لا يتوفر هذا الخيار إلا عند تمكين جدار الحماية.</p>\n" -#. server configuration overview help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88 +#. server configuration overview help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p>The list of options presents\n" "several parts of the server configuration. <b>Listen On</b>\n" @@ -464,88 +492,110 @@ "كمضيف افتراضي (احتياطي). وفي حالة عدم تحديد اسم الخادم\n" "للمضيف الافتراضي، يتم عرض مسار إلى جذر المستند للمضيف\n" "الافتراضي.\n" -"ويحتوي الخيار <b>الأجهزة المضيفة</b> على قائمة بالأجهزة المضيفة المكوَّنة للخادم.</p>\n" +"ويحتوي الخيار <b>الأجهزة المضيفة</b> على قائمة بالأجهزة المضيفة المكوَّنة " +"للخادم.</p>\n" -#. server configuration overview help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 -msgid "<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change settings.</p>" -msgstr "<p>اختر إدخالاً مناسبًا من الجدول وانقر فوق <b>تحرير</b> لتغيير الإعدادات.</p>" +#. server configuration overview help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to " +"change settings.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>اختر إدخالاً مناسبًا من الجدول وانقر فوق <b>تحرير</b> لتغيير الإعدادات.</p>" -#. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 +#. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 msgid "<p><b>Log Files</b> displays server log files.</p>" msgstr "<p>يعرض <b>ملفات السجل</b> ملفات سجل الخادم.</p>" -#. hosts list help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 +#. hosts list help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured Hosts</big></b><br>\n" "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" -"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" +"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is " +"used if no other host\n" "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" "press <b>Set as Default</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>الأجهزة المضيفة المكوَّنة</big></b><br>\n" -"هذه قائمة بالأجهزة المضيفة المكوَّنة بالفعل. ويتم وضع علامة على أحد الأجهزة المضيفة\n" -"على أنه افتراضي (العلامة النجمية بجوار اسم الخادم). ويتم استخدام المضيف الافتراضي في حالة عدم مطابقة أحد الخوادم الأخرى مع\n" +"هذه قائمة بالأجهزة المضيفة المكوَّنة بالفعل. ويتم وضع علامة على أحد الأجهزة " +"المضيفة\n" +"على أنه افتراضي (العلامة النجمية بجوار اسم الخادم). ويتم استخدام المضيف " +"الافتراضي في حالة عدم مطابقة أحد الخوادم الأخرى مع\n" "أحد الطلبات الواردة. ولتعيين أحد الأجهزة المضيفة\n" "كافتراضي، اضغط <b>تعيين كافتراضي</b>.</p>\n" -#. hosts list help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 +#. hosts list help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the host.\n" -"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change " +"the host.\n" +"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click " +"<b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>اختر إدخالاً مناسبًا من الجدول وانقر فوق <b>تحرير</b> لتغيير المضيف.\n" -"ولإضافة مضيف، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>. ولإزالة مضيف، حدده وانقر فوق <b>حذف</b>.</p>" +"ولإضافة مضيف، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>. ولإزالة مضيف، حدده وانقر فوق <b>حذف</b>." +"</p>" -#. host editing help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 +#. host editing help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\n" -"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then " +"click <b>Edit</b>.\n" +"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and " +"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>تكوين المضيف</big></b><br>\n" -"لتحرير إعدادات المضيف، اختر الإدخال مناسب في الجدول، ثم انقر فوق <b>تحرير</b>.\n" -"ولإضافة خيار جديد، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>. ولإزالة أحد الخيارات، حدده وانقر فوق <b>حذف</b>.</p>" +"لتحرير إعدادات المضيف، اختر الإدخال مناسب في الجدول، ثم انقر فوق <b>تحرير</" +"b>.\n" +"ولإضافة خيار جديد، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>. ولإزالة أحد الخيارات، حدده وانقر " +"فوق <b>حذف</b>.</p>" -#. host editing help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 +#. host editing help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Server Resolution</b> options set the resolution when using\n" -"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</b>,\n" +"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</" +"b>,\n" "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>" +"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use " +"<b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>" msgstr "" "تعمل خيارات <p><b>تحديد الخادم</b> على تعيين الدقة عند استخدام\n" -"\tالأجهزة المضيفة الظاهرية. ومع ذلك، عند اختيارك <b>تحديد من خلال رؤوس HTTP</b>، \n" +"\tالأجهزة المضيفة الظاهرية. ومع ذلك، عند اختيارك <b>تحديد من خلال رؤوس HTTP</" +"b>، \n" "\t فلن يُخدم الخادم الافتراضي طلبات لعنوان IP \n" -"\t للاسم القائم على جهاز المضيف الظاهري. إذا كنت تخطط لتكوين SSL قائم على vhos، فاستخدم <b>تحديد من خلال عنوان IP المستخدَم</b></p>" +"\t للاسم القائم على جهاز المضيف الظاهري. إذا كنت تخطط لتكوين SSL قائم على " +"vhos، فاستخدم <b>تحديد من خلال عنوان IP المستخدَم</b></p>" -#. listen dialog editor help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 +#. listen dialog editor help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p><b><big><i>Listen</i> Settings for a Host</big></b><br>\n" -"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" +"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network " +"interfaces\n" "where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إعدادات <i>الاستماع</i> لمضيف</big></b><br>\n" "تسمح تعليمات <i>الاستماع</i> بتحديد المنافذ وواجهات الشبكات\n" "التي يستمع عندها خادم HTTP للطلبات الواردة.</p>\n" -#. listen dialog editor help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 +#. listen dialog editor help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the entry.\n" -"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change " +"the entry.\n" +"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and " +"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>اختر إدخالاً مناسبًا في الجدول ثم انقر فوق <b>تحرير</b> لتغيير الإدخال.\n" -"ولإضافة إدخال جديد، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>. ولإزالة إدخال، حدده ثم انقر فوق <b>حذف</b>.</p>" +"ولإضافة إدخال جديد، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>. ولإزالة إدخال، حدده ثم انقر فوق " +"<b>حذف</b>.</p>" -#. ssl options dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 +#. ssl options dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SSL Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "This is a list of options related to the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) settings\n" @@ -557,30 +607,35 @@ "للمضيف. ويسمح بروتوكول SSL بالاتصال الآمن مع المضيف\n" "من خلال اتصال مشفر.</p>\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 +#. ssl options dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<p>General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" -"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access " +"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>يتم تحديد السلوك العام بواسطة خيار SSL. لا يدعم المضيف\n" -"SSL على الإطلاق (<tt>بدون SSL</tt>)، أو يسمح بالوصول بدون استخدام SSL وباستخدام SSL (<tt>مسموح</tt>),\n" +"SSL على الإطلاق (<tt>بدون SSL</tt>)، أو يسمح بالوصول بدون استخدام SSL " +"وباستخدام SSL (<tt>مسموح</tt>),\n" "أو لا يقبل إلا الاتصالات المشفرة من خلال SSL (<tt>مطلوب</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 +#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the option.\n" -"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change " +"the option.\n" +"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and " +"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>اختر خيارًا مناسبًا في الجدول، وانقر فوق <b>تحرير</b> لتغيير الخيار.\n" -"ولإضافة خيار جديد، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>. ولإزالة أحد الخيارات، حدده ثم انقر فوق <b>حذف</b>.</p>" +"ولإضافة خيار جديد، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>. ولإزالة أحد الخيارات، حدده ثم انقر " +"فوق <b>حذف</b>.</p>" -#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 +#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Certificates</b> menu allows \n" "importing server certificates. <b>Import Server Certificate</b> \n" @@ -594,52 +649,58 @@ "يقوم الخيار <b>استخدام الشهادة العامة</b> بتكوين استخدام الشهادة العامة\n" "التي تم إصدارها لهذا المضيف.</p>\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171 +#. ssl options dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "<p><b>Note:</b> If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" "module should be loaded by the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>ملاحظة:</b> إذا قمت بتمكين SSL لمضيف، يجب تحميل الوحدة النمطية <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" +"<p><b>ملاحظة:</b> إذا قمت بتمكين SSL لمضيف، يجب تحميل الوحدة النمطية " +"<tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" "بواسطة الخادم.</p>\n" -#. new host dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 +#. new host dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<p><b><big>New Host</big></b><br>\n" -"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host.</p>" +"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." +"</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>مضيف جديد</big></b><br>\n" "يسمح مربع الحوار هذا بإدخال معلومات أساسية حول مضيف ظاهري جديد.</p>" -#. new host dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 +#. new host dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<p><b>Server Identification</b> specifies the content and\n" -"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS name returned as a part\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS " +"name returned as a part\n" "of the HTTP headers of the server response. <b>Server Contents Root</b>\n" "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" "this virtual host. <b>Administrator E-Mail</b> allows setup of an e-mail\n" "address for feedback about this host.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>يحدد <b>تعريف الخادم</b> المحتوى\n" -"والعرض التقديمي للمضيف الظاهري الجديد. ويعتبر <b>اسم الخادم</b> اسم DNS الذي يتم إرجاعه\n" +"والعرض التقديمي للمضيف الظاهري الجديد. ويعتبر <b>اسم الخادم</b> اسم DNS الذي " +"يتم إرجاعه\n" "كجزء من رؤوس HTTP لاستجابة الخادم. ويعتبر <b>جذر محتويات الخادم</b>\n" "مسارًا مطلقًا إلى دليل يحتوي على كافة المستندات التي يوفرها هذا\n" "المضيف الافتراضي. ويسمح <b>البريد الإلكتروني للمسؤول</b> بإعداد عنوان \n" "بريد إلكتروني للتغذية الرجعية حول هذا المضيف.</p>\n" -#. new host dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188 +#. new host dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server Resolution</b></big><br>\n" "Apache2 must be able to determine which virtual host\n" "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" -"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual " +"host\n" "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b>\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</" +"b>\n" "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>تحديد الخادم</b></big><br>\n" @@ -649,47 +710,58 @@ " من الطلبات الواردة، يبحث الخادم عن اسم لجهاز المضيف المحدد بواسطة\n" "رؤوس طلب HTTP. الاحتمالية الأخرى هي لتحديد جهاز المضيف الظاهري\n" "من خلال عنوان IP المستخدم بواسطة العميل عند اتصاله بالخادم.\n" -"إذا كنت تخطط لتكوين SSL قائم على vhost، قم باستخدام <b>تحديد من خلال عنوان IP المستخدَم</b>\n" +"إذا كنت تخطط لتكوين SSL قائم على vhost، قم باستخدام <b>تحديد من خلال عنوان " +"IP المستخدَم</b>\n" "راجع دليل Apache2 للحصول على مزيد من التفاصيل.</p>\n" -#. advanced new host dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 +#. advanced new host dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Details for New Host</big></b><br>\n" -"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host.</p>" +"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual " +"host.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>تفاصيل المضيف الجديد</big></b><br>\n" "يسمح مربع الحوار هذا بتحديد معلومات إضافية حول مضيف ظاهري جديد.</p>" -#. advanced new host dialog 2/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 +#. advanced new host dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Enable CGI Support</b>\n" -"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" +"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias " +"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>حدد <b>تمكين دعم CGI</b>\n" -"لتشغيل لغات اسكربت CGI في المسار في <b>مسار دليل CGI</b> باستخدام الاسم المستعار <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" +"لتشغيل لغات اسكربت CGI في المسار في <b>مسار دليل CGI</b> باستخدام الاسم " +"المستعار <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" -#. advanced new host dialog 3/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 +#. advanced new host dialog 3/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<p>For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select <b>Enable SSL Support</b>.\n" "\n" "Then enter the path for the certificate file in <b>Certificate File\n" "Path</b>.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>لوصول HTTPS إلى الجهاز المضيف الظاهري هذا، قم بتحديد <b>تمكين دعم SSL</b>.\n" +"<p>لوصول HTTPS إلى الجهاز المضيف الظاهري هذا، قم بتحديد <b>تمكين دعم SSL</" +"b>.\n" "\n" "وبعد ذلك أدخل المسار لملف الشهادة في <b>ملف الشهادة\n" "المسار</b>.يتوفر هذا الخيار فقط لعنوان IP القائم على vhosts.</p>\n" -#. advanced new host dialog 4/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>" -msgstr "<p>في <b>فهرس الدليل</b>، أدخل قائمة الملفات المفصولة بمسافة التي يجب على Apache البحث عنها وتوفيرها عندما يتم طلب عنوان URL لأحد الدلائل (دليل ينتهي بالحرف <tt>/</tt>). ويتم توفير أول ملف مطابق يتم العثور عليه.</p>" +#. advanced new host dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 +msgid "" +"<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that " +"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends " +"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>في <b>فهرس الدليل</b>، أدخل قائمة الملفات المفصولة بمسافة التي يجب على " +"Apache البحث عنها وتوفيرها عندما يتم طلب عنوان URL لأحد الدلائل (دليل ينتهي " +"بالحرف <tt>/</tt>). ويتم توفير أول ملف مطابق يتم العثور عليه.</p>" -#. advanced new host dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 +#. advanced new host dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><b>Public HTML</b>\n" "\n" @@ -699,130 +771,135 @@ "\n" "بتمكين الوصول إلى دلائل <tt>.public_html</tt> لكافة المستخدمين.</p>" -#. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. -#. -#. @param [String] arg the Listen string -#. @param [Fixnum] id the id of this item -#. @return [Yast::Term] term for the table -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: Listen type for all addresses; -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. +#. +#. @param [String] arg the Listen string +#. @param [Fixnum] id the id of this item +#. @return [Yast::Term] term for the table +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: Listen type for all addresses; +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type #: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300 msgid "All Addresses" msgstr "كافة العناوين" -#. Sequention used for determining on which ip adresses and port apache2 will listen and if firewall is enebled -#. whether to open firewall on this port. -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:24 +#. Sequention used for determining on which ip adresses and port apache2 will listen and if firewall is enebled +#. whether to open firewall on this port. +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:24 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (1/5)--Network Device Selection" msgstr "معالج خادم (HTTP (1/5--تحديد جهاز الشبكة" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:41 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:41 msgid "Network Device Selection" msgstr "تحديد جهاز الشبكة" -#. Sequence to choose some script language modules -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:125 +#. Sequence to choose some script language modules +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:125 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (2/5)--Modules" msgstr "معالج خادم (HTTP (2/5--الوحدات النمطية" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:130 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:130 msgid "Modules" msgstr "الوحدات النمطية" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:168 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:168 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#. Sequence to configure default host parameters -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:186 +#. Sequence to configure default host parameters +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:186 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (3/5)--Default Host" msgstr "معالج خادم (HTTP (3/5--المضيف الافتراضي" -#. Sequence to cunfigure virtual hosts (add, remove, edit) and to change default host status -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:260 +#. Sequence to cunfigure virtual hosts (add, remove, edit) and to change default host status +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:260 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (4/5)--Virtual Hosts" msgstr "معالج خادم (HTTP (4/5--الأجهزة المضيفة الظاهرية" -#. Sequence to configure whether apache2 starts on boot or not (manually). Here is possible -#. save all settings and exit or start expert configuration. -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:291 +#. Sequence to configure whether apache2 starts on boot or not (manually). Here is possible +#. save all settings and exit or start expert configuration. +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:291 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (5/5)--Summary" msgstr "معالج خادم (HTTP (5/5--الملخص" -#. translators: initialization dialog message -#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:202 +#. translators: initialization dialog message +#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:202 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "تهيئة ..." -#. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 +#. HttpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين خادم HTTP" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "التحقق من البيئة" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 msgid "Read Apache2 configuration" msgstr "قراءة تكوين Apache2" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "قراءة تكوين الشبكة" -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من البيئة..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة تكوين Apache2..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة تكوين الشبكة..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. on(); -#. translators: progress step -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510 +#. translators: progress finished +#. on(); +#. translators: progress step +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. notification about package needed 1/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185 -msgid "<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>" +#. notification about package needed 1/2 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185 +msgid "" +"<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</" +"p>" msgstr "<p>لتكوين خادم HTTP، يجب تثبيت <b>%1</b> حزمة (حزم).</p>" -#. notification about package needed 2/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189 +#. notification about package needed 2/2 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189 msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>هل تريد التثبيت الآن؟</p>" -#. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195 +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195 msgid "" "The package %1 is not available.\n" "\n" @@ -836,54 +913,54 @@ "\n" "بدون تثبيت الحزمة." -#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247 +#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file +#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247 msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist." msgstr "ملف التكوين '%1' غير موجود." -#. off(); -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279 +#. off(); +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279 msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine." msgstr "لا يوجد أي خادم من خوادم DNS قيد التشغيل على هذا الجهاز." -#. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402 +#. HttpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402 msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين خادم HTTP" -#. translators: progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413 +#. translators: progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413 msgid "Write the Apache2 settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات Apache2" -#. translators: progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 +#. translators: progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 msgid "Enable Apache2 service" msgstr "تمكين خدمة Apache2" -#. translators: progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418 +#. translators: progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418 msgid "Disable Apache2 service" msgstr "تعطيل خدمة Apache2" -#. translators: progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422 +#. translators: progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات..." -#. translators: progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 +#. translators: progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "يتم الآن تمكين خدمة Apache2..." -#. translators: progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427 +#. translators: progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427 msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "يتم الآن تعطيل خدمة Apache2..." -#. install required RPMs for modules -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441 +#. install required RPMs for modules +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441 msgid "" "The enabled modules require\n" "installation of some of these additional packages:\n" @@ -895,18 +972,18 @@ "%1\n" "هل تريد تثبيتها الآن؟\n" -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550 msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring." msgstr "وصف الوحدة النمطية ليس باسم محدد، يتم التجاهل." -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562 msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1" msgstr "تغيير غير معروف للوحدة النمطية الخاصة بالتثبيت التلقائي: %1" -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581 msgid "" "Default value for module %1 does not match.\n" "This can cause inconsistent module configuration." @@ -914,251 +991,251 @@ "القيمة الافتراضية للوحدة النمطية %1 غير متطابقة.\n" "يمكن أن يؤدي ذلك إلى تكوين غير متسق للوحدة النمطية." -#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596 +#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596 msgid "Listen statement without port found." msgstr "تم العثور على تعبير استماع بدون منفذ." -#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730 +#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730 msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>" msgstr "<h3>استماع عند</h3>" -#. "Default host" information -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750 +#. "Default host" information +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750 msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>" msgstr "<h3>المضيف الافتراضي</h3>" -#. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799 +#. translators: assiciation server name with document root +#. translators: assiciation server name with document root +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799 msgid " in " msgstr " في " -#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled -#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 +#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled +#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid "enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid "disabled" msgstr "معطَّل" -#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 +#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>" msgstr "<h3>الأجهزة المضيفة الظاهرية</h3>" -#. menu button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:63 +#. menu button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:63 msgid "&Log Files" msgstr "&ملفات السجل" -#. menu button item -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:66 +#. menu button item +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:66 msgid "Show &Access Log" msgstr "إظهار &سجل الوصول" -#. menu button item -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:68 +#. menu button item +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:68 msgid "Show &Error Log" msgstr "إظهار &سجل الأخطاء" -#. table cell description -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:121 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:127 +#. table cell description +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:121 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:127 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "اسم الخادم" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:134 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:134 msgid "Document Root" msgstr "جذر المستند" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:143 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:143 msgid "Server Administrator E-Mail" msgstr "البريد الإلكتروني لمسؤول الخادم" -#. table cell description -#. translators: frame title for method of incoming request resolution -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:154 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:664 +#. table cell description +#. translators: frame title for method of incoming request resolution +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:154 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:664 msgid "Server Resolution" msgstr "تحديد الخادم" -#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts -#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:162 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:679 +#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts +#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:162 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:679 msgid "Determine Request Server by HTTP &Headers" msgstr "تحديد خادم الطلب حسب رؤ&وس HTTP" -#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts -#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:164 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:688 +#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts +#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:164 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:688 msgid "Determine Request Server by Server IP &Address" msgstr "تحديد خادم الطلب ح&سب عنوان IP للخادم" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:171 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:171 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "عنوان IP" -#. translator: server enable/disable radio button group -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:350 +#. translator: server enable/disable radio button group +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:350 msgid "HTTP &Service" msgstr "&خدمة HTTP" -#. translators: radio button group label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:387 +#. translators: radio button group label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:387 msgid "Listen on Ports:" msgstr "استماع عند المنافذ:" -#. table header -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:392 +#. table header +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:392 msgid "Network Address" msgstr "عنوان الشبكة" -#. table header -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:394 +#. table header +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:394 msgid "Port" msgstr "المنفذ" -#. table header: module name -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:422 +#. table header: module name +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:422 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#. table header: module status -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:424 +#. table header: module status +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:424 msgid "Status" msgstr "الحالة" -#. table header: module description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:426 +#. table header: module description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:426 msgid "Description" msgstr "الوصف" -#. translators: toggle button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:434 +#. translators: toggle button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:434 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "تبدي&ل الحالة" -#. translators: add user-defined module button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:440 +#. translators: add user-defined module button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:440 msgid "&Add Module" msgstr "إ&ضافة وحدة نمطية" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:552 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:552 msgid "Directory" msgstr "الدليل" -#. translators: text entry -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:558 +#. translators: text entry +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:558 msgid "&Port:" msgstr "الم&نفذ:" -#. translators: multi selection box -#. translators: multi selection box -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474 +#. translators: multi selection box +#. translators: multi selection box +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474 msgid "&Listen on Interfaces" msgstr "&استماع عند الواجهات" -#. translators: radiobutton - to start Apache2 service automatically -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:596 +#. translators: radiobutton - to start Apache2 service automatically +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:596 msgid "Start Apache2 Server When Booting" msgstr "بدء تشغيل خادم Apache2 عند التشغيل" -#. translators: radiobutton - to don't start Apache2 service -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:600 +#. translators: radiobutton - to don't start Apache2 service +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:600 msgid "Start Apache2 Server Manually" msgstr "بدء تشغيل خادم Apache2 يدويًا" -#. translators: button to enter expert configuration -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:608 +#. translators: button to enter expert configuration +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:608 msgid "&HTTP Server Expert Configuration..." msgstr "تكوين الخ&بير لخادم HTTP..." -#. translators: frame title for new hsot identification details -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:631 +#. translators: frame title for new hsot identification details +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:631 msgid "Server Identification" msgstr "تعريف الخادم" -#. translators: textentry, new host server name -#. translators: textentry to set the host name -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:634 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1180 +#. translators: textentry, new host server name +#. translators: textentry to set the host name +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:634 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1180 msgid "Server &Name:" msgstr "ا&سم الخادم:" -#. translators: textentry, document root for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:637 +#. translators: textentry, document root for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:637 msgid "Server &Contents Root:" msgstr "جذر م&حتويات الخادم:" -#. translators: textentry, administrator's e-mail for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:641 +#. translators: textentry, administrator's e-mail for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:641 msgid "&Administrator E-Mail:" msgstr "البري&د الإلكتروني للمسؤول:" -#. translators: IP address for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:668 +#. translators: IP address for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:668 msgid "VirtualHost" msgstr "المضيف الظاهري" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:669 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:669 msgid "Change VirtualHost ID" msgstr "تغيير معرف المضيف الظاهري" -#. translators: frame title for virtual host identification details -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:716 +#. translators: frame title for virtual host identification details +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:716 msgid "CGI Options" msgstr "خيارات CGI" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:722 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:722 msgid "Enable &CGI for This Virtual Host" msgstr "تم&كين CGI لهذا المضيف الظاهري" -#. translators: textentry, certificate file path -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:727 +#. translators: textentry, certificate file path +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:727 msgid "CGI &Directory Path" msgstr "م&سار دليل CGI" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:737 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:737 msgid "SSL Support" msgstr "دعم SSL" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:743 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:743 msgid "Enable &SSL Support for This Virtual Host" msgstr "تمكين &دعم SSL لهذا المضيف الظاهري" -#. translators: textentry, certificate file path -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:750 +#. translators: textentry, certificate file path +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:750 msgid "&Certificate File Path" msgstr "مسار ملف ال&شهادة" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:755 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:755 msgid "&Certificate Key File Path" msgstr "م&سار ملف مفتاح الشهادة" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:763 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:763 msgid "Directory Options" msgstr "خيارات الدليل" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:764 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:764 msgid "&Directory Index" msgstr "فهرس الد&ليل" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:768 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:768 msgid "Public HTML" msgstr "HTML العامة" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:769 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:769 msgid "Enable &Public HTML" msgstr "تم&كين HTML العامة" -#. these are for future use: -#. error message - the entered ip address is not found -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:803 +#. these are for future use: +#. error message - the entered ip address is not found +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:803 msgid "" "The IP address is not configured\n" "on this machine." @@ -1166,59 +1243,61 @@ "عنوان IP غير مكوَّن\n" "على هذا الجهاز." -#. translators: popup error message when validate server ip -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:923 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server ip +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:923 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "عنوان IP غير صالح." -#. translators: popup error message when validate server -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943 msgid "The default host cannot be configured with SSL support." msgstr "تعذر تكوين المضيف الافتراضي باستخدام دعم SSL." -#. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 +#. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 msgid "When no Server name is defined, hostname will be used instead." msgstr "عند عدم تعريف أي اسم للخادم، سيتم استخدام اسم المضيف بدلاً منه." -#. translators: popup error message when validate server -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 msgid "Server name cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن ترك حقل اسم الخادم فارغًا." -#. error message - the entered server name is already configured -#. in another virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 +#. error message - the entered server name is already configured +#. in another virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 msgid "The server name entered is already configured on another virtual host." msgstr "اسم الخادم الذي تم إدخاله مكوَّن بالفعل على مضيف ظاهري آخر." -#. error message - the entered ip address is already -#. configured for another virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1010 +#. error message - the entered ip address is already +#. configured for another virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1010 msgid "The IP address is already configured on another virtual host" msgstr "تم بالفعل تكوين عنوان IP في جهاز مضيف ظاهري آخر" -#. translators: popup error message when validate ServerAdmin -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1026 +#. translators: popup error message when validate ServerAdmin +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1026 msgid "Administrator E-Mail is invalid." msgstr "البريد الإلكتروني للمسؤول غير صالح." -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1073 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1117 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1117 msgid "&Reload HTTP Server" msgstr "إ&عادة تحميل خادم HTTP" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1078 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1122 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1078 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1122 msgid "Save Settings and Re&start HTTP Server" msgstr "حفظ الإعدادات وإعادة بدء &خادم HTTP" -#. translators: popup description on changing the default host -#. the old default host is changed to a virtual one, but it may -#. miss some needed information. the popup asks to set them. -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1166 +#. translators: popup description on changing the default host +#. the old default host is changed to a virtual one, but it may +#. miss some needed information. the popup asks to set them. +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1166 msgid "" "The current default host will be replaced by \n" "the new host and will become a virtual host.\n" @@ -1242,49 +1321,49 @@ "وإلا انقر فوق \"إلغاء\" حتى لا\n" "يتم تغيير المضيف الافتراضي.\n" -#. translators: textentry to set the host IP address -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1183 +#. translators: textentry to set the host IP address +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1183 msgid "Server &IP Address:" msgstr "&عنوان IP للخادم" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1246 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1246 msgid "Delete selected host?" msgstr "هل تريد حذف المضيف المحدد؟" -#. menu button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1380 +#. menu button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1380 msgid "Set as De&fault" msgstr "تعيين كا&فتراضي" -#. options = add(options, $["VALUE":newlist]); -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1639 +#. options = add(options, $["VALUE":newlist]); +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1639 msgid "Choose Document Root" msgstr "اختيار جذر المستند" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1662 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1662 msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن ترك حقل البريد الإلكتروني للمسؤول فارغًا." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 msgid "All addresses (*)" msgstr "كافة العناوين (*)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 msgid "IP Addresses" msgstr "عناوين IP" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 msgid "ServerName" msgstr "اسم الخادم" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن ترك حقل اسم معرف المضيف الظاهري فارغًا." -#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 +#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 msgid "" "To use name-based virtual hosting,\n" "you must designate the IP address on the server\n" @@ -1296,61 +1375,63 @@ "الذي سيقبل الطلبات المقدمة إلى الأجهزة المضيفة.\n" "ويتم استخدام * لكافة العناوين و*:port." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 msgid "Master Zone %1" msgstr "المنطقة الرئيسية %1" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2." msgstr "السجل %1 موجود بالفعل في المنطقة %2." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 msgid "DNS Settings" msgstr "إعدادات DNS" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 msgid "Add to Zone" msgstr "إضافة إلى المنطقة" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "اسم المنطقة" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 msgid "Create New Zone" msgstr "إنشاء منطقة جديدة" -#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 +#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 msgid "CGI Directory" msgstr "دليل CGI" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 msgid "Choose Certificate File" msgstr "اختيار ملف الشهادة" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 msgid "Enter the certificate file." msgstr "أدخل ملف الشهادة." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 msgid "Choose Certificate Key File" msgstr "اختر ملف مفتاح شهادة" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 msgid "Enter the key file." msgstr "أدخل ملف المفتاح." -#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230 +#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate +#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230 msgid "Select Certificate" msgstr "تحديد الشهادة" -#. translators: error message un failed certificate import -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222 +#. translators: error message un failed certificate import +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222 msgid "" "Cannot import certificate\n" "%1" @@ -1358,62 +1439,63 @@ "تعذر استيراد الشهادة\n" "%1" -#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429 +#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429 msgid "Network &Address:" msgstr "عنوان ال&شبكة:" -#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement -#. translators: popup error -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442 +#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement +#. translators: popup error +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442 msgid "Invalid port number." msgstr "رقم المنفذ غير صالح." -#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940 +#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940 msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers" msgstr "تحديد من خلال رؤوس HTTP" -#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943 +#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943 msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used" msgstr "تحديد من خلال عنوان IP المستخدَم" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107 msgid "Modules dependency problem" msgstr "مشكلات تبعية الوحدات النمطية" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 msgid "requires" msgstr "يتطلب" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 msgid "Enable required module or disable first one." msgstr "تمكين الوحدة النمطية المطلوبة أو تعطيل الوحدة الأولى." -#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221 +#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221 msgid "New Module &Name:" msgstr "اسم الوحدة الن&مطية الجديدة:" -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239 msgid "A name for the module to add is required." msgstr "مطلوب إدخال اسم للوحدة النمطية المطلوب إضافتها." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242 msgid "The module is already in the list." msgstr "الوحدة النمطية موجودة بالفعل في القائمة." -#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting -#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305 +#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting +#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305 msgid "The entry '%1' already exists." msgstr "الإدخال '%1' موجود بالفعل." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326 msgid "" "The list of the ports to which the server should\n" "listen cannot be empty." @@ -1421,321 +1503,346 @@ "لا يمكن ترك قائمة المنافذ التي يجب أن يستمع\n" "إليها الخادم فارغة." -#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493 +#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493 msgid "At least one interface must be selected." msgstr "يجب تحديد واجهة واحدة على الأقل." -#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520 +#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520 msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting" msgstr "تمكين &لغة اسكربت PHP5" -#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528 +#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528 msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting" msgstr "تمكين ل&غة اسكربت Perl" -#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536 +#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536 msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting" msgstr "تمكين لغ&ة اسكربت Python" -#. illegal keys in vhost -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 +#. illegal keys in vhost +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 #, perl-format msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'." msgstr "هناك مفتاح غير قانوني في جهاز مضيف ظاهري '%s'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 #, perl-format msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s." msgstr "الخطأ الداخلي: يجب أن تكون البيانات مرجع مصفوفة وليس %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 msgid "Illegal host ID." msgstr "معرف المضيف غير صالح." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 msgid "hostid already exists" msgstr "معرف المضيف موجود بالفعل." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 msgid "can not delete default host" msgstr "تعذر حذف المضيف الافتراضي" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 msgid "hostid not found" msgstr "لم يتم العثور على معرف المضيف" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 msgid "illegal port" msgstr "منفذ غير صالح" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 msgid "writing the firewall rules failed" msgstr "فشلت كتابة قواعد جدار الحماية" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 msgid "listen value to delete not found" msgstr "تعذر العثور على قيمة الاستماع المطلوب حذفها" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID." msgstr "تعذر إحضار مضيف بالمعرف المحدد." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." msgstr "بيانات PEM تالفة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID." msgstr "لم يتم تكوين أي ملف مفتاح شهادة لمعرف المضيف هذا." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgstr "فشل تحليل ملف المفتاح." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID." msgstr "لم يتم تكوين أي ملف شهادة CA لمعرف المضيف هذا." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc." msgstr "يوفر تحكم في الوصول معتمد على اسم مضيف العميل وعنوان IP، إلى آخره." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method" msgstr "تنفيذ لغات اسكربت CGI المعتمدة على نوع الوسائط أو أسلوب الطلب" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 -msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 +msgid "" +"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for " +"URL redirection" msgstr "تعيين أجزاء مختلفة من نظام الملفات في هيكل المستندات ولإعادة توجيه URL" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 msgid "Basic authentication" msgstr "التصديق الأساسي" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 msgid "User authentication using text files" msgstr "التصديق على المستخدم باستخدام الملفات النصية" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 msgid "User Authorization" msgstr "تخويل المستخدم" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files" msgstr "تخويل المجموعة باستخدام ملفات النص العادي" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 msgid "User authentication using DBM files" msgstr "التصديق على المستخدم باستخدام ملفات DBM" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 -msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 +msgid "" +"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" msgstr "يقوم بإنشاء فهارس الدلائل تلقائيًا، وهو مشابه للأمر Unix ls" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 msgid "Execution of CGI scripts" msgstr "تنفيذ لغات اسكربت CGI" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125 msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" -msgstr "توفر لعمليات إعادة توجيه \"الشرطة مائلة في النهاية\" وملفات فهرس الدليل" +msgstr "" +"توفر لعمليات إعادة توجيه \"الشرطة مائلة في النهاية\" وملفات فهرس الدليل" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" msgstr "يقوم بتعديل البيئة التي تم تمريرها إلى لغات اسكربت CGI وصفحات SSI" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144 msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" msgstr "إنشاء رؤوس Expires HTTP وفقًا للمعايير المحددة بواسطة المستخدم" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159 msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" msgstr "مستندات HTML التي تم تحليلها بواسطة الخادم (لغة Server Side Includes)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173 msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server" msgstr "تسجيل الطلبات المقدمة إلى الخادم" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185 -msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185 +msgid "" +"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and " +"content" msgstr "يقوم بإقران امتدادات اسم الملف المطلوب بسلوك الملف ومحتواه" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210 msgid "Provides for content negotiation" msgstr "يوفر تنوع المحتوى" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220 -msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220 +msgid "" +"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the " +"request" msgstr "يسمح بإعداد متغيرات البيئة المعتمدة على سمات الطلب" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231 msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" msgstr "يوفر معلومات حول نشاط الخادم وأدائه" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239 msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group" msgstr "يسمح بلغات اسكربت CGI لتشغيله كمستخدم ومجموعة محددان" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250 msgid "User-specific directories" msgstr "الدلائل الخاصة بالمستخدم" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258 msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers" msgstr "يُرسل الملفات التي تحتوي على رؤوس HTTP الخاصة بها" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264 msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas" msgstr "يسمح للمستخدم \"المجهول\" بالوصول إلى المناطق المصدق عليها" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285 msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication" msgstr "التصديق على المستخدم باستخدام تصديق MD5 الكلي" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300 -msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300 +msgid "" +"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic " +"authentication" msgstr "السماح باستخدام دليل LDAP في تخزين قاعدة البيانات لتصديق HTTP الأساسي" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493 msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" msgstr "الذاكرة المؤقتة للمحتوى المخصصة لمعرفات URI" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335 msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding" msgstr "تحديد ترجمة مجموعة الأحرف أو إعادة ترميزها" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345 msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality" msgstr "وظيفة توزيع التأليف والإصدار (WebDAV)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360 msgid "File system provider for mod_dav" msgstr "موفر نظام الملفات لـ mod_dav" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371 msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client" msgstr "ضغط المحتوى قبل تسليمه للعميل" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390 msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs" msgstr "مدير مخازن الذاكرات المؤقتة للمحتوى المخصص لمعرفات URI" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403 msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules" msgstr "خادم echo لتوضيح الوحدات النمطية للبروتوكولات" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411 -msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411 +msgid "" +"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the " +"client" msgstr "تمرير نص الاستجابة الأساسي عبر برنامج خارجي قبل تسليمه إلى العميل" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424 msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" msgstr "يقوم بتخزين قائمة ثابتة بالملفات مؤقتًا في الذاكرة" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434 msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers" msgstr "تخصيص رؤوس طلبات واستجابات HTTP" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447 msgid "Server-side image map processing" msgstr "معالجة مخطط الصور من جانب الخادم" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458 msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration" msgstr "يوفر نظرة عامة شاملة على تكوين الخادم" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467 -msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" -msgstr "تجمع اتصالات LDAP وخدمات التخزين المؤقت للنتائج لاستخدامها بواسطة وحدات LDAP النمطية" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467 +msgid "" +"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP " +"modules" +msgstr "" +"تجمع اتصالات LDAP وخدمات التخزين المؤقت للنتائج لاستخدامها بواسطة وحدات LDAP " +"النمطية" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487 msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "تسجيل وحدات بايت الإدخال والإخراج لكل طلب" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507 -msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507 +msgid "" +"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" msgstr "يحدد نوع MIME لأحد الملفات بفحص عدد قليل من وحدات البايت في محتواه" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516 msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" msgstr "خادم وكيل/بوابة HTTP/1.1" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564 msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "وحدة دعم AJP mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571 msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling" msgstr "امتداد mod_proxy لمعالجة طلبات الاتصال" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578 msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "الوحدة النمطية لدعم FTP لـ mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584 msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "الوحدة النمطية لدعم HTTP لـ mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590 -msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" -msgstr "يوفر محرك إعادة الكتابة المعتمد على القاعدة لإعادة كتابة عناوين URL المطلوبة ذات المحتوى المتغير" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590 +msgid "" +"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" +msgstr "" +"يوفر محرك إعادة الكتابة المعتمد على القاعدة لإعادة كتابة عناوين URL المطلوبة " +"ذات المحتوى المتغير" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617 msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered" msgstr "يحاول تصحيح عناوين URL غير الصحيحة التي أدخلها المستخدمون" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626 -msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" -msgstr "تشفير قوي باستخدام البروتوكولين \"طبقة مآخذ توصيل آمنة\" (SSL) و\"أمان طبقة النقل\" (TLS)" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626 +msgid "" +"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer " +"Security (TLS) protocols" +msgstr "" +"تشفير قوي باستخدام البروتوكولين \"طبقة مآخذ توصيل آمنة\" (SSL) و\"أمان طبقة " +"النقل\" (TLS)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666 -msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666 +msgid "" +"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" msgstr "يوفر متغير بيئة بمعرف فريد لكل طلب" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672 msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site" msgstr "تسجيل تصفح الإنترنت لنشاط المستخدم على أحد المواقع" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692 msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" msgstr "يوفر دعم الاستضافة الظاهرية الجماعية المكوَّنة ديناميكيًا" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709 msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages" msgstr "يوفر الدعم لصفحات PHP5 المكوَّنة ديناميكيًا" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715 msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages" msgstr "يوفر الدعم لصفحات Perl المكوَّنة ديناميكيًا" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721 msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages" msgstr "يوفر الدعم لصفحات Python المكوَّنة ديناميكيًا" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727 msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache" msgstr "يوفر الدعم لتقييد عمليات AppArmor الفرعية في apache" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740 msgid "Provides support for subversion" msgstr "يوفر هذا الخيار الدعم لإيماءات الماوس" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:22 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:22 msgid "Host not found" msgstr "لم يتم العثور على المضيف" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:58 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:58 #, perl-format msgid "Illegal '%s' parameter" msgstr "معلمة '%s' غير صالحة" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62 msgid "ssl together with \"virtual by name\" is not possible" msgstr "غير مسموح ببروتوكول ssl مع \"ظاهري حسب الاسم\"" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/inetd.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/inetd.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/inetd.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,273 +14,273 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. is this proposal or not? -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:63 +#. is this proposal or not? +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:63 msgid "Configuration of Network Services (xinetd)" msgstr "تكوين خدمات الشبكة (xinetd)" -#. translators: command line help text for "summary" action -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:87 +#. translators: command line help text for "summary" action +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:87 msgid "Show the status of current system services" msgstr "إظهار حالة خدمات النظام الحالية" -#. translators: command line help text for "id" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for "id" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:99 msgid "Unique identifier" msgstr "معرف فريد" -#. translators: command line help text for "service" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:106 +#. translators: command line help text for "service" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:106 msgid "Service name" msgstr "اسم الخدمة" -#. translators: command line help text for "disable" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:113 +#. translators: command line help text for "disable" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:113 msgid "Disable service" msgstr "تعطيل الخدمة" -#. translators: command line help text for "rpc_version" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:121 +#. translators: command line help text for "rpc_version" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:121 msgid "RPC version of RPC service" msgstr "إصدار RPC من الخدمة RPC" -#. translators: command line help text for "socket_type" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:128 +#. translators: command line help text for "socket_type" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:128 msgid "Socket type" msgstr "نوع مأخذ التوصيل" -#. translators: command line help text for "protocol" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:136 +#. translators: command line help text for "protocol" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:136 msgid "Internet (IP) protocols" msgstr "بروتوكولات الإنترنت (IP)" -#. translators: command line help text for "wait" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:144 +#. translators: command line help text for "wait" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:144 msgid "Wait attribute" msgstr "سمة الانتظار" -#. translators: command line help text for "user" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:152 +#. translators: command line help text for "user" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:152 msgid "Determines the uid for the server process" msgstr "تحدد uid (معرف المستخدم) لعملية الخادم" -#. translators: command line help text for "group" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:159 +#. translators: command line help text for "group" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:159 msgid "Determines the gid for the server process" msgstr "تحدد معرف المجموعة لعملية الخادم" -#. translators: command line help text for "server" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:166 +#. translators: command line help text for "server" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:166 msgid "Path name of program to execute" msgstr "اسم مسار البرنامج المطلوب تنفيذه" -#. translators: command line help text for "server_args" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:173 +#. translators: command line help text for "server_args" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:173 msgid "Parameters for server" msgstr "معلمات الخدمة" -#. translators: command line help text for "comment" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:180 +#. translators: command line help text for "comment" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:180 msgid "User comment" msgstr "تعليق المستخدم" -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:345 +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:345 msgid "You must specify a service ID." msgstr "يجب تحديد معرف خدمة." -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:356 +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:356 msgid "Specify the service using a 'service' option." msgstr "حدد الخدمة باستخدام الخيار 'الخدمة'." -#. translators: error message for command line -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:371 src/clients/inetd.rb:391 +#. translators: error message for command line +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:371 src/clients/inetd.rb:391 msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options." msgstr "يتعذر جمع 'المعرف' مع خيارات أخرى." -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Status" msgstr "الحالة" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 msgid "Service" msgstr "الخدمة" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:403 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:403 msgid "Type" msgstr "النوع" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:404 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:404 msgid "Prot." msgstr "بروتوكول" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Wait" msgstr "انتظار" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 msgid "User" msgstr "مستخدم" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Server" msgstr "خادم" -#. id, -#. Translators: Service status: On = running, --- = stopped -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:437 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:191 +#. id, +#. Translators: Service status: On = running, --- = stopped +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:437 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:191 msgid "On" msgstr "تشغيل" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:438 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:438 msgid "Off" msgstr "إيقاف تشغيل" -#. determine wait mode (convert to string) -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 +#. determine wait mode (convert to string) +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 msgid "No" msgstr "لا" -#. create titles -#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:81 +#. create titles +#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Xinetd" msgstr "Xinetd" -#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:82 +#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:82 msgid "&Xinetd" msgstr "&Xinetd" -#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: -#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 +#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: +#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process." msgstr "سيتم تثبيت الحزمة %1 أثناء عملية الكتابة." -#. if (true) { // for debugging -#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 +#. if (true) { // for debugging +#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت الحزمة %1. تعذر تحرير الخدمة." -#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 +#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed." msgstr "تم تثبيت الحزمة %1 بنجاح." -#. This is main inetd module dialog. -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 +#. This is main inetd module dialog. +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "&Activate All Services" msgstr "تنشيط كل ال&خدمات" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "&Deactivate All Services" msgstr "إلغاء تنشيط كل ال&خدمات" -#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 +#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "D&isable" msgstr "تع&طيل" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 msgid "Enab&le" msgstr "تم&كين" -#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf -#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 +#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf +#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Currently Available Services" msgstr "الخدمات المتاحة حاليًا" -#. `opt(`notify), -#. `opt(`keepSorting), -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 +#. `opt(`notify), +#. `opt(`keepSorting), +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Ch" msgstr "مغيَر" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Type " msgstr "النوع" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "بروتوكول" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Server / Args" msgstr "خادم/وسيطات" -#. Translators: Add service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 +#. Translators: Add service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Add" msgstr "إ&ضافة" -#. Translators: Edit service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 +#. Translators: Edit service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "تح&رير" -#. Translators: Delete service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 +#. Translators: Delete service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "ح&ذف" -#. Translators: Change service status -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 +#. Translators: Change service status +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)" msgstr "تب&ديل الحالة (تشغيل أو إيقاف تشغيل)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Status for All &Services" msgstr "حالة كل ال&خدمات" -#. Inetd configure dialog caption -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 +#. Inetd configure dialog caption +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" msgstr "تكوين خدمة شبكة (xinetd)" -#. execute dialog -#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 +#. execute dialog +#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Add a New Service Entry" msgstr "إضافة إدخال خدمة جديد" -#. Translators: Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 +#. Translators: Popup::Error +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." msgstr "تعذر حذف الخدمة. لم يتم تثبيت الخدمة." -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "لحذف خدمة، حدد أحد الخدمات في مربع الحوار الرئيسي" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." msgstr "لتنشيط خدمة أو إلغاء تنشيطها، حدد أحد الخدمات في مربع الحوار الرئيسي." -#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); -#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 +#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); +#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Edit a service entry" msgstr "تحرير إدخال خدمة" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "لتحرير خدمة، حدد أحد الخدمات في مربع الحوار الرئيسي" -#. Translators: Popup::Warning -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 +#. Translators: Popup::Warning +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "" "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n" "Internet super-server will be disabled." @@ -288,76 +288,76 @@ "تحمل كل الخدمات العلامة \"معطل\" (مؤمن).\n" "سيتم تعطيل خادم الإنترنت الأعلى." -#. service name -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 +#. service name +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "&Service" msgstr "الخ&دمة" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 msgid "RPC Versio&n" msgstr "إ&صدار RPC" -#. service status (running or stopped) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 +#. service status (running or stopped) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Service is acti&ve." msgstr "الخدم&ة نشطة." -#. service socket type -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 +#. service socket type +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Socket T&ype" msgstr "نو&ع مأخذ التوصيل" -#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 +#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "البر&وتوكول" -#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 +#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 msgid "&Wait" msgstr "انت&ظار" -#. user and group ComboBoxes -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 +#. user and group ComboBoxes +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "&User" msgstr "مس&تخدم" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "&Group" msgstr "م&جموعة" -#. Server arguments -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 +#. Server arguments +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "S&erver" msgstr "&خادم" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Server Argumen&ts" msgstr "وسي&طات الخادم" -#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 +#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Co&mment" msgstr "&تعليق" -#. Translators: Please BE CAREFUL! This text is often used in code! This Translation must be the same. -#. do not add a "flags" field, it's currently in "unparsed" -#. Read user names from passwd. -#. It does not get the NIS entries. -#. "+" is filtered out. -#. @return [Array] users -#. Read group names from group -#. It does not get the NIS entries. -#. "+" is filtered out. -#. @return [Array] groups -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 +#. Translators: Please BE CAREFUL! This text is often used in code! This Translation must be the same. +#. do not add a "flags" field, it's currently in "unparsed" +#. Read user names from passwd. +#. It does not get the NIS entries. +#. "+" is filtered out. +#. @return [Array] users +#. Read group names from group +#. It does not get the NIS entries. +#. "+" is filtered out. +#. @return [Array] groups +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 msgid "--default--" msgstr "--افتراضي--" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "" "Service is empty.\n" "Enter valid values.\n" @@ -365,28 +365,28 @@ "الخدمة فارغة.\n" "أدخل قيمًا صحيحة.\n" -#. Error message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 +#. Error message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"." msgstr "يحتوي اسم الخدمة على حرف غير مسموح به \"/\"." -#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 +#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." msgstr "المستخدم %1 محجوز لعمليات الخادم الداخلي فقط." -#. Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 +#. Popup::Error +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 msgid "No packages selected. Configuration aborted." msgstr "لا توجد حزم محددة. تم إيقاف التكوين." -#. Not used! -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:42 +#. Not used! +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:42 msgid "Selected packages will be installed." msgstr "سيتم تثبيت الحزم المحددة." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:46 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -394,17 +394,18 @@ "<p><b><big>تهيئة تكوين xinetd‏</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:50 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إيقاف عملية التهيئة:</big></b><br>\n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</" +"p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -412,8 +413,8 @@ "<p><b><big>حفظ تكوين xinetd‏</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:58 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Save Process:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -425,8 +426,8 @@ " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي سيبلغك ما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" " </p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:65 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Service Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Click <b>Enable</b> to enable network services managed by a super-server\n" @@ -436,7 +437,7 @@ "انقر فوق <b>تمكين</b> لتمكين خدمات الشبكة التي يديرها تكوين\n" " خادم أعلى. لإيقاف الخادم الأعلى، انقر فوق <b>تعطيل</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Service Status:</big></b><br>\n" "All services marked with <b>X</b> in column <b>Ch</b> were edited\n" @@ -446,27 +447,31 @@ "تم تحرير كل الخدمات التي تحمل العلامة <b>X</b> في العمود <b>مغيّر</b> وسيتم\n" " تغييرها في تكوين النظام.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Services Status:</big></b><br>\n" "All services marked with <b>---</b> are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with <b>On</b> are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be configured.</p>" +"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be " +"configured.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>حالة الخدمات:</big></b><br>\n" "كل الخدمات التي تحمل العلامة <b>---</b> غير نشطة (مؤمنة).\n" " كل الخدمات التي تحمل العلامة <b>تشغيل</b> نشطة (غير مؤمنة).\n" -" لم يتم تثبيت كل الخدمات التي تحمل العلامة <b>غير مُثبّت</b> ويتعذر تكوينها.</p>" +" لم يتم تثبيت كل الخدمات التي تحمل العلامة <b>غير مُثبّت</b> ويتعذر تكوينها.</" +"p>" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Changing Service Status:</big></b><br>\n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or Off)</b>.</p>\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or " +"Off)</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>تغيير حالة الخدمة:</big></b><br>\n" -"حدد الخدمة المطلوب تمكينها أو تعطيلها ثم اضغط <b>تبديل الحالة (تشغيل أو إيقاف تشغيل)</b>.</p>\n" +"حدد الخدمة المطلوب تمكينها أو تعطيلها ثم اضغط <b>تبديل الحالة (تشغيل أو " +"إيقاف تشغيل)</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing Services:</big></b><br>\n" "Select the service to edit and press <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n" @@ -474,7 +479,7 @@ "<p><b><big>تحرير الخدمات:</big></b><br>\n" "حدد الخدمة المطلوب تحريرها ثم اضغط <b>تحرير</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Deleting Services:</big></b><br>\n" "Select the service to delete and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" @@ -482,7 +487,7 @@ "<p><b><big>حذف الخدمات:</big></b><br>\n" "حدد الخدمة المطلوب حذفها ثم اضغط <b>حذف</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a New Entry:</big></b>\n" "Click <b>Create</b> and complete the form.</p>\n" @@ -490,19 +495,21 @@ "<p><b><big>إضافة إدخال جديد:</big></b>\n" "انقر فوق <b>إنشاء</b> ثم استكمل النموذج.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Canceling Configuration:</big></b>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the <b>Cancel</b> button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.</p>\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " +"will remain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إلغاء التكوين:</big></b>\n" "اترك التكوين على حالته من خلال ضغط الزر <b>إلغاء</b>.\n" -" إذا قمت بذلك، ستفقد كافة التغييرات التي قمت بإجرائها وسيظل التكوين الأصلي دون تغيير.</p>\n" +" إذا قمت بذلك، ستفقد كافة التغييرات التي قمت بإجرائها وسيظل التكوين الأصلي " +"دون تغيير.</p>\n" -#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. -#. @return The help text. -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:104 +#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. +#. @return The help text. +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "\n" "<p>To create a valid entry (service) for the super-server,\n" @@ -512,7 +519,7 @@ "<p>لإنشاء إدخال صالح (خدمة) للخادم الأعلى، \n" " أدخل</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<ul>\n" "<li>service name\n" @@ -538,11 +545,15 @@ " <li>وسيطات برنامج الخادم\n" " </ul>" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p>ما سبق عبارة عن وصف قصير. للحصول على التفاصيل، راجع <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n" +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 +msgid "" +"<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</" +"p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>ما سبق عبارة عن وصف قصير. للحصول على التفاصيل، راجع <b>info xinetd.conf</" +"b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "<p>Enter a valid service name into the <b>service</b> field.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -550,7 +561,7 @@ "<p>أدخل اسم خدمة صالح في الحقل <b>خدمة</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<p>The <b>socket type</b> should be stream, dgram, raw, or seqpacket,\n" "depending on whether the service is stream-based, is datagram-based,\n" @@ -558,21 +569,24 @@ "transmission.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>يجب أن يكون <b>نوع مأخذ التوصيل</b> stream أو dgram أو raw أو seqpacket\n" -"، وذلك بناءً على إن كانت الخدمة مستندة إلى التدفق أو مستندة إلى مخطط البيانات\n" +"، وذلك بناءً على إن كانت الخدمة مستندة إلى التدفق أو مستندة إلى مخطط " +"البيانات\n" "أو تتطلب وصول مباشر إلى IP أو تتطلب نقل مخطط بيانات تسلسلي\n" " يعتمد عليه .</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" +"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" +"protocols.\n" "Examples include <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, and <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>يجب أن يكون <b>بروتوكول</b> عبارة عن بروتوكول صالح كما هو محدد في /etc/protocols.\n" +"<p>يجب أن يكون <b>بروتوكول</b> عبارة عن بروتوكول صالح كما هو محدد في /etc/" +"protocols.\n" "من أمثلة ذلك <i>tcp</i> و<i>udp</i> و<i>rpc/tcp</i> و<i>rpc/udp</i>.\n" " </p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "<p>The <b>wait/nowait</b> entry determines if the service is\n" "single-threaded or multithreaded and whether xinetd accepts the\n" @@ -596,11 +610,13 @@ " للاتصال. إذا كانت قيمة السمة <b>لا</b>، تكون الخدمة\n" " بمؤشرات ترابط متعددة وتواصل xinetd معالجة طلبات الخدمة \n" "الجديدة ثم تقبل xinetd الاتصال. \n" -" تتوقع الخدمتان <i>udp/dgram</i> إعداد القيمة بشكل طبيعي على <b>نعم</b>، نظرًا لأن الخدمة\n" -" udp غير مهيأة للاتصال. بينما يتوقع الخادمان<i>tcp/stream</i>أن يتم إعداد القيمة\n" +" تتوقع الخدمتان <i>udp/dgram</i> إعداد القيمة بشكل طبيعي على <b>نعم</b>، " +"نظرًا لأن الخدمة\n" +" udp غير مهيأة للاتصال. بينما يتوقع الخادمان<i>tcp/stream</i>أن يتم إعداد " +"القيمة\n" " بشكل طبيعي على <b>لا</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>The server will be run with the permissions of the user selected in\n" "<b>User</b>. This is useful to make services run with permissions\n" @@ -612,7 +628,7 @@ " أدنى من مسؤول.\n" " </p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159 msgid "" "<p>In <b>Server</b>, enter the path name of the program to\n" "be executed by the super-server when a request reaches its socket.\n" @@ -626,81 +642,81 @@ " \n" " </p>\n" -#. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194 +#. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194 msgid "---" msgstr "---" -#. Translators: This is used for status "Not Installed". -#. Please, make the -#. translation as short as possible. -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:206 +#. Translators: This is used for status "Not Installed". +#. Please, make the +#. translation as short as possible. +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:206 msgid "NI" msgstr "غير مُثبّت" -#. Whole configuration of inetd but without reading and writing. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:87 +#. Whole configuration of inetd but without reading and writing. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:87 msgid "Xinetd Configuration" msgstr "تكوين Xinetd" -#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:88 +#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:88 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "تهيئة ..." -#. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 +#. Inetd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين inetd" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 msgid "Read the Configuration" msgstr "قراءة التكوين" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة التكوين..." -#. read database -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 +#. read database +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 +#. Inetd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين inetd" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "اكتب الاعدادات" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "..كتابة الاعدادات" -#. in future: catch errors -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 +#. in future: catch errors +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات!" -#. "enabled" defaults to true -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 +#. "enabled" defaults to true +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>" msgstr "<p><ul><i>كل الخدمات تحمل العلامة متوقف.</i></ul></p>" -#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 +#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 msgid "Network services" msgstr "خدمات الشبكة" -#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 +#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 msgid "Network services are managed via %1" msgstr "تتم إدارة خدمات الشبكة بواسطة %1" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 msgid "These services will be enabled" msgstr "سيتم تمكين تلك الخدمات" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iplb.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iplb.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iplb.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: iplb\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,159 +14,159 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module -#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module +#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of IPLB" msgstr "تكوين IPLB" -#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals -#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81 +#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Iplb" msgstr "Iplb" -#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals -#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83 +#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83 msgid "&Iplb" msgstr "&Iplb" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/iplb.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of iplb -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng@novell.com> -#. -#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#. -#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. -#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/iplb.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of iplb +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng@novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "التكوين العمومي" -#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" msgstr "تكوبن الخوادم الظاهرية" -#. Iplb summary dialog caption -#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption -#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46 -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140 +#. Iplb summary dialog caption +#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption +#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140 msgid "IPLB Configuration" msgstr "تكوين IPLB" -#. Iplb overview dialog caption -#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142 +#. Iplb overview dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142 msgid "IPLB Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة على IPLB" -#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49 +#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "First part of configuration of IPLB" msgstr "الجزء الأول من تكوين IPLB" -#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88 +#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Second part of configuration of IPLB" msgstr "الجزء الثاني من تكوين IPLB" -#. ids of widget of global dialog -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +#. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "yes" msgstr "نعم" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "no" msgstr "لا" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 msgid "&Global Configuration" msgstr "ال&تكوين العمومي" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" msgstr "تكوين الخادم ال&ظاهري" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "الفاصل الزمني للفحص" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 msgid "Check Timeout" msgstr "مهلة الفحص" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214 msgid "Failure Count" msgstr "عدد محاولات الفشل" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208 msgid "Negotiate Timeout" msgstr "مهلة التفاوض" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167 msgid "Fallback" msgstr "ترجيع" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86 msgid "Callback" msgstr "رد الاتصال" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" msgstr "تنفيذ" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" msgstr "تنبيه البريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187 msgid "Email Alert Freq" msgstr "تكرار تنبيهات البريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190 msgid "Email Alert Status" msgstr "حالة تنبيه البريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100 msgid "Auto Reload" msgstr "إعادة التحميل التلقائي" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216 msgid "Quiescent" msgstr "اختبار الحالة الثابتة" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 msgid "Fork" msgstr "التشعيب" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103 msgid "Supervised" msgstr "الخاضع للإشراف" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106 msgid "Log File" msgstr "ملف السجل" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>check interval</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" @@ -174,88 +174,151 @@ "</p><p>Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " +"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " +"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" +"virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " +"used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " +"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " +"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " +"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " +"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " +"used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" +"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " +"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n" -"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b><a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|" +"syslog_facility\n" +"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " +"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b><a href=\"/" +"man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n" "</p><p>Default: log directly to the file <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " +"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " +"requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " +"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " +"methods.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" +"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " +"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " +"seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " +"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " +"configuration\n" "option.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</" +"b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " +"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If " +"<b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " +"options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: all\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" +"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls " +"the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has " +"changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on " +"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name " +"of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>autoreload</b> is\n" +"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> " +"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " +"<b>autoreload</b> is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>configuration</i>.\n" +"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " +"<i>configuration</i>.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " +"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " +"configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " +"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "</p><p>Default: no\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" -"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to " +"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> " +"table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " +"be accepted.\n" +"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " +"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " +"routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " +"information on persistant connections.\n" "</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " +"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the " +"kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</" +"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " +"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " +"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " +"increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " +"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " +"instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" -"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " +"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful " +"to run\n" +"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://" +"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" +"a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" +"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -265,130 +328,223 @@ "</p><p>الإعداد الافتراضي: 10 ثوانٍ\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>مهلة الفحص</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>المهلة بالثواني لعمليات فحص أداة اختبار الاتصال والفحص الخارجي وفحص الاتصال. إذا تم تجاوز المهلة، فسيتم الإعلان عن الخادم الفعلي بأنه خامد.\n" +"</p><p>المهلة بالثواني لعمليات فحص أداة اختبار الاتصال والفحص الخارجي وفحص " +"الاتصال. إذا تم تجاوز المهلة، فسيتم الإعلان عن الخادم الفعلي بأنه خامد.\n" "</p><p>إذا تم تحديدها في قسم الخادم الفعلي، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" -"</p><p>إذا لم يتم تحديدها، فستُستخدم مهلة التفاوض. تعد مهلة التفاوض أيضًا قيمة عمومية يمكن تجاوزها بواسطة كل إعداد ظاهري.\n" -"</p><p>إذا لم يتم تعيين كل من مهلة الفحص ومهلة التفاوض، فسيُستخدم الإعداد الافتراضي.\n" +"</p><p>إذا لم يتم تحديدها، فستُستخدم مهلة التفاوض. تعد مهلة التفاوض أيضًا قيمة " +"عمومية يمكن تجاوزها بواسطة كل إعداد ظاهري.\n" +"</p><p>إذا لم يتم تعيين كل من مهلة الفحص ومهلة التفاوض، فسيُستخدم الإعداد " +"الافتراضي.\n" "</p><p>الإعداد الافتراضي: 5 ثوانً\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>عدد مرات الفشل</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>سيتم الإبلاغ عن عدد المرات المتتالية للفشل عن طريق إجراء عملية فحص قبل اعتبار الاتصال بالخادم الفعلي فاشل. ستشير القيمة 1 إلى اعتبار الاتصال بالخادم الفعلي فاشل من محاولة الفشل الأولى. سيعمل الفحص الناجح على إعادة تعيين عدّاد مرات الفشل إلى 0.\n" +"</p><p>سيتم الإبلاغ عن عدد المرات المتتالية للفشل عن طريق إجراء عملية فحص " +"قبل اعتبار الاتصال بالخادم الفعلي فاشل. ستشير القيمة 1 إلى اعتبار الاتصال " +"بالخادم الفعلي فاشل من محاولة الفشل الأولى. سيعمل الفحص الناجح على إعادة " +"تعيين عدّاد مرات الفشل إلى 0.\n" "</p><p>إذا تم تحديده في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" "</p><p>الإعداد الافتراضي: ثانية واحدة\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>مهلة التفاوض</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>المهلة بالثواني لعمليات فحص التفاوض.\n" "</p><p>إذا تم تحديدها في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" -"</p><p>إذا لم يتم تحديدها، فستُستخدم قيمة مهلة الاتصال. تعد مهلة الاتصال أيضًا قيمة عمومية يمكن تجاوزها بواسطة كل إعداد ظاهري.\n" -"</p><p>إذا لم يتم تعيين كل من مهلة التفاوض ومهلة الاتصال، فسيُستخدم الإعداد الافتراضي.\n" +"</p><p>إذا لم يتم تحديدها، فستُستخدم قيمة مهلة الاتصال. تعد مهلة الاتصال أيضًا " +"قيمة عمومية يمكن تجاوزها بواسطة كل إعداد ظاهري.\n" +"</p><p>إذا لم يتم تعيين كل من مهلة التفاوض ومهلة الاتصال، فسيُستخدم الإعداد " +"الافتراضي.\n" "</p><p>الإعداد الافتراضي: 30 ثانية\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>احتياطي<</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>الخادم الذي تتم إعادة توجيه خدمة ويب إليه إذا تعطلت الخوادم الفعلية. عادةً ما سيكون ذلك 127.0.0.1 مع صفحة طارئة.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>احتياطي<</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" +"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>الخادم الذي تتم إعادة توجيه خدمة ويب إليه إذا تعطلت الخوادم الفعلية. " +"عادةً ما سيكون ذلك 127.0.0.1 مع صفحة طارئة.\n" "</p><p>إذا تم تحديد ذلك في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>ملف السجل</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n" -"</p><p>قد يتم تحديد ملف سجل بديل مع هذا التوجيه. إذا كان ملف السجل لا يتضمن بادئة '/'، فمن المفترض أن يكون اسم منشأة <b><a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3).\n" -"</p><p>الإعداد الافتراضي: تسجيل الدخول مباشرة إلى الملف <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>ملف السجل</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|" +"syslog_facility\n" +"</p><p>قد يتم تحديد ملف سجل بديل مع هذا التوجيه. إذا كان ملف السجل لا يتضمن " +"بادئة '/'، فمن المفترض أن يكون اسم منشأة <b><a href=\"/man/3/syslog" +"\">syslog</a></b>(3).\n" +"</p><p>الإعداد الافتراضي: تسجيل الدخول مباشرة إلى الملف <i>/var/log/" +"ldirectord.log</i>.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>تنبيه البريد الإلكتروني</big> = \"</b><i>عنوان البريد الإلكتروني</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>هو عنوان بريد إلكتروني صالح لإرسال تنبيهات حول حالة الاتصال التي تم تغييرها إلى أي خادم فعلي محدد في الخدمة الظاهرية. يتطلب هذا الخيار تثبيت\n" -"MailTools لكل وحدة نمطية. محاولة إرسال البريد الإلكتروني تلقائيًا باستخدام أي من الأساليب المضمنة. راجع perldoc Mail::Mailer لمزيد من المعلومات حول الأساليب.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>تنبيه البريد الإلكتروني</big> = \"</b><i>عنوان البريد " +"الإلكتروني</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>هو عنوان بريد إلكتروني صالح لإرسال تنبيهات حول حالة الاتصال التي تم " +"تغييرها إلى أي خادم فعلي محدد في الخدمة الظاهرية. يتطلب هذا الخيار تثبيت\n" +"MailTools لكل وحدة نمطية. محاولة إرسال البريد الإلكتروني تلقائيًا باستخدام أي " +"من الأساليب المضمنة. راجع perldoc Mail::Mailer لمزيد من المعلومات حول " +"الأساليب.\n" "</p><p>إذا تم تحديد ذلك في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>تكرار تنبيهات البريد الإلكتروني</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>هو التأخير بالثواني بين تنبيهات البريد الإلكتروني المتكررة إذا ما زال الخادم الفعلي المحدد في الخدمة الظاهرية لا يمكن الوصول إليه. سيعمل إعداد الثواني الصفرية على\n" -"منع التنبيهات المتكررة. تعتمد دقة توقيت البريد الإلكتروني لهذا الإعداد على عدد الثواني المحددة في خيار\n" +"</p><p>هو التأخير بالثواني بين تنبيهات البريد الإلكتروني المتكررة إذا ما زال " +"الخادم الفعلي المحدد في الخدمة الظاهرية لا يمكن الوصول إليه. سيعمل إعداد " +"الثواني الصفرية على\n" +"منع التنبيهات المتكررة. تعتمد دقة توقيت البريد الإلكتروني لهذا الإعداد على " +"عدد الثواني المحددة في خيار\n" "تكوين الفاصل الزمني للفحص.\n" "</p><p>إذا تم تحديد ذلك في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" "</p><p>الإعداد الافتراضي: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>حالة تنبيه البريد الإلكتروني</big> = الكل</b>|<b>بلا</b>|<b>بدء</b>|<b>تشغيل</b>|<b>إيقاف</b>|<b>إعادة تحميل</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>قائمة حالات الخادم المفصولة بفواصل حيث ينبغي إرسال تنبيهات البريد الإلكتروني. حالة <b>الكل</b> هي موجز لتنفيذ الحالات\n" -"\"<b>بدء</b>، <b>تشغيل</b>، <b>إيقاف</b>، <b>إعادة تحميل</b>\". إذا تم تحديد الحالة <b>بلا</b>، فلن يتم تحديد أي خيار آخر، أو بخلاف ذلك، ستكون الخيارات\n" +"</p><p><b><big>حالة تنبيه البريد الإلكتروني</big> = الكل</b>|<b>بلا</b>|" +"<b>بدء</b>|<b>تشغيل</b>|<b>إيقاف</b>|<b>إعادة تحميل</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>قائمة حالات الخادم المفصولة بفواصل حيث ينبغي إرسال تنبيهات البريد " +"الإلكتروني. حالة <b>الكل</b> هي موجز لتنفيذ الحالات\n" +"\"<b>بدء</b>، <b>تشغيل</b>، <b>إيقاف</b>، <b>إعادة تحميل</b>\". إذا تم تحديد " +"الحالة <b>بلا</b>، فلن يتم تحديد أي خيار آخر، أو بخلاف ذلك، ستكون الخيارات\n" "ored مع بعضها البعض.\n" "</p><p>إذا تم تحديد ذلك في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" "</p><p>الإعداد الافتراضي الكل\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>رد الاتصال</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>إذا تم تحديد هذا التوجيه، فسيعمل <b>ldirectord</b> على الاتصال بـ <i>/path/to/callback</i> القابل للتنفيذ بعد تغيير ملف التكوين في\n" -"القرص. هذا مفيد لتحديث ملف التكوين من خلال <b>scp</b> في مضيف heartbeated آخر. الوسيطة الأولى لرد الاتصال هو اسم\n" +"</p><p>إذا تم تحديد هذا التوجيه، فسيعمل <b>ldirectord</b> على الاتصال بـ <i>/" +"path/to/callback</i> القابل للتنفيذ بعد تغيير ملف التكوين في\n" +"القرص. هذا مفيد لتحديث ملف التكوين من خلال <b>scp</b> في مضيف heartbeated " +"آخر. الوسيطة الأولى لرد الاتصال هو اسم\n" "التكوين.\n" -"</p><p>يمكن استخدام هذا التوجيه أيضًا لإعادة تشغيل <b>ldirectord</b> تلقائيًا بعد تغيير ملف التكوين في القرص. ومع ذلك، إذا تلقائيًا بعد تغيير ملف التكوين في القرص. ومع ذلك، إذا تم تعيين <b>إعادة التحميل التلقائي</b> إلى\n" +"</p><p>يمكن استخدام هذا التوجيه أيضًا لإعادة تشغيل <b>ldirectord</b> تلقائيًا " +"بعد تغيير ملف التكوين في القرص. ومع ذلك، إذا تلقائيًا بعد تغيير ملف التكوين " +"في القرص. ومع ذلك، إذا تم تعيين <b>إعادة التحميل التلقائي</b> إلى\n" "نعم، فستتم إعادة تحميل التكوين بأي طريقة.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>تنفيذ</big> = \"</b><i>تكوين</i><b>\"</b>\n" "</p><p>استخدم هذا التوجيه لبدء مثيل ldirectord للتكوين <i>المذكور</i>.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>إعادة التحميل التلقائي</big> = نعم</b>|<b>لا</b>\n" -"</p><p>تحديد ما إذا كان ينبغي على <ldirectord> تحديد ما إذا كان ينبغي على\n" -"في القرص وكان وقت التعديل (mtime) أجدد من الإصدار السابق، فإنه ستتم إعادة تحميل التكوين تلقائيًا.\n" -"</p><p>في القرص وكان وقت التعديل (mtime) أجدد من الإصدار السابق، فإنه ستتم إعادة تحميل التكوين تلقائيًا: لا\n" +"</p><p>تحديد ما إذا كان ينبغي على <ldirectord> تحديد ما إذا كان ينبغي " +"على\n" +"في القرص وكان وقت التعديل (mtime) أجدد من الإصدار السابق، فإنه ستتم إعادة " +"تحميل التكوين تلقائيًا.\n" +"</p><p>في القرص وكان وقت التعديل (mtime) أجدد من الإصدار السابق، فإنه ستتم " +"إعادة تحميل التكوين تلقائيًا: لا\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>اختبار الحالة الثابتة</big> = نعم</b>|<b>لا</b>\n" -"</p><p>إذا تم تحديد <i>نعم</i>، فإنه عند تحديد أن الخوادم الفعلية أو الإرجاع متعطلة، لا تتم إزالتها من جدول <small>LVS</small> في kernel.\n" -"وبخلاف ذلك، سيتم تعيين وزنها إلى صفر مما يعني أنه لن يتم قبول أي اتصالات جديدة.\n" -"</p><p>فهذا يتضمن الأثر الجانبي، حيث إنه إذا كان الخادم الفعلي يتضمن اتصالات مستمرة، فستتم متابعة إعادة توجيه الاتصالات الجديدة من أي أجهزة عميلة موجودة إلى\n" -"الخادم الفعلي، إلى أن تنتهي مهلة الاستمرار. راجع ipvsadm لمزيد من المعلومات حول الاتصالات المستمرة.\n" +"</p><p>إذا تم تحديد <i>نعم</i>، فإنه عند تحديد أن الخوادم الفعلية أو الإرجاع " +"متعطلة، لا تتم إزالتها من جدول <small>LVS</small> في kernel.\n" +"وبخلاف ذلك، سيتم تعيين وزنها إلى صفر مما يعني أنه لن يتم قبول أي اتصالات " +"جديدة.\n" +"</p><p>فهذا يتضمن الأثر الجانبي، حيث إنه إذا كان الخادم الفعلي يتضمن اتصالات " +"مستمرة، فستتم متابعة إعادة توجيه الاتصالات الجديدة من أي أجهزة عميلة موجودة " +"إلى\n" +"الخادم الفعلي، إلى أن تنتهي مهلة الاستمرار. راجع ipvsadm لمزيد من المعلومات " +"حول الاتصالات المستمرة.\n" "</p><p>يمكن تفادي هذا الأثر الجانبي عن طريق تشغيل ما يلي:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>إذا لم يكن الملف proc موجودًا، فقد يشير ذلك إلى أن kernel لا يتمتع بدعم lvs؛ حيث إنه لم يتم تحميل دعم <small>LVS</small> أو أن إصدار kernel قديم للغاية ليتضمن\n" -"ملف proc. ينبغي أن يعمل تشغيل ipvsadm كجذر على تحميل <small>LVS</small> في kernel إن أمكن.\n" -"</p><p>إذا تم تحديد <i>لا</i>، فستتم إزالة الخوادم الفعلية أو الإرجاع من جدول <small>LVS</small> في kernel. الإعداد الافتراضي هو <i>نعم</i>.\n" +"</p><p>إذا لم يكن الملف proc موجودًا، فقد يشير ذلك إلى أن kernel لا يتمتع " +"بدعم lvs؛ حيث إنه لم يتم تحميل دعم <small>LVS</small> أو أن إصدار kernel " +"قديم للغاية ليتضمن\n" +"ملف proc. ينبغي أن يعمل تشغيل ipvsadm كجذر على تحميل <small>LVS</small> في " +"kernel إن أمكن.\n" +"</p><p>إذا تم تحديد <i>لا</i>، فستتم إزالة الخوادم الفعلية أو الإرجاع من " +"جدول <small>LVS</small> في kernel. الإعداد الافتراضي هو <i>نعم</i>.\n" "</p><p>إذا تم تحديده في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" "</p><p>الإعداد الافتراضي: <i>نعم</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>تشعيب</big> = نعم</b>|<b>لا</b>\n" -"</p><p>إذا تم تحديد <i>نعم</i>، فإن ldirectord سيعمل على إنتاج عملية فرعية لكل خادم ظاهري وإجراء فحوصات مقابل الخوادم الفعلية منها. سيعمل ذلك على زيادة\n" -"توقيتات الاستجابة للتغييرات في حالة الخادم الفعلي في التكوينات مع العديد من الخوادم الظاهرية. قد يعمل ذلك أيضًا على استخدام مساحة أقل في\n" -"الذاكرة وتشغيل العديد من مثيلات ldirectord المنفصلة. ستتم إعادة تشغيل العمليات الفرعية تلقائيًا إذا كانت خامدة.\n" +"</p><p>إذا تم تحديد <i>نعم</i>، فإن ldirectord سيعمل على إنتاج عملية فرعية " +"لكل خادم ظاهري وإجراء فحوصات مقابل الخوادم الفعلية منها. سيعمل ذلك على " +"زيادة\n" +"توقيتات الاستجابة للتغييرات في حالة الخادم الفعلي في التكوينات مع العديد من " +"الخوادم الظاهرية. قد يعمل ذلك أيضًا على استخدام مساحة أقل في\n" +"الذاكرة وتشغيل العديد من مثيلات ldirectord المنفصلة. ستتم إعادة تشغيل " +"العمليات الفرعية تلقائيًا إذا كانت خامدة.\n" "</p><p>الإعداد الافتراضي: <i>لا</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>خاضع للإشراف</big> = نعم</b>|<b>لا</b>\n" -"</p><p>إذا تم تحديد <i>نعم</i>، فلن يتم نقل ldirectord في وضع الخلفية. تتم إعادة توجيه كافة رسائل السجل إلى stdout بدلاً من logfile. فهذا مفيد لتشغيل\n" -"<b>ldirectord</b> الخاضع للإشراف من قبل daemontools. راجع <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> أو <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> للحصول على تفاصيل.\n" +"</p><p>إذا تم تحديد <i>نعم</i>، فلن يتم نقل ldirectord في وضع الخلفية. تتم " +"إعادة توجيه كافة رسائل السجل إلى stdout بدلاً من logfile. فهذا مفيد لتشغيل\n" +"<b>ldirectord</b> الخاضع للإشراف من قبل daemontools. راجع <a href=\"http://" +"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" +"a> أو <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" +"daemontools.html</a> للحصول على تفاصيل.\n" "</p><p>الإعداد الافتراضي: <i>لا</i>\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" -"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" +"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" +"servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" +"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " +"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " +"zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " +"option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " +"service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" -"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" -"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" -"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" -"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" -"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" +"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->" +"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" +"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</" +"i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" +"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " +"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " +"primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " +"range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " +"which case\n" +"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server " +"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, " +"must be\n" +"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and " +"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " +"be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" +"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " +"request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " +"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server " +"is used.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual " +"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> " +"address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " +"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " +"virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " +"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " +"that the\n" "underlying <small>LVS</small> code in the kernel functions.\n" -"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " +"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " +"emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " +"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" -"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" +"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</" +"b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" +"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " +"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> " +"connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " +"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " +"negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " +"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real " +"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> " +"services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " +"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " +"be\n" "activated. Default is <i>negotiate</i>.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" -"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|" +"<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|" +"<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|" +"<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" +"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " +"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it " +"against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " +"server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</" +"b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" "</p><dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -411,7 +567,9 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" +"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " +"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " +"everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "</p><p>Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -422,68 +580,105 @@ "\n" "\n" "<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" +"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " +"port.\n" "</p><p>Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" +"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</" +"b>\n" +"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " +"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " +"overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n" -"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" +"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, " +"or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n" +"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</" +"small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " +"or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" +"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " +"occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" +"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the " +"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in " +"mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " +"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " +"overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n" +"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's " +"addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n" "</p><p>For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n" -"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the <small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</" +"small></b>\n" +"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the " +"<small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is " +"the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> " +"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "</p><p>Default: <small>GET</small>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. In the\n" -"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n" +"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or " +"<small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> " +"request. In the\n" +"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name " +"of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will " +"be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " +"resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , " +"MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " +"in.\n" "</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from " +"address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " +"configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " +"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " +"will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n" +"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , " +"<small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n" "<small>SIP</small> servers.\n" "</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where " +"hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at " +"run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , " +"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " +"performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed against. This\n" +"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " +"database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed " +"against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd (set by\n" +"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " +"an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd " +"(set by\n" "<b>passwd</b> above).\n" "</p><p>Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -497,121 +692,203 @@ "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n" -"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <b><a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n" +"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an " +"information on the available sehedulers please see the <b><a href=\"ipvsadm" +"\">ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n" "</p><p>Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n" -"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" +"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</" +"small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " +"mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the " +"port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is " +"53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " +"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " +"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" +"virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " +"used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " +"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " +"used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " +"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " +"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " +"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " +"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " +"requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " +"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " +"methods.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" +"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " +"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " +"seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " +"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " +"configuration\n" "option.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</" +"b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " +"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If " +"<b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " +"options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: all\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" +"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " +"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" -"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to " +"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> " +"table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " +"be accepted.\n" +"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " +"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " +"routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " +"information on persistant connections.\n" "</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " +"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the " +"kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</" +"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " +"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>الخادم الظاهري</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" -"</p><p>تحديد خادم وهمي عن طريق عنوان IP (أو اسم المضيف) والمدخل (أو اسم الخدمة) أو علامة الجدار الناري. علامة الجدار الناري هي عدد صحيح أكبر من صفر. يتم التحكم في\n" -"تكوين حزم العلامات باستخدام خيار <tt>\"-m\"</tt> لـ <b>ipchains</b>(8). يجب أن تتبع كافة الإشارات والخدمات الفعلية لخدمة ظاهرية\n" +"<p><b><big>الخادم الظاهري</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" +"servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" +"</p><p>تحديد خادم وهمي عن طريق عنوان IP (أو اسم المضيف) والمدخل (أو اسم " +"الخدمة) أو علامة الجدار الناري. علامة الجدار الناري هي عدد صحيح أكبر من صفر. " +"يتم التحكم في\n" +"تكوين حزم العلامات باستخدام خيار <tt>\"-m\"</tt> لـ <b>ipchains</b>(8). يجب " +"أن تتبع كافة الإشارات والخدمات الفعلية لخدمة ظاهرية\n" "هذا السطر فورًا وأن تكون محددة..\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>الخوادم الفعلية</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" -"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" +"</p><p><b><big>الخوادم الفعلية</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->" +"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" +"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</" +"i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" "</p><p>تحديد\n" -"خدمة فعلية حسب عنوان IP (أو اسم المضيف) والمنفذ (أو اسم الخدمة). إذا كان المنفذ محذوفًا، فسيُستخدم الرقم 0، وسيتم تحديد ذلك بشكل أساسي لخدمات\n" +"خدمة فعلية حسب عنوان IP (أو اسم المضيف) والمنفذ (أو اسم الخدمة). إذا كان " +"المنفذ محذوفًا، فسيُستخدم الرقم 0، وسيتم تحديد ذلك بشكل أساسي لخدمات\n" "fwmark حيث يتم تجاهل منفذ الخوادم الفعلية.\n" -"سيتم تحديد مجموعة من عناوين <small>IP</small> أو (اسمين مضيفين) اختياريًا، حيث سيتم التعامل مع كل عنوان\n" -"من عناوين <small>IP</small> في المجموعة كخادم فعلي باستخدام المنفذ المحدد. تحدد الوسيطة الثانية أسلوب إعادة التوجيه،\n" +"سيتم تحديد مجموعة من عناوين <small>IP</small> أو (اسمين مضيفين) اختياريًا، " +"حيث سيتم التعامل مع كل عنوان\n" +"من عناوين <small>IP</small> في المجموعة كخادم فعلي باستخدام المنفذ المحدد. " +"تحدد الوسيطة الثانية أسلوب إعادة التوجيه،\n" "حيث يجب أن يكون\n" -"<b>gate</b> أو <b>ipip</b أو <b>masq</b>. الوسيطة الثالثة اختيارية وتحدد وزن ذلك الخادم الفعلي. إذا كانت محذوفة، فسيتم\n" -"استخدام وزن 1. تعد الوسيطتان الأخيرتان اختياريتين أيضًا. فهما تحددان زوج طلب-استلام لاستخدامه\n" +"<b>gate</b> أو <b>ipip</b أو <b>masq</b>. الوسيطة الثالثة اختيارية وتحدد وزن " +"ذلك الخادم الفعلي. إذا كانت محذوفة، فسيتم\n" +"استخدام وزن 1. تعد الوسيطتان الأخيرتان اختياريتين أيضًا. فهما تحددان زوج طلب-" +"استلام لاستخدامه\n" "في التحقق من استمرار اتصال الخادم. فهما يتجاوزان زوج\n" "استلام-طلب في قسم الخادم الظاهري.\n" -"يجب وضع هاتين السلسلتين بين علامتي اقتباس. إذا كانت سلسلة الطلب تبدأ بـhttp://... ، فسيتم تجاوز عنوان IP ومنفذ الخادم\n" +"يجب وضع هاتين السلسلتين بين علامتي اقتباس. إذا كانت سلسلة الطلب تبدأ " +"بـhttp://... ، فسيتم تجاوز عنوان IP ومنفذ الخادم\n" "الفعلي، أو سيتم بخلاف ذلك استخدام عنوان IP ومنفذ الخوادم الفعلية.\n" -"</p><p>بالنسبة للخدمتين الظاهرتين<small>TCP</small> و<small>UDP</small> (بلا fwmark)، إذا لم يكن أسلوب إعادة التوجيه masq وكان عنوان <small>IP</small> للخادم\n" -"الفعلي غير محلي (غير موجود في الواجهة على المضيف الذي يشغّل ldirectord)، فسيتم تعيين الخادم الفعلي على ذلك لخدمته\n" +"</p><p>بالنسبة للخدمتين الظاهرتين<small>TCP</small> و<small>UDP</small> " +"(بلا fwmark)، إذا لم يكن أسلوب إعادة التوجيه masq وكان عنوان <small>IP</" +"small> للخادم\n" +"الفعلي غير محلي (غير موجود في الواجهة على المضيف الذي يشغّل ldirectord)، " +"فسيتم تعيين الخادم الفعلي على ذلك لخدمته\n" "الظاهرية.\n" "حيث إنه لا يتوفر تعيين المنفذ إلا\n" -"إذا كان الخادم الفعلي جهازًا آخر وأسلوب إعادة التوجيه هو masq. ويرجع هذا إلى الطريقة\n" +"إذا كان الخادم الفعلي جهازًا آخر وأسلوب إعادة التوجيه هو masq. ويرجع هذا إلى " +"الطريقة\n" "التي يعمل بها رمز\n" "<small>LVS</small> الأساسي في kernel.\n" -"</p><p>قد يوجد إدخال أو أكثر من هذه الإدخالات داخل قسم ظاهري. قد تظهر أيضًا الخيارات مهلة الفحص ومهلة التفاوض وفشل العد والاحتياطي وتكرار تنبيهات البريد الإلكتروني والحالة الثابتة المدرجة أعلاه داخل قسم ظاهري، حيث يتم تجاوز الإعداد العمومي.\n" +"</p><p>قد يوجد إدخال أو أكثر من هذه الإدخالات داخل قسم ظاهري. قد تظهر أيضًا " +"الخيارات مهلة الفحص ومهلة التفاوض وفشل العد والاحتياطي وتكرار تنبيهات البريد " +"الإلكتروني والحالة الثابتة المدرجة أعلاه داخل قسم ظاهري، حيث يتم تجاوز " +"الإعداد العمومي.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>نوع الفحص</big> = اتصال</b>|<b>خارجي</b>|<b>تفاوض</b>|<b>إيقاف</b>|<b>تشغيل</b>|<b>أداة اختبار الاتصال</b>|<b>مهلة الفحص</b><i>N</i>\n" -"</p><p>نوع الفحص لإجرائه. يعمل خيار التفاوض على إرسال طلب والتطابق مع سلسلة الاستلام. يعمل الخيار \"اتصال\" على محاولة إجراء اتصال <small>TCP/IP</small>، ومن ثم يمكن حذف السلسلتين طلب واستلام. إذا كان نوع الفحص رقمًا، فسيتم دمج الخيارين تفاوض واتصال، بحيث يتم إجراء محاولة تفاوض واحدة بعد كل محاولة اتصال N. فمن المفيد التحقق غالبًا من استجابة الخدمة، ويتم فحص التفاوض في الفواصل الزمنية الأطول. يُقصد بالخيار \"أداة اختبار الاتصال\" أنه سيتم استخدام أداة اختبار الاتصال\n" -"<small>ICMP</small> لاختبار توافر الخوادم الفعلية. كما يتم استخدام أداة اختبار الاتصال لفحص اتصال خدمات <small>UDP</small>. يُقصد بالخيار\n" -"\"إيقاف\" بأنه لن يُجرى الفحص ولن يتم تنشيط الخوادم الفعلية أو الاحتياطية. يُقصد بالخيار \"تشغيل\" بأنه سيُجرى الفحص ودائمًا ما سيتم تنشيط\n" +"</p><p><b><big>نوع الفحص</big> = اتصال</b>|<b>خارجي</b>|<b>تفاوض</b>|" +"<b>إيقاف</b>|<b>تشغيل</b>|<b>أداة اختبار الاتصال</b>|<b>مهلة الفحص</b><i>N</" +"i>\n" +"</p><p>نوع الفحص لإجرائه. يعمل خيار التفاوض على إرسال طلب والتطابق مع سلسلة " +"الاستلام. يعمل الخيار \"اتصال\" على محاولة إجراء اتصال <small>TCP/IP</" +"small>، ومن ثم يمكن حذف السلسلتين طلب واستلام. إذا كان نوع الفحص رقمًا، فسيتم " +"دمج الخيارين تفاوض واتصال، بحيث يتم إجراء محاولة تفاوض واحدة بعد كل محاولة " +"اتصال N. فمن المفيد التحقق غالبًا من استجابة الخدمة، ويتم فحص التفاوض في " +"الفواصل الزمنية الأطول. يُقصد بالخيار \"أداة اختبار الاتصال\" أنه سيتم " +"استخدام أداة اختبار الاتصال\n" +"<small>ICMP</small> لاختبار توافر الخوادم الفعلية. كما يتم استخدام أداة " +"اختبار الاتصال لفحص اتصال خدمات <small>UDP</small>. يُقصد بالخيار\n" +"\"إيقاف\" بأنه لن يُجرى الفحص ولن يتم تنشيط الخوادم الفعلية أو الاحتياطية. " +"يُقصد بالخيار \"تشغيل\" بأنه سيُجرى الفحص ودائمًا ما سيتم تنشيط\n" "الخوادم الفعلية. الإعداد الافتراضي هو <i>تفاوض</i>.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" -"</p><p>نوع الخدمة للمراقبة عند استخدام نوع الفحص=تفاوض. يشير الخيار \"لا\" إلى خدمة لن يتم مراقبتها.\n" -"</p><p>يرسل simpletcp سلسلة <b>الطلب</b> إلى الخادم واختبارها مقابل regexp <b>للاستلام</b>‏. تتصل الأنواع\n" +"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|" +"<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|" +"<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|" +"<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" +"</p><p>نوع الخدمة للمراقبة عند استخدام نوع الفحص=تفاوض. يشير الخيار \"لا\" " +"إلى خدمة لن يتم مراقبتها.\n" +"</p><p>يرسل simpletcp سلسلة <b>الطلب</b> إلى الخادم واختبارها مقابل regexp " +"<b>للاستلام</b>‏. تتصل الأنواع\n" "الأخرى من عمليات الفحص بالخادم الذي يستخدم\n" -"البروتوكول المحدد. الرجاء مراجعة قسمي <b>طلب</b> و<b>استلام</b> للتعرف على معلومات خاصة بالبروتوكول.\n" +"البروتوكول المحدد. الرجاء مراجعة قسمي <b>طلب</b> و<b>استلام</b> للتعرف على " +"معلومات خاصة بالبروتوكول.\n" "</p><p>الإعداد الافتراضي:\n" "</p><dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* منفذ الخادم الظاهري هو 21: ftp\n" @@ -633,8 +910,10 @@ "</dt><dt>* خلاف ذلك: none\n" "\n" "\n" -"</dt><dt><b><big>أمر الفحص</big> = \"</b><i>مسار البرنامج النصي</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>يُستخدم هذا الإعداد إذا كان نوع الفحص خارجي وكان مطلوب تشغيل الأمر للتحقق من حالة خادم فعلي. ينبغي أن يتم الخروج بالحالة 0 إذا كان كل شيء\n" +"</dt><dt><b><big>أمر الفحص</big> = \"</b><i>مسار البرنامج النصي</i><b>\"</" +"b>\n" +"<p>يُستخدم هذا الإعداد إذا كان نوع الفحص خارجي وكان مطلوب تشغيل الأمر للتحقق " +"من حالة خادم فعلي. ينبغي أن يتم الخروج بالحالة 0 إذا كان كل شيء\n" "على ما يرام أو كان أي رقم بخلاف الصفر. \n" "</p><p>يتم تمرير 4 معلمات على البرنامج النصي:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* علامة ip/الجدار الناري للخادم الظاهري\n" @@ -650,59 +929,92 @@ "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>الطلب</big> = \"</b><i>‏uri لطلب الكائن</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>سيتطلب هذا الكائن كل ثانية في الفاصل الزمني للفحص في كل خادم فعلي. يجب وضع السلسلة داخل علامتي اقتباس.\n" +"</p><p>سيتطلب هذا الكائن كل ثانية في الفاصل الزمني للفحص في كل خادم فعلي. " +"يجب وضع السلسلة داخل علامتي اقتباس.\n" "لاحظ أنه يمكن تجاوز هذه السلسلة\n" "اختياريًا وفقًا لكل خادم فعلي مستند إلى سلسلة الطلب. \n" -"</p><p>بالنسبة لفحص<small>DNS</small> ، ينبغي أن يكون اسم سجل A أو عنوان سجل <small>PTR</small> للبحث عنه.\n" -"</p><p>بالنسبة لفحص MySQL أو Oracle أو PostgeSQL، ينبغي أن يكون استعلام <small>SQL</small>. لم يتم فحص البيانات المرتجعة، والرد عبارة عن صف واحد أو أكثر فحسب. هذا هو الإعداد المطلوب.\n" -"</p><p>بالنسبة لفحصsimpletcp ، يتم إرسال هذه السلسلة حرفية فيما عدا استبدال أي أحداث بحرف سطر جديد.\n" +"</p><p>بالنسبة لفحص<small>DNS</small> ، ينبغي أن يكون اسم سجل A أو عنوان سجل " +"<small>PTR</small> للبحث عنه.\n" +"</p><p>بالنسبة لفحص MySQL أو Oracle أو PostgeSQL، ينبغي أن يكون استعلام " +"<small>SQL</small>. لم يتم فحص البيانات المرتجعة، والرد عبارة عن صف واحد أو " +"أكثر فحسب. هذا هو الإعداد المطلوب.\n" +"</p><p>بالنسبة لفحصsimpletcp ، يتم إرسال هذه السلسلة حرفية فيما عدا استبدال " +"أي أحداث بحرف سطر جديد.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>استلام</big> = \"</b><i>regexp للمقارنة</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>إذا كانت النتيجة المطلوبة تتضمن <i>regexp هذا للمقارنة</i>، يتم الإعلان عن استمرار اتصال الخادم الفعلي. يجب وضع regexp داخل علامتي اقتباس. تذكر أن\n" -"‏regexps لا تعتبر سلاسل عادية مما تتطلب منك تفادي الأحرف الخاصة إذا كان ينبغي استخدامها كبيانات حرفية. لاحظ أنه يمكن تجاوز regexp هذا\n" +"</p><p>إذا كانت النتيجة المطلوبة تتضمن <i>regexp هذا للمقارنة</i>، يتم " +"الإعلان عن استمرار اتصال الخادم الفعلي. يجب وضع regexp داخل علامتي اقتباس. " +"تذكر أن\n" +"‏regexps لا تعتبر سلاسل عادية مما تتطلب منك تفادي الأحرف الخاصة إذا كان ينبغي " +"استخدامها كبيانات حرفية. لاحظ أنه يمكن تجاوز regexp هذا\n" "اختياريًا وفقًا لكل خادم فعلي مستند إلى regexp للاستلام.\n" -"</p><p>بالنسبة لفحص<small>DNS</small> ، ينبغي أن يكون ذلك أي من عناوين سجل A أو أي من أسماء سجل <small>PTR</small> .\n" +"</p><p>بالنسبة لفحص<small>DNS</small> ، ينبغي أن يكون ذلك أي من عناوين سجل A " +"أو أي من أسماء سجل <small>PTR</small> .\n" "</p><p>بالنسبة لفحصMySQL ، لن يُستخدم إعداد الاستلام.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big> أسلوبhttp‏</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n" -"</p><p>تعيين أسلوب <small>HTTP</small> الذي ينبغي استخدامه لإحضار عنوان <small>URI</small> المحدد في سلسلة الطلب. يعد <small>GET</small> الأسلوب المستخدم افتراضيًا إذا لم يتم تعيين المعلمة. إذا تم استخدام الأسلوب<small>HEAD</small> ، فينبغي ألا يتم تعيين سلسلة الاستلام.\n" +"</p><p><b><big> أسلوبhttp‏</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</" +"small></b>\n" +"</p><p>تعيين أسلوب <small>HTTP</small> الذي ينبغي استخدامه لإحضار عنوان " +"<small>URI</small> المحدد في سلسلة الطلب. يعد <small>GET</small> الأسلوب " +"المستخدم افتراضيًا إذا لم يتم تعيين المعلمة. إذا تم استخدام " +"الأسلوب<small>HEAD</small> ، فينبغي ألا يتم تعيين سلسلة الاستلام.\n" "</p><p>الإعداد الافتراضي: <small>GET</small>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>المضيف الظاهري</big> = \"</b><i>اسم المضيف</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>يُستخدم عند استخدام فحص تفاوض مع أسلوب <small>HTTP</small> أو <small>HTTPS</small>. تعيين عنوان المضيف المستخدم في طلب <small>HTTP</small>. في حالة الأسلوب <small>HTTPS</small>، عامةً ما يحتاج إلى مطابقة الاسم الشائع لشهادة <small>SSL</small>. إذا لم يتم تعيين عنوان المضيف، فسيتم اشتقاقه\n" -"من عنوان url الخاص بالطلب للخادم الفعلي إذا كان موجودًا. وكحل أخير، سيُستخدم عنوان <small>IP</small> للخادم الفعلي. \n" +"</p><p>يُستخدم عند استخدام فحص تفاوض مع أسلوب <small>HTTP</small> أو " +"<small>HTTPS</small>. تعيين عنوان المضيف المستخدم في طلب <small>HTTP</" +"small>. في حالة الأسلوب <small>HTTPS</small>، عامةً ما يحتاج إلى مطابقة الاسم " +"الشائع لشهادة <small>SSL</small>. إذا لم يتم تعيين عنوان المضيف، فسيتم " +"اشتقاقه\n" +"من عنوان url الخاص بالطلب للخادم الفعلي إذا كان موجودًا. وكحل أخير، سيُستخدم " +"عنوان <small>IP</small> للخادم الفعلي. \n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>تسجيل الدخول</big> = \"</b><i>اسم المستخدم</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>بالنسبة للأساليب <small>FTP</small> و<small>IMAP</small> و<small>LDAP</small> وMySQL وOracle و<small>POP</small> وPostgreSQL، سيُستخدم اسم المستخدم لتسجيل الدخول.\n" +"</p><p>بالنسبة للأساليب <small>FTP</small> و<small>IMAP</small> " +"و<small>LDAP</small> وMySQL وOracle و<small>POP</small> وPostgreSQL، سيُستخدم " +"اسم المستخدم لتسجيل الدخول.\n" "</p><p>بالنسبة لأسلوب Radius، تُستخدم كلمة السر للسمة \"اسم المستخدم\".\n" -"</p><p>بالنسبة للأسلوب<small>SIP</small> ، يُستخدم اسم المستخدم كعنوان المرسل والمستلم لاستعلام <small>OPTIONS</small> .\n" +"</p><p>بالنسبة للأسلوب<small>SIP</small> ، يُستخدم اسم المستخدم كعنوان المرسل " +"والمستلم لاستعلام <small>OPTIONS</small> .\n" "</p><p>الإعداد الافتراضي:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small>مجهول\n" "</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle وPostgreSQL: يجب تحديدها في التكوين\n" -"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>، يُشتق اسم المضيف وفقًا لخيار كلمة السر أدناه.\n" +"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>، يُشتق اسم المضيف " +"وفقًا لخيار كلمة السر أدناه.\n" "</dt><dt>* خلاف ذلك: سلسلة فارعة تشير إلى أنه لن تتم محاولة مصادقة الحالة.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>كلمة السر</big> = \"</b><i>كلمة السر</i><b>\"</b>\n" "<p>كلمة السر المطلوب استخدامها\n" -"لتسجيل الدخول إلى الخوادم <small>FTP</small> و<small>IMAP</small> و<small>LDAP</small> وMySQL وOracle و<small>POP</small> وPostgreSQL و\n" +"لتسجيل الدخول إلى الخوادم <small>FTP</small> و<small>IMAP</small> " +"و<small>LDAP</small> وMySQL وOracle و<small>POP</small> وPostgreSQL و\n" "<small>SIP</small>.\n" -"</p><p>بالنسبة لخادم Radius، تُستخدم كلمة السر للسمة \"المستخدم وكلمة السر\".\n" +"</p><p>بالنسبة لخادم Radius، تُستخدم كلمة السر للسمة \"المستخدم وكلمة السر" +"\".\n" "</p><p>الإعداد الافتراضي:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>، حيث يعد اسم المضيف متغير البيئة <small>HOSTNAME</small> الذي يتم تقييمه في وقت التشغيل أو اشتقاقه من uname إذا لم يتم تعيينه.\n" -"</dt><dt>* خلاف ذلك: سلسلة فارغة. في حال وجود الخوادم <small>LDAP</small> وMySQL وOracle وPostgreSQL، فإنه لن يتم إجراء المصادقة.\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>، حيث يعد اسم " +"المضيف متغير البيئة <small>HOSTNAME</small> الذي يتم تقييمه في وقت التشغيل " +"أو اشتقاقه من uname إذا لم يتم تعيينه.\n" +"</dt><dt>* خلاف ذلك: سلسلة فارغة. في حال وجود الخوادم <small>LDAP</small> " +"وMySQL وOracle وPostgreSQL، فإنه لن يتم إجراء المصادقة.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</dt><dt><b><big>اسم قاعدة البيانات</big> = \"</b><i>اسم قاعدة البيانات</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>قاعدة البيانات المطلوب استخدامها للخوادم MySQL وOracle وPostgreSQL، هي التي سيُجرى الاستعلام (التعيين حسب<b>الاستلام</b> أعلاه) وفقًا لها. هذا هو الإعداد المطلوب..\n" +"</dt><dt><b><big>اسم قاعدة البيانات</big> = \"</b><i>اسم قاعدة البيانات</" +"i><b>\"</b>\n" +"<p>قاعدة البيانات المطلوب استخدامها للخوادم MySQL وOracle وPostgreSQL، هي " +"التي سيُجرى الاستعلام (التعيين حسب<b>الاستلام</b> أعلاه) وفقًا لها. هذا هو " +"الإعداد المطلوب..\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>سر خادم radius </big> = \"</b><i>سر خادم radius </i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>السر المطلوب استخدامه لخوادم Radius هو الذي يُستخدم لإجراء طلب-وصول باستخدام اسم المستخدم (التعيين حسب <b>تسجيل الدخول</b> أعلاه) وكلمة السر (التعيين حسب\n" +"</p><p><b><big>سر خادم radius </big> = \"</b><i>سر خادم radius </i><b>\"</" +"b>\n" +"</p><p>السر المطلوب استخدامه لخوادم Radius هو الذي يُستخدم لإجراء طلب-وصول " +"باستخدام اسم المستخدم (التعيين حسب <b>تسجيل الدخول</b> أعلاه) وكلمة السر " +"(التعيين حسب\n" "<b>كلمة السر</b> أعلاه).\n" "</p><p>الإعداد الافتراضي: سلسلة فارغة\n" "\n" @@ -712,193 +1024,230 @@ "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>قناع الشبكة</big> =</b> <i>w.x.y.z</i>\n" -"</p><p>قناع الشبكة المطلوب استخدامه للتنفيذ المتكرر لاتصالات العميل المستمرة.\n" +"</p><p>قناع الشبكة المطلوب استخدامه للتنفيذ المتكرر لاتصالات العميل " +"المستمرة.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>المجدول</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n" -"</p><p>المجدول المطلوب استخدامه بواسطة <small>LVS</small> لموازنة التحميل. للحصول على أي معلومة حول المجدولات المتوفرة، الرجاء مراجعة الصفحة اليدوية <b><a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a></b>(8).\n" +"</p><p>المجدول المطلوب استخدامه بواسطة <small>LVS</small> لموازنة التحميل. " +"للحصول على أي معلومة حول المجدولات المتوفرة، الرجاء مراجعة الصفحة اليدوية " +"<b><a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a></b>(8).\n" "</p><p>الإعداد الافتراضي: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>البروتوكول</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n" -"</p><p>البروتوكول المطلوب استخدامه. إذا تم تحديد الخادم الظاهري كمنفذ وعنوان <small>IP</small>، فيجب أن يكون البروتوكول إما tcp أوudp. إذا تم وضع علامة كجدار ناري، فيجب أن يكون\n" +"</p><p>البروتوكول المطلوب استخدامه. إذا تم تحديد الخادم الظاهري كمنفذ وعنوان " +"<small>IP</small>، فيجب أن يكون البروتوكول إما tcp أوudp. إذا تم وضع علامة " +"كجدار ناري، فيجب أن يكون\n" "البروتوكول fwm.\n" "</p><p>الإعداد الافتراضي:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* إذا كان الخادم الظاهري هو منفذ وعنوان <small>IP</small> ولم يكن المنفذ 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* الخادم الظاهري هو منفذ وعنوان <small>IP</small> والمنفذ هو 53: udp\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* إذا كان الخادم الظاهري هو منفذ وعنوان <small>IP</small> ولم " +"يكن المنفذ 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* الخادم الظاهري هو منفذ وعنوان <small>IP</small> والمنفذ هو 53: " +"udp\n" "</dt><dt>* الخادم الظاهري هو علامة جدار ناري: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>مهلة الفحص</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>المهلة بالثواني لعمليات فحص أداة اختبار الاتصال والفحص الخارجي وفحص الاتصال. إذا تم تجاوز المهلة، فسيتم الإعلان عن الخادم الفعلي بأنه خامد.\n" +"</p><p>المهلة بالثواني لعمليات فحص أداة اختبار الاتصال والفحص الخارجي وفحص " +"الاتصال. إذا تم تجاوز المهلة، فسيتم الإعلان عن الخادم الفعلي بأنه خامد.\n" "</p><p>إذا تم تحديدها في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" -"</p><p>إذا لم يتم تحديدها، فستُستخدم مهلة التفاوض. تعد مهلة التفاوض أيضًا قيمة عمومية يمكن تجاوزها بواسطة كل إعداد ظاهري.\n" -"</p><p>إذا لم يتم تعيين كل من مهلة الفحص ومهلة التفاوض، فسيُستخدم الإعداد الافتراضي.\n" +"</p><p>إذا لم يتم تحديدها، فستُستخدم مهلة التفاوض. تعد مهلة التفاوض أيضًا قيمة " +"عمومية يمكن تجاوزها بواسطة كل إعداد ظاهري.\n" +"</p><p>إذا لم يتم تعيين كل من مهلة الفحص ومهلة التفاوض، فسيُستخدم الإعداد " +"الافتراضي.\n" "</p><p>الإعداد الافتراضي: 5 ثوانٍ\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>مهلة التفاوض</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>المهلة بالثواني لعمليات فحص التفاوض.\n" "</p><p>إذا تم تحديدها في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" -"</p><p>إذا لم يتم تحديدها، فستُستخدم قيمة مهلة الاتصال. تعد مهلة الاتصال أيضًا قيمة عمومية يمكن تجاوزها بواسطة كل إعداد ظاهري.\n" -"</p><p>إذا لم يتم تعيين كل من مهلة التفاوض ومهلة الاتصال، فسيُستخدم الإعداد الافتراضي.\n" +"</p><p>إذا لم يتم تحديدها، فستُستخدم قيمة مهلة الاتصال. تعد مهلة الاتصال أيضًا " +"قيمة عمومية يمكن تجاوزها بواسطة كل إعداد ظاهري.\n" +"</p><p>إذا لم يتم تعيين كل من مهلة التفاوض ومهلة الاتصال، فسيُستخدم الإعداد " +"الافتراضي.\n" "</p><p>الإعداد الافتراضي: 30 ثانية\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>عدد مرات الفشل</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>سيتم الإبلاغ عن عدد المرات المتتالية للفشل عن طريق إجراء عملية فحص قبل اعتبار الاتصال بالخادم الفعلي فاشل. ستشير القيمة 1 إلى اعتبار الاتصال بالخادم الفعلي فاشل من محاولة الفشل الأولى. سيعمل الفحص الناجح على إعادة تعيين عدّاد مرات الفشل إلى 0.\n" +"</p><p>سيتم الإبلاغ عن عدد المرات المتتالية للفشل عن طريق إجراء عملية فحص " +"قبل اعتبار الاتصال بالخادم الفعلي فاشل. ستشير القيمة 1 إلى اعتبار الاتصال " +"بالخادم الفعلي فاشل من محاولة الفشل الأولى. سيعمل الفحص الناجح على إعادة " +"تعيين عدّاد مرات الفشل إلى 0.\n" "</p><p>إذا تم تحديده في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" "</p><p>الإعداد الافتراضي: 1\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>تنبيه البريد الإلكتروني</big> = \"</b><i>عنوان البريد الإلكتروني</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>هو عنوان بريد إلكتروني صالح لإرسال تنبيهات حول حالة الاتصال التي تم تغييرها إلى أي خادم فعلي محدد في الخدمة الظاهرية. يتطلب هذا الخيار تثبيت MailTools لكلl\n" -"وحدة النمطية. محاولة إرسال البريد الإلكتروني تلقائيًا باستخدام أي من الأساليب المضمنة. راجع perldoc Mail::Mailer لمزيد من المعلومات حول الأساليب.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>تنبيه البريد الإلكتروني</big> = \"</b><i>عنوان البريد " +"الإلكتروني</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>هو عنوان بريد إلكتروني صالح لإرسال تنبيهات حول حالة الاتصال التي تم " +"تغييرها إلى أي خادم فعلي محدد في الخدمة الظاهرية. يتطلب هذا الخيار تثبيت " +"MailTools لكلl\n" +"وحدة النمطية. محاولة إرسال البريد الإلكتروني تلقائيًا باستخدام أي من الأساليب " +"المضمنة. راجع perldoc Mail::Mailer لمزيد من المعلومات حول الأساليب.\n" "</p><p>إذا تم تحديد ذلك في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>تكرار تنبيهات البريد الإلكتروني</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>هو التأخير بالثواني بين تنبيهات البريد الإلكتروني المتكررة إذا ما زال الخادم الفعلي المحدد في الخدمة الظاهرية لا يمكن الوصول إليه. سيعمل إعداد الثواني الصفرية على منع التنبيهات المتكررة. تعتمد دقة توقيت البريد الإلكتروني لهذا الإعداد على عدد الثواني المحددة في خيار\n" +"</p><p>هو التأخير بالثواني بين تنبيهات البريد الإلكتروني المتكررة إذا ما زال " +"الخادم الفعلي المحدد في الخدمة الظاهرية لا يمكن الوصول إليه. سيعمل إعداد " +"الثواني الصفرية على منع التنبيهات المتكررة. تعتمد دقة توقيت البريد " +"الإلكتروني لهذا الإعداد على عدد الثواني المحددة في خيار\n" "تكوين الفاصل الزمني للفحص.\n" "</p><p>إذا تم تحديد ذلك في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" "</p><p>الإعداد الافتراضي: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>حالة تنبيه البريد الإلكتروني</big> = الكل</b>|<b>بلا</b>|<b>بدء</b>|<b>تشغيل</b>|<b>إيقاف</b>|<b>إعادة تحميل</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>قائمة حالات الخادم المفصولة بفواصل حيث ينبغي إرسال تنبيهات البريد الإلكتروني. حالة <b>الكل</b> هي موجز لتنفيذ الحالات \n" -"\"<b>بدء</b>،<b>تشغيل</b>،<b>إيقاف</b>،<b>إعادة تحميل</b>\". إذا تم تحديد الحالة <b>بلا</b>، فلن يتم تحديد أي خيار آخر، أو بخلاف ذلك، ستكون الخيارات ored\n" +"</p><p><b><big>حالة تنبيه البريد الإلكتروني</big> = الكل</b>|<b>بلا</b>|" +"<b>بدء</b>|<b>تشغيل</b>|<b>إيقاف</b>|<b>إعادة تحميل</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>قائمة حالات الخادم المفصولة بفواصل حيث ينبغي إرسال تنبيهات البريد " +"الإلكتروني. حالة <b>الكل</b> هي موجز لتنفيذ الحالات \n" +"\"<b>بدء</b>،<b>تشغيل</b>،<b>إيقاف</b>،<b>إعادة تحميل</b>\". إذا تم تحديد " +"الحالة <b>بلا</b>، فلن يتم تحديد أي خيار آخر، أو بخلاف ذلك، ستكون الخيارات " +"ored\n" "مع بعضها البعض.\n" "</p><p>إذا تم تحديد ذلك في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" "</p><p>الإعداد الافتراضي: الكل\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>احتياطي</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>الخادم الذي تتم إعادة توجيه خدمة ويب إليه إذا تعطلت الخوادم الفعلية. عادةً ما سيكون ذلك 127.0.0.1 مع صفحة طارئة.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>احتياطي</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" +"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>الخادم الذي تتم إعادة توجيه خدمة ويب إليه إذا تعطلت الخوادم الفعلية. " +"عادةً ما سيكون ذلك 127.0.0.1 مع صفحة طارئة.\n" "</p><p>إذا تم تحديد ذلك في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>اختبار الحالة الثابتة</big> = نعم</b>|<b>لا</b>\n" -"</p><p>إذا تم تحديد <i>نعم</i>، فإنه عند تحديد أن الخوادم الفعلية أو الإرجاع متعطلة، لا تتم إزالتها من جدول <small>LVS</small> في kernel.\n" -"وبخلاف ذلك، سيتم تعيين وزنها إلى صفر مما يعني أنه لن يتم قبول أي اتصالات جديدة.\n" -"</p><p>فهذا يتضمن الأثر الجانبي، حيث إنه إذا كان الخادم الفعلي يتضمن اتصالات مستمرة، فستتم متابعة إعادة توجيه الاتصالات الجديدة من أي أجهزة عميلة موجودة إلى\n" -"الخادم الفعلي، إلى أن تنتهي مهلة الاستمرار. راجع ipvsadm لمزيد من المعلومات حول الاتصالات المستمرة.\n" +"</p><p>إذا تم تحديد <i>نعم</i>، فإنه عند تحديد أن الخوادم الفعلية أو الإرجاع " +"متعطلة، لا تتم إزالتها من جدول <small>LVS</small> في kernel.\n" +"وبخلاف ذلك، سيتم تعيين وزنها إلى صفر مما يعني أنه لن يتم قبول أي اتصالات " +"جديدة.\n" +"</p><p>فهذا يتضمن الأثر الجانبي، حيث إنه إذا كان الخادم الفعلي يتضمن اتصالات " +"مستمرة، فستتم متابعة إعادة توجيه الاتصالات الجديدة من أي أجهزة عميلة موجودة " +"إلى\n" +"الخادم الفعلي، إلى أن تنتهي مهلة الاستمرار. راجع ipvsadm لمزيد من المعلومات " +"حول الاتصالات المستمرة.\n" "</p><p>يمكن تفادي هذا الأثر الجانبي عن طريق تشغيل ما يلي:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>إذا لم يكن الملف proc موجودًا، فقد يشير ذلك إلى أن kernel لا يتمتع بدعم lvs؛ حيث إنه لم يتم تحميل دعم <small>LVS</small> أو أن إصدار kernel قديم للغاية ليتضمن ملف proc. ينبغي أن يعمل تشغيل ipvsadm كجذر على تحميل <small>LVS</small> في kernel إن أمكن.\n" -"</p><p>إذا تم تحديد <i>لا</i>، فستتم إزالة الخوادم الفعلية أو الإرجاع من جدول <small>LVS</small> في kernel. الإعداد الافتراضي هو <i>نعم</i>.\n" +"</p><p>إذا لم يكن الملف proc موجودًا، فقد يشير ذلك إلى أن kernel لا يتمتع " +"بدعم lvs؛ حيث إنه لم يتم تحميل دعم <small>LVS</small> أو أن إصدار kernel " +"قديم للغاية ليتضمن ملف proc. ينبغي أن يعمل تشغيل ipvsadm كجذر على تحميل " +"<small>LVS</small> في kernel إن أمكن.\n" +"</p><p>إذا تم تحديد <i>لا</i>، فستتم إزالة الخوادم الفعلية أو الإرجاع من " +"جدول <small>LVS</small> في kernel. الإعداد الافتراضي هو <i>نعم</i>.\n" "</p><p>في حالة التحديد في قسم خادم ظاهري، يتم تجاوز القيمة العامة.\n" "</p><p>الإعداد الافتراضي: <i>نعم</i>\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" -#. overwrite global value part -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 +#. overwrite global value part +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 msgid "Check Type" msgstr "نوع الفحص" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150 msgid "Check Port" msgstr "منفذ الفحص" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" msgstr "الخدمة" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" msgstr "أمر الفحص" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157 msgid "Http Method" msgstr "أسلوب Http" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 msgid "Request" msgstr "طلب" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 msgid "Receive" msgstr "استقبال" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165 msgid "Virtual Host" msgstr "المضيف الظاهري" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" msgstr "تسجيل دخول" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" msgstr "كلمة السر" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" msgstr "اسم قاعدة البيانات" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181 msgid "Radius Secret" msgstr "سر Radius" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199 msgid "Persistent" msgstr "دائم" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "قناع الشبكة" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" msgstr "المجدول" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "بروتوكول" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" msgstr "الخوادم الظاهرية" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" msgstr "إضافة" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" msgstr "تحرير" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" msgstr "حذف" -#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 +#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 msgid "Virtual Server" msgstr "الخادم الظاهري" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298 msgid "Real Servers" msgstr "الخوادم الفعلية" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310 msgid "Check type" msgstr "نوع الفحص" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311 msgid "Auth type" msgstr "نوع المصادقة" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312 msgid "Others" msgstr "أخرى" -#. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 +#. return `cacel or a string +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" msgstr "موافق" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "إلغاء" -#. split the real server ip value; -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +#. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 msgid "" "If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" "[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" @@ -906,98 +1255,98 @@ "عند استخدام IPv6، ينبغي أن يكون التنسيق مثل ذلك\n" "[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "عنوان IP للخادم الفعلي" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419 msgid "Forward Method" msgstr "أسلوب أعادة التوجيه" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422 msgid "weight" msgstr "الوزن" -#. find next ] -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 msgid "IP address is not Valid" msgstr "عنوان IP غير صالح" -#. tab switch events end -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 msgid "Add a new real server:" msgstr "إضافة خادم فعلي جديد:" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 msgid "Edit the real server:" msgstr "تحرير الخادم الفعلي:" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تتم الآن التهيئة..." -#. Read all iplb settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214 +#. Read all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214 msgid "Initializing IPLB Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين IPLB" -#. Names of real stages -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +#. Names of real stages +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 msgid "Read the global settings" msgstr "قراءة الإعدادات العمومية" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 msgid "Read the virtual host settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات المضيف الظاهري" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223 msgid "Reading the global settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة الإعدادات العمومية..." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224 msgid "Reading the virtual host settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات المضيف الظاهري..." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. Write all iplb settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320 +#. Write all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320 msgid "Saving IPLB Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين IPLB" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "اكتب الاعدادات" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "تشغيل اعداد سوزي" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "..كتابة الاعدادات" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "يتم الآن تشغيل SuSEconfig..." -#. write global conf -#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" -#. string key's format -#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119 -#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string -#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 +#. write global conf +#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" +#. string key's format +#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119 +#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string +#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات." -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "ملخص التكوين..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iscsi-client.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iscsi-client.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iscsi-client.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,225 +14,226 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module -#: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module +#: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI initiator" msgstr "تكوين بادئ iSCSI" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving iSCSI configuration..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ تكوين iSCSI..." -#. Rich text title for IscsiClient in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:85 +#. Rich text title for IscsiClient in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:85 msgid "iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "بادئ iSCSI" -#. Menu title for IscsiClient in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:89 +#. Menu title for IscsiClient in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "ب&ادئ iSCSI" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "عند التشغ&يل" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:68 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "ي&دويًا" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:74 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "عند التشغيل" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:76 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "Manually" msgstr "يدويًا" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "iSNS Address" msgstr "عنوان iSNS" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "منفذ iSNS" -#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "اس&م البادئ" -#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well -#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware -#. shifting load from processor to card) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "ب&طاقة إلغاء التحميل" -#. table of connected targets -#. table of discovered targets -#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 +#. table of connected targets +#. table of discovered targets +#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "الواجهة" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "عنوان الموقع المدخلي" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "الاسم الهدف" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "بدء التشغيل" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "إضافة" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "تحرير" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Disconnect" msgstr "قطع الاتصال" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "متصل" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "اكتشاف" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "اتصال" -#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 +#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target +#. authentication dialog for add target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "بدون تصديق" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "تصديق الوارد" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "اسم المستخدم" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "كلمة السر" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "تصديق الصادر" -#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Startup" msgstr "بدء التشغيل" -#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 +#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "manual" msgstr "يدوي" -#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 +#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 msgid "onboot" msgstr "onboot" -#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 msgid "automatic" msgstr "تلقائي" -#. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 +#. widget for portal address +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "عنوان IP" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Port" msgstr "منفذ" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Key" msgstr "مفتاح" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Value" msgstr "قيمة" -#. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 +#. service status dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Service" msgstr "الخدمة" -#. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 +#. list og connected targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "الأهداف المتصلة" -#. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "الأهداف المكتشفة" -#. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 +#. main tabbed dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة على بادئ iSCSI" -#. discovery new target -#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 +#. discovery new target +#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" msgstr "<h1>بادئ iSCSI</h1>" -#. authentication dialog for add new target -#. list of connected targets -#. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 +#. authentication dialog for add new target +#. list of connected targets +#. authentication for connect to portal +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "اكتشاف بادئ iSCSI" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:38 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -240,17 +241,18 @@ "<p><b><big>تهيئة تكوين بادئ iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:42 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إيقاف التهيئة</big></b><br>\n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</" +"p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -258,8 +260,8 @@ "<p><b><big>حفظ تكوين بادئ iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:50 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -271,8 +273,8 @@ " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك بما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" " </p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:57 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure an iSCSI initiator here.<br></p>\n" @@ -280,8 +282,8 @@ "<p><b><big>تكوين بادئ iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" "قم بتكوين بادئ iSCSI هنا.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:61 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n" "Select an iSCSI initiator from the list of detected initiators.\n" @@ -293,8 +295,8 @@ " إذا لم يتم اكتشاف بادئ iSCSI لديك، استخدم الخيار <b>أخرى (غير مكتشفة)</b>.\n" " اضغط بعد ذلك <b>تكوين</b>.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:68 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -304,8 +306,8 @@ "إذا قمت بضغط <b>تحرير</b>، يظهر مربع حوار إضافي يتم من خلاله تغيير\n" " التكوين.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:74 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\n" @@ -315,8 +317,8 @@ "يمكنك الحصول على نظرة عامة على بادئات iSCSI المثبتة. بالإضافة إلى ذلك،\n" " يمكنك تحرير التكوينات الخاصة بها.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:80 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI initiator.</p>\n" @@ -324,8 +326,8 @@ "<p><b><big>إضافة بادئ iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" "اضغط <b>إضافة</b> لتكوين بادئ iSCSI.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:84 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an iSCSI Initiator to change or remove.\n" @@ -335,138 +337,207 @@ "اختر بادئ iSCSI لتغييره أو إزالته.\n" " اضغط بعد ذلك <b>تحرير</b> أو <b>حذف</b> حسب الحاجة.</p>\n" -#. table of connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 -msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>قائمة بالجلسات الحالية.</p><p>استخدم الزر <b>إضافة</b> للحصول على مزيد من الأهداف. يبدأ الاكتشاف في البحث عن أهداف جديدة ويظل وضع البدء للأهداف المتصلة بالفعل دون تغيير.<br>استخدم <b>قطع الاتصال</b> لإلغاء الاتصال ثم قم بإزالة الهدف من القائمة.<br>لتغيير حالة بدء التشغيل، اضغط على <b>تحرير</b>.</p>" +#. table of connected targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get " +"additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the " +"start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use " +"<b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target " +"from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>قائمة بالجلسات الحالية.</p><p>استخدم الزر <b>إضافة</b> للحصول على مزيد من " +"الأهداف. يبدأ الاكتشاف في البحث عن أهداف جديدة ويظل وضع البدء للأهداف " +"المتصلة بالفعل دون تغيير.<br>استخدم <b>قطع الاتصال</b> لإلغاء الاتصال ثم قم " +"بإزالة الهدف من القائمة.<br>لتغيير حالة بدء التشغيل، اضغط على <b>تحرير</b>.</" +"p>" -#. Warning -#. Warning -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 +#. Warning +#. Warning +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>تحذير</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 -msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p>عند الوصول إلى جهاز يعمل ببروتوكول iSCSI <b>للقراءة</b>/<b>الكتابة</b>، تأكد من أن هذا الوصول خاص. وإلا سيكون هناك احتمال كبير لتعرُض البيانات للتلف.</p>\n" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 +msgid "" +"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that " +"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " +"corruption.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>عند الوصول إلى جهاز يعمل ببروتوكول iSCSI <b>للقراءة</b>/<b>الكتابة</b>، " +"تأكد من أن هذا الوصول خاص. وإلا سيكون هناك احتمال كبير لتعرُض البيانات للتلف." +"</p>\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" +"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" +"tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " +"able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>اسم البادئ</b> هو قيمة من <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" -"إذا كان لديك iBFT، فستتم إضافة هذه القيمة من هناك وستتمكن من تغييرها في إعداد BIOS.</p>" +"إذا كان لديك iBFT، فستتم إضافة هذه القيمة من هناك وستتمكن من تغييرها في " +"إعداد BIOS.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for " +"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " +"be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"إذا كنت ترغب في استخدام <b>iSNS</b> (خدمة أسماء التخزين على إنترنت) في اكتشاف الأهداف بدلاً من أسلوب SendTargets الافتراضي،\n" -"قم بملء عنوان IP الخاص بخادم iSNS ومنفذه. يجب أن يكون المنفذ الافتراضي هو 3205.\n" +"إذا كنت ترغب في استخدام <b>iSNS</b> (خدمة أسماء التخزين على إنترنت) في " +"اكتشاف الأهداف بدلاً من أسلوب SendTargets الافتراضي،\n" +"قم بملء عنوان IP الخاص بخادم iSNS ومنفذه. يجب أن يكون المنفذ الافتراضي هو " +"3205.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n" -"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> " +"and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n" msgstr "" "أدخل <b> عنوان IP</b> لملقم iSCSI الهدف.\n" -"قم بتغيير <b>المنفذ</b> فقط في حالة الحاجة إلى ذلك. للمصادقة، استخدم <b>اسم المستخدم</b> و<b>كلمة المرور</b>.في حالة عدم الحاجة إلى المصادقة، \n" +"قم بتغيير <b>المنفذ</b> فقط في حالة الحاجة إلى ذلك. للمصادقة، استخدم <b>اسم " +"المستخدم</b> و<b>كلمة المرور</b>.في حالة عدم الحاجة إلى المصادقة، \n" "حدد <b>عدم مصادقة</b>.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 -msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. " -msgstr "قائمة نقاط التوصيل التي يعرضها هدف iSCSI. حدد عنصرًا واحدًا ثم انقر فوق <b>اتصال</b>." +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 +msgid "" +"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " +"<b>Connect</b>. " +msgstr "" +"قائمة نقاط التوصيل التي يعرضها هدف iSCSI. حدد عنصرًا واحدًا ثم انقر فوق " +"<b>اتصال</b>." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>بدء التشغيل</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\n" -"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" +"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " +"when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>\n" -"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" +"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " +"service\n" "starts up.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>دليل</b> أهداف iSCSI أن لا تكون متصلًا بشكل افتراضي، يحتاج المستخدم إلى\n" +"<p><b>دليل</b> أهداف iSCSI أن لا تكون متصلًا بشكل افتراضي، يحتاج المستخدم " +"إلى\n" "القيام بذلك يدويًا</p>\n" -"<p><b>عند الإقلاع</b> لأهداف iSCSI أن تكون متصلًا أثناء الإقلاع، أي عندما يكون \n" +"<p><b>عند الإقلاع</b> لأهداف iSCSI أن تكون متصلًا أثناء الإقلاع، أي عندما " +"يكون \n" "الجذر على iSCSI. مثل أن يتم التقييم من initrd.</p>\n" "<p><b>التلقائي</b> لأهداف iSCSI تكون متصلًا عند بدء \n" "تشغل خدمة iSCSI نفسها.</p>\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" msgstr "<h1>المصادقة</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>" -msgstr "<p>الإعداد الافتراضي هنا هو <i>عدم المصادقة </i>. قم بإلغاء تحديد مربع الاختيار في حالة الحاجة إلى المصادقة لأسباب الأمان. أدخل <b>اسم المستخدم</b> و<b>كلمة المرور</b> للمصادقة الواردة أو المصادقة الصادرة أو كلتيهما.</p><p><b>الرجاء ملاحظة أن:</b><br> المصادقة الواردة هنا ترتبط بالمصادقة الصادرة في جانب ملقم iSCSI الهدف والعكس. </p>" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 +msgid "" +"<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the " +"checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter " +"<b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing " +"Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming " +"Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target " +"server side and the other way round.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>الإعداد الافتراضي هنا هو <i>عدم المصادقة </i>. قم بإلغاء تحديد مربع " +"الاختيار في حالة الحاجة إلى المصادقة لأسباب الأمان. أدخل <b>اسم المستخدم</b> " +"و<b>كلمة المرور</b> للمصادقة الواردة أو المصادقة الصادرة أو كلتيهما.</" +"p><p><b>الرجاء ملاحظة أن:</b><br> المصادقة الواردة هنا ترتبط بالمصادقة " +"الصادرة في جانب ملقم iSCSI الهدف والعكس. </p>" -#. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 -msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>" -msgstr "<p>تعرض هذه الشاشة قائمة بالأهداف التي تم اكتشافها.</p><p>استخدم الزر <b>اكتشاف</b> للحصول على أهداف iSCSI المتاحة من ملقم محدد بواسطة عنوان IP.<br><b>قم بالتوصيل</b> بهدف لإنشاء اتصال. إذا كان تسجيل الدخول ناجحًا، فسيعرض العمود <i>متصل</i> الحالة صواب ويظهر الهدف على شاشة <i>الأهداف المتصلة</i>.<br>لإزالة هدف، استخدم الزر<b>حذف</b>.<br><b>تلميح:</b لا يُسمح بإزالة إلا الأهداف غير المتصلة. إذا كان ذلك مطلوبًا، استخدم الخيار <b>فصل</b> في <i>الأهداف المتصلة</i> أولاً.</p><p><b>الرجاء ملاحظة:</b> بدء <b>الاكتشاف</b> مرة أخرى يعني إعادة اكتشاف الأهداف التي من المحتمل أن تقوم بتغيير وضع � �لبدء للأهداف المتصلة بالفعل (إلى يدوي افتراضي). انتقل إلى شاشة <i>الأهداف المتصلة</i> واستخدم الزر <b>إضافة</b> في حالة الرغبة في إضافة أهداف جديدة دون تغيير وضع بدء التشغيل.</p>" +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 +msgid "" +"<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the " +"<b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server " +"specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the " +"connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status " +"'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen." +"<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> " +"Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, " +"<b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</" +"b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets " +"which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets " +"(to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the " +"<b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-" +"up mode.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>تعرض هذه الشاشة قائمة بالأهداف التي تم اكتشافها.</p><p>استخدم الزر " +"<b>اكتشاف</b> للحصول على أهداف iSCSI المتاحة من ملقم محدد بواسطة عنوان IP." +"<br><b>قم بالتوصيل</b> بهدف لإنشاء اتصال. إذا كان تسجيل الدخول ناجحًا، فسيعرض " +"العمود <i>متصل</i> الحالة صواب ويظهر الهدف على شاشة <i>الأهداف المتصلة</i>." +"<br>لإزالة هدف، استخدم الزر<b>حذف</b>.<br><b>تلميح:</b لا يُسمح بإزالة إلا " +"الأهداف غير المتصلة. إذا كان ذلك مطلوبًا، استخدم الخيار <b>فصل</b> في " +"<i>الأهداف المتصلة</i> أولاً.</p><p><b>الرجاء ملاحظة:</b> بدء <b>الاكتشاف</b> " +"مرة أخرى يعني إعادة اكتشاف الأهداف التي من المحتمل أن تقوم بتغيير وضع البدء " +"للأهداف المتصلة بالفعل (إلى يدوي افتراضي). انتقل إلى شاشة <i>الأهداف " +"المتصلة</i> واستخدم الزر <b>إضافة</b> في حالة الرغبة في إضافة أهداف جديدة " +"دون تغيير وضع بدء التشغيل.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>" -#. string initiatorname=""; -#. function for run command in background -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:65 +#. string initiatorname=""; +#. function for run command in background +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:65 msgid "Command timed out" msgstr "انتهت مهلة الأمر" -#. validation for authentication dialog entry -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135 +#. validation for authentication dialog entry +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Insert the username." msgstr "قم بإدراج اسم المستخدم." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140 msgid "Insert the password." msgstr "قم بإدراج كلمة السر." -#. init table of connected sessions -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:152 +#. init table of connected sessions +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Error While Connecting iscsid" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء اتصال iscsid" -#. delete (logout from) connected target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:214 +#. delete (logout from) connected target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:214 msgid "Really log out from the selected target?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل الخروج من الهدف المحدد؟" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء الخروج من الهدف المحدد." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 msgid "No record found." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على أي سجل." -#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 +#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 msgid "No valid IP address" msgstr "عنوان IP غير صالح" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgstr "عدم ترك حقل المنفذ فارغًا" -#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 +#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" msgstr "اسم البادئ غير صحيح" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 msgid "" "\n" "The correct syntax is\n" @@ -488,144 +559,150 @@ "\n" "هل تريد استخدام هذا الاسم؟\n" -#. validate ip -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 +#. validate ip +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "قم بإدراج عنوان IP." -#. check for valid host name -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 +#. check for valid host name +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" msgstr "الرجاء التحقق من اسم مضيف عنوان IP ‏(resp.)‏.‏\n" -#. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 +#. validate port number +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "قم بإدراج المنفذ." -#. string record = deletechars(row_in_string[0]:"", "[]"); -#. ******************* target table ************************* -#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 +#. string record = deletechars(row_in_string[0]:"", "[]"); +#. ******************* target table ************************* +#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 msgid "True" msgstr "صواب" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 msgid "False" msgstr "خطأ" -#. check if not already connected -#. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 -msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "الهدف في TargetName هذا متصل بالفعل. تأكد من تمكين Multipathing لمنع تلف البيانات." +#. check if not already connected +#. check if not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 +msgid "" +"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " +"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "" +"الهدف في TargetName هذا متصل بالفعل. تأكد من تمكين Multipathing لمنع تلف " +"البيانات." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 msgid "Continue" msgstr "متابعة" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "إلغاء" -#. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 +#. check if is not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "الهدف متصل بالفعل." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:121 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:121 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "تكوين بادئ iSCSI" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:123 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:123 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) +#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 +msgid "" +"<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed." +"</p>" msgstr "<p>لتكوين بادئ iSCSI، يجب تثبيت حزمة <b>%1</b>.</p>" -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>هل تريد تثبيتها الآن؟</p>" -#. IscsiClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:152 +#. IscsiClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:152 msgid "Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين بادئ iSCSI" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:168 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:168 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "قراءة قاعدة البيانات" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:170 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:170 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "قراءة الإعدادات السابقة" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:172 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:172 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "اكتشاف الأجهزة" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:176 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:176 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة قاعدة البيانات..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:178 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:178 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة الإعدادات السابقة..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:180 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:180 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "يتم الآن اكتشاف الأجهزة..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:182 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:182 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. IscsiClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:237 +#. IscsiClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:237 msgid "Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين بادئ iSCSI" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:246 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:246 msgid "Write AutoYaST settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات autoYaST" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:248 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:248 msgid "Set up service status" msgstr "إعداد حالة الخدمة" -#. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +#. interface type for hardware offloading +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "الافتراضي (برنامج)" -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 msgid "all" msgstr "الكل" -#. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 +#. } +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -637,13 +714,13 @@ "نسخة احتياطية. إذا أردت استخدام اسم بادئ \n" "مختلف، قم بتغييرها في BIOS.\n" -#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons -#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 +#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons +#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 msgid "Target connection failed.\n" msgstr "فشل الاتصال الهدف.\n" -#. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 +#. do discovery first +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "ملخص التكوين..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iscsi-lio-server.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iscsi-lio-server.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iscsi-lio-server.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-lio-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,244 +14,244 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI target via LIO" msgstr "تكوين هدف iSCSI عبر LIO" -#. Rich text title for IscsiLioServer in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:85 +#. Rich text title for IscsiLioServer in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:85 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target" msgstr "هدف iSCSI LIO" -#. Menu title for IscsiLioServer in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:89 +#. Menu title for IscsiLioServer in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&iSCSI LIO Target" msgstr "هدف &iSCSI LIO" -#. first tab - service status and firewall -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#. first tab - service status and firewall +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Service" msgstr "الخدمة" -#. second tab - global authentication +#. second tab - global authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "عمومي" -#. third tab - targets / luns -#. targets dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 +#. third tab - targets / luns +#. targets dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "الأهداف" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Target" msgstr "الهدف" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "المعرِّف" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Portal group" msgstr "مجموعة المداخل" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Ip address" msgstr "عنوان Ip" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:140 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "Port number" msgstr "رقم المنفذ" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Bind all IP addresses" msgstr "ربط كل عناوين IP" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Use Authentication" msgstr "تصديق الاستخدام" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Path" msgstr "المسار" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Add" msgstr "إضافة" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "Edit" msgstr "تحرير" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Delete" msgstr "حذف" -#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Initiator" msgstr "البادئ" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "LUN Mapping" msgstr "تعيين LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Auth" msgstr "تصديق" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "تحرير LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "تحرير المصادقة" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "Copy" msgstr "نسخ" -#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 +#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "بدون تصديق" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "تصديق الوارد" -#. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 +#. dialog to add/modify user and password +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 msgid "Username" msgstr "اسم المستخدم" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 msgid "Password" msgstr "كلمة المرور" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "تصديق الصادر" -#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 +#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "عند ال&تمهيد" -#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 +#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "ي&دويًا" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "عند التمهيد" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "يدويًا" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "TPG Status" msgstr "حالة TPG" -#. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 +#. dialog for expert settings +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Key" msgstr "المفتاح" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Value" msgstr "القيمة" -#. Summary dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 +#. Summary dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. Main dialog - tabbed +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة على أهداف iSCSI LIO" -#. expert dialog -#. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 +#. expert dialog +#. LUN details +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "<h1>هدف iSCSI</h1>" -#. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 +#. dialog for add target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "إضافة هدف iSCSI" -#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target -#. (includes authentication) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 +#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target +#. (includes authentication) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup" msgstr "تعديل إعداد بادئ هدف iSCSI" -#. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 +#. edit target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "تعديل إعداد Lun لهدف iSCSI" -#. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 +#. expert target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير لهدف iSCSI" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:38 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -259,17 +259,18 @@ "<p><b><big>جارٍ تهيئة تكوين هدف iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إحباط التهيئة</big></b><br>\n" -"يمكنك إحباط البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق الضغط على <b>إحباط</b> الآن.</p>\n" +"يمكنك إحباط البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق الضغط على <b>إحباط</b> " +"الآن.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -277,8 +278,8 @@ "<p><b><big>جارٍ حفظ تكوين هدف iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" "برجاء الانتظار...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -290,7 +291,7 @@ "يبلغك مربع حوار إضافي بما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<p><b>Save</b> button will export some information about\n" "targets into selected file.</p>" @@ -298,8 +299,8 @@ "سيعمل الزر <p><b>حفظ</b> على تصدير بعض المعلومات حول\n" "الأهداف في الملف المُحدد.</p>" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure an iSCSI target here.<br></p>\n" @@ -307,8 +308,8 @@ "<p><b><big>تكوين هدف iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" "قم بتكوين هدف iSCSI هنا.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an iSCSI target from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\n" @@ -320,8 +321,8 @@ "إذا لم يتم اكتشاف الهدف الخاص بك، فاستخدم <b>أخرى (لم يتم اكتشافها)</b>.\n" "اضغط بعد ذلك على <b>تكوين</b>.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:72 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -331,8 +332,8 @@ "إذا قمت بالضغط على <b>تحرير</b>، فسيظهر مربع حوار إضافي يتم من خلاله تغيير\n" "التكوين.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:78 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n" @@ -342,8 +343,8 @@ "يمكنك الحصول على نظرة عامة على أهداف iSCSI المثبتة. بالإضافة إلى ذلك\n" "يمكنك تحرير التكوينات الخاصة بها.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:84 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI target.</p>" @@ -351,8 +352,8 @@ "<p><b><big>إضافة هدف iSCSI</big></b><br>\n" "اضغط على <b>إضافة</b> لتكوين هدف iSCSI.</p>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:89 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\n" @@ -362,8 +363,8 @@ "اختر هدف iSCSI المطلوب تغييره أو إزالته.\n" "اضغط بعد ذلك على <b>تحرير</b> أو <b>حذف</b> كما ترغب.</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:95 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -373,10 +374,10 @@ "اضغط على <b>التالي</b> للمتابعة.\n" "<br></p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:101 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:113 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -386,8 +387,8 @@ "هذا غير ممكن، يجب ترميزه أولاً. :-)\n" "</p>" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:107 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -397,55 +398,84 @@ "اضغط على <b>التالي</b> للمتابعة.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. discovery authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>." -msgstr "حدد نوع المصادقة. استخدم <b>بلا مصادقة</b> أو أحد الخيارين <b>الوارد</b> و<b>الصادر</b> (يمكن استخدام الخيارين معًا). قم بعد ذلك بإدراج <b>المستخدم</b> و<b>كلمة المرور</b>." +#. discovery authentication +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 +msgid "" +"Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of " +"<b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert " +"<b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>." +msgstr "" +"حدد نوع المصادقة. استخدم <b>بلا مصادقة</b> أو أحد الخيارين <b>الوارد</b> " +"و<b>الصادر</b> (يمكن استخدام الخيارين معًا). قم بعد ذلك بإدراج <b>المستخدم</" +"b> و<b>كلمة المرور</b>." -#. target client setup. -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 +#. target client setup. +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n" -" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n" -" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>" +"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN " +"imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use " +"<i>InitiatorName</i>\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> " +"will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>استخدم <b>إضافة</b> لمنح بادئ (عميل iSCSI) إمكانية الوصول إلى LUN مستورد من\n" -" مجموعة مدخل الهدف. حدد البادئ الذي يُسمح له بالوصول إليها (استخدم <i>InitiatorName</i>\n" -" من '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' على بادئ iSCSI). سيقوم الإعداد <b>حذف</b> بإزالة صلاحية وصول البادئ إلى LUN.</p>" +"<p>استخدم <b>إضافة</b> لمنح بادئ (عميل iSCSI) إمكانية الوصول إلى LUN مستورد " +"من\n" +" مجموعة مدخل الهدف. حدد البادئ الذي يُسمح له بالوصول إليها (استخدم " +"<i>InitiatorName</i>\n" +" من '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' على بادئ iSCSI). سيقوم الإعداد <b>حذف</" +"b> بإزالة صلاحية وصول البادئ إلى LUN.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" -" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>" +"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " +"target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the " +"type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both " +"together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to " +"set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" +" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</" +"b> is disabled here.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>مع <b>تحرير LUN‏</b> يمكن للشخص أن يعدل تعيين LUN‏. الرجاء ملاحظة أنه يجب أن يكون رقم LUN الهدف فريدًا.‏<br>بعد الضغط على <b>تحرير المصادقة</b>، حدد نوع المصادقة. استخدم <b>وارد</b>،<b>صادر</b> أو كليهما معًا، ثم قم بإدراج <b>المستخدم</b> و<b>كلمة المرور‏</b>‏. الرجاء التأكد من تعيين كلمات مرور مختلفة للمصادقة الواردة والصادرة.\n" -" إذا تم تعطيل <b>استخدام المصادقة</b> في مربع الحوار السابق، يُعطل <b>تحرير المصادقة</b> هنا.</p>" +"<p>مع <b>تحرير LUN‏</b> يمكن للشخص أن يعدل تعيين LUN‏. الرجاء ملاحظة أنه يجب " +"أن يكون رقم LUN الهدف فريدًا.‏<br>بعد الضغط على <b>تحرير المصادقة</b>، حدد نوع " +"المصادقة. استخدم <b>وارد</b>،<b>صادر</b> أو كليهما معًا، ثم قم بإدراج " +"<b>المستخدم</b> و<b>كلمة المرور‏</b>‏. الرجاء التأكد من تعيين كلمات مرور " +"مختلفة للمصادقة الواردة والصادرة.\n" +" إذا تم تعطيل <b>استخدام المصادقة</b> في مربع الحوار السابق، يُعطل <b>تحرير " +"المصادقة</b> هنا.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 -msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access " +"to the LUN.</p>" msgstr "يوفر الإعداد <p><b>نسخ</b> إمكانية منح وصول بادئ إضافي إلى LUN.</p>" -#. target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 +#. target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " +"clicking <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</" +"b>." msgstr "" -"قائمة الأهداف المعروضة ومجموعات مداخل الأهداف. قم بإنشاء هدف جديد بالنقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>.\n" +"قائمة الأهداف المعروضة ومجموعات مداخل الأهداف. قم بإنشاء هدف جديد بالنقر فوق " +"<b>إضافة</b>.\n" "لحذف عنصر أو تعديله، حدده، ثم اضغط على <b>تحرير</b> أو <b>حذف</b>." -#. edit target -#. add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 +#. edit target +#. add target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>إعداد LUN وعنوان IP/منفذ هدف iSCSI</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " +"<b>LUN</b>.\n" "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" -"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n" +"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</" +"b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -455,10 +485,11 @@ "يجب أن يكون الاسم فريدًا في مجموعة مداخل الهدف. إذا لم يوفر المستخدم\n" "اسم لـ LUN، يتم إنشاؤه تلقائيًا." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n" +"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which " +"address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" @@ -466,15 +497,17 @@ "والمنفذ الذين ستتوفر الخدمة بهما. الرقم الافتراضي لرقم المنفذ هو 3260.\n" "غير مسموح سوى بعناوين ip المعينة إلى إحدى بطاقات الشبكة." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." msgstr "أنشئ هدفًا جديدًا. قم بإحلال القيم الصحيحة محل قيم القوالب." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " +"lun.\n" "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" -"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n" +"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</" +"b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -484,184 +517,192 @@ "يجب أن يكون الاسم فريدًا في مجموعة مداخل الهدف. إذا لم يقم المستخدم\n" "بتوفير اسم لـ LUN، يتم إنشاؤه تلقائيًا." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 -msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options." -msgstr "يمكن <b>إضافة</b> كافة خيارات التكوين الإضافية أو <b>تحريرها</b> أو <b>حذفها</b>." +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 +msgid "" +"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"يمكن <b>إضافة</b> كافة خيارات التكوين الإضافية أو <b>تحريرها</b> أو " +"<b>حذفها</b>." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional." +"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing " +"purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and " +"<b>Sectors</b> are optional." msgstr "" -"قم بتحرير رقم <b>LUN</b> إذا لزم الأمر، قم بتعيين <b>النوع</b> (nullio لأغراض الاختبار).\n" -"إذا كان Type=fileio، فقم بتعيين <b>المسار</b> لملف أو جهاز القرص.<b>ويعتبر كل من معرِّف SCSI</b> و<b>القطاعات</b> من المتطلبات الاختيارية." +"قم بتحرير رقم <b>LUN</b> إذا لزم الأمر، قم بتعيين <b>النوع</b> (nullio " +"لأغراض الاختبار).\n" +"إذا كان Type=fileio، فقم بتعيين <b>المسار</b> لملف أو جهاز القرص.<b>ويعتبر " +"كل من معرِّف SCSI</b> و<b>القطاعات</b> من المتطلبات الاختيارية." -#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 +#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Problem changing authentication" msgstr "هناك مشكلة في تغيير المصادقة" -#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 +#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Username" msgstr "اسم المستخدم غير صالح" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "كلمة المرور غير صالحة" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "LUN المحدد قيد الاستخدام بالفعل!" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "الاسم المحدد مستخدم بالفعل!" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" msgstr "يجب أن يكون المسار المحدد إما جهاز نقل كتل المعلومات أو ملف عادي!" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "المسار المحدد مستخدم بالفعل!" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 msgid "Path:" msgstr "مسار:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Browse" msgstr "استعراض" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Select file or device" msgstr "حدد الملف أو الجهاز" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Initiator LUN" msgstr "LUN الخاص بالبادئ" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "Lun الهدف" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 msgid "Change:" msgstr "التغيير:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" msgstr "رقم LUN الهدف %1 مستخدم أكثر من مرة!" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "يجب تمكين مصادقة واحدة على الأقل!" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 msgid "Initiator name:" msgstr "اسم البادئ:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "استيراد أرقام LUN من TPG" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" msgstr "يجب عدم ترك حقل اسم البادئ فارغًا!" -#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing -#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. -#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 +#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing +#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. +#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 msgid "Initiator name already exists!" msgstr "اسم البادئ موجود بالفعل!" -#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN -#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 +#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN +#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 msgid "New initiator name:" msgstr "اسم البادئ الجديد:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 msgid "OK" msgstr "موافق" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "إلغاء" -#. create items from targets -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#. create items from targets +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "معطل" -#. remove a item -#. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** -#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 +#. remove a item +#. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** +#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "هل تريد حذف العنصر المحدد بالفعل؟" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء إنشاء الهدف %1 من خلال tpg %2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء إعداد مدخل الشبكة إلى %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء إزالة lun %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء إعداد lun %1 (الاسم: %2) إلى المسار %3" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء إعداد المصادقة على %1:%2 إلى %3" -#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 +#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن ترك حقل الهدف فارغًا." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن ترك حقل مجموعة مداخل الهدف فارغًا." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "الهدف موجود بالفعل." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "الوارد" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "الصادر" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 msgid "None" msgstr "بلا" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 msgid "" "There isn't any initiator specified.\n" "To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" @@ -675,98 +716,98 @@ "(راجع /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi على البادئ).\n" "هل تريد بالفعل المتابعة دون وصول البادئ؟" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء إزالة lun %4 للبادئ %3 في %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء إضافة lun %4:%5 للبادئ %3 في %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء إزالة البادئ %3 من %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء إنشاء البادئ %3 لـ %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء تغيير المصادقة للبادئ %3 في %1:%2" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "تكوين هدف iSCSI LIO" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:112 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:112 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "جارٍ التهيئة..." -#. scope link IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 +#. scope link IPv6 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "تعذر حفظ إعداد lio" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "تعذر حفظ إعداد tcm" -#. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136 +#. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136 msgid "Can't continue without installing lio-utils package" msgstr "تتعذر المتابعة بدون تثبيت حزمة lio-utils" -#. to translator: %1 is replaced by pathname e.g. /etc/init.d/target -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:177 +#. to translator: %1 is replaced by pathname e.g. /etc/init.d/target +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:177 msgid "Could not start service \"%1\"" msgstr "تعذر بدء تشغيل الخدمة \"%1\"" -#. IscsiLioServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:190 +#. IscsiLioServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:190 msgid "Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين هدف iSCSI LIO" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:206 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:206 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "قراءة قاعدة البيانات" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:208 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:208 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "قراءة الإعدادات السابقة" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:210 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:210 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "اكتشاف الأجهزة" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:214 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:214 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "جارٍ قراءة قاعدة البيانات..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:216 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:216 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "جارٍ قراءة الإعدادات السابقة..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:218 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:218 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "جارٍ اكتشاف الأجهزة..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:306 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. read configuration (/etc/ietd.conf) -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:245 +#. read configuration (/etc/ietd.conf) +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:245 msgid "" "You have currently no active LIO targets but there seems \n" "to be a valid config in /etc/ietd.conf. Should the module \n" @@ -776,37 +817,37 @@ " أن هناك تكوين صالح في /etc/ietd.conf. هل ينبغي على الوحدة النمطية \n" " محاولة استيراد الإعداد من /etc/ietd.conf إلى LIO؟" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254 msgid "Errors during import. Check LIO state!" msgstr "حدثت أخطاء أثناء الاستيراد. تحقق من حالة LIO!" -#. IscsiLioServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:281 +#. IscsiLioServer write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:281 msgid "Saving iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين هدف iSCSI LIO" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 msgid "Write lio configuration" msgstr "كتابة تكوين lio" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 msgid "Writing lio configuration..." msgstr "جارٍ كتابة تكوين lio..." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "ملخص التكوين..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/isns.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/isns.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/isns.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: isns\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,109 +14,109 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xisns module -#: src/clients/isns.rb:35 +#. Command line help text for the Xisns module +#: src/clients/isns.rb:35 msgid "Configuration of an isns service" msgstr "تكوين خدمة isns" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/isns_finish.rb:44 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/isns_finish.rb:44 msgid "Saving iSCSI configuration..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ تكوين iSCSI..." -#. Rich text title for IsnsServer in proposals -#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:65 +#. Rich text title for IsnsServer in proposals +#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:65 msgid "iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "بادئ iSCSI" -#. Menu title for IsnsServer in proposals -#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:69 +#. Menu title for IsnsServer in proposals +#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:69 msgid "&iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "ب&ادئ iSCSI" -#. first tab - service status and firewall -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:34 +#. first tab - service status and firewall +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:34 msgid "Service" msgstr "الخدمة" -#. second tab - iSCSI Nodes -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102 +#. second tab - iSCSI Nodes +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "iSCSI Nodes" msgstr "نقاط توصيل ISCSI" -#. third tab - Discovery Domains -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120 +#. third tab - Discovery Domains +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "Discovery Domains" msgstr "مجالات الاكتشاف" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "عند التشغ&يل" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "ي&دويًا" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "عند التشغيل" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Manually" msgstr "يدويًا" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66 msgid "iSCSI Node Name" msgstr "اسم نقطة iSCSI" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Node Type" msgstr "نوع نقطة التوصيل" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "Delete" msgstr "حذف" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29 msgid "Discovery Domain Name" msgstr "اسم مجال الاكتشاف" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Create Discovery Domain" msgstr "إنشاء مجال الاكتشاف" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Discovery Domain Members" msgstr "أعضاء مجالات الاكتشاف" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "Add Existing iSCSI Node" msgstr "إضافة نقطة iSCSI موجودة" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "Create iSCSI Node Member" msgstr "إنشاء عضو نقطة iSCSI" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Remove" msgstr "إزالة" -#. Summary dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185 +#. Summary dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. Main dialog - tabbed +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "iSNS Service" msgstr "خدمة isns" -#. curr_target = ""; -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198 +#. curr_target = ""; +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "<h1>iSNS Service</h1>" msgstr "<h1>خدمة isns</h1>" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -124,17 +124,18 @@ "<p><b><big>تهيئة تكوين برنامج المحرك iSNS</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:21 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إيقاف التهيئة</big></b><br>\n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</" +"p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -142,8 +143,8 @@ "<p><b><big>حفظ تكوين iSNS iSNS</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:29 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:29 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -155,8 +156,8 @@ " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك بما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" " </p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure an iSNS server.<br></p>\n" @@ -165,96 +166,142 @@ "تكوين خادم iSNS.<br></p>\n" "\n" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يتم عرض كافة نقاط iSCSI المتوفرة والمسجلة بخدمة iSNS.</p> <p>ويتم تسجيل النقاط بواسطة بادئات iSCSI وأهدافiSCSI.</p> <p> يمكن فقط <b>حذف</b> النقاط. ويترتب على حذف أي نقطة حذفها من قاعدة بيانات iSNS.</p>" +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service " +"are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " +"targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node " +"removes it from the iSNS database.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يتم عرض كافة نقاط iSCSI المتوفرة والمسجلة بخدمة iSNS.</p> <p>ويتم تسجيل " +"النقاط بواسطة بادئات iSCSI وأهدافiSCSI.</p> <p> يمكن فقط <b>حذف</b> النقاط. " +"ويترتب على حذف أي نقطة حذفها من قاعدة بيانات iSNS.</p>" -#. discovery domains -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 -msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>" -msgstr "يتم عرض قائمة بكل مجالات الاكتشاف. من الممكن <b>إنشاء</b> مجال اكتشاف أو <b>حذف</b> واحد.<p>يؤدي حذف مجال إلى حذف الأعضاء من المجال. ولكن لا يؤدي إلى حذف أعضاء العقدة عبر بروتوكول iSCSI</p>" +#. discovery domains +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 +msgid "" +"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</" +"b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the " +"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>" +msgstr "" +"يتم عرض قائمة بكل مجالات الاكتشاف. من الممكن <b>إنشاء</b> مجال اكتشاف أو " +"<b>حذف</b> واحد.<p>يؤدي حذف مجال إلى حذف الأعضاء من المجال. ولكن لا يؤدي إلى " +"حذف أعضاء العقدة عبر بروتوكول iSCSI</p>" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains.</p> " -msgstr "يتم عرض قائمة بكل عقد iSCSI قبل اكتشاف المجال. اختيار مجال اكتشاف آخر يجدد القائمة مع الأعضاء من مجال الاكتشاف هذا. من الممكن <b>إضافة</b> عقدة iSCSI إلى مجال اكتشاف أو <b>حذف</b> العقدة.<p>حذف عقدة يزيلها من المجال. ولكن لا يؤدي إلى حذف العقدة عبر بروتوكول iSCSI</p> <p>إنشاء عقدة iSCSI يسمح به للعقدة المسجلة حتى الآن والتي لم يتم إضافتها كعضو في مجال اكتشاف. عندما يسجل البادئ أو الهدف هذه العقدة فإنها تصبح جزءا من هذا المجال</p> <p>عندما يقوم بادئ iSCSI بطلب اكتشاف، خدمة iSNS تقوم بإرجاع جميع أهداف عقد iSCSI إلى أعضاء في نفس المجالات الاكتشاف.</p> " +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " +"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " +"domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " +"<b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " +"does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not " +"yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When " +"the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this " +"domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS " +"service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same " +"Discovery Domains.</p> " +msgstr "" +"يتم عرض قائمة بكل عقد iSCSI قبل اكتشاف المجال. اختيار مجال اكتشاف آخر يجدد " +"القائمة مع الأعضاء من مجال الاكتشاف هذا. من الممكن <b>إضافة</b> عقدة iSCSI " +"إلى مجال اكتشاف أو <b>حذف</b> العقدة.<p>حذف عقدة يزيلها من المجال. ولكن لا " +"يؤدي إلى حذف العقدة عبر بروتوكول iSCSI</p> <p>إنشاء عقدة iSCSI يسمح به " +"للعقدة المسجلة حتى الآن والتي لم يتم إضافتها كعضو في مجال اكتشاف. عندما " +"يسجل البادئ أو الهدف هذه العقدة فإنها تصبح جزءا من هذا المجال</p> <p>عندما " +"يقوم بادئ iSCSI بطلب اكتشاف، خدمة iSNS تقوم بإرجاع جميع أهداف عقد iSCSI إلى " +"أعضاء في نفس المجالات الاكتشاف.</p> " -#. dds table dialog -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 -msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>" -msgstr "في الأعلى يتم عرض قائمة بكل مجموعات مجال الاكتشاف. تنتمي اكتشاف المجالات إلى مجموعات مجال الاكتشاف. <p> يجب أن يكون مجال الاكتشاف عضوًا في مجموعة مجال اكتشاف لكي يكون فعالًا. </p><p>في قاعدة بيانات iSNS، تحتوي مجموعة مجال اكتشاف على مجال اكتشاف وتتضمن مجالات اكتشاف أعضاء عقدة iSCSI.</p>" +#. dds table dialog +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 +msgid "" +"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " +"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a " +"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS " +"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " +"Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>" +msgstr "" +"في الأعلى يتم عرض قائمة بكل مجموعات مجال الاكتشاف. تنتمي اكتشاف المجالات إلى " +"مجموعات مجال الاكتشاف. <p> يجب أن يكون مجال الاكتشاف عضوًا في مجموعة مجال " +"اكتشاف لكي يكون فعالًا. </p><p>في قاعدة بيانات iSNS، تحتوي مجموعة مجال اكتشاف " +"على مجال اكتشاف وتتضمن مجالات اكتشاف أعضاء عقدة iSCSI.</p>" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يتم تحديث قائمة أعضاء مجموعة مجال الاكتشاف كلما تم تحديد مجموعة مجال اكتشاف مختلفة.</p>" +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 +msgid "" +"<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " +"discovery domain set is selected.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يتم تحديث قائمة أعضاء مجموعة مجال الاكتشاف كلما تم تحديد مجموعة مجال " +"اكتشاف مختلفة.</p>" -#. **************** global funcions and variables ***** -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 +#. **************** global funcions and variables ***** +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 msgid "Create New Discovery Domain" msgstr "إنشاء مجال اكتشاف جديد" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Add iSCSI node to discovery domain" msgstr "إضافة عقدة iSCSI إلى مجال اكتشاف" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105 msgid "Available Nodes to Add" msgstr "النقاط المتوفرة المطلوب إضافتها" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112 msgid "Add Node" msgstr "إضافة نقطة توصيل" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113 msgid "Done" msgstr "تم" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168 msgid "Target or Initiator" msgstr "الهدف أو البادئ" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف العنصر المحدد؟" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف هذا المجال؟" -#. boolean display = true; -#. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 +#. boolean display = true; +#. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check if iSNS server is running." msgstr "تعذر الاتصال بملقم iSNS. تحقق من تشغيل ملقم iSNS." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 msgid "isns Daemon Configuration" msgstr "تكوين برنامج المحرك isns" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:72 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 -msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 +msgid "" +"<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</" +"p>" msgstr "<p>لتكوين خدمة isns، يجب تثبيت الحزمة <b>%1</b></p>." -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>هل تريد تثبيتها الآن؟</p>" -#. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277 +#. IsnsServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين برنامج محرك isns" -#. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300 +#. IsnsServer write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين isns" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/journal.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/journal.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/journal.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: journal\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,118 +14,118 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Header -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43 +#. Header +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "إدخالات دفتر اليومية" -#. Filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47 +#. Filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" msgstr "عرض الإدخالات بالنص التالي" -#. Return the result as an array of Items -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117 +#. Return the result as an array of Items +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117 msgid "Change filter..." msgstr "جارٍ تغيير عامل التصفية..." -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "تجديد" -#. Header -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50 +#. Header +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Entries to display" msgstr "الإدخالات المطلوب عرضها" -#. Interval -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53 +#. Interval +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Time interval" msgstr "الفاصل الزمني" -#. Filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59 +#. Filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Filters" msgstr "المرشحات" -#. User readable description of the current filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65 +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65 msgid "With no additional conditions" msgstr "بدون شروط إضافية" -#. User readable description of the time interval -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82 +#. User readable description of the time interval +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82 msgid "Since system's boot" msgstr "منذ تمهيد النظام" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84 msgid "From previous boot" msgstr "من تمهيد سابق" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90 msgid "Between %{since} and %{until}" msgstr "بين %{since} و%{until}" -#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys -#. :value and :label -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102 +#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102 msgid "Between these dates" msgstr "بين هذه التواريخ" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104 msgid "Since system's boot (%s)" msgstr "منذ تمهيد النظام (%s)" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108 msgid "From previous boot (%s)" msgstr "منذ تمهيد سابق (%s)" -#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys -#. -#. * :name name of the filter -#. * :label short label for the filter -#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter -#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value -#. * :values optional list of valid values -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128 +#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys +#. +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label short label for the filter +#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128 msgid "Units" msgstr "وحدات القياس" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129 msgid "For these systemd units" msgstr "لوحدات النظام هذه" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134 msgid "Files" msgstr "الملفات" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135 msgid "For these files (executable or device)" msgstr "لهذه الملفات (القابلة للتنفيذ أو للجهاز)" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140 msgid "Priority" msgstr "الأولوية" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141 msgid "With at least this priority" msgstr "بهذه الأولوية على الأقل" -#. Fields to display for listing the entries -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164 +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164 msgid "Time" msgstr "الوقت" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165 msgid "Source" msgstr "المصدر" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166 msgid "Message" msgstr "رسالة" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/kdump.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/kdump.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/kdump.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: kdump\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,344 +14,371 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the kdump module -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:59 +#. Command line help text for the kdump module +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:59 msgid "Configuration of kdump" msgstr "تكوين kdump" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:69 msgid "Display settings" msgstr "إعدادات العرض" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:75 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:75 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "إعدادات بدء التشغيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:81 msgid "Dump Level number 0-31" msgstr "رقم مستوى النسخة 0-31" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:89 msgid "Dump format for dump image none/ELF/compressed/lzo" msgstr "تنسيق النسخة لصورة النسخة none/ELF/compressed/lzo" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" msgstr "يتضمن هدف النسخة وجهة لحفظ نُسخ محتويات النسخة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 -msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "مخطط التسمية هو:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] الرجاء إدخال \"kernel_string\" فقط." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " +"\"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"مخطط التسمية هو:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] الرجاء إدخال " +"\"kernel_string\" فقط." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 -msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 +msgid "" +"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " +"kdump kernel." msgstr "سطر أوامر kdump هو سطر الأوامر المطلوب تمريره إلى kdump kernel." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 -msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." -msgstr "قم بتعيين هذا المتغير إذا كنت ترغب فقط في _append_ القيم بسلسلة سطر الأوامر الافتراضية." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 +msgid "" +"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " +"line string." +msgstr "" +"قم بتعيين هذا المتغير إذا كنت ترغب فقط في _append_ القيم بسلسلة سطر الأوامر " +"الافتراضية." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." msgstr "قم بإعادة التشغيل فورًا بعد حفظ المكونات الأساسية في kdump kernel." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory." msgstr "نَسخ kernel إلى دليل النُسخة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "يحدد عدد النُسخ القديمة التي يتم الاحتفاظ بها. القيمة 0 تعني الاحتفاظ بالكل." +msgstr "" +"يحدد عدد النُسخ القديمة التي يتم الاحتفاظ بها. القيمة 0 تعني الاحتفاظ بالكل." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages." msgstr "خادم SMTP لإرسال رسائل إعلام." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages." msgstr "اسم مستخدم SMTP لإرسال رسائل إعلام." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 -msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." -msgstr "كلمة مرور SMTP لإرسال رسائل إعلام. مسار الملف الذي يتضمن كلمة السر (ملف نص عادي)." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 +msgid "" +"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " +"password (plain text file)." +msgstr "" +"كلمة مرور SMTP لإرسال رسائل إعلام. مسار الملف الذي يتضمن كلمة السر (ملف نص " +"عادي)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 msgid "Email address for sending notification messages" msgstr "عنوان البريد الإلكتروني لإرسال رسائل الإخطار" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages" msgstr "عنوان البريد الإلكتروني لإرسال نسخة من رسائل الإخطار" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "تمكين الخيار" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "تعطيل الخيار" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 msgid "Shows current option status" msgstr "عرض حالة الخيار الحالية" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 msgid "Size of allocated memory MB" msgstr "حجم الذاكرة المخصصة بالميغابايت" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" msgstr "يتضمن العدد الخاص بمستوى النسخة صفحات للحفظ" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo" msgstr "يمكن أن يكون تنسيق النسخة none أو ELF أو compressed أو lzo" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" -msgstr "يتضمن هدف تفريغ نوع الهدف من: ملف (نظام الملفات المحلي)، ftp، ssh، sftp، nfs، cifs" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 +msgid "" +"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " +"sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "" +"يتضمن هدف تفريغ نوع الهدف من: ملف (نظام الملفات المحلي)، ftp، ssh، sftp، " +"nfs، cifs" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 msgid "Name of server" msgstr "اسم الخادم" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 msgid "Port for connection" msgstr "منفذ الاتصال" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 msgid "Directory for saving dump images" msgstr "دليل حفظ نُسخ محتويات النسخة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 msgid "Exported share" msgstr "المشاركة المصدرة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 msgid "User name" msgstr "اسم المستخدم" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)" msgstr "مسار الملف الذي يتضمن كلمة السر (ملف نص عادي)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 msgid "udev_id of raw partition" msgstr "udev_id للقسم الأولي" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 -msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "مخطط التسمية هو: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel يعني \"kernel_string\" فقط." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " +"only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"مخطط التسمية هو: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel يعني " +"\"kernel_string\" فقط." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 msgid "Include command line options." msgstr "تضمين خيارات سطر الأوامر." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 -msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" -msgstr "الخيار يعني مستوى التشغيل الذي يتم عنده تشغيل kdump kernel. مسموح بإدخال قيم مثل 1 أو 2 أو 3 أو 5 أو s فقط" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 +msgid "" +"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " +"or s are allowed" +msgstr "" +"الخيار يعني مستوى التشغيل الذي يتم عنده تشغيل kdump kernel. مسموح بإدخال قيم " +"مثل 1 أو 2 أو 3 أو 5 أو s فقط" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all." msgstr "عدد النُسخ. القيمة 0 تعني الاحتفاظ بالكل." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 msgid "Email address" msgstr "عنوان البريد الإلكتروني" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump" msgstr "يعالج استخدام النسخة الاحتياطية بمساعدة البرامج الثابتة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 msgid "Display Settings:" msgstr "إعدادات العرض:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" msgstr "تم تمكين Kdump (تمت إضافة خيار التشغيل \"crashkernel\")" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1" msgstr "تخصيص الذاكرة [ميغابايت] لـ kdump هو: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 msgid "Kdump is disabled" msgstr "تم تعطيل Kdump" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 msgid "Dump Level: %1" msgstr "مستوى النسخة: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 msgid "Dump Format: %1" msgstr "تنسيق النسخة: %1" -#. parsing target info -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 +#. parsing target info +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 msgid "Dump Target Settings" msgstr "إعدادات هدف النسخة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 msgid "target: %1" msgstr "الهدف: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 msgid "file directory: %1" msgstr "دليل الملف: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 msgid "server name: %1" msgstr "اسم الخادم: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 msgid "port: %1" msgstr "المنفذ: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed" msgstr "اسم المستخدم: مسموح باتصال مجهول" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 msgid "user name: %1" msgstr "اسم المستخدم: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 msgid "share: %1" msgstr "المشاركة: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 msgid "EMPTY" msgstr "فارغ" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1" msgstr "kdump kernel المخصص: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 msgid "Kdump command line: %1" msgstr "سطر أوامر Kdump: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 msgid "Kdump command line append: %1" msgstr "إلحاق سطر أوامر Kdump: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "عمليات إعادة التشغيل الفوري لـ Kdump: %1" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "معطل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" msgstr "عدد النُسخ القديمة: تم حفظ كل النُسخ بدون حذف النُسخ القديمة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1" msgstr "عدد النُسخ القديمة: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1" msgstr "خادم Kdump SMTP: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1" msgstr "مستخدم Kdump SMTP: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********" msgstr "كلمة سر Kdump SMTP: ********" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1" msgstr "إرسال إخطار من Kdump إلى: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1" msgstr "إرسال نسخة من إخطار Kdump إلى: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 msgid "" "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" "It will be rewritten." @@ -359,388 +386,393 @@ "يشتمل خيار Kernel \"crashkernel\" على قيم متكررة و/أو نطاقات. \n" " سيتم إعادة كتابته." -#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 +#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "لتطبيق التغييرات، يجب إعادة التشغيل." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "تم استخدام خيارات غير صحيحة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "تم تعيين مستوى النسخة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "قيمة الخيار غير صحيحة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "تم تعيين تنسيق النسخة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 -msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "يمكن أن يتضمن الخيار قيمة \"none\" أو \"ELF\" أو \"compressed\" أو \"lzo\" فقط." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 +msgid "" +"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgstr "" +"يمكن أن يتضمن الخيار قيمة \"none\" أو \"ELF\" أو \"compressed\" أو \"lzo\" " +"فقط." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "الملف %1 غير موجود." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "قيمة \"الدليل\" مفقودة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "قيمة \"الخادم\" مفقودة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "قيمة \"المشاركة\" مفقودة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "قيمة الهدف غير صحيحة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "قيمة خيارات \"العدد\" غير صحيحة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "قيمة خيار \"خادم\" غير صحيحة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "قيمة خيار \"مستخدم\" غير صحيحة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "قيمة خيار \"بريد إلكتروني\" غير صحيحة." -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "النسخة الاحتياطية بمساعدة البرامج الثابتة: %{status}" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي خيار." -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/kdump_finish.rb:47 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/kdump_finish.rb:47 msgid "Saving kdump configuration..." msgstr "حفظ تكوين kdump" -#. proposal part - kdump label -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82 +#. proposal part - kdump label +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82 msgid "Kdump" msgstr "Kdump" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84 +#. menubutton entry +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84 msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "&Kdump" -#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" msgstr "تمكين/تعطيل Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Enable Kd&ump" msgstr "تم&كين Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Disable Kdump" msgstr "تع&طيل Kdump" -#. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 +#. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Include in Dumping" msgstr "تضمين في النسخ" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero" msgstr "&صفحات مملؤة بأصفار" -#. `VStretch () -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 +#. `VStretch () +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Cach&e Pages" msgstr "تخ&زين الصفحات مؤقتًا" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages" msgstr "تخزين الصفحات الخا&صة مؤقتًا" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 msgid "&User Data Pages" msgstr "صفحات بيانات الم&ستخدم" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Free Pages" msgstr "صفحات &خالية" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 msgid "&Dump Format" msgstr "تنسيق &نسخة" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&No Dump" msgstr "&بدون نسخ" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&ELF Format" msgstr "تنسيق &ELF" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "C&ompressed Format" msgstr "تنسيق &مضغوط" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 msgid "&LZO Compressed Format" msgstr "&تنسيق LZO مضغوط" -#. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 +#. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Select Target" msgstr "تحديد ال&هدف" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "الدليل المحلي" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "SFTP" msgstr "SFTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "بروتوكول NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "(CIFS (SMB" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "&خادم SMTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#. text entry -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#. text entry +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "اسم المست&خدم" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#. password entry -#. password entry -#. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#. password entry +#. password entry +#. password entry +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&كلمة السر" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "إرسال إ&علام" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "نس&خة إعلام" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "Kdump Kernel ال&مخصص" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "سطر أوام&ر Kdump" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "إلحاق س&طر أوامر Kdump" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "تم&كين إعادة التشغيل الفوري بعد حفظ المكونات الأساسية" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "تمكين &نسخ Kernel إلى دليل النُسخة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "تمكين &حذف نُسخ محتويات النسخة القديمة" -#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 +#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "&عدد النسخ القديمة" -#. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 +#. "handle" : +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "ذاكرة Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "بدء تشغيل Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "بدء التشغيل" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "Kdump - ترشيح النسخة" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "ترشيح النسخة" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "حفظ هدف لنسخة محتويات Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "هدف النسخة" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "خادم SMTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "إعلام عبر عناوين البريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "إخطار البريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "Kernel المخصص لـ Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "سطر الأوامر" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "إعدادات النسخة الاحتياطية" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير لـ Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" msgstr "Kdump &ذاكرة منخفضة ]ميجابايت]" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" msgstr "Kdump ا&لذاكرة [ميجابايت[" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" msgstr "إجمالي ذاكرة النظام ]ميجابايت]:" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" msgstr "الذاكرة الصالحة للاستخدام [ميجابايت[:" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" msgstr "Kdump الذا&كرة مشغولة [ميجابايت[" -#. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 +#. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>\n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" +"removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>تمكين/تعطيل Kdump</b><br>\n" -" تمكين kdump أو تعطيله. تمت إضافة/إزالة معلمة crashkernel لخيار التشغيل. \n" +" تمكين kdump أو تعطيله. تمت إضافة/إزالة معلمة crashkernel لخيار " +"التشغيل. \n" " لتطبيق التغييرات، يلزم إعادة التشغيل.<br></p>\n" -#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42 +#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b>Kdump Memory</b><br>\n" " Allocation of memory for kdump kernel. <br></p>\n" @@ -748,18 +780,28 @@ "<p><b>ذاكرة Kdump</b><br>\n" " تخصيص الذاكرة لـ kdump kernel. <br></p>\n" -#. T: help text for a combo box -#. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 +#. T: help text for a combo box +#. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b>Firmware-Assisted Dump</b><br>\n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>" +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " +"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" +"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " +"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " +"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " +"more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>النسخة الاحتياطية بمساعدة البرامج الثابتة</b><br>\n" -" لا يتم إنشاء النسخ الاحتياطية قبل أن يتم إعادة تثبيت القسم، لكن يحدث ذلك عند إعادة تشغيل القسم. عند تنفيذ نسخة احتياطية بمساعدة البرامج الثابتة، تتجمد ذاكرة النظام ويُعاد تشغيل القسم، الذي يسمح لمثيل جديد من نظام التشغيل بنسخ البيانات نسخًا احتياطيًا من عطل kernel سابق. هذه الميزة مناسبة فقط عندما يتوفر للنظام مساحة ذاكرة أكبر من 1.5 جيجابايت.</p>" +" لا يتم إنشاء النسخ الاحتياطية قبل أن يتم إعادة تثبيت القسم، لكن يحدث " +"ذلك عند إعادة تشغيل القسم. عند تنفيذ نسخة احتياطية بمساعدة البرامج " +"الثابتة، تتجمد ذاكرة النظام ويُعاد تشغيل القسم، الذي يسمح لمثيل " +"جديد من نظام التشغيل بنسخ البيانات نسخًا احتياطيًا من عطل kernel سابق. " +"هذه الميزة مناسبة فقط عندما يتوفر للنظام مساحة ذاكرة أكبر من 1.5 جيجابايت.</" +"p>" -#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 +#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<p><b>Dump Level</b><br>\n" " Specify the type of necessary page for analysis.\n" @@ -771,14 +813,16 @@ " تم نسخ الصفحات ذات النوع المحدد إلى ملف النسخة. \n" " تم تضمين نوع الصفحة المحدد في الجدول التالي. <br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n" " <i>No Dump</i> - Only save the kernel log.<br>\n" " <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dump file in the ELF format.<br>\n" -" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>\n" -" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>\n" +" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." +"<br>\n" +" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster." +"<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>تنسيق النسخة</b><br>\n" @@ -788,37 +832,43 @@ " <i>تنسيق LZO المضغوط</i> - ملفات أكبر قليلاً ولكن أسرع بكثير.<br>\n" "</p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>" +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " +"dumps.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>حفظ هدف لنسخة محتويات Kdump</b><br>\n" -" الهدف المطلوب لحفظ نسخ محتويات لـ kdump. حدد نوع الهدف المطلوب لحفظ النُسخ.<br></p>" +" الهدف المطلوب لحفظ نسخ محتويات لـ kdump. حدد نوع الهدف المطلوب لحفظ " +"النُسخ.<br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " <i>Directory for Saving Dumps</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>Browse</i>\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " +"<i>Browse</i>\n" " <br></p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>نظام الملفات المحلي</b> - لحفظ نسخة محتويات kdump في نظام الملفات المحلي.\n" +"<p><b>نظام الملفات المحلي</b> - لحفظ نسخة محتويات kdump في نظام الملفات " +"المحلي.\n" " <i>دليل حفظ النُسخ</i> - مسار لحفظ نُسخ محتويات kdump.\n" -" تحديد دليل لحفظ نُسخ محتويات kdump من خلال مربع الحوار بضغط <i>استعراض</i>\n" +" تحديد دليل لحفظ نُسخ محتويات kdump من خلال مربع الحوار بضغط <i>استعراض</" +"i>\n" " <br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p><b>FTP</b> - Save kdump image via FTP.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of ftp server.\n" " <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n" " <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>" +" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection." +"<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>FTP</b> - لحفظ نسخة محتويات kdump من خلال FTP.\n" " <i>اسم الخادم</i> - اسم خادم ftp.\n" @@ -827,8 +877,8 @@ " <i>تمكين FTP مجهول</i> لتمكين اتصال مجهول بالخادم.\n" " <i>اسم المستخدم</i> لاتصال ftp. <i>كلمة السر</i> لاتصال ftp.<br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" @@ -844,8 +894,8 @@ " <i>اسم المستخدم</i> لاتصال SSH. \n" " <i>كلمة المرور</i> لاتصال SSH.<br></p>\n" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<p><b>SFTP</b> - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" @@ -861,7 +911,7 @@ " <i>اسم المستخدم</i> لاتصال SSH. \n" " <i>كلمة المرور</i> لاتصال SSH.<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n" "on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n" @@ -871,8 +921,8 @@ "تفاصيل تكوين الملقم. تدعم ملقمات SLE كليهما\n" "بشكل افتراضي.</p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<p><b>NFS</b> - Save kdump image on NFS.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of nfs server.\n" @@ -882,8 +932,8 @@ " <i>اسم الخادم</i> - اسم خادم nfs.\n" " <i>الدليل على الخادم</i> - مسار حفظ نُسخ محتويات kdump.<br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<p><b>CIFS</b> - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" @@ -899,20 +949,21 @@ " <i>استخدام التصديق</i> لتمكين الاتصال المصدق عليه بالخادم.\n" " <i>اسم المستخدم</i> للاتصال. <i>كلمة السر</i> للاتصال.<br></p>" -#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 +#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "<p><b>Custom Kdump Kernel</b> The user can enter the custom kernel.\n" " The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</i>\n" " Please enter only <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Kdump Kernel المخصص</b> يمكن للمستخدم إدخال kernel المخصص.\n" -" مخطط التسمية هو:<i>[</i><i>boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz</i><i>/</i>\n" +" مخطط التسمية هو:<i>[</i><i>boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz</i><i>/</" +"i>\n" " \n" "الرجاء إدخال <i>kernel_string</i> فقط.<br></p>" -#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 +#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b>Kdump Command Line</b>\n" " Additional arguments passed to kexec. <br></p>" @@ -920,8 +971,8 @@ "<p><b>سطر أوامر Kdump</b>\n" " تم تمرير الوسيطات الإضافية إلى kexec. <br></p>" -#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 +#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n" " Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" @@ -934,8 +985,8 @@ " . <br></p>\n" "\n" -#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 +#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \n" " Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>" @@ -943,19 +994,21 @@ "<p><b>تمكين إعادة التشغيل الفوري بعد حفظ المكونات الأساسية</b> - \n" " لتمكين إعادة التشغيل الفوري بعد حفظ المكونات الأساسية في kdump.<br></p>" -#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 +#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>" +" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." +"<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>تمكين حذف نُسخ محتويات النسخة القديمة</b> - \n" -" لتمكين حذف نُُسخ محتويات النسخة القديمة. في حالة تجاوز عدد ملفات النُسخ في \n" +" لتمكين حذف نُُسخ محتويات النسخة القديمة. في حالة تجاوز عدد ملفات النُسخ " +"في \n" " <i>عدد النُسخ القديمة</i> هذا العدد، تتم إزالة النُسخ الأقدم.<br></p>" -#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 +#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory</b> - \n" " If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n" @@ -967,58 +1020,76 @@ " في حالة تحديد\n" " الخيار، سيتم نسخ kernel ومصحح أخطاء \n" " (إذا كان مثبتًا) في دليل نسخة \n" -" الاحتياطية. حالة دليل النسخة الاحتياطية الافتراضية هي \"إيقاف\". من المفيد أن تضع كل شيء بمكانه لتصحيحه.<br></p>\n" +" الاحتياطية. حالة دليل النسخة الاحتياطية الافتراضية هي \"إيقاف\". من " +"المفيد أن تضع كل شيء بمكانه لتصحيحه.<br></p>\n" "\n" -#. SMTP Server -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 -msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يُستخدم <b>خادم SMTP</b> في إرسال إعلام عبر البريد إلكتروني بعد إنشاء نسخة احتياطية.</p>" +#. SMTP Server +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 +msgid "" +"<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يُستخدم <b>خادم SMTP</b> في إرسال إعلام عبر البريد إلكتروني بعد إنشاء نسخة " +"احتياطية.</p>" -#. SMTP User Name -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 +#. SMTP User Name +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " +"plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>اسم المستخدم</b> لتصديق SMTP عندما يتم تعيين \n" -" <i>خادم SMTP</i>. يعد ذلك اختياريًا. إذا لم تقم بتحديد اسم مستخدم أو كلمة سر، سيتم استخدام SMTP عادي.</p>\n" +" <i>خادم SMTP</i>. يعد ذلك اختياريًا. إذا لم تقم بتحديد اسم مستخدم أو كلمة " +"سر، سيتم استخدام SMTP عادي.</p>\n" -#. SMTP Password -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 +#. SMTP Password +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. " +"This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " +"will be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>كلمة السر</b> لتصديق SMTP عندما يتم تعيين <i>خادم SMTP</i>. يعد\n" -" ذلك اختياريًا. إذا لم تقم بتحديد اسم مستخدم وكلمة سر، سيتم استخدام SMTP عادي.</p>\n" +" ذلك اختياريًا. إذا لم تقم بتحديد اسم مستخدم وكلمة سر، سيتم استخدام SMTP عادي." +"</p>\n" -#. Notification To (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 -msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p><b>إرسال إعلام</b> تحديد عنوان البريد الإلكتروني الذي سيتم إرسال رسالة إعلام إليه عند حفظ نسخة احتياطية.</p>\n" +#. Notification To (email addresses) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification " +"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>إرسال إعلام</b> تحديد عنوان البريد الإلكتروني الذي سيتم إرسال رسالة " +"إعلام إليه عند حفظ نسخة احتياطية.</p>\n" -#. Notification CC (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 +#. Notification CC (email addresses) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " +"to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>نسخة إعلام</b> تحديد قائمة عناوين بريد إلكترونية مفصولة بمسافات الذي\n" -" سيتم إرسال إعلام بريد إلكتروني إليه من خلال النسخة عند حفظ نسخة احتياطية.</p>\n" +" سيتم إرسال إعلام بريد إلكتروني إليه من خلال النسخة عند حفظ نسخة احتياطية.</" +"p>\n" "\n" -#. Number of Old Dumps (number) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 +#. Number of Old Dumps (number) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" +"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " +"number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>عدد النسخ القديمة</b>يحدد عدد النسخ القديمة التي يتم الاحتفاظ بها. إذا تجاوز عدد ملفات النسخ \n" +"<p><b>عدد النسخ القديمة</b>يحدد عدد النسخ القديمة التي يتم الاحتفاظ بها. إذا " +"تجاوز عدد ملفات النسخ \n" "هذا الرقم، يتم إزالة النسخ الأقدم.</p>" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -1026,17 +1097,18 @@ "<p><b><big>تهيئة تكوين Kdump</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إيقاف التهيئة:</big></b><br>\n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</" +"p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -1044,8 +1116,8 @@ "<p><b><big>حفظ تكوين Kdump</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -1057,8 +1129,8 @@ " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك بما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure kdump here.<br></p>\n" @@ -1066,8 +1138,8 @@ "<p><b><big>تكوين Kdump</big></b><br>\n" "قم بتكوين kdump هنا.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" @@ -1079,8 +1151,8 @@ "في حالة عدم اكتشاف kdump، حدد <b>أخرى (لم يتم اكتشافها)</b>.\n" "ثم اضغط <b>تكوين</b>.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -1090,8 +1162,8 @@ "إذا قمت بضغط <b>تحرير</b>، يتم فتح مربع حوار إضافي يتم من خلاله تغيير\n" "التكوين.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n" @@ -1101,8 +1173,8 @@ "للحصول على نظرة عامة على kdump التي تم تثبيتها. بالإضافة إلى\n" "تحرير التكوينات الخاصة بها.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a kdump.</p>" @@ -1110,8 +1182,8 @@ "<p><b><big>إضافة Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" "اضغط <b>إضافة</b> لتكوين kdump.</p>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" @@ -1121,102 +1193,102 @@ "اختر kdump المطلوب تغييره أو إزالته.\n" "اضغط بعد ذلك <b>تحرير</b> أو <b>حذف</b> كما ترغب.</p>\n" -#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target -#. -#. terms -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:85 +#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target +#. +#. terms +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:85 msgid "Local Filesystem" msgstr "نظام الملفات المحلي" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:91 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:91 msgid "&Directory for Saving Dumps" msgstr "&دليل حفظ النُسخ" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:94 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:94 msgid "B&rowse" msgstr "است&عراض" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:112 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:149 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:177 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:192 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:112 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:149 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:177 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:192 msgid "Server Nam&e" msgstr "ا&سم الخادم" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:114 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:151 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:114 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:151 msgid "P&ort" msgstr "المن&فذ" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:119 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:155 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:179 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:198 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:119 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:155 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:179 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:198 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "ال&دليل على الخادم" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:124 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:124 msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP" msgstr "تمكين FTP م&جهول" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 msgid "SSH / SFTP" msgstr "SSH / SFTP" -#. text entries -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 +#. text entries +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 msgid "Exported Sha&re" msgstr "م&شاركة مصدرة" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:205 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:205 msgid "Use Aut&hentication" msgstr "استخدام التص&ديق" -#. Function validates options in -#. "Saving Target for Kdump Image" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661 +#. Function validates options in +#. "Saving Target for Kdump Image" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661 msgid "You need to specify \"Directory for Saving Dumps\"" msgstr "يجب تحديد \"دليل حفظ النُسخ\"" -#. install cifs-mount package -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729 +#. install cifs-mount package +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729 msgid "You need to specify \"Server Name\"" msgstr "يجب تحديد \"اسم الخادم\"" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 msgid "You need to specify \"Directory on Server\"" msgstr "يجب تحديد \"الدليل على الخادم\"" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753 msgid "You need to specify \"User Name\"" msgstr "يجب تحديد \"اسم المستخدم\"" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743 msgid "You need to specify \"Exported Share\"" msgstr "يجب تحديد \"المشاركة المصدرة\"" -#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]=""; -#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]=""; -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:794 +#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]=""; +#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]=""; +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:794 msgid "Select directory for saving dump images" msgstr "حدد دليلاً لحفظ نُسخ محتويات النسخة" -#. Function validates if crashkernel option includes -#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting -#. -#. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 +#. Function validates if crashkernel option includes +#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting +#. +#. "KdumpMemory" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "يشتمل خيار Kernel على قيم مكررة ونطاقات عديدة. هل تريد إعادة كتابته؟" -#. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 +#. T: Checkbox label +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "استخدام ال&نسخة الاحتياطية بمساعدة البرامج الثابتة" -#. Function validates options in -#. "Dump Format" -#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 +#. Function validates options in +#. "Dump Format" +#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 msgid "" "Kdump is not supported on this system.\n" "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" @@ -1228,14 +1300,14 @@ "على سبيل المثال، لن تتم قراءة بعض الإعدادات بطريقة صحيحة\n" "ومن المحتمل أن يكون التكوين الناتج غير مجدٍ.\n" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 msgid "Kdump not supported" msgstr "Kdump غير مدعم" -#. See FATE#315780 -#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 -#. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 +#. See FATE#315780 +#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 +#. FIXME what about dracut? +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1243,130 +1315,132 @@ "حدث خطأ في تحديث initrd أثناء استدعاء '%{cmd}'.\n" "راجع %{log} للحصول على التفاصيل." -#. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 +#. Kdump read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين kdump" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة ملف التكوين..." -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة خيارات تشغيل kernel..." -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "جارٍ حساب حدود الذاكرة..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة أقسام الأقراص..." -#. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 +#. Progress finished 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "جارٍ قراءة الذاكرة المتاحة ومعايرة الاستخدام..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "تعذرت قراءة ملف التكوين /etc/sysconfig/kdump" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة خيارات تشغيل kernel." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة الذاكرة المتوفرة." -#. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 +#. Kdump read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين kdump" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "اكتب الإعدادات" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "تحديث خيارات التشغيل" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديث خيارات التشغيل..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "تتم الآن إضافة معلمة crashkernel إلى خطأ أداة تحميل التشغيل." -#. Create a textual summary -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 +#. Create a textual summary +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "حالة Kdump: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "disabled" msgstr "معطَّل" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "قيم خيار crashkernel: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "تنسيق النسخة: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "هدف النسخ: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "عدد النسخ: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, -#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 -msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, +#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 +msgid "" +"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " +"only %{available} are available." msgstr "تحذير! لا توجد مساحة كافية. %{required} مطلوب، %{available} متوفر." -#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 +#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/languages_db.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/languages_db.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/languages_db.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,292 +14,292 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_af_ZA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_af_ZA.ycp:36 msgid "Afrikaans" msgstr "الأفريكانس" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ar_EG.ycp:37 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ar_EG.ycp:37 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "العربية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ast_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ast_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Asturian" msgstr "الأسترية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_bg_BG.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bg_BG.ycp:36 msgid "Bulgarian" msgstr "البلغارية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_bn_BD.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bn_BD.ycp:36 msgid "Bengali" msgstr "بنجلاديشي" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_bs_BA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bs_BA.ycp:36 msgid "Bosnian" msgstr "البوسنية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ca_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ca_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Catalan" msgstr "الكاتالانية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_cs_CZ.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_cs_CZ.ycp:36 msgid "Czech" msgstr "التشيكية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_cy_GB.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_cy_GB.ycp:36 msgid "Welsh" msgstr "الويلزية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_da_DK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_da_DK.ycp:36 msgid "Danish" msgstr "الدانماركية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_de_DE.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_de_DE.ycp:36 msgid "German" msgstr "المانية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_el_GR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_el_GR.ycp:36 msgid "Greek" msgstr "يونانية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_GB.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_GB.ycp:36 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "بريطانية وعربية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_US.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_US.ycp:36 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "أمريكية وعربية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_es_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_es_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "اسبانية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_et_EE.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_et_EE.ycp:36 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "الإستونية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_fi_FI.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_fi_FI.ycp:36 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "الفنلندية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_fr_FR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_fr_FR.ycp:36 msgid "French" msgstr "الفرنسية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_gl_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_gl_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Galician" msgstr "الجاليكية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_gu_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_gu_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Gujarati" msgstr "الغوجاراتية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_he_IL.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_he_IL.ycp:36 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "العبرية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_hi_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hi_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Hindi" msgstr "هندية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_hr_HR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hr_HR.ycp:36 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "الكرواتية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_hu_HU.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hu_HU.ycp:36 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "هنغارية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_id_ID.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_id_ID.ycp:36 msgid "Indonesian" msgstr "الإندونيسية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_it_IT.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_it_IT.ycp:36 msgid "Italian" msgstr "إيطالية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ja_JP.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ja_JP.ycp:36 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "يابانية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ka_GE.ycp:35 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ka_GE.ycp:35 msgid "Georgian" msgstr "الجورجية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_km_KH.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_km_KH.ycp:36 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "الخميرية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ko_KR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ko_KR.ycp:36 msgid "Korean" msgstr "الكورية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_lt_LT.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_lt_LT.ycp:36 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "الليتوانية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_mk_MK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_mk_MK.ycp:36 msgid "Macedonian" msgstr "المقدونية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_mr_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_mr_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Marathi" msgstr "المراثي" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_nb_NO.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nb_NO.ycp:36 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "نروجية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_nl_NL.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nl_NL.ycp:36 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "الهولندية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_nn_NO.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nn_NO.ycp:36 msgid "Nynorsk" msgstr "نينورسك" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pa_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pa_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Punjabi" msgstr "البنجابية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pl_PL.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pl_PL.ycp:36 msgid "Polish" msgstr "بولونية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_BR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_BR.ycp:36 msgid "Portuguese (Brazilian)" msgstr "(برتغالية (برازيلية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_PT.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_PT.ycp:36 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "البرتغالية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ro_RO.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ro_RO.ycp:36 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "الرومانية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ru_RU.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ru_RU.ycp:36 msgid "Russian" msgstr "روسية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_si_LK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_si_LK.ycp:36 msgid "Sinhala" msgstr "السينهالا" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sk_SK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sk_SK.ycp:36 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "السلوفاكية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sl_SI.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sl_SI.ycp:36 msgid "Slovenian" msgstr "السلوفينية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sr_RS.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sr_RS.ycp:36 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "الصربية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sv_SE.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sv_SE.ycp:36 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "سويدية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ta_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ta_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Tamil" msgstr "التاميلية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_tg_TJ.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_tg_TJ.ycp:36 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "الطاجكية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_th_TH.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_th_TH.ycp:36 msgid "Thai" msgstr "التايلاندية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_tr_TR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_tr_TR.ycp:36 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "التركية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_uk_UA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_uk_UA.ycp:36 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "اوكرانية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_vi_VN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_vi_VN.ycp:36 msgid "Vietnamese" msgstr "الفييتنامية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_wa_BE.ycp:35 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_wa_BE.ycp:35 msgid "Walloon" msgstr "الولونية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_xh_ZA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_xh_ZA.ycp:36 msgid "Xhosa" msgstr "الهاوسا" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_CN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_CN.ycp:36 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "صينية مبسطة" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_TW.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_TW.ycp:36 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "صينية تقليدية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_zu_ZA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zu_ZA.ycp:36 msgid "Zulu" msgstr "الزولو" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ldap.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ldap.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ldap.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: ldap\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,22 +14,23 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:252 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:252 msgid "Verify that the LDAP Server is running and reachable." msgstr "تحقق من أن خادم LDAP يعمل ويمكن الوصول إليه." -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:256 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:256 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." +"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " +"Certificate is valid." msgstr "" "فشل إنشاء تشفير TLS.\n" "تحقق من تثبيت شهادة CA الصحيحة، ومن صلاحية شهادة الخادم." -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:260 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:260 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" "Verify that the Server has StartTLS support enabled." @@ -37,8 +38,8 @@ "فشل إنشاء تشفير TLS.\n" "تحقق من تمكين دعم StartTLS على الخادم." -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:530 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" @@ -46,8 +47,8 @@ "\n" "قد يكون الخادم غير مستجيب أو غير قابل للوصول.\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:534 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:534 msgid "" "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" @@ -55,8 +56,8 @@ "\n" "قيمة الاسم المميز غير موجودة أو غير صالحة.\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:538 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:538 msgid "" "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" @@ -64,8 +65,8 @@ "\n" "لم يتم العثور على نوع السمة.\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:540 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:540 msgid "" "\n" "Object class not found.\n" @@ -73,69 +74,69 @@ "\n" "لم يتم العثور على طبقة الكائن.\n" -#. error message, more specific description follows -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." msgstr "يتعذر تأسيس الاتصال بخادم LDAP." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:549 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء الاتصال بخادم LDAP." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:553 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء قراءة البيانات من خادم LDAP." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:557 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:557 msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP users." msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء كتابة مستخدمي LDAP." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:561 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:561 msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP groups." msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء كتابة مجموعات LDAP." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:565 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:565 msgid "A problem occurred while writing data to the LDAP server." msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء كتابة البيانات لخادم LDAP." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:569 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء قراءة المخطط من خادم LDAP." -#. default error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:594 +#. default error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." msgstr "حدث خطأ LDAP غير معروف." -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" msgstr "إ&ظهار التفاصيل" -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." msgstr "خطأ غير معروف. قد يكون 'yast2-ldap' غير متاح." -#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) -#: src/Ldap.rb:800 +#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) +#: src/Ldap.rb:800 msgid "Really keep this configuration?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل الاحتفاظ بهذا التكوين؟" -#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) -#: src/Ldap.rb:865 +#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) +#: src/Ldap.rb:865 msgid "" "A possible reason for the failed connection may be that your client is\n" "configured for TLS/SSL but the server does not support it.\n" @@ -147,31 +148,31 @@ "\n" "هل تريد محاولة الاتصال بدون TLS/SSL؟\n" -#. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server -#. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed -#. @return password -#: src/Ldap.rb:973 +#. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server +#. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed +#. @return password +#: src/Ldap.rb:973 msgid "BindDN" msgstr "BindDN" -#. password entering label -#. password entering label -#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 +#. password entering label +#. password entering label +#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" msgstr "كلمة &سر خادم LDAP" -#. label -#: src/Ldap.rb:979 +#. label +#: src/Ldap.rb:979 msgid "Server: %1:%2" msgstr "الخادم: %1:%2" -#. button label -#: src/Ldap.rb:988 +#. button label +#: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" msgstr "و&صول مجهول" -#. error message, %1 is DN -#: src/Ldap.rb:1330 +#. error message, %1 is DN +#: src/Ldap.rb:1330 msgid "" "A direct parent for DN '%1' \n" "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" @@ -181,8 +182,8 @@ "في دليل LDAP.\n" " يتعذر إنشاء الكائن المحتوي على الاسم المميز المحدد.\n" -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:1431 +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:1431 msgid "" "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" "Select another one.\n" @@ -190,8 +191,8 @@ "يوجد بالفعل كائن بـ DN المحدد، ولكنه لا يمثل كائن قالب.\n" "حدد اسمًا آخر.\n" -#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN -#: src/Ldap.rb:1717 +#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN +#: src/Ldap.rb:1717 msgid "" "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" @@ -199,19 +200,19 @@ "لا يوجد أي إدخال بالاسم المميز '%1'\n" "على خادم LDAP. هل تريد إنشاءه الآن؟\n" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" msgstr "ف&تح" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "<p>Set the new value for the current attribute.</p>" msgstr "<p>قم بتعيين القيمة الجديدة للسمة الحالية.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 msgid "" "<p>If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n" "with <b>Add Value</b>. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n" @@ -227,44 +228,44 @@ "فمن الممكن اختيارها من هيكل LDAP باستخدام <b>استعراض</b>.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. -#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note -#. "available only in english" to the sentence for other languages? -#. Example: -#. "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\"<br>(available only in english):</p>" -#. or: -#. "<p>The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 +#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. +#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note +#. "available only in english" to the sentence for other languages? +#. Example: +#. "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\"<br>(available only in english):</p>" +#. or: +#. "<p>The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" msgstr "<p>وصف السمة \"%1\":<br></p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" msgstr "قي&مة السمة \"%1\"" -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" msgstr "قيم ال&سمة \"%1\"" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" msgstr "إ&ضافة قيمة" -#. menubutton item (default value) -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 +#. menubutton item (default value) +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" msgstr "إد&خال فارغ" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" msgstr "استعرا&ض" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." @@ -272,28 +273,28 @@ "القيمة '%1' موجودة بالفعل.\n" "الرجاء تحديد قيمة أخرى." -#. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 +#. description of configuration object +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "تكوين أدوات إدارة المستخدمين" -#. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 +#. description of configuration object +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "تكوين أدوات إدارة المجموعات" -#. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 +#. label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "طبقة الكائن للوحدة النمطية الجديدة" -#. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 +#. textentry label, do not translate "cn" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "اسم الوحدة النم&طية الجديدة (قيمة \"cn\")" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" @@ -301,61 +302,70 @@ "القيمة المدخلة موجودة بالفعل.\n" "حدد قيمة أخرى.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "أدخل اسم الوحدة النمطية." -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" +"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " +"when\n" "the new object is created.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>حدد في هذا المكان قيم السمات التي تنتمي إلى أحد الكائنات\n" "باستخدام القالب الحالي. يتم استخدام مثل هذه القيم كقيم افتراضية عند\n" " إنشاء الكائن الجديد.</p>\n" -#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" -#. _("<p>The list of attributes provided in <b>Attribute Name</b> is the -#. list of allowed attributes for objects described in the \"defaultObjectClass\" -#. entry of the current template.</p> -#. ") + -#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 +#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" +#. _("<p>The list of attributes provided in <b>Attribute Name</b> is the +#. list of allowed attributes for objects described in the \"defaultObjectClass\" +#. entry of the current template.</p> +#. ") + +#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n" +"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be " +"replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>يمكن استخدام بناء جملة خاص لإنشاء قيم\n" "السمة من قيم موجودة. سيتم استبدال التعبير <i>%attr_name</i> بقيمة\n" -" السمة \"attr_name\" (على سبيل المثال، استخدم \"/home/%uid\\n كقيمة \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" +" السمة \"attr_name\" (على سبيل المثال، استخدم \"/home/%uid\\n كقيمة " +"\"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" -#. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 +#. combobox label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "اسم ال&سمة" -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "&قيمة السمة" -#. general help text for LDAP browser -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 +#. general help text for LDAP browser +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 msgid "<p>Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog.</p>" msgstr "<p>استعرض هيكل LDAP في الجزء الأيمن من مربع الحوار.</p>" -#. help text for LDAP browser -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 -msgid "<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use <b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>" -msgstr "<p>بمجرد تحديد كائن LDAP في الهيكل يعرض الجدول بيانات الكائن. استخدم <b>تحرير</b> لتغيير قيمة السمة المحددة. واستخدم <b>حفظ</b> لحفظ التغييرات التي قمت بإجرائها على LDAP.</p>" +#. help text for LDAP browser +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 +msgid "" +"<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object " +"data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use " +"<b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>بمجرد تحديد كائن LDAP في الهيكل يعرض الجدول بيانات الكائن. استخدم " +"<b>تحرير</b> لتغيير قيمة السمة المحددة. واستخدم <b>حفظ</b> لحفظ التغييرات " +"التي قمت بإجرائها على LDAP.</p>" -#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 +#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 msgid "" "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" @@ -363,49 +373,49 @@ "توجد تغييرات غير محفوظة في الإدخال الحالي.\n" "هل تريد تجاهل هذه التغييرات؟\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 +#. dialog caption +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" msgstr "مستعرض LDAP" -#. combobox item -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 +#. combobox item +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 msgid "Current LDAP Client settings" msgstr "إعداد عميل LDAP الحالي" -#. combo box label -#. combo box label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 +#. combo box label +#. combo box label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 msgid "LDAP Connections" msgstr "اتصالات DSL" -#. textentry label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 +#. textentry label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" msgstr "خادم LDAP" -#. textentry label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 +#. textentry label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" msgstr "الاسم المميز للمسؤول" -#. check box label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 +#. check box label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 msgid "L&DAP TLS" msgstr "L&DAP TLS" -#. button label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 +#. button label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 msgid "A&nonymous Access" msgstr "وصول &مجهول" -#. InputField label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 +#. InputField label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" msgstr "إدخال اسم اتصال LDAP الجديد" -#. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 msgid "" "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." @@ -413,17 +423,17 @@ "السمة \"%1\" إلزامية.\n" "أدخل قيمة." -#. button label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 +#. button label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" msgstr "إ&عادة التحميل" -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "سمة" -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" msgstr "القيمة" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/mail.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/mail.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/mail.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: mail\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,19 +14,19 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the mail module -#: src/clients/mail.rb:60 +#. Command line help text for the mail module +#: src/clients/mail.rb:60 msgid "Configuration of mail" msgstr "تكوين البريد" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/mail.rb:73 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/mail.rb:73 msgid "Mail configuration summary" msgstr "ملخص تكوين البريد" -#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! -#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:30 +#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! +#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:30 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Initializing mail</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ "الرجاء الانتظار...\n" " <BR></P>\n" -#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:36 +#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the initialization:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B>\n" @@ -49,9 +49,9 @@ " الآن.\n" " </P>\n" -#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! -#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:49 +#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! +#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Saving mail configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -61,8 +61,8 @@ "الرجاء الانتظار...\n" " <BR></P>\n" -#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:55 +#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Aborting saving:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Abort saving by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\n" @@ -74,9 +74,9 @@ " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي سيبلغك ما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" " </P>\n" -#. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#. do not translate MTA -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:67 +#. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#. do not translate MTA +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>Select the mail system (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\n" "to install.</p>" @@ -84,8 +84,8 @@ "<p>حدد نظام البريد (وكيل نقل البريد، MTA)\n" "المطلوب تثبيته.</p>" -#. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73 +#. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "<p>How are you connected to the Internet? With a dial-up connection,\n" @@ -97,16 +97,18 @@ " لن يتم إرسال البريد بشكل فوري ولكن بعد استدعاء\n" " <b>sendmail -q</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p>If choosing <b>No Connection</b>, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " +"localhost.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>إذا تم تحديد الخيار <b>بلا اتصال</b>، سيتم بدء تشغيل خادم البريد.\n" -"ومع ذلك، يمكن فقط نقل البريد المحلي. وتقوم خدمة MTA بالإصغاء إلى المُضيف المحلي.</p>\n" +"ومع ذلك، يمكن فقط نقل البريد المحلي. وتقوم خدمة MTA بالإصغاء إلى المُضيف " +"المحلي.</p>\n" -#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 +#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.</p>\n" @@ -114,12 +116,13 @@ "\n" "<p>حدد إعادة كتابة عنوان المرسل هنا لكل مستخدم.</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" -"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" +"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use " +"authentication,\n" "simply leave these fields empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -127,28 +130,32 @@ " إدخال معلومات عن هذا الخيار. إذا لم تكن تريد استخدام التصديق، اترك\n" "هذه الحقول فارغة بكل بساطة.</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" "<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider." +"com</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>خادم البريد الصادر مخصص بشكل عام لاتصالات الطلب الهاتفي.\n" -" أدخل خادم SMTP الخاص بموفر خدمة الإنترنت، مثل <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" +" أدخل خادم SMTP الخاص بموفر خدمة الإنترنت، مثل <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</" +"p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.</p>\n" +"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your " +"provider.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>في الحقل <b>اسم المستخدم</b>، أدخل اسم المستخدم المخصص بواسطة الموفر الخاص بك.</p>\n" +"<p>في الحقل <b>اسم المستخدم</b>، أدخل اسم المستخدم المخصص بواسطة الموفر " +"الخاص بك.</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Enter your password in the <b>Password</b> field.</p>\n" @@ -156,8 +163,8 @@ "\n" "<p>أدخل كلمة السر في الحقل <b>كلمة السر</b>.</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Note: For simplicity, only one server is displayed in this dialog,\n" @@ -169,8 +176,8 @@ " بالرغم من احتمال وجود أكثر من خادم في ملف التكوين الخاص بك.\n" " لن يتم فقد هذه الخوادم.</p>\n" -#. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126 +#. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "<p>These are parameters for downloading mail from\n" @@ -180,21 +187,22 @@ "<p>هي عبارة عن معلمات لإنزال البريد من\n" " أحد خوادم POP أو IMAP باستخدام <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>\n" -#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136 +#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "\n" "<p>This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>\n" +"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses." +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>يُستخدم هذا الجدول لإعادة توجيه البريد المُسلَّم محليًا.\n" " قم بإعادة توجيهه إلى مستخدم محلي آخر (تتضح فائدة ذلك مع حسابات النظام،\n" " خاصة مع <b>المسؤول</b>)، إلى عنوان بعيد أو إلى قائمة عناوين.</p>\n" -#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 +#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "<p>See the aliases(5) manual page\n" @@ -204,8 +212,8 @@ "<p>راجع الصفحة اليدوية الأسماء المستعارة (5)\n" " للحصول على وصف للميزات المتقدمة.</p>\n" -#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153 +#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "\n" "<p>This table redirects incoming mail. Unlike the alias table,\n" @@ -213,12 +221,13 @@ "part of the address.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>يعمل هذا الجدول على إعادة توجيه البريد الوارد. على العكس من جدول الأسماء المستعارة،\n" +"<p>يعمل هذا الجدول على إعادة توجيه البريد الوارد. على العكس من جدول الأسماء " +"المستعارة،\n" "فإنه يعتبر المجال\n" " جزءًا من العنوان.</p>\n" -#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160 +#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "\n" "<p>It allows hosting multiple \"virtual domains\"\n" @@ -228,9 +237,9 @@ "<p>كما يسمح باستضافة \"مجالات ظاهرية\"متعددة\n" " على جهاز واحد.</p>\n" -#. Translators: continue/cancel dialog -#. %1 is a sysconfig variable name -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120 +#. Translators: continue/cancel dialog +#. %1 is a sysconfig variable name +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120 msgid "" "The setting %1 is turned off. You have\n" "probably modified the configuration files directly.\n" @@ -242,14 +251,14 @@ "في حالة المتابعة، سيتم تشغيل الإعداد و\n" "ستتم الكتابة على التغييرات اليدوية بسبب تكوين Postfix.\n" -#. After text freeze, but -#. a) either something is very broken -> user must know -#. b) user installed a different MTA -> knowledgeable enough to -#. ba) never see this message anyway -#. bb) read English -#. TODO: look at exim and mention it in the popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:140 +#. After text freeze, but +#. a) either something is very broken -> user must know +#. b) user installed a different MTA -> knowledgeable enough to +#. ba) never see this message anyway +#. bb) read English +#. TODO: look at exim and mention it in the popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:140 msgid "" "YaST can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n" "but neither of them is installed." @@ -257,129 +266,130 @@ "تتمكن YaST2 من تكوين Postfix وSendmail فقط،\n" "إلا أنه لم يتم تثبيت أيٍ منهما." -#. not to be displayed, #37554. -#. but ProbePackages still has to be called. -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:157 +#. not to be displayed, #37554. +#. but ProbePackages still has to be called. +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:157 msgid "The configuration will be written now.\n" msgstr "ستتم كتابة التكوين الآن.\n" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix -#. Translators: frame label -#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:204 src/include/mail/ui.rb:208 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix +#. Translators: frame label +#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:204 src/include/mail/ui.rb:208 msgid "Mail transfer agent" msgstr "وكيل نقل البريد" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:279 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:279 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "إعدادات عامة" -#. Translators: frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:282 +#. Translators: frame label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:282 msgid "Connection type" msgstr "نوع الاتصال" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:290 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:290 msgid "&Permanent" msgstr "&دائم" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:294 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:294 msgid "&Dial-up" msgstr "&طلب هاتفي" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:299 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:299 msgid "No &connection" msgstr "بدون ات&صال" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306 msgid "Do not start Postfix as Daemon" msgstr "لا تقم بتشغيل Postfix كبرنامج محرك" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. frame label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgstr "بريد صادر" -#. OUTGOING NOMX -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#. OUTGOING NOMX +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." msgstr "لا تقم بتشغيل بحث MX لخادم البريد الصادر." -#. TLS -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 +#. TLS +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "تشفير TLS" #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 + src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "ﻻ" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 msgid "Use" msgstr "استخدام" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 msgid "Enforce" msgstr "فرض" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 msgid "&Masquerading" msgstr "تن&كر" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 msgid "&Authentication" msgstr "تص&ديق" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 msgid "Incoming Mail" msgstr "بريد وارد" -#. pushbutton -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 +#. pushbutton +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "الت&فاصيل..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "بدء &fetchmail" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "manual" msgstr "يدوي" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "daemon" msgstr "برنامج المحرك" -#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 +#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 msgid "&Downloading" msgstr "إن&زال" -#. menu button: details of incoming mail -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 +#. menu button: details of incoming mail +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 msgid "&Aliases..." msgstr "أ&سماء مستعارة" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 msgid "&Virtual domains..." msgstr "مجالات &ظاهرية..." -#. popup text -#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) -#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) -#. %3: value (about 50 characters) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 +#. popup text +#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) +#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) +#. %3: value (about 50 characters) +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 msgid "" "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" @@ -389,11 +399,11 @@ "سيتم تعيين قيمة %1 في %2 إلى\n" " \"%3\"." -#. There is a check whether the information from the UI is -#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only -#. certain characters and must begin with a letter. -#. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 +#. There is a check whether the information from the UI is +#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only +#. certain characters and must begin with a letter. +#. Already in Translation Memory +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 msgid "" "The user login may contain only\n" "lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n" @@ -405,213 +415,213 @@ " ويجب أن يبدأ بحرف أو \"_\".\n" " الرجاء المحاولة مرة أخرى.\n" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 msgid "Sender address rewriting" msgstr "إعادة كتابة عنوان المرسل" -#. Translators: text entry label -#. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 +#. Translators: text entry label +#. Translators: combo box label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 msgid "&Local user" msgstr "&مستخدم محلي" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 msgid "&Display as" msgstr "عر&ض كـ" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 msgid "The address for this user is already defined." msgstr "تم تعريف عنوان هذا المستخدم بالفعل." -#. error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 +#. error popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 msgid "The mail address format is incorrect." msgstr "تنسيق عنوان البريد غير صحيح." -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "تنكر" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 msgid "Masquerade &local domains" msgstr "تنكر الم&جالات المحلية" -#. `HBox ( -#. `HSpacing (2), -#. `TextEntry (`id (`masqdomains), `opt (`disabled), _("That is"), ld) -#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) -#. ), -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 +#. `HBox ( +#. `HSpacing (2), +#. `TextEntry (`id (`masqdomains), `opt (`disabled), _("That is"), ld) +#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) +#. ), +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 msgid "Ma&squerade other domains" msgstr "تنكر &مجالات أخرى" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 msgid "Do&mains to masquerade" msgstr "المجالات ال&مطلوب تنكرها" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 msgid "Local user" msgstr "مستخدم محلي" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 msgid "Display as" msgstr "عرض كـ" -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight (1, `ComboBox (`id (`user), `opt (`editable), _("Local user"), -#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), -#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly@red.dwarf")) -#. ), -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight (1, `ComboBox (`id (`user), `opt (`editable), _("Local user"), +#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), +#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly@red.dwarf")) +#. ), +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "إ&ضافة" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "تح&رير" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "ح&ذف" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Already in Translation Memory +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 msgid "The domain name is incorrect" msgstr "اسم المجال غير صحيح" -#. string mod = listToString (Mail::masquerade_other_domains); -#. list<string> lmod = []; -#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 +#. string mod = listToString (Mail::masquerade_other_domains); +#. list<string> lmod = []; +#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication" msgstr "تصديق خادم البريد الصادر" -#. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 +#. text entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 msgid "Outgoing &Server" msgstr "&خادم البريد الصادر" -#. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 +#. text entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 msgid "&User name" msgstr "اسم المست&خدم" -#. password entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 +#. password entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&كلمة السر" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 msgid "Mail downloading" msgstr "إنزال البريد" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 msgid "Server" msgstr "خادم" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "بروتوكول" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 msgid "User" msgstr "مستخدم" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "ح&ذف" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 msgid "Incoming mail redirection" msgstr "إعادة توجيه البريد الوارد" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "اسم &مستعار" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 msgid "&Destinations" msgstr "وج&هات" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 msgid "The alias format is incorrect." msgstr "تنسيق الاسم المستعار غير صحيح." -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined." msgstr "تم تعريف الوجهات الخاصة بالاسم المستعار بالفعل." -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. summary item -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. summary item +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 msgid "Aliases" msgstr "أسماء مستعارة" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 msgid "Alias" msgstr "اسم مستعار" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 msgid "Destinations" msgstr "وجهات" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 msgid "Virtual domains" msgstr "مجالات ظاهرية" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 msgid "Mail configuration" msgstr "تكوين البريد" -#. label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 +#. label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. just a template, do not translate -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:71 +#. just a template, do not translate +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:71 msgid "." msgstr "." -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:79 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:79 msgid "&Outgoing mail server" msgstr "خادم ال&بريد الصادر" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" @@ -623,13 +633,13 @@ " أدخل خادم SMTP الخاص بموفر خدمة الإنترنت، مثل\n" " <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Do&main for the 'From' header" msgstr "م&جال رأس الرسالة 'من'" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:106 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:106 msgid "" "\n" "<p>You may want the mail you sent to appear as if it originated from\n" @@ -641,13 +651,13 @@ " <b>company.com</b>بدلاً من <b>pc-042.company.com</b>.\n" " استخدم خانة اختيار النص المزودة أو استخدم مربع حوار أكثر تفصيلاً.</p>\n" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 msgid "&Domains for locally delivered mail" msgstr "مجالات ال&بريد المُستلم محليًا" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:126 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Here, specify the domains for which the mail\n" @@ -659,13 +669,13 @@ " لها محليًا. في حالة عدم إدخال أي شيء، يتم\n" " افتراض اسم المضيف المحلي.</p>\n" -#. check box label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142 +#. check box label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142 msgid "Accept remote &SMTP connections" msgstr "قبول ات&صالات SMTP عن بعد" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:144 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:144 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Mail can be received directly via the SMTP protocol\n" @@ -677,24 +687,26 @@ " يمكن إنزاله من\n" "أحد خوادم POP أو IMAP باستخدام <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:156 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:156 msgid "&Enable virus scanning (AMaViS)" msgstr "تم&كين البحث عن الفيروسات (AMaViS)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" +"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing " +"mail\n" "with AMaViS.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>تمكين البحث عن الفيروسات (AMaViS)</b> يعمل على فحص البريد الصادر والوارد\n" +"<p><b>تمكين البحث عن الفيروسات (AMaViS)</b> يعمل على فحص البريد الصادر " +"والوارد\n" "باستخدام AMaViS.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168 msgid "" "<p>Enabling AMaViS will also enable the following modules: </p>\n" "<p><b>Spamassassin</b> SPAM scanner</p>\n" @@ -706,8 +718,8 @@ "<p><b>DKIM</b> يفحص مفتاح المجال للبريد الوارد الموقع</p>\n" "<p><b>Clamav</b> محرك برنامج بحث عن الفيروسات مفتوح المصدر</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "<p>If AMaViS is not installed and you want to use it, it will be installed\n" @@ -717,13 +729,13 @@ "<p>في حالة عدم تثبيت AMaViS وتريد استخدامه، سيتم تثبيته\n" "تلقائيًا.</p>\n" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186 msgid "&Enable DKIM signing for outgoing mails." msgstr "&تمكين توقيع DKIM لرسائل البريد الصادرة." -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Enabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.</b></p>\n" @@ -731,78 +743,87 @@ "\n" "<p><b>تمكين توقيع DKIM لرسائل البريد الصادرة.</b></p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" -"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" +"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new " +"service\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " +"send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" -"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" +"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed " +"with\n" "the domain key.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>يتطلب تمكين DKIM لرسائل البريد الإلكتروني الصادرة إجراءات إضافية. سيتم إنشاء\n" +"<p>يتطلب تمكين DKIM لرسائل البريد الإلكتروني الصادرة إجراءات إضافية. سيتم " +"إنشاء\n" " مفتاح SSL لقيمة 'mydomain' المحددة في Postfix. وسيتم تكوين \n" "خدمة جديدة 'إرسال' في Postfix. بعد أن يتم تعيين هذا،يمكنك إرسال\n" " البريد الإلكتروني باستخدام هذه الخدمة 'إرسال' من 'mynetworks' مع تمكين \n" -"تصديق SASL. ولن يتم توقيع إلا رسائل البريد الإلكتروني المرسلة باستخدام هذه الخدمة الجديدة \n" +"تصديق SASL. ولن يتم توقيع إلا رسائل البريد الإلكتروني المرسلة باستخدام هذه " +"الخدمة الجديدة \n" "بواسطة مفتاح المجال.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 msgid "" "\n" "<p>The public key of the domain key needs to be offered by a Domain Name\n" "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " +"the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>يجب عرض المفتاح العام لمفتاح المجال بواسطة خدمة\n" " اسم المجال. سيتم حفظ المفتاح العام \n" -"كسجل DNS TXT في <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b>، كما يلزم نشره على خدمة اسم مجال \n" +"كسجل DNS TXT في <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b>، كما يلزم نشره على " +"خدمة اسم مجال \n" "مطابقة. في حالة وجود خدمة اسم \n" -"قيد التشغيل على هذا الخادم، الذي يعد هو الخادم المخول لهذا المجال، ستتم إضافة \n" +"قيد التشغيل على هذا الخادم، الذي يعد هو الخادم المخول لهذا المجال، ستتم " +"إضافة \n" "المفتاح العام كسجل TXT إلى\n" "منطقة المجال تلقائيًا.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 +msgid "" +"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." msgstr "إذا قمت بتمكين دعم DKIM، فسيتم أيضًا تمكين الفيروسات (AMaViS)." -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 msgid "&Server" msgstr "&خادم" -#. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:234 +#. Translators: combo box label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "بر&وتوكول" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:243 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:243 msgid "&Remote user name" msgstr "اسم المست&خدم البعيد" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:255 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:255 msgid "P&assword" msgstr "&كلمة السر" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:282 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:282 msgid "&Forward root's mail to" msgstr "إعادة تو&جيه بريد المسؤول إلى" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:286 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:286 msgid "" "<p>It is recommended to have a regular user account\n" "for the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account.</p>" @@ -810,82 +831,86 @@ "<p>يوصى بأن يكون لديك حساب مستخدم منتظم\n" "لمسؤول النظام وإعادة توجيه بريد المسؤول إلى هذا الحساب.</p>" -#. Translators: combo box label -#. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:301 +#. Translators: combo box label +#. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:301 msgid "&Delivery Mode" msgstr "و&ضع التسليم" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>" -msgstr "<p>عادةً ما يكون <b>وضع التسليم</b> هو <b>مباشرةً</b>، ما لم تقم بإعادة توجيه البريد الجذر أو تريد الوصول إلى البريد عبر IMAP.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not " +"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>عادةً ما يكون <b>وضع التسليم</b> هو <b>مباشرةً</b>، ما لم تقم بإعادة توجيه " +"البريد الجذر أو تريد الوصول إلى البريد عبر IMAP.</p>" -#. LogView label. take a string from users? -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 +#. LogView label. take a string from users? +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 msgid "Reading the &User List" msgstr "قراءة قائمة الم&ستخدمين" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:361 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:361 msgid "Local users" msgstr "مستخدمون محليون" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:377 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:377 msgid "LDAP users" msgstr "مستخدمو LDAP" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:398 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:398 msgid "NIS users" msgstr "مستخدمو NIS" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:461 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:653 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:461 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:653 msgid "The host name is incorrect" msgstr "اسم المضيف غير صحيح" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:701 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:749 -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:779 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:701 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:749 +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:779 msgid "The user name format is incorrect." msgstr "تنسيق اسم المستخدم غير صحيح." -#. Translators: error popup -#. Validation -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Validation +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded." msgstr "يتعذر استخدام procmail عند عدم إعادة توجيه البريد الخاص بالمسؤول." -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail normally -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:863 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail normally +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:863 msgid "Directly" msgstr "بشكل مباشر" -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail through procmail -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:866 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail through procmail +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:866 msgid "Through procmail" msgstr "من خلال procmail" -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869 msgid "To IMAP Server" msgstr "إلى خادم IMAP" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" msgstr "سيتم تثبيت برنامج البحث عن الفيروسات AMaViS.\n" -#. error popup. -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 +#. error popup. +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 msgid "" "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" @@ -895,57 +920,57 @@ "بالبحث الفعلي، إلا أنه لم يتم العثور على ClamAV.\n" "قم بإعداد برنامج البحث يدويًا." -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" msgstr "سيتم تثبيت البرنامج الإضافي لإنزال البريد Fetchmail.\n" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgstr "سيتم تثبيت خادم Dovecot IMAP، .\n" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 msgid "Initializing mail configuration" msgstr "تتم الآن تهيئة تكوين البريد" -#. Translators: progress label -#. do not translate MTA -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 +#. Translators: progress label +#. do not translate MTA +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" msgstr "يتم الآن تحديد وكيل نقل البريد (MTA)" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 msgid "Reading general settings" msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة الإعدادات العامة" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 msgid "Reading masquerading settings" msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات التنكر" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 msgid "Reading downloading settings" msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات الإنزال" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 msgid "Reading alias tables" msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة جداول الأسماء المستعارة" -#. Translators: progress label -#. smtp-auth -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 +#. Translators: progress label +#. smtp-auth +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 msgid "Reading authentication settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات التصديق..." -#. Translators: error message, -#. %1 is a file name, -#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 +#. Translators: error message, +#. %1 is a file name, +#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 msgid "" "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" "a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" @@ -955,161 +980,161 @@ "تنسيق محدد كي تتمكن YaST2 من قراءته. للحصول على التفاصيل، راجع\n" "%2" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة تكوين Fetchmail." -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 msgid "Error writing file %1" msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الملف %1" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 msgid "Error running config.postfix" msgstr "خطأ في تشغيل config.postfix" -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 msgid "Error starting service %1." msgstr "تعذر بدء تشغيل الخدمة %1." -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 msgid "Writing general settings" msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات العامة" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 msgid "Writing masquerading settings" msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات التنكر" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 msgid "Writing alias tables" msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة جداول الأسماء المستعارة" -#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to -#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 +#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to +#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 msgid "Writing downloading settings" msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات الإنزال" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 msgid "Writing authentication settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات التصديق..." -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 msgid "Finishing writing configuration files" msgstr "يتم الآن إنهاء كتابة ملفات التكوين" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 msgid "Running Config Postfix" msgstr "تشغيل تكوين Postfix" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 msgid "Restarting services" msgstr "تتم الآن إعادة تشغيل الخدمات" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 msgid "Saving mail configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين البريد" -#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 +#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 msgid "Other" msgstr "أخرى" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 msgid "Permanent" msgstr "دائم" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 msgid "Dial-up" msgstr "طلب هاتفي" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 msgid "None" msgstr "بلا" -#. summary header; mail transfer agent -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 +#. summary header; mail transfer agent +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 msgid "MTA" msgstr "MTA" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 msgid "Connection Type" msgstr "نوع الاتصال" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 msgid "Outgoing Mail Server" msgstr "خادم البريد الصادر" -#. summary header; the "From: foo@bar.com" mail header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 +#. summary header; the "From: foo@bar.com" mail header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 msgid "From Header" msgstr "رأس الرسالة 'من'" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 msgid "Local Domains" msgstr "المجالات المحلية" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 msgid "Masquerade Other Domains" msgstr "تنكر المجالات الأخرى" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 msgid "Masquerade Users" msgstr "مستخدمو التنكر" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections" msgstr "قبول اتصالات SMTP عن بعد" -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 msgid "Use AMaViS" msgstr "استخدام AMaViS" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 msgid "Use DKIM" msgstr "استخدام DKIM" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 msgid "Fetchmail" msgstr "Fetchmail" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 msgid "Virtual Users" msgstr "مستخدمون ظاهريون" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "تصديق" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/multipath.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/multipath.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/multipath.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: multipath\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,181 +14,191 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module -#: src/clients/multipath.rb:53 +#. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module +#: src/clients/multipath.rb:53 msgid "Configuration of multipath" msgstr "تكوين multipath" -#. Multipath summary dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:56 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70 +#. Multipath summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:56 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70 msgid "Multipath Configuration" msgstr "تكوين Multipath" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:69 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:69 msgid "Do ¬ use Multipath" msgstr "&عدم استخدام Multipath" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:77 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:77 msgid "&Use Multipath" msgstr "&استخدام Multipath" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:92 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "القائمة السوداء" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 msgid "Item" msgstr "العنصر" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 msgid "Value" msgstr "قيمة" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:117 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:117 msgid "Blacklist Exceptions" msgstr "استثناءات القائمة السوداء" -#. will be initiated in Read_Defaults.. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:143 +#. will be initiated in Read_Defaults.. +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:143 msgid "Defaults" msgstr "الإعدادت الافتراضية" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:166 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:166 msgid "Devices" msgstr "أجهزة" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 msgid "vendor" msgstr "البائع" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 msgid "product" msgstr "المنتج" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:190 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:190 msgid "Multipaths" msgstr "Multipaths" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 msgid "alias" msgstr "اسم مستعار" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955 msgid "wwid" msgstr "wwid" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:215 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:215 msgid "Configure Defaults" msgstr "تكوين الإعدادات الافتراضية" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216 msgid "Configure Devices" msgstr "تكوين الأجهزة" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:218 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:218 msgid "Configure Blacklist" msgstr "تكوين القائمة السوداء" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:223 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:223 msgid "Configure Blacklist Exceptions" msgstr "تكوين استثناءات القائمة السوداء" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:243 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:378 src/modules/Multipath.rb:387 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:398 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:243 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:378 src/modules/Multipath.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:398 msgid "Status" msgstr "الحالة" -#. Disable configure tab during installation -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:359 src/modules/Multipath.rb:392 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:411 src/modules/Multipath.rb:455 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:481 src/modules/Multipath.rb:506 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:531 +#. Disable configure tab during installation +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:359 src/modules/Multipath.rb:392 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:411 src/modules/Multipath.rb:455 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:481 src/modules/Multipath.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:531 msgid "Configure" msgstr "تكوين" -#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258 +#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information +#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258 msgid "Illegal parameters:\n" msgstr "معلمات غير صالحة:\n" -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329 +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329 msgid "Duplicated configuration." msgstr "التكوين المكرر." -#. used for store undecided input -#. used for store undecided input -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455 +#. used for store undecided input +#. used for store undecided input +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455 msgid "Show Details" msgstr "إظهار التفاصيل" -#. do not do with number id -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443 +#. do not do with number id +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443 msgid "Illegal parameter:" msgstr "معلمة غير صالحة:" -#. devices section -#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561 +#. devices section +#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561 msgid "Illegal parameters:" msgstr "معلمات غير صالحة:" -#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943 +#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value +#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943 msgid "item" msgstr "العنصر" -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343 +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343 msgid "Duplicated configuration" msgstr "عملية تكوين مكررة" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607 msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath" msgstr "تعذر العثور على /sbin/multipath" -#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647 +#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647 msgid "Use multipath failed:" msgstr "فشل استخدام multipath:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653 msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd." msgstr "* لا يمكن تمكين multipathd." -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663 msgid "* Cannot start multipathd." msgstr "* لا يمكن بدء multipathd." -#. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd"); -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683 +#. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd"); +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683 msgid "Do not use multipath failed:" msgstr "فشل عدم استخدام multipath:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689 msgid "* Cannot stop multipath." msgstr "* لا يمكن إيقاف multipath." -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699 msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd." msgstr "* لا يمكن تعطيل multipath." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -196,8 +206,8 @@ "<p><b><big>تهيئة تكوين Multipath</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -205,272 +215,339 @@ "<p><b><big>حفظ تكوين Multipath</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. dialog help for Status help -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:44 +#. dialog help for Status help +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Multipath Status</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not " +"use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " +"stopped.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Configure Multipath</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>حالة Multipath</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tقم ببدء تشغيل multipathd أو إيقافه، وتحقق من معلومات multipath.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tقم ببدء تشغيل multipathd أو إيقافه، وتحقق من معلومات multipath." +"<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>إيقاف/بدء تشغيل Multipathd</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tانقر فوق <b>\"استخدام Multipath\"</b> لبدء تشغيل multipathd. انقر فوق <b>\"عدم استخدام Multipath\"</b> لإيقاف multipathd.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tيمكن أن تظل معلومات حالة Multipath معروضة عندما يتوقف multipathd.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tانقر فوق <b>\"استخدام Multipath\"</b> لبدء تشغيل multipathd. انقر فوق " +"<b>\"عدم استخدام Multipath\"</b> لإيقاف multipathd.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tيمكن أن تظل معلومات حالة Multipath معروضة عندما يتوقف multipathd." +"<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>تكوين Multipath</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tانقر فوق علامة التبويب <b>تكوين</b> لإجراء تكوينات multipath.<br></p>\n" -#. dialog help for Configure tab -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 +#. dialog help for Configure tab +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " +"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, " +"<b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> list of multipaths finest-grained settings.<br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Defaults:</b> multipath-tools default settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices settings.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations.<br><br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults " +"settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath " +"candidates.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist " +"settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from " +"blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure " +"blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " +"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices " +"settings.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations." +"<br><br></p>\n" msgstr "" "p><b><big>التكوين</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tيمكن تكوين جميع محتويات /etc/multipath.conf هنا. توحد أربعة مقاطع في ملف التكوين:\n" -"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>، <b>الإعدادات الافتراضية</b>، <b>القائمة السوداء</b>، <b>blacklist_exception</b>، <b>الأجهزة.</b><br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tيمكن تكوين جميع محتويات /etc/multipath.conf هنا. توحد أربعة مقاطع في " +"ملف التكوين:\n" +"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>، <b>الإعدادات الافتراضية</b>، <b>القائمة السوداء</" +"b>، <b>blacklist_exception</b>، <b>الأجهزة.</b><br><br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> قائمة بإعدادات multipaths التفصيلية .<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>الإعدادات الافتراضية:</b> الإعدادات الافتراضية لأدوات multipath.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tانقر فوق الزر <b>\"تكوين الإعدادات الافتراضية\"</b> لتكوين الإعدادات الافتراضية.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>القائمة السوداء:</b> قائمة بأسماء الأجهزة المطلوب تجاهلها باعتبارها غير متوافقة مع multipath.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tانقر فوق الزر <b>\"تكوين القائمة السوداء\"</b> لتكوين إعدادات القائمة السوداء.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>استثناءات القائمة السوداء:</b> قائمة بأسماء الأجهزة المطلوب استبعادها من القائمة السوداء.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tانقر فوق الزر <b>\"تكوين استثناءات القائمة السوداء\"</b> لتكوين إعدادات blacklist_exception.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>الأجهزة:</b> قائمة بإعدادات وحدة التحكم حسب التخزين. تتجاوز الإعدادات الافتراضية، ويتم تجاوزها بواسطة إعدادات multipath .<br>\n" -"\t\t\tانقر فوق الزر <b>\"تكوين الأجهزة\"</b> لتكوين إعدادات الأجهزة.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\tانقر فوق الزر <b>\"إنهاء\"</b>لحفظ عمليات التكوين وتحديثها.<br><br></p>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>الإعدادات الافتراضية:</b> الإعدادات الافتراضية لأدوات multipath." +"<br>\n" +"\t\t\tانقر فوق الزر <b>\"تكوين الإعدادات الافتراضية\"</b> لتكوين الإعدادات " +"الافتراضية.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>القائمة السوداء:</b> قائمة بأسماء الأجهزة المطلوب تجاهلها باعتبارها " +"غير متوافقة مع multipath.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tانقر فوق الزر <b>\"تكوين القائمة السوداء\"</b> لتكوين إعدادات القائمة " +"السوداء.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>استثناءات القائمة السوداء:</b> قائمة بأسماء الأجهزة المطلوب " +"استبعادها من القائمة السوداء.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tانقر فوق الزر <b>\"تكوين استثناءات القائمة السوداء\"</b> لتكوين " +"إعدادات blacklist_exception.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>الأجهزة:</b> قائمة بإعدادات وحدة التحكم حسب التخزين. تتجاوز " +"الإعدادات الافتراضية، ويتم تجاوزها بواسطة إعدادات multipath .<br>\n" +"\t\t\tانقر فوق الزر <b>\"تكوين الأجهزة\"</b> لتكوين إعدادات الأجهزة." +"<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tانقر فوق الزر <b>\"إنهاء\"</b>لحفظ عمليات التكوين وتحديثها.<br><br></" +"p>\n" "\n" -#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 +#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Defaults Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting.<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " +"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " +"value as default setting.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>تكوين الإعدادات الافتراضية</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tيمكن تكوين الإعدادات الافتراضية العمومية ومسحها هنا.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tسيتم تطبيق أية إعدادات افتراضية موجودة هنا في كافة تكوينات multipath ما لم يتم استخدام أي إعداد محلي مطابق بدلاً منها.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tإذا تم مسح إعداد افتراضي موجود، سيقوم multipath بتعيين القيمة الخاصة به كإعداد افتراضي.<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tسيتم تطبيق أية إعدادات افتراضية موجودة هنا في كافة تكوينات multipath " +"ما لم يتم استخدام أي إعداد محلي مطابق بدلاً منها.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tإذا تم مسح إعداد افتراضي موجود، سيقوم multipath بتعيين القيمة الخاصة " +"به كإعداد افتراضي.<br></p>\n" -#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 +#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Blacklist Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates." +"<br>\n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, " +"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." +"<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " +"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " +"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " +"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>تكوين القائمة السوداء</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tيمكن نبذ أسماء الأجهزة المسرودة هنا باعتبارها غير متوافقة مع multipath.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tتوجد ثلاثة أساليب لتعريف اسم جهاز: <b>wwid</b> و<b>devnode</b> و<b>الجهاز</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: المعرِّف العالمي الذي يقوم بتعريف الجهاز في القائمة السوداء.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: تعبير عادي يمكن استخدمه هنا لتعريف أسماء الأجهزة في udev_dir (الإعداد الافتراضي في الدليل /dev). تعتبر أسماء الأجهزة العمومية هي cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>الجهاز</b>: يُستخدم لتعريف جهاز تحكم بالتخزين في القائمة السوداء. يمكن تحديد الجهاز حسب اسم المنتج والبائع.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tيمكن نبذ أسماء الأجهزة المسرودة هنا باعتبارها غير متوافقة مع multipath." +"<br>\n" +"\t\t\tتوجد ثلاثة أساليب لتعريف اسم جهاز: <b>wwid</b> و<b>devnode</b> " +"و<b>الجهاز</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: المعرِّف العالمي الذي يقوم بتعريف الجهاز في القائمة السوداء." +"<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: تعبير عادي يمكن استخدمه هنا لتعريف أسماء الأجهزة في " +"udev_dir (الإعداد الافتراضي في الدليل /dev). تعتبر أسماء الأجهزة العمومية هي " +"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>الجهاز</b>: يُستخدم لتعريف جهاز تحكم بالتخزين في القائمة السوداء. " +"يمكن تحديد الجهاز حسب اسم المنتج والبائع.<br>\n" "</p>" -#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:89 +#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, " +"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " +"blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " +"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " +"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " +"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>تكوين استثناءات القائمة السوداء</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tيتم استثناء أسماء الأجهزة المسرودة هنا من القائمة السوداء.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tتوجد ثلاثة أساليب لتعريف اسم جهاز: <b>wwid</b> و<b>devnode</b> و<b>الجهاز</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: المعرِّف العالمي الذي يعرِّف الجهاز الذي يتم استثناؤه من القائمة السوداء.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: تعبير عادي يمكن استخدمه هنا لتعريف أسماء الأجهزة في udev_dir (الإعداد الافتراضي في الدليل /dev). تعتبر أسماء الأجهزة العامة هي cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>الجهاز</b>: يُستخدم لتعريف جهاز تحكم بالتخزين تم استثناؤه من القائمة السوداء. يمكن تحديد الجهاز حسب اسم المنتج والبائع.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tتوجد ثلاثة أساليب لتعريف اسم جهاز: <b>wwid</b> و<b>devnode</b> " +"و<b>الجهاز</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: المعرِّف العالمي الذي يعرِّف الجهاز الذي يتم استثناؤه من " +"القائمة السوداء.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: تعبير عادي يمكن استخدمه هنا لتعريف أسماء الأجهزة في " +"udev_dir (الإعداد الافتراضي في الدليل /dev). تعتبر أسماء الأجهزة العامة هي " +"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>الجهاز</b>: يُستخدم لتعريف جهاز تحكم بالتخزين تم استثناؤه من القائمة " +"السوداء. يمكن تحديد الجهاز حسب اسم المنتج والبائع.<br>\n" "</p>" -#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 +#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Devices Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name.<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " +"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name." +"<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>تكوين الأجهزة</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tيتم سرد إعدادات وحدة التحكم حسب التخزين هنا، حيث تتجاوز الإعدادات الافتراضية ويتم تجاوزها بواسطة إعدادات multipath.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tيتم سرد إعدادات وحدة التحكم حسب التخزين هنا، حيث تتجاوز الإعدادات " +"الافتراضية ويتم تجاوزها بواسطة إعدادات multipath.<br>\n" "\t\t\tيتم تعريف كل جهاز حسب <b>المورد</b> واسم<b>المنتج</b>.<br></p>\n" -#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. -#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. -#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. -#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 +#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. +#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. +#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. +#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 msgid "should be a decimal integer" msgstr "يجب إدخال عدد عشري صحيح" -#. replacewidget_notify = true; -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 +#. replacewidget_notify = true; +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 msgid "illegal value" msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 msgid "should be greater than 0" msgstr "يجب أن تكون أكبر من 0" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 msgid "invalid decimal integer" msgstr "العدد العشري الصحيح غير صالح" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 msgid "should not be empty" msgstr "لا يجب ترك هذا الحقل فارغًا" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:72 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. prepare for loading built-in configurations -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98 +#. prepare for loading built-in configurations +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98 msgid "Cannot read multipath section in multipath configuration." msgstr "لا يمكن قراءة مقطع multipath في عملية تكوين multipath." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 msgid "Cannot read defaults section in multipath configuration." msgstr "لا يمكن قراءة مقطع الإعدادات الافتراضية في عملية تكوين multipath." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 msgid "Cannot read blacklist section in multipath configuration." msgstr "لا يمكن قراءة مقطع القائمة السوداء في عملية تكوين multipath." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration." msgstr "لا يمكن قراءة مقطع blacklist_exceptions في عملية تكوين multipath." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration." msgstr "لا يمكن قراءة مقطع الأجهزة في عملية تكوين multipath." -#. Multipath read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145 +#. Multipath read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145 msgid "Initializing Multipath Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين multipath" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:159 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:159 msgid "Read configurations" msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة التكوينات" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:161 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:161 msgid "Read service status" msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة حالة الخدمة" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:163 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:163 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "اكتشاف الأجهزة" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:167 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:167 msgid "Reading the configurations..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة التكوينات..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:169 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:169 msgid "Reading the service status..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة حالة الخدمة..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:171 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:171 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "يتم الآن اكتشاف الأجهزة..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:173 src/modules/Multipath.rb:274 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:173 src/modules/Multipath.rb:274 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. BNC #418703 -#. Checking and Installing packages only if needed (possible) -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:186 +#. BNC #418703 +#. Checking and Installing packages only if needed (possible) +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:186 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "تعذر تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:233 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:233 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "تعذر اكتشاف الأجهزة." -#. Multipath read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:248 +#. Multipath read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:248 msgid "Saving Multipath Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين Multipath" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:264 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:264 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "كتابة الإعدادات" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:266 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:266 msgid "Restart multipathd" msgstr "تتم الآن إعادة بدء multipathd" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:270 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:270 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:272 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:272 msgid "Restarting multipathd..." msgstr "تتم الآن إعادة بدء multipathd..." -#. write settings -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:284 +#. write settings +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:284 msgid "Can not write settings." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات." -#. restart multipathd -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:299 +#. restart multipathd +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:299 msgid "Restarting multipathd failed." msgstr "فشلت عملية إعادة تشغيل Multipath." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432 msgid "Ignore your modification?" msgstr "هل تريد تجاهل التعديلات التي أجريتها؟" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ncurses-pkg.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ncurses-pkg.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ncurses-pkg.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg -# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. -# +# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. +# msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:42\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -15,1112 +15,1438 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#. headline of package versions popup -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990 +#. headline of package versions popup +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990 msgid "Package Versions" msgstr "إصدارات الحزم" -#. text above of list of all package versions -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992 +#. text above of list of all package versions +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992 msgid "List of all available package versions:" msgstr "قائمة بجميع إصدارات الحزم المتاحة:" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105 msgid "&Packages with Status" msgstr "الحز&م بحالة" -#. headline - packages with automatic status change -#. headline of a popup with packages -#. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192 -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 +#. headline - packages with automatic status change +#. headline of a popup with packages +#. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 msgid "Automatic Changes" msgstr "تغييرات تلقائية" -#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 +#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous) +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following" msgstr "بالإضافة إلى التحديدات اليدوية، تم" -#. text part2 of popup with automatic changes -#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 +#. text part2 of popup with automatic changes +#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" msgstr "تغيير الحزم التالية لحل التبعيات:" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 -msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 +msgid "" +"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." msgstr "يمكن اختيار التثبيت على أي حال، ولكنك تخاطر بالحصول على نظام تالف." -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 msgid "&Continue anyway" msgstr "&متابعة على أي حال" -#. headline of a popup showing the package license -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502 +#. headline of a popup showing the package license +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502 msgid "End User License Agreement" msgstr "اتفاقية ترخيص المستخدم النهائي" -#. label text - keep it short -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691 +#. label text - keep it short +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691 msgid "Filter: " msgstr "المرشح: " -#. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698 +#. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary) +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698 msgid "Total Download Size: " msgstr "حجم الإنزال الإجمالي: " -#. Help button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 +#. Help button +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&تعليمات" -#. add the Cancel button -#. begin: the label of the Cancel button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#. add the Cancel button +#. begin: the label of the Cancel button +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "إل&غاء" -#. add the OK button -#. the label of an Accept button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 +#. add the OK button +#. the label of an Accept button +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "قب&ول" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747 msgid "C&onfiguration" msgstr "ت&كوين" -#. fill seclection box -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:74 +#. fill seclection box +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:74 msgid "Recommended" msgstr "مستحسن" -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:77 msgid "Suggested" msgstr "مقترح" -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:80 +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:80 msgid "Orphaned" msgstr "وحيد" -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:83 +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:83 msgid "Unneeded" msgstr "غير ضروري" -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." -msgstr "هذه قائمة بالحزم المفيدة. سيتم تثبيتها بشكل إضافي في حالة التوصية بها من قِبل حزمة مثبتة حديثًا." +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 +msgid "" +"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " +"recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "" +"هذه قائمة بالحزم المفيدة. سيتم تثبيتها بشكل إضافي في حالة التوصية بها من قِبل " +"حزمة مثبتة حديثًا." -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "من المقترح تثبيت هذه الحزم لأنها تتناسب مع الحزم المثبتة بالفعل. يرجع قرار تثبيتها إلى المستخدم." +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 +msgid "" +"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " +"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "" +"من المقترح تثبيت هذه الحزم لأنها تتناسب مع الحزم المثبتة بالفعل. يرجع قرار " +"تثبيتها إلى المستخدم." -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 +msgid "" +"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " +"updates aren't possible." msgstr "اكتشف المحلل أن هذه الحزم بدون مخزن، أي لا يمكن تحديثها." -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 +msgid "" +"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " +"longer." msgstr "قد تكون هذه الحزم غير ضرورية نظرًا لأن التبعيات السابقة لم تعد تنطبق." -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" msgstr "حذف" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:67 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:67 msgid "Install" msgstr "تثبيت" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:69 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:69 msgid "Update" msgstr "تحديث" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:71 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:71 msgid "Taboo" msgstr "محظور" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:73 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:73 msgid "Protected" msgstr "محمية" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:75 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:75 msgid "Keep" msgstr "إبقاء" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:77 msgid "Do not install" msgstr "عدم تثبيت" -#. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB -#: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 +#. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB +#: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> locale" -msgstr "الترجمات والقواميس والملفات المتعلقة باللغات الأخرى للإعداد المحلي <b>%s</b>" +msgid "" +"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> " +"locale" +msgstr "" +"الترجمات والقواميس والملفات المتعلقة باللغات الأخرى للإعداد المحلي <b>%s</b>" -#. the label of the selections -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 +#. the label of the selections +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "الأنماط" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:71 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:71 msgid "Languages" msgstr "اللغات" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:74 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:74 msgid "RPM Groups" msgstr "مجموعات RPM" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:77 msgid "Repositories" msgstr "المخازن" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:80 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:80 msgid "Search" msgstr "بحث" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:84 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:84 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "ملخص التثبيت" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:87 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:87 msgid "Package Classification" msgstr "تصنيف الحزم" -#: src/NCPkgFilterPattern.cc:183 +#: src/NCPkgFilterPattern.cc:183 #, c-format msgid "%d of %d package installed" msgid_plural "%d of %d packages installed" msgstr[0] "تم تثبيت %d من %d حزمة (حزم)" msgstr[1] "تم تثبيت %d من %d حزمة (حزم)" -#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:196 +#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:196 msgid "<b>@System</b>: local RPM database" msgstr "<b>@System</b>: قاعدة بيانات RPM المحلية" -#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:199 +#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:199 msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b>" msgstr "<b>URL للمخزن:</b>" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:126 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:126 msgid "&Ignore Case" msgstr "تجا&هل الحالة" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:132 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:132 msgid "Search &Mode" msgstr "و&ضع البحث" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:134 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:134 msgid "Contains" msgstr "يتضمن" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:135 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:135 msgid "Begins with" msgstr "يبدأ بـ" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:136 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:136 msgid "Exact Match" msgstr "تطابق تام" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:137 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:137 msgid "Use Wildcards" msgstr "استخدام أحرف البدل" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:138 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:138 msgid "Use RegExp" msgstr "استخدام RegExp" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:241 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:241 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "يتم الآن البحث..." -#. Popup informs the user that the query std::string -#. entered for package search isn't correct -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:262 +#. Popup informs the user that the query std::string +#. entered for package search isn't correct +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:262 msgid "Query Error:" msgstr "خطأ استعلام:" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:275 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:275 #, c-format msgid "%d packages found" msgstr "تم العثور على %d حزمة (حزم)" -#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well -#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: -#. begin: Actions menu, toggle the status of a package, e.g. change from installed to delete -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:72 +#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well +#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: +#. begin: Actions menu, toggle the status of a package, e.g. change from installed to delete +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:72 msgid "&Toggle [SPACE]" msgstr "&تبديل [شريط المسافة]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:73 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:73 msgid "&Install [+]" msgstr "&تثبيت [+]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:74 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:74 msgid "&Delete [-]" msgstr "حذ&ف [-]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:75 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:75 msgid "&Update [>]" msgstr "تحدي&ث [>]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:76 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:76 msgid "Ta&boo [!]" msgstr "مح&ظور [!]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:77 msgid "&Lock [*]" msgstr "&قفل [*]" -#. end: Actions menu, set status of all packages (title of a submenu) -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:79 +#. end: Actions menu, set status of all packages (title of a submenu) +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:79 msgid "&All Listed Packages" msgstr "ك&افة الحزم المسرودة" -#. begin: submenu items actions concerning all packages -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:90 +#. begin: submenu items actions concerning all packages +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:90 msgid "&Install All" msgstr "تثب&يت الكل" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:91 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:91 msgid "&Delete All" msgstr "حذف ال&كل" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:92 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:92 msgid "&Keep All" msgstr "الا&حتفاظ بالكل" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:93 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:93 msgid "U&pdate All Unconditionally" msgstr "تحديث الكل دون &شرط" -#. end: submenu items: actions concerning all packages -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:95 +#. end: submenu items: actions concerning all packages +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:95 msgid "&Update If Newer Version Available" msgstr "تحدي&ث في حالة توفر إصدار أحدث" -#. YOU mode -#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well -#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: -#. begin: Online Update Actions menu -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:103 +#. YOU mode +#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well +#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: +#. begin: Online Update Actions menu +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:103 msgid "&Toggle [SPACE]" msgstr "&تبديل [شريط المسافة]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:104 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:104 msgid "&Install [+]" msgstr "ت&ثبيت [+]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:105 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:105 msgid "&Do Not Install [-]" msgstr "ع&دم التثبيت [-]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:106 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:106 msgid "&Lock or Taboo [!]" msgstr "&قفل أو حظر [!]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:81 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:81 msgid "Launch &Repository Manager" msgstr "بدء تشغيل مدير ال&خازن" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:82 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:82 msgid "Launch &Online Update Configuration" msgstr "بدء تشغيل تكوين التحديث عبر الإ&نترنت" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:83 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:83 msgid "&Action after Package Installation" msgstr "الإ&جراء بعد تثبيت الحزمة" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:92 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:92 msgid "&Restart Package Manager" msgstr "إ&عادة تشغيل مدير الحزم" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:93 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:93 msgid "&Close Package Manager" msgstr "إ&غلاق مدير الحزم" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:94 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:94 msgid "&Show Summary" msgstr "إ&ظهار الملخص" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:84 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:84 msgid "&Automatic Dependency Check" msgstr "التحقق التلقا&ئي من التبعيات" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:88 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:88 msgid "&Check Dependencies Now" msgstr "التح&قق من التبعيات الآن" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:91 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:91 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "&وضع التحقق من النظام" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:95 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:95 msgid "&Verify System Now" msgstr "الت&حقق من النظام الآن" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98 msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" msgstr "تثبيت ال&حزم الموصى بها" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" msgstr "ت&ثبيت الحزم الموصى بها للحزم المثبتة بالفعل الآن" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" msgstr "ال&تنظيف عند حذف الحزم (تغيير مؤقت)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109 msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)" msgstr "ال&سماح بتغيير البائع (تغيير مؤقت)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113 msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase" msgstr "إنشاء حالة اختبار محل&ل التبعيات" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "كافة تبعيات الحزمة صالحة." -#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 +#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following" msgstr "بناء عن التوصية من خلال الحزم المثبتة بالفعل، فما يلي من" -#. part 2 of the text -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 +#. part 2 of the text +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" msgstr "الحزم التي تم تحديدها بالفعل للتثبيت:" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " msgstr "حالة اختبار محلل التبعية المكتوبة إلى " -#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 +#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" msgstr "لاستيفاء تبعيات الحزم المثبتة بالفعل التالية" -#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 +#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 msgid "System dependencies verify OK." msgstr "تم التحقق من تبعيات النظام بنجاح." -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:78 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:78 msgid "&Export Package List to File" msgstr "ت&صدير قائمة الحزم إلى الملف" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:81 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:81 msgid "&Import Package List from File" msgstr "ا&ستيراد قائمة الحزم من الملف" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:84 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:84 msgid "&Show Available Disk Space" msgstr "إ&ظهار مساحة القرص المتوفرة" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:191 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:191 msgid "Export List of All Packages and Patterns to File" msgstr "تصدير كافة الحزم والأنماط إلى ملف" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:224 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:224 msgid "Error exporting list of packages and patterns to " msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء تصدير قائمة الحزم والأنماط إلى " -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:246 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:246 msgid "Import List of All Packages and Patterns from File" msgstr "استيراد كافة الحزم والأنماط من ملف" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:310 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:310 msgid "Error importing list of packages and patterns from " msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء استيراد قائمة الحزم والأنماط من " -#. menu items of the filter menu for patches - keep them short -#. and use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: -#. begin: -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:72 +#. menu items of the filter menu for patches - keep them short +#. and use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: +#. begin: +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:72 msgid "&Needed Patches" msgstr "التصحيحات الم&طلوبة" -#. _( "Re&levant Patches" ) -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:74 +#. _( "Re&levant Patches" ) +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:74 msgid "&Installed Patches" msgstr "ت&صحيحات مثبتة" -#. _( "&Satisfied Patches" ) ); -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:76 +#. _( "&Satisfied Patches" ) ); +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:76 msgid "&Recommended" msgstr "م&ستحسن" -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:77 msgid "&Security" msgstr "الأما&ن" -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:78 +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:78 msgid "&Optional" msgstr "اخ&تياري" -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:79 +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:79 msgid "&All Patches" msgstr "كا&فة التصحيحات" -#. end: -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:81 +#. end: +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:81 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "بح&ث" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:71 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:71 msgid "&General Help" msgstr "تعليما&ت عامة" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:74 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:74 msgid "&Package Status and Symbols" msgstr "حالة ال&حزمة ورموزها" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:77 msgid "&How to Use the Filters" msgstr "كيفية استخدام عوامل التص&فية" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:80 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:80 msgid "&Useful Functions in Menu" msgstr "الوظا&ئف المفيدة في القائمة" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:84 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:84 msgid "&Patch Status and Patch Installation" msgstr "حالة الت&صحيح وتثبيت التصحيح" -#. begin: menu items of the view (package information) menu -#. please note: use unique hotkeys until end: -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:71 +#. begin: menu items of the view (package information) menu +#. please note: use unique hotkeys until end: +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:71 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "بيانا&ت فنية" -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:72 +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:72 msgid "&Package Description" msgstr "وص&ف الحزمة" -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:73 +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:73 msgid "Package &Versions" msgstr "إصدارات الح&زم" -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:74 +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:74 msgid "&File List" msgstr "قائم&ة الملفات" -#. end: menu items of the view menu -#. menu entry 1 - all about pkg dependencies -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:76 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:57 +#. end: menu items of the view menu +#. menu entry 1 - all about pkg dependencies +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:76 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:57 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "ت&بعيات" -#. menu items of the patch view menu - keep them short and -#. use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: -#. begin: -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:91 +#. menu items of the patch view menu - keep them short and +#. use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: +#. begin: +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:91 msgid "&Long Description" msgstr "وصف &طويل" -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:92 +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:92 msgid "&Package List" msgstr "قا&ئمة الحزم" -#. end: menu items of the view menu -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:94 +#. end: menu items of the view menu +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:94 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "الإصدار&ات" -#. name of the source package -#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:216 +#. name of the source package +#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:216 msgid "Source Package: " msgstr "حزمة المصدر: " -#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 +#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "<i>This information is available for installed packages only.</i>" msgstr "<i>تتوفر هذه المعلومات للحزم المثبتة فقط.</i>" -#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 +#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 msgid "References:<br>" msgstr "المراجع:<br>" -#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:75 +#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:75 msgid "Search for Patches" msgstr "البحث عن التصحيحات" -#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:124 +#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:124 msgid "Name of the Patch" msgstr "اسم التصحيح" -#. column header package description (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387 +#. column header package description (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387 msgid "Summary" msgstr "الملخص" -#. the list containing the problems (the unresolved package dependencies) -#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:173 +#. the list containing the problems (the unresolved package dependencies) +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:173 msgid "&Problems" msgstr "الم&شكلات" -#. the list containing the solutions of a dependency problem -#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:190 +#. the list containing the solutions of a dependency problem +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:190 msgid "Possible &Solutions" msgstr "الحل&ول المحتملة" -#. hint for the user: more information below -#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:357 +#. hint for the user: more information below +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:357 msgid " see below" msgstr " راجع أدناه" -#. hint for the user: there isn't any additional information -#. (for the currently selected solution of a dependency problem) -#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:542 +#. hint for the user: there isn't any additional information +#. (for the currently selected solution of a dependency problem) +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:542 msgid "No further solution details available" msgstr "لا تتوفر أية تفاصيل إضافية عن الحلول" -#. a help line for the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgPopupDescr.cc:128 +#. a help line for the dependency popup +#: src/NCPkgPopupDescr.cc:128 msgid " [+] Select [-] Delete [>] Update " msgstr " [+] تحديد [-] حذف [>] تحديث " -#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:348 +#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:348 msgid "Error: Out of disk space!" msgstr "الخطأ: نفاد المساحة المتوفرة على القرص!" -#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:356 +#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:356 msgid "Warning: Disk space is running out!" msgstr "تحذير: تتناقص المساحة المتوفرة على القرص!" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:62 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:62 msgid "Name of the Package" msgstr "اسم الحزمة" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:66 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:66 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "الكلمات الأساسية" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:68 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:68 msgid "Description (time-consuming)" msgstr "الوصف (استهلاك للوقت)" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:70 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:70 msgid "Provides" msgstr "يوفر" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:72 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:72 msgid "Required by" msgstr "مطلوب بواسطة" -#. menu entry 2 - display different kinds of info on pkgs -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:64 +#. menu entry 2 - display different kinds of info on pkgs +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:64 msgid "&View" msgstr "عر&ض" -#. menu entry 3 - miscellaneous stuff -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:71 +#. menu entry 3 - miscellaneous stuff +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:71 msgid "&Extras" msgstr "إ&ضافيات" -#. pick a package filter - patterns, langs, repos, search,... -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:78 +#. pick a package filter - patterns, langs, repos, search,... +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:78 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "المر&شح" -#. All installed Packages -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:86 +#. All installed Packages +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:86 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "الحزم المثبَّتة" -#. Label under the pkg table - pkg name follows -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:93 +#. Label under the pkg table - pkg name follows +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:93 msgid "Package: " msgstr "الحزمة: " -#. Actions on pkgs (install, remove,..) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:100 +#. Actions on pkgs (install, remove,..) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:100 msgid "A&ctions" msgstr "إجر&اءات" -#. the headline of the help window -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:114 +#. the headline of the help window +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:114 msgid "General Help" msgstr "تعليمات عامة" -#. part1 of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>مرحبًا بك في محدد الحزم</b></p><p>هذه الأداة ستساعدك على إدارة البرنامج على النظام. يمكنك تثبيت حزم فردية أو تحديثها أو إزالتها، إلى جانب الأنماط (مجموعات من الحزم التي تخدم غرض معين) أو اللغات. عادةً لا تحتاج للقلق حول تبعيات الحزمة عند تثبيت أي شيء أو إزالته، سيقوم محلل التبعيات بذلك بالنيابة عنك. يتكون محدد الحزم من ثلاثة أجزاء رئيسية: <b>عوامل التصفية</b> و<b>جدول الحزم</b> و<b>القائمة</b>.</p>" +#. part1 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to " +"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " +"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " +"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " +"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " +"selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> " +"and <b>menu</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>مرحبًا بك في محدد الحزم</b></p><p>هذه الأداة ستساعدك على إدارة البرنامج " +"على النظام. يمكنك تثبيت حزم فردية أو تحديثها أو إزالتها، إلى جانب الأنماط " +"(مجموعات من الحزم التي تخدم غرض معين) أو اللغات. عادةً لا تحتاج للقلق حول " +"تبعيات الحزمة عند تثبيت أي شيء أو إزالته، سيقوم محلل التبعيات بذلك بالنيابة " +"عنك. يتكون محدد الحزم من ثلاثة أجزاء رئيسية: <b>عوامل التصفية</b> و<b>جدول " +"الحزم</b> و<b>القائمة</b>.</p>" -#. part of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>عامل التصفية</b> الموجود في اللوحة اليمنى مصمم للتوجيه السهل في كمية كبيرة من الحزم. استخدم عوامل التصفية لعرض فقط الحزم من مخزن معين أو في نمط محدد (على سبيل المثال، ألعاب أو C/C++ Development) أو البحث عن كلمات أساسية معينة. يمكن العثور على مزيد من المعلومات حول عوامل التصفية في <i>كيفية استخدام عوامل التصفية</i>.</p>" +#. part of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " +"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " +"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " +"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " +"filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>عامل التصفية</b> الموجود في اللوحة اليمنى مصمم للتوجيه السهل في كمية " +"كبيرة من الحزم. استخدم عوامل التصفية لعرض فقط الحزم من مخزن معين أو في نمط " +"محدد (على سبيل المثال، ألعاب أو C/C++ Development) أو البحث عن كلمات أساسية " +"معينة. يمكن العثور على مزيد من المعلومات حول عوامل التصفية في <i>كيفية " +"استخدام عوامل التصفية</i>.</p>" -#. additional help text for post installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>جدول الحزم</b> هو المكون الرئيسي لمحدد الحزم. ستشاهد قائمة الحزم التي تطابق عامل التصفية الحالي (على سبيل المثال، مجموعة RPM المحددة أو نتيجة البحث). يحتوي كل سطر في جدول الحزم على عدة أعمدة:</p>" +#. additional help text for post installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You " +"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " +"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " +"several columns:</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>جدول الحزم</b> هو المكون الرئيسي لمحدد الحزم. ستشاهد قائمة الحزم التي " +"تطابق عامل التصفية الحالي (على سبيل المثال، مجموعة RPM المحددة أو نتيجة " +"البحث). يحتوي كل سطر في جدول الحزم على عدة أعمدة:</p>" -#. part2 of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "<ol><li>حالة الحزم (لمزيد من المعلومات، راجع <i>حالة الحزم والرموز</i>)</li> <li>اسم الحزمة</li><li>وصف الحزمة</li><li>الإصدار المتاح (في بعض المخازن المكونة)</li> <li>الإصدار المثبت (فارغ للحزم التي لم يتم تثبيتها بعد)</li> <li>حجم الحزمة</li></ol>" +#. part2 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 +msgid "" +"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and " +"Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " +"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version" +"(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "" +"<ol><li>حالة الحزم (لمزيد من المعلومات، راجع <i>حالة الحزم والرموز</i>)</li> " +"<li>اسم الحزمة</li><li>وصف الحزمة</li><li>الإصدار المتاح (في بعض المخازن " +"المكونة)</li> <li>الإصدار المثبت (فارغ للحزم التي لم يتم تثبيتها بعد)</li> " +"<li>حجم الحزمة</li></ol>" -#. part3 of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>).</p>" -msgstr "<p>تسمح لك قائمة<b>الإجراءات</b> أسفل الجدول بتغيير حالة حزمة محددة (أو كافة الحزم في القائمة)، على سبيل المثال، حذف حزمة أو تحديد حزمة إضافية لتثبيتها. يمكن أيضًا تغيير الحالة مباشرةً بالضغط على المفتاح المحدد في عنصر القائمة (لمزيد من المعلومات التفصيلية حول حالة الحزمة، راجع <i>حالة الحزمة والرموز</i>).</p>" +#. part3 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status " +"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " +"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " +"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " +"item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package " +"Status and Symbols</i>).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>تسمح لك قائمة<b>الإجراءات</b> أسفل الجدول بتغيير حالة حزمة محددة (أو كافة " +"الحزم في القائمة)، على سبيل المثال، حذف حزمة أو تحديد حزمة إضافية لتثبيتها. " +"يمكن أيضًا تغيير الحالة مباشرةً بالضغط على المفتاح المحدد في عنصر القائمة " +"(لمزيد من المعلومات التفصيلية حول حالة الحزمة، راجع <i>حالة الحزمة والرموز</" +"i>).</p>" -#. part4 of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful Functions in Menu</i>.</p>" -msgstr "توفر <p><b>القائمة</b> مهام متعلقة بالتعامل مع تبعيات الحزمة، وعرض المعلومات ذات الصلة حول الحزم أو تنفيذ إجراءات مثل فتح محرر المخزن. لمزيد من المعلومات، راجع <i>وظائف مفيدة في القائمة</i>.</p>" +#. part4 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package " +"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " +"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful " +"Functions in Menu</i>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"توفر <p><b>القائمة</b> مهام متعلقة بالتعامل مع تبعيات الحزمة، وعرض المعلومات " +"ذات الصلة حول الحزم أو تنفيذ إجراءات مثل فتح محرر المخزن. لمزيد من " +"المعلومات، راجع <i>وظائف مفيدة في القائمة</i>.</p>" -#. the headline of the help window -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 +#. the headline of the help window +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 msgid "Package Status and Symbols" msgstr "حالة الحزمة ورموزها" -#. part 1 of help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يمكن تغيير حالة الحزمة باستخدام قائمة <i>إجراءات</i> أو المفاتيح المحددة في عناصر القائمة. على سبيل المثال، استخدم '+' لتثبيت حزمة إضافية.</p><p>يُقصد بحالة \"حظر\" أنه ينبغي ألا يتم تثبيت الحزمة أبدًا. وعلى النقيض، يُقصد بحالة \"قفل\" أنه ينبغي الاحتفاظ دائمًا بالإصدار المثبت من الحزمة.</p>" +#. part 1 of help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 +msgid "" +"<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the " +"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " +"additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " +"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " +"installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يمكن تغيير حالة الحزمة باستخدام قائمة <i>إجراءات</i> أو المفاتيح المحددة " +"في عناصر القائمة. على سبيل المثال، استخدم '+' لتثبيت حزمة إضافية.</p><p>يُقصد " +"بحالة \"حظر\" أنه ينبغي ألا يتم تثبيت الحزمة أبدًا. وعلى النقيض، يُقصد بحالة " +"\"قفل\" أنه ينبغي الاحتفاظ دائمًا بالإصدار المثبت من الحزمة.</p>" -#. part 2 of help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>" -msgstr "<p>يمكنك أيضا استخدام <b>RET</b> أو <b>SPACE</b> لتبديل حالة الحزمة. كما تتيح لك القائمة<i>إجراءات</i> تغيير حالة كافة الحزم في القائمة (حدد 'كافة الحزم المدرجة').</p>" +#. part 2 of help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 +msgid "" +"<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. " +"The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all " +"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يمكنك أيضا استخدام <b>RET</b> أو <b>SPACE</b> لتبديل حالة الحزمة. كما " +"تتيح لك القائمة<i>إجراءات</i> تغيير حالة كافة الحزم في القائمة (حدد 'كافة " +"الحزم المدرجة').</p>" -#. part 3 of help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 +#. part 3 of help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 msgid "<p>The meaning of the status flags:</p>" msgstr "<p>المقصود بإشارات الحالات:</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid "<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>" -msgstr "<p><b> + </b>: تثبيت الحزمة</p><p><b>a+ </b>: تثبيت الحزمة تلقائيًا</p><p><b> > </b>: تحديث الحزمة</p><p><b>a> </b>: تحديث الحزمة تلقائيًا</p><p><b> i </b>: الحزمة مثبَّتة</p><p><b> - </b>: حذف الحزمة</p><p><b>---</b>: ضرورة عدم تثبيت هذه الحزمة (محظور)</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 +msgid "" +"<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be " +"installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</" +"p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: " +"package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---" +"</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b> + </b>: تثبيت الحزمة</p><p><b>a+ </b>: تثبيت الحزمة تلقائيًا</" +"p><p><b> > </b>: تحديث الحزمة</p><p><b>a> </b>: تحديث الحزمة تلقائيًا</" +"p><p><b> i </b>: الحزمة مثبَّتة</p><p><b> - </b>: حذف الحزمة</p><p><b>---</" +"b>: ضرورة عدم تثبيت هذه الحزمة (محظور)</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>-i-</b>: الاحتفاظ بالإصدار المثبت وعدم تحديثه أو حذفه أبدًا ( حزمة مقفلة )</p><p>معلومات الحالة للنمط واللغات:</p><p><b> i </b>: تم استيفاء كافة متطلبات هذا النمط/اللغة</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 +msgid "" +"<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " +"( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</" +"p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>-i-</b>: الاحتفاظ بالإصدار المثبت وعدم تحديثه أو حذفه أبدًا ( حزمة " +"مقفلة )</p><p>معلومات الحالة للنمط واللغات:</p><p><b> i </b>: تم استيفاء " +"كافة متطلبات هذا النمط/اللغة</p>" -#. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 +#. label for an error popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 msgid "How to Use Filters" msgstr "كيفية استخدام المرشحات" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>" -msgstr "يسمح لك <p><b>عامل التصفية</b> بتصفية كافة الحزم المتاحة وفقًا للمعايير المحددة. تستند عوامل تصفية الحزمة إلى خصائص الحزمة (مخزن، مجموعة RPM) أو \"حاويات\" الحزم (أنماط، لغات) أو تصنيف الحزم أو نتائج البحث. حدد عامل التصفية المطلوب من القائمة المنسدلة. وفيما يلي وصف لعوامل تصفية محددة.</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the " +"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " +"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " +"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " +"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>" +msgstr "" +"يسمح لك <p><b>عامل التصفية</b> بتصفية كافة الحزم المتاحة وفقًا للمعايير " +"المحددة. تستند عوامل تصفية الحزمة إلى خصائص الحزمة (مخزن، مجموعة RPM) أو " +"\"حاويات\" الحزم (أنماط، لغات) أو تصنيف الحزم أو نتائج البحث. حدد عامل " +"التصفية المطلوب من القائمة المنسدلة. وفيما يلي وصف لعوامل تصفية محددة.</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</p>" -msgstr "تصف <p><b>الأنماط</b> الميزات والوظائف التي ينبغي أن يتمتع بها أي نظام (على سبيل المثال، خادم X أو أدوات وحدة التحكم). يحتوي كل نمط على مجموعة الحزم التي تحتاجها (يجب تثبيتها) وتوصي بها (ينبغي تثبيتها) وتقترحها (يمكن تثبيتها). إذا حددت نمطًا لتثبيته أو تحديثه أو حذفه، فسيتم تشغيل المحلل وتغيير حالة الحزم الفرعية تبعًا لذلك..</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have " +"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " +"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " +"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " +"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"تصف <p><b>الأنماط</b> الميزات والوظائف التي ينبغي أن يتمتع بها أي نظام (على " +"سبيل المثال، خادم X أو أدوات وحدة التحكم). يحتوي كل نمط على مجموعة الحزم " +"التي تحتاجها (يجب تثبيتها) وتوصي بها (ينبغي تثبيتها) وتقترحها (يمكن " +"تثبيتها). إذا حددت نمطًا لتثبيته أو تحديثه أو حذفه، فسيتم تشغيل المحلل وتغيير " +"حالة الحزم الفرعية تبعًا لذلك..</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific repository. </p>" -msgstr "تحتوي <p><b>اللغات</b> على حاويات حزم تشبه كثيرًا الأنماط. وتحتوي على حزم مع ترجمات وقواميس وملفات خاصة بلغات أخرى للغة محددة. لا تعد <b>‏مجموعات RPM‏</b> حاويات حزم يمكن تثبيتها. وبدلاً من ذلك، تعد العضوية في مجموعة RPM معينة خاصية للحزمة نفسها. ولها هيكل هرمي (شجرة). يعرض عامل تصفية <b>المخازن</b> الحزم المتوفرة من مخزن محدد.</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They " +"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " +"files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers " +"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " +"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " +"The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific " +"repository. </p>" +msgstr "" +"تحتوي <p><b>اللغات</b> على حاويات حزم تشبه كثيرًا الأنماط. وتحتوي على حزم مع " +"ترجمات وقواميس وملفات خاصة بلغات أخرى للغة محددة. لا تعد <b>‏مجموعات RPM‏</b> " +"حاويات حزم يمكن تثبيتها. وبدلاً من ذلك، تعد العضوية في مجموعة RPM معينة خاصية " +"للحزمة نفسها. ولها هيكل هرمي (شجرة). يعرض عامل تصفية <b>المخازن</b> الحزم " +"المتوفرة من مخزن محدد.</p>" -#. help text package search -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.</p>" -msgstr "<p>لاستخدام عامل تصفية <b>بحث</b>، أدخل كلمة أساسية (أو جزء من الكلمة الأساسية) للبحث عن الحزم. على سبيل المثال، للبحث عن كافة الحزم ثلاثية الأبعاد باستخدام التعبير \"3d\". يمكنك أيضًا البحث في أوصاف الحزم التي توفرها RPM أو تحتاجها. حدد خانة الاختيار المناسبة وانقر فوق الزر 'بحث'.</p>" +#. help text package search +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 +msgid "" +"<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " +"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " +"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " +"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>لاستخدام عامل تصفية <b>بحث</b>، أدخل كلمة أساسية (أو جزء من الكلمة " +"الأساسية) للبحث عن الحزم. على سبيل المثال، للبحث عن كافة الحزم ثلاثية " +"الأبعاد باستخدام التعبير \"3d\". يمكنك أيضًا البحث في أوصاف الحزم التي توفرها " +"RPM أو تحتاجها. حدد خانة الاختيار المناسبة وانقر فوق الزر 'بحث'.</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter <b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, <i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يقدم <b>ملخص التثبيت</b> نظرة عامة حول الحزم التي تم تغييرها أثناء هذه الجلسة (أي المميزة للتثبيت أو الإزالة) إما بواسطة المستخدم أو المحلل تلقائيًا. يوفر عامل التصفية <b>تصنيف الحزم</b> معلومات حول الحزم التي بحالة <i>مستحسن</i> و<i>مقترح</i> و<i>وحيد</i> و<i>غير ضروري</i>.</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose " +"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " +"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " +"<b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, " +"<i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يقدم <b>ملخص التثبيت</b> نظرة عامة حول الحزم التي تم تغييرها أثناء هذه " +"الجلسة (أي المميزة للتثبيت أو الإزالة) إما بواسطة المستخدم أو المحلل " +"تلقائيًا. يوفر عامل التصفية <b>تصنيف الحزم</b> معلومات حول الحزم التي بحالة " +"<i>مستحسن</i> و<i>مقترح</i> و<i>وحيد</i> و<i>غير ضروري</i>.</p>" -#. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 +#. label for an error popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 msgid "Useful Functions in Menu" msgstr "الوظائف المفيدة في القائمة" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>التبعيات:</b><br> توفر هذه القائمة إجراءات متنوعة متعلقة بالتعامل مع تبعيات الحزم. وبشكل افتراضي، يتم التحقق من تبعيات الحزم مع كل تغيير حالة. سيتم إبلاغك بتعارضات الحزم في مربع حوار يقدم قرارات التعارض المحتملة. لحل التعارض، حدد أحد الحلول المقدمة واضغط على 'موافق -- حاول مرة أخرى'.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the " +"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " +"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " +"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " +"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " +"Again'.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>التبعيات:</b><br> توفر هذه القائمة إجراءات متنوعة متعلقة بالتعامل مع " +"تبعيات الحزم. وبشكل افتراضي، يتم التحقق من تبعيات الحزم مع كل تغيير حالة. " +"سيتم إبلاغك بتعارضات الحزم في مربع حوار يقدم قرارات التعارض المحتملة. لحل " +"التعارض، حدد أحد الحلول المقدمة واضغط على 'موافق -- حاول مرة أخرى'.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>" -msgstr "<p>لتعطيل التحقق من التبعية عند كل تغيير حالة، بدّل <i>التحقق التلقائي من التبعيات</i> إلى \"مغلق\". يمكنك التحقق من التبعيات يدويًا عن طريق تحديد <i>التحقق من التبعيات الآن</i>. سيعمل الإدخال <i>التحقق من النظام</i> على التحقق من تبعيات الحزم المثبتة بالفعل وحل التعارضات بشكل غير تفاعلي وتمييز الحزم المفقودة للتثبيت التلقائي إذا لزم الأمر. لأغراض تصحيح الأخطاء، استخدم <i>إنشاء حالة اختبار محلل التبعيات</i>. سيتم النسخ الاحتياطي لبيانات تبعيات الحزم في الدليل <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. هذا عادةً ما تحتاجه عندما يُطلب منك \"حالة اختبار محلل\" في Bugzilla.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 +msgid "" +"<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " +"<i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually " +"by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry " +"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " +"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " +"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate " +"Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into " +"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " +"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>لتعطيل التحقق من التبعية عند كل تغيير حالة، بدّل <i>التحقق التلقائي من " +"التبعيات</i> إلى \"مغلق\". يمكنك التحقق من التبعيات يدويًا عن طريق تحديد " +"<i>التحقق من التبعيات الآن</i>. سيعمل الإدخال <i>التحقق من النظام</i> على " +"التحقق من تبعيات الحزم المثبتة بالفعل وحل التعارضات بشكل غير تفاعلي وتمييز " +"الحزم المفقودة للتثبيت التلقائي إذا لزم الأمر. لأغراض تصحيح الأخطاء، استخدم " +"<i>إنشاء حالة اختبار محلل التبعيات</i>. سيتم النسخ الاحتياطي لبيانات تبعيات " +"الحزم في الدليل <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. هذا عادةً ما تحتاجه " +"عندما يُطلب منك \"حالة اختبار محلل\" في Bugzilla.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>الخيارات المتاحة للتحقق من التبعية<br><i>التحقق التلقائي من التبعية</i> (راجع المذكور أعلاه)، <i>تثبيت الحزم الموصى بها</i>: في حالة التشغيل، سيتم رفع التبعية الضعيفة، <i>وضع التحقق من النظام</i>: إصلاح تبعية الحزم المثبتة وحلها فورًا. الرجاء ملاحظة: بعد التحقق من النظام بواسطة <i>التحقق من النظام الآن</i> سيتم تشغيل الخيار <i>وضع التحقق من النظام</i> (قم بإلغاء تحديد الخيار، في حالة الرغبة في ذلك) يتم حفظ هذه الخيارات في ملف تكوين YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 +msgid "" +"<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency " +"Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak " +"dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair " +"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " +"checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System " +"Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " +"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>الخيارات المتاحة للتحقق من التبعية<br><i>التحقق التلقائي من التبعية</i> " +"(راجع المذكور أعلاه)، <i>تثبيت الحزم الموصى بها</i>: في حالة التشغيل، سيتم " +"رفع التبعية الضعيفة، <i>وضع التحقق من النظام</i>: إصلاح تبعية الحزم المثبتة " +"وحلها فورًا. الرجاء ملاحظة: بعد التحقق من النظام بواسطة <i>التحقق من النظام " +"الآن</i> سيتم تشغيل الخيار <i>وضع التحقق من النظام</i> (قم بإلغاء تحديد " +"الخيار، في حالة الرغبة في ذلك) يتم حفظ هذه الخيارات في ملف تكوين YaST <tt>/" +"etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>خيارات متقدمة:<br><i>التنظيف عند حذف الحزم</i>: إزالة الحزم غير المستخدمة. <i>السماح بتغيير البائع</i>: إمكانية اختلاف بائع الحزمة عن بائع الحزمة المثبتة. لن يتم حفظ هذين الخيارين، يمكن تعيينهما فقط في ملف تكوين مكتبة الحزم <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 +msgid "" +"<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove " +"dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may " +"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " +"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" +"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>خيارات متقدمة:<br><i>التنظيف عند حذف الحزم</i>: إزالة الحزم غير " +"المستخدمة. <i>السماح بتغيير البائع</i>: إمكانية اختلاف بائع الحزمة عن بائع " +"الحزمة المثبتة. لن يتم حفظ هذين الخيارين، يمكن تعيينهما فقط في ملف تكوين " +"مكتبة الحزم <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 -msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>عرض:</b><br>حدد المعلومات التي سيتم عرضها حول الحزمة المحددة في الإطار أسفل جدول الحزم. الخيارات المتوفرة هي: وصف الحزم والبيانات الفنية (الإصدار والحجم والترخيص وغيرها) وإصدارات الحزم (كل ما هو متوفر) وقائمة الملفات (كافة الملفات المضمنة في الحزمة) والتبعيات (التي توفرها وتحتاجها وغيرها).</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 +msgid "" +"<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will " +"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " +"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " +"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " +"dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>عرض:</b><br>حدد المعلومات التي سيتم عرضها حول الحزمة المحددة في الإطار " +"أسفل جدول الحزم. الخيارات المتوفرة هي: وصف الحزم والبيانات الفنية (الإصدار " +"والحجم والترخيص وغيرها) وإصدارات الحزم (كل ما هو متوفر) وقائمة الملفات (كافة " +"الملفات المضمنة في الحزمة) والتبعيات (التي توفرها وتحتاجها وغيرها).</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 -msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>التكوين:</b><br>تدمج هذه القائمة محدد الحزم مع بقية البرامج المساعدة لإدارة الحزم. من هنا، يمكنك <b> بدء تشغيل مدير المخازن</b> وتحرير المخازن المكونة أو التسجيل لتحديث المخزن وتكوين إنزال دوري للتحديثات المتوفرة (<b>بدء تشغيل تكوين التحديث عبر الإنترنت</b>). كما يمكنك اختيار أحد سلوكيات التحديث المتاحة الثلاثة لمحدد الحزم عند الانتهاء في قائمة <b>الإجراء بعد تثبيت الحزمة</b>.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the " +"rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository " +"Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update " +"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch " +"Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three " +"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package " +"Installation</b> menu.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>التكوين:</b><br>تدمج هذه القائمة محدد الحزم مع بقية البرامج المساعدة " +"لإدارة الحزم. من هنا، يمكنك <b> بدء تشغيل مدير المخازن</b> وتحرير المخازن " +"المكونة أو التسجيل لتحديث المخزن وتكوين إنزال دوري للتحديثات المتوفرة " +"(<b>بدء تشغيل تكوين التحديث عبر الإنترنت</b>). كما يمكنك اختيار أحد سلوكيات " +"التحديث المتاحة الثلاثة لمحدد الحزم عند الانتهاء في قائمة <b>الإجراء بعد " +"تثبيت الحزمة</b>.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 -msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>إضافات:</b><br>الوظائف المتنوعة موجودة هنا. سيعمل الخيار <i>تصدير قائمة الحزم إلى ملف</i> على نسخ البيانات في الحزم المثبتة والأنماط واللغات في ملف XML المحدد. يمكن قراءة هذا الملف في وقت لاحق باستخدام الخيار <i>استيراد قائمة الحزم من ملف</i>، أي على كمبيوتر مختلف. سيجلب مجموعة الحزم على الكمبيوتر الهدف بنفس الحالة كما هو موضح في ملف XML المتوفر. سيعمل الخيار <i>إظهار مساحة القرص المتوفرة</i> على إظهار جدول منبثق يعرض استخدام القرص والمساحة الخالية على القرص في القسم المثبت حاليًا.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package " +"List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " +"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import " +"Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " +"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " +"in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup " +"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " +"partition.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>إضافات:</b><br>الوظائف المتنوعة موجودة هنا. سيعمل الخيار <i>تصدير " +"قائمة الحزم إلى ملف</i> على نسخ البيانات في الحزم المثبتة والأنماط واللغات " +"في ملف XML المحدد. يمكن قراءة هذا الملف في وقت لاحق باستخدام الخيار " +"<i>استيراد قائمة الحزم من ملف</i>، أي على كمبيوتر مختلف. سيجلب مجموعة الحزم " +"على الكمبيوتر الهدف بنفس الحالة كما هو موضح في ملف XML المتوفر. سيعمل الخيار " +"<i>إظهار مساحة القرص المتوفرة</i> على إظهار جدول منبثق يعرض استخدام القرص " +"والمساحة الخالية على القرص في القسم المثبت حاليًا.</p>" -#. label of a frame with search settings -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 +#. label of a frame with search settings +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 msgid "&Search in " msgstr "بح&ث في " -#. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:) -#. text for the package search popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312 +#. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:) +#. text for the package search popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312 msgid "Search &Phrase" msgstr "&عبارة البحث" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332 msgid "Code" msgstr "الرمز" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338 msgid "Language" msgstr "اللغة" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344 msgid "URL" msgstr "عنوان URL" -#. column header package name (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 +#. column header package name (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#. column header installed package version (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 +#. column header installed package version (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 msgid "Version" msgstr "الإصدار" -#. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 +#. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 msgid "Repository" msgstr "المخزن" -#. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 +#. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 msgid "Avail. Vers." msgstr "إصدار متاح" -#. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 +#. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 msgid "Inst. Vers." msgstr "إصدار مثبَّت" -#. column header package size (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 +#. column header package size (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 msgid "Size" msgstr "الحجم" -#. column header package architecture (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 +#. column header package architecture (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "الهيكل" -#. column header patch kind (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 +#. column header patch kind (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 msgid "Kind" msgstr "النوع" -#. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416 +#. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416 msgid "Solving..." msgstr "يتم الآن الحل..." -#. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422 +#. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422 msgid "Saving..." msgstr "يتم الآن الحفظ..." -#. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 +#. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحميل..." -#. the headline of the disk space popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 +#. the headline of the disk space popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 msgid "Disk Usage Overview" msgstr "عرض استخدام القرص" -#. column header name of the partition (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 +#. column header name of the partition (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 msgid "Partition" msgstr "القسم" -#. column header used disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 +#. column header used disk space (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 msgid "Used" msgstr "مستخدمة" -#. column header free disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 +#. column header free disk space (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 msgid "Free" msgstr "خالية" -#. column header total disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 +#. column header total disk space (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 msgid "Total" msgstr "الإجمالي" -#. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 +#. +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 msgid "<i>Out of disk space!</i>" msgstr "<i>نفاد المساحة المتوفرة على القرص!</i>" -#. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 +#. +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 msgid "<b>Disk space is running out!</b>" msgstr "<b>تتناقص المساحة المتوفرة على القرص!</b>" -#. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 +#. part of a text +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 msgid "needs" msgstr "يحتاج إلى" -#. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 +#. part of a text +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 msgid "more disk space." msgstr "مساحة أكبر على القرص." -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 msgid "<b>Version: </b>" msgstr "<b>الإصدار: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 msgid "<b>Size: </b>" msgstr "<b>الحجم: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 msgid "<b>Installed: </b>" msgstr "<b>مثبت: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 msgid "<b>Authors: </b>" msgstr "<b>المؤلفون: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 msgid "<b>License: </b>" msgstr "<b>الترخيص: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 msgid "<b>Media No.: </b>" msgstr "<b>عدد الوسائط: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 msgid "<b>Package Group: </b>" msgstr "<b>مجموعة الحزم: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 msgid "<b>Provides: </b>" msgstr "<b>يوفر: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 msgid "<b>Requires: </b>" msgstr "<b>يتطلب: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561 msgid "<b>Prerequires: </b>" msgstr "<b>تستلزم: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 msgid "<b>Conflicts with: </b>" msgstr "<b>يتعارض مع: </b>" -#. headline for a list of installed files -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576 +#. headline for a list of installed files +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576 msgid "<i>List of Installed Files:</i><br>" msgstr "<i>قائمة الملفات المثبتة:</i><br>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " msgstr "الترجمات والقواميس والملفات المتعلقة باللغات الأخرى لـ " -#. the headline of the help popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 +#. the headline of the help popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 msgid "Patch Status and Patch Installation" msgstr "حالة التصحيح وتثبيت التصحيح" -#. help text online udpate -#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>" -msgstr "<p>معلومات عامة حول التصحيحات:</p><p>التصحيحات من النوع <b>الأمان</b> تحل المشكلات المتعلقة بالأمان، ونوصي بشدة بتثبيتها. ينبغي عليك أيضًا تثبيت التصحيحات <b>الموصى بها</b>، لأنها عادةً ما تحتوي على إصلاحات الأخطاء المهمة. وتثبيت تصحيحات <b>الميزات</b> إذا كنت مهتمًا بالميزات.</p>" +#. help text online udpate +#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 +msgid "" +"<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</" +"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " +"should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain " +"important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in " +"the feature.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>معلومات عامة حول التصحيحات:</p><p>التصحيحات من النوع <b>الأمان</b> تحل " +"المشكلات المتعلقة بالأمان، ونوصي بشدة بتثبيتها. ينبغي عليك أيضًا تثبيت " +"التصحيحات <b>الموصى بها</b>، لأنها عادةً ما تحتوي على إصلاحات الأخطاء المهمة. " +"وتثبيت تصحيحات <b>الميزات</b> إذا كنت مهتمًا بالميزات.</p>" -#. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>" -msgstr "دائمًا ما سيتم تثبيت <p>تصحيحات \"libzypp\" (الحزمة والتصحيح والنمط وإدارة المنتجات) أولاً. ثم يجب تثبيت التصحيحات الأخرى عند التشغيل الثاني.</p>" +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 +msgid "" +"<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " +"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " +"run.</p>" +msgstr "" +"دائمًا ما سيتم تثبيت <p>تصحيحات \"libzypp\" (الحزمة والتصحيح والنمط وإدارة " +"المنتجات) أولاً. ثم يجب تثبيت التصحيحات الأخرى عند التشغيل الثاني.</p>" -#. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>" -msgstr "<p>معنى إشارات الحالات:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: التصحيحات الخاصة بالتثبيت الذي قمت به محددة مسبقاً. سيتم إنزالها وتثبيتها على نظامك. إذا كنت لا تريد تصحيحاً معيناً، فقم بإلغاء تحديده باستخدام '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: تم استيفاء كل متطلبات هذا التصحيح.</p><p><b> + </b>: قمت بتحديد هذا التصحيح ليتم تثبيته.</p>" +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 +msgid "" +"<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your " +"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " +"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> " +"i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You " +"have selected this patch for installation.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>معنى إشارات الحالات:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: التصحيحات الخاصة بالتثبيت الذي قمت " +"به محددة مسبقاً. سيتم إنزالها وتثبيتها على نظامك. إذا كنت لا تريد تصحيحاً " +"معيناً، فقم بإلغاء تحديده باستخدام '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: تم استيفاء كل " +"متطلبات هذا التصحيح.</p><p><b> + </b>: قمت بتحديد هذا التصحيح ليتم تثبيته.</" +"p>" -#. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>" -msgstr "<p>مزيد من التفاصيل حول الحالة:<br>إذا كانت هناك عدة تصحيحات لحزمة معينة (أو مجموعة من الحزم) لم يتم تطبيقها بعد على النظام، فكلها يتم تحديدها مسبقاً وتأخذ الحالة <b>a+</b>. إذا تم إلغاء تحديد واحد من هذه التصحيحات باستخدام '-'، فمن المحتمل أن يظهر بالحالة <b>i</b> فيما بعد. ويرجع ذلك إلى أنه لم يعد هناك أي تصحيحات أخرى بخصوص نفس الحزم محددة. سيتم تثبيت الإصدارات الأحدث للحزم، وسيتم معها استيفاء هذا التصحيح. يعد إلغاء تحديد كل التصحيحات إجراءً مطلوباً إذا كانت التصحيحات غير لازمة.</p>" +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 +msgid "" +"<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a " +"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " +"got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is " +"deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is " +"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " +"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " +"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " +"patches are not wanted.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>مزيد من التفاصيل حول الحالة:<br>إذا كانت هناك عدة تصحيحات لحزمة معينة (أو " +"مجموعة من الحزم) لم يتم تطبيقها بعد على النظام، فكلها يتم تحديدها مسبقاً " +"وتأخذ الحالة <b>a+</b>. إذا تم إلغاء تحديد واحد من هذه التصحيحات باستخدام " +"'-'، فمن المحتمل أن يظهر بالحالة <b>i</b> فيما بعد. ويرجع ذلك إلى أنه لم يعد " +"هناك أي تصحيحات أخرى بخصوص نفس الحزم محددة. سيتم تثبيت الإصدارات الأحدث " +"للحزم، وسيتم معها استيفاء هذا التصحيح. يعد إلغاء تحديد كل التصحيحات إجراءً " +"مطلوباً إذا كانت التصحيحات غير لازمة.</p>" -#. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>" -msgstr "<p>القوائم:</p><p>تسمح القائمة <b>تصفية</b> بتصفية التصحيحات، مثل إظهار 'المثبّت' منها أو سرد التصحيحات 'الأمنية'. كما أنها تتيح إمكانية البحث عن تصحيحات.<br>استخدم القائمة <b>إجراءات</b> لتغيير حالة تصحيح ما.<br>تقدم القائمة <b>عرض</b> إمكانية الاطلاع على الحزم المعنية بالتصحيح. الرجاء ملاحظة: إذا كان عامل التصفية معين على 'كافة التصحيحات'، فقد تكون قائمة الحزم لبعض التصحيحات فارغة. وهذا يعني عدم وجود حزم معنية نظراً لعدم تثبيت أي حزم تصحيحات على النظام.<br>تحتوي القائمة <b>تبعيات</b> على تحديدات التبعيات وإدخال 'إنشاء حالة اختبار المحلل'.</p" +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 +msgid "" +"<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e." +"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " +"search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a " +"patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages " +"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " +"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " +"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." +"<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the " +"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>القوائم:</p><p>تسمح القائمة <b>تصفية</b> بتصفية التصحيحات، مثل إظهار " +"'المثبّت' منها أو سرد التصحيحات 'الأمنية'. كما أنها تتيح إمكانية البحث عن " +"تصحيحات.<br>استخدم القائمة <b>إجراءات</b> لتغيير حالة تصحيح ما.<br>تقدم " +"القائمة <b>عرض</b> إمكانية الاطلاع على الحزم المعنية بالتصحيح. الرجاء " +"ملاحظة: إذا كان عامل التصفية معين على 'كافة التصحيحات'، فقد تكون قائمة الحزم " +"لبعض التصحيحات فارغة. وهذا يعني عدم وجود حزم معنية نظراً لعدم تثبيت أي حزم " +"تصحيحات على النظام.<br>تحتوي القائمة <b>تبعيات</b> على تحديدات التبعيات " +"وإدخال 'إنشاء حالة اختبار المحلل'.</p" -#. label for a warning popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 +#. label for a warning popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 msgid "Warning" msgstr "تحذير" -#. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 +#. label for an error popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 msgid "Error" msgstr "خطأ" -#. label for a notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669 +#. label for a notify popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669 msgid "Notify" msgstr "إعلام" -#. the label of an OK button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 +#. the label of an OK button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 msgid "&OK" msgstr "مواف&ق" -#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "م&تابعة" -#. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#. the label of the Yes button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&نعم" -#. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 +#. the label of the No button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 msgid "&No" msgstr "&لا" -#. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user -#. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 +#. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user +#. has to make some action (#213602) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "&موافق -- محاولة مرة أخرى" -#. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 -msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>" -msgstr "<p>ستفقد كافة التغييرات في تحديد النمط أو التصحيح أو الحزمة.<br>هل تريد الخروج بالفعل؟</p>" +#. text for a Notify popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 +msgid "" +"<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." +"<br>Really exit?</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>ستفقد كافة التغييرات في تحديد النمط أو التصحيح أو الحزمة.<br>هل تريد " +"الخروج بالفعل؟</p>" -#. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 +#. the label of language table +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "اللغات المتاحة" -#. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 +#. the label of language table +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "المخازن المتاحة" -#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max 25 chars! -#. (the list shows all patches which are needed) -#. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); -#. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 +#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max 25 chars! +#. (the list shows all patches which are needed) +#. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); +#. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "التصحيحات المطلوبة" -#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 +#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! +#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "تصحيحات مثبتة" -#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "تصحيحات التحديث عبر الإنترنت" -#. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "مشكلة التحديث -- راجع التعليمات" -#. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 +#. the label for Filter: Search results +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 msgid "Search Results" msgstr "نتائج البحث" -#. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 +#. the headline of the dependency popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "تبعيات الحزمة" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 -msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>" -msgstr "<b>قائمة مشكلات التحديث</b><br><p>تعذر تحديث الحزم في هذه القائمة تلقائيًا.</p><p>الأسباب المحتملة:</p><p>أصبحت قديمة بعد إصدار حزم أحدث.</p><p>لا يوجد أي إصدار أحدث للحزمة ليتم التحديث إليه في أية وسائط تثبيت.</p><p>الحزم تابعة لطرف ثالث</p><p>حدد يدويًا ما تريد إجراءه على الحزم. ويُعد حذف هذه الحزم الإجراء الأكثر أمانًا.</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +msgid "" +"<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated " +"automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other " +"packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any " +"installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually " +"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"<b>قائمة مشكلات التحديث</b><br><p>تعذر تحديث الحزم في هذه القائمة تلقائيًا.</" +"p><p>الأسباب المحتملة:</p><p>أصبحت قديمة بعد إصدار حزم أحدث.</p><p>لا يوجد " +"أي إصدار أحدث للحزمة ليتم التحديث إليه في أية وسائط تثبيت.</p><p>الحزم تابعة " +"لطرف ثالث</p><p>حدد يدويًا ما تريد إجراءه على الحزم. ويُعد حذف هذه الحزم " +"الإجراء الأكثر أمانًا.</p>" -#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 +#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 msgid "Source" msgstr "المصدر" -#. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#. menu entry Update List +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 msgid "&Update List" msgstr "قائمة التحد&يثات" -#. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 +#. part of the patch description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 msgid "<b>Patch: </b>" msgstr "<b>التصحيح: </b>" -#. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 +#. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 msgid "No patches available" msgstr "لا تتوفر أية تصحيحات" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 msgid "Script" msgstr "اسكربت" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" msgstr "إصدارات الحزم غير المتوافقة" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 -msgid "<p>You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time.</p>" -msgstr "<p>تحاول تثبيت إصدارات ذات إمكانية تعدد الإصدارات وإصدارات بدون هذه الإمكانية لهذه الحزمة في نفس الوقت.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 +msgid "" +"<p>You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-" +"capable versions of this package at the same time.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>تحاول تثبيت إصدارات ذات إمكانية تعدد الإصدارات وإصدارات بدون هذه " +"الإمكانية لهذه الحزمة في نفس الوقت.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 -msgid "<p>This version is multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one.</p>" -msgstr "<p>هذا الإصدار ذو إمكانية تعدد الإصدارات.</p><p>اضغط على \"متابعة\" لتثبيت هذا الإصدار وإلغاء تحديد الإصدار بدون إمكانية تعدد الإصدارات، واضغط على \"إلغاء\" لإلغاء تحديد هذا الإصدار والاحتفاظ بالآخر.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 +msgid "" +"<p>This version is multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install " +"this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" " +"to unselect this version and keep the other one.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>هذا الإصدار ذو إمكانية تعدد الإصدارات.</p><p>اضغط على \"متابعة\" لتثبيت " +"هذا الإصدار وإلغاء تحديد الإصدار بدون إمكانية تعدد الإصدارات، واضغط على " +"\"إلغاء\" لإلغاء تحديد هذا الإصدار والاحتفاظ بالآخر.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 -msgid "<p>This version is not multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones.<p>" -msgstr "<p>هذا الإصدار بدون إمكانية تعدد الإصدارات.</p><p>اضغط على \"متابعة\" لتثبيت هذا الإصدار فقط وإلغاء تحديد كل الإصدار الأخرى، واضغط على \"إلغاء\" لإلغاء تحديد هذا الإصدار والاحتفاظ بالآخر.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 +msgid "" +"<p>This version is not multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to " +"install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to " +"unselect this version and keep the other ones.<p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>هذا الإصدار بدون إمكانية تعدد الإصدارات.</p><p>اضغط على \"متابعة\" لتثبيت " +"هذا الإصدار فقط وإلغاء تحديد كل الإصدار الأخرى، واضغط على \"إلغاء\" لإلغاء " +"تحديد هذا الإصدار والاحتفاظ بالآخر.</p>" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ncurses.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ncurses.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ncurses.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg -# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. -# +# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. +# msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:42\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,69 +14,69 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. label for text field showing the selected dir -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:84 src/NCAskForFile.cc:126 +#. label for text field showing the selected dir +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:84 src/NCAskForFile.cc:126 msgid "Selected Directory:" msgstr "الدليل المحدد:" -#. label for checkbox -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:92 src/NCAskForFile.cc:134 +#. label for checkbox +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:92 src/NCAskForFile.cc:134 msgid "&Detailed View" msgstr "عرض &تفصيلي" -#. column header name of diretcory -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:98 src/NCFileSelection.cc:666 -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:675 src/NCFileSelection.cc:686 +#. column header name of diretcory +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:98 src/NCFileSelection.cc:666 +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:675 src/NCFileSelection.cc:686 msgid "Directory Name" msgstr "اسم الدليل" -#. stretchable = true -#. add the OK button -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:114 src/NCAskForFile.cc:195 +#. stretchable = true +#. add the OK button +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:114 src/NCAskForFile.cc:195 msgid "&OK" msgstr "مواف&ق" -#. add the Cancel button -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:121 src/NCAskForFile.cc:202 +#. add the Cancel button +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:121 src/NCAskForFile.cc:202 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "إل&غاء" -#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:143 +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:143 msgid "Directory name" msgstr "اسم الدليل" -#. column header name of the file -#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:155 src/NCFileSelection.cc:434 -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:443 src/NCFileSelection.cc:459 +#. column header name of the file +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:155 src/NCFileSelection.cc:434 +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:443 src/NCFileSelection.cc:459 msgid "File name" msgstr "اسم الملف" -#. label for text field showing the filename -#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:175 +#. label for text field showing the filename +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:175 msgid "&File name:" msgstr "اس&م الملف:" -#. label for text field showing the filter (e.g. *.bak) -#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:182 +#. label for text field showing the filter (e.g. *.bak) +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:182 msgid "Filter:" msgstr "المر&شح:" -#. column header size of the file -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:445 +#. column header size of the file +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:445 msgid "Size" msgstr "الحجم" -#. column header file permissions -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:447 src/NCFileSelection.cc:676 +#. column header file permissions +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:447 src/NCFileSelection.cc:676 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "الأذونات" -#. column header user -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:449 src/NCFileSelection.cc:677 +#. column header user +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:449 src/NCFileSelection.cc:677 msgid "User" msgstr "مستخدم" -#. column header group -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:451 src/NCFileSelection.cc:678 +#. column header group +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:451 src/NCFileSelection.cc:678 msgid "Group" msgstr "المجموعة" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nis.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nis.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nis.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,80 +14,80 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module -#: src/clients/nis.rb:74 +#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module +#: src/clients/nis.rb:74 msgid "NIS client configuration module." msgstr "الوحدة النمطية لتكوين عميل NIS." -#. command line help text for 'enable' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:84 +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:84 msgid "Enable your machine as NIS client" msgstr "تمكين الجهاز الخاص بك كعميل NIS" -#. command line help text for 'disable' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:91 msgid "Disable the NIS client" msgstr "تعطيل عميل NIS" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:98 msgid "Configuration summary of NIS client" msgstr "ملخص التكوين لعميل NIS" -#. command line help text for 'configure' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:109 +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:109 msgid "Change the global settings of NIS client" msgstr "تغيير الإعدادات العمومية لعميل NIS" -#. command line help text for 'find' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:116 +#. command line help text for 'find' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:116 msgid "Show available NIS servers for given domain" msgstr "إظهار خوادم NIS المتاحة للمجال المحدد" -#. command line help text for the 'server' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:124 +#. command line help text for the 'server' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:124 msgid "NIS server name or address" msgstr "اسم خادم NIS أو عنوانه" -#. command line help text for the 'domain' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:131 +#. command line help text for the 'domain' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:131 msgid "NIS domain" msgstr "مجال NIS" -#. help text for the 'automounter' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:138 +#. help text for the 'automounter' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:138 msgid "Start or stop automounter" msgstr "بدء تشغيل المُوصل التلقائي أو إيقافه" -#. help text for the 'broadcast' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:146 +#. help text for the 'broadcast' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:146 msgid "Set or unset broadcast search" msgstr "تعيين البحث عن النشر أو إلغاء تعيينه" -#. Print summary of basic options -#. @return [Boolean] false -#. summary header -#: src/clients/nis.rb:260 src/modules/Nis.rb:862 +#. Print summary of basic options +#. @return [Boolean] false +#. summary header +#: src/clients/nis.rb:260 src/modules/Nis.rb:862 msgid "Automounter enabled" msgstr "تمكين المُوصل التلقائي" -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:831 src/modules/Nis.rb:844 -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:853 src/modules/Nis.rb:857 src/modules/Nis.rb:864 -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:831 src/modules/Nis.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:853 src/modules/Nis.rb:857 src/modules/Nis.rb:864 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "No" msgstr "لا" -#. Translators: network broadcast address -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:62 +#. Translators: network broadcast address +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:62 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Broadcast</b> option enables searching\n" "in the local network to find a server after the specified servers\n" @@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ "في الشبكة المحلية للبحث عن خادم بعد فشل استجابة\n" " الخوادم المحددة. مما يعرض الأمان للخطر.</p>\n" -#. Translators: short for Expert settings -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 +#. Translators: short for Expert settings +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>Expert</b> gives access to some\n" "less frequently used settings.</p>\n" @@ -106,46 +106,48 @@ "<p>يؤدي استخدام <b>خبير</b> إلى إتاحة الوصول إلى بعض\n" "الإعدادات الأقل استخدامًا.</p>\n" -#. pushbutton label -#. Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:135 +#. pushbutton label +#. Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:135 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "تحديد ال&كل" -#. pushbutton label -#. Deselect all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:138 +#. pushbutton label +#. Deselect all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:138 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "&عدم التحديد" -#. popup window -#. LAN: local area network -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:190 +#. popup window +#. LAN: local area network +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:190 msgid "Scanning for NIS servers in domain %1 on this LAN..." msgstr "البحث عن خوادم NIS في المجال %1 الموجود في بشبكة LAN هذه..." -#. selection box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:209 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:209 msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1" msgstr "خ&وادم NIS في المجال %1" -#. firewall opening help -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 +#. firewall opening help +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</" +"b>.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>إعدادات جدار الحماية</b><br>\n" "لفتح جدار الحماية للسماح بالوصول إلى الخدمة 'ypbind'\n" " من أجهزة الكمبيوتر البعيدة، قم بتعيين <b>فتح منفذ في جدار الحماية</b>.\n" -" لتحديد الواجهات التي سيتم فتح المنفذ فيها، انقر فوق <b>تفاصيل جدار الحماية</b>.\n" +" لتحديد الواجهات التي سيتم فتح المنفذ فيها، انقر فوق <b>تفاصيل جدار الحماية</" +"b>.\n" " يتوفر هذا الخيار في حالة تمكين جدار الحماية فقط.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "<p>Enter your NIS domain, such as example.com,\n" " and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.</p>\n" @@ -153,33 +155,41 @@ "<p>أدخل مجال NIS، على سبيل المثال example.com\n" " وعنوان خادم NIS، على سبيل المثال nis.example.com أو 10.20.1.1.</p>\n" -#. help text for netconfig part -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 +#. help text for netconfig part +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" +"<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " +"is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " +"here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " +"modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " +"see\n" "the netconfig manual page.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>تحديد طريقة تعديل تكوين NIS. عادة، تتم المعالجة بواسطة النص\n" "البرمجي netconfig الذي يقوم بدمج البيانات المحددة بشكل ثابت هنا \n" -"مع تلك التي تم الحصول عليها بشكل ديناميكي (على سبيل المثال من عميل DHCP وNetworkManager وغير ذلك). \n" +"مع تلك التي تم الحصول عليها بشكل ديناميكي (على سبيل المثال من عميل DHCP " +"وNetworkManager وغير ذلك). \n" "وهذه هي السياسة الافتراضية الكافية لمعظم عمليات التكوين. \n" -"باختيار التغييرات اليدوية فقط، لن يُسمح بعد ذلك لـ netconfig بتعديل التكوين. ومع ذلك يمكنك تحرير الملف يدويًا.\n" +"باختيار التغييرات اليدوية فقط، لن يُسمح بعد ذلك لـ netconfig بتعديل التكوين. " +"ومع ذلك يمكنك تحرير الملف يدويًا.\n" "باختيار تخصيص \n" -"السياسة، يمكنك تحديد سلسلة سياسة مخصصة، تتكون من قائمة بأسماء الواجهة مفصولة \n" +"السياسة، يمكنك تحديد سلسلة سياسة مخصصة، تتكون من قائمة بأسماء الواجهة " +"مفصولة \n" "بمسافة، بما في ذلك أحرف البدل، مع \n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACKكقيم خاصة محددة مسبقًا. للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات، راجع \n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACKكقيم خاصة محددة مسبقًا. للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات، " +"راجع \n" "صفحة دليل netconfig.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 msgid "" "<p>Specify multiple servers\n" "by separating their addresses with spaces.</p>\n" @@ -187,8 +197,8 @@ "<p>حدد خوادم عديدة\n" "بفصل عناوينها بمسافات.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 msgid "" "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that mounts directories automatically,\n" "such as users' home directories.\n" @@ -200,126 +210,131 @@ "ويفترض أن تكون ملفات التكوين الخاصة بها (auto.*) موجودة بالفعل،\n" "محليًا أو عبر NIS.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "<p>NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using <b>NFS Configuration</b> button.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يمكن تعيين إعدادات NFS التي تؤثر على كيفية عمل الموصل التلقائي في عميل NFS، الذي يمكن تكوينه باستخدام الزر <b> تكوين NFS</b>.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 +msgid "" +"<p>NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " +"NFS Client, which can be configured using <b>NFS Configuration</b> button.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يمكن تعيين إعدادات NFS التي تؤثر على كيفية عمل الموصل التلقائي في عميل " +"NFS، الذي يمكن تكوينه باستخدام الزر <b> تكوين NFS</b>.</p>" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (Via NetworkManager and DHCP)" msgstr "إعداد تل&قائي (عبر NetworkManager وDHCP)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:335 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:335 msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (via DHCP)" msgstr "إ&عداد تلقائي (عبر DHCP)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 msgid "NIS client" msgstr "عميل NIS" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:352 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:352 msgid "Netconfig NIS &Policy" msgstr "&سياسة Netconfig NIS" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:355 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:355 msgid "Only Manual Changes" msgstr "التغييرات اليدوية فقط" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:357 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:357 msgid "Default Policy" msgstr "السياسة الافتراضية" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:359 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:359 msgid "Custom Policy" msgstr "سياسة مخصصة" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:367 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:367 msgid "C&ustom Policy" msgstr "سياسة مخ&صصة" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:377 src/include/nis/ui.rb:393 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:377 src/include/nis/ui.rb:393 msgid "N&IS Domain" msgstr "م&جال NIS" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:384 src/include/nis/ui.rb:401 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:384 src/include/nis/ui.rb:401 msgid "&Addresses of NIS servers" msgstr "ع&ناوين خوادم NIS" -#. check box label -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 +#. check box label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 msgid "&Broadcast" msgstr "&نشر" -#. pushbutton label, find nis servers -#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) -#. pushbutton label, find nis servers -#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 +#. pushbutton label, find nis servers +#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) +#. pushbutton label, find nis servers +#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 msgid "Fin&d" msgstr "بح&ث" -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:421 msgid "Additional NIS Domains" msgstr "مجالات NIS الإضافية" -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:435 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:435 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "تح&رير" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:459 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:459 msgid "Do ¬ use NIS" msgstr "عد&م استخدام NIS" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:468 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:468 msgid "&Use NIS" msgstr "است&خدام NIS" -#. button label (short for Expert settings) -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 +#. button label (short for Expert settings) +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 msgid "E&xpert..." msgstr "&خبير..." -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:495 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:495 msgid "NFS Configuration..." msgstr "تكوين NFS..." -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 msgid "Start Auto&mounter" msgstr "بدء المُو&صل التلقائي" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 msgid "Configuration of NIS client" msgstr "تكوين عميل NIS" -#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers -#. but the domain is unknown. -#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers -#. but the domain is unknown. -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 +#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers +#. but the domain is unknown. +#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers +#. but the domain is unknown. +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known." msgstr "البحث عن خوادم تعمل في حالة التعرف على المجال فقط." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 msgid "" "When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n" "you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n" @@ -329,77 +344,89 @@ "لن تتمكن من استرداد بيانات المستخدم من LDAP.\n" " هل أنت متأكد؟" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 -msgid "<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local host.</p>" -msgstr "<p>في الغالب، يمكن لأي مضيف الاستعلام عن الخادم الذي يستخدمه العميل. يؤدي تعطيل <b>الاستجابة للأجهزة المضيفة البعيدة</b> إلى قصر ذلك على المضيف المحلي فقط.</p>" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 +msgid "" +"<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " +"using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local " +"host.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>في الغالب، يمكن لأي مضيف الاستعلام عن الخادم الذي يستخدمه العميل. يؤدي " +"تعطيل <b>الاستجابة للأجهزة المضيفة البعيدة</b> إلى قصر ذلك على المضيف المحلي " +"فقط.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#. Check, ie. turn on a check box -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 -msgid "<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server.</p>" -msgstr "<p>حدد <b>خادم معطل</b> في حالة وجوب قبول الردود من الخوادم التي تعمل على منفذ بدون امتيازات. يمثل ذلك خطرًا على الأمان ويفضل استبدال مثل هذا الخادم.</p>" +#. help text 2/4 +#. Check, ie. turn on a check box +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 +msgid "" +"<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an " +"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " +"to replace such a server.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>حدد <b>خادم معطل</b> في حالة وجوب قبول الردود من الخوادم التي تعمل على " +"منفذ بدون امتيازات. يمثل ذلك خطرًا على الأمان ويفضل استبدال مثل هذا الخادم.</" +"p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 msgid "<p>See <b>man ypbind</b> for details on other options.</p>" msgstr "<p>راجع <b>man ypbind</b> للحصول على تفاصيل حول الخيارات الأخرى.</p>" -#. frame label -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 +#. frame label +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 msgid "Expert settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 msgid "Ans&wer Remote Hosts" msgstr "الاستجابة للأجه&زة المضيفة البعيدة" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 msgid "Br&oken server" msgstr "خادم مع&طل" -#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 +#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 msgid "Other &ypbind options" msgstr "&خيارات ypbind الأخرى" -#. Translators: multilineedit label -#. comma: "," -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 +#. Translators: multilineedit label +#. comma: "," +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)" msgstr "خ&وادم (مفصولة بمسافات أو فواصل)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "&SLP" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 msgid "Domain Settings" msgstr "إعدادات المجال" -#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 +#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 msgid "&Domain name" msgstr "ا&سم المجال" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 msgid "This domain is already defined." msgstr "تم تعريف هذا المجال بالفعل." -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct." msgstr "تنسيق عنوان الخادم '%1' غير صحيح." -#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 +#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 msgid "" "Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n" "does not make any sense. Select just one option." @@ -407,62 +434,65 @@ "تمكين الخيارين النشر وSLP معًا غير صحيح.\n" " حدد أحد هذين الخيارين فقط." -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 msgid "<p>Specify the servers for additional domains.</p>" msgstr "<p>حدد الخوادم للمجالات الإضافية.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 -msgid "<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يمكن استخدام بروتوكول موقع الخدمة (<b>SLP</b>) للبحث عن خادم NIS.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 +msgid "" +"<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server." +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يمكن استخدام بروتوكول موقع الخدمة (<b>SLP</b>) للبحث عن خادم NIS.</p>" -#. dialog label -#. dialog subtitle -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 +#. dialog label +#. dialog subtitle +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 msgid "Additional Domains" msgstr "مجالات إضافية" -#. table header -#. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 +#. table header +#. summary item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 msgid "Domain" msgstr "مجال" -#. table header -#. summary header -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 +#. table header +#. summary header +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "نشر" -#. table header - Service Location Protocol -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 +#. table header - Service Location Protocol +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 msgid "SLP" msgstr "SLP" -#. table header -#. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 +#. table header +#. summary item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 msgid "Servers" msgstr "خوادم" -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "إ&ضافة" -#. Translators: a yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 +#. Translators: a yes-no popup +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف هذا المجال؟" -#. popup text FIXME better... -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 +#. popup text FIXME better... +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 msgid "NIS is now enabled." msgstr "تم تمكين NIS الآن." -#. Translators: do not translate (none)! -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:580 +#. Translators: do not translate (none)! +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:580 msgid "" "A NIS domain name must not be empty,\n" "it must not be \"(none)\",\n" @@ -472,8 +502,8 @@ "ويجب ألا تكون قيمته \"(none)\"\n" " ويجب أن يكون طوله 64 حرفًا بحد أقصى.\n" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:600 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:600 msgid "" "Only an IP address can be used\n" "because host names are resolved using NIS.\n" @@ -483,100 +513,100 @@ "بسبب تحليل أسماء المضيفين باستخدام NIS.\n" " \n" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:647 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:647 msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n" msgstr "سيتم تثبيت حزمة المُوصل التلقائي.\n" -#. summary: Domain or servers are retrieved by the -#. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. -#. Will be placed after NIS Domain/NIS Servers instead of the -#. actual settings. -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:826 +#. summary: Domain or servers are retrieved by the +#. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. +#. Will be placed after NIS Domain/NIS Servers instead of the +#. actual settings. +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:826 msgid "by DHCP" msgstr "بواسطة DHCP (بروتوكول التكوين الديناميكي للمضيف)" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:829 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:829 msgid "NIS Client enabled" msgstr "تمكين عميل NIS" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:833 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:833 msgid "NIS Domain" msgstr "مجال NIS" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:836 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:836 msgid "NIS Servers" msgstr "خوادم NIS" -#. TODO: a full list -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:848 +#. TODO: a full list +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:848 msgid "Other domains" msgstr "مجالات أخرى" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:851 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:851 msgid "Answer to local host only" msgstr "الاستجابة للمضيف المحلي فقط" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:855 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:855 msgid "Broken server" msgstr "خادم معطل" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:859 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:859 msgid "ypbind options" msgstr "خيارات ypbind" -#. summary item (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#. summary item (yes/no follows) +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "Client Enabled" msgstr "تمكين العميل" -#. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206 +#. dialog label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206 msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..." msgstr "كتابة تكوين NIS..." -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "إيقاف الخدمات" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 msgid "Start services" msgstr "بدء الخدمات" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "يتم الآن إيقاف الخدمات..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "يتم الآن بدء الخدمات..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. help text -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227 +#. help text +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227 msgid "Writing NIS client settings" msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات عميل NIS" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252 msgid "Error while running ypclient." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء تشغيل ypclient." -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على خادم NIS." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nis_server.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nis_server.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nis_server.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,104 +14,104 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for nis server module -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:58 +#. translators: command line help text for nis server module +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:58 msgid "NIS server configuration module." msgstr "الوحدة النمطية لتكوين خادم NIS." -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:73 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:73 msgid "Configuration summary of NIS server" msgstr "ملخص تكوين خادم NIS" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:83 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:83 msgid "Stop NIS server" msgstr "إيقاف خادم NIS" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:91 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:91 msgid "Configure NIS master server" msgstr "تكوين خادم NIS الأساسي" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:101 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:101 msgid "Configure NIS slave server" msgstr "تكوين خادم NIS التابع" -#. command line help text for the 'domain' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:109 +#. command line help text for the 'domain' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:109 msgid "NIS domain" msgstr "مجال NIS" -#. command line help text for the 'master_ip' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:116 +#. command line help text for the 'master_ip' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:116 msgid "IP address of master NIS server" msgstr "عنوان IP لخادم NIS الأساسي" -#. command line help text for the 'yppasswd' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:123 +#. command line help text for the 'yppasswd' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:123 msgid "Start or stop yppasswd service" msgstr "بدء تشغيل خدمة yppasswd أو إيقاف تشغيلها" -#. command line help text for the 'ypdir' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:131 +#. command line help text for the 'ypdir' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:131 msgid "YP source directory" msgstr "دليل مصدر YP" -#. command line help text for the 'maps' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:138 +#. command line help text for the 'maps' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:138 msgid "Maps distributed by server" msgstr "التخطيطات الموزعة بواسطة الخادم" -#. command line help text for the 'hosts' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 +#. command line help text for the 'hosts' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 msgid "Hosts allowed to query server ('netmask:network')" msgstr "الأجهزة المضيفة المسموح بها لخادم الاستعلامات ('netmask:network')" -#. summary label -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:180 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:86 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:142 +#. summary label +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:180 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:86 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:142 msgid "No NIS Server is configured." msgstr "لم يتم تكوين خادم NIS." -#. summary label -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:186 +#. summary label +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:186 msgid "A NIS master server is configured." msgstr "تم تكوين خادم NIS أساسي." -#. summary label -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:189 +#. summary label +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:189 msgid "A NIS slave server is configured." msgstr "تم تكوين خادم NIS تابع." -#. summary label -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @param split split configured and unconfigured? -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:196 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1290 +#. summary label +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @param split split configured and unconfigured? +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:196 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1290 msgid "NIS Domain" msgstr "مجال NIS" -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:204 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:204 msgid "YP Source Directory: " msgstr "دليل مصدر YP: " -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:209 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:209 msgid "Available Maps: " msgstr "التخطيطات المتاحة: " -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:217 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:217 msgid "NIS Master Server: " msgstr "خادم NIS الأساسي: " -#. summary label (netmask:network shows output format) -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:235 +#. summary label (netmask:network shows output format) +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:235 msgid "" "Hosts Allowed to Query Server (netmask:network):\n" "%1" @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ "الأجهزة المضيفة المسموح بها لخادم الاستعلامات (netmask:network):\n" "%1" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:258 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:258 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة (%1)." -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:282 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:282 msgid "Invalid netmask: %1.\n" msgstr "قناع الشبكة غير صالح: %1.\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:289 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:289 msgid "Invalid network: %1.\n" msgstr "الشبكة غير صالحة: %1.\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:356 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:356 msgid "" "These maps are not supported:\n" "%1" @@ -143,13 +143,13 @@ "هذه التخطيطات غير مدعومة:\n" "%1" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:405 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:405 msgid "NIS master server IP was not specified." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد عنوان IP لخادم NIS الأساسي." -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:66 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:66 msgid "" "<p>You can change NIS server source directory (usually\n" "<i>'/etc'</i>).</p>" @@ -157,74 +157,77 @@ "<p>يمكنك تغيير دليل مصدر خادم NIS (عادةً\n" "<i>'/etc'</i>).</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 msgid "" -"<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow</i>\n" +"<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow</" +"i>\n" "file (only possible if the <i>shadow</i> file exists).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>حدد ما إذا كان يجب دمج ملف <i>كلمة السر</i> مع ملف <i>الظل</i>\n" " (ولا يكون ذلك ممكنًا إلا في حالة وجود ملف <i>الظل</i>).</p>\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 msgid "<p>You can also adjust the minimum user and group id.</p>" msgstr "<p>يمكنك أيضًا ضبط الحد الأدنى لمعرِّف المجموعة والمستخدم.</p>" -#. To translators: intfield label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:86 +#. To translators: intfield label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:86 msgid "Minimum &UID" msgstr "ال&حد الأدنى لـ UID" -#. To translators: intfield label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:89 +#. To translators: intfield label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:89 msgid "Minimum &GID" msgstr "الحد الأد&نى لـ GID" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:98 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:98 msgid "&YP Source directory" msgstr "دليل م&صدر YP" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:103 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:103 msgid "Merge pa&sswords" msgstr "دمج كلمات ال&سر" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:111 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:111 msgid "NIS Master Server Details Setup" msgstr "إعداد تفاصيل خادم NIS الأساسي" -#. help text 1/1 -#. Translators: the text was truncated because now there's -#. a MultiSelectionBox instead of two SelectionBoxes that -#. were a pain to use. -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:61 +#. help text 1/1 +#. Translators: the text was truncated because now there's +#. a MultiSelectionBox instead of two SelectionBoxes that +#. were a pain to use. +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:61 msgid "<p>With this dialog, adjust which maps will be available.</p>" msgstr "<p>من مربع الحوار هذا، قم بضبط التخطيطات التي ستكون متاحة.</p>" -#. multilesection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:103 +#. multilesection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:103 msgid "&Maps" msgstr "الت&خطيطات" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:109 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:109 msgid "NIS Server Maps Setup" msgstr "إعداد تخطيطات خادم NIS" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" +"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this " +"machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>أدخل <b>مجال</b> NIS. إذا كان هذا المضيف هو أيضًا عميل NIS يستخدم هذا الجهاز كخادم، حدد\n" +"<p>أدخل <b>مجال</b> NIS. إذا كان هذا المضيف هو أيضًا عميل NIS يستخدم هذا " +"الجهاز كخادم، حدد\n" "الخيار المطابق.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:78 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:78 msgid "" "<p>For slave servers to cooperate with this master, check\n" "<i>Active Slave NIS server exists</i>. If you check\n" @@ -236,8 +239,8 @@ "<i>توزيع التخطيط السريع</i>، فسيؤدي ذلك إلى تسريع نقل تخطيطات\n" "الخوادم التابعة.</p>\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:89 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:89 msgid "" "<p><i>Allow changes to passwords</i> lets the users change their\n" "passwords in the presence of NIS. Buttons to allow\n" @@ -246,62 +249,63 @@ msgstr "" "<p>يتيح <i>السماح بتغيير كلمات السر</i> للمستخدمين تغيير\n" "كلمات السر في وجود NIS. يمكن استخدام الأزرار التي تتيح\n" -"تغيير برنامج الواجهة شل الخاص بالدخول أو GECOS (الاسم بالكامل والمعلومات ذات الصلة)\n" +"تغيير برنامج الواجهة شل الخاص بالدخول أو GECOS (الاسم بالكامل والمعلومات ذات " +"الصلة)\n" "لإعداد هذه الخيارات المحددة بشكل أكثر دقة.</p>\n" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:106 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:106 msgid "Allow changes to &GECOS field" msgstr "السماح بإجراء تغييرات في ح&قل GECOS" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:114 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:114 msgid "Allow changes to login &shell" msgstr "السماح بإجراء تغييرات في برنامج الواجهة &شل الخاص بالدخول" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:130 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:130 msgid "Allow changes to &passwords" msgstr "السماح بتغيير &كلمات السر" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "هذا المضيف أيضًا &عميل NIS" -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:164 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:164 msgid "NIS &Domain Name" msgstr "اسم مجا&ل NIS" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:170 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:170 msgid "Active Slave NIS server &exists" msgstr "خادم NIS التابع النشط موج&ود" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:179 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:179 msgid "&Fast Map distribution (rpc.ypxfrd)" msgstr "تو&زيع التخطيط السريع (rpc.ypxfrd)" -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:185 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:185 msgid "Changing of passwords" msgstr "تغيير كلمات السر" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:193 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:193 msgid "&Other global settings ..." msgstr "الإعدادات العمومية الأ&خرى..." -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:201 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:201 msgid "Master Server Setup" msgstr "إعداد الخادم الأساسي" -#. warning popup -#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:133 +#. warning popup +#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:133 msgid "" "Your machine is set up to change the NIS domain name via DHCP.\n" "This may replace the domain name just entered. Check your\n" @@ -311,53 +315,57 @@ "وهذا قد يؤدي إلى استبدال اسم المجال الذي تم إدخاله. قم بالتحقق من\n" "الإعدادات الخاصة بك مع مراعاة عدم تشغيل عميل DHCP على خادم NIS.\n" -#. firewall openning help -#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 +#. firewall openning help +#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 msgid "" "<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</" +"b>.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>إعدادات جدار الحماية</b><br>\n" "لفتح جدار الحماية للسماح بالوصول إلى خادم NIS\n" "من أجهزة الكمبيوتر البعيدة، قم بتعيين <b>فتح منفذ في جدار الحماية</b>.\n" -"لتحديد الواجهات المطلوب فتح المنفذ عليها، انقر فوق <b>تفاصيل جدار الحماية</b>.\n" +"لتحديد الواجهات المطلوب فتح المنفذ عليها، انقر فوق <b>تفاصيل جدار الحماية</" +"b>.\n" "يتوفر هذا الخيار فقط في حالة تمكين جدار الحماية.</p>\n" -#. To translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:117 +#. To translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:117 msgid "Edit netmask and network" msgstr "تحرير الشبكة وقناع الشبكة" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:120 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:120 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "ق&ناع الشبكة" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:123 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:123 msgid "Net&work" msgstr "ال&شبكة" -#. To translators: error message -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:149 +#. To translators: error message +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:149 msgid "Wrong netmask!\n" msgstr "قناع الشبكة غير صحيح!\n" -#. To translators: error message -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:154 +#. To translators: error message +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:154 msgid "Wrong network!\n" msgstr "الشبكة غير صحيحة!\n" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 msgid "<p>Please enter which hosts are allowed to query the NIS server.</p>" -msgstr "<p>الرجاء إدخال الأجهزة المضيفة المسموح لها بإرسال استعلامات إلى خادم NIS.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>الرجاء إدخال الأجهزة المضيفة المسموح لها بإرسال استعلامات إلى خادم NIS.</" +"p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 msgid "" "<p>A host address will be allowed if <b>network</b> is equal\n" "to the bitwise <i>AND</i> of the host's address and the <b>netmask</b>.</p>" @@ -365,17 +373,18 @@ "<p>سيتم السماح بعنوان مضيف إذا كانت <b>الشبكة</b> تساوي\n" "<i>AND</i> الخاص بوحدات البت لعنوان المضيف و<b>قناع الشبكة</b>.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 msgid "" "<p>The entry with <b>netmask</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> and <b>network</b>\n" "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>يجب توفر الإدخال الذي يحتوي على <b>قناع الشبكة</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> و<b>الشبكة</b>\n" +"<p>يجب توفر الإدخال الذي يحتوي على <b>قناع الشبكة</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> " +"و<b>الشبكة</b>\n" "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> للسماح بالاتصال من المضيف المحلي.</p>\n" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>Entering <b>netmask</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> and\n" "<b>network</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> gives access to all hosts.</p>" @@ -383,109 +392,122 @@ "<p>يتيح إدخال <b>قناع الشبكة</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> و\n" "<b>الشبكة</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> الوصول إلى كافة الأجهزة المضيفة.</p>" -#. To translators: table header -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:206 +#. To translators: table header +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:206 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "قناع الشبكة" -#. To translators: table header -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:208 +#. To translators: table header +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:208 msgid "Network" msgstr "الشبكة" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:222 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:222 msgid "NIS Server Query Hosts Setup" msgstr "إعداد الأجهزة المضيفة لاستعلامات خادم NIS" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the master NIS server.</p>" -msgstr "<p>أدخل <b>مجال</b> NIS و<b>عنوان</b> IP أو اسم المضيف لخادم NIS الأساسي.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the " +"master NIS server.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>أدخل <b>مجال</b> NIS و<b>عنوان</b> IP أو اسم المضيف لخادم NIS الأساسي.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option.</p>" -msgstr "<p>إذا كان هذا المضيف هو أيضًا عميل NIS يستخدم هذا الجهاز كخادم، حدد الخيار المطابق.</p>" +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 +msgid "" +"<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " +"the corresponding option.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>إذا كان هذا المضيف هو أيضًا عميل NIS يستخدم هذا الجهاز كخادم، حدد الخيار " +"المطابق.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "اسم مجا&ل NIS:" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 msgid "NIS &Master Server:" msgstr "&خادم NIS الأساسي:" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "إعداد الخادم التابع" -#. To translators: selection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:71 +#. To translators: selection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:71 msgid "&Remote hosts" msgstr "الأجهزة المضيفة الب&عيدة" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:100 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:100 msgid "&Slave's host name" msgstr "اسم مضيف الخادم التاب&ع" -#. To translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:112 +#. To translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:112 msgid "Edit slave" msgstr "تحرير الخادم التابع" -#. To translators: label message -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:145 +#. To translators: label message +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:145 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "يتم الآن البحث عن أجهزة مضيفة بشبكة LAN هذه..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "<p>Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use <i>Add</i> to add a new one, <i>Edit</i> to change an existing entry, and <i>Delete</i> to remove an entry.</p>" -msgstr "<p>أدخل هنا أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة لتكوينها كخوادم NIS تابعة. استخدم <i>إضافة</i> لإضافة اسم مضيف جديد، و<i>تحرير</i> لتغيير إدخال موجود، و<i>حذف</i> لإزالة إدخال.</p>" +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 +msgid "" +"<p>Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " +"<i>Add</i> to add a new one, <i>Edit</i> to change an existing entry, and " +"<i>Delete</i> to remove an entry.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>أدخل هنا أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة لتكوينها كخوادم NIS تابعة. استخدم " +"<i>إضافة</i> لإضافة اسم مضيف جديد، و<i>تحرير</i> لتغيير إدخال موجود، " +"و<i>حذف</i> لإزالة إدخال.</p>" -#. To translators: selection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:250 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:263 +#. To translators: selection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:250 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:263 msgid "&Slaves" msgstr "الخ&وادم التابعة" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:204 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:204 msgid "NIS Master Server Slaves Setup" msgstr "إعداد الخوادم التابعة لخادم NIS الأساسي" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:78 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:78 msgid "Finish" msgstr "إنهاء" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:80 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:80 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حفظ التكوين؟" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:92 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:92 msgid "Exit" msgstr "خروج" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:94 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:94 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "هل تريد الخروج من التكوين بدون حفظ بالفعل؟" -#. To translators: popup label -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:106 +#. To translators: popup label +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:106 msgid "Error details" msgstr "تفاصيل الخطأ" -#. To translators: popup label -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:121 +#. To translators: popup label +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:121 msgid "" "Error during configuration:\n" "%1" @@ -493,13 +515,13 @@ "حدث خطأ أثناء تكوين:\n" "%1" -#. To translators: Error popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:130 +#. To translators: Error popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:130 msgid "&Details" msgstr "ت&فاصيل" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:57 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:57 msgid "" "<p>Select whether to configure the NIS server as a <b>master</b> or a\n" "<b>slave</b> or not to configure a NIS server.</p>\n" @@ -507,8 +529,8 @@ "<p>حدد ما إذا كان يتم تكوين خادم NIS كخادم <b>أساسي</b> أو\n" "<b>تابع</b> أو عدم تكوين خادم NIS.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:73 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>The NIS server package will be <b>installed</b> first if you want to\n" "configure it.</p>" @@ -516,210 +538,210 @@ "<p>سيتم <b>تثبيت</b> حزمة خادم NIS أولاً إذا كنت تريد\n" "تكوينها.</p>" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:81 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:81 msgid "No NIS Software is installed." msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت أي برامج NIS." -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:90 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:90 msgid "Install and set up an NIS &Master Server" msgstr "تثبيت ال&خادم الأساسي لـ NIS وإعداده" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:92 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:92 msgid "Install and set up an NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "تثبيت خا&دم NIS التابع وإعداده" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:94 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:150 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:94 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:150 msgid "&Do nothing and leave set up" msgstr "&عدم القيام بأي إجراء ومغادرة الإعداد" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:100 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:137 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:100 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:137 msgid "NIS Software is installed." msgstr "تم تثبيت برامج NIS." -#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:104 +#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:104 msgid "Master" msgstr "رئيسية" -#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:106 +#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:106 msgid "Slave" msgstr "تابع" -#. To translators: label in the dialog, %1 is Master or Slave above -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:113 +#. To translators: label in the dialog, %1 is Master or Slave above +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:113 msgid "A NIS %1 Server is configured." msgstr "تم تكوين خادم NIS %1" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:121 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:121 msgid "Reconfigure NIS &Master Server" msgstr "إعادة تكوين الخادم الأس&اسي لـ NIS" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:123 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:123 msgid "Change to NIS &Master Server" msgstr "&تغيير إلى خادم NIS الأساسي" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:125 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:125 msgid "Reconfigure NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "إعادة تكوين خادم NISال&تابع" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:127 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:127 msgid "Change to NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "تغيير إلى خادم NIS التاب&ع" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:132 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:132 msgid "&Deactivate any NIS server configuration" msgstr "إل&غاء تنشيط أي تكوين لخادم NIS" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:146 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:146 msgid "Create NIS &Master Server" msgstr "إنشاء &خادم NIS الأساسي" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:148 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:148 msgid "Create NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "إنشاء خا&دم NIS التابع" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:155 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:155 msgid "Current status:" msgstr "الحالة الحالية:" -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:207 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:207 msgid "Select what you want to do" msgstr "حدد الإجراءات التي تريد القيام بها" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:213 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:213 msgid "Network Information Service (NIS) Server Setup" msgstr "إعداد خادم خدمة معلومات الشبكة (NIS)" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:134 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:134 msgid "NIS Server Configuration" msgstr "تكوين خادم NIS" -#. label -#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:136 +#. label +#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:136 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:192 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:192 msgid "<p>Please wait while reading the configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p>الرجاء الانتظار بينما تتم قراءة التكوين.</p>" -#. dialog heading -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:194 +#. dialog heading +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:194 msgid "Initializing NIS server setup" msgstr "تهيئة إعداد خادم NIS" -#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:220 +#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:220 msgid "Load '%1' file" msgstr "تحميل الملف '%1'" -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:224 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:224 msgid "Determine running services" msgstr "تحديد الخدمات قيد التشغيل" -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:226 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:226 msgid "Determine server type" msgstr "تحديد نوع الخادم" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:228 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:228 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:234 +#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:234 msgid "Loading '%1'..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحميل '%1'..." -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:238 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:238 msgid "Determining running services..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديد الخدمات قيد التشغيل..." -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:240 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:240 msgid "Determining server type..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديد نوع الخادم..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:242 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:242 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. Trans: progress label -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:244 src/modules/NisServer.rb:523 +#. Trans: progress label +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:244 src/modules/NisServer.rb:523 msgid "Done." msgstr "تم." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:495 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:495 msgid "<p>Please wait until the configuration is saved.</p>" msgstr "<p>الرجاء الانتظار حتى يتم حفظ التكوين.</p>" -#. dialog heading -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:497 +#. dialog heading +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:497 msgid "Saving NIS server setup" msgstr "حفظ إعداد خادم NIS" -#. progress bar stage -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:512 +#. progress bar stage +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:512 msgid "Save firewall settings" msgstr "حفظ إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:521 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:521 msgid "Saving firewall settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:574 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:574 msgid "Error while removing %1\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إزالة %1\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:601 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:601 msgid "Directory %1 cannot be created.\n" msgstr "تعذر إنشاء الدليل %1.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:632 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:632 msgid "Cannot get list of maps.\n" msgstr "تعذر الحصول على قائمة التخطيطات.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:663 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:663 msgid "Error while retrieving %1 map from master.\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء استرداد تخطيط %1 من الخادم الأساسي.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:674 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:674 msgid "Could not get list with slaves.\n" msgstr "تعذر الحصول على قائمة بالخوادم التابعة.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog, %1 is hostname -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:707 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog, %1 is hostname +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:707 msgid "" "Hostname of this host (%1)\n" "is not listed in the master's list.\n" @@ -727,165 +749,165 @@ "لم يتم إدراج اسم المضيف الخاص بهذا المضيف (%1)\n" "في قائمة الخادم الأساسي.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:732 src/modules/NisServer.rb:749 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:796 src/modules/NisServer.rb:804 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:732 src/modules/NisServer.rb:749 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:796 src/modules/NisServer.rb:804 msgid "Error saving file %1\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء حفظ الملف %1\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:762 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:762 msgid "Error setting up domain name\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إعداد اسم المجال\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:787 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:787 msgid "Error setting up variable %1\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إعداد المتغير %1\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:847 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:847 msgid "Error while stopping %1 daemon\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إيقاف برنامج المحرك لـ %1\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:858 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:858 msgid "Error while starting %1 daemon\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء بدء تشغيل برنامج المحرك لـ %1\n" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:905 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:905 msgid "Error while creating an empty user database.\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إنشاء قاعدة بيانات مستخدمين فارغة.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:927 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:927 msgid "Error while creating the ypservers map.\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إنشاء تخطيط ypservers.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:946 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:946 msgid "Error while creating database.\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إنشاء قاعدة البيانات.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:973 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:973 msgid "Error while configuring the client.\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء تكوين العميل.\n" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:996 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:996 msgid "Remove /var/yp/%1" msgstr "إزالة /var/yp/%1" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1001 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1001 msgid "Removing /var/yp/%1" msgstr "إزالة /var/yp/%1" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1019 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1019 msgid "Stop running daemons." msgstr "إيقاف برامج المحرك قيد التشغيل." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1021 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1021 msgid "Stopping running daemons." msgstr "يتم الآن إيقاف برامج المحرك قيد التشغيل." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1038 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1038 msgid "Get maps from master." msgstr "الحصول على تخطيطات من الخادم الأساسي." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1040 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1040 msgid "Getting maps from master." msgstr "يتم الآن الحصول على تخطيطات من الخادم الأساسي." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1047 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1087 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1047 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1087 msgid "Save hosts allowed to query server." msgstr "حفظ الأجهزة المضيفة المسموح بها في خادم الاستعلامات." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1049 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1089 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1049 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1089 msgid "Saving hosts allowed to query server." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ الأجهزة المضيفة المسموح بها في خادم الاستعلامات." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1056 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1118 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1056 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1118 msgid "Set config variables." msgstr "تعيين متغيرات التكوين." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1058 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1120 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1058 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1120 msgid "Setting config variables." msgstr "يتم الآن تعيين متغيرات التكوين." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1068 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1068 msgid "Start daemon." msgstr "بدء تشغيل برنامج المحرك." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1070 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1070 msgid "Starting daemon." msgstr "يتم الآن بدء تشغيل برنامج المحرك." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1103 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1103 msgid "Save slaves." msgstr "حفظ الخوادم التابعة." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1105 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1105 msgid "Saving slaves." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ الخوادم التابعة." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1130 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1130 msgid "Start daemons." msgstr "بدء تشغيل برامج المحرك." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1132 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1132 msgid "Starting daemons." msgstr "يتم الآن بدء تشغيل برامج المحرك." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1142 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1142 msgid "Create initial database." msgstr "إنشاء قاعدة بيانات أولية." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1144 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1144 msgid "Creating database." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء قاعدة البيانات." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1161 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1161 msgid "Start NIS client." msgstr "بدء تشغيل عميل NIS:" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1163 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1163 msgid "Starting NIS client." msgstr "يتم الآن بدء تشغيل عميل NIS:" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1176 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1176 msgid "Stop NIS client." msgstr "إيقاف عميل NIS:" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1178 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1178 msgid "Stopping NIS client." msgstr "يتم الآن إيقاف عميل NIS:" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ntp-client.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ntp-client.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ntp-client.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,63 +14,81 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/ntp-client_finish.rb:37 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/ntp-client_finish.rb:37 msgid "Writing NTP Configuration..." msgstr "كتابة تكوين NTP..." -#. help text -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 -msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" -msgstr "<p>اضغط <b>المزامنة الآن</b>، للحصول على إعداد وقت النظام الخاص بك بشكل صحيح من خلال استخدام خادم NTP المحدد. إذا كنت تريد استخدام NTP باستمرار، قم بتمكين الخيار <b>حفظ تكوين NTP</b></p>" +#. help text +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 +msgid "" +"<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using " +"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " +"the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>اضغط <b>المزامنة الآن</b>، للحصول على إعداد وقت النظام الخاص بك بشكل صحيح " +"من خلال استخدام خادم NTP المحدد. إذا كنت تريد استخدام NTP باستمرار، قم " +"بتمكين الخيار <b>حفظ تكوين NTP</b></p>" -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>تمكين خيار<b>تشغيل NTP كبرنامج محرك</b> ، سيتم بدء تشغيل الخدمة NTP كبرنامج خفي. خلاف ذلك، ستتم مزامنة وقت النظام بشكل دوري. الفاصل الزمني الافتراضي هو 15 دقيقة. يمكنك تغييره بعد التثبيت باستخدام <b>الوحدة النمطية yast2 ntp-client </b>.</p>" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 +msgid "" +"<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started " +"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " +"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " +"<b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>تمكين خيار<b>تشغيل NTP كبرنامج محرك</b> ، سيتم بدء تشغيل الخدمة NTP " +"كبرنامج خفي. خلاف ذلك، ستتم مزامنة وقت النظام بشكل دوري. الفاصل الزمني " +"الافتراضي هو 15 دقيقة. يمكنك تغييره بعد التثبيت باستخدام <b>الوحدة النمطية " +"yast2 ntp-client </b>.</p>" -#. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>" +#. help text, cont. +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 +msgid "" +"<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</" +"p>" msgstr "<p>باستخدام الزر <b>تكوين</b>، افتح تكوين NTP المتقدم.</p>" -#. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>" +#. help text, cont. +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 +msgid "" +"<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " +"configured.</p>" msgstr "<p>لا يمكن إجراء مزامنة مع الخادم NTP إلا عندما يتم تكوين الشبكة.</p>" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" msgstr "اسم مضيف خادم NTP %1 غير صالح." -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "ع&نوان خادم NTP" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "تشغ&يل NTP كبرنامج محرك" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "ح&فظ تكوين NTP" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 msgid "S&ynchronize now" msgstr "المز&امنة الآن" -#. push button label -#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 +#. push button label +#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "تكوي&ن..." -#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 +#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." @@ -78,19 +96,19 @@ "لا يمكن المزامنة مع خادم NTP دون \n" "تثبيت الحزمة %1." -#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 +#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "تتم الآن المزامنة مع خادم NTP..." -#. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "فشل الاتصال بملقم NTP المحدد." -#. Translators: yes-no popup, -#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 +#. Translators: yes-no popup, +#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" @@ -100,467 +118,471 @@ " لا يمكن الوصول إلى الملقم حتى الآن أو لم يتم تكوين الشبكة\n" " انقر فوق 'لا' للتجاهل. زيارة تكوين ملقم NTP من جديد؟" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 msgid "Undisciplined Local Clock (LOCAL)" msgstr "ساعة محلية غير تابعة لنظام (LOCAL)" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:24 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:24 msgid "Trak 8820 GPS Receiver" msgstr "جهاز استقبال 8820 GPS من Trak" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:30 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:30 msgid "PSTI/Traconex 1020 WWV/WWVH Receiver" msgstr "جهاز استقبال 1020 WWV/WWVH من PSTI/Traconex" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:38 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:38 msgid "Spectracom WWVB and GPS Receivers" msgstr "أجهزة استقبال WWVB وGPS من Spectracom" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:46 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:46 msgid "TrueTime GPS/GOES/OMEGA Receivers" msgstr "أجهزة استقبال GPS/GOES/OMEGA من TrueTime" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:54 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:54 msgid "IRIG Audio Decoder" msgstr "أداة فك ترميز الصوت IRIG" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:59 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:59 msgid "Radio CHU Audio Demodulator/Decoder" -msgstr "ناقل الإشارات التمثيلية إلى بيانات رقمية/أداة فك ترميز صوت راديو الموجة القصيرة" +msgstr "" +"ناقل الإشارات التمثيلية إلى بيانات رقمية/أداة فك ترميز صوت راديو الموجة " +"القصيرة" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:67 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:67 msgid "Generic Reference Driver" msgstr "برنامج تشغيل المرجع العام" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:73 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:73 msgid "Magnavox MX4200 GPS Receiver" msgstr "جهاز استقبال MX4200 GPS من Magnavox" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:79 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:79 msgid "Austron 2200A/2201A GPS Receivers" msgstr "أجهزة استقبال 2200A/2201A GPS من Austron" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:87 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:87 msgid "Arbiter 1088A/B GPS Receiver" msgstr "جهاز استقبال 1088A/B GPS من Arbiter" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:93 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:93 msgid "KSI/Odetics TPRO/S IRIG Interface" msgstr "واجهة TPRO/S IRIG من KSI/Odetics" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:101 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:101 msgid "Leitch CSD 5300 Master Clock Controller" msgstr "جهاز التحكم في الساعة الرئيسية CSD 5300 من Leitch" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:109 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:109 msgid "EES M201 MSF Receiver" msgstr "جهاز استقبال M201 MSF من EES" -#. local clock type name -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:115 -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:175 +#. local clock type name +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:115 +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:175 msgid "TrueTime generic receivers" msgstr "أجهزة الاستقبال العامة من TrueTime" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:121 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:121 msgid "Bancomm GPS/IRIG Receiver" msgstr "جهاز استقبال GPS/IRIG من Bancomm" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:127 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:127 msgid "Datum Precision Time System" msgstr "نظام وقت دقة البيانات" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:133 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:133 msgid "NIST Modem Time Service" msgstr "خدمة وقت المودم NIST" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:139 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:139 msgid "Heath WWV/WWVH Receiver" msgstr "جهاز استقبال WWV/WWVH من Heath" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:145 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:145 msgid "Generic NMEA GPS Receiver" msgstr "جهاز استقبال NMEA GPS عام" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:151 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:151 msgid "TrueTime GPS-VME Interface" msgstr "واجهة GPS-VME من TrueTime" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:157 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:157 msgid "PPS Clock Discipline" msgstr "نظام الساعة PPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:163 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:163 msgid "PTB Modem Time Service" msgstr "خدمة وقت المودم PTB" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:169 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:169 msgid "USNO Modem Time Service" msgstr "خدمة وقت المودم USNO" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:181 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:181 msgid "Hewlett Packard 58503A GPS Receiver" msgstr "جهاز استقبال 58503A GPS من Hewlett Packard" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:189 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:189 msgid "Arcron MSF Receiver" msgstr "جهاز استقبال MSF من Arcron" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:195 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:195 msgid "Shared Memory Driver" msgstr "برنامج تشغيل الذاكرة المشتركة" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:201 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:201 msgid "Trimble Navigation Palisade GPS" msgstr "Trimble Navigation Palisade GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:209 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:209 msgid "Motorola UT Oncore GPS" msgstr "Motorola UT Oncore GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:215 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:215 msgid "Rockwell Jupiter GPS" msgstr "Rockwell Jupiter GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:221 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:221 msgid "Chrono-log K-series WWVB receiver" msgstr "جهاز استقبال WWVB لسلسلة Chrono-log K" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:229 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:229 msgid "Dumb Clock" msgstr "ساعة بدون وحدة معالجة" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:235 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:235 msgid "Ultralink WWVB Receivers" msgstr "أجهزة استقبال WWVB من Ultralink" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:241 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:241 msgid "Conrad Parallel Port Radio Clock" msgstr "ساعة راديو المنفذ المتوازي من Conrad" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:249 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:249 msgid "Radio WWV/H Audio Demodulator/Decoder" msgstr "ناقل الإشارات التمثيلية إلى بيانات رقمية/أداة فك ترميز صوت راديو WWV/H" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:257 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:257 msgid "Forum Graphic GPS Dating station" msgstr "Forum Graphic GPS Dating station" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:265 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:265 msgid "hopf GPS/DCF77 6021/komp for Serial Line" msgstr "hopf GPS/DCF77 6021/komp للخط التسلسلي" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:273 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:273 msgid "hopf GPS/DCF77 6039 for PCI-Bus" msgstr "hopf GPS/DCF77 6039 لناقل PCI" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:281 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:281 msgid "JJY Receivers" msgstr "أجهزة استقبال JJY" -#. command line help text for NTP client module -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 +#. command line help text for NTP client module +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 msgid "NTP client configuration module." msgstr "الوحدة النمطية لتكوين عميل NTP." -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon" msgstr "طباعة حالة برنامج المحرك NTP" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships" msgstr "طباعة كل علاقات المزامنة التي تم تكوينها" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgstr "تمكين برنامج المحرك NTP" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 msgid "Disable the NTP daemon" msgstr "تعطيل برنامج المحرك NTP" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 msgid "Add new synchronization relationship" msgstr "إضافة علاقة مزامنة جديدة" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship" msgstr "تحرير علاقة مزامنة موجودة" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship" msgstr "حذف علاقة مزامنة" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 msgid "The address of the server" msgstr "عنوان الخادم" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 msgid "The address of the peer" msgstr "عنوان النظير" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 msgid "The address to which to broadcast" msgstr "العنوان المطلوب النشر إليه" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts" msgstr "العنوان المطلوب قبول عمليات النشر منه" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 msgid "The options of the relationship" msgstr "خيارات العلاقة" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 msgid "Options for clock driver calibration" msgstr "خيارات معايرة برنامج تشغيل الساعة" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "استخدام الخادم للمزامنة الأولية" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "عدم استخدام الخادم للمزامنة الأولية" -#. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 +#. error report for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 msgid "The synchronization peer not specified." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد نظير المزامنة." -#. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 +#. error report for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على نظير المزامنة المحدد." -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is enabled." msgstr "تم تمكين برنامج المحرك NTP." -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is disabled." msgstr "تم تعطيل برنامج المحرك NTP." -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 msgid "Server" msgstr "خادم" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Peer" msgstr "نظير" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "نشر" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 msgid "Accepting Broadcasts" msgstr "قبول عمليات النشر" -#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 +#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 +#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 msgid "Unit Number: %1" msgstr "رقم الوحدة: %1" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 msgid "Local Radio Clock" msgstr "ساعة الراديو المحلية" -#. command line error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 msgid "Reading the settings failed." msgstr "فشلت قراءة الإعدادات." -#. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "NTP Server Configuration" msgstr "تكوين خادم NTP" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "تكوين NTP" -#. Main dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "إعدادات عامة" -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الأمان" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration" msgstr "تكوين NTP متقدم" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "New Synchronization" msgstr "مزامنة جديدة" -#. Server editing dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 +#. Server editing dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخادم" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "NTP Server" msgstr "خادم NTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label #: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "خادم NTP محلي" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label #: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "خادم NTP عام" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "NTP Peer" msgstr "نظير NTP" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Local Reference Clock" msgstr "ساعة المرجع المحلية" -#. dialog caption -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 +#. dialog caption +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 msgid "Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "النشر الصادر" -#. dialog caption -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 +#. dialog caption +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 msgid "Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "النشر الوارد" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 msgid "&Reference ID" msgstr "م&عرف المرجع" -#. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 +#. int field +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Stratum" msgstr "&طبقة" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Calibration Offset 1" msgstr "إزاحة المعايرة 1" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Calibration Offset 2" msgstr "إزاحة المعايرة 2" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Flag &1" msgstr "الإ&شارة 1" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Flag &2" msgstr "الإشا&رة 2" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Flag &3" msgstr "الإشار&ة 3" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "Flag &4" msgstr "ا&لإشارة 4" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 msgid "Clock Driver Calibration" msgstr "معايرة برنامج تشغيل الساعة" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -568,17 +590,18 @@ "<p><b><big>تتم الآن تهيئة تكوين عميل NTP</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إيقاف التهيئة:</big></b><br>\n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</p>" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</" +"p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -586,8 +609,8 @@ "<p><b><big>يتم الآن حفظ تكوين عميل NTP</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -597,23 +620,25 @@ "قم بإيقاف إجراء الحفظ عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b>.\n" " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي سيبلغك ما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.</p>" -#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 +#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be activated\n" +"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be " +"activated\n" "and the system time will be set periodically by a <i>cron</i> script. \n" "The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" "<p><b><big>بدء البرنامج المحرك NTP‏</big></b><br>‏\n" "حدد ما إذا يتم بدء البرنامج المحرك NTP الآن وفي كل مرة يتم تشغيل النظام.\n" -"لن يؤدي تحديد <b>مزامنة بدون البرنامج المحرك</b> إلى تنشيط البرنامج المحرك NTP‏\n" +"لن يؤدي تحديد <b>مزامنة بدون البرنامج المحرك</b> إلى تنشيط البرنامج المحرك " +"NTP‏\n" "وسيتم ضبط وقت النظام دوريًا بواسطة برنامج <i>cron</i> النصي. \n" "الفاصل الزمني قابل للتكوين، ويكون افتراضيًا %d من الدقائق." -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -621,24 +646,32 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>وضع حماية Chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)</big></b><br>\n" -"لتشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP في وضع حماية chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)، قم بتعيين\n" -" <b>تشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP في وضع حماية chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)</b>. يتسم بدء تشغيل أي برنامج محرك في وضع حماية chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)\n" +"لتشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP في وضع حماية chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)، قم " +"بتعيين\n" +" <b>تشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP في وضع حماية chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)</b>. " +"يتسم بدء تشغيل أي برنامج محرك في وضع حماية chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)\n" " بقدر أكبر من الأمان ويوصى به بشدة.</p>" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n" +"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote " +"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</" +"tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " +"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>تأمين تكوين NTP</big></b><br>\n" -"بتحديد <b>تقييد خدمة NTP على الخدمات التي تم تكوينها فقط</b>، لن يتمكن المضيفون البعيدون من عرض إعدادات NTP على\n" -"جهاز الكمبيوتر لديك أو تعديلها. تقتصر خدمة NTP على الخوادم الموجودة في الملف <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> وعلى المضيفين المحليين.<br> \n" -"يمكن أن تكون إشارات التحكم بالوصول fine-tuded في جدول النظرة العامة على الخوادم. لا يتوفر هذا الخيار في حالة تكوين NTP عبر DHCP.</p>\n" +"بتحديد <b>تقييد خدمة NTP على الخدمات التي تم تكوينها فقط</b>، لن يتمكن " +"المضيفون البعيدون من عرض إعدادات NTP على\n" +"جهاز الكمبيوتر لديك أو تعديلها. تقتصر خدمة NTP على الخوادم الموجودة في الملف " +"<tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> وعلى المضيفين المحليين.<br> \n" +"يمكن أن تكون إشارات التحكم بالوصول fine-tuded في جدول النظرة العامة على " +"الخوادم. لا يتوفر هذا الخيار في حالة تكوين NTP عبر DHCP.</p>\n" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -649,15 +682,17 @@ "<p><b><big>تكوين عبر DHCP</big></b><br>\n" "لاسترداد المعلومات حول خوادم NTP عبر بروتوكول DHCP من\n" " خادم الشبكة بدلاً من تعيينها يدويًا،\n" -" قم بتعيين <b>تكوين برنامج المحرك NTP عبر DHCP</b>. راجع مسؤول الشبكة لديك إذا كانت المعلومات\n" +" قم بتعيين <b>تكوين برنامج المحرك NTP عبر DHCP</b>. راجع مسؤول الشبكة لديك " +"إذا كانت المعلومات\n" " حول خوادم NTP متوفرة من خادم DHCP.</p>" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new " +"synchronization\n" "peer, click <b>Add</b>. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -667,8 +702,8 @@ " جديد، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>. لحذف نظير مزامنة موجود، حدده\n" " ثم انقر فوق <b>حذف</b>.</p>" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n" "<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n" @@ -676,19 +711,21 @@ "<p><b><big>عرض السجل</big></b></p>\n" "<p>لعرض سجلات برنامج محرك NTP، انقر فوق الزر <b>عرض السجل</b>.</p>\n" -#. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#. help text to a button +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " +"against\n" "a locally connected clock, use <b>Advanced Configuration</b>." msgstr "" "<p><b><big>تكوين متقدم</big></b><br>\n" -"لتكوين هذا المضيف المطلوب مزامنته بالمقارنة بمضيفين بعيدين متعددين أو بالمقارنة \n" +"لتكوين هذا المضيف المطلوب مزامنته بالمقارنة بمضيفين بعيدين متعددين أو " +"بالمقارنة \n" " بساعة متصلة محليًا، استخدم <b>تكوين متقدم</b>." -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>" @@ -696,8 +733,8 @@ "<p><b><big>نوع الساعة</big></b><br>\n" "حدد برنامج تشغيل الساعة المطلوب تكوينها.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -707,11 +744,12 @@ "إذا كان لديك ساعات عديدة من نفس النوع، يجب تعيين\n" " <b>رقم الوحدة</b>.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " +"link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "<b>Create Symlink</b> and set the <b>Device</b>. To browse for the device,\n" "click <b>Browse</b>.\n" @@ -721,13 +759,14 @@ "<p><b><big>الجهاز</big></b><br>\n" "لتشغيل الساعة، فقد يلزم إنشاء ارتباط رمزي خاص إلى \n" " الجهاز الذي يتم توصيل الجهاز به. للقيام بذلك، حدد\n" -" <b>إنشاء ارتباط رمزي</b>ثم قم بتعيين <b>الجهاز</b>. للاستعراض للوصول للجهاز،\n" +" <b>إنشاء ارتباط رمزي</b>ثم قم بتعيين <b>الجهاز</b>. للاستعراض للوصول " +"للجهاز،\n" " انقر فوق <b>استعراض</b>.\n" " بالنسبة لبعض أنواع الساعات، يلزم إنشاء ارتباط رمزي أو \n" " يجب إنشاؤه يدويًا.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>" @@ -735,8 +774,8 @@ "<p><b><big>معايرة برنامج التشغيل</big></b><br>\n" "لمعايرة برنامج تشغيل الساعة، انقر فوق <b>معايرة برنامج التشغيل</b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n" @@ -748,8 +787,8 @@ " للعثور على خادم NTP، راجع مسؤول الشبكة لديك أو\n" " موفر خدمة الإنترنت.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -761,8 +800,8 @@ " أو من قائمة خوادم NTP المعروفة، انقر فوق <b>تحديد</b> ثم\n" "اختر من بين <b>خادم NTP محلي</b> و<b>خادم NTP عام</b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -772,8 +811,8 @@ "لاختبار تشغيل الخادم المحدد وأنه يستجيب على النحو الصحيح،\n" " انقر فوق <b>اختبار</b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -783,8 +822,8 @@ "لتعيين عنوان المضيف المطلوب المزامنة معه يدويًا،\n" " استخدم <b>العنوان</b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n" @@ -794,8 +833,8 @@ "لتعيين العنوان المطلوب النشر إليه، استخدم الحقل النصي <b>العنوان</b>\n" ".</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -805,12 +844,13 @@ "لتعيين العنوان المطلوب قبول حزم النشر منه، استخدم \n" " <b>العنوان</b>.</p>" -#. help text 2/4, was removed -#. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 +#. help text 2/4, was removed +#. help text 3/4, optional +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " +"the\n" "<b>Options</b> text field. For details, see\n" "<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -819,26 +859,30 @@ "الحقل النصي<b>الخيارات</b>. للحصول على التفاصيل، راجع \n" "<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n" "Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n" -"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" +"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " +"remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to <i>notrap\n" "nomodify noquery</i>. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "<b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b> option in\n" "<b>Security Settings</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>خيارات التحكم في الوصول</big></b><br>\n" -"حدد علامات التحكم في الوصول (تعليمات <b><tt>التقييد</tt></b> البرمجية في الملف\n" -"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) الخاصة بهذا الخادم، بما في ذلك تحديد أنواع الإجراءات التي يمكن أن يقوم المضيف\n" -"البعيد بتنفيذها على برنامج المحرك لـ NTP لديك. وحسب الإعدادات الافتراضية، يتم تعيين هذه التعليمات البرمجية إلى القيمة <i>notrap\n" +"حدد علامات التحكم في الوصول (تعليمات <b><tt>التقييد</tt></b> البرمجية في " +"الملف\n" +"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) الخاصة بهذا الخادم، بما في ذلك تحديد أنواع الإجراءات " +"التي يمكن أن يقوم المضيف\n" +"البعيد بتنفيذها على برنامج المحرك لـ NTP لديك. وحسب الإعدادات الافتراضية، " +"يتم تعيين هذه التعليمات البرمجية إلى القيمة <i>notrap\n" "nomodify noquery</i>. لا يتوفر هذا الخيار إلا إذا قمت بتحديد الخيار\n" "<b>تقييد خدمة NTP على الخوادم المكوَّنة فقط</b> في \n" "<b>إعدادات الأمان</b>.</p>\n" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>" @@ -846,8 +890,8 @@ "<p><b><big>نوع نظير المزامنة</big></b><br>\n" "حدد نوع نظير المزامنة المطلوب إضافته هنا.</p>" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select <b>Server</b>.</p>" @@ -855,8 +899,8 @@ "<p>لإضافة خادم NTP المطلوب المزامنة إليه،\n" "حدد <b>الخادم</b>.</p>" -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "<b>Peer</b>.</p>" @@ -864,8 +908,8 @@ "<p>لإضافة نظير NTP المطلوب مزامنته يدويًا، حدد\n" "<b>نظير</b>.</p>" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>" @@ -873,8 +917,8 @@ "<p>لتكوين ساعة محلية متصلة مباشرةً بالكمبيوتر الخاص بك،\n" "حدد <b>ساعة الراديو</b>.</p>" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>" @@ -882,8 +926,8 @@ "<p>لنشر معلومات الوقت من خلال الشبكة الخاصة بك، حدد\n" "<b>النشر الصادر</b>.</p>" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>" @@ -891,8 +935,8 @@ "<p>لقبول حزم NTP التي تم نشرها بواسطة مضيفين آخرين على الشبكة\n" "واستخدامها لإعداد التوقيت المحلي، حدد <b>النشر الوارد<b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 +#. help text 1/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -902,8 +946,8 @@ "حدد هذا الخيار إذا كنت تريد العثور على الخادم NTP في الشبكة المحلية أو حدد\n" " الخادم NTP من قائمة خوادم NTP المعروفة.</p>" -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</b></big><br>\n" @@ -917,19 +961,20 @@ " بروتوكول موقع الخدمة (SLP)، انقر فوق <b>بحث</b>.\n" " ثم حدد خادم من قائمة الخوادم الموجودة.</p>" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To " +"display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in <b>Country</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>تحديد خادم NTP عام</b></big><br>\n" "حدد خادم NTP المطلوب استخدامه من القائمة <b>خوادم NTP العامة</b>. لعرض\n" "خوادم NTP فقط لدولة معينة، حددها في <b>الدولة</b>.</p>" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -946,11 +991,12 @@ " قبل استخدام أي خادم NTP من القائمة، راجع مسؤول النظام لديك\n" " أو موفر خدمة الإنترنت إذا كان خادم NTP أكثر قربًا منك\n" " وتفضل هذا الخادم الموصى به على أي خادم موجود في القائمة.\n" -" يمكنك أيضًا الرجوع إلى <i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</i>\n" +" يمكنك أيضًا الرجوع إلى <i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</" +"i>\n" " للبحث عن خادم NTP قريب منك.</p>" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>" @@ -958,28 +1004,33 @@ "<p><big><b>اختبار قابلية الخادم للوصول</b></big><br>\n" "لاختبار إن كان الخادم يستجيب على النحو الصحيح، انقر فوق <b>اختبار</b>.</p>" -#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" -#. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 +#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" +#. rwalter, please, correct it ;) +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " +"are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " +"that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>استخدام الخوادم العشوائية</b></big><br>\n" "تتوفر هذه الخدمة من pool.ntp.org. في حالة تحديد هذا الخيار،\n" "تتم إضافة ثلاثة خوادم إلى التكوين. أسماء الخوادم دائمة\n" -"، إلا أنه يتم تغيير سجلات DNS (بروتوكولات الإنترنت) الخاصة بها كل ساعة. مما يعني مزامنة\n" +"، إلا أنه يتم تغيير سجلات DNS (بروتوكولات الإنترنت) الخاصة بها كل ساعة. مما " +"يعني مزامنة\n" " عميل NTP الخاص بك مع خوادم مختلفة كل ساعة.</p>\n" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " +"calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " +"particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>معايرة برنامج تشغيل الساعة</b></big><br>\n" @@ -987,17 +1038,19 @@ " خيارات معايرة عديدة. يتوقف معنى الخيارات المعينة على\n" " برنامج التشغيل المعين. لا تستخدم بعض برامج التشغيل كافة الخيارات.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n" +"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" +"i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "لمعرفة المزيد حول الخيارات المتوفرة، قم بتثبيت الحزمة \n" -"<i>ntp-doc</i>ثم راجع <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n" +"<i>ntp-doc</i>ثم راجع <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" +"i>.</p>\n" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 msgid "" "Really exit?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1005,18 +1058,18 @@ "هل تريد الخروج بالفعل؟\n" "ستفقد كافة التغييرات." -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "إعادة بدء برنامج المحرك NTP" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "حفظ الإعدادات وإعادة بدء برنامج المحرك NTP" -#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 +#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -1030,8 +1083,8 @@ " قد يستغرق بدء تشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP مدة طويلة للغاية وقد لا يعمل \n" " برنامج المحرك على النحو الصحيح." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 msgid "" "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." @@ -1039,8 +1092,8 @@ "خادم NTP '%1' ليس اسم مضيف صالح،\n" "اسم المضيف المؤهل الكامل هو عنوان IPv4 أو عنوان IPv6." -#. if there is already some server defined -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 +#. if there is already some server defined +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 msgid "" "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n" "replace the current NTP server.\n" @@ -1052,45 +1105,45 @@ " \n" " هل تريد بالفعل استبدال خادم NTP الحالي؟" -#. popup header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 +#. popup header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Select the Device" msgstr "تحديد الجهاز" -#. selection box header -#. selection box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 +#. selection box header +#. selection box header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 msgid "Public NTP &Servers" msgstr "&خوادم NTP العامة" -#. message report (no server selected) -#. report message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 +#. message report (no server selected) +#. report message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 msgid "Select an NTP server." msgstr "حدد خادم NTP." -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 msgid "All Countries" msgstr "كل الدول" -#. combo box header -#. combo box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 +#. combo box header +#. combo box header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 msgid "&Country" msgstr "الدول&ة" -#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 +#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..." msgstr "يتم الآن البحث عن خوادم NTP على الشبكة..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. +#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 msgid "" "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -1100,304 +1153,304 @@ "قد ينتج ذلك عن تشغيل SuSEfirewall2،\n" " الذي قد يعيق تفحص الشبكة." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على أي خادم NTP على الشبكة لديك." -#. combo box label -#. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 +#. combo box label +#. table header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 msgid "Address" msgstr "العنوان" -#. popup message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 +#. popup message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 msgid "No server is selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي خادم." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 msgid "A&ddress" msgstr "ال&عنوان" -#. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 +#. push button label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration" msgstr "تكوين مت&قدم" -#. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 +#. push button label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 msgid "&Driver Calibration" msgstr "معايرة برنامج التش&غيل" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" msgstr "الفاصل ال&زمني للمزامنة بالدقائق" -#. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 +#. frame +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 msgid "Start NTP Daemon" msgstr "بدء تشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 msgid "Only &Manually" msgstr "ي&دويًا فقط" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" msgstr "م&زامنة دون استخدام برنامج محرك" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 msgid "Now and on &Boot" msgstr "الآن وعند التش&غيل" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail" msgstr "تشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP في و&ضع حماية Chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)" -#. TRANSLATORS: -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 +#. TRANSLATORS: +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only " msgstr "تقييد &خدمة NTP على الخوادم المكوَّنة فقط " -#. combo box item FIXME usability -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 +#. combo box item FIXME usability +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 msgid "Manual" msgstr "يدوي" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 msgid "Auto" msgstr "تلقائي" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 msgid "Custom" msgstr "مخصص" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy" msgstr "سياسة تكوين &وقت التشغيل" -#. FIXME -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 +#. FIXME +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 msgid "&Custom Policy" msgstr "سياسة مخ&صصة" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org" msgstr "است&خدام الخوادم العشوائية من pool.ntp.org" -#. text entry label -#. text entry -#. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 +#. text entry label +#. text entry +#. combo box label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 msgid "&Address" msgstr "العنوا&ن" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 msgid "&Select..." msgstr "تح&ديد..." -#. push button -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 +#. push button +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 msgid "&Test" msgstr "اختبا&ر" -#. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 +#. table header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 msgid "Synchronization Type" msgstr "نوع المزامنة" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 msgid "Display &Log..." msgstr "عرض الس&جل..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 msgid "Clock &Type" msgstr "نوع ال&ساعة" -#. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 +#. int field +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 msgid "Unit &Number" msgstr "رقم ال&وحدة" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 msgid "Create &Symlink" msgstr "إنشاء ارتباط رم&زي" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 msgid "&Device" msgstr "الجها&ز" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 msgid "Access Control Options" msgstr "خيارات التحكم في الوصول" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 msgid "&Server" msgstr "ال&خادم" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 msgid "&Peer" msgstr "الن&ظير" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 msgid "&Radio Clock" msgstr "ساعة ال&راديو" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "النشر ال&صادر" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 msgid "&Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "الن&شر الوارد" -#. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 +#. frame +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 msgid "Type" msgstr "النوع" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 msgid "Loc&al Network" msgstr "الشب&كة المحلية" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 msgid "&Public NTP Server" msgstr "&خادم NTP عام" -#. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 +#. frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 msgid "NTP Server Location" msgstr "موقع خادم NTP" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 msgid "&Lookup" msgstr "بح&ث" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:179 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:179 msgid "NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "تكوين عميل NTP" -#. label -#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:181 +#. label +#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:181 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "تهيئة ..." -#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that -#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. -#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) -#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) -#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending -#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 -#. progress step -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) +#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending +#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 +#. progress step +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "يتم بدء تشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP عند بدء تشغيل النظام." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "لا يتم بدء تشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP تلقائيًا." -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "خوادم: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "ساعات الراديو: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "النظراء: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "نشر معلومات الوقت إلى: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "قبول معلومات الوقت المنشورة من: %1" -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 +#. summary string, FIXME +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "يتم دمج التكوين الثابت والتكوين عن طريق بروتوكول DHCP." -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 +#. summary string, FIXME +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "التكوين الثابت فقط." -#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 +#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "سياسة التكوين المخصص." -#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers -#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server -#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, -#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result -#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 +#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers +#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server +#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, +#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result +#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "يتم الآن اختبار خادم NTP..." -#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 +#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "الخادم قابل للوصول ويستجيب على النحو الصحيح." -#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server -#. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 +#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server +#. report error instead of simple message (#306018) +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "الخادم غير قابل للوصول ولا يستجيب على النحو الصحيح." -#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 +#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" @@ -1405,65 +1458,65 @@ "لا يمكن البحث عن خادم NTP في الشبكة\n" "المحلية دون تثبيت الحزمة %1.\n" -#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 +#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين عميل NTP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "قراءة تكوين الشبكة" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 msgid "Read NTP settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات NTP" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة تكوين الشبكة..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 msgid "Reading NTP settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات NTP..." -#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 +#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين عميل NTP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات NTP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "إعادة بدء برنامج المحرك NTP" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "..كتابة الاعدادات" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "تتم الآن إعادة بدء برنامج المحرك NTP..." -#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an -#. error if some of the call fails. -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an +#. error if some of the call fails. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "تعذر تحديث سياسة التكوين الديناميكي." -#. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 +#. error report +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "تعذرت إعادة بدء برنامج المحرك NTP." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/online-update-configuration.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/online-update-configuration.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/online-update-configuration.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,110 +14,110 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. support basic command-line output (bnc#439050) -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:59 +#. support basic command-line output (bnc#439050) +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:59 msgid "Online Update Configuration Module Help" msgstr "تعليمات وحدة تكوين التحديث النمطية على الإنترنت" -#. inst_source was renamed to repositories (bnc#828139) -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:256 +#. inst_source was renamed to repositories (bnc#828139) +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:256 msgid "The registration module is not available." msgstr "لا يتوفر نموذج التسجيل." -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:257 +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:257 msgid "Please install yast2-registration and try again." msgstr "الرجاء تثبيت تسجيل yast2 والمحاولة مرة أخرى." -#. module title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:41 +#. module title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:41 msgid "Online Update Configuration" msgstr "تكوين تحديث عبر إنترنت" -#. translators: (default), meaning: "Current Update Repository: http://xyz/ (default)" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:43 +#. translators: (default), meaning: "Current Update Repository: http://xyz/ (default)" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:43 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(الافتراضي)" -#. translators: (none), meaning "Current Update Repository: (none)" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:45 +#. translators: (none), meaning "Current Update Repository: (none)" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:45 msgid "(none)" msgstr "(بلا)" -#. frame title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:48 +#. frame title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:48 msgid "Update Repository" msgstr "مخزن التحديث" -#. frame title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:50 +#. frame title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:50 msgid "Automatic Online Update" msgstr "التحديث التلقائي عبر الإنترنت" -#. translators: "Set Default" meaning: Set the Update Repository to the default one -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:53 +#. translators: "Set Default" meaning: Set the Update Repository to the default one +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:53 msgid "Set Default" msgstr "تعيين الافتراضي" -#. translators: a short button label called "Advanced" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:55 +#. translators: a short button label called "Advanced" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:55 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "خيارات متقدمة" -#. for category filter -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:58 +#. for category filter +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:58 msgid "Filter by Category" msgstr "ترشيح حسب الفئة" -#. for category filter //translators: means: categories of patches -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:60 +#. for category filter //translators: means: categories of patches +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:60 msgid "Patch Categories" msgstr "فئات التصحيح" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:62 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ممكّن" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:63 msgid "disabled" msgstr "معطّل" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:65 msgid "Edit Software Repositories" msgstr "تحرير مخازن البرامج" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:66 msgid "Register for support and get update repository" msgstr "تسجيل للحصول على الدعم ومخزن التحديث" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:67 msgid "Send hardware information to the smolt project" msgstr "إرسال معلومات الأجهزة إلى مشروع smolt" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:68 msgid "Interval" msgstr "فاصل زمني" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:69 msgid "Skip Interactive Patches" msgstr "تخطي التصحيحات التفاعلية" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:70 msgid "Agree with Licenses" msgstr "الموافقة على الترخيص" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:71 msgid "Include Recommended Packages" msgstr "تشمل الحزم الموصى بها" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:72 msgid "Use delta rpms" msgstr "استخدام delta rpms" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:73 msgid "Current Update Repository:" msgstr "مستودع التحديث الحالي:" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:74 msgid "" "In order to add the default update repository\n" "you have to register this product." @@ -125,77 +125,90 @@ "لإضافة مخزن التحديث الافتراضي\n" "يجب أن تقوم بتسجيل هذا المنتج." -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:77 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:77 msgid "Do you want to perform the registration now?" msgstr "هل تريد إجراء التسجيل الآن؟" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:81 msgid "<p>In <b>%1</b> the current update repository is shown.</p>" msgstr "<p>في <b>%1</b>يتم عرض مخزن التحديث الحالي.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 msgid "<p>Press <b>%1</b> to use the default update repository.</p>" msgstr "<p>اضغط <b>%1</b> لاستخدام مخزن التحديث الافتراضي.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 msgid "<p>Find related actions in the <b>%1</b> menu.</p>" msgstr "<p>ابحث عن الإجراءات المرتبطة في قائمة <b>%1</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:93 msgid "<p>In <b>%1</b> set up the automatic online update.</p>" msgstr "<p>في <b>%1</b> إعداد التحديث التلقائي عبر الإنترنت.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 -msgid "<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>" -msgstr "<p>حدد فاصل زمني للتحديث وحدد إذا كان يجب أن يتم تجاهل التصحيحات التفاعلية، وإذا كان ينبغي الموافقة على التراخيص تلقائيًا.</p>" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 +msgid "" +"<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be " +"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>حدد فاصل زمني للتحديث وحدد إذا كان يجب أن يتم تجاهل التصحيحات التفاعلية، " +"وإذا كان ينبغي الموافقة على التراخيص تلقائيًا.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 -msgid "<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>" -msgstr "<p>سيتم تثبيت كافة الحزم التي يتم ترشيحها بواسطة حزمة محدثة عندما يتم تمكين <b>%1</b> .</p>" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 +msgid "" +"<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed " +"when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>سيتم تثبيت كافة الحزم التي يتم ترشيحها بواسطة حزمة محدثة عندما يتم تمكين " +"<b>%1</b> .</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 -msgid "<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يمكن إعداد عامل ترشيح فئة التصحيح في القسم <b>%1</b>. سيتم تثبيت فقط تصحيحات الفئات المدرجة في القائمة. سيتم تخطي التصحيحات الأخرى.</p>" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 +msgid "" +"<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. " +"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be " +"skipped.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يمكن إعداد عامل ترشيح فئة التصحيح في القسم <b>%1</b>. سيتم تثبيت فقط " +"تصحيحات الفئات المدرجة في القائمة. سيتم تخطي التصحيحات الأخرى.</p>" -#. cache the base product details -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 +#. cache the base product details +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 msgid "daily" msgstr "يومي" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:74 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:74 msgid "weekly" msgstr "أسبوعي" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:75 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:75 msgid "monthly" msgstr "شهري" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:82 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:82 msgid "Packagemanager and YaST" msgstr "مدير الحزم وYaST" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:87 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:87 msgid "Security" msgstr "الأمان" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:92 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:92 msgid "Recommended" msgstr "مستحسن" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:97 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:97 msgid "Optional" msgstr "اختياري" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package: Document, meaning Documentation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:102 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package: Document, meaning Documentation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:102 msgid "Document" msgstr "مستند" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107 msgid "Other" msgstr "أخرى" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/online-update.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/online-update.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/online-update.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: online-update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. nothing to do -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:80 +#. nothing to do +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:80 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "تهيئة ..." -#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:264 +#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:264 msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "هل تقبل اتفاقية الترخيص هذه؟" -#. message popup -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:298 +#. message popup +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:298 msgid "" "Some application requiring restart has been updated. The system will\n" "reboot now then continue the installation.\n" @@ -33,83 +33,89 @@ "تم تحديث بعض التطبيقات التي تتطلب إعادة تشغيل. سيقوم النظام\n" "بإعادة التشغيل الآن ثم متابعة عملية التثبيت.\n" -#. command line help text -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:55 +#. command line help text +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:55 msgid "Online Update module" msgstr "الوحدة النمطية للتحديث عبر الإنترنت" -#. command line help text for cd_update action -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:61 +#. command line help text for cd_update action +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:61 msgid "Start Patch CD Update" msgstr "تشغيل تحديث القرص المضغوط للتصحيح" -#. command line help text for simple_mode action -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:68 +#. command line help text for simple_mode action +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:68 msgid "Use simple package selector" msgstr "استخدام محدد الحزم البسيط" -#. command line help text for cd_url option -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:77 +#. command line help text for cd_url option +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:77 msgid "URL for Patch CD (default value is '%1')" msgstr "عنوان URL للقرص المضغوط للتصحيح (القيمة الافتراضية هي '%1')" -#. command line help text for cd_directory option -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 +#. command line help text for cd_directory option +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 msgid "Directory for patch data on Patch CD (default value is '%1')" -msgstr "دليل بيانات التصحيح على القرص المضغوط للتصحيح (القيمة الافتراضية هي '%1')" +msgstr "" +"دليل بيانات التصحيح على القرص المضغوط للتصحيح (القيمة الافتراضية هي '%1')" -#. help text for online-update initialization -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> module.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يقوم النظام بتهيئة مخازن التحديث والتثبيت. ويمكن تغيير مخازن البرامج في الوحدة النمطية <b>مصدر التثبيت</b>.</p>" +#. help text for online-update initialization +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 +msgid "" +"<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " +"Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> " +"module.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يقوم النظام بتهيئة مخازن التحديث والتثبيت. ويمكن تغيير مخازن البرامج في " +"الوحدة النمطية <b>مصدر التثبيت</b>.</p>" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 msgid "Initialize the target system" msgstr "تهيئة النظام الهدف" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:139 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:139 msgid "Refresh software repositories" msgstr "تجديد مخازن البرامج" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:141 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:141 msgid "Check for available updates" msgstr "التحقق من التحديثات المتاحة" -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:145 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:145 msgid "Initializing the target system..." msgstr "تتم الآن تهيئة النظام الهدف..." -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:147 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:147 msgid "Refreshing software repositories..." msgstr "تجديد مخازن البرامج..." -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:149 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:149 msgid "Checking for available updates..." msgstr "التحقق من التحديثات المتاحة..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:151 +#. final progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:151 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:156 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:156 msgid "Initializing CD Update" msgstr "تهيئة تحديث القرص المضغوط" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:158 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:158 msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "تهيئة التحديث عبر إنترنت" -#. yes/no question -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" @@ -117,30 +123,30 @@ "لم يتم تكوين مخزن\n" "التحديث حتى الآن. هل تريد تشغيل تدفق عمل التكوين الآن؟" -#. error message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 msgid "No update repository configured yet." msgstr "لم يتم تكوين أي مخزن تحديث بعد." -#. progress window label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 +#. progress window label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" msgstr "سجل التقدم" -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:54 +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:54 msgid "Package Progress" msgstr "تقدم الحزمة" -#. progress bar label -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:60 -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:101 +#. progress bar label +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:60 +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:101 msgid "Total Progress" msgstr "إجمالي التقدم" -#. help text for online update -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:66 +#. help text for online update +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:66 msgid "" "<p>After connecting to the update server,\n" "YaST will download all selected patches.\n" @@ -150,61 +156,65 @@ "يقوم YaST2 بإنزال جميع التصحيحات المحددة.\n" "قد يستغرق الأمر بعض الوقت. تظهر تفاصيل الإنزال في نافذة السجل.</p>" -#. help text for online update -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p>في حالة توفر رسائل خاصة مرتبطة بالتصحيحات، ستظهر هذه الرسائل في مربع حوار إضافي عند تثبيت التصحيح.</p>\n" +#. help text for online update +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 +msgid "" +"<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " +"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>في حالة توفر رسائل خاصة مرتبطة بالتصحيحات، ستظهر هذه الرسائل في مربع حوار " +"إضافي عند تثبيت التصحيح.</p>\n" -#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 +#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 msgid "Patch Download and Installation" msgstr "إنزال التصحيح وتثبيته" -#. progress information -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:114 +#. progress information +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:114 msgid "Installation finished.\n" msgstr "انتهى التثبيت.\n" -#. label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:121 +#. label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:121 msgid "Patch installation finished." msgstr "انتهى تثبيت التصحيح." -#. error message -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:130 +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:130 msgid "Patch processing failed." msgstr "فشلت معالجة التصحيح." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Package: Online update -#. Summary: Selection dialog -#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher <cschum@suse.de> -#. -#. Call the PackageSelector in YOU mode. -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Package: Online update +#. Summary: Selection dialog +#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher <cschum@suse.de> +#. +#. Call the PackageSelector in YOU mode. +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:49 msgid "Initializing for CD update..." msgstr "تتم الآن التهيئة لتحديث القرص المضغوط..." -#. error popup: cancel/retry buttons follow -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:61 +#. error popup: cancel/retry buttons follow +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:61 msgid "" "Initialization failed. Check that\n" "you have inserted the correct CD.\n" @@ -212,9 +222,9 @@ "فشلت التهيئة. تحقق من\n" "أنك قد قمت بإدخال القرص المضغوط الصحيح.\n" -#. FATE#312509: Show if patch needs a reboot and offer -#. to delay the patch installation -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:189 +#. FATE#312509: Show if patch needs a reboot and offer +#. to delay the patch installation +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:189 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -222,17 +232,18 @@ "لا يمكن تكوين مستودع التحديث عبر الإنترنت \n" "دون تثبيت الحزمة %1" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:46 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:46 msgid "" "At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n" "Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n" msgstr "" -"تتطلب عملية تحديث واحدة على الأقل من عمليات التحديث المثبتة إعادة تشغيل الجلسة.\n" +"تتطلب عملية تحديث واحدة على الأقل من عمليات التحديث المثبتة إعادة تشغيل " +"الجلسة.\n" "أعد تسجيل الدخول إلى النظام في أقرب وقت ممكن.\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 msgid "" "Packages for package management were updated.\n" "Finishing and restarting YaST now." @@ -240,8 +251,8 @@ "تم تحديث الحزم لإدارة الحزم.\n" "إنهاء وإعادة تشغيل YaST الآن." -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:62 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:62 msgid "" "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." @@ -249,8 +260,8 @@ "يتطلب واحد من التحديثات المثبتة على الأقل إعادة تشغيل النظام للعمل\n" "بشكل صحيح. قم بإعادة تشغيل النظام بأسرع وقت ممكن." -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 msgid "" "These updates require a system reboot to function properly:\n" "\n" @@ -264,10 +275,11 @@ "\n" "قم بإعادة تشغيل النظام في أقرب وقت ممكن." -#. continue/cancel popup text -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 +#. continue/cancel popup text +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " +"YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" @@ -281,78 +293,78 @@ "\n" "هل تريد متابعة تثبيت التحديد الذي قمت به؟" -#. progress log item (%1 is name of package) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:111 +#. progress log item (%1 is name of package) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:111 msgid "Retrieving %1..." msgstr "يتم الآن استرداد %1..." -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:117 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:117 msgid "Package Download Progress" msgstr "تقدم إنزال الحزمة" -#. progress log action (what is being done with the package) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 +#. progress log action (what is being done with the package) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 msgid "Removing" msgstr "إزالة" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 msgid "Installing" msgstr "تثبيت" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:161 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:161 msgid "Package Installation Progress" msgstr "تقدم تثبيت الحزمة" -#. progress log item (=previous action finished correctly) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:174 +#. progress log item (=previous action finished correctly) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:174 msgid "OK" msgstr "موافق" -#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 +#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 " msgstr "إنزال RPM لدلتا %1" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 msgid "Delta RPM Download Progress" msgstr "تقدم إنزال RPM لدلتا" -#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 +#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "فشل إنزال RPM لدلتا: %1" -#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). -#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 +#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). +#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1 " msgstr "تطبيق RPM لدلتا: %1" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" msgstr "تقدم تطبيق RPM لدلتا" -#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 +#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "فشل تطبيق RPM لدلتا: %1" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 msgid "Script Execution Progress" msgstr "تقدم تنفيذ البرنامج النصي" -#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 +#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "بدء تشغيل %1 الخاص بالبرنامج النصي" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" @@ -360,72 +372,73 @@ "التصحيح %1\n" "\n" -#. error popoup (detailed info follows) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 +#. error popoup (detailed info follows) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء تهيئة المخزن." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Summary: YOU dialogs -#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher <cschum@suse.de> -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:43 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Summary: YOU dialogs +#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher <cschum@suse.de> +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:43 msgid "No details available." msgstr "لا تتوفر أية تفاصيل." -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:45 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:45 msgid "&Details <<" msgstr "الت&فاصيل <<" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Details >>" msgstr "ت&فاصيل >>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:50 msgid "Error" msgstr "خطأ" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:56 msgid "Try again" msgstr "محاولة مرة أخرى" #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:57 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 msgid "Skip Patch" msgstr "تخطي التصحيح" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:58 msgid "Skip All" msgstr "تخطي الكل" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:59 src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:65 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:73 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:59 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:65 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:73 msgid "Abort Update" msgstr "إيقاف التحديث" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:68 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:68 msgid "Warning" msgstr "تحذير" -#. Warning text for aborting the update before a patch is installed -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:152 +#. Warning text for aborting the update before a patch is installed +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:152 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\n" "Your installation will remain untouched.\n" @@ -433,8 +446,8 @@ "في حالة إيقاف التثبيت الآن، لن يتم تثبيت أية تصحيحات.\n" "ستظل عملية التثبيت دون تغيير.\n" -#. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:157 +#. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:157 msgid "" "Patch download and installation in progress.\n" "If you abort the installation now, the update is incomplete.\n" @@ -444,8 +457,8 @@ "إذا قمت بإيقاف التثبيت الآن، لن يكتمل التحديث.\n" " أعد التحديث، بما في ذلك عملية الإنزال، إذا كنت ترغب في ذلك.\n" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:164 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:164 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "at least one patch is not installed correctly.\n" @@ -455,62 +468,64 @@ "تصحيح واحد على الأقل بطريقة صحيحة.\n" " ستحتاج إلى إجراء التحديث مرة أخرى." -#. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:187 +#. Confirm user request to abort installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:187 msgid "Really abort YaST Online Update?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل إيقاف تحديث YaST عبر إنترنت؟" -#. Button that will really abort the installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:194 +#. Button that will really abort the installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Abort Update" msgstr "إي&قاف التحديث" -#. Button that will continue with the installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:197 +#. Button that will continue with the installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:197 msgid "&Continue Update" msgstr "&متابعة التحديث" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:274 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:274 msgid "<b>Patch:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>التصحيح:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:277 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:277 msgid "<b>Summary:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>الملخص:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:288 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:288 msgid "<b>Packages:</b>" msgstr "<b>الحزم:</b>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:302 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:302 msgid "Patch &Details <<" msgstr "تفا&صيل التصحيح <<" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:303 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:303 msgid "Patch &Details >>" msgstr "تفا&صيل التصحيح >>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:317 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:317 msgid "Install Patch" msgstr "تثبيت التصحيح" -#. Dialog label above a list of patches -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 +#. Dialog label above a list of patches +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 msgid "These patches will need rebooting after installation" msgstr "ستحتاج هذه التصحيحات إلى إعادة التشغيل بعد تثبيتها" -#. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 +#. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 msgid "&Skip All" msgstr "ت&خطي الكل" -#. Solver can't solve it automatically -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 +#. Solver can't solve it automatically +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting." -msgstr "تعذر على عملية التحديث عبر الإنترنت إلغاء تحديد بعض التصحيحات التي تحتاج إلى إعادة تشغيل." +msgstr "" +"تعذر على عملية التحديث عبر الإنترنت إلغاء تحديد بعض التصحيحات التي تحتاج إلى " +"إعادة تشغيل." -#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 +#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 msgid "" "These products have reached their end of general support\n" "and thus do not provide new updates anymore.\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/packager.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/packager.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/packager.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. module description -#: src/clients/checkmedia.rb:37 +#. module description +#: src/clients/checkmedia.rb:37 msgid "Check CD or DVD media integrity" msgstr "التحقق من سلامة وسائط القرص المضغوط وقرص الفيديو الرقمي" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:67 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:67 msgid "Editor for 'Do Not Show Again'" msgstr "محرر \"عدم الإظهار مرة أخرى\"" -#. help text -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:70 +#. help text +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:70 msgid "" "<p>Remove entries by selecting them in the table and clicking the \n" "<b>Delete</b> button. The entries will be removed immediately from \n" @@ -35,32 +35,32 @@ "<b>حذف</b>. ستتم إزالة الإدخال فورًا من \n" "التكوين الحالي.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Type" msgstr "النوع" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Popup Ident." msgstr "معرف الانبثاق" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Additional Info" msgstr "معلومات إضافية" -#. FIXME: Add filter -#. `PushButton(`id(`filter), _("&Filter...")), -#. `HSpacing(2), -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:86 +#. FIXME: Add filter +#. `PushButton(`id(`filter), _("&Filter...")), +#. `HSpacing(2), +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:86 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "ح&ذف" -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_custom_packages.rb:36 +#. error popup +#: src/clients/inst_custom_packages.rb:36 msgid "Could not read package information." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة معلومات الحزمة." -#. explanation text for GNOME -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:55 +#. explanation text for GNOME +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:55 msgid "" "GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n" "environment that uses Evolution as mailer,\n" @@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ "تستخدم Evolution كمرسل بريد \n" "وFirefox كمستعرض وNautilus كمدير ملفات.\n" -#. explanation text for KDE -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:63 +#. explanation text for KDE +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" "KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n" "environment that uses Kontact as mailer,\n" @@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ "وDolphin كمدير ملفات، وتقدم\n" "كلاً من Firefox وKonqueror كمستعرضين.\n" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:71 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:71 msgid "" "<p>Both <b>KDE</b> and <b>GNOME</b> are powerful and intuitive\n" "desktop environments. They combine ease of use\n" @@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ " والواجهات الرسومية الجذابة بمجموعة تطبيقاتها\n" "المتكاملة بشكل تام.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:78 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:78 msgid "" "<p>Choosing the default <b>GNOME</b> or <b>KDE</b> desktop\n" "environment installs a broad set of the\n" @@ -109,8 +109,8 @@ " تطبيقات سطح المكتب على\n" " النظام الخاص بك.</p>" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:85 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:85 msgid "" "<p>Choose <b>Other</b> then select from\n" "an alternative, such as a text-only system or a minimal graphical\n" @@ -120,29 +120,29 @@ "البدائل، مثل نظام نصي فقط أو أقل حزم للنظام\n" "الرسومي الذي يحتوي على مدير إطارات أساسي.</p>" -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:97 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:97 msgid "&KDE" msgstr "&KDE" -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:124 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:124 msgid "&GNOME" msgstr "&GNOME" -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:162 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:162 msgid "&Other" msgstr "أخر&ى" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:185 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:185 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "تحديد سطح المكتب" -#. by default, nothing is selected, enabling next -#. handling [Next] button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:220 +#. by default, nothing is selected, enabling next +#. handling [Next] button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:220 msgid "" "No desktop was selected. Select the\n" "desktop to install." @@ -150,32 +150,32 @@ "لم يتم تحديد أي سطح مكتب. حدد\n" "سطح المكتب لإجراء التثبيت." -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:273 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:273 msgid "&Minimal Graphical System" msgstr "أ&قل حزم للنظام الرسومي" -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:282 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:282 msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "وض&ع النص" -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:461 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:544 -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:620 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:677 +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:461 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:544 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:620 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:677 msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." msgstr "فشل النسخ الاحتياطي لـ %1. راجع %2 لمزيد من التفاصيل." -#. dialog heading -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 +#. dialog heading +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" msgstr "نسخ وسائط التثبيت" -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:51 +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:51 msgid "" "<p>The installation CDs will be copied into the system\n" "to create a repository that can be used to install\n" @@ -185,55 +185,55 @@ "لإنشاء مخزن يمكن استخدامه لتثبيت\n" "الأنظمة الأخرى.</p>\n" -#. label for showing repositories -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:57 +#. label for showing repositories +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:57 msgid "Registered Repositories" msgstr "المخازن المسجلة" -#. force minimum width -#. table header - name of the repo -#. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 +#. force minimum width +#. table header - name of the repo +#. table header - name of the repo +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 msgid "Version" msgstr "نسخة" -#. feedback popup 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:118 +#. feedback popup 1/2 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:118 msgid "Copying CD contents to a local directory..." msgstr "يتم الآن نسخ محتويات القرص المضغوط إلى دليل محلي..." -#. feedback popup 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:120 +#. feedback popup 2/2 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:120 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "الرجاء الانتظار..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346 msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository" msgstr "إيقاف تكوين المخزن عبر الإنترنت" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" msgstr "هل تريد بالتأكيد إيقاف التكوين؟" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:302 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:302 msgid "Network is not configured." msgstr "لم يتم تكوين الشبكة." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:304 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:304 msgid "" "Online sources defined by product require an Internet connection.\n" "\n" @@ -243,43 +243,43 @@ "\n" "هل تريد تكوين هذه المصادر؟" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646 msgid "Check network configuration" msgstr "التحقق من تكوين الشبكة" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648 msgid "Download list of online repositories" msgstr "إنزال قائمة بالمخازن عبر الإنترنت" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 msgid "Checking network configuration..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من تكوين الشبكة..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655 msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنزال قائمة بالمخازن عبر الإنترنت..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664 msgid "Initialize the repository manager" msgstr "تهيئة مدير المخازن" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 msgid "Initializing the repository manager..." msgstr "تتم الآن تهيئة مدير المخازن..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679 msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories" msgstr "قراءة قائمة بالمخازن عبر الإنترنت" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685 msgid "" "<p>The packager is being initialized and \n" "the list of servers downloaded from the Web.</p>\n" @@ -287,8 +287,8 @@ "<p>تتم تهيئة الرابط \n" "وقائمة الخوادم التي تم إنزالها من الويب.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717 msgid "" "Cannot download list of repositories,\n" "no network configured." @@ -296,8 +296,8 @@ "تعذر إنزال قائمة بالمخازن\n" "ولم يتم تكوين أية شبكة." -#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795 +#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795 msgid "" "No product URL defined from which to download\n" "list of repositories.\n" @@ -305,8 +305,8 @@ "لم يتم تحديد URL للمنتج حيث سيتم إنزال\n" "قائمة المخازن منه.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809 +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809 msgid "" "Unable to download list of repositories\n" "or no repositories defined." @@ -314,26 +314,26 @@ "تعذر إنزال قائمة بالمخازن\n" "أو لم يتم تحديد أية مخازن." -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text -#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") -#. see *4 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text +#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") +#. see *4 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915 msgid "<b>Recommended:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>مستحسن:</b> %1<br>" -#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917 +#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a complex HTML-formatted information about selecetd external repository -#. It contains "key: value" pair, one per line, separated by <br> tags -#. %1 is replaced with an URL of the selected repository -#. %2 is replaced with an URL from which we've got this repository information -#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository -#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository -#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929 +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a complex HTML-formatted information about selecetd external repository +#. It contains "key: value" pair, one per line, separated by <br> tags +#. %1 is replaced with an URL of the selected repository +#. %2 is replaced with an URL from which we've got this repository information +#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository +#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository +#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>URL:</b> %1<br>\n" @@ -351,29 +351,30 @@ "%5\n" "</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237 msgid "List of Online Repositories" msgstr "قائمة بالمخازن عبر الإنترنت" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "المر&شح" -#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254 +#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254 msgid "&List of Repositories" msgstr "قائمة الم&خازن" -#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260 +#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260 msgid "Repository Description" msgstr "وصف المخزن" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264 msgid "" "<p>List of default online repositories.\n" "Click on a repository for details.</p>\n" @@ -381,79 +382,87 @@ "<p>قائمة بالمخازن الافتراضية عبر الإنترنت.\n" "انقر فوق في مخزن للحصول على التفاصيل.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 -msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p>حدد المخازن عبر الإنترنت التي تريد استخدامها، ثم انقر فوق <b>التالي</b>.</p>\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 +msgid "" +"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</" +"p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>حدد المخازن عبر الإنترنت التي تريد استخدامها، ثم انقر فوق <b>التالي</b>.</" +"p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 -msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p>حدد المخازن عبر الإنترنت التي تريد استخدامها، ثم انقر فوق <b>إنهاء</b>.</p>\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 +msgid "" +"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</" +"p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>حدد المخازن عبر الإنترنت التي تريد استخدامها، ثم انقر فوق <b>إنهاء</b>.</" +"p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 msgid "<p>To remove a used repository, simply deselect it.</p>" msgstr "<p>لإزالة مخزن مستخدم، الغ تحديده بكل بساطة.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374 msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories" msgstr "كتابة قائمة بالمخازن عبر الإنترنت" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>" msgstr "<p>يقوم مدير المخازن بإنزال تفاصيل المخازن...</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514 msgid "Adding repository %1 failed." msgstr "فشلت إضافة المخزن %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591 msgid "Delete deselected online repositories" msgstr "حذف المخازن عبر الإنترنت المُلغى تحديدها" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593 msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..." msgstr "يتم الآن حذف المخازن عبر الإنترنت المُلغى تحديدها..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601 msgid "Add all selected online repositories" msgstr "إضافة كافة المخازن عبر الإنترنت المحددة" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..." msgstr "تتم الآن إضافة كافة المخازن عبر الإنترنت المحددة..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615 msgid "Add repository: %1" msgstr "إضافة المخزن: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step, -#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step, +#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624 msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..." msgstr "تتم الآن إضافة المخزن: %1..." -#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736 +#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736 msgid "" "Low memory detected.\n" "\n" @@ -468,7 +477,8 @@ msgstr "" "تم اكتشاف انخفاض الذاكرة .\n" "\n" -"لا يوصى باستخدام المخازن عبر الإنترنت أثناء التثبيت الأولي عندما تكون ذاكرة النظام أقل من\n" +"لا يوصى باستخدام المخازن عبر الإنترنت أثناء التثبيت الأولي عندما تكون ذاكرة " +"النظام أقل من\n" "%d ميبي بايت.\n" "\n" "قد يتعطل المثبِّت أو يتوقف عن العمل إذا ما احتاجت بيانات\n" @@ -477,35 +487,37 @@ "يوصى باستخدام المخازن عبر الإنترنت فيما بعد في النظام\n" "المثبَّت في هذه الحالة." -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81 +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81 msgid "Initializing the target directory failed." msgstr "فشلت تهيئة الدليل الهدف." -#. re-initialize package information -#. force reinitialization -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 +#. re-initialize package information +#. force reinitialization +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن تثبيت الحزم..." -#. error report, %1 is number -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:322 +#. error report, %1 is number +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:322 msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation." msgstr "فشل تحديد %1 حزم لإجراء التثبيت." -#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:358 +#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:358 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "تعذر تعيين الأنماط: %1." -#. Solve dependencies -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." +#. Solve dependencies +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " +"profile." msgstr "فشل تشغيل محلل الحزم. تحقق من قسم البرامج لديك في ملف تعريف AutoYaST." -#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area -#. %1 - an error message (details) -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:416 +#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area +#. %1 - an error message (details) +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:416 msgid "" "Installation failed.\n" "\n" @@ -521,219 +533,223 @@ "\n" "سيتم إيقاف تثبيت الحزمة.\n" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. intermediate popup while initializing internal packagemanagement -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:39 +#. intermediate popup while initializing internal packagemanagement +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:39 msgid "Reading package information..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة معلومات الحزمة..." -#. Proposal for system to update, part of the richtext -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:52 +#. Proposal for system to update, part of the richtext +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:52 msgid "No Valid Installation Media" msgstr "لا توجد وسائط تثبيت صالحة" -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:87 +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:87 msgid "Installation Media" msgstr "وسائط التثبيت" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:89 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&Media" msgstr "الوسائ&ط" -#. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 +#. default (minimal) priority of a repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "الأ&ولوية" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "الحفاظ على الحزم التي تم إنزالها" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 -msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "مخازن التثبيت - لا تدعم هذه الوحدة النمطية واجهة سطر الأوامر، استخدم '%1' بدلاً من ذلك." +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 +msgid "" +"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"مخازن التثبيت - لا تدعم هذه الوحدة النمطية واجهة سطر الأوامر، استخدم '%1' " +"بدلاً من ذلك." -#. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 +#. pad to 3 characters +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 msgid "Default" msgstr "افتراضي" -#. unkown name (alias) of the source -#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, -#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 +#. unkown name (alias) of the source +#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, +#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "اسم غير معروف" -#. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#. displaye only repositories from the selected service +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "غير معروف" -#. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 +#. label to be used instead of URL if not found +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "عنوان %1 :URL" -#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables -#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 +#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables +#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 msgid "Raw URL: %s" msgstr "عنوان URL للصف: %s" -#. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 +#. heading - in case repo name not found +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "اسم المخزن غير معروف" -#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 +#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "الفئة: %1" -#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 +#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "الخدمة: %1" -#. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 +#. #176013 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 msgid "All repositories" msgstr "كل المخازن" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 msgid "All services" msgstr "كل الخدمات" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "الخدمة '%1'" -#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only -#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also -#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE -#. within product subscription. -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 +#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only +#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also +#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE +#. within product subscription. +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" msgstr "المخازن غير المقدمة بواسطة الخدمة فقط" -#. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 +#. combobox label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 msgid "View" msgstr "عرض" -#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 +#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 msgid "Priority" msgstr "الأولوية" -#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! -#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! -#. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 +#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! +#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! +#. status info, to be used inside summary +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? -#. keep the translation as short as possible! -#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? -#. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 +#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? +#. keep the translation as short as possible! +#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? +#. keep the translation as short as possible! +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "تجديد تلقائي" -#. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 +#. table header - service to which the repo belongs +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 msgid "Service" msgstr "الخدمة" -#. table header - URL of the repo -#. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 +#. table header - URL of the repo +#. table header - URL of the repo +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 msgid "URL" msgstr "رابط" -#. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 +#. push button - change URL of the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "اس&تبدال..." -#. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 +#. push button - refresh the selected repository now +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "ت&جديد المحدد" -#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 +#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "إ&يقاف أو تشغيل الحالة" -#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 +#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "إيقاف أو تشغيل الت&جديد" -#. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 +#. push button - set name of the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "تعيين ال&اسم..." -#. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 +#. label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 msgid "Properties" msgstr "خصائص" -#. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 +#. check box +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "مُ&مكّن" -#. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 +#. check box +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "التج&ديد تلقائيًا" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "م&فاتيح GPG..." -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "تجديد" -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "تجديد كافة الم&جدد تلقائيًا" -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "تجديد كافة الم&مكّن" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "مخازن البرامج المكوَّنة" -#. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 +#. help +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n" @@ -741,26 +757,36 @@ "<p>\n" "إدارة مخازن البرامج الممكّنة والخدمات.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 -msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>" -msgstr "<P><B>الخدمة</B> أو <B>خدمة فهرسة المخازن (RIS) </B> هي عبارة عن بروتوكول مسؤول عن إدارة مخازن الحزم. ويمكن أن توفر هذه الخدمة مخزن أو أكثر من مخازن البرامج التي يمكن تغييرها ديناميكيًا بواسطة مسؤول الخدمة.</P>" +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 +msgid "" +"<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol " +"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " +"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" +"P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>الخدمة</B> أو <B>خدمة فهرسة المخازن (RIS) </B> هي عبارة عن بروتوكول " +"مسؤول عن إدارة مخازن الحزم. ويمكن أن توفر هذه الخدمة مخزن أو أكثر من مخازن " +"البرامج التي يمكن تغييرها ديناميكيًا بواسطة مسؤول الخدمة.</P>" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" -"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository " +"or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " +"available at the entered location.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>إضافة مخزن جديد أو خدمة</b><br>\n" "لإضافة مخزن جديد، استخدم <b>إضافة</b> وحدد مخزن البرامج أو الخدمة.\n" -"سيقوم Yast تلقائيًا باكتشاف ما إذا كانت الخدمة أو المخزن متاحًا على الموقع المدخل.\n" +"سيقوم Yast تلقائيًا باكتشاف ما إذا كانت الخدمة أو المخزن متاحًا على الموقع " +"المدخل.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 +#. help, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n" @@ -772,8 +798,8 @@ "قم بتوفير مجموعة الأقراص المضغوطة أو قرص الفيديو الرقمي.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 +#. help, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n" @@ -793,52 +819,70 @@ "كافة الأقراص المضغوطة إلى دليل واحد.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 +#. help, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" -"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\n" -"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, " +"use\n" +"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " +"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " +"the check boxes below.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>تعديل حالة مخزن أو خدمة</b><br>\n" "لتغيير موقع مخزنٍ ما، استخدم <b>تحرير</b>. لإزالة مخزنٍ ما، استخدم\n" -"<b>حذف</b>. لتمكين المخزن أو تعطيله أو لتغيير حالة التجديد في وقت التهيئة، حدد المخزن في الجدول، ثم قم باستخدام خانات الاختيار المتوفرة أدناه.\n" +"<b>حذف</b>. لتمكين المخزن أو تعطيله أو لتغيير حالة التجديد في وقت التهيئة، " +"حدد المخزن في الجدول، ثم قم باستخدام خانات الاختيار المتوفرة أدناه.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " +"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " +"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " +"used.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B>أولوية مخزن</B><BR>\n" -"أولوية مخزن هي قيمة عددية صحيحة تتراوح بين 0 (أعلى أولوية) و200 (أقل أولوية). القيمة الافتراضية هي 99. إذا كان يوجد حزمة متوفرة في أكثر من مخزن، فسيُستخدم المخزن بالأولوية الأعلى.</P>\n" +"أولوية مخزن هي قيمة عددية صحيحة تتراوح بين 0 (أعلى أولوية) و200 (أقل " +"أولوية). القيمة الافتراضية هي 99. إذا كان يوجد حزمة متوفرة في أكثر من مخزن، " +"فسيُستخدم المخزن بالأولوية الأعلى.</P>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 -msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>" +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 +msgid "" +"<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " +"repositories and services.</P>" msgstr "<P>حدد الخيار المناسب من أعلى النافذة للتنقل في المخازن والخدمات.</P>" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>" +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " +"installation.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P><B>الحفاظ على الحزم التي تم إنزالها</B><BR>حدد هذا الخيار لحفظ الحزم التي تم\n" -"إنزالها في ذاكرة مؤقتة محلية لتتمكن من إعادة استخدامها في وقت لاحق عند إعادة\n" +"<P><B>الحفاظ على الحزم التي تم إنزالها</B><BR>حدد هذا الخيار لحفظ الحزم التي " +"تم\n" +"إنزالها في ذاكرة مؤقتة محلية لتتمكن من إعادة استخدامها في وقت لاحق عند " +"إعادة\n" "تثبيت الحزم. إذا لم تحدده، فسيتم حذف الحزم التي تم إنزالها بعد التثبيت.</P>" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 -msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>" -msgstr "<P>الذاكرة المؤقتة المحلية الافتراضية موجودة في الدليل <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. يمكن تغيير الموقع في الملف <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</P>" +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 +msgid "" +"<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/" +"packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>الذاكرة المؤقتة المحلية الافتراضية موجودة في الدليل <B>/var/cache/zypp/" +"packages</B>. يمكن تغيير الموقع في الملف <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</P>" -#. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 +#. popup message part 1 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" "configuration." @@ -846,28 +890,28 @@ "تعذر حفظ التغييرات التي تم إجراؤها على تكوين\n" "المخزن." -#. popup message part 2 followed by other info -#. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 +#. popup message part 2 followed by other info +#. popup message, after message header, header of details +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "التفاصيل:" -#. popup message part 3 -#. end of popup message, question -#. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 +#. popup message part 3 +#. end of popup message, question +#. end of popup message, question +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "هل تريد المحاولة مرة أخرى؟" -#. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 +#. popup headline +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "إيقاف تكوين المخزن" -#. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -875,8 +919,8 @@ "هل تريد إيقاف تكوين المخزن؟\n" "ستفقد كافة التغييرات." -#. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 +#. refresh also the combobox widget +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" @@ -884,41 +928,41 @@ "لا توجد أية خدمة في عنوان URL:\n" "%1" -#. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 +#. TODO: add help text +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "تجديد المخازن" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "تجديد الخدمات" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "تجديد المخازن" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "تجديد الخدمات" -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "يتم الآن تجديد المخزن %1..." -#. refreshing services -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 +#. refreshing services +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "يتم الآن تجديد الخدمة %1..." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "هل تريد حذف المخزن المحدد من القائمة؟" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" @@ -926,8 +970,8 @@ "هل تريد حذف الخدمة %1\n" "والمخازن الخاصة بها؟" -#. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." @@ -935,8 +979,8 @@ "تعذر تعيين التجديد\n" "للمخزن المحدد." -#. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 +#. popup question, %1 is repository URL +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -948,60 +992,65 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالفعل إضافة المخزن مرة أخرى؟" -#. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 +#. Error popup +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>حدثت أخطاء أثناء استعادة تكوين المخزن.</p>\n" -#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame -#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:93 -#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 +#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame +#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:93 +#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values." msgstr "تتم إعادة تعيين اقتراح البرنامج إلى القيم الافتراضية." -#. warning text -#. warning text -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 -#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +#. warning text +#. warning text +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 +#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "تعذر حل التبعيات تلقائيًا. مطلوب تدخل يدوي." -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145 +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Software" msgstr "البرامج" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:147 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:147 msgid "&Software" msgstr "ال&برامج" -#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "تثبيت البرامج - لا تدعم هذه الوحدة النمطية واجهة سطر الأوامر، استخدم '%1' بدلاً من ذلك." +#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 +msgid "" +"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"تثبيت البرامج - لا تدعم هذه الوحدة النمطية واجهة سطر الأوامر، استخدم '%1' " +"بدلاً من ذلك." -#. error message (%1 is a package file name) -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 +#. error message (%1 is a package file name) +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 msgid "Error: Cannot copy package %1 to temporary repository." msgstr "خطأ: لا يمكن نسخ الحزمة %1 إلى المخزن المؤقت." -#. error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 +#. error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." msgstr "خطأ: لا يمكن إضافة دليل مؤقت، لا يمكن تثبيت الحزم." -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:243 src/clients/sw_single.rb:266 +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:243 src/clients/sw_single.rb:266 msgid "Error: Cannot query package file %1." msgstr "خطأ: لا يمكن الاستعلام عن ملف الحزمة %1." -#. Error message: -#. %1 = package name (may include complete RPM file name) -#. %2 = error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:299 +#. Error message: +#. %1 = package name (may include complete RPM file name) +#. %2 = error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:299 msgid "" "Package %1 could not be installed.\n" "\n" @@ -1013,17 +1062,17 @@ "التفاصيل:\n" "%2\n" -#. error popup, %1 is the name of the .rpm package -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:313 +#. error popup, %1 is the name of the .rpm package +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:313 msgid "Package %1 was not found on the medium." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على الحزمة %1 في الوسيط." -#. start package manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362 +#. start package manager +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362 msgid "An error occurred during repository initialization." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء تهيئة المخزن." -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369 msgid "" "No repository is defined.\n" "Only installed packages are displayed." @@ -1031,27 +1080,27 @@ "لم يتم تحديد أي مخزن.\n" "يتم عرض الحزم المثبّتة فقط." -#. a stage in the progress dialog -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:501 +#. a stage in the progress dialog +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:501 msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "تهيئة النظام الهدف" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:502 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:502 msgid "Load the Configured Repositories" msgstr "تحميل المخازن المكوَّنة" -#. %1 is path to the target system (e.g. /tmp/dirinstall -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:510 +#. %1 is path to the target system (e.g. /tmp/dirinstall +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:510 msgid "Reset the target system to %1" msgstr "إعادة تعيين النظام الهدف إلى %1" -#. a stage in the progress dialog -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:516 +#. a stage in the progress dialog +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:516 msgid "Starting the Software Manager" msgstr "بدء تشغيل مدير البرامج" -#. reset summary -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:580 +#. reset summary +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:580 msgid "" "During the last package installation\n" "several packages failed to install.\n" @@ -1061,8 +1110,8 @@ "فشل تثبيت حزم عديدة.\n" "هل تريد تثبيتها الآن؟\n" -#. start the repository manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 +#. start the repository manager +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1070,7 +1119,7 @@ "لا يمكن تكوين مخزن تحديث عبر الإنترنت \n" "بدون وجود حزمة مثبتة %1" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 msgid "" "Cannot search packages in online repositories\n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1078,8 +1127,8 @@ "لا يمكن البحث عن الحزم في المخازن \n" "عبر الإنترنت دون تثبيت الحزمة %1" -#. error report, %1 is a list of packages -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 +#. error report, %1 is a list of packages +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 msgid "" "The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1087,77 +1136,82 @@ "لم يتم العثور على الحزم التالية في الوسيط:\n" "%1\n" -#. rich text message, %1 = CD identification -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:94 +#. rich text message, %1 = CD identification +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:94 msgid "<BIG><B>%1</B></BIG>" msgstr "<BIG><B>%1</B></BIG>" -#. rich text message, %1 medium number, e.g. CD1,CD2... -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:99 +#. rich text message, %1 medium number, e.g. CD1,CD2... +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:99 msgid "<UL><LI>Medium: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>الوسيط: %1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text message, %1 = size of the medium -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:103 +#. rich text message, %1 = size of the medium +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:103 msgid "<UL><LI>Size: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>الحجم: %1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text message, %1 = result of the check -#. the check has been canceled -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:107 src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:529 +#. rich text message, %1 = result of the check +#. the check has been canceled +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:107 src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:529 msgid "<UL><LI>Result: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>النتيجة: %1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text - error message -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 +#. rich text - error message +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." msgstr "لا يحتوي المشغل على وسيط أو أن نظام ملفات ISO معطل." -#. result of the check - success -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 +#. result of the check - success +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 msgid "<B>OK</B> -- The medium has been successfully verified." msgstr "<B>موافق</B> -- تم التحقق من الوسيط بنجاح." -#. wrong MD5 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used." -msgstr "<B>خطأ</B> -- مجموع MD5 الاختباري غير متطابق<BR>يجب عدم استخدام هذا الوسيط." +#. wrong MD5 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 +msgid "" +"<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used." +msgstr "" +"<B>خطأ</B> -- مجموع MD5 الاختباري غير متطابق<BR>يجب عدم استخدام هذا الوسيط." -#. the correct MD5 is unknown -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 +#. the correct MD5 is unknown +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 msgid "<B>Unknown</B> -- The correct MD5 sum of the medium is unknown." msgstr "<B>غير معروف</B> -- مجموع MD5 الاختباري الصحيح للوسيط غير معروف." -#. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1) -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251 +#. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1) +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251 msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgstr "أدخل وسيط التثبيت الأول." -#. dialog header -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:299 +#. dialog header +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:299 msgid "Media Check" msgstr "التحقق من الوسائط" -#. help text - media check (header) 1/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:302 +#. help text - media check (header) 1/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:302 msgid "<P><B>Media Check</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>التحقق من الوسائط</B></P>" -#. help text - media check 2/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 +#. help text - media check 2/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "<P>When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " +"should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>عندما تصادفك مشكلة مع\n" -"التثبيت وكنت تستخدم وسيط تثبيت \"قرص مضغوط\" أو \"قرص فيديو رقمي\"، يجب التحقق\n" +"التثبيت وكنت تستخدم وسيط تثبيت \"قرص مضغوط\" أو \"قرص فيديو رقمي\"، يجب " +"التحقق\n" "مما إذا كان الوسيط معطلاً أم لا.</P>\n" -#. help text - media check 3/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 +#. help text - media check 3/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>\n" +"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</" +"B>\n" "or use <B>Check ISO File</B> and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum.</P> " @@ -1165,19 +1219,22 @@ "<P>حدد محرك أقراص وأدخل وسيطًا فيه، ثم اضغط <B>بدء التحقق</B>\n" "أو استخدم الخيار <B>التحقق من ملف ISO</B>، ثم حدد ملف ISO.\n" "قد يستغرق التحقق بضع دقائق استنادًا إلى سرعة\n" -"محرك الأقراص وحجم الوسيط. تعمل عملية التحقق هذه على التحقق من صحة مجموع MD5 الاختباري.</P> " +"محرك الأقراص وحجم الوسيط. تعمل عملية التحقق هذه على التحقق من صحة مجموع MD5 " +"الاختباري.</P> " -#. help text - media check 4/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 +#. help text - media check 4/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</P>\n" +"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " +"installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" +"P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>إذا فشل التحقق من الوسيط، فينبغي عدم متابعة التثبيت.\n" "قد يفشل التثبيت أو تفقد بياناتك. من الأفضل استبدال الوسيط المعطل.</P>\n" -#. help text - media check 5/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 +#. help text - media check 5/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n" "The order of the media is irrelevant.\n" @@ -1185,28 +1242,38 @@ "بعد التحقق، أدرج الوسيط التالي وابدأ إجراء التحقق مرة أخرى. \n" "ترتيب الوسائط غير مهم.\n" -#. help text - media check 6/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.</P>" -msgstr "<P><B>ملاحظة:</B> لا يمكنك تغيير الوسيط أثناء استخدامه من قِبل النظام.</P>" +#. help text - media check 6/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." +"</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>ملاحظة:</B> لا يمكنك تغيير الوسيط أثناء استخدامه من قِبل النظام.</P>" -#. help text - media check 7/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu.</P>" -msgstr "<P>للتحقق من الوسائط قبل التثبيت، استخدم عنصر التحقق من الوسائط من قائمة التشغيل.</P>" +#. help text - media check 7/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 +msgid "" +"<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " +"boot menu.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>للتحقق من الوسائط قبل التثبيت، استخدم عنصر التحقق من الوسائط من قائمة " +"التشغيل.</P>" -#. help text - media check 8/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 +#. help text - media check 8/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>\n" +"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your " +"recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" +"P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>إذا قمت بنسخ الوسائط بنفسك، فاستخدم الخيار <B>pad</B> في برنامج\n" -"التسجيل لديك. يعمل هذا الخيار على تفادي أخطاء القراءة في نهاية الوسائط أثناء التحقق.</P>\n" +"التسجيل لديك. يعمل هذا الخيار على تفادي أخطاء القراءة في نهاية الوسائط أثناء " +"التحقق.</P>\n" -#. advice check of the media -#. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:339 +#. advice check of the media +#. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:339 msgid "" "It is recommended to check all installation media\n" "to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" @@ -1214,46 +1281,46 @@ "يُوصى بالتحقق من كافة وسائط التثبيت\n" "لتفادي مشاكل التثبيت. لتخطي هذه الخطوة، اضغط على 'التالي'" -#. combo box -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 +#. combo box +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 msgid "&CD or DVD Drive" msgstr "&مشغل الأقراص المضغوطة أو أقراص DVD" -#. push button label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:360 +#. push button label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:360 msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "بد&ء التحقق" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "إخر&اج" -#. push button label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:367 +#. push button label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:367 msgid "Check ISO File..." msgstr "التحقق من ملف ISO..." -#. widget label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:370 +#. widget label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:370 msgid "Status Information" msgstr "معلومات الحالة" -#. progress bar label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:374 +#. progress bar label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:374 msgid "Progress" msgstr "تقدم" -#. window title - open file dialog -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:421 +#. window title - open file dialog +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:421 msgid "Select an ISO File to Check" msgstr "تحديد ملف ISO للتحقق منه" -#. error message: the medium cannot be read or no medium in the drive; %1 = drive, e.g. /dev/hdc -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:461 +#. error message: the medium cannot be read or no medium in the drive; %1 = drive, e.g. /dev/hdc +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:461 msgid "Cannot read medium in drive %1." msgstr "لا يمكن قراءة الوسيط في المشغل %1." -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:471 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:471 msgid "" "The medium does not contain a MD5 checksum.\n" "The content of the medium cannot be verified.\n" @@ -1265,83 +1332,85 @@ "\n" "سيتم فقط التحقق من قابلية قراءة الوسيط.\n" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:530 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:530 msgid "<B>Canceled</B>" msgstr "<B>ملغى</B>" -#. escape <> characters in the key name -#. translators: %1 is GPG key name (e.g. 'SuSE Package Signing Key <build@suse.de>') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:48 +#. escape <> characters in the key name +#. translators: %1 is GPG key name (e.g. 'SuSE Package Signing Key <build@suse.de>') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "الاسم: %1" -#. %1 is a GPG Key fingerprint (e.g. '79C179B2E1C820C1890F9994A84EDAE89C800ACA') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:56 +#. %1 is a GPG Key fingerprint (e.g. '79C179B2E1C820C1890F9994A84EDAE89C800ACA') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Finger Print: %1" msgstr "البصمة: %1" -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key was generated (e.g. '9.10.2000') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:63 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key was generated (e.g. '9.10.2000') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "تاريخ الإنشاء: %1" -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expired (e.g. '10.6.2005'), display the date in red -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:70 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expired (e.g. '10.6.2005'), display the date in red +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Expires: <font color = \"red\">%1</font> (The key is expired.)" -msgstr "تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية: <font color = \"red\">%1</font> (انتهت صلاحية المفتاح.)" +msgstr "" +"تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية: <font color = \"red\">%1</font> (انتهت صلاحية " +"المفتاح.)" -#. summary string - the GPG key never expires -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:75 +#. summary string - the GPG key never expires +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:75 msgid "The key never expires." msgstr "لا تنتهي صلاحية المفتاح أبدًا." -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expires (e.g. '21.3.2015') or "Never" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:78 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expires (e.g. '21.3.2015') or "Never" +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية: %1" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Key: %1" msgstr "المفتاح: %1" -#. Display a dialog for adding a GPG key -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:164 +#. Display a dialog for adding a GPG key +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Select a GPG Key" msgstr "تحديد مفتاح GPG" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:178 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Properties of the GPG Key" msgstr "خصائص مفتاح GPG" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Key ID: " msgstr "معرف المفتاح: " -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Name: " msgstr "الاسم: " -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Finger Print: " msgstr "البصمة: " -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Created: " msgstr "تاريخ الإنشاء: " -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية: " -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:205 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Adding a GPG Public Key" msgstr "إضافة مفتاح GPG العام" -#. help -#. help -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:208 -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:281 +#. help +#. help +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:208 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:281 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Manage known GPG public keys.</p>\n" @@ -1349,7 +1418,7 @@ "<p>\n" "إدارة مفاتيح GPG العامة المعروفة.</p>\n" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n" @@ -1361,22 +1430,22 @@ "لإضافة مفتاح GPG جديد، حدد المسار إلى ملف المفاتيح.\n" "</p>\n" -#. header in file selection popup -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:235 +#. header in file selection popup +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:235 msgid "Select a GPG Key To Import" msgstr "تحديد مفتاح GPG المطلوب استيراده" -#. validate the entered file -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:255 +#. validate the entered file +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:255 msgid "Enter a filename" msgstr "إدخال اسم ملف" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:278 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:278 msgid "GPG Public Key Management" msgstr "إدارة مفتاح GPG العام" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:285 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n" @@ -1388,8 +1457,8 @@ "لإضافة مفتاح GPG جديد، استخدم <b>إضافة</b>، ثم حدد المسار إلى ملف المفاتيح.\n" "</p>" -#. help, continued -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:296 +#. help, continued +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:296 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Modifying a GPG Key Status</b>\n" @@ -1399,17 +1468,18 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>تعديل حالة مفتاح GPG</b>\n" -"لتعديل العلامة الموثوق بها، استخدم الزر <b>تحرير</b>. لإزالة مفتاح GPG، استخدم الزر \n" +"لتعديل العلامة الموثوق بها، استخدم الزر <b>تحرير</b>. لإزالة مفتاح GPG، " +"استخدم الزر \n" "<b>حذف</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. table header -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 +#. table header +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Key ID" msgstr "معرف المفتاح" -#. remove the key -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:338 +#. remove the key +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Really delete key '%1'\n" "'%2'?" @@ -1417,44 +1487,44 @@ "هل تريد بالفعل حذف المفتاح '%1'\n" "'%2'؟" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "إضافة مخزن جديد" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "التحقق من نوع المخزن" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "إضافة مخزن" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "قراءة ترخيص المخزن" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "التحقق من نوع المخزن" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "إضافة مخزن" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "قراءة ترخيص المخزن" -#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 +#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 msgid "Repository" msgstr "المخزن" -#. continue-back popup -#. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 +#. continue-back popup +#. continue-back popup +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" "If you expected to to point a product, go back and enter\n" @@ -1468,10 +1538,10 @@ "لإتاحة حزم rpm الموجودة في الموقع المحدد\n" "في تحديد الحزم، الرجاء المتابعة.\n" -#. popup message part 1 -#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#. popup message part 1 +#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1479,8 +1549,8 @@ "تعذر إنشاء مخزن\n" "من عنوان URL '%1'." -#. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 +#. error message +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." @@ -1488,13 +1558,13 @@ "لا يمكن استخدام صورة ISO عبر بروتوكول ftp أو http.\n" "الرجاء تغيير البروتوكول أو تفريغ صورة ISO من جهة الخادم." -#. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 +#. popup message part 2 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "هل تريد تغيير عنوان URL والمحاولة مرة أخرى؟" -#. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 +#. popup error message, %1 is the package name +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1502,31 +1572,31 @@ "لا يمكن البحث عن مخازن SLP\n" "بدون تثبيت الحزمة %1.\n" -#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title -#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ تكوين مدير البرامج..." -#. New add-on product might add also new agents. -#. Functions Rereads all available agents. -#. -#. @see bugzilla #239055, #245508 -#. error report -#. popup error -#. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 +#. New add-on product might add also new agents. +#. Functions Rereads all available agents. +#. +#. @see bugzilla #239055, #245508 +#. error report +#. popup error +#. popup error +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء تحضير نظام التثبيت." -#. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 +#. error report +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على ملف التحكم %1 في الوسائط." -#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration -#. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 +#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration +#. or check the content file +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." @@ -1534,74 +1604,75 @@ "لم يتم تثبيت الحزمة '%s'.\n" "يتعذر تسجيل المنتج الإضافي." -#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file -#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) -#. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 +#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file +#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) +#. no such products +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "منتج غير معروف" -#. push button -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 +#. push button +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "ملاحظات الإص&دار ..." -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "تعذر استخدام المنتجات الإضافية." -#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 +#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1، عنوان URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "عنوان URL: %1، المسار: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "المنتجات الإضافية" -#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " +"repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "يتضمن مخزن التثبيت أيضًا مخازن إضافية مدرجة في القائمة.\n" "حدد تلك التي تريد استخدامها.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "المنتجات الإضافية المطلوب تحديدها" -#. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 +#. push button label +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "إضافة الم&نتجات المحددة" -#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 +#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "إدراج الوسيط %1 الإضافي" -#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 +#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "إدراج الوسيط %1 %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 msgid "Unable to add product %s." -msgstr "" +msgstr "تعذرت إضافة المنتج %s‏." -#. update the trusted flag -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 +#. update the trusted flag +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not contain a valid GPG key.\n" @@ -1609,8 +1680,8 @@ "لا يحتوي الملف '%1'\n" "على مفتاح GPG صالح.\n" -#. %1 is key ID (e.g. A84EDAE89C800ACA), %2 is key name (e.g. "SuSE Package Signing Key <build@suse.de>") -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:235 +#. %1 is key ID (e.g. A84EDAE89C800ACA), %2 is key name (e.g. "SuSE Package Signing Key <build@suse.de>") +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:235 msgid "" "Key '%1'\n" "'%2'\n" @@ -1620,266 +1691,297 @@ " بالاسم '%2'\n" "معروف بالفعل، ولا يمكن إضافته مرة أخرى." -#. copy the key to the temporary directory (in fact the keys are imported in Write()) -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:279 +#. copy the key to the temporary directory (in fact the keys are imported in Write()) +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:279 msgid "Cannot copy the key to the temporary directory." msgstr "تعذر نسخ المفتاح إلى الدليل المؤقت." -#. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 +#. button label +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 msgid "&Show Failed Packages List" msgstr "إظهار قائمة الح&زم الفاشلة" -#. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 +#. button label +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 msgid "&Show Full Log" msgstr "إظهار &سجل كامل" -#. dialog headline -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 +#. dialog headline +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed" msgstr "فشل تثبيت بعض الحزم" -#. collect and set installation summary data -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 +#. collect and set installation summary data +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 msgid "Installation aborted by user." msgstr "تم إيقاف التثبيت من قبل المستخدم." -#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 +#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "الوسيط %1" -#. Overflow (indicated by negative value) -#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), -#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. -#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 +#. Overflow (indicated by negative value) +#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), +#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. +#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" -#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 +#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) +#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 msgid "Done." msgstr "تم." -#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used -#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) -#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 +#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used +#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) +#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) +#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "التالي: %1-- %2" -#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used -#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) -#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 +#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used +#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) +#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "التالي: %1" -#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items -#. -#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 +#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items +#. +#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 msgid "Total" msgstr "الإجمالي" -#. do not show the average download rate if the space is limited -#. Update the current slide if applicable -#. -#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, -#. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 +#. do not show the average download rate if the space is limited +#. Update the current slide if applicable +#. +#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, +#. %2 is package size +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "إنزال %1 (حجم الإنزال %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (المتبقي: %1%2 حزمة)" -#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode -#. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 +#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode +#. translations: progress message (part1) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "جارٍ إنزال الحزم..." -#. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 +#. progress message (part2) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (تم تنزيل %1 من %2 حزمة)" -#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package -#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 +#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package +#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "حذف %1" -#. package installation - summary text -#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 +#. package installation - summary text +#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "تثبيت %1 (الحجم المثبَّت %2)" -#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, -#. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 +#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, +#. %2 is package size +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "تطبيق RPM لدلتا: %1" -#. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 -msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +#. warning text +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 +msgid "" +"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" +"bit distribution." msgstr "الكمبيوتر بنظام 64 بت x86-64، ومع ذلك تحاول تثبيت توزيع 32 بت." -#. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 -msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>" -msgstr "<P>تعمل قائمة الأنماط على تحديد الوظيفة المتاحة التي يمكن تنفيذها بعد تثبيت النظام.</P>" +#. help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 +msgid "" +"<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " +"installing the system.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>تعمل قائمة الأنماط على تحديد الوظيفة المتاحة التي يمكن تنفيذها بعد تثبيت " +"النظام.</P>" -#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) -#. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 -msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>" -msgstr "<P>يوضح الاقتراح الحجم الإجمالي للملفات التي سيتم تثبيتها في النظام. بيد أن النظام سوف يحتوي على بعض الملفات الأخرى (ملفات العمل والمؤقتة)، لذا ستكون المساحة المستخدمة أكبر قليلاً من القيمة المقترحة. لذلك من المستحسن أن يكون هناك ما لا يقل عن 25% (أو حوالي 300 ميغابايت) من المساحة الخالية قبل بدء التثبيت.</P>" +#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) +#. translators: help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 +msgid "" +"<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " +"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " +"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " +"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " +"free space before starting the installation.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>يوضح الاقتراح الحجم الإجمالي للملفات التي سيتم تثبيتها في النظام. بيد أن " +"النظام سوف يحتوي على بعض الملفات الأخرى (ملفات العمل والمؤقتة)، لذا ستكون " +"المساحة المستخدمة أكبر قليلاً من القيمة المقترحة. لذلك من المستحسن أن يكون " +"هناك ما لا يقل عن 25% (أو حوالي 300 ميغابايت) من المساحة الخالية قبل بدء " +"التثبيت.</P>" -#. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 +#. help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 msgid "" "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " +"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>إجمالي 'الحجم المطلوب للإنزال' هو حجم الحزم التي سيتم\n" -"إنزالها من المخازن (الشبكة) البعيدة. تعد هذه القيمة مهمة عندما يكون الاتصال بطيئًا أو عندما يكون إنزال البيانات محدودًا.</P>\n" +"إنزالها من المخازن (الشبكة) البعيدة. تعد هذه القيمة مهمة عندما يكون الاتصال " +"بطيئًا أو عندما يكون إنزال البيانات محدودًا.</P>\n" -#. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#. help text for software proposal - header +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>اقتراح البرنامج</B></P>" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product -#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product +#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "المنتج: %1" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "نوع النظام: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 msgid "Patterns:<br>" msgstr "الأنماط:<br>" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "حجم الحزم المطلوب تثبيتها: %1" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages -#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages +#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "حجم الإنزال من المخازن البعيدة: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "تم تحديد هذه المنتجات الإضافية للإزالة التلقائية: %1" -#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 -msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." -msgstr "الرجاء الاتصال ببائعي هذه الوظائف الإضافية للحصول على وسائط تثبيت جديدة." +#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 +msgid "" +"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " +"media." +msgstr "" +"الرجاء الاتصال ببائعي هذه الوظائف الإضافية للحصول على وسائط تثبيت جديدة." -#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 -msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 +msgid "" +"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " +"media." msgstr "الرجاء الاتصال ببائع الوظيفة الإضافية للحصول على وسائط تثبيت جديدة." -#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 -msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." -msgstr "خطأ: لا يمكن التحقق من المساحة الخالية في الدليل الأساسي %1 (الجهاز %2)، لا يمكن بدء التثبيت." +#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 +msgid "" +"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " +"start installation." +msgstr "" +"خطأ: لا يمكن التحقق من المساحة الخالية في الدليل الأساسي %1 (الجهاز %2)، لا " +"يمكن بدء التثبيت." -#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 +#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "تحذير: لا يمكن التحقق من المساحة الخالية في الدليل %1 (الجهاز %2)." -#. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 +#. summary warning +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "عدم توفر مساحة كافية على القرص." -#. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 +#. summary warning +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "عدم توفر مساحة كافية على القرص. قم بإزالة بعض الحزم في التحديد الفردي." -#. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 +#. add a backslash if it's missing +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>" msgstr "تتوفر المساحة الخالية %1 (%2%%) فقط على القسم %3.<BR>" -#. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed" msgstr "سيتم تثبيت المنتج الجديد <b>%s</b>" -#. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated" msgstr "سيتم تحديث المنتج <b>%s</b>" -#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>" msgstr "سيتم تحديث المنتج <b>%{old_product}</b> إلى <b>%{new_product}</b>" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed" msgstr "سيظل المنتج <b>%s</b> مثبتًا" -#. Removing another product might be an issue -#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed." msgstr "<b>تحذير:</b> ستتم إزالة المنتج <b>%s</b>." -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed." msgstr "<b>خطأ:</b> ستتم إزالة المنتج <b>%s</b> تلقائيًا." -#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", -#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 msgid "" "<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " +"module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " +"the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li><b>يتم تحديد بعض المنتجات لإجراء الإزالة التلقائية.</b></li>\n" "<ul><li>اتصل ببائع الوظيفة الإضافية التي تمت إزالتها لتزويدك\n" -"بوسائط تثبيت جديدة</li><li>أو حدد الوحدة النمطية والملحق المناسب المتوفر على الإنترنت\n" +"بوسائط تثبيت جديدة</li><li>أو حدد الوحدة النمطية والملحق المناسب المتوفر على " +"الإنترنت\n" "في خطوة التسجيل</li><li>أو للاستمرار في ترقية المنتج، يمكن الانتقال إلى\n" "تحديد البرامج ووضع علامة على المنتج (حزمة الإصدار) لتتم إزالته.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" -#. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 +#. error in proposal, %1 is URL +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على أي مخزن في '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 +#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 msgid "" -"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" +"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the " +"installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1887,32 +1989,32 @@ "التثبيت. في حال توفر اتصال بالإنترنت أثناء التكوين، يمكنك\n" "إنزال ملاحظات الإصدار المحدَّثة من خادم الويب SUSE Linux.</b></p>\n" -#. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 +#. popup - information label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "يتم الآن تكامل وسائط تم تشغيلها..." -#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 +#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "فشل تكامل مخزن حزمة الخدمات." -#. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 +#. popup - information label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "تتم الآن تهيئة المخازن..." -#. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 +#. message popup, %1 is product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "أدخل القرص المضغوط ? الخاص بـ %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "لم يتم العثور على القرص المضغوط 1 الخاص بـ %1" -#. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 +#. an error message +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1920,8 +2022,8 @@ "حدث خطأ أثناء تهيئة أوصاف الحزمة.\n" "راجع ملف السجل %1 لمزيد من المعلومات." -#. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 +#. bnc #436925 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1929,13 +2031,13 @@ "تم تغيير تحديد البرامج خارجيًا.\n" "سيتم استدعاء اقتراح البرنامج مرة أخرى." -#. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "يتم الآن تقييم تحديد الحزمة..." -#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 +#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1943,30 +2045,34 @@ "فشل تحديد نمط المنتج الافتراضي %{pattern_name}.\n" "لم يتم العثور على النمط." -#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted -#. -#. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 +#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted +#. +#. @param [String] license_ident file name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "تعذرت قراءة ملف الترخيص %1." -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 -msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "لإظهار ترخيص المنتج بشكل صحيح، ضع الملف license.tar.gz عند جذر الوسائط المباشرة أثناء إنشاء الصورة." +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 +msgid "" +"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " +"root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "" +"لإظهار ترخيص المنتج بشكل صحيح، ضع الملف license.tar.gz عند جذر الوسائط " +"المباشرة أثناء إنشاء الصورة." -#. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 +#. combo box +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 msgid "&Language" msgstr "الل&غة" -#. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "نعم، أ&وافق على بنود الترخيص." -#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %s is replaced with the directory name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the directory name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 msgid "" "This EULA can be found in the directory\n" "%s" @@ -1974,18 +2080,19 @@ "يمكن البحث عن اتفاقية ترخيص المستخدم النهائي (EULA) هذه في الدليل\n" "‏%s" -#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %s is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the filename +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %s" msgstr "" -"إذا كنت تريد طباعة اتفاقية ترخيص المستخدم النهائي (EULA) هذه، يمكنك العثور عليها\n" +"إذا كنت تريد طباعة اتفاقية ترخيص المستخدم النهائي (EULA) هذه، يمكنك العثور " +"عليها\n" "في الوسائط الأولى المتوفرة في الملف %s" -#. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 +#. help text +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 msgid "" "<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1995,23 +2102,23 @@ "أحد الخيارات المتوفرة. في حالة عدم الموافقة على اتفاقية الترخيص،\n" " سيتم إيقاف التكوين.</p>\n" -#. dialog title -#. #459391 -#. If a progress is running open another dialog -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 +#. dialog title +#. #459391 +#. If a progress is running open another dialog +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "اتفاقية الترخيص" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل إيقاف تثبيت المنتج الإضافي؟" -#. text changed due to bug #162499 -#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 +#. text changed due to bug #162499 +#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2019,19 +2126,19 @@ "يؤدي رفض اتفاقية الترخيص إلى إلغاء تثبيت المنتج\n" "الإضافي. هل تريد بالفعل رفض الاتفاقية؟" -#. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 +#. timed ok/cancel popup +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "بتم الآن إيقاف تشغيل النظام..." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name -#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name +#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "اتفاقية ترخيص %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 +#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -2039,8 +2146,8 @@ "إذا أردت طباعة اتفاقية ترخيص المستخدم (EULA) هذه، يمكن إنزالها من \n" "%{license_url}" -#. popup yes-no -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 +#. popup yes-no +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -2048,18 +2155,18 @@ "هل تريد بالفعل\n" "إنهاء التثبيت؟" -#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:71 +#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:71 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "تم إيقافه" -#. message in the installation log widget, %1 is a patch name which contains the script -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:143 +#. message in the installation log widget, %1 is a patch name which contains the script +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:143 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "بدء تشغيل %1 الخاص بالبرنامج النصي" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:198 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:198 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" @@ -2067,8 +2174,8 @@ "التصحيح %1\n" "\n" -#. warning popup - %1 is directory name (e.g. /boot) -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:333 +#. warning popup - %1 is directory name (e.g. /boot) +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:333 msgid "" "The disk space in partition %1 is nearly exhausted.\n" "Continue with the installation?" @@ -2076,8 +2183,8 @@ "تم استنفاد مساحة القرص المتوفرة في القسم %1 تقريبًا.\n" "هل تريد متابعة التثبيت؟" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:367 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "" "The disk space is nearly exhausted.\n" "Continue with the installation?" @@ -2085,104 +2192,104 @@ "تم ملء مساحة القرص تقريبًا.\n" "هل تريد متابعة التثبيت؟" -#. remote -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:443 +#. remote +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:443 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "إنزال RPM لدلتا %1 (حجم الإنزال %2)" -#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 +#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "فشل إنزال RPM لدلتا: %1" -#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 +#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "فشل تطبيق RPM لدلتا: %1" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 msgid "&Scan Using SLP..." msgstr "مسح باستخدام SLP..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 msgid "Commun&ity Repositories" msgstr "مخاز&ن الجماعة" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." msgstr "ملح&قات ووحدات نمطية من خادم التسجيل..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "تح&ديد عنوان URL..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "&FTP..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "&HTTP..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTT&PS..." -#. radio button -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 +#. radio button +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "S&MB/CIFS" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 msgid "NF&S..." msgstr "NF&S..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "القرص الم&ضغوط" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "قرص ال&فيديو الرقمي..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "ال&قرص الصلب..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "ذ&اكرة USB كبيرة السعة التخزينية (عصا، قرص ذاكرة USB)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "ال&دليل المحلي..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "&نسخة محتويات ISO المحلية..." -#. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 +#. check box +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "&إن&زال ملفات وصف المخزن" -#. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 +#. Help text suffix for some types of the media +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 msgid "" "<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>" @@ -2190,8 +2297,8 @@ "<p>إذا كان الموقع ملفًا يحتوي على نسخة محتويات ISO\n" "للوسائط، عين <b>نسخة محتويات ISO</b>.</p>" -#. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 +#. Help text suffix for some types of the media +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 msgid "" "<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n" @@ -2199,146 +2306,151 @@ "<p>في حالة وجود المخزن في وسائط متعددة،\n" "قم بتعيين موقع الوسائط الأولى للمجموعة.</p>\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "اسم ال&خادم" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "المسا&ر إلى الدليل أو نسخة محتويات ISO" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "&نسخة محتويات ISO" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "برتوكول N&FS v4" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "خيارات التحميل" -#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp -#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 +#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp +#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(الافتراضي)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "عنوان URL للمخزن" -#. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 +#. frame +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "ب&روتوكول" -#. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 +#. input field label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "&URL للمخزن" -#. label / dialog caption -#. bugzilla #219759 -#. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#. label / dialog caption +#. bugzilla #219759 +#. service label can be empty (not defined) +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "عنوان URL الخاص بالمخزن" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "خادم NFS" -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "وسائط القرص المضغوط أو قرص الفيديو الرقمي" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "قرص صلب" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "عصا أو قرص ذاكرة USB" -#. label / dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 +#. label / dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "الدليل المحلي" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "نسخة محتويات ISO محلية" -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "الخادم والدليل" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن أن يكون حقل اسم المخزن فارغًا." -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "اسم الم&خزن" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n" -"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n" +"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is " +"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>اسم المخزن</b></big><br>\n" -"استخدم <b>اسم المخزن</b> لتحديد اسم المخزن. وإذا كان هذا الحقل فارغًا، ستقوم YaST باستخدام اسم المنتج (في حالة توفره) أو عنوان URL باعتباره الاسم.</p>\n" +"استخدم <b>اسم المخزن</b> لتحديد اسم المخزن. وإذا كان هذا الحقل فارغًا، ستقوم " +"YaST باستخدام اسم المنتج (في حالة توفره) أو عنوان URL باعتباره الاسم.</p>\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "اسم ال&خدمة" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n" -"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" +"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " +"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>اسم الخدمة</b></big><br>\n" -"استخدم <b>اسم الخدمة</b> لتحديد اسم الخدمة. وإذا كان هذا الحقل فارغًا، ستقوم YaST باستخدام جزء من عنوان URL للخدمة باعتباره الاسم.</p>\n" +"استخدم <b>اسم الخدمة</b> لتحديد اسم الخدمة. وإذا كان هذا الحقل فارغًا، ستقوم " +"YaST باستخدام جزء من عنوان URL للخدمة باعتباره الاسم.</p>\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن أن يكون عنوان URL فارغًا." -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>" @@ -2346,20 +2458,20 @@ "<p><big><b>عنوان URL للمخزن</b></big><br>\n" "استخدم <b>URL</b> لتحديد عنوان URL للمخزن.</p>" -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "تحرير أجزاء URL" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "تحرير URL بالكامل" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2369,43 +2481,46 @@ "استخدم <b>اسم الخادم</b> و<b>المسار إلى الدليل أو نسخة محتويات ISO</b>\n" "لتحديد اسم مضيف خادم NFS ومساره على الخادم.</p>" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " +"<b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<p><big><b>خيارات التحميل</b></big><br>\n" "يمكنك تحديد خيارات إضافية لتحميل وحدة التخزين NFS.\n" -"هذا الخيار مخصص للخبراء، ويوصى بحفظ القيمة الافتراضية. انظر <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" +"هذا الخيار مخصص للخبراء، ويوصى بحفظ القيمة الافتراضية. انظر <b>man 5 nfs</" +"b>\n" "للتفاصيل وقائمة بالخيارات المعتمدة." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "القرص المض&غوط" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "قر&ص الفيديو الرقمي" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 msgid "" "<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n" "Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>وسائط القرص المضغوط أو قرص الفيديو الرقمي</b></big><br>\n" -"قم بتعيين <b>القرص المضغوط</b> أو <b>قرص الفيديو الرقمي</b> لتحديد نوع الوسائط.</p>" +"قم بتعيين <b>القرص المضغوط</b> أو <b>قرص الفيديو الرقمي</b> لتحديد نوع " +"الوسائط.</p>" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ملف نسخة محتويات ISO" -#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 +#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2413,8 +2528,8 @@ "المسار الذي تم إدخاله ليس دليلاً\n" "أو أن الدليل غير موجود.\n" -#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 +#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2422,8 +2537,8 @@ "المسار الذي تم إدخاله ليس ملفًا\n" "أو أن الملف غير موجود.\n" -#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 +#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2433,18 +2548,18 @@ "يمثل نسخة محتويات ISO.\n" "هل تريد استخدامه على أي حال؟\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "الم&سار إلى الدليل" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "دليل RPM ال&عادي" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2458,21 +2573,21 @@ "أي بيانات تعريف (أي لا توجد معلومات المنتجات)، فحدد\n" "الخيار <b>دليل RPM العادي</b>.</p>\n" -#. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 +#. `opt(`hstretch), +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "جهاز ت&خزين USB كبير السعة" -#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 +#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 msgid "&File System" msgstr "&نظام الملفات" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "الد&ليل" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2490,9 +2605,9 @@ "أي بيانات تعريف (أي لا توجد معلومات المنتجات)، فحدد الخيار\n" "<b>دليل RPM العادي</b>.</p>\n" -#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 +#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! +#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 msgid "" "<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2502,12 +2617,12 @@ "إذا تم تحديد نظام الملفات 'auto'. إذا فشلت عملية الاكتشاف أو كنت تريد\n" "استخدام نظام ملفات محدد، فقم بتحديده من القائمة.</p>\n" -#. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 +#. combobox title +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "ج&هاز القرص" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2525,13 +2640,13 @@ "أي بيانات تعريف (أي لا توجد معلومات المنتجات)، فحدد الخيار\n" "<b>دليل RPM العادي</b>.</p>\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "م&سار إلى نسخة محتويات ISO" -#. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 +#. push button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2541,72 +2656,72 @@ "استخدم الخيار <b>مسار إلى نسخة محتويات ISO</b> لتحديد المسار إلى\n" "ملف نسخة محتويات ISO.</p>" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "اس&م الخادم:" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 msgid "&Port" msgstr "م&نفذ" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 msgid "&Share" msgstr "مشارك&ة" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "ن&سخة محتويات ISO" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "الدليل على ال&خادم" -#. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 +#. frame +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "التصدي&ق" -#. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 +#. check box +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "مج&هول" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "&مجموعة العمل أو المجال" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "اسم المست&خدم" -#. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 +#. password entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&كلمة السر" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" -#. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 +#. help text - server dialog +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2614,7 +2729,8 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n" "<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to " +"Directory\n" "or ISO Image</b>. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n" @@ -2630,28 +2746,29 @@ "إذا كان الموقع ملفًا يحتوي على نسخة محتويات ISO\n" "للوسائط، قم بتعين <b>نسخة محتويات ISO</b>.</p>\n" -#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 +#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 msgid "" -"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" +"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS " +"repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>من الممكن تعيين رقم <b>المنفذ</b> الخاص بمخزن HTTP/HTTPS.\n" "اترك هذا الحقل فارغًا لاستخدام المنفذ الافتراضي.</p>\n" -#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 +#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether defined +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "أر&غب في تثبيت منتج إضافي" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "جارٍ تكوين الشب&كة..." -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2661,8 +2778,8 @@ "يمكن وضع مخزن البرامج على قرص مضغوط أو على أحد خوادم الشبكة\n" "أو على القرص الصلب.</p>" -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n" @@ -2672,8 +2789,8 @@ "لإضافة <b>قرص مضغوط</b> أو <b>قرص فيديو رقمي</b>،\n" " احصل على مجموعة الأقراص المضغوطة للمنتج أو قرص الفيديو الرقمي.</p>" -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2687,8 +2804,8 @@ "يجب إدخال المسار الأساسي فقط إذا تم نسخ كافة الأقراص المضغوطة\n" "إلى نفس الدليل.</p>\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2700,206 +2817,208 @@ "حدد الدليل الموجود فيه الحزم من\n" "القرص المضغوط الأول، مثل /data1/CD1.</p>\n" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "تحديد نوع الوسائط" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "أدخل القرص المضغوط الخاص بالمنتج الإضافي" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "أدخل قرص الفيديو الرقمي الخاص بالمنتج الإضافي" -#. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 +#. ask for a medium +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "لم يتم اكتشاف أي قرص ذاكرة USB." -#. use three slashes as third slash means path -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 +#. use three slashes as third slash means path +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 msgid "" "<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\n" +"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download " +"the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>تحميل الملفات</b><br>\n" "يحتوي كل مخزن على ملفات وصف توضح محتوى\n" "المخزن. حدد الخيار <b>إنزال ملفات وصف المخزن</b> لإنزال\n" -"الملفات عند إغلاق وحدة YaST النمطية.إذا لم يتم تحديد هذا الخيار، فسيقوم YaST بإنزال الملفات\n" +"الملفات عند إغلاق وحدة YaST النمطية.إذا لم يتم تحديد هذا الخيار، فسيقوم YaST " +"بإنزال الملفات\n" "تلقائيًا عند الحاجة لها لاحقًا.</p>\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "نوع الوسائط" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "منتج إضافي" -#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 +#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." msgstr "مخطط URL '%s' غير صالح." -#. SourceManager read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 +#. SourceManager read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" msgstr "تهيئة المخازن المتاحة" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:112 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:112 msgid "Read configured repositories" msgstr "قراءة المخازن المكوَّنة" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:114 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:114 msgid "Detect available repositories via SLP" msgstr "اكتشاف المخازن المتاحة بواسطة SLP" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:118 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:118 msgid "Reading configured repositories..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة المخازن المكوَّنة..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:120 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:120 msgid "Detecting available repositories..." msgstr "يتم الآن اكتشاف المخازن المتاحة..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:122 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:200 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:122 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:200 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:133 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:133 msgid "Cannot read repositories." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة المخازن." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:141 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:141 msgid "Cannot detect available repositories." msgstr "تعذر اكتشاف المخازن المتاحة." -#. popup message header -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:160 +#. popup message header +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:160 msgid "Unable to save changes to the repository.\n" msgstr "لا يمكن حفظ التغييرات إلى المخزن.\n" -#. SourceManager read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:183 +#. SourceManager read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:183 msgid "Saving Repository Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين المخزن" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:194 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:194 msgid "Write repository settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات المخزن" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:198 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:198 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "..كتابة الاعدادات" -#. Create a repository from an URL -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:296 +#. Create a repository from an URL +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:296 msgid "Adding repository..." msgstr "تتم الآن إضافة المخزن..." -#. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:395 +#. status info, to be used inside summary +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:395 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "معطل" -#. translators: name of a repository if no other idenfication found -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:407 +#. translators: name of a repository if no other idenfication found +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:407 msgid "unknown" msgstr "غير معروف" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:430 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:430 msgid "On" msgstr "تشغيل" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:432 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:432 msgid "Off" msgstr "إيقاف تشغيل" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:472 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:472 msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "المخازن المكوَّنة" -#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label -#. (and add some extra space for the frame) -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "ال&مشغل المطلوب الخروج منه" -#. translators: popup heading (progress popup) -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:51 +#. translators: popup heading (progress popup) +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:51 msgid "SLP Search" msgstr "بحث SLP" -#. progress information -#. progress information -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:57 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:81 +#. progress information +#. progress information +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:57 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:81 msgid "Scanning network for installation services..." msgstr "يتم الآن مسح الشبكة للبحث عن خدمات التثبيت..." -#. frame label -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:106 +#. frame label +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:106 msgid "Filter Form" msgstr "نموذج المرشح" -#. translators: popup heading -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:158 +#. translators: popup heading +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:158 msgid "Choose SLP Repository" msgstr "اختيار مخزن SLP" -#. tree label (tree of available products) -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:171 +#. tree label (tree of available products) +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:171 msgid "Available Installation &Products" msgstr "&منتجات التثبيت المتاحة" -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:176 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:176 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "الت&فاصيل..." -#. error popup -#. message popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:211 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:217 +#. error popup +#. message popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:211 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:217 msgid "No details are available." msgstr "لا تتوفر أية تفاصيل." -#. min Y in UI -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:274 +#. min Y in UI +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:274 msgid "Repository Details" msgstr "تفاصيل المخزن" -#. table header item -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:281 +#. table header item +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:281 msgid "Key" msgstr "المفتاح" -#. table header item -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:283 +#. table header item +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:283 msgid "Value" msgstr "قيمة" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:403 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:403 msgid "" "Select one of the offered options.\n" "More repositories are available for this product.\n" @@ -2907,8 +3026,8 @@ "الرجاء تحديد أحد الخيارات المتاحة.\n" "يتوفر المزيد من المخازن لهذا المنتج.\n" -#. popup error -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:423 +#. popup error +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:423 msgid "" "An internal error occurred.\n" "The selected repository has no URL." @@ -2916,13 +3035,13 @@ "حدث خطأ داخلي.\n" "لا يتوفر عنوان URL للمخزن المحدد." -#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 +#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "يتم الآن تجميع معلومات الخدمات %1 التي تم العثور عليها..." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2932,18 +3051,18 @@ "قد يرجع سبب ذلك إلى تشغيل SuSEfirewall2،\n" "الذي ربما يتسبب في إعاقة مسح الشبكة." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على مخازن SLP على الشبكة لديك." -#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 +#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "يحتاج القسم \"%1\" مساحة أكبر على القرص تقدر بـ %2." -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" "before updating the system.\n" @@ -2951,7 +3070,7 @@ "الرجاء إلغاء تحديد الحزم أو حذف البيانات أو الملفات المؤقتة\n" "قبل تحديث النظام.\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "الرجاء إلغاء تحديد بعض الحزم." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/printer.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/printer.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/printer.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: printer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,74 +14,78 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the printer module -#: src/clients/printer.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the printer module +#: src/clients/printer.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of printer" msgstr "تكوين الطابعة" -#. Write the AutoYaST related printer settings to the system -#. according to the Printer::autoyast_printer_settings_import map -#. which was stored by a previous call of the Import function by AutoYaST -#. or reset to an empty map by a previous call of the Reset function. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:244 +#. Write the AutoYaST related printer settings to the system +#. according to the Printer::autoyast_printer_settings_import map +#. which was stored by a previous call of the Import function by AutoYaST +#. or reset to an empty map by a previous call of the Reset function. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:244 msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "خطأ: فشلت كتابة /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:263 +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:263 msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/client.conf" msgstr "خطأ: فشلت كتابة /etc/cups/client.conf" -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301 msgid "Warning: Cannot read %1 (file may not exist)." msgstr "تحذير: لا يمكن قراءة %1 (الملف غير موجود)." -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:338 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:338 msgid "Error: Failed to read %1 (possibly empty file)." msgstr "خطأ: فشلت قراءة %1 (ربما الملف فارغ)." -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:383 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:383 msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2save" msgstr "تحذير: فشل النسخ الاحتياطي لـ %1 كـ %1.yast2save." -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:411 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:411 msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2orig" msgstr "تحذير: فشل النسخ الاحتياطي لـ %1 كـ %1.yast2orig" -#. Propose configuration for each local printer: -#. Check if the packages cups-client and cups are installed -#. and skip the automated queue setup if one of them is missing, see -#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=445719#c13 -#. If cups-client is missing, it would run into an endless sequence of errors. -#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is -#. mandatory to set up local print queues. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +#. Propose configuration for each local printer: +#. Check if the packages cups-client and cups are installed +#. and skip the automated queue setup if one of them is missing, see +#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=445719#c13 +#. If cups-client is missing, it would run into an endless sequence of errors. +#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is +#. mandatory to set up local print queues. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." msgstr "تعذر تكوين الطباعة (لم يتم تثبيت عميل cups المطلوب للحزمة)" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 +msgid "" +"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." msgstr "تعذر تكوين الطابعات المحلية (لم يتم تثبيت cups المطلوب للحزمة)" -#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." -msgstr "لا توجد طابعة محلية يمكن الوصول إليها (استخدام خادم CUPS البعيد '%1' للطباعة)" +#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 +msgid "" +"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgstr "" +"لا توجد طابعة محلية يمكن الوصول إليها (استخدام خادم CUPS البعيد '%1' للطباعة)" -#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: -#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because -#. when a client-only config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config -#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds -#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info -#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:162 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:356 +#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: +#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because +#. when a client-only config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config +#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds +#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info +#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:162 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:356 msgid "" "Started the CUPS daemon.\n" "Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" @@ -89,17 +93,17 @@ "بدأ برنامج المحرك CUPS.\n" "انتظر نصف دقيقة ليكون جاهزًا للعمل...\n" -#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) -#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. -#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. -#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. -#. (Plain busy message without title.) -#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) -#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. -#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. -#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. -#. (Plain busy message without title.) -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:176 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:372 +#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) +#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. +#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. +#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. +#. (Plain busy message without title.) +#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) +#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. +#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. +#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. +#. (Plain busy message without title.) +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:176 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:372 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon is not yet accessible.\n" "Waiting one minute so that it is ready to operate..." @@ -107,600 +111,629 @@ "لا يمكن الوصول إلى برنامج المحرك CUPS حتى الآن.\n" "انتظر دقيقة واحدة ليكون جاهزًا للعمل..." -#. Skip automated queue setup when the cupsd is not accessible up to now. -#. A special case is when the cupsd does not listen on the official IANA IPP port (631). -#. Then Printerlib::GetAndSetCupsdStatus("") returns false because it calls -#. "lpstat -h localhost -r" which fails ("-h localhost:port" would have to be used). -#. The YaST printer module does not support when the cupsd listens on a non-official port -#. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 +#. Skip automated queue setup when the cupsd is not accessible up to now. +#. A special case is when the cupsd does not listen on the official IANA IPP port (631). +#. Then Printerlib::GetAndSetCupsdStatus("") returns false because it calls +#. "lpstat -h localhost -r" which fails ("-h localhost:port" would have to be used). +#. The YaST printer module does not support when the cupsd listens on a non-official port +#. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)." msgstr "تعذر تكوين الطابعات المحلية (لا يوجد cupsd محلي يمكن الوصول إليه)" -#. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) -#. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces -#. because the current YaST UI has almost no additional -#. space between table columns: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:223 +#. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) +#. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces +#. because the current YaST UI has almost no additional +#. space between table columns: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:223 msgid "No local printer detected." msgstr "لم يتم اكتشاف أية طابعة محلية." -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls -#. the delay when cupsd updates config files (see basicadd.ycp). -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:340 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:423 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:814 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls +#. the delay when cupsd updates config files (see basicadd.ycp). +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:340 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:423 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:814 msgid "Creating New Printer Setup" msgstr "إنشاء إعداد طابعة جديدة" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:343 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:426 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:817 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:343 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:426 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:817 msgid "New Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System" msgstr "لم يتم تخزين تكوين الطابعة الجديدة حتى الآن في النظام" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:347 +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:347 msgid "This may result broken printer configurations." msgstr "قد يؤدي ذلك إلى تكوينات طابعة معطلة." -#. has almost no additional space between table columns: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:389 +#. has almost no additional space between table columns: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:389 msgid "Found existing configuration" msgstr "تم العثور على تكوين موجود" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:397 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:397 msgid "Created configuration" msgstr "تم إنشاء تكوين" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:410 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:410 msgid "No local printer configured." msgstr "لم يتم تكوين أية طابعة محلية." -#. Create titles: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:438 +#. Create titles: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:438 msgid "Printer" msgstr "الطابعة" -#. Menu title for Printer in proposals -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:440 +#. Menu title for Printer in proposals +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:440 msgid "&Printer" msgstr "الطاب&عة" -#. CheckBox to trigger an automatic configuration of local connected printers -#. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 +#. CheckBox to trigger an automatic configuration of local connected printers +#. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 msgid "&Do an automatic configuration of local connected printers now" msgstr "&قم بتكوين تلقائي للطابعات المتصلة المحلية الآن" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 +msgid "" +"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" msgstr "حدد ما إذا كان ينبغي تكوين تلقائي لطابعات USB عند التوصيل" -#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers -#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. -#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" +#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers +#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. +#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 +msgid "" +"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " +"configuration" msgstr "&استخدام حزمة udev-configure-printer للتكوين التلقائي لطابعات USB" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 msgid "Disable Remote CUPS Server '%1'" msgstr "تعطيل خادم CUPS البعيد '%1'" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." -msgstr "يتعارض إعداد خادم CUPS البعيد مع التكوين التلقائي للطباعات الخاصة بالنظام المحلي." +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 +msgid "" +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " +"printers for the local system." +msgstr "" +"يتعارض إعداد خادم CUPS البعيد مع التكوين التلقائي للطباعات الخاصة بالنظام " +"المحلي." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" msgstr "فشلت إزالة إدخال 'ServerName' من /etc/cups/client.conf" -#. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this leftover "abort" button must be explicitly hidden here: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:188 +#. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this leftover "abort" button must be explicitly hidden here: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:188 msgid "Failed to install udev-configure-printer." msgstr "فشل تثبيت udev-configure-printer." -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:201 msgid "Failed to remove udev-configure-printer." msgstr "فشلت إزالة udev-configure-printer." -#. Call the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:247 +#. Call the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:247 msgid "The automated printer configuration was in vain." msgstr "تم التكوين التلقائي للطابعات ولكن دون جدوى." -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:252 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:252 msgid "Automated printer configuration results" msgstr "نتائج التكوين التلقائي للطابعات" -#. BasicAddDialog dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. BasicModifyDialog dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:48 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:51 +#. BasicAddDialog dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. BasicModifyDialog dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:48 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:51 msgid "any model" msgstr "أي نموذج" -#. Caption for the "Add Printer" dialog (BasicAddDialog): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:51 +#. Caption for the "Add Printer" dialog (BasicAddDialog): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:51 msgid "Add New Printer Configuration" msgstr "إضافة تكوين الطابعة الجديد" -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:81 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:536 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:330 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:994 +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:81 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:536 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:330 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:994 msgid "Enter your printer model here." msgstr "أدخل طراز طابعتك هنا." -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:87 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:87 msgid "Specify the Connection" msgstr "تحديد الاتصال" -#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection -#. to show more available printer connections -#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: -#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection -#. to show more available printer connections -#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:94 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:343 +#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection +#. to show more available printer connections +#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: +#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection +#. to show more available printer connections +#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:94 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:343 msgid "&Detect More" msgstr "ال&كشف عن المزيد" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:100 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:349 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:195 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:100 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:349 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:195 msgid "Connection &Wizard" msgstr "معالج الا&تصال" -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:116 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:456 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:365 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:893 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:545 +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:116 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:456 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:365 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:893 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:545 msgid "Model" msgstr "الطراز" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:119 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:459 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:336 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:368 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:896 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:548 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:119 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:459 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:336 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:368 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:896 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:548 msgid "Connection" msgstr "الاتصال" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Print queue description (e.g. model or driver): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:122 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:462 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Print queue description (e.g. model or driver): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:122 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:462 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 msgid "Description" msgstr "وصف" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:131 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:131 msgid "Find and Assign a Driver" msgstr "العثور على برنامج تشغيل وتعيينه" -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:147 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:316 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:407 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:557 +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:147 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:316 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:407 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:557 msgid "&Search for" msgstr "&بحث عن" -#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: -#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:168 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:428 +#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: +#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:168 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:428 msgid "&Find More" msgstr "ال&عثور على المزيد" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog -#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog -#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:174 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:434 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog +#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog +#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:174 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:434 msgid "Driver &Packages" msgstr "&حزم برامج التشغيل" -#. By default there is no UserInput() -#. if only something was selected in the SelectionBox -#. (without clicking additionally a button) -#. but the notify option forces UserInput() in this case: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI -#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). -#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) -#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended -#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because -#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. -#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI -#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). -#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) -#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended -#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because -#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 +#. By default there is no UserInput() +#. if only something was selected in the SelectionBox +#. (without clicking additionally a button) +#. but the notify option forces UserInput() in this case: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI +#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). +#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) +#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended +#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because +#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. +#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI +#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). +#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) +#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended +#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because +#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 + src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 msgid "Select a driver." msgstr "حدد برنامج تشغيل." -#. If the currently used driver is replaced by another driver, -#. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 +#. If the currently used driver is replaced by another driver, +#. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 msgid "Default paper size (if printer and driver supports it)" msgstr "حجم الورق الافتراضي ‏(إذا كانت الطابعة وبرنامج التشغيل يدعمان ذلك)" -#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: -#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:220 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:574 +#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: +#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:220 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:574 msgid "Set Arbitrary &Name" msgstr "تعيين ا&سم عشوائي" -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:229 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:478 +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:229 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:478 msgid "&Use as Default" msgstr "&استخدام كافتراضي" -#. to set up HP printers: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:241 +#. to set up HP printers: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:241 msgid "Alternative setup for HP printers:" msgstr "إعداد بديل لطابعات HP:" -#. Label of a PushButton to run HPLIP's printer setup tool 'hp-setup'. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:249 +#. Label of a PushButton to run HPLIP's printer setup tool 'hp-setup'. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:249 msgid "Run &hp-setup" msgstr "تشغ&يل hp-setup" -#. printer setup tool 'hp-setup' runs in English language. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:256 +#. printer setup tool 'hp-setup' runs in English language. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:256 msgid "hp-setup runs in English language" msgstr "تشغيل hp-setup باللغة الإنجليزية" -#. nor a driver was selected: -#. Any queue or class can be tested if it is in "ready" state: -#. The URI scheme is the first word up to the ':' character in the URI: -#. Invalidate Printer::current_device_uri so that the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog -#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected -#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 +#. nor a driver was selected: +#. Any queue or class can be tested if it is in "ready" state: +#. The URI scheme is the first word up to the ':' character in the URI: +#. Invalidate Printer::current_device_uri so that the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog +#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected +#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي شيء" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when neither a connection -#. nor a driver was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:340 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when neither a connection +#. nor a driver was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:340 msgid "Select a connection and then assign a driver." msgstr "حدد اتصالاً ثم قم بتخصيص برنامج تشغيل." -#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table -#. so that this item can be preselected: -#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table -#. so that this item can be preselected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:346 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:496 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:936 +#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table +#. so that this item can be preselected: +#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table +#. so that this item can be preselected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:346 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:496 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:936 msgid "No Connection Selected" msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي اتصال" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:348 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:498 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:938 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:348 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:498 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:938 msgid "Select a connection." msgstr "حدد اتصالاً." -#. the widgets to change options for the currently used driver are recreated: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:354 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:586 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1080 +#. the widgets to change options for the currently used driver are recreated: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:354 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:586 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1080 msgid "No Driver Selected" msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي برنامج تشغيل" -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:365 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:365 msgid "No Queue Name" msgstr "لا يوجد أي اسم قائمة انتظار" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue name was entered: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:367 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue name was entered: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:367 msgid "Enter a queue name." msgstr "أدخل اسم قائمة انتظار." -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:377 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:377 msgid "Invalid Queue Name" msgstr "اسم قائمة الانتظار غير صالح" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." -msgstr "يُسمح فقط بالأحرف ‏(a-z و A-Z)‏ والأرقام (0-9) والشرطة السفلية '_' لاسم قائمة الانتظار." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 +msgid "" +"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are " +"allowed for the queue name." +msgstr "" +"يُسمح فقط بالأحرف ‏(a-z و A-Z)‏ والأرقام (0-9) والشرطة السفلية '_' لاسم قائمة " +"الانتظار." -#. when a queue name is changed to be valid: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 +#. when a queue name is changed to be valid: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 msgid "Confirm Validated Queue Name" msgstr "تأكيد اسم قائمة الانتظار الذي تمت مراجعته" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when a queue name was automatically changed to be valid -#. where %1 will be replaced by the old invalid queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when a queue name was automatically changed to be valid +#. where %1 will be replaced by the old invalid queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395 msgid "'%1' is invalid or it exists already. Use '%2' instead?" msgstr "'%1' غير صالح أو موجود بالفعل. استخدم '%2' بدلاً منه؟" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "إذا لم يظهر في مربع الحوار التالي تكوين الطابعة الجديدة كما هو متوقع، فانتظر قليلاً ثم استخدم زر 'تجديد القائمة'." +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 +msgid "" +"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " +"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "" +"إذا لم يظهر في مربع الحوار التالي تكوين الطابعة الجديدة كما هو متوقع، فانتظر " +"قليلاً ثم استخدم زر 'تجديد القائمة'." -#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called -#. and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:802 +#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called +#. and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:802 msgid "Failed to run hp-setup." msgstr "فشل تشغيل hp-setup." -#. Title of the Basic Modify Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:100 +#. Title of the Basic Modify Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:100 msgid "Modify %1" msgstr "تعديل %1" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to a dialog -#. to set all available options for the printer driver -#. which is currently used for a print queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:147 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to a dialog +#. to set all available options for the printer driver +#. which is currently used for a print queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:147 msgid "All &Options for the Current Driver" msgstr "كافة ال&خيارات لبرنامج تشغيل الطابعة الحالي" -#. DefaultPageSize is required according to the Adobe PPD specification. -#. Nevertheless we don't rely on correct PPDs (e.g. whatever "third-party" PPDs) -#. and test if it really exists in the actually used PPD: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:224 +#. DefaultPageSize is required according to the Adobe PPD specification. +#. Nevertheless we don't rely on correct PPDs (e.g. whatever "third-party" PPDs) +#. and test if it really exists in the actually used PPD: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:224 msgid "Default Paper Size of the Current Driver" msgstr "حجم الورق الافتراضي لبرنامج التشغيل الحالي" -#. Usually the id in the connection items is the matching index number in the connections list. -#. Here the id of the current connection is set to -1 because the uri of the current connection -#. is derived from the queues list and this uri may be not present in the connections list -#. for example when the queue has a special non-autodetectable DeviceURI (e.g. for iPrint) -#. or when the queue is for an USB printer which is currently not connected (e.g. a laptop user). -#. Therefore -1 (which means "invalid index number in the connections list") is used to be safe -#. and additionally -1 is used to distinguish when the current connection is kept -#. or when the connection was modified (then the id would be > 0 and valid in the connections list). -#. The current_connection item is preselected because it is the first entry in the -#. table of connections via prepend(): -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:298 +#. Usually the id in the connection items is the matching index number in the connections list. +#. Here the id of the current connection is set to -1 because the uri of the current connection +#. is derived from the queues list and this uri may be not present in the connections list +#. for example when the queue has a special non-autodetectable DeviceURI (e.g. for iPrint) +#. or when the queue is for an USB printer which is currently not connected (e.g. a laptop user). +#. Therefore -1 (which means "invalid index number in the connections list") is used to be safe +#. and additionally -1 is used to distinguish when the current connection is kept +#. or when the connection was modified (then the id would be > 0 and valid in the connections list). +#. The current_connection item is preselected because it is the first entry in the +#. table of connections via prepend(): +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:298 msgid "Current Connection" msgstr "الاتصال الحالي" -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. -#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" -msgstr "لم يتم تشغيل أي برنامج تشغيل (إنها قائمة انتظار 'أولية' أو يتم استخدام 'برنامج نصي للواجهة بالنمط V للنظام')" +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. +#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 +msgid "" +"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface " +"script' is used)" +msgstr "" +"لم يتم تشغيل أي برنامج تشغيل (إنها قائمة انتظار 'أولية' أو يتم استخدام " +"'برنامج نصي للواجهة بالنمط V للنظام')" -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 msgid "Current Driver" msgstr "برنامج التشغيل الحالي" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 msgid "Adjust Options of the Current Driver or Assign a Different Driver" msgstr "قم بتعديل خيارات برنامج التشغيل الحالي أو تعيين برنامج تشغيل آخر" -#. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 +#. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 msgid "Description &Text" msgstr "&نص الوصف" -#. Label of a TextEntry for printer location string: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:469 +#. Label of a TextEntry for printer location string: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:469 msgid "&Location" msgstr "المو&قع" -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to accept print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:485 +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to accept print jobs: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:485 msgid "Accept Print &Jobs" msgstr "قبول &مهام الطباعة" -#. CheckBox to enable printing for a local print queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:492 +#. CheckBox to enable printing for a local print queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:492 msgid "&Enable Printing" msgstr "تمكين ال&طباعة" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:759 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:759 msgid "Failed to modify %1." msgstr "فشل تعديل %1." -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:816 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:816 msgid "Modifying Printer Setup" msgstr "تعديل إعداد الطابعة" -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:819 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:819 msgid "Modified Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System" msgstr "لم يتم تخزين تكوين الطابعة المعدل حتى الآن في النظام" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::WarningDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "إذا لم يظهر في مربع الحوار التالي التعديلات المتوقعة، فانتظر قليلاً ثم استخدم زر 'تجديد القائمة'." +#. Explanation details of a Popup::WarningDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 +msgid "" +"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " +"and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "" +"إذا لم يظهر في مربع الحوار التالي التعديلات المتوقعة، فانتظر قليلاً ثم استخدم " +"زر 'تجديد القائمة'." -#. Exit this dialog in any case: -#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: -#. Have the PageSize option topmost: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 +#. Exit this dialog in any case: +#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: +#. Have the PageSize option topmost: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 msgid "No driver options available" msgstr "لا تتوفر أية خيارات لبرنامج التشغيل" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 msgid "Possible reasons: Nothing selected or it is a remote configuration." msgstr "الأسباب المحتملة: لم يتم تحديد أي عنصر أو التكوين تكوين عن بُعد." -#. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 +#. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 msgid "Keep the printer model or select another &manufacturer" msgstr "الاحتفاظ بطراز الطابعة أو تحديد &شركة مصنّعة أخرى" -#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally -#. keep the printer model or select a printer manufacturer. -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" -msgstr "الاحتفاظ بالطراز أو تحديد &شركة مصنعة إذا لم يكن إعداد 'قائمة الانتظار raw' ضروريًا" +#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally +#. keep the printer model or select a printer manufacturer. +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 +msgid "" +"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgstr "" +"الاحتفاظ بالطراز أو تحديد &شركة مصنعة إذا لم يكن إعداد 'قائمة الانتظار raw' " +"ضروريًا" -#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 +#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 msgid "Select the printer &manufacturer" msgstr "تحديد الش&ركة المصنّعة للطابعة" -#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally select the printer manufacturer. -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 +#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally select the printer manufacturer. +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up." -msgstr "تحديد الشركة الم&صنعة للطابعة إذا لم يكن إعداد 'قائمة الانتظار raw' ضروريًا." +msgstr "" +"تحديد الشركة الم&صنعة للطابعة إذا لم يكن إعداد 'قائمة الانتظار raw' ضروريًا." -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:560 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1742 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:560 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1742 msgid "&IP Address or Host Name" msgstr "&عنوان IP أو اسم المضيف" -#. No URIpercentDecoding/Encondin(hostname) is done -#. when it contains a '@' because a lpd URI can be of the form -#. lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. and a ipp/http URI can be of the form -#. ipp://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. http://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=512549 -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:569 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1734 +#. No URIpercentDecoding/Encondin(hostname) is done +#. when it contains a '@' because a lpd URI can be of the form +#. lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. and a ipp/http URI can be of the form +#. ipp://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. http://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=512549 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:569 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1734 msgid "&IP Address or Host Name [percent-encoded]" msgstr "ع&نوان IP أو اسم المضيف [percent-encoded]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:576 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1755 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:576 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1755 msgid "Look up" msgstr "البحث عن" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to search for remote servers -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:580 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1759 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to search for remote servers +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:580 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1759 msgid "Look up for All Hosts" msgstr "البحث عن كافة الأجهزة المضيفة" -#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: -#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 +#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: +#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 msgid "Optional 'option=value' parameter (usually empty) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "المعلمة 'الخيار = القيمة' الاختيارية (فارغ عادةً) [percent-encoded]" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:599 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1596 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1784 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1899 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:599 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1596 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1784 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1899 msgid "&Test Connection" msgstr "ا&ختبار الاتصال" -#. in the Connection Wizard but the RPM package hplip is not installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:639 +#. in the Connection Wizard but the RPM package hplip is not installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:639 msgid "" "To access a HP device via the 'hp' backend,\n" "the RPM package hplip must be installed." @@ -708,66 +741,67 @@ "للوصول إلى جهاز HP من خلال خلفية 'hp'،\n" "يجب تثبيت hplip لحزمة RPM." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644 msgid "The RPM package hplip is not installed." msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت hplip لحزمة rpm." -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. a serial device node (e.g. /dev/ttyS0 or /dev/ttyS1) -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:993 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. a serial device node (e.g. /dev/ttyS0 or /dev/ttyS1) +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:993 msgid "&Serial device" msgstr "الجهاز التس&لسلي" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the baud rate for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1007 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the baud rate for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1007 msgid "&Baud rate" msgstr "معدل البا&ود" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the number of data bits for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1023 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the number of data bits for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1023 msgid "&Data bits" msgstr "وحدات بت الب&يانات" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the parity checking for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1037 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the parity checking for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1037 msgid "&Parity checking" msgstr "تدقيق التما&ثل" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the flow control for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1053 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the flow control for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1053 msgid "&Flow control" msgstr "التحك&م في التدفق" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the number of stop bits for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1067 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the number of stop bits for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1067 msgid "S&top bits" msgstr "إيقا&ف وحدات البت" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 +msgid "" +"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." msgstr "للوصول إلى طابعة bluetooth، يجب تثبيت bluez-cups لحزمة RPM." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1092 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1092 msgid "The RPM package bluez-cups is not installed." msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت bluez-cups لحزمة RPM." -#. Fallback message what the user may run manually when it fails -#. to generate a valid list of bluetooth device IDs: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1098 +#. Fallback message what the user may run manually when it fails +#. to generate a valid list of bluetooth device IDs: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1098 msgid "" "It seems there are no bluetooth device IDs.\n" "Run 'hcitool scan' to get the bluetooth device IDs.\n" @@ -777,332 +811,334 @@ "شغل 'فحص hcitool' للحصول على معرفات أجهزة bluetooth .\n" "أدخل المعرف بدون نقطتين مثل '1A2B3C4D5E6F'." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1107 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1107 msgid "Retrieving bluetooth device IDs..." msgstr "استرداد معرفات أجهزة bluetooth..." -#. The command "hcitool scan" might need very much time or hang up. -#. To kill exactly hcitool there is the workaround via the temporary file because -#. hcitool scan | grep '...' & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! -#. would kill only grep and -#. ( hcitool scan | grep '...' ) & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! -#. would kill only the sub shell. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1119 +#. The command "hcitool scan" might need very much time or hang up. +#. To kill exactly hcitool there is the workaround via the temporary file because +#. hcitool scan | grep '...' & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! +#. would kill only grep and +#. ( hcitool scan | grep '...' ) & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! +#. would kill only the sub shell. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1119 msgid "Failed to get a list of bluetooth device IDs." msgstr "فشل الحصول على قائمة بمعرفات أجهزة bluetooth." -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. a bluetooth device ID -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1212 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. a bluetooth device ID +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1212 msgid "&Bluetooth device ID" msgstr "معرف جهاز &Bluetooth" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1218 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1218 msgid "Currently available bluetooth device IDs" msgstr "معرفات أجهزة bluetooth المتوفرة حاليًا" -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for the TCP port number: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1268 +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for the TCP port number: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1268 msgid "Scan for Direct Socket Servers" msgstr "البحث عن خوادم مآخذ التوصيل المباشرة" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1269 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1269 msgid "TCP Port Number" msgstr "رقم منفذ TCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for name of printer queue -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for name of printer queue -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1326 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1653 +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for name of printer queue +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for name of printer queue +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1326 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1653 msgid "Scan for LPD Servers" msgstr "البحث عن خوادم LPD" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1327 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1327 msgid "Queue Name (see the printer's manual)" msgstr "اسم قائمة الانتظار (انظر دليل الطابعة)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Input field label -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1393 +#. TRANSLATORS: Input field label +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1393 msgid "URI (see the printer's manual) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "URI (انظر دليل للطابعة) [percent-encoded]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 +msgid "" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " +"installed." msgstr "للوصول إلى مشاركة طابعة SMB، يجب تثبيت samba-client لحزمة RPM." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1418 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1418 msgid "The RPM package samba-client is not installed." msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت samba-client لحزمة RPM." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for remote server name -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1526 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for remote server name +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1526 msgid "&Server (NetBIOS Host Name)" msgstr "ال&خادم (اسم المضيف NetBIOS)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for printer name -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for printer name +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1535 msgid "&Printer (Share Name)" msgstr "ال&طابعة (اسم المشاركة)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for samba domain -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1545 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for samba domain +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1545 msgid "&Workgroup (Domain Name)" msgstr "&مجموعة العمل (اسم النطاق)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1552 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1552 msgid "Authentication (if needed)" msgstr "المصادقة (إذا لزم الأمر)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1555 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1555 msgid "Use fixed username and password" msgstr "استخدام كلمة السر واسم المستخدم المحددين" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1565 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1565 msgid "&User" msgstr "مس&تخدم" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1573 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1573 msgid "Pass&word" msgstr "&كلمة السر" -#. A CheckBox to support Active Directory (R): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1585 +#. A CheckBox to support Active Directory (R): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1585 msgid "Support for &Active Directory (R)" msgstr "دعم لل&دليل النشط (R)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Label for menu to search for remote servers -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for name of remote printer queue -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1654 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1765 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1872 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label for menu to search for remote servers +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for name of remote printer queue +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1654 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1765 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1872 msgid "Queue Name" msgstr "اسم قائمة الانتظار" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1757 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1757 msgid "Scan for IPP Servers" msgstr "البحث عن خوادم LPD" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1758 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1758 msgid "Scan for IPP Broadcasts" msgstr "بحث عن عمليات نشر IPP" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed." msgstr "للوصول إلى قائمة انتظار طباعة IPX، يجب تثبيت ncpfs لحزمة RPM." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1808 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1808 msgid "The RPM package ncpfs is not installed." msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت ncpfs لحزمة RPM." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1864 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1864 msgid "IP Address or Host Name" msgstr "عنوان IP أو اسم المضيف" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1878 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1878 msgid "Authenticate as" msgstr "التصديق كـ" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1883 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1883 msgid "User" msgstr "مستخدم" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1889 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1889 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&كلمة السر" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1976 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1976 msgid "URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "URI (معرف الموارد الموحد) [percent-encoded]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." msgstr "للطباعة عبر 'المسار'، يجب تثبيت cups-backends لحزمة RPM." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed." msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت cups-backends لحزمة RPM." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "برنامج (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." msgstr "لاستخدام \"beh\"، يجب تثبيت cups-backends لحزمة RPM." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "URI الخاص بالجهاز (حيث ينبغي تطبيق 'beh') [percent-encoded]" -#. TRANSLATORS: Check box -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 +#. TRANSLATORS: Check box +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 msgid "Never Disable the Queue" msgstr "عدم تعطيل قائمة الانتظار مطلقًا" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)" msgstr "عدد إعادة المحاولات (يعني الرقم '0' عددًا لا نهائي من إعادة المحاولات)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries" msgstr "التأخير بين مرتين من إعادة المحاولة" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 msgid "Select a specific connection type." msgstr "حدد نوع اتصال معين." -#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 msgid "&Connection Type" msgstr "نوع الات&صال" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 msgid "Directly Connected Device" msgstr "جهاز متصل مباشرةً" -#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: -#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 +#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 msgid "USB Port" msgstr "منفذ USB" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)" msgstr "أجهزة HP (HPLIP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: -#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via" msgstr "الوصول إلى طابعة الشبكة أو مربع خادم الطباعة من خلال" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)" msgstr "منفذ TCP (AppSocket/JetDirect)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" msgstr "بروتوكول خدمة تلقي الملفات للطباعة (LPD)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" msgstr "بروتوكول الطباعة عبر الإنترنت (IPP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 msgid "Print via Print Server Machine" msgstr "الطباعة عبر جهاز خادم الطباعة" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)" msgstr "Windows (R) أو Samba (SMB/CIFS)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)" msgstr "خادم UNIX التقليدي (LPR/LPD)" -#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 +#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)" msgstr "خادم CUPS ‏(IPP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 msgid "Special" msgstr "خاص" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI" msgstr "تحديد URI للجهاز الإجباري" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)" msgstr "إرسال بيانات طباعة لبرنامج آخر (ممر بيانات)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)" msgstr "معالج الأخطاء في الخلفية لسلسلة الأجهزة (سلوك)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 msgid "Connection Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الاتصال" -#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. -#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is -#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) -#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." -#. In this case the "overview" is not the actual Overview dialog but the dialog -#. from which this DriverOptionsDialog was called i.e. BasicModifyDialog. -#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all -#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". -#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 +#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. +#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is +#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) +#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." +#. In this case the "overview" is not the actual Overview dialog but the dialog +#. from which this DriverOptionsDialog was called i.e. BasicModifyDialog. +#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all +#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". +#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 msgid "Connection Wizard" msgstr "منفذ الاتصال" -#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=580121 -#. and http://www.cups.org/str.php?L3500 -#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. -#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. -#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 +#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=580121 +#. and http://www.cups.org/str.php?L3500 +#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. +#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. +#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped." msgstr "في CUPS الإصدار 1.5، يتم إسقاط دعم الطابعة SCSI." -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 +#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 msgid "" "An untested and insecure workaround might be\n" "to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n" @@ -1112,16 +1148,16 @@ "لتعيين 'FileDevice Yes' في cupsd.conf\n" "واستخدام مسار جهاز DeviceURI مثل 'file:/dev/sg...'" -#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP -#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here -#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 +#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP +#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here +#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 msgid "Select a connection" msgstr "تحديد اتصال" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected -#. because there is no connection available to be selected: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected +#. because there is no connection available to be selected: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 msgid "" "If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n" "to access the device via this type of connection.\n" @@ -1131,13 +1167,13 @@ "الوصول إلى الجهاز عبر هذا النوع من الاتصال.\n" "هل كانت الطابعة متصلة وفي وضع التشغيل طوال الوقت؟" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 msgid "Select a valid connection" msgstr "تحديد اتصال صالح" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected -#. because the current connection is no longer valid: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected +#. because the current connection is no longer valid: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 msgid "" "When the current connection is no longer valid,\n" "it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n" @@ -1147,91 +1183,93 @@ "فلن يمكن الوصول إلى الجهاز عبر هذا الاتصال.\n" "هل الطابعة لا تزال متصلة وفي وضع التشغيل؟" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty." msgstr "تعذر أن يكون الجهاز التسلسلي ومعدل الباود فارغين." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits." msgstr "لا يتم دعم تدقيق التماثل 'الفارغ' إلا مع 7 وحدات بت البيانات." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 -msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." -msgstr "لا يتم دعم تدقيق التماثل 'الفارغ' إلا مع 7 وحدات بت البيانات و1 بت إيقاف." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 +msgid "" +"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgstr "" +"لا يتم دعم تدقيق التماثل 'الفارغ' إلا مع 7 وحدات بت البيانات و1 بت إيقاف." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." msgstr "تعذر أن يكون معرف جهاز Bluetooth فارغًا." -#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values -#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 +#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values +#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 msgid "URI could not be empty." msgstr "تعذر أن يكون URI فارغًا." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty." msgstr "تعذر أن يكون اسم الخادم والطابعة فارغين." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 msgid "Both user and password must be specified." msgstr "يجب تحديد كل من المستخدم وكلمة السر." -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. -#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name -#. -#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. +#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name +#. +#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 msgid "Servername could not be empty." msgstr "تعذر أن يكون اسم الخادم فارغًا." -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in lpd_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because lpd_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in lpd_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because lpd_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty." msgstr "تعذر أن يكون اسم الخادم وقائمة الانتظار فارغين." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." msgstr "تعذر أن يكون URI للجهاز وعدد مرات إعادة المحاولة فارغين." -#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe -#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 +#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe +#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 msgid "Could not be empty." msgstr "تعذر أن يكون فارغًا." -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'." msgstr "حدد الشركة المصنعة أو 'قائمة الانتظار raw'." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network" msgstr "البحث عن كافة الأجهزة المضيفة في الشبكة المحلية" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 msgid "" "Please wait...\n" "This could take more than a minute." @@ -1239,36 +1277,37 @@ "الرجاء الانتظار...\n" "يمكن أن يستغرق ذلك أكثر من دقيقة." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1" msgstr "البحث عن الأجهزة المضيفة التي يمكن الوصول إليها عبر منفذ TCP‏ %1" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)" msgstr "البحث عن الأجهزة المضيفة التي يمكن الوصول إليها عبر Samba ‏(SMB)" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)" msgstr "البحث عن الأجهزة المضيفة التي يمكن الوصول إليها عبر منفذ 515 (LPD/LPR)" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)" -msgstr "البحث عن الأجهزة المضيفة التي يمكن الوصول إليها عبر منفذ 631 (CUPS/IPP)" +msgstr "" +"البحث عن الأجهزة المضيفة التي يمكن الوصول إليها عبر منفذ 631 (CUPS/IPP)" -#. hosts = (list<string>)filter (string h, hosts, ``{ -#. list queues = (list<string>)SCR::Read (.cups.remote, h); -#. return size (queues) > 0; -#. }); -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 +#. hosts = (list<string>)filter (string h, hosts, ``{ +#. list queues = (list<string>)SCR::Read (.cups.remote, h); +#. return size (queues) > 0; +#. }); +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 msgid "" "Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n" "(Network issue or firewall active?)" @@ -1276,26 +1315,26 @@ "لم يسفر البحث في الشبكة عن العثور على أي مضيف.\n" "(هل توجد مشكلة في الشبكة أو جدار حماية نشط؟)" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "فشل اختبار الوصول للمنفذ '%1' الموجود على المضيف '%2'." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "فشل اختبار الوصول لقائمة الانتظار '%1' الموجودة على المضيف '%2'." -#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 +#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 msgid "" "This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n" "if authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\n" @@ -1307,243 +1346,248 @@ "في هذه الحالة، يجب على المستخدم المسموح له بالطباعة عبر الدليل النشط (R) \n" "تسجيل الدخول بنفسه واختبار ما إذا كان يمكنه الطباعة من Gnome أو KDE." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "يبلغ الاختبار العام عن وجود حالات فشل في مشاركة '%1' على المضيف '%2'." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "فشل اختبار الوصول للمشاركة '%1' على المضيف '%2'." -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 msgid "Test OK" msgstr "تم الاختبار بنجاح" -#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) -#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 -msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." +#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) +#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 +msgid "" +"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " +"installed." msgstr "لدعم الدليل النشط (R)، يجب تثبيت samba-krb-printing لحزمة RPM." -#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 +#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." msgstr "سيتم تعطيل دعم الدليل النشط (R) لكافة قوائم انتظار الطباعة SMB." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/printer/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of printer -#. Summary: DialogTree definition -#. Authors: Michal Zugec <mzugec@suse.de> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:107 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:109 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:176 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/printer/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of printer +#. Summary: DialogTree definition +#. Authors: Michal Zugec <mzugec@suse.de> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:107 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:109 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Printer Configurations" msgstr "تكوينات الطابعة" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:114 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:115 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:114 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Print via Network" msgstr "الطباعة من خلال الشبكة" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:121 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:122 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:121 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Share Printers" msgstr "مشاركة الطابعات" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:128 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:129 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:128 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:129 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:130 msgid "Policies" msgstr "السياسات" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Automatic Configuration" msgstr "التكوين التلقائي" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:175 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:175 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:177 msgid "AutoYaST Printer Configurations" msgstr "تكوينات الطابعة AutoYaST" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "AutoYaST Print via Network Settings" msgstr "طباعة AutoYaST عبر إعدادات الشبكة" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Detected Printers" msgstr "الطابعات المكتشفة:" -#. All the dialogs in "ids_order" are single (step) configuration dialogs -#. and according to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. -#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is -#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) -#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." -#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all -#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:222 +#. All the dialogs in "ids_order" are single (step) configuration dialogs +#. and according to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. +#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is +#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) +#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." +#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all +#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "AutoYaST Settings for Printing with CUPS via Network" msgstr "إعدادات AutoYaST للطباعة مع CUPS عبر الشبكة" -#. AddDriver dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:47 +#. AddDriver dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:47 msgid "Driver Packages" msgstr "حزم برنامج التشغيل" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. add or remove printer driver packages: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:98 +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. add or remove printer driver packages: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:98 msgid "Install or Remove Printer Driver Packages" msgstr "تثبيت حزم برنامج تشغيل الطابعة أو إزالتها" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111 msgid "Printer Description Files for Ghostscript Drivers" msgstr "ملفات وصف الطابعة لبرامج تشغيل Ghostscript" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:122 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:122 msgid "Printer Description Files for some PCL Printers" msgstr "ملفات وصف الطابعة لبعض طابعات PCL" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:133 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:133 msgid "Printer Description Files for PostScript Printers" msgstr "ملفات وصف الطابعة لطابعات PostScript" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package gutenprint. -#. There is no need to have the package name "gutenprint" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#. Do not change or translate "Gutenprint", it is a open source project name. -#. Do not change or translate "Gimp-Print", it is a open source project name. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:146 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package gutenprint. +#. There is no need to have the package name "gutenprint" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#. Do not change or translate "Gutenprint", it is a open source project name. +#. Do not change or translate "Gimp-Print", it is a open source project name. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:146 msgid "Gutenprint/Gimp-Print Driver" msgstr "برنامج تشغيل Gutenprint/Gimp-Print" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver packages hplip and hplip-hpijs. -#. There is no need to have the package names "hplip" and "hplip-hpijs" in this text -#. because they are shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:157 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver packages hplip and hplip-hpijs. +#. There is no need to have the package names "hplip" and "hplip-hpijs" in this text +#. because they are shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:157 msgid "Driver for HP Printers and HP All-in-One Devices" msgstr "برنامج تشغيل طابعات HP وأجهزة HP الكل في واحد" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package manufacturer-PPDs. -#. There is no need to have the package name "manufacturer-PPDs" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:168 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package manufacturer-PPDs. +#. There is no need to have the package name "manufacturer-PPDs" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:168 msgid "Manufacturer's PostScript Printer Description Files" msgstr "ملفات وصف طابعة PostScript الخاصة بالشركة المصنعة" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package splix. -#. There is no need to have the package name "splix" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:179 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package splix. +#. There is no need to have the package name "splix" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:179 msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG" msgstr "برنامج تشغيل SpliX لطابعات SPL بدون JBIG" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. -#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. +#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver" msgstr "برنامج تشغيل الطابعة النافثة للحبر Epson ESC/P-R" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available -#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available +#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available" msgstr "التأكد من إتاحة ملف وصف الطابعة" -#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 +#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located" msgstr "وصف الطابعة واسم الم&لف مع المسار الكامل للموقع" -#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box -#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 +#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box +#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "استعرا&ض" -#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog -#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 +#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog +#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 msgid "Select a printer description file" msgstr "تحديد ملف وصف طابعة" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 msgid "Cannot access '%1'" msgstr "تعذر الوصول إلى '%1'" -#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here -#. and there is nothing else to be done after this: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 -msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here +#. and there is nothing else to be done after this: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 +msgid "" +"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "ملف وصف الطابعة غير مطابق للمواصفات." -#. when a PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 +#. when a PPD file is not in compliance: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?" msgstr "هل تريد استخدام ملف وصف الطابعة بغض النظر عن أخطائه؟" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 -msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." -msgstr "قد يتسبب ملف وصف الطابعة غير المتوافق في حدوث محاولات فاشلة بشكلٍ عشوائي." +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when PPD file is not in compliance: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 +msgid "" +"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgstr "" +"قد يتسبب ملف وصف الطابعة غير المتوافق في حدوث محاولات فاشلة بشكلٍ عشوائي." -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" msgstr "فشل توفير ملف وصف الطابعة" -#. Title of the Driver Options Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: -#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:55 +#. Title of the Driver Options Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: +#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:55 msgid "Driver Options for Queue %1" msgstr "خيارات برنامج التشغيل لقائمة الانتظار %1" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138 msgid "Failed to set driver options for queue %1." msgstr "فشل إعداد خيارات برنامج التشغيل لقائمة الانتظار %1." -#. Read dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37 +#. Read dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Initializing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1553,8 +1597,8 @@ "<b><big>تتم الآن تهيئة تكوين الطابعة</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Finishing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1564,19 +1608,21 @@ "<b><big>إنهاء تكوين الطابعة</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:51 +#. Overview dialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " +"printer\n" "device.<br>\n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " +"printer.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -1587,12 +1633,14 @@ "الطابعة.<br>\n" "من الممكن أن توجد عدة قوائم انتظار لجهاز\n" "الطابعة نفسها.\n" -"على سبيل المثال، قائمة انتظار ثانية مع برنامج تشغيل أحادي اللون فقط لجهاز ملون\n" -"أو قائمة انتظار PostScript وقائمة انتظار مع برنامج تشغيل PCL لطابعة PostScript+PCL.\n" +"على سبيل المثال، قائمة انتظار ثانية مع برنامج تشغيل أحادي اللون فقط لجهاز " +"ملون\n" +"أو قائمة انتظار PostScript وقائمة انتظار مع برنامج تشغيل PCL لطابعة " +"PostScript+PCL.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65 +#. Overview dialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Using Remote Queues:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1614,8 +1662,8 @@ "متوفرة بالفعل عن طريق قائمة انتظار بعيدة.<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:77 +#. Overview dialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:77 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Configure a printer:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1627,8 +1675,8 @@ "اضغط <b>إضافة</b> لإعداد قائمة انتظار جديدة لأحد أجهزة الطابعات.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:84 +#. Overview dialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Change the settings for a queue:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1640,8 +1688,8 @@ "حدد قائمة انتظار محلية واضغط <b>تحرير</b>.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:91 +#. Overview dialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Remove a queue:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1653,8 +1701,8 @@ "حدد قائمة انتظار محلية ثم اضغط <b>حذف</b>.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:98 +#. Overview dialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:98 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Print a test page:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1666,8 +1714,8 @@ "حدد قائمة الانتظار ثم اضغط<b> طباعة صفحة اختبار</b>.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:105 +#. Overview dialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Refresh the list of queues:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1689,8 +1737,8 @@ "قائمة محدثة تتضمن قوائم الانتظار البعيدة المتوفرة.\n" "</p>\n" -#. AutoYaST Overview dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:118 +#. AutoYaST Overview dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>AutoYaST Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1704,21 +1752,26 @@ "لا يوجد أي دعم AutoYaST لإعداد قوائم انتظار الطباعة المحلية.\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:127 +#. BasicAddDialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big></b><br>\n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>\n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device." +"<br>\n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " +"device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " +"drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " +"printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " +"quality).\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -1731,12 +1784,14 @@ "عدة برامج تشغيل طابعة مختلفة لنفس جهاز الطابعة.\n" "على سبيل المثال قائمة انتظار ثانية لبرنامج تشغيل أحادي اللون فقط\n" "لفرض إخراج نسخة مطبوعة بالأسود فقط على جهاز ملون\n" -"أو قائمة انتظار PostScript وقائمة انتظار مع برنامج تشغيل PCL لطابعة PostScript+PCL\n" -"نظرًا لأن عادةً ما تكون الطباعة عن طريق برنامج التشغيل PCL أسرع (ولكن بجودة أقل).\n" +"أو قائمة انتظار PostScript وقائمة انتظار مع برنامج تشغيل PCL لطابعة " +"PostScript+PCL\n" +"نظرًا لأن عادةً ما تكون الطباعة عن طريق برنامج التشغيل PCL أسرع (ولكن بجودة " +"أقل).\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:143 +#. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To set up a new queue:<br>\n" @@ -1752,11 +1807,12 @@ "بإعداد اسم قائمة انتظار فريد.\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 +#. BasicAddDialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer " +"device.<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1764,8 +1820,10 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " +"else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " +"device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1783,14 +1841,15 @@ "يجب استخدام الاتصال hp:/...'.\n" "</p>\n" -#. BasicAddDialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:168 +#. BasicAddDialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model.<br>\n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." +"<br>\n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1815,7 +1874,8 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer.<br>\n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " +"model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -1838,7 +1898,8 @@ " <b> برنامج التشغيل </b> يحدد أنه تم إصدار البيانات الصحيحة \n" "لطراز طابعة محدد.<br>\n" "في حالة تعيين برنامج تشغيل خاطئ، يتم إرسال بيانات خاطئة إلى الطابعة\n" -"مما ينتج عنه إصدار نسخة مطبوعة سيئة أو مشوشة أو عدم إصدار أية نسخة مطبوعة على الإطلاق.<br>\n" +"مما ينتج عنه إصدار نسخة مطبوعة سيئة أو مشوشة أو عدم إصدار أية نسخة مطبوعة " +"على الإطلاق.<br>\n" " مبدئيًا يتم تعيين حقل إدخال سلسلة بحث برامج التشغيل مسبقًا \n" "مع اسم الطراز الذي يتم اكتشافه تلقائيًا الخاص بالاتصال المحدد حاليًا\n" "بالإضافة إلى عرض برامج التشغيل التي يتوافق وصفها مع اسم الطراز\n" @@ -1847,13 +1908,15 @@ " وبدت أوصاف برامج التشغيل المتوافقة تنتمي إلى نفس الطراز،\n" "يتم ترتيب أوصاف البرنامج حيث يجب سرد\n" "برنامج التشغيل الأكثر صلاحية بالأعلى ويتم تحديده مسبقًا بشكل تلقائي.\n" -"أما في حالة عدم تحديد أي برنامج تشغيل بشكل مسبق تلقائيًا، يجب البحث يدويًا عن برنامج تشغيل ملائم\n" +"أما في حالة عدم تحديد أي برنامج تشغيل بشكل مسبق تلقائيًا، يجب البحث يدويًا عن " +"برنامج تشغيل ملائم\n" "وتحديده.<br>\n" " ومن ناحية أخرى، إذا تم تحديد برنامج تشغيل بشكل مسبق تلقائيًا،\n" "فهذا لا يعني بالضرورة أن برنامج التشغيل\n" "برنامج تشغيل ملائم لاحتياجاتك الخاصة.\n" "بمعنى أدق قد لا يعمل\n" -"برنامج التشغيل المحدد مسبقًا بشكل تلقائي على الإطلاق مع طراز الطابعة المحدد لديك.\n" +"برنامج التشغيل المحدد مسبقًا بشكل تلقائي على الإطلاق مع طراز الطابعة المحدد " +"لديك.\n" "ويرجع السبب في ذلك أنه\n" " قد يعتمد تحديد برنامج التشغيل المؤتمت على مقارنة السلاسل فقط\n" "(اسم الطراز المكتشَف تلقائيًا وأوصاف برامج التشغيل)\n" @@ -1862,7 +1925,8 @@ "وبالتالي تحقق من أن القيم المحددة مسبقًا صالحة\n" "ولا تتردد في تجريب الإعدادات وتعديلها\n" " لما هو أفضل مع طابعتك.<br>\n" -" في حالة عدم توافق أي وصف برنامج تشغيل مع اسم الطراز الذي تم اكتشافه تلقائيًا،\n" +" في حالة عدم توافق أي وصف برنامج تشغيل مع اسم الطراز الذي تم اكتشافه " +"تلقائيًا،\n" " فلا يعني هذا بالضرورة عدم توفر أي برنامج تشغيل يتوافق مع الطراز.\n" "فغالبًا ما يكون اسم الطراز الموجود في أوصاف الطراز\n" " مختلفًا عن اسم الطراز الذي تم اكتشافه تلقائيًا فقط.\n" @@ -1870,7 +1934,8 @@ " والبحث خلال جميع أوصاف برامج التشغيل المتوفرة.<br>\n" "وغالبًا يجب أن تكون إعدادات خيار برنامج التشغيل الافتراضية صالحة\n" " حتى يعمل برنامج التشغيل مع طراز الطابعة المعين لديك.\n" -" كما يجب أن تتوافق بعض إعدادات خيارات برنامج التشغيل مع الطابعة المحددة لديك \n" +" كما يجب أن تتوافق بعض إعدادات خيارات برنامج التشغيل مع الطابعة المحددة " +"لديك \n" "وبالأخص يجب أن يتوافق إعداد حجم الورقة الافتراضي\n" " مع الورقة التي يتم تحميلها بالفعل إلى طابعتك.\n" " يمكنك الاختيار بشكل واضح بين A4 أو Letter كحجم ورقة افتراضي \n" @@ -1882,8 +1947,8 @@ "يجب أولاً إعداد قائمة الانتظار، ثم بإمكانك\n" " تعديل كافة خيارات برنامج التشغيل في مربع الحوار ‘تحرير/تعديل’.n</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:218 +#. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:218 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Application programs do not show the actual printer device\n" @@ -1899,8 +1964,8 @@ " في اسم قائمة الانتظار، كما يجب أن يبدأ الاسم بحرف.\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:227 +#. BasicAddDialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<p>\n" "One of the print queues may be set to be <b>used by default</b>.<br>\n" @@ -1922,16 +1987,18 @@ "وذلك في حالة عدم تحديد أية قائمة انتظار طباعة أخرى من قبل المستخدم.\n" "ولكن لا يوجد مثل قائمة الانتظار الافتراضية \"الوحيدة\".\n" "بجانب قائمة الانتظار الافتراضية للنظام، يمكن لأي مستخدم صيانة\n" -"إعداد قائمة الانتظار الافتراضي الخاص به، علاوة على أنه بإمكان أي برنامج تطبيق\n" +"إعداد قائمة الانتظار الافتراضي الخاص به، علاوة على أنه بإمكان أي برنامج " +"تطبيق\n" "تنفيذ طريقته الخاصة في إعداد قائمة الانتظار الافتراضي\n" -"(على سبيل المثال، يمكن أن يتذكر التطبيق قائمة الانتظار التي تم استخدامها سابقًا).<br>\n" +"(على سبيل المثال، يمكن أن يتذكر التطبيق قائمة الانتظار التي تم استخدامها " +"سابقًا).<br>\n" "للحصول على تفاصيل، راجع مقالة قاعدة بيانات دعم openSUSE\n" "طباعة الإعدادات بواسطة CUPS) المتوفرة على<br>\n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:243 +#. BasicAddDialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:243 msgid "" "<p>\n" "An alternative way to set up HP devices is to <b>run hp-setup</b>.<br>\n" @@ -1963,8 +2030,8 @@ "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer\n" "</p>" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:261 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:261 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Modify a Print Queue</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1976,11 +2043,12 @@ "لتعديل قائمة انتظار، حدد ما الذي تريد تغييره بالفعل.<br>\n" "</p>" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device." +"<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1988,8 +2056,10 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " +"else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " +"device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.<br>\n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2046,7 +2116,8 @@ "يقوم بمقارنة السلاسل (اسم الطراز الذي تم اكتشافه تلقائيًا وأوصاف\n" "برامج التشغيل) لذلك تكون النتيجة مجرد أفضل اقتراح تم تخمينه\n" " حول كيفية إعداد طراز طابعة محدد.<br>\n" -" وبالتالي يرجى التحقق إذا ما كانت القيم المحددة مسبقًا في الوقت الحالي صالحة.\n" +" وبالتالي يرجى التحقق إذا ما كانت القيم المحددة مسبقًا في الوقت الحالي " +"صالحة.\n" "ولا تتردد في تجريب الإعدادات وتعديلها\n" " إلى الأفضل لطابعتك.<br>\n" " وإذا لم يتوافق أي وصف برنامج تشغيل مع اسم الطراز الذي تم اكتشافه تلقائيًا،\n" @@ -2057,16 +2128,19 @@ " والبحث خلال جميع أوصاف برامج التشغيل المتوفرة.\n" "</p>\n" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:309 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:309 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model.<br>\n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." +"<br>\n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " +"later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now." +"<br>\n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.<br>\n" @@ -2075,7 +2149,8 @@ "should work for the particular driver.\n" "Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" "with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" -"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages.<br>\n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages." +"<br>\n" "When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" "you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" "so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" @@ -2083,7 +2158,8 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again.<br>\n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was " +"not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2096,13 +2172,17 @@ "يحدد <b>برنامج التشغيل</b> يحدد أنه تم إصدار البيانات الصحيحة \n" " لطراز طابعة محدد.<br>\n" "في حالة تعيين برنامج تشغيل خاطئ، يتم إرسال بيانات خاطئة إلى الطابعة\n" -" مما ينتج عنه إصدار نسخة مطبوعة سيئة أو مشوشة أو عدم إصدار أية نسخة مطبوعة على الإطلاق.<br>\n" -" يمكن إما تحديد برنامج تشغيل آخر وتعديل إعدادات خيارات برنامج التشغيل لاحقًا \n" -" أو بقاء برنامج التشغيل المستخدم حاليًا وتعديل إعدادات خيار برنامج التشغيل الخاصة به الآن.<br>\n" +" مما ينتج عنه إصدار نسخة مطبوعة سيئة أو مشوشة أو عدم إصدار أية نسخة مطبوعة " +"على الإطلاق.<br>\n" +" يمكن إما تحديد برنامج تشغيل آخر وتعديل إعدادات خيارات برنامج التشغيل " +"لاحقًا \n" +" أو بقاء برنامج التشغيل المستخدم حاليًا وتعديل إعدادات خيار برنامج التشغيل " +"الخاصة به الآن.<br>\n" " يجب أن تتوافق بعض إعدادات خيارات برنامج التشغيل مع جهاز الطابعة لديك.\n" " على سبيل المثال، يجب أن يتوافق إعداد حجم الورقة الافتراضي لبرنامج التشغيل \n" " مع الورقة التي يتم تحميلها بالفعل إلى طابعتك.<br>\n" -" أما بالنسبة لإعدادات خيارات برنامج التشغيل الأخرى، يمكنك اختيار ما يحلو لك.\n" +" أما بالنسبة لإعدادات خيارات برنامج التشغيل الأخرى، يمكنك اختيار ما يحلو " +"لك.\n" " على سبيل المثال، يجب أن يعمل أي اختيار خاص بمستويات دقة الطباعة المتوفرة \n" " مع برنامج التشغيل المحدد.\n" " وبالرغم من ذلك يمكن أن تفشل طابعتك في الطباعة \n" @@ -2124,13 +2204,15 @@ " والبحث خلال كافة أوصاف برامج التشغيل المتوفرة.\n" "</p>" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:343 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:343 msgid "" "<p>\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and <b>location</b>.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and " +"<b>location</b>.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print " +"dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2157,8 +2239,8 @@ "(مثال 'Room 123' أو 'Front Desk').\n" "</p>" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:361 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:361 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Set Driver Options</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2173,17 +2255,19 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>تعيين خيارات برنامج التشغيل</big></b><br>\n" -"في أغلب الأحيان، يكون من الأفضل ترك الإعدادات الافتراضية لبرنامج التشغيل كما هي\n" +"في أغلب الأحيان، يكون من الأفضل ترك الإعدادات الافتراضية لبرنامج التشغيل كما " +"هي\n" "لأنه من الضروري أن تكون الإعدادات الافتراضية صالحة في أغلب الحالات.<br>\n" "إضافةً إلى ذلك، تعرض مربعات حوار الطباعة في أغلب التطبيقات\n" -"خيارات برنامج التشغيل أيضًا حتى يتمكن كل مستخدم من تحديد خيارات برنامج التشغيل\n" +"خيارات برنامج التشغيل أيضًا حتى يتمكن كل مستخدم من تحديد خيارات برنامج " +"التشغيل\n" "لكل نسخة مطبوعة فردية.<br>\n" "ولكن الإعداد الوحيد الذي يجب فحصه في كل الأحوال هو حجم الورقة،\n" "الذي يجب تعيينه إلى ما هو مستخدم بالفعل افتراضيًا في الطابعة.\n" "</p>\n" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:374 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:374 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Non-default settings may not work in all cases or have unexpected\n" @@ -2200,11 +2284,12 @@ "على سبيل المثال، قد لا يعمل إعداد الدقة العالية مع طابعة ليزر\n" "وذلك عندما تكون الذاكرة المضمنة الافتراضية غير كافية لمعالجة الصفحات\n" "ذات الدقة العالية. <br>\n" -"أو قد تكون الطباعة بواسطة إعداد الجودة العالية بطيئة للغاية مع الطابعة نفاثة للحبر.\n" +"أو قد تكون الطباعة بواسطة إعداد الجودة العالية بطيئة للغاية مع الطابعة نفاثة " +"للحبر.\n" "</p>\n" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:385 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:385 msgid "" "<p>\n" "In certain cases printer-specific driver settings\n" @@ -2220,14 +2305,15 @@ "في حالات معينة، يجب ضبط إعدادات برنامج التشغيل الخاصة بالطابعة\n" "للحصول على وظائف الطابعة كاملة.<br>\n" "وتحديدًا عندما يكون للطابعة وحدات اختيارية مثبتة مثل\n" -"وحدة ازدواج أو علب تغذية ورق اختيارية، يجب فحص إعدادات برنامج التشغيل المعني\n" +"وحدة ازدواج أو علب تغذية ورق اختيارية، يجب فحص إعدادات برنامج التشغيل " +"المعني\n" "وتعديلها.<br>\n" "على سبيل المثال، يجب تعيين خيار وحدة ازدواج إلى 'مثبتة' أو 'صحيحة'\n" "وإلا يمكن أن يتجاهل برنامج التشغيل إعدادات خيار الطباعة المزدوجة.\n" "</p>\n" -#. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:398 +#. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:398 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Add or Remove Printer Driver Packages</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2250,8 +2336,8 @@ "يحتاج برنامج التشغيل.<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. AddDriverDialog help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:410 +#. AddDriverDialog help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:410 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Add a Printer Description File</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2309,12 +2395,13 @@ "برنامج تشغيل طابعة.<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:441 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:441 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Specify the Connection</big></b><br>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device." +"<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2326,25 +2413,30 @@ "حتى لا يتم إخراج نسخة مطبوعة.\n" "</p>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n" "A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" +"transfer,\n" "for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>\n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." +"<br>\n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='.<br>\n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " +"'='.<br>\n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " +"'?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example:<br>\n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" +"waitprinter=false<br>\n" "Some examples:<br>\n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>\n" @@ -2369,26 +2461,31 @@ "ولذلك يتم ترميز المسافة في قيمة مكون URI\n" " بالقيمة '%20' (20 هي قيمة ست عشرية للمسافة).<br>\n" "ويتم فصل مكونات URI عن طريق حروف خاصة محجوزة مثل\n" -"النقطتين ':' أو الشرطة المائلة '/' أو علامة الاستفهام '؟' أو علامة العطف '&' أو علامة المساواة '='.<br>\n" +"النقطتين ':' أو الشرطة المائلة '/' أو علامة الاستفهام '؟' أو علامة العطف " +"'&' أو علامة المساواة '='.<br>\n" "وفي النهاية يمكن أن يكون هناك معلمات اختيارية (مفصولة بعلامة استفهام '؟')\n" "بالنموذج 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' وبذلك\n" "a يمكن أن يكون معرف URI الخاص بالجهاز على سبيل المثال:<br>\n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" +"waitprinter=false<br>\n" "بعض الأمثلة:<br>\n" -"قد يكون معرف URI الخاص بالجهاز لطراز طابعة USB 'Fun Printer 1000+' مصنوع بواسطة 'ACME'\n" +"قد يكون معرف URI الخاص بالجهاز لطراز طابعة USB 'Fun Printer 1000+' مصنوع " +"بواسطة 'ACME'\n" "بالرقم المسلسل 'A1B2C3' مثل: :<br>\n" "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n" -"قد يكون معرف URI الخاص بالجهاز لطابعة الشبكة بعنوان IP 192.168.100.1 والتي يمكن الوصول إليه\n" +"قد يكون معرف URI الخاص بالجهاز لطابعة الشبكة بعنوان IP 192.168.100.1 والتي " +"يمكن الوصول إليه\n" "بواسطة المنفذ 9100 مثل: <br>\n" "socket://192.168.100.1:9100<br>\n" -"قد يكون لها معرف URI الخاص بالجهاز لطابعة الشبكة بعنوان IP 192.168.100.2 والتي يمكن الوصول إليها\n" +"قد يكون لها معرف URI الخاص بالجهاز لطابعة الشبكة بعنوان IP 192.168.100.2 " +"والتي يمكن الوصول إليها\n" "من خلال بروتوكول LPD باسم قائمة الانتظار 'LPT1'\n" "مثل:<br>\n" "lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n" "</p>" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:481 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:481 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Percent Encoding</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2491,11 +2588,13 @@ "فبالنسبة لمثل حقول الإدخال هذه،\n" "سيتم ترميز كافة المسافات والأحرف المحجوزة\n" "تلقائيًا بالنسبة المئوية. \n" -"على سبيل المثال إذا كانت كلمة المرور بالفعل 'Foo%20Bar' (غير مرمزة بالنسبة المئوية)،\n" +"على سبيل المثال إذا كانت كلمة المرور بالفعل 'Foo%20Bar' (غير مرمزة بالنسبة " +"المئوية)،\n" "يجب إدخالها حرفيًا في حقل إدخال كلمة المرور الموجود بمربع الحوار.\n" "وسينتج عن الترميز بالنسبة المئوية التلقائي القيمة 'Foo%2520Bar' وهي\n" "الطريقة التي يتم بها تخزين قيمة مكون كلمة المرور بالفعل في URI.<br>\n" -"على العكس عند الرغبة في إدخال أكثر من قيمة فردية واحدة لمكون فردي في معرف URI\n" +"على العكس عند الرغبة في إدخال أكثر من قيمة فردية واحدة لمكون فردي في معرف " +"URI\n" " (مثل حقل إدخال فردي لكل المعلمات الاختيارية)\n" "مثل 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3'\n" "أو حقل إدخال فردي لإدخال معرف URI كامل)، \n" @@ -2520,7 +2619,8 @@ "يتم ترميز علامة الدولار $ بالنسبة المئوية كتالي %24<br>\n" "يتم ترميز النسبة المئوية % بالنسبة المئوية كتالي%25<br>\n" "يتم ترميز علامة العطف & بالنسبة المئوية كتالي %26<br>\n" -"يتم ترميز الفاصلة العليا/ علامة الاقتباس المفردة ' بالنسبة المئوية كالتالي %27<br>\n" +"يتم ترميز الفاصلة العليا/ علامة الاقتباس المفردة ' بالنسبة المئوية كالتالي " +"%27<br>\n" "يتم ترميز قوس اليسار بالنسبة المئوية ( كالتالي%28<br>\n" "يتم ترميز قوس اليمين) بالنسبة المئوية كالتالي %29<br>\n" "يتم ترميز العلامة النجمية * بالنسبة المئوية كالتالي %2A<br>\n" @@ -2534,12 +2634,13 @@ "يتم ترميز علامة at @ بالنسبة المئوية كالتالي %40<br>\n" "يتم ترميز قوس اليسار [ بالنسبة المئوية كالتالي %5B<br>\n" "يتم ترميز قوس اليمين ] بالنسبة المئوية كالتالي %5D<br>\n" -"للحصول على تفاصيل، راجع 'معرف الموارد الموحد (URI): بناء جملة عام ' على <br>\n" +"للحصول على تفاصيل، راجع 'معرف الموارد الموحد (URI): بناء جملة عام ' على " +"<br>\n" "http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n" "</p>" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2548,16 +2649,18 @@ "For example:<br>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>معرفات URI الخاصة بالجهاز المرتبطة بشكل مباشر بالأجهزة</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>معرفات URI الخاصة بالجهاز المرتبطة بشكل مباشر بالأجهزة</big></" +"b><br>\n" "الأجهزة المتصلة عن طريق USB\n" "يتم اكتشافها تلقائيًا كما يتم إنشاء معرف URI الخاص بالجهاز المناسب تلقائيًا.\n" "على سبيل المثال:<br>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></" +"b><br>\n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2594,7 +2697,8 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>معرفات URI للأجهزة للوصول إلى طابعة شبكة أو مربع خادم طباعة</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>معرفات URI للأجهزة للوصول إلى طابعة شبكة أو مربع خادم طباعة</big></" +"b><br>\n" "مربع خادم الطباعة عبارة عن جهاز صغير مزود باتصال شبكة\n" " وUSB أو اتصال منفذ متوازي للاتصال بالطابعة الفعلية.\n" "وتكون طابعة الشبكة مزودة بمثل هذا الجهاز مضمنًا.\n" @@ -2620,7 +2724,8 @@ "<b>بروتوكول الطباعة عبر الإنترنت (IPP)</b><br>\n" "IPP هو البروتوكول الأساسي في تشغيل CUPS على جهاز كمبيوتر حقيقي،\n" "ولكن إذا تم تطبيق بروتوكول IPP في مربع خادم طباعة صغير،\n" -"غالبًا لا يتم تطبيقه بطريقة صحيحة. يمكنك استخدام بروتوكول IPP فقط إذا كان البائع\n" +"غالبًا لا يتم تطبيقه بطريقة صحيحة. يمكنك استخدام بروتوكول IPP فقط إذا كان " +"البائع\n" "يُسجل بالفعل دعمًا رسميًا لهذا البروتوكول.\n" "معرف URI للجهاز المتوافق هو:<br>\n" "ipp://ip-address:port-number/resource<br>.\n" @@ -2631,8 +2736,8 @@ "</p>\n" "\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2642,7 +2747,8 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network:<br>\n" "<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " +"installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share.<br>\n" @@ -2685,7 +2791,8 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>\n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n" "For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>\n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" +"_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>\n" "<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n" @@ -2756,7 +2863,8 @@ "معرف URI الخاص بالجهاز التالي للوصول إلى مشاركة:<br>\n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n" " <b>لمزيد من المعلومات</b> راجع <tt>man smbspool</tt> و<br>\n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" +"_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" "يعد كل من 'Windows' و'Active Directory' علامتين تجاريتين لشركة\n" "Microsoft Corporation في الولايات المتحدة و/أو البلدان الأخرى.<br>\n" "<b>ملقم UNIX التقليدي (LPR)</b><br>\n" @@ -2776,8 +2884,8 @@ "معرف URI المطابق الخاص بالجهاز هو:<br>\n" "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2810,10 +2918,12 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>\n" "Example:<br>\n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>\n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " +"delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost.<br>\n" -"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>\n" +"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" +"beh</tt> and<br>\n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -2851,16 +2961,18 @@ "محاولات خلفية beh للوصول إلى طابعة بالشبكة 3 مرات مع تأخير 5 ثوانٍ\n" "بين المحاولات. في حالة استمرار فشل الوصول، لن يتم تعطيل قائمة الانتظار\n" "ويتم فقد مهمة الطباعة.<br>\n" -"للحصول على<b>مزيد من المعلومات</b>قم بالاطلاع على <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> <br>و<br>\n" +"للحصول على<b>مزيد من المعلومات</b>قم بالاطلاع على <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/" +"backend/beh</tt> <br>و<br>\n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n" "</p>" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n" -"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network.<br>\n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network." +"<br>\n" "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" "to make printers available via network.<br>\n" "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" @@ -2899,8 +3011,10 @@ "بشكل افتراضي، يستخدم CUPS وضع ‘الاستعراض’ الخاص به\n" "لتوفير الطابعات عبر شبكة الاتصال.<br>\n" "في هذه الحالة، يتعين أن تنشر خوادم CUPS البعيدة طابعاتها عبر شبكة الاتصال\n" -"وبالتبعية يجب تشغيل (cupsd) وهي معالجة البرنامج الخفي لنظام CUPS على المضيف الخاص بك\n" -"مما يعني الاستماع للمعلومات الواردة حول الطابعات التي تم نشرها.<br>يتم تلقي معلومات استعراض\n" +"وبالتبعية يجب تشغيل (cupsd) وهي معالجة البرنامج الخفي لنظام CUPS على المضيف " +"الخاص بك\n" +"مما يعني الاستماع للمعلومات الواردة حول الطابعات التي تم نشرها.<br>يتم تلقي " +"معلومات استعراض\n" "CUPS عبر منفذ UDP 631.<br>\n" "بالنسبة لجدار الحماية:<br>\n" "تحقق ما إذا كان جدار الحماية نشطًا أم لا لمنطقة شبكة الاتصال\n" @@ -2928,8 +3042,8 @@ "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "</p>" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\n" @@ -2952,18 +3066,21 @@ "التي يتم نشر الطابعات بها)، يمكنك طلب معلومات حول الطابعة\n" "من خوادم CUPS (بشرط أن تسمح خوادم CUPS باتصالك).<br>\n" "لأنه أمام كل خادم CUPS يتم طلبه،\n" -"يتم تشغيل معالجة cups-polld بواسطة (cupsd) وهو معالجة البرنامج الخفي لنظام CUPS على المضيف الخاص بك.\n" +"يتم تشغيل معالجة cups-polld بواسطة (cupsd) وهو معالجة البرنامج الخفي لنظام " +"CUPS على المضيف الخاص بك.\n" "بشكل افتراضي، تستطلع كل معالجة cups-polld خادم CUPS البعيد بمعدل\n" "كل 30 ثانية للحصول على معلومات حول الطابعة.\n" "</p>" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" -"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.<br>\n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " +"host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly." +"<br>\n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -2974,18 +3091,20 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "إذا قمت بالطباعة فقط من خلال الشبكة وكنت تستخدم خادم CUPS واحد فقط،\n" -"فلا تحتاج إلى استخدام الاستعراض في نظام CUPS ولا تشغيل برنامج المحرك لنظام CUPS على المضيف الخاص بك.\n" +"فلا تحتاج إلى استخدام الاستعراض في نظام CUPS ولا تشغيل برنامج المحرك لنظام " +"CUPS على المضيف الخاص بك.\n" "بدلاً من ذلك، من الأسهل تحديد خادم CUPS والوصول إليه مباشرةً.<br>\n" "قد يحدث عائق يمنع الوصول نظرًا لتأخير برامج التطبيقات\n" "لبعض الوقت (حتى تنتهي مهلة الاتصال) عندما محاولتها الوصول\n" "إلى خادم CUPS، في حين يكون غير متوفر فعليًا\n" -"(على سبيل المثال أثناء السفر بأحد الكمبيوترات المحمولة). عادةً تتسبب مهلة تحليل\n" +"(على سبيل المثال أثناء السفر بأحد الكمبيوترات المحمولة). عادةً تتسبب مهلة " +"تحليل\n" "اسم المضيف (DNS) في التأخير، لذلك قد يكون من المفيد الحصول على\n" "إدخال يتعذر تغييره لخادم CUPS في ملفات المضيفات /etc/.\n" "</p>" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\n" @@ -3009,15 +3128,16 @@ "لشركة Microsoft Corporation بالولايات المتحدة الأمريكية و/أو بالدول الأخرى.\n" "</p>" -#. SharingDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 +#. SharingDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></b><br>\n" "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network.<br>\n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " +"run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>\n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "</p>" @@ -3026,41 +3146,48 @@ "<b><big> مشاركة قوائم انتظار الطباعة ونشرها عبر الشبكة </big></b><br>\n" "غالبًا ما يجب إعداد CUPS (نظام طباعة Unix المشترك) لاستخدام\n" " وضعه المسمى 'استعراض' حتى تتوفر طابعات على الشبكة.<br>\n" -"في هذه الحالة، تقوم خوادم CUPS بنشر قوائم الطباعة المحلية الخاصة بها على الشبكة\n" +"في هذه الحالة، تقوم خوادم CUPS بنشر قوائم الطباعة المحلية الخاصة بها على " +"الشبكة\n" " وبالتبعية يجب تشغيل معالجة برنامج CUPS الخفي(cupsd)\n" " على أنظمة أجهزة CUPS العميلة التي تستجيب إلى المعلومات الواردة حول\n" " الطابعات المنتشرة.<br>\n" " يتم تلقي معلومات استعراض CUPS عبر منفذ UDP 631.</p>" -#. SharingDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 +#. SharingDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 msgid "" "<p>\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" -"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients.<br>\n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients." +"<br>\n" "In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts.<br>\n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case.<br>\n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " +"Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" -"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server " +"directly.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -" يجب السماح لجميع أنظمة أجهزة CUPS العميلة للوصول إلى خادم CUPS في المقام الأول.\n" +" يجب السماح لجميع أنظمة أجهزة CUPS العميلة للوصول إلى خادم CUPS في المقام " +"الأول.\n" " ومن ثم حدد ما إذا كان يجب نشر الطابعات على الأجهزة العميلة أم لا.<br>\n" "ففي أية شبكة محلية، تكون الطريقة المعتادة لإعداد استعراض CUPS\n" "هي السماح بالوصول البعيد لكافة الأجهزة المضيفة المتوفرة على الشبكة المحلية\n" " ونشر الطابعات على تلك الأجهزة المضيفة جميعها.<br>\n" "لا يلزم نشر الطابعات في أية حالة.<br>\n" -" فإذا كان لديك خادم CUPS فردي واحد فقط، فلا توجد حاجة إلى استخدام استعراض CUPS.\n" +" فإذا كان لديك خادم CUPS فردي واحد فقط، فلا توجد حاجة إلى استخدام استعراض " +"CUPS.\n" "بدلاً من ذلك من الأسهل تحديد خادم CUPS على أنظمة الأجهزة العميلة\n" -"(من خلال 'طباعة عبر الشبكة') حتى تتمكن الأجهزة العميلة من الوصول إلى الخادم بشكل مباشر.\n" +"(من خلال 'طباعة عبر الشبكة') حتى تتمكن الأجهزة العميلة من الوصول إلى الخادم " +"بشكل مباشر.\n" "</p>" -#. SharingDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 +#. SharingDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 msgid "" "<p>\n" "There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n" @@ -3094,8 +3221,8 @@ "عناوين IP المسموح بها و/أو الشبكات بشكل بديل أو إضافي.\n" "</p>" -#. SharingDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 +#. SharingDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Regarding firewall:<br>\n" @@ -3161,8 +3288,8 @@ "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "</p>" -#. Policies help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 +#. Policies help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>CUPS Operation Policy</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3175,13 +3302,14 @@ "<p>\n" "<b><big>سياسة تشغيل CUPS</big></b><br>\n" "تعتبر سياسات التشغيل قواعد تُستخدم لكل عملية تشغيل في CUPS.\n" -"وتكون عمليات التشغيل هذه، على سبيل المثال، 'طباعة شيء ما' و'إلغاء عملية طباعة'\n" +"وتكون عمليات التشغيل هذه، على سبيل المثال، 'طباعة شيء ما' و'إلغاء عملية " +"طباعة'\n" "و'تكوين طابعة' و'تعديل تكوين طابعة أو إزالته'\n" "و'تمكين الطباعة أو تعطيلها'.\n" "</p>" -#. Policies help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 +#. Policies help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3201,7 +3329,8 @@ "<br>\n" "The following error policies exist:<br>\n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>\n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default).<br>\n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " +"default).<br>\n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -3223,12 +3352,13 @@ "<br>\n" "سياسات الخطأ التالية موجودة:<br>\n" "إيقاف الطابعة والاحتفاظ بالمهمة لإجراء المزيد من الطباعة.<br>\n" -"إعادة إرسال المهمة من البداية بعد الانتظار لبعض الوقت (30 ثانية بشكل افتراضي).<br>\n" +"إعادة إرسال المهمة من البداية بعد الانتظار لبعض الوقت (30 ثانية بشكل " +"افتراضي).<br>\n" "إحباط المهمة وحذفها ومتابعة المهمة التالية.\n" "</p>" -#. Autoconfig help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 +#. Autoconfig help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3260,8 +3390,8 @@ "وقبول القيم المحددة مسبقًا هناك.\n" "</p>" -#. Autoconfig help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 +#. Autoconfig help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3285,7 +3415,8 @@ "<b><big>الإعداد التلقائي لطابعات USB</big></b><br>\n" "توفر حزمة RPM 'udev-configure-printer'\n" "إعدادًا تلقائيًا عند توصيل طابعات USB.<br>\n" -"في حالة عدم تحديد خانة الاختيار الخاصة بها في البداية، تكون الحزمة غير مثبتة\n" +"في حالة عدم تحديد خانة الاختيار الخاصة بها في البداية، تكون الحزمة غير " +"مثبتة\n" "ومن ثم يمكنك تحديدها حتى يتم تثبيتها.<br>\n" "عند تحديد خانة الاختيار الخاصة بها في البداية، فقد تم تثبيتها بالفعل\n" "، ومن ثم يمكنك إلغاء تحديدها حتى تتم إزالتها.<br>\n" @@ -3299,107 +3430,109 @@ "باستثناء إذا ما قام أحد بتغيير ملف 70-printers.rules يدويًا.\n" "</p>" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/printer/overview.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of printer -#. Summary: Overview dialog definition -#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix@suse.de> -#. -#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/printer/overview.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of printer +#. Summary: Overview dialog definition +#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix@suse.de> +#. +#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 msgid "Show" msgstr "اعرض" -#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 +#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 msgid "&Local" msgstr "م&حلي" -#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 +#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 msgid "&Remote" msgstr "&بعيد" -#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 +#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "التكوين" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Print queue name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Print queue name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 msgid "Location" msgstr "الموقع" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Whether or not is is the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Whether or not is is the default queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 msgid "Default" msgstr "افتراضي" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 msgid "Status" msgstr "الحالة" -#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 +#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 msgid "Re&fresh List" msgstr "ت&جديد القائمة" -#. PushButton label to print a test page: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 +#. PushButton label to print a test page: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 msgid "Print &Test Page" msgstr "طباعة &صفحة اختبار" -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#. when a local cupsd is required but it is not accessible. -#. YaST did already run 'lpstat -h localhost -r' -#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. -#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) -#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#. when a local cupsd is required but it is not accessible. +#. YaST did already run 'lpstat -h localhost -r' +#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. +#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) +#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " +"accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" "مطلوب برنامج CUPS خفي قيد التشغيل محليًا، ولكن يبدو أنه لا يمكن الوصول إليه.\n" -" تحقق مستخدمًا 'lpstat -h localhost -r' لمعرفة ما إذا كان يمكن الوصول إلى cupsd محلي أم لا.\n" +" تحقق مستخدمًا 'lpstat -h localhost -r' لمعرفة ما إذا كان يمكن الوصول إلى " +"cupsd محلي أم لا.\n" "يؤدي cupsd غير قابل للوصول إلى سلسلة لا نهائية من حالات الفشل.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). -#. A rather technical text because this does not happen on normal systems -#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). -#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed -#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). +#. A rather technical text because this does not happen on normal systems +#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). +#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed +#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" "Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n" @@ -3412,18 +3545,20 @@ "the YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n" msgstr "" "يبدو أن برنامج CUPS الخفي لا يستجيب على منفذ IANA IPP الرسمي (631).\n" -"تحقق مستخدمًا 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' من المكان الذي من خلاله يستمع له برنامج cupsd الخفي بالفعل.\n" +"تحقق مستخدمًا 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' من المكان الذي من خلاله يستمع له " +"برنامج cupsd الخفي بالفعل.\n" "يحدث هذا عند وجود الإعداد 'Listen ...:1234' أو 'Port 1234'\n" "(حيث يشير 1234 إلى أي رقم منفذ غير المنفذ الرسمي 631)\n" "في /etc/cups/cupsd.conf (تحقق أيضًا إذا ما كان هناك 'BrowsePort 1234').\n" "لا تدعم وحدة طابعة YaST أي منفذ غير رسمي.\n" "يؤدي المنفذ غير الرسمي إلى حدوث سلسلة لا نهائية من الفشل.\n" "إذا كان يتعين عليك بالفعل استخدام منفذ غير رسمي، لا يمكنك استخدام\n" -"إذا كان يتعين عليك بالفعل استخدام منفذ غير رسمي، لا يمكنك استخدام لإعداد الطابعات.\n" +"إذا كان يتعين عليك بالفعل استخدام منفذ غير رسمي، لا يمكنك استخدام لإعداد " +"الطابعات.\n" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 msgid "" "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" @@ -3431,567 +3566,581 @@ "جارٍ تشغيل اختبارات متعددة فيما يتعلق بإمكانية وصول خادم CUPS...\n" "(قد يستغرق هذا بعض الوقت)" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "هل لم تعد تستخدم خادم CUPS غير قابل للوصول '%1'؟" -#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 +#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "للمتابعة، يجب أن توافق على ألا يتم '%1' بعد." -#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed -#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and -#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 -msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed +#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and +#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 +msgid "" +"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." msgstr "يؤدي الخادم غير القابل للوصول إلى سلسلة لا نهائية من التأخير والفشل." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "خادم CUPS: %1" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "يتم الآن الاختبار إذا كان خادم CUPS قابلاً للوصول..." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "حدد إدخالاً." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "يتعذر الحذف" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 -msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 +msgid "" +"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "هذا التكوين تكوين بعيد. ولا يمكن حذف إلا التكوينات المحلية." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "تأكيد الحذف" -#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 -msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." +#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 +msgid "" +"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " +"restored." msgstr "ييتم حذف التكوين المحدد في الحال ولا يمكن استعادته." -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "حذف التكوين %1" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "عدم حذفه" -#. because a class cannot be re-created with the YaST printer module because -#. the YaST printer module has no support to add or edit classes -#. because classes are only useful in bigger printing environments -#. which is out of the scope of the use cases of the YaST printer module. -#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module -#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident -#. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 +#. because a class cannot be re-created with the YaST printer module because +#. the YaST printer module has no support to add or edit classes +#. because classes are only useful in bigger printing environments +#. which is out of the scope of the use cases of the YaST printer module. +#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module +#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident +#. with whatever other setup tool: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "تأكيد حذف فئة" -#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 +#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "لا يمكن إعادة إنشاء فئة محذوفة بهذه الأداة." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "يتم الآن رفض مهام الطباعة" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." msgstr "لا يمكن طباعة صفحة الاختبار بسبب رفض مهام الطباعة." -#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. -#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". -#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 +#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. +#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". +#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "تم تعطيل الطباعة" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." msgstr "لا يمكن طباعة صفحة الاختبار بسبب تعطيل الطباعة." -#. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. -#. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because -#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. -#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback -#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 -msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." +#. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. +#. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because +#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. +#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback +#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 +msgid "" +"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " +"printed." msgstr "توجد مهام طباعة معلقة يتعين حذفها قبل طباعة صفحة الاختبار." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "حذف مهام الطباعة المعلقة لـ %1" -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "حذفها قبل طباعة صفحة الاختبار" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "طباعة صفحة الاختبار بعد المهام الأخرى" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "فشل حذف كافة مهام %1 المعلقة." -#. Since CUPS 1.4 there is no longer a readymade PostScript testpage in CUPS, see -#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=520617 -#. Therefore a slightly modified CUPS 1.3.10 testprint.ps was added -#. to yast2-printer as /usr/share/YaST2/data/testprint.ps -#. The following modifications -#. --- cups-1.3.10/data/testprint.ps 2009-01-13 18:27:16.000000000 +0100 -#. +++ data/testprint.ps 2009-07-09 15:25:26.000000000 +0200 -#. @@ -564 +564 @@ -#. - (Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered -#. + (CUPS Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered -#. @@ -570 +570 @@ -#. - (Printed with CUPS v1.3.x) show -#. + (Printed with CUPS) show -#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage -#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 there is no longer a readymade PostScript testpage in CUPS, see +#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=520617 +#. Therefore a slightly modified CUPS 1.3.10 testprint.ps was added +#. to yast2-printer as /usr/share/YaST2/data/testprint.ps +#. The following modifications +#. --- cups-1.3.10/data/testprint.ps 2009-01-13 18:27:16.000000000 +0100 +#. +++ data/testprint.ps 2009-07-09 15:25:26.000000000 +0200 +#. @@ -564 +564 @@ +#. - (Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered +#. + (CUPS Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered +#. @@ -570 +570 @@ +#. - (Printed with CUPS v1.3.x) show +#. + (Printed with CUPS) show +#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage +#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "نسخة مطبوعة للاختبار" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion message: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" msgstr "طباعة صفحة واحدة أو اثنتين أي لاختبار الطباعة المزدوجة" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "صفحة اختبار واحد" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "صفحتا اختبار" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "فشلت طباعة صفحة الاختبار لـ %1." -#. When submitting the testpage to the queue failed (also for non-local queues) -#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) -#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. -#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 +#. When submitting the testpage to the queue failed (also for non-local queues) +#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) +#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. +#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "الانتظار حتى انتهاء طباعة صفحة الاختبار" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "صفحة الاختبار المرسلة إلى %1. ينبغي بدء الطباعة قريبًا." -#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label -#. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label +#. regarding a positive testpage printout result: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "تمت طباعة صفحة الاختبار بنجاح" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label -#. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label +#. regarding a negative testpage printout result: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "فشلت طباعة صفحة الاختبار" -#. it seems something went wrong with the testpage printing -#. so that the user can delete all pending jobs now. -#. Via the "cancel" command the cupsd sends termination signals -#. to running filter processes for the queue so that the filters -#. (in particular the printer driver) could do whatever is needed -#. to switch an actively printing printer device into a clean state -#. (e.g. exit its graphics printing mode and switch back to normal mode). -#. The backend process terminates when the filters have finished. -#. This helps in usual cases (in particular when a good driver is used) -#. if something had messed up for an actively printing job but -#. unfortunately there is no option for the "cancel" command -#. which lets the cupsd kill the backend process as emergency brake -#. when something is really wrong e.g. a wrong driver lets the printer -#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. -#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback -#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 +#. it seems something went wrong with the testpage printing +#. so that the user can delete all pending jobs now. +#. Via the "cancel" command the cupsd sends termination signals +#. to running filter processes for the queue so that the filters +#. (in particular the printer driver) could do whatever is needed +#. to switch an actively printing printer device into a clean state +#. (e.g. exit its graphics printing mode and switch back to normal mode). +#. The backend process terminates when the filters have finished. +#. This helps in usual cases (in particular when a good driver is used) +#. if something had messed up for an actively printing job but +#. unfortunately there is no option for the "cancel" command +#. which lets the cupsd kill the backend process as emergency brake +#. when something is really wrong e.g. a wrong driver lets the printer +#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. +#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback +#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "توجد مهام طباعة معلقة يتعين حذفها الآن." -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "حذف كافة المهام المعلقة" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "عدم حذفها" -#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 +#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "للحصول على سجل كامل، راجع الملف /var/log/cups/error_log." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 -msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" -msgstr "معلومات سجل CUPS أثناء معالجة صفحة الاختبار لـ %1 (باللغة الإنجليزية فقط)" +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 +msgid "" +"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgstr "" +"معلومات سجل CUPS أثناء معالجة صفحة الاختبار لـ %1 (باللغة الإنجليزية فقط)" -#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, -#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 +#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, +#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "للحصول على معلومات سجل CUPS، راجع ملف /var/log/cups/error_log." -#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 -msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." +#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 +msgid "" +"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " +"system." msgstr "عند فشل الطباعة عن طريق نظام بعيد، يمكنك أن تسأل مسؤول النظام البعيد." -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." msgstr "يتعارض إعداد خادم CUPS البعيد مع إضافة تكوين." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "تعذر التعديل" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 -msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 +msgid "" +"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "هذا التكوين تكوين بعيد. ولا يمكن تعديل إلا التكوينات المحلية." -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. stop the printer and keep the job for future printing: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:45 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. stop the printer and keep the job for future printing: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:45 msgid "stop the printer and keep the job for future printing" msgstr "إيقاف الطابعة والاحتفاظ بالمهمة لإجراء المزيد من الطباعة" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time -#. (the default JobRetryInterval is 30 seconds but this can be changed): -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:52 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time +#. (the default JobRetryInterval is 30 seconds but this can be changed): +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:52 msgid "re-send the job after waiting some time" msgstr "إعادة إرسال المهمة بعد الانتظار بعض الوقت" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:58 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:58 msgid "abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job" msgstr "إيقاف المهمة وحذفها ومتابعة المهمة التالية" -#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS error policy: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:77 +#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS error policy: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:77 msgid "Specify the &error policy" msgstr "تحديد سياسة الخ&طأ" -#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS error policy which is selected in the ComboBox above -#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). -#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" -#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical -#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 +#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS error policy which is selected in the ComboBox above +#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). +#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" +#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical +#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 msgid "&Apply this error policy to all local printer configurations" msgstr "&تطبيق سياسة الخطأ هذه على كافة تكوينات الطابعة المحلية" -#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101 +#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101 msgid "Specify the &operation policy" msgstr "تحديد س&ياسة التشغيل" -#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS operation policy which is selected in the ComboBox above -#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). -#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" -#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical -#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 +#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS operation policy which is selected in the ComboBox above +#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). +#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" +#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical +#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 msgid "Apply this operation &policy to all local printer configurations" msgstr "تطبيق &سياسة التشغيل هذه على كافة تكوينات الطابعة المحلية" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 +msgid "" +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " +"system." msgstr "يتعارض إعداد خادم CUPS البعيد مع سياسات إعداد النظام المحلي." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 msgid "Failed to apply the policy to '%1'" msgstr "فشل تطبيق السياسة على '%1'" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the default operation policy value. -#. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the default operation policy value. +#. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354 msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "فشل تعيين 'DefaultPolicy %1' في /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value. -#. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:373 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value. +#. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:373 msgid "Failed to set 'ErrorPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "فشل تعيين 'ErrorPolicy %1' في /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:414 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1102 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:1037 +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:414 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1102 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:1037 msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system." msgstr "فشل تطبيق الإعدادات على النظام." -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is not accepted from any remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:52 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is not accepted from any remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:52 msgid "do not accept any printer announcement" msgstr "عدم قبول أي بلاغ طابعة" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted from -#. all remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:56 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted from +#. all remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:56 msgid "accept all announcements from anywhere" msgstr "قبول جميع البلاغات من أي مكان" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted from -#. remote CUPS servers in the local network: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:60 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted from +#. remote CUPS servers in the local network: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:60 msgid "accept from all hosts in the local network" msgstr "القبول من كافة الأجهزة المضيفة في الشبكة المحلية" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted only from -#. remote CUPS servers with specific addresses -#. where the specific addresses are specified in a TextEntry below: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:67 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted only from +#. remote CUPS servers with specific addresses +#. where the specific addresses are specified in a TextEntry below: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:67 msgid "accept only from the specific addresses below" msgstr "القبول فقط من العناوين المحددة أدناه" -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:74 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:74 msgid "Use CUPS to Print Via Network" msgstr "استخدام CUPS للطباعة من خلال الشبكة" -#. A CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:81 +#. A CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:81 msgid "&Accept Printer Announcements from CUPS Servers" msgstr "&قبول بلاغات الطابعة من خوادم CUPS" -#. A header for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. a usual general setting from which remote CUPS servers -#. printer information is accepted: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:96 +#. A header for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. a usual general setting from which remote CUPS servers +#. printer information is accepted: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:96 msgid "&General Setting" msgstr "الإع&داد العام" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can additionally -#. enter specific IP addresses and/or network/netmask -#. from where remote printer information is accepted: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can additionally +#. enter specific IP addresses and/or network/netmask +#. from where remote printer information is accepted: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121 msgid "Additional IP Addresses or &Network/Netmask (separated by space)" msgstr "عناوين IP الإضافية أو الشبك&ة/قناع الشبكة (مفصولة بمسافة)" -#. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134 +#. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134 msgid "&Request Printer Information from CUPS Servers" msgstr "&طلب معلومات الطابعة من خوادم CUPS" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter -#. CUPS server names and/or IP addresses -#. from where remote printer information is polled: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter +#. CUPS server names and/or IP addresses +#. from where remote printer information is polled: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 msgid "Polled CUPS server names or &IP Addresses (separated by space)" msgstr "أسماء خوادم CUPS المختارة أو عناوين &IP (مفصولة بمسافة)" -#. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly -#. only via one single remote CUPS server: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:158 +#. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly +#. only via one single remote CUPS server: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:158 msgid "&Do All Printing Directly via One Single CUPS Server" msgstr "ال&قيام بكافة مهام الطباعة مباشرة عبر خادم CUPS فردي واحد" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter -#. the one single remote CUPS server which is used -#. to do all his printing tasks: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:170 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter +#. the one single remote CUPS server which is used +#. to do all his printing tasks: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:170 msgid "&One single CUPS server name or IP Address" msgstr "اسم خادم CUPS فردي &واحد أو عنوان IP" -#. A PushButton to test whether or not the one single remote CUPS server -#. which is used to do all printing tasks is accessible: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:178 +#. A PushButton to test whether or not the one single remote CUPS server +#. which is used to do all printing tasks is accessible: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:178 msgid "&Test Server" msgstr "اخت&بار الخادم" -#. or to set up to use a network printer directly: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189 +#. or to set up to use a network printer directly: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189 msgid "Use Another Print Server or Use a Network Printer Directly" msgstr "استخدام خادم طباعة أخرى أو استخدام طابعة شبكة مباشرةً" -#. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" -#. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 +#. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" +#. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 msgid "A firewall may reject printer announcements from CUPS servers" msgstr "قد يرفض جدار الحماية بلاغات الطابعة من خوادم CUPS" -#. Popup::AnyMessage message: -#. Popup::AnyMessage message: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 +#. Popup::AnyMessage message: +#. Popup::AnyMessage message: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog." msgstr "فيما يتعلق بإعداد جدار الحماية، راجع نص التعليمات في مربع الحوار هذا." -#. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. -#. Such a client-only config does not make sense: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:364 +#. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. +#. Such a client-only config does not make sense: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:364 msgid "A valid CUPS server name must be entered." msgstr "يجب إدخال اسم خادم CUPS صالح." -#. when a client-only server is not accessible -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:391 +#. when a client-only server is not accessible +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:391 msgid "Continue regardless that '%1' is not accessible?" msgstr "هل تريد المتابعة بغرض النظر عن تعذر الوصول إلى '%1'؟" -#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when a client-only server is not accessible: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 +#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when a client-only server is not accessible: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of failures." msgstr "يؤدي وجود خادم غير قابل للوصول إلى سلسلة لا نهائية من حالات الفشل." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 msgid "Tried to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." msgstr "تمت محاولة تعيين 'ServerName %1' في /etc/cups/client.conf." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441 msgid "Failed to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." msgstr "فشل تعيين 'ServerName %1' في /etc/cups/client.conf." -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled." msgstr "تم تعطيل خانة الاختيار للقيام بكافة عمليات الطباعة عبر خادم CUPS واحد." -#. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: -#. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has -#. changed the server name values to be effectively empty. -#. This is the same as to turn off the BrowsePoll config so that -#. the "BrowsePoll config should be disabled" case below is triggered here: -#. Having "BrowseAddress" entries requires "Browsing On", -#. otherwise browsing information would not be sent at all: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:548 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575 +#. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: +#. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has +#. changed the server name values to be effectively empty. +#. This is the same as to turn off the BrowsePoll config so that +#. the "BrowsePoll config should be disabled" case below is triggered here: +#. Having "BrowseAddress" entries requires "Browsing On", +#. otherwise browsing information would not be sent at all: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:548 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575 msgid "Failed to set 'Browsing On' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "فشل تعيين 'تصفح على' في /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "فشل تعيين قيم BrowseAllow‏ '%1' في /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. but now the user has deactivated it -#. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. -#. Do not change the global "Browsing On/Off" entry in cupsd.conf -#. because "Browsing Off" disables also sharing of local printers -#. which might be needed by the "Share Printers" dialog. -#. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 +#. but now the user has deactivated it +#. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. +#. Do not change the global "Browsing On/Off" entry in cupsd.conf +#. because "Browsing Off" disables also sharing of local printers +#. which might be needed by the "Share Printers" dialog. +#. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "فشل تعيين 'BrowseAllow none' في /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. -#. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:615 +#. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. +#. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:615 msgid "At least one valid CUPS server name must be entered." msgstr "يجب إدخال اسم خادم CUPS واحد صالح على الأقل." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 msgid "Failed to set BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "فشل تعيين قيم BrowsePoll‏ '%1' في /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#. but now the user has deactivated it -#. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: -#. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684 +#. but now the user has deactivated it +#. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: +#. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowsePoll none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "فشل تعيين 'BrowsePoll none' في /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#. A "accept browsing info" config with a local running cupsd -#. was switched to a "not accept browsing info" config or -#. a BrowsePoll config with a local running cupsd was disabled. -#. A cups-polld polls remote servers for a list of available printer queues. -#. Those information is then broadcast to the localhost interface (127.0.0.1) -#. on the specified browse port for reception by the local cupsd. -#. Theerfore for the cupsd BrowsePoll information is the same -#. as the usual Browsing information via BrowseAllow. -#. The default BrowseTimeout value for the local cupsd is 5 minutes. -#. Therefore it takes by default 5 minutes until printer information -#. that was previously received by Browsing is removed (via timeout) -#. from the local cupsd's list. -#. I assume most users do not like to wait 5 minutes which is no problem -#. because they can just click the [OK] button to continue but then -#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 +#. A "accept browsing info" config with a local running cupsd +#. was switched to a "not accept browsing info" config or +#. a BrowsePoll config with a local running cupsd was disabled. +#. A cups-polld polls remote servers for a list of available printer queues. +#. Those information is then broadcast to the localhost interface (127.0.0.1) +#. on the specified browse port for reception by the local cupsd. +#. Theerfore for the cupsd BrowsePoll information is the same +#. as the usual Browsing information via BrowseAllow. +#. The default BrowseTimeout value for the local cupsd is 5 minutes. +#. Therefore it takes by default 5 minutes until printer information +#. that was previously received by Browsing is removed (via timeout) +#. from the local cupsd's list. +#. I assume most users do not like to wait 5 minutes which is no problem +#. because they can just click the [OK] button to continue but then +#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " +"announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" @@ -3999,167 +4148,172 @@ "أو بعد تعطيل 'طلب معلومات الطابعة من خوادم CUPS'،\n" "فإنه يستغرق عادةً 5 دقائق حتى تصل المعلومات بالفعل..." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 msgid "The server '%1' is accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." msgstr "يمكن الوصول إلى الخادم '%1' من المنفذ 631 (IPP/CUPS)." -#. A RadioButton label to deny remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:64 +#. A RadioButton label to deny remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:64 msgid "&Deny Remote Access" msgstr "&رفض الوصول البعيد" -#. A RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:73 +#. A RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:73 msgid "&Allow Remote Access" msgstr "ال&سماح بالوصول البعيد" -#. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 +#. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 msgid "There are various ways how to specify which remote hosts are allowed:" msgstr "توجد طرق متنوعة لتحديد أي الأجهزة المضيفة البعيدة مسموح بها:" -#. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for computers within the local network: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:100 +#. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for computers within the local network: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:100 msgid "For computers within the &local network" msgstr "بالنسبة لأجهزة الكمبيوتر الموجودة على الشب&كة المحلية" -#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default within the local network: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:111 +#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default within the local network: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:111 msgid "&Publish printers within the local network" msgstr "&نشر الطابعات داخل الشبكة المحلية" -#. A caption for a table to allow remote access to local print queues -#. via network interfaces specified in the table below: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:121 +#. A caption for a table to allow remote access to local print queues +#. via network interfaces specified in the table below: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:121 msgid "Via network interfaces" msgstr "عبر واجهات الشبكة" -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:133 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:133 msgid "Interface" msgstr "واجهة" -#. A table column header where the column shows whether or not -#. local print queues are published by default -#. via the network interface in the other table column: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:137 +#. A table column header where the column shows whether or not +#. local print queues are published by default +#. via the network interface in the other table column: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:137 msgid "Publish printers via this interface" msgstr "نشر الطابعات عبر هذه الواجهة" -#. A PushButton label to add a network interface to the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:148 +#. A PushButton label to add a network interface to the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:148 msgid "&Add" msgstr "إ&ضافة" -#. A PushButton label to change a network interface in the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:154 +#. A PushButton label to change a network interface in the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:154 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "تح&رير" -#. A PushButton label to delete a network interface from the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:160 +#. A PushButton label to delete a network interface from the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:160 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "ح&ذف" -#. A caption to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for hosts and/or networks specified in two TextEntries below: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:169 +#. A caption to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for hosts and/or networks specified in two TextEntries below: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:169 msgid "For Specific IP Addresses or Networks" msgstr "للشبكات أو عناوين IP المحددة" -#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for hosts and/or networks: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for hosts and/or networks: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 +msgid "" +"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" msgstr "السماح بالوصول من عناوين IP هذه أو الشبك&ة/قناع الشبكة (مفصولة بمسافة)" -#. TextEntry to publish local print queues -#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 -msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" +#. TextEntry to publish local print queues +#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 +msgid "" +"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " +"space)" msgstr "نشر إلى عناوين IP هذه أو عناوين ب&ث الشبكة (مفصولة بمسافة)" -#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default -#. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214 +#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default +#. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214 msgid "&Publish printers by default via the network interface below." msgstr "ن&شر الطابعات بشكل افتراضي من خلال واجهة الشبكة أدناه." -#. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221 +#. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221 msgid "Available Network &Interfaces:" msgstr "واج&هات الشبكة المتاحة:" -#. Use the exact same wording "remote access" -#. as in the matching RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:261 +#. Use the exact same wording "remote access" +#. as in the matching RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:261 msgid "A firewall may prevent remote access" msgstr "قد يمنع جدار حماية الوصول البعيد" -#. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 +#. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 msgid "Failed to set only 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "فشل تعيين 'Listen localhost' في /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 +#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 msgid "Failed to remove 'Allow' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "فشلت إزالة إدخالات 'Allow' من /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "فشلت إزالة إدخالات 'BrowseAddress' من /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. -#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 +#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. +#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 msgid "Failed to set 'Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "فشل تعيين إدخالات 'Allow' '%1' في /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 +#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "فشل تعيين إدخالات 'BrowseAddress' '%1' في /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 +#. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 msgid "Failed to set 'Listen *:631' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "فشل تعيين 'Listen *:631' في /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 +msgid "" +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " +"configurations." msgstr "يتعارض إعداد خادم CUPS البعيد مع مشاركة تكوينات الطابعة المحلية." -#. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#. Whole configuration of printer but without reading and writing. -#. For use with proposal at the end of the system installation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:195 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:215 +#. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#. Whole configuration of printer but without reading and writing. +#. For use with proposal at the end of the system installation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:195 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:215 msgid "Printer Configuration" msgstr "تكوين الطابعة" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:197 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:217 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:197 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:217 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. Settings: -#. Define all variables needed for configuration of a printer: -#. Global variables: -#. Used by AutoYaST by calling in printer_auto.ycp the "Summary" function. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:58 +#. Settings: +#. Define all variables needed for configuration of a printer: +#. Global variables: +#. Used by AutoYaST by calling in printer_auto.ycp the "Summary" function. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:58 msgid "" "<p>\n" "AutoYaST settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>\n" @@ -4171,15 +4325,15 @@ "لا يوجد دعم AutoYaST لقوائم انتظار الطباعة المحلية.\n" "</p>" -#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. -#. Don't care if this command is successful. All what matters is if CreateDatabase() works. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:367 +#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. +#. Don't care if this command is successful. All what matters is if CreateDatabase() works. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:367 msgid "Retrieving printer driver information..." msgstr "يتم الآن استرداد معلومات برنامج تشغيل الطابعة......" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:382 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:382 msgid "" "Retrieving printer driver information...\n" "(this could take more than a minute)" @@ -4187,263 +4341,265 @@ "يتم الآن استرداد معلومات برنامج تشغيل الطابعة...\n" "(قد تستغرق هذه العملية أكثر من دقيقة واحدة)" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:396 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:396 msgid "Failed to create PPD database." msgstr "فشل إنشاء قاعدة بيانات PPD." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:415 src/modules/Printer.rb:541 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:621 src/modules/Printer.rb:694 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:415 src/modules/Printer.rb:541 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:621 src/modules/Printer.rb:694 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "الملف %1 غير موجود." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:437 src/modules/Printer.rb:566 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:641 src/modules/Printer.rb:714 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:437 src/modules/Printer.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:641 src/modules/Printer.rb:714 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "فشلت قراءة %1." -#. ExpectedSize to 1 (setting it to 0 results wrong output) by calling -#. UI::ChangeWidget( `id(`create_database_progress), `ExpectedSize, 1 ) -#. results bad looking output because the DownloadProgress widget is visible re-drawn -#. first with a small 1% initially starting progress bar which then jumps up to 100% -#. but what is intended is that the current progress bar jumps directly up to 100%. -#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar. -#. Because ProgressBar has a different default width than DownloadProgress, -#. a MinWidth which is sufficient for both is set above. -#. The size is measured in units roughly equivalent to the size of a character -#. in the respective UI (1/80 of the full screen width horizontally, -#. 1/25 of the full screen width vertically) where full screen size -#. is 640x480 pixels (y2qt) or 80x25 characters (y2ncurses). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:459 +#. ExpectedSize to 1 (setting it to 0 results wrong output) by calling +#. UI::ChangeWidget( `id(`create_database_progress), `ExpectedSize, 1 ) +#. results bad looking output because the DownloadProgress widget is visible re-drawn +#. first with a small 1% initially starting progress bar which then jumps up to 100% +#. but what is intended is that the current progress bar jumps directly up to 100%. +#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar. +#. Because ProgressBar has a different default width than DownloadProgress, +#. a MinWidth which is sufficient for both is set above. +#. The size is measured in units roughly equivalent to the size of a character +#. in the respective UI (1/80 of the full screen width horizontally, +#. 1/25 of the full screen width vertically) where full screen size +#. is 640x480 pixels (y2qt) or 80x25 characters (y2ncurses). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:459 msgid "Retrieved Printer Driver Information" msgstr "تم استرداد معلومات برنامج تشغيل الطابعة" -#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. -#. Don't care if this command is successful. -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:491 src/modules/Printer.rb:508 +#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. +#. Don't care if this command is successful. +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:491 src/modules/Printer.rb:508 msgid "Detecting printers..." msgstr "يتم الآن اكتشاف الطابعات..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no printer was autodetected. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:522 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no printer was autodetected. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:522 msgid "Failed to detect printers automatically." msgstr "فشل اكتشاف الطابعات تلقائيًا." -#. ExpectedSize to 1 results bad looking output (see above). -#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar -#. which requires a MinWidth with sufficient size (see above). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:579 +#. ExpectedSize to 1 results bad looking output (see above). +#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar +#. which requires a MinWidth with sufficient size (see above). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:579 msgid "Printer detection finished" msgstr "انتهى الكشف عن الطابعة" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:607 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:607 msgid "Failed to detect print queues." msgstr "فشل اكتشاف قوائم انتظار الطباعة." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 msgid "Failed to determine driver options for queue %1." msgstr "فشل تحديد خيارات برنامج التشغيل لقائمة الانتظار %1." -#. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see -#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: -#. for background information -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:735 +#. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see +#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: +#. for background information +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:735 msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين الطابعة" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:738 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:738 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "التحقق من الحزم المثبَّتة" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:740 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:740 msgid "Checking installed packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من الحزم المثبَّتة..." -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:742 src/modules/Printer.rb:792 +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:742 src/modules/Printer.rb:792 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. Finish printer configuration (does actually nothing except to exit verbosely) see -#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: -#. for background information -#. @return true in any case (because it only exits) -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:785 +#. Finish printer configuration (does actually nothing except to exit verbosely) see +#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: +#. for background information +#. @return true in any case (because it only exits) +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:785 msgid "Finishing Printer Configuration" msgstr "إنهاء تكوين الطابعة" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:788 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:788 msgid "Finish printer configuration" msgstr "إنهاء تكوين الطابعة" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:790 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:790 msgid "Finishing printer configuration..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنهاء تكوين الطابعة..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 msgid "Cannot show print queues (failed to detect print queues)." msgstr "تعذر إظهار قوائم انتظار الطباعة (فشل اكتشاف قوائم انتظار الطباعة)." -#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 +#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 msgid "Local" msgstr "محلي" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1120 msgid "Class" msgstr "فئة" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1121 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1121 msgid "Remote" msgstr "بعيد" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1122 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1122 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. When the queue accepts print jobs and printing is enabled: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1124 +#. When the queue accepts print jobs and printing is enabled: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1124 msgid "Ready" msgstr "جاهز" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1125 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1125 msgid "Printout disabled" msgstr "تم تعطيل الطباعة" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1128 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1128 msgid "Rejecting print jobs, printout disabled" msgstr "يتم الآن رفض مهام الطباعة، تم تعطيل الطباعة" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1130 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1130 msgid "Rejecting print jobs" msgstr "يتم الآن رفض مهام الطباعة" -#. Show a fallback text if there are no queues: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1167 +#. Show a fallback text if there are no queues: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1167 msgid "There is no print queue." msgstr "لا توجد أية قائمة انتظار طباعة" -#. Only a simple message because before the function AutodetectPrinters -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1212 +#. Only a simple message because before the function AutodetectPrinters +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1212 msgid "Failed to autodetect printers." msgstr "فشل الاكتشاف التلقائي للطابعات." -#. Show a fallback text if there are no connections. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1474 +#. Show a fallback text if there are no connections. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1474 msgid "No connections." msgstr "لا توجد اتصالات." -#. A hint what to do if there are no connections. -#. 'Detect More' and 'Connection Wizard' are -#. button lables and must be translated accordingly: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1478 +#. A hint what to do if there are no connections. +#. 'Detect More' and 'Connection Wizard' are +#. button lables and must be translated accordingly: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1478 msgid "Try 'Detect More' or use the 'Connection Wizard'." msgstr "حاول 'كشف المزيد' أو استخدام 'معالج الاتصال'." -#. Only a simple message because before the function CreateDatabase -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496 +#. Only a simple message because before the function CreateDatabase +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496 msgid "Failed to create the printer driver database." msgstr "فشل إنشاء قاعدة بيانات برامج تشغيل الطابعة." -#. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected. -#. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525 +#. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected. +#. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525 msgid "Select a connection, then matching drivers show up here." msgstr "اختر اتصالاً، وسوف تظهر برامج التشغيل المتطابقة هنا." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1543 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1543 msgid "Determining matching printer drivers..." msgstr "تحديد برامج تشغيل الطابعة المطابقة..." -#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 +#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." -msgstr "لم يتم العثور على أي برنامج تشغيل مطابق. غيّر سلسلة البحث أو حاول 'العثور على المزيد'." +msgstr "" +"لم يتم العثور على أي برنامج تشغيل مطابق. غيّر سلسلة البحث أو حاول 'العثور على " +"المزيد'." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..." msgstr "تتم الآن معالجة العديد من برامج تشغيل الطابعة. الرجاء الانتظار..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 msgid "Failed to add queue %1." msgstr "فشلت إضافة قائمة الانتظار %1." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1." msgstr "فشل حذف التكوين %1." -#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case -#. which should not happen at all: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 +#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case +#. which should not happen at all: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 msgid "Failed to determine the driver options." msgstr "فشل تحديد خيارات برنامج التشغيل." -#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 +#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 msgid "new value" msgstr "قيمة جديدة" -#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 +#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 msgid "saved value" msgstr "قيمة محفوظة" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 msgid "The server '" msgstr "الملقم'" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n" "This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n" @@ -4457,9 +4613,9 @@ "أو إذا لم يُسمح لعملية YaST بالوصول إلى العرض الرسومي.\n" "وفي هذه الحالة ينبغي تشغيل hp-setup يدويًا مباشرةً كمستخدم 'مسؤول'.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" @@ -4469,21 +4625,22 @@ "/usr/bin/hp-setup غير قابل للتنفيذ\n" "أو غير موجود.\n" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " +"configuration.\n" msgstr "" "بدأ تشغيل hp-setup.\n" "يجب إنهاء hp-setup قبل متابعة تكوين الطابعة.\n" -#. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. -#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 +#. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. +#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 msgid "" "To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" "Use 'Driver Packages' to install it." @@ -4491,99 +4648,102 @@ "لتشغيل hp-setup، يجب تثبيت hplip لحزمة RPM.\n" "استخدم 'حزم برنامج التشغيل' لتثبيتها." -#. Is the package available to be installed? -#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +#. Is the package available to be installed? +#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 +msgid "" +"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " +"available." msgstr "الحزمة المطلوبة %1 غير مثبَّتة ولا يتوفر أي مخزن حزم." -#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 +msgid "" +"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت الحزمة المطلوبة %1 وهي غير متوفرة في المخزن." -#. Only a simple message because: -#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, -#. or this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:223 +#. Only a simple message because: +#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, +#. or this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:223 msgid "Failed to install required package %1." msgstr "فشل تثبيت الحزمة المطلوبة %1." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:242 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:242 msgid "Remove package %1?" msgstr "هل تريد إزالة الحزمة %1؟" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:278 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:278 msgid "Removing package %1 would break dependencies." msgstr "قد تؤدي إزالة الحزمة %1 إلى تعطيل التبعيات." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287 msgid "Remove %1 regardless of breaking dependencies?" msgstr "هل تريد إزالة %1 بغض النظر عن تعطيل التبعيات؟" -#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 +#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 msgid "Breaking dependencies leads to arbitrary failures elsewhere." msgstr "يؤدي تعطيل التبعيات إلى وجود محاولات فاشلة بشكلٍ عشوائي في أي مكان." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:309 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:309 msgid "Failed to remove package %1." msgstr "فشلت إزالة الحزمة %1." -#. Enforce user confirmation before a new service is started -#. to be on the safe side that the user knows about it: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:335 +#. Enforce user confirmation before a new service is started +#. to be on the safe side that the user knows about it: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:335 msgid "Start locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "بدء تشغيل برنامج المحرك CUPS الذي يتم تشغيله محليًا" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:337 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:337 msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is needed." msgstr "يستلزم وجود برنامج محرك CUPS يتم تشغيله محليًا." -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:343 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:343 msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon" msgstr "فشل بدء برنامج محرك CUPS" -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:383 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:383 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:432 msgid "No locally running CUPS daemon is accessible." msgstr "لا يوجد برنامج محرك CUPS يتم تشغيله محليًا قابل للوصول." -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 msgid "Failed to enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" msgstr "فشل تمكين بدء تشغيل برنامج محرك CUPS أثناء تشغيل النظام" -#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment -#. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:400 +#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment +#. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:400 msgid "Restart locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "أعد تشغيل برنامج المحرك CUPS الذي يتم تشغيله محليًا" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402 msgid "A restart disrupts all currently active print jobs." msgstr "يعطل إعادة التشغيل كافة مهام الطباعة النشطة حاليًا." -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:408 msgid "Failed to restart the CUPS daemon" msgstr "فشل بدء تشغيل برنامج محرك CUPS" -#. Wait half a minute for a restarted cupsd is necessary because -#. when a "no Browsing info" config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config -#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds -#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info -#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:423 +#. Wait half a minute for a restarted cupsd is necessary because +#. when a "no Browsing info" config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config +#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds +#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info +#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:423 msgid "" "Restarted the CUPS daemon.\n" "Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" @@ -4591,44 +4751,44 @@ "تمت إعادة تشغيل برنامج المحرك CUPS.\n" "انتظر نصف دقيقة ليكون برنامج المحرك CUPS جاهزًا للعمل...\n" -#. To be on the safe side, ask the user to enable the cupsd -#. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:439 +#. To be on the safe side, ask the user to enable the cupsd +#. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:439 msgid "Enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" msgstr "تمكين بدء تشغيل برنامج محرك CUPS أثناء تشغيل النظام" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 msgid "Currently the CUPS daemon is not started during system boot." msgstr "لا يتم بدء تشغيل برنامج محرك CUPS في الوقت الحالي أثناء تشغيل النظام." -#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment -#. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:461 +#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment +#. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:461 msgid "Stop locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "إيقاف برنامج المحرك CUPS الذي يتم تشغيله محليًا" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:463 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:463 msgid "A stop disrupts all currently active print jobs." msgstr "يعطل إيقاف التشغيل كافة مهام الطباعة النشطة حاليًا." -#. Wait one second to make sure that cupsd has really finished (it may do some cleanup): -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:479 +#. Wait one second to make sure that cupsd has really finished (it may do some cleanup): +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:479 msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is still accessible." msgstr "لا يزال برنامج المحرك CUPS الذي يتم تشغيله محليًا قابلاً للوصول." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:516 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:516 msgid "The CUPS server '%1' is not accessible." msgstr "خادم CUPS '%1' غير قابل للوصول." -#. Label for a ProgressBar while waiting for updated config files: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:649 +#. Label for a ProgressBar while waiting for updated config files: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:649 msgid "Updating configuration files..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديث ملفات التكوين..." -#. Label for a PushButton to skip waiting for updated config files: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657 +#. Label for a PushButton to skip waiting for updated config files: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657 msgid "&Skip waiting" msgstr "تخط&ي الانتظار" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/product-creator.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/product-creator.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/product-creator.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,17 +14,17 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module -#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45 +#. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module +#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of Image Creator" msgstr "تكوين منشئ نُسخ المحتويات" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. /bin/objcopy - binutils -#. /bin/mkzimage - lilo -#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:73 src/clients/kiwi.rb:99 -#: src/include/product-creator/wizards.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. /bin/objcopy - binutils +#. /bin/mkzimage - lilo +#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:73 src/clients/kiwi.rb:99 +#: src/include/product-creator/wizards.rb:255 msgid "" "Installation of required packages\n" "failed." @@ -32,207 +32,207 @@ "فشل تثبيت الحزم\n" "المطلوبة." -#. command line help text for the kiwi module -#: src/clients/kiwi.rb:48 +#. command line help text for the kiwi module +#: src/clients/kiwi.rb:48 msgid "Configuration of Kiwi" msgstr "تكوين Kiwi" -#. transltors: command line help text for the product-creator module -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:54 +#. transltors: command line help text for the product-creator module +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of Product Creator" msgstr "تكوين منشئ المنتج" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:64 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:64 msgid "Print existing configurations" msgstr "طباعة التكوينات الموجودة" -#. translators: command line help text for create-iso action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:71 +#. translators: command line help text for create-iso action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:71 msgid "Create installation ISO image" msgstr "إنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO للتثبيت" -#. translators: command line help text for create-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:78 +#. translators: command line help text for create-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:78 msgid "Create new product configuration" msgstr "إنشاء تكوين المنتج الجديد" -#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:85 +#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:85 msgid "Delete existing configuration" msgstr "حذف التكوين الموجود" -#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:92 +#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:92 msgid "Edit existing configuration" msgstr "تحرير التكوين الموجود" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:99 msgid "Show the summary of selected configuration" msgstr "إظهار ملخص التكوين المحدد" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'name' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:107 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'name' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:107 msgid "Name of the configuration" msgstr "اسم التكوين" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:114 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:114 msgid "GPG passphrase required for signing the source." msgstr "مطلوب إدخال عبارة مرور GPG لتوقيع المصدر." -#. command line help text for the 'passhrase_file' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:121 +#. command line help text for the 'passhrase_file' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:121 msgid "File with GPG passphrase required for signing the source" msgstr "مطلوب إدخال الملف المحتوي على عبارة مرور GPG لتوقيع المصدر" -#. cmd line help text for the 'configfile' option, %1 is a file name -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:129 +#. cmd line help text for the 'configfile' option, %1 is a file name +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:129 msgid "Path to the configuration file (default is %1)" msgstr "المسار إلى ملف التكوين (الملف الافتراضي هو %1)" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:136 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:136 msgid "Path to the output directory" msgstr "المسار إلى دليل الإخراج" -#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144 +#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144 msgid "Output should be an ISO image instead of directory tree" msgstr "يجب أن تكون المخرجات في شكل نسخة محتويات ISO بدلاً من هيكل الدليل" -#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150 +#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150 msgid "Name of the output ISO image" msgstr "اسم نسخة محتويات ISO للمخرجات" -#. command line help text for 'savespace' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:157 +#. command line help text for 'savespace' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:157 msgid "Copy only needed files to save space" msgstr "نسخ الملفات المطلوبة فقط لتوفير مساحة" -#. command line help text for 'profile' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:163 +#. command line help text for 'profile' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:163 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile" msgstr "المسار إلى ملف تعريف AutoYaST" -#. command line help text for 'copy_profile' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:170 +#. command line help text for 'copy_profile' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:170 msgid "Copy AutoYaST profile to CD image" msgstr "نسخ ملف تعريف AutoYaST إلى نسخة محتويات القرص المضغوط" -#. command line help text for 'isolinux_path' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:176 +#. command line help text for 'isolinux_path' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:176 msgid "Path to isolinux.cfg file" msgstr "المسار إلى الملف isolinux.cfg" -#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:183 +#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:183 msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product" msgstr "معرف مفتاح GPG المستخدَم في توقيع المنتج" -#. command line help text for 'repositories' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:190 +#. command line help text for 'repositories' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:190 msgid "List of package repositories (separated by commas)" msgstr "قائمة مخازن الحزم (تفصل بينها فواصل)" -#. command line error message -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:79 -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:328 +#. command line error message +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:79 +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:328 msgid "Configuration name is missing." msgstr "اسم التكوين مفقود." -#. command line error message, %1 is a name -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:86 +#. command line error message, %1 is a name +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:86 msgid "There is no configuration %1." msgstr "التكوين %1 غير موجود." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:104 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:104 msgid "Path to output directory is missing." msgstr "المسار إلى دليل الإخراج مفقود." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:116 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:116 msgid "List of package repositories is empty." msgstr "قائمة مخازن الحزم فارغة." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:124 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile is missing." msgstr "المسار إلى ملف تعريف AutoYaST مفقود." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:164 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:164 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "الملف %1 غير موجود." -#. Command line handler for Create ISO action -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:233 +#. Command line handler for Create ISO action +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:233 msgid "Loading configuration %1..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحميل التكوين %1..." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:240 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:240 msgid "Cannot load configuration %1." msgstr "تعذر تحميل التكوين %1." -#. command line error message (%1 is path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:290 +#. command line error message (%1 is path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:290 msgid "Cannot create ISO image %1." msgstr "تعذر إنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO %1." -#. command line info message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:296 +#. command line info message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:296 msgid "ISO image %1 has been written." msgstr "تمت كتابة نسخة محتويات ISO %1." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:303 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:303 msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن أن يكون حقل اسم التكوين فارغًا." -#. summary caption -#. summary caption -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:354 -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:531 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1904 +#. summary caption +#. summary caption +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:354 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:531 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1904 msgid "Package Source" msgstr "مصدر الحزمة" -#. summary line (%1 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:369 +#. summary line (%1 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:369 msgid "Using AutoYaST profile %1" msgstr "استخدام ملف تعريف AutoYaST %1" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:380 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1942 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:380 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1942 msgid "Creating ISO image %1/%2" msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO %1/%2" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:389 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:389 msgid "Creating directory tree in %1/%2" msgstr "إنشاء هيكل الدليل في %1/%2" -#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:412 +#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:412 msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key %1%2" msgstr "توقيع الوسيط رقميًا باستخدام مفتاح GPG %1%2" -#. summary text -#. summary text -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:419 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1990 +#. summary text +#. summary text +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:419 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1990 msgid "The medium will not be digitally signed" msgstr "لن يتم توقيع الوسيطة رقميًا" -#. error message: %1 and %2 are architecture names like i386, x86_64, ppc... -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:100 +#. error message: %1 and %2 are architecture names like i386, x86_64, ppc... +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:100 msgid "" "Target architecture of the current configuration (%1)\n" "does not match the system architecture (%2).\n" @@ -244,83 +244,83 @@ "\n" "تعذر على Kiwi إنشاء نسخ محتويات لهياكل مختلفة." -#. ProductCreator overview dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133 +#. ProductCreator overview dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133 msgid "Product Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة على تكوين منشئ المنتجات" -#. Table header -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#. Table header +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "Product" msgstr "المنتج" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "Image" msgstr "نسخة المحتويات" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "GPG Key" msgstr "مفتاح GPG" -#. push button label -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:156 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3004 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3024 +#. push button label +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:156 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3004 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3024 msgid "Xen Image" msgstr "نسخة محتويات Xen" -#. push button label -#. button label -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:158 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2915 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3006 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3026 +#. push button label +#. button label +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:158 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2915 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3006 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3026 msgid "Virtual Disk Image" msgstr "نسخة محتويات القرص الظاهري" -#. push box item -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:165 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3014 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3022 +#. push box item +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:165 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3014 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3022 msgid "Live ISO Image" msgstr "نسخة محتويات ISO مباشرة" -#. menu button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:175 +#. menu button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:175 msgid "&Create Product..." msgstr "إن&شاء منتج..." -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:178 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:178 msgid "ISO Image" msgstr "نسخة محتويات ISO" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:180 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:180 msgid "Directory Tree" msgstr "هيكل الدليل" -#. menu button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:186 +#. menu button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:186 msgid "Cre&ate Image with KIWI..." msgstr "إن&شاء نسخة محتويات باستخدام KIWI..." -#. TreeDialog -#. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data. -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327 +#. TreeDialog +#. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data. +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327 msgid "" "<P>Creating the directory structure for the new ISO image.</P>\n" " \n" @@ -328,108 +328,108 @@ "<P>إنشاء بنية الدليل لنسخة محتويات ISO الجديدة.</P>\n" " \n" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 msgid "<p>Press <b>Next</b> to start creating the ISO file.</p>" msgstr "<p>اضغط <b>التالي</b> لبدء إنشاء ملف ISO.</p>" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338 msgid "Create skeleton with common files" msgstr "إنشاء البنية باستخدام الملفات العامة" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:339 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:339 msgid "Copy additional and customized files" msgstr "نسخ الملفات الإضافية والمخصصة" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:340 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:340 msgid "Copy selected packages" msgstr "نسخ الحزم المحددة" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:344 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:344 msgid "Creating skeleton with essential files" msgstr "إنشاء البنية باستخدام الملفات الأساسية" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 msgid "Copying additional and customized files to directory tree..." msgstr "يتم الآن نسخ الملفات الإضافية والمخصصة إلى هيكل الدليل..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 msgid "Copying selected packages" msgstr "نسخ الحزم المحددة" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:354 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:354 msgid "Sign the source with a GPG key" msgstr "توقيع المصدر باستخدام مفتاح GPG" -#. progressbar label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:359 +#. progressbar label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:359 msgid "Signing the source with a GPG key..." msgstr "يتم الآن توقيع المصدر باستخدام مفتاح GPG..." -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:365 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:365 msgid "Disable signature checks in linuxrc" msgstr "تعطيل التحقق من التوقيع في linuxrc" -#. progressbar label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:370 +#. progressbar label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:370 msgid "Disabling signature checks in linuxrc..." msgstr "يتم الآن تعطيل التحقق من التوقيع في linuxrc..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:375 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:375 msgid "Creating ISO image directory..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء دليل نُسخ محتويات ISO..." -#. redirect the download callbacks -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:404 +#. redirect the download callbacks +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:404 msgid "Error while creating skeleton." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إنشاء البنية." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:449 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:449 msgid "ISO image directory ready" msgstr "دليل نُسخ محتويات ISO جاهز" -#. if (!Mode::commandline()) -#. { -#. Wizard::EnableNextButton(); -#. Wizard::RestoreNextButton(); -#. } -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:495 +#. if (!Mode::commandline()) +#. { +#. Wizard::EnableNextButton(); +#. Wizard::RestoreNextButton(); +#. } +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:495 msgid "Creating CD Image..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء نسخة محتويات القرص المضغوط..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:496 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:496 msgid "This may take a while." msgstr "قد يستغرق ذلك بعض الوقت." -#. caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:530 +#. caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:530 msgid "ISO Summary" msgstr "ملخص ISO" -#. frame label -#. summary caption -#. richtext header -#. richtext header -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:537 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:261 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1911 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:343 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:373 +#. frame label +#. summary caption +#. richtext header +#. richtext header +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:537 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1911 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Packages" msgstr "الحزم" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:548 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:548 msgid "Missing Packages" msgstr "الحزم المفقودة" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:552 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:129 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:552 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:129 msgid "None" msgstr "بلا" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557 msgid "" "<p>Verify the data in the summary box then\n" "press Finish to return to main dialog.</p>\n" @@ -437,12 +437,12 @@ "<p>تحقق من البيانات الموجودة في مربع الملخص ثم\n" "اضغط إنهاء للعودة إلى مربع الحوار الرئيسي.</p>\n" -#. caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583 +#. caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583 msgid "Custom CDs" msgstr "الأقراص المضغوطة المخصصة" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585 msgid "" "<p>Verifying data and packages...\n" " </p>\n" @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ " </p>\n" " \n" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592 msgid "" "<p>If there is something missing, the process will be aborted.\n" "Fix the problem and try again.</p>\n" @@ -462,158 +462,164 @@ "قم بإصلاح المشكلة، ثم حاول مرة أخرى.</p>\n" " " -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600 msgid "Set up Package Source" msgstr "إعداد مصدر الحزمة" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:601 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:601 msgid "Create Package List" msgstr "إنشاء قائمة الحزم" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:602 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:602 msgid "Verify Package Availability" msgstr "التحقق من توفر الحزم" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:603 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:603 msgid "Check Destination" msgstr "فحص الوجهة" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:607 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:607 msgid "Configuring package source..." msgstr "يتم الآن تكوين مصدر الحزمة..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:608 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:608 msgid "Creating package list..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء قائمة الحزم..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:609 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:609 msgid "Verifying package availability..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من توفر الحزم..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:610 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:610 msgid "Checking destination..." msgstr "يتم الآن فحص الوجهة..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:614 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:614 msgid "Verification of Data for ISO Image" msgstr "التحقق من بيانات نسخة محتويات ISO" -#. SCR::Execute(.target.mkdir, tmp + "/tmproot"); -#. Pkg::TargetInit( tmp + "/tmproot" , true); -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:636 +#. SCR::Execute(.target.mkdir, tmp + "/tmproot"); +#. Pkg::TargetInit( tmp + "/tmproot" , true); +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:636 msgid "Enabling sources..." msgstr "يتم الآن تمكين المصادر..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:645 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:645 msgid "Selecting packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديد الحزم..." -#. the solver has failed, let the user resolve the dependencies -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:667 +#. the solver has failed, let the user resolve the dependencies +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:667 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من الحزم..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:675 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:675 msgid "Verifying the destination directory..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من دليل الوجهة..." -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 msgid "<p>Start creating a new image configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>البدء في إنشاء تكوين نسخة محتويات جديد باستخدام <b>إضافة</b>.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 -msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the image.</p>" -msgstr "<p>استخدم <b>تحرير</b> لتغيير تكوين نسخة المحتويات المحددة أو إنشاء نسخة المحتويات.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the " +"image.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>استخدم <b>تحرير</b> لتغيير تكوين نسخة المحتويات المحددة أو إنشاء نسخة " +"المحتويات.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 -msgid "<p>Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 +msgid "" +"<p>Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting " +"<b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>حذف الدليل باستخدام التكوين المحدد عن طريق تحديد <b>حذف</b>.</p>" -#. help text, %1 is directory -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 +#. help text, %1 is directory +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 msgid "<p>All image configurations are saved in <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" msgstr "<p>يتم حفظ كافة تكوينات نُسخ المحتويات في الدليل <tt>%1</tt>.</p>" -#. main dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 +#. main dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 msgid "Image Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة على تكوين منشئ نُسخ المحتويات" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 msgid "Version" msgstr "الإصدار" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 msgid "Size" msgstr "الحجم" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:881 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:881 msgid "Delete configuration %1 (%2) now?" msgstr "هل تريد حذف التكوين %1 (%2) الآن؟" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:80 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:94 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:94 msgid "On" msgstr "تشغيل" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:81 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Off" msgstr "إيقاف تشغيل" -#. ProductCreator configure1 dialog caption -#. ProductCreator configure2 dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:168 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:394 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1223 +#. ProductCreator configure1 dialog caption +#. ProductCreator configure2 dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:168 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:394 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1223 msgid "Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "نظرة عامة على تكوين منشئ المنتجات" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:202 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Profile Loca&tion:" msgstr "&موقع ملف التعريف:" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:209 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:209 msgid "Select Fi&le" msgstr "ت&حديد الملف" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:218 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Copy Profile to CD I&mage" msgstr "نسخ ملف التعريف إلى نسخة محتويات ال&قرص المضغوط" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:232 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:232 msgid "Pac&kage Manager" msgstr "مدير الح&زم" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:241 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "&AutoYaST Control File" msgstr "ملف &تحكم AutoYaST" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:257 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "&Configuration Name:" msgstr "اسم الت&كوين:" -#. set architecture if configured -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:313 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3512 +#. set architecture if configured +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:313 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3512 msgid "Enter the name of the configuration." msgstr "أدخل اسم التكوين." -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:319 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:319 msgid "" "A configuration with this name already exists.\n" " Select a new name.\n" @@ -621,88 +627,88 @@ "يوجد بالفعل تكوين بهذا الاسم.\n" " حدد اسمًا جديدًا.\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344 +#. error message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "The file '%1' does not exist. Choose a correct one." msgstr "" "الملف '%1' غير موجود.\n" "اختر ملفًا صحيحًا." -#. abort? -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:369 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1260 +#. abort? +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1260 msgid "Select File" msgstr "تحديد الملف" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:415 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "Output:" msgstr "الإخراج:" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:423 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:423 msgid "&Path to Generated Directory Tree:" msgstr "الم&سار إلى هيكل الدليل الذي تم إنشاؤه:" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:430 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "&Select Directory" msgstr "ت&حديد الدليل" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:443 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:443 msgid "&Generate ISO Image File" msgstr "إن&شاء ملف نسخة محتويات ISO" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:459 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:459 msgid "&ISO Image File:" msgstr "ملف نس&خة محتويات ISO:" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:473 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Create Directory &Tree Only" msgstr "إنشاء &هيكل الدليل فقط" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:484 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "Other Options" msgstr "خيارات أخرى" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:490 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Copy only needed files to save space." msgstr "نسخ الملفات المطلوبة فقط لتوفير مساحة" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:500 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "CD Publisher:" msgstr "ناشر القرص المضغوط:" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:509 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "CD Preparer:" msgstr "مُعِد القرص المضغوط:" -#. ask for directory widget label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:549 +#. ask for directory widget label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "تحديد الدليل" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:562 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:562 msgid "Path to generated directory tree missing." msgstr "المسار إلى هيكل الدليل الذي تم إنشاؤه مفقود." -#. preselect the first item -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:646 +#. preselect the first item +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Target Architecture" msgstr "الهيكل الأساسي" -#. the architecture is different, ask to switch it -#. %1 is URL of the repository -#. %2 is name of the architecture (like i386, x86_64, ppc...) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:774 +#. the architecture is different, ask to switch it +#. %1 is URL of the repository +#. %2 is name of the architecture (like i386, x86_64, ppc...) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "Source %1\n" "does not support the current target architecture (%2).\n" @@ -712,56 +718,56 @@ " الهيكل الأساسي الحالي (%2).\n" "هل تريد تغيير الهيكل الأساسي؟\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:802 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:802 msgid "Source Selection" msgstr "تحديد المصدر" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Selected" msgstr "محدد" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Status" msgstr "الحالة" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "URL" msgstr "عنوان URL" -#. summary line, %1 is e.g. i386, x86_64, ppc... -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:822 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1930 +#. summary line, %1 is e.g. i386, x86_64, ppc... +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1930 msgid "Target architecture: %1" msgstr "الهيكل الأساسي: %1" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:835 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:835 msgid "Cr&eate New..." msgstr "إنشاء &جديد..." -#. remove not found sources (with id = -1) -#. enable the source -#. disable the source -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:861 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:900 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:948 +#. remove not found sources (with id = -1) +#. enable the source +#. disable the source +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:861 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:900 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:948 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#. refresh the target architecture if it has been changed -#. change the architecture -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:908 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1078 +#. refresh the target architecture if it has been changed +#. change the architecture +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:908 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1078 msgid "Target Architecture: %1" msgstr "الهيكل الأساسي: %1" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:969 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:969 msgid "Select at least one source." msgstr "حدد مصدرًا واحدًا على الأقل." -#. error message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1004 +#. error message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1004 msgid "" "There is a mismatch between the selected\n" "repositories and the machine architecture.\n" @@ -775,61 +781,62 @@ "إما أن تقوم بتحديد مستودع مختلف أو\n" "أن تقوم بتغيير الهيكل المستهدف.\n" -#. ask for the target architecture -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1045 +#. ask for the target architecture +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1045 msgid "Select the new target architecture." msgstr "حدد الهيكل الأساسي الجديد." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1139 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1139 msgid "Base Source Selection" msgstr "تحديد المصدر الأساسي" -#. convert the URL to Id -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1167 +#. convert the URL to Id +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1167 msgid "Selected Base Source" msgstr "المصدر الأساسي المحدد" -#. FIXME: Manage files for other archs -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1234 +#. FIXME: Manage files for other archs +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "File Contents: %1" msgstr "محتويات الملف: %1" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1237 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "Load File" msgstr "تحميل الملف" -#. Pkg::TargetFinish (); -#. busy message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1297 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1522 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:286 +#. Pkg::TargetFinish (); +#. busy message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1297 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:286 msgid "Reading data from Package Database..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة البيانات من قاعدة بيانات الحزم..." -#. popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1298 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1523 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1477 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1822 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:291 +#. popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1523 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1477 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1822 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:291 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "الرجاء الانتظار..." -#. Open empty dialog for instant feedback -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1403 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1537 +#. Open empty dialog for instant feedback +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1403 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1537 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة قاعدة بيانات الحزم..." -#. switch to packager textdomain, reuse the translations -#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1435 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 +#. switch to packager textdomain, reuse the translations +#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1435 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n" +"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> " +"to add\n" "more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -838,15 +845,15 @@ "مزيد من التحديدات والحزم<b> الإضافية.\n" "</p>" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1444 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1510 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1444 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1510 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "تحديد البرنامج" -#. error message, %1 = details -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1603 +#. error message, %1 = details +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1603 msgid "" "Dependencies cannot be resolved.\n" "\n" @@ -856,74 +863,80 @@ "\n" "%1\n" -#. refresh table and pushbutton state -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1822 +#. refresh table and pushbutton state +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1822 msgid "&Digitally Sign the Product on the Medium" msgstr "&توقيع المنتج رقميًا في الوسيط" -#. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected? -#. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...") -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 +#. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected? +#. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...") +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Sign</b></big><br>\n" -"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG " +"key. \n" "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>توقيع</b></big><br>\n" -"لإتاحة الفرصة للمستخدمين للتحقق من المنتج الخاص بك، قم بتوقيعه باستخدام مفتاح GPG. \n" +"لإتاحة الفرصة للمستخدمين للتحقق من المنتج الخاص بك، قم بتوقيعه باستخدام " +"مفتاح GPG. \n" "يتم التحقق من هذا المفتاح عند إضافة المنتج كمخزن.</p>" -#. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language -#. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 +#. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language +#. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 msgid "" -"<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n" -"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information.</P>" +"<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option " +"'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading " +"an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc " +"for more information.</P>" msgstr "" "<P>إذا لم يتم توقيع المنتج، فيقوم Yast تلقائيًا بإضافة الخيار 'غير آمن:\n" -"1' إلى ملف تكوين linuxrc، وإلا سيرفض linuxrc تحميل نظام تثبيت لم يتم توقيعه عند التشغيل. انظر http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc لمزيد من المعلومات.</P>" +"1' إلى ملف تكوين linuxrc، وإلا سيرفض linuxrc تحميل نظام تثبيت لم يتم توقيعه " +"عند التشغيل. انظر http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc لمزيد من المعلومات.</P>" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium" msgstr "توقيع المنتج في الوسيط" -#. Configuration Summary -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1896 +#. Configuration Summary +#. @return [void] +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1896 msgid "Configuration Summary" msgstr "ملخص التكوين" -#. summary line -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1917 +#. summary line +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1917 msgid "Selected %1 packages" msgstr "%1 حزمة (حزم) محددة" -#. display the architecture in the summary if it has been changed -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1925 +#. display the architecture in the summary if it has been changed +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1925 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "الهيكل" -#. summary caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1935 +#. summary caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1935 msgid "Output Directory" msgstr "دليل الإخراج" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1952 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1952 msgid "Creating directory tree in <b> %1/%2 </b>" msgstr "إنشاء هيكل الدليل في <b> %1/%2 </b>" -#. header in the summary dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1961 +#. header in the summary dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1961 msgid "Signing" msgstr "توقيع" -#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1981 +#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1981 msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key <b>%1</b>%2" msgstr "توقيع الوسيط رقميًا باستخدام مفتاح GPG <b>%1</b>%2" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1996 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1996 msgid "" "<p>Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -931,8 +944,8 @@ "<p>تحقق من صحة البيانات الواردة في الملخص ثم اضغط \"التالي\" للمتابعة.\n" "</p>\n" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Boot Options</big></b><br>\n" "Add additional boot menu entries with boot options.\n" @@ -942,37 +955,40 @@ "إضافة إدخالات إضافية لقائمة التشغيل مع بعض خيارات التشغيل.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p>For example, \n" "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" -"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.</p>\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the " +"original is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>على سبيل المثال، \n" "قم بتكوين القرص المضغوط الخاص بعمليات التثبيت التلقائية وحدد\n" -"موقع مصدر التثبيت. إذا لم تكن متأكدًا، اترك الملف بدون تغييرات وسيتم استخدام الملف الأصلي.</p>\n" +"موقع مصدر التثبيت. إذا لم تكن متأكدًا، اترك الملف بدون تغييرات وسيتم استخدام " +"الملف الأصلي.</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b></p>\n" msgstr "<p><b><big>تهيئة التكوين</big></b></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إيقاف التهيئة:</big></b><br>\n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</" +"p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 msgid "<p><b><big>Saving Configuration</big></b></p>\n" msgstr "<p><b><big>حفظ التكوين</big></b></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -984,8 +1000,8 @@ "سيظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Product Creator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of available configurations. Additionally\n" @@ -995,8 +1011,8 @@ "يمكنك إلقاء نظرة عامة على التكوينات المتاحة. بالإضافة إلى\n" "تحرير هذه التكوينات.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Configuration:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to create a new configuration.</p>" @@ -1004,8 +1020,8 @@ "<p><b><big>إضافة تكوين:</big></b><br>\n" "اضغط <b>إضافة</b> لإنشاء تكوين جديد.</p>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a configuration to change or remove.\n" @@ -1015,8 +1031,8 @@ "اختر أحد التكوينات لتغييره أو لإزالته.\n" "اضغط بعد ذلك <b>تحرير</b> أو <b>حذف</b> حسب الحاجة.</p>\n" -#. overview dialog help part 4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 +#. overview dialog help part 4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Create Product</b> to create the ISO image or installation\n" "repository directory with the selected product.</p>" @@ -1024,17 +1040,21 @@ "<p>استخدم <b>إنشاء منتج</b> لإنشاء نُسخ محتويات ISO أو دليل مستودع\n" "التثبيت مع المنتج المحدد.</p>" -#. overview dialog help part 5 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 +#. overview dialog help part 5 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of various\n" -"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system.</p>" +"<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of " +"various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image " +"system.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>اضغط<b>إنشاء نسخة محتويات باستخدام KIWI</b> لإجراء تكوين إضافي لأنواع مختلفة\n" -"من نُسخ المحتويات، مثل وسائط Live أو نُسخ محتويات Xen، وذلك باستخدام نظام نُسخ محتويات KIWI.</p>" +"<p>اضغط<b>إنشاء نسخة محتويات باستخدام KIWI</b> لإجراء تكوين إضافي لأنواع " +"مختلفة\n" +"من نُسخ المحتويات، مثل وسائط Live أو نُسخ محتويات Xen، وذلك باستخدام نظام نُسخ " +"محتويات KIWI.</p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Name and Packages</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a configuration name and the method with which to select \n" @@ -1044,8 +1064,8 @@ "اختر اسم تكوين والطريقة التي تريد بها تحديد الحزم \n" "المطلوب إضافتها إلى نسخة محتويات ISO.<br></p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<b>AutoYaST Profile</b><p>\n" "Select an AutoYaST profile with the software configuration.\n" @@ -1055,8 +1075,8 @@ "حدد ملف تعريف AutoYaST الذي يحتوي على تكوين البرامج.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<b>Software Manager</b><p>\n" "Use the software manager without any preselected packages. All\n" @@ -1072,8 +1092,8 @@ "بإنشاء هذا القرص المضغوط لها.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Source selection help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:110 +#. Source selection help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:110 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Select Package Sources</big></b><br>\n" "Select at least one package source.<br></p>\n" @@ -1081,25 +1101,29 @@ "<p><b><big>تحديد مصادر الحزمة</big></b><br>\n" "حدد مصدر حزمة واحدًا على الأقل.<br></p>\n" -#. Source selection help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 +#. Source selection help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Target Architecture</big></b><br>\n" -"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" +"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that " +"of\n" "the machine you are currently working on.\n" "All selected repositories must support the target architecture.<br>\n" -"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" -"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.</p>\n" +"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not " +"change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " +"configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>الهيكل الأساسي</big></b><br>\n" "من الممكن إنشاء منتج لهيكل مختلف عن\n" "هيكل الجهاز الذي تعمل عليه.\n" "يجب أن تدعم كل المستودعات المحددة الهيكل الأساسي.<br>\n" -"<b>ملحوظة:</b> لا يدعم KIWI الهياكل المختلفة حتى الآن، لا تقم بتغيير الهيكل إذا كنت\n" +"<b>ملحوظة:</b> لا يدعم KIWI الهياكل المختلفة حتى الآن، لا تقم بتغيير الهيكل " +"إذا كنت\n" "تنوي إنشاء نسخة محتويات KIWI من التكوين الحالي.</p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "<p><b><big>ISO Directory and Image</big></b><br>\n" "Enter the location in which to create the skeleton directory. All needed\n" @@ -1113,8 +1137,8 @@ "على القرص.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 msgid "" "<p>Create an ISO image or a directory that is suitable for \n" "creating an ISO image at a later time.\n" @@ -1124,8 +1148,8 @@ "لإنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO في وقت لاحق.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:137 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "<p>To save space, select the check box to copy only needed files \n" "to the skeleton. \n" @@ -1135,31 +1159,36 @@ "إلى البنية. \n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143 msgid "<p><b>The Base Product</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>المنتج الأساسي</b></p>" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" -"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" +"<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The " +"base\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is " +"also\n" "bootable.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>يجب تحديد أحد المخازن المستخدمة كمنتج أساسي. يجب أن يكون\n" "مخزن المنتج الأساسي قابلاً للتشغيل للتأكد أن المنتج الذي تم إنشاؤه حديثًا\n" "قابلاً للتشغيل أيضًا.</p>\n" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 -msgid "<p>The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</p>" +#. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 +msgid "" +"<p>The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</" +"p>" msgstr "<p>سيتم استخدام المخازن الأخرى كوظائف إضافية للمخزن الأساسي.</p>" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" +"<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " +"proposes\n" "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" "repository from the list.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1167,43 +1196,43 @@ "المنتج الأساسي. إذا كانت القيمة المقترحة خاطئة، فحدد\n" "المستودع الأساسي الصحيح من القائمة.</p>\n" -#. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:68 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:610 +#. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:610 msgid "Packages for Image" msgstr "حزم نسخة المحتويات" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:69 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:621 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:621 msgid "Bootstrap" msgstr "Bootstrap" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:70 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:624 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:624 msgid "Xen Specific Packages" msgstr "حزم Xen الخاصة" -#. richtext header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:361 +#. richtext header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "الأنماط" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:386 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2419 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2419 msgid "&Ignored Software" msgstr "ال&برامج التي تم تجاهلها" -#. Popup for modifying the list of 'bootinclude' packages -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:466 +#. Popup for modifying the list of 'bootinclude' packages +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "Packages to be included in Boot Image" msgstr "الحزم التي يجب تضمينها في صورة محتويات التشغيل" -#. separate bootinclude packages from normal ones -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:575 +#. separate bootinclude packages from normal ones +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:575 msgid "" "Some of the packages that are selected for installation\n" "are also included in the list for deletion.\n" @@ -1213,73 +1242,73 @@ "للتثبيت في قائمة الحذف.\n" "هل تريد المتابعة على أية حال؟" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613 msgid "Packages to Delete" msgstr "الحزم المطلوب حذفها" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:627 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:627 msgid "Testing" msgstr "اختبار" -#. combo box label, %1 is profile name -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:634 +#. combo box label, %1 is profile name +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:634 msgid "Image, Profile %1" msgstr "نسخة المحتويات، ملف التعريف %1" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:644 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:644 msgid "Include in Boot Image" msgstr "تضمين في صورة محتويات التشغيل" -#. popup label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1086 +#. popup label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1086 msgid "Add New User" msgstr "إضافة مستخدم جديد" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1088 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1088 msgid "Login &Name" msgstr "اسم الد&خول" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1090 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1090 msgid "&Full Name" msgstr "ا&لاسم بالكامل" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1094 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1094 msgid "&Home Directory" msgstr "الدليل الرئي&سي" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1096 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "&UID" msgstr "&UID" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1099 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1099 msgid "G&roup Name" msgstr "اسم المجموعة&" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1101 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1101 msgid "&GID" msgstr "معرف& المجموعة" -#. popup label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1138 +#. popup label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1138 msgid "Edit User" msgstr "تحرير بيانات المستخدم" -#. popup message -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1150 +#. popup message +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1150 msgid "Enter the user name." msgstr "أدخل اسم المستخدم." -#. popup message -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1156 +#. popup message +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1156 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -1287,111 +1316,117 @@ "كلمتا السر غير متطابقين.\n" "حاول مرة أخرى." -#. popup for file selection dialog -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1299 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3377 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1299 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3377 msgid "Directory to Import" msgstr "الدليل المطلوب استيراده" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1347 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "Script to Import" msgstr "البرنامج النصي المطلوب استيراده" -#. popup for file selection dialog ('root' is a name, do not translate) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1392 +#. popup for file selection dialog ('root' is a name, do not translate) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1392 msgid "Path to root Directory" msgstr "المسار إلى الدليل root" -#. popup for file selection dialog ('config' is a name, do not translate) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1401 +#. popup for file selection dialog ('config' is a name, do not translate) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Path to config Directory" msgstr "المسار إلى الدليل config" -#. removing 'import_' button id prefix -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1423 +#. removing 'import_' button id prefix +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1423 msgid "Path to %1 File" msgstr "المسار إلى الملف %1" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1443 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1443 msgid "Path to images.sh File" msgstr "المسار إلى الملف images.sh" -#. generic popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1460 +#. generic popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "Feature not implemented yet." msgstr "لم يتم تطبيق الميزة بعد." -#. Check if selected packages are available (some of them may not after -#. deleting some repository) -#. return true if there was no conflict -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1476 +#. Check if selected packages are available (some of them may not after +#. deleting some repository) +#. return true if there was no conflict +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1476 msgid "Checking packages availability..." msgstr "جارٍ التحقق من توفر الحزم..." -#. do not check bootinclude packages -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1508 +#. do not check bootinclude packages +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1508 msgid "Missing packages" msgstr "الحزم المفقودة" -#. popup text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 +#. popup text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "" -"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</p>\n" +"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</" +"p>\n" "<p>%2.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package " +"selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any " +"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the " +"section.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>لا تتوفر هذه الحزم من القسم '%1' في المستودعات المحددة:</p>\n" "<p>%2.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"يمكنك إما إزالة الحزم من القسم، أو التحقق من تحديد الحزم بشكل مفصل أو تجاهل هذا الموقف.</p>\n" +"يمكنك إما إزالة الحزم من القسم، أو التحقق من تحديد الحزم بشكل مفصل أو تجاهل " +"هذا الموقف.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"ينتج عن الذهاب إلى خيارات الحزم المفصلة وقبول العرض دون أي تغيير حدوث إزالة أو حدوث مشكلات في الحزم في القسم.\n" +"ينتج عن الذهاب إلى خيارات الحزم المفصلة وقبول العرض دون أي تغيير حدوث إزالة " +"أو حدوث مشكلات في الحزم في القسم.\n" "</p>\n" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528 msgid "Remove Packages" msgstr "إزالة الحزم" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1530 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1530 msgid "Check Package Selection" msgstr "التحقق من تحديد الحزم" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "تجاهل" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "إلغاء الأمر" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1651 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1651 msgid "Create ISO image now?" msgstr "هل تريد إنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO الآن؟" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1653 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1653 msgid "Create Xen image now?" msgstr "هل تريد إنشاء نسخة محتويات Xen الآن؟" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1655 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1655 msgid "Create virtual disk image now?" msgstr "هل تريد إنشاء نسخة محتويات القرص الظاهري الآن؟" -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1660 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1660 msgid "" "ISO image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1401,8 +1436,8 @@ "%1\n" "." -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1666 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "" "Xen image files successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1412,8 +1447,8 @@ "%1\n" ".\n" -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1672 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1672 msgid "" "Virtual disk image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1423,15 +1458,15 @@ "%1\n" "." -#. popup label -#. default question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1710 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1748 +#. popup label +#. default question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1710 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1748 msgid "Create image now?" msgstr "هل تريد إنشاء نسخة المحتويات الآن؟" -#. default popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1778 +#. default popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1778 msgid "" "Image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1441,483 +1476,568 @@ "%1\n" "." -#. busy popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1821 +#. busy popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1821 msgid "Reading current image configuration..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة تكوين نسخة المحتويات الحالية..." -#. tab header -#. default dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2155 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2934 +#. tab header +#. default dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2155 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2934 msgid "Image Configuration" msgstr "تكوين نسخة المحتويات" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2178 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2178 msgid "Installed Software" msgstr "البرامج المثبَّتة" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2204 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2204 msgid "Description" msgstr "الوصف" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2217 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2217 msgid "Locale settings" msgstr "الإعدادات المحلية" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2235 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2235 msgid "Users" msgstr "المستخدمون" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2259 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2259 msgid "Scripts" msgstr "البرامج النصية" -#. informative label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 -msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio." +#. informative label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 +msgid "" +"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from " +"Studio." msgstr "تم تعطيل تحرير الملفات التالية للإعدادات المستوردة من Studio." -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 msgid "Directories" msgstr "الدلائل" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2365 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2365 msgid "Co&mpression" msgstr "ض&غط" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 msgid "" "<p>Select the value for image <b>Compression</b>. This will modify the\n" -"<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values.</p>" +"<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " +"explanation of available values.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>حدد قيمة <b>ضغط</b> نسخة المحتويات. ويترتب على ذلك تعديل قيمة\n" "<i>الإشارات</i> لنوع نسخة المحتويات. راجع دليل kiwi لشرح القيم المتوفرة.</p>" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 msgid "So&ftware Selection" msgstr "تحديد ال&برنامج" -#. pusbutton label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2407 +#. pusbutton label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2407 msgid "Ch&ange..." msgstr "ت&غيير..." -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2408 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2408 msgid "<p>Adapt the software selection with <b>Change</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>قم بتهيئة تحديد البرامج باستخدام <b>تغيير</b>.</p>" -#. help text for "&Ignored software" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 -msgid "<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line.</p>" -msgstr "<p>بالنسبة إلى <b>البرامج التي تم تجاهلها</b>، قم بإدراج كل مُدخل (مثل 'smtp_daemon') في سطر جديد.</p>" +#. help text for "&Ignored software" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 +msgid "" +"<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a " +"new line.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>بالنسبة إلى <b>البرامج التي تم تجاهلها</b>، قم بإدراج كل مُدخل (مثل " +"'smtp_daemon') في سطر جديد.</p>" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 msgid "Packages to &Delete" msgstr "الح&زم المطلوب حذفها" -#. help text for "&Ignored software" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 -msgid "<p>Each entry of <b>Packages to Delete</b> is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يمثل كل إدخال من <b>الحزم المطلوب حذفها</b> اسم حزمة مطلوب إلغاء تثبيتها من نسخة المحتويات الهدف.</p>" +#. help text for "&Ignored software" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 +msgid "" +"<p>Each entry of <b>Packages to Delete</b> is one package name to be " +"uninstalled from the target image.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يمثل كل إدخال من <b>الحزم المطلوب حذفها</b> اسم حزمة مطلوب إلغاء تثبيتها " +"من نسخة المحتويات الهدف.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 msgid "&Version" msgstr "الإ&صدار" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2444 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2444 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Version</b> of your image configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p>أدخل <b>الإصدار</b> الخاص بتكوين نسخة المحتويات.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2459 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2459 msgid "&Size" msgstr "ال&حجم" -#. help text for "Size" field and "Additive" checkbox -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 +#. help text for "Size" field and "Additive" checkbox +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 msgid "" "<p>Set the image <b>Size</b> in the specified <b>Unit</b>.\n" -"If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>" +"If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it " +"is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>قم بتعيين <b>حجم</b> الصورة باستخدام <b>الوحدة</b> المحددة.\n" -"إذا تم تحديد الخيار <b>قابل للإضافة</b>، يختلف معنى <b>الحجم</b> بحيث يصبح الحد الأدنى للمساحة الخالية المتاحة على الصورة.</p>" +"إذا تم تحديد الخيار <b>قابل للإضافة</b>، يختلف معنى <b>الحجم</b> بحيث يصبح " +"الحد الأدنى للمساحة الخالية المتاحة على الصورة.</p>" -#. combo box label (MB/GB values) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 +#. combo box label (MB/GB values) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "ال&وحدة" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2480 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2480 msgid "Additive" msgstr "قابل للإضافة" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2487 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2487 msgid "Encrypt Image with LUKS" msgstr "تشفير صورة باستخدام LUKS" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 -msgid "<p>To create an encrypted file system, check <b>Encrypt Image with LUKS</b> and enter the password.</p>" -msgstr "<p>لإنشاء نظام ملفات مشفرة، راجع <b>تشفير الصورة باستخدام LUKS</b> وقم بإدخال كلمة السر.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 +msgid "" +"<p>To create an encrypted file system, check <b>Encrypt Image with LUKS</b> " +"and enter the password.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>لإنشاء نظام ملفات مشفرة، راجع <b>تشفير الصورة باستخدام LUKS</b> وقم " +"بإدخال كلمة السر.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 msgid "Encrypted Image LUKS Password" msgstr "كلمة سرر LUKS لإحدى الصورالمشفرة" -#. general help for directory structure tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 +#. general help for directory structure tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 msgid "<p>Edit the configuration scripts used to build your image.</p>" -msgstr "<p>تحرير النصوص البرمجية للتكوين المستخدمة في إنشاء نسخة المحتويات الخاصة بك.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>تحرير النصوص البرمجية للتكوين المستخدمة في إنشاء نسخة المحتويات الخاصة بك." +"</p>" -#. general help for directory structure tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 +#. general help for directory structure tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 msgid "<p>Point to the configuration directories for building your image.</p>" -msgstr "<p>الإشارة إلى دلائل التكوين المستخدمة في إنشاء نسخة المحتويات الخاصة بك.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>الإشارة إلى دلائل التكوين المستخدمة في إنشاء نسخة المحتويات الخاصة بك.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 msgid "Directory with System Configur&ation" msgstr "الدليل المحتوي على ت&كوين النظام" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 -msgid "<p>Define the path to the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>حدد المسار إلى <b>الدليل المحتوي على تكوين النظام</b> (الدليل <tt>root</tt>). يتم نسخ الدليل بالكامل إلى جذر هيكل نسخة المحتويات باستخدام <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 +msgid "" +"<p>Define the path to the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the " +"<tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of " +"the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>حدد المسار إلى <b>الدليل المحتوي على تكوين النظام</b> (الدليل <tt>root</" +"tt>). يتم نسخ الدليل بالكامل إلى جذر هيكل نسخة المحتويات باستخدام <tt>cp -a</" +"tt>.</p>" -#. label (above table) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 +#. label (above table) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 msgid "Directory with System Configuration" msgstr "الدليل المحتوي على تكوين النظام" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2556 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2556 msgid "Path to Directory" msgstr "المسار إلى الدليل" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 -msgid "<p>Configure the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>قم بتكوين <b>الدليل المحتوي على تكوين النظام</b> (الدليل <tt>root</tt>). يتم نسخ الدليل بالكامل إلى جذر هيكل نسخة المحتويات باستخدام <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 +msgid "" +"<p>Configure the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</" +"tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image " +"tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>قم بتكوين <b>الدليل المحتوي على تكوين النظام</b> (الدليل <tt>root</tt>). " +"يتم نسخ الدليل بالكامل إلى جذر هيكل نسخة المحتويات باستخدام <tt>cp -a</tt>.</" +"p>" -#. label (above table) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 +#. label (above table) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 msgid "Directory with Scripts" msgstr "الدليل المحتوي على برامج نصية" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2593 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2593 msgid "Path to File" msgstr "المسار إلى الملف" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 -msgid "<p>Configure the <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p>" -msgstr "<p>قم بتكوين <b>الدليل المحتوي على برامج نصية</b> (الدليل <tt>config</tt>). يحتوي هذا الدليل على البرامج النصية التي يتم تشغيلها بعد تثبيت كافة حزم نُسخ المحتويات.</p>" +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 +msgid "" +"<p>Configure the <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (the <tt>config</tt> " +"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all " +"the image packages.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>قم بتكوين <b>الدليل المحتوي على برامج نصية</b> (الدليل <tt>config</tt>). " +"يحتوي هذا الدليل على البرامج النصية التي يتم تشغيلها بعد تثبيت كافة حزم نُسخ " +"المحتويات.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 msgid "Studio Custom Build Script" msgstr "برنامج نصي مخصص لبناء Studio" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2635 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2656 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2635 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2656 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "استي&راد..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2645 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2645 msgid "I&mage Configuration Script" msgstr "البرنامج النصي لتكوين نس&خة المحتويات" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 -msgid "<p>Edit your <b>Image Configuration Script</b>, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run.</p>" -msgstr "<p>قم بتحرير <b>البرنامج النصي لتكوين نسخة المحتويات</b>، والمسمى <tt>config.sh</tt>. يتم تشغيل هذا البرنامج النصي في نهاية عملية التثبيت، ولكن قبل تشغيل البرامج النصية للحزم.</p>" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 +msgid "" +"<p>Edit your <b>Image Configuration Script</b>, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. " +"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package " +"scripts have run.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>قم بتحرير <b>البرنامج النصي لتكوين نسخة المحتويات</b>، والمسمى <tt>config." +"sh</tt>. يتم تشغيل هذا البرنامج النصي في نهاية عملية التثبيت، ولكن قبل تشغيل " +"البرامج النصية للحزم.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 msgid "Pa&th to Directory with Scripts" msgstr "الم&سار إلى الدليل المحتوي على برامج نصية" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 -msgid "<p>The optional <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يحتوي <b>الدليل المحتوي على برامج نصية</b> الاختياري (الدليل<tt>config</tt>) على البرامج النصية التي يتم تشغيلها بعد تثبيت حزم نُسخ المحتويات.</p>" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 +msgid "" +"<p>The optional <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt> directory) " +"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image " +"packages.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يحتوي <b>الدليل المحتوي على برامج نصية</b> الاختياري (الدليل<tt>config</" +"tt>) على البرامج النصية التي يتم تشغيلها بعد تثبيت حزم نُسخ المحتويات.</p>" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 msgid "Br&owse..." msgstr "است&عراض..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2687 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2687 msgid "C&leanup Script" msgstr "البرنامج النصي للتن&ظيف" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 -msgid "<p>Edit your <b>Cleanup Script</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process.</p>" -msgstr "<p>قم بتحرير <b>البرنامج النصي للتنظيف</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). يتم تشغيل هذا البرنامج النصي في بداية عملية إنشاء نسخة المحتويات.</p>" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 +msgid "" +"<p>Edit your <b>Cleanup Script</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run " +"at the beginning of the image creation process.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>قم بتحرير <b>البرنامج النصي للتنظيف</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). يتم تشغيل " +"هذا البرنامج النصي في بداية عملية إنشاء نسخة المحتويات.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 msgid "Im&port..." msgstr "اس&تيراد..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2709 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2709 msgid "&Author" msgstr "ال&مؤلف:" -#. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 -msgid "<p>Set the values for <b>Author</b> of the image, <b>Contact Information</b>, and the image <b>Specification</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>قم بتعيين قيم <b>المؤلف</b> لنسخة المحتويات و<b>معلومات جهة الاتصال</b> و<b>مواصفات</b> نسخة المحتويات.</p>" +#. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 +msgid "" +"<p>Set the values for <b>Author</b> of the image, <b>Contact Information</" +"b>, and the image <b>Specification</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>قم بتعيين قيم <b>المؤلف</b> لنسخة المحتويات و<b>معلومات جهة الاتصال</b> " +"و<b>مواصفات</b> نسخة المحتويات.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 msgid "C&ontact" msgstr "ج&هة الاتصال" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2736 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2736 msgid "&Specification" msgstr "الموا&صفات" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2750 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2750 msgid "&Locale" msgstr "الإع&دادات المحلية" -#. help text for locale (heading) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2758 +#. help text for locale (heading) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2758 msgid "<p><b>Locale Settings</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>الإعدادات المحلية</b></p>" -#. help text for locale -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 -msgid "<p>The value of <b>Locale</b> (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>تحدد قيمة <b>الإعدادات المحلية</b> ‏(مثل <tt>en_US</tt>) محتويات متغير RC_LANG في ‏<t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.‏</p>" +#. help text for locale +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 +msgid "" +"<p>The value of <b>Locale</b> (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of " +"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>تحدد قيمة <b>الإعدادات المحلية</b> ‏(مثل <tt>en_US</tt>) محتويات متغير " +"RC_LANG في ‏<t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.‏</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "ت&خطيط لوحة المفاتيح" -#. help text for keytable -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 -msgid "<p><b>Keyboard Layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "يقوم <p><b>تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح</b> بتحديد اسم خريطة لوحة مفاتيح وحدة التحكم المطلوب استخدامها. وتقابل القيمة ملف خريطة يوجد في <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" +#. help text for keytable +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Keyboard Layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. " +"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"يقوم <p><b>تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح</b> بتحديد اسم خريطة لوحة مفاتيح وحدة التحكم " +"المطلوب استخدامها. وتقابل القيمة ملف خريطة يوجد في <tt>/usr/share/kbd/" +"keymaps</tt>.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "المنطقة ال&زمنية" -#. help text for timezone -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 -msgid "<p>It is possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>" -msgstr "<p>من الممكن أيضا تعيين <b>منطقة زمنية</b>معينة. وتقع المناطق الزمنية المتاحة في الدليل <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>.</p>" +#. help text for timezone +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 +msgid "" +"<p>It is possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones " +"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>من الممكن أيضا تعيين <b>منطقة زمنية</b>معينة. وتقع المناطق الزمنية " +"المتاحة في الدليل <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>.</p>" -#. general help for users tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 +#. general help for users tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 msgid "<p>Create users that should be available on the target system.</p>" msgstr "<p>إنشاء المستخدمين اللذين ينبغي أن يكونوا متاحين في النظام الهدف.</p>" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 msgid "Login Name" msgstr "اسم الدخول" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2816 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2816 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "اسم كامل" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2818 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2818 msgid "UID" msgstr "UID" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2820 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2820 msgid "Home Directory" msgstr "الدليل الرئيسي" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2822 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2822 msgid "Group" msgstr "المجموعة" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2824 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2824 msgid "GID" msgstr "معرف المجموعة" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 msgid "" -"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and group\n" +"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home " +"Directory</b> and group\n" "to which the users belongs.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>حدد لكل مستخدم <b>الاسم</b> و<b>كلمة السر</b> و<b>الدليل الرئيسي</b> والمجموعة\n" +"<p>حدد لكل مستخدم <b>الاسم</b> و<b>كلمة السر</b> و<b>الدليل الرئيسي</b> " +"والمجموعة\n" "التي ينتمي إليها المستخدمون.</p>\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 msgid "Live CD Configuration" msgstr "تكوين القرص المضغوط الحي" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2913 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2913 msgid "Xen Image Configuration" msgstr "تكوين نسخة محتويات Xen" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2919 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2919 msgid "&Create ISO" msgstr "إن&شاء ISO" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2921 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2921 msgid "&Create Xen Image" msgstr "إ&نشاء نسخة محتويات Xen" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2923 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2923 msgid "&Create Virtual Disk Image" msgstr "إن&شاء نسخة محتويات القرص الظاهري" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 -msgid "<p>Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</p>" -msgstr "<p>أدخل اسم تكوين نسخة البيانات. قم بإجراء التكوين الجديد استنادًا إلى القالب من القائمة أو إلى الدليل المحتوي على التكوين الموجود.</p>" +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on " +"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>أدخل اسم تكوين نسخة البيانات. قم بإجراء التكوين الجديد استنادًا إلى القالب " +"من القائمة أو إلى الدليل المحتوي على التكوين الموجود.</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 -msgid "<p>Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 +msgid "" +"<p>Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" msgstr "<p>ضع قوالب التكوين المخصص ضمن دليل <tt>%1</tt>.</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Image Type</b> which should be created.</p>" msgstr "<p>اختر <b>نوع نسخة المحتويات</b> التي يجب إنشاؤها.</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991 msgid "<p>Select <b>Output Directory</b> for the created image.</p>" msgstr "<p>حدد <b>دليل الإخراج</b> لنسخة المحتويات التي تم إنشاؤها.</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 -msgid "<p>Modify the list of <b>Package Repositories</b> that will be used for creating the image. Use <b>Add From System</b> to add one of the current system repositories.</p>" -msgstr "<p>قم بتعديل قائمة <b>مخازن الحزم</b> التي سيتم استخدامها لإنشاء نسخة المحتويات. استخدم <b>إضافة من النظام</b> لإضافة أحد مخازن النظام الحالية.</p>" +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 +msgid "" +"<p>Modify the list of <b>Package Repositories</b> that will be used for " +"creating the image. Use <b>Add From System</b> to add one of the current " +"system repositories.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>قم بتعديل قائمة <b>مخازن الحزم</b> التي سيتم استخدامها لإنشاء نسخة " +"المحتويات. استخدم <b>إضافة من النظام</b> لإضافة أحد مخازن النظام الحالية.</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 msgid "<p>Click <b>Next</b> to continue with the configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p>اضغط <b>التالي</b> لمتابعة التكوين.</p>" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020 msgid "Network Boot Image" msgstr "نسخة محتويات تشغيل الشبكة" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3028 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3028 msgid "OEM Image" msgstr "نسخة محتويات OEM" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 -msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 +msgid "" +"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " +"configuration." msgstr "لا يحتوي الدليل المحدد على وصف صحيح لتكوين النظام." -#. busy popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 +#. busy popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 msgid "Importing repositories..." msgstr "يتم الآن استيراد المخازن..." -#. combo box item, %1 is name, %2 version -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3182 +#. combo box item, %1 is name, %2 version +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3182 msgid "%1, version %2" msgstr "%1، الإصدار %2" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3197 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3197 msgid "&32bit Architecture Image" msgstr "&صورة معمارية 32 بت" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3209 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3209 msgid "Target is i586 only" msgstr "الهدف هو i586 فقط" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3222 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3222 msgid "&Kiwi Configuration" msgstr "&تكوين Kiwi" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3236 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3236 msgid "Create from Scratch" msgstr "إنشاء من جديد" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3247 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3247 msgid "Base on Template" msgstr "على أساس القالب" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3266 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3266 msgid "Base on Existing Configuration" msgstr "على أساس التكوين الموجود" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3273 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3273 msgid "&Choose..." msgstr "ا&ختيار..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3284 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3284 msgid "I&mage Type" msgstr "نوع نس&خة المحتويات" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3292 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3292 msgid "&Output Directory" msgstr "&دليل الإخراج" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3304 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3304 msgid "Package Repository" msgstr "مخزن الحزم" -#. menu butto label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3310 +#. menu butto label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3310 msgid "A&dd from System" msgstr "&إضافة من النظام" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3318 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3318 msgid "Image preparation" msgstr "تحضير نسخة البيانات" -#. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414 +#. popup error message, %1 is the package name +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1925,13 +2045,13 @@ "لا يمكن البحث عن مستودعات SLP\n" "بدون تثبيت الحزمة %1.\n" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3500 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3500 msgid "Path to the Output Directory" msgstr "المسار إلى دليل الإخراج" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3521 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3521 msgid "" "Configuration with name \"%1\" already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -1939,18 +2059,18 @@ "التكوين الذي له الاسم \"%1\" موجود بالفعل.\n" "اختر تكوينًا آخر." -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3533 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3533 msgid "Enter the path to the output directory." msgstr "أدخل المسار إلى دليل الإخراج." -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3539 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3539 msgid "Specify at least one package repository." msgstr "حدد مخزن حزم واحدًا على الأقل." -#. continue/cancel popup %1 is a \n separated list -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3640 +#. continue/cancel popup %1 is a \n separated list +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3640 msgid "" "Failed to add these repositories:\n" "\n" @@ -1964,22 +2084,22 @@ "\n" "هل تريد المتابعة على أية حال؟" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693 msgid "Path to directory to store the log files" msgstr "المسار للدليل لتخزين ملفات السجل" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 msgid "Standard output file name" msgstr "اسم ملف المخرجات القياسي" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709 msgid "Error output file name" msgstr "خطأ في اسم ملف المخرجات" -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 msgid "" "File %1 already exists.\n" "Rewrite?" @@ -1987,106 +2107,106 @@ "الملف %1 موجود بالفعل.\n" " هل تريد الكتابة فوقه؟" -#. run kiwi to finally create the selected image -#. @param [String] out_dir output directory for the result -#. @param [String] selected_profiles which profiles should be build (prepared part -#. of command line option) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:825 +#. run kiwi to finally create the selected image +#. @param [String] out_dir output directory for the result +#. @param [String] selected_profiles which profiles should be build (prepared part +#. of command line option) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:825 msgid "Removing old chroot directory failed." msgstr "فشلت إزالة دليل chroot القديم." -#. label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:848 +#. label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:848 msgid "Preparing for Image Creation" msgstr "التحضير لإنشاء نسخة محتويات" -#. button label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:866 +#. button label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:866 msgid "Save logs" msgstr "حف&ظ السجل" -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:940 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:940 msgid "Image creation failed." msgstr "فشل إنشاء نسخة المحتويات." -#. label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:965 +#. label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:965 msgid "Creating Image" msgstr "إنشاء نسخة محتويات" -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:976 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:976 msgid "Image creation succeeded." msgstr "تم إنشاء نسخة المحتويات بنجاح." -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:995 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:995 msgid "Image creation canceled." msgstr "فشل إنشاء نسخة المحتويات." -#. ProductCreator read dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:448 +#. ProductCreator read dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:448 msgid "Initializing Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين منشئ المنتج" -#. translators: progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:462 +#. translators: progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:462 msgid "Read the configuration" msgstr "قراءة التكوين" -#. translators: progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:466 +#. translators: progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:466 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة قاعدة البيانات..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:468 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:495 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:548 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:574 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:468 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:495 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:548 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:574 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:489 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:489 msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة التكوين." -#. ProductCreator read dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:528 +#. ProductCreator read dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:528 msgid "Saving Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين منشئ المنتج" -#. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:542 +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:542 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "اكتب الإعدادات" -#. translators: progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:546 +#. translators: progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:546 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات..." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:568 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:568 msgid "Error while writing settings." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء كتابة الإعدادات." -#. translators: Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:601 +#. translators: Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:601 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "ملخص التكوين ..." -#. Create an overview table with all configured cards -#. @return table items -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:614 +#. Create an overview table with all configured cards +#. @return table items +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:614 msgid "No Files" msgstr "بدون ملفات" -#. an error message, %1 is the directory, %2 is URL of the source -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:994 +#. an error message, %1 is the directory, %2 is URL of the source +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:994 msgid "" "Cannot read directory %1\n" "from source %2." @@ -2094,14 +2214,14 @@ "تعذرت قراءة الدليل %1\n" "من المصدر %2." -#. the copy is not needed if the sourse will be signed with a gpg key -#. check if the metadata are gzipped -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2080 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3682 +#. the copy is not needed if the sourse will be signed with a gpg key +#. check if the metadata are gzipped +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2080 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3682 msgid "Error reading control file." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء قراءة ملف التحكم." -#. workaround for bnc#498464 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2689 +#. workaround for bnc#498464 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2689 msgid "" "Could not add GPG key %1 to initrd\n" "%2.\n" @@ -2109,8 +2229,8 @@ "تعذرت إضافة مفتاح GPG %1 إلى initrd\n" "%2.\n" -#. yes/no popup: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2883 +#. yes/no popup: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2883 msgid "" "Error: Could not digitally sign the source.\n" "Try again?\n" @@ -2118,8 +2238,8 @@ "الخطأ: تعذر توقيع المصدر رقميًا.\n" "هل تريد المحاولة مرة أخرى؟\n" -#. error message, %1 is list of URLs (one URL per line) -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2993 +#. error message, %1 is list of URLs (one URL per line) +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2993 msgid "" "These sources were not found:\n" "%1" @@ -2127,18 +2247,18 @@ "لم يتم العثور على هذه المصادر:\n" "%1" -#. popup question, %1 is directory name -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3245 +#. popup question, %1 is directory name +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3245 msgid "Remove the destination directory %1?" msgstr "هل تريد إزالة الدليل الوجهة %1؟" -#. remove the destination -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3270 +#. remove the destination +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3270 msgid "The destination %1 already exists." msgstr "الوجهة %1 موجودة بالفعل." -#. TODO ask in interactive mode -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279 +#. TODO ask in interactive mode +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279 msgid "" "Destination directory exists or is a file.\n" "Remove directory %1?" @@ -2146,25 +2266,25 @@ "الدليل الوجهة موجود أو يكون ملفًا. \n" "هل تريد إزالة الدليل %1؟" -#. Check if selected packages are available -#. @return [String] error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3300 +#. Check if selected packages are available +#. @return [String] error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3300 msgid "Checking for package availability..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من توفر الحزم..." -#. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3359 +#. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3359 msgid "%1 package not available." msgstr "لا تتوفر %1 حزمة (حزم)." -#. change the label -#. copy the packages -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3415 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3554 +#. change the label +#. copy the packages +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3415 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3554 msgid "Copying %1" msgstr "يتم الآن نسخ %1" -#. string dir = basedir + product_map[source]:"/" + datadir + "/" + package["arch"]:""; -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3590 +#. string dir = basedir + product_map[source]:"/" + datadir + "/" + package["arch"]:""; +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3590 msgid "" "Cannot download package %1\n" " from source %2.\n" @@ -2172,7 +2292,7 @@ "تعذر إنزال الحزمة %1\n" " من المصدر %2.\n" -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3607 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3607 msgid "" "Error while copying packages. \n" "\t\t Check the created directory for possible hints." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/proxy.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/proxy.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/proxy.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: proxy\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,31 +14,31 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Informative label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 +#. Informative label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "No details available." msgstr "لا تتوفر أية تفاصيل." -#. A push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 +#. A push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "&Details <<" msgstr "الت&فاصيل <<" -#. avoid confusing Emacs -#. A push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 +#. avoid confusing Emacs +#. A push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "&Details >>" msgstr "الت&فاصيل >>" -#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173 +#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Unknown Error Code" msgstr "رمز خطأ غير معروف" -#. Error message, -#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191 +#. Error message, +#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" +#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "" "An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ "حدث خطأ أثناء اختبار وكيل %1.\n" "الرمز المرجع للوكيل: %2.\n" -#. Unknown return code, -#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206 +#. Unknown return code, +#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, +#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -57,52 +57,55 @@ "حدث خطأ غير معروف أثناء اختبار وكيل %1.\n" "الرمز المرجع للوكيل: %2.\n" -#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 +#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 msgid "Testing the current proxy settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن اختبار الإعدادات الحالية للوكيل..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTP proxy test." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء اختبار وكيل HTTP." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTPS proxy test." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء اختبار وكيل HTTPS." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "An error occurred during the FTP proxy test." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء اختبار وكيل FTP." -#. Popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 +#. Popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Proxy settings work correctly." msgstr "إعدادات الوكيل تعمل بشكل صحيح." -#. Proxy dialog caption -#. Commandline help title -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 +#. Proxy dialog caption +#. Commandline help title +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 msgid "Proxy Configuration" msgstr "تكوين الوكيل" -#. Proxy dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 +#. Proxy dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "" "<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n" -"<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" +"<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " +"take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " +"Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. </p>" msgstr "" "<p>ضبط إعدادات وكيل (التخزين المؤقت) للإنترنت هنا.</p>\n" -"<p><b>ملاحظة:</b> من المستحسن عمومًا إعادة تسجيل الدخول لتصبح الإعدادات نافذة المفعول،\n" +"<p><b>ملاحظة:</b> من المستحسن عمومًا إعادة تسجيل الدخول لتصبح الإعدادات نافذة " +"المفعول،\n" "لكن في بعض الحالات قد يسجل التطبيق الإعدادات الجديدة فورًا. الرجاء تحقق مما \n" " يدعمه التطبيق الخاص بك (مستعرض ويب، عميل ftp،...).</p>" -#. Proxy dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 +#. Proxy dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "" "<p><b>HTTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" @@ -110,22 +113,23 @@ "<p><b>عنوان URL لوكيل HTTP</b> هو اسم الخادم الوكيل للوصول\n" "إلى شبكة الإنترنت العالمية (WWW).</p>\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 +#. Proxy dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "" -"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" +"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured " +"access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>عنوان URL لوكيل HTTPS</b> هو اسم الخادم الوكيل للوصول الآمن\n" "إلى شبكة الإنترنت العالمية (WWW).</p>\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 +#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 msgid "<p>Example: <i>http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>" msgstr "<p>مثال: <i>http://proxy.example.com:3128/?</i></p>" -#. Proxy dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 +#. Proxy dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "" "<p><b>FTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the file transfer services (FTP).</p>" @@ -133,8 +137,8 @@ "<p><b>عنوان URL لوكيل FTP</b> هو اسم الخادم الوكيل للوصول\n" "إلى خدمات نقل الملفات (FTP).</p>" -#. Proxy dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 +#. Proxy dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "" "<p>If you check <b>Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols</b>, it is\n" "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" @@ -144,8 +148,8 @@ "عنوان URL وكيل HTTP. وسيتم استخدامه لكل البروتوكولات\n" "(HTTP وHTTPS وFTP).\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433 +#. Proxy dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433 msgid "" "<p><b>No Proxy Domains</b> is a comma-separated list of domains\n" "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" @@ -155,19 +159,21 @@ "التي يجب تقديم الطلبات الخاصة بها مباشرةً بدون تخزين مؤقت،\n" " مثل <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 +#. Proxy dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "" "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>إذا كنت تستخدم خادم وكيل بتصريح\n" -"أدخل <b>اسم مستخدم الوكيل</b> و<b>كلمة مرور الوكيل</b>. يتكون اسم المستخدم الصالح\n" +"أدخل <b>اسم مستخدم الوكيل</b> و<b>كلمة مرور الوكيل</b>. يتكون اسم المستخدم " +"الصالح\n" "من أحرف ASCII القابلة للطباعة فقط (باستثناء علامات الاقتباس).</p>\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 +#. Proxy dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>Test Proxy Settings</b> to test\n" "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p> \n" @@ -175,61 +181,61 @@ "<p>اضغط <b>اختبار إعدادات الوكيل</b> ليتم اختبار\n" "التكوين الحالي لوكيل HTTP ووكيل HTTPS ووكيل FTP.</p> \n" -#. CheckBox entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 +#. CheckBox entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "&Enable Proxy" msgstr "ت&مكين الوكيل" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Proxy Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الوكيل" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "&HTTP Proxy URL" msgstr "&عنوان URL لوكيل HTTP" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "HTTP&S Proxy URL" msgstr "ع&نوان URL لوكيل HTTPS" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "F&TP Proxy URL" msgstr "عن&وان URL لوكيل FTP" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Us&e the Same Proxy for All Protocols" msgstr "استخدام نفس الوكيل ل&كافة البروتوكولات" -#. Text entry label -#. domains without proxying -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 +#. Text entry label +#. domains without proxying +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "No Proxy &Domains" msgstr "&بدون مجالات وكيل" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Proxy Authentication" msgstr "تصديق الوكيل" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 msgid "Proxy &User Name" msgstr "اسم مست&خدم الوكيل" -#. Password entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 +#. Password entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 msgid "Proxy &Password" msgstr "كلمة &سر الوكيل" -#. Test Proxy Settings - push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 +#. Test Proxy Settings - push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 msgid "Test Pr&oxy Settings" msgstr "اختبار إعدادا&ت الوكيل" -#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 +#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "" "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" "Really use these settings?" @@ -237,7 +243,7 @@ "الوكيل ممكَّن، لكنه لم يتم تحديد عنوان URL للوكيل.\n" "هل تريد استخدام هذه الإعدادات بالفعل؟" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 msgid "" "Security warning:\n" "Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n" @@ -249,43 +255,43 @@ "في ملف نص عادي يمكن قراءته حول العالم.\n" "هل ترغب حقًا في استخدام هذه الإعدادات؟" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." msgstr "لا يمكنك إدخال كلمة سر مع ترك حقل اسم المستخدم فارغًا." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "عنوان URL لوكيل HTTP غير صالح." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "يجب أن يحتوي عنوان URL لوكيل HTTP على مواصفة مخطط (http)." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "عنوان URL لوكيل HTTPS غير صالح." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "يجب أن يحتوي عنوان URL لوكيل HTTPS على مواصفة مخطط (http)." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "عنوان URL لوكيل FTP غير صالح." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "يجب أن يحتوي عنوان URL لوكيل FTP على مواصفة مخطط (http)." -#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 +#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "" "One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n" "Check if all domains match one of the following:\n" @@ -301,140 +307,141 @@ "* اسم مضيف مؤهل بالكامل‏\n" "* اسم مجال يبدأ بالبادئة '.'" -#. Return a modification status -#. @return true if data was modified -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 +#. Return a modification status +#. @return true if data was modified +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" msgstr "حالة تكوين الوكيل" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 msgid "HTTP" msgstr "HTTP" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "HTTPS" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 msgid "Enable proxy settings" msgstr "تمكين إعدادات الوكيل" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 msgid "Disable proxy settings" msgstr "تعطيل إعدادات الوكيل" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 msgid "Change the current proxy settings" msgstr "تغيير الإعدادات الحالية للوكيل" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" msgstr "تعيين التصديق للوكيل" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" msgstr "إظهار ملخص الإعدادات الحالية" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 msgid "Set HTTP proxy" msgstr "تعيين وكيل HTTP" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" msgstr "تعيين وكيل HTTPS" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 msgid "Set FTP proxy" msgstr "تعيين وكيل FTP" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 msgid "Clear all options listed" msgstr "مسح كافة الخيارات المعروضة" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" msgstr "تعيين مجالات لعدم استخدام إعدادات الوكيل" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" msgstr "اسم المستخدم المطلوب استخدامه لتصديق الوكيل" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" msgstr "كلمة السر المطلوب استخدامها لتصديق الوكيل" -#. ask the user -#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 +#. ask the user +#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 msgid "Password:" msgstr "كلمة السر:" -#. Popup headline -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 +#. Popup headline +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "تم حفظ تكوين الوكيل بنجاح" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." -msgstr "من المستحسن إعادة تسجيل الدخول لجعل إعدادات الوكيل الجديدة نافذة المفعول." +msgstr "" +"من المستحسن إعادة تسجيل الدخول لجعل إعدادات الوكيل الجديدة نافذة المفعول." -#. Write proxy settings and apply changes -#. @return true if success -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 +#. Write proxy settings and apply changes +#. @return true if success +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 msgid "Update proxy configuration" msgstr "تحديث تكوين الوكيل" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين الوكيل" -#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards -#. but only when Progress is visible -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 +#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards +#. but only when Progress is visible +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 msgid "Updating proxy configuration..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديث تكوين الوكيل..." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 msgid "Proxy is disabled." msgstr "تم تعطيل الوكيل." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 msgid "Proxy is enabled." msgstr "تم تمكين الوكيل." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "وكيل HTTP: %1" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1" msgstr "وكيل HTTPS: %1" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 msgid "FTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "وكيل FTP: %1" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/registration.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/registration.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/registration.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg -# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. -# +# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. +# msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:47\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -15,205 +15,205 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n" -#. popup message -#. popup message -#. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 +#. popup message +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "الاتصال بخادم التسجيل" -#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#. dialog title -#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after -#. pressing "Next" -#. dialog title -#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration -#. @return [Symbol] user input -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 +#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#. dialog title +#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after +#. pressing "Next" +#. dialog title +#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration +#. @return [Symbol] user input +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Registration" msgstr "القيود" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43 +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43 msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." msgstr "استخدم '%s' بدلاً من الوحدة النمطية YaST." -#. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 +#. popup message: registration finished properly +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "تم التسجيل بنجاح." -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "فشل اكتشاف SLP، وتعذر العثور على أي خادم" -#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system -#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 +#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system +#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "تنزيل شهادة SSL" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "استيراد شهادة SSL" -#. %s is name of given product -#. then register the product(s) -#. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 +#. %s is name of given product +#. then register the product(s) +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "جارٍ تسجيل %s..." -#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click -#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "تسجيل المنتج" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "تشغيل التسجيل أثناء التثبيت التلقائي" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "تخطي التسجيل أثناء التثبيت التلقائي" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Registration Settings" msgstr "إعدادات التسجيل" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 msgid "E-mail Address: %s" msgstr "البريد الإلكتروني: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "تم تكوين رمز التسجيل" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 msgid "Install Available Updates" msgstr "تثبيت التحديثات المتوفرة" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "خادم التسجيل" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 msgid "Server URL: %s" msgstr "URL الخادم: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "استخدام اكتشاف SLP" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "عنوان URL لشهادة خادم SSL: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" msgstr "بصمة شهادة SSL: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "الملحقات والوحدات النمطية" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "خطأ في الاتصال الآمن" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 msgid "Details:" msgstr "التفاصيل:" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 msgid "Failed Certificate Details" msgstr "تفاصيل الشهادة التي فشلت" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "تم الإصدار إلى" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "الاسم العام (CN): " -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "المؤسسة (O): " -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "وحدة المؤسسة (OU): " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "تم الإصدار من قِبل" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 msgid "Validity" msgstr "الصلاحية" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "تاريخ الإصدار: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" msgstr "تحذير: لم تصبح الشهادة صالحة بعد!" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 msgid "Expires On: " msgstr "تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" msgstr "تحذير: انتهت صلاحية الشهادة!" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 msgid "Serial Number: " msgstr "الرقم المسلسل: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "بصمة SHA1: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "بصمة SHA256: " -#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed -#. later after SP2: time -> timed -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 +#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed +#. later after SP2: time -> timed +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "مهلة الاتصال." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 msgid "" "Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" "the connection is reliable." @@ -221,13 +221,13 @@ "تأكد من أن خادم التسجيل يمكن الوصول إليه و\n" "الاتصال موثوق فيه." -#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "التحقق من أن هذا النظام معروف لخادم التسجيل." -#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -247,24 +247,24 @@ "فقط انتظر عدة دقائق بعد تسجيل الدخول وبعد ذلك أعد محاولة \n" "التحديث مرة أخرى." -#. add the hint to the error details -#. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#. Error popup -#. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 +#. add the hint to the error details +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found +#. Error popup +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 msgid "Connection to registration server failed." msgstr "فشل الاتصال بخادم التسجيل." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "خطأ في عميل التسجيل." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry the operation later." @@ -272,20 +272,20 @@ "حدث خطأ في خادم التسجيل.‏\n" "أعد محاولة التسجيل لاحقًا." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "لا تتوافق شهادة SSL المستلمة مع الشهادة المتوقعة." -#. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 +#. %s are error details +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "التفاصيل: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been -#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, -#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 +#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been +#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, +#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -299,23 +299,23 @@ "الرجاء إصلاح مشكلة الشهادة يدويًا والتأكد من إمكانية\n" "توصيل الملقم وبدء الوحدة النمطية YaST مرة أخرى." -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "استيراد شهادة SSL" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "جارٍ استيراد شهادة '%s'..." -#. workaround after string freeze -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 +#. workaround after string freeze +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "خطأ في الاتصال الآمن: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, -#. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, +#. e.g. https://smt.example.com +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -327,15 +327,15 @@ "تأكد من تثبيت أحدث منتج يدعم بروتوكول\n" " التسجيل الجديد على الخادم." -#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze -#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 +#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "عنوان URL غير صالح." -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" @@ -343,17 +343,17 @@ "لم يتم تكوين الشبكة، لا يمكن الوصول إلى خادم التسجيل.\n" "هل تريد تكوين الشبكة الآن؟" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "حدث خطأ في الشبكة. تحقق من تكوين الشبكة." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "جارٍ تخزين تكوين التسجيل..." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." @@ -361,8 +361,8 @@ "لم يتم العثور على المنتج الأساسي.\n" "تحقق من النظام." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ "وسيط التثبيت أو المثبت ذاته معطل بشكل خطير.\n" "الرجاء إرسال تقرير بالخطأ على %s." -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." @@ -378,56 +378,56 @@ "تأكد من أن المنتج مثبت وأن /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" " هو ارتباط رمزي يشير إلى ملف .prod الخاص بالمنتج الأساسي." -#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze -#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 +#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze +#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "جارٍ تسجيل النظام..." -#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name -#. updating product registration, %s is a product name -#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating product registration, %s is a product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "جارٍ التحديث إلى %s ..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 msgid "Synchronizing Products..." msgstr "جارٍ مزامنة المنتجات..." -#. load available addons from SCC server -#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the -#. installation workflow -#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons -#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install -#. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 +#. load available addons from SCC server +#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the +#. installation workflow +#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons +#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install +#. @return [Symbol] the user input +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "جارٍ تحميل الملحقات والوحدات النمطية المتوفرة..." -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "جارٍ تحميل منتجات الترحيل..." -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "تسجيل الامتدادات والوحدات النمطية" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>" msgstr "<p>جارٍ تسجيل الملحقات والوحدات النمطية.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -436,8 +436,8 @@ "\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -445,9 +445,9 @@ "هل تريد تمكين تلك المستودعات أثناء التثبيت \n" "لتلقي آخر التحديثات؟" -#. Yast::Mode.update -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 +#. Yast::Mode.update +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -455,15 +455,15 @@ "هل تريد تمكين تلك المستودعات أثناء الترقية \n" "لتلقي آخر التحديثات؟" -#. indent size used in summary text -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "الشهادة:" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed -#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] -#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed +#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] +#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 msgid "" "Repository '%s'\n" "cannot be loaded.\n" @@ -475,42 +475,42 @@ "\n" "هل تريد تخطي المخزن أم إيقافه؟" -#. create UI label for a base product -#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) -#. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 +#. create UI label for a base product +#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) +#. @return [String] UI Label +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "منتج غير معروف" -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "فشل حفظ تكوين المخزن." -#. # error message -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 +#. # error message +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "فشل تحديث الخدمة '%s'." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "فشلت إضافة الخدمة '%s'." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "فشل حفظ الخدمة '%s'." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "فشل تجديد الخدمة '%s'." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -518,30 +518,30 @@ "يتعذر العثور على المنتج البعيد %s.\n" "يتعذر تسجيل المنتج." -#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control -#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior -#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 +#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control +#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior +#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "هل تريد الإيقاف بالفعل؟" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "اتفاقية الترخيص" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "جارٍ إنزال التراخيص..." -#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir -#. @param [Addon] addon the addon -#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 +#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir +#. @param [Addon] addon the addon +#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "جارٍ إنزال اتفاقية الترخيص..." -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" @@ -551,289 +551,319 @@ "%s\n" "." -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "اتفاقية ترخيص %s" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "رموز تسجيل الامتدادات والوحدات النمطية" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n" -"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>" +"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " +"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " +"extension or module.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>أدخل رموز التسجيل للملحقات أو الوحدات النمطية المطلوبة.</p>\n" -"<p>يجب إدخال رموز التسجيل لإتمام التسجيل بنجاح. وإذا لم تتمكن من توفير رمز تسجيل، فارجع ثم قم بإلغاء تحديد الملحق أو الوحدة النمطية.</p>" +"<p>يجب إدخال رموز التسجيل لإتمام التسجيل بنجاح. وإذا لم تتمكن من توفير رمز " +"تسجيل، فارجع ثم قم بإلغاء تحديد الملحق أو الوحدة النمطية.</p>" -#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog -#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 +#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog +#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." msgstr[0] "يتطلب الملحق الذي حددته رمز تسجيل منفصلاً." msgstr[1] "تتطلب الملحقات التي حددتها رموز تسجيل منفصلة." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." msgstr[0] "أدخل رمز التسجيل في الحقل أدناه." msgstr[1] "أدخل رموز التسجيل في الحقول أدناه." -#. create the main dialog definition -#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 +#. create the main dialog definition +#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" msgstr "&ترشيح لإزالة إصدارات بيتا" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Details" msgstr "التفاصيل" -#. addon description widget -#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 +#. addon description widget +#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "حدد امتداداً أو وحدة نمطية لإظهار تفاصيلها هنا" -#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension -#. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "%s (غير متوفر)" -#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 +#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "يتيح YaST تحديد %s على الأكثر من الملحقات أو الوحدات النمطية." -#. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 -msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>" -msgstr "<p>الرجاء ملاحظة أن بعض الملحقات أو الوحدات النمطية قد تتطلب رمز تسجيل خاصًا.</p>" +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 +msgid "" +"<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " +"registration code.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>الرجاء ملاحظة أن بعض الملحقات أو الوحدات النمطية قد تتطلب رمز تسجيل خاصًا." +"</p>" -#. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 -msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" -msgstr "<p>إذا أردت إزالة أي ملحق أو وحدة نمطية، يجب تسجيل الدخول إلى مركز عملاء SUSE وإزالتها من هناك يدويًا.</p>" +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 +msgid "" +"<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " +"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>إذا أردت إزالة أي ملحق أو وحدة نمطية، يجب تسجيل الدخول إلى مركز عملاء " +"SUSE وإزالتها من هناك يدويًا.</p>" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 msgid "Extension and Module Selection" msgstr "تحديد الملحق والوحدة النمطية" -#. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 -msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>" +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 +msgid "" +"<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>" msgstr "<p>يمكن هنا تحديد الملحقات والوحدات النمطية المتوفرة لنظامك.</p>" -#. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "الامتدادات والوحدات النمطية المتوفرة" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37 msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration" msgstr "إعادة تسجيل الملحق والوحدة النمطية" -#. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 -msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يمكنك من هنا تحديد الملحقات والوحدات النمطية التي سيتم تسجيلها مرة أخرى.</p>" +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يمكنك من هنا تحديد الملحقات والوحدات النمطية التي سيتم تسجيلها مرة أخرى.</" +"p>" -#. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules" msgstr "الوحدات النمطية والملحقات المسجلة" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يمكن من هنا تحديد الملحقات أو الوحدات النمطية التي سيتم تسجيلها مع المنتج الأساسي.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 +msgid "" +"<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " +"together with the base product.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يمكن من هنا تحديد الملحقات أو الوحدات النمطية التي سيتم تسجيلها مع المنتج " +"الأساسي.</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" msgstr "تسجيل الملحقات أو الوحدات النمطية الاختيارية" -#. create the main dialog content -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 +#. create the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "المعرِّف" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Version" msgstr "الإصدار" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "هيكل" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Release Type" msgstr "نوع الإصدار" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 msgid "Registration Code" msgstr "رمز التسجيل" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Download Available Extensions..." msgstr "إنزال الملحقات المتوفرة..." -#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 +#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Really delete '%s'?" msgstr "هل تريد حقًا حذف '%s'؟" -#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon -#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 +#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon +#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "م&عرف الملحق أو الوحدة النمطية" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "&Version" msgstr "الإ&صدار" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "اله&يكل" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "&نوع الإصدار" -#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "&رمز التسجيل" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " +"database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>" +"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product " +"Registration</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>تشتمل عملية تسجيل المنتج على المنتج الخاص بك بقاعدة بيانات مركز عملاء SUSE،\n" +"<p>تشتمل عملية تسجيل المنتج على المنتج الخاص بك بقاعدة بيانات مركز عملاء " +"SUSE،\n" "وهذا يتيح لك الحصول على تحديثات عبر الإنترنت إلى جانب الدعم الفني.\n" "للتسجيل أثناء التثبيت تلقائيًا، حدد <b>تشغيل تسجيل المنتج</b>.</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n" +"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " +"of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. " +"Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>إذا تم نشر خادم تسجيل مخصص من خلال الشبكة الخاصة بك، فقم بتعيين عنوان URL صحيح للخادم\n" +"<p>إذا تم نشر خادم تسجيل مخصص من خلال الشبكة الخاصة بك، فقم بتعيين عنوان URL " +"صحيح للخادم\n" "وموقع شهادة SMT في <b> إعدادات خادم SMT</b>. ارجع\n" "إلى دليل SMT للحصول على مزيد من المساعدة.</p>" -#. the UI defition for the global registration status -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 +#. the UI defition for the global registration status +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "تسجيل المنتج" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "الب&ريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" msgstr "تثبيت التحديثات المتوفرة من مخازن التحديث" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخادم" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "العثور على خادم التسجيل باستخدام اكتشاف SLP" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "استخدام عنوان URL خادم معين بدلاً من الإعداد الافتراضي" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "عنوان URL لشهادة خادم SSL الاختيارية" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "بصمة شهاة خادم SSL الاختيارية" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 msgid "none" msgstr "بلا" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "بصمة شهادة SSL" -#. the UI defition for the main dialog -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 +#. the UI defition for the main dialog +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "تسجيل الملحقات أو الوحدات النمطية..." -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 msgid "Register System via %s" msgstr "تسجيل النظام عبر %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" msgstr "تسجيل النظام عبر خادم SMT محلي" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "ع&نوان URL لخادم التسجيل المحلي" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "ت&خطي التسجيل" -#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 +#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" msgstr "&تسجيل الملحقات أو الوحدات النمطية مرة أخرى" -#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#. the main dialog content -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 +#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#. the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "النظام مسجل بالفعل." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration." msgstr "الرجاء تحديد طريقتك المفضلة للتسجيل." -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." -msgstr "أدخل بيانات اعتماد مركز عملاء SUSE هنا لتسجيل النظام للحصول على التحديثات والملحقات." +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 +msgid "" +"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " +"updates and extensions." +msgstr "" +"أدخل بيانات اعتماد مركز عملاء SUSE هنا لتسجيل النظام للحصول على التحديثات " +"والملحقات." -#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 +#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -847,66 +877,84 @@ "يمكنك التسجيل بعد إجراء التثبيت أو زيارة\n" "مركز العملاء للتسجيل عبر الإنترنت." -#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 +#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "(W&)جارٍ تكوين الشبكة..." -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 msgid "Certificate has expired" msgstr "انتهت صلاحية الشهادة" -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "شهادة موقعة ذاتياً" -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "شهادة موقعة ذاتياً في سلسلة الشهادات" -#. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 +#. push button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "ال&وثوق والاستيراد" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>" -msgstr "<p>تستخدم الاتصالات الآمنة )مثل: HTTPS‏( شهادات SSL للتحقق من مصادقة الخادم، ولتشفير البيانات المنقولة.</p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "" +"<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the " +"authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>تستخدم الاتصالات الآمنة )مثل: HTTPS‏( شهادات SSL للتحقق من مصادقة الخادم، " +"ولتشفير البيانات المنقولة.</p>" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يمكنك اختيار استيراد الشهادة إلى قائمة هيئات إصدار الشهادات المعروفة (CA)، مما يعني أنك تثق في موضوع الشهادة غير المعروفة وجهة إصدارها.‏</p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +msgid "" +"<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known " +"certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " +"issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يمكنك اختيار استيراد الشهادة إلى قائمة هيئات إصدار الشهادات المعروفة " +"(CA)، مما يعني أنك تثق في موضوع الشهادة غير المعروفة وجهة إصدارها.‏</p>" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 -msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate.</p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "" +"<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed " +"certificate.</p>" msgstr "<p>سيسمح استيراد شهادة باستخدام شهادة موقعة ذاتيًا على سبيل المثال.‏</p>" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>هام:‏‏</b> يجب التحقق دائمًا من بصمات الشهادات التي تقوم باستيرادها لضمان أنها أصلية.‏</p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of " +"certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>هام:‏‏</b> يجب التحقق دائمًا من بصمات الشهادات التي تقوم باستيرادها لضمان " +"أنها أصلية.‏</p>" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>" -msgstr "<p><b>يشوب استيراد شهادة غير معروفة دون تحقق مخاطر أمنية كبيرة.</b></p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " +"security risk.</b></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>يشوب استيراد شهادة غير معروفة دون تحقق مخاطر أمنية كبيرة.</b></p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 msgid "Internal error: %s" msgstr "خطأ داخلي: %s" -#. register the base system if not already registered -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 +#. register the base system if not already registered +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 msgid "" "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" @@ -914,40 +962,46 @@ "يجب تسجيل النظام الأساسي لتسجيل المكوّن الإضافي لـ \n" ".'%s'هل تريد تخطي تسجيل النظام الأساسي والمكوّن الإضافي؟" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "المستودعات المستخدمة للترحيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories.</p>" -msgstr "<p>في مربع الحوار هذا يمكنك يدويًا تحديد أي مستودع من المستودعات سيتم استخدامه للترحيل المباشر. ستتم ترقية الحزم إلى أحدث إصدار تم العثور عليه في المستودعات المحددة. </p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "" +"<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " +"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " +"in the selected repositories.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>في مربع الحوار هذا يمكنك يدويًا تحديد أي مستودع من المستودعات سيتم " +"استخدامه للترحيل المباشر. ستتم ترقية الحزم إلى أحدث إصدار تم العثور عليه في " +"المستودعات المحددة. </p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "تحديد المستودعات المستخدمة للترحيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 msgid "Manage Repositories..." msgstr "إدارة المستودعات..." -#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "العنوان: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "الأولوية: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, -#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts -#. the online migration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, +#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts +#. the online migration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 msgid "" "The system is not registered,\n" "to run the online migration you need\n" @@ -957,103 +1011,114 @@ "لتشغيل الترحيل على الإنترنت، يجب\n" "تسجيل النظام أولاً." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 msgid "No installed product found." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على منتج مثبّت." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 msgid "No migration product found." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على منتج ترحيل." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." msgstr "جارٍ تحضير مخازن الترحيل..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 msgid "Select the Migration Target" msgstr "تحديد هدف الترحيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يمكنك من هنا تحديد منتجات هدف الترحيل. يمكن لملقم التسجيل تقديم عدة ترحيلات محتملة إلى المنتجات الجديدة.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "" +"<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " +"may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يمكنك من هنا تحديد منتجات هدف الترحيل. يمكن لملقم التسجيل تقديم عدة " +"ترحيلات محتملة إلى المنتجات الجديدة.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 msgid "<p>Only one migration target from the list can be selected.</p>" msgstr "<p>يمكن تحديد هدف ترحيل واحد فقط من القائمة.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -msgid "<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories later.</p>" -msgstr "<p>استخدم مربع التحديد <b>%s</b> لتحديد مخازن الترحيل يدويًا في وقت لاحق</p>." +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "" +"<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories " +"later.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>استخدم مربع التحديد <b>%s</b> لتحديد مخازن الترحيل يدويًا في وقت لاحق</p>." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" msgstr "التحديد اليدوي لمستودعات الترحيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 msgid "Select the target migration." msgstr "حدد الترحيل الهدف." -#. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" msgstr "تعديل المستودعات المستخدمة للترحيل يدويًا" -#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 +#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "أهداف الترحيل المحتمل" -#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 +#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "ملخص الترحيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details. -#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used -#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow -#. using the selected migration. -#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) -#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 -msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." -msgstr "خطأ: المنتج <b>%{product}</b> غير متوفر في ملقم التسجيل (%{url}). قم بتوفير المنتج للسماح باستخدام هذا الترحيل." +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details. +#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used +#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow +#. using the selected migration. +#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) +#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "" +"ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server " +"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "" +"خطأ: المنتج <b>%{product}</b> غير متوفر في ملقم التسجيل (%{url}). قم بتوفير " +"المنتج للسماح باستخدام هذا الترحيل." -#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 +#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>" msgstr "%s <b>سيتم تثبيته.</b>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>" msgstr "%s <b>يظل بدون تغيير.</b>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product} <b>ستتم ترقيته إلى</b> %{new_product}." -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product} <b>سيتم تخفيضه إلى</b> %{new_product}." -#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1067,39 +1132,47 @@ "حدد هدف ترحيل مختلفًا أو قم بتوفير المنتجات\n" "غير الموجودة في ملقم التسجيل." -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>" msgstr "<p>تم تسجيل النظام بالفعل.</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يمكن إعادة تسجيله مرة أخرى أو يمكن تسجيل الملحقات والوحدات النمطية الإضافية لتحسين وظائف النظام.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " +"modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يمكن إعادة تسجيله مرة أخرى أو يمكن تسجيل الملحقات والوحدات النمطية " +"الإضافية لتحسين وظائف النظام.</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>" -msgstr "<p>إذا أردت إلغاء تسجيل نظامك، يجب تسجيل الدخول إلى مركز عملاء SUSE وإزالة النظام يدويًا من هناك.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "" +"<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>إذا أردت إلغاء تسجيل نظامك، يجب تسجيل الدخول إلى مركز عملاء SUSE وإزالة " +"النظام يدويًا من هناك.</p>" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "حدد الامتدادات" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Register Again" msgstr "التسجيل مرة أخرى" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 msgid "Registration is being updated..." msgstr "يتم تحديث التسجيل..." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 msgid "The previous registration is being updated." msgstr "جارٍ تحديث التسجيل السابق." -#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 msgid "" "Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" "You can manually register the system from scratch." @@ -1107,18 +1180,18 @@ "فشلت ترقية التسجيل التلقائي.\n" "يمكنك تسجيل النظام من البداية يدويًا." -#. Constructor -#. -#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show. -#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text -#. will be used if it's not specified. -#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text -#. will be used if it's not specified. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show. +#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "خوادم التسجيل المحلية" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65 msgid "" "Select a detected registration server from the list\n" "or the default SUSE registration server." @@ -1126,45 +1199,45 @@ "حدد خادم تسجيل تم اكتشافه من القائمة\n" "أو خادم التسجيل SUSE الافتراضي." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67 msgid "No registration server selected" msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي خادم تسجيل" -#. Default registration server -#. -#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102 +#. Default registration server +#. +#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102 msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" msgstr "مركز عملاء SUSE (%s)" -#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>] -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 +#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>] +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "يتم الآن البحث..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "جارٍ البحث عن خوادم التسجيل المحلية..." -#. Constructor -#. -#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show -#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default -#. heading will be used). -#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). -#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. -#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected -#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. -#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil -#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show +#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default +#. heading will be used). +#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil +#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 msgid "Service selection" msgstr "تحديد الخدمة" -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 msgid "Select a detected service from the list." msgstr "حدد خدمة تم الكشف عنها من القائمة." -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 msgid "No service was selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي خدمة." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/relocation-server.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/relocation-server.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/relocation-server.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: relocation-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the relocation-server module -#: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58 +#. Command line help text for the relocation-server module +#: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58 msgid "Configuration of relocation-server" msgstr "تكوين خادم إعادة تحديد الموقع" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48 msgid "" "Really exit?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -28,160 +28,160 @@ "هل تريد الخروج بالفعل؟\n" "ستفقد جميع التغييرات." -#. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 +#. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 msgid "Select SSL Key File" msgstr "تحديد ملف مفتاح SSL" -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:175 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:175 msgid "Select SSL Cert File" msgstr "تحديد ملف SSL Cert" -#. A popup dialog caption -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:303 +#. A popup dialog caption +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:303 msgid "Add New Port" msgstr "إضافة منفذ جديد" -#. A popup dialog caption -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:305 +#. A popup dialog caption +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:305 msgid "Edit Current Port" msgstr "تحرير المنفذ الحالي" -#. A text entry -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:309 +#. A text entry +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:309 msgid "&Port" msgstr "الم&نفذ" -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:336 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:336 msgid "Port number must not be empty." msgstr "يجب عدم ترك حقل رقم المنفذ فارغًا." -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343 msgid "Port number out of range." msgstr "رقم المنفذ يقع خارج النطاق." -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350 msgid "Port number already exists." msgstr "اسم المنفذ موجود بالفعل." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/relocation-server/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of relocation-server -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Li Dongyang <lidongyang@novell.com> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:43 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/relocation-server/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of relocation-server +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Li Dongyang <lidongyang@novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:43 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "الإعدادات العمومية" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "Relocation Address:" msgstr "عنوان إعادة تحديد الموقع:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Allowed Hosts:" msgstr "أجهزة المضيف المسموح بها:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "Use SSL as Default" msgstr "استخدم SSL كالإعدادات الافتراضي" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "non-SSL Server" msgstr "بخلاف خادم SSL" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:69 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Port:" msgstr "المنفذ:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Enable" msgstr "تمكين" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "SSL Server" msgstr "خادم SSL" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "SSL Key File:" msgstr "ملف مفتاح SSL:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "SSL Cert File:" msgstr "ملف SSL Cert:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:130 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Firewall" msgstr "جدار الحماية" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Tunneled migration" msgstr "ترحيل نفقي" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Make sure tunneled migration works" msgstr "تأكد من عمل الترحيل النفقي" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Plain migration" msgstr "ترحيل عادي" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Make sure plain migration works" msgstr "تأكد من عمل الترحيل العادي" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "TCP Ports" msgstr "منافذ TCP" -#. A table header -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:165 +#. A table header +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Port" msgstr "المنفذ" -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "إ&ضافة..." -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:173 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "&Edit..." msgstr "&تحرير..." -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:175 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:175 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&حذف" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "Include default port range" msgstr "تضمين نطاق المنفذ الافتراضي" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -189,17 +189,18 @@ "<p><b><big>جارٍ تهيئة تكوين خادم إعادة تحديد الموقع</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إيقاف التهيئة</big></b><br>\n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</" +"p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -207,8 +208,8 @@ "<p><b><big>جارٍ حفظ تكوين خادم إعادة تحديد الموقع</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -220,167 +221,183 @@ "يظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك بما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b>Relocation Address</b><br>\n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections</p>\n" "<p><b>Allowed Hosts</b><br>\n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.</p>\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all " +"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated " +"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name " +"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be " +"accepted.</p>\n" "<p><b>SSL Key File/SSL Cert File</b><br>\n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>عنوان إعادة تحديد الموقع</b><br>\n" -"العنوان الذي يجب على xend استخدامه للإصغاء إلى اتصالات مقبس إعادة تحديد الموقع</p>\n" +"العنوان الذي يجب على xend استخدامه للإصغاء إلى اتصالات مقبس إعادة تحديد " +"الموقع</p>\n" "<p><b>أجهزة المضيف المسموح بها</b><br>\n" -"أجهزة المضيف المسموح بها لإجراء اتصال بمنفذ إعادة تحديد الموقع. إذا كان هذا الحقل فارغًا، فكل الاتصالات مسموح بها. وإلا، فإن هذا الحقل يجب أن يحتوي على تسلسل دون مسافات من التعبيرات الاعتيادية. سيتم قبول أي جهاز مضيف باسم مجال أو عنوان IP يُطابق أحد التعبيرات الاعتيادية هذه.</p>\n" +"أجهزة المضيف المسموح بها لإجراء اتصال بمنفذ إعادة تحديد الموقع. إذا كان هذا " +"الحقل فارغًا، فكل الاتصالات مسموح بها. وإلا، فإن هذا الحقل يجب أن يحتوي على " +"تسلسل دون مسافات من التعبيرات الاعتيادية. سيتم قبول أي جهاز مضيف باسم مجال " +"أو عنوان IP يُطابق أحد التعبيرات الاعتيادية هذه.</p>\n" "<p><b>ملف مفتاح SSL/ملف SSL Cert</b><br>\n" "الفتاح والشهادة المطلوب استخدامهما لواجهة إعادة تحديد موقع ssl</p>" -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Tunneled migration</big></b><br>\n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.</p>\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host " +"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting " +"the data stream.</p>\n" "<p><b><big>Plain migration</big></b><br>\n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>" +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the " +"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually " +"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>الترحيل النفقي</big></b><br>\n" -"يفتح الجهاز المضيف المصدر libvirtd اتصالاً مباشرًا بالجهاز المضيف الوجهة libvirtd لإرسال بيانات الترحيل. وهو ما يسمح باستخدام خيار تشفير دفق البيانات.</p>\n" +"يفتح الجهاز المضيف المصدر libvirtd اتصالاً مباشرًا بالجهاز المضيف الوجهة " +"libvirtd لإرسال بيانات الترحيل. وهو ما يسمح باستخدام خيار تشفير دفق البيانات." +"</p>\n" "<p><b><big>ترحيل عادي</big></b><br>\n" -"يفتح الجهاز المضيف المصدر للجهاز الظاهري اتصال TCP مباشر غير مشفر بالجهاز المضيف الوجهة لإرسال بيانات الترحيل. وما لم يتم تحديد أحد المنافذ يدويًا، فسوف يختار libvirt منفذ ترحيل في النطاق الافتراضي.</p>" +"يفتح الجهاز المضيف المصدر للجهاز الظاهري اتصال TCP مباشر غير مشفر بالجهاز " +"المضيف الوجهة لإرسال بيانات الترحيل. وما لم يتم تحديد أحد المنافذ يدويًا، " +"فسوف يختار libvirt منفذ ترحيل في النطاق الافتراضي.</p>" -#. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:104 +#. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:104 msgid "&Xend" msgstr "&Xend" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:109 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:109 msgid "&KVM" msgstr "&KVM" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:114 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:114 msgid "&Xen Libxl" msgstr "&Xen Libxl" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:161 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:161 msgid "Relocation Server Configuration" msgstr "تكوين خادم إعادة تحديد الموقع" -#. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 +#. RelocationServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين خادم إعادة تحديد الموقع" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 msgid "Read the current xend configuration" msgstr "قراءة تكوين xend الحالي" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 msgid "Read the current xend state" msgstr "قراءة حالة xend الحالية" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..." msgstr "جارٍ قراءة تكوين xend الحالي..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 msgid "Reading the current xend state..." msgstr "جارٍ قراءة حالة xend الحالية..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "جارٍ قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state" msgstr "قراءة حالة libvirtd/sshd الحالية" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..." msgstr "جارٍ قراءة حالة libvirtd/sshd الحالية..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state." msgstr "تتعذر قراءة حالة Xend الحالية." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 msgid "Cannot read firewall settings." msgstr "تتعذر قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state." msgstr "تتعذر قراءة حالة libvirtd/sshd الحالية." -#. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 +#. RelocationServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "جارٍ حفظ تكوين خادم إعادة تحديد الموقع" -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 msgid "Write the Xend settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات Xend" -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 msgid "Adjust the Xend service" msgstr "تعديل خدمة Xend" -#. Progress stage 3 -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 +#. Progress stage 3 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 +#. Progress step 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 msgid "Writing the Xend settings..." msgstr "جارٍ كتابة إعدادات Xend..." -#. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 +#. Progress step 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..." msgstr "جارٍ تعديل خدمة Xend..." -#. Progress step 3 -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 +#. Progress step 3 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "جارٍ كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "تعديل خدمة libvirtd/sshd" -#. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 +#. Progress step 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "جارٍ تعديل خدمة libvirtd/sshd" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 msgid "Cannot write the xend settings." msgstr "تتعذر كتابة إعدادات xend." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "تتعذر كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/s390.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/s390.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/s390.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: s390\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,170 +14,171 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of DASD" msgstr "تكوين DASD" -#. text for installation summary -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 msgid "No DASD disk detected" msgstr "لم يتم اكتشاف قرص DASD" -#. section name in proposal dialog -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 msgid "DASD" msgstr "DASD" -#. section name in proposal - menu item -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 msgid "&DASD" msgstr "&DASD" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" msgstr "إنشاء أجهزة S/390 للتفريغ" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" msgstr "تكوين خادم المحطة الطرفية IUCV" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" msgstr "تكوين إعدادات المحطة الطرفية IUCV" -#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module -#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" msgstr "تكوين OnPanic" -#. popup label -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "اكتشاف أجهزة التحكم المتاحة" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" msgstr "تكوين جهاز التحكم بقرص S/390" -#. push button -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "تكوين أ&قراص DASD" -#. push button -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "تكوين أق&راص ZFCP" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents #: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 + src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" msgstr "تكوين ZFCP" -#. text for installation summary -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 msgid "No zFCP device configured" msgstr "لم يتم تكوين جهاز zFCP" -#. section name in proposal dialog -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 msgid "zFCP" msgstr "zFCP" -#. section name in proposal - menu item -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 msgid "&zFCP" msgstr "&zFCP" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 msgid "&Activate" msgstr "&تنشيط" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&Deactivate" msgstr "إل&غاء التنشيط" -#. menu button id -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Set DIAG O&n" msgstr "تعيين &تشغيل DIAG" -#. menu button id -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" msgstr "تعيين إيقا&ف تشغيل DIAG" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&تنسيق" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Set Format On" msgstr "تعيين التنسيق على تشغيل" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Set Format Off" msgstr "تعيين التنسيق على إيقاف" -#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" msgstr "الأقراص التي تم تنسيقها بشكل متوا&زي" -#. error popup message -#. error popup message -#. error popup message -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي قرص." -#. 8 means disk is not formatted -#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" msgstr "لم تتم تهيئة الجهاز %1. هل تريد تهيئة الجهاز الآن؟" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" msgstr "يوجد %1 من الأجهزة غير المهيئة. هل تريد تهيئتها الآن؟" -#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." msgstr "تعذر العثور على جهاز للقناة %1." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Disk %1 is not active." msgstr "القرص %1 غير نشط." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." msgstr "تعذر الوصول للقرص %1 للكتابة." -#. popup question -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "Formatting these disks destroys all data on them.<br>\n" "Really format the following disks?<br>\n" @@ -187,120 +188,120 @@ "هل تريد تنسيق الأقراص التالية بالفعل؟<br>\n" "%1" -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "DASD Disk Management" msgstr "إدارة قرص DASD" -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 msgid "Channel ID" msgstr "معرف القناة" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Format" msgstr "تنسيق" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Use DIAG" msgstr "استخدام DIAG" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Device" msgstr "الجهاز" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 msgid "Type" msgstr "النوع" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 msgid "Access Type" msgstr "نوع الوصول" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Formatted" msgstr "منسق" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Partition Information" msgstr "معلومات القسم" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" msgstr "مُعّرِف القناة الأد&نى" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" msgstr "معرف القناة الأق&صى" -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "المر&شح" -#. menu button -#. menu button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Perform &Action" msgstr "تنفيذ إج&راء" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Select All" msgstr "تحديد ال&كل" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Deselect All" msgstr "إ&لغاء تحديد الكل" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." msgstr "مُرشح مُعّرِفات القنوات غير صالح." -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 msgid "Add New DASD Disk" msgstr "إضافة قرص DASD جديد" -#. text entry -#. combo box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "&Channel ID" msgstr "مُعّرِف الق&ناة" -#. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "Format the Disk" msgstr "تهيئة القرص" -#. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "Use &DIAG" msgstr "است&خدام DIAG" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 msgid "" "Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -308,23 +309,23 @@ "هل تريد بالفعل الخروج من عملية تكوين القرص DASD دون الحفظ؟\n" "سيتم فقدان كافة التغييرات." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "Not a valid channel ID." msgstr "مُعّرِف قناة غير صالح." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Device already exists." msgstr "الجهاز موجود بالفعل." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -332,18 +333,19 @@ "<p><b><big>تهيئة تكوين وحدة التحكم</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إيقاف التهيئة:</big></b><br>\n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</p>" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</" +"p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Controller Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -351,9 +353,9 @@ "<p><b><big>حفظ تكوين وحدة التحكم</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -363,9 +365,9 @@ "قم بإيقاف إجراء الحفظ بالضغط على <b>إيقاف</b>.\n" "سيظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك ما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured DASD Disks</big></b><br>\n" "In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system.</p>" @@ -373,9 +375,9 @@ "<p><b><big>أقراص DASD المكوَّنة</big></b><br>\n" "في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بإدارة أقراص DASD في النظام الخاص بك.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p>To filter the displayed disks, set the <b>Minimum Channel ID</b> and \n" "the <b>Maximum Channel ID</b> and click <b>Filter</b>.</p>\n" @@ -383,13 +385,13 @@ "<p>لتصفية الأقراص المعروضة، قم بتعيين <b>مُعّرِف القناة الأدنى</b>و\n" " <b> مُعّرِف القناة الأقصى</b> ثم اضغط <b>تصفية</b>.</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 msgid "<p>To configure a new DASD disk, click <b>Add</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>لتكوين قرص DASD جديد، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p>To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>" @@ -397,17 +399,19 @@ "<p>لإزالة قرص DASD مكوَّن، حدد هذا القرص، ثم انقر فوق \n" "<b>حذف</b>.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 msgid "" -"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " +"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "<b>Select All</b> or <b>Deselect All</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>لتنفيذ إجراءات على عدة أقراص مرة واحدة، قم بتعليم هذه الأقراص. لتحديد كل الأقراص المعروضة (يمكن إجراء هذا بعد تطبيق عامل تصفية)، انقر فوق\n" +"<p>لتنفيذ إجراءات على عدة أقراص مرة واحدة، قم بتعليم هذه الأقراص. لتحديد كل " +"الأقراص المعروضة (يمكن إجراء هذا بعد تطبيق عامل تصفية)، انقر فوق\n" "<b>تحديد الكل</b> أو <b>إلغاء تحديد الكل</b>.</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p>To perform an action on the selected disks, use <b>Perform Action</b>.\n" "The action will be performed immediately!</p>" @@ -415,8 +419,8 @@ "<p>لتنفيذ إجراء على الأقراص المحددة، استخدم <b>تنفيذ إجراء</b>.\n" "سيتم تنفيذ الإجراء مباشرة!</p>" -#. Disk add help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Add New DASD Disk</big></b><br>\n" "To add a disk, enter the <b>Channel ID</b> of the DASD disk as\n" @@ -426,8 +430,8 @@ "لإضافة قرص، أدخل <b>مُعّرِف القناة</b> لقرص DASD \n" "كمعرّف.</p>" -#. Disk add help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p>If the disk should be formatted,\n" "use <b>Format the Disk</b>.</p>\n" @@ -436,125 +440,154 @@ "استخدم <b>تهيئة القرص</b>.</p>\n" "\n" -#. Disk add help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 msgid "<p>To use DIAG mode, select <b>Use DIAG</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>لاستخدام وضع DIAG، حدد <b>استخدم DIAG</b>.</p>\n" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 msgid "Controller Configuration" msgstr "تكوين جهاز التحكم" -#. Run the dialog for Dump -#. @param what symbol a -#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 msgid "Create Dump Device" msgstr "إنشاء جهاز تفريغ" -#. Dump dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 msgid "<p><b>Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device.</b></p>" -msgstr "<p><b>قم بتحضير وحدة تخزين أو أكثر من وحدة للاستخدام كجهاز تفريغ S/390.</b></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>قم بتحضير وحدة تخزين أو أكثر من وحدة للاستخدام كجهاز تفريغ S/390.</b></" +"p>" -#. Dump dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD.<br>" -msgstr "<p>الجهازان المدعومان هما قرصا ECKD DASD وZFCP، بينما تقتصر وحدات التخزين المتعددة على DASD.<br>" +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " +"limited to DASD.<br>" +msgstr "" +"<p>الجهازان المدعومان هما قرصا ECKD DASD وZFCP، بينما تقتصر وحدات التخزين " +"المتعددة على DASD.<br>" -#. Dump dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk</b>.</p>" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk</" +"b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"لا يمكن إلا استخدام الأقراص الكاملة، وليست الأقسام. إذا تمت تهيئة الجهاز أو تقسيمه \n" +"لا يمكن إلا استخدام الأقراص الكاملة، وليست الأقسام. إذا تمت تهيئة الجهاز أو " +"تقسيمه \n" "بشكل غير متوافق، فقم بتفعيل خانة الاختيار <b>فرض الكتابة فوق القرص</b>.</p>" -#. Dump dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 -msgid "<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog.<br>" -msgstr "<p>لاستخدام جهازي DASD و ZFCP، يجب تنشيطهما في مربع الحوار DASD أو ZFCP المناسب في YaST.<br>" +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "" +"<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " +"ZFCP dialog.<br>" +msgstr "" +"<p>لاستخدام جهازي DASD و ZFCP، يجب تنشيطهما في مربع الحوار DASD أو ZFCP " +"المناسب في YaST.<br>" -#. Dump dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 -msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>" +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "" +"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>" msgstr "لن يتم عرض الأجهزة المستخدمة أو التي تحتوي على أقسام موصلة.</p>" -#. Dump dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b>dumpdevice</b> after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" "device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>dumpdevice</b> بعد أن يُعّرَف القرص على أنه جهاز تفريغ قابل \n" -"للاستخدام. تتم الإشارة إلى أجهزة التفريغ ذات وحدات التخزين المتعددة في قائمة معرفات DASD.</p>" +"للاستخدام. تتم الإشارة إلى أجهزة التفريغ ذات وحدات التخزين المتعددة في قائمة " +"معرفات DASD.</p>" -#. Dump dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 msgid "<p>ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump<br>" msgstr "<p>أعمدة ZFCP: الجهاز، الحجم، المعرف، WWPN، LUN، التفريغ<br>" -#. Dump dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump</p>" msgstr "أعمدة DASD: الجهاز، الحجم، المعرف، التفريغ</p>" -#. Dialog content -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 msgid "&ZFCP" msgstr "&ZFCP" -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" msgstr "&فرض الكتابة فوق القرص" -#. prevent leading space -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 msgid "You haven't selected any device." msgstr "لم تقم بتحديد أي جهاز." -#. warn only in case of force -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 -msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" -msgstr "ستتم تهيئة القرص %1 باعتباره جهاز تفريغ. سيتم فقد كافة البيانات الموجودة على هذا الجهاز! هل تريد المتابعة؟" +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "" +"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " +"be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" +"ستتم تهيئة القرص %1 باعتباره جهاز تفريغ. سيتم فقد كافة البيانات الموجودة على " +"هذا الجهاز! هل تريد المتابعة؟" -#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" msgstr "تمت العملية بنجاح. هل تريد تهيئة جهاز تفريغ آخر؟" -#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "<p><b><big>z/VM IDs</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>معرفات z/VM</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p>To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" "<br>They are separated by line breaks.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>لتكوين خادم المحطة الطرفية IUCV، يجب تحديد معرفات z/VM المطلوب استخدامها.\n" +"<p>لتكوين خادم المحطة الطرفية IUCV، يجب تحديد معرفات z/VM المطلوب " +"استخدامها.\n" "<br> هذه المعرفات مفصولة بواسطة فواصل الأسطر.</p>\n" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 msgid "<p><b><big>TS-Shell</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>TS-Shell</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يسمح TS-Shellبتحديد <b>التخويل</b>لكل مستخدم ومجموعة مستخدمين TS-Shell. يتم اكتساب حقوق مجموعة المستخدمين من أعضائها.</p>" +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user " +"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يسمح TS-Shellبتحديد <b>التخويل</b>لكل مستخدم ومجموعة مستخدمين TS-Shell. " +"يتم اكتساب حقوق مجموعة المستخدمين من أعضائها.</p>" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يمكن تحديد معرف z/VM مسموح به يدويًا تحت <b>تحديد</b>، أو يمكن تعريفه بواسطة <b>Regex</b> أو تحميله من <b>ملف</b> يحتوي على جميع معرفات z/VM المسموح بها المفصولة بفواصل الأسطر.</p>" +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "" +"<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, " +"defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all " +"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يمكن تحديد معرف z/VM مسموح به يدويًا تحت <b>تحديد</b>، أو يمكن تعريفه " +"بواسطة <b>Regex</b> أو تحميله من <b>ملف</b> يحتوي على جميع معرفات z/VM " +"المسموح بها المفصولة بفواصل الأسطر.</p>" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p>Click on <b>New User</b> to create new TS-Shell users or <b>Delete\n" "User</b> to remove users.</p>" @@ -562,40 +595,53 @@ "<p>انقر فوق <b>مستخدم جديد</b> لإنشاء مستخدمين TS-Shell جدد أو <b>حذف\n" "المستخدم</b> لإزالة المستخدمين.</p>" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" -"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " +"change\n" "the membership of users, go to <b>Manage Groups</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>لإضافة مجموعات من جدول تخويل TS-Shell أو إزالتها أو لتغيير \n" "عضوية المستخدمين، انتقل إلى <b>إدارة المجموعات</b>.</p>" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 -msgid "<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered.</p>" -msgstr "<p>باستخدام <b>المعرفات المراجعة</b> حدد معرفات z/VM التي يجب جمع النصوص منها.</p>" +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "" +"<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts " +"should be gathered.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>باستخدام <b>المعرفات المراجعة</b> حدد معرفات z/VM التي يجب جمع النصوص " +"منها.</p>" -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 msgid "<p><b><big>New TS-Shell User</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>مستخدم TS-Shell جديد</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n" -"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting them on the right.</p>" +"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> " +"and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n" +"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting " +"them on the right.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>لإنشاء مستخدم TS-Shell جديد، يجب توفير <b>اسم المستخدم</b> و<b>الدليل الرئيسي</b> و<b>كلمة المرور</b>.\n" -"\t<br>ومن الممكن أيضًا تحديد <b>مجموعات إضافية</b> من خلال تحديدها في الجهة اليمنى.</p>" +"<p>لإنشاء مستخدم TS-Shell جديد، يجب توفير <b>اسم المستخدم</b> و<b>الدليل " +"الرئيسي</b> و<b>كلمة المرور</b>.\n" +"\t<br>ومن الممكن أيضًا تحديد <b>مجموعات إضافية</b> من خلال تحديدها في الجهة " +"اليمنى.</p>" -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 -msgid "<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>لضمان قيام المستخدم بتغيير كلمة السر الخاصة به بعد تسجيل الدخول الأول، قم بتنشيط الخيار <b>فرض تغيير كلمة السر</b>.</p>" +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "" +"<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " +"activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>لضمان قيام المستخدم بتغيير كلمة السر الخاصة به بعد تسجيل الدخول الأول، قم " +"بتنشيط الخيار <b>فرض تغيير كلمة السر</b>.</p>" -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 msgid "" "<p>You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" "data will be stored there.</p>" @@ -603,12 +649,12 @@ "<p>يمكنك تحديد الدليل الرئيسي ذاته لكل مستخدم TS SHell نظرًا لعدم\n" " وجود بيانات سيتم تخزينها هناك.</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 msgid "<p><b><big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>إدارة مجموعات TS-Authorization</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p>Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" "member of this groups to inherit the same rights.</p>" @@ -616,17 +662,19 @@ "<p>حدد عمليات تخويل TS-Shell لكل مجموعة في حالة رغبتك في اكتساب كل \n" "عضو TS-Shell في هذه المجموعة الحقوق ذاتها.</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p>Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or " +"Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>يمكن إضافة مجموعات موجودة إلى عملية \n" -"تخويل TS-Shell أو إزالتها منها. حدد المجموعات في الجدول وانقر فوق <b>تحديد أو إلغاء تحديد</b>. تظهر الحالة الحالية في العمود <b>TS تخويل</b>.</p>" +"تخويل TS-Shell أو إزالتها منها. حدد المجموعات في الجدول وانقر فوق <b>تحديد " +"أو إلغاء تحديد</b>. تظهر الحالة الحالية في العمود <b>TS تخويل</b>.</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<p>Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the <b>TS-Members</b>\n" "selection.</p>" @@ -634,565 +682,645 @@ "<p>قم بتغيير أعضاء TS-Shell لمجموعة محددة في اختيار <b>TS أعضاء</b>\n" ".</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" -"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n" -"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has to be used.</p>" +"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> " +"input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n" +"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has " +"to be used.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>يمكن إنشاء مجموعات جديدة من خلال إدخال الاسم في حقل الإدخال <b>مجموعة جديدة</b> والتأكيد من خلال <b>إنشاء</b>.\n" -"\t<br>لحذف مجموعات تم إنشاؤها مسبقًا، يجب استخدام مربع الحوار <b>مستخدمو YaST</b>.</p>" +"<p>يمكن إنشاء مجموعات جديدة من خلال إدخال الاسم في حقل الإدخال <b>مجموعة " +"جديدة</b> والتأكيد من خلال <b>إنشاء</b>.\n" +"\t<br>لحذف مجموعات تم إنشاؤها مسبقًا، يجب استخدام مربع الحوار <b>مستخدمو " +"YaST</b>.</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "<p>Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the <b>Back</b> button.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يمكنك التراجع عن التغييرات في مربع الحوار هذا بالنقر فوق الزر <b>للخلف</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يمكنك التراجع عن التغييرات في مربع الحوار هذا بالنقر فوق الزر <b>للخلف</" +"b>.</p>" -#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "<p><b><big>IUCVConn on Login</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>IUCVConn عند تسجيل الدخول</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided." -msgstr "<p>يحتاج IUCVConn عند تسجيل الدخول إلى مستخدم واحد لكل معرف z/VM. لإنشاء هؤلاء المستخدمين، يجب توفير <b>كلمة السر</b> و<b>الدليل الرئيسي</b>." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "" +"<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " +"a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided." +msgstr "" +"<p>يحتاج IUCVConn عند تسجيل الدخول إلى مستخدم واحد لكل معرف z/VM. لإنشاء " +"هؤلاء المستخدمين، يجب توفير <b>كلمة السر</b> و<b>الدليل الرئيسي</b>." -#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 -msgid "<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is enabled. </p>" -msgstr "<p>من الممكن إجراء مزامنة بين المستخدمين يدويًا بواسطة النقر فوق <b>مزامنة</b> أو التأكيد فقط على التغييرات باستخدام <b>موافقة</b> أثناء تمكين الخيار <b>IUCVConn عند تسجيل الدخول</b>. </p>" +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "" +"<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or " +"just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is " +"enabled. </p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>من الممكن إجراء مزامنة بين المستخدمين يدويًا بواسطة النقر فوق <b>مزامنة</" +"b> أو التأكيد فقط على التغييرات باستخدام <b>موافقة</b> أثناء تمكين الخيار " +"<b>IUCVConn عند تسجيل الدخول</b>. </p>" -#. Text approval -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. Text disapproval -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 msgid "No" msgstr "ﻻ" -#. Text for category user -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 msgid "user" msgstr "المستخدم" -#. Text for category group -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 msgid "group" msgstr "المجموعة" -#. filter non ts users -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" msgstr "مُعرفات z/&VM (تم فرزها تلقائيًا)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" msgstr "&تمكين TS-Shell" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 msgid "Authorization" msgstr "تخويل" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 msgid "UID/GID" msgstr "معرف المستخدم/معرف المجموعة" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 msgid "Groups/Members" msgstr "المجموعات/الأعضاء" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 msgid "&New User" msgstr "&مستخدم جديد" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 msgid "&Delete User" msgstr "&حذف مستخدم" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 msgid "&Manage Groups" msgstr "إ&دارة المجموعات" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" msgstr "معرفات z/VM المسموح بها" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 msgid "&Selection" msgstr "&تحديد" -#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 msgid "&Regex" msgstr "&Regex" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 msgid "&File" msgstr "المل&ف" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 msgid "Bro&wse" msgstr "استعرا&ض" -#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 msgid "&Audited IDs" msgstr "المعرفات الم&راجعة" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" msgstr "&تمكين IUCVConn عند تسجيل الدخول" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 msgid "Login" msgstr "تسجيل دخول" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 msgid "UID" msgstr "معرف المستخدم" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 msgid "Home" msgstr "الصفحة الرئيسية" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 msgid "Shell" msgstr "Shell" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 msgid "Settings for new Users" msgstr "الإعدادات الخاصة بالمستخدمين الجدد" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&كلمة المرور" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 msgid "Co&nfirm Password" msgstr "تأكيد كلمة المرو&ر" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 msgid "&Home Directory" msgstr "الدليل الرئي&سي" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 msgid "B&rowse" msgstr "است&عراض" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 msgid "&Sync" msgstr "&مزامنة" -#. initialize list with additional groups -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 msgid "&Username" msgstr "ا&سم المستخدم" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 msgid "&Force Password Change" msgstr "&فرض تغيير كلمة المرور" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 msgid "&Additonal Groups" msgstr "م&جموعات إضافية" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 msgid "TS-Auth" msgstr "تخويل TS" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 msgid "GID" msgstr "معرف المجموعة" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 msgid "TS-Members" msgstr "أعضاء TS" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 msgid "&Select or Deselect" msgstr "ت&حديد أو إلغاء تحديد" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 msgid "C&reate" msgstr "إ&نشاء" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 msgid "&New Group" msgstr "م&جموعة جديدة" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 msgid "TS-&Members" msgstr "أ&عضاء TS" -#. draw active tab -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 msgid "&z/VM IDs" msgstr "&معرفات z/VM" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 msgid "&TS-Shell" msgstr "&TS-Shell" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 msgid "&IUCVConn" msgstr "&IUCVConn" -#. check and commit password -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." msgstr "كلمتا المرور غير متطابقتين أو غير صالحتين." -#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 msgid "The username is not valid!" msgstr "اسم المستخدم غير صالح!" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" msgstr "يجب تحديد دليل رئيسي!" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 msgid "Adding the user has failed." msgstr "فشلت إضافة المستخدم." -#. delete group entry if disabled -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" msgstr "تكوين إعدادات خادم الجهاز الطرفي لـ IUCV" -#. update screen -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 msgid "New TS-Shell User" msgstr "مستخدم TS-Shell جديد" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" msgstr "إدارة مجموعات تخويل TS" -#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." msgstr "معرف z/VM \"%1\" خاطئ في سطر %2، يُسمح بالأرقام والحروف فقط." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 -msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "" +"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." msgstr "معرف z/VM \"%1\" خاطئ في سطر %2، لا يُسمح باستخدام الأرقام في البداية." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "" +"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." msgstr "معرف z/VM \"%1\" خاطئ في سطر %2، لا يُسمح بأكثر من ثمانية أحرف." -#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." msgstr "معرف z/VM \"%1\" خاطئ في سطر %2، مطلوب حرف واحد على الأقل." -#. check password -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." msgstr "تتطلب كلمة مرور يتم إدخالها بشكل صحيح لتزامن مستخدمي IUCVConn." -#. check home directory -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." msgstr "الدليل الرئيسي IUCVConn المحدد غير صالح." -#. update ts member selection -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 msgid "The group name is not valid!" msgstr "اسم المجموعة غير صالح!" -#. change tab selection back -#. check for z/VM ID entries -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." msgstr "لا يمكن تكوين خادم المحطة الطرفية بدون معرفات z/VM صالحة." -#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. -#. @return true for valid inputs -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 -msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "" +"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " +"allowed." msgstr "إدخال خاطئ، يُسمح فقط بالأحرف الصغيرة والأرقام والفواصل للفصل." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 msgid "Comma is only a separator." msgstr "تعد الفاصلة مجرد فاصل." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." msgstr "لا تسمح معرفات z/VM بأكثر من ثمانية أحرف." -#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." msgstr "معرف IUCV خاطئ، يُسمح فقط بالأحرف الصغيرة." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." msgstr "لا يمكن أن تزيد معرفات IUCV عن %1 من الأحرف." -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 msgid "<p><h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2></p>" msgstr "<p><h2>تكوين إعدادات نظام الجهاز الطرفي المحلي</h2></p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 msgid "<p><b>IUCVtty</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>IUCVtty</b></p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 -msgid "<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance.<br>" -msgstr "<p>يمكن تشغيل عدة <b>مثيلات IUCVtty</b> لتوفير أجهزة طرفية متعددة. تتميز المثيلات بمعرف المحطة الطرفية وهو تركيبة من <b>بادئة معرف المحطة الطرفية</b> ورقم المثيل.<br>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "" +"<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal " +"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " +"combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance." +"<br>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يمكن تشغيل عدة <b>مثيلات IUCVtty</b> لتوفير أجهزة طرفية متعددة. تتميز " +"المثيلات بمعرف المحطة الطرفية وهو تركيبة من <b>بادئة معرف المحطة الطرفية</b> " +"ورقم المثيل.<br>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 -msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are available.</p>" -msgstr "على سبيل المثال، إذا حددت عشرة مثيلات بالبادئة "<i>lxterm</i>"، تتوفر معرفات الأجهزة الطرفية من <i>lxterm0</i> إلى <i>lxterm9</i>.</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "" +"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</" +"i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are " +"available.</p>" +msgstr "" +"على سبيل المثال، إذا حددت عشرة مثيلات بالبادئة "<i>lxterm</i>"، " +"تتوفر معرفات الأجهزة الطرفية من <i>lxterm0</i> إلى <i>lxterm9</i>.</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 msgid "<p><b>HVC</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>HVC</b></p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 -msgid "<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs.</p>" -msgstr "<p>برنامج تشغيل الجهاز z/VM IUCV HVC هو وحدة kernel النمطية حيث يستخدم عقد الجهاز لتمكين ما يصل إلى ثمانية أجهزة طرفية HVC للتواصل باستخدام برامج getty وتسجيل الدخول.</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "" +"<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " +"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " +"login programs.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>برنامج تشغيل الجهاز z/VM IUCV HVC هو وحدة kernel النمطية حيث يستخدم عقد " +"الجهاز لتمكين ما يصل إلى ثمانية أجهزة طرفية HVC للتواصل باستخدام برامج getty " +"وتسجيل الدخول.</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 -msgid "<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain <b>terminal servers</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>باستخدام <b>تقييد الوصول</b>، يمكنك عدم السماح إلا للاتصالات من بعض <b>خوادم الأجهزة الطرفية</b>.</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "" +"<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain " +"<b>terminal servers</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>باستخدام <b>تقييد الوصول</b>، يمكنك عدم السماح إلا للاتصالات من بعض " +"<b>خوادم الأجهزة الطرفية</b>.</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 -msgid "<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately.</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "" +"<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +"</p>" msgstr "<p>حدد المحاكاة لجميع المثيلات في وقت واحد أو لكل واحد على حدة.</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 msgid "" -"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages to\n" +"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages " +"to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0.<br>" msgstr "" "<p>قم بتنشيط <b>توجيه رسائل kernel إلى hvc0</b> لتوجيه رسائل kernel إلى\n" " الجهاز hvc0 بدلًا من ttyS0.<br>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 -msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add <b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the <b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>" -msgstr "في حالة استمرار ظهور رسائل kernel على ttyS0، قم يدويًا بإضافة <b>وحدة التحكم = ttyS0</b> إلى معلمة kernel لتحديد التشغيل الحالي في <b> الوحدة النمطية </b>.</p> YaST bootloader" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "" +"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " +"<b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " +"<b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"في حالة استمرار ظهور رسائل kernel على ttyS0، قم يدويًا بإضافة <b>وحدة التحكم " +"= ttyS0</b> إلى معلمة kernel لتحديد التشغيل الحالي في <b> الوحدة النمطية </" +"b>.</p> YaST bootloader" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 -msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>تحذير: تظل الأجهزة الطرفية HVC في حالة تسجيل الدخول عليها دون تسجيل خروج يدوي من خلال الاختصار: ctrl _ d</h3>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "" +"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through " +"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" +"<h3>تحذير: تظل الأجهزة الطرفية HVC في حالة تسجيل الدخول عليها دون تسجيل خروج " +"يدوي من خلال الاختصار: ctrl _ d</h3>" -#. Dialog content -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 msgid "&IUCVtty" msgstr "&IUCVtty" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" msgstr "&بادئة معرف الجهاز الطرفي" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 msgid "I&UCVtty instances" msgstr "مثيلات I&UCVtty" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 msgid "HVC" msgstr "HVC" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 msgid "H&VC instances" msgstr "مثيلات H&VC" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 msgid "Restrict &access to" msgstr "تقييد ال&وصول إلى" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" msgstr "&خادمات الأجهزة الطرفية المسموح بها" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" msgstr "&توجيه رسائل kernel إلى hvc0" -#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 msgid "Really leave without saving?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل المغادرة دون الحفظ؟" -#. check iucv id -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." msgstr "معرف IUCV غير صالح." -#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." msgstr "خادمات الأجهزة الطرفية غير صالحة." -#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." msgstr "يجب إعادة تشغيل النظام لتطبيق بعض التغييرات." -#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." msgstr "غير مسموح إلا بـ %1 من الأسطر لـ VMCMD." -#. For translators: Caption of the dialog -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 msgid "On Panic Configuration" msgstr "تكوين On Panic" -#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 -msgid "<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>" -msgstr "<p><b>تكوين الإجراءات المطلوب اتخاذها في حالة حدوث اضطراب kernel</b></p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>تكوين الإجراءات المطلوب اتخاذها في حالة حدوث اضطراب kernel</b></p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 -msgid "<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يتطلب تمكين البرنامج المحرك <b>Dumpconf</b> للتأثير على السلوك أثناء حدوث اضطرابات kernel.</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " +"during kernel panics.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يتطلب تمكين البرنامج المحرك <b>Dumpconf</b> للتأثير على السلوك أثناء حدوث " +"اضطرابات kernel.</p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 msgid "<p>The following <b>Panic Actions</b> are possible:<br>" msgstr "<p>تعد <b>إجراءات التعامل مع الاضطراب</b> التالية ممكنة:<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 msgid "<b>stop</b> Stop Linux (default).<br>" msgstr "<b>إيقاف</b> قم بإيقاف Linux (افتراضي).<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 msgid "<b>dump</b> Dump Linux and stop system.<br>" msgstr "<b>تفريغ</b> قم بتفريغ Linux وإيقاف النظام.<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 msgid "<b>reipl</b> Reboot Linux.<br>" msgstr "<b>reipl</b> أعد تشغيل Linux.<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 msgid "" -"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " +"available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later.<br>" msgstr "" -"<b>dump_reipl</b> تفريغ Linux وإعادة تشغيل النظام. لا يتوفر هذا الخيار إلا على \n" +"<b>dump_reipl</b> تفريغ Linux وإعادة تشغيل النظام. لا يتوفر هذا الخيار إلا " +"على \n" "LPAR المزود بأجهزة z9(r) والأحدث وعلى z/VMversion 5.3 والإصدارات الأحدث<br>." -#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 msgid "<b>vmcmd</b> Execute specified CP commands and stop system.</p>" msgstr "<b>vmcmd</b> قم بتنفيذ أوامر CP المحددة، ثم قم بإيقاف النظام.</p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 -msgid "<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يقوم الوقت المحدد في <b>تأجيل دقائق</b> بتأجيل تنشيط إجراء التعامل مع الاضطراب المحدد بالنسبة لنظام مبدوء حديثًا لمنع الحلقات. في حالة تعطل النظام قبل انقضاء الوقت، يتم تنفيذ الإجراء الافتراضي (الإيقاف).</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "" +"<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified " +"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " +"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يقوم الوقت المحدد في <b>تأجيل دقائق</b> بتأجيل تنشيط إجراء التعامل مع " +"الاضطراب المحدد بالنسبة لنظام مبدوء حديثًا لمنع الحلقات. في حالة تعطل النظام " +"قبل انقضاء الوقت، يتم تنفيذ الإجراء الافتراضي (الإيقاف).</p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 -msgid "<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> dialog.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يمكن إعداد جهاز تفريغ الذاكرة من خلال <b>جهاز التفريغ</b>. في حالة عدم عرض أي جهاز، يجب عليك إنشاء جهاز من خلال مربع الحوار <b>أجهزة تفريغ YaST</b>.</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "" +"<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If " +"no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> " +"dialog.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يمكن إعداد جهاز تفريغ الذاكرة من خلال <b>جهاز التفريغ</b>. في حالة عدم " +"عرض أي جهاز، يجب عليك إنشاء جهاز من خلال مربع الحوار <b>أجهزة تفريغ YaST</b>." +"</p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 -msgid "<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>" -msgstr "<p>باستخدام <b>VMCMD</b> حدد أوامر CP المطلوب تنفيذها قبل إيقاف نظام Linux. غير مسموح إلا بـ %1 من الأسطر وبإجمالي %2 من الأحرف.</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "" +"<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " +"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>باستخدام <b>VMCMD</b> حدد أوامر CP المطلوب تنفيذها قبل إيقاف نظام Linux. " +"غير مسموح إلا بـ %1 من الأسطر وبإجمالي %2 من الأحرف.</p>" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" msgstr "&عدم بدء تشغيل Dumpconf" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 msgid "&Start Dumpconf" msgstr "&بدء تشغيل Dumpconf" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 msgid "&Panic Action" msgstr "إ&جراء التعامل مع الاضطراب" -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 msgid "Delay &Minutes" msgstr "تأجيل &دقائق" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 msgid "&Dump Device" msgstr "جهاز النس&خة" -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 msgid "&VMCMD" msgstr "&VMCMD" -#. don't allow dumps if no device is available -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." msgstr "لا يمكن تمكين عملية التفريغ دون جهاز تفريغ." -#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." msgstr "لا يمكن استخدام vmcmd دون تحديد أمر واحد على الأقل." -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" msgstr "أجهزة ZFCP المكوَّنة" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "WWPN" msgstr "WWPN" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" -#. yes-no popup -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 msgid "" "Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1200,48 +1328,50 @@ "هل تريد بالفعل ترك تكوين جهاز ZFCP دون حفظ؟\n" "سيتم فقد كافة التغييرات." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" msgstr "إضافة جهاز ZFCP جديد" -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Get WWPNs" msgstr "الحصول على أرقام WWPN" -#. combo box -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "&WWPN" msgstr "&WWPN" -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 msgid "Get LUNs" msgstr "الحصول على أرقام LUN" -#. combobox -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 msgid "&LUN" msgstr "&LUN" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 -msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "" +"If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use " +"allow_lun_scan." msgstr "إذا لم يتم تحديد أي WWPN وLUN، فسيحاول النظام استخدام allow_lun_scan." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." msgstr "رقم WWPN الذي تم إدخاله غير صحيح." -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." msgstr "إدخال LUN غير صالح." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1249,8 +1379,8 @@ "<p><b><big>تهيئة تكوين جهاز ZFCP </big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1258,8 +1388,8 @@ "<p><b><big>حفظ تكوين جهاز ZFCP </big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big></b><br>\n" "Manage ZFCP devices on your system.</p>\n" @@ -1267,13 +1397,13 @@ "<p><b><big>أجهزة ZFCP التي تم تكوينها</big></b><br>\n" "قم بإدارة أجهزة ZFCP على نظامك.</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 msgid "<p>To configure a new ZFCP device, click <b>Add</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>لتكوين جهاز ZFCP جديد، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p>To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>" @@ -1281,13 +1411,13 @@ "<p>لإزالة جهاز ZFCP مكوَّن، حدده، ثم انقر فوق\n" "<b>حذف</b>.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog Warning -#. Disk selection dialog Warning -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>تحذير</h1>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>When accessing a ZFCP device\n" "<b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" @@ -1297,8 +1427,8 @@ "<b>قراءة</b>/<b>كتابة</b>، تأكد أن هذا الوصول خاص.\n" "وإلا قد تتعرض البيانات للتلف.</p>" -#. Disk add help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Add New ZFCP Device</big></b><br>\n" "Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" @@ -1310,15 +1440,20 @@ "<b>معرف القناة</b> لوحدة تحكم ZFCP ورقم المنفذ في جميع أنحاء العالم \n" "(<b>WWPN</b>) ورقم <b>LUN</b>.</p>\n" -#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " +"conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n" -"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, " +"such as\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.</p>\n" -"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" -"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p><p>If no WWPN <b>and</b> no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan.</p>" +"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " +"with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p><p>If no WWPN " +"<b>and</b> no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use " +"allow_lun_scan.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>يجب إدخال<b>معرف القناة</b> بحروف لاتينية صغيرة في sysfs وطبقًا \n" "للتنسيق 0.0.<devno>, مثل tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n" @@ -1327,191 +1462,193 @@ "<p>يجب إدخال LUN بحروف لاتينية صغيرة كقيمة ست عشرية مكونة من 16 رقمًا \n" "بجميع الأصفار النهائية مثل <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p" -#. popup label -#. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 msgid "Running mkinitrd." msgstr "تشغيل mkinitrd." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "مُعرف القناة: %1، التنسيق: %2، DIAG: %3" -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "مُعرف القناة: %1، الجهاز: %2، DIAG: %3" -#. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" msgstr "قراءة أقراص DASD المكوَّنة" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." msgstr "لم يتم توصيل %1: sysfs." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." msgstr "%1: حالة غير صالحة لـ <online>." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." msgstr "%1: لم يتم العثور على جهاز لـ <ccwid>." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." msgstr "%1: تعذر تغيير حالة الجهاز." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." msgstr "%1: ليس الجهاز DASD." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 msgid "%1: Could not load module." msgstr "%1: تعذر تحميل الوحدة النمطية." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." msgstr "%1: فشل تنشيط DASD." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." msgstr "%1: DASD غير مهيأ." -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." msgstr "%1: الخطأ %2 غير معروف." -#. progress bar -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 msgid "Formatting %1:" msgstr "تهيئة %1:" -#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." msgstr "فشلت عملية تهيئة الأقراص. رمز الخروج: %1." -#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 -#. integers, -#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" msgstr "يتم الآن تنسيق %1: تم تنسيق %2 اسطوانة من %3" -#. Get a List of available Disks of type -#. @return [Array<String>] of disks -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 msgid "Checking Disks" msgstr "فحص الأقراص" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 msgid "Checking DASD disks" msgstr "فحص أقراص DASD" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" msgstr "فحص أقراص ZFCP" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 msgid "Checking DASD disks..." msgstr "جارٍ فحص أقراص DASD..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." msgstr "جارٍ فحص أقراص ZFCP..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 + src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. Format a disk as DUMP device -#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node -#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter -#. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 msgid "Creating Dump Device" msgstr "إنشاء جهاز تفريغ" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 msgid "Creating dump device" msgstr "جارٍ إنشاء جهاز تفريغ" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." msgstr "إنشاء جهاز تفريغ. قد تستغرق هذه العملية بضع دقائق." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." msgstr "قرص غير صالح أو غير مستخدم (فادح)." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." msgstr "التقسيم أو التهيئة غير متوافقة، قم بتصحيح ذلك بالقوة." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 msgid "Missing support programs." msgstr "برامج الدعم مفقودة." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." msgstr "معلمات مفقودة أو خاطئة." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 msgid "Access problem." msgstr "مشكلة وصول." -#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 msgid "Error code from support program: %1." msgstr "رمز الخطأ من برنامج الدعم: %1." -#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 msgid "" "Cannot create dump device %1:\n" "%2" @@ -1519,195 +1656,195 @@ "تعذر إنشاء جهاز النسخة %1:\n" "%2" -#. Read all settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" msgstr "تحميل تكوين الجهاز الطرفي لـ IUCV" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" msgstr "فحص إدخالات IUCVtty" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 msgid "Check HVC entries" msgstr "فحص إدخالات HVC" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 msgid "Read kernel parameters" msgstr "قراءة معلمات kernel" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." msgstr "جارٍ فحص إدخالات IUCVtty‏..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 msgid "Checking HVC entries..." msgstr "جارٍ فحص إدخالات HVC‏..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." msgstr "جارٍ قراءة معلمات kernel..." -#. Inittab write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين الجهاز الطرفي لـ IUCV" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات IUCVtty" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 msgid "Write HVC settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات HVC" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 msgid "Write kernel parameters" msgstr "كتابة معلمات kernel" -#. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." msgstr "جارٍ كتابة إعدادات IUCVtty‏..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 msgid "Writing HVC settings..." msgstr "جارٍ كتابة إعدادات HVC‏..." -#. Progress step 3/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." msgstr "جارٍ كتابة معلمات kernel..." -#. Text to select all -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 msgid "<ALL>" msgstr "<كل>" -#. Read all settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" msgstr "تحميل تكوين خادم الجهاز الطرفي لـ IUCV" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 msgid "Read configuration files" msgstr "قراءة ملفات التكوين" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 msgid "Load user/group settings" msgstr "تحميل إعدادات المستخدم/المجموعة" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 msgid "Reading configuration files..." msgstr "جارٍ قراءة ملفات التكوين..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 msgid "Loading user/group settings..." msgstr "جارٍ تحميل إعدادات المستخدم/المجموعة..." -#. no need to write anything if unmodified -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين خادم الجهاز الطرفي لـ IUCV" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 msgid "Write configuration files" msgstr "كتابة ملفات التكوين" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 msgid "Update user settings" msgstr "تحديث إعدادات المستخدم" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 msgid "Writing configuration files..." msgstr "جارٍ كتابة ملفات التكوين..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 msgid "Updating user settings..." msgstr "جارٍ تحديث إعدادات المستخدم..." -#. Dumpconf read dialog caption -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" msgstr "قراءة تكوين Dumpconf" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 msgid "Checking dump devices" msgstr "فحص أجهزة التفريغ" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 msgid "Reading settings" msgstr "جارٍ قراءة الإعدادات" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 msgid "Checking dump devices..." msgstr "جارٍ فحص أجهزة التفريغ..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "جارٍ قراءة الإعدادات..." -#. Dumpconf write dialog caption -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين Dumpconf" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "كتابة الإعدادات" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 msgid "Restart the service" msgstr "إعادة بدء الخدمة" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "جارٍ كتابة الإعدادات..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 msgid "Restarting service..." msgstr "جارٍ إعادة بدء الخدمة..." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" msgstr "معرف القناة: %1، WWPN: %2، LUN: %3" -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" msgstr ": مُعّرِف القناة %1، WWPN: %2، LUN: %3: الجهاز ،%4" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 msgid "" "Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" "You will have to set it manually." @@ -1715,62 +1852,62 @@ "لا يمكن تقييم متحكمي ZFCP (كما في القسم المنطقي LPAR). \n" "فسيجب إذًا تعيينه يدويًا." -#. popup label -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" msgstr "قراءة أجهزة ZFCP المكوَّنة" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." msgstr "%1: WWPN غير صالح." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." msgstr "%1: تعذر تنشيط WWPN للمحول %1." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." msgstr "%1: تعذر تنشيط جهاز ZFCP." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." msgstr "%1: تعذر إلغاء تنشيط قرص SCSI." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." msgstr "%1: تعذر إلغاء تسجيل LUN." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." msgstr "%1: تعذر إلغاء تسجيل WWPN." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." msgstr "%1: الجهاز <ccwid> غير موجود." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." msgstr "%1: تعذر تحميل zfcp الخاص بالوحدة النمطية." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." msgstr "%1: تعذر تغيير حالة المحول." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." msgstr "%1: منافذ WWPN لازالت نشطة." -#. message, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." msgstr "%1: يدعم محول هذا المضيف allow_lun_scan." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-client.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-client.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-client.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 +#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 msgid "" "Samba client configuration module.\n" "See Samba documentation for details." @@ -23,43 +23,43 @@ "الوحدة النمطية لتكوين عميل Samba.\n" "راجع وثائق Samba للتعرف على التفاصيل." -#. translators: command line help text for winbind action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 msgid "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)" msgstr "تمكين خدمات Winbind (winbindd) أو تعطيلها" -#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 +#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain" msgstr "التحقق مما إذا كان الجهاز عضوًا في أحد المجالات" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 msgid "Join this machine to a domain" msgstr "ضم هذا الجهاز إلى مجال" -#. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 +#. translators: command line help text for configure action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 msgid "Change the global settings of Samba" msgstr "تغيير إعدادات Samba العمومية" -#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 msgid "Enable the service" msgstr "تمكين الخدمة" -#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 msgid "Disable the service" msgstr "تعطيل الخدمة" -#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 +#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 msgid "The name of a domain to join" msgstr "اسم المجال المطلوب الانضمام إليه" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 msgid "" "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n" "try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n" @@ -67,186 +67,190 @@ "المستخدم المستعمل في ضم المجال. في حالة حذفه، فسيحاول YaST \n" "ضم المجال بدون تحديد المستخدم وكلمة السر.\n" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain" msgstr "كلمة السر الخاصة بالمستخدم عند الانضمام إلى المجال" -#. command line help text for machine optioa -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 +#. command line help text for machine optioa +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 msgid "The machine account" msgstr "حساب الجهاز" -#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 +#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 msgid "The name of a workgroup" msgstr "اسم مجموعة عمل" -#. user must provide the domain name to be tested -#. error message for isdomainmember command line action -#. must provide the domain name to be joined -#. error message for joindomain command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:211 src/clients/samba-client.rb:255 +#. user must provide the domain name to be tested +#. error message for isdomainmember command line action +#. must provide the domain name to be joined +#. error message for joindomain command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:211 src/clients/samba-client.rb:255 msgid "Enter the name of a domain." msgstr "أدخل اسم مجال." -#. translators: error message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:224 +#. translators: error message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:224 msgid "Cannot test domain membership." msgstr "تعذر اختبار عضوية المجال." -#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:231 +#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:231 msgid "This machine is a member of %1." msgstr "هذا الجهاز هو أحد أعضاء %1." -#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:236 +#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:236 msgid "This machine is not a member of %1." msgstr "هذا الجهاز ليس من أعضاء %1." -#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action -#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 +#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action +#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "تم الانضمام إلى المجال %1 بنجاح." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:61 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:61 msgid "U&ID" msgstr "U&ID" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:63 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Group Name" msgstr "اس&م المجموعة الأساسية" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:65 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "&Secondary Group Name" msgstr "اسم المجموعة الث&انوية" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:67 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "&GID" msgstr "معر&ف المجموعة:" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:72 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "اسم ال&خادم" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:74 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Remote &Path" msgstr "مسار ب&عيد" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:76 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "نق&طة التوصيل" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:78 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "&خيارات" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:80 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "اسم المست&خدم" -#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>" -msgstr "<p>حدد <b>نطاق</b> مستخدم Samba ومعرفات المجموعات (قيم <tt>winbind uid</tt> و<tt>winbind gid</tt>).</p>" +#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 +msgid "" +"<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</" +"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>حدد <b>نطاق</b> مستخدم Samba ومعرفات المجموعات (قيم <tt>winbind uid</tt> " +"و<tt>winbind gid</tt>).</p>" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "&UID Range" msgstr "ن&طاق UID" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "ال&حد الأدنى" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:240 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "الحد الأ&قصى" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:246 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "&GID Range" msgstr "&نطاق GID" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "الح&د الأدنى" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:251 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "الحد الأق&صى" -#. require_groups -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Allowed Group(s)" msgstr "المجموعات المسموح بها" -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" msgstr "معرفات الأمان الخاصة بالمجموعات أو أسماؤها" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" msgstr "أ&سلوب Kerberos" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:277 msgid "Windows Internet Name Service" msgstr "خدمة Windows للأسماء على الإنترنت" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:286 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "Mount Server Directories" msgstr "توصيل دلائل الخادم" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:293 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "اسم الخادم" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:295 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Remote Path" msgstr "مسار بعيد" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Local Mount Point" msgstr "نقطة التوصيل المحلية" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:299 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "User Name" msgstr "اسم المستخدم" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Options" msgstr "خيارات" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:319 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:319 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير" -#. error popup: min >= max -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:376 +#. error popup: min >= max +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "" "The minimum value in the range cannot be\n" "larger than maximum one.\n" @@ -254,116 +258,116 @@ "لا يمكن أن يكون الحد الأدنى للقيمة في النطاق\n" "أكبر من الحد الأقصى.\n" -#. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:427 +#. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Windows Domain Membership" msgstr "عضوية مجال Windows" -#. busy popup text -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:448 +#. busy popup text +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:448 msgid "Verifying AD domain membership..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من عضوية مجال AD..." -#. push button label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:460 +#. push button label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "&Leave" msgstr "خروج&" -#. status label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:467 +#. status label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "Currently a member of this domain" msgstr "يعتبر أحد أعضاء هذا المجال حاليًا" -#. translators: checkbox label to enable winbind -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:488 +#. translators: checkbox label to enable winbind +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "&Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication" msgstr "ا&ستخدام معلومات SMB لتصديق Linux." -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:499 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "&Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "إن&شاء الدليل الرئيسي عند الدخول" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:510 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Join Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الانضمام" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516 -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 msgid "&Username" msgstr "ا&سم المستخدم" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:525 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:525 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&كلمة السر" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:532 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Mac&hine Account OU" msgstr "الوحدة التشغيلي&ة لحساب الجهاز" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:541 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "Active Directory Server" msgstr "خادم Active Directory" -#. button label (run YaST client for NTP) -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:550 +#. button label (run YaST client for NTP) +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:550 msgid "N&TP Configuration..." msgstr "تكوين N&TP..." -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:554 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:554 msgid "Disable Name Service Cache" msgstr "تعطيل الذاكرة المؤقتة لخدمة الاسم" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:556 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:556 msgid "Start File Alteration Monitor" msgstr "بدء مراقبة تغيير الملفات" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:571 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:571 msgid "Membership" msgstr "العضوية" -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:579 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:579 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "الم&جال" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:581 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:581 msgid "&Domain or Workgroup" msgstr "المجال أو مجم&وعة العمل" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:595 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Off&line Authentication" msgstr "تصديق &بدون اتصال" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:604 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:604 msgid "&Single Sign-on for SSH" msgstr "&تسجيل دخول فردى إلى SSH" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:614 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:614 msgid "Change primary DNS suffix" msgstr "تغيير لاحقة DNS الأساسية" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:621 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:621 msgid "&Expert Settings..." msgstr "إ&عدادات الخبير..." -#. 1st part of an error message: -#. winbind cannot provide user information taken from -#. a workgroup, must be a domain; %1 is the workgroup name -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:777 +#. 1st part of an error message: +#. winbind cannot provide user information taken from +#. a workgroup, must be a domain; %1 is the workgroup name +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:777 msgid "" "Cannot use the workgroup\n" "'%1' for Linux authentication." @@ -371,13 +375,13 @@ "تعذر استخدام مجموعة العمل\n" "'%1' لتصديق Linux." -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:786 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "Enter a valid domain." msgstr "أدخل مجالاً صالحًا." -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:788 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "" "Enter a domain or disable\n" "using SMB for Linux authentication." @@ -385,11 +389,12 @@ "أدخل مجالاً أو قم بتعطيل\n" "استخدام SMB لتصديق Linux." -#. we might use it to warn user (#155716) -#. continue/cancel popup -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 +#. we might use it to warn user (#155716) +#. continue/cancel popup +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " +"following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" @@ -397,10 +402,10 @@ "التالية في smb.conf إلى القيم الافتراضية:\n" " %1" -#. 1st part of an error message: -#. winbind cannot provide user information if the host -#. is not in a domain -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:827 +#. 1st part of an error message: +#. winbind cannot provide user information if the host +#. is not in a domain +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:827 msgid "" "The host must be a member of a domain\n" "for Linux authentication using SMB." @@ -408,8 +413,8 @@ "يجب أن يكون المضيف عضوًا في مجال\n" "لتصديق Linux باستخدام SMB." -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:831 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:831 msgid "" "Join a domain or disable use of SMB\n" "for Linux authentication." @@ -417,13 +422,13 @@ "قم بالانضمام إلى مجال أو قم بتعطيل استخدام SMB\n" "لتصديق Linux." -#. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence. -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:840 +#. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence. +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:840 msgid "Samba is now enabled." msgstr "تم تمكين Samba الآن." -#. yes/no popup text -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:852 +#. yes/no popup text +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "In a Microsoft environment,\n" "hostname changes with DHCP are problematic.\n" @@ -433,19 +438,20 @@ "اسم المضيف باستخدام DHCP حدوث مشكلات.\n" "هل تريد تعطيل تغيير اسم المضيف باستخدام DHCP؟" -#. message popup, part 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:887 +#. message popup, part 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:887 msgid "" "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" "the machine to enable it for all services.\n" msgstr "" "يؤثر هذا التغيير فقط على العمليات التي تم إنشاؤها حديثًا وليس على الخدمات\n" -"التي قيد التشغيل بالفعل. قم بإعادة بدء تشغيل الخدمات يدويًا أو قم بإعادة تشغيل \n" +"التي قيد التشغيل بالفعل. قم بإعادة بدء تشغيل الخدمات يدويًا أو قم بإعادة " +"تشغيل \n" " الجهاز لتمكينه لكافة الخدمات.\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -453,8 +459,8 @@ "<p><b><big>تهيئة تكوين عميل Samba</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n" @@ -462,8 +468,8 @@ "<p><b><big>إيقاف التهيئة</big></b><br>\n" "قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b>.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -471,8 +477,8 @@ "<p><b><big>حفظ تكوين عميل Samba</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -484,55 +490,62 @@ " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك بما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" " </p>\n" -#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:55 src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:75 +#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:55 src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:75 msgid "<p><b><big>Selecting Windows Domain Membership</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>تحديد عضوية مجال Windows</big></b></p>" -#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 +#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" +"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " +"Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>يمكن أن يكون عميل Linux عضوًا في مجموعة عمل أو مجال NT، أو مجال دليل نشط.\n" "حدد اسم العضوية.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "<p><b>Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication</b> allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " +"joining an AD domain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>استخدام معلومات SMB لمصادقة Linux</b>\n" -" يتيح التحقق من كلمات السر من خلال خادم NT أو خادم Kerberos عند الانضمام إلى مجال AD.</p>\n" +" يتيح التحقق من كلمات السر من خلال خادم NT أو خادم Kerberos عند الانضمام إلى " +"مجال AD.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 +#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" +"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the " +"list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>تحقق من <b>تغيير لاحقة DNS الأساسية</b> لإضافة خادم AD إلى قائمة خادمات الاسم.\n" +"<p>تحقق من <b>تغيير لاحقة DNS الأساسية</b> لإضافة خادم AD إلى قائمة خادمات " +"الاسم.\n" "يتوفر هذا الخيار فقط لإعدادات الشبكة الثابتة على الأجهزة.</p>" -#. Samba role dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 +#. Samba role dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p>When you press <b>OK</b>, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " +"domain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>عندما تضغط <b>موافق</b>، يتحقق النظام من العضوية،\n" -"وإذا كان ذلك هو مجال NT أو مجال دليل نشط، يسمح لهذا المضيف بالانضمام إلى المجال.</p>\n" +"وإذا كان ذلك هو مجال NT أو مجال دليل نشط، يسمح لهذا المضيف بالانضمام إلى " +"المجال.</p>\n" -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 msgid "<p>Specify the name of the NT or Active Directory domain.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>حدد اسم مجال NT أو مجال Active Directory.</p>\n" -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p>When you press <b>Next</b>, the system verifies the domain and\n" "allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n" @@ -540,42 +553,71 @@ "<p>عند ضغط <b>التالي</b>، يقوم النظام بالتحقق من المجال و\n" "يتيح لهذا المضيف إمكانية الانضمام إلى المجال.</p>\n" -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home directories created on the first login.</p>" -msgstr "<p>تحقق من <b>إنشاء الدليل الرئيسي عند الدخول</b> للحصول على الدلائل الرئيسية التي تم إنشاؤها عند أول دخول.</p>" +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 +msgid "" +"<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home " +"directories created on the first login.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>تحقق من <b>إنشاء الدليل الرئيسي عند الدخول</b> للحصول على الدلائل " +"الرئيسية التي تم إنشاؤها عند أول دخول.</p>" -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." -msgstr "يتيح الخيار <p><b>تصديق بدون اتصال</b> للمستخدم إمكانية الدخول حتى في حالة عدم وجود اتصال بوحدة تحكم المجال. لكي يعمل هذا الخيار، يجب الدخول إلى المجال مرةً واحدةً على الأقل. يتم بعد ذلك تخزين صلاحيات المستخدم مشفرة على جهاز الكمبيوتر لديك وتتم إعادة استخدامها للدخول إلى مجال في حالة عدم إمكانية إنشاء أي اتصال بوحدة تحكم المجال. يعد ذلك مفيدًا خاصةً بالنسبة لمستخدمي الهواتف المحمولة." +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is " +"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " +"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " +"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " +"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " +"useful for mobile users." +msgstr "" +"يتيح الخيار <p><b>تصديق بدون اتصال</b> للمستخدم إمكانية الدخول حتى في حالة " +"عدم وجود اتصال بوحدة تحكم المجال. لكي يعمل هذا الخيار، يجب الدخول إلى المجال " +"مرةً واحدةً على الأقل. يتم بعد ذلك تخزين صلاحيات المستخدم مشفرة على جهاز " +"الكمبيوتر لديك وتتم إعادة استخدامها للدخول إلى مجال في حالة عدم إمكانية " +"إنشاء أي اتصال بوحدة تحكم المجال. يعد ذلك مفيدًا خاصةً بالنسبة لمستخدمي " +"الهواتف المحمولة." -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</p>" -msgstr "<p>انقر فوق <b>إعدادات الخبير</b> لتمكين ميزات متقدمة مثل خيارات WINS أو توصيل دلائل الخادم الأساسية من مجالات الدليل النشط.</p>" +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS " +"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>انقر فوق <b>إعدادات الخبير</b> لتمكين ميزات متقدمة مثل خيارات WINS أو " +"توصيل دلائل الخادم الأساسية من مجالات الدليل النشط.</p>" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "<p><b>Join Settings</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>إعدادات الانضمام</b></p>" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>" +"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for " +"joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " +"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>قم بتعيين <b>اسم المستخدم</b> و<b>كلمة السر</b> التي يجب استخدامهما\n" -"للانضمام إلى المجال المحدد أثناء التثبيت التلقائي. لاحظ أنه سيتم حفظ كلمة السر في ملف التعريف بأوضح صيغة (غير مشفرة).</p>" +"للانضمام إلى المجال المحدد أثناء التثبيت التلقائي. لاحظ أنه سيتم حفظ كلمة " +"السر في ملف التعريف بأوضح صيغة (غير مشفرة).</p>" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration.</p>" -msgstr "<p>حدد <b>خادم Active Directory</b> لاستخدامه للانضمام إلى مجال Active Directory. وهو يستخدم أيضًا كقيمة KDC في تكوين Kerberos.</p>" +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active " +"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " +"configuration.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>حدد <b>خادم Active Directory</b> لاستخدامه للانضمام إلى مجال Active " +"Directory. وهو يستخدم أيضًا كقيمة KDC في تكوين Kerberos.</p>" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To synchronize your time with an NTP server, configure your computer\n" @@ -584,25 +626,26 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "لمزامنة الوقت مع خادم NTP، قم بتكوين جهاز الكمبيوتر\n" -" بحيث يكون عميل NTP. قم بالوصول إلى التكوين باستخدام الخيار <b>تكوين NTP</b>.\n" +" بحيث يكون عميل NTP. قم بالوصول إلى التكوين باستخدام الخيار <b>تكوين NTP</" +"b>.\n" " </p>\n" -#. default value of Machine Account -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 +#. default value of Machine Account +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(الافتراضي)" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 msgid "&Machine Account OU" msgstr "الوحدة التشغيلي&ة لحساب الجهاز" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 msgid "O&btain list" msgstr "الحص&ول على القائمة" -#. error popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 +#. error popup +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 msgid "" "User name and password are required\n" "for listing the machine accounts." @@ -610,36 +653,36 @@ "يجب توفر اسم المستخدم وكلمة السر\n" "لسرد حسابات الجهاز." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 msgid "&Machine Account" msgstr "حسا&ب الجهاز" -#. translators: text for busy pop-up -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 +#. translators: text for busy pop-up +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 msgid "Verifying workgroup membership..." msgstr "التحقق من عضوية مجموعة العمل..." -#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 +#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1." msgstr "أدخل اسم المستخدم وكلمة السر للخروج من المجال %1." -#. additional information for cluster environment -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 +#. additional information for cluster environment +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 msgid "The configuration will be propagated across cluster nodes." msgstr "سيتم معالجة الإعداد عبر عقد الكتلة." -#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 +#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1." msgstr "أدخل اسم المستخدم وكلمة السر للانضمام إلى المجال %1." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" msgstr "للانضمام إلى المجال كمستخدم مجهول، اترك إدخالات النص فارغة.\n" -#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 +#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this host\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -647,8 +690,8 @@ "تعذر تحديد ما إذا كان هذا المضيف\n" "عضوًا في المجال %1 تلقائيًا." -#. popup question, first part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 +#. popup question, first part +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 msgid "" "This host is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -656,12 +699,12 @@ "هذا المضيف ليس عضوًا\n" "في المجال %1." -#. last part of popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 +#. last part of popup question +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 msgid "Join the domain %1?" msgstr "هل تريد الانضمام إلى المجال %1؟" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -669,7 +712,7 @@ "تعذر تحديد ما إذا كانت هذه الكتلة\n" "عضوًا في المجال %1 تلقائيًا." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 msgid "" "This cluster is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -677,251 +720,297 @@ "هذه الكتلة ليست عضوًا\n" "في المجال %1." -#. popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 +#. popup question +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" -msgstr "مشاركات المستخدم موجودة بالفعل. هل تريد الاحتفاظ بهذه المشاركات أم حذفها؟" +msgstr "" +"مشاركات المستخدم موجودة بالفعل. هل تريد الاحتفاظ بهذه المشاركات أم حذفها؟" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 msgid "&Keep" msgstr "ا&حتفاظ" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "ح&ذف" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?" msgstr "خدمات مشاركة Windows الأخرى متاحة. هل تريد إيقافها أيضًا؟" -#. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 +#. check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 msgid "&Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "استخ&دام WINS في تحديد اسم المضيف" -#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 -msgid "<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>إذا كنت تريد استخدام خدمة Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) في تحديد الاسم، فتحقق من <b>استخدام WINS في تحديد الاسم المضيف</b>.</p>" +#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 +msgid "" +"<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " +"name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>إذا كنت تريد استخدام خدمة Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) " +"في تحديد الاسم، فتحقق من <b>استخدام WINS في تحديد الاسم المضيف</b>.</p>" -#. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 +#. check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 msgid "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP" msgstr "استرداد خادم WINS عبر بروتو&كول DHCP" -#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 -msgid "<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided by DHCP.</p>" -msgstr "<p>تحقق من <b>استرداد خادم WINS عبر برتوكول DHCP</b> لاستخدام أحد خوادم WINS التي يتيحها بروتوكول DHCP.</p>" +#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 +msgid "" +"<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided " +"by DHCP.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>تحقق من <b>استرداد خادم WINS عبر برتوكول DHCP</b> لاستخدام أحد خوادم WINS " +"التي يتيحها بروتوكول DHCP.</p>" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 msgid "Sharing by Users" msgstr "المشاركة من قِبل المستخدمين" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 msgid "Sharing" msgstr "مشاركة" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 msgid "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories" msgstr "السماح للمست&خدمين بمشاركة الدلائل الخاصة بهم" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 msgid "Allow &Guest Access" msgstr "السماح بوصول ال&ضيف" -#. texty entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 +#. texty entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 msgid "&Permitted Group" msgstr "المجموعة المسموح ب&ها" -#. infield label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 +#. infield label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 msgid "&Maximum Number of Shares" msgstr "الحد الأقصى ل&عدد المشاركات" -#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access.</p>" -msgstr "يتيح الخيار <p><b>السماح للمستخدمين بمشاركة الدلائل الخاصة بهم</b> لأعضاء المجموعة في <b>المجموعة المسموح بها</b> إمكانية مشاركة الدلائل الخاصة بهم مع مستخدمين آخرين. على سبيل المثال، <tt>مستخدمو</tt> نطاق محلي أو <tt>مستخدمو مجال%1</tt> لنطاق مجال. يجب أن يتأكد المستخدم أيضًا من أن أذونات نظام الملفات تتيح إمكانية الوصول.</p>" +#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the " +"group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other " +"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</" +"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " +"permissions allow access.</p>" +msgstr "" +"يتيح الخيار <p><b>السماح للمستخدمين بمشاركة الدلائل الخاصة بهم</b> لأعضاء " +"المجموعة في <b>المجموعة المسموح بها</b> إمكانية مشاركة الدلائل الخاصة بهم مع " +"مستخدمين آخرين. على سبيل المثال، <tt>مستخدمو</tt> نطاق محلي أو <tt>مستخدمو " +"مجال%1</tt> لنطاق مجال. يجب أن يتأكد المستخدم أيضًا من أن أذونات نظام " +"الملفات تتيح إمكانية الوصول.</p>" -#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 -msgid "<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares that may be created.</p>" -msgstr "<p>باستخدام الخيار <b>الحد الأقصى لعدد المشاركات</b>، قم بتقييد إجمالي كمية المشاركات التي يمكن إنشاؤها.</p>" +#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 +msgid "" +"<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares " +"that may be created.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>باستخدام الخيار <b>الحد الأقصى لعدد المشاركات</b>، قم بتقييد إجمالي كمية " +"المشاركات التي يمكن إنشاؤها.</p>" -#. membership dialog help common part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 -msgid "<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow Guest Access</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>للسماح بالوصول إلى مشاركات المستخدم بدون تصديق، قم بتمكين <b>السماح بوصول الضيف</b>.</p>" +#. membership dialog help common part +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 +msgid "" +"<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow " +"Guest Access</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>للسماح بالوصول إلى مشاركات المستخدم بدون تصديق، قم بتمكين <b>السماح بوصول " +"الضيف</b>.</p>" -#. help text for PAM Mount table -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 +#. help text for PAM Mount table +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 msgid "" "<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " +"the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify <b>User\n" -"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>" +"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " +"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>في الجدول <b>توصيل دلائل الخادم</b>، يمكنك تحديد دلائل\n" "الخادم (كالدليل الأساسي) التي ينبغي توصيلها محليًا عندما يتم تسجيل\n" "المستخدم. إذا كان ينبغي أن يكون التوصيل مخصص بالمستخدم، فحدد <b>اسم\n" -"مستخدم</b> للقاعدة المحددة. وإلا، فسيتم توصيل الدليل لكل مستخدم. للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات، انظر صفحة دليل pam_mount.conf.</p>" +"مستخدم</b> للقاعدة المحددة. وإلا، فسيتم توصيل الدليل لكل مستخدم. للحصول على " +"مزيد من المعلومات، انظر صفحة دليل pam_mount.conf.</p>" -#. help text for PAM Mount table: example -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 -msgid "<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>Options</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>على سبيل المثال، يمكنك استخدام القيمة <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> مع <b>المسار البعيد</b>، والقيمة <tt>~/</tt> مع <b>نقطة التوصيل المحلية</b> لتوصيل الدليل الرئيسي، بالإضافة إلى استخدام قيمة <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> كجزء من <b>خيارات</b>.</p>" +#. help text for PAM Mount table: example +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 +msgid "" +"<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " +"<b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount " +"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " +"part of <b>Options</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>على سبيل المثال، يمكنك استخدام القيمة <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> مع " +"<b>المسار البعيد</b>، والقيمة <tt>~/</tt> مع <b>نقطة التوصيل المحلية</b> " +"لتوصيل الدليل الرئيسي، بالإضافة إلى استخدام قيمة <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</" +"tt> كجزء من <b>خيارات</b>.</p>" -#. help text for kerberos method option -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 -msgid "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details.</p>" -msgstr "تعمل <p>قيمة <b>أسلوب Kerberos</b> على تحديد طريقة التحقق من بطاقات kerberos. عندما يتم استخدام <b>تسجيل دخول فردي إلى SSH</b> ، يكون أسلوب Kerberos الافتراضي الذي تم تحديده عن طريق YaST <tt>الأسرار وkeytab</tt>. انظر صفحة دليل smb.conf للحصول على التفاصيل.</p>" +#. help text for kerberos method option +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 +msgid "" +"<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are " +"verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos " +"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " +"for details.</p>" +msgstr "" +"تعمل <p>قيمة <b>أسلوب Kerberos</b> على تحديد طريقة التحقق من بطاقات " +"kerberos. عندما يتم استخدام <b>تسجيل دخول فردي إلى SSH</b> ، يكون أسلوب " +"Kerberos الافتراضي الذي تم تحديده عن طريق YaST <tt>الأسرار وkeytab</tt>. " +"انظر صفحة دليل smb.conf للحصول على التفاصيل.</p>" -#. translators: initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 +#. translators: initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 msgid "Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "تكوين عميل Samba" -#. translators: initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:76 +#. translators: initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:76 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 msgid "Saving Kerberos Client Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين عميل Kerberos" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات PAM" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 msgid "Write Kerberos client settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات عميل Kerberos" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 msgid "Write OpenSSH settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات OpenSSH" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات PAM..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 msgid "Writing Kerberos client settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات عميل Kerberos..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 msgid "Writing OpenSSH settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات OpenSSH..." -#. final progress step label -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: write progress finished -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 +#. final progress step label +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" msgstr "تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة..." -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "PAM Login" msgstr "دخول PAM" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Use Kerberos" msgstr "استخدام Kerberos" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgstr "عدم استخدام Kerberos" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 msgid "Default Realm" msgstr "النطاق الافتراضي" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 msgid "Default Domain" msgstr "المجال الافتراضي" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 msgid "KDC Server Address" msgstr "عنوان خادم KDC" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 msgid "Clock Skew" msgstr "انحراف الساعة" -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "<b>خادم KDC</b>: %1<br>" -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "<b>المجال الافتراضي</b>: %1<br>" -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "<b>النطاق الافتراضي</b>: %1<br>" -#. summary text (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 +#. summary text (yes/no follows) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1" msgstr "<b>تمكين تصديق Kerberos</b>: %1<br>" -#. summary value -#. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 +#. summary value +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. summary value -#. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 +#. summary value +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "لا" -#. summary line -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 +#. summary line +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" msgstr "تكوين مطلوب بواسطة DNS" -#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 +#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 msgid "" "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -929,8 +1018,8 @@ "انحراف الساعة غير صالح.\n" "برجاء المحاولة مرة أخرى.\n" -#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 +#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 msgid "" "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." @@ -938,143 +1027,143 @@ "المدة غير صالحة.\n" "برجاء المحاولة مرة أخرى." -#. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين عميل Samba" -#. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 msgid "Read the global Samba settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات Samba العمومية" -#. translators: progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 msgid "Read the winbind status" msgstr "قراءة حالة winbind" -#. translators: progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات Samba العمومية..." -#. translators: progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 msgid "Reading the winbind status..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة حالة winbind..." -#. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين عميل Samba" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "كتابة الإعدادات" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "تعطيل خدمات Samba" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "تمكين خدمات Samba" -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "يتم الآن تعطيل خدمات Samba..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "يتم الآن تمكين خدمات Samba..." -#. write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" msgstr "كتابة تكوين Kerberos" -#. write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة تكوين Kerberos..." -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات إلى %1." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 msgid "Cannot start winbind service." msgstr "تعذر بدء تشغيل خدمة winbind." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." msgstr "تعذر بدء تشغيل برنامج محرك winbind." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." msgstr "تعذر إيقاف خدمة winbind." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." msgstr "تعذر إيقاف برنامج محرك winbind." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة إعدادات PAM." -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "التكوين العمومي" -#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "مجموعة العمل أو المجال: %1" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "إنشاء الدليل الرئيسي في الدخول" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" msgstr "تم تمكين التصديق بدون اتصال" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" msgstr "الحد الأقصى لعدد المشاركات: %1" -#. summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>" msgstr "<p><b>مجموعة العمل أو المجال</b>: %1</p>" -#. summary item: authentication using winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>" msgstr "<p><b>تصديق باستخدام SMB</b>: %1</p>" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "تعذر متابعة الانضمام: حالة مجموعة غير متسقة" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-server.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-server.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-server.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,201 +14,207 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 +#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" -msgstr "الوحدة النمطية لتكوين خادم Samba (راجع وثائق Samba للتعرف على التفاصيل)" +msgstr "" +"الوحدة النمطية لتكوين خادم Samba (راجع وثائق Samba للتعرف على التفاصيل)" -#. translators: command line help text for share action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 +#. translators: command line help text for share action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 msgid "Manipulate a single share" msgstr "معالجة مشاركة فردية" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:89 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:89 msgid "Show the list of available shares" msgstr "إظهار قائمة المشاركات المتاحة" -#. translators: command line help text for role action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for role action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:99 msgid "Set the role of the server" msgstr "تعيين دور الخادم" -#. translators: command line help text for backend selection action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:109 +#. translators: command line help text for backend selection action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:109 msgid "Set the back-end for storing user information" msgstr "تعيين الجزء الموجود على الخادم لتخزين معلومات المستخدم" -#. translators: command line help text for service activation action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:119 +#. translators: command line help text for service activation action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:119 msgid "Enable or disable the Samba services (smb and nmb)" msgstr "تمكين خدمات Samba أو تعطيلها (smb وnmb)" -#. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:129 +#. translators: command line help text for configure action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:129 msgid "Change the global settings of the Samba server" msgstr "تغيير الإعدادات العمومية لخادم Samba" -#. translators: command line help text for enable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:137 +#. translators: command line help text for enable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:137 msgid "Enable the share or a service" msgstr "تمكين المشاركة أو إحدى الخدمات" -#. translators: command line help text for disable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:143 +#. translators: command line help text for disable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:143 msgid "Disable the share or a service" msgstr "تعطيل المشاركة أو إحدى الخدمات" -#. translators: command line help text for delete share option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:149 +#. translators: command line help text for delete share option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:149 msgid "Remove the share from the configuration file" msgstr "إزالة المشاركة من ملف التكوين" -#. translators: command line help text for share name option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:155 +#. translators: command line help text for share name option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:155 msgid "The name of a share" msgstr "اسم مشاركة" -#. translators: command line help text for "share add" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:162 +#. translators: command line help text for "share add" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:162 msgid "Add a new share" msgstr "إضافة مشاركة جديدة" -#. translators: command line help text for "share options" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:168 +#. translators: command line help text for "share options" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:168 msgid "Change options of a share" msgstr "تغيير خيارات مشاركة" -#. translators: command line help text for "share show" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:174 +#. translators: command line help text for "share show" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:174 msgid "Show the options of a share" msgstr "إظهار خيارات مشاركة" -#. translators: command line help text for share comment option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:180 +#. translators: command line help text for share comment option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:180 msgid "The comment of a share" msgstr "تعليق مشاركة" -#. translators: command line help text for share path option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:187 +#. translators: command line help text for share path option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:187 msgid "The path (directory) to share" msgstr "مسار (دليل) المشاركة" -#. translators: command line help text for share printable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:194 +#. translators: command line help text for share printable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:194 msgid "Flag if the share should act as a printer" msgstr "إشارة إذا كان من الضروري أن تقوم المشاركة بدور طابعة" -#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 +#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share" msgstr "قائمة مستخدمين مفصولة بفاصلة مسموح لهم بالقراءة من المشاركة" -#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 +#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share" msgstr "قائمة مستخدمين مفصولة بفاصلة مسموح لهم بالكتابة إلى المشاركة" -#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 +#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN" msgstr "إشارة إذا كان من الضروري إظهار المشاركة عند استعراض LAN" -#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 +#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 msgid "Flag if the share should allow guest access" msgstr "إشارة إذا كان من الضروري أن تسمح المشاركة بوصول الضيف" -#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 +#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share" msgstr "قائمة مستخدمين مفصولة بفاصلة مسموح لهم بالوصول إلى المشاركة" -#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 +#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 msgid "Server should act as a primary domain controller" msgstr "خادم يجب أن يقوم بدور وحدة تحكم مجال أساسي" -#. translators: command line help text for BDC role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:242 +#. translators: command line help text for BDC role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:242 msgid "Server should act as a backup domain controller" msgstr "خادم يجب أن يقوم بدور وحدة تحكم مجال احتياطية" -#. translators: command line help text for Domain Member role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:248 +#. translators: command line help text for Domain Member role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:248 msgid "Server should act as a domain member" msgstr "خادم يجب أن يقوم بدور عضو مجال" -#. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 +#. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins" msgstr "خادم يجب أن يوفر مشاركات، ولكن يجب ألا يسمح بعمليات الدخول للمجال" -#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 +#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 msgid "Use the 'smbpasswd' file to store user information" msgstr "استخدام ملف 'smbpasswd' لتخزين معلومات المستخدم" -#. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 +#. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 msgid "Use the 'passdb.tdb' file to store user information" msgstr "استخدام ملف 'passdb.tdb' لتخزين معلومات المستخدم" -#. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 +#. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 msgid "Use the LDAP server to store user information" msgstr "استخدام خادم LDAP لتخزين معلومات المستخدم" -#. translators: command line help text for password option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:278 +#. translators: command line help text for password option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:278 msgid "Password for the LDAP server" msgstr "كلمة سر خادم LDAP" -#. translators: command line help text for workgroup option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:284 +#. translators: command line help text for workgroup option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:284 msgid "The name of a workgroup" msgstr "اسم مجموعة عمل" -#. translators: command line help text for description option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:291 +#. translators: command line help text for description option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:291 msgid "The human-readable description of the Samba server" msgstr "وصف يمكن للمستخدم قراءته خاص بخادم Samba" -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 +msgid "" +"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" msgstr "الاسم المميَّز للاحقة LDAP لمعالجة معلومات المستخدم على خادم LDAP" -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" -msgstr "الاسم المميَّز لبروتوكول LDAP لتعديل محتويات خادم LDAP (على سبيل المثال، تغيير كلمات السر)" +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 +msgid "" +"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " +"passwords)" +msgstr "" +"الاسم المميَّز لبروتوكول LDAP لتعديل محتويات خادم LDAP (على سبيل المثال، تغيير " +"كلمات السر)" -#. translators: error message for share command line action -#. must provide the share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:374 +#. translators: error message for share command line action +#. must provide the share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:374 msgid "Specify the share name." msgstr "حدد اسم المشاركة." -#. translators: error message for "share add" command line action, %1 is share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:380 +#. translators: error message for "share add" command line action, %1 is share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:380 msgid "The share %1 does not exist." msgstr "المشاركة %1 غير موجودة." -#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:394 +#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:394 msgid "Provide the path of a directory to share." msgstr "أدخل مسار أحد الدلائل المطلوب مشاركتها." -#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name -#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 +#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name +#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 msgid "Share %1 already exists." msgstr "المشاركة %1 موجودة بالفعل." -#. translators: heading for "list" shares command line action -#. try to keep alignment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:450 +#. translators: heading for "list" shares command line action +#. try to keep alignment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:450 msgid "" "Status \tType\tName\n" "==============================" @@ -216,130 +222,134 @@ "الحالة ?\tالنوع\tالاسم\n" "==============================" -#. translators: share is a disk. %1 is the status, %2 comment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:460 +#. translators: share is a disk. %1 is the status, %2 comment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:460 msgid "%1\tDisk\t%2" msgstr "%1\tالقرص\t%2" -#. translators: share status -#. translators: share status -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 +#. translators: share status +#. translators: share status +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "معطل" -#. translators: share status -#. translators: share status -#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 +#. translators: share status +#. translators: share status +#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#. translators: share is a printer. %1 is the status, %2 comment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:478 +#. translators: share is a printer. %1 is the status, %2 comment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:478 msgid "%1\tPrinter\t%2" msgstr "%1\tالطابعة\t%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " +"users,\n" "run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" msgstr "" "تمت إعادة تحميل تكوين الخادم بدلاً من إعادة بدء تشغيله، نظرًا\n" "لاتصال المستخدمين حاليًا بخادم Samba هذا.\n" -" لتأكيد تطبيق جميع الإعدادات بالرغم من إمكانية قطع اتصال المستخدمين، قم بتشغيل\n" +" لتأكيد تطبيق جميع الإعدادات بالرغم من إمكانية قطع اتصال المستخدمين، قم " +"بتشغيل\n" " '/etc/init.d/smb restart' و'/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" -#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146 +#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146 msgid "smbpasswd file" msgstr "ملف smbpasswd" -#. table entry description for LDAP-based SAM -#. Unknown passdb backend -#. // translators: passdb backend radio button -#. `Left (`RadioButton ( `id("mysql"), `opt (`notify),_("MySQL Database") ) ) -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:155 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:598 +#. table entry description for LDAP-based SAM +#. Unknown passdb backend +#. // translators: passdb backend radio button +#. `Left (`RadioButton ( `id("mysql"), `opt (`notify),_("MySQL Database") ) ) +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:598 msgid "LDAP" msgstr "LDAP" -#. table entry description for TDB-based SAM -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:169 +#. table entry description for TDB-based SAM +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:169 msgid "TDB database" msgstr "قاعدة بيانات TDB" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:261 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:261 msgid "Optional value must not begin with a space character." msgstr "يجب ألا تبدأ القيمة الاختيارية بمسافة." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted." -msgstr "يجب أن تكون القيم الاختيارية المتعددة لأحد الأجزاء الموجودة على الخادم بين علامتي اقتباس." +msgstr "" +"يجب أن تكون القيم الاختيارية المتعددة لأحد الأجزاء الموجودة على الخادم بين " +"علامتي اقتباس." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:291 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:291 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:300 msgid "The entered URL '%1' is invalid" msgstr "عنوان URL '%1' الذي تم إدخاله غير صالح." -#. message popup -#. message popup -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:352 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:405 +#. message popup +#. message popup +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:352 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:405 msgid "Delete the selected entry?" msgstr "هل تريد حذف الإدخال المحدد؟" -#. we are already initialized -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:481 +#. we are already initialized +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:481 msgid "At least one backend must be specified." msgstr "يجب تحديد جزء واحد موجود على الخادم على الأقل." -#. if (size (passdb_backends) == 1) -#. { -#. // error message if user tries to delete the last passdb backend -#. Report::Error (_("At least one back-end must be specified. -#. -#. The back-end cannot be deleted. -#. ")); -#. return false; -#. } -#. message popup -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:568 +#. if (size (passdb_backends) == 1) +#. { +#. // error message if user tries to delete the last passdb backend +#. Report::Error (_("At least one back-end must be specified. +#. +#. The back-end cannot be deleted. +#. ")); +#. return false; +#. } +#. message popup +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:568 msgid "Delete the selected back-end?" msgstr "هل تريد حذف الجزء الموجود على الخادم المحدد؟" -#. translators: frame text when adding a passdb backend -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:583 +#. translators: frame text when adding a passdb backend +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:583 msgid "Back-End Type" msgstr "نوع الجزء الموجود على الخادم" -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:592 +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:592 msgid "smbpasswd File" msgstr "ملف smbpasswd" -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:600 +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:600 msgid "TDB Database" msgstr "قاعدة بيانات TDB" -#. translators: textentry label to enter details for the selected passdb backend -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:605 +#. translators: textentry label to enter details for the selected passdb backend +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:605 msgid "&Details" msgstr "ت&فاصيل" -#. translators: error message, if the MySQL backend -#. is selected, but no details are entered -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:648 +#. translators: error message, if the MySQL backend +#. is selected, but no details are entered +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:648 msgid "" "An identifier must be provided\n" "in details \n" @@ -355,117 +365,117 @@ " راجع مجموعة Samba HOWTO\n" " للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/samba-server/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of samba-server -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky <stanislav.visnovsky@suse.cz> -#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka@suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/samba-server/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of samba-server +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky <stanislav.visnovsky@suse.cz> +#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka@suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)" msgstr "وحدة &تحكم المجال الأساسية (PDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 msgid "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)" msgstr "وحدة تحكم ال&مجال الاحتياطية (BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Not a Domain &Controller" msgstr "ليس و&حدة تحكم مجال" -#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget -#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 +#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget +#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. Samba LDAP Settings Security Widget -#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. translators: combo box value -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 +#. Samba LDAP Settings Security Widget +#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. translators: combo box value +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 msgid "No" msgstr "لا" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Samba Installation" msgstr "تثبيت Samba" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "Step 1 of 2" msgstr "الخطوة 1 من 2" -#. `ComboBox ( `id( "workgroups" ), `opt( `editable ), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), workgroups ) -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), -#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 +#. `ComboBox ( `id( "workgroups" ), `opt( `editable ), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), workgroups ) +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), +#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name" msgstr "اسم م&جموعة العمل أو المجال" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Step 2 of 2" msgstr "الخطوة 2 من 2" -#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 +#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Current Domain Name:" msgstr "اسم المجال الحالي:" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Samba Server Type" msgstr "نوع خادم Samba" -#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 +#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Not available because a PDC is present." msgstr "غير متاح بسبب وجود PDC." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 msgid "Rename Share" msgstr "إعادة تسمية المشاركة" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 msgid "New Share &Name" msgstr "اسم المش&اركة الجديد" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Enter a new share name." msgstr "أدخل اسم المشاركة الجديدة." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 msgid "" "Share '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose another share name.\n" @@ -473,8 +483,8 @@ "المشاركة '%1' موجودة بالفعل.\n" "الرجاء اختيار اسم آخر للمشاركة.\n" -#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 +#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "If you delete share %1,\n" "all its settings will be lost.\n" @@ -484,27 +494,27 @@ "ستفقد كافة الإعدادات الخاصة بها.\n" " هل تريد حذفها بالفعل؟" -#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 +#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "Trusted &Domain" msgstr "المجال المو&ثوق به" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&كلمة السر" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 msgid "Domain name cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن ترك اسم المجال فارغًا." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship." msgstr "تعذر إنشاء علاقة مجال موثوق به." -#. issue a warning, if not already done so -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 +#. issue a warning, if not already done so +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 msgid "" "The password for trusted domains\n" "is stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\n" @@ -516,15 +526,15 @@ " كنص عادي. قد يعتبر هذا\n" " تهديدًا للأمان." -#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 +#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "&Trusted Domains" msgstr "المجالات الم&وثوق بها" -#. confirmation -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 +#. confirmation +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "" "Really abandon trust relationship\n" "to trusted domain %1?" @@ -532,233 +542,233 @@ "هل تريد بالفعل إلغاء علاقة الثقة\n" "بالمجال الموثوق به%1؟" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "Share %1" msgstr "المشاركة %1" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "Expert Global Settings Configuration" msgstr "تكوين إعدادات الخبير العمومية" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 msgid "Identification" msgstr "التعريف" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "Share &Name" msgstr "اسم المشا&ركة" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Share &Description" msgstr "و&صف المشاركة" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 msgid "Share Type" msgstr "&نوع المشاركة" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 msgid "&Printer" msgstr "الطاب&عة" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 msgid "&Directory" msgstr "&دليل" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Share &Path" msgstr "م&سار المشاركة" -#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 +#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "&Read-Only" msgstr "ال&قراءة فقط" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 msgid "&Inherit ACLs" msgstr "تو&ارث قوائم ACL" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 msgid "Expose Snapshots" msgstr "عرض اللقطات" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features" msgstr "استخدام ميزات Btrfs" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 msgid "New Share" msgstr "مشاركة جديدة" -#. translators: file selection dialog title -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 +#. translators: file selection dialog title +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Path for a Share" msgstr "مسار مشاركة" -#. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 +#. translators: error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Share name cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن ترك اسم المشاركة فارغًا." -#. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 +#. translators: error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Share path cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن ترك مسار المشاركة فارغًا." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 msgid "Available Shares" msgstr "المشاركات المتاحة" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "المر&شح" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 msgid "Show &All Shares" msgstr "إ&ظهار كافة المشاركات" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares" msgstr "عدم إظ&هار مشاركات النظام" -#. translators: table header texts -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 +#. translators: table header texts +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 msgid "Status" msgstr "الحالة" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 msgid "Read-Only" msgstr "القراءة فقط" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Path" msgstr "المسار" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 msgid "Guest Access" msgstr "وصول إلى الضيف" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "Comment" msgstr "التعليق" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 msgid "&Rename..." msgstr "إع&ادة تسمية..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "تبدي&ل الحالة" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 msgid "WINS Server Support" msgstr "دعم خادم WINS" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 msgid "Remote WINS Server" msgstr "خادم WINS البعيد" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 msgid "Na&me" msgstr "الا&سم" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "استخدام خدمة WINS لتحديد اسم المضيف" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Not a DC" msgstr "ليس وحدة تحكم مجال" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 msgid "Primary (PDC)" msgstr "وحدة تحكم المجال الأساسية (PDC)" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Backup (BDC)" msgstr "وحدة تحكم المجال الاحتياطية (BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Base Settings" msgstr "الإعدادات الأساسية" -#. translators: combobox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 +#. translators: combobox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 msgid "Domain &Controller" msgstr "وحد&ة تحكم المجال" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "Advanced Settings..." msgstr "إعدادات متقدمة..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 msgid "&Expert Global Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخب&ير العمومية" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 msgid "&User Authentication Sources" msgstr "مصادر تصديق المست&خدم" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "Samba Configuration" msgstr "تكوين Samba" -#. tab label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 +#. tab label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 msgid "Start-&Up" msgstr "بدء التش&غيل" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&Shares" msgstr "ا&لمشاركات" -#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 +#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "I&dentity" msgstr "اله&وية" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 msgid "WINS" msgstr "WINS" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "&LDAP Settings" msgstr "إع&دادات LDAP" -#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 +#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 msgid "NetBIOS &Hostname" msgstr "اسم م&ضيف NetBIOS" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 msgid "User Information Sources" msgstr "مصادر معلومات المستخدم" -#. try to create it -#. first, ask for password -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 +#. try to create it +#. first, ask for password +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 msgid "" "For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n" "administrative account (root).\n" @@ -768,16 +778,16 @@ "حساب إداري (مسؤول).\n" " سيتم إنشاؤه الآن." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 msgid "Samba root &Password" msgstr "كلمة سر المسؤول لـ Samba" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "التحقق من ك&لمة السر" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match." @@ -785,13 +795,13 @@ "لا تتطابق كلمة السر\n" "الأولى مع الثانية." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." msgstr "تعذر إنشاء حساب للمستخدم %1." -#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 +#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 msgid "" "Enter the username and the password\n" "for joining the domain %1." @@ -799,7 +809,7 @@ "أدخل اسم المستخدم وكلمة السر\n" "للانضمام إلى المجال %1." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 msgid "" "To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n" "text entries empty." @@ -807,23 +817,23 @@ "للانضمام إلى المجال كمجهول، اترك\n" "إدخالات النص فارغة." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 msgid "&Username" msgstr "ا&سم المستخدم" -#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 +#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 msgid "Do &Not Join" msgstr "ع&دم الانضمام" -#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 +#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "تم الانضمام إلى المجال %1 بنجاح." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -831,17 +841,18 @@ "<p><b><big>تتم الآن تهيئة تكوين خادم ‏‏Samba‏</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إيقاف التهيئة</big></b><br>\n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</" +"p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -849,8 +860,8 @@ "<p><b><big>يتم الآن حفظ تكوين خادم Samba‏</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -862,51 +873,63 @@ " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي سيبلغك ما إذا كان ذلك الإجراء آمنًا أم لا.\n" " </p>\n" -#. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 +#. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>\n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " +"click <b>Next</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>مُحدد مجموعات العمل أو المجال</big></b><br>\n" -" حدد اسمًا موجودًا لمجموعة عمل أو مجال أو اكتب الاسم الجديد الخاص بك ثم انقر فوق <b>التالي</b>.\n" +" حدد اسمًا موجودًا لمجموعة عمل أو مجال أو اكتب الاسم الجديد الخاص بك ثم انقر " +"فوق <b>التالي</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 +#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.</p>\n" +"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " +"style domain.</p>\n" "<p>The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.</p>\n" -"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases.</p>" +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " +"passwords.</p>\n" +"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " +"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " +"phased out in future releases.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>نوع خادم Samba</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>جهاز تحكم في المجال يسمح للحسابات العميلة على Windows بتسجيل الدخول إلى مجال بنمط Windows NT.</p>\n" +"<p>جهاز تحكم في المجال يسمح للحسابات العميلة على Windows بتسجيل الدخول إلى " +"مجال بنمط Windows NT.</p>\n" "<p>يستخدم جهاز التحكم في النسخ الاحتياطي جهاز تحكم في المجال آخر للمراجعة.\n" -"يستخدم جهاز التحكم الأساسي معلوماته الخاصة حول المستخدمين وكلمات مرورهم.</p>\n" -"<p>تعتمد الخيارات المتوفرة في مربعات حوار التكوين على الإعدادات الموجودة في هذا التحديد. وسيتم تقسيم مراحل وظائف جهاز التحكم في المجال بنمط Windows NT في الإصدارات المستقبلية.</p>" +"يستخدم جهاز التحكم الأساسي معلوماته الخاصة حول المستخدمين وكلمات مرورهم.</" +"p>\n" +"<p>تعتمد الخيارات المتوفرة في مربعات حوار التكوين على الإعدادات الموجودة في " +"هذا التحديد. وسيتم تقسيم مراحل وظائف جهاز التحكم في المجال بنمط Windows NT " +"في الإصدارات المستقبلية.</p>" -#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 +#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\n" +"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." +"</p>\n" "<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>نوع خادم Samba</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>إحدى وحدات تحكم المجالات التي تتيح لعملاء Windows إمكانية الدخول إلى مجال Windows.</p>\n" +"<p>إحدى وحدات تحكم المجالات التي تتيح لعملاء Windows إمكانية الدخول إلى مجال " +"Windows.</p>\n" " <p>وتعتمد الخيارات المتاحة في مربعات \n" " حوار التكوين على إعدادات هذا التحديد.</p>" -#. Share list dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80 +#. Share list dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80 msgid "<p><b><big>Shares</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>المشاركات</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p>This is a list of already configured shares, whether they \n" "are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them.<br></p>" @@ -914,8 +937,8 @@ "<p>هذه قائمة بالمشاركات التي تم تكوينها بالفعل، سواء كانت \n" "ممكَّنة أو معطَّلة، وكذلك بعض المعلومات الأساسية عن هذه المشاركات.<br></p>" -#. Share list dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 +#. Share list dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p>A share can be enabled or disabled.\n" "A disabled share is not accessible, but its\n" @@ -929,8 +952,8 @@ " ولذلك يمكن تمكين هذه المشاركة مرةً أخرى فيما بعد.\n" " </p>" -#. Share list dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:95 +#. Share list dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<p>Some of the shares are special. For example, the share\n" "Homes is a special system share for accessing home directories\n" @@ -944,8 +967,8 @@ " عن طريق تحديد <b>عدم إظهار مشاركات النظام</b> في القائمة <b>المرشح</b>\n" ".</p>\n" -#. Share list dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103 +#. Share list dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new share, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" "already existing share, and <b>Delete</b> to \n" @@ -955,8 +978,8 @@ "مشاركة موجودة بالفعل و<b>حذف</b>\n" " لإزالة المعلومات الخاصة بمشاركة.</p>\n" -#. Identity dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109 +#. Identity dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Identity</big></b><br>\n" "These options allow setup of the identity of the server and its\n" @@ -966,25 +989,29 @@ "تتيح هذه الخيارات إمكانية إعداد هوية الخادم ودورها\n" " الأساسي في الشبكة.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<p>The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" +"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain " +"Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " +"backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" "<b>Not a DC</b> value.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>تقوم الإعدادات الأساسية بإعداد المجال\n" -"ودور الخادم. تتيح <b>وحدة تحكم المجال الاحتياطية</b> و<b>وحدة تحكم المجال الأساسية</b> لعملاء Windows إمكانية الدخول إلى أحد مجالات Windows. تستخدم وحدة التحكم الاحتياطية \n" +"ودور الخادم. تتيح <b>وحدة تحكم المجال الاحتياطية</b> و<b>وحدة تحكم المجال " +"الأساسية</b> لعملاء Windows إمكانية الدخول إلى أحد مجالات Windows. تستخدم " +"وحدة التحكم الاحتياطية \n" " وحدة تحكم مجال أخرى للمراجعة. وتستخدم وحدة التحكم الأساسية\n" " المعلومات المتوفرة لديها عن المستخدمين وكلمات السر الخاصة بهم.\n" " إذا كان مطلوبًا ألا يشارك الخادم كوحدة تحكم مجال، اختر القيمة\n" " <b>ليس وحدة تحكم مجال</b>.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Base Settings</b> set up the domain and the\n" "server role. <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allows Windows clients\n" @@ -996,8 +1023,8 @@ " الدخول إلى أحد مجالات Windows. إذا كان مطلوبًا ألا يشارك الخادم\n" " كوحدة تحكم مجال، اختر <b>ليس وحدة تحكم مجال</b>.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131 +#. Samba role dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131 msgid "" "<p><b>WINS</b> is a network protocol for mapping low-level\n" "network identification of a host (for example, IP address) to\n" @@ -1013,8 +1040,8 @@ " الخاصة به. بالنسبة للحالة الثانية، اختر <b>خادم WINS بعيد</b>\n" "، ثم أدخل عنوان IP لخادم WINS.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140 +#. Samba role dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p>Optionally, set a <b>Server NetBIOS Name</b>. The\n" "NetBIOS name is the name the server uses in the SMB network.</p>" @@ -1022,16 +1049,17 @@ "<p>قم بتعيين الخيار <b>اسم NetBIOS للخادم</b> إذا رغبت في ذلك. ويعتبر اسم\n" "NetBIOS هو الاسم الذي يستخدمه الخادم في شبكة SMB.</p>" -#. Samba role dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 +#. Samba role dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.</p>\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " +"settings.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>تتيح <b>الإعدادات المتقدمة</b> إمكانية الوصول إلى \n" "التكوين التفصيلي ومصادر تصديق المستخدم وإعدادات الخبير العمومية.</p>\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Trusted Domains</big></b><br>\n" "NT-style trusted domains represent a possibility to assign\n" @@ -1045,7 +1073,7 @@ " قم هنا بإنشاء قائمة بالمجالات التي يجب أن يقدم خادم \n" " Samba إمكانية الوصول لها.</p>\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<p>To add a new domain into the list, press <b>Add</b>.\n" "Enter the name of the domain to trust\n" @@ -1057,11 +1085,12 @@ "<p>لإضافة مجال جديد إلى القائمة، اضغط <b>إضافة</b>.\n" "أدخل اسم المجال المطلوب الوثوق به\n" " وكلمة سر في مربع الحوار الذي يظهر لك. يستخدم خادم Samba\n" -" كلمة السر هذه للوصول إلى المجال الموثوق به. بعد ضغط <b>موافق</b>، يتم إنشاء\n" +" كلمة السر هذه للوصول إلى المجال الموثوق به. بعد ضغط <b>موافق</b>، يتم " +"إنشاء\n" " علاقة الثقة. لحذف أحد المجالات،\n" " اختر المجال من القائمة، ثم اضغط <b>حذف</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "<p>For more details about how trusted domains work,\n" "see the Samba HOWTO collection.</p>\n" @@ -1069,8 +1098,8 @@ "<p>لمزيد من التفاصيل عن كيفية عمل المجالات الموثوق بها،\n" "راجع مجموعة Samba HOWTO.</p>\n" -#. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166 +#. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Edit a Share</big></b><br>\n" "Here, fine-tune the options of a share.</p>\n" @@ -1078,8 +1107,8 @@ "<p><b><big>تحرير مشاركة</big></b><br>\n" "يمكنك هنا إجراء ضبط دقيق لخيارات إحدى المشاركات.</p>\n" -#. Single share editing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170 +#. Single share editing dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" "an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n" @@ -1087,8 +1116,8 @@ "<p>استخدم <b>إضافة</b> لإضافة خيار تكوين جديد، و<b>تحرير</b> لتعديل\n" "خيار موجود، و<b>حذف</b> لحذف أحد الخيارات.</p>\n" -#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 +#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Expert Global Settings Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Here, fine-tune the global options of the server.</p>\n" @@ -1096,8 +1125,8 @@ "<p><b><big>تكوين إعدادات الخبير العمومية</big></b><br>\n" "يمكنك هنا إجراء ضبط دقيق للخيارات العمومية للخادم.</p>\n" -#. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 +#. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" "already existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n" @@ -1105,8 +1134,8 @@ "<p>استخدم <b>إضافة</b> لإضافة خيار تكوين جديد، و<b>تحرير</b> لتعديل\n" "خيار موجود بالفعل، و<b>حذف</b> لحذف أحد الخيارات.</p>\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Samba Server Options</big></b><br>\n" "Here, set up details about use of LDAP by the Samba\n" @@ -1116,28 +1145,33 @@ "يمكنك هنا إعداد تفاصيل عن استخدام بروتوكول LDAP بواسطة خادم Samba\n" ".</p>\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<p><b>Search Base DN</b> (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</b> is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</" +"b> is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "<b>Set LDAP Administration Password</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "يعتبر <p><b>الاسم المميَّز لأساس البحث</b> هو\n" -"الأساس الذي تبدأ عنده عملية البحث عن المعلومات. ويُستخدم <b>الاسم المميَّز للإدارة</b> عند\n" +"الأساس الذي تبدأ عنده عملية البحث عن المعلومات. ويُستخدم <b>الاسم المميَّز " +"للإدارة</b> عند\n" " إنشاء مجموعات ومستخدمين جدد. وإذا تطلب الاسم المميَّز للإدارة\n" " كلمة سر لتوفير إمكانية الوصول للكتابة، قم بتعيين كلمة السر باستخدام الخيار\n" " <b>تعيين كلمة السر لإدارة LDAP</b>.</p>\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p><b>ملاحظة:</b> يتم حفظ الإعدادات قبل تعيين كلمة السر لإدارة LDAP.</p>\n" +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " +"is set.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>ملاحظة:</b> يتم حفظ الإعدادات قبل تعيين كلمة السر لإدارة LDAP.</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>User Authentication Information Backends</big></b><br>\n" "Choose where the Samba server should look for the authentication\n" @@ -1149,17 +1183,18 @@ "التصديق. لا يدعم Samba خادمات متعددة في وقت واحد، \n" "بل يسمح بواحد فقط.</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" +"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " +"one first\n" "by pressing <b>Delete</b> and add a new one with <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>إذا كنت تريد تغيير مصدر تصديق المستخدم، قم بإزالة الإصدار الحالي \n" "أولًا بالضغط على <b>حذف</b> ثم إضافة كلمة سر جديدة باستخدام<b>إضافة</b>.</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<p><b>smbpasswd file</b> is the file using the same format as\n" "the previous versions of Samba. Its layout is similar to the\n" @@ -1171,8 +1206,8 @@ " ملف passwd. ومن الممكن أن تكون هناك ملفات متعددة بنفس هذا \n" " التنسيق.</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218 msgid "" "<p><b>LDAP</b> is a URL of an LDAP server to check for\n" "the information.</p>\n" @@ -1180,45 +1215,47 @@ "<p><b>LDAP</b> هو عبارة عن عنوان URL لخادم LDAP للتحقق من وجود\n" "المعلومات.</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<p><b>TDB database</b> uses an internal Samba database binary format\n" "to store and look up the information.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"تستخدم <p><b>قاعدة بيانات TDB</b> تنسيقًا ثنائيًا لقاعدة بيانات Samba الداخلية\n" +"تستخدم <p><b>قاعدة بيانات TDB</b> تنسيقًا ثنائيًا لقاعدة بيانات Samba " +"الداخلية\n" "لتخزين المعلومات والبحث عنها.</p>\n" -#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore -#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */ -#. _("<p><b>MySQL database</b> uses an external MySQL database to -#. to store and look up the information.</p> -#. ") + -#. not in UI anymore -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 6/7 -#. _("<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify -#. an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option. -#. Use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to change the order -#. of the back-ends.</p> -#. "), -#. no such button there -#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 7/7 */ -#. _("<p>The <b>LDAP</b> button gives access to -#. details of an LDAP configuration and also allows -#. checking a connection to an LDAP server for the currently -#. selected LDAP back-end.</p> -#. "), -#. add new share dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248 +#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore +#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */ +#. _("<p><b>MySQL database</b> uses an external MySQL database to +#. to store and look up the information.</p> +#. ") + +#. not in UI anymore +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 6/7 +#. _("<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify +#. an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option. +#. Use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to change the order +#. of the back-ends.</p> +#. "), +#. no such button there +#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 7/7 */ +#. _("<p>The <b>LDAP</b> button gives access to +#. details of an LDAP configuration and also allows +#. checking a connection to an LDAP server for the currently +#. selected LDAP back-end.</p> +#. "), +#. add new share dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Add a New Share</big></b><br>\n" "Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إضافة مشاركة جديدة</big></b><br>\n" -"يمكنك هنا إدخال المعلومات الأساسية المتعلقة بإحدى المشاركات المطلوب إضافتها.</p>\n" +"يمكنك هنا إدخال المعلومات الأساسية المتعلقة بإحدى المشاركات المطلوب إضافتها." +"</p>\n" -#. add new share dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 +#. add new share dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "<p><b>Share Name</b> is used for accessing\n" "the share from clients. <b>Share Description</b> describes the\n" @@ -1228,8 +1265,8 @@ "المشاركة من العملاء. ويوضح <b>وصف المشاركة</b> الغرض من\n" " المشاركة.</p>" -#. add new share dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:258 +#. add new share dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:258 msgid "" "<p>There are two types of shares. A <b>Printer</b> share\n" "is presented as a printer to clients. A <b>Directory</b> share \n" @@ -1241,8 +1278,8 @@ "كقرص شبكة. يجب إدخال <b>مسار المشاركة</b> لمشاركة\n" " دليل.</p>\n" -#. add new share dialog help 4/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265 +#. add new share dialog help 4/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265 msgid "" "<p>If <b>Read-Only</b> is checked, users\n" "of a service may not create or modify files in the service's\n" @@ -1252,82 +1289,134 @@ "أية خدمة بإنشاء ملفات أو تعديلها في دليل\n" " الخدمة.</p>\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270 msgid "" "<p><b>Inherit ACLS</b> can be used to ensure\n" "that if default ACLs exist on parent directories, they are always\n" "honored when creating a subdirectory.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"يمكن استخدام <p><b>توارث قوائم ACL</b> للتأكد من وجود قوائم ACL الافتراضية في\n" +"يمكن استخدام <p><b>توارث قوائم ACL</b> للتأكد من وجود قوائم ACL الافتراضية " +"في\n" "الدلائل الرئيسية، ويتم دائمًا\n" "منحها عند إنشاء دليل فرعي.</p>\n" -#. add new share dialog help -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" -msgstr "<p>عند تحديد <b>عرض اللقطات</b>، يعرض Samba اللقطات التي أنشأها Snapper للوصول والمعالجة من قِبل عملاء CIFS/SMB. ويتوفر هذا الخيار فقط إذا كان Samba يقدم دعم Snapper ومسار المشاركة يستجيبان لوحدة التخزين الفرعية لتكوين Snapper المدعوم بـ Btrfs.<br> يجب كذلك منح الأذونات ذات الصلة. انظر صفحة man لـ <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> الخاص بـ Samba لمزيد من التفاصيل.</p>" +#. add new share dialog help +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 +msgid "" +"<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " +"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " +"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " +"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions " +"must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further " +"details.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>عند تحديد <b>عرض اللقطات</b>، يعرض Samba اللقطات التي أنشأها Snapper " +"للوصول والمعالجة من قِبل عملاء CIFS/SMB. ويتوفر هذا الخيار فقط إذا كان Samba " +"يقدم دعم Snapper ومسار المشاركة يستجيبان لوحدة التخزين الفرعية لتكوين " +"Snapper المدعوم بـ Btrfs.<br> يجب كذلك منح الأذونات ذات الصلة. انظر صفحة man " +"لـ <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> الخاص بـ Samba لمزيد من التفاصيل.</p>" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يوجه <b>استخدام ميزات Btrfs</b> Samba إلى الاستفادة من الميزات الخاصة بنظام ملفات Btrfs. ويتوفر هذا الخيار فقط إذا كانت تطبيقات Samba تقدم دعم Btrfs، وكان مسار المشاركة هو وحدة التخزين الفرعية في Btrfs. انظر صفحة man <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> لـ Samba لمزيد من التفاصيل.</p>" +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of " +"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " +"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " +"Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يوجه <b>استخدام ميزات Btrfs</b> Samba إلى الاستفادة من الميزات الخاصة " +"بنظام ملفات Btrfs. ويتوفر هذا الخيار فقط إذا كانت تطبيقات Samba تقدم دعم " +"Btrfs، وكان مسار المشاركة هو وحدة التخزين الفرعية في Btrfs. انظر صفحة man " +"<b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> لـ Samba لمزيد من التفاصيل.</p>" -#. help for LDAP Settings dialog -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 +#. help for LDAP Settings dialog +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the " +"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/" +"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " +"including full Administrator DN.\n" "</p>\n" -"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" +"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " +"objects.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>.<p>" +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To " +"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</" +"b>.<p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>LDAP إعدادات </big></b><br>\n" "هنا، قم بتحديد خادم LDAP لاستخدامه للتصديق.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -" <b> إعداد كلمة سر LDAP الموجودة على الخادم</b> تسمح بتخزين معلومات المستخدم في شجرة LDAP المحددة بواسطة المسار. باستخدام <b>جزء LDAP Idmap الموجود على الخادم </b>، يمكن تخزين جداول خرائط SID/uid/gid في LDAP.\n" +" <b> إعداد كلمة سر LDAP الموجودة على الخادم</b> تسمح بتخزين معلومات المستخدم " +"في شجرة LDAP المحددة بواسطة المسار. باستخدام <b>جزء LDAP Idmap الموجود على " +"الخادم </b>، يمكن تخزين جداول خرائط SID/uid/gid في LDAP.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"في قسم التصديق، قم بتعيين بيانات اعتماد خادم LDAP، بما في ذلك مسؤول الكامل DN.\n" +"في قسم التصديق، قم بتعيين بيانات اعتماد خادم LDAP، بما في ذلك مسؤول الكامل " +"DN.\n" "</p>\n" "<b>قاعدة بحث DN</b>هي لاحقة LDAP الملحقة بكائنات LDAP المحددة Samba .\n" "</p><p>\n" -"لاختبار الاتصال بخادم LDAP الخاص بك، انقر فوق <b>اختبار الاتصال</b>. لتعيين إعدادات LDAP الخبير أو قم باستخدام القيم الافتراضية، انقر فوق <b>>إعدادات متقدمة</b>.<p>" +"لاختبار الاتصال بخادم LDAP الخاص بك، انقر فوق <b>اختبار الاتصال</b>. لتعيين " +"إعدادات LDAP الخبير أو قم باستخدام القيم الافتراضية، انقر فوق <b>>إعدادات " +"متقدمة</b>.<p>" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, <b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>لاحقة المستخدم</b> تحدد أين يتم إضافة المستخدمين إلى شجرة LDAP. والقيمة اللاحقة مسبقًا لقيمة <b>قاعدة بحث DN</b><b>، بشكل مماثل فإن <b>لاحقة المجموعة</b> تحدد موقع المجموعة، <b>لاحقات الأجهزة</b> للأجهزة و <b>لاحقة Idmap</b> لمخططات idmap.</p>" +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 +msgid "" +"<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " +"value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, " +"<b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> " +"for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>لاحقة المستخدم</b> تحدد أين يتم إضافة المستخدمين إلى شجرة LDAP. " +"والقيمة اللاحقة مسبقًا لقيمة <b>قاعدة بحث DN</b><b>، بشكل مماثل فإن <b>لاحقة " +"المجموعة</b> تحدد موقع المجموعة، <b>لاحقات الأجهزة</b> للأجهزة و <b>لاحقة " +"Idmap</b> لمخططات idmap.</p>" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n" -"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</p>" +"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " +"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</" +"p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>إيقاف الاستنساخ</b> هو فترة انتظار Samba بالمللي ثانية بعد الكتابة إلى خادم LDAP، حتى تستطيع نسخ LDAP المتماثلة اللحاق بالحدث. يحدد خيار </p>\n" +"<p><b>إيقاف الاستنساخ</b> هو فترة انتظار Samba بالمللي ثانية بعد الكتابة إلى " +"خادم LDAP، حتى تستطيع نسخ LDAP المتماثلة اللحاق بالحدث. يحدد خيار </p>\n" "<p><b>المهلة</b> وقت انتهاء مهلة عمليات LDAP (بالثواني).</p>" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>وتحديد ما إذا كان استخدام SSL للاتصال LDAP مع <b>استخدام SSL أو TLS</b>.</p>" +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 +msgid "" +"<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>." +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>وتحديد ما إذا كان استخدام SSL للاتصال LDAP مع <b>استخدام SSL أو TLS</b>.</" +"p>" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n" -"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details.</p>" +"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " +"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n" +"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the " +"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " +"page for details.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>حذف الاسم المميَّز </b> يقوم بتحديد ما إذا كانت عملية الحذف تحذف دخول LDAP كاملًا أو سمات محددة Samba فقط.</p>\n" -"<p>عن طريق <b>مزامنة كلمات السر</b>، قم بتعريف المزامنة المحتملة لكلمة السر LDAP مع تجزئات LM و NT. انظر صفحة دليل <tt>smb.conf</tt> للحصول على التفاصيل.</p>" +"<p><b>حذف الاسم المميَّز </b> يقوم بتحديد ما إذا كانت عملية الحذف تحذف دخول " +"LDAP كاملًا أو سمات محددة Samba فقط.</p>\n" +"<p>عن طريق <b>مزامنة كلمات السر</b>، قم بتعريف المزامنة المحتملة لكلمة السر " +"LDAP مع تجزئات LM و NT. انظر صفحة دليل <tt>smb.conf</tt> للحصول على التفاصيل." +"</p>" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 msgid "" "If you change the NetBIOS Hostname, Samba creates a\n" "service identifier (SID) for your server with the first client\n" @@ -1339,8 +1428,8 @@ " عميل. ونظرًا لأن معرف SID الجديد لا يماثل المعرف القديم، لا يمكن للعملاء\n" " التصديق كأعضاء في مجال.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329 msgid "" "Consider that /tmp and /var/tmp are publicly accessible\n" "directories and a scheduled clean job might remove files after a\n" @@ -1352,8 +1441,8 @@ " فترة يتم تكوينها. راجع MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP وTMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR في\n" " /etc/sysconfig/cron.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:336 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:336 msgid "" "Exporting /var might lead to security problems. The\n" "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" @@ -1361,8 +1450,8 @@ "قد يؤدي تصدير ?/var إلى مشكلات تتعلق بالأمان. يتضمن\n" "الدليل أسرارًا عديدة من أسرار النظام.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340 msgid "" "Exporting /etc might lead to security problems. The\n" "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" @@ -1370,55 +1459,57 @@ "قد يؤدي تصدير ?/etc إلى مشكلات تتعلق بالأمان. يتضمن\n" "الدليل أسرارًا عديدة من أسرار النظام.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Exporting / might lead to security problems because it makes your\n" "entire file system browsable from Samba clients.\n" msgstr "" -"قد يؤدي تصدير / إلى مشكلات تتعلق بالأمان لأنه يتسبب في تمكن عملاء Samba من استعراض نظام الملفات بالكامل\n" +"قد يؤدي تصدير / إلى مشكلات تتعلق بالأمان لأنه يتسبب في تمكن عملاء Samba من " +"استعراض نظام الملفات بالكامل\n" ".\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " +"and\n" "expert global settings.</p>\n" msgstr "" "تتيح <p><b>الإعدادات المتقدمة</b> إمكانية الوصول إلى \n" "إعدادات التكوين التفصيلية، مثل إعدادات LDAP ومصادر تصديق المستخدم و\n" "إعدادات الخبير العمومية.</p>\n" -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67 +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67 msgid "TLS" msgstr "TLS" -#. translators: combo box value (updata password? Yes/No/Only = Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:82 +#. translators: combo box value (updata password? Yes/No/Only = Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:82 msgid "Only" msgstr "فقط" -#. translators: popup warning message about empty text entry -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:166 +#. translators: popup warning message about empty text entry +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:166 msgid "Enter the server URL." msgstr "أدخل عنوان URL للخادم." -#. translators: inform text -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:181 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:289 +#. translators: inform text +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:181 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:289 msgid "Passwords do not match." msgstr "كلمات السر غير متطابقة." -#. translators: inform text -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:300 +#. translators: inform text +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:300 msgid "Passwords match." msgstr "كلمات السر متطابقة." -#. Propose default values -#. translators: popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:351 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:369 +#. Propose default values +#. translators: popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:351 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:369 msgid "" "All current LDAP-related values will be rewritten.\n" "Continue?\n" @@ -1426,182 +1517,182 @@ "ستتم إعادة كتابة كافة القيم الحالية المرتبطة ببروتوكول LDAP.\n" "هل تريد المتابعة؟\n" -#. translators: popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:364 +#. translators: popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:364 msgid "Connection successful." msgstr "تم الاتصال بنجاح." -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:432 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:432 msgid "&Search Base DN" msgstr "الاسم المميَّز لأساس الب&حث" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:435 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:435 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "تصديق" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:438 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:438 msgid "&Administration DN" msgstr "الاسم ال&مميَّز للإدارة" -#. TODO: if Mode::config() => no ask for pssword -#. translators: password enrty label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:447 +#. TODO: if Mode::config() => no ask for pssword +#. translators: password enrty label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:447 msgid "Administration &Password" msgstr "&كلمة سر الإدارة" -#. translators: reenter password entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:453 +#. translators: reenter password entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:453 msgid "Administration Password (A&gain)" msgstr "كلمة سر الإ&دارة (مرة أخرى)" -#. translators: frame title (passdb == password database) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:464 +#. translators: frame title (passdb == password database) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:464 msgid "Passdb Back-End" msgstr "جزء Passdb الموجود على الخادم" -#. translators: check box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:471 +#. translators: check box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:471 msgid "Use LDAP Password &Back-End" msgstr "استخدام الجز&ء الموجود على الخادم لكلمة سر LDAP" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:475 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:475 msgid "LDAP Server &URL" msgstr "ع&نوان URL لخادم LDAP" -#. translators: frame title (idmap = user id mapping) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:483 +#. translators: frame title (idmap = user id mapping) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:483 msgid "Idmap Back-End" msgstr "جزء Idmap الموجود على الخادم" -#. translators: check box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:490 +#. translators: check box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:490 msgid "Use LDAP &Idmap Back-End" msgstr "استخدام &جزء Idmap الموجود على الخادم لبروتوكول LDAP" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:494 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:494 msgid "LDAP Server U&RL" msgstr "عن&وان URL لخادم LDAP" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:517 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:517 msgid "&Test Connection" msgstr "ا&ختبار الاتصال" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:520 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:520 msgid "Advanced &Settings..." msgstr "إعدادات متقدم&ة..." -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:522 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:820 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:522 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:820 msgid "Expert LDAP Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير لبروتوكول LDAP" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:523 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:523 msgid "Default Values" msgstr "القيم الافتراضية" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:587 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:587 msgid "Suffixes" msgstr "اللاحقات" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:590 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:590 msgid "&User Suffix" msgstr "لاح&قة المستخدم" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:592 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:592 msgid "&Group Suffix" msgstr "لاحقة المجمو&عة" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:594 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:594 msgid "&Machine Suffix" msgstr "لاحقة الجها&ز" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:596 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:596 msgid "&Idmap Suffix" msgstr "لا&حقة Idmap" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:641 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:641 msgid "Time-Outs" msgstr "المُهل" -#. translators: integer field label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:647 +#. translators: integer field label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:647 msgid "&Replication Sleep" msgstr "إيقاف الا&ستنساخ" -#. translators: integer field label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:654 +#. translators: integer field label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:654 msgid "&Time-Out" msgstr "الم&هلة" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:693 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:693 msgid "Security" msgstr "الأمان" -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:699 +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:699 msgid "&Use SSL or TLS" msgstr "استخد&ام SSL أو TLS" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:747 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:747 msgid "Other Settings" msgstr "إعدادات أخرى" -#. No such option, bug 169194 -#. translators: text entry label -#. `Left(`TextEntry(`id("ldap filter"), _("Search &Filter"))), -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:757 +#. No such option, bug 169194 +#. translators: text entry label +#. `Left(`TextEntry(`id("ldap filter"), _("Search &Filter"))), +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:757 msgid "&Delete DN" msgstr "ح&ذف الاسم المميَّز" -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:767 +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:767 msgid "&Synchronize Passwords" msgstr "مزامنة كلمات ال&سر" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:167 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:167 msgid "Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "تكوين خادم Samba" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:169 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:169 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. translators: in error message, followed by server error -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:261 +#. translators: in error message, followed by server error +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:261 msgid "Additional Information:" msgstr "معلومات إضافية:" -#. translators: unknown error message -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:265 +#. translators: unknown error message +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:265 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps yast2-ldap is not available." msgstr "خطأ غير معروف. قد يكون yast2-ldap غير متاح." -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Unknown Class:" msgstr "طبقة غير معروفة:" -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported." msgstr "يتم دعم الطبقتين dcObject (dc)? وorganizationalUnit (ou)? فقط." -#. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 +#. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 #, perl-format msgid "" "It seems that there is no functional\n" @@ -1610,204 +1701,204 @@ "يبدو أنه لا يوجد خادم\n" "LDAP وظيفي على %s.\n" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:50 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:50 msgid "File and Printer Sharing" msgstr "مشاركة الملفات والطابعات" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:52 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:52 msgid "Backup Domain Controller" msgstr "وحدة تحكم المجال الاحتياطية" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:54 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:54 msgid "Primary Domain Controller" msgstr "وحدة تحكم المجال الأساسية" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:56 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:56 msgid "Domain Member Server" msgstr "خادم عضو المجال" -#. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138 +#. Samba-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138 msgid "Initializing Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين خادم Samba" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143 msgid "Read global Samba settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات Samba العمومية" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145 msgid "Read Samba secrets" msgstr "قراءة أسرار Samba" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147 msgid "Read Samba service settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات خدمة Samba" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149 msgid "Read Samba accounts" msgstr "قراءة حسابات Samba" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151 msgid "Read the back-end settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات الجزء الموجود على الخادم" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155 msgid "Read Samba service role settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات دور خدمة Samba" -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158 msgid "Reading global Samba settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات Samba العمومية..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160 msgid "Reading Samba secrets..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة أسرار Samba..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162 msgid "Reading Samba service settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات خدمة Samba..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164 msgid "Reading Samba accounts..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة حسابات Samba..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166 msgid "Reading the back-end settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات الجزء الموجود على الخادم..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170 msgid "Reading Samba service role settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات Samba..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255 +#. Samba-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255 msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين خادم Samba" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "كتابة الإعدادات العمومية" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "تعطيل خدمات Samba" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "تمكين خدمات Samba" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266 msgid "Write back-end settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات الجزء الموجود على الخادم" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268 msgid "Write Samba accounts" msgstr "كتابة حسابات Samba" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270 msgid "Save firewall settings" msgstr "حفظ إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات العمومية..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "يتم الآن تعطيل خدمات Samba..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "يتم الآن تمكين خدمات Samba..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279 msgid "Writing back-end settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات الجزء الموجود على الخادم..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281 msgid "Writing Samba accounts..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة حسابات Samba..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283 msgid "Saving firewall settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309 +#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات إلى ?/etc/samba/smb.conf." -#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406 +#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406 msgid "Global Configuration:" msgstr "التكوين العمومي:" -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408 #, perl-format msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %s" msgstr "مجموعة العمل أو المجال: %s" -#. summary item: selected role for the samba server -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412 +#. summary item: selected role for the samba server +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412 #, perl-format msgid "Role: %s" msgstr "الدور: %s" -#. summary item: status of the samba service -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415 +#. summary item: status of the samba service +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415 msgid "Samba server is disabled" msgstr "تم تعطيل خادم Samba" -#. summary heading: configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419 +#. summary heading: configured shares +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419 msgid "Share Configuration:" msgstr "تكوين المشاركة:" -#. summary item: no configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425 +#. summary item: no configured shares +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425 msgid "None" msgstr "بلا" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-users.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-users.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-users.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,104 +14,122 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. helptext -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 msgid "<p>Here, edit the setting of the user's samba account.</p>" msgstr "<p>قم هنا بتحرير إعداد حساب samba الخاص بالمستخدم.</p>" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 msgid "<p>If do not enter custom values for " msgstr "<p>في حالة عدم إدخال قيم مخصصة لـ" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 -msgid "<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b>, and <b>Logon Script</b> " -msgstr "<b>المشغل الرئيسي</b> و<b>المسار الرئيسي</b> و<b>مسار ملف التعريف</b> و<b>البرنامج النصي لتسجيل الدخول</b>" +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 +msgid "" +"<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b>, and <b>Logon " +"Script</b> " +msgstr "" +"<b>المشغل الرئيسي</b> و<b>المسار الرئيسي</b> و<b>مسار ملف التعريف</b> " +"و<b>البرنامج النصي لتسجيل الدخول</b>" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 -msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used.</p>" -msgstr "سيتم استخدام القيم الافتراضية كما هي محددة في تكوين Samba المحلي الخاص بك.</p>" +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 +msgid "" +"the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"سيتم استخدام القيم الافتراضية كما هي محددة في تكوين Samba المحلي الخاص بك.</" +"p>" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 msgid "Home Drive" msgstr "سواقة المنزل" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:107 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:128 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:149 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:173 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:107 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:128 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:149 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:173 msgid "Use Default Values" msgstr "استخدام القيم الافتراضية" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:117 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:117 msgid "Home Path" msgstr "مسار المنزل" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:138 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:138 msgid "Profile Path" msgstr "مسار ملف التعريف" -#. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162 +#. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162 msgid "Logon Script" msgstr "البرنامج النصي لتسجيل الدخول" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185 msgid "Samba Account Disabled" msgstr "حساب سامبا معطل" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:187 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:187 msgid "No Password Expiration" msgstr "كلمة السر غير منتهية" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:199 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:112 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:199 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:112 msgid "Edit Samba Attributes" msgstr "تعديل خصائص سامبا" -#. help text -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 +#. help text +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 msgid "" -"<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" -"The only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> attribute,\n" -"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" -"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name</b>\n" -"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" +"<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " +"Samba.\n" +"The only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> " +"attribute,\n" +"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All " +"other\n" +"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name</" +"b>\n" +"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group " +"will\n" "be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>يمكن استخدام هذه الأداة الإضافية لتمكين مجموعة LDAP لتكون متاحة إلى Samba.\n" +"<p>يمكن استخدام هذه الأداة الإضافية لتمكين مجموعة LDAP لتكون متاحة إلى " +"Samba.\n" " الإعداد الوحيد الذي تستطيع تعديله هنا هو <b>خاصية اسم مجموعة Samba </b>\n" "\n" " وهو اسم المجموعة كما يجب أن يظهر لعملاء Samba. ستتم حوسبة كل\n" "الإعدادات الأخرى تلقائيًا. إذا تركت <b>اسم مجموعة Samba</b> خاليًا\n" -"فسيتم استخدام نفس اسم الذي تم تكوينه في الإعدادات العامة في هذه المجموعة.</p>\n" +"فسيتم استخدام نفس اسم الذي تم تكوينه في الإعدادات العامة في هذه المجموعة.</" +"p>\n" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 msgid "Samba Group Name" msgstr "اسم مجموعة سامبا" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:85 src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:85 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:85 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:85 msgid "Samba Attributes" msgstr "خصائص سامبا" -#. summary -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:95 +#. summary +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:95 msgid "Manage samba account parameters" msgstr "إدارة معلمات حساب samba" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:203 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:203 msgid "Could not update objectClass attribute." msgstr "تعذر تحديث سمة طبقة الكائن." -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252 msgid "Could not initialize Samba SID. Disabling plug-in." msgstr "تعذرت تهيئة معرف خدمة Samba. تعطيل الأداة الإضافية." -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294 msgid "Change the password to create the Samba account" msgstr "غير كلمة السر لعمل حساب للسامبا" -#. summary -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95 +#. summary +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95 msgid "Manage Samba attribute of LDAP groups" msgstr "إدارة سمة Samba لمجموعات LDAP" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/scanner.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/scanner.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/scanner.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: scanner\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,219 +14,219 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Text for the command_line_description: -#. (the same as the caption of the matching help text) -#. Whole configuration of scanner but without reading and writing. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/clients/scanner.rb:51 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:114 +#. Text for the command_line_description: +#. (the same as the caption of the matching help text) +#. Whole configuration of scanner but without reading and writing. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/clients/scanner.rb:51 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:114 msgid "Scanner Configuration" msgstr "تكوين الماسحة الضوئية" -#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:116 +#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "Driver" msgstr "برنامج التشغيل" -#. Header for a column of the overview table -#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:119 +#. Header for a column of the overview table +#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "الماسحة الضوئية" -#. Label of a button to restart autodetection of scanners: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:125 +#. Label of a button to restart autodetection of scanners: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "&Restart Detection" msgstr "إعادة ب&دء الاكتشاف" -#. Label of a button to test a scanner: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:130 +#. Label of a button to test a scanner: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:130 msgid "&Test" msgstr "اختبا&ر" -#. Label of a button to run hp-setup. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:136 +#. Label of a button to run hp-setup. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Run &hp-setup" msgstr "تشغ&يل hp-setup" -#. Label of a button to go to the network scanning dialog. -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" -#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" -#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services): -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:145 +#. Label of a button to go to the network scanning dialog. +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" +#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" +#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services): +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Scanning via &Network..." msgstr "المسح ال&ضوئي من خلال الشبكة..." -#. edit -#. delete -#. Test if the active backend is the 'net' meta-backend: -#. test -#. select a scanner -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:209 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:334 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:456 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:532 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:753 +#. edit +#. delete +#. Test if the active backend is the 'net' meta-backend: +#. test +#. select a scanner +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:209 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:334 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:532 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي شيء" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no model was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:211 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:336 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:458 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:755 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no model was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:211 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:336 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:458 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "حدد إدخالاً." -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:300 +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "Edit Not Possible" msgstr "لا يمكن إجراء التحرير" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button: -#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: -#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button: +#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: +#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." msgstr "يمكن فقط حذف برنامج تشغيل بدون ماسحة ضوئية مطابقة." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:305 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:374 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:513 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:305 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:513 msgid "It is only possible to add a scanner." msgstr "يمكن فقط إضافة ماسحة ضوئية." -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:355 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:369 +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:355 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Delete Not Possible" msgstr "لا يمكن إجراء أي حذف" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button: -#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: -#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:360 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:482 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button: +#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: +#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:360 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "It is only possible to edit a detected scanner." msgstr "يمكن فقط تحرير إحدى الماسحات الضوئية التي تم اكتشافها." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:426 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Deactivate %1?" msgstr "هل تريد إلغاء تنشيط %1؟" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver (backend) name. -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver (backend) name. +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261 msgid "Failed to deactivate %1." msgstr "فشل إلغاء تنشيط %1." -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:477 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:492 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:508 +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:477 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Test Not Possible" msgstr "لا يمكن إجراء أي اختبار" -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::TestBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:542 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::TestBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "Failed to test %1." msgstr "فشل اختبار %1." -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::RunHpsetup -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:582 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::RunHpsetup +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:582 msgid "Failed to run hp-setup." msgstr "فشل تشغيل hp-setup." -#. Select model dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:605 +#. Select model dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "Scanner Model and Driver Selection" msgstr "تحديد طراز الطابعة وبرنامج التشغيل" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field to enter a search string: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:662 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field to enter a search string: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:662 msgid "S&earch String" msgstr "سلسلة البح&ث" -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:675 +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&بحث" -#. Label of a PushButton to show all entries of a list: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:680 +#. Label of a PushButton to show all entries of a list: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:680 msgid "Show Complete &List" msgstr "إظ&هار القائمة الكاملة" -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:688 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:724 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:688 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "Scanner &Models" msgstr "طرازات الماسحة الض&وئية" -#. Header of a SelectionBox with the complete list of models: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:740 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with the complete list of models: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:740 msgid "All Scanner &Models" msgstr "كاف&ة طرازات الماسحات الضوئية" -#. Compare how the ModelItems function builds the matching status_strings by using the same logic: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:773 +#. Compare how the ModelItems function builds the matching status_strings by using the same logic: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:773 msgid "Unsupported Model" msgstr "طراز غير مدعم" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an unsupported model was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:775 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an unsupported model was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "This model is not supported.\n" "Ask the manufacturer for a Linux driver." @@ -234,16 +234,16 @@ "هذا الطراز غير مدعم.\n" "ارجع إلى الشركة المصنّعة لبرنامج تشغيل Linux." -#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:784 +#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:784 msgid "Model Not Supported by the Driver %1" msgstr "الطراز غير مدعم بواسطة برنامج التشغيل %1" -#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected -#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:789 +#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected +#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "" "Check if another driver supports it,\n" "select a compatible model,\n" @@ -253,41 +253,45 @@ "حدد طرازًا متوافقًا،\n" " أو ارجع إلى الشركة المصنّعة لبرنامج تشغيل Linux." -#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:832 +#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Unsupported Driver" msgstr "برنامج التشغيل غير مدعم" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the epkowa driver was selected -#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). -#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 -msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." -msgstr "لا يتوفر برنامج تشغيل epkowa إلا للهياكل المتوافقة i386 (32 بت وأيضًا 64 بت x86_64)." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the epkowa driver was selected +#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). +#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "" +"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-" +"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." +msgstr "" +"لا يتوفر برنامج تشغيل epkowa إلا للهياكل المتوافقة i386 (32 بت وأيضًا 64 بت " +"x86_64)." -#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 +#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 msgid "Possibly Problematic Driver" msgstr "برنامج تشغيل يُحتمل وجود مشكلات به" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64. -#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64. +#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit x86_64 architecture." msgstr "قد يسبب برنامج التشغيل epkowa مشاكل في هيكل x86_64 64 بت." -#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 +#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Outdated Driver" msgstr "برنامج تشغيل قديم" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected. -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:870 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected. +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "" "The hpoj driver should work but it is no longer maintained.\n" "Try to use the up-to-date driver hpaio." @@ -295,70 +299,70 @@ "من المفترض أن برنامج التشغيل hpoj صالح للعمل، لكن عمليات صيانته توقفت.\n" "يمكنك تجربة استخدام برنامج التشغيل الحديث hpaio." -#. Configure backend dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:892 +#. Configure backend dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Scanner and Driver Setup" msgstr "إعداد الماسحة الضوئية وبرنامج التشغيل" -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::ActivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:940 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::ActivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:940 msgid "Failed to activate %1." msgstr "فشل تنشيط %1." -#. Caption of the ConfigureNetworkScanningDialog: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1005 +#. Caption of the ConfigureNetworkScanningDialog: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1005 msgid "Set Up Scanning via Network" msgstr "إعداد المسح الضوئي من خلال الشبكة" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1008 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Permitted &Clients for saned" msgstr "ال&عملاء المسموح بهم لبرنامج saned" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1012 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1012 msgid "&Servers Used for the net Metadriver" msgstr "الخوادم المستخدمة لبرنامج &تشغيل بيانات التعريف net" -#. All contenst of the scanning via network dialog: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1023 +#. All contenst of the scanning via network dialog: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1023 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخادم" -#. Label of a Frame for the server settings for scanning via network. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1032 +#. Label of a Frame for the server settings for scanning via network. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1032 msgid "Client Settings" msgstr "إعدادات العميل" -#. Label of a Frame for the client settings for scanning via network. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1041 +#. Label of a Frame for the client settings for scanning via network. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Predefined Configurations" msgstr "التكوينات المحددة مسبقًا" -#. Label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. -#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" -#. because this term is used also in the help text -#. and in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1050 +#. Label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. +#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" +#. because this term is used also in the help text +#. and in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Local Host Configuration" msgstr "تكو&ين المضيف المحلي" -#. Label of a PushButton to disable scanning via network. -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" -#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" -#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1061 +#. Label of a PushButton to disable scanning via network. +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" +#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" +#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1061 msgid "&Disable Scanning via Network" msgstr "تع&طيل المسح الضوئي من خلال الشبكة" -#. Read dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -370,8 +374,8 @@ " الرجاء الانتظار...\n" " </p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Saving Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -383,41 +387,45 @@ " الرجاء الانتظار...\n" " </p>" -#. Overview dialog help 1/8: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:52 +#. Overview dialog help 1/8: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active " +"scanners.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>تكوين الماسحة الضوئية</big></b><br>\n" -" إعداد تكوين الماسحة الضوئية أو تغييره وإظهار الماسحات الضوئية النشطة بالفعل.\n" +" إعداد تكوين الماسحة الضوئية أو تغييره وإظهار الماسحات الضوئية النشطة " +"بالفعل.\n" " </p>" -#. Overview dialog help 2/8: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:59 +#. Overview dialog help 2/8: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" "detected scanners and press <b>Edit</b>.\n" -"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual configuration.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual " +"configuration.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "لإعداد ماسحة ضوئية جديدة، اختر الماسحة الضوئية من قائمة\n" " الماسحات الضوئية التي تم اكتشافها، ثم اضغط <b>تحرير</b>.\n" -" في حالة عدم اكتشاف الماسحة الضوئية الخاصة بك، استخدم <b>إضافة</b> لإجراء التكوين اليدوي.\n" +" في حالة عدم اكتشاف الماسحة الضوئية الخاصة بك، استخدم <b>إضافة</b> لإجراء " +"التكوين اليدوي.\n" " </p>" -#. Overview dialog help 3/8: -#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "OfficeJet", it is a model name. -#. Do not change or translate "PSC", it is a model (Printer Scanner Copier) name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#. Do not change or translate "lsusb", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:72 +#. Overview dialog help 3/8: +#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "OfficeJet", it is a model name. +#. Do not change or translate "PSC", it is a model (Printer Scanner Copier) name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#. Do not change or translate "lsusb", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p>\n" "A normal USB scanner should be detected automatically.\n" @@ -434,7 +442,8 @@ "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " +"scanner.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -455,16 +464,17 @@ "إذا لم يتم إدراجها هناك، لا يمكن أن يتصل نظام USB بالماسحة الضوئية.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 4/8: -#. Do not change or translate "lsscsi", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:93 +#. Overview dialog help 4/8: +#. Do not change or translate "lsscsi", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<p>\n" "SCSI scanners are normally detected.\n" "If difficulties arise proceeding with <b>Add</b>,\n" "check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been " +"loaded.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -475,9 +485,9 @@ " تحقق من تحميل وحدة kernel النمطية المناسبة لمحول مضيف SCSI.\n" " </p>" -#. Overview dialog help 5/8: -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:104 +#. Overview dialog help 5/8: +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Parallel port scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" @@ -485,7 +495,8 @@ "Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</" +"b>\n" "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -495,18 +506,20 @@ "يجب تكوين الماسحات الضوئية العامة المتصلة بمنفذ متوازٍ يدويًا.\n" "لإعداد وحدة الماسحة الضوئية في جهاز HP all-in-one،\n" "الذي يتم توصيله بالمنفذ المتوازي،\n" -"قد تضطر إلى تشغيل <tt>إعداد hp</tt> من خلال <b>أخرى</b> و<b>تشغيل إعداد hp</b>\n" -"قبل أن تتمكن من تكوين وحدة الماسحة الضوئية مع هذه الأداة باستخدام <b>إضافة</b>.\n" +"قد تضطر إلى تشغيل <tt>إعداد hp</tt> من خلال <b>أخرى</b> و<b>تشغيل إعداد hp</" +"b>\n" +"قبل أن تتمكن من تكوين وحدة الماسحة الضوئية مع هذه الأداة باستخدام <b>إضافة</" +"b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 6/8: -#. Do not confuse a "network scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is directly accessible in the network) -#. with a "network scanner" (i.e. a program which scans the network for other hosts or services) -#. or with a "remote scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is connected to another host in the network). -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:122 +#. Overview dialog help 6/8: +#. Do not confuse a "network scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is directly accessible in the network) +#. with a "network scanner" (i.e. a program which scans the network for other hosts or services) +#. or with a "remote scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is connected to another host in the network). +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Network scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" @@ -518,8 +531,10 @@ "connected to another host in the network.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n" -"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</" +"b>\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</" +"b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -536,21 +551,22 @@ "قبل تكوين وحدة الماسحة الضوئية مع هذه الأداة باستخدام <b>إضافة</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 7/8: -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#. It is not possible to modify or remove an active scanner directly. -#. It is only possible to modify or remove a driver and this way -#. all scanners which are associated with this driver are modified or removed. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:144 +#. Overview dialog help 7/8: +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#. It is not possible to modify or remove an active scanner directly. +#. It is only possible to modify or remove a driver and this way +#. all scanners which are associated with this driver are modified or removed. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The table lists the configured drivers with their associated scanners.\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to select model and driver and enable it.\n" "Press <b>Edit</b> to select and enable a driver.\n" "Press <b>Delete</b> to disable the driver.\n" -"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" +"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled " +"drivers,\n" "set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -559,26 +575,28 @@ "اضغط <b>إضافة</b> لتحديد الطراز وبرنامج التشغيل، ثم تمكينه.\n" "اضغط <b>تحرير</b> لتحديد برنامج التشغيل وتمكينه.\n" "اضغط <b>حذف</b> لتعطيل برنامج التشغيل.\n" -"في حالة ضغط <b>أخرى</b>، يمكنك إعادة بدء تشغيل عملية الاكتشاف أو اختبار برامج التشغيل الممكنة أو إعداد \n" +"في حالة ضغط <b>أخرى</b>، يمكنك إعادة بدء تشغيل عملية الاكتشاف أو اختبار " +"برامج التشغيل الممكنة أو إعداد \n" "أجهزة HP all-in-one أو إعداد المسح الضوئي عبر الشبكة.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 8/8: -#. The most often problem which is reported by users regarding scanner setup is -#. when a driver was set up but then no scanner was recognized by this driver. -#. If the driver is the right one for the scanner, then in very most cases -#. the reason is a low-level (kernel related) device communication problem -#. (i.e. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem). -#. Those problems cannot be fixed from within the YaST scanner setup module -#. but at least the user must be informed. -#. Be careful when you change or translate "No scanner recognized by this driver" -#. because exactly this text is shown here to the user in this case. -#. In particular keep the meaning of "recognize" because the driver actually runs -#. but the running driver fails to recognize the scanner. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 +#. Overview dialog help 8/8: +#. The most often problem which is reported by users regarding scanner setup is +#. when a driver was set up but then no scanner was recognized by this driver. +#. If the driver is the right one for the scanner, then in very most cases +#. the reason is a low-level (kernel related) device communication problem +#. (i.e. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem). +#. Those problems cannot be fixed from within the YaST scanner setup module +#. but at least the user must be informed. +#. Be careful when you change or translate "No scanner recognized by this driver" +#. because exactly this text is shown here to the user in this case. +#. In particular keep the meaning of "recognize" because the driver actually runs +#. but the running driver fails to recognize the scanner. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible " +"reasons are:\n" "The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" "the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" "(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" @@ -588,7 +606,8 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"إذا تم إعداد برنامج التشغيل دون التعرف على الماسحة الضوئية، قد يرجع ذلك إلى الأسباب التالية:\n" +"إذا تم إعداد برنامج التشغيل دون التعرف على الماسحة الضوئية، قد يرجع ذلك إلى " +"الأسباب التالية:\n" "الماسحة الضوئية غير متصلة أو تم إيقاف تشغيلها،\n" "برنامج التشغيل غير مناسب للطراز\n" "(حتى الاختلافات البسيطة في أسماء الطرازات أو الاختلافات الداخلية في\n" @@ -597,14 +616,15 @@ "(على سبيل المثال، مشكلة USB ذات مستوى منخفض أو مشكلة SCSI ذات مستوى منخفض).\n" "</p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 1/5: -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:180 +#. SelectModel dialog help 1/5: +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner Model Selection</big></b><br>\n" "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" -"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing " +"<b>Next</b>.\n" "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "</p>" @@ -617,48 +637,63 @@ " <tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>على ويب\n" " </p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 2/5: -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "sane-backends", it is a package name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 +#. SelectModel dialog help 2/5: +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "sane-backends", it is a package name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" -"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" -"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete.<br>\n" -"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " +"available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-" +"backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete." +"<br>\n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver " +"does not work.\n" "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" -"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" -"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver " +"internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained " +"driver.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"يتم دعم طراز ما إذا توفر أحد برنامج التشغيل المناسب على الأقل للماسحة الضوئية.\n" -"تنتمي معظم برامج تشغيل الماسحات الضوئية إلى مشروع SANE ويتم توفيرها في حزمة الخوادم الخلفية لواجهة sane.\n" +"يتم دعم طراز ما إذا توفر أحد برنامج التشغيل المناسب على الأقل للماسحة " +"الضوئية.\n" +"تنتمي معظم برامج تشغيل الماسحات الضوئية إلى مشروع SANE ويتم توفيرها في حزمة " +"الخوادم الخلفية لواجهة sane.\n" "تختلف حالة الدعم لطراز معين من الحد الأدنى إلى كامل.<br>\n" -"عندما يتم عرض برنامج تشغيل على أنه 'غير محتفظ به'، لا يعنى هذا أن برنامج التشغيل لا يعمل.\n" +"عندما يتم عرض برنامج تشغيل على أنه 'غير محتفظ به'، لا يعنى هذا أن برنامج " +"التشغيل لا يعمل.\n" "على العكس يمكن أن يعمل برنامج التشغيل غير المحتفظ به على نحو جيد تمامًا.\n" -"لكن معنى ذلك أنه لم يعد يوجد الشخص الذي تتوفر له معرفة بالوحدات الداخلية لبرنامج التشغيل \n" -"لذلك، لن يتم الحصول عادةً على مساعدة في حالة وجود مشاكل ببرنامج تشغيل غير محتفظ به.\n" +"لكن معنى ذلك أنه لم يعد يوجد الشخص الذي تتوفر له معرفة بالوحدات الداخلية " +"لبرنامج التشغيل \n" +"لذلك، لن يتم الحصول عادةً على مساعدة في حالة وجود مشاكل ببرنامج تشغيل غير " +"محتفظ به.\n" "</p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 +#. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" -"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a " +"driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an " +"unsupported scanner.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"حتى في حالة عدم توفر برنامج تشغيل لطراز ما، قد يتوفر لدى الشركة المصنّعة برنامج تشغيل.\n" -" لذلك، يجب أن تطلب من الشركة المصنّعة للماسحة الضوئية برنامج تشغيل لماسحة ضوئية غير مدعمة.\n" +"حتى في حالة عدم توفر برنامج تشغيل لطراز ما، قد يتوفر لدى الشركة المصنّعة " +"برنامج تشغيل.\n" +" لذلك، يجب أن تطلب من الشركة المصنّعة للماسحة الضوئية برنامج تشغيل لماسحة " +"ضوئية غير مدعمة.\n" " </p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: -#. Add the following sentence to translations: -#. Such comments are only available in English. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:213 +#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: +#. Add the following sentence to translations: +#. Such comments are only available in English. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>\n" "When additional comments are available, they are shown in square brackets.\n" @@ -668,40 +703,50 @@ "عند توفر تعليقات إضافية، تظهر في أقواس مربعة.\n" " </p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: -#. Do not change or translate "^Epson.*", "^Epson.*perfection", "^Epson.*1200": -#. These are intentionally selected actually working examples. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:221 +#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: +#. Do not change or translate "^Epson.*", "^Epson.*perfection", "^Epson.*1200": +#. These are intentionally selected actually working examples. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use the <b>Search String</b> to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" "To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" -"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" -"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" -"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" -"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" -"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" -"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is " +"also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this " +"list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson." +"*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search " +"string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." +"*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." +"*1200</tt>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "استخدم <b>سلسلة البحث</b> للبحث عن إدخال مناسب بسرعة.\n" " للبحث عن نص ما في أي مكان بالجدول، أدخل النص في الحقل.\n" -" يمكنك أيضًا إجراء بحث أكثر تعقيدًا باستخدام تعبير عادي غير مميز لحالة الأحرف.\n" +" يمكنك أيضًا إجراء بحث أكثر تعقيدًا باستخدام تعبير عادي غير مميز لحالة " +"الأحرف.\n" " في حالة اكتشاف الماسحة الضوئية وتوفر اسم الشركة المصنّعة في هذه القائمة،\n" " يتم تعيين سلسلة البحث مسبقًا باسم الشركة المصنّعة، مثل <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" " لترشيح نتائج البحث، قم بإلحاق تفاصيل خاصة بالطراز بسلسلة البحث.\n" -" على سبيل المثال، قم بإلحاق كلمة تمثل جزءًا من اسم الطراز كما في <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" -" أو قم بإلحاق بعض الأرقام التي تمثل جزءًا من اسم الطراز كما في <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" +" على سبيل المثال، قم بإلحاق كلمة تمثل جزءًا من اسم الطراز كما في <tt>^Epson." +"*perfection</tt>\n" +" أو قم بإلحاق بعض الأرقام التي تمثل جزءًا من اسم الطراز كما في <tt>^Epson." +"*1200</tt>.\n" " </p>" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:235 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big></b><br>\n" "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" -"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</b>.\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</" +"b>.\n" "If you press <b>Back</b>, the driver is deactivated.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -712,8 +757,8 @@ " في حالة ضغط <b>الخلف</b>، يتم إلغاء تنشيط برنامج التشغيل.\n" " </p>" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:244 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Additional Packages</big></b><br>\n" @@ -729,8 +774,8 @@ "قد لا تتوفر مثل هذه الحزم لجميع الهياكل.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:253 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:253 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Firmware Upload</big></b><br>\n" @@ -744,25 +789,29 @@ " في هذه الحالة، يتم عرض نص توضيحي مناسب.\n" " </p>" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 4/4: -#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPOJ", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-officeJet", it is a package name. -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#. The "for all" is crucial in "either ... or ... must be used for all HP all-in-one devices". -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:269 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 4/4: +#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPOJ", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-officeJet", it is a package name. +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#. The "for all" is crucial in "either ... or ... must be used for all HP all-in-one devices". +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:269 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>HP All-in-One Devices</big></b><br>\n" "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" -"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" -"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" -"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" -"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one " +"devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer " +"available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-" +"one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio " +"driver.\n" "Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" "but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" "Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" @@ -780,13 +829,14 @@ "يمكن تثبيت كل من حزمتي البرامج في نفس الوقت\n" "ولكن لا يمكن تشغيل\n" "خدمة ptal وبرنامج التشغيل hpaio معًا.\n" -" ولذلك، يجب استخدام خدمة ptal أو برنامج التشغيل hpaio مع كافة أجهزة HP all-in-one.\n" +" ولذلك، يجب استخدام خدمة ptal أو برنامج التشغيل hpaio مع كافة أجهزة HP all-" +"in-one.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:288 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:288 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanning via Network</big></b><br>\n" @@ -800,18 +850,21 @@ " لإعداد المسح الضوئي من خلال الشبكة.\n" " </p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 2/5: -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "CIDR", it is a (sub)-network notation name. -#. Do not change or translate "192.168.1.0/24", it is an intentionally selected actually working example. -#. Do not change or translate "xinetd", it is a program (daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:300 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 2/5: +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "CIDR", it is a (sub)-network notation name. +#. Do not change or translate "192.168.1.0/24", it is an intentionally selected actually working example. +#. Do not change or translate "xinetd", it is a program (daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:300 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" -"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" -"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via " +"the network,\n" +"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " +"server.\n" +"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to " +"access saned on your server.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -821,22 +874,25 @@ "<p>\n" "<b><big>إعدادات الخادم</big></b><br>\n" "إذا كان لديك ماسحات ضوئية متصلة محليًا وتريد إتاحة الوصول إليها عبر الشبكة،\n" -"قم بإعداد برنامج محرك مسح الشبكة لبرنامج saned حتى يصبح الجهاز المضيف الخاص بك خادمًا.\n" -"في <b>الأجهزة العميلة المسموح بها</b>، أدخل الأجهزة المضيفة للعميل المسموح لها بالوصول إلى برنامج saned على خادمك.\n" -"أدخل قائمة مفصولة بفواصل للأجهزة المضيفة للعميل (أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة أو عناوين IP)\n" +"قم بإعداد برنامج محرك مسح الشبكة لبرنامج saned حتى يصبح الجهاز المضيف الخاص " +"بك خادمًا.\n" +"في <b>الأجهزة العميلة المسموح بها</b>، أدخل الأجهزة المضيفة للعميل المسموح " +"لها بالوصول إلى برنامج saned على خادمك.\n" +"أدخل قائمة مفصولة بفواصل للأجهزة المضيفة للعميل (أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة أو " +"عناوين IP)\n" " أو الشبكات الفرعية (تدوين CIDR، مثل 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "في حالة عدم السماح بأجهزة مضيفة للعميل، لا يتم تنشيط برنامج saned.\n" "وإذا تم تنشيط saned، يتم تنشيط برنامج xinetd أيضًا وإعداد برنامج saned.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "sane-port", it is a port name (see /etc/services). -#. Be careful when you change or translate "external", "internal", and "zone" -#. to keep the relationship to the matching terms in the YaST firewall setup module -#. where also "external zone", and "internal zone" is used. -#. Keep the information that external access is useless and insecure (see "man saned"). -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:319 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "sane-port", it is a port name (see /etc/services). +#. Be careful when you change or translate "external", "internal", and "zone" +#. to keep the relationship to the matching terms in the YaST firewall setup module +#. where also "external zone", and "internal zone" is used. +#. Keep the information that external access is useless and insecure (see "man saned"). +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Regarding Firewall</big></b><br>\n" @@ -871,8 +927,10 @@ "<p>\n" "<b><big>بخصوص جدار الحماية</big></b><br>\n" "يستخدم جدار الحماية بغرض حماية عمليات الخادم التي يتم تشغيلها\n" -"على المضيف الخاص بك لتوفير الحماية من محاولات الوصول غير المرغوب فيها عبر الشبكة.\n" -"لاستخدام الماسحات الضوئية عبر الشبكة، يمثل برنامج محرك شبكة SANE (برنامج (saned)\n" +"على المضيف الخاص بك لتوفير الحماية من محاولات الوصول غير المرغوب فيها عبر " +"الشبكة.\n" +"لاستخدام الماسحات الضوئية عبر الشبكة، يمثل برنامج محرك شبكة SANE (برنامج " +"(saned)\n" "عملية الخادم التي يجب تشغيلها حتى تتمكن الأجهزة العميلة البعيدة\n" "من الاتصال بالجهاز المضيف المحلي الخاص بك\n" "تتصل الأجهزة المضيفة للعميل ببرنامج saned عبر منفذ sane(منفذ TCP 6566)\n" @@ -880,7 +938,8 @@ "وبالتالي، لا يكفي المنفذ 6566 فقط لإجراء المسح عبر الشبكة.<br>\n" "لا تفتح منفذ sane 6566 أو أي منفذ آخر\n" "بخصوص استخدام الماسحات الضوئية للمنطقة الخارجية في جدار الحماية.\n" -"يُعد هذا لأمر خطرًا لأنه يسمح بالوصول إلى برنامج saned من الأجهزة المضيفة الخارجية\n" +"يُعد هذا لأمر خطرًا لأنه يسمح بالوصول إلى برنامج saned من الأجهزة المضيفة " +"الخارجية\n" "لذلك لا يعد يوفر جدار الحماية أي حماية لبرنامج saned.\n" "كما أن السماح بالوصول من طريق الشبكة الخارجية (أي للمنطقة الخارجية)\n" "لا معنى له لأن المستندات الممسوحة تتطلب\n" @@ -892,22 +951,25 @@ "إلى المنطقة الداخلية لجدار الحماية.\n" "استخدم الوحدة النمطية لإعداد جدار الحماية YaST للقيام بهذا الإعداد الأساسي\n" "بخصوص أمان الشبكة وجدار الحماية والمسح عبر الشبكة\n" -"سيعمل بدون أي إعداد إضافي لجدار الحماية.<br>للحصول على التفاصيل، راجع مقال قاعدة بيانات\n" +"سيعمل بدون أي إعداد إضافي لجدار الحماية.<br>للحصول على التفاصيل، راجع مقال " +"قاعدة بيانات\n" "دعم openSUSE\n" " 'إعدادات جدار الحماية لـ CUPS وSANE' في<br>\n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 4/5: -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:354 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 4/5: +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:354 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Client Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" -"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the " +"network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the " +"servers.\n" "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" "In <b>Servers Used</b>, enter which servers should be used.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" @@ -916,23 +978,26 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>إعدادات العميل</big></b><br>\n" -"إذا أردت الوصول إلى الماسحات الضوئية المتصلة بأجهزة مضيفة (خوادم) أخرى في الشبكة،\n" -"قم بإعداد برنامج تشغيل بيانات التعريف net للوصول إليها من خلال برنامج المحرك قيد التشغيل على الخوادم.\n" -"يجب أن يتيح كل من برنامج saned وجدار الحماية الموجودين على الخوادم إمكانية الوصول.\n" +"إذا أردت الوصول إلى الماسحات الضوئية المتصلة بأجهزة مضيفة (خوادم) أخرى في " +"الشبكة،\n" +"قم بإعداد برنامج تشغيل بيانات التعريف net للوصول إليها من خلال برنامج المحرك " +"قيد التشغيل على الخوادم.\n" +"يجب أن يتيح كل من برنامج saned وجدار الحماية الموجودين على الخوادم إمكانية " +"الوصول.\n" "في <b>الخوادم المستخدمة</b>، أدخل الخوادم التي يجب استخدامها.\n" "أدخل قائمة خوادم، مفصولة بفاصلة (أسماء الخوادم أو عناوين IP).\n" "في حالة عدم إدخال أية خوادم، لن يتم تنشيط الشبكة.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 5/5: -#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" -#. because this term is used also in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel -#. and as label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "localhost", it is a fixed hostname for the local host. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:373 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 5/5: +#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" +#. because this term is used also in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel +#. and as label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "localhost", it is a fixed hostname for the local host. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:373 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Local Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -946,23 +1011,26 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>تكوين المضيف المحلي</big></b><br>\n" -" باستخدام شبكة الاسترجاع، يمكن استخدام برنامج saned وبرنامج تشغيل بيانات التعريف net\n" +" باستخدام شبكة الاسترجاع، يمكن استخدام برنامج saned وبرنامج تشغيل بيانات " +"التعريف net\n" " حتى على المضيف المحلي الخاص بك.\n" " في هذه الحالة، يقوم جهاز واحد بدور الخادم والعميل (localhost).\n" -" تتطلب بعض الماسحات الضوئية، مثل الماسحات الضوئية المتصلة بمنفذ متوازٍ، امتيازات المسؤول.\n" +" تتطلب بعض الماسحات الضوئية، مثل الماسحات الضوئية المتصلة بمنفذ متوازٍ، " +"امتيازات المسؤول.\n" " عند إدخال <tt>localhost</tt> لكل من الخادم والعميل،\n" -" يمكنك الوصول إلى هذه الماسحة الضوئية حتى باعتبارك مستخدمًا عاديًا على المضيف المحلي.\n" +" يمكنك الوصول إلى هذه الماسحة الضوئية حتى باعتبارك مستخدمًا عاديًا على المضيف " +"المحلي.\n" " </p>" -#. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence: -#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:116 +#. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence: +#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:116 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment -#. to display an error message where -#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:355 +#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment +#. to display an error message where +#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:355 msgid "" "The error message is:\n" "\n" @@ -972,22 +1040,23 @@ "\n" "%1" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:377 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:377 msgid "Failed to determine the version of package %1." msgstr "فشل تحديد إصدار الحزمة %1." -#. Message of a Popup::Error for models which require -#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson -#. (formerly Avasys, see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=746038). -#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. -#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 +#. Message of a Popup::Error for models which require +#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson +#. (formerly Avasys, see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=746038). +#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. +#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 msgid "" "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" -"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " +"Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" @@ -1016,209 +1085,215 @@ "حزمة 'iscan' للبرنامج الأساسي وحزمة 'الأداة الإضافية لـ iscan' \n" " المعتمدة على الطراز الإضافي بالوحدة النمطية المملوكة.\n" -#. Is the package available to be installed? -#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 -msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +#. Is the package available to be installed? +#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 +msgid "" +"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " +"available." msgstr "الحزمة المطلوبة %1 غير مثبَّتة ولا يتوفر أي مخزن حزم." -#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 -msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 +msgid "" +"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت الحزمة المطلوبة %1 وهي غير متوفرة في المخزن." -#. Only a simple message because: -#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, -#. or this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:476 +#. Only a simple message because: +#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, +#. or this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:476 msgid "Failed to install required package %1." msgstr "فشل تثبيت الحزمة المطلوبة %1." -#. Message of a Popup::Error when there is no response from the 'scanimage' command. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:497 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when there is no response from the 'scanimage' command. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:497 msgid "" "Failed to determine the active scanners.\n" "If the net metadriver is activated while there is a problem\n" "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is " +"fixed.\n" msgstr "" "فشل تحديد الماسحات الضوئية النشطة.\n" "في حالة تنشيط برنامج تشغيل بيانات تعريف النت أثناء وجود مشكلة\n" "في الشبكة، قد لا يستجيب الأمر 'scanimage -L'. على سبيل المثال،\n" -"قد يحدث هذا في حالة تشويه الاتصال بأحد الخوادم الذي يستخدمه برنامج تشغيل بيانات تعريف النت\n" +"قد يحدث هذا في حالة تشويه الاتصال بأحد الخوادم الذي يستخدمه برنامج تشغيل " +"بيانات تعريف النت\n" "نظرًا لإسقاط جدار الحماية بعض عمليات السر عبر الشبكة.\n" -"وفي هذه الحال، يتم تعطيل برنامج تشغيل بيانات تعريف الشبكة حتى يتم إصلاح المشكلة في الشبكة.\n" +"وفي هذه الحال، يتم تعطيل برنامج تشغيل بيانات تعريف الشبكة حتى يتم إصلاح " +"المشكلة في الشبكة.\n" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was determined. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:519 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was determined. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:519 msgid "Failed to determine the active scanners." msgstr "فشل تحديد الماسحات الضوئية النشطة." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "الملف %1 غير موجود." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "فشلت قراءة %1." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was determined. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:577 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was determined. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:577 msgid "Failed to determine the active drivers." msgstr "فشل تحديد برامج التشغيل النشطة." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:636 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:636 msgid "Failed to detect scanners automatically." msgstr "فشل اكتشاف الماسحات الضوئية تلقائيًا." -#. Global functions: -#. Read all scanner settings: -#. - Check installed packages -#. - Read or create the scanner database -#. - Determine active scanners -#. - Determine active backends -#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK scanners -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:766 +#. Global functions: +#. Read all scanner settings: +#. - Check installed packages +#. - Read or create the scanner database +#. - Determine active scanners +#. - Determine active backends +#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK scanners +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:766 msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين الماسحة الضوئية" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "التحقق من الحزم المثبَّتة" -#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772 +#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772 msgid "Read or create the scanner database" msgstr "قراءة قاعدة بيانات الماسحة الضوئية أو إنشاؤها" -#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 +#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 msgid "Determine active scanners" msgstr "تحديد الماسحات الضوئية النشطة" -#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776 +#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776 msgid "Determine active drivers" msgstr "تحديد برامج التشغيل النشطة" -#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:778 +#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:778 msgid "Detect scanners" msgstr "اكتشاف الماسحات الضوئية" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781 msgid "Checking installed packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من الحزم المثبَّتة..." -#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783 +#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783 msgid "Reading or creating the scanner database..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة قاعدة بيانات الماسحة الضوئية أو إنشاؤها..." -#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 +#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 msgid "Determining active scanners..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديد الماسحات الضوئية النشطة..." -#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787 +#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787 msgid "Determining active drivers..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديد برامج التشغيل النشطة..." -#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1001 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1070 +#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1001 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1070 msgid "Detecting scanners..." msgstr "اكتشاف بطاقات الماسحات الضوئية..." -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003 +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database): -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:859 +#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database): +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:859 msgid "Creating scanner database..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء قاعدة بيانات الماسحة الضوئية..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:893 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:893 msgid "Aborting: Failed to create the scanner database." msgstr "إيقاف: فشل إنشاء قاعدة بيانات الماسحة الضوئية." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:933 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:933 msgid "Aborting: Failed to read %1." msgstr "إيقاف: فشلت قراءة %1." -#. Write scanner settings: -#. - Save the actual environment -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1023 +#. Write scanner settings: +#. - Save the actual environment +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1023 msgid "Writing Scanner Configuration" msgstr "كتابة تكوين الماسحة الضوئية" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026 msgid "Save the actual environment" msgstr "حفظ البيئة الفعلية" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028 msgid "Saving the actual environment..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ البيئة الفعلية..." -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1088 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1088 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the running ptal service could prevent\n" @@ -1234,9 +1309,9 @@ "وإيقاف خدمةptal وتغيير تكوين الطابعة لاستخدام HPLIP\n" "وبدء تكوين الماسحة الضوئية مرة أخرى بعد ذلك.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1099 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1099 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened. \n" "This happens if YaST runs in text-only mode, or the user who runs YaST \n" @@ -1246,16 +1321,17 @@ "again afterwards.\n" msgstr "" "لا يمكن تشغيل إعداد hp بسبب عدم إمكانية فتح عرض رسومي. \n" -"يحدث هذا في حالة تشغيل YaST في وضع نص فقط، أو عندما لا يتوفر للمستخدم الذي يشغل YaST مجموعة متغيرة لبيئة \n" +"يحدث هذا في حالة تشغيل YaST في وضع نص فقط، أو عندما لا يتوفر للمستخدم الذي " +"يشغل YaST مجموعة متغيرة لبيئة \n" " DISPLAY، أو إذا لم يُسمح لعملية YaST بالوصول إلى \n" "العرض الرسومي. في هذه الحالة، قم بإيقاف تكوين الماسحة الضوئية \n" "، وتشغيل إعداد hp يدويًا، وبدء تكوين الماسحة الضوئية\n" "مرة أخرى فيما بعد.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1111 +#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1111 msgid "" "It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\n" "Should the hplip package be installed?\n" @@ -1263,9 +1339,9 @@ "يبدو أنه لم يتم تثبيت hplip المطلوبة لتشغيل إعداد hp.\n" " هل تريد أن يتم تثبيت hplip الحزمة؟\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1117 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1117 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" @@ -1275,192 +1351,204 @@ "/usr/bin/hp-setup غير قابل للتنفيذ\n" "أو غير موجود.\n" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner " +"configuration.\n" msgstr "" "تم بدء تشغيل hp-setup.\n" "يجب أن تقوم بإنهاء hp-setup قبل متابعة تكوين الطابعة.\n" -#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column -#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1296 +#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column +#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1296 msgid "Not Configured:" msgstr "غير مكوَّن:" -#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 +#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: +#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "جهاز غير معروف" -#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230 +#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: +#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230 msgid "Unknown manufacturer" msgstr "شركة مصنّعة غير معروفة" -#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 +#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: +#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 msgid "Unknown model" msgstr "طراز غير معروف" -#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name -#. %2 will be replaced by the model name -#. %3 will be replaced by the device name -#. where the scanner is connected to: -#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name -#. %2 will be replaced by the model name -#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225 +#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name +#. %2 will be replaced by the model name +#. %3 will be replaced by the device name +#. where the scanner is connected to: +#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name +#. %2 will be replaced by the model name +#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225 msgid "%1 %2 at %3" msgstr "%1 %2 في %3" -#. A suffix for the second column of a table -#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column -#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1402 +#. A suffix for the second column of a table +#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column +#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1402 msgid "No scanner recognized by this driver" msgstr "لم يتم التعرف على أية ماسحة ضوئية بواسطة برنامج التشغيل هذا" -#. A fallback list entry so that there is no empty list shown to the user -#. when neither a scanner was autodetected -#. nor an active scanner was found -#. nor an active driver was found: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426 +#. A fallback list entry so that there is no empty list shown to the user +#. when neither a scanner was autodetected +#. nor an active scanner was found +#. nor an active driver was found: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426 msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists." -msgstr "لم يتم اكتشاف أية ماسحة ضوئية ولا توجد أية ماسحات ضوئية أو برامج تشغيل نشطة." +msgstr "" +"لم يتم اكتشاف أية ماسحة ضوئية ولا توجد أية ماسحات ضوئية أو برامج تشغيل نشطة." -#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455 +#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455 msgid "Firmware upload required." msgstr "مطلوب تحميل البرنامج الثابت." -#. Scanner model list entry for models which require -#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson/Avasys. -#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. -#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461 +#. Scanner model list entry for models which require +#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson/Avasys. +#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. +#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461 msgid "Third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys required." msgstr "مطلوب برنامج تشغيل مسح صور الطرف الثالث من Epson/Avasys." -#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name -#. which provides the driver for the particular model: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1527 +#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name +#. which provides the driver for the particular model: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1527 msgid "Package %1" msgstr "الحزمة %1" -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide good functionality." msgstr "قد توفر برنامج التشغيل %1 الذي لم يتم الاحتفاظ به وظيفة جيدة." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554 msgid "Driver %1 should provide good functionality." msgstr "ينبغي أن يوفر برنامج التشغيل %1 وظيفة جيدة." -#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1561 +#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1561 msgid "This scanner is not supported." msgstr "هذه الماسحة الضوئية غير مدعمة." -#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1566 +#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1566 msgid "This scanner is not supported by the driver %1." msgstr "هذا الماسح الضوئي غير معتمد من قبل برنامج التشغيل %1." -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality." msgstr "قد يوفر برنامج تشغيل التشغيل الذي لم يتم الاحتفاظ به %1 وظيفة كاملة." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584 msgid "Driver %1 should provide complete functionality." msgstr "ينبغي أن يوفر برنامج التشغيل %1 وظيفة كاملة." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but was not tested." msgstr "قد يعمل برنامج التشغيل %1، ولكن لم يتم اختباره." -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide basic functionality." msgstr "قد يوفر برنامج التشغيل الذي لم يتم الاحتفاظ به %1 الوظائف الأساسية." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609 msgid "Driver %1 should provide basic functionality." msgstr "يجب أن يوفر برنامج التشغيل %1 الوظائف الأساسية." -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality." -msgstr "قد يوفر برنامج التشغيل الذي لم يتم الاحتفاظ به %1 الحد الأدنى من الوظائف." +msgstr "" +"قد يوفر برنامج التشغيل الذي لم يتم الاحتفاظ به %1 الحد الأدنى من الوظائف." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627 msgid "Driver %1 should provide minimal functionality." msgstr "يجب أن يوفر برنامج التشغيل %1 الحد الأدنى من الوظائف." -#. which are listed but without a known support status: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635 +#. which are listed but without a known support status: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown." msgstr "قد يعمل برنامج التشغيل %1، ولكن الوظيفة غير معروفة." -#. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload -#. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. -#. The "somewhere" is important because normally the firmware file is not simply -#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only -#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886 +#. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload +#. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. +#. The "somewhere" is important because normally the firmware file is not simply +#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only +#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886 msgid "" -"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " +"memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" "\n" -"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot " +"distribute it.\n" "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" -"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web " +"site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular " +"scanner.\n" "Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" -"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware " +"upload.\n" "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" msgstr "" "يحتوي أي ملف برنامج ثابت على برنامج يجب تحميله إلى ذاكرة الماسحة الضوئية.\n" "لا يمكن أن تعمل الماسحة الضوئية بدون البرنامج الثابت.\n" "\n" -"لا يمكن توزيع البرنامج الثابت، لأنه تم ترخيصه بواسطة الشركة المصنّعة للماسحة الضوئية.\n" -"يتم تخزين ملف البرنامج الثابت عادةً في مكان ما على قرص مضغوط خاص بالشركة المصنّعة.\n" +"لا يمكن توزيع البرنامج الثابت، لأنه تم ترخيصه بواسطة الشركة المصنّعة للماسحة " +"الضوئية.\n" +"يتم تخزين ملف البرنامج الثابت عادةً في مكان ما على قرص مضغوط خاص بالشركة " +"المصنّعة.\n" "بدلًا من ذلك، يمكن إنزاله من موقع الشركة المصنّعة على الويب.\n" -"قم بالرجوع إلى الشركة المصنّعة للتعرف على كيفية الحصول على ملف البرنامج الثابت الخاص بماسحة ضوئية معينة.\n" +"قم بالرجوع إلى الشركة المصنّعة للتعرف على كيفية الحصول على ملف البرنامج " +"الثابت الخاص بماسحة ضوئية معينة.\n" "يمكنك العثور على معلومات إضافية مفيدة على موقع SANE التالي على الويب\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "بعد الحصول على ملف البرنامج الثابت، يجب تكوين برنامج التشغيل يدويًا.\n" -"توضح صفحة الدليل الخاصة ببرنامج التشغيل كيفية تكوينه لتحميل البرنامج الثابت.\n" +"توضح صفحة الدليل الخاصة ببرنامج التشغيل كيفية تكوينه لتحميل البرنامج " +"الثابت.\n" "ويتيح الأمر التالي إمكانية عرض صفحة الدليل الخاصة ببرنامج التشغيل لديك:\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905 +#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n" @@ -1472,26 +1560,29 @@ "ولن تعمل قوائم انتظار الطباعة التي تستخدم خدمة ptal بعد الآن.\n" "إذا أردت المتابعة، فقم بتغيير تكوين الطابعة لاستخدام خدمة hplip.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917 +#. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917 msgid "" "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" "\n" -"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" +"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be " +"initialized.\n" "Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" "The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" "Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" "before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" "An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" -"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB " +"fails,\n" "set up the PTAL system manually.\n" "If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" -"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" +"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/" +"lp0),\n" "so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" "\n" "Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" @@ -1509,130 +1600,133 @@ " إذا كان لديك جهاز لا يدعم USB أو في حالة فشل التهيئة التلقائية لـ USB،\n" " قم بإعداد نظام PTAL يدويًا.\n" " إذا كان لديك جهاز متعدد الإمكانات (ماسحة ضوئية+طابعة)، لاحظ أن\n" -" خدمة ptal قيد التشغيل تسيطر على ملف جهاز USB (على سبيل المثال، /dev/usb/lp0)،\n" +" خدمة ptal قيد التشغيل تسيطر على ملف جهاز USB (على سبيل المثال، /dev/usb/" +"lp0)،\n" " لذا لن يمكن توجيه الطابعة بعد ذلك من خلال ملف جهاز USB.\n" " \n" " هل يجب تهيئة نظام PTAL لـ USB وتنشيطه وبدء تشغيله الآن؟\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940 +#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n" "and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" "If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" "Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" -"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal " +"service.\n" msgstr "" "يوجد تكوين طابعة واحد على الأقل يستخدم خدمة hplip.\n" "يمكن المتابعة، لكن سيتم إيقاف خدمة hplip\n" " ولن تعمل كافة قوائم انتظار الطباعة التي تستخدم خدمة hplip بعد الآن.\n" -" إذا كانت الماسحة الضوئية غير مدعمة أيضًا بواسطة برنامج التشغيل hpaio، لا تقم بالمتابعة.\n" +" إذا كانت الماسحة الضوئية غير مدعمة أيضًا بواسطة برنامج التشغيل hpaio، لا تقم " +"بالمتابعة.\n" " بدلاً من ذلك، استخدم hpoj لإعداد الماسحة الضوئية.\n" " أو ??بمتابعة تكوين الطابعة وتغييره لاستخدام خدمة ptal.\n" -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976 msgid "Setting Up Driver %1" msgstr "إعداد برنامج التشغيل %1" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed" msgstr "التحقق مما إذا كان يجب تثبيت حزم إضافية أم لا" -#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 +#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required" msgstr "التحقق مما إذا كان تحميل البرنامج الثابت مطلوبًا أم لا" -#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 +#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers" msgstr "اختبار المتطلبات الخاصة لبرامج تشغيل معينة وإعدادها" -#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 +#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 msgid "Activate the driver" msgstr "تنشيط برنامج التشغيل" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق مما إذا كان يجب تثبيت حزم إضافية أم لا..." -#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 +#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق مما إذا كان تحميل البرنامج الثابت مطلوبًا أم لا..." -#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995 +#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995 msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..." msgstr "يتم الآن اختبار المتطلبات الخاصة لبرامج تشغيل معينة وإعدادها..." -#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 +#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 msgid "Activating the driver..." msgstr "يتم الآن تنشيط برنامج التشغيل..." -#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020 +#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020 msgid "Required Package Not Installed" msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت الحزمة المطلوبة" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage where -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#. %2 will be replaced by the package name -#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog -#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown -#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage where +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name +#. %2 will be replaced by the package name +#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog +#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown +#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028 msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2." msgstr "يتطلب برنامج التشغيل %1 وجود الحزمة %2." -#. The ptal service is associated with the hpoj backend. -#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. -#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. -#. Activate the backend via bash script: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143 +#. The ptal service is associated with the hpoj backend. +#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. +#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. +#. Activate the backend via bash script: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "تم إيقافه" -#. Some scanners require a firmware upload to become ready to operate. -#. When building the sane package ':firmware "required"' entries have been -#. added for the respective scanners to the appropriate descriptions files. -#. See the sane.spec file of the sane package. -#. This makes only sense if a database_index was specified -#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database -#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. -#. Otherwise skip this section. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054 +#. Some scanners require a firmware upload to become ready to operate. +#. When building the sane package ':firmware "required"' entries have been +#. added for the respective scanners to the appropriate descriptions files. +#. See the sane.spec file of the sane package. +#. This makes only sense if a database_index was specified +#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database +#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. +#. Otherwise skip this section. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054 msgid "Firmware Upload Required" msgstr "مطلوب تحميل البرنامج الثابت" -#. Message of a Popup::Warning for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj backend. -#. Only a simple message because before there was a Popup::YesNo -#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service -#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109 +#. Message of a Popup::Warning for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj backend. +#. Only a simple message because before there was a Popup::YesNo +#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service +#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109 msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work." msgstr "في حالة عدم تشغيل خدمة ptal، لا يمكن أن تعمل الماسحة الضوئية." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130 msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system." msgstr "فشل إعداد نظام PTAL." -#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217 +#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217 msgid "" "The following scanners use the same driver.\n" "Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:" @@ -1640,64 +1734,68 @@ "تستخدم الماسحات الضوئية التالية نفس برنامج التشغيل.\n" "لذا سيتم إلغاء تنشيط كافة هذه الماسحات الضوئية:" -#. Only a simple message because everything is perfectly o.k. -#. but the user should get a notification -#. why the ptal service must be still active. -#. This works only if the CUPS printing system is used. -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 -msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." -msgstr "يتم إلغاء تنشيط برنامج تشغيل hpoj، لكن لن يتم إلغاء تنشيط خدمة ptal المرتبطة لأنها مطلوبة بواسطة نظام الطباعة CUPS." +#. Only a simple message because everything is perfectly o.k. +#. but the user should get a notification +#. why the ptal service must be still active. +#. This works only if the CUPS printing system is used. +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 +msgid "" +"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not " +"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +msgstr "" +"يتم إلغاء تنشيط برنامج تشغيل hpoj، لكن لن يتم إلغاء تنشيط خدمة ptal المرتبطة " +"لأنها مطلوبة بواسطة نظام الطباعة CUPS." -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300 +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300 msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service." msgstr "فشل إيقاف خدمة ptal." -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311 +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311 msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service." msgstr "فشل تعطيل خدمة ptal." -#. If there is no active scanner for the backend -#. then show a message but exit successfully because -#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370 +#. If there is no active scanner for the backend +#. then show a message but exit successfully because +#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370 msgid "No Scanner for %1" msgstr "لا توجد ماسحة ضوئية لـ %1" -#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372 +#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372 msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." msgstr "لا يمكن إجراء الاختبار بدون ماسحة ضوئية نشطة مطابقة." -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387 msgid "&Scanner to Test" msgstr "الماس&حة الضوئية المطلوب اختبارها" -#. Test the device: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 +#. Test the device: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 msgid "Testing %1" msgstr "اختبار %1" -#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412 +#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412 msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." msgstr "يتم الآن الاختبار باستخدام 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." -#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier -#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results -#. which are usually only available in English. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 +#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier +#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results +#. which are usually only available in English. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1709,27 +1807,27 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467 +#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: +#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467 msgid "(no results available)" msgstr "(لا تتوفر أية نتائج)" -#. If the test failed, do the whole autodetection anew. -#. Even if normally nothing should have changed because of a failed test, -#. it might have happened that for example during the test somehow -#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed -#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. -#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450 +#. If the test failed, do the whole autodetection anew. +#. Even if normally nothing should have changed because of a failed test, +#. it might have happened that for example during the test somehow +#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed +#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. +#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450 msgid "Successfully Tested %1" msgstr "تم اختبار %1 بنجاح" -#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier -#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results -#. which are usually only available in English. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 +#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier +#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results +#. which are usually only available in English. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1741,38 +1839,40 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486 msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." msgstr "فشل تحديد تكوين المسح الضوئي من خلال الشبكة." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562 msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network." msgstr "فشل إعداد المسح الضوئي من خلال الشبكة." -#. Determine if any kind of firewall seems to be active by calling -#. "iptables -n -L | egrep -q 'DROP|REJECT'" -#. to find out if there are currently dropping or rejecting packet filter rules. -#. One might use a more specific test via -#. "iptables -n -L | grep -v '^LOG' | egrep -q '^DROP|^REJECT'" -#. to match only for DROP and REJECT targets and exclude LOG targets -#. but it does not cause real problems when there is a false positive result here -#. because all what happens it that then a needless firewall info popup would be shown. -#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message -#. regarding scanning via network and firewall. -#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590 +#. Determine if any kind of firewall seems to be active by calling +#. "iptables -n -L | egrep -q 'DROP|REJECT'" +#. to find out if there are currently dropping or rejecting packet filter rules. +#. One might use a more specific test via +#. "iptables -n -L | grep -v '^LOG' | egrep -q '^DROP|^REJECT'" +#. to match only for DROP and REJECT targets and exclude LOG targets +#. but it does not cause real problems when there is a false positive result here +#. because all what happens it that then a needless firewall info popup would be shown. +#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message +#. regarding scanning via network and firewall. +#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590 msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network." msgstr "تحقق من أن جدار الحماية يسمح بالمسح الضوئي عبر الشبكة." -#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592 +#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592 msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "لمزيد من التفاصيل فيما يتعلق بجدار الحماية انظر نص التعليمات في مربع الحوار هذا." +msgstr "" +"لمزيد من التفاصيل فيما يتعلق بجدار الحماية انظر نص التعليمات في مربع الحوار " +"هذا." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/security.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/security.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/security.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: security\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,294 +14,295 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Security module -#: src/clients/security.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Security module +#: src/clients/security.rb:59 msgid "Security configuration module" msgstr "الوحدة النمطية لتكوين الأمان" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:72 msgid "View summary of current configuration" msgstr "عرض ملخص التكوين الحالي" -#. command line help text for 'level' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'level' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:79 msgid "Set the security level" msgstr "تعيين مستوى الأمان" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:86 msgid "Set the value of the specific option" msgstr "تعيين قيمة الخيار المحدد" -#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:94 msgid "Workstation security level" msgstr "مستوى تأمين جهاز الكمبيوتر" -#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:100 +#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:100 msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level" -msgstr "مستوى تأمين الجهاز المتنقل (مثل جهاز الكمبيوتر المحمول أو الجهاز اللوحي)" +msgstr "" +"مستوى تأمين الجهاز المتنقل (مثل جهاز الكمبيوتر المحمول أو الجهاز اللوحي)" -#. command line help text for 'level server' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:106 +#. command line help text for 'level server' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:106 msgid "Network Server security level" msgstr "مستوى أمان خادم الشبكة" -#. command line help text for 'set passwd' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:112 +#. command line help text for 'set passwd' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:112 msgid "Password encryption method" msgstr "أسلوب تشفير كلمة السر" -#. command line help text for 'set crack' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:120 +#. command line help text for 'set crack' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:120 msgid "Check new passwords" msgstr "التحقق من كلمات السر الجديدة" -#. command line help text for 'set permissions' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:128 +#. command line help text for 'set permissions' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:128 msgid "Set file permissions to desired type" msgstr "تعيين أذونات الملفات إلى النوع المطلوب" -#. command line help text for 'set remember' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:136 +#. command line help text for 'set remember' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:136 msgid "Set the number of remembered user passwords" msgstr "تعيين عدد كلمات سر المستخدمين التي يمكن تذكرها" -#. error message -#: src/clients/security.rb:250 +#. error message +#: src/clients/security.rb:250 msgid "The number of passwords to remember must be between 0 an 400." msgstr "يجب أن يكون عدد كلمات السر المطلوب تذكرها بين صفر و400." -#. Main dialog caption -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:58 +#. Main dialog caption +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:58 msgid "Local Security Configuration" msgstr "تكوين الأمان المحلي" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:93 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:93 msgid "&Custom Settings" msgstr "إع&دادات مخصصة" -#. Frame caption -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:107 +#. Frame caption +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:107 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الأمان" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/security/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Security configuration -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec@suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/security/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Security configuration +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec@suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "غير معروف" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "استخدام مفاتيح SysRq السحرية" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "استخدام أذونات الملفات الآمنة" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "الوصول عن بُعد إلى مدير العرض" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "إعادة كتابة وقت النظام إلى ساعة الأجهزة" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "دائمًا إنشاء رسالة سجل نظام لبرامج cron النصية" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "تشغيل برنامج محرك الخاص بـ DHCP في chroot" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "تشغيل البرنامج المحرك الخاص بـ DHCP باعتباره مستخدم dhcp" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "تسجيل دخول بعيد للجذر في مدير العرض" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "الوصول عن بعد إلى خادم X" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "الوصول عن بُعد إلى النظام الفرعي لتسليم البريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "إعادة تشغيل الخدمات عند التحديث" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "إيقاف الخدمات عند الإزالة" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "تمكين ملفات تعريف الارتباط لتزامن TCP" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "إعادة توجيه IPv4" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "إعادة توجيه IPv6" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Enable basic system services" msgstr "تمكين خدمات النظام الأساسي" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "تعطيل الخدمات الإضافية" -#. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 +#. handle the special cases at first +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Configure" msgstr "تكوين" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "معطل" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "إعداد الأمان" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Status" msgstr "الحالة" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "حالة الأمان" -#. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 +#. add one line for each security setting +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Help" msgstr "تعليمات" -#. this is a separator between service names -#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 +#. this is a separator between service names +#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 msgid " or " msgstr " أو" -#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 +#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" msgstr "<P>لم يتم تمكين خدمات النظام الأساسي هذه:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "<P>تم تمكين كافة الخدمات الأساسية.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" msgstr "<P>تم تمكين الخدمات الإضافية هذه:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>" msgstr "<P>افحص قائمة الخدمات، ثم قم بتعطيل كافة الخدمات غير المستخدمة.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "<P>تم تمكين قائمة الخدمات الأساسية فقط.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Description" msgstr "وصف" -#. Overview dialog caption -#. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#. Overview dialog caption +#. params: input tree, parent, label, id +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة على الأمان" -#. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 +#. push button label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "ت&غيير الحالة" -#. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 +#. push button label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "&Description" msgstr "الو&صف" -#. update the current value -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 +#. update the current value +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "يتم الآن تحليل النظام" -#. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#. Boot dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "إعدادات التشغيل" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "أذونات التشغيل" -#. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#. Misc dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "إعدادات متنوعة" -#. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#. Password dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "إعدادات كلمة السر" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Checks" msgstr "عمليات التحقق" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "عمر كلمة السر" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." @@ -309,8 +310,8 @@ "لا يمكن أن يكون الحد الأدنى لعدد الأيام أكبر\n" "من الحد الأقصى." -#. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 +#. Popup text, %1 is number +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." @@ -318,18 +319,18 @@ "لا يمكن أن يكون الحد الأدنى لطول كلمة السر أكبر من الحد الأقصى.\n" "الحد الأقصى لطول كلمة السر الخاصة بأسلوب التشفير المحدد هو %1." -#. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#. Login dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الدخول" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Login" msgstr "تسجيل دخول" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -337,17 +338,18 @@ "<p><b><big>تتم الآن تهيئة تكوين الأمان</big></b>\n" "<br>الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إيقاف التهيئة</big></b><br>\n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</p>" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</" +"p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -355,8 +357,8 @@ "<p><b><big>يتم الآن حفظ تكوين الأمان</big></b>\n" "<br>الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>" @@ -364,23 +366,27 @@ "<p><b><big>إيقاف الحفظ</big></b><br>\n" "قم بإيقاف إجراء الحفظ عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b>.</p>" -#. Main dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 +#. Main dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n" -"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" +"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " +"include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " +"default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<P><BIG><B>تكوين الأمان المحلي</B></BIG></P>\n" -"<p>باستخدام القيم الافتراضية المحددة مسبقًا، قم بتغيير إعدادات الأمان المحلي، التي تتضمن\n" -" التشغيل والدخول وكلمة السر وإنشاء حساب المستخدم وأذونات الملفات. يمكن تعديل الإعدادات\n" +"<p>باستخدام القيم الافتراضية المحددة مسبقًا، قم بتغيير إعدادات الأمان المحلي، " +"التي تتضمن\n" +" التشغيل والدخول وكلمة السر وإنشاء حساب المستخدم وأذونات الملفات. يمكن " +"تعديل الإعدادات\n" " الافتراضية حسب الحاجة.\n" " </p>" -#. Main dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 +#. Main dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n" "to any type of network including the Internet.</p>" @@ -388,8 +394,8 @@ "<p><b>جهاز الكمبيوتر</b>: لجهاز كمبيوتر متصل\n" "بأي نوع من الشبكات بما في ذلك شبكة الإنترنت. </p>" -#. Main dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 +#. Main dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks.</p>" @@ -397,8 +403,8 @@ "<p><b>الجهاز المتنقل</b>: لجهاز كمبيوتر محمول أو جهاز لوحي أو جهاز مشابه\n" "يتصل بشبكات مختلفة. </p>" -#. Main dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 +#. Main dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n" "any type of service.</p>" @@ -406,13 +412,13 @@ "<p><b>خادم الشبكة</b>: لأي جهاز كمبيوتر يقدم\n" "أي نوع من الخدمات.</p>" -#. Main dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 +#. Main dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>الإعدادات المخصصة</b>: قم بإنشاء التكوين الخاص بك.</p>" -#. Login dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 +#. Login dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n" "<p>These login settings\n" @@ -422,45 +428,55 @@ "<p>يتم تسجيل إعدادات الدخول هذه\n" " بشكلٍ أساسي في ملف /etc/login.defs.</p>" -#. Login dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 +#. Login dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>).</p>" +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " +"prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " +"to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</" +"tt>).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>فترة التأخير بعد محاولة دخول غير صحيحة:</b>\n" "من المستحسن انتظار بعض الوقت بعد أي محاولة دخول غير صحيحة لتجنب\n" -" توقع كلمة السر. اجعل المدة الزمنية قصيرة ومناسبة، بحيث لا يحتاج المستخدمون للانتظار\n" -" لإعادة المحاولة في حالة قيامهم بكتابة كلمة السر بشكل غير صحيح. القيمة المعقولة هي ثلاث ثوانٍ (<tt>3</tt>).</p>" +" توقع كلمة السر. اجعل المدة الزمنية قصيرة ومناسبة، بحيث لا يحتاج المستخدمون " +"للانتظار\n" +" لإعادة المحاولة في حالة قيامهم بكتابة كلمة السر بشكل غير صحيح. القيمة " +"المعقولة هي ثلاث ثوانٍ (<tt>3</tt>).</p>" -#. Login dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 +#. Login dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " +"usual).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>تسجيل محاولات الدخول الناجحة:</b> من المفيد تسجيل محاولات الدخول\n" -"الناجحة. فهذا من شأنه تحذيرك بخصوص محاولات الوصول التي لم يتم التصديق عليها إلى\n" -"النظام (على سبيل المثال، مستخدم يقوم بالدخول من موقع مختلف عن الموقع المعتاد).\n" +"الناجحة. فهذا من شأنه تحذيرك بخصوص محاولات الوصول التي لم يتم التصديق عليها " +"إلى\n" +"النظام (على سبيل المثال، مستخدم يقوم بالدخول من موقع مختلف عن الموقع " +"المعتاد).\n" " </p>\n" -#. Login dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 +#. Login dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n" -"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " +"access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>السماح بواجهة دخول رسومية عن بُعد:</b> يتيح تحديد هذا الخيار إمكانية الوصول\n" +"<p><b>السماح بواجهة دخول رسومية عن بُعد:</b> يتيح تحديد هذا الخيار إمكانية " +"الوصول\n" "إلى شاشة دخول رسومية لهذا الجهاز عن طريق الشبكة. قد يؤدي الوصول عن بُعد\n" " لجهازك باستخدام مدير عرض إلى مخاطرة أمان.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 +#. Password dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p>These password settings\n" "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>" @@ -468,23 +484,25 @@ "<p>يتم تسجيل إعدادات كلمة السر هذه\n" "بشكلٍ أساسي في ملف /etc/login.defs.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 +#. Password dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " +"word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>التحقق من كلمات السر الجديدة</b>: من المستحسن اختيار كلمة سر\n" "ليست مأخوذة من قاموس وليست اسمًا وليست إحدى الكلمات الشائعة أو البسيطة.\n" " عن طريق تحديد المربع، يتم فرض التحقق من كلمة السر وفقًا لهذه القواعد.</p>" -#. Password dialog help -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 +#. Password dialog help +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " +"new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when <b>Check New Passwords</b> is set.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -492,51 +510,61 @@ "أدنى حد مقبول لكلمة السر الجديدة ينخفض بعدد الفئات \n" "المختلفة الطابع (أحرف علوية وسفلية وأرقام) المستخدمة في \n" "كلمة السر الجديدة. انظر man pam_cracklib للحصول على شرح مفصل.\n" -"يمكن تعديل هذا الخيار فقط عندما يتم تعيين <b>التحقق من كلمات السر الجديدة</b> .</p>" +"يمكن تعديل هذا الخيار فقط عندما يتم تعيين <b>التحقق من كلمات السر الجديدة</" +"b> .</p>" -#. Password dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 +#. Password dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " +"reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>كلمات السر المطلوب تذكرها</b>:\n" -"أدخل عدد كلمات سر المستخدم المطلوب تخزينها ومنع المستخدم من إعادة استخدامها.\n" +"أدخل عدد كلمات سر المستخدم المطلوب تخزينها ومنع المستخدم من إعادة " +"استخدامها.\n" " أدخل 0 في حالة عدم ضرورة تخزين كلمات السر.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 5a/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 +#. Password dialog help 5a/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>أسلوب تشفير كلمة السر:</b></p>" -#. Password dialog help 5b/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 +#. Password dialog help 5b/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " +"need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method.</p>" msgstr "" "يعمل أسلوب Linux الافتراضي <p><b>DES</b>، في كل بيئات الشبكة،\n" "لكنه يقيِّد كلمة السر على ثمانية أحرف بحد أقصى. إذا كنت ترغب في\n" "التوافق مع الأنظمة الأخرى، استخدم هذا الأسلوب.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 5c/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 +#. Password dialog help 5c/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" +"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " +"Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>" msgstr "" -"يتيح أسلوب <p><b>MD5</b> إمكانية استخدام كلمات سر أطول وهو مدعم من قِبل كافة توزيعات Linux \n" +"يتيح أسلوب <p><b>MD5</b> إمكانية استخدام كلمات سر أطول وهو مدعم من قِبل كافة " +"توزيعات Linux \n" "الحالية، لكنه غير مدعم من قِبل الأنظمة الأخرى أو البرامج القديمة.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 5d/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 -msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>" -msgstr "<p>يعد <b>SHA-512</b> هو أسلوب التجزئة القياسي الحالي، لا يُنصح باستخدام خوارزميات أخرى إلا عند الحاجة لأغراض التوافق.</p>" +#. Password dialog help 5d/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 +msgid "" +"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other " +"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>يعد <b>SHA-512</b> هو أسلوب التجزئة القياسي الحالي، لا يُنصح باستخدام " +"خوارزميات أخرى إلا عند الحاجة لأغراض التوافق.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 +#. Password dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n" "maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>" @@ -544,28 +572,32 @@ "<p><b>عمر كلمة السر:</b> قم بتعيين الحد الأدنى والحد\n" "الأقصى لعدد الأيام التي يمكن خلالها استخدام كلمة السر.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 +#. Password dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " +"the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>الأيام التي تسبق تحذير انتهاء صلاحية كلمة السر</b>: يُستخدم هذا الإدخال في تعيين\n" -"عدد الأيام التي يتم خلالها توجيه تحذير للمستخدمين قبل انتهاء صلاحية كلمات السر الخاصة بهم. وكلما زاد عدد الأيام\n" +"<p><b>الأيام التي تسبق تحذير انتهاء صلاحية كلمة السر</b>: يُستخدم هذا الإدخال " +"في تعيين\n" +"عدد الأيام التي يتم خلالها توجيه تحذير للمستخدمين قبل انتهاء صلاحية كلمات " +"السر الخاصة بهم. وكلما زاد عدد الأيام\n" "، تضاءل احتمال تعرف أي شخص على كلمات السر.</p>" -#. Adduser dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 +#. Adduser dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n" "<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>أمان المستخدم</b></big></P>\n" -"<p>في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بتغيير الإعدادات المتنوعة المستخدمة لإنشاء حسابات مستخدمين.</p>" +"<p>في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بتغيير الإعدادات المتنوعة المستخدمة لإنشاء حسابات " +"مستخدمين.</p>" -#. Adduser dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 +#. Adduser dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>" @@ -573,8 +605,8 @@ "<p><b>قيود معرف المستخدم:</b>\n" "قم بتعيين الحد الأدنى والحد الأقصى لقيمة معرف المستخدم المحتملة.</p>" -#. Adduser dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 +#. Adduser dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>" @@ -582,67 +614,86 @@ "<p><b>قيود معرف المجموعة</b>:\n" "قم بتعيين الحد الأدنى والحد الأقصى لقيمة معرف المجموعة المحتملة.</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 1/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 +#. Misc dialog help 1/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n" -"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>" +"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</" +"p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>إعدادات الأمان الأخرى</b></big></P>\n" -"<p>في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بتغيير الإعدادات المتنوعة المرتبطة بالأمان المحلي.</p>" +"<p>في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بتغيير الإعدادات المتنوعة المرتبطة بالأمان المحلي." +"</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 2/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 +#. Misc dialog help 2/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." +"secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." +"*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " +"accidentally\n" "or by intruders.</p><p>\n" "With <b>Easy</b>, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" -"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" +"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " +"only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " +"by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is <b>Paranoid</B>. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>أذونات الملفات</b>: يتم تعيين الإعدادات الخاصة بأذونات ملفات نظام معينة\n" +"<p><b>أذونات الملفات</b>: يتم تعيين الإعدادات الخاصة بأذونات ملفات نظام " +"معينة\n" "وفقًا للبيانات الموجودة في /etc/permissions.secure\n" -" أو /etc/permissions.easy. ويعتمد اختيار الملف الذي يتم استخدامه على هذا التحديد.\n" -" يؤدي بدء تشغيل SuSEconfig إلى تعيين هذه الأذونات وفقًا لـ /etc/permissions.*.\n" -" يؤدي هذا إلى إصلاح الملفات التي لها أذونات غير صحيحة، سواء حدث هذا الأمر بدون قصد\n" +" أو /etc/permissions.easy. ويعتمد اختيار الملف الذي يتم استخدامه على هذا " +"التحديد.\n" +" يؤدي بدء تشغيل SuSEconfig إلى تعيين هذه الأذونات وفقًا لـ /etc/permissions." +"*.\n" +" يؤدي هذا إلى إصلاح الملفات التي لها أذونات غير صحيحة، سواء حدث هذا الأمر " +"بدون قصد\n" " أو عن طريق دخلاء.</p><p>\n" -" باستخدام الإعداد <b>سهل</b>، يتم تعديل معظم ملفات النظام التي يمكن قراءتها فقط بواسطة المسؤول في\n" +" باستخدام الإعداد <b>سهل</b>، يتم تعديل معظم ملفات النظام التي يمكن قراءتها " +"فقط بواسطة المسؤول في\n" " الإعداد \"آمن\" بحيث يمكن للمستخدمين الآخرين قراءة هذه الملفات أيضًا.\n" -" وباستخدام الإعداد <b>آمن</b>، يمكن فقط عرض ملفات نظام معينة، مثل /var/log/messages،\n" -" بواسطة المستخدم المسؤول. يمكن بدء تشغيل بعض البرامج فقط بواسطة المسؤول أو بواسطة\n" +" وباستخدام الإعداد <b>آمن</b>، يمكن فقط عرض ملفات نظام معينة، مثل /var/log/" +"messages،\n" +" بواسطة المستخدم المسؤول. يمكن بدء تشغيل بعض البرامج فقط بواسطة المسؤول أو " +"بواسطة\n" " برامج المحرك، وليس بواسطة المستخدمين العاديين.\n" " الإعداد الأكثر أمنًا هو <b>Paranoid</B>. باستخدام هذا الإعداد، يجب\n" " تحديد المستخدمين الذين يمكنهم تشغيل تطبيقات X وبرامج setuid.</p>\n" -#. Misc dialog help 6/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 +#. Misc dialog help 6/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " +"(locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</b>\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</" +"b>\n" " (few files) or <b>root</b> (all files).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>المستخدم القائم ببدء تشغيل updatedb</b>: يتم تشغيل البرنامج updatedb \n" -"مرة واحدة كل يوم. يقوم البرنامج بمسح نظام الملفات بالكامل وإنشاء قاعدة بيانات (locatedb)\n" +"مرة واحدة كل يوم. يقوم البرنامج بمسح نظام الملفات بالكامل وإنشاء قاعدة " +"بيانات (locatedb)\n" " لتخزين موقع كل ملف. ويمكن البحث في قاعدة البيانات بواسطة\n" -" البرنامج \"locate\". قم هنا بتعيين المستخدم الذي يقوم بتشغيل هذا الأمر: <b>nobody</b>\n" +" البرنامج \"locate\". قم هنا بتعيين المستخدم الذي يقوم بتشغيل هذا الأمر: " +"<b>nobody</b>\n" " (بعض الملفات) أو <b>root</b> (كافة الملفات).</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 10/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 +#. Misc dialog help 10/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " +"system\n" "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>الدليل الحالي في مسار المسؤول</b> في نظام DOS،\n" @@ -650,11 +701,12 @@ " الحالي ثم في متغير المسار الحالي. على العكس، يقوم أي نظام مثل UNIX\n" " بالبحث عن الملفات التنفيذية بشكلٍ خاص من خلال مسار البحث (المتغير PATH).</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 11/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 +#. Misc dialog help 11/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " +"directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>" msgstr "" @@ -663,25 +715,29 @@ " ثم في متغير المسار الحالي. على العكس، يقوم أي نظام مثل UNIX بالبحث\n" " عن الملفات التنفيذية بشكلٍ خاص من خلال مسار البحث (المتغير PATH).</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 12/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 +#. Misc dialog help 12/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " +"programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" +"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your " +"system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>تقوم بعض الأنظمة بإعداد حل بديل عن طريق إضافة نقطة (\".\") إلى\n" "مسار البحث، مما يتيح إمكانية العثور على الملفات في المسار الحالي وتنفيذها.\n" -" يعتبر هذا الحل خطيرًا جدًا لأنك قد تقوم بدون قصد ببدء تشغيل برامج غير معروفة في\n" -" الدليل الحالي بدلاً من الملفات المعتادة الموجودة على مستوى النظام. ونتيجة لذلك، يؤدي تعيين هذا الخيار إلى سهولة أكبر في تشغيل برامج\n" +" يعتبر هذا الحل خطيرًا جدًا لأنك قد تقوم بدون قصد ببدء تشغيل برامج غير معروفة " +"في\n" +" الدليل الحالي بدلاً من الملفات المعتادة الموجودة على مستوى النظام. ونتيجة " +"لذلك، يؤدي تعيين هذا الخيار إلى سهولة أكبر في تشغيل برامج\n" "<i>أحصنة طروادة</i> التي تستغل هذا الضعف وتقوم بغزو النظام.\n" "</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 13/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 +#. Misc dialog help 13/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" "path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>" @@ -689,8 +745,8 @@ "<p>\"نعم\": يتم إلحاق النقطة (\".\") بنهاية مسار بحث\n" "المسؤول، مما يجعله آخر عنصر يتم البحث عنه.</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 +#. Misc dialog help 14/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>" @@ -698,46 +754,65 @@ "<p>لا\": يجب أن يقوم المستخدم المسؤول دائمًا ببدء تشغيل البرامج في\n" "الدليل الحالي مسبوقة بـ \"./\". مثال: \"./تكوين\".</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 +#. Misc dialog help 14/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " +"during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>تمكين مفاتيح SysRq السحرية</b><br> في حالة تحديد هذا الخيار، ستتمكن من التحكم بشكل جزئي في\n" +"<p><b>تمكين مفاتيح SysRq السحرية</b><br> في حالة تحديد هذا الخيار، ستتمكن من " +"التحكم بشكل جزئي في\n" "النظام حتى في حالة تعطله (على سبيل المثال، أثناء تصحيح أخطاء\n" -" kernel). للحصول على التفاصيل، راجع /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>" +" kernel). للحصول على التفاصيل، راجع /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</" +"p>" -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 -msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>" -msgstr "<P><B>نظرة عامة على الأمان</B><BR>هذه لمحة عامة عن أهم إعدادات الأمان.</P>" +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important " +"security settings.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>نظرة عامة على الأمان</B><BR>هذه لمحة عامة عن أهم إعدادات الأمان.</P>" -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 -msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>" +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 +msgid "" +"<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>" msgstr "<P>لتغيير القيمة الحالية انقر فوق الارتباط ذو الصلة بالخيار .</P>" -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 -msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>" -msgstr "<P> علامة الاختيار في العمود <B>حالة الأمن</B> تعني أن القيمة الحالية للخيار آمنة.</P>" +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 +msgid "" +"<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current " +"value of the option is secure.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P> علامة الاختيار في العمود <B>حالة الأمن</B> تعني أن القيمة الحالية للخيار " +"آمنة.</P>" -#. an error message (rich text) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 -msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>" -msgstr "<P><B>تعذر قراءة القيمة الحالية. ربما لم يتم تثبيت الخدمة أو أن الخيار غير موجود في النظام.</B></P>" +#. an error message (rich text) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 +msgid "" +"<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " +"installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>تعذر قراءة القيمة الحالية. ربما لم يتم تثبيت الخدمة أو أن الخيار غير " +"موجود في النظام.</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.</P><P>The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" -"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote graphical\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " +"the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " +"to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " +"that\n" +"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote " +"graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "" "<P>يوفر مدير العرض شاشة تسجيل دخول مرئية ويمكن الوصول إليها عبر \n" @@ -745,149 +820,256 @@ "إذا تم تكوينه.</P><P>ثم ستنقل \n" "بيانات النافذة التي يتم عرضها عبر شبكة \n" "الاتصال. إذا كانت هذه الشبكة غير موثوق \n" -"بها بالكامل، يمكن تنصت المهاجمين على حركة مرور الشبكة، والوصول ليس فقط إلى محتويات \n" -"العرض المرئية، بل أيضا إلى أسماء المستخدمين وكلمات السر التي يتم استخدامها.</P><P>إذا كنت لا تحتاج <EM>XDMCP</EM> لتسجيلات الدخول عن بعد المرئية \n" +"بها بالكامل، يمكن تنصت المهاجمين على حركة مرور الشبكة، والوصول ليس فقط إلى " +"محتويات \n" +"العرض المرئية، بل أيضا إلى أسماء المستخدمين وكلمات السر التي يتم استخدامها.</" +"P><P>إذا كنت لا تحتاج <EM>XDMCP</EM> لتسجيلات الدخول عن بعد المرئية \n" " فقم بتعطيل هذا الخيار.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 msgid "" -"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" -"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" +"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of " +"the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " +"is\n" +"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to " +"create\n" "correct log messages.</P>" msgstr "" "<P>عند بدء التشغيل، يتم تعيين وقت النظام من ساعة\n" "جهاز الكمبيوتر. لذلك، يلزم \n" -"تعيين ساعة الأجهزة قبل إيقاف التشغيل.</P><P>ويعتبر ضبط وقت النظام ضروري لإنشاء رسائل\n" +"تعيين ساعة الأجهزة قبل إيقاف التشغيل.</P><P>ويعتبر ضبط وقت النظام ضروري " +"لإنشاء رسائل\n" "السجل الصحيحة.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 -msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>" -msgstr "<P>الأعطال في النظام تتحدد عادة بعدم الانتظام في سلوكه. تعتبر رسائل Syslog حول الأحداث التي تتكرر بشكل منتظم هامة للبحث عن أسباب المشاكل. وعدم وجود سجل فردي يمكن أن يخبر أكثر من عدم وجود سجل تسجيل شامل.</P><P>ولذلك، تعتبر رسائل syslog عن أحداث النظام مفيدة فقط إذا لم يوجد سجل.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 +msgid "" +"<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " +"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " +"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " +"tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog " +"messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>الأعطال في النظام تتحدد عادة بعدم الانتظام في سلوكه. تعتبر رسائل Syslog " +"حول الأحداث التي تتكرر بشكل منتظم هامة للبحث عن أسباب المشاكل. وعدم وجود سجل " +"فردي يمكن أن يخبر أكثر من عدم وجود سجل تسجيل شامل.</P><P>ولذلك، تعتبر رسائل " +"syslog عن أحداث النظام مفيدة فقط إذا لم يوجد سجل.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 -msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>" -msgstr "<P>بيئات تنفيذ تغيير الدليل الجذر تقوم بتقييد العملية لملفات الوصول فقط التي تحتاج إليها بوضعها في مجلد فرعي منفصل وتشغيل العملية بجذر متغير (تغيير الدليل الجذر) الذي تم تعيينه إلى هذا الدليل.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 +msgid "" +"<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files " +"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the " +"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>بيئات تنفيذ تغيير الدليل الجذر تقوم بتقييد العملية لملفات الوصول فقط التي " +"تحتاج إليها بوضعها في مجلد فرعي منفصل وتشغيل العملية بجذر متغير (تغيير " +"الدليل الجذر) الذي تم تعيينه إلى هذا الدليل.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 -msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>" -msgstr "<P>يجب تشغيل برنامج المحرك لعميل DHCP كمستخدم <EM>dhcpd</EM> وذلك لتقليل خطر محتمل إذا تم العثور على نقطة ضعف على الشفرة البرمجية الخاصة بالبرنامج.</P><P>يرجى ملاحظة أن dhcpd يجب أن لا تعمل بصلاحية <EM>جذر</EM> أو مع القدرة <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> وأن القدرة على تقييد تنفيذ تغيير الدليل الجذر يجب أن تكون فعالة.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 +msgid "" +"<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize " +"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " +"program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with " +"the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement " +"to be effective.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>يجب تشغيل برنامج المحرك لعميل DHCP كمستخدم <EM>dhcpd</EM> وذلك لتقليل خطر " +"محتمل إذا تم العثور على نقطة ضعف على الشفرة البرمجية الخاصة بالبرنامج.</" +"P><P>يرجى ملاحظة أن dhcpd يجب أن لا تعمل بصلاحية <EM>جذر</EM> أو مع القدرة " +"<EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> وأن القدرة على تقييد تنفيذ تغيير الدليل الجذر يجب أن " +"تكون فعالة.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 -msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>" -msgstr "<P>يجب أن لا يقوم المسئولون بتسجيل الدخول بصلاحية <EM>جذر</EM> إلى جلسة نوافذ x لتقليل استخدام الجذر.</P><P>هذا الخيار لا يساعد المسؤولين المهملين، ولكن قد يمنع المهاجمين من تسجيل الدخول بصلاحية <EM>جذر</EM> من خلال مدير العرض لو قاموا بتخمين أو طلبوا الحصول على كلمة السر.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 +msgid "" +"<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window " +"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does " +"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " +"able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or " +"otherwise acquire the password.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>يجب أن لا يقوم المسئولون بتسجيل الدخول بصلاحية <EM>جذر</EM> إلى جلسة " +"نوافذ x لتقليل استخدام الجذر.</P><P>هذا الخيار لا يساعد المسؤولين المهملين، " +"ولكن قد يمنع المهاجمين من تسجيل الدخول بصلاحية <EM>جذر</EM> من خلال مدير " +"العرض لو قاموا بتخمين أو طلبوا الحصول على كلمة السر.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 msgid "" -"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" +"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " +"connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " +"a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" +"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " +"the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " +"therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>" +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display " +"X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell " +"(<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " +"through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>تتصل عملاء النوافذ X، مثل البرامج التي تفتح نافذة في العرض الخاص بك، بالخادم X الذي يتم تشغيله على الجهاز الفعلي. كما يمكنك تشغيله على نظام مختلف ليمكنك عرض محتوى\n" +"<P>تتصل عملاء النوافذ X، مثل البرامج التي تفتح نافذة في العرض الخاص بك، " +"بالخادم X الذي يتم تشغيله على الجهاز الفعلي. كما يمكنك تشغيله على نظام مختلف " +"ليمكنك عرض محتوى\n" "البرامج على خادم X عبر اتصالات شبكة الاتصال.</P><P>عند تمكينه فإنه\n" "يجعل الخادم X يستمع على منفذ 6000 إضافةً إلى رقم العرض. حيث\n" "يتم نقل حركة مرور شبكة الاتصال بطريقة غير مشفرة فتخضع للتعرف على الشبكة\n" "وعندما يكون منفذ آخر مفتوح باستخدام خادم x فإنه يفتح\n" "خيارات الهجوم عبر إعدادات\n" -"الأمان لتعطيلها.</P><P>لعرض نوافذ عملاء X عبر شبكة، نوصى باستخدام برنامج الواجهة شل الآمن(<EM>ssh</EM>) ، الذي يسمح\n" +"الأمان لتعطيلها.</P><P>لعرض نوافذ عملاء X عبر شبكة، نوصى باستخدام برنامج " +"الواجهة شل الآمن(<EM>ssh</EM>) ، الذي يسمح\n" "لعملاء نافذة x بالاتصال بخادم X عن طريق وصلة ssh المشفرة.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 msgid "" -"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>" +"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " +"expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " +"network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through " +"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>يتم بدء تشغيل النظام الفرعي لتسليم البريد الإلكتروني دائمًا. ومع ذلك، فإنها لا تعرض\n" -" نفسها إلى خارج النظام بشكل افتراضي، حيث إنها لا تستمع إلى منفذ شبكة اتصال SMTP 25.</P><P>إذا لم تقم بتسليم رسائل البريد الإلكتروني إلى النظام الخاص بك عن طريق بروتوكول SMTP فقم بتعطيل هذا الخيار.</P>" +"<P>يتم بدء تشغيل النظام الفرعي لتسليم البريد الإلكتروني دائمًا. ومع ذلك، " +"فإنها لا تعرض\n" +" نفسها إلى خارج النظام بشكل افتراضي، حيث إنها لا تستمع إلى منفذ شبكة اتصال " +"SMTP 25.</P><P>إذا لم تقم بتسليم رسائل البريد الإلكتروني إلى النظام الخاص بك " +"عن طريق بروتوكول SMTP فقم بتعطيل هذا الخيار.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 msgid "" "<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" "installed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " +"continue\n" "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so.</P>" msgstr "" "<P>إذا كان يتم تحديث الحزمة قيد التشغيل حاليًا، فيتم إعادة تشغيل الخدمة\n" -"بعد أن يتم تثبيت ملفات الحزمة.</P><P>هذا الأمر يبدو معقولا تماما في معظم الحالات\n" +"بعد أن يتم تثبيت ملفات الحزمة.</P><P>هذا الأمر يبدو معقولا تماما في معظم " +"الحالات\n" "ويعتبر آمن للقيام به، على اعتبار أن العديد من\n" "الخدمات تحتاج إما إلى الثنائيات أو ملفات التكوين التي\n" -"يمكن الوصول إليها في نظام الملفات. وإلا سوف تستمر هذه الخدمات فقط في التشغيل حتى يتم إيقاف \n" +"يمكن الوصول إليها في نظام الملفات. وإلا سوف تستمر هذه الخدمات فقط في التشغيل " +"حتى يتم إيقاف \n" "الخدمات، على سبيل المثال إيقاف تشغيل برامج \n" "المحرك.</P><P>يجب تغيير هذا الإعداد فقط إذا كان \n" "هناك سبب محدد للقيام بذلك.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 msgid "" "<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" "removed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " +"continue\n" "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so.</P>" msgstr "" "<P>إذا كان يتم الآن إزالة تثبيت حزمة تتضمن خدمة قيد التشغيل \n" -"حاليًا، فيتم إيقاف الخدمة قبل أن تتم إزالة ملفات الحزمة.</P><P>هذا الأمر يبدو معقولا تماما في معظم الحالات\n" -"ويعتبر آمن للقيام به، على اعتبار أن العديد من الخدمات تحتاج إما الثنائيات الخاصة بها أو ملفات التكوين التي يمكن الوصول \n" +"حاليًا، فيتم إيقاف الخدمة قبل أن تتم إزالة ملفات الحزمة.</P><P>هذا الأمر يبدو " +"معقولا تماما في معظم الحالات\n" +"ويعتبر آمن للقيام به، على اعتبار أن العديد من الخدمات تحتاج إما الثنائيات " +"الخاصة بها أو ملفات التكوين التي يمكن الوصول \n" "إليها في نظام الملفات. وإلا سوف تستمر هذه\n" "الخدمات فقط في التشغيل حتى يتم إيقاف \n" "الخدمات، على سبيل المثال إيقاف تشغيل برامج \n" "المحرك.</P><P>يجب تغيير هذا الإعداد فقط إذا كان \n" "هناك سبب محدد للقيام بذلك.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 -msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>" -msgstr "<P>يمكن أن يطغى على النظام العديد من محاولات الاتصال حيث تعمل على نفاذ ذاكرة النظام، مما يؤدي إلى حرمان خدمة (DoS) أو رفضها.</P><P>إن استخدام syncookies هو الطريقة التي يمكن أن تساعد في مثل هذه الحالات. لكن يمكن أن تمنع محاولات الاتصال من مصدر واحد إذا كان التكوين <EM>ممكنًا</EM> في الإعدادات ويمكن أن يتسبب ببعض المشاكل مع اتصالات TCP المشروعة ويرفضها تحت التحميل العالي.</P><P>لا يزال، في معظم البيئات، يعتبر syncookies هو الخط الأول للدفاع ضد فيضانات SYN وهجمات DoS، حيث أن الإعداد الآمن هو <EM>تمكين</EM>.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 +msgid "" +"<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " +"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " +"vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " +"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " +"connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause " +"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most " +"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " +"attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>يمكن أن يطغى على النظام العديد من محاولات الاتصال حيث تعمل على نفاذ ذاكرة " +"النظام، مما يؤدي إلى حرمان خدمة (DoS) أو رفضها.</P><P>إن استخدام syncookies " +"هو الطريقة التي يمكن أن تساعد في مثل هذه الحالات. لكن يمكن أن تمنع محاولات " +"الاتصال من مصدر واحد إذا كان التكوين <EM>ممكنًا</EM> في الإعدادات ويمكن أن " +"يتسبب ببعض المشاكل مع اتصالات TCP المشروعة ويرفضها تحت التحميل العالي.</" +"P><P>لا يزال، في معظم البيئات، يعتبر syncookies هو الخط الأول للدفاع ضد " +"فيضانات SYN وهجمات DoS، حيث أن الإعداد الآمن هو <EM>تمكين</EM>.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 -msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>" -msgstr "<P>تعني إعادة توجيه IP تمرير حزم الشبكة التي تم استلامها ولم يتم تحديد وجهتها إلى إحدى واجهات الشبكة التي تم تكوينها للنظام مثل عناوين واجهة الشبكة.</P><P>في حالة قيام أحد الأنظمة بإعادة توجيه حركة نقل بيانات الشبكة على الطبقة ISO/OSI رقم 3، يتم استدعاء أحد الموجهات. إذا لم ترغب في وظيفة التوجيه هذه، قم بتعطيل هذا الخيار.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 +msgid "" +"<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " +"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " +"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards " +"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not " +"need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>تعني إعادة توجيه IP تمرير حزم الشبكة التي تم استلامها ولم يتم تحديد " +"وجهتها إلى إحدى واجهات الشبكة التي تم تكوينها للنظام مثل عناوين واجهة الشبكة." +"</P><P>في حالة قيام أحد الأنظمة بإعادة توجيه حركة نقل بيانات الشبكة على " +"الطبقة ISO/OSI رقم 3، يتم استدعاء أحد الموجهات. إذا لم ترغب في وظيفة التوجيه " +"هذه، قم بتعطيل هذا الخيار.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>" msgstr "<P>يسري هذا الإعداد على <EM>IPv4</EM> فقط.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>" msgstr "<P>يسري هذا الإعداد على <EM>IPv6</EM> فقط.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 -msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>" -msgstr "<P>تتيح مفاتيح SysRq السحرية التحكم بشكل محدود في النظام حتى في حالة حدوث خلل في النظام (خلال تصحيح kernel على سبيل المثال) أو في حالة عدم استجابة النظام.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 +msgid "" +"<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " +"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>تتيح مفاتيح SysRq السحرية التحكم بشكل محدود في النظام حتى في حالة حدوث " +"خلل في النظام (خلال تصحيح kernel على سبيل المثال) أو في حالة عدم استجابة " +"النظام.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 -msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>" -msgstr "<P>توجد أذونات ملفات محددة مسبقًا في ملفات /etc/permissions.*. ويتم تحديد أكثر أذونات الملفات صرامة باعتبارها ملف 'secure' أو 'paranoid'.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 +msgid "" +"<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " +"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</" +"P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>توجد أذونات ملفات محددة مسبقًا في ملفات /etc/permissions.*. ويتم تحديد " +"أكثر أذونات الملفات صرامة باعتبارها ملف 'secure' أو 'paranoid'.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 -msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>" -msgstr "<P>يجب أن يتم تمكين خدمات النظام الأساسي لتوفير اتساق النظام والتشغيل الآمن للخدمات ذات الصلة.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 +msgid "" +"<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and " +"to run the security-related services.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>يجب أن يتم تمكين خدمات النظام الأساسي لتوفير اتساق النظام والتشغيل الآمن " +"للخدمات ذات الصلة.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 -msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>" -msgstr "<P>تعتبر أي خدمة قيد التشغيل هدفًا محتملاً لأي هجمات تتعلق بالأمان. ولذلك يوصى بإيقاف تشغيل كافة الخدمات التي لا يستخدمها النظام.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 +msgid "" +"<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " +"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " +"the system.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>تعتبر أي خدمة قيد التشغيل هدفًا محتملاً لأي هجمات تتعلق بالأمان. ولذلك يوصى " +"بإيقاف تشغيل كافة الخدمات التي لا يستخدمها النظام.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n" "<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>تشغيل الأمان</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بتغيير إعدادات التشغيل المتعددة المرتبطة بالأمان.</p>" +"<p>في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بتغيير إعدادات التشغيل المتعددة المرتبطة بالأمان.</" +"p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is -#. reboot) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is +#. reboot) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 msgid "" "Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" @@ -897,8 +1079,8 @@ "هذا الحدث أحيانًا، على سبيل المثال، عندما يعمل النظام\n" " كمحطة عمل وخادم على السواء." -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 msgid "" "By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n" "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" @@ -908,9 +1090,9 @@ "هذا الحدث أحيانًا، على سبيل المثال، عندما يعمل النظام\n" "كمحطة عمل وخادم على السواء." -#. Boot dialog help 2/4 -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 +#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 msgid "" "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n" "Configure what the system should do in response to\n" @@ -922,8 +1104,8 @@ "لشخص ما يقوم بالضغط على \n" "مجموعة المفاتيح CTRL + ALT + DEL في لوحة التحكم. %s</p>" -#. Boot dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 +#. Boot dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 msgid "" "<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n" "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n" @@ -931,69 +1113,72 @@ "<p><b>سلوك إيقاف تشغيل مدير تسجيل الدخول</b>:\n" "قم بتعيين الشخص المسموح له بإيقاف تشغيل الجهاز من %s.</p>\n" -#. Boot dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 +#. Boot dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 msgid "" "<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " +"user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring " +"authentication in all cases.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>وضع النظام في حالة السبات</b>:\n" -"ضع شروط السماح للمستخدمين بوضع النظام في حالة السبات. بشكل افتراضي، لدى المستخدم على وحدة المراقبة النشطة هذا الحق.\n" +"ضع شروط السماح للمستخدمين بوضع النظام في حالة السبات. بشكل افتراضي، لدى " +"المستخدم على وحدة المراقبة النشطة هذا الحق.\n" "تتيح خيارات أخرى العمل لأي مستخدم أو تتطلب التصديق في جميع الحالات.</p>\n" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 msgid "Workstation" msgstr "محطّة عمل" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 msgid "Roaming Device" msgstr "الجهاز المتنقل" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 msgid "Network Server" msgstr "خادم الشبكة" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 msgid "&Workstation" msgstr "&جهاز كمبيوتر" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 msgid "&Roaming Device" msgstr "&جهاز متنقل" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 msgid "Network &Server" msgstr "خا&دم الشبكة" -#. Adduser dialog caption -#: src/include/security/users.rb:45 src/include/security/wizards.rb:59 +#. Adduser dialog caption +#: src/include/security/users.rb:45 src/include/security/wizards.rb:59 msgid "User Addition" msgstr "إضافة المستخدم" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/users.rb:55 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/users.rb:55 msgid "User ID Limitations" msgstr "قيود معرف المستخدم" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/users.rb:67 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/users.rb:67 msgid "Group ID Limitations" msgstr "قيود معرف المجموعة" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/users.rb:127 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/users.rb:127 msgid "The minimum user ID cannot be larger than the maximum." msgstr "لا يمكن أن يكون الحد الأدنى لمعرف المستخدم أكبر من الحد الأقصى." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/users.rb:134 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/users.rb:134 msgid "" "The minimum group ID cannot be larger than the\n" "maximum." @@ -1001,310 +1186,310 @@ "لا يمكن أن يكون الحد الأدنى لمعرف المجموعة أكبر من\n" "الحد الأقصى." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp -#. * Module: Security configuration -#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions -#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec@suse.cz> -#. * -#. * $Id$ -#. * -#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the -#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called -#. * WIDGETS. -#. -#. <pre> -#. -#. The WIDGETS format: -#. ------------------- -#. -#. map WIDGETS = $[ -#. "Item unique ID" : $[ -#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", -#. "Label" : "Item Label", -#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], -#. "Value" : "option2" -#. ], -#. ... -#. ]; -#. -#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". -#. -#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the -#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For -#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. -#. -#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". -#. -#. Implementation: -#. --------------- -#. -#. map2widget("ID") -#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map -#. - create the widget -#. -#. widget2value("ID") -#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) -#. - return its current value -#. -#. updatewidget("ID") -#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" -#. - updates the WIDGETS map -#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] -#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) -#. -#. processinput() -#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) -#. -#. </pre> -#. -#. * -#. @return [Hash] all widgets -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp +#. * Module: Security configuration +#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions +#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec@suse.cz> +#. * +#. * $Id$ +#. * +#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the +#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called +#. * WIDGETS. +#. +#. <pre> +#. +#. The WIDGETS format: +#. ------------------- +#. +#. map WIDGETS = $[ +#. "Item unique ID" : $[ +#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", +#. "Label" : "Item Label", +#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], +#. "Value" : "option2" +#. ], +#. ... +#. ]; +#. +#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". +#. +#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the +#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For +#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. +#. +#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". +#. +#. Implementation: +#. --------------- +#. +#. map2widget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map +#. - create the widget +#. +#. widget2value("ID") +#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) +#. - return its current value +#. +#. updatewidget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" +#. - updates the WIDGETS map +#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] +#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) +#. +#. processinput() +#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) +#. +#. </pre> +#. +#. * +#. @return [Hash] all widgets +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "تجاهل" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 msgid "Reboot" msgstr "إعادة تشغيل" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 msgid "Halt" msgstr "إيقاف" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 msgid "Only root" msgstr "المسؤول فقط" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 msgid "All Users" msgstr "كافة المستخدمين" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 msgid "Nobody" msgstr "لا أحد" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" msgstr "تف&سير Ctrl + Alt + Del" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "السماح بوا&جهة دخول رسومية عن بُعد" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "م&فاتيح SysRq السحرية" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Disable" msgstr "تعطيل" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "تمكين كل الوظائف" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "ف&ترة التأخير بعد محاولة دخول غير صحيحة" -#. IntField label -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 +#. IntField label +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "الحد الأ&قصى" -#. IntField label -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 +#. IntField label +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "الح&د الأدنى" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "سبات النظام" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "المستخدم في وحدة المراقبة النشطة" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "أي شخص يمكنه التحويل إلى وضع السبات" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "التصديق مطلوبٌ دائمًا" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "أسلوب تشفير كلم&ة السر" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "التحقق م&ن كلمات السر الجديدة" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "&عدد كلمات السر المطلوب تذكرها" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "الحد الأدنى ل&طول كلمة السر المقبولة" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "الأيام التي تسبق تح&ذير انتهاء صلاحية كلمة السر" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "أذ&ونات الملفات" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 msgid "Easy" msgstr "سهل" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 msgid "Secure" msgstr "آمن" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "Paranoid" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "المستخدم القائم ببدء تش&غيل updatedb" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "الحد الأ&قصى" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "ال&حد الأدنى" -#. ComboBox label -#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, -#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 +#. ComboBox label +#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, +#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:" msgstr "سلوك إيق&اف تشغيل مدير تسجيل الدخول إلى %s:" -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "تكوينات الأمان المحددة مسبقًا" -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 msgid "Security" msgstr "الأمان" -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 msgid "Security Configuration" msgstr "تكوين الأمان" -#. Label -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:161 +#. Label +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:161 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 +#. Security read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين الأمان" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات الأمان" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات inittab" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات PAM" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "تحديث إعدادات النظام" -#. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 +#. Progress step 1/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات الأمان..." -#. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 +#. Progress step 2/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات inittab..." -#. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 +#. Progress step 3/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات PAM..." -#. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#. Progress step 4/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "جاري الآن تحديث إعدادات النظام..." -#. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#. Progress step 5/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "مستوى الأمان الحالي: إعدادات مخصصة" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "مستوى الأمان الحالي: %1" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/slp-server.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/slp-server.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/slp-server.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,141 +14,141 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xslp-server module -#: src/clients/slp-server.rb:35 +#. Command line help text for the Xslp-server module +#: src/clients/slp-server.rb:35 msgid "Configuration of an SLP server" msgstr "تكوين خادم SLP" -#. Rich text title for SlpServer in proposals -#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:64 +#. Rich text title for SlpServer in proposals +#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:64 msgid "SLP Server" msgstr "خادم SLP" -#. Menu title for SlpServer in proposals -#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:68 +#. Menu title for SlpServer in proposals +#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:68 msgid "&SLP Server" msgstr "&خادم SLP" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:49 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "عند التشغ&يل" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:53 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "ي&دويًا" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:59 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "عند التشغيل" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:61 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:61 msgid "Manually" msgstr "يدويًا" -#. button for view log files -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:78 +#. button for view log files +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Show Log" msgstr "إظهار السجل" -#. button for expert settings (all config options) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:89 +#. button for expert settings (all config options) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير" -#. response + scopes widget -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:99 +#. response + scopes widget +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Response To" msgstr "استجابة لـ" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "نشر" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Multicast" msgstr "بث متعدد" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "DA Server" msgstr "خادم DA" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:107 msgid "Becomes DA Server" msgstr "تحويل إلى خادم DA" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "&IP Addresses of DA Servers" msgstr "&عناوين IP لخوادم DA" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "&Scopes" msgstr "&نطاقات" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "SLP Server Settings" msgstr "إعدادات خادم SLP" -#. description map for tabs in overview dialog -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:251 +#. description map for tabs in overview dialog +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Global SLP Configuration" msgstr "تكوين SLP العام" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:81 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:81 msgid "SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "تكوين خادم SLP" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:288 msgid "Server Details" msgstr "تفاصيل الخادم" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Static Configuration Files" msgstr "ملفات التكوين الثابت" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:667 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Really delete this file?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف هذا الملف؟" -#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:690 +#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "Name of New File" msgstr "اسم الملف الجديد" -#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`scope), `Enabled, false); -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:866 +#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`scope), `Enabled, false); +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Scope and IP address must be inserted." msgstr "يجب إدراج النطاق وعنوان IP." -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:872 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Scope must be inserted." msgstr "يجب إدراج النطاق." -#. SlpServer overview dialog caption -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:883 +#. SlpServer overview dialog caption +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:883 msgid "SLP Server Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة على خادم SLP" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:892 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "<h1>SLP Server</h1>" msgstr "<h1>خادم SLP</h1>" -#. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:929 +#. dialog for expert settings +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "SLP Server Configuration--Expert Dialog" msgstr "تكوين خادم SLP--مربع الحوار الخبير" -#. edit reg file dialog -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:957 +#. edit reg file dialog +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:957 msgid "SLP Server Configuration--Edit .reg File" msgstr "تكوين خادم SLP--تحرير ملف .reg" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -156,17 +156,18 @@ "<p><b><big>تتم الآن تهيئة تكوين خادم SLP</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إيقاف التهيئة</big></b><br>\n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</" +"p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -174,8 +175,8 @@ "<p><b><big>يتم الآن حفظ تكوين خادم SLP</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:29 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:29 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -187,8 +188,8 @@ " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك بما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" " </p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:36 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SLP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed SLP servers. Additionally\n" @@ -198,8 +199,8 @@ "يمكنك الحصول على نظرة عامة على خوادم SLP التي تم تثبيتها. بالإضافة إلى\n" "تحرير التكوينات الخاصة بها.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:42 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an SLP Server</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an SLP server.</p>\n" @@ -207,8 +208,8 @@ "<p><b><big>إضافة خادم SLP</big></b><br>\n" "اضغط <b>إضافة</b> لتكوين خادم SLP.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an SLP server to change or remove.\n" @@ -218,8 +219,8 @@ "حدد خادم SLP المطلوب تغييره أو حذفه.\n" "اضغط بعد ذلك <b>تحرير</b> أو <b>حذف</b> كما ترغب.</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -229,9 +230,9 @@ "اضغط <b>التالي</b> للمتابعة.\n" "<br></p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:58 src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:70 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:58 src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -241,8 +242,8 @@ "هذا غير ممكن، يجب ترميزه أولاً. :-)\n" "</p>" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:64 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -252,132 +253,149 @@ "اضغط <b>التالي</b> للمتابعة.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "<p>To show the slpd log file, use <b>Show Log</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>لإظهار ملف سجل slpd، استخدم <b>إظهار السجل</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is <b>Broadcast</b>.\n" -"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" -"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" -"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is <b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n" +"<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is " +"<b>Broadcast</b>.\n" +"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode " +"is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" +"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it " +"informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" +"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is " +"<b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n" "answers.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>هنا، قم بتعيين وضع لتشغيل برنامج المحرك SLP. أبسط طريقة هي <b>نشر</b>.فيه، يقوم برنامج المحرك SLP بالإجابة على جميع الطلبات المرسلة من قبل النشر. الوضع التالي هو <b>البث المتعدد</b>. فيه، يقوم برنامج\n" +"<p>هنا، قم بتعيين وضع لتشغيل برنامج المحرك SLP. أبسط طريقة هي <b>نشر</b>." +"فيه، يقوم برنامج المحرك SLP بالإجابة على جميع الطلبات المرسلة من قبل النشر. " +"الوضع التالي هو <b>البث المتعدد</b>. فيه، يقوم برنامج\n" "المحرك بالإجابة على الاستعلامات \n" -"المرسلة عن طريق نطاقات مناسبة. في وضع <b>خادم DA</b> ، يخبر خوادم DA بعناوين IP المحددة\n" -"حول الخدمات المسجلة بشكل ثابت ومتحرك. الخيار الأخير هو <b>تحويل إلى خادمDA</b>. يعتبر ذلك خادم\n" +"المرسلة عن طريق نطاقات مناسبة. في وضع <b>خادم DA</b> ، يخبر خوادم DA بعناوين " +"IP المحددة\n" +"حول الخدمات المسجلة بشكل ثابت ومتحرك. الخيار الأخير هو <b>تحويل إلى خادمDA</" +"b>. يعتبر ذلك خادم\n" "التخزين المؤقت لإجابات الخدمة.</p>\n" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 -msgid "<p>With <b>Expert Settings</b>, access all options available in /etc/slp.conf.</p>" -msgstr "<p>من خلال <b>إعدادات الخبير</b>، قم بالوصول إلى كافة الخيارات المتاحة في /etc/slp.conf.</p>" +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 +msgid "" +"<p>With <b>Expert Settings</b>, access all options available in /etc/slp." +"conf.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>من خلال <b>إعدادات الخبير</b>، قم بالوصول إلى كافة الخيارات المتاحة في /" +"etc/slp.conf.</p>" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, create a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\n" -"change the values of any existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package." +"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, create " +"a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\n" +"change the values of any existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is possible " +"to delete files not owned by any package." msgstr "" -"ملفات التكوين للتسجيل الثابت في SLP. باستخدام الخيار <b>إضافة</b>، قم بإنشاء ملف فارغ. باستخدام الخيار <b>تعديل</b>،\n" -"قم بتغيير القيم الخاصة بأي ملف موجود. باستخدام الخيار <b>حذف</b>، يمكنك حذف أية ملفات غير مملوكة بواسطة أية حزمة." +"ملفات التكوين للتسجيل الثابت في SLP. باستخدام الخيار <b>إضافة</b>، قم بإنشاء " +"ملف فارغ. باستخدام الخيار <b>تعديل</b>،\n" +"قم بتغيير القيم الخاصة بأي ملف موجود. باستخدام الخيار <b>حذف</b>، يمكنك حذف " +"أية ملفات غير مملوكة بواسطة أية حزمة." -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "Help for regedit" msgstr "تعليمات regedit" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:83 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:83 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. check for package openslp-server installed -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 -msgid "<p>To configure the SLP server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +#. check for package openslp-server installed +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 +msgid "" +"<p>To configure the SLP server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>لتكوين خادم SLP، يجب تثبيت حزمة .<b>%1</b></p>" -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>هل تريد التثبيت الآن؟</p>" -#. SlpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:199 +#. SlpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:199 msgid "Initializing SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين خادم SLP" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:215 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:215 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "قراءة قاعدة البيانات" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:217 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:217 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "قراءة الإعدادات السابقة" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:219 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:219 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "اكتشاف الأجهزة" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:223 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:223 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة قاعدة البيانات..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:225 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:225 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة الإعدادات السابقة..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:227 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:227 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "يتم الآن اكتشاف الأجهزة..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:229 src/modules/SlpServer.rb:302 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:229 src/modules/SlpServer.rb:302 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. read another database -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:253 +#. read another database +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:253 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة قاعدة البيانات2." -#. SlpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:276 +#. SlpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:276 msgid "Saving SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين خادم SLP" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:292 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:292 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "كتابة الإعدادات" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:294 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:294 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "تشغيل SuSEconfig" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:298 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:298 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:300 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:300 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "يتم الآن تشغيل SuSEconfig..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:313 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:313 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:378 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:378 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "ملخص التكوين..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/snapper.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/snapper.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/snapper.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: snapper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,163 +14,163 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/snapper.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of snapper -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome@suse.cz> -#. -#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. -#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/snapper.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of snapper +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome@suse.cz> +#. +#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of system snapshots" msgstr "تكوين لقطات النظام" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Description" msgstr "الوصف" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "User data" msgstr "بيانات المستخدم" -#. combo box label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 +#. combo box label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "تنظيف الخوارزمية" -#. popup label, %{num} is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#. popup label, %{num} is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "تعديل اللقطة %{num}" -#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "تعديل اللقطة %{pre} و%{post}" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "سابقة (%{pre})" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "لاحقة (%{post})" -#. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 +#. popup label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "إنشاء لقطة جديدة" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "لقطة واحدة" -#. radio button label -#. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 +#. radio button label +#. 0 means there's no post +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Pre" msgstr "قبل" -#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 +#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "بعد، يقترن مع:" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "هل تريد بالتأكيد حذق اللقطة %{num}؟" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" msgstr "هل تريد بالتأكيد حذف القطات %{pre} و%{post}؟" -#. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 +#. summary dialog caption +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "لقطات" -#. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 +#. generate list of snapshot table items +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Single" msgstr "فردي" -#. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 +#. pre canot be 0 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "قبل وبعد" -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "جارٍ قراءة قائمة اللقطات..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "التكوين الحالي" -#. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 +#. table header +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "ID" msgstr "معرّف" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Type" msgstr "النوع" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "تاريخ البدء" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "End Date" msgstr "تاريخ النهاية" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "User Data" msgstr "بيانات المستخدم" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "إظهار التغييرات" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Modify" msgstr "تعديل" -#. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 +#. popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." @@ -178,132 +178,132 @@ "لم يتم إقران هذه اللقطة 'قبل' مع أي لقطة 'بعد' حتى الآن.\n" "لا يمكن عرض الاختلافات." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة على اللقطة المحددة" -#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 +#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1: %2" -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "جارٍ حساب الملفات المتغيرة..." -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "جارٍ حساب تعديلات الملف..." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "تم إنشاء ملف جديد." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "تمت إزالة الملف." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "لم يتم تغيير محتوى الملف." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "الملف غير موجود في أي من اللقطات." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "تم تعديل محتوى الملف." -#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 +#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "تم تغيير وضع الملف من '%1' إلى '%2'." -#. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 +#. text label, %1, %2 are user names +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "تم تغيير ملكية مستخدم الملف من '%1' إلى '%2'." -#. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#. text label, %1, %2 are group names +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "تم تغيير ملكية مجموعة الملفات من '%1' إلى '%2'." -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "اس&تعادة من الأول" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "Restore" msgstr "استعادة" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "استعا&دة من الثاني" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "عرض الفرق بين نظام اللقطة والنظام الحالي" -#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 +#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "عرض الفرق بين اللقطة الحالية واللقطة المحددة:" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "عرض الفرق بين اللقطة الأولى والثانية" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "عرض الفرق بين اللقطة الأولى والنظام الحالي" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "عرض الفرق بين اللقطة الثانية والنظام الحالي" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "الوقت المستغرق في التقاط اللقطة:" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "الوقت المستغرق في التقاط اللقطة الأولى:" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "الوقت المستغرق في التقاط اللقطة الثانية:" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 msgid "&Open" msgstr "ف&تح" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "استعادة المحدد" -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -317,9 +317,9 @@ "\n" "من النظام الحالي؟" -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -333,24 +333,25 @@ "\n" "من لقطة الشاشة '%2' إلى النظام الحالي؟" -#. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 +#. popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي ملف لاسترجاعه." -#. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "استعادة الملفات" -#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 +#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "" "<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n" "<p>\n" "%2\n" "</p>\n" -"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</p>\n" +"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</" +"p>\n" "<p>Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.</p>Are you sure?" msgstr "" "<p>ستتم استعادة هذه الملفات من لقطة الشاشة '%1':</p>\n" @@ -360,8 +361,8 @@ "<p>سيتم نسخ الملفات الموجودة في لقطة الشاشة الأصلية إلى النظام الحالي.</p>\n" "<p>وسيتم حذف الملفات غير الموجودة في لقطة الشاشة.</p>هل أنت متأكد؟" -#. Read dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -369,51 +370,74 @@ "<p><b><big>قراءة قائمة اللقطات</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help: -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 +#. Summary dialog help: +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n" -"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" -"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n" -"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n" +"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " +"types\n" +"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots " +"are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " +"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " +"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in " +"the table.</p>\n" +"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see " +"the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>تكوين اللقطات</big></b><p>\n" -"<p>يتم من خلال الجدول إظهار قائمة بلقطات نظام الملفات الجذر. ويوجد ثلاثة أنواع\n" +"<p>يتم من خلال الجدول إظهار قائمة بلقطات نظام الملفات الجذر. ويوجد ثلاثة " +"أنواع\n" "من اللقطات، <b>فردية</b> و<b>سابقة</b> و<b>لاحقة</b>. اللقطات الفردية يتم \n" -"استخدامها لتخزين حالة نظام الملفات في وقت معين، بينما يتم استخدام اللقطات السابقة واللاحقة لتحديد التغييرات التي تم تنفيذها بواسطة عملية خاصة تم إجراؤها بين التقاط هذين اللقطتين. ويتم إقران اللقطتين السابقة واللاحقة في الجدول. </p>\n" -"<p>قم بتحديد لقطة أو زوج من اللقطات وانقر <b>إظهار التغييرات</b> لعرض تغييرات \n" +"استخدامها لتخزين حالة نظام الملفات في وقت معين، بينما يتم استخدام اللقطات " +"السابقة واللاحقة لتحديد التغييرات التي تم تنفيذها بواسطة عملية خاصة تم " +"إجراؤها بين التقاط هذين اللقطتين. ويتم إقران اللقطتين السابقة واللاحقة في " +"الجدول. </p>\n" +"<p>قم بتحديد لقطة أو زوج من اللقطات وانقر <b>إظهار التغييرات</b> لعرض " +"تغييرات \n" "نظام الملفات الجديدة في اللقطة المحددة.</p>\n" -#. Show snapshot dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 +#. Show snapshot dialog help +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " +"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " +"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " +"creation for both snapshots.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " +"default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is " +"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>عرض اللقطة</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"يتم من خلال الشجرة عرض كل الملفات التي تم تعديلها أثناء إنشاء اللقطتين الأولى (السابقة) والثانية (اللاحقة). على الجانب الأيمن، سترى الوصف الذي تم إنشاؤه عند إنشاء اللقطة الأولى ووقت إنشاء كلا اللقطتين. \n" +"يتم من خلال الشجرة عرض كل الملفات التي تم تعديلها أثناء إنشاء اللقطتين " +"الأولى (السابقة) والثانية (اللاحقة). على الجانب الأيمن، سترى الوصف الذي تم " +"إنشاؤه عند إنشاء اللقطة الأولى ووقت إنشاء كلا اللقطتين. \n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"عندما يتم تحديد ملف في الشجرة، سترى التغييرات التي تم إجراؤها عليها. بشكل افتراضي، سيتم إظهار التغييرات بين اللقطات المقترنة المحددة، لكن يمكن مقارنة الملف بإصدارات مختلفة.\n" +"عندما يتم تحديد ملف في الشجرة، سترى التغييرات التي تم إجراؤها عليها. بشكل " +"افتراضي، سيتم إظهار التغييرات بين اللقطات المقترنة المحددة، لكن يمكن مقارنة " +"الملف بإصدارات مختلفة.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 +#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " +"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " +"of its creation.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " +"snapshot version and current system.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>نظرة عامة على اللقطة</big></b><p>\n" @@ -421,73 +445,74 @@ "تعرض الشجرة كل الملفات المختلفة بين اللقطة المحددة والنظام الحالي. على \n" "الجانب الأيسر، يمكنك مشاهدة وصف اللقطة ووقت إنشائها.\n" "</p>\n" -"<p>عند تحديد ملف في الشجرة، يمكنك أن ترى الاختلاف بين إصدار اللقطة والنظام الحالي.\n" +"<p>عند تحديد ملف في الشجرة، يمكنك أن ترى الاختلاف بين إصدار اللقطة والنظام " +"الحالي.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots -#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 +#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots +#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 msgid "Failed to get config:\n" msgstr "فشل الحصول على التكوين:\n" -#. Return the path to given snapshot -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 +#. Return the path to given snapshot +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" msgstr "فشل الحصول على نقطة تحميل اللقطة:\n" -#. Create new snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 +#. Create new snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" msgstr "فشل إنشاء لقطة جديدة:\n" -#. Modify existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 +#. Modify existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" msgstr "فشل تعديل اللقطة:\n" -#. Delete existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 +#. Delete existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" msgstr "فشل حذف اللقطة:\n" -#. Snapper read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 +#. Snapper read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 msgid "Initializing Snapper" msgstr "تهيئة Snapper" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 msgid "Read list of configurations" msgstr "قراءة قائمة عمليات التكوين" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 msgid "Read list of snapshots" msgstr "قراءة قائمة اللقطات" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 msgid "Reading list of configurations" msgstr "قراءة قائمة عمليات التكوين" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 msgid "Reading list of snapshots" msgstr "قراءة قائمة اللقطات" -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:" msgstr "فشلت عمليات تكوين الاستعلام عن snapper:" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 msgid "" "No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n" "configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n" @@ -497,21 +522,21 @@ "أو أكثر لاستخدام yast2-snapper. يمكن استخدام أداة سطر أمر snapper\n" "لإنشاء التكوينات." -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:" msgstr "فشلت لقطات الاستعلام عن snapper:" -#. label for log window -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 +#. label for log window +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 msgid "Restoring Files..." msgstr "جارٍ استعادة الملفات..." -#. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 +#. log entry (%1 is file name) +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 msgid "Deleted %1\n" msgstr "%1 محذوف\n" -#. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 +#. log entry (%1 is file name) +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "%1 تم تخطيه\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sound.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sound.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sound.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg -# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. -# +# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. +# msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:42\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,135 +14,143 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup error message -#: src/clients/sound.rb:49 +#. popup error message +#: src/clients/sound.rb:49 msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على قاعدة بيانات بطاقات الصوت. الرجاء التحقق من التثبيت." -#. translators: command line help text for Sound module -#: src/clients/sound.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Sound module +#: src/clients/sound.rb:59 msgid "Sound card configuration module." msgstr "الوحدة النمطية لتكوين بطاقة الصوت." -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:69 +#. translators: command line help text for summary action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:69 msgid "Configuration summary of sound cards" msgstr "ملخص تكوين بطاقات الصوت" -#. translators: command line help text for add action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:79 +#. translators: command line help text for add action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:79 msgid "Add sound card. Without parameters, add first one detected." msgstr "أضف بطاقة صوت. بدون استخدام المعلمات، أضف أول بطاقة يتم اكتشافها." -#. help text for unknownd parameters -#: src/clients/sound.rb:84 +#. help text for unknownd parameters +#: src/clients/sound.rb:84 msgid "Value of the specific module parameter." msgstr "قيمة معلمة الوحدة النمطية المحددة." -#. translators: command line help text for remove action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:91 +#. translators: command line help text for remove action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:91 msgid "Remove sound cards" msgstr "إزالة بطاقات الصوت" -#. translators: command line help text for test action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:98 +#. translators: command line help text for test action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:98 msgid "Play test sound on given sound card" msgstr "تشغيل اختبار الصوت على بطاقة الصوت المحددة" -#. translators: command line help text for test action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:105 +#. translators: command line help text for test action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:105 msgid "Show the information of given sound card" msgstr "إظهار معلومات بطاقة الصوت المحددة" -#. translators: command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:115 +#. translators: command line help text for set action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:115 msgid "Set the new values for given card parameters." msgstr "قم بتعيين القيم الجديدة لمعلمات البطاقة المحددة." -#. - for unknown parameter names -#. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show' -#: src/clients/sound.rb:121 -msgid "Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list of allowed parameters." -msgstr "قيمة معلمة الوحدة النمطية المحددة. استخدم الأمر 'show' لعرض قائمة بالمعلمات المسموح بها." +#. - for unknown parameter names +#. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show' +#: src/clients/sound.rb:121 +msgid "" +"Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list " +"of allowed parameters." +msgstr "" +"قيمة معلمة الوحدة النمطية المحددة. استخدم الأمر 'show' لعرض قائمة بالمعلمات " +"المسموح بها." -#. translators: command line help text for volume action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:131 +#. translators: command line help text for volume action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:131 msgid "Set the volume of specific channels of the given card." msgstr "قم بتعيين مستوى الصوت للقنوات المحددة للبطاقة المعطاة." -#. - for unknown parameter names -#. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name -#: src/clients/sound.rb:137 -msgid "Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a list of available channels." -msgstr "قيمة القناة المحددة (0-100). استخدم الأمر 'channels' لعرض قائمة بالقنوات المتاحة." +#. - for unknown parameter names +#. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name +#: src/clients/sound.rb:137 +msgid "" +"Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a " +"list of available channels." +msgstr "" +"قيمة القناة المحددة (0-100). استخدم الأمر 'channels' لعرض قائمة بالقنوات " +"المتاحة." -#. translators: command line help text for modules action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:144 +#. translators: command line help text for modules action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:144 msgid "List all available sound kernel modules." msgstr "قم بسرد كافة وحدات الصوت النمطية المتاحة لـ kernel." -#. translators: command line help text for channels action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:151 +#. translators: command line help text for channels action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:151 msgid "List available volume channels of given card." msgstr "قم بسرد القنوات المتاحة لمستوى الصوت للبطاقة المحددة." -#. translators: command line help text for the 'card' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:159 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'card' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:159 msgid "Number of sound card" msgstr "رقم بطاقة الصوت" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'all' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:166 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'all' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:166 msgid "All available sound cards" msgstr "كافة بطاقات الصوت المتاحة" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'module' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:172 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'module' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:172 msgid "Kernel module (driver) for the sound card" msgstr "الوحدة النمطية (برنامج التشغيل) Kernel لبطاقة الصوت" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'play' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:179 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'play' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:179 msgid "Play the test sound when the card is configured" msgstr "تشغيل اختبار الصوت عند تكوين البطاقة" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'volume' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:185 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'volume' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:185 msgid "Volume value for the sound card (0-100)" msgstr "قيمة مستوى الصوت لبطاقة الصوت (0-100)" -#. result message, %1 is card name -#: src/clients/sound.rb:347 +#. result message, %1 is card name +#: src/clients/sound.rb:347 msgid "Successfully added card '%1'." msgstr "تمت إضافة البطاقة '%1' بنجاح." -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/clients/sound.rb:374 src/clients/sound.rb:484 src/clients/sound.rb:568 -#: src/clients/sound.rb:611 +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/clients/sound.rb:374 src/clients/sound.rb:484 src/clients/sound.rb:568 +#: src/clients/sound.rb:611 msgid "You must specify the card number." msgstr "يجب تحديد رقم البطاقة." -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/clients/sound.rb:379 src/clients/sound.rb:402 src/clients/sound.rb:425 -#: src/clients/sound.rb:490 src/clients/sound.rb:574 src/clients/sound.rb:617 +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/clients/sound.rb:379 src/clients/sound.rb:402 src/clients/sound.rb:425 +#: src/clients/sound.rb:490 src/clients/sound.rb:574 src/clients/sound.rb:617 msgid "There is no such sound card." msgstr "بطاقة الصوت هذه غير موجودة." -#. label: list of card parameters will follow; %1 is card name, %2 driver -#: src/clients/sound.rb:437 +#. label: list of card parameters will follow; %1 is card name, %2 driver +#: src/clients/sound.rb:437 msgid "Parameters of card '%1' (using module %2):\n" msgstr "معلمات البطاقة '%1' (باستخدام الوحدة النمطية %2):\n" -#. label (default value of sound module parameter) -#: src/clients/sound.rb:454 +#. label (default value of sound module parameter) +#: src/clients/sound.rb:454 msgid "" "\n" "\tDefault Value: %1" @@ -150,8 +158,8 @@ "\n" "\tالقيمة الافتراضية: %1" -#. label (current value of sound module parameter) -#: src/clients/sound.rb:464 +#. label (current value of sound module parameter) +#: src/clients/sound.rb:464 msgid "" "\n" "\tCurrent Value: %1" @@ -159,86 +167,86 @@ "\n" "\tالقيمة الحالية: %1" -#. Do not show any progress during Read() -#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:39 +#. Do not show any progress during Read() +#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:39 msgid "Detecting sound cards..." msgstr "يتم الآن اكتشاف بطاقات الصوت..." -#. section name in proposal dialog -#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:72 +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:72 msgid "Sound" msgstr "الصوت" -#. section name in proposal - menu item -#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:74 +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:74 msgid "&Sound" msgstr "ال&صوت" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:102 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:102 msgid "Save module configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين الوحدة النمطية" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:104 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:104 msgid "Save sound card information" msgstr "حفظ معلومات بطاقة الصوت" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:106 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:106 msgid "Save sysconfig values" msgstr "حفظ قيم sysconfig" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:108 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:108 msgid "Start sound card" msgstr "بدء تشغيل بطاقة الصوت" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:110 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:110 msgid "Store volume" msgstr "تخزين إعدادات مستوى الصوت" -#. progress bar item -#. progres bar label -#. progres bar label -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:115 src/clients/sound_write.rb:139 -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:145 +#. progress bar item +#. progres bar label +#. progres bar label +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:115 src/clients/sound_write.rb:139 +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:145 msgid "Saving sound card settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ إعدادات بطاقة الصوت..." -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:117 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:117 msgid "Saving card information..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ معلومات البطاقة..." -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:119 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:119 msgid "Saving sysconfig values..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ قيم sysconfig..." -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:121 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:121 msgid "Starting sound card..." msgstr "يتم الآن بدء تشغيل بطاقة الصوت..." -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:123 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:123 msgid "Storing volume settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن تخزين إعدادات مستوى الصوت..." -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:128 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:128 msgid "Install required packages" msgstr "تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:131 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:131 msgid "Installing required packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة..." -#. log mixer settings -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:293 +#. log mixer settings +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:293 msgid "" "These required packages are not available: %1\n" "Some sound devices may not work or some features may not be supported.\n" @@ -250,24 +258,24 @@ "\n" "قم بتمكين أو إضافة مخزن برامج إضافية يحتوي على الحزم.\n" -#. creates summary table with card labels and thier states -#. (running/not running/dissappeared) -#. @return [Array] table contents -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:61 +#. creates summary table with card labels and thier states +#. (running/not running/dissappeared) +#. @return [Array] table contents +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:61 msgid "Configured as sound card number %1" msgstr "مكوَّن برقم بطاقة الصوت %1" -#. sort the cards by index -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:70 src/include/sound/complex.rb:112 +#. sort the cards by index +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:70 src/include/sound/complex.rb:112 msgid "Driver %1" msgstr "برنامج التشغيل %1" -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:120 +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:120 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "غير مكوَّن" -#. popup question text -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:259 +#. popup question text +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:259 msgid "" "To apply changes, the sound system\n" "must be restarted.\n" @@ -277,7 +285,7 @@ "تشغيل نظام الصوت.\n" " هل تريد إعادة بدء تشغيل نظام الصوت الآن؟\n" -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:272 +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:272 msgid "" "Restart of the sound system has failed.\n" "Check options of the driver.\n" @@ -285,285 +293,289 @@ "فشلت إعادة بدء تشغيل نظام الصوت.\n" "الرجاء التحقق من خيارات برنامج التشغيل.\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:342 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:342 msgid "PulseAudio is not installed or cannot be configured." msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت PulseAudio أو تعذر تكوينه." -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:352 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:352 msgid "PulseAudio Configuration" msgstr "تكوين PulseAudio" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:359 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:359 msgid "&Enable PulseAudio Support" msgstr "&تمكين دعم PulseAudio" -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:400 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:400 msgid "Advanced Options" msgstr "خيارات متقدمة" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:407 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:407 msgid "&Start Sequencer (Load MIDI Drivers)" msgstr "&أداة تشغيل (تحميل أجهزة MIDI)" -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:492 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:492 msgid "&Volume..." msgstr "مستو&ى الصوت..." -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:494 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:494 msgid "Play &Test Sound" msgstr "تشغيل ال&صوت واختباره" -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:496 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:496 msgid "&Start Sequencer" msgstr "بدء تشغيل أداة التش&غيل" -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:498 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:498 msgid "Set as the &Primary Card" msgstr "تعيين كبطاقة أساسي&ة" -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:500 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:500 msgid "PulseAudio &Configuration..." msgstr "ت&كوين PulseAudio..." -#. menu item, do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:507 +#. menu item, do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:507 msgid "&Install SoundFonts..." msgstr "&تثبيت soundfonts..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:513 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:513 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "تكوين الصوت" -#. table header -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516 +#. table header +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516 msgid "Index" msgstr "الفهرس" -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516 +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516 msgid "Card Model" msgstr "طراز البطاقة" -#. table entry (vendor was not defined) -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:92 +#. table entry (vendor was not defined) +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:92 msgid "Other" msgstr "أخرى" -#. table entry (all vendors) -#. item for all sound card models in sound card driver list -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:97 src/include/sound/routines.rb:356 +#. table entry (all vendors) +#. item for all sound card models in sound card driver list +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:97 src/include/sound/routines.rb:356 msgid "All" msgstr "الكل" -#. selection box title -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:184 +#. selection box title +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:184 msgid "Sound Card &Vendor" msgstr "&بائع بطاقات الصوت" -#. selection box title -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:186 +#. selection box title +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:186 msgid "Sound card &driver" msgstr "برنامج تشغيل بطاقة ال&صوت" -#. selection box title -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:196 +#. selection box title +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:196 msgid "Sound card &model" msgstr "&طراز بطاقة الصوت" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:207 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:207 msgid "Show List of Kernel Modules" msgstr "إظهار قائمة الوحدات النمطية لـ Kernel" -#. input field - label -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:213 +#. input field - label +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:213 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&بحث" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:219 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:219 msgid "Manual Sound Card Selection" msgstr "تحديد يدوي لبطاقة الصوت" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:33 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:33 msgid "Master" msgstr "رئيسي" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:37 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:37 msgid "PCM" msgstr "PCM" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:41 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:41 msgid "Master Mono" msgstr "أحادي رئيسي" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:45 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:45 msgid "Headphone" msgstr "سماعة الرأس" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:49 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:49 msgid "Line" msgstr "الخط" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:53 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:53 msgid "CD" msgstr "القرص المضغوط" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:57 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:57 msgid "Mic" msgstr "الميكروفون" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:61 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:61 msgid "Video" msgstr "فيديو" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:65 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:65 msgid "Phone" msgstr "الهاتف" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:69 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:69 msgid "Aux" msgstr "المساعد" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:73 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:73 msgid "PC Speaker" msgstr "سماعة الكمبيوتر" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:77 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:77 msgid "Bass" msgstr "جهير" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:81 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:81 msgid "Treble" msgstr "طنين ثلاثي" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:85 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:85 msgid "Surround" msgstr "مجسم" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:89 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:89 msgid "LFE" msgstr "LFE" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:93 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:93 msgid "Center" msgstr "المركز" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:97 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:97 msgid "Wave" msgstr "الموجة" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:101 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:101 msgid "Wave Center" msgstr "مركز الموجات" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:105 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:105 msgid "Wave Surround" msgstr "صوت مجسم" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:109 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:109 msgid "AC97" msgstr "AC97" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:113 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:113 msgid "Music" msgstr "موسيقى" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:117 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:117 msgid "Front" msgstr "المقدمة" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:121 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:121 msgid "iSpeaker" msgstr "iSpeaker" -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:219 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:219 msgid "&Master volume" msgstr "مستوى الصو&ت الرئيسي" -#. push button label -#. Test - button label -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:226 src/include/sound/volume.rb:90 +#. push button label +#. Test - button label +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:226 src/include/sound/volume.rb:90 msgid "&Test" msgstr "اختبا&ر" -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:261 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:261 msgid "&Other channels" msgstr "ق&نوات أخرى" -#. card name -#. add vendor/device ID -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:279 src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:435 +#. card name +#. add vendor/device ID +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:279 src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:435 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "غير معروف" -#. help text - mixer setting -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 +#. help text - mixer setting +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 msgid "" -"<P>With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound card. \n" -"Press <B>Next</B> to save your volume settings, press <B>Back</B> to restore the original settings.</P>" +"<P>With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected " +"sound card. \n" +"Press <B>Next</B> to save your volume settings, press <B>Back</B> to restore " +"the original settings.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>يمكنك من خلال مربع الحوار هذا تعيين مستوى الصوت لكل قناة ببطاقة الصوت المحددة. \n" -"اضغط <B>التالي</B> لحفظ إعدادات مستوى الصوت واضغط <B>الخلف</B> لاستعادة الإعدادات الأصلية.</P>" +"<P>يمكنك من خلال مربع الحوار هذا تعيين مستوى الصوت لكل قناة ببطاقة الصوت " +"المحددة. \n" +"اضغط <B>التالي</B> لحفظ إعدادات مستوى الصوت واضغط <B>الخلف</B> لاستعادة " +"الإعدادات الأصلية.</P>" -#. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:385 +#. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:385 msgid "Volume Settings for Card %1 - %2" msgstr "إعدادات حجم الصوت لبطاقة %1- %2" -#. To translators: popup message, wrong value -#. To translators: popup message, wrong value -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:53 src/include/sound/options.rb:62 +#. To translators: popup message, wrong value +#. To translators: popup message, wrong value +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:53 src/include/sound/options.rb:62 msgid "The value: %1 must be a number" msgstr "يجب أن تكون القيمة: %1 رقمًا" -#. To translators: "space" means blank character -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:77 +#. To translators: "space" means blank character +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:77 msgid "(space)" msgstr "(مسافة)" -#. To translators: popup message, wrong value -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:80 +#. To translators: popup message, wrong value +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:80 msgid "String cannot contain: %1" msgstr "لا يمكن أن تحتوي السلسلة على: %1" -#. popup message: wrong value; %1 is list of right values -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:93 +#. popup message: wrong value; %1 is list of right values +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:93 msgid "" "The value must be one of\n" "%1" @@ -571,8 +583,8 @@ "يجب أن تكون القيمة أحد \n" "%1" -#. label text -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:254 +#. label text +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:254 msgid "" "Possible value:\n" "not known" @@ -580,25 +592,25 @@ "القيمة الممكنة:\n" "غير معروفة" -#. when the selected option in table is changed, we need to update -#. combo with values -#. @param [String] values list of values -#. @param [String] default_item default item -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:298 +#. when the selected option in table is changed, we need to update +#. combo with values +#. @param [String] values list of values +#. @param [String] default_item default item +#. @return [void] +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:298 msgid "Name of the &Option" msgstr "ا&سم الخيار" -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312 msgid "&Value" msgstr "ال&قيمة" -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312 msgid "&Option: " msgstr "ا&لخيار:" -#. all non-ASCII characters from value -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:346 +#. all non-ASCII characters from value +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:346 msgid "" "Value of the option contains invalid\n" "characters '%1'.\n" @@ -610,8 +622,8 @@ "\n" "قم بإدخال قيمة صالحة." -#. all non-ASCII characters from name -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:367 +#. all non-ASCII characters from name +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:367 msgid "" "Name of the option contains invalid\n" "characters '%1'.\n" @@ -623,81 +635,81 @@ "\n" "أدخل اسمًا صالحًا." -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:394 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:394 msgid "Change the Option" msgstr "تغيير الخيار" -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:398 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:398 msgid "Add a New Option" msgstr "إضافة خيار جديد" -#. Returns description of card module option -#. @param [Object] arg type of arg can be string or list -#. @return [String] description -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:414 +#. Returns description of card module option +#. @param [Object] arg type of arg can be string or list +#. @return [String] description +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:414 msgid "No description available" msgstr "لا يتوفر أي وصف" -#. Table header -- option description -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:439 +#. Table header -- option description +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:439 msgid "Description" msgstr "وصف" -#. Table header -- option name -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:441 +#. Table header -- option name +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:441 msgid "Option" msgstr "الخيار" -#. Table header -- value of an option -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:443 +#. Table header -- value of an option +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:443 msgid "Value" msgstr "قيمة" -#. restore original option values -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:454 +#. restore original option values +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:454 msgid "R&eset all" msgstr "إ&عادة تعيين الكل" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:543 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:543 msgid "Sound Card Advanced Options" msgstr "الخيارات المتقدمة لبطاقة الصوت" -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:554 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:554 msgid "There are no options for this module" msgstr "لا توجد خيارات لهذه الوحدة النمطية" -#. popup question -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:685 +#. popup question +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:685 msgid "Do you really want to reset all values?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل إعادة تعيين كافة القيم؟" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:176 +#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) +#: src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:176 msgid "Sound Cards" msgstr "بطاقات الصوت" -#. list of all sound modules (table items) -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:53 +#. list of all sound modules (table items) +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:53 msgid "Unknown CD-ROM device" msgstr "محرك أقراص مضغوطة غير معروف" -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:71 +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:71 msgid "Unknown CD-ROM Device" msgstr "محرك أقراص مضغوطة غير معروف" -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:100 +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:100 msgid "CD-ROM &Device" msgstr "م&حرك الأقراص المضغوطة" -#. returns list of all available sound modules (OSS only) -#. @return [Array] as above -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:344 +#. returns list of all available sound modules (OSS only) +#. @return [Array] as above +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:344 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" -#. label to error popup, %1 is module name -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:844 +#. label to error popup, %1 is module name +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:844 msgid "" "The kernel module %1 for sound support\n" "could not be loaded. This can be caused by incorrect\n" @@ -707,8 +719,8 @@ "بدعم الصوت. يمكن أن يكون ذلك قد نتج عن معلمات\n" " غير صحيحة للوحدة النمطية، بما في ذلك معلمات IO أو IRQ غير الصالحة." -#. popup question: different module has to be choosed -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:1115 +#. popup question: different module has to be choosed +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:1115 msgid "" "It seems that you have a Thinkpad 600E laptop.\n" "On this laptop, the CS4236 driver should be used\n" @@ -726,9 +738,9 @@ " تحذير: قد يستغرق إجراء الفحص فترة من الوقت\n" " وقد يصبح النظام لديك غير مستقر.\n" -#. help text - setup type selection 1/3 -#. help text - quick configuration 1/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:30 src/include/sound/texts.rb:53 +#. help text - setup type selection 1/3 +#. help text - quick configuration 1/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:30 src/include/sound/texts.rb:53 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To configure this sound card and adjust its \n" @@ -740,8 +752,8 @@ " الخاص بها، حدد <b>إعداد عادي</b>.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text - setup type selection 2/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:37 +#. help text - setup type selection 2/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:37 msgid "" "<p>To set a special option, \n" "check <b>Advanced setup</b>.\n" @@ -753,8 +765,8 @@ " لن يحتاج معظم المستخدمين إلى هذا.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text - setup type selection 3/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:44 +#. help text - setup type selection 3/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:44 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you do not want to adjust volume or set options now, \n" @@ -768,8 +780,8 @@ " الخيارات لاحقًا.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text - quick configuration 2/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:60 +#. help text - quick configuration 2/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:60 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you do not want to adjust the volume now, check <b>Quick \n" @@ -783,8 +795,8 @@ " الخيارات لاحقًا.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text - quick configuration 3/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:68 +#. help text - quick configuration 3/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:68 msgid "" "<P>\n" "To configure a card that was not detected, \n" @@ -796,8 +808,8 @@ "<B>تثبيت أكثر تفصيلاً لبطاقات الصوت</B>.\n" " </P>\n" -#. help text - sound card selection 1/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:76 +#. help text - sound card selection 1/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:76 msgid "" "<P>\n" "<b>Manually</b> choose the sound card to \n" @@ -811,8 +823,8 @@ " عن طريق إدخال الاسم في مربع البحث.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text - sound card selection 2/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:84 +#. help text - sound card selection 2/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:84 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>All</b> to see the entire list of \n" @@ -824,8 +836,8 @@ " لطُرز بطاقات الصوت المدعمة.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text - which sound card to configure 1/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:92 +#. help text - which sound card to configure 1/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:92 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select the type of card to configure.\n" @@ -835,8 +847,8 @@ "حدد نوع البطاقة المطلوب تكوينها.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text - which sound card to configure 2/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:98 +#. help text - which sound card to configure 2/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:98 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the list contains <b>autodetected</b> cards not yet \n" @@ -845,14 +857,15 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"في حالة احتواء القائمة على بطاقات <b>مكتشفة تلقائيًا</b> ولكن لم يتم تكوينها بعد، حدد \n" +"في حالة احتواء القائمة على بطاقات <b>مكتشفة تلقائيًا</b> ولكن لم يتم تكوينها " +"بعد، حدد \n" " إحداها وتابع. بخلاف ذلك, استخدم\n" " <b>التحديد اليدوي</b>.\n" " </p>\n" -#. To reset the sound configuration these programs must be terminated -#. (popup label message) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:108 src/include/sound/texts.rb:114 +#. To reset the sound configuration these programs must be terminated +#. (popup label message) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:108 src/include/sound/texts.rb:114 msgid "" "There are programs running that are currently using \n" "the audio device.\n" @@ -864,8 +877,8 @@ " لإعادة تعيين التكوين، يجب \n" " إنهاء هذه البرامج. هل تريد المتابعة؟\n" -#. help text - options dialog 1/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:122 +#. help text - options dialog 1/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:122 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, modify options for the sound modules. \n" @@ -879,8 +892,8 @@ " مربع الحوار هذا دون تغيير. \n" " </p>\n" -#. help text - options dialog 2/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:130 +#. help text - options dialog 2/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:130 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the option to set then use <b>Set</b> \n" @@ -900,8 +913,8 @@ " (سداسي عشري ببادئة <b>0x</b>).\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text - mixer setting 1/4 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:142 +#. help text - mixer setting 1/4 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:142 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Adjust the volume.\n" @@ -911,8 +924,8 @@ "اضبط مستوى الصوت.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text - mixer setting 2/4 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:144 +#. help text - mixer setting 2/4 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:144 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Test your sound card by pressing <b>Test</b>.\n" @@ -924,8 +937,8 @@ " \n" " </p>\n" -#. help text - mixer setting 3/4 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:151 +#. help text - mixer setting 3/4 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:151 msgid "" "<p>\n" "After configuration is complete, use <b>amixer</b> \n" @@ -937,8 +950,8 @@ " أو أي برنامج من اختيارك لضبط مستوى الصوت.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text - mixer setting 4/4 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:158 +#. help text - mixer setting 4/4 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:158 msgid "" "<p><b>WARNING:</b> Start testing your\n" "sound card with <b>very</b> low volume settings to prevent \n" @@ -950,8 +963,8 @@ "\n" " </p>\n" -#. warning/question message -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:166 +#. warning/question message +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:166 msgid "" "Configuring this sound card on some Sony VAIO notebooks \n" "may fail if X is running. This can be avoided by setting the\n" @@ -963,13 +976,13 @@ " snd_vaio_hack إلى 1 أو بتكوين \n" " هذه البطاقة خارج X. هل تريد المتابعة?\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:174 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:174 msgid "Error while saving '/etc/modules.conf'.\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء حفظ '/etc/modules.conf'.\n" -#. list of error -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:177 +#. list of error +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:177 msgid "" "These errors occurred during saving configuration:\n" "%1" @@ -977,8 +990,8 @@ "حدثت هذه الأخطاء أثناء حفظ التكوين:\n" "%1" -#. information message - success -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:180 +#. information message - success +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:180 msgid "" "The sound card was successfully configured.\n" "It is now available for use.\n" @@ -986,21 +999,21 @@ "تم تكوين بطاقة الصوت بنجاح.\n" "وهي الآن متاحة للاستخدام.\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:183 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:183 msgid "The sound configuration was saved." msgstr "تم حفظ تكوين الصوت." -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:186 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:186 msgid "Error while saving file: %1 \n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء حفظ الملف: %1 \n" -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:189 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:189 msgid "Error while setting volume.\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء تعيين مستوى الصوت.\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:190 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:190 msgid "" "The sound volume and configuration\n" "for the sound card \n" @@ -1010,34 +1023,34 @@ "والتكوين لبطاقة \n" " الصوت الآن.\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:195 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:195 msgid "The sound configuration will be saved now." msgstr "سيتم حفظ تكوين الصوت الآن." -#. this is the second part of message "The sound card 'sbLive' will be configured as the first card" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:198 +#. this is the second part of message "The sound card 'sbLive' will be configured as the first card" +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:198 msgid "will be configured as the first sound card (%1)" msgstr "سيتم تكوينها كبطاقة الصوت الأولى (%1)" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:199 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:199 msgid "will be configured as the second sound card (%1)" msgstr "سيتم تكوينها كبطاقة الصوت الثانية (%1)" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:200 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:200 msgid "will be configured as the third sound card (%1)" msgstr "سيتم تكوينها كبطاقة الصوت الثالثة (%1)" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:201 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:201 msgid "will be configured as the %2th sound card (%1)" msgstr "سيتم تكوينها كبطاقة الصوت رقم %2 (%1)" -#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:205 +#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:205 msgid "Install SoundFonts" msgstr "تثبيت soundfonts" -#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:208 +#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:208 msgid "" "Should YaST2 install the wavetable SoundFont-files from \n" "your Soundblaster Live! or AWE driver CD?\n" @@ -1045,7 +1058,7 @@ "هل يقوم YaST2 بتثبيت ملفات wavetable SoundFont من\n" "برنامج تشغيل Soundblaster Live! أو من برنامج تشغيل AWE للقرص المضغوط؟\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:211 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:211 msgid "" "Insert the driver CD for the Soundblaster Live! or AWE card\n" "in the CD-ROM drive.\n" @@ -1053,22 +1066,22 @@ "أدخل القرص المضغوط لبرنامج تشغيل Soundblaster Live! أو بطاقة AWE\n" "في مشغل الأقراص المضغوطة.\n" -#. To translators: the message below will look like this: "14 SoundFont-files have been installed in /usr/share/..." -#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:217 +#. To translators: the message below will look like this: "14 SoundFont-files have been installed in /usr/share/..." +#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:217 msgid "%1 SoundFont-files have been installed in %2." msgstr "%1 SoundFont-files تم تثبيتها في %2." -#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:220 +#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:220 msgid "No SoundFont-files found." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على أية ملفات Soundfont." -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:221 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:221 msgid "Would you like to change the CD and retry ?" msgstr "هل تريد تغيير القرص المضغوط وإعادة المحاولة؟" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:222 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:222 msgid "" "'%1' and '%2' sound cards were autodetected on your system. \n" "For proper functionality, skip the '%1' sound card and \n" @@ -1078,7 +1091,7 @@ "لأداء وظيفي مناسب، قم بتخطي بطاقة الصوت '%1' \n" " وتكوين '%2' فقط.\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:227 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:227 msgid "" "<P>\n" "Hardware detection found a new sound card. To configure it, \n" @@ -1092,7 +1105,7 @@ " <B>تكوين<B>.\n" " </P>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:234 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:234 msgid "" "<P>\n" "Press <B>Change</B> to configure cards already installed.\n" @@ -1102,7 +1115,7 @@ "اضغط <B>تغيير</B> لتكوين بطاقات تم تثبيتها بالفعل.\n" " </P>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:239 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:239 msgid "" "<P>\n" "To save the current configuration, press <B>Finish</B>.\n" @@ -1112,12 +1125,12 @@ "لحفظ التكوين الحالي، اضغط <B>إنهاء</B>.\n" " </P>\n" -#. sound system dependent part: -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:251 +#. sound system dependent part: +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:251 msgid "<p><big><b>Sound Cards</b><big></p>" msgstr "<p><big><b>بطاقات الصوت</b></big><br>" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:252 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:252 msgid "" "<P>Select an unconfigured card from the list and press <B>Edit</B> to\n" "configure it. If the card was not detected, press <B>Add</B> and\n" @@ -1127,7 +1140,7 @@ "لتكوينها. إذا لم يتم اكتشاف البطاقة، اضغط <B>إضافة</B>\n" " وقم بتكوين البطاقة يدويًا.</P>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:257 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:257 msgid "" "<P>\n" "To change the configuration of a card, select the card.\n" @@ -1139,7 +1152,7 @@ " ثم اضغط <B>تحرير</B>.\n" " </P>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:263 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:263 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use <b>Other</b> to set the volume of the selected card or configure\n" @@ -1153,7 +1166,7 @@ "استخدم <b>تشغيل اختبار الصوت</b> لاختبار البطاقة المحددة.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:270 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:270 msgid "" "<P>PulseAudio daemon can be used to play sounds.\n" "Use <B>PulseAudio Configuration</B> to enable or disable it.</P>\n" @@ -1161,29 +1174,33 @@ "<P>يمكن استخدام برنامج المحرك PulseAudio لتشغيل الأصوات.\n" "استخدم <B>تكوين PulseAudio</B> لتمكينه أو تعطيله.</P>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 msgid "" -"<p>The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and applications.\n" +"<p>The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and " +"applications.\n" "Use <b>Other</b> to set the selected sound device as the primary device.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>يعتبر جهاز الصوت بفهرس 0 الجهاز الافتراضي المستخدم بواسطة النظام والتطبيقات.\n" +"<p>يعتبر جهاز الصوت بفهرس 0 الجهاز الافتراضي المستخدم بواسطة النظام " +"والتطبيقات.\n" "استخدم <b>أخرى</b> لتعيين جهاز الصوت المحدد كجهاز رئيسي.</p>" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 msgid "" "The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\n" -"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\n" +"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> " +"to\n" "start the application." msgstr "" "يمكن للتطبيقات التي تستخدم OSS (نظام الصوت المفتوح) أن تستخدم\n" -"خالط البرامج باستخدام مغلف aoss. استخدم الأمر <tt>aoss <application></tt>\n" +"خالط البرامج باستخدام مغلف aoss. استخدم الأمر <tt>aoss <application></" +"tt>\n" " لبدء تشغيل التطبيق." -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:286 src/include/sound/texts.rb:316 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:286 src/include/sound/texts.rb:316 msgid "<p>An error has occurred. </p>" msgstr "<p>حدث خطأ. </p>" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:287 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:287 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the the problem persists, try passing \n" @@ -1199,7 +1216,7 @@ " أو وحدة نمطية أخرى.\n" " </p>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:300 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:300 msgid "" "<p>\n" "This is the complete sound card list. Use the <b>Finish</b> button \n" @@ -1211,7 +1228,7 @@ " لحفظ معلومات بطاقة الصوت.\n" " </p>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:306 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:306 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use <b>Delete</b> to remove a configured sound card. \n" @@ -1223,64 +1240,64 @@ " استخدم <b>إضافة بطاقة صوت</b> لإضافة بطاقة صوت.\n" " </p>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:317 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:317 msgid "<p>You can try to pass some <b>options</b> to the module.</p>" msgstr "<p>يمكنك محاولة تمرير بعض <b>الخيارات</b> إلى الوحدة النمطية.</p>" -#. this is the first part of message "The sound card 'cardname' -#. will be configured as the first snd card" -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:73 +#. this is the first part of message "The sound card 'cardname' +#. will be configured as the first snd card" +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:73 msgid "The sound card\n" msgstr "بطاقة الصوت\n" -#. radio button label - type of setup -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:86 +#. radio button label - type of setup +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:86 msgid "&Quick automatic setup" msgstr "إعداد &تلقائي سريع" -#. radio button label - type of setup -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:94 +#. radio button label - type of setup +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:94 msgid "Normal &setup" msgstr "إعدا&د عادي" -#. radio button label - type of setup -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:101 +#. radio button label - type of setup +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:101 msgid "Advanced setup with possibility to change &options" msgstr "إعداد &متقدم مع إمكانية تغيير الخيارات" -#. dialog header -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:123 +#. dialog header +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:123 msgid "Sound Card Configuration" msgstr "تكوين بطاقة الصوت" -#. volume slider label -#. volume slider label -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:51 src/include/sound/volume.rb:62 +#. volume slider label +#. volume slider label +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:51 src/include/sound/volume.rb:62 msgid "&Volume" msgstr "مستو&ى الصوت" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:76 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:76 msgid "Settings for sound card" msgstr "إعدادات بطاقة الصوت" -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:82 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:82 msgid "Volume Adjust and Test" msgstr "ضبط مستوى الصوت واختباره" -#. message label -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:93 +#. message label +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:93 msgid "Press 'Test' to start playing sound sample" msgstr "اضغط \"اختبار\" لبدء تشغيل عينة صوتية" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:134 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:134 msgid "Sound Card Volume" msgstr "مستوى صوت بطاقة الصوت" -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:203 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:203 msgid "" "Please try to configure this sound card manually \n" "using the \"Cirrus Logic CS4232\" or \"Cirrus \n" @@ -1292,13 +1309,13 @@ " Logic CS4236\" وقم بتكوين \n" " معلماتها باستخدام \"إعداد متقدم\"." -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:214 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:214 msgid "An error occurred during the installation of" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء تثبيت" -#. popup message: test audio file was not found -#: src/include/sound/volume_routines.rb:118 +#. popup message: test audio file was not found +#: src/include/sound/volume_routines.rb:118 msgid "" "Cannot find file:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1308,22 +1325,22 @@ "%1\n" " (ملف اختبار الصوت)" -#. popup question -#: src/include/sound/wizards.rb:56 +#. popup question +#: src/include/sound/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف هذا الإدخال؟" -#. part of a summary text (PulseAudio is disabled/enabled) -#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175 +#. part of a summary text (PulseAudio is disabled/enabled) +#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175 +#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "معطل" -#. yes/no popup text, %1 is chip name -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:188 +#. yes/no popup text, %1 is chip name +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:188 msgid "" "It looks like probing the chip\n" "%1\n" @@ -1337,8 +1354,8 @@ " \n" " هل تريد فحص الشريحة الآن؟\n" -#. label -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:263 +#. label +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:263 msgid "" "No card was found.\n" "Attempt to detect the presence some old chips?\n" @@ -1352,53 +1369,53 @@ " تحذير: قد يستغرق إجراء الفحص فترة من الوقت\n" " وقد يصبح النظام لديك غير مستقر.\n" -#. selection box label -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:275 +#. selection box label +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:275 msgid "&Select the Drivers to Probe" msgstr "تحديد برامج التشغيل المطلوب فحص&ها" -#. button label -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:280 +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:280 msgid "&Yes, Probe" msgstr "نعم، &فحص" -#. popup dialog header -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:304 +#. popup dialog header +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:304 msgid "Probing:" msgstr "فحص:" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:309 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:309 msgid "Progress:" msgstr "التقدم:" -#. label (%1 is name of the chip) -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:339 +#. label (%1 is name of the chip) +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:339 msgid "Card with %1 Chip" msgstr "بطاقة بالشريحة %1" -#. summary string, %1 is a list of packages -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:617 +#. summary string, %1 is a list of packages +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:617 msgid "Required packages to install: %1" msgstr "الحزم المطلوب تثبيتها: %1" -#. separator for constructing package list -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:619 +#. separator for constructing package list +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:619 msgid ", " msgstr "،" -#. sound Read dialog caption: -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:632 +#. sound Read dialog caption: +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:632 msgid "Initializing Sound Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين الصوت" -#. summary text: '(sound card is) Configured as snd-card-1' -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:855 +#. summary text: '(sound card is) Configured as snd-card-1' +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:855 msgid "Configured as %1." msgstr "مكوَّن كـ %1." -#. returns list of configured/proposed sound cards. -#. @return [Array] of maps: [$["name": "ASDASD", "card_no": 0]...] -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:1100 +#. returns list of configured/proposed sound cards. +#. @return [Array] of maps: [$["name": "ASDASD", "card_no": 0]...] +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:1100 msgid "Sound card" msgstr "بطاقة الصوت" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/squid.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/squid.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/squid.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: squid\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,483 +14,483 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsquid module -#: src/clients/squid.rb:57 +#. Command line help text for the Xsquid module +#: src/clients/squid.rb:57 msgid "Configuration of Squid cache proxy" msgstr "تكوين وكيل الذاكرة المؤقتة لـ Squid" -#. ***************** SRC ************************ -#. ***************** SRC END ******************** -#. ***************** DST ************************ -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:150 -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:197 +#. ***************** SRC ************************ +#. ***************** SRC END ******************** +#. ***************** DST ************************ +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:150 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:197 msgid "Invalid values." msgstr "قيم غير صالحة." -#. ***************** DST END ******************** -#. ***************** MYIP ************************ -#. * Uses same functions as DST -#. /****************** MYIP END ******************* -#. *************** SRCDOMAIN ******************** -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:244 +#. ***************** DST END ******************** +#. ***************** MYIP ************************ +#. * Uses same functions as DST +#. /****************** MYIP END ******************* +#. *************** SRCDOMAIN ******************** +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:244 msgid "Domain Name must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقل اسم النطاق فارغًا." -#. *************** SRCDOMAIN END **************** -#. *************** DSTDOMAIN ********************* -#. * Uses same functions as SRCDOMAIN. -#. /**************** DSTDOMAIN END **************** -#. *************** REGEXP *********************** -#. Returns universal widget for setting a regular expression. -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:264 -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:63 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:104 +#. *************** SRCDOMAIN END **************** +#. *************** DSTDOMAIN ********************* +#. * Uses same functions as SRCDOMAIN. +#. /**************** DSTDOMAIN END **************** +#. *************** REGEXP *********************** +#. Returns universal widget for setting a regular expression. +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:264 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:63 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:104 msgid "Regular Expression" msgstr "تعبير عادي" -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:268 -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:106 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:319 -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:342 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:268 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:106 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:319 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:342 msgid "Case Insensitive" msgstr "مميِّز لحالة الأحرف" -#. Universal verification function for regular expression. -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:305 +#. Universal verification function for regular expression. +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:305 msgid "Regular Expression must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقل التعبير العادي فارغًا." -#. *************** REGEXP END ******************* -#. *************** TIME ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:369 +#. *************** REGEXP END ******************* +#. *************** TIME ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:369 msgid "You must select at least one day." msgstr "يجب تحديد يوم واحد على الأقل." -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:372 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:372 msgid "Time is not set in correct format." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد الوقت بالتنسيق الصحيح." -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:375 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:375 msgid "From must be less than To." msgstr "يجب أن تكون قيمة الحقل \"من\" أقل من الحقل \"إلى\"." -#. *************** TIME END ********************* -#. *************** PORT ************************* -#. *************** PORT END ********************* -#. ************* MYPORT ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:432 -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:463 +#. *************** TIME END ********************* +#. *************** PORT ************************* +#. *************** PORT END ********************* +#. ************* MYPORT ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:432 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:463 msgid "Invalid value." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة." -#. ************* MYPORT END ********************* -#. ************** PROTO ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:495 +#. ************* MYPORT END ********************* +#. ************** PROTO ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:495 msgid "Protocol must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقل البروتوكول فارغًا." -#. ************** MAXCONN END ******************* -#. ************** HEADER ************************ -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:587 +#. ************** MAXCONN END ******************* +#. ************** HEADER ************************ +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:587 msgid "Header Name and Regular Expression must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقلي اسم الرأس والتعبير العادي فارغين." -#. error report -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:630 +#. error report +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:630 msgid "MAC Address must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقل عنوان MAC فارغًا." -#. error report -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:634 +#. error report +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:634 msgid "Incorrect format of MAC Address." msgstr "تنسيق عنوان MAC غير صحيح." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/squid/complex.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of squid -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Daniel Fiser <dfiser@suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/squid/complex.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of squid +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Daniel Fiser <dfiser@suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:51 msgid "Squid" msgstr "Squid" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:64 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:64 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "عند التشغ&يل" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:65 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:65 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&يدويًا" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:68 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:68 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "عند التشغيل" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "Manually" msgstr "يدويًا" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:76 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:76 msgid "Squid is running" msgstr "خدمة Squid قيد التشغيل" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:77 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:77 msgid "Squid is not running" msgstr "خدمة Squid ليست قيد التشغيل" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:78 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:78 msgid "&Start Squid Now" msgstr "&بدء خدمة Squid الآن" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:79 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:79 msgid "S&top Squid Now" msgstr "إيقاف &خدمة Squid الآن" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:84 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:84 msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart Squid Now" msgstr "حف&ظ الإعدادات وإعادة تشغيل خدمة Squid الآن" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:92 msgid "Start Squid Now" msgstr "بدء خدمة Squid الآن" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:94 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:94 msgid "Stop Squid Now" msgstr "إيقاف خدمة Squid الآن" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:96 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:96 msgid "Save Settings and Restart Squid Now" msgstr "حفظ الإعدادات وإعادة تشغيل خدمة Squid الآن" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:104 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:104 msgid "Open Ports in Firewall" msgstr "فتح منافذ في جدار الحماية" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:261 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:261 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:268 src/include/squid/complex.rb:270 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:268 src/include/squid/complex.rb:270 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "بدء التشغيل" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:277 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:277 msgid "HTTP Ports Setting" msgstr "إعدادات منافذ HTTP" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/squid/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of squid -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Daniel Fiser <dfiser@suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:279 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:40 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/squid/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of squid +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Daniel Fiser <dfiser@suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:279 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:40 msgid "HTTP Ports" msgstr "منافذ HTTP" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:286 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:286 msgid "Refresh Patterns Setting" msgstr "إعدادات أنماط التجديد" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:288 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:288 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Refresh Patterns" msgstr "أنماط التجديد" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:295 src/include/squid/complex.rb:297 -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:295 src/include/squid/complex.rb:297 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Cache Setting" msgstr "إعداد الذاكرة المؤقتة" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:304 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:304 msgid "Cache Directory Setting" msgstr "إعداد دليل الذاكرة المؤقتة" -#. `HBox( -#. `HSpacing(3), -#. `Frame(_("Cache Setting"), -#. `HBox( -#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_mem"), _("C&ache Memory"), 1, 99999, 10), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_mem_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_max_object_size"), _("Ma&x Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_max_object_size_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_low"), _("Swap &Low-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `ComboBox(`id("cache_replacement_policy"), -#. _("&Cache Replacement Policy"), -#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) -#. ))) -#. )), -#. `HSpacing(3), -#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(`Empty())), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_min_object_size"), _("M&in Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_min_object_size_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_high"), _("Swap &High-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `ComboBox(`id("memory_replacement_policy"), -#. _("&Memory Replacement Policy"), -#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) -#. ))) -#. )) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `HSpacing(3) -#. ); -#. cache_swap_low <= cache_swap_high -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:306 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:224 +#. `HBox( +#. `HSpacing(3), +#. `Frame(_("Cache Setting"), +#. `HBox( +#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_mem"), _("C&ache Memory"), 1, 99999, 10), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_mem_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_max_object_size"), _("Ma&x Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_max_object_size_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_low"), _("Swap &Low-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `ComboBox(`id("cache_replacement_policy"), +#. _("&Cache Replacement Policy"), +#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) +#. ))) +#. )), +#. `HSpacing(3), +#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(`Empty())), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_min_object_size"), _("M&in Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_min_object_size_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_high"), _("Swap &High-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `ComboBox(`id("memory_replacement_policy"), +#. _("&Memory Replacement Policy"), +#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) +#. ))) +#. )) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `HSpacing(3) +#. ); +#. cache_swap_low <= cache_swap_high +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:306 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:224 msgid "Cache Directory" msgstr "دليل الذاكرة المؤقتة" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:317 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:317 msgid "Access Control Setting" msgstr "إعداد التحكم في الوصول" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:319 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:319 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Access Control" msgstr "التحكم في الوصول" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:330 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:330 msgid "Logging and Timeouts Setting" msgstr "إعداد التسجيل والمُهل" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:332 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:332 msgid "Logging and Timeouts" msgstr "التسجيل والمُهل" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Miscellaneous Setting" msgstr "إعدادات متنوعة" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:341 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:341 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "متنوع" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Host" msgstr "المضيف" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:54 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "Port" msgstr "منفذ" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "Options" msgstr "خيارات" -#. , _("Options") -#. table header, stands for minimum -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:65 +#. , _("Options") +#. table header, stands for minimum +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Min" msgstr "الحد الأدنى" -#. table header -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:111 +#. table header +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Percent" msgstr "النسبة المئوية" -#. table header, stands for maximum -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:69 +#. table header, stands for maximum +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Max" msgstr "الحد الأقصى" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "C&ache Memory" msgstr "الذ&اكرة المؤقتة" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:107 msgid "Ma&x Object Size" msgstr "الحد الأقصى &لحجم الكائن" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "M&in Object Size" msgstr "ال&حد الأدنى لحجم الكائن" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Swap &Low-Water Mark (percentage)" msgstr "ال&علامة المائية السفلى للتبديل (النسبة المئوية)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:148 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:148 msgid "Swap &High-Water Mark (percentage)" msgstr "العلامة ال&مائية العليا للتبديل (النسبة المئوية)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "&Cache Replacement Policy" msgstr "&سياسة استبدال الذاكرة المؤقتة" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:180 msgid "&Memory Replacement Policy" msgstr "سياسة ا&ستبدال الذاكرة" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "&Directory Name" msgstr "&اسم الدليل" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:258 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:258 msgid "&Size (in MB)" msgstr "ال&حجم (بالميغابايت)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "L&evel 1 Directories" msgstr "&دلائل المستوى الأول" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Le&vel 2 Directories" msgstr "دلائل ال&مستوى الثاني" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "ACL Groups" msgstr "مجموعات ACL" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:330 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:335 msgid "Type" msgstr "النوع" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 msgid "Description" msgstr "الوصف" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:232 msgid "Allow/Deny" msgstr "السماح/الرفض" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:317 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Logging" msgstr "تسجيل" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "&Access Log" msgstr "&سجل الوصول" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "&Cache Log" msgstr "سجل ال&ذاكرة المؤقتة" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:333 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Cache &Store Log" msgstr "سجل &تخزين الذاكرة المؤقتة" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Timeouts" msgstr "المُهل" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Connection &Timeout" msgstr "&مهلة الاتصال" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Client &Lifetime" msgstr "&عمر العميل" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "&Language of error messages" msgstr "لغة &رسائل الخطأ" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Administrator's email" msgstr "ب&ريد المسؤول" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode" msgstr "اس&تخدام وضع FTP السلبي" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:294 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:294 msgid "Access Log" msgstr "سجل الوصول" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:297 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:297 msgid "Cache Log" msgstr "سجل الذاكرة المؤقتة" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:300 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:300 msgid "Cache Store Log" msgstr "سجل تخزين الذاكرة المؤقتة" -#. Returns a widget with setting of units -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:38 +#. Returns a widget with setting of units +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:38 msgid "&Units" msgstr "ال&وحدات" -#. Returns a widget with setting of units -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:56 +#. Returns a widget with setting of units +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:56 msgid "seconds" msgstr "ثوانٍ" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:57 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:57 msgid "minutes" msgstr "دقائق" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:58 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:58 msgid "hours" msgstr "ساعات" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:59 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:59 msgid "days" msgstr "أيام" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:34 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:34 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -498,17 +498,18 @@ "<p><b><big>تهيئة تكوين Squid</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:38 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إيقاف التهيئة</big></b><br>\n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</" +"p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -516,8 +517,8 @@ "<p><b><big>حفظ تكوين Squid</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:46 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -529,8 +530,8 @@ " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك بما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" " </p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:53 +#. Summary dialog help +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure Squid here.<br></p>\n" @@ -538,8 +539,8 @@ "<p><b><big>تكوين Squid</big></b><br>\n" "تكوين Squid من هنا.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:57 +#. Ovreview dialog help +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Squid Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed squids and\n" @@ -549,8 +550,8 @@ " نظرة عامة على برامج Squid المثبتة\n" "وتحرير إعداداتها عند اللزوم.<br></p>\n" -#. Http Ports Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:63 +#. Http Ports Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "<p>Define all ports where Squid will\n" "listen for clients' http requests.</p>\n" @@ -558,7 +559,7 @@ "<p>تعريف كل المنافذ التي سيستقبل منها\n" "برنامج Squid طلبات http من العملاء.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<p><b>Host</b> can contain a hostname or IP address\n" "or remain empty.</p>\n" @@ -566,12 +567,16 @@ "<p><b>المضيف</b> يمكن أن يحتوي على اسم المضيف\n" "أو عنوان IP أو يمكن أن يظل فارغًا.</p>\n" -#. Cache Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 -msgid "<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p><b>أنماط التجديد</b> تعريف طريقة تعامل Squid مع الكائنات في الذاكرة المؤقتة.</p>\n" +#. Cache Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache." +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>أنماط التجديد</b> تعريف طريقة تعامل Squid مع الكائنات في الذاكرة " +"المؤقتة.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>The refresh patterns are checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.</p>\n" @@ -579,7 +584,7 @@ "<p>يتم فحص أنماط التجديد بالترتيب المحدد هنا.\n" "يتم استخدام أول إدخال مطابق.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b>Min</b> determines how long (in minutes) an object should be\n" "considered fresh if no explicit expiry time is given.\n" @@ -587,7 +592,7 @@ "<p><b>دقيقة</b> تحديد مدة اعتبار الكائن جديد (بالدقائق)\n" "إذا لم يتم تحديد وقت انتهاء صلاحية واضح.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p><b>Percent</b> is the percentage of the object's age (time since last\n" "modification). An object without explicit expiry time will be\n" @@ -597,7 +602,7 @@ "الأخير). دون وقت انتهاء صلاحية واضح،\n" "سيعتبر الكائن جديدًا..</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b>Max</b> is the upper limit of how long objects without an explicit\n" "expiry time will be considered fresh.</p>\n" @@ -605,12 +610,16 @@ "<p><b>الحد الأقصى</b> الحد الأقصى لمدة اعتبار الكائنات دون\n" "موعد انتهاء واضح جديدة.</p>\n" -#. Cache 2 Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 -msgid "<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>الذاكرة المؤقتة</b> تُعرف القيمة المثالية للذاكرة المطلوب استخدامها للكائنات.</p>" +#. Cache 2 Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for " +"objects.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>الذاكرة المؤقتة</b> تُعرف القيمة المثالية للذاكرة المطلوب استخدامها " +"للكائنات.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p><b>Max Object Size</b> defines the maximum size for objects to be stored\n" "on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.</p>\n" @@ -618,15 +627,16 @@ "<p><b>الحجم الأقصى للكائن</b> يحدد الحجم الأقصى للكائنات التي يتم تخزينها \n" "في القرص. لن يتم حفظ الكائنات أكبر من هذا الحجم على القرص.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b>Min Object Size</b> specifies the minimum size for objects. Smaller \n" "objects will not be saved to the disk.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>الحد الأدنى لحجم الكائن</b> يحدد أقل حجم للكائنات. لن يتم حفظ الكائنات الأصغر\n" +"<p><b>الحد الأدنى لحجم الكائن</b> يحدد أقل حجم للكائنات. لن يتم حفظ الكائنات " +"الأصغر\n" " على القرص.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>Replacement begins when the swap (disk) usage is above the\n" "<b>Swap Low-Water Mark</b> and attempts to maintain utilization near the\n" @@ -636,17 +646,20 @@ "is done each time.\n" msgstr "" "<p>يبدأ الاستبدال عند تخطي استخدام (قرص) التبديل\n" -"<b>العلامة المائية السفلى للتبديل</b> ويحاول الحفاظ على الاستخدام حول مستويات\n" +"<b>العلامة المائية السفلى للتبديل</b> ويحاول الحفاظ على الاستخدام حول " +"مستويات\n" "<b>العلامة المائية السفلى للتبديل</b>. وعندما يقترب استخدام التبديل من\n" "<b>العلامة المائية العليا للتبديل</b>، تصبح عملية استرداد الكائن أكثر شدة.\n" "إذا اقترب الاستخدام من <b>العلامة المائية السفلى للتبديل</b>، يكون\n" "الاستبدال أقل في كل مرة.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be replaced\n" +"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be " +"replaced\n" "when disk space is needed.\n" -"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" +"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement " +"in\n" "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -694,55 +707,70 @@ "</table>\n" "</p>" -#. Cache Directory -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 -msgid "<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>اسم الدليل</b> يُعرف دليل ذو مستوى أعلى بحيث يتم تخزين ملفات تبديل الذاكرة المؤقتة.</p>" +#. Cache Directory +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap " +"files will be stored.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>اسم الدليل</b> يُعرف دليل ذو مستوى أعلى بحيث يتم تخزين ملفات تبديل " +"الذاكرة المؤقتة.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 -msgid "<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>الحجم</b> يُعرف قيمة مساحة القرص (بالميغابايت) المطلوب استخدامها ضمن الدليل.</p>" +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this " +"directory.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>الحجم</b> يُعرف قيمة مساحة القرص (بالميغابايت) المطلوب استخدامها ضمن " +"الدليل.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" +"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level " +"subdirectories, \n" "which will be created under the <b>Directory Name</b> directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>دلائل بالمستوى 1</b> يحدد عدد من الدلائل الفرعية بالمستوى الأول التي\n" "سيتم إنشاؤها ضمن الدليل <b>اسم الدليل</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 msgid "" -"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" +"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level " +"subdirectories,\n" "which will be created under each first-level directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>مستوى الدليل 2</b> يحدد عدد الدلائل الفرعية بالمستوى الثاني\n" "التي سيتم إنشاؤها ضمن كل دليل بالمستوى الأول.</p>\n" -#. ACL Groups -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 -msgid "<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>" +#. ACL Groups +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 +msgid "" +"<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>يمكن التحكم بالوصول إلى خادم Squid عبر <b>مجموعات ACL</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" +"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group " +"depends\n" "on the particular type.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>مجموعة ACL</b> لها أنواع متعددة ويعتمد وصف\n" "مجموعة ACL على النوع المحدد.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 msgid "" -"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" -"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" +"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to " +"ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " +"allowed\n" "or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>في جدول <b>التحكم بالوصول</b>، يمكن رفض الوصول لمجموعات ACL أو السماح به.\n" +"<p>في جدول <b>التحكم بالوصول</b>، يمكن رفض الوصول لمجموعات ACL أو السماح " +"به.\n" "إذا كان هناك المزيد من مجموعات ACL في سطر واحد، يعني ذلك أنه سيتم السماح\n" "بالوصول أو رفضه للأعضاء اللذين ينتمون إلى كل مجموعات ACL في نفس الوقت.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Access Control</b> table is checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.</p>\n" @@ -750,30 +778,35 @@ "<p>يتم التحقق من جدول <b>التحكم بالوصول</b> بالترتيب المحدد هنا.\n" "يتم استخدام الإدخال الأول المطابق.</p>\n" -#. Logging and Timeouts Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 -msgid "<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged.</p>" +#. Logging and Timeouts Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged." +"</p>" msgstr "<p><b>سجل الوصول</b> يحدد الملف حيث يتم تسجيل أنشطة العميل.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about your\n" +"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about " +"your\n" "cache's behavior is logged.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>سجل الذاكرة المؤقتة</b> يحدد الملف حيث يتم تسجيل معلومات\n" "عامة حول السلوك الذاكرة المؤقتة الخاصة بك.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" -"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" +"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of " +"all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an " +"object\n" "gets deleted. This option can be left empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>سجل الذاكرة المؤقتة</b> يحدد موقع سجل عمليات كافة الكائنات التي \n" "يتم تخزينها في مخزن الكائنات، وكما يحدد وقت حذف\n" "الكائنات. يمكن ترك هذا الخيار فارغًا.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "<p>With <b>Emulate httpd Log</b> specify that Squid writes its\n" "<b>Access Log</b> in HTTPD common log file format.</p>\n" @@ -781,7 +814,7 @@ "<p>باستخدام <b>محاكاة سجل httpd</b>، حدد أن يقوم Squid بكتابة\n" "<b>سجل الوصول</b> الخاص به بتنسيق ملف سجل httpd عام.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 msgid "" "<p><b>Connection Timeout</b> is an option to force Squid to close\n" "connections after a specified time.</p>" @@ -789,7 +822,7 @@ "<p><b>مهلة الاتصال</b> هو خيار يُستخدم لإجبار خدمة Squid على إغلاق\n" "الاتصالات بعد وقت محدد.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "<p><b>Client Lifetime</b> defines the maximum amount of time that a client\n" "(browser) is allowed to remain connected to the cache process.</p>" @@ -797,109 +830,110 @@ "<p><b>عمر العميل</b> يُعرف الحد الأقصى لمقدار الوقت المسموح به للعميل\n" "(المستعرض) للاستمرار في الاتصال بعملية معالجة الذاكرة المؤقتة.</p>" -#. Miscellaneous Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181 +#. Miscellaneous Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p><b>Administrator's email</b> is the address which will be added to any\n" "error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>البريد الإلكتروني للمسؤول</b> هو العنوان الذي ستتم إضافته لأي صفحة خطأ\n" +"<p><b>البريد الإلكتروني للمسؤول</b> هو العنوان الذي ستتم إضافته لأي صفحة " +"خطأ\n" "يتم عرضها للعملاء. لمسؤول الويب افتراضيًا.</p>\n" -#. table cell -#: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 +#. table cell +#: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 msgid "Transparent" msgstr "شفاف" -#. **************** HTTP PORT ******************* -#. returns true if something added/edited otherwise false -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:48 +#. **************** HTTP PORT ******************* +#. returns true if something added/edited otherwise false +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Add New HTTP Port" msgstr "إضافة منفذ HTTP جديد" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:49 msgid "Edit Current HTTP Port" msgstr "تحرير منفذ HTTP الحالي" -#. **************** HTTP PORT END *************** -#. **************** CACHE *********************** -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:95 +#. **************** HTTP PORT END *************** +#. **************** CACHE *********************** +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Add New Refresh Pattern" msgstr "إضافة نمط تجديد جديد" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Edit Current refresh Pattern" msgstr "تحرير نمط التجديد الحالي" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:110 msgid "Min (in minutes)" msgstr "الحد الأدنى (بالدقائق)" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Max (in minutes)" msgstr "الحد الأقصى (بالدقائق)" -#. **************** CACHE END ******************* -#. **************** ACCESS CONTROL ************** -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 +#. **************** CACHE END ******************* +#. **************** ACCESS CONTROL ************** +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Add New HTTP Access" msgstr "إضافة وصول جديد لـ HTTP" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Edit HTTP Access" msgstr "تحرير وصول HTTP" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Allow" msgstr "سماح" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Deny" msgstr "رفض" -#. `VSpacing(), -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:239 +#. `VSpacing(), +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:239 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:244 msgid "O&pposite" msgstr "&مقابل" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Add ACL" msgstr "إضافة ACL" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:254 msgid "not" msgstr "لا" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 msgid "Add New ACL Group" msgstr "إضافة مجموعة ACL جديدة" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 msgid "Edit ACL Group" msgstr "تحرير مجموعة ACL" -#. **************** HTTP_PORT ******************* -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:64 +#. **************** HTTP_PORT ******************* +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:64 msgid "Port number must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقل رقم المنفذ فارغًا." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:74 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:74 msgid "Host must contain valid IP address or hostname." msgstr "يجب أن يحتوي المضيف على اسم المضيف أو عنوان IP صالح." -#. **************** HTTP_PORT END *************** -#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS *************** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:129 +#. **************** HTTP_PORT END *************** +#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS *************** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:129 msgid "Regular expression must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقل التعبير العادي فارغًا." -#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS END *********** -#. ************* CACHE DIALOG ******************* -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:202 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:292 +#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS END *********** +#. ************* CACHE DIALOG ******************* +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:202 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:292 msgid "" "Cache Memory + Size of Cache Directory\n" "must be higher than Max Object Size.\n" @@ -907,26 +941,26 @@ "الذاكرة المؤقتة + حجم دليل الذاكرة المؤقتة\n" "يجب أن يكون أكبر من الحد الأقصى لحجم الكائن.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:264 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:264 msgid "Cache directory must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقل دليل الذاكرة المؤقتة فارغًا." -#. ************* CACHE DIALOG END *************** -#. ************* HTTP_ACCESS ******************** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:351 +#. ************* CACHE DIALOG END *************** +#. ************* HTTP_ACCESS ******************** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:351 msgid "ACL table must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب يترك جدول ACL فارغًا." -#. test, if exists ACL with same name but different type -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:429 +#. test, if exists ACL with same name but different type +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:429 msgid "ACL Group '%1' already exists with different type.\n" msgstr "توجد مجموعة ACL '%1' بالفعل بنوع مختلف.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:433 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:433 msgid "ACL Group '%1' must have type '%2'.\n" msgstr "يجب أن تكون مجموعة ACL '%1' من النوع '%2'.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:438 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:438 msgid "" "If you want to change the type of this ACL Group, you must\n" "delete other ACL Groups with the same name before that.\n" @@ -934,8 +968,8 @@ "إذا كنت ترغب في تغيير نوع مجموعة ACL هذه، يجب\n" "حذف مجموعات ACL الأخرى التي تحمل الاسم ذاته قبل ذلك.\n" -#. test if changed ACL is used in http_access option. -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:453 +#. test if changed ACL is used in http_access option. +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:453 msgid "" "You can not change the name of this ACL Group, because \n" "it is used in the Access Control table.\n" @@ -943,7 +977,7 @@ "لا يمكنك تغيير اسم مجموعة ACL هذه، نظرًا لأنه\n" "يتم استخدامها في جدول التحكم بالوصول.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:456 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:517 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:456 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:517 msgid "" "If you want to change name of this ACL Group you must\n" "delete all of its occurrences in Access Control table." @@ -951,26 +985,27 @@ "إذا أردت تغيير اسم مجموعة ACL هذه، يجب حذف\n" "كافة تكراراتها في جدول التحكم بالوصول." -#. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 -msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +#. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 +msgid "" +"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" msgstr "إذا قمت بتغيير اسم مجموعة ACL هذه، قد تتأثر هذه الخيارات: \n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 msgid "Change name anyway" msgstr "تغيير الاسم على أية حال" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:475 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:475 msgid "Do not change name" msgstr "عدم تغيير الاسم" -#. test, if name is filled -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:485 +#. test, if name is filled +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:485 msgid "Name must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقل الاسم فارغًا." -#. Report::Error( _("This ACL Group can't be deleted.\nIt's used in Access Control table.")); -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:514 +#. Report::Error( _("This ACL Group can't be deleted.\nIt's used in Access Control table.")); +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:514 msgid "" "You must not delete this ACL Group, because \n" "it is used in the Access Control table.\n" @@ -978,632 +1013,643 @@ "يجب ألا تحذف مجموعة ACL هذه، نظرًا لأنه\n" "يتم استخدامها في جدول التحكم بالوصول.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 msgid "If you delete this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" msgstr "إذا قمت بحذف مجموعة ACL هذه، قد تتأثر هذه الخيارات: \n" -#. + -#. _("Are you sure you want to delete this ACL Group?"); -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:535 +#. + +#. _("Are you sure you want to delete this ACL Group?"); +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:535 msgid "Delete anyway" msgstr "حذف على أية حال" -#. Label::YesButton(), -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:536 +#. Label::YesButton(), +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:536 msgid "Do not delete" msgstr "عدم الحذف" -#. ************* ACL END ************************ -#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 +#. ************* ACL END ************************ +#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 msgid "Access Log must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقل سجل الوصول فارغًا." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 msgid "Cache Log must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقل سجل الذاكرة المؤقتة فارغًا." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field." msgstr "فشل سجل الوصول لأن اسم المسار غير صحيح." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field." msgstr "فشل سجل الذاكرة المؤقتة لأن اسم المسار غير صحيح." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field." msgstr "فشل سجل تخزين الذاكرة المؤقتة لأن اسم المسار غير صحيح." -#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 +#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces." msgstr "يجب ألا يحتوي البريد الإلكتروني للمسؤول على مسافات بيضاء." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:85 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:85 msgid "Squid Configuration" msgstr "تكوين خدمة Squid" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:87 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:87 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. Read all squid settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 +#. Read all squid settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين Squid" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File." msgstr "قراءة منافذ HTTP من ملف التكوين." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File." msgstr "قراءة أنماط التجديد من ملف التكوين." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File." msgstr "قراءة مجموعة ACL من ملف التكوين." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File." msgstr "قراءة جدول التحكم بالوصول من ملف التكوين." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 msgid "Read Other Settings." msgstr "قراءة الإعدادات الأخرى." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 msgid "Read Service Status." msgstr "قراءة حالة الخدمة." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgstr "قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة منافذ HTTP..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة أنماط التجديد..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة مجموعات ACL..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..." msgstr "جارٍ قراءة جدول التحكم بالوصول..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 msgid "Reading Other Settings ..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة الإعدادات الأخرى..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 msgid "Reading Service Status ..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة حالة الخدمة..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 msgid "Cannot read configuration file." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة ملف التكوين." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 msgid "Cannot read service status." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة حالة الخدمة." -#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 msgid "Saving Squid Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين Squid" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "كتابة الإعدادات" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 msgid "Start Service" msgstr "بدء تشغيل الخدمة" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات..." -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 msgid "Starting Service..." msgstr "يتم الآن بدء تشغيل الخدمة..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. write settings -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 +#. write settings +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات." -#. firewall -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 +#. firewall +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية." -#. Header -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 +#. Header +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 msgid "Squid Cache Proxy" msgstr "وكيل الذاكرة المؤقتة لـ Squid" -#. Start daemon -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 +#. Start daemon +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 msgid "Start daemon: " msgstr "بدء تشغيل برنامج المحرك: " -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "When booting" msgstr "عند التشغيل" -#. Http Ports -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 +#. Http Ports +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 msgid "Configured ports:" msgstr "المنافذ المكوَّنة:" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 msgid " (transparent)" msgstr ")شفاف(" -#. Cache directory -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 +#. Cache directory +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 msgid "Cache directory: " msgstr "دليل الذاكرة المؤقتة: " -#. ** -#. Unsupported ACLS: -#. * * * * * * * * * * * -#. ident, ident_regex, -#. src_as, dst_as, -#. proxy_auth, proxy_auth_regex, -#. snmp_community, -#. max_user_ip, -#. external, -#. urllogin, urlgroup -#. user_cert, ca_cert -#. ext_user -#. map of acl definition. format: -#. $[ -#. "type" : $[ "name" : "Name shown in dialogs", -#. "widget" : `WidgetDescribingThisType, -#. "widget_init" : FunctionWithInitsOfWidget, -#. "verification" : FunctionCalledToVerificateContentsOfWidget, -#. "options" : FunctionThatReturnsListOfOptions -#. ] -#. ] -#. -#. widget_init prototype: void FuncName(integer id_item) -#. verification prototype: boolean FuncName() -#. options prototype: list<string> FuncName() -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:68 +#. ** +#. Unsupported ACLS: +#. * * * * * * * * * * * +#. ident, ident_regex, +#. src_as, dst_as, +#. proxy_auth, proxy_auth_regex, +#. snmp_community, +#. max_user_ip, +#. external, +#. urllogin, urlgroup +#. user_cert, ca_cert +#. ext_user +#. map of acl definition. format: +#. $[ +#. "type" : $[ "name" : "Name shown in dialogs", +#. "widget" : `WidgetDescribingThisType, +#. "widget_init" : FunctionWithInitsOfWidget, +#. "verification" : FunctionCalledToVerificateContentsOfWidget, +#. "options" : FunctionThatReturnsListOfOptions +#. ] +#. ] +#. +#. widget_init prototype: void FuncName(integer id_item) +#. verification prototype: boolean FuncName() +#. options prototype: list<string> FuncName() +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:68 msgid "src" msgstr "src" -#. `TextEntry(`id("acl_addr1"), _("IP Address 1"), ""), -#. `Label(" - "), -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:74 +#. `TextEntry(`id("acl_addr1"), _("IP Address 1"), ""), +#. `Label(" - "), +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:74 msgid "IP Address or Range of IP Addresses" msgstr "عنوان IP أو نطاق من عناوين IP" -#. `Label("/"), -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:78 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:92 -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:106 +#. `Label("/"), +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:78 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:92 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:106 msgid "Network Mask" msgstr "قناع الشبكة" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:84 msgid "The IP address of the requesting client." msgstr "عنوان IP لعميل القائم بالطلب." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:89 msgid "dst" msgstr "dst" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:91 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:91 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "عنوان IP" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:98 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:98 msgid "Destination IP Address." msgstr "عنوان IP للوجهة." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:103 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:103 msgid "myip" msgstr "myip" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:105 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:105 msgid "Local IP Address" msgstr "عنوان IP محلي" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:112 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:112 msgid "The local IP address on which the client connection exists." msgstr "عنوان IP المحلي الموجود عليه اتصال العميل." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:119 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:119 msgid "srcdomain" msgstr "srcdomain" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:120 msgid "Clients Domain Name" msgstr "أسماء مجالات العملاء" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:131 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:131 msgid "This type matches the client's domain name." msgstr "يطابق هذا النوع اسم مجال العميل." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:136 msgid "dstdomain" msgstr "dstdomain" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:137 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:137 msgid "Destination Domain" msgstr "مجال الوجهة" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 -msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 +msgid "" +"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the " +"origin server is located." msgstr "يشير هذا إلى المجال الوجهة أي المجال المصدر حيث يوجد الخادم الأصلي." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 msgid "Matches the client domain name." msgstr "يطابق اسم مجال العميل." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:160 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:160 msgid "Provides match for destination domain." msgstr "يوفر مطابقة للمجال الوجهة." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:165 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:165 msgid "time" msgstr "الوقت" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:173 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:173 msgid "Days" msgstr "أيام" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:175 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:175 msgid "Monday" msgstr "الاثنين" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:176 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:176 msgid "Tuesday" msgstr "الثلاثاء" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:177 msgid "Wednesday" msgstr "الأربعاء" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:178 msgid "Thursday" msgstr "الخميس" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:179 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:179 msgid "Friday" msgstr "الجمعة" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:180 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:180 msgid "Saturday" msgstr "السبت" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:181 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:181 msgid "Sunday" msgstr "الأحد" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:192 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:192 msgid "From (H:M)" msgstr "من (س:د)" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:195 msgid "To (H:M)" msgstr "إلى (س:د)" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:208 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:208 msgid "Matches using a regular expression on the complete URL." msgstr "يتطابق باستخدام تعبير عادي مع عنوان URL الكامل." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 -msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 +msgid "" +"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" msgstr "يطابق مسار URL دون أي بروتوكول ومنافذ ومعلومات اسم المضيف" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 msgid "port" msgstr "منفذ" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:221 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:221 msgid "Port Number or Range of Ports" msgstr "رقم المنفذ أو نطاق من المنافذ" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:226 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:226 msgid "Matches the destination port for the request." msgstr "يطابق منفذ الوجهة للطلب." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:231 msgid "myport" msgstr "myport" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:232 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:232 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "رقم المنفذ" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:237 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:237 msgid "Provides match for local TCP port number." msgstr "يوفر مطابقة لرقم منفذ TCP المحلي." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:242 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:242 msgid "proto" msgstr "proto" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:243 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:243 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "بروتوكول" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:248 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:248 msgid "Matches the protocol of the request." msgstr "يطابق بروتوكول الطلب." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:253 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:253 msgid "method" msgstr "أسلوب" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:256 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:256 msgid "HTTP Method" msgstr "أسلوب HTTP" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:271 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:271 msgid "This type matches the HTTP method in the request headers." msgstr "يتطابق هذا النوع مع أسلوب HTTP الموجود في رؤوس الطلبات." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 -msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header." -msgstr "التعبير العادي الذي يطابق نوع مستعرض العميل استنادًا إلى عنوان وكيل المستخدم." +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 +msgid "" +"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the " +"user agent header." +msgstr "" +"التعبير العادي الذي يطابق نوع مستعرض العميل استنادًا إلى عنوان وكيل المستخدم." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 msgid "Maximum Number of HTTP Connections" msgstr "الحد الأقصى لعدد اتصالات HTTP" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 -msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established." -msgstr "يتطابق عندما يكون عنوان IP الخاص بالعميل أكبر من عدد اتصالات HTTP المحددة التي تم إنشاؤها." +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 +msgid "" +"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of " +"HTTP connections established." +msgstr "" +"يتطابق عندما يكون عنوان IP الخاص بالعميل أكبر من عدد اتصالات HTTP المحددة " +"التي تم إنشاؤها." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 msgid "Matches Referer header." msgstr "يطابق عنوان المرجع." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:314 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:337 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:314 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:337 msgid "Header Name" msgstr "اسم الرأس" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:315 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:338 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:315 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:338 msgid "Regular Expression(s)" msgstr "تعبير (تعبيرات) عادي" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 msgid "Regular expression matching any of the known request headers." msgstr "التعبير العادي الذي يطابق أي من عناوين الطلب المعروفة." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 msgid "" -"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. " +"Can\n" "be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" msgstr "" "التعبير العادي الذي يطابق نوع mime للرد الوارد إلى \n" "squid.يمكن استخدامه للكشف عن تحميل ملف أو بعض أنواع طلبات HTTP النفقية.\n" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 msgid "Match the mime type of the request generated by the client." msgstr "يطابق نوع الطلب mime الذي تم إنشاؤه بواسطة العميل." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:363 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:363 msgid "Match the mime type of the reply received by Squid." msgstr "يطابق نوع الرد mime الوارد إلى Squid." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:369 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:369 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "عنوان MAC" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:374 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:374 msgid "Ethernet (MAC) address matching." msgstr "مطابقة عنوان إيثرنت (MAC)." -#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 +#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" msgstr "الأفريكانس" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "العربية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" msgstr "أرمينية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:56 msgid "Azerbaijani" msgstr "أذربيجانية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:57 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:57 msgid "Bulgarian" msgstr "بلغارية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:58 msgid "Catalan" msgstr "قطالونية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:59 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:59 msgid "Czech" msgstr "تشيكية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:60 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:60 msgid "Danish" msgstr "الدانماركية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:61 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:61 msgid "German" msgstr "ألمانية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:62 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:62 msgid "Greek" msgstr "يونانية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:63 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:63 msgid "English" msgstr "إنجليزية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:64 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:64 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "إسبانية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:65 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:65 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "الإستونية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" msgstr "الفارسية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "الفنلندية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:68 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:68 msgid "French" msgstr "الفرنسية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:69 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:69 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "عبرية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:70 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:70 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "مجرية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" msgstr "الإندونيسية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" msgstr "إيطالية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:73 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:73 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "يابانية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:74 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:74 msgid "Korean" msgstr "كورية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" msgstr "اللاتفية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "لتوانية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" msgstr "الملايو" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "الهولندية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79 msgid "Occitan" msgstr "Occitan" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:80 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:80 msgid "Polish" msgstr "بولندية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:81 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:81 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "برتغالية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:82 msgid "Brazilian Portuguese" msgstr "البرتغالية البرازيلية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:83 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:83 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "رومانية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 msgid "Russian" msgstr "الروسية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "سلوفاكية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86 msgid "Slovenian" msgstr "السلوفينية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87 msgid "Serbian Cyrillic" msgstr "السيريلية الصربية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:88 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:88 msgid "Serbian Latin" msgstr "اللاتينية الصربية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:89 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "سويدية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" msgstr "التايلاندية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "تركية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "الأوكرانية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" msgstr "الأوزبكية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" msgstr "الفيتنامية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "الصينية المبسطة" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "صينية تقليدية" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/storage.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/storage.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/storage.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -35,60 +35,60 @@ "\n" "للمتابعة بالرغم من التحذير، انقر فوق 'نعم'.\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "مقسم خبير" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "<p>Volumes are being detected.</p>" msgstr "<p>جاري اكتشاف وحدات التخزين.</p>" -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "تكوين التخزين" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "قائمة الأقراص والأقسام" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "قائمة الأقراص" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "قائمة الأقسام" -#. Title for dialogue -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialogue +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "التقسيم المقترح" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "مقسم ال&خبراء..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "إنشاء إعداد الق&سم" -#. popup text +#. popup text #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -96,17 +96,17 @@ "الاقتراح التلقائي غير ممكن.\n" "قم بتحديد نقاط التوصيل يدويًا في مربع الحوار 'المقسم'." -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. this is the resize case -#. -#. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. this is the resize case +#. +#. this is the normal case +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "تحرير إعدادات الاقتراح" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -116,9 +116,9 @@ "تم التحقق من الأقراص الصلبة الموجودة لديك. يتم اقتراح إعداد التقسيم\n" " المعروض من أجل المشغل الصلب الموجود لديك.</p>" -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -132,8 +132,8 @@ "<b>%1</b> وقم بتعديل الإعدادات في مربع الحوار المقسم\n" "الخبير.</p>\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -151,27 +151,27 @@ "وهذا هو الخيار الذي يتعين عليك تحديده\n" "في الخيارات المتقدمة مثل RAID والتشفير.</p>\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "تعذر إنشاء الاقتراح المطلوب." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." msgstr "لا تتوفر مساحة كافية لعرض لقطات لوحدة تخزين الجذر." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "المساحة المتوفرة غير كافية لاقتراح /home منفصل." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." msgstr "لم يتم تعيين أي شيء كنظام الملفات الجذر. تتعذر المتابعة." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -179,22 +179,22 @@ "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:66 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:66 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحضير الأقراص..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "ميغابايت" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -204,9 +204,9 @@ "\n" " %1" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -216,9 +216,9 @@ "غير مستخدم\n" " %1" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -226,25 +226,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "Windows غير مستخدم (%1)" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -254,9 +254,9 @@ "اختر الحجم الجديد من أجل قسم Windows.\n" " </p>" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -272,9 +272,9 @@ "قسم Windows بدون تغيير.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -288,23 +288,23 @@ " <b>الخلف</b>.\n" " </p>\n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "الآن" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "بعد التثبيت" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -320,9 +320,9 @@ " تغيير حجم القسم).\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -336,9 +336,9 @@ "حقل الإدخال لضبط القيمة المقترحة.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -352,29 +352,29 @@ " الأقسام تلقائيًا عند الضرورة.\n" " </p>" -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "يتم استخدام Windows" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "خالية" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Enter a value for the size of your <b>Linux</b> installation.\n" @@ -388,9 +388,9 @@ " كما هو مطلوب من أجل &product;.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -402,9 +402,9 @@ "<b>Windows المستخدم</b> هو حجم الجزء المستخدم في قسم Windows.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Free</b> indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -416,13 +416,13 @@ " على القسم.\n" " </p>" -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "تغيير حجم قسم Windows" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -448,9 +448,9 @@ "Windows بما في ذلك حيز العمل في Windows و\n" "مساحة من أجل %2.\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -466,8 +466,8 @@ " ومقدار المساحة المستخدمة، قد يستغرق هذا الأمر بعض الوقت.\n" " \n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -489,14 +489,14 @@ " في حالة ظهور المشكلة مرة ثانية، قم بتغيير\n" " قسم Windows بأي وسيلة.\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "المساحة المتاحة غير كافية لعملية التثبيت." -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -516,15 +516,15 @@ " \t قسم Windows بأي وسيلة.\n" " ‎\t" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." msgstr "يمكن تكوين النظام الخاص بك بخيارات التقسيم المخصصة." -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -544,10 +544,10 @@ " حدد قرصًا آخر أو قم بإيقاف التثبيت \n" " وقلص قسم Windows بأي وسيلة.\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -563,10 +563,10 @@ " حدد قرصًا آخر أو قم بإيقاف التثبيت \n" " وقلص قسم Windows بأي وسيلة.\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -594,14 +594,14 @@ " \n" " هل ترغب حقًا في تقليص قسم Windows الخاص بك؟\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "تقلي&ص Windows" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -615,13 +615,13 @@ " \n" " هل ترغب حقًا في حذف قسم Windows الخاص بك؟\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "ح&ذف Windows" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -633,38 +633,40 @@ " لتثبيت نظام التشغيل Linux، حدد المزيد من الأقسام لإزالتها\n" "أو حدد قرصًا بمساحة أكبر." -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "الأقراص المتاح&ة" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "&تقسيم مخصص (للخبراء)" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "القرص الصلب" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "لم يتم العثور على أية أقراص. حاول استخدام القرص المضغوط الخاص بالتحديث." +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 +msgid "" +"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "" +"لم يتم العثور على أية أقراص. حاول استخدام القرص المضغوط الخاص بالتحديث." -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184 msgid "" "<p>\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -676,8 +678,8 @@ "على النظام الخاص بك. حدد القرص الصلب المطلوب تثبيت &product; عليه.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" @@ -687,8 +689,8 @@ "ربما ترغب لاحقًا في تحديد الجزء من القرص الذي سيتم فيه استخدام &product;.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -704,81 +706,81 @@ " الأقسام إلى نقاط التوصيل عند تثبيت &product;.\n" " </p>\n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "تحضير القرص الصلب" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "حدد أحد الخيارات للمتابعة." -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "القرص %1 قيد الاستخدام بواسطة %2" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "هل تريد تنشيط multipath؟" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf@suse.de> -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf@suse.de> +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." @@ -786,25 +788,25 @@ "لن تتم تهيئة قسم /home. بعد التثبيت،\n" "تأكد من تعيين ملكيات الدلائل الرئيسية بشكل صحيح." -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "تقسيم" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "&تقسيم" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ تكوينات نظام الملفات..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -812,15 +814,15 @@ "التحديد الحالي غير صالح:\n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "&%1: %2، غير مخصص" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" @@ -828,16 +830,16 @@ "مناطق بالقرص للاستخدام\n" "لتثبيت %1\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "استخدام القرص الصلب &كاملاً" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -845,8 +847,8 @@ "لا توجد أقسام على هذا القرص بعد.\n" "سيتم استخدام القرص بالكامل من أجل %1." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -854,18 +856,18 @@ "يبدو أن هذا القرص يتم استخدامه بواسطة Windows.\n" "لا توجد مساحة كافية لتثبيت Linux." -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "ح&ذف Windows تمامًا" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "تقلي&ص قسم Windows" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" @@ -875,8 +877,8 @@ "حدد القرص الصلب المطلوب تثبيت &product؛ عليه.\n" " </p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use either the <b>entire hard disk</b> or one or more of the\n" @@ -884,12 +886,13 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"يمكنك الاختيار بين استخدام <b>القرص الصلب بأكمله</b> أو استخدام واحد أو أكثر من \n" +"يمكنك الاختيار بين استخدام <b>القرص الصلب بأكمله</b> أو استخدام واحد أو أكثر " +"من \n" "الأقسام أو المناطق الخالية المعروضة.\n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as <i>free</i>, you\n" @@ -903,8 +906,8 @@ " نظم التشغيل الأخرى.\n" " </p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><i>The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -916,16 +919,16 @@ " هناك. </i></b> لن تكون هناك طريقة لاستعادة هذه البيانات.\n" " </p>\n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "تثبيت على:" -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -934,13 +937,14 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"القرص الصلب الذي تم تحديده ربما يكون مستخدمًا بواسطة Windows. لا توجد مساحة كافية من أجل\n" +"القرص الصلب الذي تم تحديده ربما يكون مستخدمًا بواسطة Windows. لا توجد مساحة " +"كافية من أجل\n" " &product;. يمكنك الاختيار بين <b>حذف Windows تمامًا</b> أو\n" " <b>تقليصه</b> للحصول على المساحة الخالية الكافية.\n" " </p>" -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be <b>irreversibly\n" @@ -950,34 +954,35 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"إذا قمت بحذف Windows، فستفقد كافة البيانات الموجودة على هذا القسم <b>بصورة نهائية\n" +"إذا قمت بحذف Windows، فستفقد كافة البيانات الموجودة على هذا القسم <b>بصورة " +"نهائية\n" " </b>في عملية التثبيت. عند تقليص Windows، فإننا <b>ننصح بشدة\n" " بعمل نسخ احتياطي للبيانات</b>، حيث إنه يجب إعادة تنظيمها.\n" " قد تتعرض هذه العملية للفشل في حالات نادرة.\n" " </p>\n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "اقتراح فصل قسم &Home" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "إنشاء اقتراح استنادًا على &LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "تشفير مجموعة وحدات التخزين" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "نوع الاقتراح" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -991,8 +996,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد استخدام هذا الإعداد بالفعل؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1001,13 +1006,14 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "لقد حاولت توصيل قسم FAT إلى واحدة من\n" -"النقاط التوصيل التالية: / أو /usr أو /home أو /opt أو /var. وعلى الأرجح سيسبب هذا مشكلات.\n" +"النقاط التوصيل التالية: / أو /usr أو /home أو /opt أو /var. وعلى الأرجح " +"سيسبب هذا مشكلات.\n" "استخدام نظام ملفات Linux، مثل ext3 أو ext4، لنقاط التوصيل هذه.\n" "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدم هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1021,8 +1027,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدم هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1036,9 +1042,9 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1047,9 +1053,15 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" +"تحذير:‏\n" +"يحتاج النظام إلى قسم تمهيد بالنوع 00x41 PReP/CHRP\n" +"على MS-DOS أو النوع 0x00 GPT PReP تمهيد على GPT‏‏.‏\n" +"الرجاء إنشاء قسم تمهيد بهذين النوعين.‏\n" +"\n" +"هل تريد حقًا استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1069,8 +1081,8 @@ " \n" " هل تريد بالفعل استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1084,8 +1096,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد الاحتفاظ بهذا الحجم من قسم التمهيد؟\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1099,10 +1111,10 @@ "أن يبلغ حجمه 1 ميغا بايت تقريبًا.\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1112,9 +1124,16 @@ "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" +"تحذير: لا يوجد قسم مثبت /كتمهيد.‏\n" +"للتمهيد من القرص الصلب لديك، يجب توفر قسم /تمهيد صغير‏\n" +"‏)‏حوالي %1). الرجاء إنشاء قسم\n" +"بالنوع 00x41 PReP/CHRP على MS-DOS أو النوع 0x00 GPT\n" +"PReP تمهيد على GPT‏.‏\n" +"\n" +"هل تريد استخدام هذا الإعداد دون /قسم تمهيد؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1134,7 +1153,7 @@ " \n" " هل تريد بالفعل استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1146,8 +1165,8 @@ "%s\n" "هل تريد بالفعل استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1163,8 +1182,8 @@ " \n" " هل تريد بالفعل استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1188,8 +1207,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1213,19 +1232,20 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل استخدام هذا الإعداد؟" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" +"\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1239,8 +1259,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدام برنامج الإعداد بدون قسم للمبادلة؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1252,8 +1272,8 @@ "تهيئته بعد. لا يضمن YaST نجاح التثبيت،\n" "خاصة في أي من الحالات التالية:\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1265,19 +1285,20 @@ " الكتابة فوقه\n" " - إذا كان هذا القسم لا يحتوي على نظام الملفات\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " +"points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "إذا كنت مترددًا، من الأفضل العودة للخلف ووضع علامة على هذا القسم\n" "للتنسيق، خاصة إذا كان يتم تعيينه إلى إحدى نقاط التوصيل القياسية\n" "مثل / أو /boot أو /opt أو /var.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1287,8 +1308,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالفعل الاحتفاظ بالقسم غير منسق؟\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1296,8 +1317,8 @@ "الجهاز المحدد ينتمي إلى RAID (%1).\n" "قم بإزالته من RAID قبل تحريره.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1305,8 +1326,8 @@ "الجهاز المحدد ينتمي إلى مجموعة وحدة التخزين (%1).\n" "قم بإزالته من مجموعة وحدة التخزين قبل تحريره.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1314,8 +1335,8 @@ "الجهاز المحدد يتم استخدامه بواسطة وحدة التخزين (%1).\n" "قم بإزالته من وحدة التخزين قبل تحريره.\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1323,8 +1344,8 @@ "الجهاز (%2) ينتمي إلى RAID (%1).\n" "قم بإزالته من RAID قبل حذفه.\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1332,12 +1353,12 @@ "الجهاز (%2) يتم استخدامه بواسطة %1.\n" "إزالة %1 قبل حذفه.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "لا يمكن حذفه عندما يكون متصلًا." -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1345,12 +1366,14 @@ "تعذرت إزالة الجهاز (%1) لأنه يمثل قسمًا منطقيًا ويوجد قسم \n" "منطقي آخر يحتوي على رقم كبير قيد الاستخدام.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "يحتوي القسم الموسع الذي تم تحديده على أقسام موصلة حاليًا:\n" @@ -1358,8 +1381,8 @@ "من المستحسن *بشدة* إلغاء توصيل هذه الأقسام قبل حذف القسم الموسع.\n" "برجاء اختيار 'إلغاء' إذا لم تكن متأكدًا مما تقوم به.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1373,8 +1396,8 @@ " الأقسام من مجموعات وحدة التخزين التي تنتمي إليها\n" " قبل حذف القسم الموسع.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1388,8 +1411,8 @@ " الأقسام من أنظمة RAID المرتبطة بها قبل \n" " حذف القسم الموسع.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1401,31 +1424,31 @@ " يتم استخدامه. قم بإزالة وحدة التخزين المستخدمة قبل\n" " حذف القسم الموسع.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "أدخل كلمة المرور الخاصة بنظام الملفات المشفر." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "تذكر جيدًا ما قمت بإدخاله هنا!" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "مسموح بإدخال كلمة سر فارغة." -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "كلمة السر الخاصة بنظام الملفات المشفر على %1" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1433,38 +1456,38 @@ "أدخل كلمة المرور المشفرة\n" "للجهاز %1 الموصل على %2.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "أدخل كلمة المرور الخاصة بنظام الملفات المشفرة" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "أدخ&ل كلمة مرور لنظام الملفات:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "أعد إدخال كلمة المرور من أجل التحق&ق:" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "تخط&ي" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1474,10 +1497,10 @@ "المرور غير متطابقة.\n" "حاول مرة أخرى.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1485,10 +1508,10 @@ "لم تقم بإدخال كلمة سر.\n" "حاول مرة أخرى.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1496,17 +1519,17 @@ "يجب أن تحتوي كلمة السر على الأقل على %1 حرفًا.\n" "حاول مرة أخرى.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "لا يوجد رقم الفاصلة العائمة." -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "خيارات نظام الملفات:" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1514,14 +1537,15 @@ "غير مسموح بوضع الحرف '/' في تسمية وحدة التخزين.\n" "قم بتغيير تسمية وحدة التخزين الخاصة بك بحيث يتم استبعاد هذا الحرف من الاسم.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab by:</b>\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " +"disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>قم بالتوصيل في /etc/fstab بواسطة:</b>\n" @@ -1529,60 +1553,63 @@ "بواسطة اسم الجهاز. يمكن تغيير هذا التعريف لكي يتم العثور على نظام \n" "الملفات الذي تم توصيله عن طريق البحث عن UUID أو عن طريق تسمية\n" "القرص. لا تقبل كل أنظمة \n" -"الملفات توصيلها عن طريق UUID أو تسمية القرص. إذا كان أحد الخيارات معطلاً، فلن يكون استخدامه ممكنًا.\n" +"الملفات توصيلها عن طريق UUID أو تسمية القرص. إذا كان أحد الخيارات معطلاً، فلن " +"يكون استخدامه ممكنًا.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>تسمية وحدة التخزين:</b>\n" -"يتم استخدام الاسم الذي تم إدخاله في هذا الحقل كتسمية وحدة التخزين. يُستخدم هذا الخيار عادةً \n" +"يتم استخدام الاسم الذي تم إدخاله في هذا الحقل كتسمية وحدة التخزين. يُستخدم " +"هذا الخيار عادةً \n" "عند تنشيط خيار التوصيل بواسطة تسمية وحدة التخزين فقط.\n" "لا يمكن أن تحتوي تسمية وحدة التخزين على الحرف / أو على مسافات.\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "توصيل في /etc/fstab بواسطة" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "اس&م الجهاز" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "تسم&ية وحدة التخزين" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&المعرف الفريد العالمي (UUID)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "معرف الج&هاز" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "مسار الج&هاز" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "خيارات Fstab:" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1592,63 +1619,63 @@ "الحد الأقصى لطول تسمية وحدة التخزين لنظام الملفات المحدد\n" "هو %1. تم قص تسمية القرص إلى هذا الحجم.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "قم بتوفير تسمية للقرص ليتم توصيله باستخدام التسمية." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "تسمية القرص هذه مستخدمة بالفعل. قم بتحديد نقطة أخرى." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "نظام المل&فات" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "خيارا&ت..." -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "&تشفير الجهاز" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "معر&ف نظام الملفات:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Format" msgstr "تهيئة" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "Do ¬ format" msgstr "عدم التنسي&ق" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&تنسيق" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "خيارات Fs&tab" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "نق&طة التوصيل" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1672,8 +1699,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد المتابعة؟\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1683,8 +1710,8 @@ "لا يمكن تقليص نظام الملفات بالقسم بواسطة YaST2.\n" "لا تسمح بتقليص أنظمة الملفات إلا fat وext2 وext3 وext4 وreiser." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1694,22 +1721,22 @@ "لا يمكن تقليص نظام الملفات بوحدة التخزين المنطقية بواسطة YaST2.\n" "لا تسمح بتقليص أنظمة الملفات إلا fat وext2 وext3 وext4 وreiser." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "أنت تخاطر بفقدان البيانات إذا قمت بتقليص هذا القسم." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "أنت تخاطر بفقدان البيانات إذا قمت بتقليص وحدة التخزين المنطقية هذه." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "هل تريد المتابعة؟" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1719,8 +1746,8 @@ "لا يمكن توسيع نظام الملفات بالقسم المحددYaST2.\n" "لا تسمح بتمديد أنظمة الملفات إلا fat وext2 وext3 وext4 وreiser." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1730,20 +1757,20 @@ "لا يمكن توسيع نظام الملفات بوحدة التخزين المنطقية المحددة بواسطةYaST2.\n" "لا تسمح بتمديد أنظمة الملفات إلا fat وext2 وext3 وext4 وreiser." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "هل تريد متابعة تغيير الحجم؟" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "لقد قللت حجم قسم بنظام ملفات reiser فيه." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "لقد قللت حجم وحدة تخزين منطقية بنظام ملفات reiser فيه." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1757,12 +1784,13 @@ "\n" "هل تريد تقليص نظام الملفات الآن؟" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "يحتوي الجهاز المحدد على أقسام موصلة حاليًا:\n" @@ -1770,8 +1798,8 @@ "من المستحسن *بشدة* إلغاء توصيل هذه الأقسام قبل حذف جدول الأقسام.\n" "حدد إلغاء إلا إذا كنت متأكدًا مما تقوم به.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1785,8 +1813,8 @@ "الأقسام من مجموعات وحدات التخزين التي تنتمي إليها\n" " قبل حذف الجهاز.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1800,8 +1828,8 @@ "الأقسام من أنظمة RAID المرتبطة بها قبل\n" "حذف الجهاز.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1813,56 +1841,57 @@ "يُستخدم بواسطة وحدة تخزين أخرى. قم بإزالة وحدة التخزين\n" "قبل حذف الجهاز.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>إنشاء وحدات تخزين فرعية وإزالتها من نظام ملفات Btrfs.</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>" -msgstr "<p>تمكين اللقطات التلقائية لنظام ملفات Btrfs باستخدام أداة الالتقاط.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>تمكين اللقطات التلقائية لنظام ملفات Btrfs باستخدام أداة الالتقاط.</p>" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "وحدات التخزين الفرعية الموجودة:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "وحدة تخزين فرعية جديدة" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 msgid "Add new" msgstr "إضافة جديد" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "إزالة" -#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 +#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "تمكين الالتقاط" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "معالجة وحدة التخزين الفرعية" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "غير مسموح بوجود اسم لوحدة تخزين فرعية فارغة." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1870,16 +1899,16 @@ "لا يُسمح إلا بأسماء وحدة التخزين الفرعية التي تبدأ بـ \"%1\" حاليًا!\n" "سيتم تلقائيًا إضافة \"%1\" إلى بداية اسم وحدة التخزين الفرعية." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "اسم وحدة التخزين الفرعية %1 موجود بالفعل." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "سيتم فقد التعديلات التي تم إدخالها في مربع الحوار هذا." -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1889,8 +1918,8 @@ "قم بإنشاء نظام الملفات المشفر.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1900,8 +1929,8 @@ "قم بالوصول إلى نظام الملفات المشفر.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -1915,12 +1944,13 @@ " نظام ملفات آخر من Linux.\n" " </p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" +"tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" @@ -1929,36 +1959,41 @@ "<p>\n" "نقطة التوصيل هذه تتوافق مع نظام الملفات المؤقتة مثل /tmp أو /var/tmp.\n" "إذا تركت كلمة مرور التشفير فارغة، سينشئ \n" -"النظام كلمة مرور عشوائية عند بدء تشغيل النظام نيابة عنك. وهذا يعني، أنك ستفقد كافة\n" +"النظام كلمة مرور عشوائية عند بدء تشغيل النظام نيابة عنك. وهذا يعني، أنك " +"ستفقد كافة\n" "البيانات الموجودة على أنظمة الملفات هذه عند إيقاف تشغيل النظام.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"عند نسيانك لكلمة السر، فلن تتمكن من الوصول إلى البيانات الموجودة على نظام الملفات.\n" -" تخير كلمة السر الخاصة بك بحرص. من المستحسن استخدام أرقام وحروف في كلمة السر.\n" +"عند نسيانك لكلمة السر، فلن تتمكن من الوصول إلى البيانات الموجودة على نظام " +"الملفات.\n" +" تخير كلمة السر الخاصة بك بحرص. من المستحسن استخدام أرقام وحروف في كلمة " +"السر.\n" " للتحقق من كتابة كلمة السر بشكل صحيح، \n" " أدخلها مرتين.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1969,8 +2004,8 @@ " (على سبيل المثال، الأحرف التي تحتوي على لهجات خاصة أو لهجة ألمانية).\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -1984,10 +2019,10 @@ "والأحرف (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>) والأرقام من <tt>0</tt> إلى <tt>9</tt>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1997,8 +2032,8 @@ "احرص على ألا تنسي كلمة السر هذه!\n" " </p>" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -2008,22 +2043,25 @@ "يجب إدخال كلمة مرور التشفير.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"إذا لم يحتوي نظام الملفات المشفر على أية ملفات للنظام وإذا لم تكن هناك حاجة إليه لذلك\n" -" من أجل التحديث، فيمكنك تحديد <b>تخطي</b>. في تلك الحالة، فلن يمكن الوصول إلى \n" +"إذا لم يحتوي نظام الملفات المشفر على أية ملفات للنظام وإذا لم تكن هناك حاجة " +"إليه لذلك\n" +" من أجل التحديث، فيمكنك تحديد <b>تخطي</b>. في تلك الحالة، فلن يمكن الوصول " +"إلى \n" " نظام الملفات أثناء عملية التحديث.\n" " </p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2043,7 +2081,7 @@ "إذا كنت بحاجة لاستخدام هذا القرص في عملية التثبيت، فينبغي التخلص من \n" "تسمية القرص في المقسم الخبير.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2057,18 +2095,18 @@ "\n" "تحتاج إلى وضع علامات على كل الأقسام بهذا القرص لإزالتها.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "لا يمكنك استخدام نقطة التوصيل \"%1\" مع LVM.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "لا يمكنك استخدام نقطة التوصيل %1 مع RAID." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2084,8 +2122,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد القيام بذلك؟\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 msgid "" "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" @@ -2097,8 +2135,8 @@ "/var\". يتعذر القيام بهذا الأمر. قم بتغيير نقطة التوصيل هذه أو استخدم \n" " نظام ملفات يحتوي على جمل برمجية لا يمكن عكسها.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2107,39 +2145,41 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"لقد قمت بتعيين نظام الملفات على أنه قابل للتوصيل بواسطة المستخدمين. نظام الملفات\n" +"لقد قمت بتعيين نظام الملفات على أنه قابل للتوصيل بواسطة المستخدمين. نظام " +"الملفات\n" "قد يحتوي على ملفات قد تحتاجها للتنفيذ.\n" "\n" "وهذا عادة يؤدي إلى حدوث مشاكل.\n" "\n" " هل تريد بالتأكيد القيام بذلك؟\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقل نقطة التوصيل فارغًا." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "يجب أن تحتوي أجهزة التبديل على برنامج تبديل يتم استخدامه كنقطة توصيل." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." -msgstr "قد تحتوي أجهزة التبديل فقط على برامج التبديل التي يتم استخدامها كنقطة توصيل." +msgstr "" +"قد تحتوي أجهزة التبديل فقط على برامج التبديل التي يتم استخدامها كنقطة توصيل." -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "نقطة التوصيل هذه مستخدمة بالفعل. قم بتحديد نقطة أخرى." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." @@ -2147,13 +2187,15 @@ "نظام الملفات FAT مستخدم لنقاط توصيل النظام (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "هذا غير ممكن." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 -msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "الحرف غير صالح في نقطة التوصيل. تجنب استخدام \"`'!\"%#\" في نقطة التوصيل." +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 +msgid "" +"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "" +"الحرف غير صالح في نقطة التوصيل. تجنب استخدام \"`'!\"%#\" في نقطة التوصيل." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2163,13 +2205,13 @@ "/bin، /dev، /etc، /lib، /lib64، /lost+found، /mnt، /proc، /sbin، /sys،\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "يجب أن تبدأ نقطة التوصيل الخاصة بك بالتالي \"/\"" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2177,9 +2219,9 @@ "لا يُسمح بتعيين تبديل نقطة التبديل\n" "لجهاز ما بدون نظام ملفات تبديل." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" @@ -2187,8 +2229,8 @@ "القسم الخاص بك يعتبر صغيرًا جدًا للاستخدام %1.\n" "يعتبر الحد الأدنى لحجم نظام الملفات هذا هو %2.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2196,8 +2238,8 @@ "غير مسموح بتخصيص نقطة توصيل\n" "إلى أحد الأجهزة بنظام ملفات غير موجود أو غير معروف." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2219,29 +2261,30 @@ "\n" " هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدام نظام الملفات هذا؟\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "تم توصيل نظام الملفات حاليًا على %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"يمكنك محاولة إلغاء توصيله الآن أو المتابعة دون إلغاء التوصيل أو إلغاء الأمر.\n" +"يمكنك محاولة إلغاء توصيله الآن أو المتابعة دون إلغاء التوصيل أو إلغاء " +"الأمر.\n" "انقر فوق إلغاء الأمر إلا إذا كنت تعرف تمامًا ما تقوم به." -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "إلغاء التوصيل" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2249,75 +2292,75 @@ "يمكنك محاولة إلغاء توصيله الآن أو إلغاء الأمر.\n" "انقر فوق إلغاء الأمر إلا إذا كنت تعرف تمامًا ما تقوم به." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "لا يمكن تقليص نظام الملفات عندما يكون متصلًا." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "لا يمكن تمديد نظام الملفات عندما يكون متصلًا." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "لا يمكن تغيير حجم نظام الملفات عندما يكون متصلًا." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "إعادة فحص الأجهزة" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "استيراد نقطة التوصيل..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "توفير &كلمات مرور Crypt..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "ت&كوين iSCSI..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "تكوين &FCoE..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "تكوين &متعدد المسارات..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "تك&وين DASD..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "تكوين &zFCP..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "تكوين &XPRAM..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "تكوين..." -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "السعة التخزينية المتوفر في %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all storage devices\n" "available.</p>" @@ -2325,8 +2368,8 @@ "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة أجهزة التخزين\n" "المتوفرة.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2336,8 +2379,8 @@ "يمكنك التنقل إلى العرض الذي يحتوي على معلومات مفصلة حول\n" "الجهاز.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>" @@ -2345,8 +2388,8 @@ "<p>بتحديد أحد إدخالات الجدول\n" "يمكنك الانتقال إلى طريقة العرض بمعلومات تفصيلية حول الجهاز.</p>" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2354,8 +2397,8 @@ "يؤدي إعادة فحص الأقراص إلى إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل إعادة فحص الأقراص؟" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2363,8 +2406,8 @@ "يؤدي استدعاء تكوين iSCSI إلى إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل استدعاء تكوين iSCSI؟" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" @@ -2372,10 +2415,10 @@ "يلغي استدعاء تكوين FCoE كل التغييرات الحالية.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل استدعاء تكوين FCoE؟" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" @@ -2383,8 +2426,8 @@ "تعمل استدعاء تكوين المسارات المتعددة على إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية.\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد استدعاء تكوين المسارات المتعددة؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2392,8 +2435,8 @@ "يؤدي استدعاء تكوين DASD إلى إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل استدعاء تكوين DASD؟" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2401,8 +2444,8 @@ "يؤدي استدعاء تكوين zFCP إلى إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل استدعاء تكوين zFCP؟" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2410,50 +2453,50 @@ "يؤدي استدعاء تكوين XPRAM إلى إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل استدعاء تكوين XPRAM؟" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "تحرير Btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "حدد جهازًا واحدًا على الأقل." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume.</p>" msgstr "<p>تغيير الأجهزة المستخدمة من قبل وحدة التخزين Btrfs.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "الأجهزة غير المستخدمة:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "الأجهزة المحددة" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "تغيير حجم مجموعة وحدات التخزين Btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "لا يوجد جهاز Btrfs محدد." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -2461,174 +2504,178 @@ "Btrfs %1 قيد الاستخدام. لا يمكن\n" "تحريره. لتحرير %1، تأكد من عدم استخدامه." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "فشلت إزالة بعض الأجهزة الفعلية." -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 + src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "تحرير" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 + src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "حذف" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "وحدات تخزين Btrfs" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "تحرير..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "حذف..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "<p>This view shows all Btrfs volumes.</p>" msgstr "<p>تظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة وحدات التخزين Btrfs.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -2636,8 +2683,8 @@ "<p>تظهر طريقة العرض هذه معلومات مفصلة حول\n" "وحدة التخزين Btrfs المحددة.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -2645,72 +2692,74 @@ "<p>تظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة الأجهزة المستخدمة من قبل\n" "وحدة التخزين Btrfs المحددة.</p>\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "أجهزة Btrfs: %1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "عر&ض" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "الأجهزة الم&ستخدمة" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>" msgstr "<p>اختر دور الجهاز.</p>" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "قسم تمهيد EFI" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "نظام التشغيل" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "تطبيقات ISV والبيانات" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "تبديل" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "وحدة تخزين ثنائية النوع (بدون تنسيق)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "الدور" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type.</p>" @@ -2718,19 +2767,21 @@ "<p>أولاً، قم باختيار ما إذا كان يجب تنسيق القسم\n" "ونوع نظام الملفات المطلوب.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" +"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an " +"existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>إذا كنت تريد تشفير كافة البيانات\n" -"الموجودة على وحدة التخزين حدد <b>تشفير الجهاز</b>. سيعمل تغيير التشفير على وحدة تخزين \n" +"الموجودة على وحدة التخزين حدد <b>تشفير الجهاز</b>. سيعمل تغيير التشفير على " +"وحدة تخزين \n" "موجودة على حذف كافة البيانات الموجودة عليها.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>" @@ -2738,48 +2789,49 @@ "<p>ثم اختر توصيل القسم أم لا\n" "وأدخل نقطة التوصيل (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>" -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "خيارات التنسيق" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "تنسيق القسم" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "عدم تنسيق القسم" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "عدم توصيل القسم" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "خيارات التوصيل" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "قسم التوصيل" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "نقطة التوصيل" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "&خيارات Fstab..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "يجب تشفير ملفات التشفير." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2791,18 +2843,18 @@ "\n" "تحقق أيضًا من خيار التنسيق.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "تتطلب ملفات التشفير نقطة توصيل." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "تتطلب Tmpfs نقطة توصيل." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2816,8 +2868,8 @@ "نظام ملفات آخر منLinux.\n" "</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2831,21 +2883,21 @@ "(تعليق القرص).\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "سيتم فقدان كافة البيانات الموجودة مسبقاً على وحدة التخزين!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Password" msgstr "كلمة السر" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "لا يدعم الجهاز الأساسي تغيير الحجم." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -2855,7 +2907,7 @@ "لا يمكن إعادة تغيير القسم المحدد نظرًا لأن نظام الملفات\n" " على هذا القسم لا يدعم تغيير الحجم.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2863,8 +2915,8 @@ "لا يمكن التحقق من إمكانية تغيير \n" "حجم NTFS أثناء توصيله." -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -2872,79 +2924,79 @@ "القسم %1 لا يمكن تغيير حجمه\n" "نظرًا لعدم تناسق نظام الملفات.\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "تغيير حجم القسم %1" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "إعادة تغيير حجم وحدة تخزين منطقية %1" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "الحجم الحالي: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "مستخدم حاليًا: %1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "الحجم" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "الحد الأقصى للحجم (%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "الحد الأدنى للحجم (%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "الحجم المخصص" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>" msgstr "<p>اختر حجمًا جديدًا.</p>" -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." msgstr "الحجم الذي تم إدخاله غير صالح. أدخل حجمًا بين %1 و%2." -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2956,28 +3008,28 @@ "النظر في إلغاء توصيل نظام الملفات، مما سيزيد من سرعة\n" "تغيير الحجم كثيرًا." -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "مخرجات %1" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "تتم الآن إعادة فحص الأقراص..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "تحرير معيِّن الجهاز %1" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أية أجهزة DM." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -2985,13 +3037,13 @@ "معيِّن الجهاز %1 قيد الاستخدام. لا يمكن\n" "تحريره. ولتحرير %1، تأكد من عدم استخدامه." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "معيِّن الجهاز (DM)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" @@ -3001,8 +3053,8 @@ "في بعض طرق العرض الأخرى. لذلك الأقراص متعددة المسارات،\n" "وحداتBIOS RAID ووحدات التخزين المنطقية LVM لا ترد هنا.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device.</p>" @@ -3010,8 +3062,8 @@ "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية حول\n" "جهاز معيِّن الجهاز المحدد.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device.</p>" @@ -3019,185 +3071,185 @@ "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة الأجهزة المستخدمة \n" "جهاز معيِّن الجهاز المحدد.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "جهاز DM: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "إضافة RAID" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "إضافة مجموعة وحدة التخزين" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "رسم بياني للجهاز" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "جارٍ حفظ الرسم البياني للجهاز..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of devices.</p>" msgstr "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه رسم الأجهزة.</p>" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "فشل حفظ ملف الرسم البياني." -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "الرسم البياني للتوصيل" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "جارٍ حفظ الرسم البياني للتوصيل..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of mount points.</p>" msgstr "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه رسمًا بيانيًا لنقاط التوصيل.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "<p>Choose the partition type for the new partition.</p>" msgstr "<p>اختر نوع القسم للقسم الجديد.</p>" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "ق&سم رئيسي" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "قس&م موسع" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "قس&م منطقي" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "نوع القسم الجديد" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "<p>Choose the size for the new partition.</p>" msgstr "<p>اختر حجم القسم الجديد.</p>" -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "حجم القسم الجديد" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "منطقة مخصصة" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "أسطوانة البداية" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "أسطوانة النهاية" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "المنطقة التي تم إدخالها غير صالحة." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "إضافة قسم في %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "تحرير قسم %1" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "لا تتوفر مساحة للقسم المنقول %1." -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "هل تريد نقل القسم %1 للأمام؟" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "هل تريد نقل القسم %1 للخلف؟" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "هل تريد نقل القسم %1؟" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "إعادة توجيه" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "توجيه للخلف" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "قم بالتأكيد على حذف جميع الأقسام" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3205,82 +3257,83 @@ "يحتوي القرص \"%1\" على قسم واحد على الأقل.\n" "إذا أردت المتابعة، سيتم حذف الأقسام التالية:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف كل الأقسام على \"%1\"؟" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي قرص صلب." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." msgstr "يتعذر إنشاء جدول الأقسام على DASD بتنسيق LDL." -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "القرص قيد الاستخدام ويتعذر تعديله." -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "حدد جدول الأقسام الجديدة لـ %1." -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" "هل تريد بالفعل إنشاء جدول الأقسام الجديدة في %1؟ سوف يؤدي ذلك\n" -" إلى حذف %1 وكافة مصفوفات RAID ومجموعات وحدة التخزين التي تستخدم الأقسام في %1." +" إلى حذف %1 وكافة مصفوفات RAID ومجموعات وحدة التخزين التي تستخدم الأقسام في " +"%1." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي قرص." -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف مصفوفة RAID لـ BIOS %1؟" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "هل تريد بالتأكيد حذف RAID %1 المقسم؟" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "لا يوجد أي أقسام للحذف على هذا القرص." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "يتعذر إنشاء قسم على %1." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي قسم." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3288,13 +3341,13 @@ "القسم %1 قيد الاستخدام. ولذلك لا يمكن\n" "تحريره. لتحرير %1، تأكد من أنه غير مستخدم." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "لا يمكن تحرير أي قسم موسع." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3302,13 +3355,13 @@ "يتم إنشاء القسم %1 بالفعل على القرص\n" "ولا يمكن نقله." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "لا يمكن نقل أي قسم موسع." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3316,13 +3369,13 @@ "القسم %1 قيد الاستخدام. ولذلك لا يمكن\n" "تغيير حجمه. ولتغيير حجمه %1، تأكد من أنه غير مستخدم." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "لا يمكن تغير حجم أي قسم موسع." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3338,7 +3391,7 @@ "أكثر من الأقسام. بعد الاستنساخ، سيتم\n" "حذف هذه الأقسام.</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3346,11 +3399,11 @@ "سيتم حذف الأقسام التالية\n" "وستضيع كافة البيانات الموجودة عليها:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "هل تريد حقًا حذف هذه الأقسام؟" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3360,7 +3413,7 @@ "يجب أن تحتوي على قسم واحد على الأقل.\n" "قم بإنشاء أقسام قبل استنساخ القرص.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3368,20 +3421,20 @@ "يتعذر استنساخ هذا القرص. لا توجد أقراص مناسبة\n" "من المحتمل أن تحتوي على تخطيط التقسيم نفسه." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "استنساخ تخطيط قسم %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "الأقراص الهدف المتاحة:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "حدد قرص مستهدف لإنشاء استنساخ" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3389,8 +3442,8 @@ "تشغيل أمر dasdfmt يقوم بحذف كافة البيانات من القرص.\n" "هل ترغب حقًا في تشغيل أمر dasdfmt على القرص %1؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3402,58 +3455,58 @@ " يتم عرض الأقسام الموجودة حالياً على هذا القرص\n" " مرة أخرى.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "إضافة قسم" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "نقل" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "إعادة تحجيم" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "جارٍ النقل..." -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "تغيير الحجم..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." @@ -3461,8 +3514,8 @@ "لا يمكن تحريك الأقراص المضغوطة وBIOS RAIDs والأجهزة\n" "متعددة المسارات." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." @@ -3470,19 +3523,19 @@ "لا يمكن تغيير حجم الأقراص المضغوطة وBIOS RAIDs والأجهزة\n" "متعددة المسارات." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "الأقراص الصلبة" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "جارٍ إضافة قسم..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.</p>\n" @@ -3490,18 +3543,18 @@ "<p>تظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة الأقراص الثابتة بما في ذلك\n" "أقراص iSCSI ووحدات BIOS RAID والأقراص متعدد المسارات وأيضاً الأقسام.</p>\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "اختبار الحماية (SMART)..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "الخصائص (hdparm)..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk.</p>" @@ -3509,45 +3562,45 @@ "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية حول\n" "القرص الصلب المحدد.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "SMART غير متوفر لهذا القرص." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "hdparm غير متوفر لهذا القرص." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "إنشاء جدول الأقسام الجديدة" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "استنساخ هذا القرص" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "تنفيذ أمر dasd&fmt على جهاز DASD" -#. push button text -#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "إضافة..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "خبير..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" @@ -3557,34 +3610,35 @@ "إذا كان القرص مستخدم بواسطة BIOS RAID على سبيل المثال أو متعدد المسارات لن\n" "تعرض أقسام هنا.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" "software RAIDs and multipath disks.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>تظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة الأجهزة المستخدمة بواسطة\n" -"القرص الثابت المحدد. طريقة العرض متوفر فقط لوحدات BIOS RAID ووحدات RAID البرمجية\n" +"القرص الثابت المحدد. طريقة العرض متوفر فقط لوحدات BIOS RAID ووحدات RAID " +"البرمجية\n" "المقسمة والأقراص متعددة المسارات.</p>\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "الأ&قسام" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "القرص الصلب: %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "القسم: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition.</p>" @@ -3592,8 +3646,8 @@ "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية حول\n" "القسم المحدد.</p>" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "<p>YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" @@ -3603,8 +3657,8 @@ "Linux الحالية مع نقاط توصيل. ويبين الجدول\n" "نقاط التوصيل القديمة.</p>\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "<p>You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" @@ -3612,51 +3666,52 @@ msgstr "" "<p>يمكنك اختيار ما إذا كانت وحدات تخزين\n" "النظام الموجود مثل / و/usr، سيتم تنسيقها أثناء\n" -"التثبيت أم لا. وحدات التخزين غير التابعة للنظام مثل /home، لن يتم تنسيقها.</p>" +"التثبيت أم لا. وحدات التخزين غير التابعة للنظام مثل /home، لن يتم تنسيقها.</" +"p>" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على أي نظام سابق بنقاط توصيل." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "إ&ظهار السابق" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "إ&ظهار التالي" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "استيراد نقاط التوصيل من النظام القائم:" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "تهيئة وحدات تخزين النظام" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "استيراد" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "تحتوي علامة التبويب الموجودة في /etc/fs في %1 على:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "تم إدخال كلمة مرور خاطئة." -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "التأكيد على حذف القسم المستخدم بواسطة LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" @@ -3666,15 +3721,15 @@ "للمحافظة على النظام في حالة متسقة، سيتم حذف مجموعة أجهزة التخزين التالية\n" "وكذلك وحدات التخزين المنطقية فيها:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "هل تريد حذف القسم \"%1\" ومجموعة وحدات التخزين \"%2\" الآن؟" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "التأكيد على حذف القسم المستخدم بواسطة RAID" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3684,24 +3739,24 @@ "للمحافظة على النظام في حالة متسقة، سيتم\n" "حذف أجهزة RAID التالية:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "هل تريد حذف القسم \"%1\" وRAID \"%2\" الآن؟" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف كل الأقسام على %1؟" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف %1؟" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3709,80 +3764,81 @@ "\n" "هل ينبغي إزالة %1 ملف السلسلة أيضًا؟\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "غير مقسم" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "غير مخصص" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>" msgstr "<p>لا يوجد أي تغييرات للتقسيم.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>" msgstr "<p>تغييرات على التقسيم:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>" msgstr "<p>لا يوجد تغييرات لإعدادات التخزين.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>" msgstr "<p>إعدادات التخزين:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>" msgstr "<p>الحزم المطلوب تثبيتها:<p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>لا توجد حزم مطلوب تثبيتها.<p>" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 msgid "Log" msgstr "سجل" -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:47 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:47 msgid "Contents of %1:" msgstr "محتويات %1:" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:52 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:52 msgid "Update" msgstr "تحديث" -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by a filename -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:58 +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by a filename +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:58 msgid "This view shows the content of %1." msgstr "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه محتويات%1." -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p><b>اسم مسار ملف السلسلة:</b><br>يجب أن يكون هذا مسارًا مطلقًا للملف الذي\n" " يحتوي على بيانات جهاز تسلسل مشفر للإعداد.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Create Loop File:</b><br>If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3794,8 +3850,8 @@ "بالحجم الموجود في الحقل التالي.<b>ملاحظة:</b>إذا كان الملف\n" " موجودًا بالفعل، فسيتم فقدان كافة البيانات الموجودة به.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Size:</b><br>This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" @@ -3805,8 +3861,8 @@ "<p><b>الحجم:</b><br>هذا هو حجم ملف الحلقة. سيكون نظام الملفات\n" "الذي تم إنشاؤه في جهاز الحلقة المشفرة بهذا الحجم.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>NOTE:</b> During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3820,23 +3876,23 @@ "سيتم إنشاؤه في نهاية التثبيت. الرجاء الحذر\n" "عند إدخال الحجم واسم المسار.</p>\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "اسم مسار ملف السلسلة" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "استعراض..." -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "إنشاء ملف سلسلة" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -3844,13 +3900,13 @@ "اسم الملف \"%1\" غير صالح.\n" "استخدم اسم المسار المطلق.\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." msgstr "الحجم الذي أدخلته غير صحيح. أدخل حجمًا يساوي %1 على الأقل." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" @@ -3860,47 +3916,47 @@ "وعلامة الإنشاء في وضع إيقاف التشغيل. قم باستخدام ملف موجود أو قم بتنشيط\n" " إشارة الإنشاء." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "إضافة ملف مشفر" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "تحرير الملف المشفر %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي ملف مشفر." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3908,30 +3964,30 @@ "الملف المشفر %1 قيد الاستخدام. لذلك يتعذر\n" "تحريره. لتحرير %1، تأكد من أنه غير مستخدم." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "الملفات المشفرة" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "إضافة ملف مشفر..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "<p>This view shows all crypt files.</p>" msgstr "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة الملفات المشفرة.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "الملف المشفر: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file.</p>" @@ -3939,37 +3995,38 @@ "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية\n" "للملف المشفر المحدد.</p>" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "أدخل اسمًا لمجموعة وحدات التخزين." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "اسم مجموعة وحدة التخزين أكبر من 128 حرفًا." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "يجب أن يبدأ اسم مجموعة وحدة التخزين بالحرف \"-\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." msgstr "" -"يحتوي اسم مجموعة وحدة التخزين على أحرف غير مسموح بها. وتكون الأحرف المسموح بها\n" +"يحتوي اسم مجموعة وحدة التخزين على أحرف غير مسموح بها. وتكون الأحرف المسموح " +"بها\n" "الأحرف الهجائية الرقمية و\".\" و\"_\" و\"-\" و\"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "مجموعة وحدة التخزين \"%1\" موجودة بالفعل." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -3977,13 +4034,13 @@ "مجموعة وحدة التخزين بالاسم \"%1\" تتعارض\n" "مع إدخال آخر في الدليل /dev.\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "التأكيد على حذف مجموعة وحدات التخزين" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" @@ -3993,13 +4050,15 @@ "في حالة المتابعة، سيتم إلغاء توصيل وحدات التخزين التالية (إذا كانت موصلة)\n" "وحذفها:" -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف مجموعة وحدات التخزين \"%1\" وجميع وحدات التخزين المنطقية المرتبطة بها؟" +msgstr "" +"هل تريد بالفعل حذف مجموعة وحدات التخزين \"%1\" وجميع وحدات التخزين المنطقية " +"المرتبطة بها؟" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" @@ -4007,27 +4066,28 @@ "البيانات التي قمت بإدخالها غير صالحة. أدخل حجم نطاق فعلي أكبر من %1\n" "من مضاعفات الرقم 2، على سبيل المثال \"%2\" أو \"%3\"" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "أدخل اسمًا لوحدة التخزين المنطقية." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "اسم وحدة التخزين المنطقية تحتوي على أحرف يزيد عددها عن 128 حرفًا." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." msgstr "" -"تحتوي اسم وحدة التخزين المنطقية على أحرف غير مسموح بها. وتكون الأحرف المسموح بها\n" +"تحتوي اسم وحدة التخزين المنطقية على أحرف غير مسموح بها. وتكون الأحرف المسموح " +"بها\n" "الأحرف الهجائية الرقمية و\".\" و\"_\" و\"-\" و\"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." @@ -4035,56 +4095,58 @@ "وحدة التخزين المنطقية بالاسم \"%1\" موجودة بالفعل\n" "في مجموعة وحدة التخزين \"%2\"." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "<p>Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group.</p>" msgstr "<p>أدخل الاسم وحجم النطاق الفعلي لمجموعة وحدة التخزين الجديدة.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "<p>Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain.</p>" -msgstr "<p>حدد وحدات التخزين الفعلية التي يجب أن تحتوي مجموعة وحدة التخزين عليها.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>حدد وحدات التخزين الفعلية التي يجب أن تحتوي مجموعة وحدة التخزين عليها.</p>" -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "اسم مجموعة وحدة التخزين" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "حجم الن&طاق الفعلي" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "وحدات التخزين الفعلية المتوفرة:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "وحدات التخزين الفعلية المحددة:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the volume group.</p>" msgstr "<p>قم بتغيير الأجهزة المُستخدمة لمجموعة وحدة التخزين.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>أدخل حجمًا بالإضافة إلى عدد تقسيمات وحدة التخزين المنطقية الجديدة\n" "وحجمها. لا يمكن أن يكون عدد التقسيمات\n" " أكبر من عدد وحدات التخزين الفعلية لمجموعة وحدات التخزين.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "<p>So called <b>Thin Volumes</b> can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4097,159 +4159,168 @@ "باستخدام حجم وحدة التخزين العشوائي. المساحة المطلوبة يتم تحديها من \n" "قبل <b>التجمع الرقيق المعين</b>. لذلك يمكنك إنشاء جهاز تخزين رقيق بحجم أكبر\n" "من التجمع الرقيق. وبطبيعة الحال عندما يكون هناك بيانات مكتوبة على وحدات\n" -"التجمع الرقيقة، يجب أن تكون مساحة التجمع الرقيق المعينة كافية لتلبية هذا الطلب.\n" +"التجمع الرقيقة، يجب أن تكون مساحة التجمع الرقيق المعينة كافية لتلبية هذا " +"الطلب.\n" "لا يمكن أن تحتوي وحدات التجمع الرقيقة عد شريطي." -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "الشرائح" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "الرقم" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "إضافة وحدة تخزين منطقية %1 إلى %2" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "تغيير حجم مجموعة وحدة التخزين %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "<p>Enter the name of the new logical volume.</p>" msgstr "<p>أدخل اسم وحدة التخزين المنطقية الجديدة.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>" msgstr "" "<p>يمكنك تعريف التخزين المنطقي كوحدة <b>حجم عادي</b>.\n" -"هذا هو الإعداد الافتراضي، ويعني أجهزة تخزين LVM عادية مثل كافة وحدات التخزين قبل وجود ميزة <b>التوفير الرقيق</b> .\n" +"هذا هو الإعداد الافتراضي، ويعني أجهزة تخزين LVM عادية مثل كافة وحدات التخزين " +"قبل وجود ميزة <b>التوفير الرقيق</b> .\n" "إذا كنت غير متأكد فهذا هو على الأرجح الاختيار المناسب</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n" -"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>" +"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>يمكنك تعريف جهاز التخزين المنطقي على أنه <b>التجمع الرقيق</b>.\n" -"وهذا يعني أن <b>جهاز التخزين الرقيق</b> يعمل على تخصيص مساحتها اللازمة حسب الطلب من هذا المجمع.</p>" +"وهذا يعني أن <b>جهاز التخزين الرقيق</b> يعمل على تخصيص مساحتها اللازمة حسب " +"الطلب من هذا المجمع.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>" +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</" +"b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>يمكنك تعريف جهاز التخزين المنطقي على أنه <b>تجمع رقيق</b>.\n" -"وهذا يعني أن الحجم يخصص المساحة اللازمة حسب الطلب من <b>التجمع الرقيق</b>.</p>" +"وهذا يعني أن الحجم يخصص المساحة اللازمة حسب الطلب من <b>التجمع الرقيق</b>.</" +"p>" -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "وحدات التخزين المن&طقية" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "النوع" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "الحجم العادي" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "التجمع الرقيق" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "جهاز تخزين رقيق" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "التجمع المستخدم" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "إضافة وحدة تخزين منطقية في %1" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "تحرير وحدة التخزين المنطقية %1 على %2" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" "لا توجد أجهزة غير مستخدمة مناسبة كافية لإنشاء مجموعة وحدة تخزين.\n" "\n" -"ولاستخدام LVM، مطلوب على الأقل قسم غير مستخدم واحد من النوع 0x8e (أو 0x83) أو جهاز \n" +"ولاستخدام LVM، مطلوب على الأقل قسم غير مستخدم واحد من النوع 0x8e (أو 0x83) " +"أو جهاز \n" "RAIDغير مستخدم. قم بتغيير جدول الأقسام وفقًا لذلك." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أية مجموعة وحدة تخزين." -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "هل ترغب حقًا في إزالة مجموعة وحدة التخزين \"%1\"؟" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "فشل حذف مجموعة وحدات التخزين \"%1\"." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أية وحدات تخزين منطقية." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "لا تتوفر مساحة خالية في مجموعة وحدة التخزين \"%1\"." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4257,8 +4328,8 @@ "جهاز التخزين %1 عبارة عن تجمع رقيق.\n" "لا يمكن تحريره." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4266,46 +4337,46 @@ "وحدة التخزين %1 قيد الاستخدام. يتعذر\n" "تحريرها. لتحرير %1، تأكد من عدم استخدامها." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "إضافة وحدات تخزين منطقية" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "مجموعة وحدات التخزين" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "إدارة وحدات التخزين" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes.</p>" @@ -4313,8 +4384,8 @@ "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة مجموعات وحدة تخزين الخاصة بـ LVM\n" "ووحدات التخزين المنطقية الخاصة بها.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group.</p>" @@ -4322,8 +4393,8 @@ "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية\n" "حول مجموعة وحدة التخزين المحددة.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group.</p>" @@ -4331,8 +4402,8 @@ "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة وحدات التخزين المنطقية\n" "الخاصة بمجموعة وحدة التخزين المحددة.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group.</p>" @@ -4340,28 +4411,28 @@ "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة وحدات التخزين الفعلية التي تستخدمها\n" "مجموعة وحدة التخزين المحددة.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 msgid "Volume Group: %1" msgstr "مجموعة وحدة التخزين: %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 msgid "&Logical Volumes" msgstr "وحدات التخزين المن&طقية" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 msgid "&Physical Volumes" msgstr "وحدات التخزين الف&علية" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 msgid "Logical Volume: %1" msgstr "وحدة التخزين المنطقية: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected logical volume.</p>" @@ -4369,56 +4440,56 @@ "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية حول\n" "وحدة التخزين المنطقية المحددة.</p>" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "معيِّن الجهاز" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420 msgid "NFS" msgstr "بروتوكول NFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "Btrfs" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "الأجهزة غير المستخدمة" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "ملخص التثبيت" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "الإعدادات" -#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566 +#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" @@ -4428,34 +4499,36 @@ "في حالة الخروج من المقسم باستخدام %1.\n" "هل تريد الخروج بالفعل؟" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580 msgid "<p>Here you can see the partitioning summary.</p>" msgstr "<p>يمكنك هنا الإطلاع على ملخص التقسيم.</p>" -#. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592 +#. Fullscreen summary of changes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": الملخص" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667 msgid "System View" msgstr "طريقة عرض النظام" -#. fallback dialog content -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +#. fallback dialog content +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 +msgid "" +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." msgstr "لا يتوفر تكوين NFS. قم بالتحقق من تثبيت حزمة yast2-nfs-client." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "نظام ملفات الشبكة (NFS)" -#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) -#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 +#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) +#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 msgid "" "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" "Save it anyway?" @@ -4463,51 +4536,59 @@ "فشل توصيل اختبار مشاركة NFS '%1'.\n" "هل تريد الحفظ على أي حال؟" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." msgstr "بالنسبة لـ %1، حدد على الأقل %2 جهاز." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 msgid "<p>Select the RAID type for the new RAID.</p>" msgstr "<p>حدد نوع RAID لمصفوفة RAID الجديدة.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" +"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> هذا المستوى يعمل على زيادة أداء القرص.\n" -"<b>لا</b> يوجد أية تكرارات في هذا الوضع. في حالة فشل أحد المشغلات، ستصبح عملية استعادة البيانات غير ممكنة.</p>\n" +"<b>لا</b> يوجد أية تكرارات في هذا الوضع. في حالة فشل أحد المشغلات، ستصبح " +"عملية استعادة البيانات غير ممكنة.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " +"on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>يتحقق في هذا الوضع أفضل تكرار. ويمكن استخدامه\n" "مع قرصين أو أكثر. يقوم هذا الوضع بالحفاظ على نسخة متطابقة من كافة البيانات\n" -"في جميع الأقراص. طالما أن هناك قرصًا واحدًا يعمل على الأقل، فلن تفقد أية بيانات. يجب أن تكون الأقسام \n" +"في جميع الأقراص. طالما أن هناك قرصًا واحدًا يعمل على الأقل، فلن تفقد أية " +"بيانات. يجب أن تكون الأقسام \n" " المستخدمة في هذا النوع من RAID بنفس الحجم تقريبًا.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>يجمع هذا الوضع بين إمكانية إدارة عددًا أكبر من الأقراص\n" "مع الحفاظ على بعض التكرار. ويمكن استخدام هذا الوضع مع ثلاثة أقراص أو أكثر.\n" -" في حالة فشل أحد الأقراص ستظل كافة البيانات سليمة. وفي حالة فشل قرصين معًا فستفقد كافة البيانات</p>\n" +" في حالة فشل أحد الأقراص ستظل كافة البيانات سليمة. وفي حالة فشل قرصين معًا " +"فستفقد كافة البيانات</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "<p><b>Raid Name</b> gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" @@ -4517,19 +4598,21 @@ " لعملية raid. يُعد هذا الأمر اختياريًا. في حالة إدخال الاسم، يتوفر\n" "الجهاز كـ <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>قم بإضافة أقسام إلى مصفوفة RAID الخاصة بك. وفقًا لنوع\n" "RAID، يكون حجم القرص القابل للاستخدام هو مجموع هذه الأقسام (RAID0) أو حجم\n" "أصغر قسم (RAID 1) أو (N-1)*أصغر قسم (RAID 5).</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "<p>Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.</p>\n" @@ -4537,80 +4620,86 @@ "<p>عمومًا، يجب أن تكون الأقسام على مشغلات مختلفة،\n" " للحصول على التكرار والأداء الذين ترغب فيهما.</p>\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "نوع RAID" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID &0 (تقسيم)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID &1 (نسخ)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &5 (تقسيم متكرر)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &6 (تقسيم متكرر ثنائي)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID &10 (نسخ وتقسيم)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "ا&سم Raid (اختياري)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "الأقراص المتاحة" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>حجم الكتلة:</b><br>يعتبر أصغر كتلة \"بسيطة\"\n" -"من البيانات يمكن كتابتها إلى الأجهزة. يعتبر حجم الكتلة المعتدل في RAID 5 هو 128 كيلوبايت. وبالنسبة إلى RAID 0،\n" -"32 كيلوبايت يعتبر حجمًا جيدًا كبداية. وبالنسبة إلى RAID 1، فإن حجم الكتلة لا يؤثر على المصفوفة بصورة كبيرة.</p>\n" +"من البيانات يمكن كتابتها إلى الأجهزة. يعتبر حجم الكتلة المعتدل في RAID 5 هو " +"128 كيلوبايت. وبالنسبة إلى RAID 0،\n" +"32 كيلوبايت يعتبر حجمًا جيدًا كبداية. وبالنسبة إلى RAID 1، فإن حجم الكتلة لا " +"يؤثر على المصفوفة بصورة كبيرة.</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "خوارزمية التكافؤ:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "خوارزمية التكافؤ لاستخدامها مع RAID5/6.\n" -"الوحدة ذات اليسار-المتماثل توفر أقصى حد من الأداء على الأقراص التقليدية التي تعمل بالتناوب.\n" +"الوحدة ذات اليسار-المتماثل توفر أقصى حد من الأداء على الأقراص التقليدية التي " +"تعمل بالتناوب.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4618,66 +4707,66 @@ "لمزيد من التفاصيل بشأن خوارزمية التماثل \n" "الرجاء الرجوع إلى صفحة mdadm (man mdadm).\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "حجم الكتلة" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "خوارزمية الم&ساواة" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "خيارات RAID" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the RAID.</p>" msgstr "<p>قم بتغيير الأجهزة التي تستخدمها مع RAID.</p>" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "إضافة RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "تغيير حجم RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "تحرير RAID %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4689,22 +4778,22 @@ "وهذا يعني عادةً أن المجموعة الفرعية لأجهزة raid صغيرة للغاية\n" "بحيث لا يمكن معها استخدامraid.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." msgstr "لا توجد أجهزة غير مستخدمة مناسبة كافية لإنشاء إحدى مصفوفات RAID." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أية مصفوفة RAID." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4712,8 +4801,8 @@ "مصفوفة RAID %1 قيد الاستخدام. ولذلك يتعذر\n" "تحريرها. ولتحرير %1، تأكد من أنها غير مستخدم." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." @@ -4721,8 +4810,8 @@ "توحد مصفوفة RAID %1 بالفعل على القرص. لا يمكن\n" "تغيير %1، لذلك قم بإزالته ثم إنشائه مرة أخرى." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4730,18 +4819,18 @@ "مصفوفة RAID %1 قيد الاستخدام. ولذلك يتعذر\n" "تغيير حجمها. ولتغيير حجم %1، تأكد من أنها غير مستخدم." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "إضافة RAID..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "<p>This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs.</p>" msgstr "<p>تعرض طريقة العرض هذه جميع وحدات RAID عدا وحدات BIOS RAID.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID.</p>" @@ -4749,8 +4838,8 @@ "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية حول\n" "RAID المحددة.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID.</p>" @@ -4758,123 +4847,130 @@ "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة الأجهزة التي تستخدمها\n" "RAID المحددة.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID: %1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "التسمية" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "موصل بواسطة" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "مستخدم بواسطة" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "معرف BIOS" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "معلومات الأسطوانة" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "معلومات قناة الألياف الصناعية" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "التشفير" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "اسم الجهاز" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "تسمية وحدة التخزين" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "معرف الجهاز" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "مسار الجهاز" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "الأمثل" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "أسطوانة" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "التوصيل الافتراضي بواسطة" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "نظام الملفات الافتراضي" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "محاذاة الأقسام التي تم إنشاؤها حديثًا" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "إظهار أجهزة التخزين حسب" -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "المعلومات الظاهرة على أجهزة التخزين" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "<p>This view shows general storage\n" "settings:</p>" @@ -4882,25 +4978,28 @@ "<p>تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه إعدادات\n" "التخزين العامة:</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</" +"i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> " +"and\n" "<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>التوصيل الافتراضي حسب</b> يعمل على توفير أسلوب التوصيل لنظم \n" "الملفات التي تم إنشاؤها حديثا. <i>اسم الجهاز</i> يستخدم اسم جهاز النواة \n" "غير المستمرة. <i>معرف الجهاز</i>و \n" "<i>مسار الجهاز</i>\n" -"استخدم الأسماء التي تم إنشاؤها بواسطة udev من معلومات الأجهزة. وينبغي أن تكون ثابتة، لكن وللأسف هذا ليس صحيحاً دائمًا. وأخيرًا <i>UUID</i> و\n" +"استخدم الأسماء التي تم إنشاؤها بواسطة udev من معلومات الأجهزة. وينبغي أن " +"تكون ثابتة، لكن وللأسف هذا ليس صحيحاً دائمًا. وأخيرًا <i>UUID</i> و\n" "<i>تسمية وحدة التخزين</i> استخدم أنظمة الملفات UUID والتسمية.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n" @@ -4908,21 +5007,24 @@ "<p><b>نظام الملفات الافتراضي</b> يوفر نوع نظام الملفات\n" "للملف الذي تم إنشاؤه حديثا.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>يحدد <b>المحاذاة للأقسام المنشأة حديثًا</b>\n" -"كيفية محاذاة الأقسام التي تم إنشاؤها مؤخرًا. <b>الأسطوانة</b> عبارة عن المحاذاة التقليدية في حدود الأسطوانة من القرص. <b>الأمثل</b> \n" +"كيفية محاذاة الأقسام التي تم إنشاؤها مؤخرًا. <b>الأسطوانة</b> عبارة عن " +"المحاذاة التقليدية في حدود الأسطوانة من القرص. <b>الأمثل</b> \n" "محاذاة الأقسام للحصول على أفضل أداء وفقا لتلميحات المقدمة من نواة Linux \n" "أو يحاول الاتساق مع نظام التشغيل Windows Vista وWin 7.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>" @@ -4930,8 +5032,8 @@ "يتحكم <p><b>إظهار أجهزة التخزين حسب</b> في\n" "الاسم المعروض للأقراص الصلبة في هيكل التنقل.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>" @@ -4939,23 +5041,23 @@ "يسمح <p><b>المعلومات المرئية\n" "في أجهزة التخزين</b> بإخفاء المعلومات في الجداول والنظرة العامة.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "<p>This view shows the installation summary.</p>" msgstr "<p>تظهر طريقة العرض هذه ملخص التثبيت.</p>" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "إضافة توصيل وحدات tmpfs" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد جهاز tmpfs محدد." -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -4963,18 +5065,18 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالفعل حذف tmpfs الموصلة إلى %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "وحدات التخزين Tmpfs" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "<p>This view shows all tmpfs volumes.</p>" msgstr "<p>تظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة وحدات التخزين tmpfs.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -4982,18 +5084,18 @@ "<p>تظهر طريقة العرض هذه معلومات مفصلة حول\n" "وحدة تخزين tmpfs المحددة.</p>\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "tmpfs موصلة في %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "إعادة فحص" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "<p>This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" @@ -5003,8 +5105,8 @@ "نقطة توصيل لها والأقراص التي لم يتم تقسيمها\n" "ومجموعات وحدة التخزين التي لا تحتوي على وحدات تخزين منطقية.</p>" -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" @@ -5012,30 +5114,30 @@ "تؤدي إعادة فحص الأجهزة غير المستخدمة\n" "إلى إلغاء التغييرات الحالية. هل تريد بالفعل إعادة فحص الأجهزة غير المستخدمة؟" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" @@ -5043,17 +5145,17 @@ "لا يمكن إنشاء وحدة تخزين منطقية \n" "بالحجم المطلوب.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "حاول تصغير عدد تقسيم وحدة التخزين." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "يمكنك إزالة وحدات التخزين المنطقية فقط." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5061,8 +5163,8 @@ "هناك على الأقل لقطة واحدة نشطة لوحدة التخزين هذه.\n" "قم بإزالة اللقطة أولاً." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5070,100 +5172,100 @@ "هناك على الأقل واحد من وحدات التخزين الرقيقة يستخدم هذا التجمع.\n" "قم بإزالة وحدة التخزين رقيقة أولاً." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "هل ترغب في إزالة وحدة التخزين المنطقية%1؟" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "الحجم الإجمالي: %1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "الحجم الناتج: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "الفئة" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "أعلى" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "أعلى" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "أسفل" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "أسفل" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "مصنّف" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "إضافة" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "إضافة الكل" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "إزالة الكل" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "الملف %1 ليس ملف عاديا!" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "الملف %1 كبيرة جداً!" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5175,33 +5277,37 @@ "يجب أن تحتوي الملف على أسطر مع تعبير عادي واسم الفئة لكل\n" ". على سبيل المثال:" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "الكشف عن نمط الأسطر التالية:" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" msgstr "هل توافق على مطابقة الأجهزة للفئات بهذه الأنماط؟" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>" msgstr "" "<p>هذا الحوار لتعريف فئات أجهزة الغارة\n" "التي تحتويها raid. الفئات المتوفرة هي A وB وC وD وE لكن في حالات متعددة\n" "قد تحتاج لفئات أقل (A وB فقط على سبيل المثال). </p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " +"the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>يمكنك وضع جهاز في فئة بالنقر بالزر الأيمن على الجهاز واختيار الفئة \n" @@ -5210,8 +5316,8 @@ "استخدام الأزرار المسماة \"%1\" إلى \"%2\" لوضع الأجهزة \n" "المحددة حاليا في هذه الفئة.</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "<p>After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." @@ -5219,8 +5325,8 @@ "<p>بعد اختيار فئات للأجهزة يمكنك ترتيب الأجهزة \n" "عن طريق الضغط على أحد الأزرار المسماة \"%1\" أو \"%2\"." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "<b>Sorted</b> puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." @@ -5228,19 +5334,20 @@ "<b>مصنف</b> يعمل على وضع كافة الأجهزة من فئة A قبل كافة \n" "الأجهزة من فئة B وهكذا." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "<b>Interleaved</b> uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " +"follow." msgstr "" "<b>التداخل</b> يستخدم الجهاز الأول من فئة A، ثم أول\n" "جهاز من الفئة B، ثم جميع الفئات التالية مع الأجهزة المعينة. ثم \n" "الجهاز الثاني من فئة A والجهاز الثاني من الفئة B وهكذا." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" @@ -5250,45 +5357,51 @@ "عند ترك النافذة المنبثقة يتم استخدام نظام السرد الحالي كترتيب\n" "لأجهزة RAID المراد إنشاؤها.</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" +"part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression.</p>" msgstr "" "بالضغط على الزر \"<b>%1</b>\" يمكنك تحديد الملف الذي يحتوي على\n" -"خطوط ذات تعبير عادي واسم فئة (مثل. \"sda.* A\"). ستوضع جميع الأجهزة التي تطابق\n" +"خطوط ذات تعبير عادي واسم فئة (مثل. \"sda.* A\"). ستوضع جميع الأجهزة التي " +"تطابق\n" "التعبير العادي في الفئة على هذا السطر. يتم مطابقة التعبير العادي \n" "في مقابل اسم النواة (على سبيل المثال /dev/sda1), \n" -"اسم مسار udev (مثلاً. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) ومعرف\n" +"اسم مسار udev (مثلاً. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) " +"ومعرف\n" "udev (مثل/dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" "وأخيراً. يحدد تطابق الفئة الأولى إذا كان اسم الأجهزة يطابق تعبير\n" "عادي واحد أكثر.</p>" -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "الجهاز" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "نمط الملف" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "حج&م Tmpfs" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." @@ -5296,33 +5409,35 @@ "تم تحديد حجم غير صالح. استخدم رقم متبوعًا بـ K أو M أو G أو %.\n" "يجب أن تكون القيمة أكبر من 100 كيلو أو بين 1% و200%. حاول مرة أخرى." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "يجب أن تكون القيمة ما بين 1% و200%. حاول مرة أخرى." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>حجم Tmpfs:</b>\n" -"قد يتم إدخال الحجم كعدد متبوع برموز K وM وG عن كيلوبايت وميغابايت وجيجابايت أو \n" +"قد يتم إدخال الحجم كعدد متبوع برموز K وM وG عن كيلوبايت وميغابايت وجيجابايت " +"أو \n" "كعدد متبوع بعلامة النسبة المئوية مما يعني نسبة الذاكرة.</p>" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "أ&ولوية التبديل" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "يجب أن تتراوح القيمة بين 0 و32767. حاول مرة أخرى." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326 msgid "" "<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n" @@ -5330,29 +5445,30 @@ "<p><b>أولوية التبديل:</b>\n" "أدخل أولوية التبديل. الأرقام الكبيرة تدل على أولوية أعلى.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "توصيل للقراءة فق&ط" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>توصيل للقراءة فقط:</b>\n" "لا يمكن الكتابة في نظام الملفات. القيمة الافتراضية خطأ. أثناء التثبيت،\n" "يتم توصيل نظام الملفات دائمًا للقراءة والكتابة.</p>" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "لا يوجد وقت و&صول" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501 msgid "" "<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n" @@ -5360,13 +5476,13 @@ "<p><b>لا يوجد وقت للوصول:</b>\n" "لم يتم تحديث أوقات الوصول عند قراءة الملف. الإعداد الافتراضي هو false.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "قابل للتحميل بواسطة العميل" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 msgid "" "<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n" @@ -5374,33 +5490,36 @@ "<p><b>قابلة للتوصيل بواسطة المستخدم:</b>\n" "يمكن توصيل نظام الملفات بواسطة مستخدم عادي. الإعداد الافتراضي غير صحيح.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "تجنب التوصيل عند ت&شغيل النظام" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534 msgid "" "<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" +"tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>غير موصل عند تشغيل النظام:</b>\n" "لا يتم توصيل نظام الملفات تلقائيًا عند تشغيل النظام.\n" -"يتم إنشاء إدخال في /etc/fstab كما يتم توصيل نظام الملفات بالخيارات المناسبة عند إدخال الأمر <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"يتم إنشاء إدخال في /etc/fstab كما يتم توصيل نظام الملفات بالخيارات المناسبة " +"عند إدخال الأمر <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" " (<mount point> هو الدليل الذي يتم توصيل نظام الملفات إليه). \n" "الإعداد الافتراضي هو false.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "تمكين دعم الحص&ة النسبية" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5410,21 +5529,23 @@ "يتم توصيل نظام الملفات بالحصص النسبية للمستخدم التي تم تمكينها.\n" "الإعداد الافتراضي 'خطأ'.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "وضع استرجاع &البيانات:" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585 msgid "" "<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact.<br>\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>وضع يوميات البيانات:</b>\n" "يحدد صيغة العمل اليومية لملفات البيانات.\n" @@ -5432,15 +5553,16 @@ "كتابتها في نظام الملف الرئيسي. تأثر أداء أعلى.<br>\n" "<tt>بالأمر</tt> إجبار كافة البيانات بالخروج مباشرة لنظام الملفات الرئيسية\n" "قبل أن يتم كتابة بيانات التعريف لليومية. تأثير الأداء المتوسط.<br>\n" -"الكتابة مرة أخرى <tt>لا يتم الاحتفاظ بترتيب البيانات. لا تأثير على الأداء.</p>\n" +"الكتابة مرة أخرى <tt>لا يتم الاحتفاظ بترتيب البيانات. لا تأثير على الأداء.</" +"p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "&قوائم التحكم بالوصول (ACL)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 msgid "" "<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5448,13 +5570,13 @@ "<p><b>قوائم التحكم بالوصول (ACL):</b>\n" "تمكين قوائم التحكم بالوصول في ملفات النظام.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "&سمات موسعة للمستخدم" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625 msgid "" "<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5462,33 +5584,39 @@ "<p><b>سمات موسعة للمستخدم:</b>\n" "السماح بالسمات الموسعة للمستخدم على ملفات النظام.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "قيم&ة خيار عشوائي" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." -msgstr "توجد أحرف غير صالحة في قيمة الخيار العشوائي. لا تستخدم مسافات أو علامات التبويب. حاول مرة أخرى." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 +msgid "" +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." +msgstr "" +"توجد أحرف غير صالحة في قيمة الخيار العشوائي. لا تستخدم مسافات أو علامات " +"التبويب. حاول مرة أخرى." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" +"etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>قيمة خيار عشوائي:</b>\n" -"في هذا المجال قم بكتابة أي نقطة توصيل قانونية مسموح بها في المجال الرابع من /etc/fstab.\n" +"في هذا المجال قم بكتابة أي نقطة توصيل قانونية مسموح بها في المجال الرابع من /" +"etc/fstab.\n" " يتم الفصل بين الخيارات المتعددة عن طريق فواصل.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "مجموعة الأ&حرف لأسماء الملفات" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 msgid "" "<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n" @@ -5496,60 +5624,66 @@ "<p><b>مجموعة الأحرف لأسماء الملفات:</b>\n" "تعيين مجموعة الأحرف المستخدمة لعرض أسماء الملفات في قسم Windows.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "صفحة الترمي&ز اللغوي لأسماء FAT القصيرة" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>صفحة الترميز اللغوي لأسماء FAT القصيرة:</b>\n" -"تستخدم صفحة الترميز اللغوي لتحويل رموز حروف الأسماء القصيرة على ملفات النظام FAT.</p>\n" +"تستخدم صفحة الترميز اللغوي لتحويل رموز حروف الأسماء القصيرة على ملفات النظام " +"FAT.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "رقم FATs" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>" +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>رقم FATs:</b>\n" "تحديد رقم جداول تعيين الملفات في ملفات النظام. الإعداد الافتراضي هو 2.</p>" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "ح&جم FAT" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " +"for the file system size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>حجم FAT:</b>\n" -"تحديد نوع جداول تعيين الملفات المستخدمة (12 أو 16 أو 32-بت). في حالة تحديده تلقائيًا، سيقوم YaST تلقائيًا بتحديد القيمة المناسبة لحجم نظام الملفات.</p>\n" +"تحديد نوع جداول تعيين الملفات المستخدمة (12 أو 16 أو 32-بت). في حالة تحديده " +"تلقائيًا، سيقوم YaST تلقائيًا بتحديد القيمة المناسبة لحجم نظام الملفات.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "إدخالات الد&ليل الجذر" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "الحد الأدنى لحجم \"إدخالات مجلد الجذر\" هو 112. الرجاء إعادة المحاولة." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 msgid "" "<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n" @@ -5557,58 +5691,69 @@ "<p><b>إدخالات الدليل الجذر:</b>\n" "تحديد عدد الإدخالات المتوفرة في الدليل الجذر.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "دالة الت&جزئة" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " +"in directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>دالة التجزئة:</b>\n" -"تعمل على تحديد اسم دالة التجزئة التي تستخدم لفرز أسماء الملفات في الأدلة.</p>\n" +"تعمل على تحديد اسم دالة التجزئة التي تستخدم لفرز أسماء الملفات في الأدلة.</" +"p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "&مراجعة FS" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>مراجعة FS:</b>\n" -"يعرف هذا الخيار تهيئة مراجعة تنسيق reiserfs الذي يتم استخدامه. '3.5' للتوافق مع إصدارات سابقة من النواة من فئات 2.2.x. '3.6' تعتبر أكثر حداثة، ولكن يمكن استخدامها فقط مع إصدارات نواة أعلى من أو تماثل 2.4.</p>\n" +"يعرف هذا الخيار تهيئة مراجعة تنسيق reiserfs الذي يتم استخدامه. '3.5' للتوافق " +"مع إصدارات سابقة من النواة من فئات 2.2.x. '3.6' تعتبر أكثر حداثة، ولكن يمكن " +"استخدامها فقط مع إصدارات نواة أعلى من أو تماثل 2.4.</p>\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "حجم ال&كتلة بالبايت" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>حجم الكتلة:</b>\n" -"تحديد حجم الكتلة بالبايت. قيم الأحجام الصالحة للكتلة هي 512 و1024 و2048 و4096 بايت للكتلة. عند تحديد الوضع التلقائي، يتم استخدام حجم الكتلة القياسي 4096.</p>\n" +"تحديد حجم الكتلة بالبايت. قيم الأحجام الصالحة للكتلة هي 512 و1024 و2048 " +"و4096 بايت للكتلة. عند تحديد الوضع التلقائي، يتم استخدام حجم الكتلة القياسي " +"4096.</p>\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "حجم &Inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5616,30 +5761,33 @@ "<p><b>حجم Inode:</b>\n" "يحدد هذا الخيار حجم inode لنظام الملفات.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "النسبة المئوية لمساح&ة inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>نسبة مساحة Inode:</b>\n" -"خيار \"نسبة مساحة Inode\" الحد الأقصى للمساحة في نظام الملفات التي يمكن تخصيصها لكل وحدة من inode.</p>\n" +"خيار \"نسبة مساحة Inode\" الحد الأقصى للمساحة في نظام الملفات التي يمكن " +"تخصيصها لكل وحدة من inode.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "محا&ذاة Inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -5648,13 +5796,13 @@ "من عدمها. تتم محاذاة وحدات inode بشكل افتراضي، الأمر الذي يعتبر\n" "أكثر كفاءة في المعتاد من الوصول دون محاذاة.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "حجم ال&سجل بالميغابايت" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5662,28 +5810,30 @@ "قيمة \"حجم السجل\" غير صحيحة.\n" "الرجاء إدخال قيمة أكبر من صفر.\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "<p><b>Log Size</b>\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " +"aggregate size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>حجم السجل</b>\n" -"تحديد حجم السجل (بالميغابايت). عند تحديد الوضع التلقائي، يكون الإعداد الافتراضي هو 40% من الحجم الإجمالي.</p>\n" +"تحديد حجم السجل (بالميغابايت). عند تحديد الوضع التلقائي، يكون الإعداد " +"الافتراضي هو 40% من الحجم الإجمالي.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "استدعاء البرنامج الإ&ضافي لقائمة قطع التخزين التالفة" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "&طول التوسيع بالكتل" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5691,8 +5841,8 @@ "قيمة \"طول التوسيع بالكتل\" غير ممكنة.\n" "الرجاء تحديد قيمة أكبر من 1.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968 msgid "" "<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5700,26 +5850,31 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>الطول الموسع بقطع التخزين:</b>\n" -"تعيين خيارات متعلقة بـRAID من أجل نظام الملفات. الوسيطة الوحيدة المدعمة حاليًا هي\n" +"تعيين خيارات متعلقة بـRAID من أجل نظام الملفات. الوسيطة الوحيدة المدعمة " +"حاليًا هي\n" " 'stride'، والتي تأخذ عدد قطع التخزين في مخطط\n" " RAID باعتبارها الوسيطة.</p>\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>حجم كتل التخزين:</b>\n" -"تحديد حجم كتل التخزين بالبايت. قيم أحجام كتل التخزين الصالحة هي 1024 و2048 و4096 بايت لكل كتلة. عند تحديد الوضع التلقائي، يتم تحديد حجم كتلة التخزين عن طريق حجم نظام الملفات والاستخدام المتوقع لهذا النظام.</p>\n" +"تحديد حجم كتل التخزين بالبايت. قيم أحجام كتل التخزين الصالحة هي 1024 و2048 " +"و4096 بايت لكل كتلة. عند تحديد الوضع التلقائي، يتم تحديد حجم كتلة التخزين عن " +"طريق حجم نظام الملفات والاستخدام المتوقع لهذا النظام.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "البايت لكل &Inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002 msgid "" "<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5727,7 +5882,8 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " +"reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>البايت لكل Inode:</b>\n" @@ -5735,17 +5891,18 @@ "<bytes-لكل-inode>بايت من المساحة على القرص. كلما زاد معدل \n" "البايت لكل inode قل عدد inode التي يتم إنشاؤها. بشكل عام، لا ينبغي \n" "أن تقل هذه القيمة عن حجم كتلة نظام الملفات \n" -"، وإلا سيتم إنشاء العديد من inode في هذه الحالة. من غير الممكن توسيع عدد inode في نظام الملفات \n" +"، وإلا سيتم إنشاء العديد من inode في هذه الحالة. من غير الممكن توسيع عدد " +"inode في نظام الملفات \n" "بعد إنشائه. لذا, احرص على إدخال قيمة\n" "مناسبة لهذه المعلمة.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "نسبة كتل التخزين المح&جوزة للجذر" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -5753,19 +5910,26 @@ "قيمة \"نسبة قطع التخزين المحجوزة للجذر\" غير صحيحة.\n" "الرجاء استخدام قيمة أكبر من 99 (كمثال 0.5).\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>النسبة المئوية لكتل الجذر المحفوظة:</b> تحديد النسبة المئوية للكتل المحفوظة للمستخدم الفائق. وييتم حساب القيمة الافتراضي حيث يتم حجز 1 غيغابايت بشكل طبيعي. الحد الأعلى الافتراضية 5.0، الحد الأدنى الافتراضي هو 0.1.</p>" +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>النسبة المئوية لكتل الجذر المحفوظة:</b> تحديد النسبة المئوية للكتل " +"المحفوظة للمستخدم الفائق. وييتم حساب القيمة الافتراضي حيث يتم حجز 1 غيغابايت " +"بشكل طبيعي. الحد الأعلى الافتراضية 5.0، الحد الأدنى الافتراضي هو 0.1.</p>" -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "تعطيل الفحص المعتاد" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n" @@ -5773,43 +5937,45 @@ "<p><b>تعطيل الفحص المعتاد:</b>\n" "تعطيل فحص نظام الملفات المعتاد عند التمهيد.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "مي&زة فهرسة الدليل" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084 msgid "" "<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "يمكن الخيار <p><b>فهرسة الدليل:</b>\n" -"استخدام هياكل متوازنة مجزئة لزيادة سرعة عمليات البحث في الدلائل الكبيرة.</p>\n" +"استخدام هياكل متوازنة مجزئة لزيادة سرعة عمليات البحث في الدلائل الكبيرة.</" +"p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "&لا يوجد دفتر يومية" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>دون دفتر يومية:</b>\n" "استخدام معطل لإنشاء دفتر يومية في filesystem. قم بتنشيط ذلك فقط إذا كنت\n" "على علم بالإجراء الذي تقوم به.</p>\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "غير مسموح بإجراء العملية على القرص %{device}.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -5829,8 +5995,8 @@ "تنسيقها وتعيين نقاط توصيل إليها، ولكن لا يمكنك إضافة \n" "الأقسام من هذا القرص هنا أو تغيير حجمها أو إزالتها.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -5842,7 +6008,8 @@ "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"تعذرت قراءة التقسيم على القرص %{device} بواسطة أداة التقسيم parted المستخدمة لتغيير\n" +"تعذرت قراءة التقسيم على القرص %{device} بواسطة أداة التقسيم parted المستخدمة " +"لتغيير\n" "جدول الأقسام أو أن التقسيم \n" "غير مدعم بواسطة هذه الأداة.\n" " \n" @@ -5850,8 +6017,8 @@ "تنسيقها وتعيين نقاط توصيل إليها، ولكن لا يمكنك إضافة \n" "الأقسام من ذلك القرص هنا أو تحريرها أو تغيير حجمها أو إزالتها.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -5871,8 +6038,8 @@ "تنسيقه وتعيين نقطة توصيل إليه، ولكن لا يمكنك تغيير حجم\n" "القسم أو إزالته من ذلك القرص هنا.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5886,8 +6053,8 @@ "خبير عن طريق تحديد \"خبير\"->\"إنشاء جدول الأقسام \"، \n" "ولكن سيؤدي ذلك إلى فقد كافة البيانات الموجودة على تقسيمات هذا القرص.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5899,26 +6066,26 @@ " يمكنك تجاهل هذه الرسالة بكل أمان إذا لم تكن لديك حاجة لاستخدام \n" " هذا القرص أثناء التثبيت.\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "تغيير الحجم غير ممكن:" -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5930,8 +6097,8 @@ " \n" "كلمة مرور التشفير التي تم إدخالها قد تكون غير صحيحة.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5941,8 +6108,8 @@ "مع الثانية.‏\n" "حاول مرة أخرى." -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5952,26 +6119,26 @@ "0..9، a..z، وأي من \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "حاول مرة أخرى." -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "أد&خل كلمة مرور التشفير:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "توفير كلمة المرور" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "تتوفر بالفعل وحدات التخزين المشفرة التالية." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "تنشيط وحدة تخزين مشفرة" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5983,12 +6150,12 @@ "يجب معرفة كلمات المرور إذا كانت وحدات التخزين ستكون مطلوبة \n" "أثناء تحديث أو إذا كانت تضم وحدة تخزين LVM فعلية." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "هل تريد تقديم كلمات مرور التشفير؟" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5998,70 +6165,71 @@ "الأجهزة في قائمة الأجهزة المؤمنة.\n" "ستتم محاولة كلمة المرور لجميع الأجهزة." -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "إدخال كلمة مرور التشفير" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "لا توجد وحدة تخزين مشفرة لإلغاء تأمينها." -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "الرجاء إدخال كلمة المرور لأي من الأجهزة التالية:" -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "الرجاء توفير كلمة المرور للجهاز التالي:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "جارٍ محاولة إلغاء تأمين وحدات تخزين مشفرة..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "كلمة المرور لا تحظر أي وحدة تخزين." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "قرص IDE" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "قرص SCSI" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 msgid "Disk" msgstr "القرص" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "فشل تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "هل تريد المتابعة بالرغم من الخطأ؟" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 -msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 +msgid "" +"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "تعذر إنشاء الأقسام نظراً لاستخدام أقسام أخرى على القرص." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6071,7 +6239,7 @@ "تعذر تعديل الجهاز %1 لأنه يحتوي على تبديل تم تنشيطه\n" "وهو مطلوب لتشغيل التثبيت.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6081,7 +6249,7 @@ "تعذر تعديل الجهاز %1 بسبب احتوائه على بيانات\n" "التثبيت الضرورية لإجراء التثبيت.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6091,7 +6259,7 @@ "تعذرت إزالة الجهاز %1 بسبب احتوائه على تبديل تم تنشيطه\n" "ضروري لتشغيل التثبيت.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6101,7 +6269,7 @@ "تعذرت إزالة الجهاز %1 بسبب احتوائه على معلومات التثبيت\n" "الضرورية لتشغيل التثبيت.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6113,7 +6281,7 @@ "\n" "الجهاز %2 والتي تحتوي على مبادلة نشطة مطلوبة لتشغيل التثبيت.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6123,8 +6291,8 @@ "الجهاز %1 لا يمكن إزالته لأن هذا سيؤدي بشكل غير مباشر إلى تغييرات على \n" "الجهاز %2 والذي يحتوي على البيانات اللازمة لإجراء التثبيت.\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6134,114 +6302,114 @@ "لا يمكن إزالة القسم %1 وذلك لاستخدام الأقسام الأخرى الموجودة \n" "على القرص %2.\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "لم يتم تعيين أي شيء كنظام ملفات المسؤول!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "ستفشل عملية التثبيت فشلًا ذريعًا!" -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "فشلت إضافة الحلول التالية: %1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "حدث فشل أثناء اتخاذ الإجراء التالي:" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "كود خطأ النظام: %1" -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "أدخل &كلمة المرور للجهاز %1:" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "لا" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "التنسيق" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "مشفّر" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "نوع نظام الملفات" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "بداية" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "نهاية" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "مُعرف FS" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "تسمية القرص" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "بيانات التعريف" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "حجم الحد الفعلي" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "إصدار RAID" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "خوارزمية المساواة" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "البائع" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "الطراز" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "<b>BIOS ID</b> shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." @@ -6249,17 +6417,18 @@ "يُظهر <b>معرف BIOS</b> معرف BIOS للقرص\n" "الصلب. يمكن أن يُترك هذا الحقل فارغًا." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "<b>Bus</b> shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." msgstr "" "يُظهر <b>الناقل</b> كيفية اتصال الجهاز\n" -"بالنظام. يمكن أن يُترك هذا الحقل فارغًا، للأقراص متعددة المسارات على سبيل المثال." +"بالنظام. يمكن أن يُترك هذا الحقل فارغًا، للأقراص متعددة المسارات على سبيل " +"المثال." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "<b>Chunk Size</b> shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." @@ -6267,8 +6436,8 @@ "يُظهر الخيار <b>حجم الكتلة</b> حجم الكتلة أجهزة\n" "RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "<b>Cylinder Size</b> shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." @@ -6276,8 +6445,8 @@ "يُظهر <b>حجم الأسطوانة</b> حجم أسطوانات\n" "القرص الصلب." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "<b>Sector Size</b> shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." @@ -6285,8 +6454,8 @@ "يُظهر <b>حجم القطاع</b> حجم\n" "قطاعات القرص الصلب." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "<b>Device</b> shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." @@ -6294,8 +6463,8 @@ "يُظهر <b>الجهاز</b> اسم kernel\n" "للجهاز." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "<b>Disk Label</b> shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -6303,8 +6472,8 @@ "تُظهر <b>تسمية القرص</b> نوع جدول الأقسام\n" "للقرص، مثل <tt>MSDOS</tt> أو <tt>GPT</tt>." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "<b>Encrypted</b> shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6312,8 +6481,8 @@ "يشير الخيار <b>مشفر</b> إلى ما إذا كان الجهاز\n" "مشفرًا." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "<b>End Cylinder</b> shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." @@ -6321,8 +6490,8 @@ "يُظهر الخيار <b>أسطوانة النهاية</b> أسطوانة النهاية\n" "في القسم." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "<b>LUN</b> shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6330,8 +6499,8 @@ "يُظهر <b>LUN</b> رقم الوحدة المنطقية\n" "أقراص قنوات الألياف الصناعية." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "<b>Port ID</b> shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." @@ -6339,8 +6508,8 @@ "يُظهر<b>معرف المنفذ</b> معرف المنفذ لأقراص\n" "قنوات الألياف الصناعية." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "<b>WWPN</b> shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6348,8 +6517,8 @@ "يُظهر <b>WWPN</b> اسم المنفذ العالمي\n" "لأقراص قنوات الألياف الصناعية." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "<b>File Path</b> shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." @@ -6357,27 +6526,28 @@ "يُظهر <b>مسار الملف</b> مسار الملف\n" "لأحد أجهزة التسلسل المشفرة." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "<b>Format</b> shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." msgstr "" -"يترتب على استخدام الخيار <b>تهيئة</b> ظهور بعض الإشارات، يشير الحرف <tt>F</tt>\n" +"يترتب على استخدام الخيار <b>تهيئة</b> ظهور بعض الإشارات، يشير الحرف <tt>F</" +"tt>\n" "أنه تم تحديد الجهاز لإجراء تهيئة له." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "<b>FS ID</b> shows the file system id." msgstr "<b>مُعرف FS</b> يظهر معرف نظام الملف." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "<b>FS Type</b> shows the file system type." msgstr "يُظهر<b>نوع نظام الملفات</b> نوع النظام." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "<b>Label</b> shows the label of the file\n" "system." @@ -6385,8 +6555,8 @@ "يُظهر العمود <b>التسمية</b> تسمية\n" "نظام الملفات." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "<b>Metadata</b> shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." @@ -6394,28 +6564,30 @@ "يُظهر العمود <b>بيانات التعريف</b> نوع بيانات تعريف LVM لمجموعات\n" "وحدة التخزين." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "<b>Model</b> shows the device model." msgstr "يُظهر <b>الطراز</b> طراز الجهاز." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "<b>Mount by</b> indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " +"by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "<b>التوصيل حسب</b> تشير إلى كيفية إجراء توصيل نظام \n" "الملفات: (النواة) حسب اسم النواة (التسمية) تسمية نظام الملفات، (UUID) \n" "حسب ملف النظام UUID، (المعرف) حسب معرف الجهاز، و(المسار) حسب مسار الجهاز.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " +"volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "تشير علامة استفهام (؟) إلى \n" @@ -6423,8 +6595,8 @@ "يدويًا أو بواسطة أحد أنظمة التوصيل التلقائي. عند تغيير إعداد حجم هذا \n" "لن يتم تحديث YaST<tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "<b>Mount Point</b> shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." @@ -6432,18 +6604,20 @@ "يُظهر العمود <b>نقطة التوصيل</b> النقطة التي يتم عندها توصيل\n" "نظام الملفات." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "تشير النجمة (*) الموجودة بعد نقطة التوصيل\n" -"إلى أحد أنظمة الملفات غير الموصل حاليًا (على سبيل المثال، بسبب تعيين الخيار <tt>لا تلقائي</tt> في <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." +"إلى أحد أنظمة الملفات غير الموصل حاليًا (على سبيل المثال، بسبب تعيين الخيار " +"<tt>لا تلقائي</tt> في <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "<b>Number of Cylinders</b> shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." @@ -6451,8 +6625,8 @@ "يُظهر <b>عدد الأسطوانات</b> عدد\n" "الأسطوانات التي يحتوي عليها القرص الصلب." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "<b>Parity Algorithm</b> shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6460,8 +6634,8 @@ "تُظهر <b>خوارزمية المساواة</b> خوارزمية المساواة\n" "لأجهزة RAID بأنواع RAID 5 أو 6 أو 10." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "<b>PE Size</b> shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." @@ -6469,13 +6643,13 @@ "يُظهر <b>حجم النطاق الفعلي</b> حجم النطاق الفعلي\n" "لمجموعات وحدة تخزين LVM." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "<b>RAID Version</b> shows the RAID version." msgstr "<b>إصدار RAID</b> يظهر إصدار RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "<b>RAID Type</b> shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." @@ -6483,13 +6657,13 @@ "يُظهر <b>نوع RAID</b> نوع RAID، المسمى\n" "مستوى RAID، لأجهزة RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "<b>Size</b> shows the size of the device." msgstr "يُظهر <b>الحجم</b> حجم الجهاز." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "<b>Start Cylinder</b> shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." @@ -6497,8 +6671,8 @@ "يُظهر العمود <b>أسطوانة البداية</b> أسطوانة البداية\n" "للقسم." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "<b>Stripes</b> shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" @@ -6506,8 +6680,8 @@ "<b>الأشرطة</b> يظهر عدد أشرطة وحدات التخزين المنطقية \n" "LVM، وإذا كان أكبر من واحد، يتم عرض حجم الشريط بين أقواس.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "<b>Type</b> gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." @@ -6515,8 +6689,8 @@ "يعطي <b>النوع</b> نظرة عامة\n" "حول نوع الجهاز." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "<b>Device ID</b> shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" @@ -6524,8 +6698,8 @@ "<b>معرف الجهاز</b> يظهر معرفات الأجهزة \n" "الثابتة. يمكن ترك هذا الحقل فارغًا.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "<b>Device Path</b> shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6533,8 +6707,8 @@ "يُظهر <b>مسار الجهاز</b> مسار الجهاز\n" "الثابت. يمكن أن يُترك هذا الحقل فارغًا." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "<b>Used By</b> shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" @@ -6542,8 +6716,8 @@ "<b>المستخدم بواسطة</b> يظهر إذا كان الجهاز يستخدم بواسطة\n" "RAID أو LVM. إذا كان الجهاز غير مستخدم، يتم ترك هذا العمود فارغًا.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "<b>UUID</b> shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." @@ -6551,236 +6725,236 @@ "يُظهر <b>UUID</b> المعرف الفريد العمومي\n" "لنظام الملفات." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "<b>Vendor</b> shows the device vendor." msgstr "يُظهر <b>البائع</b> بائع الجهاز." -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "الجهاز: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "الحجم: %1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "القرص %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "النوع: %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "التنسيق: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "مشفر: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "نظام الملفات: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "نقطة التوصيل: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "موصل بواسطة: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "مستخدم بواسطة %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "التسمية: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "مسار الجهاز: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "معرف الجهاز %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "معرف BIOS: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "تسمية القرص: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "البائع: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "الطراز: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "الناقل: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "بيانات التعريف: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "حجم النطاق الفعلي: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "الشرائح: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "إصدار RAID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "نوع RAID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "حجم الكتلة: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "خوارزمية المساواة: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "عدد الأسطوانات: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "حجم الأسطوانة: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "أسطوانة البداية: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "أسطوانة النهاية: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "حجم القطاع: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "مُعرف FS: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "مسار الملف: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "معرف المنفذ: %1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "<p>The table contains:</p>" msgstr "<p>يحتوي الجدول على:</p>" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "الجهاز:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "نظام الملفات:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "القرص الصلب:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "قناة الألياف الصناعية:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID:" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "<p>The overview contains:</p>" msgstr "<p>يحتوي العرض على:</p>" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -6788,8 +6962,8 @@ "تم قفل نظام التخزين الفرعي بواسطة تطبيق غير معروف.\n" "يجب إنهاء هذا التطبيق قبل المتابعة." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -6797,33 +6971,37 @@ "تم قفل نظام التخزين الفرعي بواسطة التطبيق \"%1\" (%2).\n" "يجب إنهاء هذا التطبيق قبل المتابعة." -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 -msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." -msgstr "تعذر إعادة تغيير الحجم نتيجة لوجود نظام ملفات غير متناسق. حاول الكشف على نظام ملفات نظام Windows." +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 +msgid "" +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." +msgstr "" +"تعذر إعادة تغيير الحجم نتيجة لوجود نظام ملفات غير متناسق. حاول الكشف على " +"نظام ملفات نظام Windows." -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "نظام الملفات لقسم الجذر" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "نظام الملفات لقسم Home" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "تكبير الت &بديل للتعليق" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الاقتراح" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 msgid "" "<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n" @@ -6833,8 +7011,8 @@ "اختر<b>اقتراح مستند إلى LVM</b> لـ LVM عادي <b>واقتراح مستند إلى\n" "LVM مشفَّر</b> إذا كنت تريد تشفير النظام.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "" "<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6843,11 +7021,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p>يمكن تحديد نظام الملفات لقسم الجذر باستخدام مربع\n" "التحرير والسرد المقابل. مع نظام الملفات BtrFS، يتمكن الاقتراح \n" -"من تمكين اللقطات التلقائية باستخدام أداة الالتقاط. وسيؤدي هذا أيضًا إلى زيادة\n" +"من تمكين اللقطات التلقائية باستخدام أداة الالتقاط. وسيؤدي هذا أيضًا إلى " +"زيادة\n" "حجم القسم الجذر.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 msgid "" "<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>" @@ -6855,8 +7034,8 @@ "<p>يمكن للاقتراح إنشاء قسم home منفصل. يمكن تحديد نظام الملفات\n" " لقسم home باستخدام مربع التحرير والسرد المقابل.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "" "<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases.</p>" @@ -6864,74 +7043,74 @@ "<p>يمكن جعل قسم المبادلة كبيرًا بما يكفي لاستخدامه في تعليق\n" "النظام بالقرص في معظم الحالات.</p>" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "أدخل كلمة السر الخاصة بتشفير الاقتراح." -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 msgid "Password:" msgstr "كلمة السر‏:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "أعد إدخال كلمة السر من أجل التحقق‏:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "&اقتراح مستند إلى قسم" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "اقتراح مستند إلى &LVM" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "اقتراح مشفر مستند إلى &LVM" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "التوصيل الافتراضي بواسطة:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "نظام الملفات الافتراضي:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "إظهار أجهزة التخزين حسب:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "محاذاة القسم:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "المعلومات المرئية في أجهزة التخزين:" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sudo.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sudo.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sudo.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: sudo\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,37 +14,37 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsudo module -#: src/clients/sudo.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xsudo module +#: src/clients/sudo.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of sudo" msgstr "تكوين sudo" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/sudo/complex.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of sudo -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Bubli <kmachalkova@suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:72 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/sudo/complex.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of sudo +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Bubli <kmachalkova@suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:72 msgid "" "A valid netmask is either in dotted quad notation \n" "(4 integers in the range 128 - 255 separated by dots) \n" @@ -54,308 +54,312 @@ "( 4 أعداد في نطاق 128 - 255 مفصولة بنقاط) \n" "أو عددًا فرديًا في النطاق 0 - 32" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:95 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:95 msgid "Add New Host to the Alias" msgstr "إضافة مضيف جديد إلى الاسم المستعار" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:99 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:99 msgid "Hostname or Network" msgstr "اسم المضيف أو الشبكة" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:136 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:136 msgid "Add New User to the Alias" msgstr "إضافة مستخدم جديد إلى الاسم المستعار" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:142 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:142 msgid "Local and System Users (Groups)" msgstr "(مجموعات) مستخدمي النظام والمستخدمين المحليين" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:176 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:176 msgid "File, directory or command alias '%1' does not exist." msgstr "الملف أو الدليل أو الاسم المستعار للأمر '%1' غير موجود." -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:195 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:195 msgid "Add new command with optional parameters" msgstr "إضافة أمر جديد بمعلمات اختيارية" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:202 src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:202 src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 msgid "Command" msgstr "الأمر" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:204 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:204 msgid "Browse" msgstr "استعراض" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:206 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:206 msgid "Parameters (optional)" msgstr "المعلمات (اختياري)" -#. yes-no popup - an error occured when saving the configuration -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291 +#. yes-no popup - an error occured when saving the configuration +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291 msgid "Saving sudoer's configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "فشل حفظ تكوين sudoer. هل تريد تغيير الإعدادات؟" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:40 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:40 msgid "New Command Alias" msgstr "الاسم المستعار الجديد للأمر" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:44 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:44 msgid "Existing Command Alias" msgstr "الاسم المستعار الموجود للأمر" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:48 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:52 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:58 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:59 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:48 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:52 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:58 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:59 msgid "Alias Name (in CAPITALS)" msgstr "الاسم المستعار (بأحرف كبيرة)" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:49 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:49 msgid "Command Names or Directories in the Alias" msgstr "أسماء الأوامر أو الدلائل بالأسماء المستعارة" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 msgid "Parameters" msgstr "المعلمات" -#. next -#. next -#. next -#. next -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:101 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:102 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:108 +#. next +#. next +#. next +#. next +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:101 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:102 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:108 msgid "Alias name must not be empty." msgstr "يجب عدم ترك حقل الاسم المستعار فارغًا." -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:110 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:117 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:116 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:110 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:117 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:116 msgid "Alias with name %1 already exists" msgstr "اسم مستعار بالاسم %1 موجود بالفعل" -#. Sudo::RemoveHostAlias(current_alias_name); -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:118 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:121 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:126 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:125 +#. Sudo::RemoveHostAlias(current_alias_name); +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:118 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:121 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:126 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:125 msgid "Alias must have at least one member." msgstr "يجب أن يحتوي حقل الاسم المستعار على عضو واحد على الأقل." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:44 msgid "New Host Alias" msgstr "الأسماء المستعارة الجديدة للأجهزة المضيفة" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:48 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:48 msgid "Existing Host Alias" msgstr "الاسم المستعار للمضيف الموجود" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:53 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:53 msgid "Hostnames or Networks in the Alias" msgstr "أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة أو الشبكات بالأسماء المستعارة" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:54 msgid "Hostnames/Networks" msgstr "اسم المضيف/الشبكات" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:47 msgid "New RunAs Alias" msgstr "اسم RunAs المستعار الجديد" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:54 msgid "Existing RunAs Alias" msgstr "اسم RunAs المستعار الموجود" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:64 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:64 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:64 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:64 msgid "Alias Members" msgstr "أسماء الأعضاء المستعارة" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:47 msgid "New Sudo Rule" msgstr "قاعدة Sudo الجديدة" -#. Setting default values -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:50 +#. Setting default values +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:50 msgid "Existing Sudo Rule " msgstr "قاعدة Sudo الموجودة " -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:60 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:60 msgid "User, Group or User Alias" msgstr "المستخدم أو المجموعة أو الاسم المستعار للمستخدم" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:68 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:68 msgid "Host or Host Alias" msgstr "المضيف أو الاسم المستعار للمضيف" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:76 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:76 msgid "RunAs or RunAs Alias" msgstr "RunAs أو اسم RunAs المستعار" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:80 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:80 msgid "No Password" msgstr "بدون كلمة سر" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:81 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:81 msgid "Commands to Run" msgstr "الأوامر المطلوب تشغيلها" -#. next -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:152 +#. next +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:152 msgid "Username must not be empty." msgstr "يجب ألا يكون اسم المستخدم فارغًا." -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:157 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:157 msgid "Hostname must not be empty." msgstr "يجب ألا يكون اسم المضيف فارغًا." -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:166 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:166 msgid "Command list must have at least one entry." msgstr "قائمة الأوامر يجب أن تحتوي إدخال واحد على الأقل." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:47 msgid "New User Alias" msgstr "الاسم المستعار الجديد للمستخدم" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:54 msgid "Existing User Alias" msgstr "الاسم المستعار الموجود للمستخدم" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/sudo/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of sudo -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Bubli <kmachalkova@suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/sudo/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of sudo +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Bubli <kmachalkova@suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "Sudo Configuration" msgstr "تكوين Sudo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Users" msgstr "مستخدمون" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:110 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:110 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 msgid "Hosts" msgstr "المضيف" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "RunAs" msgstr "RunAs" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NOPASSWD" msgstr "NOPASSWD" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:113 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:113 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Commands" msgstr "الأوامر" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Up" msgstr "أعلى" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Down" msgstr "أسفل" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:144 msgid "Rules for sudo" msgstr "قواعد sudo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Rules for sudo " msgstr "قواعد sudo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Alias Name" msgstr "الاسم المستعار" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Members" msgstr "أعضاء" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:179 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:181 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:179 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "User Aliases" msgstr "الأسماء المستعارة للمستخدمين" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:216 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "RunAs Aliases" msgstr "اسم RunAs المستعارة" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:249 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:249 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "الأسماء المستعارة للأجهزة المضيفة" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "Command Aliases" msgstr "الأسماء المستعارة للأوامر" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "No" msgstr "ﻻ" -#. current_alias_name = ""; -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 +#. current_alias_name = ""; +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "" "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " +"delete it?\n" msgstr "" "يتم استخدام الاسم المستعار للمضيف %1 في إحدى قواعد sudo.\n" "قد يؤدي حذفه إلى عدم تناسق ملف تكوين sudo. هل تريد حذفه؟\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " +"delete it?\n" msgstr "" "يتم استخدام الاسم المستعار للمستخدم %1 في إحدى قواعد sudo.\n" "قد يؤدي حذفه إلى عدم تناسق ملف تكوين sudo. هل تريد حذفه؟\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "" "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " +"delete it?\n" msgstr "" "يتم استخدام أسماء RunAs المستعارة %1 في إحدى قواعد sudo.\n" "قد يؤدي حذفها إلى عدم تناسق ملف تكوين sudo. هل تريد حذفه؟\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "" "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " +"delete it?\n" msgstr "" "يتم استخدام الاسم المستعار للأمر %1 في إحدى قواعد sudo.\n" "قد يؤدي حذفه إلى عدم تناسق ملف تكوين sudo. هل تريد حذفه؟\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing sudo Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -363,17 +367,18 @@ "<p><b><big>تهيئة تكوين sudo</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إيقاف التهيئة</big></b><br>\n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</" +"p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving sudo Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -381,8 +386,8 @@ "<p><b><big>حفظ تكوين sudo</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -394,8 +399,8 @@ " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك بما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" " </p>\n" -#. User Specification help 1/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:55 +#. User Specification help 1/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Rules for sudo</big></b><br>\n" "\tRules for sudo basically determine which commands an user may run \n" @@ -408,15 +413,16 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>قواعدsudo</big></b><br>\n" "\tتحدد قواعد sudo بشكل أساسي الأوامر التي قد يستخدمها المستخدم \n" -"\tعلى الأجهزة المضيفة المحددة (اختياريًا أيضًا هوية المستخدمين الذين يحق لهم تشغيل هذه الأوامر). تمثل كل قاعدة\n" +"\tعلى الأجهزة المضيفة المحددة (اختياريًا أيضًا هوية المستخدمين الذين يحق لهم " +"تشغيل هذه الأوامر). تمثل كل قاعدة\n" "\tمجموعة قيم تتكون من المستخدم والمضيف وقائمة الأوامر، بمواصفة \n" "\tRunAs اختيارية وعلامات إضافية. ويتم تلخيصها \n" "\tفي الجدول التالي. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 2/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:66 +#. User Specification help 2/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<p><b>Users</b> column denotes local or system user or user alias. \n" "\t<b>Hosts</b> column determines, on which hosts, or group \n" @@ -424,44 +430,50 @@ "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"يشير العمود <p><b>المستخدمون</b> إلى مستخدم محلي أو مستخدم نظام أو اسم مستعار لمستخدم. \n" -"\tبينما يحدد العمود <b>الأجهزة المضيفة</b> الأجهزة المضيفة أو مجموعات الأجهزة المضيفة التي يشير إليها الاسم المستعار للمضيف والتي قد يقوم\n" +"يشير العمود <p><b>المستخدمون</b> إلى مستخدم محلي أو مستخدم نظام أو اسم " +"مستعار لمستخدم. \n" +"\tبينما يحدد العمود <b>الأجهزة المضيفة</b> الأجهزة المضيفة أو مجموعات " +"الأجهزة المضيفة التي يشير إليها الاسم المستعار للمضيف والتي قد يقوم\n" "\tالمستخدم بتشغيل الأوامر المحددة عليها.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 3/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 +#. User Specification help 3/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<b>RunAs</b> column is an\n" -"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" -"\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining whether\n" +"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access " +"privileges\n" +"\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining " +"whether\n" "\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "يعتبر العمود <b>RunAs</b> معلمة\n" "\tاختيارية تحتوي على اسم المستخدم (أو الاسم المستعار) التي سيتم استخدام\n" -"\tامتيازات الوصول الخاص به لتشغيل الأوامر. وتعتبر <b>NOPASSWD</b> علامة تحدد ما إذا كان المستخدمون\n" +"\tامتيازات الوصول الخاص به لتشغيل الأوامر. وتعتبر <b>NOPASSWD</b> علامة تحدد " +"ما إذا كان المستخدمون\n" "\tسيحتاجون إلى التصديق على أنفسهم قبل تشغيل الأوامر.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 4/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:83 +#. User Specification help 4/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p>A set of commands that user can run on specified hosts is summarized \n" "\tin <b>Commands</b> column. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>يتم تلخيص مجموعة من الأوامر التي يمكن للمستخدم تشغيلها على أجهزة مضيفة محددة \n" +"<p>يتم تلخيص مجموعة من الأوامر التي يمكن للمستخدم تشغيلها على أجهزة مضيفة " +"محددة \n" "\tفي عمود <b>الأوامر</b>. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 5/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:90 +#. User Specification help 5/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p> To add a new rule, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate \n" "\tentries. User name, hostname and command list must not be empty.\n" @@ -473,11 +485,12 @@ "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 5/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 +#. User Specification help 5/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" -"\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n" +"\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> " +"button.\n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -486,65 +499,88 @@ "\t</p> \n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 +#. Single User Specification help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n" +"<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), " +"group name prefixed\n" "\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" -"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n" +"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, " +"groups and aliases \n" "\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"قد يتم تحديد <p><b>اسم مستخدم أو اسم مستعار</b> بواسطة اسم مستخدم فردي (على سبيل المثال foo)، أو بواسطة اسم مجموعة تبدأ بالبادئة \n" -"\t'%' (على سبيل المثال %bar)، أو اسم مستعار للمستخدم. إذا استخدمت الكلمة الأساسية \n" -"\t'ALL'، فسوف تشير إلى أي مستخدم. حدد من بين المستخدمين الموجودين والمجموعات والأسماء المستعارة \n" +"قد يتم تحديد <p><b>اسم مستخدم أو اسم مستعار</b> بواسطة اسم مستخدم فردي (على " +"سبيل المثال foo)، أو بواسطة اسم مجموعة تبدأ بالبادئة \n" +"\t'%' (على سبيل المثال %bar)، أو اسم مستعار للمستخدم. إذا استخدمت الكلمة " +"الأساسية \n" +"\t'ALL'، فسوف تشير إلى أي مستخدم. حدد من بين المستخدمين الموجودين والمجموعات " +"والأسماء المستعارة \n" "\tفي القائمة المنسدلة، أو أدخل القيمة الخاصة بك. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 msgid "" -"<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com), single IP \n" -"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n" -"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n" -"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n" +"<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www." +"example.com), single IP \n" +"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host " +"alias. If commands may be\n" +"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched " +"against your own hostname\n" +"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file " +"between multiple machines, \n" "\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"يتكون إدخال <p><b>اسم المضيف أو الاسم المستعار</b> من اسم المضيف (على سبيل المثال www.example.com <http://www.example.com>) أو عنوان IP \n" -"\t(على سبيل المثال، 192.168.0.1) أو عنوان IP المضمن مع قناع الشبكة أو الاسم المستعار للمضيف. وفي حالة إمكانية تشغيل\n" -"\tعلى أي مضيف، استخدم الكلمة الأساسية 'ALL'. تتم مطابقة اسم المضيف أو عنوان IP باسم المضيف الخاص بك\n" -"\tأو عنوان IP address، لذلك إذا لم تكن تريد مشاركة أحد ملفات /etc/sudoers file بين أجهزة متعددة، سيكون إدخال \n" +"يتكون إدخال <p><b>اسم المضيف أو الاسم المستعار</b> من اسم المضيف (على سبيل " +"المثال www.example.com <http://www.example.com>) أو عنوان IP \n" +"\t(على سبيل المثال، 192.168.0.1) أو عنوان IP المضمن مع قناع الشبكة أو الاسم " +"المستعار للمضيف. وفي حالة إمكانية تشغيل\n" +"\tعلى أي مضيف، استخدم الكلمة الأساسية 'ALL'. تتم مطابقة اسم المضيف أو عنوان " +"IP باسم المضيف الخاص بك\n" +"\tأو عنوان IP address، لذلك إذا لم تكن تريد مشاركة أحد ملفات /etc/sudoers " +"file بين أجهزة متعددة، سيكون إدخال \n" "\t'ALL' أو 'localhost' كافيًا لكافة الأغراض. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 +#. Single User Specification help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n" +"<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an " +"user, \n" "\twhose access privileges \n" -"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is the default\n" -"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n" -"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n" +"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is " +"the default\n" +"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or " +"run_as alias name\n" +"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter " +"your own value.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"يعتبر <p><b>اسم المستخدم أو الاسم المستعار لـ RunAs</b> معلمة اختيارية تحدد المستخدم، الذي سوف \n" +"يعتبر <p><b>اسم المستخدم أو الاسم المستعار لـ RunAs</b> معلمة اختيارية تحدد " +"المستخدم، الذي سوف \n" "\tيتم استخدام امتيازات الوصول الخاصة به\n" -"\tلتنفيذ أمر محدد. وإذا كان هذا الحقل فارغًا، سيكون المستخدم <b>المسؤول</b> المستخدم \n" -"\tالافتراضي. ويمكن أن يكون مثلما سبق اسم مستخدم واحدًا أو اسم مجموعة واحدًا يبدأ بالبادئة '%' أو الاسم المستعار run_as\n" -"\tحدد من بين المستخدمين الموجودين، بالإضافة إلى المجموعات والأسماء المستعارة في القائمة المنسدلة، أو أدخل القيمة الخاصة بك.\n" +"\tلتنفيذ أمر محدد. وإذا كان هذا الحقل فارغًا، سيكون المستخدم <b>المسؤول</b> " +"المستخدم \n" +"\tالافتراضي. ويمكن أن يكون مثلما سبق اسم مستخدم واحدًا أو اسم مجموعة واحدًا " +"يبدأ بالبادئة '%' أو الاسم المستعار run_as\n" +"\tحدد من بين المستخدمين الموجودين، بالإضافة إلى المجموعات والأسماء المستعارة " +"في القائمة المنسدلة، أو أدخل القيمة الخاصة بك.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 +#. Single User Specification help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n" -"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n" +"<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to " +"authenticate\n" +"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running " +"particular \n" "\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" "\tdisable this authentication\n" "\t</p>\n" @@ -553,382 +589,469 @@ "<p><b>بدون كلمة سر</b> هي علامة اختيارية. عادة، يضطر المستخدمون التصديق\n" "\tعلى أنفسهم (أي توفير كلمة السر الخاصة بهم، وليست كلمة سر الجذر) قبل\n" "\tتشغيل أمر\n" -"\tمعين. قم بتعيين العلامة \"بدون كلمة سر\" إلى 'نعم' إذا رغبت بتعطيل هذا التصديق\n" +"\tمعين. قم بتعيين العلامة \"بدون كلمة سر\" إلى 'نعم' إذا رغبت بتعطيل هذا " +"التصديق\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 4/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 +#. Single User Specification help 4/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<p><b>Commands to Run</b> table is a list of commands (optionally with\n" -"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n" -"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" +"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be " +"allowed \n" +"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be " +"run. \n" "\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "يعتبر الجدول<p><b>الأوامر المطلوب تشغيلها</b> قائمة من الأوامر (اختياريًا\n" "\tبعلامات) والدلائل والأسماء المستعارة للأوامر التي سيُسمح لمستخدم محدد \n" -"\tبتشغيلها. وفي حالة استخدام أحد أسماء الدلائل، يمكن تشغيل أي أمر في هذا الدليل. \n" +"\tبتشغيلها. وفي حالة استخدام أحد أسماء الدلائل، يمكن تشغيل أي أمر في هذا " +"الدليل. \n" "\tمثلما سبق، تشير الكلمة الأساسية'ALL' إلى أي أمر، ولذلك استخدمها بحرص.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 msgid "" -"To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with optional\n" -"\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n" +"To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with " +"optional\n" +"\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate " +"entry from the table\n" "\tand click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "لإضافة أمر جديد، انقر فوق الزر <b>إضافة</b>، قم بملء اسم الأمر بالمعلمات\n" -"\tالاختيارية، ثم انقر فوق <b>موافق</b>. ولإزالة الأمر، حدد الإدخال المناسب من\n" +"\tالاختيارية، ثم انقر فوق <b>موافق</b>. ولإزالة الأمر، حدد الإدخال المناسب " +"من\n" "\tالجدول، ثم انقر فوق الزر <b>حذف</b>\n" "\t." -#. User Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 +#. User Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p><b><big>User Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of " +"users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " +"in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>الأسماء المستعارة للمستخدمين</big></b><br>\n" -"\tفي مربع الحوار هذا، يمكنك تكوين الأسماء المستعارة للمستخدمين. يعتبر الاسم المستعار للمستخدم مجموعة من المستخدمين\n" -"\tالتي يتم تحديد اسم فريد لها. يُستخدم هذا الاسم فيما بعد للإشارة إلى كافة المستخدمين في هذه المجموعة في تكوين sudo. \n" +"\tفي مربع الحوار هذا، يمكنك تكوين الأسماء المستعارة للمستخدمين. يعتبر الاسم " +"المستعار للمستخدم مجموعة من المستخدمين\n" +"\tالتي يتم تحديد اسم فريد لها. يُستخدم هذا الاسم فيما بعد للإشارة إلى كافة " +"المستخدمين في هذه المجموعة في تكوين sudo. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 +#. User Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " +"appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>لإضافة اسم مستعار جديد لمستخدم، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b> وقم بملء الإدخالات المناسبة. \n" -"\tيجب عدم ترك حقول الاسم المستعار وقائمة المستخدمين بالأسماء المستعارة فارغة. \n" +"<p>لإضافة اسم مستعار جديد لمستخدم، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b> وقم بملء الإدخالات " +"المناسبة. \n" +"\tيجب عدم ترك حقول الاسم المستعار وقائمة المستخدمين بالأسماء المستعارة " +"فارغة. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 +#. User Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on " +"<b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>لتحرير الاسم المستعار الموجود للمستخدم، حدد إدخالاً من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق الزر <b>تحرير</b>\n" +"<p>لتحرير الاسم المستعار الموجود للمستخدم، حدد إدخالاً من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق " +"الزر <b>تحرير</b>\n" "\t. ولحذف الإدخال المحدد، انقر فوق الزر <b>حذف</b>. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 +#. Host Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of " +"hosts that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set " +"in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>الأسماء المستعارة للأجهزة المضيفة</big></b><br>\n" -"\tفي مربع الحوار هذا، يمكنك تكوين الأسماء المستعارة للأجهزة المضيفة. ويعتبر الاسم المستعار للمضيف مجموعة من الأجهزة المضيفة\n" -"\tالتي يتم تحديد اسم فريد لها. ويُستخدم هذا الاسم فيما بعد للإشارة إلى كافة الأجهزة المضيفة في هذه المجموعة في تكوين sudo. \n" +"\tفي مربع الحوار هذا، يمكنك تكوين الأسماء المستعارة للأجهزة المضيفة. ويعتبر " +"الاسم المستعار للمضيف مجموعة من الأجهزة المضيفة\n" +"\tالتي يتم تحديد اسم فريد لها. ويُستخدم هذا الاسم فيما بعد للإشارة إلى كافة " +"الأجهزة المضيفة في هذه المجموعة في تكوين sudo. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 +#. Host Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " +"appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"لإضافة اسم مستعار جديد لمضيف، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b> وقم بملء الإدخالات المناسبة. \n" -"\tيجب عدم ترك حقول الاسم المستعار وقائمة الأجهزة المضيفة بالأسماء المستعارة فارغة. \n" +"لإضافة اسم مستعار جديد لمضيف، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b> وقم بملء الإدخالات " +"المناسبة. \n" +"\tيجب عدم ترك حقول الاسم المستعار وقائمة الأجهزة المضيفة بالأسماء المستعارة " +"فارغة. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 +#. Host Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on " +"<b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>لتحرير الاسم المستعار الموجود للمضيف، حدد إدخالاً من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق الزر <b>تحرير</b>\n" +"<p>لتحرير الاسم المستعار الموجود للمضيف، حدد إدخالاً من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق " +"الزر <b>تحرير</b>\n" "\t. ولحذف الإدخال المحدد، انقر فوق الزر <b>حذف</b>. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 +#. RunAs Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>RunAs Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of " +"users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " +"in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>أسماء RunAs المستعارة</big></b><br>\n" -"\tفي مربع الحوار هذا، يمكنك تكوين أسماء RunAs المستعارة. ويعتبر اسم RunAs المستعار مجموعة من المستخدمين\n" -"\tالتي يتم تحديد اسم فريد لها. ويُستخدم هذا الاسم فيما بعد للإشارة إلى كافة المستخدمين في هذه المجموعة في تكوين sudo. \n" +"\tفي مربع الحوار هذا، يمكنك تكوين أسماء RunAs المستعارة. ويعتبر اسم RunAs " +"المستعار مجموعة من المستخدمين\n" +"\tالتي يتم تحديد اسم فريد لها. ويُستخدم هذا الاسم فيما بعد للإشارة إلى كافة " +"المستخدمين في هذه المجموعة في تكوين sudo. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 +#. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " +"appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"لإضافة اسم RunAs مستعار جديد، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b> وقم بملء الإدخالات المناسبة. \n" -"\tيجب عدم ترك حقول الاسم المستعار وقائمة المستخدمين بالأسماء المستعارة فارغة. \n" +"لإضافة اسم RunAs مستعار جديد، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b> وقم بملء الإدخالات " +"المناسبة. \n" +"\tيجب عدم ترك حقول الاسم المستعار وقائمة المستخدمين بالأسماء المستعارة " +"فارغة. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 +#. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on " +"<b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>لتحرير اسم RunAs المستعار الموجود، حدد إدخالاً من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق الزر <b>تحرير</b>\n" +"<p>لتحرير اسم RunAs المستعار الموجود، حدد إدخالاً من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق الزر " +"<b>تحرير</b>\n" "\t. ولحذف الإدخال المحدد، انقر فوق الزر <b>حذف</b>. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 +#. Command Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Command Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n" -"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set " +"of commands \n" +"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is " +"then used to refer\n" "\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>الأسماء المستعارة للأوامر</big></b><br>\n" -"\tفي مربع الحوار هذا، يمكنك تكوين الأسماء المستعارة للأوامر. ويعتبر الاسم المستعار للأمر مجموعة من الأوامر\n" -"\t(اختياريًا بمعلمات) يتم تحديد اسم فريد لها. ويُستخدم هذا الاسم فيما بعد للإشارة\n" +"\tفي مربع الحوار هذا، يمكنك تكوين الأسماء المستعارة للأوامر. ويعتبر الاسم " +"المستعار للأمر مجموعة من الأوامر\n" +"\t(اختياريًا بمعلمات) يتم تحديد اسم فريد لها. ويُستخدم هذا الاسم فيما بعد " +"للإشارة\n" "\tإلى كافة الأوامر في هذه المجموعة في تكوين sudo. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 +#. Command Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " +"appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"لإضافة اسم مستعار جديد لأمر، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b> وقم بملء الإدخالات المناسبة. \n" +"لإضافة اسم مستعار جديد لأمر، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b> وقم بملء الإدخالات " +"المناسبة. \n" "\tيجب عدم ترك حقول الاسم المستعار وقائمة الأوامر بالأسماء المستعارة فارغة. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 +#. Command Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click " +"on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>لتحرير الاسم المستعار الموجود للأمر، حدد إدخالاً من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق الزر <b>تحرير</b>\n" +"<p>لتحرير الاسم المستعار الموجود للأمر، حدد إدخالاً من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق " +"الزر <b>تحرير</b>\n" "\t. ولحذف الإدخال المحدد، انقر فوق الزر <b>حذف</b>. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 +#. Single User Alias Help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "<p><b><big>User Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n" -"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n" +"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with " +"'%') or other\n" +"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, " +"numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in " +"this alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>الاسم المستعار للمستخدم</big></b><br>\n" -"\tيتكون الاسم المستعار للمستخدم من مستخدم واحد أو أكثر، أو مجموعة أنظمة واحدة أو أكثر (يبدأ بالبادئة '%') أو الأسماء المستعارة\n" -"\tللمستخدم الأخرى. ويتم تحديد اسم واحد له (يحتوي على أحرف هجائية كبيرة وأرقام\tوتسطير سفلي فقط)، الذي يُستخدم للإشارة إلى كافة المستخدمين بالاسم المستعار هذا\n" +"\tيتكون الاسم المستعار للمستخدم من مستخدم واحد أو أكثر، أو مجموعة أنظمة " +"واحدة أو أكثر (يبدأ بالبادئة '%') أو الأسماء المستعارة\n" +"\tللمستخدم الأخرى. ويتم تحديد اسم واحد له (يحتوي على أحرف هجائية كبيرة وأرقام" +"\tوتسطير سفلي فقط)، الذي يُستخدم للإشارة إلى كافة المستخدمين بالاسم المستعار " +"هذا\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or groups to the\n" -"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on <b>Add</b> button.\n" -"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" +"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or " +"groups to the\n" +"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on " +"<b>Add</b> button.\n" +"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " +"and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>أدخل اسم فريد في الإدخال النصي <b>الاسم المستعار</b>. ولإضافة مستخدمين أو مجموعات إلى\n" -"\tالاسم المستعار، حدد اسم مستخدم أو اسم مجموعة من القائمة المنسدلة، ثم انقر فوق الزر <b>إضافة</b>.\n" -"\tلإزالة مستخدم من الاسم المستعار، حدد الإدخال المناسب من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق الزر \n" +"<p>أدخل اسم فريد في الإدخال النصي <b>الاسم المستعار</b>. ولإضافة مستخدمين أو " +"مجموعات إلى\n" +"\tالاسم المستعار، حدد اسم مستخدم أو اسم مجموعة من القائمة المنسدلة، ثم انقر " +"فوق الزر <b>إضافة</b>.\n" +"\tلإزالة مستخدم من الاسم المستعار، حدد الإدخال المناسب من الجدول، ثم انقر " +"فوق الزر \n" "\t<b>إزالة</b>. ولإنهاء التكوين، انقر فوق <b>موافق</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 3/3 -#. Single Host Alias Help 4/4 -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#. Single Command Alias Help 4/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 +#. Single User Alias Help 3/3 +#. Single Host Alias Help 4/4 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#. Single Command Alias Help 4/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n" +"<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one " +"member.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<b>ملاحظة:</b>يجب عدم ترك حقل الاسم المستعار فارغًا. يجب أن يحتوي كل اسم مستعار على عضو واحد على الأقل.\n" +"<b>ملاحظة:</b>يجب عدم ترك حقل الاسم المستعار فارغًا. يجب أن يحتوي كل اسم " +"مستعار على عضو واحد على الأقل.\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 +#. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n" -"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" -"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n" -"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n" +"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP " +"addresses\n" +"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. " +"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" +"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. " +"It is \n" +"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore " +"only), which \n" "\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>الاسم المستعار للمضيف</big></b><br>\n" -"\tيتكون الاسم المستعار للمضيف من اسم مضيف واحد أو أكثر أو عنوان IP فردي أو عنوان IP\n" -"\tمضمن مع ترقيم رباعي نقطي لمعرف قناع الشبكة (على سبيل المثال، 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) أو\n" -"\tعدد ترقيم وحدات البت لـ CIDR (على سبيل المثال، 192.168.0.0/24) أو الأسماء المستعارة الأخرى للمضيف. يتم تحديد اسم فردي\n" -"\tله (لا يحتوي إلا على أحرف هجائية كبيرة وأرقام وتسطير سفلي)، الذي يُستخدم فيما بعد للإشارة إلى كافة الأجهزة المضيفة \n" +"\tيتكون الاسم المستعار للمضيف من اسم مضيف واحد أو أكثر أو عنوان IP فردي أو " +"عنوان IP\n" +"\tمضمن مع ترقيم رباعي نقطي لمعرف قناع الشبكة (على سبيل المثال، " +"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) أو\n" +"\tعدد ترقيم وحدات البت لـ CIDR (على سبيل المثال، 192.168.0.0/24) أو الأسماء " +"المستعارة الأخرى للمضيف. يتم تحديد اسم فردي\n" +"\tله (لا يحتوي إلا على أحرف هجائية كبيرة وأرقام وتسطير سفلي)، الذي يُستخدم " +"فيما بعد للإشارة إلى كافة الأجهزة المضيفة \n" "\tبهذا الاسم المستعار.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 +#. Single Host Alias Help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add hosts to the\n" -"\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n" +"\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you " +"can enter\n" "\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t<p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>أدخل اسمًا فريدًا في الإدخال النصي <b>الاسم المستعار</b>. ولإضافة أجهزة مضيفة إلى\n" -"\tالاسم المستعار، انقر فوق الزر <b>إضافة</b>. سوف يظهر إطار منبثق، حيث يمكنك إدخال\n" +"<p>أدخل اسمًا فريدًا في الإدخال النصي <b>الاسم المستعار</b>. ولإضافة أجهزة " +"مضيفة إلى\n" +"\tالاسم المستعار، انقر فوق الزر <b>إضافة</b>. سوف يظهر إطار منبثق، حيث يمكنك " +"إدخال\n" "\tاسم مضيف أو عنوان IP صالح، ثم انقر فوق <b>موافق</b>.\n" "\t<p>\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 +#. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 msgid "" -"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" +"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and " +"click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"لإزالة الاسم المضيف من الاسم المستعار، حدد الإدخال المناسب من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق الزر \n" +"لإزالة الاسم المضيف من الاسم المستعار، حدد الإدخال المناسب من الجدول، ثم " +"انقر فوق الزر \n" "\t<b>إزالة</b>. ولإنهاء التكوين، انقر فوق <b>موافق</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single RunAs Alias Help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 +#. Single RunAs Alias Help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<p><b><big>RunAs Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n" -"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n" -"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n" +"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more " +"users, system groups \n" +"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must " +"contain \n" +"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to " +"refer to all users \n" "\tin this alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>اسم RunAs المستعار</big></b><br>\n" -"\tيتطابق اسم RunAs المستعار كثيرًا مع الاسم المستعار للمستخدم. ويتكون من مستخدم واحد أو أكثر أو مجموعة أنظمة واحدة أو أكثر\n" -"\t(بالبادئة '%') أو أسماء RunAs المستعارة الأخرى. ويتم تحديد اسم فردي له (لا يحتوي إلا على أحرف هجائية كبيرة\n" +"\tيتطابق اسم RunAs المستعار كثيرًا مع الاسم المستعار للمستخدم. ويتكون من " +"مستخدم واحد أو أكثر أو مجموعة أنظمة واحدة أو أكثر\n" +"\t(بالبادئة '%') أو أسماء RunAs المستعارة الأخرى. ويتم تحديد اسم فردي له (لا " +"يحتوي إلا على أحرف هجائية كبيرة\n" "\tوأرقام وتسطير سفلي)، الذي يُستخدم فيما بعد للإشارة إلى كافة المستخدمين\n" "\tبهذا الاسم المستعار.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 +#. Single Command Alias Help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Command Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n" -"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n" +"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional " +"parameters), directories, or\n" +"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase " +"letters, numbers and\n" "\tunderscore only), which is \n" -"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n" -"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n" +"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally " +"have one or more\n" +"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these " +"parameters only. If a \n" "\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>الاسم المستعار للأمر</big></b><br>\n" -"\tيتكون الاسم المستعار للأمر من قائمة تحتوي على أمر واحد أو أكثر (بمعلمات اختيارية) أو دلائل أو\n" +"\tيتكون الاسم المستعار للأمر من قائمة تحتوي على أمر واحد أو أكثر (بمعلمات " +"اختيارية) أو دلائل أو\n" "\tالأسماء المستعارة الأخرى للأمر. ويتم تحديد اسم فردي\n" "\tله (لا يحتوي إلا على أحرف هجائية كبيرة\n" "\tوأرقام وتسطير سفلي)، الذي يُستخدم فيما بعد للإشارة إلى كافة المستخدمين\n" "\tبهذا الاسم المستعار. ويمكن أن يحتوي حسب اختيارك على معلمة محددة واحدة\n" -"\tأو أكثر. وإذا احتوى على معلمة واحدة أو أكثر، لا يستطيع المستخدم تشغيل الأمر إلا بهذه المعلمات. وفي حالة استخدام \n" +"\tأو أكثر. وإذا احتوى على معلمة واحدة أو أكثر، لا يستطيع المستخدم تشغيل " +"الأمر إلا بهذه المعلمات. وفي حالة استخدام \n" "\tاسم دليل، يمكن تشغيل أي أمر في هذا الدليل. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 +#. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 msgid "" -"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n" -"\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n" -"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. Additionally, you can\n" +"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command " +"to the alias,\n" +"\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can " +"enter command name\n" +"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. " +"Additionally, you can\n" "\tspecify command parameters in <b>Parameters</b> text entry\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>أدخل اسم فريد في الإدخال النصي <b>الاسم المستعار</b> . لإضافة أمر جديد للاسم المستعار\n" +"<p>أدخل اسم فريد في الإدخال النصي <b>الاسم المستعار</b> . لإضافة أمر جديد " +"للاسم المستعار\n" "\tانقر فوق زر <b>إضافة</b> .ستظهر قائمة منبثقة حيث يمكنك إدخال اسم الأمر\n" "\t(أو اختر واحدًا من مستعرض\n" "\tالملفات بالنقر فوق زر <b>استعراض</b> . بالإضافة إلى ذلك يمكنك تحديد\n" "\t مٌعلمات الأمر في الإدخال النصي <b>مُعلمات</b>" -#. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 +#. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 msgid "" -"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" +"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " +"and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"لإزالة أمر من الاسم المستعار، حدد الإدخال المناسب، من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق الزر\n" +"لإزالة أمر من الاسم المستعار، حدد الإدخال المناسب، من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق " +"الزر\n" "\t<b>إزالة</b>. ولإنهاء التكوين، انقر فوق <b>موافق</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. if(issubstring(line[3]:"","NOPASSWD:")) { -#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) true; -#. } -#. else { -#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; -#. } -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 -msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" +#. if(issubstring(line[3]:"","NOPASSWD:")) { +#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) true; +#. } +#. else { +#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; +#. } +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 +msgid "" +"This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" msgstr "هذه القاعدة عبارة عن قاعدة نظام ضرورية لتشغيل sudo بطريقة صحيحة.\n" -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 msgid "" "After deleting it, some applications may no longer work.\n" "Really delete?" @@ -936,7 +1059,7 @@ "بعد حذفها، قد لا تعمل بعض التطبيقات بعد ذلك.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل حذفها؟" -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:414 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:414 msgid "" "If you change it, some applications may no longer work.\n" "Really edit? " @@ -944,32 +1067,33 @@ "بعد تغييرها، قد لا تعمل بعض التطبيقات بعد ذلك.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل تحريرها؟ " -#. end Commands -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 -msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" +#. end Commands +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 +msgid "" +"All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" msgstr "سيتم فقدان كل التغييرات. هل تريد إنهاء تكوين sudo بدون حفظ؟" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 msgid "An error occurred while reading users and groups." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء قراءة المستخدمين والمجموعات." -#. Sudo read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:605 +#. Sudo read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:605 msgid "Saving sudo Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين sudo" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:620 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:620 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "اكتب الاعدادات" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:624 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:624 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "..كتابة الاعدادات" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:638 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/support.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/support.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/support.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: support\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,68 +14,68 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsupport module -#: src/clients/support.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the Xsupport module +#: src/clients/support.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of support" msgstr "تكوين الدعم" -#. Rich text title for Support in proposals -#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for Support in proposals +#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Support" msgstr "الدعم" -#. Menu title for Support in proposals -#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for Support in proposals +#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Support" msgstr "&دعم" -#. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 +#. Command line parameters dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" msgstr "مربع الحوار نظرة عامة على Supportconfig" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "مركز دعم SUSE مفتوح" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "سيعمل ذلك على بدء تشغيل مستعرض متصل بمدخل مركز دعم SUSE." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Open" msgstr "مفتوح" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Collect Data" msgstr "تجميع البيانات" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." msgstr "سينشئ هذا أرشيفًا متضمنًا ملفات السجلات المجمعة." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Create report tarball" msgstr "إنشاء أرشيف تقارير" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Upload Data" msgstr "تحميل البيانات" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." msgstr "سيُحمل هذا السجلات المجمعة إلى عنوان URL المحدد." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Upload" msgstr "تحميل" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." msgstr "تعذر العثور على أي مستعرض مثبت." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "" "YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n" "running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n" @@ -87,189 +87,189 @@ "%1.\n" "هل تريد بدء مستعرض الويب؟\n" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" msgstr "مربع الحوار تحميل Supportconfig" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Save as" msgstr "حفظ باسم" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Directory to Save" msgstr "الدليل المطلوب حفظه" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "Package with log files" msgstr "حزمة تضم ملفات سجل" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" msgstr "تحميل أرشيف ملفات السجلات إلى عنوان URL" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 msgid "Upload Target" msgstr "تحميل الهدف" -#. } -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 +#. } +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Cannot write settings" msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" msgstr "اختيار مسار موقع حفظ الأرشيف" -#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 +#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" msgstr "اختيار ملف أرشيف ملفات السجل" -#. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 +#. Command line parameters dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" msgstr "تكوين معلمات Supportconfig" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" msgstr "إنشاء قائمة ملف بالكامل من '/'" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" msgstr "استبعاد عمليات فحص ومعلومات القرص المفصلة" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" msgstr "جذر بحث نظام الملفات لمثيلات eDirectory" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" msgstr "تضمين قوائم خدمة SLP الكاملة" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" msgstr "يعمل على إجراء rpm -V واحد لكل rpm مثبت" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" msgstr "تضمين سطور ملف السجل وجمع السجلات الإضافية التي تم تدويرها" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)" msgstr "استخدام الإعدادات الافتراضية (تجاهل /etc/supportconfig.conf)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 msgid "Activates all support functions" msgstr "يستخدم في تنشيط كافة وظائف الدعم" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" msgstr "جمع قدر ضئيل من المعلومات فقط" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "استخدام إعدادات مخصصة (خبير)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "Options" msgstr "خيارات" -#. Support overview dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 +#. Support overview dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" msgstr "تكوين خبير Supportconfig" -#. FIXME table header -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 +#. FIXME table header +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 msgid "Default Options" msgstr "خيارات افتراضية" -#. Support configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 +#. Support configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" msgstr "تكوين جهة اتصال sysconfig" -#. Support configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 +#. Support configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "معلومات الاتصال" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Company" msgstr "الشركة" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "عنوان البريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "Phone Number" msgstr "أرقام الهواتف" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Store ID" msgstr "معرف التخزين" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 msgid "Terminal ID" msgstr "معرف الجهاز الطرفي" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "GPG UID" msgstr "مُعرف فريد لـ GPG" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Upload Information" msgstr "معلومات التحميل" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "رقم طلب الخدمة المكون من 11 رقمًا" -#. abort? -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 +#. abort? +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits" msgstr "يجب أن يتكون SR من 11 رقمًا" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Collecting Data" msgstr "تجميع البيانات" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Progress" msgstr "تقدم" -#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 +#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Collected Data Review" msgstr "مراجعة البيانات المجمعة" -#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix -#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 +#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix +#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 msgid "File Name" msgstr "اسم الملف" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Remove from Data" msgstr "إزالة من البيانات" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -277,17 +277,18 @@ "<p><b><big>تهيئة تكوين الدعم</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>إيقاف التهيئة</big></b><br>\n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</" +"p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -295,8 +296,8 @@ "<p><b><big>حفظ تكوين الدعم</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -308,8 +309,8 @@ " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك بما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" " </p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure support here.<br></p>\n" @@ -317,8 +318,8 @@ "<p><b><big>تكوين الدعم</big></b><br>\n" "قم بتكوين الدعم هنا.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a support:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a support from the list of detected supports.\n" @@ -330,8 +331,8 @@ "إذا لم يتم اكتشاف الدعم الذي تريده، استخدم <b>أخرى (لم يتم اكتشافه)</b>.\n" "، ثم اضغط <b>تكوين</b>.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:66 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -341,23 +342,26 @@ "إذا قمت بضغط <b>تحرير</b>، يتم فتح مربع حوار إضافي يتم من خلاله تغيير\n" "التكوين.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use <b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " +"<b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " +"you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p><b><big>فتح مركز دعم SUSE</big></b><br>\n" -"لبدء تشغيل مستعرض ويب يفتح مدخل مركز دعم SUSE، استخدم <b>فتح مركز دعم SUSE</b>.\n" +"لبدء تشغيل مستعرض ويب يفتح مدخل مركز دعم SUSE، استخدم <b>فتح مركز دعم SUSE</" +"b>.\n" "يمكنك بعد ذلك فتح طلب خدمة باستخدام الدعم الفني العمومي. تأكد من تدوين\n" "رقم طلب الخدمة لتضمينه في عملية تحميل بيانات supportconfig.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Collecting Data</big></b><br>\n" "To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use <b>Collect Data</b></p>" @@ -365,8 +369,8 @@ "<p><b><big>تجميع البيانات</big></b><br>\n" "لبدء تشغيل أداة تجميع بيانات supportconfig، استخدم <b>تجميع البيانات</b></p>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Uploading Collected Data</big></b><br>\n" "To upload the data already collected to a server, use <b>Upload Data</b>.\n" @@ -376,19 +380,21 @@ "لتحميل البيانات المجمعة بالفعل على خادم، استخدم <b>تحميل البيانات</b>.\n" "قد يكون أو لا يكون الخادم هو الدعم الفني العمومي.</p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Supportconfig Options</big></b><br>\n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " +"settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" "<p><b><big>خيارات Supportconfig</big></b><br>\n" -"حدد خيارًا لاستبدال الإعدادات الافتراضية. يمكنك استخدام الإعدادات الافتراضية،\n" +"حدد خيارًا لاستبدال الإعدادات الافتراضية. يمكنك استخدام الإعدادات " +"الافتراضية،\n" "مع معظم البيانات أو مع الحد الأدنى لكمية البيانات." -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Expert Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Select <b>Use Custom</b> and click the <b>Expert Settings</b> button\n" @@ -398,76 +404,93 @@ "حدد <b>استخدام مخصص</b> وانقر فوق الزر <b>إعدادات الخبير</b> \n" "لتحديد مجموعات بيانات معينة للتجميع.</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:102 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:102 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</p>\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>الخيارات</big></b><br>\n" "تجميع الخيارات الإضافية. عادةً تكون هذه الخيارات غير\n" "ضرورية، لكن يمكن تضمينها إذا تطلبت الظروف مزيدًا من المعلومات.</p>\n" -#. Expert dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 +#. Expert dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Default Options</b></big><br>\n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball.</p>" +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " +"supportconfig tarball.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>خيارات إفتراضية</b></big><br>\n" -"حدد كل مجموعات البيانات التي تريد تضمينها في أرشيف supportconfig أو قم بإلغاء تحديدها.</p>" +"حدد كل مجموعات البيانات التي تريد تضمينها في أرشيف supportconfig أو قم " +"بإلغاء تحديدها.</p>" -#. Contact dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 +#. Contact dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Contact Information</b></big><br>\n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file.</p>" +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " +"include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." +"txt file.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>معلومات جهة الاتصال</b></big><br>\n" "قم بملء كافة حقول معلومات جهة الاتصال التي تريد تضمينها في\n" "أرشيف supportconfig. وتم حفظ الحقول في الملف basic-environment.txt.</p>" -#. Contact dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 +#. Contact dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Upload Information</big></b><br>\n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " +"upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " +"filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " +"tarball filename.\n" "See <i>man supportconfig(1)</i> for further details.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>معلومات التحميل</big></b><br>\n" -"يكون هدف التحميل هو مُعرف URI الخاص بوجهة أرشيف supportconfig. تتضمن خدمة التحميل المدعمة ما يلي \n" -"ftp وhttp وhttps وscp. إذا كنت تريد تضمين اسم ملف أرشيف supportconfig في هدف التحميل الخاص بك،\n" -"استخدم كلمة السر الخاصة بـ <i>أرشيف</i>. سيتم استبدال هذا الأرشيف باسم ملف الأرشيف الفعلي.\n" +"يكون هدف التحميل هو مُعرف URI الخاص بوجهة أرشيف supportconfig. تتضمن خدمة " +"التحميل المدعمة ما يلي \n" +"ftp وhttp وhttps وscp. إذا كنت تريد تضمين اسم ملف أرشيف supportconfig في هدف " +"التحميل الخاص بك،\n" +"استخدم كلمة السر الخاصة بـ <i>أرشيف</i>. سيتم استبدال هذا الأرشيف باسم ملف " +"الأرشيف الفعلي.\n" "راجع <i>man supportconfig(1)</i> للحصول على مزيد من التفاصيل.</p>" -#. Contact dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 +#. Contact dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Upload Target Examples</big></b><br>\n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</" +"i><br>\n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>أمثلة على هدف التحميل</big></b><br>\n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>أرشيف</i><br>\n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>أرشيف</" +"i><br>\n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>" -#. Contact dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 +#. Contact dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " +"Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " +"service request.\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>ملاحظة:</b>إذا كنت تقوم بتحميل أرشيف supportconfig إلى الدعم الفني العمومي،\n" -"فتأكد من تضمين رقم طلب الخدمة المُكون من 11 رقمًا من طلب الخدمة المفتوح الخاص بك.\n" +"<p><b>ملاحظة:</b>إذا كنت تقوم بتحميل أرشيف supportconfig إلى الدعم الفني " +"العمومي،\n" +"فتأكد من تضمين رقم طلب الخدمة المُكون من 11 رقمًا من طلب الخدمة المفتوح الخاص " +"بك.\n" -#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 +#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Collecting Data</big></b>><br>\n" "Data is being collected.</p>\n" @@ -475,36 +498,41 @@ "<p><b><big>تجميع البيانات</big></b>><br>\n" "يتم تجميع البيانات الآن.</p>\n" -#. Data review dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 +#. Data review dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Collected Data Review</big></b><br>\n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " +"of the collected data,\n" "use <b>Remove from Data</b> and the selected file will be removed.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>مراجعة البيانات المجمعة</big></b><br>\n" -"راجع البيانات التي تم تجميعها بواسطة supportconfig. إذا كنت لا تريد مشاركة بعض البيانات التي تم تجميعها،\n" +"راجع البيانات التي تم تجميعها بواسطة supportconfig. إذا كنت لا تريد مشاركة " +"بعض البيانات التي تم تجميعها،\n" "استخدم <b>إزالة من البيانات</b> وسيتم إزالة الملف المحدد.</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" +"b><br>\n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" "<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>تحميل supportconfig tarball إلى الدعم الفني العمومي</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>تحميل supportconfig tarball إلى الدعم الفني العمومي</big></" +"b><br>\n" "إذا كنت تريد تخزين نسخة من supportconfig tarball، فحدد الدليل\n" "الهدف، وتأكد من تحديد هذا الخيار.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Upload URL</big></b><br>\n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " +"uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -515,9 +543,9 @@ "قم بتغيير هذه القيمة فقط في الحالات الخاصة.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Privacy Policy</big></b><br>\n" "Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" @@ -527,20 +555,22 @@ "يمكنك الحصول على سياسة الخصوصية لـ SUSE على\n" "<i>%1</i>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" +"b><br>\n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the <i>Package with log files</i> field.\n" "<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>تحميل supportconfig tarball إلى الدعم الفني العمومي</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>تحميل supportconfig tarball إلى الدعم الفني العمومي</big></" +"b><br>\n" "إذا كنت بالفعل أنشأت supportconfig tarball، فاكتب المسار الكامل\n" "في الحقل <i>حزمة تضم ملفات سجل</i>.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:198 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -550,8 +580,8 @@ "اضغط <b>التالي</b> للمتابعة.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -561,350 +591,427 @@ "هذا غير ممكن، يجب ترميزه أولاً. :-)\n" "</p>" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2008 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2008 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30 msgid "AppArmor information. security-apparmor.txt" msgstr "معلومات AppArmor. security-apparmor.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33 msgid "autofs information. fs-autofs.txt" msgstr "معلومات autofs. fs-autofs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36 msgid "Information related to booting and the kernel. boot.txt" msgstr "معلومات ذات صلة بالتشغيل وkernel. boot.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 msgid "Current system service states. chkconfig.txt" msgstr "حالات خدمة النظام الحالية. chkconfig.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 msgid "Information related to capturing a system core dump. crash.txt" msgstr "معلومات ذات صلة بالنسخة الاحتياطية الأساسية للنظام. crash.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 msgid "Information related to cron and at. cron.txt" msgstr "معلومات ذات صلة بأداتي الجدولة cron وat. cron.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt" msgstr "معلومات القسم وتوصيلات نظام الملفات والقرص. fs-diskio.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 msgid "Domain Name Service information. dns.txt" msgstr "معلومات خدمة اسم المجال. dns.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 msgid "Novell eDirectory health check information. novell-edir.txt" msgstr "معلومات فحص كفاءة Novell eDirectory. novell-edir.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 +msgid "" +"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." +"txt" msgstr "معلومات بيئة النظام، بما فيها بيئة الجذر وsysctl. env.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" -msgstr "بشكل متكرر يتم الحصول على ملفات *.conf، إلى جانب ملفات التكوين المتعددة الأخرى الموجودة في /etc. etc.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 +msgid "" +"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " +"in /etc. etc.txt" +msgstr "" +"بشكل متكرر يتم الحصول على ملفات *.conf، إلى جانب ملفات التكوين المتعددة " +"الأخرى الموجودة في /etc. etc.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 msgid "Enterprise Volume Management System-related information. evms.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بنظام إدارة وحدات التخزين للمؤسسة. evms.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66 msgid "Heartbeat/high availabilty cluster information. ha.txt" msgstr "معلومات مجموعة Heartbeat/عالية التوفر. ha.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69 msgid "iSCSI target and initiator information. fs-iscsi.txt" msgstr "معلومات بادئ وهدف iSCSI. fs-iscsi.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72 msgid "LDAP related information, including a root DSE search. ldap.txt" msgstr "معلومات ذات صلة بـ LDAP، بما فيها بحث DSE أولي. ldap.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" -msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بإدارة مستخدمي Novell Linux، بما في ذلك تكوين Root DSE وUNIX وعمليات البحث عن كائنات محطات العمل . novell-lum.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 +msgid "" +"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " +"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgstr "" +"معلومات متعلقة بإدارة مستخدمي Novell Linux، بما في ذلك تكوين Root DSE وUNIX " +"وعمليات البحث عن كائنات محطات العمل . novell-lum.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 msgid "Linux Volume Management-related information. lvm.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بإدارة وحدات تخزين Linux . lvm.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:81 msgid "Memory-related information. memory.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بالذاكرة. memory.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84 msgid "System kernel module information. modules.txt" msgstr "معلومات وحدة Kernel النمطية للنظام. modules.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87 msgid "Native device mapper multipathing information. mpio.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعددة المسارات لمعيِّن الجهاز الأصلي. mpio.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90 msgid "Novell Core Protocol-related information. novell-ncp.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بالبروتوكول الأساسي لـ Novell. novell-ncp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:93 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:93 msgid "Novell Cluster Services-related information. novell-ncs.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بخدمات مجموعة Novell . novell-ncs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96 msgid "Network-related information, including firewall rules. network.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بالشبكة، بما في ذلك قواعد جدار الحماية. network.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99 msgid "Network File System-related information. nfs.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بنظام ملفات الشبكة. nfs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:102 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:102 msgid "Novell Storage Services-related information. novell-nss.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بخدمات تخزين Novell. novell-nss.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:105 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:105 msgid "Network Time Protocol-related information. ntp.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة ببروتوكول وقت الشبكة ntp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:108 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:108 msgid "OCFS2 file system-related information. ocfs2.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بنظام ملف OCFS2. ocfs2.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111 msgid "List of all open files using lsof. open-files.txt" msgstr "قائمة بكافة الملفات المفتوحة التي تقوم باستخدام lsof. open-files.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114 msgid "OpenWBEM-related information. openwbem.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بـ OpenWBEM. openwbem.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" -msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بالوحدة النمطية لمصادقة كافة المستويات، بما في ذلك معلومات حساب المستخدم. pam.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 +msgid "" +"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " +"information. pam.txt" +msgstr "" +"معلومات متعلقة بالوحدة النمطية لمصادقة كافة المستويات، بما في ذلك معلومات " +"حساب المستخدم. pam.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 msgid "Printing and CUPS-related information. print.txt" msgstr "المعلومات المرتبطة بـ CUPS والطباعة. print.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123 msgid "Includes key /proc file content. proc.txt" msgstr "يقوم بتضمين محتوى الملف key /proc. proc.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126 msgid "Update daemon-related information. updates-daemon.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة ببرنامج المحرك للتحديث. updates-daemon.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129 msgid "Update client related information. updates.txt" msgstr "معلومات ذات صلة بتحديث العميل. updates.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" -msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بإعداد التقارير عن نشاط النظام، بما في ذلك إعداد نُسخ من ملفات بيانات SAR. sar.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 +msgid "" +"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " +"data files. sar.txt" +msgstr "" +"معلومات متعلقة بإعداد التقارير عن نشاط النظام، بما في ذلك إعداد نُسخ من ملفات " +"بيانات SAR. sar.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 msgid "SLES Real Time kernel-related information. slert.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بـ kernel في الوقت الحقيقي لخادم SLES. slert.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138 msgid "Service Location Protocol related information. slp.txt" msgstr "معلومات ذات صلة ببروتوكول موقع الخدمة. slp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " +"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " +"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" -"معلومات متعلقة بتقنية المراقبة الذاتية والتحليل والإبلاغ عن أخطاء بالأقراص الصلبة. تحذير: تتسم بعض وحدات التحكم ومحركات الأقراص الصلبة بعدم سلوكها سلوكًا\n" -"جيدًا في التشغيل. ولقد عرف عن الخيار \"فحص بيانات SMART\" بقدرته على تغيير أنظمة الملفات إلى وضع للقراءة فقط أو حتى التسبب في توقف الخادم عن الاستجابة. لذلك تأكد من أن الخيار \"فحص بيانات SMART\"\n" +"معلومات متعلقة بتقنية المراقبة الذاتية والتحليل والإبلاغ عن أخطاء بالأقراص " +"الصلبة. تحذير: تتسم بعض وحدات التحكم ومحركات الأقراص الصلبة بعدم سلوكها " +"سلوكًا\n" +"جيدًا في التشغيل. ولقد عرف عن الخيار \"فحص بيانات SMART\" بقدرته على تغيير " +"أنظمة الملفات إلى وضع للقراءة فقط أو حتى التسبب في توقف الخادم عن " +"الاستجابة. لذلك تأكد من أن الخيار \"فحص بيانات SMART\"\n" "يعمل في البيئة الخاصة بك قبل تمكينه. fs-smartmon.txt\n" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 msgid "Samba and CIFS-related information. samba.txt" msgstr "المعلومات المتعلقة بـ CIFS وSamba. samba.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:149 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:149 msgid "Software RAID-related information. fs-softraid.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بـ Software RAID. fs-softraid.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152 msgid "Secure Shell server information. ssh.txt" msgstr "معلومات خادم برنامج الواجهة شل الآمن. ssh.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155 msgid "Configuration files found in /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" msgstr "تم العثور على ملفات التكوين في /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158 msgid "UDEV device manager-related information. udev.txt" msgstr "المعلومات المتعلقة بمدير جهاز UDEV. udev.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:161 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:161 msgid "X graphical system-related information. x.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بالنظام الرسومي X. x.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:164 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:164 msgid "XEN virtualization-related information. xen.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بالظاهرية لبرنامج XEN. xen.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" -msgstr "يوضح للبرنامج النصي supportconfig أن يبحث نظام الملفات عن كل ملفات مثيلات eDirectory. إذا تم تعيينه، يتم تعيين ADD_OPTION_FSLIST تلقائيًا أيضًا. تم التعيين باستخدام -e" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 +msgid "" +"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " +"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgstr "" +"يوضح للبرنامج النصي supportconfig أن يبحث نظام الملفات عن كل ملفات مثيلات " +"eDirectory. إذا تم تعيينه، يتم تعيين ADD_OPTION_FSLIST تلقائيًا أيضًا. تم " +"التعيين باستخدام -e" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" -msgstr "قائمة ملفات كاملة تستخدم وظيفة البحث من جذر نظام الملفات. -L, fs-files.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 +msgid "" +"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgstr "" +"قائمة ملفات كاملة تستخدم وظيفة البحث من جذر نظام الملفات. -L, fs-files.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" -msgstr "يقوم بتضمين ملف السجل بالكامل، بما في ذلك التعليقات، بدلاً من VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT فقط من السطور الخاصة به. يتم تضمين سجلات تدوير إضافية في حالة توفرها. -l" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 +msgid "" +"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " +"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " +"available. -l" +msgstr "" +"يقوم بتضمين ملف السجل بالكامل، بما في ذلك التعليقات، بدلاً من " +"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT فقط من السطور الخاصة به. يتم تضمين سجلات تدوير إضافية " +"في حالة توفرها. -l" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 msgid "Minimizes the amount of disk information and detailed scanning. -d" msgstr "يعمل على تقليل كم معلومات القرص ومقدار الفحص المفصل. -d" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." -msgstr "عادةً ما يتم تضمين كافة سجلات /var/log/YaST2/*. يتيح لك هذا الخيار تقليل حجم كل ملف تم استرداده." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 +msgid "" +"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " +"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgstr "" +"عادةً ما يتم تضمين كافة سجلات /var/log/YaST2/*. يتيح لك هذا الخيار تقليل حجم " +"كل ملف تم استرداده." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" -msgstr "يعمل على تشغيل rpm -V على كل حزمة RPM مثبتة. يستغرق ذلك بعض الوقت حتى يكتمل. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 +msgid "" +"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " +"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgstr "" +"يعمل على تشغيل rpm -V على كل حزمة RPM مثبتة. يستغرق ذلك بعض الوقت حتى يكتمل. " +"-v, rpm-verify.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" -msgstr "عادةً يتم سرد أنواع خدمة SLP الرئيسية فقط. يتيح لك هذا الخيار إمكانية الاستفسار عن كل نوع خدمة، تم اكتشافه، على حده. -s, slp.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 +msgid "" +"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " +"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgstr "" +"عادةً يتم سرد أنواع خدمة SLP الرئيسية فقط. يتيح لك هذا الخيار إمكانية " +"الاستفسار عن كل نوع خدمة، تم اكتشافه، على حده. -s, slp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 msgid "Company name to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "اسم الشركة المطلوب تضمينه في basic-environment.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 msgid "Contact's email address to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "عنوان البريد الإلكتروني لجهة الاتصال المطلوب تضمينه في basic-environment.txt" +msgstr "" +"عنوان البريد الإلكتروني لجهة الاتصال المطلوب تضمينه في basic-environment.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 msgid "Contact's name to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "اسم جهة الاتصال المطلوب تضمينه في basic-environment.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 msgid "Contact's phone number to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "رقم هاتف جهة الاتصال المطلوب تضمينه في basic-environment.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." -msgstr "عدد السطور المطلوب تضمينها عند الحصول على ملف سجل. ويعني الرقم صفر الحصول على الملف بالكامل." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 +msgid "" +"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " +"entire file." +msgstr "" +"عدد السطور المطلوب تضمينها عند الحصول على ملف سجل. ويعني الرقم صفر الحصول " +"على الملف بالكامل." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." -msgstr "موقع أرشيف supportconfig. يتم دائمًا استخدام الموقع الصالح الأول في القائمة." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 +msgid "" +"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " +"always used." +msgstr "" +"موقع أرشيف supportconfig. يتم دائمًا استخدام الموقع الصالح الأول في القائمة." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." -msgstr "أقصى عدد لسطور /var/log/messages المطلوب الحصول عليها. يعني الرقم صفر الحصول على الملف بالكامل." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 +msgid "" +"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " +"entire file." +msgstr "" +"أقصى عدد لسطور /var/log/messages المطلوب الحصول عليها. يعني الرقم صفر الحصول " +"على الملف بالكامل." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." -msgstr "الحد الأقصى لعدد ملفات سجل محرك سياسة إشارة تأكيد الوجود المطلوب تضمينها في أرشيف supportconfig." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 +msgid "" +"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " +"supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "" +"الحد الأقصى لعدد ملفات سجل محرك سياسة إشارة تأكيد الوجود المطلوب تضمينها في " +"أرشيف supportconfig." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." -msgstr "الحد الأقصى لعدد ملفات بيانات SAR المطلوب تضمينها في أرشيف supportconfig." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 +msgid "" +"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "" +"الحد الأقصى لعدد ملفات بيانات SAR المطلوب تضمينها في أرشيف supportconfig." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " +"you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" +"Q." msgstr "" -"عند التعيين إلى 1، يتم تشغيل supportconfig في الوضع الصامت. يفيد هذا الخيار إذا كنت \n" -"تخطط لتشغيل supportconfig بشكل منتظم في مهمة من مهام cron على سبيل المثال. تعيين باستخدام -Q." +"عند التعيين إلى 1، يتم تشغيل supportconfig في الوضع الصامت. يفيد هذا الخيار " +"إذا كنت \n" +"تخطط لتشغيل supportconfig بشكل منتظم في مهمة من مهام cron على سبيل المثال. " +"تعيين باستخدام -Q." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." -msgstr "يُستخدم في تحديد الموقع الذي سيتم تحميل أرشيف supportconfig فيه، عند استخدام خيار بدء التشغيل -u srnum. يمكنك تحديد أي خادم FTP يدعم التحميلات المجهولة. الخادم الافتراضي هو خادم ftp العام لـ SUSE." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 +msgid "" +"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " +"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " +"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgstr "" +"يُستخدم في تحديد الموقع الذي سيتم تحميل أرشيف supportconfig فيه، عند استخدام " +"خيار بدء التشغيل -u srnum. يمكنك تحديد أي خادم FTP يدعم التحميلات المجهولة. " +"الخادم الافتراضي هو خادم ftp العام لـ SUSE." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 msgid "Support Configuration" msgstr "تكوين الدعم" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. global string created_directory=""; -#: src/modules/Support.rb:143 +#. global string created_directory=""; +#: src/modules/Support.rb:143 msgid "To continue, enter root password" msgstr "للمتابعة، أدخل كلمة سر root" -#: src/modules/Support.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" msgstr "كلمة سر root" -#: src/modules/Support.rb:163 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" msgstr "كلمة السر غير صحيحة" -#. Support read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Support.rb:267 +#. Support read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Support.rb:267 msgid "Initializing Support Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين الدعم" -#. Support read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Support.rb:313 +#. Support read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Support.rb:313 msgid "Saving Support Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين الدعم" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:329 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "كتابة الإعدادات" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:331 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "تشغيل SuSEconfig" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:335 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:337 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "يتم الآن تشغيل SuSEconfig..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Support.rb:339 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Support.rb:438 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "ملخص التكوين..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sysconfig.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sysconfig.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sysconfig.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,85 +14,85 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. help text header - sysconfig editor -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34 +#. help text header - sysconfig editor +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34 msgid "Editor for /etc/sysconfig Files" msgstr "محرر ملفات /etc/sysconfig" -#. help text for command 'list' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:48 +#. help text for command 'list' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:48 msgid "Display configuration summary" msgstr "عرض ملخص التكوين" -#. help text for command 'set' 1/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 +#. help text for command 'set' 1/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" msgstr "قم بتعيين قيمة المتغير. يتطلب وجود خيارات 'متغير' و'قيمة'" -#. help text for command 'set' 2/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 +#. help text for command 'set' 2/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 msgid "or 'variable=value', for example, variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" msgstr "أو 'متغير=قيمة'، على سبيل المثال، متغير=DISPLAYMANAGER قيمة=gdm" -#. help text for command 'set' 3/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:70 +#. help text for command 'set' 3/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:70 msgid "or simply DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm" msgstr "أو ببساطة DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm" -#. help text for command 'set' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:80 +#. help text for command 'set' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:80 msgid "Set empty value (\"\")" msgstr "تعيين قيمة فارغة (\"\")" -#. help text for command 'details' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:90 +#. help text for command 'details' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:90 msgid "Show details about selected variable" msgstr "عرض تفاصيل المتغير المحدد" -#. help text for option 'all' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:102 +#. help text for option 'all' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:102 msgid "Display all variables" msgstr "عرض كل المتغيرات" -#. help text for option 'variable' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:107 +#. help text for option 'variable' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:107 msgid "Selected variable" msgstr "المتغير المحدد" -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:108 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:108 msgid "If the variable is available in several files use" msgstr "إذا كان المتغير متوفر في استخدام ملفات متعددة" -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:109 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:109 msgid "<variable>$<file_name> syntax," msgstr "<variable>$<file_name> syntax," -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:110 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:110 msgid "for example CONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mail." msgstr "مثلًا، CONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mail." -#. help text for option 'value' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:116 +#. help text for option 'value' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:116 msgid "New value" msgstr "قيمة جديدة" -#. header (command line mode output) -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 +#. header (command line mode output) +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 msgid "All Variables:\n" msgstr "كل المتغيرات:\n" -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 msgid "Modified Variables:\n" msgstr "المتغيرات المعدَّلة:\n" -#. status message - %1 is a device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is a mode name (udma2), %3 is a result (translated Success/Failed text) -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:77 +#. status message - %1 is a device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is a mode name (udma2), %3 is a result (translated Success/Failed text) +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:77 msgid "" "\n" "Setting variable '%1' to '%2': %3" @@ -100,31 +100,31 @@ "\n" "تعيين المتغير '%1' إلى '%2': %3" -#. result message -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:82 +#. result message +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:82 msgid "Success" msgstr "نجح" -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:83 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:83 msgid "Failed" msgstr "فشل" -#. display a new value for modified variables -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:164 +#. display a new value for modified variables +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:164 msgid "New Value: " msgstr "القيمة الجديدة:" -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:167 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:167 msgid "Value: " msgstr "القيمة:" -#. command line output -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:194 +#. command line output +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:194 msgid "Variable %1 was not found." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على المتغير %1." -#. variable name conflict - full name (with file name) is required -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:217 +#. variable name conflict - full name (with file name) is required +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:217 msgid "" "\n" "Use a full variable name in the form <VARIABLE_NAME>$<FILE_NAME>\n" @@ -134,128 +134,128 @@ "استخدم الاسم الكامل للمتغير بالصيغة <VARIABLE_NAME>$<FILE_NAME>\n" " (على سبيل المثال%1$%2).\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:65 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:65 msgid "An error occurred while saving and activating the changes." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء حفظ التغييرات وتنشيطها." -#. suffix added to the allowed (predefined) values -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:127 +#. suffix added to the allowed (predefined) values +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:127 msgid "or any value" msgstr "أو أية قيمة" -#. Translation: description of possible values, regular expression string is added after the text -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:135 +#. Translation: description of possible values, regular expression string is added after the text +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:135 msgid "Value Matching Regular Expression:" msgstr "القيمة التي تطابق التعبير العادي:" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:141 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:141 msgid "Any integer value" msgstr "أو أية قيمة صحيحة" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:154 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:154 msgid "Integer value greater or equal to %1" msgstr "قيمة صحيحة تساوي %1 أو أكبر" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:163 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:163 msgid "Integer value less or equal to %1" msgstr "قيمة صحيحة تساوي %1 أو أقل" -#. Translation: allowed value description, %1 is minimum value, %2 is maximum integer value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:172 +#. Translation: allowed value description, %1 is minimum value, %2 is maximum integer value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:172 msgid "Any integer value from %1 to %2" msgstr "أية قيمة صحيحة من %1 إلى %2" -#. allowed value description - any value is allowed -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:179 +#. allowed value description - any value is allowed +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:179 msgid "Any value" msgstr "أية قيمة" -#. allowed value description - IP adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:183 +#. allowed value description - IP adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:183 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 address" msgstr "عنوان IPv4 أو IPv6" -#. allowed value description - IPv4 adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:187 +#. allowed value description - IPv4 adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:187 msgid "IPv4 address" msgstr "عنوان IPv4" -#. allowed value description - IPv6 adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:191 +#. allowed value description - IPv6 adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:191 msgid "IPv6 address" msgstr "عنوان IPv6" -#. rich text item -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:220 +#. rich text item +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:220 msgid "File: " msgstr "الملف:" -#. rich text item -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:236 +#. rich text item +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:236 msgid "Possible Values: " msgstr "القيم المحتملة:" -#. TODO: replace empty value by special text (e.g. "</I>empty</I>") -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:255 +#. TODO: replace empty value by special text (e.g. "</I>empty</I>") +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:255 msgid "Default Value: " msgstr "القيمة الافتراضية:" -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:277 +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:277 msgid "Original Value: " msgstr "القيمة الأصلية:" -#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:303 +#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:303 msgid "Prepare Command: " msgstr "تحضير الأمر:" -#. header in the variable description text -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:323 +#. header in the variable description text +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:323 msgid "Configuration Script: " msgstr "البرنامج النصي للتكوين:" -#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:341 +#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:341 msgid "Service to Reload: " msgstr "الخدمة المطلوب إعادة تحميلها:" -#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:359 +#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:359 msgid "Service to Restart: " msgstr "الخدمة المطلوب إعادة بدئها:" -#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:376 +#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:376 msgid "Activation Command: " msgstr "أمر التنشيط:" -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:424 +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:424 msgid "Description: " msgstr "الوصف:" -#. modification flag added to variable name (if it was changed) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:592 +#. modification flag added to variable name (if it was changed) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:592 msgid "(changed)" msgstr "(تم تغييره)" -#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string -#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string -#. combo box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:602 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:613 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:850 +#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string +#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string +#. combo box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:602 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:613 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:850 msgid "S&etting of: " msgstr "ت&عيين:" -#. current value has more than one line - it is displayed incorrectly -#. because combobox widget has single line entry (lines are merged) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:640 +#. current value has more than one line - it is displayed incorrectly +#. because combobox widget has single line entry (lines are merged) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:640 msgid "" "The currently selected value has more than one line.\n" "Joined lines are displayed in the combo box.\n" @@ -263,14 +263,14 @@ "القيمة المحددة حاليًا تحتوي على أكثر من سطر واحد.\n" "يتم عرض السطور المترابطة في مربع التحرير والسرد.\n" -#. header label -#. label widget -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:671 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:837 +#. header label +#. label widget +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:671 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:837 msgid "Current Selection: " msgstr "التحديد الحالي:" -#. popup question dialog: variable value does not match defined type - ask user to set value (%1 is value entered by user, %2 is allowed type - e.g. integer -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:713 +#. popup question dialog: variable value does not match defined type - ask user to set value (%1 is value entered by user, %2 is allowed type - e.g. integer +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:713 msgid "" "Value '%1'\n" "does not match type '%2'.\n" @@ -282,188 +282,209 @@ " \n" " هل تريد بالفعل تعيين هذه القيمة؟\n" -#. when a comment is too long to display it in the table -#. it is shortened and mark (three dot characters) is added to the end -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:764 +#. when a comment is too long to display it in the table +#. it is shortened and mark (three dot characters) is added to the end +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:764 msgid "..." msgstr "..." -#. Translation: push button label -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:804 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:889 +#. Translation: push button label +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:804 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:889 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&بحث" -#. tree widget label -#. term help_space_content = `Tree(`id(`tree), `opt(`notify, `vstretch), _("&Configuration Options"), Sysconfig::tree_content); -#. Wizard::OpenCustomDialog(help_space_content, button_box); -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:815 +#. tree widget label +#. term help_space_content = `Tree(`id(`tree), `opt(`notify, `vstretch), _("&Configuration Options"), Sysconfig::tree_content); +#. Wizard::OpenCustomDialog(help_space_content, button_box); +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:815 msgid "&Configuration Options" msgstr "خيارات الت&كوين" -#. helptext for popup - part 1/2 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 +#. helptext for popup - part 1/2 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "<p>After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.</p>\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " +"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " +"takes effect.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>بعد أن تقوم بحفظ التغييرات، يقوم هذا المحرر بتغيير المتغيرات في الملف\n" -"sysconfig المقابل. تم تبدأ أوامر التنشيط، التي تقوم بتغيير ملفات التكوين الأساسية وإيقاف برنامج المحرك وتشغيله،\n" -" وتشغيل أدوات التكوينات ذات المستوى المنخفض لكي يتم تفعيل تكوينات sysconfig.</p>\n" +"sysconfig المقابل. تم تبدأ أوامر التنشيط، التي تقوم بتغيير ملفات التكوين " +"الأساسية وإيقاف برنامج المحرك وتشغيله،\n" +" وتشغيل أدوات التكوينات ذات المستوى المنخفض لكي يتم تفعيل تكوينات sysconfig." +"</p>\n" -#. helptext for popup - part 2/2 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>مهم:</b> ما يزال بإمكانك تحرير كل ملف تكوين يدويًا بصورة فردية. يتم عرض اسم الملف في وصف المتغير.</p>" +#. helptext for popup - part 2/2 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Important:</b> You still can edit each individual configuration file " +"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>مهم:</b> ما يزال بإمكانك تحرير كل ملف تكوين يدويًا بصورة فردية. يتم عرض " +"اسم الملف في وصف المتغير.</p>" -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" msgstr "محرر etc/sysconfig/" -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:859 +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:859 msgid "&Default" msgstr "ا&فتراضي" -#. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings.</P>" -msgstr "<P><B>محرر تكوين النظام</B></P><P>يمكن من خلاله تغيير بعض إعدادات النظام. كما يمكن استخدام YaST لتكوين إعدادات الأجهزة والنظام.</P>" +#. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 +msgid "" +"<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration " +"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " +"configure your hardware and system settings.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>محرر تكوين النظام</B></P><P>يمكن من خلاله تغيير بعض إعدادات النظام. " +"كما يمكن استخدام YaST لتكوين إعدادات الأجهزة والنظام.</P>" -#. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files.</P>" -msgstr "<P><B>ملاحظة:</B> لا يتم ترجمة الأوصاف نظرًا لأنها تُقرأ مباشرة من ملفات التكوينات.</P>" +#. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because they are read " +"directly from configuration files.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>ملاحظة:</B> لا يتم ترجمة الأوصاف نظرًا لأنها تُقرأ مباشرة من ملفات " +"التكوينات.</P>" -#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 +#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 msgid "&Use Current Value" msgstr "است&خدام القيمة الحالية" -#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:879 +#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:879 msgid "&Add New Variable..." msgstr "إضافة متغ&ير جديد..." -#. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921 +#. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921 msgid "Save Modified Variables" msgstr "حفظ المتغيرات المُعدلة" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927 msgid "Confirm Each Activation Command" msgstr "تأكيد كل أمر تنشيط" -#. // popup dialog header -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:949 +#. // popup dialog header +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:949 msgid "Search Result" msgstr "نتيجة البحث" -#. help text in popup dialog -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "يتم عرض نتائج البحث هنا. عند ظهور العنصر الذي ترغب به، قم بتحديده ثم انقر فوق \"انتقال إلى\". كما يمكنك النقر فوق \"إلغاء\" لإغلاق هذا المربع." +#. help text in popup dialog +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 +msgid "" +"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " +"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "" +"يتم عرض نتائج البحث هنا. عند ظهور العنصر الذي ترغب به، قم بتحديده ثم انقر " +"فوق \"انتقال إلى\". كما يمكنك النقر فوق \"إلغاء\" لإغلاق هذا المربع." -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 msgid "&Go to" msgstr "انت&قال إلى" -#. popup message - search result message -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:981 +#. popup message - search result message +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:981 msgid "No entries found" msgstr "تعذر العثور على إدخالات" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:992 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:992 msgid "Help" msgstr "مساعدة" -#. search popup window header -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:33 +#. search popup window header +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:33 msgid "Search for a Configuration Variable" msgstr "البحث عن أحد متغيرات التكوين" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:41 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:41 msgid "&Search for:" msgstr "البح&ث عن:" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:44 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "&Case Sensitive Search" msgstr "بحث &مميز لحالة الأحرف" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:46 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:46 msgid "Search &Variable Name" msgstr "البحث عن اسم المت&غير" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:48 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Search &description" msgstr "و&صف البحث" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:50 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Search &value" msgstr "قيم&ة البحث" -#. table column header -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:132 +#. table column header +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:133 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "NEW VALUE" msgstr "قيمة جديدة" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Old Value" msgstr "القيمة القديمة" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "File" msgstr "ملف" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Description" msgstr "وصف" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:179 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:179 msgid "&Variable Name" msgstr "اسم المت&غير" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:181 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "V&alue" msgstr "القي&مة" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:186 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "&File Name" msgstr "اس&م الملف" -#. warning popup message - variable name is empty -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:210 +#. warning popup message - variable name is empty +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:210 msgid "Missing variable name value." msgstr "قيمة اسم المتغير المفقود." -#. warning popup message - file name is empty -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:214 +#. warning popup message - file name is empty +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:214 msgid "Missing file name value." msgstr "قيمة اسم الملف المفقود." -#. warning popup message - file name is required with absolute path -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:218 +#. warning popup message - file name is required with absolute path +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Missing absolute path in file name." msgstr "المسار المطلق مفقود في اسم الملف." -#. Read dialog help -#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -471,8 +492,8 @@ "<p><b><big>تهيئة تكوين sysconfig</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help -#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:21 +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -482,108 +503,108 @@ "الرجاء الانتظار...<br></p>\n" " \n" -#. Translation: Progress bar label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "يتم الآن البحث..." -#. button label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 msgid "S&kip" msgstr "تخ&طي" -#. write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين sysconfig" -#. progress bar item -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 msgid "Write the new settings" msgstr "كتابة الإعدادات الجديدة" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 msgid "Activate the changes" msgstr "تنشيط التغييرات" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ التغييرات إلى الملفات..." -#. start generic commands -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. configuration summary headline -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 msgid "Configuration Summary" msgstr "ملخص التكوين" -#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action -#. @see #exec_action -#. @param cmd [String] command to execute -#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 +#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param cmd [String] command to execute +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 msgid "Starting command: %1..." msgstr "بدء تشغيل الأمر: %1..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 msgid "Command %1 failed" msgstr "فشل الأمر %1" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 msgid "A command will be executed" msgstr "سيتم تنفيذ الأمر" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 msgid "Command: " msgstr "الأمر:" -#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action -#. @see #exec_action -#. @param name [String] service name -#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart -#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 +#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param name [String] service name +#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 msgid "Reloading service %s..." msgstr "جارِ إعادة تحميل الخدمة %s..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 msgid "Reload of the service %s failed" msgstr "فشل إعادة تحميل الخدمة %s" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 msgid "Service %s will be reloaded" msgstr "ستتم إعادة تحميل الخدمة %s" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 msgid "Restarting service %s..." msgstr "جارٍ إعادة تشغيل الخدمة %s..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 msgid "Restart of the service %s failed" msgstr "فشل إعادة تشغيل الخدمة %s" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 msgid "Service %s will be restarted" msgstr "ستتم إعادة تشغيل الخدمة %s" -#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) -#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil -#. -#. @param service name -#. @return [Boolean] active? -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 +#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) +#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil +#. +#. @param service name +#. @return [Boolean] active? +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:" msgstr "لا يمكن تحديد حالة الخدمة، لا توجد خدمة systemd:" -#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 msgid "Saving variable %1..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ المتغير %1..." -#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." msgstr "فشل حفظ المتغير %1 إلى الملف %2." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/tftp-server.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/tftp-server.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/tftp-server.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,123 +14,129 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. description map for command line -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:35 +#. description map for command line +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:35 msgid "Configure a TFTP server" msgstr "تكوين خادم TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "status" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:39 +#. command line: help text for "status" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:39 msgid "Status of the TFTP server" msgstr "حالة خادم TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "directory" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:49 +#. command line: help text for "directory" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:49 msgid "Directory of the TFTP server" msgstr "دليل خادم TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "enable" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:61 +#. command line: help text for "enable" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:61 msgid "Enable the TFTP service" msgstr "قم بتمكين خدمة TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "disable" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:67 +#. command line: help text for "disable" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:67 msgid "Disable the TFTP service" msgstr "قم بتعطيل خدمة TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "show" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:73 +#. command line: help text for "show" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:73 msgid "Show the status of the TFTP service" msgstr "قم بإظهار حالة خدمة TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "path" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:80 +#. command line: help text for "path" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:80 msgid "Set the directory for the TFTP server" msgstr "قم بتعيين الدليل الخاص بخادم TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "list" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:86 +#. command line: help text for "list" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:86 msgid "Show the directory for the TFTP server" msgstr "قم بإظهار الدليل الخاص بخادم TFTP" -#. command line: show status of tftp-server -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:120 +#. command line: show status of tftp-server +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:120 msgid "Service Status: %1" msgstr "حالة الخدمة: %1" -#. command line: show directory server by tftp-server -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:140 +#. command line: show directory server by tftp-server +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:140 msgid "Directory Path: %1" msgstr "مسار الدليل: %1" -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:43 -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:78 +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:43 +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:78 msgid "TFTP Server Configuration" msgstr "تكوين خادم TFTP" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:79 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "<p><big><b>Configuring a TFTP Server</b></big></p>" msgstr "<p><big><b>تكوين خادم TFTP</b></big></p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 -msgid "<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd.</p>" -msgstr "<p>استخدم هذا لتمكين خادم لـ TFTP (بروتوكول نقل الملفات غير المهمة). سيتم بدء تشغيل الخادم باستخدام xinetd.</p>" +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 +msgid "" +"<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). " +"The server will be started using xinetd.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>استخدم هذا لتمكين خادم لـ TFTP (بروتوكول نقل الملفات غير المهمة). سيتم " +"بدء تشغيل الخادم باستخدام xinetd.</p>" -#. enlighten newbies, #102946 -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:91 +#. enlighten newbies, #102946 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:91 msgid "<p>Note that TFTP and FTP are not the same.</p>" msgstr "<p>لاحظ أن TFTP وFTP مختلفين. </p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:96 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:96 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Image Directory</b>:\n" "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" -"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>\n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>دليل صورة التشغيل</b>:\n" "حدد الدليل الذي حفظت فيه ملفات الخدمة. القيمة المعتادة هي\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. سيتم إنشاء الدليل إذا كان غير موجود. \n" "يستخدم الخادم هذا كدليل أولي خاص به (باستخدام الخيار <tt>-s</tt> ).</p>\n" -#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 +#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "&Disable" msgstr "&تعطيل" -#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "&Enable" msgstr "ت&مكين" -#. Text entry label -#. Directory where served files (usually boot images) reside -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:134 +#. Text entry label +#. Directory where served files (usually boot images) reside +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "&Boot Image Directory" msgstr "&دليل نسخة محتويات التشغيل" -#. push button label -#. select a directory from the filesystem -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:137 +#. push button label +#. select a directory from the filesystem +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "استعرا&ض..." -#. push button label -#. display a log file -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:144 +#. push button label +#. display a log file +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:144 msgid "&View Log" msgstr "&عرض السجل" -#. error popup -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:207 +#. error popup +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:207 msgid "" "The directory must start with a slash (/)\n" "and must not contain spaces." @@ -138,19 +144,19 @@ "يجب أن يبدأ الدليل بالشرطة المائلة ( /)\n" "ويجب ألا يحتوي على مسافات ." -#. progress label -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:46 +#. progress label +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:46 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. progress label -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:81 +#. progress label +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:81 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "تهيئة ..." -#. error popup -#. %1 is a command name (or a comma (, ) separated list of them) -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:145 +#. error popup +#. %1 is a command name (or a comma (, ) separated list of them) +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:145 msgid "" "This module can only use xinetd to set up TFTP.\n" "However, another program is serving TFTP: %1.\n" @@ -160,24 +166,24 @@ "ويقوم برنامج آخر بتقديم TFTP: %1.\n" "خروج.\n" -#. xinetd may be needed for other services so we never turn it -#. off. It will exit anyway if no services are configured. -#. If it is running, restart it. -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:240 +#. xinetd may be needed for other services so we never turn it +#. off. It will exit anyway if no services are configured. +#. If it is running, restart it. +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:240 msgid "Cannot reload service %{name}" msgstr "تعذر إعادة تحميل الخدمة %{name}" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:303 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:303 msgid "TFTP Server Enabled:" msgstr "تم تمكين خادم TFTP:" -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:305 +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:305 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 msgid "Boot Image Directory:" msgstr "دليل نسخة محتويات التشغيل:" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/timezone_db.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/timezone_db.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/timezone_db.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,2458 +14,2458 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:23 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:23 msgid "Europe" msgstr "أوروبا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:25 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:25 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "هولندا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:27 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:27 msgid "Andorra" msgstr "أندورا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:28 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:28 msgid "Greece" msgstr "اليونان" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:30 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:30 msgid "Serbia" msgstr "صربيا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:31 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:31 msgid "Germany" msgstr "ألمانيا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:32 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:32 msgid "Slovakia" msgstr "سلوفاكيا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:33 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:33 msgid "Belgium" msgstr "بلجيكا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:34 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:34 msgid "Romania" msgstr "رومانيا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:35 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:35 msgid "Hungary" msgstr "المجر" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:36 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:36 msgid "Moldova" msgstr "مولدافا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:37 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:37 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "الدنمارك" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:38 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:38 msgid "Ireland" msgstr "أيرلندا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:39 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:39 msgid "Gibraltar" msgstr "جبل طارق" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:41 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:41 msgid "Guernsey" msgstr "غويرنسي" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:42 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:42 msgid "Finland" msgstr "فنلندا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:44 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:44 msgid "Isle of Man" msgstr "جزيرة مان" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:45 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:45 msgid "Turkey" msgstr "تركيا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:46 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:46 msgid "Jersey" msgstr "جيرسي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:48 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:48 msgid "Russia (Kaliningrad)" msgstr "روسيا (كالينجراد)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:50 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:50 msgid "Ukraine (Kiev)" msgstr "أوكرانيا (كييف)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:51 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:51 msgid "Portugal" msgstr "البرتغال" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:52 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:52 msgid "Slovenia" msgstr "سلوفينيا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:53 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:53 msgid "United Kingdom" msgstr "المملكة المتحدة" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:54 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:54 msgid "Luxembourg" msgstr "لوكسمبورغ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:56 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:56 msgid "Aaland Islands" msgstr "جزر أولان" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:57 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:57 msgid "Spain" msgstr "أسبانيا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:58 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:58 msgid "Malta" msgstr "مالطة" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:60 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:60 msgid "Belarus" msgstr "روسيا البيضاء" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:61 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:61 msgid "Monaco" msgstr "موناكو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:63 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:63 msgid "Russia (Moscow)" msgstr "(روسيا (موسكو" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:64 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:64 msgid "Norway" msgstr "النرويج" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:65 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:65 msgid "France" msgstr "فرنسا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:67 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:67 msgid "Montenegro" msgstr "الجبل الأسود" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:68 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:68 msgid "Czech Republic" msgstr "جمهورية التشيك" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:69 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:69 msgid "Latvia" msgstr "لاتفيا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:70 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:70 msgid "Italy" msgstr "إيطاليا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:72 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:72 msgid "San Marino" msgstr "سان مارينو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:74 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:74 msgid "Russia (Samara)" msgstr "روسيا (سمراء)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:75 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:75 msgid "Bosnia & Herzegovina" msgstr "البوسنة والهرسك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:77 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:77 msgid "Ukraine (Simferopol)" msgstr "أوكرانيا (سيمفروبول)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:78 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:78 msgid "Macedonia" msgstr "مقدونيا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:79 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:79 msgid "Bulgaria" msgstr "بلغاريا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:80 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:80 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "السويد" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:81 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:81 msgid "Estonia" msgstr "استونيا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:82 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:82 msgid "Albania" msgstr "البانيا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:83 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:83 msgid "Uzhgorod" msgstr "أوزجرود" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:84 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:84 msgid "Liechtenstein" msgstr "ليشتنشتاين" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:85 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:85 msgid "Vatican" msgstr "الفاتيكان" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:86 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:86 msgid "Austria" msgstr "النمسا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:87 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:87 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "ليتوانيا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:89 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:89 msgid "Russia (Volgograd)" msgstr "روسيا (فولجوجراد)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:90 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:90 msgid "Poland" msgstr "بولندا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:91 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:91 msgid "Croatia" msgstr "كرواتيا" -#. time zone +#. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 msgid "Iceland" msgstr "أيسلندا" -#. time zone +#. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 msgid "Azores" msgstr "أزورس" -#. time zone +#. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 msgid "Canary Islands" msgstr "جزر الكاناري" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:98 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:98 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "سويسرا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:100 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:100 msgid "Ukraine (Zaporozhye)" msgstr "أوكرانيا (زابوروزهي)" -#. time zone -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:103 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:908 +#. time zone +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:103 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:908 msgid "Miquelon" msgstr "مكولون" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:111 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:111 msgid "USA" msgstr "امريكا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:114 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:114 msgid "Alaska (Anchorage)" msgstr "ألاسكا (أنكوردج)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:116 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:116 msgid "Aleutian (Adak)" msgstr "ألوشيان (أداك)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:118 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:118 msgid "Boise" msgstr "بويز" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:120 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:120 msgid "Arizona (Phoenix)" msgstr "أريزونا (فينيكس)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:122 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:122 msgid "Central (Chicago)" msgstr "مركزي (شيكاغو)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:124 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:124 msgid "Kentucky (Louisville)" msgstr "كنتاكي (لوزيفيل)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:126 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:126 msgid "Kentucky (Monticello)" msgstr "كنتاكي (مونتيسيلو)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:128 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:128 msgid "East Indiana (Indianapolis)" msgstr "شرق إنديانا (إنديانابوليس)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:130 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:130 msgid "Indiana Starke (Knox)" msgstr "إنديانا ستاركي (كنوكس)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:132 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:132 msgid "Indiana (Vincennes)" msgstr "إنديانا (فينسينيس)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:134 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:134 msgid "Indiana (Winamac)" msgstr "إنديانا (ويناماك)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:136 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:136 msgid "Indiana (Marengo)" msgstr "إنديانا (مارينجو)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:138 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:138 msgid "Indiana (Vevay)" msgstr "إنديانا (فيفاي)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:140 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:140 msgid "Indiana (Tell City)" msgstr "إنديانا (تيل سيتي)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:142 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:142 msgid "Indiana (Petersburg)" msgstr "إنديانا (بطرسبرج)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:144 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:144 msgid "Juneau" msgstr "جونو" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:146 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:146 msgid "Michigan (Detroit)" msgstr "متشيجان (ديترويت)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:148 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:148 msgid "Mountain (Denver)" msgstr "جبل (دينفر)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:150 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:150 msgid "Pacific (Los Angeles)" msgstr "باسيفيك (لوس أنجلوس)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:152 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:152 msgid "Menominee" msgstr "مينوميني" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:154 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:154 msgid "Eastern (New York)" msgstr "إيسترن (نيويورك)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:156 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:156 msgid "Nome" msgstr "نوموسي" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:158 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:158 msgid "North Dakota (Center)" msgstr "داكوتا الشمالية (وسط)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:160 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:160 msgid "North Dakota (New Salem)" msgstr "داكوتا الشمالية (نيو سالم)" -#. time zone -#. TT -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:162 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:405 +#. time zone +#. TT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:162 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:405 msgid "Puerto Rico" msgstr "بورتوريكو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:164 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:164 msgid "Shiprock" msgstr "شيبروك" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:166 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:166 msgid "Virgin Islands (St Thomas)" msgstr "جزر فيرجين (سانت توماس)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:168 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:168 msgid "Yakutat" msgstr "ياكوتات" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:171 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:171 msgid "Hawaii (Honolulu)" msgstr "هاواي (هونولولو)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:173 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:173 msgid "Samoa (Pago Pago)" msgstr "ساموا (باجو باجو)" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:180 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:180 msgid "Canada" msgstr "كندا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:183 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:183 msgid "Atlantic (Halifax)" msgstr "أتلانتك (هاليفاكس)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:185 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:185 msgid "Central (Winnipeg)" msgstr "مركزي (وينبيج)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:187 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:187 msgid "Eastern (Toronto)" msgstr "الشرقي (تورونتو)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:189 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:189 msgid "Mountain (Edmonton)" msgstr "جبل (إدمنتون)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:191 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:191 msgid "Newfoundland (St Johns)" msgstr "نيوفاوندلاند (سانت جونز)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:193 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Pacific (Vancouver)" msgstr "باسيفيك (فانكوفر)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:195 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:195 msgid "Saskatchewan (Regina)" msgstr "ساسكاتشوان (ريجينا)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:197 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:197 msgid "Yukon (Whitehorse)" msgstr "يوكون (وايتهورس)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:199 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:199 msgid "Glace Bay" msgstr "جلاس باي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:201 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:201 msgid "Moncton" msgstr "مونكتون" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:203 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:203 msgid "Goose Bay" msgstr "جوس باي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:205 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Blanc-Sablon" msgstr "بلانك سابلون" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:207 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:207 msgid "Montreal" msgstr "مونتريال" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:209 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:209 msgid "Nipigon" msgstr "نيبيجون" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:211 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:211 msgid "Thunder Bay" msgstr "ثاندر باي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:213 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:213 msgid "Iqaluit" msgstr "إيكالويت" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:215 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:215 msgid "Pangnirtung" msgstr "بانجنيرتونج" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:217 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Resolute" msgstr "ريسولت" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:219 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:219 msgid "Atikokan" msgstr "أتيكوكان" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:221 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:221 msgid "Rankin Inlet" msgstr "رانكين إنليت" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:223 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:223 msgid "Rainy River" msgstr "رايني ريفر" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:225 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:225 msgid "Swift Current" msgstr "سويفت كرنت" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:227 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:227 msgid "Cambridge Bay" msgstr "كامبريدج باي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:229 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Yellowknife" msgstr "يلونايف" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:231 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:231 msgid "Inuvik" msgstr "إنيوفيك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:233 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:233 msgid "Dawson Creek" msgstr "داوسون كريك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:235 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:235 msgid "Dawson" msgstr "داوسون" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:243 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:243 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "الأرجنتين" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:246 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:246 msgid "Buenos Aires" msgstr "بوينوس أيرس" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:248 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:248 msgid "Catamarca" msgstr "كاتاماركا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:250 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:250 msgid "Cordoba" msgstr "كوردوبا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:252 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:252 msgid "Jujuy" msgstr "جوجوي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:254 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:254 msgid "La Rioja" msgstr "لا ريوجا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:256 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:256 msgid "Mendoza" msgstr "ميندوزا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:258 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:258 msgid "Rio Gallegos" msgstr "ريو جاييجوس" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:260 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:260 msgid "San Juan" msgstr "سان خوان" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:262 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:262 msgid "San Luis" msgstr "سان لويس" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:264 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:264 msgid "Tucuman" msgstr "توكومان" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:266 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:266 msgid "Ushuaia" msgstr "أوسوايا" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:273 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:273 msgid "Brazil" msgstr "البرازيل" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:276 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:276 msgid "Araguaina" msgstr "أراجوينا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:278 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:278 msgid "Bahia" msgstr "بايا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:280 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:280 msgid "Belem" msgstr "بيليم" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:282 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:282 msgid "Boa Vista" msgstr "بوافيستا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:284 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:284 msgid "Campo Grande" msgstr "كامبو جراندي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:286 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:286 msgid "Cuiaba" msgstr "كويابا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:288 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:288 msgid "Eirunepe" msgstr "ايرونبي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:290 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:290 msgid "Fortaleza" msgstr "فورتاليز" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:292 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:292 msgid "Maceio" msgstr "ماسيو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:294 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:294 msgid "Manaus" msgstr "ماناوس" -#. _("Brazil West"), -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:296 +#. _("Brazil West"), +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:296 msgid "Fernando de Noronha" msgstr "فيرناندو دو نورونها" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:298 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:298 msgid "Porto Velho" msgstr "بورتو فيلو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:300 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:300 msgid "Recife" msgstr "ريسايف" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:302 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:302 msgid "Rio Branco" msgstr "ريو برانكو" -#. _("Brazil Acre"), -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:304 +#. _("Brazil Acre"), +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:304 msgid "Sao Paulo" msgstr "ساو باولو" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:311 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:311 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "المكسيك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:315 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:315 msgid "Cancun" msgstr "كانكون" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:317 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:317 msgid "Chihuahua" msgstr "شيواوا" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:319 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:319 msgid "Hermosillo" msgstr "هيرموسيلو" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:321 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:321 msgid "Mazatlan" msgstr "مازاتلان" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:323 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:323 msgid "Mexico City" msgstr "ميكسيكو سيتي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:325 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:325 msgid "Merida" msgstr "ميريدا" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:327 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:327 msgid "Monterrey" msgstr "مونتري" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:329 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:329 msgid "Tijuana" msgstr "تيخوانا" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:336 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:336 msgid "Central and South America" msgstr "أمريكا الوسطى والجنوبية" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:339 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:339 msgid "Antigua" msgstr "أنتيجوا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:341 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:341 msgid "Anguilla" msgstr "أنجيلا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:343 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Aruba" msgstr "أروبا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:345 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:345 msgid "Asuncion" msgstr "أسانسيون" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:347 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:347 msgid "Barbados" msgstr "بربادوس" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:349 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:349 msgid "Belize" msgstr "بليز" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:351 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:351 msgid "Bogota" msgstr "بوجوتا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:353 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:353 msgid "Caracas" msgstr "كاراكاس" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:355 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:355 msgid "Cayenne" msgstr "كايين" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:357 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:357 msgid "Cayman Islands" msgstr "جزر كيمان" -#. KY -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:359 +#. KY +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:359 msgid "Costa Rica" msgstr "كوستاريكا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:361 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:361 msgid "Curacao" msgstr "كوراكاو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:363 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:363 msgid "Dominica" msgstr "دومينيكان" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:365 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:365 msgid "El Salvador" msgstr "السلفادور" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:367 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:367 msgid "Grand Turk" msgstr "جراند تورك" -#. TC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:369 +#. TC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:369 msgid "Guayaquil" msgstr "جواياكيل" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:371 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:371 msgid "Grenada" msgstr "غرينادا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:373 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Guadeloupe" msgstr "جوادلوب" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:375 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:375 msgid "Guatemala" msgstr "غواتيمالا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:377 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:377 msgid "Guyana" msgstr "جيانا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:379 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:379 msgid "Havana" msgstr "هافانا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:381 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:381 msgid "Jamaica" msgstr "جامايكا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:383 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:383 msgid "La Paz" msgstr "لاباز" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:385 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:385 msgid "Lima" msgstr "ليما" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:387 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Managua" msgstr "ماناجوا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:389 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:389 msgid "Martinique" msgstr "مارتينيك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:391 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:391 msgid "Montserrat" msgstr "مونتسيرات" -#. MS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:393 +#. MS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:393 msgid "Uruguay" msgstr "الأوروغواي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:395 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:395 msgid "Nassau" msgstr "ناسو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:397 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:397 msgid "Panama" msgstr "بنما" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:399 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:399 msgid "Paramaribo" msgstr "باراماريبو" -#. SR -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:401 +#. SR +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Port-au-Prince" msgstr "بورت او برينس" -#. HT -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:403 +#. HT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:403 msgid "Port of Spain" msgstr "بورت أوف سبين" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:407 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:407 msgid "Chile Continental" msgstr "تشيلي كونتيننتال" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:409 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:409 msgid "Santo Domingo" msgstr "سانتو دومينجو" -#. DO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:411 +#. DO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:411 msgid "Saint Lucia" msgstr "سانت لوشا" -#. LC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:413 +#. LC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:413 msgid "Saint Kitts and Nevis" msgstr "سانت كيتس ونيفيس" -#. KN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:415 +#. KN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:415 msgid "St Thomas" msgstr "سانت توماس" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:417 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:417 msgid "St Vincent" msgstr "سانت فينسنت" -#. VC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:419 +#. VC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:419 msgid "Tegucigalpa" msgstr "تيجوسيجالبا" -#. HN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:421 +#. HN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:421 msgid "Tortola" msgstr "تورتولا" -#. VG -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:424 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:884 +#. VG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:424 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:884 msgid "Stanley" msgstr "ستانلي" -#. Falklands -#. time zone -#. WS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:427 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:866 +#. Falklands +#. time zone +#. WS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:427 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:866 msgid "Easter Island" msgstr "جزيرة إيستر" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:429 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Galapagos" msgstr "جالاباجوس" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:436 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:436 msgid "Russia" msgstr "روسيا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:439 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:439 msgid "Kaliningrad" msgstr "كالينينغراد" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:441 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Moscow" msgstr "موسكو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:443 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:443 msgid "Samara" msgstr "سمراء" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:445 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:445 msgid "Volgograd" msgstr "فولجاجراد" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:447 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:489 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:447 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:489 msgid "Anadyr" msgstr "أنادير" -#. time zone -#. MN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:449 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:531 +#. time zone +#. MN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:449 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:531 msgid "Irkutsk" msgstr "إركوتسك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:451 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:543 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:451 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:543 msgid "Kamchatka" msgstr "كامشَتكا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:453 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:549 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:453 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:549 msgid "Krasnoyarsk" msgstr "كراسنويارسك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:455 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:559 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:455 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:559 msgid "Magadan" msgstr "مَجادان" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:457 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:569 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:457 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:569 msgid "Novosibirsk" msgstr "نوفوسيبيرسك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:459 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:571 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:459 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:571 msgid "Omsk" msgstr "أُمْسك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:461 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:589 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:461 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:589 msgid "Sakhalin" msgstr "ساخالين" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:463 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:599 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:463 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:599 msgid "Vladivostok" msgstr "فلاديفستك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:465 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:627 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:465 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:627 msgid "Yakutsk" msgstr "ياكوتسك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:467 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:601 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:467 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:601 msgid "Yekaterinburg" msgstr "يكاترينبورج" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:474 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:474 msgid "Asia" msgstr "اسيا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:477 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:477 msgid "Aden" msgstr "عدن" -#. YE -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:479 +#. YE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:479 msgid "Almaty" msgstr "الماتي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:481 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:481 msgid "Amman" msgstr "عمَّان" -#. JO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:483 +#. JO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:483 msgid "Aqtobe" msgstr "اكتوبي" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:485 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:485 msgid "Aqtau" msgstr "أكتا" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:487 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:487 msgid "Ashgabat" msgstr "عشق أباد" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:491 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:491 msgid "Baghdad" msgstr "بغداد" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:493 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:493 msgid "Bahrain" msgstr "البحرين" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:495 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:495 msgid "Baku" msgstr "باكو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:497 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:497 msgid "Bangkok" msgstr "بانجكوك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:499 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:499 msgid "Beirut" msgstr "بيروت" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:501 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:501 msgid "Bishkek" msgstr "بيشكِكْ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:503 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:503 msgid "Brunei" msgstr "بروناى" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:505 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:505 msgid "Kolkata" msgstr "كولكاتا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:507 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:507 msgid "Choibalsan" msgstr "شويبالسان" -#. MN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:509 +#. MN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:509 msgid "Chongqing" msgstr "شونجنج" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:511 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:511 msgid "Colombo" msgstr "كولومبو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:513 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:513 msgid "Damascus" msgstr "دمشق" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:515 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:515 msgid "Dhaka" msgstr "داكّا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:517 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:517 msgid "Dili" msgstr "ديلي" -#. TL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:519 +#. TL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:519 msgid "Dubai" msgstr "دبي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:521 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:521 msgid "Dushanbe" msgstr "دوشانبي" -#. TJ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:523 +#. TJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:523 msgid "Gaza" msgstr "غزة" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:525 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:525 msgid "Harbin" msgstr "هابرين" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:527 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:527 msgid "Hongkong" msgstr "هونج كونج" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:529 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:529 msgid "Hovd" msgstr "هوفد" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:533 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:533 msgid "Jakarta" msgstr "جاكرتا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:535 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:535 msgid "Jayapura" msgstr "جايابورا" -#. ID -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:537 +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:537 msgid "Israel" msgstr "اسرائيل" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:539 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:539 msgid "Afghanistan" msgstr "افغانستان" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:541 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:541 msgid "Karachi" msgstr "كاراتشي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:545 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:545 msgid "Kashgar" msgstr "كاشجار" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:547 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:547 msgid "Kathmandu" msgstr "Kathmandu" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:551 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:551 msgid "Kuala Lumpur" msgstr "كوالالمبور" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:553 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:553 msgid "Kuching" msgstr "كوشنغ" -#. MY -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:555 +#. MY +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:555 msgid "Kuwait" msgstr "الكويت" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:557 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:557 msgid "Macao" msgstr "ماكاو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:561 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:561 msgid "Makassar" msgstr "ماكاسار" -#. ID -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:563 +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:563 msgid "Manila" msgstr "مانيلا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:565 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:565 msgid "Muscat" msgstr "مسقط" -#. OM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:567 +#. OM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:567 msgid "Nicosia" msgstr "نيقوسيا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:573 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:573 msgid "Oral" msgstr "أورال" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:575 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:575 msgid "Phnom Penh" msgstr "فنوم بن" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:577 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:577 msgid "Pontianak" msgstr "بونتياناك" -#. ID -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:579 +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:579 msgid "Pyongyang" msgstr "بيونج يانج" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:581 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:581 msgid "Qatar" msgstr "قطر" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:583 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:583 msgid "Qyzylorda" msgstr "كيزيلوردا" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:585 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:585 msgid "Myanmar" msgstr "ميانمار" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587 msgid "Ho Chi Minh City" msgstr "مدينة هو شي منه" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591 msgid "Samarkand" msgstr "سمرقند" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:593 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:593 msgid "Tashkent" msgstr "تاشكنت" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:595 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:595 msgid "Tehran" msgstr "طهران" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:597 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:597 msgid "Thimphu" msgstr "تيمفو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:603 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:603 msgid "Tokyo" msgstr "طوكيو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:605 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:605 msgid "Shanghai" msgstr "شنغهاي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:607 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:607 msgid "Beijing" msgstr "بكين" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:609 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:609 msgid "Taipei" msgstr "تايباي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:611 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:611 msgid "Seoul" msgstr "سيول" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:613 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:613 msgid "Riyadh" msgstr "الرياض" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:615 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:615 msgid "Singapore" msgstr "سنغفورا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:617 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:617 msgid "Tbilisi" msgstr "تبليسي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:619 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:619 msgid "Japan" msgstr "اليابان" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:621 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:621 msgid "Ulan Bator" msgstr "أولان باتور" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:623 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:623 msgid "Urumqi" msgstr "أورومكي" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:625 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:625 msgid "Vientiane" msgstr "فينتيان" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:629 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:629 msgid "Yerevan" msgstr "يريفان" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:632 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:632 msgid "Mideast Riyadh87" msgstr "الرياض 87" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:634 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:634 msgid "Mideast Riyadh88" msgstr "الرياض 88" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:636 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:636 msgid "Mideast Riyadh89" msgstr "الرياض 89" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:644 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:644 msgid "Australia" msgstr "أستراليا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:647 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Lindeman" msgstr "لينديمان" -#. AU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:649 +#. AU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:649 msgid "Eucla" msgstr "إيكلا" -#. AU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:651 +#. AU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:651 msgid "Lord Howe Island" msgstr "لورد هو أيلاند" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:653 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:653 msgid "Northern Territory (Darwin)" msgstr "الإقليم الشمالي (داروين)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:655 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:655 msgid "Queensland (Brisbane)" msgstr "كوينز لاند (بريسباين)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:657 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:657 msgid "South Australia (Adelaide)" msgstr "جنوب أستراليا (أديلايد)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:659 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:659 msgid "New South Wales (Sydney)" msgstr "نيو ساوث ويلز (سيدني)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:661 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:661 msgid "New South Wales (Broken Hill)" msgstr "نيو ساوث ويلز (بروكين هيل)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:663 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:663 msgid "Tasmania (Hobart)" msgstr "تاسمانيا (هوبارت)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:665 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:665 msgid "Tasmania (Currie)" msgstr "تاسمانيا (كيري)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:667 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:667 msgid "Victoria (Melbourne)" msgstr "فيكتوريا (ملبورن)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:669 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Western Australia (Perth)" msgstr "جنوب أستراليا--برث" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:677 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:677 msgid "Africa" msgstr "افريقيا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:681 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:681 msgid "Abidjan" msgstr "أبيدجان" -#. CI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:683 +#. CI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:683 msgid "Addis Ababa" msgstr "أديس أبابا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:685 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:685 msgid "Algiers" msgstr "الجزائر" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:687 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:687 msgid "Asmara" msgstr "أسمرة" -#. ER -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:689 +#. ER +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:689 msgid "Accra" msgstr "أكرا" -#. GH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:691 +#. GH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Bamako" msgstr "باماكو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:693 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:693 msgid "Bangui" msgstr "بانغي" -#. CF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:695 +#. CF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:695 msgid "Banjul" msgstr "بنجول" -#. GM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:697 +#. GM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:697 msgid "Bissau" msgstr "بيساو" -#. GW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:699 +#. GW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:699 msgid "Blantyre" msgstr "بلانتاير" -#. MW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:701 +#. MW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:701 msgid "Brazzaville" msgstr "برازافيل" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:703 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:703 msgid "Bujumbura" msgstr "بوجمبورا" -#. BI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:705 +#. BI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:705 msgid "Cairo" msgstr "القاهرة" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:707 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:707 msgid "Casablanca" msgstr "المغرب" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:709 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:709 msgid "Ceuta" msgstr "سيوتا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:711 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:711 msgid "Conakry" msgstr "كوناكري" -#. GN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:713 +#. GN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:713 msgid "Dakar" msgstr "داكار" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:715 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:715 msgid "Dar es Salaam" msgstr "دار السلام" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:717 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:717 msgid "Djibouti" msgstr "جيبوتي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:719 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:719 msgid "Douala" msgstr "دوالا" -#. CM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:721 +#. CM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:721 msgid "El Aaiun" msgstr "العيون" -#. EH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:723 +#. EH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:723 msgid "Freetown" msgstr "فري تاون" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:725 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:725 msgid "Gaborone" msgstr "جابورن" -#. BW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:727 +#. BW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:727 msgid "Harare" msgstr "هاراري" -#. ZW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:729 +#. ZW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:729 msgid "Johannesburg" msgstr "جوهنسبرغ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:731 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:731 msgid "Kampala" msgstr "كامبالا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:733 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:733 msgid "Khartoum" msgstr "الخرطوم" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:735 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:735 msgid "Kinshasa" msgstr "كينشاسا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:737 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:737 msgid "Kigali" msgstr "كيغالي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:739 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:739 msgid "Lagos" msgstr "لاغوس" -#. NG -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:741 +#. NG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:741 msgid "Libreville" msgstr "ليبرفيــل" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:743 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:743 msgid "Lome" msgstr "لومي" -#. TG -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:745 +#. TG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:745 msgid "Luanda" msgstr "لواندا" -#. AO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:747 +#. AO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:747 msgid "Lubumbashi" msgstr "لوبومباشي" -#. CD -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:749 +#. CD +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:749 msgid "Lusaka" msgstr "لوكاسا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:751 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:751 msgid "Malabo" msgstr "مالابو" -#. GQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:753 +#. GQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:753 msgid "Maputo" msgstr "مابوتو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:755 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:755 msgid "Maseru" msgstr "ماسيرو" -#. LS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:757 +#. LS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:757 msgid "Mbabane" msgstr "مبابان" -#. SZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:759 +#. SZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:759 msgid "Mogadishu" msgstr "مقديشيو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:761 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:761 msgid "Monrovia" msgstr "مونروفيا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:763 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:763 msgid "Nairobi" msgstr "نيروبي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:765 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:765 msgid "Ndjamena" msgstr "نجامينا" -#. TD -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:767 +#. TD +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:767 msgid "Niamey" msgstr "نيامي" -#. NE -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:769 +#. NE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:769 msgid "Nouakchott" msgstr "نواكشوط" -#. MR -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:771 +#. MR +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:771 msgid "Ouagadougou" msgstr "واجادوجو" -#. BF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:773 +#. BF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:773 msgid "Porto-Novo" msgstr "بورتو نوفو" -#. BJ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:775 +#. BJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:775 msgid "Sao Tome" msgstr "ساوتومي" -#. ST -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:777 +#. ST +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:777 msgid "Tripoli" msgstr "طرابلس" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:779 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:779 msgid "Tunis" msgstr "تونس" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:781 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:781 msgid "Windhoek" msgstr "ويندهوك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:784 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:784 msgid "Antananarivo" msgstr "انتاناناريفو" -#. Madagascar -#. time zone -#. MV -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:786 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:932 +#. Madagascar +#. time zone +#. MV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:786 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:932 msgid "Reunion" msgstr "ريونيون" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:793 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:793 msgid "Pacific" msgstr "الباسيفيكي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:796 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:796 msgid "New Zealand" msgstr "نيوزيلاندا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:798 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:798 msgid "Fiji" msgstr "فيجي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:800 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:800 msgid "Guadalcanal" msgstr "غوادالكانال" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:802 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:802 msgid "Guam" msgstr "جوام" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:804 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:804 msgid "Midway" msgstr "منتصف" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:806 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:806 msgid "Nauru" msgstr "ناورو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:808 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:808 msgid "Palau" msgstr "بالاو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:810 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:810 msgid "Pitcairn" msgstr "بيتكيرن" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:812 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:812 msgid "Tahiti" msgstr "تاهيتي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:814 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:814 msgid "Samoa" msgstr "ساموا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:816 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:816 msgid "Port_Moresby" msgstr "بورت مورسباى" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:818 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:818 msgid "Rarotonga" msgstr "راروتونجا" -#. CK -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:820 +#. CK +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:820 msgid "Chuuk" msgstr "تشوك" -#. FM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:822 +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:822 msgid "Pohnpei" msgstr "بوهنبي" -#. FM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:824 +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:824 msgid "Kosrae" msgstr "كوسراي" -#. FM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:826 +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:826 msgid "Tarawa" msgstr "تاراوا" -#. KI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:828 +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:828 msgid "Enderbury" msgstr "اندروبوري" -#. KI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:830 +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:830 msgid "Kiritimati" msgstr "كيريتيماتي" -#. KI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:832 +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:832 msgid "Majuro" msgstr "ماجورو" -#. MH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:834 +#. MH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:834 msgid "Kwajalein" msgstr "كواجالين" -#. MH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:836 +#. MH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:836 msgid "Saipan" msgstr "سايبان" -#. MP -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:838 +#. MP +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:838 msgid "Noumea" msgstr "نوميا" -#. NC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:840 +#. NC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:840 msgid "Norfolk" msgstr "نورفولك" -#. NF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:842 +#. NF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:842 msgid "Niue" msgstr "نيوي" -#. NU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:844 +#. NU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:844 msgid "Chatham" msgstr "شاتام" -#. NZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:846 +#. NZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:846 msgid "Marquesas" msgstr "ماركيزس" -#. PF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:848 +#. PF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:848 msgid "Gambier" msgstr "جامبير" -#. PF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:850 +#. PF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:850 msgid "Fakaofo" msgstr "فاكاوفو" -#. TK -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:852 +#. TK +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:852 msgid "Tongatapu" msgstr "تونغاتابو" -#. TO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:854 +#. TO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:854 msgid "Funafuti" msgstr "فونافوتي" -#. TV -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:856 +#. TV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:856 msgid "Johnston" msgstr "جونستون" -#. UM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:858 +#. UM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:858 msgid "Wake" msgstr "وايك" -#. UM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:860 +#. UM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:860 msgid "Efate" msgstr "إيفاتي" -#. VU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:862 +#. VU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:862 msgid "Wallis" msgstr "والس" -#. WF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:864 +#. WF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:864 msgid "Apia" msgstr "آبيا" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:873 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:873 msgid "Atlantic" msgstr "الأطلنطي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:876 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:876 msgid "Bermuda" msgstr "برمودا" -#. Falklands -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:886 +#. Falklands +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:886 msgid "Cape Verde" msgstr "الرأس الأخضر" -#. CV -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:888 +#. CV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:888 msgid "Faroe Islands" msgstr "جزر فيرو" -#. FO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:890 +#. FO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:890 msgid "South Georgia" msgstr "ساوث جيورجيا" -#. GS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:892 +#. GS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:892 msgid "Madeira" msgstr "ماديرا" -#. PT -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:894 +#. PT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:894 msgid "St Helena" msgstr "سانت هيلين" -#. SH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:896 +#. SH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:896 msgid "Jan Mayen" msgstr "جان مايان" -#. SJ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:899 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:951 +#. SJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:899 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:951 msgid "Greenland (Nuuk)" msgstr "جرينلاند نووك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:901 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:953 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:901 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:953 msgid "Greenland (Danmarkshavn)" msgstr "جرينلاند (دانماركشافن)" -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:903 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:955 +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:903 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:955 msgid "Greenland (Scoresbysund)" msgstr "جرينلاند (سكورسبيسوند)" -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:905 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:957 +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:905 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:957 msgid "Greenland (Thule)" msgstr "جرينلاند (ثول)" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:916 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:916 msgid "Indian Ocean" msgstr "المحيط الهندي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:920 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:920 msgid "Cocos Islands" msgstr "جزر كوكوس" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:922 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:922 msgid "Christmas Island" msgstr "جزيرة الكريسماس" -#. CX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:924 +#. CX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:924 msgid "Chagos" msgstr "شاجوس" -#. IO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:926 +#. IO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:926 msgid "Comoro" msgstr "جزر القمر" -#. KM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:928 +#. KM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:928 msgid "Mauritius" msgstr "موريشيوس" -#. MU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:930 +#. MU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:930 msgid "Maldives" msgstr "جزر المالديف" -#. RE -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:934 +#. RE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:934 msgid "Mahe" msgstr "ماهي" -#. SC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:936 +#. SC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:936 msgid "Kerguelen" msgstr "كيرجويلين" -#. TF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:938 +#. TF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:938 msgid "Mayotte" msgstr "مايوت" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:945 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:945 msgid "Global" msgstr "عالمي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:948 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:948 msgid "Arctic Longyearbyen" msgstr "أركتيك لونجيربن" -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:960 +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:960 msgid "Antarctica (South Pole)" msgstr "أنتاركتيكا (القطب الجنوبي)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:962 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:962 msgid "Antarctica (McMurdo)" msgstr "أنتاركتيكا (ماكموردو)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:964 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:964 msgid "Antarctica (Rothera)" msgstr "أنتاركتيكا (روسيرا)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:966 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:966 msgid "Antarctica (Palmer)" msgstr "أنتاركتيكا (بالمر)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:968 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:968 msgid "Antarctica (Mawson)" msgstr "أنتاركتيكا (ماوسون)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:970 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:970 msgid "Antarctica (Davis)" msgstr "أنتاركتيكا (دافيس)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:972 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:972 msgid "Antarctica (Casey)" msgstr "أنتاركتيكا (كاسي)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:974 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:974 msgid "Antarctica (Vostok)" msgstr "أنتاركتيكا (فوستك)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:976 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:976 msgid "Antarctica (DumontDUrville)" msgstr "أنتاركتيكا (ديمونت دي يورفيل)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:978 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:978 msgid "Antarctica (Syowa)" msgstr "أنتاركتيكا (سايووا)" -#. AQ -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:980 +#. AQ +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:980 msgid "CET" msgstr "CET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:981 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:981 msgid "CST6CDT" msgstr "CST6CDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:982 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:982 msgid "EET" msgstr "EET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:983 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:983 msgid "EST" msgstr "EST" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:984 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:984 msgid "EST5EDT" msgstr "EST5EDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:985 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1036 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:985 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1036 msgid "GMT" msgstr "GMT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:986 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1037 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:986 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1037 msgid "GMT+0" msgstr "GMT+0" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:987 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1038 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:987 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1038 msgid "GMT-0" msgstr "GMT-0" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:988 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1039 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:988 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1039 msgid "GMT0" msgstr "GMT0" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:989 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1040 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:989 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1040 msgid "Greenwich" msgstr "جرين ويتش" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:990 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:990 msgid "HST" msgstr "HST" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:991 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:991 msgid "MET" msgstr "MET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:992 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:992 msgid "MST" msgstr "MST" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:993 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:993 msgid "MST7MDT" msgstr "MST7MDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:994 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:994 msgid "NZ" msgstr "NZ" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:995 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:995 msgid "NZ-CHAT" msgstr "NZ-CHAT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:996 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:996 msgid "Navajo" msgstr "نافاجو" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:997 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:997 msgid "PST8PDT" msgstr "PST8PDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:998 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1041 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:998 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1041 msgid "UCT" msgstr "UCT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:999 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1042 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:999 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1042 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1000 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1043 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1000 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1043 msgid "Universal" msgstr "عالمي" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1001 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1001 msgid "W-SU" msgstr "W-SU" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1002 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1002 msgid "WET" msgstr "WET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1003 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1044 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1003 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1044 msgid "Zulu" msgstr "الزولو" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1008 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1008 msgid "Etc" msgstr "غير ذلك" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1010 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1010 msgid "GMT+1" msgstr "GMT+1" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1011 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1011 msgid "GMT+10" msgstr "GMT+10" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1012 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1012 msgid "GMT+11" msgstr "GMT+11" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1013 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1013 msgid "GMT+12" msgstr "GMT+12" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1014 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1014 msgid "GMT+2" msgstr "GMT+2" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1015 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1015 msgid "GMT+3" msgstr "GMT+3" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1016 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1016 msgid "GMT+4" msgstr "GMT+4" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1017 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1017 msgid "GMT+5" msgstr "GMT+5" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1018 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1018 msgid "GMT+6" msgstr "GMT+6" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1019 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1019 msgid "GMT+7" msgstr "GMT+7" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1020 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1020 msgid "GMT+8" msgstr "GMT+8" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1021 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1021 msgid "GMT+9" msgstr "GMT+9" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1022 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1022 msgid "GMT-1" msgstr "GMT-1" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1023 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1023 msgid "GMT-10" msgstr "GMT-10" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1024 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1024 msgid "GMT-11" msgstr "GMT-11" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1025 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1025 msgid "GMT-12" msgstr "GMT-12" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1026 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1026 msgid "GMT-13" msgstr "GMT-13" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1027 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1027 msgid "GMT-14" msgstr "GMT-14" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1028 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1028 msgid "GMT-2" msgstr "GMT-2" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1029 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1029 msgid "GMT-3" msgstr "GMT-3" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1030 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1030 msgid "GMT-4" msgstr "GMT-4" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1031 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1031 msgid "GMT-5" msgstr "GMT-5" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1032 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1032 msgid "GMT-6" msgstr "GMT-6" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1033 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1033 msgid "GMT-7" msgstr "GMT-7" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1034 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1034 msgid "GMT-8" msgstr "GMT-8" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 msgid "GMT-9" msgstr "GMT-9" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/tune.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/tune.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/tune.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: tune\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,133 +14,152 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 -msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "اكتشاف الأجهزة - لا تدعم هذه الوحدة النمطية واجهة سطر الأوامر، استخدم '%1' بدلاً منها." +#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 +msgid "" +"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"اكتشاف الأجهزة - لا تدعم هذه الوحدة النمطية واجهة سطر الأوامر، استخدم '%1' " +"بدلاً منها." -#. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 +#. translators: popup heading +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "يتم الآن فحص الأجهزة..." -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "تقدم" -#. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 +#. title label +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "&كافة الإدخالات" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "ح&فظ إلى ملف..." -#. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 +#. dialog header +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "معلومات الأجهزة" -#. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 +#. help text +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "<P>The <B>Hardware Information</B> module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P>تعرض الوحدة النمطية <B>لمعلومات الأجهزة</B> تفاصيل\n" -"الأجهزة الموجودة بجهاز الكمبيوتر الخاص بك. انقر فوق أي نقطة من نقاط التوصيل للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات.</p>\n" +"الأجهزة الموجودة بجهاز الكمبيوتر الخاص بك. انقر فوق أي نقطة من نقاط التوصيل " +"للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 -msgid "<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> and enter the filename.</P>" -msgstr "<P>يمكنك حفظ معلومات الأجهزة إلى أحد الملفات. انقر فوق <B>حفظ إلى ملف</B> ثم أدخل اسم الملف.</P>" +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 +msgid "" +"<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> " +"and enter the filename.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>يمكنك حفظ معلومات الأجهزة إلى أحد الملفات. انقر فوق <B>حفظ إلى ملف</B> ثم " +"أدخل اسم الملف.</P>" -#. installation proposal header -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 msgid "System and Hardware Settings" msgstr "إعدادات النظام والأجهزة" -#. this is a heading -#. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#. this is a heading +#. tree node string +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "النظام" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "الن&ظام" -#. tree widget label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:87 +#. tree widget label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:87 msgid "&Details" msgstr "ت&فاصيل" -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are displayed here.</P>" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are " +"displayed here.</P>" msgstr "<P><B>التفاصيل</B></P><P>يتم عرض تفاصيل مكون الجهاز المحدد هنا.</P>" -#. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 +#. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 msgid "Component '%1'" msgstr "المكون '%1'" -#. device model name fallback -#. device model is unknown -#. device name (CPU model name string has key "name" instead of "model") -#. TODO allow setting of module args? -#. vendor is empty, device name is unknown -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:143 src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:228 -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:280 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:281 -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:418 +#. device model name fallback +#. device model is unknown +#. device name (CPU model name string has key "name" instead of "model") +#. TODO allow setting of module args? +#. vendor is empty, device name is unknown +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:143 src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:228 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:280 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:281 +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:418 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "جهاز غير معروف" -#. device class is unknown -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:154 +#. device class is unknown +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:154 msgid "Unknown device class" msgstr "طبقة جهاز غير معروفة" -#. table header -#. tree node string - means "class of hardware" -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:373 -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:56 +#. table header +#. tree node string - means "class of hardware" +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:373 +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:56 msgid "Class" msgstr "طبقة" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:663 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:663 msgid "Model" msgstr "الطراز" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:170 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:170 msgid "&Kernel Settings..." msgstr "إ&عدادات Kernel..." -#. push button label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:173 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:173 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "الت&فاصيل..." -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:174 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:174 msgid "Save to &File..." msgstr "حفظ إلى ملف..." -#. help text - part 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components detected in your system.</P>" -msgstr "<P><B>الأجهزة المكتشفة</B><BR>يحتوي هذا الجدول على كافة مكونات الأجهزة التي تم اكتشافها على النظام.</P>" +#. help text - part 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components " +"detected in your system.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>الأجهزة المكتشفة</B><BR>يحتوي هذا الجدول على كافة مكونات الأجهزة التي " +"تم اكتشافها على النظام.</P>" -#. help text - part 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a more detailed description of the component.</P>" -msgstr "<P><B>التفاصيل</B><BR>حدد أحد المكونات، ثم اضغط <B>التفاصيل</B> لمشاهدة مزيد من الوصف التفصيلي للمكون.</P>" +#. help text - part 2/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a " +"more detailed description of the component.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>التفاصيل</B><BR>حدد أحد المكونات، ثم اضغط <B>التفاصيل</B> لمشاهدة مزيد " +"من الوصف التفصيلي للمكون.</P>" -#. help text - part 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 +#. help text - part 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 msgid "" "<P><B>Save to File</B><BR>You can save\n" " hardware information (<I>hwinfo</I> output) to a file.</P>" @@ -148,969 +167,1000 @@ "<P><B>حفظ إلى ملف</B><BR>يمكنك حفظ\n" " معلومات الأجهزة (مخرج <I>hwinfo</I>) إلى ملف.</P>" -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 msgid "Detected Hardware" msgstr "الأجهزة المكتشفة" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/system_settings_finish.rb:45 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/system_settings_finish.rb:45 msgid "Saving system settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ إعدادات النظام..." -#. text in dialog header -#. text in dialog header -#. dialog header -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:95 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:262 -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:439 +#. text in dialog header +#. text in dialog header +#. dialog header +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:95 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:262 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:439 msgid "PCI ID Setup" msgstr "إعداد معرف PCI" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:103 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:269 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:103 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:269 msgid "&Driver" msgstr "برنامج الت&شغيل" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:110 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:110 msgid "&Vendor" msgstr "ال&بائع" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:117 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:117 msgid "&Subvendor" msgstr "البائع الفرعي" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:124 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:124 msgid "&Class" msgstr "&طبقة" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:133 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:276 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:133 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:276 msgid "Sys&FS Directory" msgstr "دليل Sys&FS" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:140 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:140 msgid "&Device" msgstr "الجها&ز" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:147 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:147 msgid "S&ubdevice" msgstr "جهاز فر&عي" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:154 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:154 msgid "Class &Mask" msgstr "قناع الطب&قة" -#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty. one is needed -#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:197 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:314 +#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty. one is needed +#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:197 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:314 msgid "Enter the driver or SysFS directory name." msgstr "أدخل اسم برنامج التشغيل أو اسم دليل SysFS." -#. error message, user didn't fill any PCI ID value -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:204 +#. error message, user didn't fill any PCI ID value +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:204 msgid "At least one PCI ID value is required." msgstr "مطلوب قيمة معرف PCI واحد على الأقل." -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:286 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:286 msgid "PCI &Device" msgstr "جها&ز PCI" -#. table header, use as short texts as possible -#. tree node string - means "hardware driver" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:366 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:96 +#. table header, use as short texts as possible +#. tree node string - means "hardware driver" +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:366 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:96 msgid "Driver" msgstr "برنامج التشغيل" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:367 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:367 msgid "Card Name" msgstr "اسم البطاقة" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:368 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:336 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:368 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:336 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "البائع" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:369 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:81 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:369 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:81 msgid "Device" msgstr "الجهاز" -#. table header, use as short texts as possible -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:371 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:321 +#. table header, use as short texts as possible +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:371 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:321 msgid "Subvendor" msgstr "البائع الفرعي" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:372 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:372 msgid "Subdevice" msgstr "الجهاز الفرعي" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:374 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:374 msgid "Class Mask" msgstr "القناع الطبقة" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:375 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:375 msgid "SysFS Dir." msgstr "دليل SysFS." -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:383 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:383 msgid "&From List" msgstr "&قائمة مِن" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:384 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:384 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "ي&دويًا" -#. help text header -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:409 +#. help text header +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:409 msgid "<P><B>PCI ID Setup</B><BR></P>" msgstr "<P><B>إعداد معرف PCI</B><BR></P>" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices.</P>" -msgstr "<P>من الممكن إضافة معرف PCI إلى برنامج تشغيل أحد الأجهزة لتوسيع قاعدة البيانات الداخلية الخاصة به والتي تتعلق بالأجهزة المدعمة.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 +msgid "" +"<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " +"database of known supported devices.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>من الممكن إضافة معرف PCI إلى برنامج تشغيل أحد الأجهزة لتوسيع قاعدة " +"البيانات الداخلية الخاصة به والتي تتعلق بالأجهزة المدعمة.</P>" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>" -msgstr "<P>يتم إدخال أرقام معرف PCI وعرضها على هيئة أرقام ست عشرية. <b>SysFS Dir.</b> هو اسم الدليل الموجود في /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. في حالة كونه فارغًا، يتم استخدام اسم برنامج التشغيل كاسم الدليل.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 +msgid "" +"<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS " +"Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " +"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>يتم إدخال أرقام معرف PCI وعرضها على هيئة أرقام ست عشرية. <b>SysFS Dir.</" +"b> هو اسم الدليل الموجود في /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. في حالة كونه " +"فارغًا، يتم استخدام اسم برنامج التشغيل كاسم الدليل.</P>" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>" -msgstr "<P>في حالة تحويل برنامج التشغيل إلى محرك الشبكة، اترك اسم برنامج التشغيل خاليًا وأدخل اسم دليل SysFS بدلاً منه.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 +msgid "" +"<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty " +"and enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>في حالة تحويل برنامج التشغيل إلى محرك الشبكة، اترك اسم برنامج التشغيل " +"خاليًا وأدخل اسم دليل SysFS بدلاً منه.</P>" -#. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 -msgid "<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>%1</b> to activate the settings.</P>" -msgstr "<P>استخدم الأزرار الموجودة أسفل الجدول لتغيير قائمة معرفات PCI. اضغط <b>%1</b> لتنشيط الإعدادات.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 +msgid "" +"<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>" +"%1</b> to activate the settings.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>استخدم الأزرار الموجودة أسفل الجدول لتغيير قائمة معرفات PCI. اضغط <b>%1</" +"b> لتنشيط الإعدادات.</P>" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing.</P>" -msgstr "<P><B>تحذير:</B> هذا التكوين للخبراء. قم بالمتابعة في حالة كونك متأكدًا مما تقوم به.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you " +"know what you are doing.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>تحذير:</B> هذا التكوين للخبراء. قم بالمتابعة في حالة كونك متأكدًا مما " +"تقوم به.</P>" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "هيكل" -#. tree node string - means "hardware bus" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:31 +#. tree node string - means "hardware bus" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:31 msgid "Bus" msgstr "الناقل" -#. tree node string - means "hardware bus ID" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:36 +#. tree node string - means "hardware bus ID" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:36 msgid "Bus ID" msgstr "معرف الناقل" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:41 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:593 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:41 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:593 msgid "Cache" msgstr "الذاكرة المؤقتة" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:46 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:51 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:46 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:51 msgid "Card Type" msgstr "نوع البطاقة" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:61 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:61 msgid "CD Type" msgstr "نوع القرص المضغوط" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:66 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:66 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "اسم الجهاز" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:71 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:71 msgid "Device Numbers" msgstr "أرقام الأجهزة" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:76 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:221 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:76 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:221 msgid "Sysfs ID" msgstr "معرف Sysfs" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:86 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:86 msgid "Device Identifier" msgstr "معرف الجهاز" -#. tree node string - means "hardware drivers" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:91 +#. tree node string - means "hardware drivers" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:91 msgid "Drivers" msgstr "برامج التشغيل" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:101 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:101 msgid "Type" msgstr "النوع" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:106 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:106 msgid "Major" msgstr "الرئيسي" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:111 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:111 msgid "Minor" msgstr "الثانوي" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:116 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:116 msgid "Range" msgstr "النطاق" -#. tree node string (System Management BIOS) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:121 +#. tree node string (System Management BIOS) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:121 msgid "SMBIOS" msgstr "SMBIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:126 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:126 msgid "Interface" msgstr "الواجهة" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:131 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:131 msgid "Resources" msgstr "الموارد" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:136 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:136 msgid "Requires" msgstr "يتطلب" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:141 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:141 msgid "Revision" msgstr "مراجعة" -#. tree node string - location of hardware in the machine -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:146 +#. tree node string - location of hardware in the machine +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:146 msgid "Slot ID" msgstr "معرف الفتحة" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:151 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:151 msgid "Length" msgstr "الطول" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:156 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:156 msgid "Width" msgstr "العرض" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:161 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:161 msgid "Height" msgstr "الارتفاع" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:166 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:166 msgid "Active" msgstr "نشط" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:171 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:171 msgid "Device Names" msgstr "أسماء الأجهزة" -#. tree node string (number of colors) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:176 +#. tree node string (number of colors) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:176 msgid "Colors" msgstr "ألوان" -#. tree node string (harddisk parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:181 +#. tree node string (harddisk parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:181 msgid "Logical Geometry" msgstr "الهندسة المنطقية" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:186 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:186 msgid "Count" msgstr "عدد" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:191 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:191 msgid "Mode" msgstr "الوضع" -#. tree node string (interrupt request) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:196 +#. tree node string (interrupt request) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:196 msgid "IRQ" msgstr "IRQ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:201 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:201 msgid "IO Port" msgstr "منافذ الإدخال والإخراج" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - memory (RAM) information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:206 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:496 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - memory (RAM) information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:206 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:496 msgid "Memory" msgstr "الذاكرة" -#. tree node string (direct memory access) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:211 +#. tree node string (direct memory access) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:211 msgid "DMA" msgstr "DMA" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:216 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:216 msgid "Hwcfg Bus" msgstr "ناقل Hwcfg" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:226 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:226 msgid "Parent Unique ID" msgstr "معرف فريد للعنصر الرئيسي" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:231 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:231 msgid "UDI" msgstr "واجهة برنامج التشغيل" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:236 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:236 msgid "Unique ID" msgstr "مُعرف فريد" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:241 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:241 msgid "Vertical Frequency" msgstr "تردد رأسي" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:246 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:246 msgid "Max. Horizontal Frequency" msgstr "الحد الأقصى للتردد الأفقي" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:251 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:251 msgid "Max. Vertical Frequency" msgstr "الحد الأقصى للتردد الرأسي" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:256 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:256 msgid "Min. Horizontal Frequency" msgstr "الحد الأدنى للتردد الأفقي" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:261 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:261 msgid "Min. Vertical Frequency" msgstr "الحد الأدنى للتردد الرأسي" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:266 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:266 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:271 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:271 msgid "Kernel Driver" msgstr "برنامج تشغيل Kernel" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:276 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:276 msgid "HW Address" msgstr "عنوان HW" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:281 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:281 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "معرف BIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:286 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:286 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#. tree node string (monitor resolution e.g. 1280x1024) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:291 +#. tree node string (monitor resolution e.g. 1280x1024) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:291 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "الدقة" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:296 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:296 msgid "Size" msgstr "الحجم" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:301 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:301 msgid "Old Unique Key" msgstr "مفتاح فريد قديم" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:306 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:306 msgid "Class (spec)" msgstr "الطبقة (مواصفات)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:311 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:311 msgid "Device (spec)" msgstr "الجهاز (مواصفات)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:316 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:316 msgid "Device Identifier (spec)" msgstr "معرف الجهاز (مواصفات)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:326 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:326 msgid "Subvendor Identifier" msgstr "معرف البائع الفرعي" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:331 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:331 msgid "Unique Key" msgstr "المفتاح الفريد" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:341 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:653 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:341 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:653 msgid "Vendor Identifier" msgstr "معرف البائع" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:346 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:346 msgid "BIOS Video" msgstr "فيديو BIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:351 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:351 msgid "Boot Architecture" msgstr "هيكل التشغيل" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:356 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:356 msgid "Boot Disk" msgstr "قرص التشغيل" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:361 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:361 msgid "Block Devices" msgstr "أجهزة قطع التخزين" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:366 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:366 msgid "DASD Disks" msgstr "أقراص DASD" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:371 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:371 msgid "CD-ROM" msgstr "القرص المضغوط" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:376 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:376 msgid "CPU" msgstr "CPU" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:381 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:381 msgid "Disk" msgstr "القرص" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:386 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:386 msgid "Display" msgstr "شاشة العرض" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:391 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:713 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:391 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:713 msgid "Floppy Disk" msgstr "القرص المرن" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:396 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:396 msgid "Framebuffer" msgstr "مخزن الإطارات المؤقت" -#. tree node string (powermanagement) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:401 +#. tree node string (powermanagement) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:401 msgid "Has APM" msgstr "يوجد APM" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:406 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:406 msgid "Has PCMCIA" msgstr "يوجد PCMCIA" -#. tree node string (multiprocessing) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:411 +#. tree node string (multiprocessing) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:411 msgid "Has SMP" msgstr "يوجد SMP" -#. tree node string - UML = User Mode Linux -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:416 +#. tree node string - UML = User Mode Linux +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:416 msgid "UML System" msgstr "نظام UML" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:421 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:421 msgid "Hardware Data" msgstr "بيانات الأجهزة" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:426 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:426 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:431 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:431 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "لوحة المفاتيح" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:436 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:436 msgid "Monitor" msgstr "الشاشة" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:441 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:441 msgid "Network Devices" msgstr "أجهزة الشبكة" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:446 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:698 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:446 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:698 msgid "Network Interface" msgstr "واجهة الشبكة" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:451 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:451 msgid "Printer" msgstr "الطابعة" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:456 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:456 msgid "Modem" msgstr "مودم" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:461 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:461 msgid "Sound" msgstr "الصوت" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:466 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:466 msgid "Storage Media" msgstr "وسائط التخزين" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:476 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:476 msgid "TV Card" msgstr "بطاقة التلفزيون" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:481 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:481 msgid "DVB Card" msgstr "بطاقة DVB" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:486 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:486 msgid "USB Type" msgstr "نوع USB" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:491 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:491 msgid "Version" msgstr "الإصدار" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:501 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:501 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "بطاقة الشبكة" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:506 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:506 msgid "BIOS" msgstr "BIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:511 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:511 msgid "Framebuffer Device" msgstr "جهاز مخزن الإطارات المؤقت" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:516 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:516 msgid "IDE" msgstr "IDE" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:521 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:521 msgid "PCI" msgstr "PCI" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:526 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:526 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:531 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:531 msgid "ISA PnP" msgstr "ISA PnP" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:536 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:536 msgid "USB Controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم USB" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:541 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:541 msgid "USB Hub" msgstr "محور شبكة USB" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:546 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:546 msgid "IEEE1394 Controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم IEEE1394" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:551 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:551 msgid "SCSI" msgstr "SCSI" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:556 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:556 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "الماسحة الضوئية" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:560 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:560 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "الماوس" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:563 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:563 msgid "Joystick" msgstr "جويستيك" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:568 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:568 msgid "Braille Display" msgstr "شاشة بريل" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:573 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:573 msgid "Chipcard Reader" msgstr "قارئ Chipcard" -#. tree node - Digital camera or WebCam -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:578 +#. tree node - Digital camera or WebCam +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:578 msgid "Camera" msgstr "الكاميرا" -#. Point-to-Point Protocol Over Ethernet -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:583 +#. Point-to-Point Protocol Over Ethernet +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:583 msgid "PPP over Ethernet" msgstr "PPP عبر إيثرنت" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:588 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:588 msgid "Bogus Millions of Instructions Per Second" msgstr "Bogus ملايين الإرشادات في الثانية" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:598 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:598 msgid "Coma Bug" msgstr "Coma Bug" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:603 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:603 msgid "f00f Bug" msgstr "f00f Bug" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:608 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:608 msgid "CPU ID Level" msgstr "مستوى معرف CPU" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:613 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:613 msgid "Frequency" msgstr "التردد" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:618 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:618 msgid "Floating point division bug" msgstr "خطأ تقسيم الفاصلة العائمة" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:623 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:623 msgid "Flags" msgstr "اعلام" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:628 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:628 msgid "Floating Point Unit" msgstr "وحدة الفاصلة العائمة" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:633 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:633 msgid "Floating Point Unit Exception" msgstr "استثناء وحدة الفاصلة العائمة" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:638 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:638 msgid "Halt Bug" msgstr "Halt Bug" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:643 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:643 msgid "Processor" msgstr "المعالج" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:648 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:648 msgid "Stepping" msgstr "تدريج" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:658 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:658 msgid "Family" msgstr "العائلة" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:668 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:668 msgid "WP" msgstr "WP" -#. tree node string - wireless network adapters -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:673 +#. tree node string - wireless network adapters +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:673 msgid "Wireless LAN" msgstr "شبكة LAN لا سلكية" -#. tree node string - tape devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:678 +#. tree node string - tape devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:678 msgid "Tape" msgstr "الشريط" -#. tree node string - Bluetooth devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:683 +#. tree node string - Bluetooth devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:683 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#. tree node string - DSL devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:688 +#. tree node string - DSL devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:688 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:693 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:693 msgid "Ethernet Network Interface" msgstr "واجهة توصيل شبكة إيثرنت" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:703 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:703 msgid "Loopback Network Interface" msgstr "واجهة توصيل شبكة الاسترجاع" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:708 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:708 msgid "Partition" msgstr "القسم" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:718 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:718 msgid "Floppy Disk Controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم القرص المرن" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:723 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:723 msgid "PnP Unclassified Device" msgstr "جهاز PnP غير مصنف" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:728 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:728 msgid "Unclassified Device" msgstr "جهاز غير مصنف" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:733 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:733 msgid "Main Memory" msgstr "الذاكرة الرئيسية" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:738 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:738 msgid "UHCI Host Controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم المضيف UHCI" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:743 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:743 msgid "EHCI Host Controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم المضيف EHCI" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:748 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:748 msgid "OHCI Host Controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم المضيف OHCI" -#. yes/no strings -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 +#. yes/no strings +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 msgid "No" msgstr "لا" -#. Linux kernel modules (drivers) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:917 +#. Linux kernel modules (drivers) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:917 msgid "Modules" msgstr "الوحدات النمطية" -#. tree node string - %1 is device name, %2 is /dev file -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:929 +#. tree node string - %1 is device name, %2 is /dev file +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:929 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" -#. window title -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1057 +#. window title +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1057 msgid "Save hwinfo Output to File" msgstr "حفظ ناتج hwinfo إلى أحد الملفات" -#. progress window content -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1063 +#. progress window content +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1063 msgid "Saving hardware information..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ معلومات الأجهزة..." -#. error popup message -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1071 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Saving output to the file '%1' failed." msgstr "فشل حفظ الناتج إلى الملف '%1'." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. system_settings.ycp -#. -#. Summary: -#. Configuration of System Settings. PCI ID, Kernel parameters, -#. Bootloader parameters etc. -#. -#. Authors: -#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka@suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. explicitly set no help (otherwise CWM logs an error) -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:45 -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:176 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: +#. system_settings.ycp +#. +#. Summary: +#. Configuration of System Settings. PCI ID, Kernel parameters, +#. Bootloader parameters etc. +#. +#. Authors: +#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka@suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. explicitly set no help (otherwise CWM logs an error) +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Kernel Settings" msgstr "إعدادات Kernel" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:93 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:93 msgid "Global &I/O Scheduler" msgstr "مجدول المدخلات/المخرجات العامة" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:96 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Not Configured" msgstr "غير مكون" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:98 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Completely Fair Queuing [cfq]" msgstr "وضع في قائمة الانتظار بالتساوي المطلق [cfq]" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:100 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:100 msgid "NOOP [noop]" msgstr "NOOP [noop]" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:102 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:102 msgid "Deadline [deadline]" msgstr "الموعد النهائي [deadline]" -#. help text for the scheduler widget, do not translate 'cfq' -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text for the scheduler widget, do not translate 'cfq' +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global I/O Scheduler</big></b><br>\n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " +"the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " +"'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" +"block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>مجدول المدخلات/المخرجات العامة</big></b><br>\n" "حدد الخوارزمية التي تأمر وترسل الأوامر إلى أجهزة\n" "الأقراص. هذا خيار عام، سيُستخدم لكل أجهزة الأقراص في\n" "النظام. إذا لم يتم تكوين هذا الخيار، فسوف تُستخدم الجدولة\n" -"الافتراضية (عادةً ما يكون 'cfq'). راجع الوثائق في الدليل /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" +"الافتراضية (عادةً ما يكون 'cfq'). راجع الوثائق في الدليل /usr/src/linux/" +"Documentation/block\n" " (الحزمة kernel-source) لمزيد من المعلومات.</p>\n" -#. .sysconfig.sysctl -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 +#. .sysconfig.sysctl +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 msgid "Enable &SysRq Keys" msgstr "تم&كين مفاتيح SysRq" -#. TRANSLATORS: Help text - over taken from /etc/sysconfig/sysctl file -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: Help text - over taken from /etc/sysconfig/sysctl file +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Enable SysRq Keys</big></b><br>\n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " +"it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " +"combination\n" "Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</p>\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>تمكين مفاتيح SysRq</big></b><br>\n" "إذا قمت بتمكين مفاتيح SysRq، فسوف تتمكن من التحكم بالنظام حتى في حالة\n" -"حدوث فشل (مثل الذي يحدث أثناء تصحيح kernel). في حالة تمكينه فستقوم مجموعة المفاتيح\n" -" Alt-SysRq-<command_key> ببدء الأمر المعني (على سبيل المثال إعادة تشغيل جهاز\n" +"حدوث فشل (مثل الذي يحدث أثناء تصحيح kernel). في حالة تمكينه فستقوم مجموعة " +"المفاتيح\n" +" Alt-SysRq-<command_key> ببدء الأمر المعني (على سبيل المثال إعادة تشغيل " +"جهاز\n" "الكمبيوتر، تفريغ معلومات kernel). لمزيد من المعلومات، راجع\n" "<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (حزمة مصدر kernel).</p>\n" -#. Short sleep between reads or writes -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 +#. Short sleep between reads or writes +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 msgid "Reading the Configuration" msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة التكوين" -#. FIXME: s390: disable reading PCI IDs -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 +#. FIXME: s390: disable reading PCI IDs +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 msgid "Read the PCI ID settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات معرف PCI" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 msgid "Read the system settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات النظام" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:38 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:38 msgid "Reading the PCI ID settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن قراءة إعدادات معرف PCI..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:39 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:39 msgid "Reading the system settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن قراءة إعدادات النظام..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:40 -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:80 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:40 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:80 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:42 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Reading the Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" @@ -1118,31 +1168,31 @@ "<p><b><big>قراءة التكوين</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...</p>" -#. I have to admit that this is very ugly but it is here -#. to avoid of the very long starting time of the yast module -#. because the Storage module (which is imported by the Bootloader (imported by the SystemSettings module)) -#. has a Read() function call in its constructor. -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:71 +#. I have to admit that this is very ugly but it is here +#. to avoid of the very long starting time of the yast module +#. because the Storage module (which is imported by the Bootloader (imported by the SystemSettings module)) +#. has a Read() function call in its constructor. +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:71 msgid "Saving the Configuration" msgstr "حفظ التكوين" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 msgid "Save the PCI ID settings" msgstr "حفظ إعدادات معرف PCI" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 msgid "Save the system settings" msgstr "حفظ إعدادات النظام" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:78 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:78 msgid "Saving the PCI ID settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ إعدادات معرف PCI..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:79 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:79 msgid "Saving the system settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ إعدادات النظام..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:82 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:82 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" @@ -1150,62 +1200,62 @@ "<p><b><big>حفظ التكوين</big></b><br>\n" "الرجاء الانتظار...</p>" -#. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000) -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:56 +#. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000) +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:56 msgid "Unknown processor" msgstr "معالج غير معروف" -#. create processor count string -#. the first %s is integer number (greater than 1) -#. the second %s is processor model name -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:67 +#. create processor count string +#. the first %s is integer number (greater than 1) +#. the second %s is processor model name +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:67 msgid "%sx %s" msgstr "%sx %s" -#. list separator (placed between items) -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:74 +#. list separator (placed between items) +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:74 msgid ", " msgstr "،" -#. system manufacturer is unknown -#. system product name is unknown -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:118 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:120 +#. system manufacturer is unknown +#. system product name is unknown +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:118 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:120 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "غير معروف" -#. probe devices, store model, class, uniq. ID for each device -#. probe by bus -#. list(string) paths = [ "cpu", "memory", "ide", "pci", "scsi", "isapnp", "floppy", "usb", "monitor" ]; -#. probe by device class -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:235 +#. probe devices, store model, class, uniq. ID for each device +#. probe by bus +#. list(string) paths = [ "cpu", "memory", "ide", "pci", "scsi", "isapnp", "floppy", "usb", "monitor" ]; +#. probe by device class +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:235 msgid "Hardware Detection" msgstr "الكشف عن الأجهزة" -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:238 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:238 msgid "Detect hardware" msgstr "كشف عن الأجهزة" -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:239 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:239 msgid "Detecting hardware..." msgstr "يتم الآن الكشف عن الأجهزة..." -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:240 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:240 msgid "Hardware detection is in progress. Please wait." msgstr "تتم الآن عملية الكشف عن الأجهزة. الرجاء الانتظار." -#. set progress bar label -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:260 +#. set progress bar label +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:260 msgid "%1..." msgstr "%1..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:462 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:462 msgid "File '%1' does not exist. Cannot set new PCI ID." msgstr "الملف '%1' غير موجود. تعذر تعيين معرف PCI جديد." -#. test for installation proposal -#. %1 - name of kernel driver (e.g. e100) -#. %2 - PCI ID (hexnumbers) -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:686 +#. test for installation proposal +#. %1 - name of kernel driver (e.g. e100) +#. %2 - PCI ID (hexnumbers) +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:686 msgid "Driver: %1, New PCI ID: %2" msgstr "برنامج التشغيل: %1، معرف PCI الجديد: %2" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/vm.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/vm.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/vm.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: vm\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,24 +14,28 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Main -#. Definition of command line mode options -#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54 +#. Main +#. Definition of command line mode options +#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54 msgid "Install Hypervisor and Tools" msgstr "تثبيت Hypervisor والأدوات" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69 msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." msgstr "يتم الآن تكوين الجهاز الظاهري..." -#. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 -msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " -msgstr "تُعد x86_64 البنية الوحيدة الداعمة لاستضافة الأجهزة الظاهرية. حيث تعتبر البنية الخاصة بك هي " +#. check for kernel-bigsmp +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 +msgid "" +"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " +"architecture is " +msgstr "" +"تُعد x86_64 البنية الوحيدة الداعمة لاستضافة الأجهزة الظاهرية. حيث تعتبر " +"البنية الخاصة بك هي " -#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 +#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -39,185 +43,215 @@ "تعذر بدء تثبيت الجهاز الظاهري داخل جهاز UML.\n" "ابدأ التثبيت في النظام المضيف.\n" -#. progress stage 1/2 -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 +#. progress stage 1/2 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "التحقق من الحزم المثبتة" -#. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 +#. progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "تكوين رابط شبكة" -#. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 +#. Headline for management domain installation +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "تكوين خادم الجهاز الظاهري (المجال 0)" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 -msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" -msgstr "<p><big><b>تكوين خادم الجهاز الظاهري</b></big></p><p>يوجد في تكوين خادم الجهاز الظاهري (مجال 0) جزءان.</p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM " +"Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>تكوين خادم الجهاز الظاهري</b></big></p><p>يوجد في تكوين خادم " +"الجهاز الظاهري (مجال 0) جزءان.</p>" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 -msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" -msgstr "<p> يتم تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة إلى النظام أولاً. ثم يتم تبديل أداة تحميل التشغيل إلى GRUB، إذا لم يكن مستخدمًا بالفعل وتتم إضافة قسم Xen إلى قائمة أداة تحميل التشغيل إذا كان مفقودًا.</p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 +msgid "" +"<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " +"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " +"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p> يتم تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة إلى النظام أولاً. ثم يتم تبديل أداة تحميل " +"التشغيل إلى GRUB، إذا لم يكن مستخدمًا بالفعل وتتم إضافة قسم Xen إلى قائمة " +"أداة تحميل التشغيل إذا كان مفقودًا.</p>" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 -msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" -msgstr "<p>مطلوب GRUB لأنه يدعم المواصفات القياسية المطلوبة للتشغيل المتعدد لتشغيل Xen وLinux kernel.</p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 +msgid "" +"<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " +"boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>مطلوب GRUB لأنه يدعم المواصفات القياسية المطلوبة للتشغيل المتعدد لتشغيل " +"Xen وLinux kernel.</p>" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 -msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" -msgstr "<p>عندما ينتهي التكوين بنجاح، يمكن تشغيل خادم الأجهزة الظاهرية من قائمة أداة تحميل التشغيل.</p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 +msgid "" +"<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " +"Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>عندما ينتهي التكوين بنجاح، يمكن تشغيل خادم الأجهزة الظاهرية من قائمة أداة " +"تحميل التشغيل.</p>" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "سيتم إيقاف التثبيت." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "اختر أنظمة Hypervisor المطلوب تثبيتها" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "الخادم: الحد الأدنى للنظام للحصول على Hypervisor قيد التشغيل" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "الأدوات: تكوين الأجهزة الظاهرية وإدارتها ومراقبتها" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "KVM Hypervisor" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "خادم KVM" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "أدوات KVM" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "حاويات libvirt LXC" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "برنامج المحرك libvirt LXC" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "البرنامج المطلوب اتصاله بخادم الظاهرية" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "أدوات العميل الظاهرية" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "Xen Hypervisor" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "خادم Xen" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "أدوات Xen" -#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 +#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "فشل تثبيت الحزمة\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "فشل تثبيت الحزمة لـ lxc\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "فشل تثبيت الحزمة لنمط عميل sled\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "فشل تثبيت الحزمة لأنماط sles\n" -#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 +#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" -msgstr "جاري التنفيذ في النمط النصي هل تريد تثبيت المكونات المرئية على كل الأحوال؟" +msgstr "" +"جاري التنفيذ في النمط النصي هل تريد تثبيت المكونات المرئية على كل الأحوال؟" -#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 +#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من الحزم..." -#. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 +#. progressbar title - install the required packages +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن تثبيت الحزم..." -#. error popup -#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 +#. error popup +#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "تعذر تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة." -#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 +#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "جارٍ تحديث ملفات التكوين grub2..." -#. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 +#. Default Bridge stage +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "يتم الآن تكوين رابط شبكة افتراضي..." -#. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 +#. Popup yes/no dialog +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "جسر الشبكة." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 -msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" -msgstr "<p>بالنسبة لتكوينات شبكة عادية تستضيف أجهزة ظاهرية، يُوصى بجسر شبكة.</p><p>هل تريد تكوين جسر شبكة افتراضي؟</p>" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 +msgid "" +"<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " +"bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>بالنسبة لتكوينات شبكة عادية تستضيف أجهزة ظاهرية، يُوصى بجسر شبكة.</p><p>هل " +"تريد تكوين جسر شبكة افتراضي؟</p>" -#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV -#. Progress::NextStage(); -#. Configure firewall to allow xenbr+ -#. success = success && ConfigureFirewall(); -#. if ( success == false ) { -#. // error popup -#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); -#. return false; -#. } -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 +#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV +#. Progress::NextStage(); +#. Configure firewall to allow xenbr+ +#. success = success && ConfigureFirewall(); +#. if ( success == false ) { +#. // error popup +#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); +#. return false; +#. } +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "تم تثبيت مكونات KVM. المضيف الخاص بك جاهز لتثبيت ضيوف KVM." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 -msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." -msgstr "تم تثبيت مكونات KVM. قم بإعادة تشغيل الجهاز وحدد الـ kernel الأصلية في قائمة أداة تحميل التشغيل لتثبيت ضيوف KVM." +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 +msgid "" +"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " +"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgstr "" +"تم تثبيت مكونات KVM. قم بإعادة تشغيل الجهاز وحدد الـ kernel الأصلية في قائمة " +"أداة تحميل التشغيل لتثبيت ضيوف KVM." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 -msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." -msgstr "لتثبيت ضيوف Xen، أعد تشغيل الجهاز وحدد قسم Xen من قائمة أداة تحميل التشغيل." +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 +msgid "" +"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " +"the boot loader menu." +msgstr "" +"لتثبيت ضيوف Xen، أعد تشغيل الجهاز وحدد قسم Xen من قائمة أداة تحميل التشغيل." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "تم تثبيت Xen Hypervisor والأدوات." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "تم تثبيت أدوات عميل الظاهرية." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "تم تثبيت مكونات Libvirt LXC." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/wol.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/wol.ar.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/wol.ar.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: wol\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:14\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,35 +14,35 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: clients/wol.ycp -#. Package: Boot Server -#. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif@suse.de> -#. Summary: WOL -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/wol.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: clients/wol.ycp +#. Package: Boot Server +#. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif@suse.de> +#. Summary: WOL +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/clients/wol.rb:49 msgid "" "Package could not be installed.\n" "Install the missing packages and try again." @@ -50,47 +50,48 @@ "الحزمة لم تركب.\n" "ركب الحزم المفقودة وجرب مرة اخرى." -#. Table header -#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 +#. Table header +#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "عنوان MAC" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 msgid "Host Name" msgstr "اسم المضيف" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:66 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:66 msgid "Wake Up" msgstr "نهوض" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:76 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:76 msgid "Wake-On-Lan" msgstr "Wake-On-Lan" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:77 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:77 msgid "" "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\n" "<p>With WOL, you can 'wake up' your PC simply by sending a 'magic packet' \n" "over the network.</p>" msgstr "" "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\n" -"<p>مع وضع WOL، يمكنك 'تشغيل' جهاز الحاسب الشخصي الخاص بك عن طريق إرسال 'الحزمة السحرية' \n" +"<p>مع وضع WOL، يمكنك 'تشغيل' جهاز الحاسب الشخصي الخاص بك عن طريق إرسال " +"'الحزمة السحرية' \n" " عبر الشبكة.</p>" -#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); -#: src/clients/wol.rb:127 +#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); +#: src/clients/wol.rb:127 msgid "Really delete this item?" msgstr "حقا حذف هذه المادة ؟" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:146 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:146 msgid "Waking remote host" msgstr "إيقاظ مضيف بعيد" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:171 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:171 msgid "Host Name:" msgstr ":اسم المضيف" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:173 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:173 msgid "" "MAC Address of\n" "the Client: " @@ -98,8 +99,8 @@ "عنوان MAC الخاص\n" "بالعميل: " -#. read mac addr. from dhcpd.conf -#: src/modules/WOL.rb:101 +#. read mac addr. from dhcpd.conf +#: src/modules/WOL.rb:101 msgid "" "No previously configured clients found.\n" "However, a DHCP configuration was found on this system. Import the host\n" @@ -107,6 +108,7 @@ "'/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\n" msgstr "" "لم يتم العثور على أية عملاء مكونين من قبل.\n" -"على الرغم من ذلك، فقد تم العثور على تكوينات DHCP على هذا النظام. استيراد إلى المضيف\n" +"على الرغم من ذلك، فقد تم العثور على تكوينات DHCP على هذا النظام. استيراد إلى " +"المضيف\n" " بيانات التكوين (عناوينMAC وأسماء المضيفين) من\n" " '/etc/dhcpd.conf'؟\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/add-on-creator.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/add-on-creator.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/add-on-creator.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:47\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,427 +14,438 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the add-on-creator module -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the add-on-creator module +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:54 msgid "Creator for add-on products" msgstr "추가 기능 제품의 작성자" -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:67 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:67 msgid "Create and build a new add-on product." msgstr "새 추가 기능 제품을 만들고 빌드하십시오." -#. command line help text for 'clone' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 +#. command line help text for 'clone' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 msgid "Create and build a new add-on product based on an existing one." msgstr "기존 제품을 기반으로 새 추가 기능 제품을 만들고 빌드하십시오." -#. command line help text for 'sign' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'sign' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 msgid "Sign unsigned Add-On Product" msgstr "서명되지 않은 추가 기능 제품 서명" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:97 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:97 msgid "List available add-on product configurations." msgstr "사용 가능한 추가 기능 제품 구성을 나열하십시오." -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107 msgid "Build an add-on product from the selected configuration." msgstr "선택한 구성에서 추가 기능 제품을 빌드하십시오." -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:117 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:117 msgid "Delete the selected add-on product configuration." msgstr "선택한 추가 기능 제품 구성을 삭제하십시오." -#. command line help text for 'rpm_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:125 +#. command line help text for 'rpm_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:125 msgid "Path to directory with packages" msgstr "패키지가 포함된 디렉토리 경로" -#. command line help text for 'content' option (do not translate 'content', it's a name) -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:132 +#. command line help text for 'content' option (do not translate 'content', it's a name) +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:132 msgid "Path to content file" msgstr "내용 파일의 경로" -#. command line help text for 'existing' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:139 +#. command line help text for 'existing' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:139 msgid "Path to directory with existing Add-On Product" msgstr "기존 추가 기능 제품이 포함된 디렉토리 경로" -#. command line help text for 'generate_descriptions' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:146 +#. command line help text for 'generate_descriptions' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:146 msgid "Generate new package descriptions (do not copy)" msgstr "새 패키지 설명 생성(복사하지 않음)" -#. command line help text for 'package_descriptions_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:152 +#. command line help text for 'package_descriptions_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:152 msgid "Path to directory with package descriptions" msgstr "패키지 설명이 포함된 디렉토리 경로" -#. command line help text for 'patterns_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:159 +#. command line help text for 'patterns_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:159 msgid "Path to directory with patterns definitions" msgstr "패턴 정의가 포함된 디렉토리 경로" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:166 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:166 msgid "Path to the output directory" msgstr "출력 디렉토리 경로" -#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:173 +#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:173 msgid "Create the ISO image" msgstr "ISO 이미지 만들기" -#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:179 +#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:179 msgid "Name of the output ISO image" msgstr "출력 ISO 이미지의 이름" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:186 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:186 msgid "Path to the output directory for ISO image" msgstr "ISO 이미지에 대한 출력 디렉토리 경로" -#. command line help text for 'do_not_sign' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:193 +#. command line help text for 'do_not_sign' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:193 msgid "Do not sign the product" msgstr "제품에 서명하지 않음" -#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:199 +#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:199 msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product" msgstr "제품 서명에 사용된 GPG 키 ID" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:206 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:206 msgid "Passphrase to unlock GPG key" msgstr "GPG 키 잠금을 해제하기 위한 암호구문" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase_file' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:213 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase_file' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:213 msgid "Path to file with the passphrase for GPG key" msgstr "GPG 키의 암호구문이 포함된 파일 경로" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:220 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:220 msgid "Resign all packages with selected key." msgstr "선택한 키로 모든 패키지 재서명" -#. command line help text for 'workflow' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:226 +#. command line help text for 'workflow' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:226 msgid "Path to workflow definition file (installation.xml)" msgstr "워크플로 정의 파일 경로(installation.xml)" -#. command line help text for 'y2update' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233 +#. command line help text for 'y2update' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233 msgid "Path to workflow dialogs archive (y2update.tgz)" msgstr "워크플로 대화 상자 보관 파일의 경로(y2update.tgz)" -#. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240 +#. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240 msgid "Path to directory with YaST packages to form the workflow" msgstr "워크플로를 구성하는 YaST 패키지가 포함된 디렉토리 경로" -#. command line help text for 'license' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 +#. command line help text for 'license' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 msgid "Path to file with license texts (license.zip or license.tar.gz)" msgstr "라이센스 텍스트 파일(license.zip 또는 license.tar.gz)의 경로 " -#. command line help text for 'info' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 +#. command line help text for 'info' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 msgid "Path to file with 'info' text (media.1/info.txt)" msgstr "'info' 텍스트가 포함된 파일 경로(media.1/info.txt)" -#. command line help text for 'extra_prov' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:261 +#. command line help text for 'extra_prov' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:261 msgid "Path to file with additional dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)" msgstr "추가 의존성이 포함된 파일 경로(EXTRA_PROV)" -#. command line help text for 'addon-dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:268 +#. command line help text for 'addon-dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:268 msgid "Path to directory with Add-On Product" msgstr "추가 기능 제품이 포함된 디렉토리 경로" -#. command line help text for 'do_not_build' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:275 +#. command line help text for 'do_not_build' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:275 msgid "Do not build the product, only save new configuration." msgstr "제품을 빌드하지 않고 새 구성만 저장하십시오." -#. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 +#. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 msgid "Number of the selected add-on (see 'list' command for product numbers)." msgstr "선택한 추가 기능의 개수입니다(제품 번호는 'list' 명령 참조)." -#. command line help text for 'changelog' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 +#. command line help text for 'changelog' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 msgid "Generate a Changelog file." msgstr "Changelog 파일을 생성하십시오." -#. command line help text for 'no_release_package' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:294 +#. command line help text for 'no_release_package' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:294 msgid "Do not generate the release package." msgstr "릴리스 패키지를 생성하지 마십시오." -#. command line help text for 'product_file' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:300 +#. command line help text for 'product_file' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:300 msgid "Path to file with the product description (*.prod)" msgstr "제품 설명이 포함된 파일 경로(*.prod)" -#. error message, %1 is path -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:398 +#. error message, %1 is path +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:398 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "%1 파일이 존재하지 않습니다." -#. error message, %1 is path -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:405 +#. error message, %1 is path +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:405 msgid "Directory %1 does not exist." msgstr "%1 디렉토리가 없습니다." -#. question on command line -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:454 +#. question on command line +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:454 msgid "Passphrase for key %1:" msgstr "%1 키에 대한 암호구문:" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:475 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:475 msgid "Path to output directory is missing." msgstr "출력 디렉토리 경로가 없습니다." -#. error message, missing tool -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:609 +#. error message, missing tool +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:609 msgid "/usr/bin/unzip does not exists" msgstr "/usr/bin/unzip이 존재하지 않습니다." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:733 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:733 msgid "Path to directory with packages is missing." msgstr "패키지가 포함된 디렉토리 경로가 없습니다." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:742 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:742 msgid "Path to content file is missing." msgstr "내용 파일의 경로가 없습니다." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:756 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:756 msgid "Path to existing Add-On is missing." msgstr "기존 추가 기능의 경로가 없습니다." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:774 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:774 msgid "Path to directory with Add-On is missing." msgstr "추가 기능이 포함된 디렉토리 경로가 없습니다." -#. command line summary, %1 is order, %2 product name -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:813 +#. command line summary, %1 is order, %2 product name +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:813 msgid "(%1) Product Name: %2" msgstr "(%1) 제품 이름: %2" -#. command line summary -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:821 +#. command line summary +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:821 msgid "\tVersion: %1" msgstr "\t버전: %1" -#. command line summary -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:828 +#. command line summary +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:828 msgid "\tInput directory: %1" msgstr "\t입력 디렉토리: %1" -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:834 +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:834 msgid "\tOutput directory: %1" msgstr "\t출력 디렉토리: %1" -#. command line summary, %1 is comma-separated list -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:842 +#. command line summary, %1 is comma-separated list +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:842 msgid "\tPatterns: %1" msgstr "\t패턴: %1" -#. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 -msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands." -msgstr "추가 기능 제품 구성이 없습니다. 'create' 또는 'clone' 명령을 사용하여 새 항목을 생성하십시오." +#. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 +msgid "" +"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the " +"'create' or 'clone' commands." +msgstr "" +"추가 기능 제품 구성이 없습니다. 'create' 또는 'clone' 명령을 사용하여 새 항목" +"을 생성하십시오." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 msgid "Specify the add-on product to build." msgstr "빌드할 추가 기능 제품을 지정하십시오." -#. command line message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:917 +#. command line message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:917 msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present." msgstr "추가 기능 제품 구성이 없습니다." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:924 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:924 msgid "Specify the add-on product configuration that should be deleted." msgstr "삭제해야 하는 추가 기능 제품 구성을 지정하십시오." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99 msgid "Add-on Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "추가 기능 작성기 구성 개요" -#. summary item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:128 +#. summary item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:128 msgid "Input directory: %1<br>" msgstr "입력 디렉토리: %1<br>" -#. summary item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:133 +#. summary item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:133 msgid "Output directory: %1<br>" msgstr "출력 디렉토리: %1<br>" -#. summary item, %1 is comma-separated list -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:142 +#. summary item, %1 is comma-separated list +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:142 msgid "Patterns: %1" msgstr "패턴: %1" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 -msgid "<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>추가</b>를 사용하여 새 추가 기능 제품 구성 만들기를 시작합니다.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 +msgid "" +"<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>추가</b>를 사용하여 새 추가 기능 제품 구성 만들기를 시작합니다.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 -msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>편집</b>을 사용하여 선택한 추가 기능 제품 구성을 수정합니다.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 msgid "<p>Delete the selected configuration using <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>삭제</b>를 사용하여 선택한 구성을 삭제합니다.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 -msgid "<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with <b>Build</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>빌드</b>를 사용하여 선택한 구성에 따라 새로운 추가 기능 제품을 빌드합니다.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 +msgid "" +"<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with " +"<b>Build</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>빌드</b>를 사용하여 선택한 구성에 따라 새로운 추가 기능 제품을 빌드합니" +"다.</p>" -#. table header item -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:178 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2476 +#. table header item +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:178 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2476 msgid "Product Name" msgstr "제품 이름" -#. table header item -#. input field label -#. desctiption of pattern keys -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:180 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1272 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:316 +#. table header item +#. input field label +#. desctiption of pattern keys +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:180 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1272 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:316 msgid "Version" msgstr "버전" -#. push button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:192 +#. push button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:192 msgid "&Build" msgstr "빌드(&B)" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:247 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:247 msgid "Really delete configuration \"%1\"?" msgstr "\"%1\" 구성을 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:296 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:450 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:296 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:450 msgid "Add-On Product Creator" msgstr "추가 기능 제품 작성자" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:313 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:313 msgid "Create an Add-On &from the Beginning" msgstr "처음부터 추가 기능 만들기(&F)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:322 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:322 msgid "Create an Add-On Based on an &Existing Add-On" msgstr "기존 추가 기능을 기반으로 추가 기능 만들기(&E)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:332 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:332 msgid "&Path to Directory of the Existing Add-On Product" msgstr "기존 추가 기능 제품의 디렉토리 경로(&P)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:343 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:343 msgid "&Generate Package Descriptions" msgstr "패키지 설명 생성(&G)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:460 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:460 msgid "&Add-On Product Label" msgstr "추가 기능 제품 레이블(&A)" -#. textentry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:464 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:126 +#. textentry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:464 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:126 msgid "&Version" msgstr "버전(&V)" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:468 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:468 msgid "Required Product" msgstr "필수 제품" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:483 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:483 msgid "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 11" msgstr "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11(&L)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:492 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:492 msgid "SUSE L&inux Enterprise Desktop 11" msgstr "SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11(&I)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:501 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:501 msgid "S&USE Linux Enterprise 11" msgstr "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11(&U)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:510 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:510 msgid "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP3" msgstr "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP3" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:519 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:519 msgid "openSUSE 12.&3" msgstr "openSUSE 12.&3" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:528 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:528 msgid "openSUSE 13.1" msgstr "openSUSE 13.1" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:538 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:538 msgid "&Other" msgstr "기타(&O)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:556 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:556 msgid "&Path to Directory with Add-On Packages" msgstr "추가 기능 패키지가 있는 디렉토리 경로(&P)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:566 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:566 msgid "Path to Directory with Re&quired Product Packages" msgstr "필수 제품 패키지가 있는 디렉토리 경로(&Q)" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:639 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:647 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:639 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:647 msgid "Directory %1 is not accessible." msgstr "%1 디렉토리에 액세스할 수 없습니다." -#. error popup (input validation failed) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:726 +#. error popup (input validation failed) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:726 msgid "" "The value of NAME may contain only\n" "letters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\"." @@ -442,126 +453,126 @@ "NAME 값에는 문자, 숫자 및 \".~_-\"\n" " 등의 문자만 사용할 수 있습니다." -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:756 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:756 msgid "LABEL" msgstr "레이블" -#. combo label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:758 +#. combo label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:758 msgid "La&nguage Code" msgstr "언어 코드(&N)" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:760 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1546 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:172 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:760 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1546 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:172 msgid "&Value" msgstr "값(&V)" -#. Heading for help popup window -#. Heading for help popup window -#. Heading for help popup window -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:779 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1454 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:246 +#. Heading for help popup window +#. Heading for help popup window +#. Heading for help popup window +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:779 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1454 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:246 msgid "Help" msgstr "도움말" -#. dialog caption - 'content' is file name -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:804 +#. dialog caption - 'content' is file name +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:804 msgid "Product Definition" msgstr "제품 정의" -#. label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:896 +#. label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:896 msgid "Content File" msgstr "컨텐트 파일" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:902 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:941 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:902 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:941 msgid "Key" msgstr "키" -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header 2/2 -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:904 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:943 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1766 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:355 +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header 2/2 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:904 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:943 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1766 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:355 msgid "Value" msgstr "값" -#. table header -#. table header -#. label for 'Des' pattern key -#. label for 'Des' key -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:906 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:945 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:351 -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:579 +#. table header +#. table header +#. label for 'Des' pattern key +#. label for 'Des' key +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:906 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:945 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:351 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:579 msgid "Description" msgstr "설명" -#. push button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:914 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:187 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:488 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:730 +#. push button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:914 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:730 msgid "Im&port" msgstr "불러오기(&P)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:920 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:920 msgid "Show &Only Required Keywords" msgstr "필수 키워드만 표시(&O)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:930 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:930 msgid "Generate Release Package" msgstr "릴리스 패키지 생성" -#. label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:935 +#. label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:935 msgid "Product File" msgstr "제품 파일" -#. push button label -#. push button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:952 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1590 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1744 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:461 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:718 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:342 +#. push button label +#. push button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:952 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1590 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1744 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:461 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:718 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:342 msgid "I&mport" msgstr "임포트(&M)" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1024 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1024 msgid "Choose the Existing Content File" msgstr "기존 내용 파일 선택" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1071 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1071 msgid "Choose the Existing Product File" msgstr "기존 제품 파일 선택" -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1090 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1090 msgid "" "Enter the values for these items:\n" "%1" @@ -569,121 +580,121 @@ "다음 항목에 대한 값을 입력합니다:\n" "%1" -#. table item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1148 +#. table item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1148 msgid "Yes" msgstr "예" -#. table item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1150 +#. table item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1150 msgid "No" msgstr "아니오" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1171 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1171 msgid "Value of \"%1\"" msgstr "\"%1\"의 값" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1262 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1262 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1282 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1282 msgid "Flag" msgstr "플래그" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1285 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1285 msgid "Equal" msgstr "같음" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1287 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1287 msgid "Greater than" msgstr "보다 큼" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1289 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1289 msgid "Lower than" msgstr "보다 낮음" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1300 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:322 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1300 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:322 msgid "Release" msgstr "릴리스" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1310 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1310 msgid "Flavor" msgstr "특징" -#. input field label -#. table item label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1320 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:735 +#. input field label +#. table item label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1320 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:735 msgid "Patch level" msgstr "패치 수준" -#. MultiSelectionBox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1414 +#. MultiSelectionBox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1414 msgid "&Packages" msgstr "패키지들(&P)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1417 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1417 msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgstr "모두 선택 또는 선택 취소(&A)" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1611 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1611 msgid "Choose the file with the text to be imported." msgstr "임포트할 텍스트가 포함된 파일 선택" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1633 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1633 msgid "Package Descriptions" msgstr "패키지 설명" -#. combobox label -#. combobox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1695 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1731 +#. combobox label +#. combobox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1731 msgid "Description File &Language Code" msgstr "설명 파일 언어 코드(&L)" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1704 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1741 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1704 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1741 msgid "Add Lan&guage" msgstr "언어 추가(&G)" -#. table header -#. label for 'Pkg' key -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:575 +#. table header +#. label for 'Pkg' key +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:575 msgid "Package" msgstr "패키지" -#. table header 1/2 -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1764 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:353 +#. table header 1/2 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1764 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:353 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "속성" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1782 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1782 msgid "Location of the File with Additional &Dependencies" msgstr "추가 종속성 파일의 위치(&D)" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1896 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1896 msgid "Choose the New Package Description File" msgstr "새 패키지 설명 파일 선택" -#. error popup (correct name is 'packages.*') -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1909 +#. error popup (correct name is 'packages.*') +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1909 msgid "" "The package description file is named incorrectly.\n" "Choose another one." @@ -691,13 +702,13 @@ "패키지 설명 파일 이름을 잘못 지정했습니다.\n" "다른 이름을 선택하십시오." -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2044 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2044 msgid "Choose the Path to EXTRA_PROV File" msgstr "EXTRA_PROV 파일의 경로 선택" -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2054 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2054 msgid "" "The file '%1' does not exist.\n" "Choose another one." @@ -705,60 +716,60 @@ "'%1' 파일이 존재하지 않습니다.\n" "다른 파일을 선택하십시오." -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2090 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2090 msgid "Key Type" msgstr "키 유형" -#. radiobutton label (key type) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2104 +#. radiobutton label (key type) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2104 msgid "&DSA" msgstr "DSA(&D)" -#. radiobutton label (key type) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2109 +#. radiobutton label (key type) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2109 msgid "&RSA" msgstr "RSA(&R)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2119 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2119 msgid "Key &Size" msgstr "키 크기(&S)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2124 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2124 msgid "E&xpiration Date" msgstr "만료 일자(&X)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2127 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2127 msgid "&Name" msgstr "이름(&N)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2129 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2129 msgid "Commen&t" msgstr "주석(&T)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2134 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2134 msgid "E-&Mail Address" msgstr "전자 메일 주소(&M)" -#. password widget label -#. password entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2137 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2251 +#. password widget label +#. password entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2137 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2251 msgid "&Passphrase" msgstr "비밀문구(&P)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2144 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2144 msgid "New GPG Key" msgstr "새 GPG 키" -#. error popup (see Name, Comment, Email Adress text entries -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2189 +#. error popup (see Name, Comment, Email Adress text entries +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2189 msgid "" "Name, comment, and e-mail address values are empty.\n" "You must enter at least one of them to provide user identification.\n" @@ -766,13 +777,13 @@ "이름, 설명 및 전자 메일 주소 값이 비어 있습니다.\n" "사용자 ID를 제공하려면 이러한 값 중 하나 이상을 입력해야 합니다.\n" -#. feedback popup headline -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197 +#. feedback popup headline +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197 msgid "Generating Primary Key Pair" msgstr "기본 키 쌍 생성" -#. feedback message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2199 +#. feedback message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2199 msgid "" "If it takes too long, do some other work to give\n" "the OS a chance to collect more entropy.\n" @@ -780,103 +791,103 @@ "너무 오래 걸리면 다른 작업을 수행하여 OS에\n" "엔트로피를 추가로 모을 기회를 줍니다.\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2217 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2217 msgid "Signing the Add-On Product" msgstr "추가 기능 제품 서명" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2237 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2237 msgid "GPG &Key ID" msgstr "GPG 키 ID(&K)" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2244 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2244 msgid "&Create..." msgstr "작성(&C)..." -#. password entry label (verification) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2258 +#. password entry label (verification) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2258 msgid "&Passphrase Verification" msgstr "암호 확인(&P)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2265 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2265 msgid "Re&sign all packages with selected key." msgstr "선택한 키로 모든 패키지 재서명(&S)" -#. error message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2302 +#. error message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2302 msgid "Passwords do not match. Try again." msgstr "암호가 일치하지 않습니다. 다시 하십시오." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2334 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2334 msgid "Output Settings" msgstr "출력 설정" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2358 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2358 msgid "P&ath to Output Directory" msgstr "출력 디렉토리 경로(&A)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2364 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2364 msgid "Create &ISO Image" msgstr "ISO 이미지 작성(&I)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2371 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2371 msgid "Image File Name" msgstr "이미지 파일 이름" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2377 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2377 msgid "&Generate Changelog" msgstr "Changelog 생성(&G)" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2382 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2382 msgid "&Configure Workflow..." msgstr "워크플로 구성(&C)..." -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2384 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2384 msgid "O&ptional Files..." msgstr "옵션 파일(&P)..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2429 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2429 msgid "Enter the path to the directory for the add-on." msgstr "추가 기능에 대한 디렉토리 경로를 입력합니다." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2469 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2469 msgid "Overview" msgstr "개요" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2480 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2480 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "패턴" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2488 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2488 msgid "Input Directory" msgstr "입력 디렉토리" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2495 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2495 msgid "Output Directory" msgstr "출력 디렉토리" -#. summary line -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2505 +#. summary line +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2505 msgid "Creating an ISO image in the output directory" msgstr "출력 디렉토리에서 ISO 이미지 작성" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:79 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "" "A file with this name already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -884,154 +895,154 @@ "이 이름을 가진 파일이 이미 존재합니다.\n" "다른 이름을 선택하십시오." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:98 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "고급 설정" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "&info.txt File" msgstr "info.txt 파일(&I)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:141 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:141 msgid "&License Files" msgstr "라이센스 파일(&L)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:171 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "README Files" msgstr "README 파일" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:241 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "&Name of the New README File" msgstr "새 README 파일의 이름(&N)" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:258 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:258 msgid "Choose the New README File" msgstr "새 README 파일 선택" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:300 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "&Language for the New License File" msgstr "새 라이센스 파일의 언어(&L)" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:320 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Choose the New License File" msgstr "새 라이센스 파일 선택" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:401 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "Expert Settings, Part 2" msgstr "고급 설정, 2부" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:445 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "©ING Files" msgstr "COPYING 파일(&C)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:472 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "COPY&RIGHT Files" msgstr "COPYRIGHT 파일(&R)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:541 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "&Language for the New COPYRIGHT File" msgstr "새 COPYRIGHT 파일의 언어(&L)" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:560 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:560 msgid "Choose the New COPYRIGHT File" msgstr "새 COPYRIGHT 파일 선택" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:605 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "&Language for the New COPYING File" msgstr "새 COPYING 파일의 언어(&L)" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:624 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:624 msgid "Choose the New COPYING File" msgstr "새 COPYING 파일 선택" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:701 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Expert Settings, Part 3" msgstr "고급 설정, 3부" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "products" msgstr "제품" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "patches" msgstr "패치" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:724 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "&Import" msgstr "불러오기(&I)" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:727 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "media" msgstr "미디어" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:769 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "Workflow Configuration" msgstr "워크플로 구성" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:792 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:792 msgid "&Location of the File with the Workflow Description" msgstr "워크플로 설명이 있는 파일의 위치(&L)" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:806 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:806 msgid "&No Additional YaST Modules" msgstr "추가 YaST 모듈 없음(&N)" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:815 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:815 msgid "&Path to y2update.tgz" msgstr "y2update.tgz 경로(&P)" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:823 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:823 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "찾아보기(&B)" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:830 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:830 msgid "&Import the Packages" msgstr "패키지 가져오기(&I)" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:840 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:840 msgid "YaST Module Package" msgstr "YaST 모듈 패키지" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:892 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Choose the installation.xml File" msgstr "installation.xml 파일 선택" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:911 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Choose the Path to the y2update.tgz File" msgstr "y2update.tgz 파일 경로 선택" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:922 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "Choose the YaST Module Package" msgstr "YaST 모듈 패키지 선택" -#. Build dialog help -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:36 +#. Build dialog help +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -1039,8 +1050,8 @@ "<p><b><big>추가 기능 작성 중</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다리십시오...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40 +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p>Writing the add-on configurations<br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1048,225 +1059,368 @@ "<p>추가 기능 구성 작성 중<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for start menu -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 -msgid "<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>" +#. help text for start menu +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>" msgstr "<p>이 모듈은 추가 기능 제품의 작성 지침을 제공합니다.</p>" -#. help text for start menu, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 -msgid "<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>" -msgstr "<p>새 추가 기능 제품을 만드는 방법을 선택하십시오. 처음부터 만들거나 기존 제품을 기반으로 만들 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. help text for start menu, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the " +"beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>새 추가 기능 제품을 만드는 방법을 선택하십시오. 처음부터 만들거나 기존 제" +"품을 기반으로 만들 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. help text for start menu, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 -msgid "<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product.</p>" -msgstr "<p>기존 제품을 기반으로 새 제품을 만들 경우에는 <b>패키지 설명 생성</b>을 눌러 기존 제품에 있는 패키지의 새 설명을 생성합니다.</p>" +#. help text for start menu, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate " +"Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the " +"existing product.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>기존 제품을 기반으로 새 제품을 만들 경우에는 <b>패키지 설명 생성</b>을 눌" +"러 기존 제품에 있는 패키지의 새 설명을 생성합니다.</p>" -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 msgid "<p><b>Name and Version</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>이름 및 버전</b></p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:60 +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:60 msgid "<p>Enter the name and version of add-on product.</p>" msgstr "<p>추가 기능 제품의 버전과 이름을 입력합니다.</p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:62 +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:62 msgid "<p><b>Required Product</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>필수 제품</b></p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 -msgid "<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" -msgstr "<p>새 추가 기능 제품을 적용할 수 있는 제품을 선택합니다. 선택한 제품이 <tt>내용</tt> 파일의 <b>REQUIRES</b> 값이 됩니다.</p>" +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This " +"selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>새 추가 기능 제품을 적용할 수 있는 제품을 선택합니다. 선택한 제품이 <tt>내" +"용</tt> 파일의 <b>REQUIRES</b> 값이 됩니다.</p>" -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 msgid "<p><b>Add-On Packages</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>추가 기능 패키지</b></p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 -msgid "<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product.</p>" -msgstr "<p>추가 기능 제품을 형성할 RPM 패키지가 들어 있는 디렉토리 경로를 선택하십시오.</p>" +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 +msgid "" +"<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should " +"form your add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>추가 기능 제품을 형성할 RPM 패키지가 들어 있는 디렉토리 경로를 선택하십시" +"오.</p>" -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 msgid "<p><b>Required Product Packages</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>필수 제품 패키지</b></p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 -msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow.</p>" -msgstr "<p>또는 추가 기능 제품의 바탕이 될 RPM 패키지가 들어 있는 디렉토리 경로를 선택하십시오. 이러한 패키지는 추가 기능 제품에 포함되지 않지만 워크플로에서 나중에 패턴을 작성하는 데 사용될 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages " +"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will " +"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the " +"patterns later in the workflow.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>또는 추가 기능 제품의 바탕이 될 RPM 패키지가 들어 있는 디렉토리 경로를 선" +"택하십시오. 이러한 패키지는 추가 기능 제품에 포함되지 않지만 워크플로에서 나" +"중에 패턴을 작성하는 데 사용될 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 +#. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 msgid "<p>Here, edit the values of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" msgstr "<p>여기에서 <tt>내용</tt> 파일의 값을 편집합니다.</p>" -#. help text for content file editor, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 -msgid "<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect <b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" -msgstr "<p>추가 기능 제품을 식별하는 데 필요한 정보를 입력하십시오. <tt>내용</tt> 파일의 모든 속성을 보려면 <b>필수 키워드만 표시</b>를 선택 취소합니다.</p>" +#. help text for content file editor, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect " +"<b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content</" +"tt> file.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>추가 기능 제품을 식별하는 데 필요한 정보를 입력하십시오. <tt>내용</tt> 파" +"일의 모든 속성을 보려면 <b>필수 키워드만 표시</b>를 선택 취소합니다.</p>" -#. help text for content file editor, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 +#. help text for content file editor, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 msgid "<p>Use <b>Import</b> to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" -msgstr "<p>기존 <tt>내용</tt> 파일을 가져오려면 <b>가져오기</b>를 사용합니다.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>기존 <tt>내용</tt> 파일을 가져오려면 <b>가져오기</b>를 사용합니다.</p>" -#. help text for package description files -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 -msgid "<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here.</p>" +#. help text for package description files +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</" +"tt> files) here.</p>" msgstr "<p>패키지(<tt>packages.lang</tt> 파일)의 언어별 설명을 편집합니다.</p>" -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 -msgid "<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>새 언어에 대한 설명 파일을 추가하려면 <b>언어 추가</b>를 사용합니다. 사용 가능한 언어 목록은 <tt>내용</tt> 파일의 <b>LINGUAS</b> 값에서 읽어 옵니다. 패키지 설명이 있는 기존 파일을 가져오려면 <b>가져오기</b>를 사용합니다. 설명 파일을 삭제하려면 <b>삭제</b>를 사용합니다.</p>" +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The " +"list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the " +"<tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions " +"with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>새 언어에 대한 설명 파일을 추가하려면 <b>언어 추가</b>를 사용합니다. 사용 " +"가능한 언어 목록은 <tt>내용</tt> 파일의 <b>LINGUAS</b> 값에서 읽어 옵니다. 패" +"키지 설명이 있는 기존 파일을 가져오려면 <b>가져오기</b>를 사용합니다. 설명 파" +"일을 삭제하려면 <b>삭제</b>를 사용합니다.</p>" -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 -msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package.</p>" -msgstr "<p>선택한 패키지에 대한 설명 항목을 수정하려면 두 번째 테이블의 <b>추가</b> 및 <b>편집</b>을 사용합니다.</p>" +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description " +"entries for the selected package.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>선택한 패키지에 대한 설명 항목을 수정하려면 두 번째 테이블의 <b>추가</b> " +"및 <b>편집</b>을 사용합니다.</p>" -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 -msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" -msgstr "<p>선택적으로 <b>추가 패키지 종속성</b>(EXTRA_PROV)을 제공하는 파일의 경로를 선택할 수도 있습니다.</p>" +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 +msgid "" +"<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package " +"Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>선택적으로 <b>추가 패키지 종속성</b>(EXTRA_PROV)을 제공하는 파일의 경로를 " +"선택할 수도 있습니다.</p>" -#. help text for patterns -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 +#. help text for patterns +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 msgid "<p>Create and edit the patterns for the add-on product here.</p>" msgstr "<p>추가 기능 제품에 대한 패턴을 생성 및 편집합니다.</p>" -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 -msgid "<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an existing one.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>새로 만들기</b>를 사용하여 패턴을 새로 만들거나 <b>가져오기</b>를 사용하여 기존 패턴을 가져옵니다.</p>" +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an " +"existing one.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>새로 만들기</b>를 사용하여 패턴을 새로 만들거나 <b>가져오기</b>를 사용" +"하여 기존 패턴을 가져옵니다.</p>" -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 -msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern attributes.</p>" -msgstr "<p>패턴 속성을 수정하려면 두 번째 테이블의 <b>추가</b> 및 <b>편집</b>을 사용합니다.</p>" +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern " +"attributes.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>패턴 속성을 수정하려면 두 번째 테이블의 <b>추가</b> 및 <b>편집</b>을 사용" +"합니다.</p>" -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" -"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>" -msgstr "<p>추가 기능 제품에 대해 선택한 패턴을 필수로 설정하려면 <b>필수 패턴</b>을 선택합니다. 이러한 패턴은 추가 기능 제품의 설치가 시작될 때 자동으로 미리 선택됩니다.</p>" +"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required " +"for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when " +"the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>추가 기능 제품에 대해 선택한 패턴을 필수로 설정하려면 <b>필수 패턴</b>을 " +"선택합니다. 이러한 패턴은 추가 기능 제품의 설치가 시작될 때 자동으로 미리 선" +"택됩니다.</p>" -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 -msgid "<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory.</p>" -msgstr "<p>추가 기능 제품을 만들 디렉토리 경로를 지정합니다. 출력 디렉토리에서 제품의 ISO 이미지를 만들려면 <b>ISO 이미지 작성</b>을 선택합니다.</p>" +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 +msgid "" +"<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be " +"created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the " +"product in the output directory.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>추가 기능 제품을 만들 디렉토리 경로를 지정합니다. 출력 디렉토리에서 제품" +"의 ISO 이미지를 만들려면 <b>ISO 이미지 작성</b>을 선택합니다.</p>" -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 -msgid "<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Changelog 생성</b>을 사용하여 지난 2년 동안 추가 기능 제품에 있는 패키지의 모든 변경사항을 기록한 Changelog 파일을 생성합니다.</p>" +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all " +"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Changelog 생성</b>을 사용하여 지난 2년 동안 추가 기능 제품에 있는 패키" +"지의 모든 변경사항을 기록한 Changelog 파일을 생성합니다.</p>" -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 -msgid "<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values.</p>" -msgstr "<p>추가 기능 제품에 맞게 워크플로를 개조하려면 <b>워크플로 구성</b>을 사용합니다. <tt>README</tt> 파일과 라이센스의 텍스트와 그 밖의 다른 선택 사항 값을 구성하려면 <b>옵션 파일</b>을 사용합니다.</p>" +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 +msgid "" +"<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. " +"Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, " +"licenses, and other optional values.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>추가 기능 제품에 맞게 워크플로를 개조하려면 <b>워크플로 구성</b>을 사용합" +"니다. <tt>README</tt> 파일과 라이센스의 텍스트와 그 밖의 다른 선택 사항 값을 " +"구성하려면 <b>옵션 파일</b>을 사용합니다.</p>" -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 -msgid "<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow.</p>" -msgstr "<p>여기에서는 추가 기능 제품 워크플로를 사용자 정의하는 데 필요한 파일에 들어갈 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 +msgid "" +"<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on " +"product workflow.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>여기에서는 추가 기능 제품 워크플로를 사용자 정의하는 데 필요한 파일에 들어" +"갈 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 -msgid "<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>" -msgstr "<p>워크플로 설명이 있는 파일의 위치를 입력합니다. 이 파일은 <tt>control.xml</tt>의 대체 파일이며 해당 추가 기능 제품의 기본 디렉토리에 <tt>installation.xml</tt>이라는 이름으로 저장됩니다.</p>" +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file " +"is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation." +"xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>워크플로 설명이 있는 파일의 위치를 입력합니다. 이 파일은 <tt>control.xml</" +"tt>의 대체 파일이며 해당 추가 기능 제품의 기본 디렉토리에 <tt>installation." +"xml</tt>이라는 이름으로 저장됩니다.</p>" -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 -msgid "<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>추가 기능 제품 설치 도중 사용자 정의 YaST 모듈을 사용하려면 이러한 모듈이 저장된 <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> 아카이브의 경로를 입력하거나 <b>패키지 가져오기</b>에서 YaST RPM 패키지를 지정하여 <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> 컨텐츠를 구성하십시오.</p>" +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 +msgid "" +"<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, " +"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are " +"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the " +"YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>추가 기능 제품 설치 도중 사용자 정의 YaST 모듈을 사용하려면 이러한 모듈이 " +"저장된 <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> 아카이브의 경로를 입력하거나 <b>패키지 가져오기" +"</b>에서 YaST RPM 패키지를 지정하여 <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> 컨텐츠를 구성하십시" +"오.</p>" -#. help text for expert dialog 1 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 -msgid "<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>" -msgstr "<p>선택 사항인 <tt>info.txt</tt> 파일은 <b>확인</b> 버튼을 누르면 팝업 창으로 표시되는 추가 기능에 대한 정보를 제공합니다.</p>" +#. help text for expert dialog 1 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 +msgid "" +"<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on " +"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>선택 사항인 <tt>info.txt</tt> 파일은 <b>확인</b> 버튼을 누르면 팝업 창으" +"로 표시되는 추가 기능에 대한 정보를 제공합니다.</p>" -#. help text for expert dialog 1, cont -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 -msgid "<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and <b>Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>" -msgstr "<p>설치를 시작하기 전에 <b>동의</b> 및 <b>동의 안 함</b> 버튼을 누르면 라이센스의 텍스트가 창에 표시됩니다. 다른 언어로 된 라이센스 텍스트 파일은 <tt>license.zip</tt> 보관 파일로 압축되어 <tt>media.1</tt> 디렉토리에 저장됩니다.</p>" +#. help text for expert dialog 1, cont +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 +msgid "" +"<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and " +"<b>Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the " +"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</" +"tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>설치를 시작하기 전에 <b>동의</b> 및 <b>동의 안 함</b> 버튼을 누르면 라이센" +"스의 텍스트가 창에 표시됩니다. 다른 언어로 된 라이센스 텍스트 파일은 " +"<tt>license.zip</tt> 보관 파일로 압축되어 <tt>media.1</tt> 디렉토리에 저장됩" +"니다.</p>" -#. help text for expert dialog 2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 -msgid "<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product.</p>" -msgstr "<p><tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> 및 <tt>COPYING</tt> 파일은 여러 가지 언어 수정본을 가질 수 있으며 해당 추가 기능 제품의 루트 디렉토리에 저장됩니다.</p>" +#. help text for expert dialog 2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 +msgid "" +"<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various " +"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on " +"product.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> 및 <tt>COPYING</tt> 파일은 여러 가지 언어 수정본을 가" +"질 수 있으며 해당 추가 기능 제품의 루트 디렉토리에 저장됩니다.</p>" -#. help text for signing dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 -msgid "<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>여기에서 추가 기능 제품의 서명을 구성합니다. 사용 가능한 키 목록에서 비밀 키를 선택하거나 <b>작성</b>을 사용하여 새로운 키를 만듭니다.</p>" +#. help text for signing dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 +msgid "" +"<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key " +"from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>여기에서 추가 기능 제품의 서명을 구성합니다. 사용 가능한 키 목록에서 비밀 " +"키를 선택하거나 <b>작성</b>을 사용하여 새로운 키를 만듭니다.</p>" -#. help text for signing dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 +#. help text for signing dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 msgid "<p>Enter the passphrase needed to unlock the secret key.</p>" msgstr "<p>비밀 키 잠금을 해제하는 데 필요한 암호 문구를 입력합니다.</p>" -#. help text for signing dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 -msgid "<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>" -msgstr "<p>선택한 키로 추가 기능 제품의 <b>모든 패키지에 서명</b>하려면 선택하십시오. 이전의 모든 패키지 서명은 제거됩니다.</p>" +#. help text for signing dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 +msgid "" +"<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with " +"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>선택한 키로 추가 기능 제품의 <b>모든 패키지에 서명</b>하려면 선택하십시" +"오. 이전의 모든 패키지 서명은 제거됩니다.</p>" -#. help text for generating new key dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 -msgid "<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>" +#. help text for generating new key dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>" msgstr "<p>새 기본 키 쌍을 생성하는 데 필요한 값을 입력합니다.</p>" -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 -msgid "<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long.</p>" -msgstr "<p>DSA 키의 기본 크기는 1024비트입니다. RSA 키 길이는 1024 - 4096비트 사이입니다.</p>" +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 +msgid "" +"<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 " +"and 4096 bits long.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>DSA 키의 기본 크기는 1024비트입니다. RSA 키 길이는 1024 - 4096비트 사이입" +"니다.</p>" -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 -msgid "<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>만료 일자</b>로 해당 키가 그 이후에 만기될 때까지 남은 일 수를 입력합니다. 숫자 다음에 <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt> 또는 <tt>y</tt>가 오면 이는 주, 달 또는 년도 수를 나타냅니다. 만료 일자가 없는 키에 대해서는 항목을 비워 둡니다.</p>" +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 +msgid "" +"<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key " +"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, " +"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty " +"for a key that never expires.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>만료 일자</b>로 해당 키가 그 이후에 만기될 때까지 남은 일 수를 입력합니" +"다. 숫자 다음에 <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt> 또는 <tt>y</tt>가 오면 이는 주, 달 또" +"는 년도 수를 나타냅니다. 만료 일자가 없는 키에 대해서는 항목을 비워 둡니다.</" +"p>" -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 -msgid "<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>" -msgstr "<p>새 키와 연관시킬 사용자 ID를 제공하려면 <b>이름</b>, <b>설명</b> 및 <b>전자 메일 주소</b>를 사용합니다.</p>" +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the " +"user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>새 키와 연관시킬 사용자 ID를 제공하려면 <b>이름</b>, <b>설명</b> 및 <b>전" +"자 메일 주소</b>를 사용합니다.</p>" -#. help text for overview dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 -msgid "<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>" -msgstr "<p>여기에서는 추가 기능 제품을 생성하기 위한 데이터의 개요를 볼 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. help text for overview dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 +msgid "" +"<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>여기에서는 추가 기능 제품을 생성하기 위한 데이터의 개요를 볼 수 있습니다." +"</p>" -#. help text for overview dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 -msgid "<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory.</p>" -msgstr "<p>출력 디렉토리에서 추가 기능 제품을 만들려면 <b>완료</b>를 누릅니다.</p>" +#. help text for overview dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 +msgid "" +"<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory." +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>출력 디렉토리에서 추가 기능 제품을 만들려면 <b>완료</b>를 누릅니다.</p>" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 msgid "&Name of the New Pattern" msgstr "새 패턴의 이름(&N)" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:118 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:118 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "아키텍처(&A)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:128 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:128 msgid "&Release" msgstr "릴리스(&R)" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150 msgid "" "Such a pattern already exists.\n" "Choose a different name or architecture.\n" @@ -1274,25 +1428,25 @@ "이러한 패턴이 이미 있습니다.\n" "다른 이름 또는 아키텍처를 선택하십시오.\n" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:198 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:198 msgid "&Description" msgstr "설명(&D)" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:202 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:202 msgid "&Summary" msgstr "요약(&S)" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:203 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:203 msgid "Ca&tegory" msgstr "범주(&T)" -#. combo label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:213 +#. combo label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:213 msgid "&Language Code" msgstr "언어 코드(&L)" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:257 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:257 msgid "" "A key with this name already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -1300,33 +1454,33 @@ "이 이름을 가진 키가 이미 존재합니다.\n" "다른 이름을 선택하십시오." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:319 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:319 msgid "Editor for Patterns" msgstr "패턴의 편집자" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:332 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:332 msgid "Name of the Pattern" msgstr "패턴의 이름" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:334 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:334 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "전체 이름" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:369 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:369 msgid "R&equired Pattern" msgstr "필수 패턴(&E)" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:445 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:445 msgid "Existing Pattern" msgstr "기존 패턴" -#. error message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601 +#. error message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601 msgid "" "Such a pattern already exists.\n" "Choose a different architecture.\n" @@ -1334,315 +1488,369 @@ "이러한 패턴이 이미 있습니다.\n" "다른 아키텍처를 선택하십시오.\n" -#. busy message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/wizards.rb:53 +#. busy message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Importing product..." msgstr "제품 가져오는 중..." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:139 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:139 msgid "Content file style" msgstr "컨텐트 파일 스타일" -#. help text for content file CONTENTSTYLE key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:141 +#. help text for content file CONTENTSTYLE key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:141 msgid "Must be the first tag of the content file." msgstr "컨텐트 파일의 첫 번째 태그여야 합니다." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:150 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:150 msgid "Product name" msgstr "제품 이름" -#. help text for content file 'NAME' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 +#. help text for content file 'NAME' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 msgid "For internal usage. Same restrictions as for package names apply." msgstr "내부용입니다. 패키지 이름과 동일한 제한 사항이 적용됩니다." -#. label of content file BASEARCHS key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160 +#. label of content file BASEARCHS key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160 msgid "Product architectures" msgstr "제품 아키텍처" -#. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 -msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. " -msgstr "공백으로 구분된 제품 아키텍처 목록입니다. 사용 가능한 제품 릴리스 패키지 아키텍처와 일치합니다." +#. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 +msgid "" +"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-" +"release packages architectures. " +msgstr "" +"공백으로 구분된 제품 아키텍처 목록입니다. 사용 가능한 제품 릴리스 패키지 아키" +"텍처와 일치합니다." -#. label of content file 'VERSION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 +#. label of content file 'VERSION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 msgid "Product version and release" msgstr "제품 버전 및 릴리스" -#. help text for content file 'VERSION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 +#. help text for content file 'VERSION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 msgid "Product version and release as in RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>." msgstr "RPM 형식의 제품 버전 및 릴리스(<tt>주.부 릴리스</tt>)입니다." -#. table item label -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:185 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:720 +#. table item label +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:185 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:720 msgid "Release number" msgstr "릴리스 번호" -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:192 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:192 msgid "Distribution name" msgstr "배포 이름" -#. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 -msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture." -msgstr "일부 스트링은 배포판을 나타냅니다. 동일한 스트링은 대부분 .rpm에서 배포판을 나타내기 위해 사용됩니다. 일반적으로 이 스트링은 이름, 버전 및 아키텍처를 함께 사용하여 만들어집니다." +#. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 +msgid "" +"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used " +"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, " +"version and architecture." +msgstr "" +"일부 스트링은 배포판을 나타냅니다. 동일한 스트링은 대부분 .rpm에서 배포판을 " +"나타내기 위해 사용됩니다. 일반적으로 이 스트링은 이름, 버전 및 아키텍처를 함" +"께 사용하여 만들어집니다." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 msgid "Package description directory" msgstr "패키지 설명 디렉토리" -#. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206 +#. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206 msgid "Package description directory (relative to product directory)." msgstr "패키지 설명 디렉토리입니다(제품 디렉토리에 따라 다름)." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214 msgid "Package data directory" msgstr "패키지 데이터 디렉토리" -#. help text for content file 'DATADIR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:216 +#. help text for content file 'DATADIR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:216 msgid "Package data directory (relative to product directory)." msgstr "패키지 데이터 디렉토리입니다(제품 디렉토리에 따라 다름)." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:225 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:225 msgid "Label" msgstr "레이블" -#. help text for content file '' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 -msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no default language can be determined." -msgstr "UTF-8 인코딩 레이블입니다. <b>LINGUAS</b>가 생략되었거나 기본 언어를 결정할 수 없는 경우의 기본 레이블입니다." +#. help text for content file '' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 +msgid "" +"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no " +"default language can be determined." +msgstr "" +"UTF-8 인코딩 레이블입니다. <b>LINGUAS</b>가 생략되었거나 기본 언어를 결정할 " +"수 없는 경우의 기본 레이블입니다." -#. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 +#. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 msgid "Languages" msgstr "언어" -#. help text for content file 'LINGUAS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:236 +#. help text for content file 'LINGUAS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:236 msgid "ISO language code or language code_country code." msgstr "ISO 언어 코드 또는 언어 코드_국가 코드입니다." -#. label of content file 'LANGUAGE' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:243 +#. label of content file 'LANGUAGE' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:243 msgid "Default language" msgstr "기본 언어" -#. help text for content file 'LANGUAGE' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:247 +#. help text for content file 'LANGUAGE' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:247 msgid "Default language code." msgstr "기본 언어 코드입니다." -#. label of content file 'PATTERNS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:256 +#. label of content file 'PATTERNS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:256 msgid "Preselected patterns" msgstr "미리 선택된 패턴" -#. help text for content file 'PATTERNS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:260 +#. help text for content file 'PATTERNS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:260 msgid "List of patterns preselected by the product." msgstr "제품에서 미리 선택된 패턴 목록." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:267 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:267 msgid "Vendor name" msgstr "제조업체 이름" -#. help text for content file 'VENDOR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:269 +#. help text for content file 'VENDOR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:269 msgid "Vendor name (free form)." msgstr "제조업체 이름(자유 형식)입니다." -#. label of content file 'RELNOTESURL' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:277 +#. label of content file 'RELNOTESURL' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:277 msgid "Release notes URL" msgstr "릴리스 정보 URL" -#. help text for content file 'RELNOTESURL' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:281 +#. help text for content file 'RELNOTESURL' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:281 msgid "URL from which to fetch release notes." msgstr "릴리스 정보를 가져올 URL입니다." -#. label of content file 'UPDATEURLS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:288 +#. label of content file 'UPDATEURLS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:288 msgid "Update URL" msgstr "업데이트 URL" -#. help text for content file 'UPDATEURLS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:290 +#. help text for content file 'UPDATEURLS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:290 msgid "URL of the update source." msgstr "업데이트 원본의 URL입니다." -#. label of content file LABEL.lang key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:300 +#. label of content file LABEL.lang key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:300 msgid "Language-specific label" msgstr "언어별 레이블" -#. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 -msgid "UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the <b>LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching <b>LABEL.lang</b> is expected." -msgstr "UTF-8로 인코딩된 <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt>은 <b>LINGUAS</b> 값과 동일한 구문을 갖습니다. <b>LINGUAS</b>의 각 언어에 대해 일치하는 <b>LABEL.lang</b>이 존재합니다." +#. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 +msgid "" +"UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the " +"<b>LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching " +"<b>LABEL.lang</b> is expected." +msgstr "" +"UTF-8로 인코딩된 <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt>은 <b>LINGUAS</b> 값과 동일한 구" +"문을 갖습니다. <b>LINGUAS</b>의 각 언어에 대해 일치하는 <b>LABEL.lang</b>이 " +"존재합니다." -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "아키텍처" -#. label for 'Sum' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:338 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:589 +#. label for 'Sum' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:338 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:589 msgid "Summary" msgstr "요약" -#. help text for 'Sum' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:340 +#. help text for 'Sum' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:340 msgid "One line label in the default language" msgstr "기본 언어의 한 줄 레이블" -#. help text for 'Sum.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:344 +#. help text for 'Sum.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:344 msgid "One line language-specific label." msgstr "한 줄로 이루어진 언어별 레이블입니다." -#. help text for 'Des' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:354 +#. help text for 'Des' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:354 msgid "Multiple line description in the default language" msgstr "기본 언어로 작성된 여러 줄의 설명" -#. help text for 'Des.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:358 +#. help text for 'Des.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:358 msgid "Multiple line description, language-specific." msgstr "언어별 다중 행 설명." -#. label for 'Cat' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:364 +#. label for 'Cat' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:364 msgid "Category" msgstr "범주" -#. help text for 'Cat' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 -msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely." -msgstr "기본 언어로 된 한 줄의 범주로 패턴을 그룹으로 묶는 데 사용됩니다. 범주는 사용자를 위한 것으로 자유롭게 지정할 수 있습니다." +#. help text for 'Cat' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 +msgid "" +"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories " +"are intended for the user and can be specified freely." +msgstr "" +"기본 언어로 된 한 줄의 범주로 패턴을 그룹으로 묶는 데 사용됩니다. 범주는 사용" +"자를 위한 것으로 자유롭게 지정할 수 있습니다." -#. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 +#. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 msgid "Language-specific version of the category." msgstr "언어별 범주의 버전입니다." -#. label for 'Vis' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:377 +#. label for 'Vis' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:377 msgid "Visibility" msgstr "가시성" -#. help text for 'Vis' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:379 +#. help text for 'Vis' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:379 msgid "Set whether the pattern should be visible in the user interface." msgstr "사용자 인터페이스에 패턴이 표시되는지 여부를 설정합니다." -#. label for 'Prq' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:388 +#. label for 'Prq' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:388 msgid "Packages" msgstr "패키지" -#. help text for 'Prq' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:390 +#. help text for 'Prq' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:390 msgid "List of packages to install." msgstr "설치할 패키지 목록입니다." -#. label for 'Prc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:398 +#. label for 'Prc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:398 msgid "Recommended packages" msgstr "추천 패키지" -#. help text for 'Prc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 -msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." +#. help text for 'Prc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 +msgid "" +"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." msgstr "이 패키지는 기본적으로 설치되지만 조건 없이 제거할 수 있습니다." -#. label for 'Prs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 +#. label for 'Prs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 msgid "Suggested packages" msgstr "제안 패키지" -#. help text for 'Prs' pattern key -#. help text for 'Sug' pattern key -#. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 -msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution." -msgstr "이들은 단지 응용 프로그램에 대한 참고 사항일 뿐이며 종속성 도출 시 처리되지 않습니다." +#. help text for 'Prs' pattern key +#. help text for 'Sug' pattern key +#. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 +msgid "" +"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency " +"resolution." +msgstr "" +"이들은 단지 응용 프로그램에 대한 참고 사항일 뿐이며 종속성 도출 시 처리되지 " +"않습니다." -#. label for 'Ico' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 +#. label for 'Ico' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 msgid "Icon filename" msgstr "아이콘 파일 이름" -#. help text for 'Ico' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 +#. help text for 'Ico' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 msgid "" "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename " +"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is " +"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/" +"YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" +"icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/" +"share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." msgstr "" "지정하지 않으면 대신 패턴 이름이 \n" -" 사용됩니다(이름 안의 공백은 밑줄로 대체됨). 파일 이름에 .png 또는 .jpg 확장명이 없으면 .png가 추가됩니다. 경로를 지정하지 않으면 테마 아이콘 경로에서 아이콘을 찾습니다(먼저 /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/를 검색하고 다음으로 /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/를 검색). 테마 경로 /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/에 대한 절대 및 상대 경로가 허용됩니다." +" 사용됩니다(이름 안의 공백은 밑줄로 대체됨). 파일 이름에 .png 또는 .jpg 확장" +"명이 없으면 .png가 추가됩니다. 경로를 지정하지 않으면 테마 아이콘 경로에서 아" +"이콘을 찾습니다(먼저 /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/를 검색" +"하고 다음으로 /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/를 검색). 테마 " +"경로 /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/에 대한 절대 및 상대 경로가 허용됩니다." -#. label for 'Ord' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 +#. label for 'Ord' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 msgid "Pattern Order" msgstr "패턴 순서" -#. help text for 'Ord' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 -msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface." -msgstr "이 3자리 정수 값은 사용자 인터페이스에 여러 패턴을 나열할 때 패턴 순서를 정의합니다." +#. help text for 'Ord' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 +msgid "" +"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing " +"multiple patterns in the user interface." +msgstr "" +"이 3자리 정수 값은 사용자 인터페이스에 여러 패턴을 나열할 때 패턴 순서를 정의" +"합니다." -#. label for 'Req' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 +#. label for 'Req' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 msgid "Required patterns" msgstr "필수 패턴" -#. help text for 'Req' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:443 +#. help text for 'Req' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:443 msgid "Patterns that need to be installed together with this pattern." msgstr "이 패턴과 함께 설치해야 하는 패턴입니다." -#. label for 'Prv' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:451 +#. label for 'Prv' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:451 msgid "Provided patterns" msgstr "제공 패턴" -#. help text for 'Prv' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 -msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES</b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -msgstr "이 패턴에서 제공하는 기능입니다. 이를 통해 다른 제품의 <b>REQUIRES</b>와 일치시킬 수 있습니다. 모든 프로그램은 기본적으로 자신의 고유 이름과 에디션을 제공합니다. 예를 들어 <i>bar-1.42-1</i> 패키지는 <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt> 기능을 제공합니다." +#. help text for 'Prv' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 +msgid "" +"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES</" +"b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and " +"edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability " +"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgstr "" +"이 패턴에서 제공하는 기능입니다. 이를 통해 다른 제품의 <b>REQUIRES</b>와 일치" +"시킬 수 있습니다. 모든 프로그램은 기본적으로 자신의 고유 이름과 에디션을 제공" +"합니다. 예를 들어 <i>bar-1.42-1</i> 패키지는 <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt> 기능을 제" +"공합니다." -#. label for 'Con' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 +#. label for 'Con' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 msgid "Conflicting patterns" msgstr "충돌 패턴" -#. help text for 'Con' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 -msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "지정된 프로그램이나 해당 기능을 제공하는 프로그램이 설치되어 있으면 이 패턴을 설치할 수 없습니다." +#. help text for 'Con' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 +msgid "" +"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " +"provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "" +"지정된 프로그램이나 해당 기능을 제공하는 프로그램이 설치되어 있으면 이 패턴" +"을 설치할 수 없습니다." -#. label for 'Obs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 +#. label for 'Obs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 msgid "Patterns made obsolete" msgstr "사용할 수 없는 패턴" -#. help text for 'Obs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:473 +#. help text for 'Obs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:473 msgid "" "When this pattern is installed, it uninstalls any \n" "other patterns marked as obsolete here." @@ -1650,274 +1858,323 @@ "이 패턴을 설치하면 여기서 폐기로 표시한 다른\n" "패턴들이 모두 제거됩니다." -#. label for 'Rec' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:481 +#. label for 'Rec' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:481 msgid "Recommended patterns" msgstr "추천 패턴" -#. help text for 'Rec' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 -msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown." -msgstr "REQUIRES의 약한 버전입니다. 추 천 패턴을 설치할 수 없는 경우에도 오류가 표시되지 않습니다." +#. help text for 'Rec' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 +msgid "" +"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no " +"error is shown." +msgstr "" +"REQUIRES의 약한 버전입니다. 추 천 패턴을 설치할 수 없는 경우에도 오류가 표시" +"되지 않습니다." -#. label for 'Sup' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 +#. label for 'Sup' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 msgid "Supplemented patterns" msgstr "보충 패턴" -#. help text for 'Sup' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 -msgid "A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." -msgstr "역방향 <b>Rec</b>입니다. 설치한 프로그램에서 지정된 기능을 제공하면 이 패턴이 설치됩니다. 종속성 확인자가 설치해 줍니다. 이 패턴의 제거는 자동으로 승인됩니다." +#. help text for 'Sup' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 +msgid "" +"A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability " +"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. " +"Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +msgstr "" +"역방향 <b>Rec</b>입니다. 설치한 프로그램에서 지정된 기능을 제공하면 이 패턴" +"이 설치됩니다. 종속성 확인자가 설치해 줍니다. 이 패턴의 제거는 자동으로 승인" +"됩니다." -#. label for 'Sug' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 +#. label for 'Sug' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 msgid "Suggested patterns" msgstr "제안 패턴" -#. label for 'Fre' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:511 +#. label for 'Fre' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:511 msgid "Freshen" msgstr "새로 고침" -#. help text for 'Fre' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 -msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed." +#. help text for 'Fre' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 +msgid "" +"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern " +"specified here is installed." msgstr "여기에 지정된 패턴이 설치된 경우 설치에는 현재 패턴만 고려됩니다." -#. label for 'Ext' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 +#. label for 'Ext' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 msgid "Extends" msgstr "확장" -#. label for 'Inc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:529 +#. label for 'Inc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:529 msgid "Includes" msgstr "포함" -#. label for 'Exnh pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:535 +#. label for 'Exnh pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:535 msgid "Enhanced patterns" msgstr "확장 패턴" -#. label for 'Pcn' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:541 +#. label for 'Pcn' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:541 msgid "Conflicting packages" msgstr "충돌 패키지" -#. label for 'Pob' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:547 +#. label for 'Pob' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:547 msgid "Obsolete packages" msgstr "오래된 패키지" -#. label for 'Pfr' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:553 +#. label for 'Pfr' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:553 msgid "Freshened packages" msgstr "새로운 패키지" -#. label for 'Psp' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:559 +#. label for 'Psp' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:559 msgid "Supplemented packages" msgstr "보충 패키지" -#. label for 'Pen' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:565 +#. label for 'Pen' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:565 msgid "Enhanced packages" msgstr "확장 패키지" -#. help text for 'Des' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:581 +#. help text for 'Des' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:581 msgid "Multiple line package description." msgstr "여러 줄로 된 패키지 설명입니다." -#. help text for 'Sum' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:591 +#. help text for 'Sum' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:591 msgid "The package summary (label), a one line description of the package." msgstr "한 줄로 된 패키지 요약(레이블) 설명입니다." -#. label for 'Ins' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:599 +#. label for 'Ins' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:599 msgid "Installation Notification" msgstr "설치 알림" -#. help text for 'Ins' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 -msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license." -msgstr "패키지를 선택하면 사용자에게 표시되는 테스트 버전 경고나 상용 라이센스 같은 정보용 메시지입니다." +#. help text for 'Ins' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 +msgid "" +"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a " +"test version warning or a commercial license." +msgstr "" +"패키지를 선택하면 사용자에게 표시되는 테스트 버전 경고나 상용 라이센스 같은 " +"정보용 메시지입니다." -#. label for 'Del' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 +#. label for 'Del' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 msgid "Deletion Notification" msgstr "삭제 알림" -#. help text for 'Del' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 -msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." -msgstr "삭제하기 위해 패키지를 선택하면 사용자에게 표시되는 비공식 메시지입니다(예: 해당 패키지가 없으면 시스템을 사용할 수 없다는 내용의 경고)." +#. help text for 'Del' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 +msgid "" +"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for " +"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." +msgstr "" +"삭제하기 위해 패키지를 선택하면 사용자에게 표시되는 비공식 메시지입니다(예: " +"해당 패키지가 없으면 시스템을 사용할 수 없다는 내용의 경고)." -#. label for 'Eul' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 +#. label for 'Eul' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 msgid "EULA" msgstr "EULA" -#. help text for 'Eul' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 -msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." -msgstr "EULA 내용. 이 내용은 패키지가 설치되기 전에 표시됩니다. 사용자가 EULA에 동의하지 않으면 패키지는 설치되지 않습니다." +#. help text for 'Eul' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 +msgid "" +"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If " +"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." +msgstr "" +"EULA 내용. 이 내용은 패키지가 설치되기 전에 표시됩니다. 사용자가 EULA에 동의" +"하지 않으면 패키지는 설치되지 않습니다." -#. label of key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 +#. label of key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 msgid "Products that must be installed" msgstr "설치해야 할 제품" -#. help text for 'REQUIRES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 -msgid "<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements.</p>" -msgstr "<p>제품 요구사항을 충족하기 위해 시스템에 설치해야 할 Resolvable입니다.</p>" +#. help text for 'REQUIRES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 +msgid "" +"<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product " +"requirements.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>제품 요구사항을 충족하기 위해 시스템에 설치해야 할 Resolvable입니다.</p>" -#. label of PROVIDES key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 +#. label of PROVIDES key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 msgid "Provided products" msgstr "제공된 제품" -#. help text for 'PROVIDES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 -msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires</b> from others." -msgstr "이 제품에서 제공하는 기능입니다. 이 기능은 다른 사용자들의 <b>필수사항</b>을 충족시키는 데 사용될 수 있습니다." +#. help text for 'PROVIDES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 +msgid "" +"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires</" +"b> from others." +msgstr "" +"이 제품에서 제공하는 기능입니다. 이 기능은 다른 사용자들의 <b>필수사항</b>을 " +"충족시키는 데 사용될 수 있습니다." -#. label of 'CONFLICTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 +#. label of 'CONFLICTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 msgid "Conflicting products" msgstr "제품 충돌" -#. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 -msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "지정된 프로그램이나 해당 기능을 제공하는 프로그램이 설치되어 있으면 이 프로그램을 설치할 수 없습니다." +#. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 +msgid "" +"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " +"provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "" +"지정된 프로그램이나 해당 기능을 제공하는 프로그램이 설치되어 있으면 이 프로그" +"램을 설치할 수 없습니다." -#. label of 'OBSOLETES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 +#. label of 'OBSOLETES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 msgid "Products made obsolete" msgstr "더 이상 사용할 수 없는 제품" -#. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 -msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword." -msgstr "이 프로그램이 설치되면 이 키워드와 이름이 일치하는 다른 프로그램이 모두 제거됩니다." +#. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 +msgid "" +"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a " +"name matching this keyword." +msgstr "" +"이 프로그램이 설치되면 이 키워드와 이름이 일치하는 다른 프로그램이 모두 제거" +"됩니다." -#. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 +#. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 msgid "Recommended products" msgstr "권장되는 제품" -#. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 -msgid "A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill <b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." -msgstr "<b>필수사항</b>의 무시 가능한 버전입니다. <b>권장사항</b>를 수행하려고 하지만 일치하는 것이 없으면 자동으로 무시됩니다." +#. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 +msgid "" +"A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill " +"<b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." +msgstr "" +"<b>필수사항</b>의 무시 가능한 버전입니다. <b>권장사항</b>를 수행하려고 하지" +"만 일치하는 것이 없으면 자동으로 무시됩니다." -#. label of 'SUGGESTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 +#. label of 'SUGGESTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 msgid "Suggested products" msgstr "제안된 제품" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:725 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:725 msgid "The URL for release notes RPM" msgstr "릴리스 정보 RPM의 URL" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:730 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:730 msgid "Product description" msgstr "제품 설명" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:740 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:740 msgid "Product summary" msgstr "제품 요약" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:745 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:745 msgid "Product line" msgstr "제품군" -#. help text for 'productline' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 -msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions." +#. help text for 'productline' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 +msgid "" +"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs " +"and versions." msgstr "서비스 팩과 버전 간에 변경하지 않는 짧은 제품 이름입니다." -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 msgid "Update repository key" msgstr "리포지토리 키 업데이트" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:759 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:759 msgid "Type of media" msgstr "미디어 유형" -#. help text for media type -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 -msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." -msgstr "대상 제품에 사용할 미디어 유형입니다. 가능한 값은 cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9입니다." +#. help text for media type +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 +msgid "" +"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, " +"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgstr "" +"대상 제품에 사용할 미디어 유형입니다. 가능한 값은 cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9입니다." -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 msgid "Product flavor" msgstr "제품 특징" -#. help text for media type -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770 +#. help text for media type +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770 msgid "Description of the flavor or variant of a product, e.g. DVD, FTP, Live" msgstr "제품의 특징 또는 변형에 대한 설명(예: DVD, FTP, 라이브)" -#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694 +#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694 msgid "Generating Product Data" msgstr "제품 데이터 생성 중" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1698 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1698 msgid "Find package directories" msgstr "패키지 디렉토리 찾기" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1702 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1702 msgid "Looking for package directories..." msgstr "패키지 디렉토리 확인 중..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1709 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1709 msgid "Check package architectures" msgstr "패키지 아키텍처 확인" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1711 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1711 msgid "Generate content file defaults" msgstr "컨텐트 파일 기본값 생성" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1718 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1718 msgid "Checking package architectures..." msgstr "패키지 아키텍처 확인 중..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1720 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1720 msgid "Generating content file defaults..." msgstr "컨텐트 파일 기본값 생성 중..." -#. Progress stage -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1728 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1735 +#. Progress stage +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1728 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1735 msgid "Generate package descriptions" msgstr "패키지 설명 생성" -#. help text -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 +#. help text +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 msgid "<b>Wait while generating data for add-on...</b><br/>\n" -msgstr "<b>추가 기능에 대해 데이터를 생성하는 동안 잠시 기다려 주십시오.</b><br/>\n" +msgstr "" +"<b>추가 기능에 대해 데이터를 생성하는 동안 잠시 기다려 주십시오.</b><br/>\n" -#. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 +#. error report +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 msgid "" "Failed to install obs-productconverter package.\n" "Release package will not be generated." @@ -1925,8 +2182,8 @@ "obs-productconverter 패키지를 설치하지 못했습니다.\n" "릴리스 패키지가 생성되지 않습니다." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2923 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2923 msgid "" "Build of release package failed with\n" "'%1'." @@ -1934,18 +2191,18 @@ "릴리스 패키지 작성이\n" "'%1' 때문에 실패했습니다." -#. error label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3283 +#. error label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3283 msgid "Signing of the product failed." msgstr "제품의 서명이 실패했습니다." -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3301 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3301 msgid "Try again with different passphrase" msgstr "다른 암호로 다시 시도" -#. ask for pw now %1 is key id, %2 user name -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3857 +#. ask for pw now %1 is key id, %2 user name +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3857 msgid "" "Enter passphrase for GPG key %1\n" "(%2)" @@ -1953,102 +2210,102 @@ "GPG 키 %1의 암호를 입력하십시오.\n" "(%2)" -#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3879 +#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3879 msgid "Creating the Add-On" msgstr "추가 기능 만들기" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3883 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3883 msgid "Write the content file" msgstr "내용 파일 쓰기" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3885 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3885 msgid "Create the structure of the add-on" msgstr "추가 기능의 구조 만들기" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3887 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3887 msgid "Write the patterns" msgstr "패턴 쓰기" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3889 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3889 msgid "Copy the packages" msgstr "패키지 복사" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3891 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3891 msgid "Generate the release package" msgstr "릴리스 패키지 생성" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3893 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3893 msgid "Create MD5 sums" msgstr "MD5 합계 만들기" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3895 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3895 msgid "Sign resulting product" msgstr "최종 제품에 서명" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3899 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3899 msgid "Writing the content file..." msgstr "내용 파일 쓰는 중..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3901 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3901 msgid "Creating the structure of the add-on..." msgstr "추가 기능의 구조 만드는 중..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3903 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3903 msgid "Writing the patterns..." msgstr "패턴 쓰는 중..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3905 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3905 msgid "Copying the packages..." msgstr "패키지 복사 중..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3907 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3907 msgid "Generating the release package..." msgstr "릴리스 패키지 생성 중..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3909 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3909 msgid "Creating MD5 sums..." msgstr "MD5 합계 만드는 중..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3911 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3911 msgid "Signing resulting product..." msgstr "최종 제품에 서명 중..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3916 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3916 msgid "Create ISO image" msgstr "ISO 이미지 작성" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3918 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3918 msgid "Creating ISO image..." msgstr "ISO 이미지 작성 중..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3921 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3921 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#. Error message (do not translate 'content' -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3957 +#. Error message (do not translate 'content' +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3957 msgid "Cannot write content file." msgstr "내용 파일을 작성할 수 없습니다." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3978 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3978 msgid "Cannot create the output directory structure." msgstr "출력 디렉토리 구조를 만들 수 없습니다." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/add-on.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/add-on.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/add-on.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: add-on\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:47\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline help -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:41 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline help +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:41 msgid "" "\n" "Add-on Module Help\n" @@ -49,102 +49,107 @@ "cd://\n" "dvd://\n" -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "대상 파일 이름('xmlfile' 옵션)이 누락되었습니다. xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 명령줄 옵션을 사용하십시오." +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " +"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "" +"대상 파일 이름('xmlfile' 옵션)이 누락되었습니다. xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 명" +"령줄 옵션을 사용하십시오." -#. dialog caption -#. this is a heading -#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#. dialog caption +#. this is a heading +#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "추가 기능 제품" -#. busy message (dialog) -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 +#. busy message (dialog) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화 중..." -#. help -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 +#. help +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>" msgstr "<p>추가 기능 제품 초기화 중...</p>" -#. Create a summary -#. return string -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70 +#. Create a summary +#. return string +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70 msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" msgstr "<li>미디어: %1, 경로: %2, 제품: %3</li>\n" -#. set addon specific sig-handling -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 +#. set addon specific sig-handling +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." msgstr "\"%2\"을(를) 통해 \"%1\" 추가 기능을 사용할 수 있게 합니다." -#. just report error -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 +#. just report error +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 msgid "Failed to add add-on product." msgstr "추가 기능 제품을 추가하지 못했습니다." -#. placeholder for unknown path -#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media -#. placeholder for unknown directory -#. place holder for unknown URL -#. placeholder for unknown path -#. placeholder for unknown URL -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#. placeholder for unknown path +#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media +#. placeholder for unknown directory +#. place holder for unknown URL +#. placeholder for unknown path +#. placeholder for unknown URL +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "알 수 없음" -#. summary string -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:47 +#. summary string +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:47 msgid "No add-on product selected for installation" msgstr "설치를 위해 선택한 추가 기능 제품이 없습니다." -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:78 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:78 msgid "Add-&on Products" msgstr "추가 기능 제품(&O)" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:114 msgid "Installation of the Language Extension has been finished." msgstr "언어 확장의 설치가 완료되었습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. main screen heading -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. main screen heading +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "추가 기능 제품 설치" -#. TRANSLATORS:: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:219 +#. TRANSLATORS:: multi-selection box +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:219 msgid "&Select Language Extensions to Be Installed" msgstr "설치할 언어 확장 선택(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -msgid "<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 +msgid "" +"<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>설치할 언어 확장을 선택하고 <b>확인</b>을 클릭하십시오.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "추가 기능 제품 설치를 중단하시겠습니까?" -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:260 +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:260 msgid "" "There are no selected languages to be installed.\n" "Are you sure you want to abort the installation?" @@ -152,32 +157,32 @@ "설치할 언어가 선택되지 않았습니다.\n" "설치를 중단하시겠습니까?" -#. TRANSLATORS: multiselection box item, %1 stands for 'ar', 'mk', 'zh_TW' -#. it used only as a fallback -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:329 +#. TRANSLATORS: multiselection box item, %1 stands for 'ar', 'mk', 'zh_TW' +#. it used only as a fallback +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:329 msgid "Language %1" msgstr "언어 %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:34 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:34 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "이 모듈에 사용할 수 있는 사용자 인터페이스가 없습니다." -#. VENDOR: main screen heading -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:64 +#. VENDOR: main screen heading +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:64 msgid "Vendor Driver CD" msgstr "제조업체 드라이버 CD" -#. VENDOR: cant mount /dev/cdrom popup -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:84 +#. VENDOR: cant mount /dev/cdrom popup +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:84 msgid "Please insert the vendor CD-ROM" msgstr "제조업체 CD-ROM을 넣으십시오." -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:130 src/clients/vendor.rb:145 -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:202 +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:130 src/clients/vendor.rb:145 +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:202 msgid "" "Could not find driver data on the CD-ROM.\n" "Aborting now." @@ -185,8 +190,8 @@ "CD-ROM에서 드라이버 데이터를 찾을 수 없습니다.\n" "지금 중단하고 있습니다." -#. VENDOR: vendor cd doesn't contain data for current system and linux version -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:177 +#. VENDOR: vendor cd doesn't contain data for current system and linux version +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:177 msgid "" "The CD-ROM data does not match the running Linux system.\n" "Aborting now.\n" @@ -194,13 +199,13 @@ "CD-ROM 데이터가 실행 중인 Linux 시스템과 일치하지 않습니다.\n" "지금 중단합니다.\n" -#. VENDOR: dialog heading -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:262 +#. VENDOR: dialog heading +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:262 msgid "Installing driver..." msgstr "드라이버 설치 중..." -#. VENDOR: popup if installation of driver failed -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:273 +#. VENDOR: popup if installation of driver failed +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:273 msgid "" "The installation failed.\n" "Contact the address on the CD-ROM.\n" @@ -208,13 +213,13 @@ "설치에 실패했습니다.\n" "CD-ROM에 있는 주소로 문의하십시오.\n" -#. VENDOR: message box with number of drivers installed -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:287 +#. VENDOR: message box with number of drivers installed +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:287 msgid "Installed %1 drivers from CD" msgstr "CD에서 설치된 %1개 드라이버" -#. VENDOR: message box with error text -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:292 +#. VENDOR: message box with error text +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:292 msgid "" "No driver data found on the CD-ROM.\n" "Aborting now." @@ -222,51 +227,51 @@ "CD-ROM에 드라이버 데이터가 없습니다.\n" "지금 중단합니다." -#. table cell -#. table cell -#. List of all selected repositories -#. -#. -#. **Structure:** -#. -#. add_on_products = [ -#. $[ -#. "media" : 4, // ID of the source -#. "product_dir" : "/", -#. "product" : "openSUSE version XX.Y", -#. "autoyast_product" : "'PRODUCT' tag for AutoYaST Export", -#. "media_url" : "Zypp URL of the product", -#. ], -#. ... -#. ] -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 +#. table cell +#. table cell +#. List of all selected repositories +#. +#. +#. **Structure:** +#. +#. add_on_products = [ +#. $[ +#. "media" : 4, // ID of the source +#. "product_dir" : "/", +#. "product" : "openSUSE version XX.Y", +#. "autoyast_product" : "'PRODUCT' tag for AutoYaST Export", +#. "media_url" : "Zypp URL of the product", +#. ], +#. ... +#. ] +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "리포지토리에서 제품을 찾을 수 없습니다." -#. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 +#. error report +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "매체에 소프트웨어 리포지토리가 없습니다." -#. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 +#. busy message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "새 소스 초기화 중..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, 디렉토리: %2" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "소프트웨어 리포지토리 선택" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" @@ -276,45 +281,45 @@ "선택한 매체에 여러 리포지토리가 있습니다.\n" "사용할 리포지토리를 선택하십시오.</p>\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "검색한 리포지토리(&F)" -#. if (Stage::initial()) -#. { -#. if (Popup::ConfirmAbort (`painless)) -#. break; -#. } -#. else -#. { -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 +#. if (Stage::initial()) +#. { +#. if (Popup::ConfirmAbort (`painless)) +#. break; +#. } +#. else +#. { +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "추가 기능 제품 설치를 중단하시겠습니까?" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "리포지토리를 선택하십시오." -#. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 +#. message popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "추가 기능 제품의 종속성을 이행할 수 없습니다." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "제품 선택" -#. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 +#. multi selection list +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "사용 가능한 제품" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -324,13 +329,13 @@ "리포지토리에 여러 제품이 있습니다.\n" "설치할 제품을 선택하십시오.</p>\n" -#. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 +#. message popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "선택한 추가 기능 제품의 종속성을 이행할 수 없습니다." -#. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 +#. Help for add-on products +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>\n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -339,106 +344,111 @@ msgstr "" "<p><big><b>추가 기능 제품 설치</b></big><br/>\n" "여기에는 설치하도록 선택된 추가 기능 제품이 모두 표시됩니다.\n" -"새 제품을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 클릭하십시오. 이미 추가된 제품을 제거하려면 \n" +"새 제품을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 클릭하십시오. 이미 추가된 제품을 제거하려" +"면 \n" "해당 제품을 선택하고 <b>삭제</b>를 클릭하십시오.</p>" -#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 +#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1, 디렉토리: %2" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 msgid "Product" msgstr "제품" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Media" msgstr "미디어" -#. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 +#. message report +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "삭제할 제품을 선택하십시오." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "선택한 추가 기능 제거 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "설치된 추가 기능 제품" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "추가 기능 제품" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "소프트웨어 관리자 실행(&S)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>" msgstr "<p>시스템에 설치된 추가 기능 제품이 모두 표시됩니다.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 -msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>" -msgstr "<p>새 추가 기능 제품을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 클릭하고, 사용 중인 추가 기능을 제거하려면 <b>삭제</b>를 클릭하십시오.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 +msgid "" +"<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove " +"an add-on which is in use.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>새 추가 기능 제품을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 클릭하고, 사용 중인 추가 기능" +"을 제거하려면 <b>삭제</b>를 클릭하십시오.</p>" -#. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 +#. no items +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>제조업체:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "알 수 없는 제조업체" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>버전:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "알 수 없는 버전" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>리포지토리 URL:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "알 수 없는 리포지토리 URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>리포지토리 별칭:</b> %1<br>" -#. Removes the currently selected Add-On -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 +#. Removes the currently selected Add-On +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "알 수 없는 제품" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "알 수 없는 URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -450,18 +460,18 @@ "\n" "삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "제품 종속성 제거 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up headline -#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up headline +#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:72 msgid "Warning: Not enough memory!" msgstr "경고: 메모리가 부족합니다!" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question -#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:74 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question +#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:74 msgid "" "Your system does not seem to have enough memory to use add-on products\n" "during installation. You can enable add-on products later when the\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/audit-laf.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/audit-laf.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/audit-laf.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:47\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,166 +14,166 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the audit-laf module -#. Initialization dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:55 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:180 -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:228 +#. Command line help text for the audit-laf module +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:55 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:180 +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:228 msgid "Configuration of Linux Audit Framework (LAF)" msgstr "LAF(Linux Audit Framework) 구성" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:68 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:68 msgid "Show information about audit settings" msgstr "감사 설정에 대한 정보 표시" -#. translators: command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:81 +#. translators: command line help text for set action +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:81 msgid "Set the specified option" msgstr "지정한 옵션 설정" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show logfile' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:89 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show logfile' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:89 msgid "Show log file settings" msgstr "로그 파일 설정 표시" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show diskspace' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:95 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show diskspace' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:95 msgid "Show disk space settings" msgstr "디스크 공간 설정 표시" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show dispatcher' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:101 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show dispatcher' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:101 msgid "Show dispatcher settings" msgstr "디스패쳐 설정 표시" -#. translators: command line help text for log_file option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:107 +#. translators: command line help text for log_file option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:107 msgid "Name of the log file (full path name)" msgstr "로그 파일의 이름(전체 경로 이름)" -#. translators: command line help text for log_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:114 +#. translators: command line help text for log_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:114 msgid "Log format" msgstr "로그 형식" -#. translators: command line help text for flush option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:122 +#. translators: command line help text for flush option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:122 msgid "How to write data to disk" msgstr "디스크에 데이터를 쓸 방법" -#. translators: command line help text for frequency option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 +#. translators: command line help text for frequency option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 msgid "How many records to write before a flush to disk is issued" msgstr "디스크 플러시 발급 전 쓸 레코드 수" -#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 +#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 msgid "Maximal size (in MByte) of the log file" msgstr "로그 파일의 최대 크기(MByte)" -#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:144 +#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:144 msgid "Action if max_log_file is reached" msgstr "max_log_file에 도달한 겨우 동작" -#. translators: command line help text for num_logs option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:152 +#. translators: command line help text for num_logs option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:152 msgid "Number of log files to keep" msgstr "저장해둘 로그파일의 수" -#. translators: command line help text for name_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:159 +#. translators: command line help text for name_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:159 msgid "Computer name format" msgstr "컴퓨터 이름 형식" -#. translators: command line help text for name_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:167 +#. translators: command line help text for name_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:167 msgid "Computer name (used if format is set to USER)" msgstr "컴퓨터 이름(형식을 USER로 설정한 경우)" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low" msgstr "시스템이 시작할 때 용량이 작은 로그 파티션의 최소 여유 용량(MByte)" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 msgid "Action if space_left is reached" msgstr "space_left에 도달한 경우 동작" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if space_left is reached" msgstr "space_left에 도달한 경우 실행되는 스크립트(전체 경로 이름)" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low" msgstr "시스템이 부족할 때 로그 파티션에 남은 용량(MByte)" -#. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 +#. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 msgid "Action if admin_space_left is reached" msgstr "admin_space_left에 도달한 경우 동작" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if admin_space_left is reached" msgstr "admin_space_left에 도달한 경우 실행되는 스크립트(전체 경로 이름)" -#. command line help text for action_mail_acct option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 +#. command line help text for action_mail_acct option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)" msgstr "메일 보내기 계정(space_left_action을 EMAIL로 설정한 경우)" -#. command line help text for disk_full_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 +#. command line help text for disk_full_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 msgid "Action to perform if disk is full" msgstr "디스크가 가득 찼을 때 동작" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:247 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:247 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if disk is full" msgstr "디스크가 가득 찼을 때 실행되는 스크립트(전체 경로)" -#. command line help text for disk_error_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:254 +#. command line help text for disk_error_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:254 msgid "Action to perform on disk error" msgstr "디스크 오류 발생 시 동작" -#. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262 +#. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) on disk error" msgstr "디스크 오류 발생 시 실행되는 스크립트(전체 경로)" -#. command line help text for communication control option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269 +#. command line help text for communication control option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269 msgid "How to communicate between dispatcher and the audit daemon" msgstr "디스패쳐와 감사 데몬 간의 통신 방법" -#. command line help text for dispatcher option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:277 +#. command line help text for dispatcher option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:277 msgid "Dispatcher program (full path name)" msgstr "디스패쳐 프로그램(전체 경로 이름)" -#. Rich text title for AuditLaf in proposals -#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:82 +#. Rich text title for AuditLaf in proposals +#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:82 msgid "AuditLaf" msgstr "AuditLaf" -#. Menu title for AuditLaf in proposals -#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:86 +#. Menu title for AuditLaf in proposals +#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:86 msgid "&AuditLaf" msgstr "AuditLaf(&A)" -#. Handle actions of log file dialog (button 'Select file') -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:126 +#. Handle actions of log file dialog (button 'Select file') +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:126 msgid "Select the log file" msgstr "로그 파일 선택" -#. Store all values in SETTINGS -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:178 +#. Store all values in SETTINGS +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:178 msgid "" "The 'User Defined Name' is NOT set although\n" "the 'Computer Name Format' is set to 'USER'.\n" @@ -183,35 +183,35 @@ "'사용자 정의 이름'은 설정되지 않습니다.\n" "형식을 'NONE'(기본값)으로 설정합니다." -#. Handle actions of dispatcher dialog (button 'Select file') -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:223 +#. Handle actions of dispatcher dialog (button 'Select file') +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:223 msgid "Select the dispatcher program" msgstr "디스패처 프로그램 선택" -#. Second part of an error message: the value won't be changed because of previous error -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:338 +#. Second part of an error message: the value won't be changed because of previous error +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:338 msgid "Value of '%1' remains unchanged." msgstr "'%1'의 값은 변경되지 않습니다." -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:342 msgid "%1 doesn't exist.\n" msgstr "%1이(가) 없습니다.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:348 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:348 msgid "%1 is not a regular file.\n" msgstr "%1은(는) 정규 파일이 아닙니다.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:355 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:355 msgid "%1 not owned by root.\n" msgstr "%1은(는) 루트가 소유하지 않았습니다.\n" -#. check permissions -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:371 +#. check permissions +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:371 msgid "File permissions of %1 NOT set to -rwxr-x---.\n" msgstr "%1의 파일 권한이 -rwxr-x---로 설정되지 않았습니다.\n" -#. Warning - the audit configuration is locked, reset impossible -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:461 +#. Warning - the audit configuration is locked, reset impossible +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:461 msgid "" "The rules are already locked, a reset is impossible.\n" "\n" @@ -223,18 +223,18 @@ "잠금을 해제하려면 그에 따라 활성 플래그를 설정하고\n" "구성을 완료하십시오. 그런 다음 재부팅을 해야 합니다." -#. Report success -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:488 +#. Report success +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:488 msgid "Rules successfully restored" msgstr "규칙이 복원되었습니다." -#. Report error - error during reset -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 +#. Report error - error during reset +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 msgid "Cannot reset rules. Check /etc/audit/audit.rules." msgstr "규칙을 재설정할 수 없습니다. /etc/audit/audit.rules를 확인하십시오." -#. Handle actions of rules dialog -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 +#. Handle actions of rules dialog +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 msgid "" "The rules are already locked.\n" "\n" @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ "새 규칙을 보내면 오류가 발생하므로\n" "테스트할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:573 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:573 msgid "" "Lock is set in audit.rules (-e 2).\n" "\n" @@ -258,25 +258,25 @@ "다음 부팅까지 규칙이 잠기므로 \n" "계속해도 의미가 없습니다.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:606 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:606 msgid "Success" msgstr "성공" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:609 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:609 msgid "Cannot create tmp file for rules." msgstr "규칙에 대한 tmp 파일을 생성할 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:616 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:616 msgid "Select an example" msgstr "예 선택" -#. Called if 'Abort' button is pressed in main dialog. -#. If the rules are changed by a syntax check the changes will be reseted. -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:666 +#. Called if 'Abort' button is pressed in main dialog. +#. If the rules are changed by a syntax check the changes will be reseted. +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:666 msgid "Lock set" msgstr "설정 잠금" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:667 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:667 msgid "" "The audit configuration is locked (option -e 2).\n" "This means the rules are locked until next boot!\n" @@ -290,202 +290,203 @@ "확인하십시오. 아닐 경우 감사를 활성화하거나 비활성화하십시오.\n" "규칙을 확인하거나 변경하려면 규칙 편집기로 돌아가십시오.\n" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:69 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "일반 설정" -#. InputField label -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:117 +#. InputField label +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:117 msgid "&Log File" msgstr "로그 파일(&L)" -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:79 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:222 +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:79 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Select Fi&le" msgstr "파일 선택(&L)" -#. ComboBox label - select format of logging -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:90 +#. ComboBox label - select format of logging +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:90 msgid "&Format" msgstr "형식(&F)" -#. ComboBox label - select how to flush data on disk -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:103 +#. ComboBox label - select how to flush data on disk +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Fl&ush" msgstr "플러시(&U)" -#. InputField label - enter how many records to write before flush data to disk -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:119 +#. InputField label - enter how many records to write before flush data to disk +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Fre&quency (Number of Records)" msgstr "주파수(레코드 수)(&Q)" -#. Frame label - data regarding size of log file and action to perform -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:132 +#. Frame label - data regarding size of log file and action to perform +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Size and Action" msgstr "크기와 동작" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:137 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Ma&x File Size (MB)" msgstr "최대 파일 크기(MB)(&X)" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:145 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "M&aximum File Size Action" msgstr "최대 파일 크기 동작(&A)" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:162 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "&Number of Log Files" msgstr "로그 파일 수(&N)" -#. Frame label - data regarding how to write computer names to the log file -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:173 +#. Frame label - data regarding how to write computer names to the log file +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Computer Names" msgstr "컴퓨터 이름" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:181 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "&Computer Name Format" msgstr "컴퓨터 이름 형식(&C)" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:192 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "User Defined Name" msgstr "사용자 정의 이름" -#. Frame label - settings of the dispatcher program -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:208 +#. Frame label - settings of the dispatcher program +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:208 msgid "Dispatcher Settings" msgstr "디스패처 설정" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:216 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Dispatcher Program" msgstr "디스패처 프로그램" -#. ComboBox label - communication between the audit daemon and the dispatcher program -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:230 +#. ComboBox label - communication between the audit daemon and the dispatcher program +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "C&ommunication" msgstr "통신(&O)" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:252 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "Value and Action for Space Is Starting to Run Low" msgstr "공간에 대한 값 및 작업이 부족해지기 시작합니다." -#. InputField label - space on disk is starting to run low if the entered value is reached -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:257 +#. InputField label - space on disk is starting to run low if the entered value is reached +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "&Space Left on Disk (MB)" msgstr "디스크에 남은 공간(MB)(&S)" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is low -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:266 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is low +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "&Action" msgstr "작동(&A)" -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:305 -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:332 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:350 +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:305 +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:332 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Path to Script" msgstr "스크립트 경로" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:281 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Value and Action for Space Is Running Low" msgstr "공간에 대한 값 및 작업이 부족합니다." -#. InputField label - space on disk is running low if the entered value is reached -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:286 +#. InputField label - space on disk is running low if the entered value is reached +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "&Admin Space Left (MB) " msgstr "관리자의 사용 가능한 공간(MB)(&A)" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is running low -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:295 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is running low +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Ac&tion" msgstr "동작(&T)" -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:311 +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:311 msgid "Action Mail Account" msgstr "동작 메일 계정" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:315 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "Action on Error or Disk Full" msgstr "오류 동작 또는 디스크가 가득 참" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if disk is full -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:324 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if disk is full +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Disk &Full Action" msgstr "디스크가 가득 참 동작(&F)" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed on error -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:342 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed on error +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Disk &Error Action" msgstr "디스크 오류 동작(&E)" -#. label of a combo box with the possibilitiy to enable/disable auditing or lock the rules -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:374 +#. label of a combo box with the possibilitiy to enable/disable auditing or lock the rules +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "&Set Enabled Flag" msgstr "활성 플래그 설정(&S)" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:233 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:233 msgid "Auditing enabled" msgstr "감사 활성" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:379 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:235 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:379 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:235 msgid "Auditing disabled" msgstr "감사 비활성" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:381 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Rules are locked (until next boot)" msgstr "규칙이 잠김(다음 부팅 시까지)" -#. Label - describes what can be done in the editor -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:393 +#. Label - describes what can be done in the editor +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Edit the rules for the audit subsystem here:" msgstr "여기에서 감사 하위 시스템에 대한 규칙 편집:" -#. label of a push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:401 +#. label of a push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "&Check Syntax" msgstr "구문 확인(&C)" -#. label of push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:404 +#. label of push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "&Restore 'audit.rules'" msgstr "'audit.rules' 복원(&R)" -#. label of push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:407 +#. label of push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:407 msgid "R&estore and Reset" msgstr "복원 후 재설정(&E)" -#. label of a push button -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:410 +#. label of a push button +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "&Load " msgstr "로드(&L)" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" +"b><br>\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Linux Audit Framework 구성 초기화</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:39 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -493,8 +494,8 @@ "<p><b><big>초기화 중단 중:</big></b><br>\n" "지금 <b>중단</b>을 눌러 구성 유틸리티를 안전하게 중단하십시오.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving auditd Configuration and Rules</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -502,8 +503,8 @@ "<p><b><big>auditd 구성 및 규칙 저장</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:47 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -515,29 +516,39 @@ "이 작업이 안전한지 여부를 알려 주는 추가 대화 상자가 나타납니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n" -"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches).</p>" +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " +"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/" +"log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n" +"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications " +"which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " +"watches).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Auditd 로그 파일 구성</big></b><br>\n" -"감사 데몬은 로그 파일 <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i>(기본값)에 모든 관련 감사 이벤트를 기록하는 Linux Auditing System의 구성 요소입니다.\n" +"감사 데몬은 로그 파일 <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i>(기본값)에 모든 관련 감" +"사 이벤트를 기록하는 Linux Auditing System의 구성 요소입니다.\n" "이벤트는 <i>apparmor</i> 커널 모듈, \n" -"<i>libaudit</i>(예: PAM)를 사용하는 응용 프로그램 또는 규칙에서 발생한 사건(예: 파일 감시)으로부터 발생할 수 있습니다.</p>" +"<i>libaudit</i>(예: PAM)를 사용하는 응용 프로그램 또는 규칙에서 발생한 사건" +"(예: 파일 감시)으로부터 발생할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>" +"<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules " +"and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " +"manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>auditctl의 규칙</b> 대화 상자에는 규칙에 대한 기타 정보와 규칙 추가 가능성에 대한 자세한 정보가 나와 있습니다.\n" -"로그 파일 설정에 대한 자세한 정보는 맨페이지('man auditd.conf')에서 확인할 수 있습니다.</p>" +"<p><b>auditctl의 규칙</b> 대화 상자에는 규칙에 대한 기타 정보와 규칙 추가 가" +"능성에 대한 자세한 정보가 나와 있습니다.\n" +"로그 파일 설정에 대한 자세한 정보는 맨페이지('man auditd.conf')에서 확인할 " +"수 있습니다.</p>" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p><b>Log File</b>: Enter the full path name to the log file\n" "(or use <b>Select File</b>.)</p>" @@ -545,113 +556,146 @@ "<p><b>로그 파일</b>: 로그 파일에 전체 경로 이름을 입력합니다\n" "(또는 <b>파일 선택</b> 사용).</p>" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly " +"as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of " +"writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher).</p> " msgstr "" -"<p><b>형식</b>: <i>RAW</i>를 설정하여 모든 데이터를 기록하거나(커널이 데이터를 전송하는\n" -"것과 같은 형식으로 저장)<i>NOLOG</i>를 설정하여 디스크에 기록하는 대신 모든 감사 정보를\n" +"<p><b>형식</b>: <i>RAW</i>를 설정하여 모든 데이터를 기록하거나(커널이 데이터" +"를 전송하는\n" +"것과 같은 형식으로 저장)<i>NOLOG</i>를 설정하여 디스크에 기록하는 대신 모든 " +"감사 정보를\n" "무시합니다(디스패쳐에 전송한 데이터에는 적용되지 않음).</p> " -#. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to <i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\n" -"<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" -"<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: keep data portion synced,\n" +"<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " +"<i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\n" +"<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " +"explicit flush to disk.\n" +"<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: " +"keep data portion synced,\n" "<i>SYNC</i>: keep data and meta-data fully synced.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>플러시</b>: 디스크에 데이터를 쓰는 방법을 설명합니다. <i>INCREMENTAL</i>로 설정된 경우\n" -"<b>빈도</b> 파라미터에 따라 디스크에 명시적 플러시를 실행하기 전에 쓸 레코드 수가 지정됩니다.\n" -"<i>NONE</i>: 데이터를 플러시하려는 특별한 작업이 수행되지 않습니다. <i>DATA</i>: 데이터 부분을 동기화된 상태로 유지합니다,\n" +"<p><b>플러시</b>: 디스크에 데이터를 쓰는 방법을 설명합니다. <i>INCREMENTAL</" +"i>로 설정된 경우\n" +"<b>빈도</b> 파라미터에 따라 디스크에 명시적 플러시를 실행하기 전에 쓸 레코드 " +"수가 지정됩니다.\n" +"<i>NONE</i>: 데이터를 플러시하려는 특별한 작업이 수행되지 않습니다. <i>DATA</" +"i>: 데이터 부분을 동기화된 상태로 유지합니다,\n" "<i>SYNC</i>: 데이터 및 메타데이터를 완전히 동기화된 상태로 유지합니다.</p>" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" +"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " +"when this\n" "value is reached via <b>Size and Action</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>크기 및 작업</b>을 통해 최대 로그 파일 크기(MB) 및 이 값에 도달했을 때 수행할 작업을\n" +"<p><b>크기 및 작업</b>을 통해 최대 로그 파일 크기(MB) 및 이 값에 도달했을 때 " +"수행할 작업을\n" "구성합니다.</p>\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records to\n" +"<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> " +"specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a " +"warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records " +"to\n" "disk. <i>IGNORE</i> means do nothing, <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>작업이 <i>ROTATE</i>로 설정된 경우 <b>로그 파일 수</b>는 유지할 파일 수를\n" +"<p>작업이 <i>ROTATE</i>로 설정된 경우 <b>로그 파일 수</b>는 유지할 파일 수" +"를\n" "지정합니다. <i>SYSLOG</i>로 설정된 경우 감사 데몬이\n" -"/var/log/messages에 경고를 씁니다. <i>SUSPEND</i>를 사용하면 데몬이 디스크에 레코드 쓰기를\n" -"중지합니다. <i>IGNORE</i>는 아무 작업도 수행하지 않음을 의미합니다. <i>KEEP_LOGS</i>는\n" +"/var/log/messages에 경고를 씁니다. <i>SUSPEND</i>를 사용하면 데몬이 디스크에 " +"레코드 쓰기를\n" +"중지합니다. <i>IGNORE</i>는 아무 작업도 수행하지 않음을 의미합니다. " +"<i>KEEP_LOGS</i>는\n" "ROTATE와 유사하지만 로그 파일을 덮어쓰지 않습니다.</p>\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to the\n" +"<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to " +"the\n" "log file. If <i>USER</i> is set, the <b>User Defined Name</b> is\n" -"used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully qualified\n" +"used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses " +"the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully " +"qualified\n" "domain name.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>컴퓨터 이름 형식</b>은 로그 파일에 컴퓨터 이름을 쓰는 방법을\n" "설명합니다. <i>USER</i>가 설정된 경우 <b>사용자 정의 이름</b>이\n" -"사용됩니다. <i>NONE</i>은 컴퓨터 이름이 삽입되지 않음을 의미합니다. <i>HOSTNAME</i>은\n" -"'gethostname' syscall에서 반환된 이름을 사용합니다. <i>FQD</i>는 정규화된 도메인 이름을\n" +"사용됩니다. <i>NONE</i>은 컴퓨터 이름이 삽입되지 않음을 의미합니다. " +"<i>HOSTNAME</i>은\n" +"'gethostname' syscall에서 반환된 이름을 사용합니다. <i>FQD</i>는 정규화된 도" +"메인 이름을\n" "사용합니다.</p>\n" -#. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 +#. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " +"manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf').</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Auditd 디스패쳐 구성</big></b><br>\n" -"디스패쳐 설정에 대한 자세한 내용은 맨페이지('man auditd.conf')에서 확인할 수\n" +"디스패쳐 설정에 대한 자세한 내용은 맨페이지('man auditd.conf')에서 확인할 " +"수\n" "있습니다.</p>" -#. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 +#. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" +"<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " +"and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>디스패처</b>: 디스패처 프로그램은 감사 데몬에서 시작되고\n" "stdin에서 모든 감사 이벤트를 가져옵니다.</p>" -#. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 +#. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" -"program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want a blocking/lossless\n" +"<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and " +"the dispatcher\n" +"program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the " +"dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want " +"a blocking/lossless\n" "communication.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>통신</b>: 데몬과 디스패쳐 프로그램 간의 통신을 제어합니다. <i>손실 허용</i>\n" -"통신은 대기열(128KB 버퍼)이 가득 찼을 때 디스패쳐로 가는 이벤트가 폐기되는 것을 의미합니다.\n" +"<p><b>통신</b>: 데몬과 디스패쳐 프로그램 간의 통신을 제어합니다. <i>손실 허용" +"</i>\n" +"통신은 대기열(128KB 버퍼)이 가득 찼을 때 디스패쳐로 가는 이벤트가 폐기되는 것" +"을 의미합니다.\n" "차단/무손실 통신을 실행하려면 <i>무손실</i>을 선택하십시오.\n" "</p>" -#. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 +#. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf').</p>" +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd." +"conf').</p>" msgstr "" "<p>디스패쳐 'audispd'는 감사 이벤트 멀티플렉서입니다.\n" -"자세한 내용은 맨페이지('man audispd' 및 'man audispd.conf')를 참조하십시오.</p>" +"자세한 내용은 맨페이지('man audispd' 및 'man audispd.conf')를 참조하십시오.</" +"p>" -#. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 +#. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<p><b>Note:</b> The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" " file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n" @@ -659,8 +703,8 @@ "<p><b>참고:</b> 디스패처 프로그램은 'root'에 의해 소유되고 '0750'\n" " 파일 권한이 있어야 하며, 전체 경로 이름을 입력해야 합니다.</p>\n" -#. disk space dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 +#. disk space dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Auditd Disk Space Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "The settings made here refer to disk space on log partition.\n" @@ -670,106 +714,136 @@ "여기서 수행된 설정은 로그 파티션의 디스크 공간을 가리킵니다.\n" "자세한 내용은 매뉴얼 페이지('man auditd.conf')를 참조하십시오.</p>\n" -#. disk space dialog help 2/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 +#. disk space dialog help 2/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an <b>Action</b> because\n" +"<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform " +"an <b>Action</b> because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>남아 있는 공간</b>(MB 단위)은 시스템의 공간이 부족해지기 시작하기 때문에\n" +"<p><b>남아 있는 공간</b>(MB 단위)은 시스템의 공간이 부족해지기 시작하기 때문" +"에\n" "감사 데몬에게 <b>동작</b>을 수행할 시기를 알려줍니다.</p>" -#. disk space dialog help 3/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 +#. disk space dialog help 3/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The system <b>is running\n" -"low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action</b> will be performed.</p>" +"<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The " +"system <b>is running\n" +"low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action</" +"b> will be performed.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>남아 있는 관리자 공간</b> 값은 위의 값보다 작아야 합니다. 이 값에 도달하면 시스템의\n" +"<p><b>남아 있는 관리자 공간</b> 값은 위의 값보다 작아야 합니다. 이 값에 도달" +"하면 시스템의\n" "<b>디스크 공간이 부족</b>해지고 지정된 <b>동작</b>이 수행됩니다.</p>" -#. disk space dialog hep 4/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 +#. disk space dialog hep 4/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p>If an action is set to <i>EMAIL</i>, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> means the\n" -"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> means\n" +"account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> means " +"the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> " +"means\n" "do nothing. <i>EXEC</i> runs the script specified in <b>Path to\n" "Script</b>. <i>SUSPEND</i> stops writing records to disk. <i>SINGLE</i>\n" "switches the system to single user mode. <i>HALT</i> shuts down the\n" "system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>작업이 <i>EMAIL</i>로 설정된 경우\n" -"<b>작업 메일 계정</b>에 지정된 계정으로 경고 메일이 전송됩니다.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i>는\n" +"<b>작업 메일 계정</b>에 지정된 계정으로 경고 메일이 전송됩니다.<br> " +"<i>SYSLOG</i>는\n" "디스크 공간 경고가 /var/log/messages에 기록됨을 의미합니다. <i>IGNORE</i>는\n" -"아무 작업도 수행하지 않음을 의미합니다. <i>EXEC</i>는 <b>스크립트 경로</b>에\n" -"지정된 스크립트를 실행합니다. <i>SUSPEND</i>는 디스크에 레코드 쓰기를 중지합니다. <i>SINGLE</i>은\n" +"아무 작업도 수행하지 않음을 의미합니다. <i>EXEC</i>는 <b>스크립트 경로</b>" +"에\n" +"지정된 스크립트를 실행합니다. <i>SUSPEND</i>는 디스크에 레코드 쓰기를 중지합" +"니다. <i>SINGLE</i>은\n" "시스템을 단일 사용자 모드로 전환합니다. <i>HALT</i>는 시스템을\n" "종료합니다.</p>\n" -#. disk space dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 +#. disk space dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full already) and\n" -"a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" +"<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full " +"already) and\n" +"a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while " +"writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for <i>EMAIL</i>).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>디스크가 가득 참 동작</b>(디스크가 이미 가득 참)과\n" -"<b>디스크 오류 동작</b>(디스크에 쓰는 동안 오류가 감지될 때마다 수행됨)을 지정할 수도 있습니다.\n" +"<b>디스크 오류 동작</b>(디스크에 쓰는 동안 오류가 감지될 때마다 수행됨)을 지" +"정할 수도 있습니다.\n" "사용 가능한 동작은 위의 동작과 동일합니다(<i>EMAIL</i> 제외).</p>" -#. disk space dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 +#. disk space dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p><b>Note:</b> All scripts specified for <i>EXEC</i> must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " +"entered.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>참고:</b> <i>EXEC</i>에 대해 지정된 모든 스크립트는\n" -"'root'에 의해 소유되고 '0750' 파일 권한이 있어야 하며, 전체 경로 이름을 입력해야 합니다.</p>\n" +"'root'에 의해 소유되고 '0750' 파일 권한이 있어야 하며, 전체 경로 이름을 입력" +"해야 합니다.</p>\n" -#. rules dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 +#. rules dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Rules for auditctl</big></b><br>\n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -"The selected flag from <b>Set Enabled Flag</b> will be added to the rules.</p>" +"The selected flag from <b>Set Enabled Flag</b> will be added to the rules.</" +"p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>auditctl에 대한 규칙</big></b><br>\n" "이 대화 상자는 syscall 감사를 활성화 또는 비활성화하고\n" "감사 구성을 잠그는 기능을 제공합니다.\n" "<b>활성화된 플래그 설정</b>에서 선택한 플래그가 규칙에 추가됩니다.</p>" -#. rules dialog help 2/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>참고:</b><br>규칙을 잠그면 다음 재부팅까지 규칙을 변경할 수 없습니다.</p>" +#. rules dialog help 2/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " +"reboot.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>참고:</b><br>규칙을 잠그면 다음 재부팅까지 규칙을 변경할 수 없습니다.</" +"p>" -#. rules dialog help 3/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 +#. rules dialog help 3/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "<p>Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).</p> " +" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" +"audit.log (default).</p> " msgstr "" "<p>추가 규칙 없이 감사를 활성화하면\n" -" <i>libaudit</i>를 사용하는 응용 프로그램(예: PAM)이 /var/log/audit/audit.log(기본값)에 로깅합니다.</p> " +" <i>libaudit</i>를 사용하는 응용 프로그램(예: PAM)이 /var/log/audit/audit.log" +"(기본값)에 로깅합니다.</p> " -#. rules dialog help 4/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 +#. rules dialog help 4/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users.<br>\n" +"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " +"advanced users.<br>\n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>수동으로 규칙을 편집할 수도 있지만 이 작업은 고급 사용자에게만 권장됩니다.<br>\n" +"<p>수동으로 규칙을 편집할 수도 있지만 이 작업은 고급 사용자에게만 권장됩니다." +"<br>\n" "모든 옵션에 대한 자세한 내용은 'man auditctl'을 참조하십시오.</p>\n" -#. rules dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p><b>구문 확인</b>은 <i>auditctl</i>을 통해 규칙을 감사 하위 시스템으로 보내고 구문을 확인합니다.<br><b>복원</b>은 /etc/audit/audit.rules에서 설정을 복원합니다.</p>\n" +#. rules dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit " +"subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings " +"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>구문 확인</b>은 <i>auditctl</i>을 통해 규칙을 감사 하위 시스템으로 보내" +"고 구문을 확인합니다.<br><b>복원</b>은 /etc/audit/audit.rules에서 설정을 복원" +"합니다.</p>\n" -#. rules dialog help 6/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 +#. rules dialog help 6/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 msgid "" "<p>Click <b>Restore and Reset</b> to restore the rules and reset\n" "the changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling <i>auditctl</i>.<br>\n" @@ -777,47 +851,52 @@ "an example rules file.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>복원 및 재설정</b>을 클릭하여 규칙을 복원하고\n" -"<i>auditctl</i>을 호출하여 이전 구문 확인에서 식별된 변경사항을 재설정하십시오.<br>\n" -"<b>로드</b>를 클릭하여 예제 규칙 파일을 로드할 수 있는 파일 선택 대화 상자를\n" +"<i>auditctl</i>을 호출하여 이전 구문 확인에서 식별된 변경사항을 재설정하십시" +"오.<br>\n" +"<b>로드</b>를 클릭하여 예제 규칙 파일을 로드할 수 있는 파일 선택 대화 상자" +"를\n" "여십시오.</p>\n" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:123 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:123 msgid "&Dispatcher" msgstr "디스패처(&D)" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:129 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:129 msgid "Disk &Space" msgstr "디스크 공간(&S)" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. (auditctl is a program which sends the rules to the audit subsystem) -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:136 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. (auditctl is a program which sends the rules to the audit subsystem) +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:136 msgid "&Rules for 'auditctl'" msgstr "'auditctl'에 대한 규칙(&R)" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:230 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:230 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화 중..." -#. Do not check UI when running in CommandLine mode -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:231 +#. Do not check UI when running in CommandLine mode +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:231 msgid "The rules for auditctl are locked." msgstr "auditctl에 대한 규칙이 잠겼습니다." -#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 -msgid "<p>To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package <b>%1</b> must be installed.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Linux Auditing의 구성을 계속하려면 <b>%1</b> 패키지를 설치해야 합니다.</p>" +#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 +msgid "" +"<p>To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package <b>%1</b> " +"must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Linux Auditing의 구성을 계속하려면 <b>%1</b> 패키지를 설치해야 합니다.</p>" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>지금 설치하시겠습니까?</p>" -#. additionally save initial settings -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:357 +#. additionally save initial settings +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:357 msgid "" "Cannot start the audit daemon.\n" "Please check /var/log/messages for auditd errors.\n" @@ -826,65 +905,66 @@ msgstr "" "감사 데몬을 시작할 수 없습니다.\n" "/var/log/messages에서 감사 오류를 확인하십시오.\n" -"YaST2 Control Center의 'Miscellaneous' 그룹에서 'System Log' 모듈을 사용할 수 있습니다." +"YaST2 Control Center의 'Miscellaneous' 그룹에서 'System Log' 모듈을 사용할 " +"수 있습니다." -#. AuditLaf read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:376 +#. AuditLaf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:376 msgid "Initializing Audit Configuration" msgstr "감사 구성 초기화 중" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:391 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:391 msgid "Check for installed packages" msgstr "설치된 패키지 확인" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:393 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:393 msgid "Read the configuration of auditd" msgstr "auditd의 구성 읽기" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:395 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:395 msgid "Read the rules file" msgstr "규칙 파일 읽기" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:397 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:397 msgid "Check status of auditd" msgstr "auditd 상태 확인" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:401 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:401 msgid "Checking for packages..." msgstr "패키지를 확인하는 중입니다." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:403 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:403 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "구성을 읽는 중..." -#. Progress step 3/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:405 +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:405 msgid "Reading the rules file..." msgstr "규칙 파일을 읽는 중..." -#. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:407 +#. Progress step 4/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:407 msgid "Checking status..." msgstr "상태 확인 중..." -#. Report error -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:434 +#. Report error +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:434 msgid "Cannot read auditd.conf." msgstr "auditd.conf를 읽을 수 없습니다." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:444 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:444 msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "audit.rules를 읽을 수 없습니다." -#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 msgid "" "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" "or only start the daemon for now?" @@ -892,12 +972,12 @@ "지금 시작하고 부팅 시 시작을 활성화하시겠습니까\n" "또는 데몬만 시작하시겠습니까?" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" msgstr "데몬 'auditd'가 실행되지 않습니다.\n" -#. message about loaded kernel module -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 +#. message about loaded kernel module +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 msgid "" "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" @@ -907,29 +987,29 @@ "커널에서 실행 중인 감사 데몬으로 감사 이벤트를\n" "/var/log/audit/audit.log(기본값)에 기록합니다.\n" -#. Headline of a popup -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" msgstr "감사 데몬 시작" -#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "시작 및 활성화(&E)" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Start" msgstr "시작(&S)" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Do not start" msgstr "시작 안 함(&D)" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:488 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:488 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "감사 데몬을 시작할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -941,37 +1021,37 @@ "'활성화된 플래그'를 변경할 수 있지만 변경사항을 활성화하려면\n" "변경 후에 재부팅해야 합니다.\n" -#. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:545 +#. Auditd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:545 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "감사 구성 저장 중" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:561 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:561 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "설정 쓰기" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:563 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:563 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "규칙 기록" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:567 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:567 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "세팅을 쓰는 중..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:569 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:569 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "규칙을 쓰는 중..." -#. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:585 +#. check first whether rules are already locked +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:585 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "규칙이 이미 잠겼습니다." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -981,27 +1061,27 @@ "[예]를 선택하면 새 규칙이 /etc/audit/audit.rules에 기록됩니다.\n" "변경사항을 적용하려면 변경 후에 시스템을 재부팅하십시오.\n" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:611 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:611 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "감사 데몬 다시 시작에 실패했습니다." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:618 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:618 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "auditd.conf에 설정을 쓸 수 없습니다." -#. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:649 +#. Error message, rules cannot be set +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:649 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "yast2-audit-laf를 다시 시작하고 규칙을 확인하십시오." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:655 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "auditd.rules에 설정을 쓸 수 없습니다." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:704 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:704 msgid "Log file" msgstr "로그 파일" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/auth-client.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/auth-client.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/auth-client.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:47\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,179 +14,198 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 +#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Realm name" msgstr "영역 이름" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "도메인 이름을 영역에 매핑(example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "와일드카드 도메인 이름을 영역에 매핑(*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)" msgstr "관리 서버의 호스트 이름(선택 사항)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)" msgstr "마스터 키 배포 서버의 호스트 이름(선택 사항)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 -msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "" +"Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" msgstr "키 배포 센터(DNS를 통한 자동 검색을 활성화한 경우 선택 사항)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" msgstr "프린시펄 이름을 사용자 이름에 사용자 정의 매핑" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Principal Name" msgstr "프린시펄 이름" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 msgid "User Name" msgstr "사용자 이름" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names" msgstr "프린시펄 이름을 사용자 이름에 매핑하는 사용자 정의 규칙" -#. Add a KDC -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 +#. Add a KDC +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:" msgstr "키 배포 센터의 호스트 이름을 입력하십시오." -#. Add an auth_to_local -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 +#. Add an auth_to_local +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:" msgstr "auth_to_local 규칙을 입력하십시오." -#. Add an auth_to_local_names -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 -msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":" -msgstr "프린시펄 이름과 사용자 이름을 \"princ_name = user_name\" 형식으로 입력하십시오." +#. Add an auth_to_local_names +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 +msgid "" +"Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of " +"\"princ_name = user_name\":" +msgstr "" +"프린시펄 이름과 사용자 이름을 \"princ_name = user_name\" 형식으로 입력하십시" +"오." -#. Save realm settings -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 +#. Save realm settings +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 msgid "Please enter realm name." msgstr "영역 이름을 입력하십시오." -#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 +#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 msgid "Default Location of Keytab File" msgstr "Keytab 파일의 기본 위치" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)" msgstr "TGS에 대한 암호화 유형(공백으로 구분)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)" msgstr "티켓에 대한 암호화 유형(공백으로 구분)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)" msgstr "세션에 대한 암호화 유형(공백으로 구분)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)" msgstr "티켓에 입력할 추가 주소(쉼표로 구분)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Reset" msgstr "재설정" -#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 +#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:" msgstr "연결 중단의 경우:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly" msgstr "작업 계속 재시도" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation" msgstr "재시도하지 않고 작업 실패" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds" msgstr "바인드 작업에 대한 시간 제한(초)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds" msgstr "검색 작업에 대한 시간 제한(초)" -#. the last saved tab -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 +#. the last saved tab +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)" msgstr "디렉토리를 ID 공급자로 사용(LDAP)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Authentication via Kerberos" msgstr "Kerberos를 통한 인증" -#. LDAP tab events -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 +#. LDAP tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "" "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable " +"SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "이 컴퓨터는 현재 SSSD를 사용하여 사용자를 인증합니다.\n" -"레거시 LDAP 인증(pam_ldap)을 사용하려면 먼저 \"사용자 로그온 관리\"에서 SSSD를 비활성화하십시오." +"레거시 LDAP 인증(pam_ldap)을 사용하려면 먼저 \"사용자 로그온 관리\"에서 SSSD" +"를 비활성화하십시오." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user " +"database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "이 컴퓨터는 현재 SSSD ID 공급자에서 사용자 데이터베이스를 읽습니다.\n" -"LDAP 사용자 데이터베이스(nss_ldap)를 사용하려면 먼저 \"사용자 로그온 관리\"에서 SSSD 사용자 데이터베이스를 비활성화하십시오." +"LDAP 사용자 데이터베이스(nss_ldap)를 사용하려면 먼저 \"사용자 로그온 관리\"에" +"서 SSSD 사용자 데이터베이스를 비활성화하십시오." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group " +"database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "이 컴퓨터는 현재 SSSD ID 공급자에서 그룹 데이터베이스를 읽습니다.\n" -"LDAP 그룹 데이터베이스(nss_ldap)를 사용하려면 먼저 \"사용자 로그온 관리\"에서 SSSD 그룹 데이터베이스를 비활성화하십시오." +"LDAP 그룹 데이터베이스(nss_ldap)를 사용하려면 먼저 \"사용자 로그온 관리\"에" +"서 SSSD 그룹 데이터베이스를 비활성화하십시오." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " +"sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "이 컴퓨터는 현재 SSSD ID 공급자에서 sudoers 데이터베이스를 읽습니다.\n" -"LDAP sudoers 데이터베이스(nss_ldap)를 사용하려면 먼저 \"사용자 로그온 관리\"에서 SSSD sudo 데이터베이스를 비활성화하십시오." +"LDAP sudoers 데이터베이스(nss_ldap)를 사용하려면 먼저 \"사용자 로그온 관리" +"\"에서 SSSD sudo 데이터베이스를 비활성화하십시오." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " +"automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "이 컴퓨터는 현재 SSSD ID 공급자에서 automount 데이터베이스를 읽습니다.\n" -"LDAP automount 데이터베이스(nss_ldap)를 사용하려면 먼저 \"사용자 로그온 관리\"에서 SSSD automount 데이터베이스를 비활성화하십시오." +"LDAP automount 데이터베이스(nss_ldap)를 사용하려면 먼저 \"사용자 로그온 관리" +"\"에서 SSSD automount 데이터베이스를 비활성화하십시오." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Please enter server URI." msgstr "서버 URI를 입력하십시오." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 msgid "Please enter DN of search base." msgstr "검색 기준의 DN을 입력하십시오." -#. Test URI input -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 +#. Test URI input +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!" msgstr "URI %s에서 LDAP 서버에 연결했습니다." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 msgid "" "Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n" "\n" @@ -196,12 +215,12 @@ "\n" "%s" -#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 +#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s" msgstr "%s 호스트에서 LDAP 서버에 연결했습니다." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 msgid "" "Connection check has failed on host %s.\n" "\n" @@ -211,10 +230,12 @@ "\n" "%s" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 msgid "" -"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n" -"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n" +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity " +"provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not " +"compatible with the cache.\n" "\n" "Do you still wish to enable the cache?" msgstr "" @@ -223,479 +244,509 @@ "\n" "캐시를 활성화하시겠습니까?" -#. Kerberos tab events -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 +#. Kerberos tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 msgid "" "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD " +"from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "이 컴퓨터는 현재 SSSD를 사용하여 사용자를 인증합니다.\n" -"Kerberos 인증(pam_krb5)을 사용하려면 먼저 \"사용자 로그온 관리\"에서 SSSD를 비활성화하십시오." +"Kerberos 인증(pam_krb5)을 사용하려면 먼저 \"사용자 로그온 관리\"에서 SSSD를 " +"비활성화하십시오." -#. Save Kerberos -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 +#. Save Kerberos +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 msgid "(not specified)" msgstr "(지정되지 않음)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?" msgstr "영역 %s을(를) 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)" msgstr "LDAP 사용자가 인증하도록 허용(pam_ldap)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)" msgstr "빠른 응답을 위해 LDAP 항목 캐시(nscd)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory" msgstr "홈 디렉토리 자동으로 생성" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:" msgstr "LDAP 데이터 원본에서 다음 항목 읽기:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Users" msgstr "사용자" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Groups" msgstr "그룹" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)" msgstr "수퍼 사용자 명령(sudo)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)" msgstr "네트워크 디스크 위치(automount)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:" msgstr "LDAP 서버 위치(공백으로 구분)를 다음 형식 중 하나로 입력하십시오." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)" msgstr "- 호스트 이름 또는 IP 및 포트 번호(ip:port)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" msgstr "- URI(ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)" msgstr "검색 기준의 DN(예: dc=example,dc=com)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" msgstr "바인드 사용자의 DN(익명 바인드의 경우 비워 둠)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" msgstr "바인드 사용자의 비밀번호(익명 바인드의 경우 비워 둠)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)" msgstr "DN으로 그룹 구성원 식별(RFC2307bis)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests" msgstr "연속 요청을 위해 LDAP 연결을 열어 둠" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 msgid "Secure LDAP communication" msgstr "보안 LDAP 커뮤니케이션" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 msgid "Do Not Use Security" msgstr "보안 사용 안 함" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 msgid "Secure Communication via TLS" msgstr "TLS를 통한 보안 커뮤니케이션" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS" msgstr "StartTLS를 통한 보안 커뮤니케이션" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 msgid "Test Connection" msgstr "연결 테스트" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 msgid "Extended Options" msgstr "확장 옵션" -#. If not specified, append the default port number -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 +#. If not specified, append the default port number +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)" msgstr "Kerberos 사용자가 인증하도록 허용(pam_krb5)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 msgid "Default Realm For User Login:" msgstr "사용자 로그인의 기본 영역:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "All Authentication Realms" msgstr "모든 인증 영역" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Add Realm" msgstr "영역 추가" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Edit Realm" msgstr "영역 편집" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Delete Realm" msgstr "영역 삭제" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms" msgstr "DNS TXT 레코드를 사용하여 영역 검색" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers" msgstr "DNS SVC 레코드를 사용하여 KDC 서버 검색" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)" msgstr "보안되지 않은 암호화 허용(Windows NT)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets" msgstr "다른 네트워크의 KDC가 인증 티켓을 발급하도록 허용" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User" msgstr "Kerberos 사용 가능 서비스가 사용자 ID를 사용하도록 허용" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT" msgstr "NAT 뒤의 컴퓨터에 대해 주소 없는 티켓 발급" -#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto -#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 +#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto +#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client" msgstr "LDAP 및 Kerberos 클라이언트" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 msgid "User Logon Management" msgstr "사용자 로그온 관리" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 msgid "Change Settings" msgstr "설정 변경" -#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 +#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "User Logon Configuration" msgstr "사용자 로그온 구성" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "LDAP/Kerberos 구성" -#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 msgid "Value" msgstr "값" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Computer Name" msgstr "컴퓨터 이름" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Full Computer Name" msgstr "전체 컴퓨터 이름" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "(Name is not resolvable)" msgstr "(이름을 확인할 수 없음)" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Network Domain" msgstr "네트워크 도메인" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 msgid "IP Addresses" msgstr "IP 주소" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 msgid "Identity Domains" msgstr "ID 도메인" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Description" msgstr "설명" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 msgid "Extended options" msgstr "확장 옵션" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "이름 필터:" -#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 +#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 msgid "None." msgstr "없습니다." -#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 +#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 msgid "Mandatory Parameters" msgstr "필수 파라미터" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Optional Parameters" msgstr "선택 파라미터" -#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 +#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" msgstr "다음의 필수 파라미터를 모두 완성하십시오.\n" -#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "전역 옵션" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 msgid "Name switch" msgstr "이름 전환" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "인증" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Sudo" msgstr "Sudo" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 msgid "Auto-Mount" msgstr "자동 탑재" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "SSH Public Keys" msgstr "SSH 공용 키" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)" msgstr "권한 계정 인증서(MS-PAC)" -#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 +#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Manage Domain User Logon" msgstr "도메인 사용자 로그온 관리" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Daemon Status: " msgstr "데몬 상태: " -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Running" msgstr "실행 중" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Stopped" msgstr "중지됨" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "Allow Domain User Logon" msgstr "도메인 사용자 로그온 허용" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 msgid "Create Home Directory" msgstr "홈 디렉토리 생성" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Enable domain data source:" msgstr "도메인 데이터 원본 활성화:" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)" msgstr "네트워크 드라이브 매핑(automount)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Join Domain" msgstr "도메인 가입" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Leave Domain" msgstr "도메인에서 나가기" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Clear Domain Cache" msgstr "도메인 캐시 지우기" -#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 msgid "Service Options" msgstr "서비스 옵션" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 msgid "Domain Options" msgstr "도메인 옵션" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise." msgstr "사용자 정의할 전역 옵션, 서비스 또는 도메인을 선택하십시오." -#. Additional widgets for a domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 +#. Additional widgets for a domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 msgid "Use this domain" msgstr "이 도메인 사용" -#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 +#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 msgid "Enroll to Active Directory" msgstr "Active Directory에 등록" -#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. -#. %s is the name of the section being customised. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 msgid "Options - %s" msgstr "옵션 - %s" -#. Delete the chosen domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 +#. Delete the chosen domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 msgid "Please select a domain among the list." msgstr "목록에서 도메인을 선택하십시오." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?" msgstr "%s 도메인에 대한 구성을 지우시겠습니까?" -#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 +#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 msgid "" -"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to " +"authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and " +"Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"이 컴퓨터는 현재 레거시 LDAP 또는 Kerberos 방법을 사용하여 사용자를 인증합니다.\n" -"SSSD를 사용하여 사용자를 인증하려면 먼저 \"LDAP 및 Kerberos 클라이언트\"에서 LDAP 및 Kerberos 인증을 비활성화하십시오." +"이 컴퓨터는 현재 레거시 LDAP 또는 Kerberos 방법을 사용하여 사용자를 인증합니" +"다.\n" +"SSSD를 사용하여 사용자를 인증하려면 먼저 \"LDAP 및 Kerberos 클라이언트\"에서 " +"LDAP 및 Kerberos 인증을 비활성화하십시오." -#. Enable/disable NSS password database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 +#. Enable/disable NSS password database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database " +"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "이 컴퓨터는 현재 LDAP ID 공급자에서 사용자 데이터베이스를 읽습니다.\n" -"SSSD 사용자 데이터베이스를 사용하려면 먼저 \"LDAP 및 Kerberos 클라이언트\"에서 LDAP 사용자 데이터베이스를 비활성화하십시오." +"SSSD 사용자 데이터베이스를 사용하려면 먼저 \"LDAP 및 Kerberos 클라이언트\"에" +"서 LDAP 사용자 데이터베이스를 비활성화하십시오." -#. Enable/disable NSS group database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 +#. Enable/disable NSS group database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database " +"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "이 컴퓨터는 현재 LDAP ID 공급자에서 그룹 데이터베이스를 읽습니다.\n" -"SSSD 그룹 데이터베이스를 사용하려면 먼저 \"LDAP 및 Kerberos 클라이언트\"에서 LDAP 그룹 데이터베이스를 비활성화하십시오." +"SSSD 그룹 데이터베이스를 사용하려면 먼저 \"LDAP 및 Kerberos 클라이언트\"에서 " +"LDAP 그룹 데이터베이스를 비활성화하십시오." -#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 +#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers " +"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "이 컴퓨터는 현재 LDAP ID 공급자에서 sudoers 데이터베이스를 읽습니다.\n" -"SSSD sudoers 데이터베이스를 사용하려면 먼저 \"LDAP 및 Kerberos 클라이언트\"에서 LDAP sudoers 데이터베이스를 비활성화하십시오." +"SSSD sudoers 데이터베이스를 사용하려면 먼저 \"LDAP 및 Kerberos 클라이언트\"에" +"서 LDAP sudoers 데이터베이스를 비활성화하십시오." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 msgid "" "Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended " +"Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." msgstr "" "Sudo 데이터 원본이 전체적으로 활성화되었습니다.\n" -"Sudo 데이터를 제공하는 개별 도메인에 대해 [확장 옵션]에서 \"sudo_provider\" 파라미터도 사용자 정의해야 합니다." +"Sudo 데이터를 제공하는 개별 도메인에 대해 [확장 옵션]에서 \"sudo_provider\" " +"파라미터도 사용자 정의해야 합니다." -#. Enable/disable NSS automount database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 +#. Enable/disable NSS automount database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount " +"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "이 컴퓨터는 현재 LDAP ID 공급자에서 automount 데이터베이스를 읽습니다.\n" -"SSSD automount 데이터베이스를 사용하려면 먼저 \"LDAP 및 Kerberos 클라이언트\"에서 LDAP automount 데이터베이스를 비활성화하십시오." +"SSSD automount 데이터베이스를 사용하려면 먼저 \"LDAP 및 Kerberos 클라이언트" +"\"에서 LDAP automount 데이터베이스를 비활성화하십시오." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 msgid "" "Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended " +"Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." msgstr "" "Automount 데이터 원본이 전체적으로 활성화되었습니다.\n" -"Automount 데이터를 제공하는 개별 도메인에 대해 [확장 옵션]에서 \"autofs_provider\" 파라미터도 사용자 정의해야 합니다." +"Automount 데이터를 제공하는 개별 도메인에 대해 [확장 옵션]에서 " +"\"autofs_provider\" 파라미터도 사용자 정의해야 합니다." -#. Enable/disable PAC responder -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 +#. Enable/disable PAC responder +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 msgid "" "MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n" -"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active " +"Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in " +"which case please turn off this feature." msgstr "" "MS-PAC 데이터 원본이 전체적으로 활성화되었습니다.\n" "이 선택적 기능은 Microsoft Active Directory 도메인의 기능에 의존합니다.\n" -"Active Directory 도메인에서 지원하지 않는 경우 SSSD를 시작하지 못할 수 있습니다. 이 경우 이 기능을 끄십시오." +"Active Directory 도메인에서 지원하지 않는 경우 SSSD를 시작하지 못할 수 있습니" +"다. 이 경우 이 기능을 끄십시오." -#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 +#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "필수 파라미터이므로 삭제할 수 없습니다." -#. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 +#. Warn against removal of important parameters +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "파라미터 삭제 확인: " -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration " +"failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" "Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" -"중요한 파라미터입니다. 이 파라미터를 삭제하면 구성 오류가 발생할 수 있습니다.\n" +"중요한 파라미터입니다. 이 파라미터를 삭제하면 구성 오류가 발생할 수 있습니" +"다.\n" "계속하기 전에 SSSD 맨페이지를 참조하십시오.\n" "파라미터를 제거하시겠습니까?" -#. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 +#. Save settings - validate +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "No domain" msgstr "도메인 없음" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 msgid "" -"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable " +"domain authentication.\n" "SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" @@ -703,85 +754,95 @@ "SSSD가 시작되지 않으며 로컬 인증만 사용할 수 있습니다.\n" "계속하시겠습니까?" -#. Remove all SSSD cache files -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 +#. Remove all SSSD cache files +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 msgid "All cached data have been erased." msgstr "캐시된 데이터가 모두 지워졌습니다." -#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified -#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:" -msgstr "이 컴퓨터를 등록 또는 다시 등록하려면 AD 사용자 인증서(예: 관리자)를 입력하십시오." +#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified +#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this " +"computer:" +msgstr "" +"이 컴퓨터를 등록 또는 다시 등록하려면 AD 사용자 인증서(예: 관리자)를 입력하십" +"시오." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Username" msgstr "사용자 이름" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Password" msgstr "비밀번호" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" msgstr "선택적 조직 단위(예: \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\")" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD" msgstr "이 AD에서 작동할 Samba 구성 덮어쓰기" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)" msgstr "(AutoYast 편집기에서 적용 안 됨)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)" msgstr " (DNS를 통해 자동 검색됨)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 msgid "(DNS error)" msgstr "(DNS 오류)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 msgid "" -"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n" -"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment " +"requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name " +"resolver." msgstr "" "이 컴퓨터의 이름 확인 서비스가 AD 등록 요구사항을 충족하지 않습니다.\n" "AD 서버를 이름 확인자로 사용하도록 네트워크 환경을 구성하십시오." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 msgid "Already enrolled" msgstr "이미 등록되었습니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Not yet enrolled" msgstr "아직 등록되지 않았습니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Active Directory enrollment" msgstr "Active Directory 등록" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Current status" msgstr "현재 상태" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Gathering status..." msgstr "상태를 수집하는 중..." -#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 +#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 msgid "Please enter both username and password." msgstr "사용자 이름과 비밀번호를 모두 입력하십시오." -#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 -msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text." -msgstr "AutoYast에 대한 AD 등록 세부사항이 저장되었습니다. AD 사용자 비밀번호는 일반 텍스트로 저장됩니다." +#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "" +"AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that " +"AD user password is saved in plain text." +msgstr "" +"AutoYast에 대한 AD 등록 세부사항이 저장되었습니다. AD 사용자 비밀번호는 일반 " +"텍스트로 저장됩니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 msgid "" "Enrollment has completed successfully!\n" "\n" @@ -791,8 +852,8 @@ "\n" "명령 출력:\n" -#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 +#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 msgid "" "The enrollment process failed.\n" "\n" @@ -802,959 +863,1424 @@ "\n" "명령 출력:\n" -#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 +#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)" msgstr "타사 소프트웨어 라이브러리에 위임(proxy_lib_name)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Local SSSD file database" msgstr "로컬 SSSD 파일 데이터베이스" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Microsoft Active Directory" msgstr "Microsoft Active Directory" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 msgid "FreeIPA" msgstr "FreeIPA" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)" msgstr "일반 디렉토리 서비스(LDAP)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Generic Kerberos service" msgstr "일반 Kerberos 서비스" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service" msgstr "도메인에서 인증 서비스를 제공하지 않습니다." -#. New domain and provider types -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Domain name (such as example.com):" msgstr "도메인 이름(예: example.com):" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?" -msgstr "사용자 이름 및 그룹 구성원과 같은 ID 데이터를 제공하는 서비스는 무엇입니까?" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "" +"Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group " +"memberships?" +msgstr "" +"사용자 이름 및 그룹 구성원과 같은 ID 데이터를 제공하는 서비스는 무엇입니까?" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Which service handles user authentication?" msgstr "사용자 인증을 처리하는 서비스는 무엇입니까?" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 msgid "Enable the domain" msgstr "도메인 활성화" -#. Create new domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 msgid "Please enter the domain name." msgstr "도메인 이름을 입력하십시오." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 -msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 +msgid "" +"The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different " +"name." msgstr "도메인 이름이 예약된 키워드와 충돌합니다. 다른 이름을 선택하십시오." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 msgid "The domain name is already in-use." msgstr "이미 사용 중인 도메인 이름입니다." -#. Define Global Parameters -#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 +#. Define Global Parameters +#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)" msgstr "구성 파일 구문의 버전(1 또는 2)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 -msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "데이터 공급자 크래시 또는 다시 시작이 발생할 경우 서비스에서 포기하기 전에 다시 연결하려고 시도하는 횟수" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 +msgid "" +"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " +"Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "" +"데이터 공급자 크래시 또는 다시 시작이 발생할 경우 서비스에서 포기하기 전에 다" +"시 연결하려고 시도하는 횟수" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components" msgstr "정규식은 사용자 이름 및 도메인 이름을 구성요소로 구문 분석합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 -msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN" -msgstr "이름/도메인 튜플을 FQDN으로 변환하는 방법을 설명하는 기본 printf(3) 호환 형식" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 +msgid "" +"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/" +"domain tuple into FQDN" +msgstr "" +"이름/도메인 튜플을 FQDN으로 변환하는 방법을 설명하는 기본 printf(3) 호환 형식" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 -msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" -msgstr "Inotify 메커니즘을 사용하여 resolv.conf를 모니터링하여 내부 DNS 확인자를 업데이트할지 여부" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 +msgid "" +"Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update " +"internal DNS resolver" +msgstr "" +"Inotify 메커니즘을 사용하여 resolv.conf를 모니터링하여 내부 DNS 확인자를 업데" +"이트할지 여부" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 -msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 +msgid "" +"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " +"files" msgstr "SSSD에서 Kerberos 재생 캐시 파일을 저장할 파일 시스템의 디렉토리" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" msgstr "도메인 이름 구성요소가 없는 모든 이름의 기본 도메인 이름" -#. Define Global Services Parameters -#. NSS configuration options -#. PAM configuration options -#. SUDO configuration options -#. AUTOFS configuration options -#. SSH configuration options -#. DOMAIN SECTIONS -#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 -msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" -msgstr "기록에 대한 세부 사항 수준입니다. 숫자(0-9)나 0x0010(가장 낮은 수준) 또는 0xFFF(가장 높은 수준)와 같은 비트 마스크일 수 있습니다." +#. Define Global Services Parameters +#. NSS configuration options +#. PAM configuration options +#. SUDO configuration options +#. AUTOFS configuration options +#. SSH configuration options +#. DOMAIN SECTIONS +#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 +msgid "" +"Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as " +"0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" +msgstr "" +"기록에 대한 세부 사항 수준입니다. 숫자(0-9)나 0x0010(가장 낮은 수준) 또는 " +"0xFFF(가장 높은 수준)와 같은 비트 마스크일 수 있습니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "디버그 메시지에 타임스탬프 추가" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "디버그 메시지의 타임스탬프에 마이크로초 추가" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service" msgstr "이 서비스에 대한 하트비트 사이의 제한 시간(초)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 -msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 +msgid "" +"Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD " +"service process" msgstr "SSSD 서비스 프로세스에서 한 번에 열 수 있는 최대 파일 설명자 수" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 -msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication" -msgstr "SSSD 프로세스의 클라이언트가 통신하지 않고 파일 설명자에 보류할 수 있는 시간(초)" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 +msgid "" +"Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor " +"without any communication" +msgstr "" +"SSSD 프로세스의 클라이언트가 통신하지 않고 파일 설명자에 보류할 수 있는 시간" +"(초)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 -msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" -msgstr "이 시간(초) 동안 핑 검사가 연속해서 실패하면 서비스가 SIGTERM을 수신합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 +msgid "" +"The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive " +"ping check failure" +msgstr "" +"이 시간(초) 동안 핑 검사가 연속해서 실패하면 서비스가 SIGTERM을 수신합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 -msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 +msgid "" +"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " +"all users)?" msgstr "nss_sss 열거(모든 사용자에 대한 정보 요청)를 캐시해야 하는 시간(초)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 -msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." -msgstr "도메인에 대한 entry_cache_timeout 값 백분율을 초과해서 요청될 경우 백그라운드에서 항목을 자동으로 업데이트하도록 항목 캐시를 설정할 수 있습니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 +msgid "" +"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " +"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " +"for the domain." +msgstr "" +"도메인에 대한 entry_cache_timeout 값 백분율을 초과해서 요청될 경우 백그라운드" +"에서 항목을 자동으로 업데이트하도록 항목 캐시를 설정할 수 있습니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 -msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." -msgstr "nss_sss에서 백 엔드에 다시 확인하기 전에 부정 캐시 적중(즉, 존재하지 않는 항목 등의 잘못된 데이터베이스 항목 쿼리)을 캐시해야 하는 시간(초)을 지정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 +msgid "" +"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " +"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " +"before asking the back end again." +msgstr "" +"nss_sss에서 백 엔드에 다시 확인하기 전에 부정 캐시 적중(즉, 존재하지 않는 항" +"목 등의 잘못된 데이터베이스 항목 쿼리)을 캐시해야 하는 시간(초)을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "SSS 백엔드에서 가져오는 특정 사용자를 제외" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "SSS 백엔드에서 가져오는 특정 그룹을 제외" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 -msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "필터링된 사용자를 그룹 구성원으로 유지하려는 경우 이 옵션을 false로 설정하십시오." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 +msgid "" +"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgstr "" +"필터링된 사용자를 그룹 구성원으로 유지하려는 경우 이 옵션을 false로 설정하십" +"시오." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 -msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." -msgstr "사용자의 홈 디렉토리를 무효화합니다. 절대값이나 템플릿을 제공할 수 있습니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 +msgid "" +"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " +"or a template." +msgstr "" +"사용자의 홈 디렉토리를 무효화합니다. 절대값이나 템플릿을 제공할 수 있습니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 -msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "도메인의 데이터 공급자가 명시적으로 지정하지 않은 경우 사용자의 홈 디렉토리에 대한 기본 템플릿을 설정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 +msgid "" +"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " +"explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "" +"도메인의 데이터 공급자가 명시적으로 지정하지 않은 경우 사용자의 홈 디렉토리" +"에 대한 기본 템플릿을 설정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "모든 사용자에 대해 로그인 셸을 무효화합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "사용자 셸을 나열된 값 중 하나로 제한합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "이러한 셸 인스턴스를 shell_fallback으로 대체" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 -msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 +msgid "" +"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "허용된 셸이 컴퓨터에 설치되어 있지 않은 경우 사용할 기본 셸입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 -msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 +msgid "" +"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "조회 중 공급자가 셸을 반환하지 않을 경우 사용할 기본 셸입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 -msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 +msgid "" +"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " +"considered valid." msgstr "하위 도메인 목록이 유효한 것으로 간주되는 시간(초)을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 -msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 +msgid "" +"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " +"valid." msgstr "메모리 내 캐시의 레코드가 유효한 시간(초)을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 -msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "인증 공급자가 오프라인 상태인 경우 캐시된 로그인을 허용할 기간(마지막으로 성공한 온라인 로그인 이후 일수)입니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 +msgid "" +"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " +"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "" +"인증 공급자가 오프라인 상태인 경우 캐시된 로그인을 허용할 기간(마지막으로 성" +"공한 온라인 로그인 이후 일수)입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 -msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "offline_failed_login_attempts에 도달한 후 새 로그인 시도가 가능하기 전에 경과해야 하는 시간(분)입니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 +msgid "" +"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " +"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "" +"offline_failed_login_attempts에 도달한 후 새 로그인 시도가 가능하기 전에 경과" +"해야 하는 시간(분)입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 -msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 +msgid "" +"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "인증 중 사용자에게 표시되는 메시지 종류를 제어합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 -msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "SSSD가 온라인 상태인 동안의 PAM 요청에 대해 SSSD는 인증이 최신 정보로 수행되도록 사용자에 대해 캐시된 ID 정보를 즉시 업데이트하려고 합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 +msgid "" +"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " +"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " +"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "" +"SSSD가 온라인 상태인 동안의 PAM 요청에 대해 SSSD는 인증이 최신 정보로 수행되" +"도록 사용자에 대해 캐시된 ID 정보를 즉시 업데이트하려고 합니다." -#. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 +#. The kerberos domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "비밀번호가 만료되기 N일 전에 경고를 표시합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 -msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "시간 종속적인 sudoers 항목을 구현하는 sudoNotBefore 및 sudoNotAfter 특성을 평가할지 여부입니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 +msgid "" +"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " +"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "" +"시간 종속적인 sudoers 항목을 구현하는 sudoNotBefore 및 sudoNotAfter 특성을 평" +"가할지 여부입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 -msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." -msgstr "autofs 응답기에서 백 엔드에 다시 확인하기 전에 부정 적중을 캐시해야 하는 시간(초)을 지정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 +msgid "" +"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " +"hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "" +"autofs 응답기에서 백 엔드에 다시 확인하기 전에 부정 적중을 캐시해야 하는 시간" +"(초)을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 -msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 +msgid "" +"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " +"file." msgstr "관리되는 known_hosts 파일의 호스트 이름과 주소를 해시할지 여부입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 -msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." -msgstr "호스트 키가 요청된 후 관리되는 known_hosts 파일에 호스트를 유지할 시간(초)입니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 +msgid "" +"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " +"host keys were requested." +msgstr "" +"호스트 키가 요청된 후 관리되는 known_hosts 파일에 호스트를 유지할 시간(초)입" +"니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 -msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." -msgstr "도메인에 대한 UID 및 GID 한도입니다. 도메인에 이러한 한도를 벗어난 항목이 포함된 경우 무시됩니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 +msgid "" +"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " +"outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgstr "" +"도메인에 대한 UID 및 GID 한도입니다. 도메인에 이러한 한도를 벗어난 항목이 포" +"함된 경우 무시됩니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" msgstr "백엔드 데이터베이스의 모든 엔터티 읽기(서버 부하 증가)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 -msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." -msgstr "“force_timeout”초 후에도 서비스가 종료되지 않을 경우 모니터에서 SIGKILL 신호를 보내 강제로 서비스를 종료합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 +msgid "" +"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " +"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "" +"“force_timeout”초 후에도 서비스가 종료되지 않을 경우 모니터에서 SIGKILL 신호" +"를 보내 강제로 서비스를 종료합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "nss_sss에서 백 엔드에 다시 확인하기 전에 항목을 유효한 것으로 간주하는 시간(초)입니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " +"backend again." +msgstr "" +"nss_sss에서 백 엔드에 다시 확인하기 전에 항목을 유효한 것으로 간주하는 시간" +"(초)입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "nss_sss에서 백 엔드에 다시 확인하기 전에 사용자 항목을 유효한 것으로 간주하는 시간(초)입니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"nss_sss에서 백 엔드에 다시 확인하기 전에 사용자 항목을 유효한 것으로 간주하" +"는 시간(초)입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "nss_sss에서 백 엔드에 다시 확인하기 전에 그룹 항목을 유효한 것으로 간주하는 시간(초)입니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"nss_sss에서 백 엔드에 다시 확인하기 전에 그룹 항목을 유효한 것으로 간주하는 " +"시간(초)입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "nss_sss에서 백 엔드에 다시 확인하기 전에 netgroup 항목을 유효한 것으로 간주하는 시간(초)입니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " +"asking the backend again." +msgstr "" +"nss_sss에서 백 엔드에 다시 확인하기 전에 netgroup 항목을 유효한 것으로 간주하" +"는 시간(초)입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "nss_sss에서 백 엔드에 다시 확인하기 전에 서비스 항목을 유효한 것으로 간주하는 시간(초)입니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"nss_sss에서 백 엔드에 다시 확인하기 전에 서비스 항목을 유효한 것으로 간주하" +"는 시간(초)입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 -msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "sudo에서 백 엔드에 다시 확인하기 전에 규칙을 유효한 것으로 간주하는 시간(초)입니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 +msgid "" +"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " +"again." +msgstr "" +"sudo에서 백 엔드에 다시 확인하기 전에 규칙을 유효한 것으로 간주하는 시간(초)" +"입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 -msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "autofs 서비스에서 백 엔드에 다시 확인하기 전에 자동 마운터 맵을 유효한 것으로 간주하는 시간(초)입니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 +msgid "" +"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " +"before asking the backend again." +msgstr "" +"autofs 서비스에서 백 엔드에 다시 확인하기 전에 자동 마운터 맵을 유효한 것으" +"로 간주하는 시간(초)입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "오프라인 사용을 위한 인증서 캐시" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 -msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." -msgstr "캐시 정리 중 제거되기 전에 항목이 마지막으로 성공한 로그인 이후 캐시에 유지되는 일수입니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 +msgid "" +"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " +"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "" +"캐시 정리 중 제거되기 전에 항목이 마지막으로 성공한 로그인 이후 캐시에 유지되" +"는 일수입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "도메인에 사용되는 ID 공급자입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 -msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "전체 이름 및 도메인(도메인의 full_name_format 형식 사용)을 NSS에 보고되는 사용자 로그인 이름으로 사용합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 +msgid "" +"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " +"as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "" +"전체 이름 및 도메인(도메인의 full_name_format 형식 사용)을 NSS에 보고되는 사" +"용자 로그인 이름으로 사용합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" msgstr "도메인에 사용되는 인증 공급자" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "도메인에 사용되는 액세스 제어 공급자입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 -msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 +msgid "" +"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "도메인에 대한 비밀번호 변경 작업을 처리해야 하는 공급자입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "도메인에 사용되는 SUDO 공급자입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "selinux 설정 로드를 처리해야 하는 공급자입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "하위 도메인 가져오기를 처리해야 하는 공급자입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "도메인에 사용되는 autofs 공급자입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "호스트 ID 정보를 검색하는 데 사용되는 공급자입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 -msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." -msgstr "사용자 이름과 도메인이 포함된 문자열을 이러한 구성요소로 구문 분석하는 방법을 설명하는 이 도메인에 대한 정규식입니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 +msgid "" +"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " +"containing user name and domain into these components." +msgstr "" +"사용자 이름과 도메인이 포함된 문자열을 이러한 구성요소로 구문 분석하는 방법" +"을 설명하는 이 도메인에 대한 정규식입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 -msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "이 도메인에 대한 (이름, 도메인) 튜플을 정규화된 이름으로 변환하는 방법을 설명하는 printf(3) 호환 형식입니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 +msgid "" +"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " +"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "" +"이 도메인에 대한 (이름, 도메인) 튜플을 정규화된 이름으로 변환하는 방법을 설명" +"하는 printf(3) 호환 형식입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 -msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." -msgstr "DNS 조회를 수행할 때 사용할 기본 주소 패밀리를 선택할 수 있는 기능을 제공합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 +msgid "" +"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " +"performing DNS lookups." +msgstr "" +"DNS 조회를 수행할 때 사용할 기본 주소 패밀리를 선택할 수 있는 기능을 제공합니" +"다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 -msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." -msgstr "연결할 수 없다고 가정하기 전에 DNS 확인자의 응답을 기다릴 시간(초)을 정의합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 +msgid "" +"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " +"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgstr "" +"연결할 수 없다고 가정하기 전에 DNS 확인자의 응답을 기다릴 시간(초)을 정의합니" +"다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 -msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." -msgstr "서비스 검색이 백 엔드에서 사용되는 경우 서비스 검색 DNS 쿼리의 도메인 부분을 지정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 +msgid "" +"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " +"the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "" +"서비스 검색이 백 엔드에서 사용되는 경우 서비스 검색 DNS 쿼리의 도메인 부분을 " +"지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "주 GID 값을 지정된 값으로 무효화합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "사용자 및 그룹 이름을 대소문자 구분으로 처리합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 -msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." -msgstr "프록시 공급자에서 사용자 또는 그룹을 이름으로 조회할 때 요청된 이름이 별칭인 경우 이름을 '정규화'하기 위해 두 번째 ID별 조회가 수행됩니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 +msgid "" +"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " +"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " +"name was an alias." +msgstr "" +"프록시 공급자에서 사용자 또는 그룹을 이름으로 조회할 때 요청된 이름이 별칭인 " +"경우 이름을 '정규화'하기 위해 두 번째 ID별 조회가 수행됩니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 -msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." -msgstr "이 도메인 내의 모든 하위 도메인에 대한 기본값으로 이 homedir을 사용합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 +msgid "" +"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgstr "" +"이 도메인 내의 모든 하위 도메인에 대한 기본값으로 이 homedir을 사용합니다." -#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 +#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "로그인할 수 있는 사용자의 쉼표로 구분된 목록입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 -msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "로그인할 수 있는 그룹의 쉼표로 구분된 목록입니다. 이 SSSD 도메인 내의 그룹에만 적용됩니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " +"to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "" +"로그인할 수 있는 그룹의 쉼표로 구분된 목록입니다. 이 SSSD 도메인 내의 그룹에" +"만 적용됩니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 -msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "명시적으로 액세스가 거부된 그룹의 쉼표로 구분된 목록입니다. 이 SSSD 도메인 내의 그룹에만 적용됩니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " +"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "" +"명시적으로 액세스가 거부된 그룹의 쉼표로 구분된 목록입니다. 이 SSSD 도메인 내" +"의 그룹에만 적용됩니다." -#. The local domain section -#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 -msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." -msgstr "도구는 base_directory에 로그인 이름을 추가하여 홈 디렉토리로 사용합니다." +#. The local domain section +#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 +msgid "" +"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"도구는 base_directory에 로그인 이름을 추가하여 홈 디렉토리로 사용합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 -msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 +msgid "" +"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "기본적으로 새 사용자에 대한 홈 디렉토리를 생성할지 여부를 나타냅니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 -msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." -msgstr "기본적으로 삭제된 사용자에 대한 홈 디렉토리를 제거할지 여부를 나타냅니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 +msgid "" +"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgstr "" +"기본적으로 삭제된 사용자에 대한 홈 디렉토리를 제거할지 여부를 나타냅니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 -msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." -msgstr "sss_useradd(8)에서 새로 생성된 홈 디렉토리에 대한 기본 권한을 지정하는 데 사용됩니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 +msgid "" +"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"sss_useradd(8)에서 새로 생성된 홈 디렉토리에 대한 기본 권한을 지정하는 데 사" +"용됩니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 -msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" -msgstr "sss_useradd(8)에 의해 홈 디렉토리가 생성될 때 사용자 홈 디렉토리로 복사할 파일 및 디렉토리가 포함된 골격 디렉토리입니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 +msgid "" +"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " +"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd" +"(8)" +msgstr "" +"sss_useradd(8)에 의해 홈 디렉토리가 생성될 때 사용자 홈 디렉토리로 복사할 파" +"일 및 디렉토리가 포함된 골격 디렉토리입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "메일 스풀 디렉토리입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "사용자가 제거된 후 실행되는 명령입니다." -#. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 +#. The ldap domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" msgstr "(Active Directory 관련) 사용 가능한 경우 토큰 그룹 특성 사용" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "LDAP 서버의 URI(ldap://)(쉼표로 구분)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 -msgid "An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "LDAP sudo-rule 검색을 제한하는 선택적 기본 DN입니다. 기본값은 ldap_search_base입니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 +msgid "" +"An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value " +"is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" +"LDAP sudo-rule 검색을 제한하는 선택적 기본 DN입니다. 기본값은 " +"ldap_search_base입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "SSSD가 기본 설정 순으로 연결해야 하는 LDAP 서버 URI의 쉼표로 구분된 목록을 지정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "" +"SSSD가 기본 설정 순으로 연결해야 하는 LDAP 서버 URI의 쉼표로 구분된 목록을 지" +"정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "SSSD가 사용자 비밀번호를 변경하기 위해 기본 설정 순으로 연결해야 하는 LDAP 서버 URI의 쉼표로 구분된 목록을 지정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "" +"SSSD가 사용자 비밀번호를 변경하기 위해 기본 설정 순으로 연결해야 하는 LDAP 서" +"버 URI의 쉼표로 구분된 목록을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "LDAP 검색을 위한 기본 DN" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "LDAP 스키마 유형" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "LDAP 작업을 수행하는 데 사용할 기본 바인드 DN입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "기본 바인드 DN의 인증 토큰 형식입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "기본 바인드 DN의 인증 토큰입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAP에 포함된 사용자 항목의 객체 클래스입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "사용자 로그인 이름에 해당하는 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "사용자 ID에 해당하는 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "사용자의 주 그룹 ID에 해당하는 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "사용자의 gecos 필드에 해당하는 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 -msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 +msgid "" +" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr " 사용자의 홈 디렉토리 이름이 포함된 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "사용자의 기본 셸 경로가 포함된 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "LDAP 사용자 객체의 UUID/GUID가 포함된 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "LDAP 사용자 객체의 objectSID가 포함된 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." msgstr "상위 객체의 마지막 수정 타임스탬프가 포함된 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." -msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow를 사용하는 경우 이 파라미터에 shadow(5) 대응 항목(마지막 비밀번호 변경 날짜)에 해당하는 LDAP 특성 이름이 포함됩니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " +"password change)." +msgstr "" +"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow를 사용하는 경우 이 파라미터에 shadow(5) 대응 항목(마지" +"막 비밀번호 변경 날짜)에 해당하는 LDAP 특성 이름이 포함됩니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." -msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow를 사용하는 경우 이 파라미터에 shadow(5) 대응 항목(최소 비밀번호 사용 기간)에 해당하는 LDAP 특성 이름이 포함됩니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " +"age)." +msgstr "" +"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow를 사용하는 경우 이 파라미터에 shadow(5) 대응 항목(최" +"소 비밀번호 사용 기간)에 해당하는 LDAP 특성 이름이 포함됩니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." -msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow를 사용하는 경우 이 파라미터에 shadow(5) 대응 항목(최대 비밀번호 사용 기간)에 해당하는 LDAP 특성 이름이 포함됩니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " +"age)." +msgstr "" +"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow를 사용하는 경우 이 파라미터에 shadow(5) 대응 항목(최" +"대 비밀번호 사용 기간)에 해당하는 LDAP 특성 이름이 포함됩니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." -msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow를 사용하는 경우 이 파라미터에 shadow(5) 대응 항목(비밀번호 경고 기간)에 해당하는 LDAP 특성 이름이 포함됩니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " +"period)." +msgstr "" +"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow를 사용하는 경우 이 파라미터에 shadow(5) 대응 항목(비밀" +"번호 경고 기간)에 해당하는 LDAP 특성 이름이 포함됩니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." -msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow를 사용하는 경우 이 파라미터에 shadow(5) 대응 항목(비밀번호 비활성 기간)에 해당하는 LDAP 특성 이름이 포함됩니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " +"inactivity period)." +msgstr "" +"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow를 사용하는 경우 이 파라미터에 shadow(5) 대응 항목(비밀" +"번호 비활성 기간)에 해당하는 LDAP 특성 이름이 포함됩니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow를 사용하는 경우 이 파라미터에 shadow(5) 대응 항목(계정 만료 날짜)에 해당하는 LDAP 특성 이름이 포함됩니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " +"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow" +"(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "" +"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow를 사용하는 경우 이 파라미터에 shadow(5) 대응 항목(계" +"정 만료 날짜)에 해당하는 LDAP 특성 이름이 포함됩니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." -msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos를 사용하는 경우 이 파라미터에 kerberos의 마지막 비밀번호 변경 날짜와 시간을 저장하는 LDAP 특성 이름이 포함됩니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " +"kerberos." +msgstr "" +"ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos를 사용하는 경우 이 파라미터에 kerberos의 마지막 " +"비밀번호 변경 날짜와 시간을 저장하는 LDAP 특성 이름이 포함됩니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos를 사용하는 경우 이 파라미터에 현재 비밀번호가 만료되는 날짜와 시간을 저장하는 LDAP 특성 이름이 포함됩니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "" +"ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos를 사용하는 경우 이 파라미터에 현재 비밀번호가 만" +"료되는 날짜와 시간을 저장하는 LDAP 특성 이름이 포함됩니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=ad를 사용하는 경우 이 파라미터에 계정 만료 시간을 저장하는 LDAP 특성 이름이 포함됩니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " +"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "" +"ldap_account_expire_policy=ad를 사용하는 경우 이 파라미터에 계정 만료 시간을 " +"저장하는 LDAP 특성 이름이 포함됩니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=ad를 사용하는 경우 이 파라미터에 사용자 계정 컨트롤 비트 필드를 저장하는 LDAP 특성 이름이 포함됩니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " +"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "" +"ldap_account_expire_policy=ad를 사용하는 경우 이 파라미터에 사용자 계정 컨트" +"롤 비트 필드를 저장하는 LDAP 특성 이름이 포함됩니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds 또는 동등 항목을 사용하는 경우 이 파라미터는 액세스를 허용할지 여부를 결정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " +"determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "" +"ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds 또는 동등 항목을 사용하는 경우 이 파라미터는 " +"액세스를 허용할지 여부를 결정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=nds를 사용하는 경우 이 특성은 액세스를 허용할지 여부를 결정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " +"access is allowed or not." +msgstr "" +"ldap_account_expire_policy=nds를 사용하는 경우 이 특성은 액세스를 허용할지 여" +"부를 결정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." -msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=nds를 사용하는 경우 이 특성은 액세스 권한이 부여되는 종료 날짜를 결정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " +"which date access is granted." +msgstr "" +"ldap_account_expire_policy=nds를 사용하는 경우 이 특성은 액세스 권한이 부여되" +"는 종료 날짜를 결정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=nds를 사용하는 경우 이 특성은 액세스 권한이 부여되는 요일의 시간을 결정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " +"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "" +"ldap_account_expire_policy=nds를 사용하는 경우 이 특성은 액세스 권한이 부여되" +"는 요일의 시간을 결정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " +"(UPN)." msgstr "사용자의 Kerberos UPN(사용자 계정 이름)이 포함된 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "사용자의 SSH 공개 키가 포함된 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 -msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." -msgstr "일부 디렉토리 서버(예: Active Directory)는 UPN의 영역 부분을 소문자로 제공하여 인증에 실패할 수도 있습니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 +msgid "" +"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " +"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " +"fail." +msgstr "" +"일부 디렉토리 서버(예: Active Directory)는 UPN의 영역 부분을 소문자로 제공하" +"여 인증에 실패할 수도 있습니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "대문자 영역을 사용하려는 경우 이 옵션을 true로 설정하십시오." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 -msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." -msgstr "SSSD에서 열거된 레코드 캐시를 새로 고치기 전에 기다려야 하는 시간(초)을 지정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 +msgid "" +"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " +"enumerated records." +msgstr "" +"SSSD에서 열거된 레코드 캐시를 새로 고치기 전에 기다려야 하는 시간(초)을 지정" +"합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 -msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." -msgstr "캐시에서 공간을 절약하기 위해 비활성 항목(예: 로그인한 적이 없는 사용자 및 구성원이 없는 그룹)을 확인하고 제거하는 빈도를 결정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 +msgid "" +"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " +"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " +"space." +msgstr "" +"캐시에서 공간을 절약하기 위해 비활성 항목(예: 로그인한 적이 없는 사용자 및 구" +"성원이 없는 그룹)을 확인하고 제거하는 빈도를 결정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "사용자의 전체 이름에 해당하는 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "사용자의 그룹 구성원을 나열하는 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 -msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." -msgstr "access_provider=ldap 및 ldap_access_order=authorized_service인 경우 SSSD는 사용자 LDAP 항목의 authorizedService 특성 상태를 사용하여 액세스 권한을 결정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 +msgid "" +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " +"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " +"to determine access privilege." +msgstr "" +"access_provider=ldap 및 ldap_access_order=authorized_service인 경우 SSSD는 사" +"용자 LDAP 항목의 authorizedService 특성 상태를 사용하여 액세스 권한을 결정합" +"니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 -msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." -msgstr "access_provider=ldap 및 ldap_access_order=host인 경우 SSSD는 사용자 LDAP 항목의 host 특성 상태를 사용하여 액세스 권한을 결정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 +msgid "" +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " +"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " +"privilege." +msgstr "" +"access_provider=ldap 및 ldap_access_order=host인 경우 SSSD는 사용자 LDAP 항목" +"의 host 특성 상태를 사용하여 액세스 권한을 결정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAP에 있는 그룹 항목의 객체 클래스입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "그룹 이름에 해당하는 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "그룹 ID에 해당하는 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "그룹 구성원의 이름이 포함된 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "LDAP 그룹 객체의 UUID/GUID가 포함된 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "LDAP 그룹 객체의 objectSID가 포함된 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 -msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 +msgid "" +" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." msgstr " 상위 객체의 마지막 수정 타임스탬프가 포함된 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 -msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." -msgstr "ldap_schema가 중첩 그룹(예: RFC2307bis)을 지원하는 스키마 형식으로 설정된 경우 이 옵션은 SSSD에서 따를 중첩 수준 수를 제어합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 +msgid "" +"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " +"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " +"follow." +msgstr "" +"ldap_schema가 중첩 그룹(예: RFC2307bis)을 지원하는 스키마 형식으로 설정된 경" +"우 이 옵션은 SSSD에서 따를 중첩 수준 수를 제어합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "이 옵션은 복잡한 또는 깊은 중첩 그룹이 포함된 배포에서 조회 작업 속도를 가속화시킬 수 있는 Active Directory 특정 기능을 이용하도록 SSSD에 지정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " +"complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "" +"이 옵션은 복잡한 또는 깊은 중첩 그룹이 포함된 배포에서 조회 작업 속도를 가속" +"화시킬 수 있는 Active Directory 특정 기능을 이용하도록 SSSD에 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "이 옵션은 특히 복잡한 또는 깊은 중첩 그룹을 처리할 때 initgroups 작업 속도를 가속화시킬 수 있는 Active Directory 특정 기능을 이용하도록 SSSD에 지정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " +"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "" +"이 옵션은 특히 복잡한 또는 깊은 중첩 그룹을 처리할 때 initgroups 작업 속도를 " +"가속화시킬 수 있는 Active Directory 특정 기능을 이용하도록 SSSD에 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " LDAP에 있는 netgroup 항목의 객체 클래스입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "netgroup 이름에 해당하는 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "netgroup 구성원의 이름이 포함된 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "(호스트, 사용자, 도메인) netgroup 세 항목이 포함된 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "LDAP netgroup 객체의 UUID/GUID가 포함된 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAP에 있는 서비스 항목의 객체 클래스입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " +"aliases." msgstr "서비스 특성 이름 및 해당 별칭이 포함된 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "이 서비스에서 관리되는 포트가 포함된 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "이 서비스에서 인식되는 프로토콜이 포함된 LDAP 특성입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "이 특성 유형에 대한 LDAP 서비스 검색을 제한하는 선택적 기본 DN, 검색 범위 및 LDAP 필터입니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" +"이 특성 유형에 대한 LDAP 서비스 검색을 제한하는 선택적 기본 DN, 검색 범위 및 " +"LDAP 필터입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 -msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr " 취소되고 캐시된 결과가 반환되며 오프라인 모드로 전환되기 전에 LDAP 검색을 실행할 수 있는 제한 시간(초)을 지정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 +msgid "" +" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " +"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " +"is entered)." +msgstr "" +" 취소되고 캐시된 결과가 반환되며 오프라인 모드로 전환되기 전에 LDAP 검색을 실" +"행할 수 있는 제한 시간(초)을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 -msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "취소되고 캐시된 결과가 반환되며 오프라인 모드로 전환되기 전에 사용자 및 그룹 열거에 대한 LDAP 검색을 실행할 수 있는 제한 시간(초)을 지정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 +msgid "" +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " +"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " +"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "" +"취소되고 캐시된 결과가 반환되며 오프라인 모드로 전환되기 전에 사용자 및 그룹 " +"열거에 대한 LDAP 검색을 실행할 수 있는 제한 시간(초)을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 -msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." -msgstr "활동이 없을 경우 connect(2) 뒤의 poll(2)/select(2)가 반환되는 제한 시간(초)을 지정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 +msgid "" +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " +"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgstr "" +"활동이 없을 경우 connect(2) 뒤의 poll(2)/select(2)가 반환되는 제한 시간(초)" +"을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 -msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." -msgstr "응답이 수신되지 않을 경우 동기 LDAP API 호출이 중단되는 제한 시간(초)을 지정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 +msgid "" +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " +"will abort if no response is received." +msgstr "" +"응답이 수신되지 않을 경우 동기 LDAP API 호출이 중단되는 제한 시간(초)을 지정" +"합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 -msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 +msgid "" +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " +"maintained." msgstr "LDAP 서버에 대한 연결을 유지 관리할 제한 시간(초)을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 -msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "단일 요청으로 LDAP에서 검색할 레코드 수를 지정합니다. 일부 LDAP 서버는 요청당 최대한도를 적용합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 +msgid "" +"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " +"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "" +"단일 요청으로 LDAP에서 검색할 레코드 수를 지정합니다. 일부 LDAP 서버는 요청" +"당 최대한도를 적용합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "LDAP 페이징 컨트롤을 비활성화합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 -msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "SASL을 사용하여 LDAP 서버와 통신하는 경우 연결을 설정하는 데 필요한 최소 보안 수준을 지정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 +msgid "" +"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " +"security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "" +"SASL을 사용하여 LDAP 서버와 통신하는 경우 연결을 설정하는 데 필요한 최소 보" +"안 수준을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 -msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." -msgstr "역참조 조회를 트리거하기 위해 내부 캐시에서 누락되어야 하는 그룹 구성원 수를 지정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 +msgid "" +"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " +"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "" +"역참조 조회를 트리거하기 위해 내부 캐시에서 누락되어야 하는 그룹 구성원 수를 " +"지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "LDAP TLS 세션의 서버 인증 검증" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 -msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 +msgid "" +"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " +"Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "sssd에서 인식할 모든 인증 기관의 인증서가 포함된 파일을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 -msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." -msgstr "별도의 개별 파일에 인증 기관 인증서를 포함하는 디렉토리의 경로를 지정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 +msgid "" +"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " +"certificates in separate individual files." +msgstr "" +"별도의 개별 파일에 인증 기관 인증서를 포함하는 디렉토리의 경로를 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "클라이언트 키에 대한 인증서가 포함된 파일을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "클라이언트 키가 포함된 파일을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "허용되는 암호화 제품군을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 -msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " +"channel." msgstr "id_provider 연결에서 tls를 사용하여 채널을 보호해야 하도록 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 -msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "SSSD에서 ldap_user_uid_number 및 ldap_group_gid_number를 사용하는 대신 ldap_user_objectsid 및 ldap_group_objectsid 특성의 사용자 및 그룹 ID를 매핑해야 하도록 지정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 +msgid "" +"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " +"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " +"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "" +"SSSD에서 ldap_user_uid_number 및 ldap_group_gid_number를 사용하는 대신 " +"ldap_user_objectsid 및 ldap_group_objectsid 특성의 사용자 및 그룹 ID를 매핑해" +"야 하도록 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "사용할 SASL 메커니즘을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "사용할 SASL 인증 ID를 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "사용할 SASL 영역을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 -msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "true로 설정된 경우 LDAP 라이브러리는 SASL 바인드 중 역방향 조회를 수행하여 호스트 이름을 정규화합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 +msgid "" +"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " +"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "" +"true로 설정된 경우 LDAP 라이브러리는 SASL 바인드 중 역방향 조회를 수행하여 호" +"스트 이름을 정규화합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "SASL/GSSAPI를 사용할 때 사용할 keytab을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." -msgstr "id_provider에서 Kerberos 자격 증명(TGT)을 초기화해야 하도록 지정합니다." +msgstr "" +"id_provider에서 Kerberos 자격 증명(TGT)을 초기화해야 하도록 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "GSSAPI가 사용되는 경우 TGT의 수명(초)을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 -msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 +msgid "" +"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "클라이언트 쪽의 비밀번호 만료를 평가할 정책을 선택합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "자동 조회 추적을 활성화할지 여부를 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "서비스 검색이 활성화된 경우 사용할 서비스 이름을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 -msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "서비스 검색이 활성화된 경우 비밀번호 변경을 허용하는 LDAP 서버를 찾기 위해 사용할 서비스 이름을 지정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 +msgid "" +"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " +"password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "" +"서비스 검색이 활성화된 경우 비밀번호 변경을 허용하는 LDAP 서버를 찾기 위해 사" +"용할 서비스 이름을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 -msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "비밀번호 변경 작업 후 ldap_user_shadow_last_change 특성을 Epoch 이후 일수로 업데이트할지 여부를 지정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 +msgid "" +"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " +"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "" +"비밀번호 변경 작업 후 ldap_user_shadow_last_change 특성을 Epoch 이후 일수로 " +"업데이트할지 여부를 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 -msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "access_provider = ldap 및 ldap_access_order = filter(기본값)를 사용하는 경우 이 옵션은 필수입니다. 이 호스트에서 사용자에게 권한이 부여되기 위해 충족해야 하는 LDAP 검색 필터 조건을 지정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 +msgid "" +"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " +"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " +"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "" +"access_provider = ldap 및 ldap_access_order = filter(기본값)를 사용하는 경우 " +"이 옵션은 필수입니다. 이 호스트에서 사용자에게 권한이 부여되기 위해 충족해야 " +"하는 LDAP 검색 필터 조건을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 -msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." -msgstr " 이 옵션을 사용하면 액세스 제어 특성의 클라이언트 쪽 평가를 활성화할 수 있습니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 +msgid "" +" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " +"be enabled." +msgstr "" +" 이 옵션을 사용하면 액세스 제어 특성의 클라이언트 쪽 평가를 활성화할 수 있습" +"니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "액세스 제어 옵션의 쉼표로 구분된 목록입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "검색을 수행할 때 별칭 역참조가 수행되는 방법을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 -msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." -msgstr "RFC2307 스키마를 사용하는 서버에 대해 로컬 사용자를 LDAP 그룹의 구성원으로 유지할 수 있게 합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 +msgid "" +"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " +"use the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "" +"RFC2307 스키마를 사용하는 서버에 대해 로컬 사용자를 LDAP 그룹의 구성원으로 유" +"지할 수 있게 합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "이 특성 유형에 대한 LDAP autofs 검색을 제한하는 선택적 기본 DN, 검색 범위 및 LDAP 필터입니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" +"이 특성 유형에 대한 LDAP autofs 검색을 제한하는 선택적 기본 DN, 검색 범위 " +"및 LDAP 필터입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "이 특성 유형에 대한 LDAP 그룹 검색을 제한하는 선택적 기본 DN, 검색 범위 및 LDAP 필터입니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" +"이 특성 유형에 대한 LDAP 그룹 검색을 제한하는 선택적 기본 DN, 검색 범위 및 " +"LDAP 필터입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "이 특성 유형에 대한 LDAP netgroup 검색을 제한하는 선택적 기본 DN, 검색 범위 및 LDAP 필터입니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" +"이 특성 유형에 대한 LDAP netgroup 검색을 제한하는 선택적 기본 DN, 검색 범위 " +"및 LDAP 필터입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "이 특성 유형에 대한 LDAP 사용자 검색을 제한하는 선택적 기본 DN, 검색 범위 및 LDAP 필터입니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" +"이 특성 유형에 대한 LDAP 사용자 검색을 제한하는 선택적 기본 DN, 검색 범위 및 " +"LDAP 필터입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAP에 있는 자동 마운트 맵 항목의 객체 클래스입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAP에 있는 자동 마운트 맵 항목의 이름입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 -msgid "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a mount point." -msgstr "LDAP에 있는 자동 마운트 항목의 키입니다. 이 항목은 일반적으로 마운트 포인트에 해당합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 +msgid "" +"The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a " +"mount point." +msgstr "" +"LDAP에 있는 자동 마운트 항목의 키입니다. 이 항목은 일반적으로 마운트 포인트" +"에 해당합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "Kerberos 서버의 IP 주소 또는 호스트 이름(쉼표로 구분)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." -msgstr "SSSD에서 기본 설정 순으로 연결해야 하는 Kerberos 서버 IP 주소 또는 호스트 이름의 쉼표로 구분된 목록을 지정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " +"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "" +"SSSD에서 기본 설정 순으로 연결해야 하는 Kerberos 서버 IP 주소 또는 호스트 이" +"름의 쉼표로 구분된 목록을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Kerberos 영역(예: EXAMPLE.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 -msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." -msgstr "비밀번호 변경 서비스가 KDC에서 실행되고 있지 않은 경우 여기서 대체 서버를 정의할 수 있습니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +msgid "" +"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " +"servers can be defined here." +msgstr "" +"비밀번호 변경 서비스가 KDC에서 실행되고 있지 않은 경우 여기서 대체 서버를 정" +"의할 수 있습니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "자격 증명 캐시를 저장할 디렉토리입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "사용자의 자격 증명 캐시 위치입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 -msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." -msgstr " 온라인 인증 요청 또는 비밀번호 변경 요청이 중단되는 제한 시간(초)입니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 +msgid "" +" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " +"password request is aborted." +msgstr "" +" 온라인 인증 요청 또는 비밀번호 변경 요청이 중단되는 제한 시간(초)입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 -msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." -msgstr "krb5_keytab 도움말을 사용하여 가져온 TGT가 스푸핑되지 않았는지 확인합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 +msgid "" +"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " +"spoofed." +msgstr "" +"krb5_keytab 도움말을 사용하여 가져온 TGT가 스푸핑되지 않았는지 확인합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 -msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " +"KDCs." msgstr "KDC에서 가져온 자격 증명을 확인할 때 사용할 keytab의 위치입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 -msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "공급자가 오프라인 상태인 경우 사용자의 비밀번호를 저장하고 공급자가 다시 온라인 상태가 되면 TGT를 요청하는 데 사용합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 +msgid "" +"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " +"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "" +"공급자가 오프라인 상태인 경우 사용자의 비밀번호를 저장하고 공급자가 다시 온라" +"인 상태가 되면 TGT를 요청하는 데 사용합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 -msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "정수와 바로 뒤에 오는 시간 단위로 제공된 총 수명을 가진 갱신 가능 티켓을 요청합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 +msgid "" +"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " +"immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "" +"정수와 바로 뒤에 오는 시간 단위로 제공된 총 수명을 가진 갱신 가능 티켓을 요청" +"합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 -msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "정수와 바로 뒤에 오는 시간 단위로 제공된 수명을 가진 티켓을 요청합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 +msgid "" +"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " +"followed by a time unit." +msgstr "" +"정수와 바로 뒤에 오는 시간 단위로 제공된 수명을 가진 티켓을 요청합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "TGT를 갱신해야 하는 경우 두 검사 사이의 시간(초)입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 -msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." -msgstr "Kerberos 사전 인증에 대해 FAST(유연한 인증 보안 터널링)를 활성화합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 +msgid "" +"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Kerberos 사전 인증에 대해 FAST(유연한 인증 보안 터널링)를 활성화합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "FAST에 사용할 서버 사용자를 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "호스트 및 사용자 계정을 정규화할지 여부를 지정합니다." -#. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 +#. The Active Directory domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Active Directory 도메인의 이름을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "AD 서버의 IP 주소 또는 호스트 이름(쉼표로 구분)" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 +msgid "" +"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " +"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" +"SSSD에서 기본 설정 순으로 연결해야 하는 AD 서버 IP 주소 또는 호스트 이름의 쉼" +"표로 구분된 목록입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 -msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." -msgstr "SSSD에서 기본 설정 순으로 연결해야 하는 AD 서버 IP 주소 또는 호스트 이름의 쉼표로 구분된 목록입니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 +msgid "" +"AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN " +"used by AD to identify this host." +msgstr "" +"AD 호스트 이름(선택 사항) - hostname(5)에 AD가 이 호스트를 식별하는 데 사용하" +"는 FQDN이 반영되지 않은 경우 설정할 수 있습니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 -msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." -msgstr "AD 호스트 이름(선택 사항) - hostname(5)에 AD가 이 호스트를 식별하는 데 사용하는 FQDN이 반영되지 않은 경우 설정할 수 있습니다." - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "사용자의 홈 디렉토리를 무효화합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 -msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr " Active Directory 사용자 및 그룹 SID 매핑에 사용할 POSIX ID 범위의 하한을 지정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 +msgid "" +" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " +"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "" +" Active Directory 사용자 및 그룹 SID 매핑에 사용할 POSIX ID 범위의 하한을 지" +"정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 -msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "Active Directory 사용자 및 그룹 SID 매핑에 사용할 POSIX ID 범위의 상한을 지정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 +msgid "" +"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " +"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "" +"Active Directory 사용자 및 그룹 SID 매핑에 사용할 POSIX ID 범위의 상한을 지정" +"합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "각 슬라이스에 사용 가능한 ID 수를 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "기본 도메인의 도메인 SID를 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "기본 도메인의 이름을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 -msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." -msgstr "winbind의 “idmap_autorid” 알고리즘과 더 유사하게 동작하도록 ID 매핑 알고리즘의 동작을 변경합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 +msgid "" +"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " +"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "" +"winbind의 “idmap_autorid” 알고리즘과 더 유사하게 동작하도록 ID 매핑 알고리즘" +"의 동작을 변경합니다." -#. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 +#. The Active Directory domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "IPA 도메인의 이름을 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "IPA 서버의 IP 주소 또는 호스트 이름(쉼표로 구분)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 -msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." -msgstr "IPA 호스트 이름(선택 사항) - 호스트 이름(5)에 IPA가 이 호스트를 식별하는 데 사용하는 FQDN이 반영되지 않은 경우 설정할 수 있습니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 +msgid "" +"IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the " +"FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." +msgstr "" +"IPA 호스트 이름(선택 사항) - 호스트 이름(5)에 IPA가 이 호스트를 식별하는 데 " +"사용하는 FQDN이 반영되지 않은 경우 설정할 수 있습니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "이 IPA 클라이언트가 사용할 자동 탑재 프로그램의 위치." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." -msgstr "이 옵션은 SSSD에 이 클라이언트의 IP 주소를 사용하여 FreeIPA v2에 빌드된 DNS 서버를 자동으로 업데이트하도록 지정합니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " +"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "" +"이 옵션은 SSSD에 이 클라이언트의 IP 주소를 사용하여 FreeIPA v2에 빌드된 DNS " +"서버를 자동으로 업데이트하도록 지정합니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "업데이트 시 클라이언트 DNS 레코드에 적용할 TTL입니다." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 -msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 +msgid "" +"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "동적 DNS 업데이트에 사용해야 하는 IP 주소의 인터페이스를 선택하십시오." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:47\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -15,9 +15,9 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question -#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system. -#: library/commandline/src/clients/other_tools_warning.rb:43 +#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question +#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system. +#: library/commandline/src/clients/other_tools_warning.rb:43 msgid "" "Chef Client is running. The changes that you make\n" "may be overridden by Chef later.\n" @@ -27,130 +27,137 @@ "Chef에 의해 무효화될 수도 있습니다.\n" "YaST 구성을 계속하시겠습니까?" -#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 +#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 msgid "Print the help for this module" msgstr "이 모듈을 위해 도움말을 출력" -#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 +#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module" msgstr "이 모듈을 위해 오래된 버젼의 도움말을 출력" -#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 +#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format" msgstr "이 모듈에 대한 긴 버전의 도움말을 XML 형식으로 출력" -#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 +#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module" msgstr "대화형 셸을 시작하여 모듈을 제어합니다." -#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 +#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 msgid "Exit interactive mode and save the changes" msgstr "대화형 모드를 끝내고 변경 내용을 저장합니다." -#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 +#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 msgid "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes" msgstr "변경 사항을 저장하지 않은 채 대화형 모드 중단" -#. translators: command line "help" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 +#. translators: command line "help" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 msgid "Print the help for this command" msgstr "이 명령을 위해 도움말을 출력" -#. translators: command line "verbose" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 +#. translators: command line "verbose" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 msgid "Show progress information" msgstr "진행 정보 보기" -#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 +#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 msgid "Where to store the XML output" msgstr "XML 출력을 저장할 위치" -#. string: command line interface is not supported -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 +#. string: command line interface is not supported +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface." msgstr "이 YaST2 모듈은 명령줄 인터페이스를 지원하지 않습니다." -#. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 +#. translators: default error message for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "사용가능한 명령들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' 도움말'을 사용하십시오." +msgstr "" +"사용가능한 명령들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' 도움말'을 사용하십시오." -#. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 +#. translators: default error message for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "사용가능한 명령들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' yast2 %1 도움말'을 사용하십시오." +msgstr "" +"사용가능한 명령들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' yast2 %1 도움말'을 사용하십" +"시오." -#. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 +#. translators: error message in command line interface +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "알수없는 명령: %1" -#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 +#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "%1 옵션의 값을 찾을수 없습니다." -#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 +#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "'%1' 명령을 위해 알려지지 않는 옵션: %2" -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "'%1' 옵션을 위해 부적당한 값: %2" -#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 +#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "'%1' 옵션을 위한 부적당한 값 -- 기대된 '%2', 받아들여진 %3 " -#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 +#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "'%1' 옵션에는 값을 지정할 수 없습니다. 지정된 값: %2" -#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode -#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 +#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode +#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "사용가능한 옵션들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' %1 %2 도움말' 을 사용하십시오." +msgstr "" +"사용가능한 옵션들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' %1 %2 도움말' 을 사용하십시" +"오." -#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode -#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 +#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode +#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "사용가능한 옵션들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' yast2 %1 %2 도움말' 을 사용하십시오." +msgstr "" +"사용가능한 옵션들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' yast2 %1 %2 도움말' 을 사용" +"하십시오." -#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 +#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "%1 YaST 설정 모듈\n" -#. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 +#. translators: the command does not provide any help +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 msgid "No help available" msgstr "사용가능한 도움말 없습니다." -#. Process <command> "help" -#. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 +#. Process <command> "help" +#. translators: %1 is the command name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "'%1 명령" -#. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 +#. translators: command line options +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" @@ -158,8 +165,8 @@ "\n" " 옵션:" -#. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 +#. additional help for using command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." @@ -167,8 +174,8 @@ "\n" " [string] 유형의 옵션은 'option=값' 형식으로 입력되어야 합니다." -#. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 +#. translators: example title for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" @@ -176,184 +183,193 @@ "\n" " 예:" -#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 +#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "YaST 모듈입니다." -#. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 +#. translators: short help title for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "기본 구문:" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#. translate <command> and [options] only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr " yast2 %1 <명령> [verbose] [옵션들]" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#. translate <command> only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr " yast2 %1 <명령> 도움말" -#. translators: module command line help -#. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 +#. translators: module command line help +#. translate <command> and [options] only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr " <명령> [옵션들]" -#. translators: module command line help -#. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 +#. translators: module command line help +#. translate <command> only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 msgid " <command> help" msgstr " <명령> 도움말" -#. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 +#. translators: command line title: list of available commands +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "명령들:" -#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 +#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 msgid "No help available." msgstr "사용가능한 도움말이 없습니다." -#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 +#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 msgid "<Error: invalid help>" msgstr "<오류: 잘못된 도움말>" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "사용 가능한 옵션들의 목록을 위해서 'yast2 %1 <명령> 도움말'을 운영 하십시오. " +msgstr "" +"사용 가능한 옵션들의 목록을 위해서 'yast2 %1 <명령> 도움말'을 운영 하십시오. " -#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "대상 파일 이름('xmlfile' 옵션)이 누락되었습니다. xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 명령줄 옵션을 사용하십시오." +#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " +"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "" +"대상 파일 이름('xmlfile' 옵션)이 누락되었습니다. xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 명" +"령줄 옵션을 사용하십시오." -#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "대상 파일 이름('xmlfile' 옵션)이 비어 있습니다. xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 명령줄 옵션을 사용하십시오." +#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " +"command line option." +msgstr "" +"대상 파일 이름('xmlfile' 옵션)이 비어 있습니다. xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 명" +"령줄 옵션을 사용하십시오." -#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 +#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 msgid "unknown" msgstr "알수없음" -#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 +#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "또는 '%1'" -#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 +#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "'%1' 명령을 명시합니다." -#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 +#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "그 명령중에 명시: %1." -#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 +#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "그 명령중에 한개를 명시: %1." -#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 +#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "이 모듈에 대한 유저 인터페이스를 이용할 수 없습니다." -#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 +#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 msgid "Ready" msgstr "준비" -#. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 +#. non-GUI handling +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "초기화중" -#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 +#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "완료중" -#. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 +#. translators: The command line interface is finished +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 msgid "Done" msgstr "완료" -#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 +#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "완료중(변경 없이)" -#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode -#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 +#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode +#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "예 또는 아니오를 선택하십시오." -#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 +#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 msgid "yes" msgstr "예" -#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 +#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 msgid "no" msgstr "아니오" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: modules/InstError.ycp -#. Package: Installation -#. Summary: Module for reporting installation errors -#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka@suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. This module provides unified interface for reporting -#. installation errors. -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:72 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: modules/InstError.ycp +#. Package: Installation +#. Summary: Module for reporting installation errors +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka@suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. This module provides unified interface for reporting +#. installation errors. +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:72 msgid "Save y2logs to..." msgstr "y2logs 저장..." -#. Busy message, %1 is replaced with a filename -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:79 +#. Busy message, %1 is replaced with a filename +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:79 msgid "Saving YaST logs to %1..." msgstr "YaST 로그를 %1에 저장 중..." -#. Error message, %1 is replaced with a filename -#. %2 with am error reason (there is a newline between %1 and %2) -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:98 +#. Error message, %1 is replaced with a filename +#. %2 with am error reason (there is a newline between %1 and %2) +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:98 msgid "" "Unable to save YaST logs to %1\n" "%2" @@ -361,17 +377,17 @@ "YaST 로그를 %1 에 저장할 수 없음\n" "%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message -#. // %1 - logfile, possibly with errors -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:139 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message +#. // %1 - logfile, possibly with errors +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:139 msgid "More information can be found near the end of the '%1' file." msgstr "기타 정보는 '%1' 파일의 끝부분에서 찾을 수 있습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message -#. %1 - link to our bugzilla -#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored -#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message +#. %1 - link to our bugzilla +#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored +#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 msgid "" "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n" "Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" @@ -381,86 +397,86 @@ "'%2' 디렉토리에 저장된 모든 YaST 로그를 첨부하여 보고해주십시오.\n" "YaST 로그에 대한 자세한 사항은 %3을(를) 참고하십시오." -#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO -#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, -#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page -#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO -#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, -#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 +#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO +#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, +#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page +#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO +#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, +#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" -#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 +#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 msgid "&Save YaST Logs..." msgstr "YaST 로그 저장(&S)..." -#. Function is similar to ShowErrorPopUp but the error details are grabbed automatically -#. from YaST logs. -#. -#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 +#. Function is similar to ShowErrorPopUp but the error details are grabbed automatically +#. from YaST logs. +#. +#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "설치 오류" -#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its -#. unloading after end of block. -#. @param [String] package to load -#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield -#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed -#. -#. @example -#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do -#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") -#. end -#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 +#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its +#. unloading after end of block. +#. @param [String] package to load +#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield +#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed +#. +#. @example +#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do +#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") +#. end +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'" msgstr "메모리 패키지 '%s'(으)로 로드 중" -#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'" msgstr "메모리 패키지 '%s'에서 제거 중" -#. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 +#. error report +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "이 설치 모드에 대해 정의된 워크플로가 없습니다." -#. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 +#. last part of the question (variable) +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?" msgstr "이 설치를 계속하시겠습니까, 아니면 중단하시겠습니까?" -#. button label -#. Button that will continue with the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 +#. button label +#. Button that will continue with the installation +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "계속 설치(&C)" -#. button label -#. Button that will really abort the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 +#. button label +#. Button that will really abort the installation +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "설치 중단(&A)" -#. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 +#. last part of the question (variable) +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?" msgstr "새 제품을 추가하시겠습니까?" -#. popup dialog caption -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 +#. popup dialog caption +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 msgid "Warning" msgstr "경고" -#. popup message, %1 is list of problems -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 +#. popup message, %1 is list of problems +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 msgid "" "The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n" "Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n" @@ -482,28 +498,28 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once -#. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 +#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once +#. bugzilla #332436 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "추가 워크플로를 통합하는 중 내부 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 +#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgstr "%1의 값이 부적당합니다." -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 msgid "Unavailable" msgstr "사용할수없음" -#. help text for service auto start widget -#. %1 and %2 are button labels -#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" -#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 +#. help text for service auto start widget +#. %1 and %2 are button labels +#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" +#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -511,15 +527,16 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>서비스 시작</big></b><br>\n" "컴퓨터를 켤 때마다 서비스가 시작되도록 하려면\n" -" <b>%1</b>을(를) 설정하십시오. 그렇지 않으면 <b>%2</b>을(를) 설정하십시오.</p>" +" <b>%1</b>을(를) 설정하십시오. 그렇지 않으면 <b>%2</b>을(를) 설정하십시오.</" +"p>" -#. help text for service auto start widget -#. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels -#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" -#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" -#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 +#. help text for service auto start widget +#. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels +#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" +#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" +#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -528,58 +545,59 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>서비스 시작</big></b><br>\n" "컴퓨터를 시작할 때마다 서비스를 시작하려면\n" -"<b>%1</b>을(를) 설정하십시오. xinetd 데몬을 통해 서비스를 시작하려면 <b>%3</b>을(를) 설정하고,\n" +"<b>%1</b>을(를) 설정하십시오. xinetd 데몬을 통해 서비스를 시작하려면 <b>%3</" +"b>을(를) 설정하고,\n" "그렇지 않으면 <b>%2</b>을(를) 설정하십시오.</p>" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "부팅 중" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 msgid "Manually" msgstr "수동" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 msgid "Via xinetd" msgstr "Via xinetd" -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "Via xinetd(&X)" -#. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 +#. frame +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "서비스 시작" -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "서비스가 실행되고 있습니다." -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "서비스가 실행되고 있지 않습니다." -#. help text for service status displaying and switching widget 1/2 -#. %1 and %2 are push button labels -#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" -#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 +#. help text for service status displaying and switching widget 1/2 +#. %1 and %2 are push button labels +#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" +#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -589,11 +607,11 @@ "서비스를 즉시 시작하거나 중지하려면\n" " <b>%1</b> 또는 <b>%2</b>을(를) 사용하십시오.</p>" -#. help text for service start widget 2/2, optional -#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" -#. (without quotes) -#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 +#. help text for service start widget 2/2, optional +#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" +#. (without quotes) +#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 msgid "" "<p>To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n" @@ -601,49 +619,49 @@ "<p>모든 변경 사항을 저장하고 서비스를 즉시\n" "재시작하려면 <b>%3</b>을(를) 사용하십시오.</p>\n" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "서비스 지금 시작" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "서비스 지금 중지" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "변경 사항을 저장하고 서비스 지금 재시작" -#. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 +#. push button for immediate service starting +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "서비스 지금 시작(&S)" -#. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 +#. push button for immediate service stopping +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "서비스 지금 중지(&T)" -#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 +#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "변경 사항을 저장하고 서비스 지금 재시작(&A)" -#. Frame label (stoping starting service) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 +#. Frame label (stoping starting service) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "설정/해제" -#. Current status -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 +#. Current status +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "현재 상태: " -#. help text for LDAP enablement widget -#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 +#. help text for LDAP enablement widget +#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -653,39 +671,39 @@ "고유 구성 파일 대신 LDAP에 설정을 저장하려면\n" " <b>%1</b>을(를) 설정하십시오.</p>" -#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 +#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAP 지원 활성화" -#. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 +#. check box +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAP 지원 활성화(&L)" -#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 +#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 msgid "Tab" msgstr "탭" -#. push button -#. push button -#. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 +#. push button +#. push button +#. Button label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" msgstr "위로(&U)" -#. push button -#. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 +#. push button +#. push button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "아래로(&D)" -#. popup message -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 +#. popup message +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 msgid "" "The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n" "because it is in use.\n" @@ -695,38 +713,38 @@ "없습니다.\n" " 먼저 구성에서 사용을 중지하십시오." -#. popup title -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 +#. popup title +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key." msgstr "TSIG 키를 삭제할 수 없습니다." -#. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 +#. popup headline +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key" msgstr "인증 키가 있는 파일 선택" -#. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 +#. popup headline +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key" msgstr "인증 키에 대한 파일 선택" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory." msgstr "지정한 파일 이름은 기존 디렉토리입니다." -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?" msgstr "지정된 파일이 있습니다. 다시 쓰시겠습니까?" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "TSIG 키 ID를 지정하지 않았습니다." -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" @@ -734,8 +752,8 @@ "지정한 ID를 갖는 키는 존재하며 사용되고 있습니다.\n" "이를 제거하시겠습니까?" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" @@ -743,28 +761,28 @@ "지정한 ID를 갖는 키를 디스크에서\n" "찾았습니다. 이를 제거하시겠습니까?" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "키가 만들어집니다. 계속하시겠습니까?" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "TSIG 키 작성에 실패했습니다." -#. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 +#. message popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "지정한 파일은 존재하지 않습니다." -#. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 +#. message popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "지정된 파일에 TSIG 키가 없습니다." -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -774,8 +792,8 @@ "같은 TSIG 키가 포함되어 있습니다.\n" "이전 키가 제거됩니다. 계속하시겠습니까?" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 msgid "" "<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n" @@ -783,8 +801,8 @@ "<p><big><b>TSIG 키 관리</b></big><br>\n" "이 대화 상자를 사용하여 TSIG 키를 관리합니다.</p>\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n" @@ -794,8 +812,8 @@ "이미 작성된 TSIG 키를 추가하려면 키가 포함된 파일의 <b>파일 이름</b>을\n" " 선택하고 <b>추가</b>를 클릭하십시오.</p>\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n" @@ -807,8 +825,8 @@ " 키를 식별하기 위한 <b>키 ID</b>를 설정한 다음 <b>생성</b>을\n" " 클릭하십시오.</p>\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n" @@ -824,83 +842,83 @@ " 삭제할 수 없습니다. 먼저 서버의 구성에서 키의\n" " 사용을 중지해야 합니다.</p>\n" -#. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 +#. Frame label - adding a created server key +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "기존 TSIG 키 추가" -#. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 +#. Frame label - creating a new server key +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "새 TSIG 키 작성" -#. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 +#. text entry +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "키 ID(&K)" -#. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 +#. push button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "생성(&G)" -#. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 +#. Table header - in fact label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "현재 TSIG 키" -#. Table header item - DNS key listing -#. table header - GPG key ID -#. table header - GPG key ID -#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 +#. Table header item - DNS key listing +#. table header - GPG key ID +#. table header - GPG key ID +#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 msgid "Key ID" msgstr "키 ID" -#. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#. Table header item - DNS key listing +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 msgid "Filename" msgstr "파일 이름" -#. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 +#. combobox header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "선택된 옵션(&S)" -#. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 +#. heading / label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "현재 설정:" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "선택한 옵션은 이미 존재합니다." -#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 +#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 msgid "Ch." msgstr "Ch." -#. table header -#. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 +#. table header +#. table header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 msgid "Option" msgstr "옵션" -#. table header -#. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 +#. table header +#. table header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 msgid "Value" msgstr "값" -#. help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 +#. help 1/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -910,8 +928,8 @@ "설정을 편집하려면 테이블에서 해당 항목을\n" "선택한 다음 <b>편집</b>을 클릭합니다.</p>" -#. help 2/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 +#. help 2/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 msgid "" "<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" "an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" @@ -919,8 +937,8 @@ "<P> 새로운 옵션 추가하기 위해서, <b>추가</b>를 클릭하십시오. 그 옵션\n" "을 제거하기 위해서, 그것을 선택하거나 <b>삭제</b>을 클릭 하십시오.</P>" -#. help 3/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 +#. help 3/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 msgid "" "<P>The <B>Ch.</B> column of the table shows \n" "whether the option was changed.</P>" @@ -928,8 +946,8 @@ "<P>테이블의 <B>Ch.</B> 열은 옵션이 변경되었는지를 \n" "표시합니다.</P>" -#. help 4/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 +#. help 4/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 msgid "" "<p>To reorder the options, select an option\n" "and use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to move it up or down\n" @@ -939,39 +957,39 @@ "<b>위</b>와 <b>아래</b>를 사용하여 목록에서 옵션을 위 또는 아래로\n" " 이동합니다.</p>" -#. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 +#. menu button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 msgid "&Other" msgstr "기타(&O)" -#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured -#. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 +#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured +#. device +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "장치가 구성되지 않았습니다." -#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured -#. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 +#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured +#. device +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure" msgstr "구성하려면 <B>편집</B>을 누르십시오." -#. Message shown while loading modules information -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 +#. Message shown while loading modules information +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..." msgstr "모듈 로딩중, 잠시 기다리십시오 ..." -#. Heading for NCurses Control Center -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 +#. Heading for NCurses Control Center +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "YaST Control Center" -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 msgid "Run" msgstr "실행" -#. show popup when running as non-root -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 +#. show popup when running as non-root +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 msgid "" "YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You can only see modules that do not require root privileges." @@ -979,13 +997,13 @@ "YaST2 관리 센터가 루트로 실행되고 있지 않습니다.\n" "루트 권한이 필요하지 않은 모듈만 표시됩니다." -#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 +#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard" msgstr "키보드로 YaST ncurses 제어" -#. NCurses Control Center help 1/ -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 +#. NCurses Control Center help 1/ +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 msgid "" "<p>1) <i>General</i><br>\n" "Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n" @@ -999,13 +1017,21 @@ "스페이스바 또는 Enter 키를 사용하여 요소를 선택하거나 활성화합니다.\n" "일부 요소는 화살표 키를 사용합니다(예: 목록에서 스크롤하는 경우).</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 -msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>" -msgstr "<p>화살표 키를 통해 트리를 탐색할 수도 있습니다. 분기를 열거나 닫으려면 스페이스키를 사용하십시오. 왼쪽에 구성 항목 트리(목록처럼 표시될 수도 있음)가 표시되는 모듈의 경우 오른쪽에 해당 대화 상자를 표시하려면 <Enter> 키를 사용하십시오.</p>" +#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 +msgid "" +"<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " +"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " +"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " +"on the right.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>화살표 키를 통해 트리를 탐색할 수도 있습니다. 분기를 열거나 닫으려면 스페" +"이스키를 사용하십시오. 왼쪽에 구성 항목 트리(목록처럼 표시될 수도 있음)가 표" +"시되는 모듈의 경우 오른쪽에 해당 대화 상자를 표시하려면 <Enter> 키를 사용하십" +"시오.</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 +#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 msgid "" "<p>Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n" "letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button.</p>" @@ -1013,8 +1039,8 @@ "<p>버튼에는 바로 가기 키(강조 표시된 문자)가 포함되어 있습니다.\n" "특정 버튼을 활성화하려면 Alt 키와 해당 문자를 함께 사용하십시오.</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 +#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 msgid "" "<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n" "menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\n" @@ -1022,8 +1048,8 @@ "<p>다른 항목을 선택하지 않고 선택 팝업(예: 메뉴 버튼)을\n" "닫으려면 Esc 키를 누르십시오.</p>\n" -#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 +#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 msgid "" "<p>2) <i>Substitution of Keystrokes</i><br>\n" "<p>Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n" @@ -1037,8 +1063,8 @@ "Tab 키 및 Shift + Tab(또는 Alt + Tab)이 동작하지 않으면\n" "Ctrl + F 및 Ctrl + B를 사용하여 포커스를 각각 앞뒤로 이동하십시오.</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 +#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 msgid "" "<p>If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n" "try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n" @@ -1048,22 +1074,24 @@ "눌러 보십시오. 예를 들어 Alt + H 대신 Esc + H를 사용할 수 있습니다.\n" "또한 Esc + Tab을 Alt + Tab 대신 사용할 수도 있습니다.</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 +#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 msgid "" "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>" +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " +"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>3) <i>기능 키</i><br>\n" -"F 키를 사용하면 주 기능에 빠르게 액세스할 수 있습니다. 현재 대화 상자에 대한 기능 키 바인딩이 맨 아래 줄에 표시됩니다.</p>" +"F 키를 사용하면 주 기능에 빠르게 액세스할 수 있습니다. 현재 대화 상자에 대한 " +"기능 키 바인딩이 맨 아래 줄에 표시됩니다.</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 +#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 msgid "<p>The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:</p>" msgstr "<p>F 키는 일반적으로 특정 동작에 연결됩니다.</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 +#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 msgid "" "F1 = Help<br>\n" "F2 = Info or Description<br>\n" @@ -1087,8 +1115,8 @@ "F9 = 중단 또는 취소<br>\n" "F10 = 확인, 다음, 완료 또는 적용<br>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 +#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 msgid "" "<p>In some environments, all or some\n" "F keys are not available.</p>" @@ -1096,81 +1124,91 @@ "<p>몇몇 환경에서는 F 키 전체 또는 일부를\n" "사용할 수 없습니다.</p>" -#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: -#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? -#. For systemd compliant services, just do -#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") -#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but -#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) -#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is -#. written. -#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. -#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service -#. is not running, despite the real value. -#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. -#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. -#. :restart means the service will be restarted. -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 +#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: +#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? +#. For systemd compliant services, just do +#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") +#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but +#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) +#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is +#. written. +#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. +#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service +#. is not running, despite the real value. +#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. +#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. +#. :restart means the service will be restarted. +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" msgstr "설정 저장 후 재시작" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" msgstr "설정 저장 후 다시 읽기" -#. @return [YaST::Term] -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 +#. @return [YaST::Term] +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 msgid "Service Status" msgstr "서비스 상태" -#. Content for the help -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 +#. Content for the help +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same " +"after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service " +"during boot'.</p>\n" "<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running " +"service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the " +"dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n" "<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to " +"disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service " +"in the already running system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>현재 상태</big></b><br>\n" -"서비스의 현재 상태를 표시합니다. 'start service during boot'의 값과 상관없이 설정 저장 후 상태가 그대로 유지됩니다.</p>\n" +"서비스의 현재 상태를 표시합니다. 'start service during boot'의 값과 상관없이 " +"설정 저장 후 상태가 그대로 유지됩니다.</p>\n" "<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n" -"서비스가 현재 실행 중일 때만 적용 가능합니다. 실행 중인 서비스가 저장 후 새로운 구성을 다시 읽도록 합니다(대화상자를 마치거나 [적용] 버튼을 누름).</p>\n" +"서비스가 현재 실행 중일 때만 적용 가능합니다. 실행 중인 서비스가 저장 후 새로" +"운 구성을 다시 읽도록 합니다(대화상자를 마치거나 [적용] 버튼을 누름).</p>\n" "<p><b><big>시스템 부팅 중 시작</big></b><br>\n" -"시스템 부팅 시 서비스를 활성화하려면 이 필드를 선택합니다. 서비스를 비활성화하려면 선택을 취소합니다. 이미 실행 중인 시스템의 현재 서비스 상태에는 영향을 주지 않습니다.</p>\n" +"시스템 부팅 시 서비스를 활성화하려면 이 필드를 선택합니다. 서비스를 비활성화" +"하려면 선택을 취소합니다. 이미 실행 중인 시스템의 현재 서비스 상태에는 영향" +"을 주지 않습니다.</p>\n" -#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 msgid "Current status:" msgstr "현재 상태:" -#. Widget to configure the status on boot -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 msgid "Start During System Boot" msgstr "시스템 부팅 중 시작" -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 msgid "running" msgstr "실행 중" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 msgid "Stop now" msgstr "지금 정지" -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 msgid "stopped" msgstr "정지됨" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 msgid "Start now" msgstr "지금 시작" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) -#. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) +#. %1 is the filesystem path +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1178,9 +1216,9 @@ "%1 경로가 존재하지만 디렉토리가 아닙니다.\n" "작업을 계속하시겠습니까 아니면 취소하시겠습니까?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path -#. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path +#. for a share, %1 is entered path +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1188,9 +1226,9 @@ "%1 경로가 없습니다.\n" "지금 만드시겠습니까?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) -#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) +#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1198,225 +1236,225 @@ "%1 디렉토리를 만들지 못했습니다.\n" "현재 작업을 계속하시겠습니까 아니면 취소하시겠습니까?\n" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:46 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:46 msgid "&Add" msgstr "추가(&A)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:52 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:52 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "취소(&C)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:58 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:58 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "계속(&O)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:64 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:64 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "예(&Y)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:70 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:70 msgid "&No" msgstr "아니오(&N)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:76 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:76 msgid "&Finish" msgstr "완료(&F)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:82 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:82 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "편집(&I)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:88 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:88 msgid "&OK" msgstr "확인(&O)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:94 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:94 msgid "Abo&rt" msgstr "중단(&R)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:100 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:100 msgid "Abo&rt Installation" msgstr "설치 취소(&R)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:106 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:106 msgid "&Ignore" msgstr "무시(&I)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:112 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:112 msgid "&Next" msgstr "다음(&N)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:118 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:118 msgid "Ne&w" msgstr "추가(&W)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:124 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:124 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "삭제(&T)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:130 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:130 msgid "&Back" msgstr "뒤로(&B)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:136 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:136 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "적용(&A)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:142 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:142 msgid "&Do Not Accept" msgstr "거부(&D)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:148 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:148 msgid "&Quit" msgstr "끝내기(&Q)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:154 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:154 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "재시도(&Y)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:160 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:160 msgid "&Replace" msgstr "바꾸기(&R)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:172 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:172 msgid "Do&wn" msgstr "아래(&W)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:178 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:178 msgid "Sele&ct" msgstr "선택(&C)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:184 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:184 msgid "Remo&ve" msgstr "제거(&V)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:190 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:190 msgid "&Refresh" msgstr "새로 고침(&R)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:196 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:196 msgid "&Help" msgstr "도움말(&H)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:202 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:202 msgid "&Install" msgstr "설치(&I)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:208 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:208 msgid "&Do Not Install" msgstr "설치하지 않음(&D)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:214 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:214 msgid "&Download" msgstr "내려받기(&D)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:220 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:220 msgid "&Save" msgstr "저장(&S)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:226 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:226 msgid "&Stop" msgstr "중지(&S)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:232 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:232 msgid "C&lose" msgstr "닫기(&L)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:238 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:238 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "찾아보기(&W)..." -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:244 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:244 msgid "Crea&te" msgstr "생성(&T)" -#. Button label -#. push button label during media change popup, user can skip -#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed -#. PushButton label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 +#. Button label +#. push button label during media change popup, user can skip +#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed +#. PushButton label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "생략(&S)" -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:262 +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:262 msgid "Error" msgstr "에러" -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:268 +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:268 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "잠시 기다리십시오..." -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:313 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:313 msgid "&Filename" msgstr "파일 이름(&F)" -#. TextEntry Label -#. textentry label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 +#. TextEntry Label +#. textentry label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 msgid "&Password" msgstr "비밀번호(&P)" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:325 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:325 msgid "C&onfirm Password" msgstr "비밀번호 확인(&O)" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:331 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:331 msgid "&Port" msgstr "포트(&P)" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:337 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:337 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "호스트 이름(&H)" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:343 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:343 msgid "&Options" msgstr "옵션(&O)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:46 msgid "" "YaST cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." @@ -1424,34 +1462,34 @@ "필요한 패키지를 설치하지 않으면 YaST에서\n" "구성 작업을 계속 진행할 수 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:56 msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" msgstr "'%1' 서비스를 시작할 수 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:64 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:64 msgid "Cannot restart '%1' service" msgstr "'%1' 서비스를 재시작할 수 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:72 msgid "Cannot stop '%1' service" msgstr "'%1' 서비스를 중지할 수 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:83 msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'" msgstr "'%1'에 설정을 기록할 수 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:96 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:96 msgid "" "Cannot write settings to '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -1461,19 +1499,19 @@ "\n" " 이유: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:114 msgid "Error writing file '%1'" msgstr "'%1' 파일 기록 오류" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:127 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:127 msgid "" "Error writing file '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -1483,19 +1521,19 @@ "\n" " 이유: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:141 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:141 msgid "Cannot open file '%1'" msgstr "'%1' 파일을 열 수 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:153 msgid "" "Cannot open file '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -1505,18 +1543,18 @@ "\n" " 이유: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:160 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:160 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:167 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "환경 검사." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the description of error -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:175 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the description of error +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:175 msgid "" "Unknown Error.\n" "\n" @@ -1526,16 +1564,16 @@ "\n" " 설명: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:182 msgid "This item must be completed." msgstr "이 항목은 완료해야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:193 msgid "" "The directory '%1' does not exist.\n" "Create it?" @@ -1543,8 +1581,8 @@ "'%1' 디렉토리는 존재하지 않습니다.\n" "디렉토리를 만드시겠습니까?" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:203 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:203 msgid "" "The domain has changed.\n" "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." @@ -1552,85 +1590,85 @@ "도메인이 변경되었습니다.\n" "시스템에 적용하려면 시스템을 재부팅해야합니다" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox / Button -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox / Button +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:212 msgid "Do Not Show This Message &Again" msgstr "다시 이 메시지를 표시하지 않습니다.(&A)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:220 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:220 msgid "Cannot adjust '%1' service." msgstr "'%1'서비스는 조절할 수 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a missing-parameter name -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a missing-parameter name +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:228 msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." msgstr "'%1' 매개변수가 누락되었습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a directory name -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a directory name +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:239 msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." msgstr "'%1' 디렉토리를 만들 수 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:246 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:246 msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgstr "현재 설정을 읽을 수 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:253 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:253 msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." msgstr "SuSEconfig 스크립트가 실패되었습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:260 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:260 msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "필요한 패키지들의 설치를 실패했습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 msgid "Updating system configuration..." msgstr "시스템 구성 업데이트 중..." -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 msgid "This may take a while." msgstr "이 작업은 시간이 걸릴 수도 있습니다." -#. Get information about the OS release -#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file -#. is missing. -#. -#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) -#. @return [String] the release information -#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 msgid "Release file %{file} not found" msgstr "%{file} 릴리스 파일을 찾을 수 없습니다." -#. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 +#. Confirm user request to abort installation +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "정말 설치를 중단하시겠습니까?" -#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 +#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "정말로 YaST 복구 시스템을 취소하시겠습니까?" -#. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 +#. Button that will really abort the repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "시스템 복구 중지" -#. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 +#. Button that will continue with the repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "시스템 복구 계속(&C)" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1640,10 +1678,10 @@ "Linux는 설치되지 않을 것입니다.\n" "여러분의 하드 디스크 손상되지 않는 상태로 남게 될 것입니다." -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. -#. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. +#. disks formatted / some packages already installed +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1655,9 +1693,9 @@ "상태로 남아있게 됩니다.\n" "재설치가 필요할 것입니다.\n" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1667,221 +1705,221 @@ "Linux는 사용할수 없게 될 것입니다..\n" "재설치가 필요하게 될 것입니다." -#. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 +#. Confirm aborting the program +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "중단하시겠습니까?" -#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 +#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "모든변경 사항을 잃게 됩니다!" -#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later -#. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 +#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later +#. button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "세부 사항(&D)..." -#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 +#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "메시지" -#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 +#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "메시지 표시: %1" -#. translators: summary if the messages should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the messages should be written to log file -#. translators: summary if the warnings should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file -#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file -#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 +#. translators: summary if the messages should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the messages should be written to log file +#. translators: summary if the warnings should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file +#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file +#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "예" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "아니오" -#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 +#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "시간초과 메시지: %1" -#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 +#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "로그 메시지: %1" -#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 +#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "경고" -#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 +#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "경고 표시: %1" -#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 +#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "시간초과 경고: %1" -#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 +#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "로그 경고: %1" -#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 +#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 msgid "Errors" msgstr "에러" -#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 +#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "에러표시: %1" -#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 +#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "시간초과 에러: %1" -#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "로그 에러: %1" -#. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 +#. translators: warnings summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "경고:" -#. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 +#. translators: errors summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 msgid "Error:" msgstr "에러:" -#. translators: message summary header -#. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 +#. translators: message summary header +#. translators: message summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 msgid "Message:" msgstr "메시지:" -#. translators: summary if the module has not been used yet in AutoYaST profile -#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:68 +#. translators: summary if the module has not been used yet in AutoYaST profile +#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:68 msgid "Not configured yet." msgstr "아직 구성되지 않았습니다." -#. translators: summary if no hardware was detected -#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:82 +#. translators: summary if no hardware was detected +#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:82 msgid "Not detected." msgstr "검색되지 않았습니다." -#. Create an edit table with basic buttons. -#. -#. It contains table and buttons Add, Edit, Delete. User may specify table header -#. and content, content that will be placed above table, between table -#. and buttons, below buttons and rights from buttons (usually another -#. button). -#. -#. @param [Yast::Term] table_header Table header as defined in UI. -#. @param [Array] table_contents Table items. -#. @param [Yast::Term] above_table Content to place above table. There is no need to -#. place caption here, because the dialog has its caption. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] below_table Contents to place between table and buttons. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] below_buttons Content to place below bottons. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] buttons Content to place rights from buttons. Usually -#. an additional button, e.g. Set as default. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @return Content for the SetWizardContent[Buttons]() -#. <B>UI elements ids:</B><table> -#. <tr><td>Table</td><td>`table</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button add</td><td>`add_button</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button edit</td><td>`edit_button</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button delete</td><td>`delete_button</td></tr> -#. </table> -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:82 +#. Create an edit table with basic buttons. +#. +#. It contains table and buttons Add, Edit, Delete. User may specify table header +#. and content, content that will be placed above table, between table +#. and buttons, below buttons and rights from buttons (usually another +#. button). +#. +#. @param [Yast::Term] table_header Table header as defined in UI. +#. @param [Array] table_contents Table items. +#. @param [Yast::Term] above_table Content to place above table. There is no need to +#. place caption here, because the dialog has its caption. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] below_table Contents to place between table and buttons. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] below_buttons Content to place below bottons. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] buttons Content to place rights from buttons. Usually +#. an additional button, e.g. Set as default. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @return Content for the SetWizardContent[Buttons]() +#. <B>UI elements ids:</B><table> +#. <tr><td>Table</td><td>`table</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button add</td><td>`add_button</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button edit</td><td>`edit_button</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button delete</td><td>`delete_button</td></tr> +#. </table> +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:82 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "추가(&D)" -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:83 +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:83 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "편집(&E)" -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:84 +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:84 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "삭제(&L)" -#. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 +#. translators: Tree header +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "변수(&V)" -#. FIXME: do it -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 +#. FIXME: do it +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package." msgstr "Xterm이 없습니다. xterm 패키지를 설치하십시오." -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 msgid "GPG Private Keys" msgstr "GPG 개인 키" -#. table header - GPG key user ID -#. table header - GPG key user ID -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 +#. table header - GPG key user ID +#. table header - GPG key user ID +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 msgid "User ID" msgstr "사용자 ID" -#. table header - GPG key fingerprint -#. table header - GPG key fingerprint -#. lazy -#. Standard text strings -#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 +#. table header - GPG key fingerprint +#. table header - GPG key fingerprint +#. lazy +#. Standard text strings +#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 msgid "Fingerprint" msgstr "지문" -#. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 +#. fill up the widget in init handler +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 msgid "" "<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>\n" "The table contains list of the private GPG keys.</p>" @@ -1889,14 +1927,14 @@ "<p><big><b>GPG 개인 키</b></big><br>\n" "이 테이블에는 개인 GPG 키 목록이 포함되어 있습니다.</p>" -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 msgid "GPG Public Keys" msgstr "GPG 공용 키" -#. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 +#. fill up the widget in init handler +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 msgid "" "<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>\n" "The table contains list of the public GPG keys.</p>" @@ -1904,31 +1942,33 @@ "<p><big><b>GPG 공용 키</b></big><br>\n" "이 테이블에는 공용 GPG 키 목록이 포함되어 있습니다.</p>" -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 msgid "&Create a new GPG key..." msgstr "새 GPG 키 만들기(&C)..." -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " +"information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>새 GPG 키 만들기</b></big><br>\n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>가 시작됩니다. 자세한 내용은 <tt>gpg</tt> 매뉴얼 페이지를 참조하십시오.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>가 시작됩니다. 자세한 내용은 <tt>gpg</tt> 매뉴얼 페이지" +"를 참조하십시오.\n" " 취소하려면 Ctrl+C를 누르십시오.\n" " </p>" -#. text entry -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 +#. text entry +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1" msgstr "%1 GPG 키에 대한 암호 문구(&P)" -#. help text -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 +#. help text +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>\n" "Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key." @@ -1936,25 +1976,25 @@ "<p><big><b>암호 문구</b></big><br>\n" "GPG 키 잠금을 해제하기 위한 암호 문구를 입력합니다." -#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. -#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 +#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. +#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 msgid "Enter Passphrase" msgstr "암호 문구 입력" -#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 +#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "%1 GPG 키 잠금을 해제하기 위한 암호 문구를 입력하십시오." -#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes -#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} -#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 +#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes +#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} +#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made." msgstr "변경사항을 설명하는 로그 메시지를 입력하십시오." -#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 +#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Displayed Log</big></b><br>\n" "Use <b>Log</b> to select the log to display. It will be displayed in\n" @@ -1964,8 +2004,8 @@ "표시할 로그를 선택하려면 <b>로그</b>를 사용하십시오. 로그는 아래 필드에\n" " 표시됩니다.</p>\n" -#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120 +#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120 msgid "" "<p><b><big>The Log</big></b><br>\n" "This screen displays the log.</p>" @@ -1973,8 +2013,8 @@ "<p><b><big>로그</big></b><br>\n" "이 화면은 로그를 표시합니다.</p>" -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:130 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:130 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To process advanced actions or save the log into a file, click <b>%1</b>\n" @@ -1984,8 +2024,8 @@ "고급 작업을 처리하거나 파일에 로그를 저장하려면 <b>%1</b>을(를)\n" " 클릭하고 처리할 작업을 선택하십시오.</p>" -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:145 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:145 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To process advanced actions, click <b>%1</b>\n" @@ -1995,8 +2035,8 @@ "고급 작업을 처리하려면 <b>%1</b>을(를)\n" " 클릭하고 처리할 작업을 선택하십시오.</p>" -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 3 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:158 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 3 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:158 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To save the log into a file, click <b>Save Log</b> and select the file\n" @@ -2006,58 +2046,58 @@ "파일에 로그를 저장하려면 <b>로그 저장</b>을 클릭하고 로그를 저장할\n" " 파일을 선택하십시오.</p>\n" -#. menu button -#. Get the buttons below the box with the log -#. @param [Boolean] popup boolean true if running in popup (and Close is needed) -#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget -#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs -#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 +#. menu button +#. Get the buttons below the box with the log +#. @param [Boolean] popup boolean true if running in popup (and Close is needed) +#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget +#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs +#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "고급(&V)" -#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case -#. of error in the YaST code) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 +#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case +#. of error in the YaST code) +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 msgid "Log" msgstr "로그" -#. logview caption -#. logview caption -#. menubutton -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 +#. logview caption +#. logview caption +#. menubutton +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 msgid "&Log" msgstr "로그(&L)" -#. menubutton entry -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 +#. menubutton entry +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 msgid "&Save Log" msgstr "로그 저장(&S)" -#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 +#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 msgid "Save Log as..." msgstr "다른 이름으로 로그 저장..." -#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running -#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 +#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running +#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "로그를 읽는 동안 에러가 발생했습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 msgid "Unknown Zone" msgstr "알 수 없는 영역" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" "Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" @@ -2065,46 +2105,46 @@ "'%1' 인터페이스는 방화벽 영역에 할당되지 않았습니다.\n" "YaST2 Firewall을 실행하여 할당하십시오.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 msgid "External Zone" msgstr "외부 영역" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 msgid "Internal Zone" msgstr "내부 영역" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 msgid "Demilitarized Zone" msgstr "DMZ" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 msgid "TCP" msgstr "TCP" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 msgid "UDP" msgstr "UDP" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 msgid "RPC" msgstr "RPC" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" "Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" @@ -2118,210 +2158,210 @@ " 구성을 그대로 두고 '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'에서 수동으로\n" " 수정하는 것이 좋습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "방화벽 구성 초기화" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 msgid "Check for network devices" msgstr "네트워크 장치 검사" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 msgid "Read current configuration" msgstr "현재 구성 읽기" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" msgstr "충돌을 일으킬 가능성이 있는 서비스 검사" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgstr "네트워크 장치 검사 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 msgid "Reading current configuration..." msgstr "현재 설정 불러오는 중" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." msgstr "충돌을 일으킬 가능성이 있는 서비스 검사 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "방화벽 구성 기록" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정 저장" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 msgid "Adjust firewall service" msgstr "방화벽 서비스 조정" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "방화벽 설정 저장 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." msgstr "방화벽 서비스 조정 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 msgid "Writing settings failed" msgstr "설정 쓰기 실패됨" -#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 +#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" msgstr "알 수 없는 프로토콜(%1)" -#. Returns service definition. -#. See @services for the format. -#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception -#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. -#. -#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) -#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil -#. when service is not found (default false) -#. @api private -#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the -#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function -#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). -#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} -#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service -#. defined by package. -#. -#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") -#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition -#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) -#. -#. @see #IsKnownService -#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage -#. -#. @example -#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( -#. "service:something", -#. { -#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], -#. "udp_ports" => [ ], -#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], -#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], -#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], -#. } -#. ) -#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service -#. information just yet. Lets do it now -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 +#. Returns service definition. +#. See @services for the format. +#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception +#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. +#. +#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) +#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil +#. when service is not found (default false) +#. @api private +#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the +#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function +#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). +#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} +#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service +#. defined by package. +#. +#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") +#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition +#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) +#. +#. @see #IsKnownService +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage +#. +#. @example +#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( +#. "service:something", +#. { +#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" => [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], +#. } +#. ) +#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service +#. information just yet. Lets do it now +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" msgstr "이름이 '%{service_name}'인 서비스가 존재하지 않습니다." -#. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 +#. Fallback for presented service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 msgid "Service: %{filename}" msgstr "서비스: %{filename}" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 msgid "Block Zone" msgstr "차단 영역" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 msgid "Drop Zone" msgstr "드롭 영역" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 msgid "Home Zone" msgstr "홈 영역" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 msgid "Public Zone" msgstr "공용 영역" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 msgid "Trusted Zone" msgstr "트러스트된 영역" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 msgid "Work Zone" msgstr "회사 영역" -#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to -#. determine if the service has been populated or not. -#. -#. @param service_name [String] The service name -#. @return [String] Default description for service -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 +#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to +#. determine if the service has been populated or not. +#. +#. @param service_name [String] The service name +#. @return [String] Default description for service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 msgid "The %{service_name} Service" msgstr "%{service_name} 서비스" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 msgid "Unknown service '%1'" msgstr "알 수 없는 서비스 '%1'" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." msgstr "1단계 설치 중 방화벽을 조정할 수 없습니다." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 msgid "Firewall package is not installed." msgstr "방화벽 패키지가 설치되지 않았습니다." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 msgid "Firewall is disabled" msgstr "방화벽이 비활성화되었습니다." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 msgid "Firewall port is closed" msgstr "방화벽이 비활성화되었습니다." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces" msgstr "모든 인터페이스에서 방화벽 포트가 열렸습니다." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces" msgstr "선택한 인터페이스에서 방화벽 포트가 열렸습니다." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 msgid "No network interfaces are configured" msgstr "구성된 네트워크 인터페이스가 없습니다." -#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 +#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 msgid "Interface is not assigned to any zone" msgstr "영역에 인터페이스가 할당되지 않았습니다." -#. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 +#. transaltors: selection box title +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "방화벽 포트가 열린 네트워크 인터페이스(&N)" -#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default -#. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 +#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default +#. See bnc #382686 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" @@ -2329,8 +2369,8 @@ "내부 네트워크에 할당된 다음 네트워크 인터페이스는 선택 취소할 수 없습니다.\n" "%1\n" -#. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 +#. question popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -2342,8 +2382,8 @@ " \n" " 계속하시겠습니까?" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -2357,10 +2397,10 @@ " \n" " 계속하시겠습니까?" -#. yes-no popup -#. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -2374,23 +2414,23 @@ " \n" " 계속하시겠습니까?" -#. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 +#. translators: selection box title +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "방화벽 포트가 열린 네트워크 인터페이스(&I)" -#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 +#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "전체 선택(&A)" -#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 +#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "전체 선택 취소(&N)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2398,8 +2438,8 @@ "서비스 상태를 확인하는 중 오류가 발생했습니다.\n" "%{details}" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2407,9 +2447,9 @@ "서비스 상태를 설정하는 중 오류가 발생했습니다.\n" "%{details}" -#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, -#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 +#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, +#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" @@ -2419,10 +2459,10 @@ "원격 컴퓨터에서 서비스에 액세스할 수 있도록 방화벽을 열려면\n" " <b>%1</b>을(를) 설정하십시오.<br>" -#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional -#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) -#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 +#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional +#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) +#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click <b>%2</b>.<br>" @@ -2430,8 +2470,8 @@ "포트를 열 인터페이스를 선택하려면\n" "<b>%2</b>을(를) 클릭하십시오.<br>" -#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 +#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled.</p>" @@ -2439,467 +2479,467 @@ "이 옵션은 방화벽이 활성화되었을 때에만\n" "사용할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 +#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "방화벽 포트 열기" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "방화벽 세부 사항" -#. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 +#. check box +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "방화벽 포트 열기(&N)" -#. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 +#. push button +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "방화벽 상세 정보(&I)..." -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" msgstr "%{firewall}에 대한 방화벽 설정" -#. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 +#. label text +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "방화벽이 열렸습니다." -#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 +#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "모뎀" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "네트워크 카드" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "알수없음" -#. Device type label -#. This is what used to be Virtual Interface (eth0:1). -#. In our data model, additional addresses for an interface -#. are represented as its sub-interfaces. -#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" -#. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 +#. Device type label +#. This is what used to be Virtual Interface (eth0:1). +#. In our data model, additional addresses for an interface +#. are represented as its sub-interfaces. +#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" +#. :-( +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "추가 주소" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "ARCnet 네트워크 카드" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "ATM(비동기 전송 모드)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Bluetooth 연결" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond" msgstr "결합" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "네트워크 결합" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "CLAW(Common Link Access for Workstation)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN 카드" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "CTC(Channel to Channel Interface)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL 연결" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "더미" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "더미 네트워크 장치" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "ESCON(Enterprise System Connector)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "이더넷" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "이더넷 네트워크 카드" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "FDDI 네트워크 카드" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "FICON(Fiberchannel System Connector)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "HIPPI(HIgh Performance Parallel Interface)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "하이퍼소켓" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "HSI(Hipersockets Interface)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN 연결" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "적외선 네트워크 장치" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "적외선 장치" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "IUCV(Inter User Communication Vehicle)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCS 네트워크 카드" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "루프백" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "루프백 장치" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Myrinet 네트워크 카드" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "병렬 라인" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "병렬 라인 연결" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-Express 또는 QDIO 장치(QETH)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4 캡슐화 장치" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "직렬 라인" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "직렬 라인 연결" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "토큰링" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "토큰링 네트워크 카드" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB 네트워크 장치" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWare 네트워크 장치" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "무선" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "무선 네트워크 카드" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP 네트워크" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "가상 LAN" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "브리지" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "네트워크 브리지" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "네트워크 터널" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "네트워크 TAP" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "InfiniBand 장치" -#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "알수 없는 장치" -#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP 주소" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "할당된 IP 주소 없음" -#. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 +#. translators: table header - details about the network device +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "장치 종류" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "장치 이름" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP 주소" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "장치 ID" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 msgid "Connected" msgstr "연결됨" -#. label message -#. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 +#. label message +#. label message +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "이 LAN상에서 호스트 검색중..." -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "NFS 서버들(&N)" -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "원격 호스트들(&M)" -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "내보낸 디렉토리(&E)" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2911,10 +2951,10 @@ " \n" " 계속하시겠습니까?" -#. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false -#. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 +#. If there is network running, return true. +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false +#. @return true if network running +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" @@ -2924,7 +2964,7 @@ "설치를 다시 시작하고 Linuxrc에서 네트워크를 구성하거나\n" "네트워크 없이 계속 진행하십시오." -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2936,8 +2976,8 @@ "네트워크를 구성하고 이 모듈을 다시 시작하거나\n" "네트워크 없이 계속 진행하십시오." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names -#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names +#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" "A port name may consist of the characters 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', and '*+._-'.\n" "A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" @@ -2947,125 +2987,161 @@ "포트 번호는 0에서 65535 사이의 숫자입니다.\n" " 공백은 사용할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "새 네트워크 장치 '%1'이(가) 발견되었으며, 내부 방화벽 인터페이스로 추가되었습니다." +msgstr "" +"새 네트워크 장치 '%1'이(가) 발견되었으며, 내부 방화벽 인터페이스로 추가되었습" +"니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "새 네트워크 장치 '%1'이(가) 발견되었으며, 외부 방화벽 인터페이스로 추가되었습니다." +msgstr "" +"새 네트워크 장치 '%1'이(가) 발견되었으며, 외부 방화벽 인터페이스로 추가되었습" +"니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." msgstr "SuSEfirewall2 패키지가 설치되지 않았습니다. 방화벽이 비활성화됩니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 -msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "방화벽이 활성화됨(<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">비활성화</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 +msgid "" +"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" +"\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" +"방화벽이 활성화됨(<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">비활성화" +"</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 -msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "방화벽이 비활성화됨(<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">활성화</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 +msgid "" +"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" +"\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" +"방화벽이 비활성화됨(<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">활성화" +"</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 -msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "SSH 포트가 열림(<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">닫기</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 +msgid "" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" +"SSH 포트가 열림(<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">닫기</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 -msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 +msgid "" +"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" msgstr "SSH 포트가 닫힘(<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">열기</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " +"but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"SSH 포트는 열려 있지만(<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">닫기</a>)\n" +"SSH 포트는 열려 있지만(<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">닫기</" +"a>)\n" "네트워크 인터페이스가 구성되지 않았습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 -msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." -msgstr "SSH를 통해 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 SSH 포트가 열리지 않았습니다." +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 +msgid "" +"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " +"on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"SSH를 통해 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 SSH 포트가 열리지 않았습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 -msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "원격 관리(VNC) 포트가 열림(<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">닫기</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 +msgid "" +"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--" +"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" +"원격 관리(VNC) 포트가 열림(<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">닫기" +"</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 -msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "원격 관리(VNC) 포트가 닫힘(<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">열기</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 +msgid "" +"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--" +"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" +"원격 관리(VNC) 포트가 닫힘(<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">열기" +"</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 -msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "원격 관리(VNC)를 통해 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 VNC 포트가 열리지 않았습니다." +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 +msgid "" +"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " +"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"원격 관리(VNC)를 통해 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 VNC 포트가 열리지 않" +"았습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open" msgstr "iSCSI 대상 포트가 열려 있습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked" msgstr "iSCSI 대상 포트가 차단되었습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 -msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "iSCSI 대상을 사용하여 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 필요한 포트를 열지 않았습니다." +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 +msgid "" +"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " +"needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"iSCSI 대상을 사용하여 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 필요한 포트를 열지 않" +"았습니다." -#. the message is followed by list of required packages -#. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 +#. the message is followed by list of required packages +#. Popup Text +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "다음 패키지를 설치해야 합니다.:" -#. the message is followed by list of required packages -#. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 +#. the message is followed by list of required packages +#. Popup Text +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 msgid "These packages need to be removed:" msgstr "다음 패키지를 제거해야 합니다." -#. labels changed for bug #215195 -#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 +#. labels changed for bug #215195 +#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "제거(&U)" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 msgid "Checking file conflicts..." msgstr "파일 충돌 확인 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>" msgstr "<p>파일 충돌 검색이 진행 중입니다.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 msgid "" "File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" "\n" @@ -3075,8 +3151,8 @@ "\n" "%s" -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 msgid "" "File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" "files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" @@ -3086,65 +3162,65 @@ "내용이 다른 파일을 설치하려고 할 때 발생합니다.\n" "계속하면 충돌하는 파일이 바뀌고 이전 내용이 손실됩니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 msgid "A File Conflict Detected" msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected" msgstr[0] "파일 충돌이 검색됨" -#. Convert one message to richtext -#. -#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 +#. Convert one message to richtext +#. +#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 msgid "This message will be available at %s" msgstr "이 메시지는 %s에서 사용할 수 있습니다." -#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. defaults -#. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 +#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. defaults +#. at start of file providal +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "%1(%2) 패키지 다운로드 중..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "패키지 다운로드 중" -#. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 +#. error message, %1 is a package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "%1 패키지가 손상되었습니다. 무결성 검사가 실패했습니다." -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "패키지 설치를 다시 시도하시겠습니까?" -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "설치를 중단하시겠습니까?" -#. otherwise return Ignore (default) -#. error message, %1 is code of the error, -#. detail string is appended to the end -#. error message, %1 is code of the error, -#. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 +#. otherwise return Ignore (default) +#. error message, %1 is code of the error, +#. detail string is appended to the end +#. error message, %1 is code of the error, +#. detail string is appended to the end +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "오류: %1:" -#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox -#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 +#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox +#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" @@ -3152,80 +3228,85 @@ "다운로드 실패를 무시하면 시스템이 손상될 수 있습니다.\n" "나중에 소프트웨어 관리 모듈을 실행하여 시스템을 확인하십시오.\n" -#. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 +#. At start of package install. +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "%1(%2) 패키지 제거 중..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "%1(%2) 패키지 설치 중..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "패키지 제거 중" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "패키지 설치 중" -#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 +#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "%1 패키지를 제거하지 못했습니다." -#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 +#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "%1 패키지를 설치하지 못했습니다." -#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox -#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 +#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox +#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " +"module." msgstr "" "패키지 오류를 무시하면 시스템이 손상될 수 있습니다.\n" "나중에 소프트웨어 관리 모듈을 실행하여 시스템을 확인해야 합니다." -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " +"changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> " +"from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>지정한 URL의 리포지토리에서 다른 미디어 ID를 제공합니다.\n" -"URL이 올바를 경우 리포지토리 컨텐트가 변경된 것입니다. 이 리포지토리를 계속 \n" -"사용하려면 YaST 관리 센터에서 <b>설치 리포지토리</b>를 시작하여 리포지토리를 \n" +"URL이 올바를 경우 리포지토리 컨텐트가 변경된 것입니다. 이 리포지토리를 계" +"속 \n" +"사용하려면 YaST 관리 센터에서 <b>설치 리포지토리</b>를 시작하여 리포지토리" +"를 \n" "새로 고치십시오.</p>\n" -#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media -#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" -#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 +#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media +#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" +#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 msgid "Side A" msgstr "A면" -#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 +#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 msgid "Side B" msgstr "B면" -#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 +#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1(디스크 %2)" -#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 +#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1(매체 %2)" -#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 +#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3233,8 +3314,8 @@ "'%1'을(를)\n" "넣으십시오." -#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 +#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3246,8 +3327,8 @@ "%2.\n" "디렉토리에 액세스할 수 있는지 확인해주십시오." -#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 +#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3259,178 +3340,178 @@ "%2.\n" "서버에 액세스할 수 있는지 확인해주십시오." -#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 +#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "새로 고침 건너뛰기" -#. menu button label - used for more then one device -#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 +#. menu button label - used for more then one device +#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "꺼내기(&E)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "CD 또는 DVD 매체를 자동으로 꺼내기(&U)" -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "설치를 다시 시도하시겠습니까?" -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "매체를 건너뛰시겠습니까?" -#. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 +#. otherwise ignore the medium +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "잘못된 매체 무시 중..." -#. TextEntry label -#. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#. TextEntry label +#. TextEntry label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 msgid "&URL" msgstr "URL(&U)" -#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 +#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "%1 리포지토리 생성 중" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "리포지토리를 생성하는 중 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "원격 리포지토리 설명을 검색할 수 없습니다." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "새 메타 데이터를 검색하는 중에 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "리포지토리가 잘못되었습니다." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "리포지토리 메타 데이터가 잘못되었습니다." -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "다시 시도?" -#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 +#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "%1 리포지토리 탐색 중" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "리포지토리를 탐색하는 중에 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "리포지토리 탐색 세부 정보." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "리포지토리 메타 데이터가 잘못되었습니다." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "리포지토리 %1" -#. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 +#. at start of delta providal +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "델타 RPM 패키지 %1(%2) 다운로드 중..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "델타 RPM 패키지 다운로드 중" -#. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 +#. at start of delta application +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "델타 RPM 패키지 %1 적용 중..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "델타 RPM 패키지 적용 중" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 msgid "Package: " msgstr "패키지:" -#. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 +#. close popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "%1 스크립트(패치 %2) 시작하는 중..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "스크립트 실행 중" -#. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 +#. label, patch name follows +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "패치:" -#. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 +#. label, script name follows +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 msgid "Script: " msgstr "스크립트:" -#. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 +#. label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "스크립트 출력" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3438,8 +3519,8 @@ "패치: %1\n" "\n" -#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 +#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3453,37 +3534,39 @@ "참고: 새로 고침을 건너뛸 경우 패키지가\n" "없거나 오래되었을 수 있습니다." -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "새로 고침 건너뛰기(&S)" -#. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 +#. heading of popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "다운로드 중" -#. message in a progress popup -#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 +#. message in a progress popup +#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "다운로드 중: %1" -#. heading of popup -#. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 +#. heading of popup +#. heading of popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "패키지 데이터베이스 확인 중" -#. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 +#. message in a progress popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "패키지 데이터베이스를 다시 만들고 있습니다. 이 프로세스는 시간이 많이 걸릴 수 있습니다." +msgstr "" +"패키지 데이터베이스를 다시 만들고 있습니다. 이 프로세스는 시간이 많이 걸릴 " +"수 있습니다." -#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 +#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3491,17 +3574,19 @@ "패키지 데이터베이스를 다시 만들지 못했습니다.\n" "%1" -#. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 +#. message in a progress popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "패키지 데이터베이스를 변환하고 있습니다. 이 프로세스는 시간이 걸릴 수 있습니다." +msgstr "" +"패키지 데이터베이스를 변환하고 있습니다. 이 프로세스는 시간이 걸릴 수 있습니" +"다." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "Status" msgstr "상태" -#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 +#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3509,44 +3594,44 @@ "패키지 데이터베이스를 변환하지 못했습니다.\n" "%1" -#. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 +#. progress message (command line mode) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "RPM 데이터베이스를 읽는 중..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "설치된 패키지를 읽는 중" -#. progress bar label -#. TODO: allow Abort -#. , -#. `VBox( -#. `Label(""), -#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) -#. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 +#. progress bar label +#. TODO: allow Abort +#. , +#. `VBox( +#. `Label(""), +#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) +#. ) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "RPM 데이터베이스 스캔 중..." -#. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 +#. error message, could not read RPM database +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "대상 초기화에 실패했습니다." -#. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 +#. status message (command line mode) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "RPM 데이터베이스 읽기" -#. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 +#. heading in a popup window +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "사용자 인증" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3556,26 +3641,26 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 +#. textentry label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "사용자 이름(&U)" -#. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 +#. check box +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "자세히 보기(&D)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 msgid "Size: " msgstr "크기:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "자동 재시도까지 남은 시간: %1" -#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 +#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 msgid "" "PackageKit is still running (probably busy).\n" "Ask PackageKit to quit again?" @@ -3583,7 +3668,7 @@ "PackageKit가 여전히 실행되고 있습니다(사용 중).\n" "PackageKit 종료를 다시 요청하시겠습니까?" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 msgid "" "PackageKit is blocking software management.\n" "This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n" @@ -3597,17 +3682,17 @@ "\n" "PackageKit 종료를 요청하시겠습니까?" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed" msgstr "소프트웨어 관리 액세스에 실패" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 msgid "" "Would you like to continue without having access\n" "to the software management or retry to access it?\n" @@ -3615,8 +3700,8 @@ "소프트웨어 관리에 액세스하지 않고 계속하시겠습니까\n" "아니면 액세스를 재시도하시겠습니까?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 msgid "" "Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n" "continue without having access to the software management,\n" @@ -3626,20 +3711,20 @@ "계속을 선택하면 소프트웨어 관리 액세스 없이 진행합니다.\n" "또는 중단하시겠습니까?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n" msgstr "중단하거나 다시 시도하시겠습니까?\n" -#. print the question -#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 +#. print the question +#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "이 사용권 계약을 수용하십니까?" -#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 +#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." @@ -3647,13 +3732,13 @@ "소프트웨어 관리자에서 수동으로 해결해야 하는\n" "해결되지 않은 종속성이 있습니다." -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "요구된 패키지의 설치가 실패하였습니다." -#. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 +#. continue/cancel popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3663,13 +3748,13 @@ "설치하지 않은 채 계속 진행하면\n" " YaST가 제대로 작동하지 않을 수 있습니다.\n" -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "필요한 패키지를 설치하지 않으면 계속 진행할 수 없습니다." -#. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 +#. continue/cancel popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3677,28 +3762,29 @@ "필요한 패키지를 설치하지 않은 채 계속 진행하면\n" "YaST가 제대로 작동하지 않습니다.\n" -#. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 +#. dialog heading, %1 is package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "패키지 라이센스 확인: %1" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "동의함(&A)" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "동의 안 함(&D)" -#. help text -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 +#. help text +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 msgid "" "<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " +"installed.\n" "<br>\n" "To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>." @@ -3711,22 +3797,26 @@ "패키지 라이센스에 동의하려면 <b>동의함</b>을 클릭하십시오.\n" "패키지 라이센스에 동의하지 않으려면 <b>동의 안 함</b>을 클릭하십시오.</p>" -#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 +#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " +"to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " +"the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t </p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t 이 대화 상자에서는 시스템의 작업 및 설치할 소프트웨어를 정의할 수 있습니다.\n" +"\t\t 이 대화 상자에서는 시스템의 작업 및 설치할 소프트웨어를 정의할 수 있습니" +"다.\n" "\t\t 이 시스템에 사용할 수 있는 작업 및 소프트웨어는 왼쪽 열에 범주별로\n" -"\t\t 표시됩니다. 항목에 대한 설명을 보려면 목록에서 해당 항목을 선택하십시오.\n" +"\t\t 표시됩니다. 항목에 대한 설명을 보려면 목록에서 해당 항목을 선택하십시" +"오.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3740,7 +3830,7 @@ "\t\t 상황별 메뉴를 사용하여 모든 항목의 상태를 변경할 수도 있습니다.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3752,10 +3842,11 @@ "\t\t 선택할 수 있는 세부적인 소프트웨어 패키지 선택 창이 열립니다.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " +"disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3763,133 +3854,139 @@ "\t\t </p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t 오른쪽 맨 아래의 디스크 사용 표시는 요청한 변경 작업을 모두 수행한 후에\n" +"\t\t 오른쪽 맨 아래의 디스크 사용 표시는 요청한 변경 작업을 모두 수행한 후" +"에\n" "\t\t 남아 있는 디스크 공간을 보여줍니다.\n" "\t\t하드 디스크 파티션이 가득 차거나 거의 차면 시스템 성능이 저하되고\n" "\t\t 경우에 따라 심각한 문제를 일으킬 수 있습니다.\n" -"\t\t 시스템이 올바로 실행하려면 사용 가능한 일부 디스크 공간이 있어야 합니다.\n" +"\t\t 시스템이 올바로 실행하려면 사용 가능한 일부 디스크 공간이 있어야 합니" +"다.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#. Dialog title -#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 +#. Dialog title +#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "소프트웨어 선택 및 시스템 작업" -#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have -#. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 +#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have +#. been scared of the gory details. +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 msgid "(more)" msgstr "(기타)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "설치가 성공적으로 완료" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "패키지 설치에 실패" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "오류 메시지: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "실패한 패키지: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "설치된 패키지: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "업데이트된 패키지: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "제거된 패키지: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "설치되지 않은 패키지: %1" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 msgid "Packages" msgstr "패키지" -#. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 +#. reset the items list +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "진행 시간: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "전체 설치 크기: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "전체 다운로드 크기: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "통계" -#. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 +#. display installation log +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "설치 로그" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 msgid "Details" msgstr "자세히" -#. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 +#. open a new wizard dialog if needed +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "패키지 설치 후" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "이 보고서 표시" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 msgid "Finish" msgstr "완료" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "소프트웨어 관리자에서 계속" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 -msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>" -msgstr "<P><BIG><B>설치 보고서</B></BIG><BR>여기에는 설치 또는 제거된 패키지 요약이 있습니다.</P>" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 +msgid "" +"<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed " +"or removed packages.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><BIG><B>설치 보고서</B></BIG><BR>여기에는 설치 또는 제거된 패키지 요약이 " +"있습니다.</P>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "설치 보고서" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "설치된 패키지" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "업데이트된 패키지" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "제거된 패키지" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "남은 패키지" -#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 +#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -3903,10 +4000,10 @@ "\n" "값을 편집하십시오." -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#. %2 is a repository name -#. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name +#. %2 is a repository name +#. %3 is URL of the repository +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 msgid "" "The package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3924,10 +4021,10 @@ "\n" "패키지를 설치하시겠습니까?" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#. %2 is a repository name -#. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename +#. %2 is a repository name +#. %3 is URL of the repository +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3945,17 +4042,17 @@ "\n" "사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "서명되지 않은 패키지" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "서명되지 않은 파일" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -3971,80 +4068,82 @@ "\n" "설치하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " +"Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" msgstr "" "리포지토리에서 %1 파일에 대한 체크섬을 찾을 수 없습니다.\n" "패키지가 서명된 리포지토리의 일부이지만\n" -"이 리포지토리의 체크섬 목록에 이 파일이 언급되어 있지 않습니다. 파일을 사용하면\n" +"이 리포지토리의 체크섬 목록에 이 파일이 언급되어 있지 않습니다. 파일을 사용하" +"면\n" "시스템의 무결성에 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다.\n" "\n" "사용하시겠습니까?" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "체크섬을 찾을 수 없습니다." -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "ID: %1" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "지문: %1" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "이름: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "생성일: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "만료일: %1" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 msgid "ID: " msgstr "ID: " -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 msgid "Name: " msgstr "이름:" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "지문:" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 msgid "Created: " msgstr "생성:" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "만료:" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4058,7 +4157,8 @@ msgstr "" "%2\n" "%3\n" -"리포지토리의 %1 패키지가 다음 GnuPG 키로 서명되었지만 무결성 확인에 실패했습니다. %4\n" +"리포지토리의 %1 패키지가 다음 GnuPG 키로 서명되었지만 무결성 확인에 실패했습" +"니다. %4\n" "\n" "리포지토리 생성자가 서명한 후 패키지가\n" "실수로 또는 공격자에 의해 변경되었습니다. 설치하면 시스템의 무결성과 보안에\n" @@ -4066,8 +4166,8 @@ "\n" "설치하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4081,7 +4181,8 @@ msgstr "" "%2\n" "%3\n" -"리포지토리의 %1 파일이 다음 GnuPG 키로 서명되었지만 무결성 확인에 실패했습니다. %4\n" +"리포지토리의 %1 파일이 다음 GnuPG 키로 서명되었지만 무결성 확인에 실패했습니" +"다. %4\n" "\n" "리포지토리 생성자가 서명한 후 파일이\n" "실수로 또는 공격자에 의해 변경되었습니다. 사용하면 시스템의 무결성과 보안에\n" @@ -4089,13 +4190,13 @@ "\n" "사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "유효성 확인 검사에 실패했습니다." -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4115,8 +4216,8 @@ "\n" "패키지를 설치하시겠습니까?" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4136,13 +4237,13 @@ "\n" "파일을 사용하시겠습니까?" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "알 수 없는 GnuPG 키" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4164,8 +4265,8 @@ "시스템의 무결성에 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다.\n" "패키지를 건너뛰는 것이 가장 안전합니다.\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4187,18 +4288,18 @@ "시스템의 무결성에 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다.\n" "파일을 건너뛰는 것이 가장 안전합니다.\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "신뢰할 수 없는 공개 키로 서명됨" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "키 트러스트 및 임포트(&T)" -#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 +#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -4212,19 +4313,20 @@ "키링으로 키를 임포트하면 키 소유자가 시스템의 소프트웨어를\n" "어느 정도 제어할 수 있게 됩니다.</p>" -#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 +#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 msgid "" "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>" +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " +"used.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>신뢰할 수 있는(임포트된) 키로 서명되지 않은 각 패키지에 대해\n" "경고 대화 상자가 열립니다. 키를 신뢰하지 않으면\n" "키 소유자가 생성한 패키지 또는 리포지토리가 사용되지 않습니다.</p>" -#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 +#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -4234,8 +4336,8 @@ "%1\n" "리포지토리(%2)에 있습니다." -#. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 +#. popup message - label, part 2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4247,24 +4349,24 @@ "임포트하기 전에 소유자를 신뢰할 수 있는지,\n" "키가 실제로 해당 소유자에게 속하는지 확인해야 합니다." -#. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 +#. warning label - the key to import is expired +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "경고: 키가 만료되었습니다." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "신뢰할 수 없는 GnuPG 키 임포트" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "신뢰(&T)" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum -#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum +#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4286,20 +4388,21 @@ "\n" "사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 +#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "잘못된 요약" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " +"risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4312,86 +4415,93 @@ "\n" "사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 +#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "알 수 없는 요약" -#. we need to remember the values for tab switching -#. these are the initial values -#. Return the description for the current stage. -#. @return [String] localized string description -#. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 +#. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values +#. Return the description for the current stage. +#. @return [String] localized string description +#. translators: default global progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "설치 중..." -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 msgid "Media" msgstr "미디어" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "남음" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 msgid "Time" msgstr "시간" -#. Construct widgets for the "details" page -#. -#. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 +#. Construct widgets for the "details" page +#. +#. @return A term describing the widgets +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "수행된 작업:" -#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 +#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>패키지를 설치 중입니다.</p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 -msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>" -msgstr "<P><B>설치 중단</B> 패키지 설치는 <B>중단</B> 버튼을 눌러 중단할 수 있습니다. 하지만, 이로 인해 시스템이 불안정하거나, 기초 시스템 구성요소가 설치되지 않아 부팅이 안 될 수도 있습니다.</P>" +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using " +"the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " +"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " +"installed.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>설치 중단</B> 패키지 설치는 <B>중단</B> 버튼을 눌러 중단할 수 있습니" +"다. 하지만, 이로 인해 시스템이 불안정하거나, 기초 시스템 구성요소가 설치되지 " +"않아 부팅이 안 될 수도 있습니다.</P>" -#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 +#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "%s 릴리스 정보" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 msgid "&Details" msgstr "자세히(&D)" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "슬라이드 쇼(&W)" -#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "업그레이드 수행" -#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "설치 수행" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 +#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "패키지 설치" -#. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 +#. popup yes-no +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4399,606 +4509,606 @@ "설치를\n" "종료하시겠습니까?" -#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 +#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "중단됨" -#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) -#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 +#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) +#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 msgid "File not found." msgstr "파일을 찾을 수 없습니다." -#. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 +#. Fill the LogView with file content +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "시스템 로그(%1)" -#. Class names collected -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:45 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:46 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:182 +#. Class names collected +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:45 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:46 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:182 msgid "Unclassified device" msgstr "구분되지 않은 장치" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:47 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:47 msgid "VGA compatible unclassified device" msgstr "VGA와 호환되는 구분되지 않은 장치" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:50 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:50 msgid "Mass storage controller" msgstr "대용량 저장 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:51 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:51 msgid "SCSI storage controller" msgstr "SCSI 저장 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:52 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:52 msgid "IDE interface" msgstr "IDE 인터페이스" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:53 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:53 msgid "Floppy disk controller" msgstr "플로피 디스크 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:54 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:54 msgid "IPI bus controller" msgstr "IPI 버스 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:55 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:55 msgid "RAID bus controller" msgstr "RAID 버스 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:56 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:56 msgid "Unknown mass storage controller" msgstr "알 수 없는 대용량 저장 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:59 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:65 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:59 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:65 msgid "Network controller" msgstr "네트워크 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:60 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:60 msgid "Ethernet controller" msgstr "이더넷 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:61 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:61 msgid "Token ring network controller" msgstr "토큰링 네트워크 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:62 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:62 msgid "FDDI network controller" msgstr "FDDI 네트워크 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:63 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:63 msgid "ATM network controller" msgstr "ATM 네트워크 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:64 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:64 msgid "ISDN controller" msgstr "ISDN 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:66 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:66 msgid "Myrinet controller" msgstr "Myrinet 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:69 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:73 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:69 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:73 msgid "Display controller" msgstr "디스플레이 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:70 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:70 msgid "VGA-compatible controller" msgstr "VGA 호환 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:71 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:71 msgid "XGA-compatible controller" msgstr "XGA 호환 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:72 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:72 msgid "3D controller" msgstr "3D 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:76 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:80 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:76 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:80 msgid "Multimedia controller" msgstr "멀티미디어 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:77 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:77 msgid "Multimedia video controller" msgstr "멀티미디어 비디오 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:78 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:78 msgid "Multimedia audio controller" msgstr "멀티미디어 오디오 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:79 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:79 msgid "Computer telephony device" msgstr "컴퓨터 전화 통신 장치" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:83 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:86 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:83 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:86 msgid "Memory controller" msgstr "메모리 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:84 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:84 msgid "RAM memory" msgstr "RAM 메모리" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:85 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:85 msgid "FLASH memory" msgstr "플래시 메모리" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:90 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:90 msgid "Host bridge" msgstr "호스트 브리지" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:91 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:91 msgid "ISA bridge" msgstr "ISA 브리지" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:92 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:92 msgid "EISA bridge" msgstr "EISA 브리지" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:93 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:93 msgid "MicroChannel bridge" msgstr "MicroChannel 브리지" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:94 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:94 msgid "PCI bridge" msgstr "PCI 브리지" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:95 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:95 msgid "PCMCIA bridge" msgstr "PCMCIA 브리지" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:96 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:96 msgid "NuBus bridge" msgstr "NuBus 브리지" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:97 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:97 msgid "CardBus bridge" msgstr "CardBus 브리지" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:98 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:98 msgid "RACEway bridge" msgstr "RACEway 브리지" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:99 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:99 msgid "Semitransparent PCI-to-PCI bridge" msgstr "반투명 PCI-to-PCI 브리지" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:100 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:100 msgid "InfiniBand to PCI host bridge" msgstr "InfiniBand to PCI 호스트 브리지" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:104 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:109 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:104 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:109 msgid "Communication controller" msgstr "통신 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:105 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:105 msgid "Serial controller" msgstr "직렬 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:106 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:106 msgid "Parallel controller" msgstr "병렬 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:107 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:107 msgid "Multiport serial controller" msgstr "다중 포트 직렬 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:112 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:112 msgid "Generic system peripheral" msgstr "일반 시스템 주변기기" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:113 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:113 msgid "PIC" msgstr "PIC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:114 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:114 msgid "DMA controller" msgstr "DMA 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:115 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:115 msgid "Timer" msgstr "타이머" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:116 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:116 msgid "RTC" msgstr "RTC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:117 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:117 msgid "PCI hotplug controller" msgstr "PCI 핫플러그 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:118 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:118 msgid "System peripheral" msgstr "시스템 주변기기" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:121 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:127 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:121 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:127 msgid "Input device controller" msgstr "입력 장치 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:122 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:122 msgid "Keyboard controller" msgstr "키보드 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:123 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:123 msgid "Digitizer pen" msgstr "디지타이저 펜" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:124 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:124 msgid "Mouse controller" msgstr "마우스 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:125 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:125 msgid "Scanner controller" msgstr "스캐너 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:126 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:126 msgid "Gameport controller" msgstr "게임포트 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:130 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:132 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:130 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:132 msgid "Docking station" msgstr "도킹 스테이션" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:131 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:131 msgid "Generic docking station" msgstr "일반 도킹 스테이션" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:135 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:135 msgid "Processor" msgstr "프로세서" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:136 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:136 msgid "386" msgstr "386" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:137 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:137 msgid "486" msgstr "486" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:138 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:138 msgid "Pentium" msgstr "Pentium" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:139 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:139 msgid "Alpha" msgstr "Alpha" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:140 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:140 msgid "Power PC" msgstr "Power PC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:141 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:141 msgid "MIPS" msgstr "MIPS" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:142 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:142 msgid "Coprocessor" msgstr "보조 프로세서" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:145 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:145 msgid "Serial bus controller" msgstr "직렬 버스 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:146 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:146 msgid "FireWire (IEEE 1394)" msgstr "FireWire(IEEE 1394)" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:147 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:147 msgid "ACCESS bus" msgstr "ACCESS 버스" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:148 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:148 msgid "SSA" msgstr "SSA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:149 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:149 msgid "USB controller" msgstr "USB 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:150 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:150 msgid "Fiber channel" msgstr "파이버 채널" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:151 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:151 msgid "SMBus" msgstr "SMBus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:155 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:159 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:155 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:159 msgid "Wireless controller" msgstr "무선 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:156 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:156 msgid "IRDA controller" msgstr "IRDA 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:157 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:157 msgid "Consumer IR controller" msgstr "Consumer IR 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:158 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:158 msgid "RF controller" msgstr "RF 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 msgid "Intelligent controller" msgstr "인텔리전트 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 msgid "I2O" msgstr "I20" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:163 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:163 msgid "Satellite communications controller" msgstr "위성 통신 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:164 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:164 msgid "Satellite TV controller" msgstr "위성 TV 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:165 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:165 msgid "Satellite audio communication controller" msgstr "위성 오디오 통신 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:166 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:166 msgid "Satellite voice communication controller" msgstr "위성 음성 통신 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:167 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:167 msgid "Satellite data communication controller" msgstr "위성 데이터 통신 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:170 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:173 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:170 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:173 msgid "Encryption controller" msgstr "암호화 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:171 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:171 msgid "Network and computing encryption device" msgstr "네트워크 및 컴퓨팅 암호화 장치" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:172 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:172 msgid "Entertainment encryption device" msgstr "엔터테인먼트 암호화 장치" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:176 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:180 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:176 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:180 msgid "Signal processing controller" msgstr "신호 처리 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:177 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:177 msgid "DPIO module" msgstr "DPIO 모듈" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:178 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:178 msgid "Performance counters" msgstr "성능 카운터" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:179 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:179 msgid "Communication synchronizer" msgstr "통신 동기화 프로그램" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:184 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:184 msgid "Monitor" msgstr "모니터" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:185 msgid "CRT monitor" msgstr "CRT 모니터" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:186 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:186 msgid "LCD monitor" msgstr "LCD 모니터" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:189 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:189 msgid "Internally used class" msgstr "내부적으로 사용되는 클래스" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:190 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:190 msgid "ISA PnP interface" msgstr "ISA PnP 인터페이스" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:191 msgid "Main memory" msgstr "주 메모리" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:192 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:192 msgid "CPU" msgstr "CPU" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:193 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:193 msgid "FPU" msgstr "FPU" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:194 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:194 msgid "BIOS" msgstr "BIOS" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:195 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:195 msgid "PROM" msgstr "PROM" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:196 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:196 msgid "System" msgstr "시스템" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Win modem" msgstr "Win 모뎀" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:199 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:199 msgid "ISDN adapter" msgstr "ISDN 어댑터" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:200 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:200 msgid "PS/2 controller" msgstr "PS/2 컨트롤러" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:202 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:207 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:202 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:207 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "마우스" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:203 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:203 msgid "PS/2 mouse" msgstr "PS/2 마우스" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:204 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:204 msgid "Serial mouse" msgstr "직렬 마우스" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:205 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:205 msgid "Bus mouse" msgstr "버스 마우스" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:206 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:206 msgid "USB mouse" msgstr "USB 마우스" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:210 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:210 msgid "Mass storage device" msgstr "대용량 저장 장치" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:211 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:211 msgid "Disk" msgstr "디스크" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:212 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:212 msgid "Tape" msgstr "테이프" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:213 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:213 msgid "CD-ROM" msgstr "CD-ROM" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:214 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:214 msgid "Floppy disk" msgstr "플로피 디스크" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:215 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:215 msgid "Storage device" msgstr "저장 장치" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:218 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:229 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:218 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:229 msgid "Network interface" msgstr "네트워크 인터페이스" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:221 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:221 msgid "Token ring" msgstr "토큰링" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:225 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:225 msgid "HSI" msgstr "HSI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:232 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:233 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:232 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:233 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "키보드" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:234 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:234 msgid "Console" msgstr "콘솔" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:236 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:236 msgid "Printer" msgstr "프린터" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 msgid "Hub" msgstr "허브" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 msgid "USB hub" msgstr "USB 허브" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:238 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:238 msgid "Braille display" msgstr "점자 디스플레이" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:239 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:239 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "스캐너" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 msgid "Joystick" msgstr "조이스틱" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 msgid "Gamepad" msgstr "게임패드" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:241 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:241 msgid "Chipcard reader" msgstr "칩카드 판독기" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:243 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:243 msgid "Camera" msgstr "카메라" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:244 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:244 msgid "Webcam" msgstr "웹캠" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:245 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:245 msgid "Digital camera" msgstr "디지털 카메라" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 msgid "Framebuffer" msgstr "프레임버퍼" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 msgid "VESA framebuffer" msgstr "VESA 프레임버퍼" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:249 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:249 msgid "DVB card" msgstr "DVB 카드" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:250 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:250 msgid "DVB-C card" msgstr "DVB-C 카드" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:251 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:251 msgid "DVB-S card" msgstr "DVB-S 카드" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:252 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:252 msgid "DVB-T card" msgstr "DVB-T 카드" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:254 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:254 msgid "TV card" msgstr "TV 카드" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:255 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:255 msgid "Partition" msgstr "파티션" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:256 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:256 msgid "DSL card" msgstr "DSL 카드" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:257 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:257 msgid "Bluetooth device" msgstr "Bluetooth 장치" -#. Runs arguments without changed root. -#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs -#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed -#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 +#. Runs arguments without changed root. +#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs +#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed +#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 msgid "" "Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n" "Exit code: %{exitcode}\n" @@ -5008,8 +5118,8 @@ "종료 코드: %{exitcode}\n" "오류 출력: %{stderr}" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" @@ -5017,8 +5127,8 @@ "%1개 파일이 수동으로 변경되었습니다.\n" "YaST의 일부 변경사항이 손실될 수 있습니다." -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 msgid "" "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" @@ -5026,13 +5136,13 @@ "%1 파일이 수동으로 변경되었습니다.\n" "YaST에서 일부 변경사항이 손실될 수도 있습니다.\n" -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "이 메시지를 다시 표시하지 않음" -#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or -#. a comma separated list of file names. -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 +#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or +#. a comma separated list of file names. +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 msgid "" "File %s has been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose this file." @@ -5043,13 +5153,13 @@ "%s 파일이 수동으로 생성되었습니다.\n" "YaST에서 해당 파일이 손실될 수 있습니다." -#. error report -#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 +#. error report +#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation." msgstr "initrd 생성하는동안 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 +#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5057,25 +5167,25 @@ "시스템을 재부팅해서\n" "새로운 커널을 활성합니다.\n" -#. bnc #421002 -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 +#. bnc #421002 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 msgid "Confirm driver activation" msgstr "드라이버 활성을 확인합니다" -#. This is in information message. Next come the -#. vendor and device information strings as stored -#. in the hardware-probing database. -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 +#. This is in information message. Next come the +#. vendor and device information strings as stored +#. in the hardware-probing database. +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgstr "YaST2에서 아래 장치를 검색했습니다." -#. Caption for Textentry with module information -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 +#. Caption for Textentry with module information +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 msgid "&Driver/Module to load" msgstr "적재할 드라이버/모듈(&D)" -#. describe valid MAC address -#: library/types/src/modules/Address.rb:80 +#. describe valid MAC address +#: library/types/src/modules/Address.rb:80 msgid "" "A valid MAC address consists of six pairs of hexadecimal\n" "digits separated by colons." @@ -5083,8 +5193,8 @@ "유효한 MAC 주소는 16진수로 구성된 6쌍으로 되어 있으며,\n" "각 숫자는 콜론으로 구분되어 있습니다." -#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 +#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" @@ -5095,8 +5205,8 @@ "하이픈은 시작이나 끝의 구성요소로 올수가 없습니다.\n" "그리고 마지막 구성요소는 숫자로 시작할 수 없습니다." -#. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 +#. Translators: hyphen: "-" +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -5104,8 +5214,8 @@ "유효한 호스트 이름은 문자, 숫자 및 하이픈으로 구성됩니다.\n" "호스트 이름의 시작과 끝에는 하이픈이 사용되지 않습니다.\n" -#. Translators: dot: "." -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 +#. Translators: dot: "." +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\n" "in the range 0-255 separated by dots." @@ -5113,8 +5223,8 @@ "유효한 IPv4 주소는 점으로 구분된 0-255 범위의 정수 네 개로\n" "구성됩니다." -#. Translators: colon: ":" -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 +#. Translators: colon: ":" +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\n" "hexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\n" @@ -5124,8 +5234,8 @@ "0 - FFFF 범위의 최대 8개 16진수로 구성됩니다.\n" "이것은 최대 1개의 이중 콜론을 포함할 수 있습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 msgid "" "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n" "IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n" @@ -5141,75 +5251,76 @@ "예:\n" "IP: 192.168.0.1 또는 2001:db8:0::1\n" "IP/Netmask: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 또는 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" -"IP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 또는 192.168.0.1/32 또는 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" +"IP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 또는 192.168.0.1/32 또는 2001:db8:0::1/" +"ffff::0\n" -#. Byte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 +#. Byte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 msgid "B" msgstr "B" -#. KiloByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 +#. KiloByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 msgid "KiB" msgstr "KiB" -#. MegaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 +#. MegaByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 msgid "MiB" msgstr "MiB" -#. GigaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 +#. GigaByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 msgid "GiB" msgstr "GiB" -#. TeraByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 +#. TeraByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 msgid "TiB" msgstr "TiB" -#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") -#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") -#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 +#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") +#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") +#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 msgid "%1 (on average %2)" msgstr "%1(평균 %2)" -#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter -#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 +#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter +#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 msgid "..." msgstr "..." -#. covert a number to download rate string -#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 +#. covert a number to download rate string +#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 msgid "%1/s" msgstr "%1/s" -#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. -#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when -#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules -#. automatically, but asks the user for confirmation -#. about every module. -#. The popup box informs the user about the detected -#. hardware and suggests a module to load. -#. The user can confirm the module or change -#. the suggested load command -#. -#. This is the heading of the popup box -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 +#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. +#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when +#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules +#. automatically, but asks the user for confirmation +#. about every module. +#. The popup box informs the user about the detected +#. hardware and suggests a module to load. +#. The user can confirm the module or change +#. the suggested load command +#. +#. This is the heading of the popup box +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection" msgstr "하드웨어 검색 확인" -#. This is in information message. Next come the -#. hardware class name (network cards). -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 +#. This is in information message. Next come the +#. hardware class name (network cards). +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:" msgstr "YaST는 다음 하드웨어를 검색합니다." -#. Message in a continue/cancel popup -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 +#. Message in a continue/cancel popup +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 msgid "" "This module must be run as root.\n" "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" @@ -5221,36 +5332,36 @@ " 예를 들어 일부 설정이 제대로 읽히지 않고\n" " 설정이 기록되지 않을 수 있습니다.\n" -#. Popup headline -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 +#. Popup headline +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 msgid "Root Privileges Needed" msgstr "루트 권한 필요" -#. Popup question -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 +#. Popup question +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 msgid "Really delete selected entry?" msgstr "선택한 항목을 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 +#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgstr "'%1'을(를) 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. button text -#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" -#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 +#. button text +#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" +#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 msgid "&Apply" msgstr "적용(&A)" -#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 +#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "초기화 중..." -#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 +#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 msgid "" "YaST\n" "Initializing ...\n" @@ -5258,631 +5369,631 @@ "YaST\n" "초기화하는 중입니다.\n" -#. Heading for help popup window -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 +#. Heading for help popup window +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 msgid "Help" msgstr "도움말" -#. fallback name for the dialog title -#. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 +#. fallback name for the dialog title +#. fallback name for the dialog title +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 msgid "Module" msgstr "모듈" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:32 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:33 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:32 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:33 msgid "United Arab Emirates" msgstr "아랍에미리트" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:33 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:144 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:33 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:144 msgid "Albania" msgstr "알바니아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:34 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:81 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:34 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:81 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "아르헨티나" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:35 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:60 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:35 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:60 msgid "Austria" msgstr "오스트리아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:36 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:66 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:36 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:66 msgid "Australia" msgstr "오스트레일리아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:37 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:55 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:37 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:55 msgid "Bosnia and Herzegowina" msgstr "보스니아 헤르제고비나" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:38 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:61 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:68 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:105 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:130 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:38 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:61 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:68 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:105 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:130 msgid "Belgium" msgstr "벨기에" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:39 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:52 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:39 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:52 msgid "Bulgaria" msgstr "불가리아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:40 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:34 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:40 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:34 msgid "Bahrein" msgstr "바레인" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:41 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:53 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:41 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:53 msgid "Bangladesh" msgstr "방글라데시" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:42 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:82 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:42 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:82 msgid "Bolivia" msgstr "볼리비아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:43 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:136 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:43 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:136 msgid "Brasil" msgstr "브라질" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:44 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:67 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:44 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:67 msgid "Botswana" msgstr "보츠와나" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:45 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:51 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:45 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:51 msgid "Belarus" msgstr "벨라루스" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:46 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:69 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:106 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:46 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:69 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:106 msgid "Canada" msgstr "캐나다" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:47 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:62 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:107 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:118 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:47 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:62 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:107 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:118 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "스위스" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:48 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:83 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:48 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:83 msgid "Chile" msgstr "칠레" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:49 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:158 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:49 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:158 msgid "Peoples Republic of China" msgstr "중국" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:50 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:84 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:50 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:84 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "콜롬비아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:51 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:85 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:51 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:85 msgid "Costa Rica" msgstr "코스타리카" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:52 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:57 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:52 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:57 msgid "Czech Republic" msgstr "체코" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:53 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:63 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:53 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:63 msgid "Germany" msgstr "독일" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:54 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:59 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:70 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:54 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:59 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:70 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "덴마크" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:55 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:86 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:55 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:86 msgid "Dominican Republic" msgstr "도미니카 공화국" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:56 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:35 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:56 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:35 msgid "Algeria" msgstr "알제리" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:57 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:87 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:57 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:87 msgid "Ecuador" msgstr "에쿠아도르" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:58 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:101 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:58 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:101 msgid "Estonia" msgstr "에스토니아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:59 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:36 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:59 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:36 msgid "Egypt" msgstr "이집트" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:60 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:56 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:60 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:56 msgid "Catalonia" msgstr "카탈로니아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:61 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:88 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:102 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:111 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:61 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:88 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:102 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:111 msgid "Spain" msgstr "스페인" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:62 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:103 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:146 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:62 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:103 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:146 msgid "Finland" msgstr "핀란드" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:63 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:104 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:63 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:104 msgid "Faroe Islands" msgstr "페로 군도" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:64 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:54 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:108 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:134 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:64 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:54 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:108 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:134 msgid "France" msgstr "프랑스" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:65 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:58 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:71 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:112 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:123 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:65 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:58 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:71 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:112 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:123 msgid "Great Britain" msgstr "영국" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:66 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:121 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:66 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:121 msgid "Georgia" msgstr "그루지아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:67 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:122 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:67 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:122 msgid "Greenland" msgstr "그린란드" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:68 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:65 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:68 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:65 msgid "Greece" msgstr "그리스" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:69 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:89 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:69 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:89 msgid "Guatemala" msgstr "과테말라" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:70 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:72 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:159 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:70 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:72 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:159 msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "홍콩" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:71 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:90 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:71 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:90 msgid "Honduras" msgstr "온두라스" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:72 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:114 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:72 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:114 msgid "Croatia" msgstr "크로아티아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:73 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:115 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:73 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:115 msgid "Hungary" msgstr "헝가리" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:74 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:116 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:74 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:116 msgid "Indonesia" msgstr "인도네시아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:75 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:73 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:110 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:75 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:73 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:110 msgid "Ireland" msgstr "아일랜드" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:76 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:113 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:120 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:76 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:113 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:120 msgid "Israel" msgstr "이스라엘" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:77 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:37 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:74 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:148 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:149 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:77 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:37 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:74 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:148 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:149 msgid "India" msgstr "인도" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:78 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:38 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:78 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:38 msgid "Iraq" msgstr "이라크" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:79 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:117 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:79 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:117 msgid "Iceland" msgstr "아이슬란드" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:80 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:119 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:80 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:119 msgid "Italy" msgstr "이탈리아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:81 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:39 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:81 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:39 msgid "Jordan" msgstr "요르단" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:82 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:82 msgid "Japan" msgstr "일본" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:83 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:40 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:83 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:40 msgid "Kuwait" msgstr "쿠웨이트" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:84 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:41 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:84 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:41 msgid "Lebanon" msgstr "레바논" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:85 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:85 msgid "Liechtenstein" msgstr "리히텐슈타인" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:86 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:124 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:86 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:124 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "리투아니아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:87 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:64 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:109 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:87 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:64 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:109 msgid "Luxemburg" msgstr "룩셈부르크" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:88 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:125 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:88 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:125 msgid "Latvia" msgstr "라트비아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:89 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:42 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:89 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:42 msgid "Libyan Arab Jamahiriya" msgstr "리비아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:90 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:43 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:90 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:43 msgid "Morocco" msgstr "모로코" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:91 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:127 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:91 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:127 msgid "Macedonia" msgstr "마케도니아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:92 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:129 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:92 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:129 msgid "Malta" msgstr "몰타" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:93 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:91 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:93 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:91 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "멕시코" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:94 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:128 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:94 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:128 msgid "Malaysia" msgstr "말레이시아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:95 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:92 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:95 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:92 msgid "Nicaragua" msgstr "니카라구아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:96 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:131 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:96 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:131 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "네덜란드" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:97 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:132 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:133 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:97 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:132 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:133 msgid "Norway" msgstr "노르웨이" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:98 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:75 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:126 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:98 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:75 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:126 msgid "New Zealand" msgstr "뉴질랜드" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:99 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:44 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:99 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:44 msgid "Oman" msgstr "오만" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:100 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:93 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:100 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:93 msgid "Panama" msgstr "파나마" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:101 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:94 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:101 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:94 msgid "Peru" msgstr "페루" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:102 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:76 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:152 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:102 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:76 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:152 msgid "Philippines" msgstr "필리핀" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:103 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:155 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:103 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:155 msgid "Pakistan" msgstr "파키스탄" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:104 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:135 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:104 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:135 msgid "Poland" msgstr "폴란드" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:105 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:95 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:105 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:95 msgid "Puerto Rico" msgstr "푸에르토리코" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:106 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:137 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:106 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:137 msgid "Portugal" msgstr "포르투갈" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:107 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:96 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:107 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:96 msgid "Paraguay" msgstr "파라과이" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:108 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:45 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:108 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:45 msgid "Qatar" msgstr "카타르" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:109 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:138 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:109 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:138 msgid "Romania" msgstr "루마니아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:110 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:139 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:110 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:139 msgid "Russia" msgstr "러시아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:111 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:46 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:111 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:46 msgid "Saudi Arabia" msgstr "사우디 아라비아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:112 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:47 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:112 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:47 msgid "Sudan" msgstr "수단" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:113 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:147 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:113 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:147 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "스웨덴" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:114 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:77 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:114 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:77 msgid "Singapore" msgstr "싱가포르" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:115 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:143 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:115 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:143 msgid "Slovenia" msgstr "슬로베니아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:116 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:142 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:116 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:142 msgid "Slovakia" msgstr "슬로바키아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:117 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:117 msgid "San Marino" msgstr "산마리노" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:118 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:97 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:118 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:97 msgid "El Salvador" msgstr "엘살바도르" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:119 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:48 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:119 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:48 msgid "Syrian Arab Republic" msgstr "시리아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:120 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:151 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:120 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:151 msgid "Thailand" msgstr "태국" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:121 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:150 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:121 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:150 msgid "Tajikistan" msgstr "타지키스탄" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:122 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:49 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:122 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:49 msgid "Tunisia" msgstr "튀니지" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:123 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:153 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:123 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:153 msgid "Turkey" msgstr "터키" -#. "TW" : _("Taiwan"), -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:125 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:140 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:154 +#. "TW" : _("Taiwan"), +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:125 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:140 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:154 msgid "Ukraine" msgstr "우크라이나" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:126 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:78 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:98 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:157 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:126 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:78 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:98 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:157 msgid "USA" msgstr "미국" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:127 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:99 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:127 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:99 msgid "Uruguay" msgstr "우루과이" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:128 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:156 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:128 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:156 msgid "Uzbekistan" msgstr "우즈베키스탄" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:129 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:100 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:129 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:100 msgid "Venezuela" msgstr "베네수엘라" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:130 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:50 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:130 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:50 msgid "Yemen" msgstr "예멘" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:131 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:141 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:145 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:131 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:141 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:145 msgid "Yugoslavia" msgstr "유고슬로비아" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:132 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:32 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:79 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:132 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:32 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:79 msgid "South Africa" msgstr "남아프리카공화국" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:133 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:80 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:133 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:80 msgid "Zimbabwe" msgstr "짐바브웨" -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:160 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:160 msgid "Taiwan" msgstr "대만" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message during parameters validation, -#. %1 is a string that should be IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:129 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message during parameters validation, +#. %1 is a string that should be IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:129 msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address." msgstr "%1은(는) 유효한 IPv4 주소가 아닙니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone name defined -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:142 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1431 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone name defined +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:142 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1431 msgid "The zone name must be defined." msgstr "영역 이름을 정의해야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get information from zone which doesn't exist, -#. %1 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get information from zone which doesn't exist, +#. %1 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:153 msgid "DNS zone %1 does not exist." msgstr "%1 DNS 영역은 존재하지 않습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying manage records in zone which is not 'master' type -#. only 'master' zone records can be managed -#. %1 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying manage records in zone which is not 'master' type +#. only 'master' zone records can be managed +#. %1 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:187 msgid "DNS zone %1 is not type master." msgstr "%1 DNS 영역은 마스터 유형이 아닙니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone type defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:197 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone type defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:197 msgid "The zone type must be defined." msgstr "영역 유형을 정의해야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unsupported DNZ zone type, -#. %1 is the zone type -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:204 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unsupported DNZ zone type, +#. %1 is the zone type +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:204 msgid "Zone type %1 is not supported." msgstr "%1 영역 유형이 지원되지 않습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs ACL name defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:217 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs ACL name defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:217 msgid "The ACL name must be defined." msgstr "ACL 이름을 정의해야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unknown ACL, -#. %1 is the ACL's name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unknown ACL, +#. %1 is the ACL's name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:228 msgid "An ACL named %1 does not exist." msgstr "%1 이름의 ACL은 존재하지 않습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with undefined parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with undefined parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:238 msgid "The hostname must be defined." msgstr "호스트 이름을 정의해야 합니다." -#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 +#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 msgid "The hostname must be in the fully qualified domain name format." msgstr "호스트 이름은 정규화된 도메인 이름 형식이어야 합니다." -#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 +#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 msgid "The fully qualified hostname must end with a dot." msgstr "정규화된 호스트 이름은 점으로 끝나야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, wrong hostname, allowed syntax is described -#. two lines below using a pre-defined text -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:266 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, wrong hostname, allowed syntax is described +#. two lines below using a pre-defined text +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:266 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "호스트 이름이 잘못되었습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, MX priority is a needed parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:278 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, MX priority is a needed parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:278 msgid "The mail exchange priority must be defined." msgstr "메일 교환 우선순위를 정의해야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, wrong format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, wrong format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:284 msgid "" "The mail exchange priority is invalid.\n" "It must be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" @@ -5890,9 +6001,9 @@ "메일 교환 우선순위가 잘못되었습니다.\n" "값은 0과 65535 사이의 숫자여야 합니다.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong hostname which should be part of the zone, -#. %1 is the hostname, %2 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:305 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong hostname which should be part of the zone, +#. %1 is the hostname, %2 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:305 msgid "" "The hostname %1 is not part of the zone %2.\n" "\n" @@ -5906,25 +6017,27 @@ "영역 이름과 점으로 끝나야 합니다(예: \n" "'example.org' 영역의 경우 'dhcp1' 또는 'dhcp1.example.org.').\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4, -#. %1 is the reveresed IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:341 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4, +#. %1 is the reveresed IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:341 msgid "" "The reverse IPv4 address %1 is invalid.\n" "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " +"'192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "역방향 IPv4 주소 %1이(가) 잘못되었습니다.\n" "\n" "올바른 역방향 IPv4는 0-255 범위의 정수 네 개로 구성되고\n" "각 정수는 점으로 구분되며 '.in-addr.arpa.' 문자열이 점 뒤에 나옵니다.\n" -" 예를 들어 IPv4 주소 '192.168.32.1'의 경우 '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.'가 될 수 있습니다.\n" +" 예를 들어 IPv4 주소 '192.168.32.1'의 경우 '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.'가 될 " +"수 있습니다.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make -#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:363 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make +#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:363 msgid "" "The relative hostname %1 cannot be used with zone %2.\n" "Use a fully qualified hostname finished with a dot instead,\n" @@ -5934,8 +6047,8 @@ "없습니다. 대신 'host.example.org.'와 같이 점으로 끝나는\n" "정규화된 호스트 이름을 사용하십시오.\n" -#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:432 +#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:432 msgid "" "Invalid MX record.\n" "Use the format 'priority server-name'.\n" @@ -5943,10 +6056,10 @@ "MX 레코드가 잘못되었습니다.\n" "'우선순위 서버-이름' 형식을 사용하십시오.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking time value for specific SOA section (key), -#. %1 is the section name, %2 is the minimal value, %3 si the maximal value of the section -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:543 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:554 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking time value for specific SOA section (key), +#. %1 is the section name, %2 is the minimal value, %3 si the maximal value of the section +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:543 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:554 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be from %2 to %3 seconds.\n" @@ -5954,10 +6067,10 @@ "SOA 레코드가 잘못되었습니다.\n" "%1은(는) %2초에서 %3초 사이여야 합니다.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking special BIND time format consisting of numbers -#. and defined suffies, also only number (as seconds) is allowed, %1 is a section name -#. like 'ttl' or 'refresh' -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:583 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking special BIND time format consisting of numbers +#. and defined suffies, also only number (as seconds) is allowed, %1 is a section name +#. like 'ttl' or 'refresh' +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:583 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be a BIND time type.\n" @@ -5969,11 +6082,12 @@ "%1은(는) BIND 시간 유형이어야 합니다.\n" "BIND 시간 유형은 숫자와 W, D, H, M, S\n" "(대소문자 구분 안 함) 접미사로 구성됩니다. 접미사가 없는 초 단위\n" -"시간도 사용할 수 있습니다. 12H15m, 86400 또는 1W30M과 같은 값을 입력하십시오.\n" +"시간도 사용할 수 있습니다. 12H15m, 86400 또는 1W30M과 같은 값을 입력하십시" +"오.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, -#. %1 is a part of SOA, %2 is typically 0, %3 is some huge number -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:614 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, +#. %1 is a part of SOA, %2 is typically 0, %3 is some huge number +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:614 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be a number from %2 to %3.\n" @@ -5981,13 +6095,13 @@ "SOA 레코드가 잘못되었습니다.\n" "%1은(는) %2와(과) %3 사이의 숫자여야 합니다.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 msgid "The filename must be defined when logging to a file." msgstr "파일에 기록할 경우 파일 이름을 정의해야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 msgid "" "Invalid file size.\n" "\n" @@ -6001,18 +6115,18 @@ "\n" "사용할 수 있는 접미사는 k, K, m, M, g 및 G입니다.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set number of versions -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1041 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set number of versions +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1041 msgid "The count of file versions must be a number." msgstr "파일 버전 수는 숫자여야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, -#. 'master' servers haven't any 'masterservers', they ARE masterservers -#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to set 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, -#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1334 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1381 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, +#. 'master' servers haven't any 'masterservers', they ARE masterservers +#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to set 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, +#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1334 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1381 msgid "" "Only slave zones have a master server defined.\n" "Zone %1 is type %2.\n" @@ -6020,25 +6134,25 @@ "슬레이브 영역만 정의된 마스터 서버를 가질 수 있습니다.\n" "%1 영역은 %2 유형입니다.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to add new zone which already exists -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1440 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to add new zone which already exists +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1440 msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." msgstr "%1 영역 이름이 이미 존재합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Adding new 'slave' zone without defined needed option 'masterserver' -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1449 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Adding new 'slave' zone without defined needed option 'masterserver' +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1449 msgid "Option masterserver is needed for slave zones." msgstr "슬레이브 영역에는 masterserver 옵션이 필요합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2531 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2581 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2531 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2581 msgid "Host's IP cannot be empty." msgstr "호스트의 IP는 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, No reverse zone for %1 record found, -#. %2 is the hostname, %1 is the IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2539 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, No reverse zone for %1 record found, +#. %2 is the hostname, %1 is the IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2539 msgid "" "There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n" "Hostname %2 cannot be added." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/bootloader.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/bootloader.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/bootloader.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:47\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,55 +14,55 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. command line help text for Bootloader module -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 +#. command line help text for Bootloader module +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 msgid "Boot loader configuration module" msgstr "부팅 로더 구성 모듈입니다." -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) -#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 +#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) +#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "NFS 유형의 부트 파티션입니다. 부트 로더를 설치할 수 없습니다." -#. F#300779: end -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 +#. F#300779: end +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "부트 로더 설정" -#. Represents dialog for modification of device map -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "장치 맵은 최소한 하나의 장치를 포함해야 함" -#. we just go back to original dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "디스크 순서 설정" -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "디스크(&I)" -#. textentry header -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 msgid "&Device" msgstr "장치(&D)" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." msgstr "선택한 부트 로더 파티션 %s은(는) 더 이상 사용할 수 없습니다." -#. Finish client for bootloader configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." msgstr "부트 로더 구성 저장중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 msgid "" "\n" "Your system will now shut down.%1\n" @@ -74,38 +74,38 @@ "자세한 내용은 설명서에서 관련 장을 \n" "참조하십시오. \n" -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "이제 시스템이 재부팅됩니다..." -#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 +#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "부트 로더(&B)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 msgid "GRUB2" msgstr "GRUB2" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" msgstr "EFI에 대한 GRUB2" -#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 +#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 msgid "Not Managed" msgstr "관리 안 됨" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 msgid "Default" msgstr "기본값" -#. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 +#. popup - Continue/Cancel +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "\n" "If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ " \n" " 계속하시겠습니까?\n" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n" "To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" @@ -129,195 +129,234 @@ "부트 로더 설치 및 설치할 부트 로더를 선택하려면\n" "<b>부트 로더</b>를 사용하십시오.</p>" -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "부트 로더 유형: %1" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" msgstr "트러스트된 부트 활성화: %1" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 msgid "yes" msgstr "예" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 msgid "no" msgstr "아니오" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "위치 상태: %1" -#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 +#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "하드 디스크 순서: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (extended)" -#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific -#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "MBR에 부트 코드 설치(<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">설치 안 함</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "MBR에 부트 코드 설치 안 함(<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">설치</a>)" -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "/boot 파티션에 부트 코드 설치(<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">설치 안 함</a>)" +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"/boot 파티션에 부트 코드 설치(<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">설치 안 함</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "/boot 파티션에 부트 코드 설치 안 함(<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">설치</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"/boot 파티션에 부트 코드 설치 안 함(<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">설치</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "\"/\" 파티션에 부트 코드 설치(<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">설치 안 함</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"\"/\" 파티션에 부트 코드 설치(<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">설치 안 함</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "\"/\" 파티션에 부트 코드 설치 안 함(<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">설치</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"\"/\" 파티션에 부트 코드 설치 안 함(<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">설치</a>)" -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "경고: 선택한 부트 로드 단계 1의 위치가 없습니다. 현재 수행 중인 작업을 정확히 모를 경우 위 위치를 선택하십시오." +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 +msgid "" +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " +"are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" +"경고: 선택한 부트 로드 단계 1의 위치가 없습니다. 현재 수행 중인 작업을 정확" +"히 모를 경우 위 위치를 선택하십시오." -#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "위치 변경: %s" -#. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 +#. Represents bootloader timeout value +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "제한 시간(초)(&T)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " +"loaded.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>제한 시간(초)</b><br>\n" "기본 커널이 로드될 때까지 부트 로더가 대기하는 시간을 지정합니다.</p>\n" -#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 +#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "부트 파티션에 대한 파티션 테이블에서 플래그 활성 설정(&A)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " +"code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " +"even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>파티션 테이블에서 부트 파티션에 대한 활성 플래그 설정</b><br>\n" -"부트 로더가 포함되어 있는 파티션을 활성화합니다. 그러면 일반 MBR 코드가 활성\n" +"부트 로더가 포함되어 있는 파티션을 활성화합니다. 그러면 일반 MBR 코드가 활" +"성\n" "파티션을 부팅하게 됩니다. 이전 BIOS의 경우 MBR에 부트 로더가 설치되어\n" "있더라도 하나의 파티션을 활성화해야 합니다.</p>" -#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 +#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "MBR에 일반 부트 코드 쓰기(&G)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 msgid "" -"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of " +"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>MBR에 일반 부트 코드 쓰기</b><br> 디스크의 마스터 부트 레코드를 일반 코드로 대체(활성 파티션을 부팅하는\n" +"<p><b>MBR에 일반 부트 코드 쓰기</b><br> 디스크의 마스터 부트 레코드를 일반 코" +"드로 대체(활성 파티션을 부팅하는\n" "OS 독립 코드)</p>" -#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 +#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "부팅 시 메뉴 숨기기(&H)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>부팅 시 메뉴 숨기기</b>를 선택하면 부트 메뉴가 표시되지 않습니다.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>부팅 시 메뉴 숨기기</b>를 선택하면 부트 메뉴가 표시되지 않습니다.</p>" -#. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 +#. Represents if os prober should be run +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "외부 OS 검사(&B)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 -msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>" -msgstr "<p><b>외부 OS 검사</b>는 다른 외부 배포를 사용한 다중 부팅을 위해 os-prober를 통해 수행됩니다. </p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " +"foreign distribution </p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>외부 OS 검사</b>는 다른 외부 배포를 사용한 다중 부팅을 위해 os-prober" +"를 통해 수행됩니다. </p>" -#. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 +#. represents kernel command line +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "선택적 커널 명령줄 파라미터(&P)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 -msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>선택적 커널 명령줄 매개 변수</b>를 사용하면 커널에 전달할 추가 매개 변수를 정의할 수 있습니다.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional " +"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>선택적 커널 명령줄 매개 변수</b>를 사용하면 커널에 전달할 추가 매개 변" +"수를 정의할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 +#. Represents Protective MBR action +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "보호 MBR 플래그(&P)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 -msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>보호 MBR 플래그</b>는 신형 하드웨어에만 필요한 전문가 전용 설정입니다. 자세한 내용은 GPT 디스크의 보호 MBR을 참조하십시오. 확실하지 않으면 손대지 마십시오.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only " +"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " +"touch if you are not sure.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>보호 MBR 플래그</b>는 신형 하드웨어에만 필요한 전문가 전용 설정입니다. " +"자세한 내용은 GPT 디스크의 보호 MBR을 참조하십시오. 확실하지 않으면 손대지 마" +"십시오.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 msgid "set" msgstr "설정" -#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 msgid "remove" msgstr "제거" -#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk -#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal -#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will -#. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal +#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will +#. not be partially based on old data now any more +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "변경하지 않음" -#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 +#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "보안 부트 지원 활성화(&S)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "선택하여 UEFI 보안 부트 활성화\n" -#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 +#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "트러스트된 부트 지원 활성화(&T)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 +#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 msgid "" "<p><b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2\n" "instead of regular GRUB2.</p>\n" @@ -327,42 +366,53 @@ "<p>First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n" "setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).</p>\n" msgstr "" +"<p><b>신뢰할 수 있는 부팅</b>은 일반 GRUB2 대신\n" +"TrustedGRUB2를 설치합니다.</p>\n" +"<p>따라서 하드웨어의 도움을 받아 \n" +"부팅 프로세스 무결성을 측정합니다(TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n" +"칩).</p>\n" +"<p>먼저 BIOS 설정에서\n" +"신뢰할 수 있는 부팅이 활성화되어 있는지 확인해야 합니다(설정 이름이 다를 수 " +"있음, 예: Security Chip).</p>\n" -#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 -#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot -#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 +#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 +#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot +#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 msgid "" "Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" "Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" "The system will not boot otherwise." msgstr "" +"Trusted Platform Module을 찾을 수 없습니다.\n" +"BIOS에서 활성화되어 있는지 확인하십시오.\n" +"그렇지 않으면 시스템이 부팅되지 않습니다." -#. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 +#. Represents grub password protection widget +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "비밀번호로 부트 로더 보호(&E)" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "엔트리 수정만 보호(&R)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "'루트' GRUB2 사용자에 대한 비밀번호(&P)" -#. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 +#. text entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "비밀번호 재입력(&T)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "비밀번호는 생략할 수 없습니다." -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -370,50 +420,61 @@ "'비밀번호'와 '비밀번호 재입력'\n" "의 값이 일치하지 않습니다. 비밀번호를 다시 입력하십시오." -#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 +#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 msgid "" "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>" +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " +"If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry " +"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " +"way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it " +"in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' " +"which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not " +"supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>비밀번호로 부트로더 보호</b><br>\n" -"부팅 시 엔트리를 수정하거나 부팅하려면 비밀번호가 필요합니다. <b>엔트리 수정만 보호</b>가 선택된 상태이면 엔트리 부팅은 제한되지 않으나 엔트리 수정 시 비밀번호가 필요합니다(GRUB 1 동작 방식과 동일).<br>YaST에서는 <b>비밀번호 재입력</b>에 다시 입력한 비밀번호만 승인합니다. 이 비밀번호는 Linux 'root'와 구분되는 GRUB2 사용자 'root'에 적용됩니다. YaST는 현재 다른 GRUB2 사용자를 지원하지 않습니다. 필요한 경우 별도의 GRUB2 스크립트를 사용하십시오.</p>" +"부팅 시 엔트리를 수정하거나 부팅하려면 비밀번호가 필요합니다. <b>엔트리 수정" +"만 보호</b>가 선택된 상태이면 엔트리 부팅은 제한되지 않으나 엔트리 수정 시 비" +"밀번호가 필요합니다(GRUB 1 동작 방식과 동일).<br>YaST에서는 <b>비밀번호 재입" +"력</b>에 다시 입력한 비밀번호만 승인합니다. 이 비밀번호는 Linux 'root'와 구분" +"되는 GRUB2 사용자 'root'에 적용됩니다. YaST는 현재 다른 GRUB2 사용자를 지원하" +"지 않습니다. 필요한 경우 별도의 GRUB2 스크립트를 사용하십시오.</p>" -#. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 +#. there's mode specified, use it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "새 그래픽 테마 파일 선택" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "그래픽 콘솔 사용(&G)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "콘솔 해상도(&C)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "콘솔 테마(&C)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "grub2에 의해 자동 검색" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "직렬 콘솔 사용(&S)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "콘솔 인수(&C)" -#. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 +#. represent choosing default section to boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "기본 부트 섹션(&D)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 msgid "" "<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n" "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" @@ -426,44 +487,45 @@ "표시합니다. 부팅 시, 부트 로더에서 부팅 메뉴가 제공되고 \n" "사용자가 커널이나 부팅할 OS를 선택할 때까지 기다립니다. \n" "제한 시간 전까지 아무 키도 누르지 않으면 기본 \n" -"커널이나 OS가 부팅됩니다. <b>위로</b> 버튼과 <b>아래로</b> 버튼을 사용하여 부트 로더 메뉴의 섹션 순서를\n" +"커널이나 OS가 부팅됩니다. <b>위로</b> 버튼과 <b>아래로</b> 버튼을 사용하여 부" +"트 로더 메뉴의 섹션 순서를\n" "변경할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 +#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "부트 로더 위치" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "선택할 경우 사용자 정의 부트 장치를 지정해야 함" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "부트 파티션에서 부팅(&T)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "루트 파티션에서 부팅(&T)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "마스터 부트 레코드에서 부팅(&M)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "확장 파티션으로 부팅(&E)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "사용자 정의 부트 파티션(&U)" -#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 +#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "디스크 부팅 순서 편집(&E)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -477,57 +539,63 @@ "디스크를 추가할 때는 <b>추가</b>를,\n" "제거할 때는 <b>제거</b>를 누르십시오.</p>" -#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 +#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "커널 파라미터(&K)" -#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 +#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "부트 코드 옵션(&D)" -#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 +#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "부트 로더 옵션(&L)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "보안 부트 활성화: %1" -#. TODO: not much helpful for customers -#. error report -#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +#. TODO: not much helpful for customers +#. error report +#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "파티셔닝 때문에 부트 로더를 제대로 설치할 수 없습니다." -#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself -#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 +#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 msgid "Do not install any boot loader" msgstr "어떤 부트 로더도 설치하지 않습니다." -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 msgid "Booting" msgstr "부팅" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "부팅중(&B)" -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "어떤 부트 로더도 설치하기위해서 선택할 수 없습니다. 여러분의 시스템은 부팅할 수 없습니다." +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 +msgid "" +"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " +"bootable." +msgstr "" +"어떤 부트 로더도 설치하기위해서 선택할 수 없습니다. 여러분의 시스템은 부팅할 " +"수 없습니다." -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "파티셔닝 때문에 부트 로더를 제대로 설치할 수 없습니다." -#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read -#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 +#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read +#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 msgid "" "<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n" "Reading current configuration...</P>" @@ -535,9 +603,9 @@ "<P><BIG><B>부트 로더 구성 도구</B></BIG><BR>\n" "최신 구성 읽는 중...</P>" -#. Write settings dialog -#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise -#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -545,97 +613,118 @@ "<P><B><BIG>부트 로더 구성 저장중</BIG></B><BR>\n" "잠시 기다려 주십시오...<br></p>" -#. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 +#. grub2 is sooo cool... +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "하드웨어 플랫폼 %1과(와) 부트 로더 %2의 조합이 지원되지 않습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "MBR에서 부팅할 때 bios_grub 파티션 없이 BTRFS 파일 시스템 및 GPT 디스크 레이블을 함께 사용하면 작동하지 않습니다. 이 문제를 해결하려면 bios_grub 파티션을 생성하거나 기존 ext 파일 시스템을 부팅 파티션으로 사용하거나 단계 1을 MBR에 설치하지 마십시오." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 +msgid "" +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " +"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " +"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " +"stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" +"MBR에서 부팅할 때 bios_grub 파티션 없이 BTRFS 파일 시스템 및 GPT 디스크 레이" +"블을 함께 사용하면 작동하지 않습니다. 이 문제를 해결하려면 bios_grub 파티션" +"을 생성하거나 기존 ext 파일 시스템을 부팅 파티션으로 사용하거나 단계 1을 MBR" +"에 설치하지 마십시오." -#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage -#. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 +#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "부트 장치가 RAID 유형 %1에 있어 시스템을 부팅할 수 없습니다." -#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "부트 장치가 소프트웨어 RAID1에 있습니다. 다른 부트로더 위치를 선택하십시오(예: 마스터 부트 레코드)." +#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 +msgid "" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " +"Master Boot Record" +msgstr "" +"부트 장치가 소프트웨어 RAID1에 있습니다. 다른 부트로더 위치를 선택하십시오" +"(예: 마스터 부트 레코드)." -#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "부팅을 위한 ext 파티션이 누락되었습니다. 부트 코드를 설치할 수 없습니다." +msgstr "" +"부팅을 위한 ext 파티션이 누락되었습니다. 부트 코드를 설치할 수 없습니다." -#. activate set or there is already activate flag -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 -msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." -msgstr "설치 프로그램에서 활성화 플래그를 설정하지 않았습니다. 전혀 설정하지 않을 경우 일부 BIOS에서 부팅을 거부할 수 있습니다." +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 +msgid "" +"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " +"could refuse to boot." +msgstr "" +"설치 프로그램에서 활성화 플래그를 설정하지 않았습니다. 전혀 설정하지 않을 경" +"우 일부 BIOS에서 부팅을 거부할 수 있습니다." -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 -msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." -msgstr "설치 프로그램에서는 디스크의 MBR을 수정하지 않습니다. 부트 코드가 이미 포함되어 있지 않은 경우 BIOS에서 디스크로부터 부팅할 수 없습니다." +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 +msgid "" +"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already " +"contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." +msgstr "" +"설치 프로그램에서는 디스크의 MBR을 수정하지 않습니다. 부트 코드가 이미 포함되" +"어 있지 않은 경우 BIOS에서 디스크로부터 부팅할 수 없습니다." -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "부트 로더 검사 " -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "파티션 읽는중" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "부트 로더 설정들 적재" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "부트 로더를 검사중..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "파티션을 읽는중..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "부트 로더 설정들을 적재중..." -#. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 +#. dialog header +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "부트 로더 구성을 초기화합니다." -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "initrd 생성" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 msgid "Save boot loader configuration" msgstr "부트 로더 구성 저장" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "initrd 생성중..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." msgstr "부트 로더 구성 저장중..." -#. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 +#. progress line +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "부트 로더 구성 저장중" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/ca-management.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/ca-management.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/ca-management.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,492 +14,514 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line definition -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:48 +#. Command line definition +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:48 msgid "Managing CA and certificates" msgstr "CA 및 인증서 관리" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:51 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:51 msgid "Create a root CA" msgstr "루트 CA 작성" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:52 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:52 msgid "Create a certificate of a CA" msgstr "CA의 인증서 작성" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:53 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:53 msgid "Create a CRL of a CA" msgstr "CA의 CRL 작성" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:54 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:54 msgid "Export a CA to a file" msgstr "CA를 파일로 엑스포트" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:56 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:56 msgid "Export a certificate to a file" msgstr "인증서를 파일로 엑스포트" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:58 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:58 msgid "Export a CRL to a file" msgstr "CRL을 파일로 엑스포트" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:65 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:65 msgid "E-mail address" msgstr "전자 메일 주소(&M)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:70 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:70 msgid "Organizational unit" msgstr "조직 단위" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "조직" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "구/군/시" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "상태" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "국가(&C)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:77 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:77 msgid "Valid days" msgstr "유효일" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:79 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:79 msgid "Key length" msgstr "키 길이(&K)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 msgid "Password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "비밀번호(보안: 이것은 환경 변수로 지정해야 합니다.)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 msgid "CA password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "CA 비밀번호(보안: 이것은 환경 변수로 지정해야 합니다.)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 +msgid "" +"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "P12 비밀번호(보안: 이것은 환경 변수로 지정해야 합니다.)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 msgid "Path of the exported CA, certificate, or CRL" msgstr "엑스포트한 CA, 인증서 또는 CRL 경로" -#. Autoyast configuration of ca-management -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:170 +#. Autoyast configuration of ca-management +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:170 msgid "CA Configuration" msgstr "CA 구성" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " +"certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " +"certificate from a file.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "YaST에서 기본 CA 및 인증서를 자동으로 생성합니다. 이 CA와 인증서는\n" " Apache 서버와의 통신에 사용됩니다.\n" -" 여기서는 이 CA와 인증서의 설정을 변경하거나 CA와 인증서를 파일에서 임포트합니다.\n" +" 여기서는 이 CA와 인증서의 설정을 변경하거나 CA와 인증서를 파일에서 임포트합" +"니다.\n" " </p>\n" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193 msgid "Import Common CA and Certificate" msgstr "일반 CA 및 인증서 임포트" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:209 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:209 msgid "&Path of Certificate" msgstr "인증서 경로(&P)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "비밀번호(&P)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:245 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:372 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:476 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:245 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:372 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:476 msgid "Co&nfirm Password" msgstr "비밀번호 확인(&F)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:256 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:256 msgid "Generate Common CA and Certificate" msgstr "일반 CA 및 인증서 생성" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:272 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:401 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:211 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1585 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:272 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:401 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1585 msgid "&CA Name:" msgstr "CA 이름(&C):" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:285 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:408 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:216 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:285 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:408 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:216 msgid "&Common Name:" msgstr "일반 이름(&C):" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:299 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:482 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:299 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:482 msgid "E-Mail" msgstr "전자 메일(&E)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:309 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:428 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:262 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:309 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:428 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:262 msgid "C&ountry:" msgstr "국가(&O):" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:319 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:438 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:227 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:319 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:438 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:227 msgid "O&rganization:" msgstr "조직(&R):" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:328 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:447 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:236 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:328 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:447 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:236 msgid "Or&ganizational Unit:" msgstr "조직 단위" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:342 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:455 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:247 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:342 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:455 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:247 msgid "Loca&lity:" msgstr "구/군/시(&L):" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:351 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:458 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:250 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:351 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:250 msgid "&State:" msgstr "도(&S)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:381 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:381 msgid "Take Local Server Name" msgstr "로컬 서버 이름 설정" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:394 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:418 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:394 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:418 msgid "&Server Name:" msgstr "서버 이름" -#. Get the user input. -#. -#. Get the user input. -#. -#. checking password -#. p12Passwd is required is keyPasswd has been given -#. export to file -#. export to file -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 +#. Get the user input. +#. +#. Get the user input. +#. +#. checking password +#. p12Passwd is required is keyPasswd has been given +#. export to file +#. export to file +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "새 비밀번호가 일치하지 않습니다." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:540 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:540 msgid "Password length should be greater than three characters." msgstr "비밀번호 길이는 세 글자보다 길어야 합니다." -#. finding entry in list -#. Error popup -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:495 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:398 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1665 +#. finding entry in list +#. Error popup +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:495 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:398 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1665 msgid "CA name required." msgstr "CA 이름이 필요합니다." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:506 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:403 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:506 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:403 msgid "Common name required." msgstr "일반 이름이 필요합니다." -#. CaMgm::prop_selection = `def; -#. Checking if there is an EMAIL entry without using the -#. "add" button -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:514 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:284 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:589 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:347 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:428 +#. CaMgm::prop_selection = `def; +#. Checking if there is an EMAIL entry without using the +#. "add" button +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:514 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:589 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:347 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:428 msgid "Invalid e-mail format." msgstr "전자 메일 형식이 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:527 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:527 msgid "Server name required." msgstr "서버 이름이 필요합니다." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:561 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5949 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:561 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5949 msgid "Cannot read the certificate." msgstr "인증서를 읽을 수 없습니다." -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:831 +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:831 msgid "Import Certificate from File" msgstr "파일에서 인증서 임포트" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:837 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:837 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "서버 이름" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:839 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:839 msgid "[local server name]" msgstr "[로컬 서버 이름]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:846 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:846 msgid "CA Name" msgstr "CA 이름" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "일반 이름" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:857 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:863 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:868 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:873 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:881 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:887 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:892 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:902 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:857 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:863 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:868 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:873 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:881 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:887 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:892 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:902 msgid "[not set]" msgstr "[설정 안 함]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:860 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:860 msgid "Email" msgstr "이메일" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "조직 단위" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:895 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:895 msgid "Password" msgstr "비밀번호" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:904 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:904 msgid "[set]" msgstr "설정(&S)" -#. Write all ca-management settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:916 +#. Write all ca-management settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:916 msgid "Generating Common Server Certificate" msgstr "일반 서버 인증서 생성" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:930 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:936 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:930 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:936 msgid "Read server information" msgstr "서버 정보 읽기" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:932 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:932 msgid "Create the default CA and server certificate" msgstr "기본 CA 및 서버 인증서 작성" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:938 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:938 msgid "Creating the default CA and server certificate..." msgstr "기본 CA 및 서버 인증서 작성 중..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:940 +#. Progress finished +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:940 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#. Error message -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:1064 +#. Error message +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:1064 msgid "Cannot create certificates." msgstr "인증서를 작성할 수 없습니다." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: -#. clients/ca_mgm_proposal.ycp -#. -#. Package: -#. Configuration of CA Management -#. -#. Summary: -#. Proposal function dispatcher. -#. -#. Authors: -#. Stefan Schubert <schubi@suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." -msgstr "로컬 시스템의 이름을 확인할 수 없습니다. 서버 이름 및 전자 메일의 값을 변경하십시오." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: +#. clients/ca_mgm_proposal.ycp +#. +#. Package: +#. Configuration of CA Management +#. +#. Summary: +#. Proposal function dispatcher. +#. +#. Authors: +#. Stefan Schubert <schubi@suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " +"Name and E-Mail." +msgstr "" +"로컬 시스템의 이름을 확인할 수 없습니다. 서버 이름 및 전자 메일의 값을 변경하" +"십시오." -#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) -#. NO FORCE RESET -#. richtext label -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:159 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:213 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:440 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:466 +#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) +#. NO FORCE RESET +#. richtext label +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:159 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:213 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:440 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:466 msgid "CA Management" msgstr "CA 관리" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:160 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:214 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:441 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:160 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:441 msgid "Settings have already been written." msgstr "설정이 이미 기록되었습니다." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:161 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:215 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:442 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:161 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:215 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:442 msgid "Delete the old settings?" msgstr "이전 설정을 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 -msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." -msgstr "시스템 루트 비밀번호를 검색할 수 없습니다. 계속하려면 CA 비밀번호를 설정하십시오." +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 +msgid "" +"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +msgstr "" +"시스템 루트 비밀번호를 검색할 수 없습니다. 계속하려면 CA 비밀번호를 설정하십" +"시오." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " +"creation.\n" msgstr "" "비밀번호가 너무 짧아서 인증서에 사용할 수 없습니다. \n" "인증서에 유효한 비밀번호를 입력하거나 인증서 생성을 비활성화하십시오.\n" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 msgid "Current default CA and certificate." msgstr "현재 기본 CA 및 인증서입니다." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:356 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:364 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:356 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:364 msgid "Creating default CA and certificate." msgstr "기본 CA 및 인증서를 작성합니다." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 msgid "With higher security requirements, you should change the password." msgstr "더 높은 보안 요구 사항에 따라 비밀번호를 변경해야 합니다." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369 msgid "[manually set]" msgstr "[수동으로 설정]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:370 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:370 msgid "[root password]" msgstr "루트 비밀번호" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:390 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:487 -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:158 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:390 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:487 +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:158 msgid "CA Name: " msgstr "CA 이름:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:391 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Common Name: " msgstr "일반 이름:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:392 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:392 msgid "Server Name: " msgstr "서버 이름: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:393 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:393 msgid "Country: " msgstr "국가(&C)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:394 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:394 msgid "Password: " msgstr "비밀번호:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:395 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:395 msgid "E-Mail: " msgstr "전자 메일(&E)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:396 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:396 msgid "Alternative Names: " msgstr "대체 이름: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " +"certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " +"creation.\n" msgstr "" "루트 비밀번호가 너무 짧아서 인증서의 비밀번호로 사용할 수 없습니다. \n" "인증서에 유효한 비밀번호를 입력하거나 인증서 생성을 비활성화하십시오.\n" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate." msgstr "CA 및 인증서를 작성하지 않습니다." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:415 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:415 msgid "Importing a CA and certificate from file" msgstr "CA 및 인증서를 파일에서 임포트" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>" -msgstr "<p>기본 호스트 이름인 <b>linux</b>는 고유한 이름입니까? 호스트 이름이 정확한 경우에만 인증서가 유효합니다.</p>" +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 +msgid "" +"<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is " +"only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>기본 호스트 이름인 <b>linux</b>는 고유한 이름입니까? 호스트 이름이 정확한 " +"경우에만 인증서가 유효합니다.</p>" -#. menu title -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 +#. menu title +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 msgid "&CA Management" msgstr "CA 관리(&C)" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. MAIN module -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:61 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. MAIN module +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:61 msgid "Managing CAs and Certificates" msgstr "CA 및 인증서 관리" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:64 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:64 msgid "Selection" msgstr "선택" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:72 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:72 msgid "Create &Default CA and Certificate" msgstr "기본 CA 및 인증서 작성(&D)" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:81 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Edit Default &Settings" msgstr "기본 설정 편집(&S)" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:89 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:89 msgid "Do &Not Create CA and Certificate" msgstr "CA 및 인증서를 작성하지 않음(&N)" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:96 msgid "Import CA and Certificate from D&isk" msgstr "CA 및 인증서를 디스크에서 임포트(&I)" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and <b>certificates</b>\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and " +"<b>certificates</b>\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -508,10 +530,11 @@ " 원하는 설치 방법을 선택합니다.\n" " </p>\n" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " +"the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -520,98 +543,100 @@ " 기본 CA 및 인증서를 작성할 수도 있습니다.\n" " </p>\n" -#. Creates Country items -#. @return a list country items formated for a UI table -#. saved default settings -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:209 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:143 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:172 +#. Creates Country items +#. @return a list country items formated for a UI table +#. saved default settings +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:209 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:143 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:172 msgid "&Name:" msgstr "이름" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:225 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:164 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:215 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:258 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:330 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:425 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:446 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:489 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:610 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:628 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:653 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:680 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:705 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:730 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:755 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:780 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:805 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:830 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:225 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:164 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:215 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:258 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:330 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:425 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:489 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:610 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:628 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:653 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:680 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:705 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:730 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:755 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:780 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:805 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:830 msgid "critical" msgstr "중요" -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:238 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:218 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:278 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:535 +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:238 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:218 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:535 msgid "Kind" msgstr "종류" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:239 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:219 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:279 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:536 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:219 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:279 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:536 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:356 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:557 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:949 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:991 +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:302 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:356 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:557 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:949 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:991 msgid "No item has been selected." msgstr "항목을 선택하지 않았습니다." -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. we need to fake a certificate name -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:107 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. we need to fake a certificate name +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:107 msgid "Delete" msgstr "삭제" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:366 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:525 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:960 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:366 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:525 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:960 msgid "Really delete this entry?" msgstr "이 항목을 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. editDefaultEntries() - changing Entries -#. @return `next,`back,`abort -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 +#. editDefaultEntries() - changing Entries +#. @return `next,`back,`abort +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA " +"and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the <b>Apache server</b>.\n" "Here, change these <b>default settings</b>.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -622,66 +647,94 @@ " 여기서는 이러한 <b>기본 설정</b>을 변경합니다.\n" " </p>\n" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484 msgid "&Edit Alternative Names" msgstr "대체 이름 편집(&E) " -#. Screen title for the first interactive dialog -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:490 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:96 +#. Screen title for the first interactive dialog +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:490 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:96 msgid "Edit Default Settings" msgstr "기본 설정 편집" -#. The main () -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 +#. The main () +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "일반 서버 인증서" -#. help text 1/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections.</p>" -msgstr "<p>SSL/TLS 암호화 네트워크 연결을 제공하는 서비스에서 서버 인증서를 사용하고 있습니다.</p>" +#. help text 1/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 +msgid "" +"<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " +"network connections.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>SSL/TLS 암호화 네트워크 연결을 제공하는 서비스에서 서버 인증서를 사용하고 " +"있습니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " -msgstr "<p><b>일반 서버 인증서</b>의 목적은 이 호스트에서 실행 중인 서비스 일부에 대한 인증서를 제공하는 것입니다. " +#. help text 2/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a " +"certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgstr "" +"<p><b>일반 서버 인증서</b>의 목적은 이 호스트에서 실행 중인 서비스 일부에 대" +"한 인증서를 제공하는 것입니다. " -#. help text 3/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service.</p>" -msgstr "일부 YaST 모듈은 서비스 같은 것의 설정을 할 동안 이 인증서를 사용할 권리를 제공합니다.</p>" +#. help text 3/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " +"configuration of such a service.</p>" +msgstr "" +"일부 YaST 모듈은 서비스 같은 것의 설정을 할 동안 이 인증서를 사용할 권리를 제" +"공합니다.</p>" -#. help text 4/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>임포트/바꾸기</b> 버튼을 사용하면 새 서버 인증서를 추가하거나 현재 인증서를 바꿀 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. help text 4/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 +msgid "" +"<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server " +"certificate or replace the current one.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>임포트/바꾸기</b> 버튼을 사용하면 새 서버 인증서를 추가하거나 현재 인증" +"서를 바꿀 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. help text 5/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>제거</b> 버튼을 클릭해서 인증서를 제거할 수 있습니다. 하지만, 이것은 다른 서비스 어느 곳에서도 사용되지 않습니다.</p>" +#. help text 5/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 +msgid "" +"<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But " +"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>제거</b> 버튼을 클릭해서 인증서를 제거할 수 있습니다. 하지만, 이것은 다" +"른 서비스 어느 곳에서도 사용되지 않습니다.</p>" -#. help text 6/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>CA 관리</b> 모듈의 <b>인증서</b> 섹션에 있는 <b>파일로 엑스포트</b>를 사용하여 인증서를 파일에 기록할 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. help text 6/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 +msgid "" +"<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in " +"section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>CA 관리</b> 모듈의 <b>인증서</b> 섹션에 있는 <b>파일로 엑스포트</b>를 " +"사용하여 인증서를 파일에 기록할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. help text 7/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 format with CA chain</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>디스크에서 임포트한 인증서는 <b>CA 체인이 포함된 PKCS12 형식</b>으로 기록되었어야 합니다.</p>" +#. help text 7/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 +msgid "" +"<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 " +"format with CA chain</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>디스크에서 임포트한 인증서는 <b>CA 체인이 포함된 PKCS12 형식</b>으로 기록" +"되었어야 합니다.</p>" -#. help text 8/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 +#. help text 8/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 msgid "<p>For more information, please read the manual.</p>" msgstr "<p>자세한 내용은 매뉴얼을 참조하십시오.</p>" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 msgid "" "<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" "You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" @@ -689,34 +742,34 @@ "<pre>일반 서버 인증서를 찾을 수 없습니다.\n" "디스크에서 인증서를 임포트할 수 있습니다.</pre>" -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 msgid "Description" msgstr "설명" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "제거(&E)" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "가져오기/바꾸기(&I)" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "인증서가 아직 만료되지 않았습니다.\n" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" @@ -724,29 +777,33 @@ "이 인증서를 다른 서비스가 사용하지 않도록 하십시오.\n" "\n" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "인증서를 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:66 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:66 msgid "<p>Here, see the most important values of the CA.</p>" msgstr "<p>여기서 CA의 가장 중요한 값을 볼 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates</b>, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>현재 CA에 대한 특수 정보는 <b>인증서</b>, <b>CRL</b> 및 <b>고급</b>에 의해 제공됩니다.</p>" +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 +msgid "" +"<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates</" +"b>, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>현재 CA에 대한 특수 정보는 <b>인증서</b>, <b>CRL</b> 및 <b>고급</b>에 의" +"해 제공됩니다.</p>" -#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA -#. @param CA name -#. @return a string with the CA description -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:164 +#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA +#. @param CA name +#. @return a string with the CA description +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:164 msgid "<p><b> Description for %1 </b></p>" msgstr "<p><b> %1에 대한 설명 </b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:177 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:177 msgid "" "\n" "CA not found" @@ -754,13 +811,13 @@ "\n" "CA를 찾을 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:183 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:183 msgid "<p><b>Issued For:</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>발급 대상:</b></p>" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 msgid "" "\n" "Common Name: " @@ -768,9 +825,9 @@ "\n" "일반 이름: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 msgid "" "\n" "Organization: " @@ -778,9 +835,9 @@ "\n" "조직: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 msgid "" "\n" "Location: " @@ -788,9 +845,9 @@ "\n" "위치: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "State: " @@ -798,9 +855,9 @@ "\n" "시/도: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 msgid "" "\n" "Country: " @@ -808,9 +865,9 @@ "\n" "국가: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "EMAIL: " @@ -818,11 +875,11 @@ "\n" "전자 메일: " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "<p><b>Issued By:</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>발급자:</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -830,7 +887,7 @@ "\n" "유효 기간 시작일:" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -838,245 +895,274 @@ "\n" "유효 기간 종료일:" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "고급(&A)" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "보기(&V)" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "CA 비밀번호 변경(&C)" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "하위 CA 작성(&R)" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "파일로 내보내기(&E)" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "LDAP로 엑스포트(&L)" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "기본값 편집(&E)" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values.</p>" -msgstr "<p>새 하위 CA 또는 인증서를 작성할 경우 시스템에서 몇몇 기본값을 제안합니다.</p>" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 +msgid "" +"<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " +"default values.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>새 하위 CA 또는 인증서를 작성할 경우 시스템에서 몇몇 기본값을 제안합니다." +"</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 msgid "<p>With this workflow, change these default settings.</p>" msgstr "<p>이 워크플로를 통해 이러한 기본 설정을 변경할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only.</p>" +#. help text 3/4 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 +msgid "" +"<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only.</" +"p>" msgstr "<p>그러나 수정된 설정은 <b>새로운</B> 항목에 대해서만 사용됩니다.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>하위 CA</b>, <b>클라이언트 인증서</b> 및 <b>서버 인증서</b>에 대한 기본 설정을 편집할 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 +msgid "" +"<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client " +"certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>하위 CA</b>, <b>클라이언트 인증서</b> 및 <b>서버 인증서</b>에 대한 기" +"본 설정을 편집할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 msgid "Default Settings for:" msgstr "기본 설정:" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:83 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:83 msgid "&Sub CA" msgstr "하위 CA(&S)" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:85 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:85 msgid "&Client Certificate" msgstr "클라이언트 인증서(&C)" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:88 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:88 msgid "S&erver Certificate" msgstr "서버 인증서(&S)" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 +msgid "" +"<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " +"saved.</p>" msgstr "<p>이 프레임에서는 저장 전 모든 기본 설정의 개요를 보여줍니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 msgid "<p>Click <b>Save</b> to finish the input.</p>" msgstr "<p>입력을 완료하려면 <b>저장</b>을 클릭하십시오.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "<p><b>Summary</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>요약</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:150 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:169 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:339 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:351 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:454 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:505 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:523 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:532 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:544 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:553 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:562 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:571 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:580 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:824 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:844 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1023 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1035 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1138 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1199 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1208 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1217 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1226 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1238 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1247 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:150 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:169 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:339 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:351 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:454 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:505 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:523 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:532 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:544 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:553 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:562 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:580 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:824 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:844 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1138 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1199 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1208 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1217 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1238 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1247 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr " (중요)\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:156 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:156 msgid "Path Length: " msgstr "경로 길이:" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:177 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:177 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "(중요)" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "CA에서 주체 대체 이름 복사" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "(중요)\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "nsComment:" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "nsCertType:" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "표준 전자 메일 주소 복사" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:591 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:591 msgid "Save Settings (step 3/3)" msgstr "설정 저장(3/3 단계)" -#. creating new certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:609 +#. creating new certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:609 msgid "Default has been saved." msgstr "기본값이 저장되었습니다." -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>" -msgstr "<p>먼저 이 CA에서 사용할 수 있는 모든 인증서가 포함된 목록을 볼 수 있습니다. 각 열은 전자 메일 주소 및 인증서 상태(유효 또는 해지 등)가 포함된 인증서의 DN입니다.</p>" +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " +"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " +"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>먼저 이 CA에서 사용할 수 있는 모든 인증서가 포함된 목록을 볼 수 있습니다. " +"각 열은 전자 메일 주소 및 인증서 상태(유효 또는 해지 등)가 포함된 인증서의 DN" +"입니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 msgid "<p>Select one of the certificates and execute some actions.</p>" msgstr "<p>인증서 중 하나를 선택하고 몇 가지 동작을 수행합니다.</p>" -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate.</p>" +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 +msgid "" +"<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete " +"certificate.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>보기</b>는 완전한 인증서를 텍스트로 표현하는 창을 엽니다.</p>" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a certificate.</p>" -msgstr "<p>또한 인증서의 <b>해지</b>, <b>삭제</b> 또는 <b>엑스포트</b>도 가능합니다.</p>" +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 +msgid "" +"<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a " +"certificate.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>또한 인증서의 <b>해지</b>, <b>삭제</b> 또는 <b>엑스포트</b>도 가능합니다." +"</p>" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 msgid "<p>With <b>Add</b>, generate a new server or client certificate.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>추가</b>를 사용하면 새로운 서버 또는 클라이언트 인증서를 생성할 수 있습니다.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>추가</b>를 사용하면 새로운 서버 또는 클라이언트 인증서를 생성할 수 있습" +"니다.</p>" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate.</p>" -msgstr "<p>아래 영역에서는 선택한 인증서의 가장 중요한 값을 볼 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 +msgid "" +"<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " +"certificate.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>아래 영역에서는 선택한 인증서의 가장 중요한 값을 볼 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 msgid "Revoke Certificate" msgstr "인증서 해지" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 msgid "You are only revoking the certificate. No new CRL will be created." msgstr "인증서를 해지하려고 합니다. 새 CRL이 작성되지 않습니다." -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 msgid "Reasons" msgstr "이유" -#. getCertDescription - description of a certificate -#. @param map of description -#. @return a string with the certification description -#. getRequestDescription - description of a request -#. @param map of description, onlySubject -#. @return a string with the request description -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:288 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:55 +#. getCertDescription - description of a certificate +#. @param map of description +#. @return a string with the certification description +#. getRequestDescription - description of a request +#. @param map of description, onlySubject +#. @return a string with the request description +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:288 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:55 msgid "<p><b>Description</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>설명</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:291 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:291 msgid "" "\n" "Certificate not found" @@ -1084,10 +1170,10 @@ "\n" "인증서를 찾을 수 없습니다." -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 msgid "" "\n" "Common Name: " @@ -1095,10 +1181,10 @@ "\n" "일반 이름: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 msgid "" "\n" "Organization: " @@ -1106,10 +1192,10 @@ "\n" "조직: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 msgid "" "\n" "Location: " @@ -1117,10 +1203,10 @@ "\n" "위치: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 msgid "" "\n" "State: " @@ -1128,10 +1214,10 @@ "\n" "시/도: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 msgid "" "\n" "Country: " @@ -1139,10 +1225,10 @@ "\n" "국가: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 msgid "" "\n" "EMAIL: " @@ -1150,10 +1236,10 @@ "\n" "전자 메일: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 msgid "" "\n" "Is CA: " @@ -1161,10 +1247,10 @@ "\n" "CA: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" "Key Size: " @@ -1172,8 +1258,8 @@ "\n" "키 크기: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 msgid "" "\n" "Serialnumber: " @@ -1181,10 +1267,10 @@ "\n" "일련번호: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 msgid "" "\n" "Version: " @@ -1192,8 +1278,8 @@ "\n" "버전: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -1201,8 +1287,8 @@ "\n" "유효 기간 시작일:" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -1210,10 +1296,10 @@ "\n" "유효 기간 종료일:" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 msgid "" "\n" "algo. of pub. Key : " @@ -1221,10 +1307,10 @@ "\n" "공개 키 알고리즘: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "algo. of signature: " @@ -1232,130 +1318,130 @@ "\n" "서명 알고리즘: " -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#. Initialize the tab of the dialog +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "유효함" -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "해지" -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "만료됨" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "상태" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "전자 메일 주소(&M)" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "추가" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "서버 인증서 추가" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "클라이언트 인증서 추가" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "비밀번호 변경(&C)" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "해지(&R)" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "삭제(&D)" -#. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 +#. Fate (#2613) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "엑스포트(&E)" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "파일로 내보내기(&E)" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "LDAP로 엑스포트" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "일반 서버 인증서로 엑스포트" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "현재 인증서를 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. Create a certificate via command line -#. @param option map -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/commandline.rb:106 +#. Create a certificate via command line +#. @param option map +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/commandline.rb:106 msgid "Wrong kind of certificate." msgstr "잘못된 유형의 인증서입니다." -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:55 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:55 msgid "<p>Here, see the most important values of the CRL.</p>" msgstr "<p>여기서 CRL의 가장 중요한 값을 볼 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:59 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:59 msgid "<p>With <b>Generate CRL</b>, a new CRL will be generated.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>CRL 생성</b>을 사용하면 새 CRL을 생성할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64 msgid "<p><b>View</b> shows a complete description.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>보기</b>를 사용하면 완전한 설명을 볼 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 msgid "<p>You can <b>Export</b> the CRL to a file or LDAP Directory.</p>" msgstr "<p>CRL을 파일 또는 LDAP 디렉토리로 <b>엑스포트</b>할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 msgid "Generate New CRL" msgstr "새 CRL 생성" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:99 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:99 msgid "&Valid to (days):" msgstr "유효 기간 끝(일)(&V):" -#. getDescription - CRL description -#. @param CA name -#. @return a string with the CRL description -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:210 +#. getDescription - CRL description +#. @param CA name +#. @return a string with the CRL description +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:210 msgid "<p><b>Certificate Revocation List (CRL):</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>인증서 해지 목록(CRL):</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:225 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1365,7 +1451,7 @@ "\n" " 최종 업데이트: " -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:229 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:229 msgid "" "\n" "Next Update: " @@ -1373,7 +1459,7 @@ "\n" "다음 업데이트" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:234 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:234 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1383,548 +1469,642 @@ "\n" " 해지된 인증서: " -#. Dialog Tab - CRL - -#. @return [Yast::Term] for the CRL of a selected CA -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:260 +#. Dialog Tab - CRL - +#. @return [Yast::Term] for the CRL of a selected CA +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:260 msgid "&Generate CRL" msgstr "CRL 생성(&G)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:262 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:129 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:262 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:129 msgid "&Default" msgstr "기본(&D)" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 -msgid "<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>" +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 +msgid "" +"<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>" msgstr "<p>새 CRL을 작성할 경우 시스템에서 몇몇 기본값을 제안합니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 msgid "<p>With this frame, change these default settings.</p>" msgstr "<p>이 프레임을 통해 이러한 기본 설정을 변경할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "유효 기간(일)(&V):" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:179 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:179 msgid "&Critical" msgstr "중요(&C)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:200 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:200 msgid "C&ritical" msgstr "중요(&R)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:207 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:207 msgid "C&opy Subject Alternative Name from CA" msgstr "CA에서 주체 대체 이름 복사(&O)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:254 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:254 msgid "Default CRL Settings" msgstr "기본 CRL 설정" -#. Translators: window caption -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:108 +#. Translators: window caption +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:108 msgid "Security Information" msgstr "보안 정보" -#. Translators: long help text - security information -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." -msgstr "경고!<br>자동 생성을 활성화하고 CRL을 내보내면 CA 비밀번호가 디스크의 구성 파일에 작성됩니다. 비밀번호는 CRL 생성에 필요하기 때문에 일반 텍스트로 해당 위치에 저장됩니다. root 사용자만 이 파일을 읽을 수 있습니다." +#. Translators: long help text - security information +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 +msgid "" +"Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " +"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " +"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " +"readable for the root user." +msgstr "" +"경고!<br>자동 생성을 활성화하고 CRL을 내보내면 CA 비밀번호가 디스크의 구성 파" +"일에 작성됩니다. 비밀번호는 CRL 생성에 필요하기 때문에 일반 텍스트로 해당 위" +"치에 저장됩니다. root 사용자만 이 파일을 읽을 수 있습니다." -#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA -#. @param selected CA -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:372 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:522 +#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA +#. @param selected CA +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:372 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:522 msgid "Export CRL" msgstr "CRL 내보내기" -#. this default can only be set inside this function -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 +#. this default can only be set inside this function +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 msgid "<p>Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting <b>Export once</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>한 번 내보내기</b>를 선택한 후 이 CA의 CRL을 내보냅니다.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in <b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>CRL 반복 재생성을 설정하려면 <b>반복 재생성 및 엑스포트</b>를 선택하십시오. 이 경우 <b>정기 간격</b>에서 재생성 간격을 설정하십시오. 간격을 24시간으로 설정하는 경우 엑스포트 시간을 추가로 선택할 수 있습니다. <b>보안 정보</b>를 읽고 이해해야 합니다.</p>" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 +msgid "" +"<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation " +"and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " +"<b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " +"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " +"understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>CRL 반복 재생성을 설정하려면 <b>반복 재생성 및 엑스포트</b>를 선택하십시" +"오. 이 경우 <b>정기 간격</b>에서 재생성 간격을 설정하십시오. 간격을 24시간으" +"로 설정하는 경우 엑스포트 시간을 추가로 선택할 수 있습니다. <b>보안 정보</b>" +"를 읽고 이해해야 합니다.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file</b> and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>CRL을 로컬 파일이나 LDAP 서버로 엑스포트하거나 둘 다로 엑스포트할 수 있습니다. <b>로컬 파일로 엑스포트</b> 및 <b>LDAP으로 엑스포트</b>에서 각 파라미터를 설정하십시오.</p>" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 +msgid "" +"<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " +"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file</" +"b> and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>CRL을 로컬 파일이나 LDAP 서버로 엑스포트하거나 둘 다로 엑스포트할 수 있습" +"니다. <b>로컬 파일로 엑스포트</b> 및 <b>LDAP으로 엑스포트</b>에서 각 파라미터" +"를 설정하십시오.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 msgid "Export once" msgstr "한 번 내보내기" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:407 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:407 msgid "Repeated recreation and export" msgstr "반복 재생성 및 내보내기" -#. fix space issue (bnc#446137) -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:419 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:496 +#. fix space issue (bnc#446137) +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:419 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:496 msgid "&Host Name:" msgstr "호스트 이름:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:420 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:497 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:420 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:497 msgid "&Port:" msgstr "포트(&P)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:421 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:498 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:421 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:498 msgid "&DN:" msgstr "DN" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:426 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:499 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:426 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:499 msgid "&Bind DN:" msgstr "DN 바인딩(&B):" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:427 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:427 msgid "Pass&word" msgstr "비밀번호" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:435 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:435 msgid "Save &as" msgstr "다른 이름으로 저장(&A)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:442 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:628 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:853 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:965 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:628 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:853 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:965 msgid "Export Format" msgstr "엑스포트 형식" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:443 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:443 msgid "PEM Format" msgstr "PEM 형식" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:444 msgid "DER Format" msgstr "DER 형식" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:453 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:453 msgid "Periodic interval" msgstr "주기적 간격" -#. `HSquash( `IntField( `id(`interval_days), "&days", 0, 100, 30 )), -#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:457 +#. `HSquash( `IntField( `id(`interval_days), "&days", 0, 100, 30 )), +#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:457 msgid "every" msgstr "매" -#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:463 +#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:463 msgid "&hour(s)" msgstr "시(&H)" -#. (bnc#446137) -#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:472 +#. (bnc#446137) +#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:472 msgid "at" msgstr "시간" -#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:474 +#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:474 msgid "&o'clock" msgstr "정각(&O)" -#. (bnc#446137) -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:479 +#. (bnc#446137) +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:479 msgid "&Security Information" msgstr "보안 정보(&S)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:497 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:497 msgid "Export to file" msgstr "파일로 내보내기(&E)" -#. gray out or ungray UI elements -#. Popup::Error(_("Currently not supported.")); -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:543 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:455 +#. gray out or ungray UI elements +#. Popup::Error(_("Currently not supported.")); +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:543 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:455 msgid "Save as" msgstr "다른 이름으로 저장(&S)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:647 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:647 msgid "Export to file failed." msgstr "파일로 엑스포트에 실패했습니다." -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:648 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:673 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:648 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:673 msgid "Do you want to retry?" msgstr "다시 시도하시겠습니까?" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:653 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:468 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:653 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:468 msgid "Saved to file successfully." msgstr "파일에 저장했습니다." -#. Checking error -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:669 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:603 +#. Checking error +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:669 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:603 msgid "Saved to LDAP successfully." msgstr "LDAP에 성공적으로 저장했습니다." -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:672 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:672 msgid "Export to LDAP failed." msgstr "LDAP로 엑스포트에 실패했습니다." -#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:86 +#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:86 msgid "Software error - Unknown Tab" msgstr "소프트웨어 오류 - 알 수 없는 탭" -#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:141 +#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:141 msgid "Certificate Authority (CA)" msgstr "인증 기관(CA)" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:147 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:147 msgid "&Description" msgstr "설명(&D)" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:149 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:149 msgid "C&ertificates" msgstr "인증서(&E)" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:151 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:151 msgid "CR&L" msgstr "CRL(&L)" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:153 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:153 msgid "&Requests" msgstr "요청(&R)" -#. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 msgid "<p>To generate a new CA, some entries are needed.</p>" msgstr "<p>새 CA를 생성하려면 몇 가지 항목이 필요합니다.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 msgid "<p>To generate a new certificate, some entries are needed.</p>" msgstr "<p>새 인증서를 생성하려면 몇 가지 항목이 필요합니다.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 msgid "<p>To generate a new request, some entries are needed.</p>" msgstr "<p>새 요청을 생성하려면 몇 가지 항목이 필요합니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 +#. help text 2/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 msgid "<p>It depends on the policy defined in the configuration file.</p>" msgstr "<p>구성 파일에 정의된 정책에 따라 다릅니다.</p>" -#. help text 4/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111 +#. help text 4/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111 msgid "<p>Only US ASCII characters are allowed.</p>" msgstr "<p>US ASCII 문자만 허용됩니다.</p>" -#. help text 5/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>CA 이름</b>은 CA 인증서의 이름입니다. \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", \"_\"만 사용할 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. help text 5/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 +msgid "" +"<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " +"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>CA 이름</b>은 CA 인증서의 이름입니다. \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", \"_\"만 " +"사용할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the CA.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>일반 이름</b>은 CA의 이름입니다." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate.</p>" +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the " +"certificate.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>일반 이름</b>은 인증서 작성 대상이 되는 사용자의 이름입니다.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 -msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>" +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>일반 이름</b>은 서버의 정규화된 도메인 이름입니다." -#. help text 6/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>전자 메일 주소</b>는 사용자 또는 서버 관리자의 유효한 전자 메일 주소입니다.</p>" +#. help text 6/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 +msgid "" +"<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " +"administrator.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>전자 메일 주소</b>는 사용자 또는 서버 관리자의 유효한 전자 메일 주소입" +"니다.</p>" -#. help text 7/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and <b>State</b> are often optional.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>조직</b>, <b>조직 단위</b>, <b>구/군/시</b> 및 <b>시/도</b>는 종종 선택 사항입니다.</p>" +#. help text 7/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and " +"<b>State</b> are often optional.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>조직</b>, <b>조직 단위</b>, <b>구/군/시</b> 및 <b>시/도</b>는 종종 선" +"택 사항입니다.</p>" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 msgid "D&efault" msgstr "기본값(&E)" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:194 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:194 msgid "E-Mail Addresses" msgstr "전자 메일 주소" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:195 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:195 msgid "default" msgstr "기본" -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 msgid "Create New " msgstr "새로 작성(&E)..." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 msgid " (step 1/3)" msgstr " 단계" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" -msgstr "<p>CA의 개인 키에는 최소 다섯 글자 길이의 <B>비밀번호</B>가 필요합니다. 확인을 위해 비밀번호를 다음 필드에 다시 입력해야 합니다.</p>" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 +msgid "" +"<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length " +"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>CA의 개인 키에는 최소 다섯 글자 길이의 <B>비밀번호</B>가 필요합니다. 확인" +"을 위해 비밀번호를 다음 필드에 다시 입력해야 합니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" -msgstr "<p>각 CA는 고유한 <b>키 길이</b>를 가지고 있습니다. 인증서를 사용하는 일부 응용 프로그램에서는 특수한 키 길이를 요구합니다.</p>" +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 +msgid "" +"<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use " +"certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>각 CA는 고유한 <b>키 길이</b>를 가지고 있습니다. 인증서를 사용하는 일부 응" +"용 프로그램에서는 특수한 키 길이를 요구합니다.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>" -msgstr "<p>CA는 지정된 기간(<b>유효 기간</b>) 동안에만 유효합니다. 시간을 일 단위로 입력하십시오.</p>" +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 +msgid "" +"<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the " +"time frame in days.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>CA는 지정된 기간(<b>유효 기간</b>) 동안에만 유효합니다. 시간을 일 단위로 " +"입력하십시오.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#. help text 4/4 -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>고급 옵션</b>은 매우 특별한 옵션입니다. 이 옵션을 변경하면 생성된 인증서가 SUSE에서 올바로 작동하지 않을 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. help text 4/4 +#. help text 4/4 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these " +"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " +"correctly.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>고급 옵션</b>은 매우 특별한 옵션입니다. 이 옵션을 변경하면 생성된 인증" +"서가 SUSE에서 올바로 작동하지 않을 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" -msgstr "<p>인증서의 개인 키에는 최소 다섯 글자 길이의 <B>비밀번호</B>가 필요합니다. 확인을 위해 비밀번호를 다음 필드에 다시 입력해야 합니다.</p>" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 +msgid "" +"<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum " +"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " +"field.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>인증서의 개인 키에는 최소 다섯 글자 길이의 <B>비밀번호</B>가 필요합니다. " +"확인을 위해 비밀번호를 다음 필드에 다시 입력해야 합니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" -msgstr "<p>각 인증서는 고유한 <b>키 길이</b>를 가지고 있습니다. 인증서를 사용하는 일부 응용 프로그램에서는 특수한 키 길이를 요구합니다.</p>" +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 +msgid "" +"<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that " +"use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>각 인증서는 고유한 <b>키 길이</b>를 가지고 있습니다. 인증서를 사용하는 일" +"부 응용 프로그램에서는 특수한 키 길이를 요구합니다.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>" -msgstr "<p>인증서는 지정된 기간(<b>유효 기간</b>) 동안에만 유효합니다. 시간을 일 단위로 입력하십시오.</p>" +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 +msgid "" +"<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). " +"Enter the time frame in days.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>인증서는 지정된 기간(<b>유효 기간</b>) 동안에만 유효합니다. 시간을 일 단위" +"로 입력하십시오.</p>" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" -msgstr "<p>요청의 개인 키에는 최소 다섯 글자 길이의 <B>비밀번호</B>가 필요합니다. 확인을 위해 비밀번호를 다음 필드에 다시 입력해야 합니다.</p>" +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 +msgid "" +"<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum " +"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " +"field.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>요청의 개인 키에는 최소 다섯 글자 길이의 <B>비밀번호</B>가 필요합니다. 확" +"인을 위해 비밀번호를 다음 필드에 다시 입력해야 합니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" -msgstr "<p>각 요청은 고유한 <b>키 길이</b>를 가지고 있습니다. 인증서를 사용하는 일부 응용 프로그램에서는 특수한 키 길이를 요구합니다.</p>" +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 +msgid "" +"<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use " +"certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>각 요청은 고유한 <b>키 길이</b>를 가지고 있습니다. 인증서를 사용하는 일부 " +"응용 프로그램에서는 특수한 키 길이를 요구합니다.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password" msgstr "CA 비밀번호를 인증서 비밀번호로 사용(&U)" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:582 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:582 msgid "V&erify Password:" msgstr "비밀번호 확인" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:590 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:590 msgid "&Key Length (bit):" msgstr "키 길이(비트)(&K):" -#. tree widget label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:611 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:108 +#. tree widget label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:611 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:108 msgid "&Advanced Options" msgstr "고급 옵션" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 msgid " (step 2/3)" msgstr " 단계" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:661 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:661 msgid "Passwords are different." msgstr "비밀번호가 다릅니다." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:667 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:667 msgid "Password required." msgstr "비밀번호가 필요합니다." -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 +msgid "" +"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " +"created.</p>" msgstr "<p>이 프레임에서는 작성할 CA의 모든 설정에 대한 개요를 보여줍니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the CA.</p>" msgstr "<p>CA를 생성하려면 <b>작성</b>을 클릭하십시오.</p>" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created.</p>" -msgstr "<p>이 프레임에서는 작성할 인증서의 모든 설정에 대한 개요를 보여줍니다.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 +msgid "" +"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " +"will be created.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>이 프레임에서는 작성할 인증서의 모든 설정에 대한 개요를 보여줍니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the certificate.</p>" msgstr "<p>인증서를 생성하려면 <b>작성</b>을 클릭하십시오.</p>" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created.</p>" -msgstr "<p>이 프레임에서는 작성할 요청의 모든 설정에 대한 개요를 보여줍니다.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 +msgid "" +"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " +"created.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>이 프레임에서는 작성할 요청의 모든 설정에 대한 개요를 보여줍니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the request.</p>" msgstr "<p>요청을 생성하려면 <b>작성</b>을 클릭하십시오.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:736 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:736 msgid "CA Name: " msgstr "CA 이름:" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:743 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:743 msgid "Common Name: " msgstr "일반 이름:" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:752 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:752 msgid "Organization: " msgstr "조직:" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:761 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:761 msgid "Organizational Unit: " msgstr "조직 단위" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:769 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:769 msgid "E-Mail Addresses: " msgstr "전자 메일 주소:" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:793 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:793 msgid "Locality: " msgstr "구/군/시:" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:801 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:801 msgid "State: " msgstr "상태" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:807 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:807 msgid "Country: " msgstr "국가(&C)" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:812 msgid "Key Length: " msgstr "키 길이(&K)" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:817 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:817 msgid "Valid Period: " msgstr "유효 기간:" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:820 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:820 msgid " days\n" msgstr " 일\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "경로 길이" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 msgid " (step 3/3)" msgstr " 단계" -#. label widget -#. header label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:122 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:241 +#. label widget +#. header label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:122 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:241 msgid "Current Selection: " msgstr "현재의 선택: " -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:189 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:189 msgid "Help" msgstr "도움" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. File: -#. new_cert_item.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. CA Management -#. -#. Summary: -#. Items definition for advanced setting ( creating -#. new certificate ) -#. -#. Authors: -#. Stefan Schubert <schubi@suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Creating a new CA/Certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</P>" -msgstr "<P>이 프레임은 설정할 수 있는 추가 특성과 OpenSSL X509v3 확장을 보여 줍니다. 이러한 확장에 익숙하지 않은 경우 /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt(openssl-doc 패키지) 파일을 참조하십시오.</P>" +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. File: +#. new_cert_item.ycp +#. +#. Module: +#. CA Management +#. +#. Summary: +#. Items definition for advanced setting ( creating +#. new certificate ) +#. +#. Authors: +#. Stefan Schubert <schubi@suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Creating a new CA/Certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 +msgid "" +"<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " +"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " +"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</" +"P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>이 프레임은 설정할 수 있는 추가 특성과 OpenSSL X509v3 확장을 보여 줍니다. " +"이러한 확장에 익숙하지 않은 경우 /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl." +"txt(openssl-doc 패키지) 파일을 참조하십시오.</P>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 msgid "<P>Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable.</P>" msgstr "<P>잘못된 항목이 있으면 인증서를 사용하지 못할 수도 있습니다.</P>" -#. items for CA and Certificates -#. items for Requests -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:68 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:121 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:155 +#. items for CA and Certificates +#. items for Requests +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:68 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:121 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:155 msgid "Advanced Settings" msgstr "고급 설정..." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:92 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:143 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:598 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:92 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:143 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:598 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "고급 설정" -#. Creating default CA/Certificate -#. @return [Boolean] ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 +#. Creating default CA/Certificate +#. @return [Boolean] ( success ) +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 msgid "Creating certificate..." msgstr "인증서 작성 중..." -#. Creating server certificate -#. Exporting to common server certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 +#. Creating server certificate +#. Exporting to common server certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 msgid "" "The default certificate can also be created in\n" "the CA Management module.\n" @@ -1932,106 +2112,121 @@ "기본 인증서는 CA 관리 모듈에서도 작성할\n" "수 있습니다.\n" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 msgid "Finish" msgstr "완료" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "설정을 저장하시겠습니까?" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 msgid "Exit" msgstr "종료" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "정말로 저장하지 않고 끝내시겠습니까?" -#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 +#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 msgid "Details" msgstr "세부 사항(&D)" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>" -msgstr "<p>먼저 이 CA에서 사용할 수 있는 모든 요청이 포함된 목록을 볼 수 있습니다. 각 열은 전자 메일 주소가 포함된 요청의 DN입니다.</p>" +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 +msgid "" +"<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " +"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>먼저 이 CA에서 사용할 수 있는 모든 요청이 포함된 목록을 볼 수 있습니다. " +"각 열은 전자 메일 주소가 포함된 요청의 DN입니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 msgid "<p>Select one of the requests and execute some actions.</p>" msgstr "<p>요청 중 하나를 선택하고 몇 가지 동작을 수행합니다.</p>" -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete request.</p>" +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 +msgid "" +"<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete " +"request.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>보기</b>는 완전한 요청을 텍스트로 표현하는 창을 엽니다.</p>" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>" -msgstr "<p>또한 요청의 <b>서명</b>, <b>삭제</b> 또는 <b>엑스포트</b>도 가능합니다.</p>" +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 +msgid "" +"<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>또한 요청의 <b>서명</b>, <b>삭제</b> 또는 <b>엑스포트</b>도 가능합니다.</" +"p>" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new request.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>임포트</b>를 사용하면 새 요청을 읽을 수 있습니다. <b>추가</b>를 사용하면 새 요청을 생성할 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 +msgid "" +"<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new " +"request.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>임포트</b>를 사용하면 새 요청을 읽을 수 있습니다. <b>추가</b>를 사용하" +"면 새 요청을 생성할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request.</p>" +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 +msgid "" +"<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." +"</p>" msgstr "<p>아래 영역에서는 선택한 요청의 가장 중요한 값을 볼 수 있습니다.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 msgid "Generate Time" msgstr "생성 시간" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:335 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:335 msgid "&Import" msgstr "불러오기(&I)" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:340 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:340 msgid "Add Sub-CA Request" msgstr "하위 CA 요청 추가" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:341 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:341 msgid "Add Server Request" msgstr "서버 요청 추가" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:342 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:342 msgid "Add Client Request" msgstr "클라이언트 요청 추가" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:348 msgid "&Request" msgstr "요청(&R)" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:354 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:354 msgid "Sign" msgstr "서명" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:356 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:356 msgid "As Client Certificate" msgstr "클라이언트 인증서로서" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:357 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:357 msgid "As Server Certificate" msgstr "서버 인증서로서" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:358 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:358 msgid "As CA Certificate" msgstr "CA 인증서로서" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:430 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:430 msgid "Delete current request?" msgstr "현재 요청을 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:58 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:58 msgid "" "\n" "Request not found.\n" @@ -2039,8 +2234,8 @@ "\n" "요청을 찾을 수 없습니다.\n" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 msgid "" "\n" "generation Time: " @@ -2048,168 +2243,178 @@ "\n" "생성 시간: " -#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention -#. @param request extention -#. @return [void] -#. The user has decide that given request extention -#. will be used. --> setting for signation -#. @param request extention -#. @return [void] -#. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 +#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention +#. @param request extention +#. @return [void] +#. The user has decide that given request extention +#. will be used. --> setting for signation +#. @param request extention +#. @return [void] +#. Filling up reqeust extentions +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "%1 확장을 찾을 수 없습니다." -#. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 +#. IS CA ? +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "이것은 CA 요청입니다. %1(으)로서 서명하시겠습니까?" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "이것은 CA 요청이 아닙니다. CA 요청으로서 서명하시겠습니까?" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "<p>This frame shows the signing request.</p>" msgstr "<p>이 프레임에서는 요청 서명을 보여줍니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>" -msgstr "<p>요청에는 특수 요청 확장이 있는데, 사용자는 이를 수용할 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 +msgid "" +"<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>요청에는 특수 요청 확장이 있는데, 사용자는 이를 수용할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 -msgid "<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>" +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 +msgid "" +"<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>" msgstr "<p>이러한 확장을 거부할 경우 기본값이 대신 사용됩니다.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "요청된 확장" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "요청을 %1(으)로서 서명(1/2 단계)" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed.</p>" -msgstr "<p>이 프레임에서는 서명할 요청의 모든 설정에 대한 개요를 보여줍니다.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 +msgid "" +"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " +"signed.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>이 프레임에서는 서명할 요청의 모든 설정에 대한 개요를 보여줍니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "<p>Click <b>Sign Request</b> to go on.</p>" msgstr "<p>계속하려면 <b>요청 서명</b>을 클릭하십시오.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr " 일" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)</p>" msgstr " (중요)</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "요청 편집(&E)" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "요청을 %1(으)로서 서명(2/2 단계)" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "요청 서명" -#. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 +#. signing request +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "요청이 서명되었습니다." -#. Deleting current CA -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:105 +#. Deleting current CA +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:105 msgid "Really delete CA %1?" msgstr "CA %1(을)를 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:118 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:118 msgid "Force Delete" msgstr "강제 삭제" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:119 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:119 msgid "This CA is still in use. Delete it?" msgstr "이 CA는 아직 사용 중입니다. 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145 msgid "<p>Select one CA and press <b>Enter CA</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>CA 하나를 선택하고 <b>CA 입력</b>을 누르십시오.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 -msgid "<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>루트 CA 작성</b>을 선택하면 새 루트 인증 기관(CA)이 생성됩니다.</p>" +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>루트 CA 작성</b>을 선택하면 새 루트 인증 기관(CA)이 생성됩니다.</p>" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 -msgid "<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>" +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 +msgid "" +"<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>" msgstr "<p>CA 관리에 대한 자세한 내용은 매뉴얼을 참조하십시오.</p>" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167 msgid "&Enter CA" msgstr "CA 입력(&E)" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:171 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:171 msgid "&Delete CA" msgstr "CA 삭제(&D)" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:180 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:180 msgid "&Create Root CA" msgstr "루트 CA 작성(&C)" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:187 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:187 msgid "&Import CA" msgstr "CA 임포트(&I)" -#. To translators: tree headers -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:199 +#. To translators: tree headers +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:199 msgid "CA Tree" msgstr "CA 트리" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:208 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:208 msgid "CA Selection" msgstr "CA 선택" -#. Change password Dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:173 +#. Change password Dialog +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:173 msgid "Change Certificate Password" msgstr "인증서 비밀번호 변경" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:174 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:174 msgid "Change CA Password" msgstr "CA 비밀번호 변경" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:186 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:186 msgid "&Old Password:" msgstr "이전 비밀번호(&O):" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:188 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:380 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:188 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:380 msgid "&New Password:" msgstr "새 비밀번호(&N):" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:189 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:189 msgid "&Verify Password:" msgstr "비밀번호 확인(&V):" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:220 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:220 msgid "" "The new password is too short to use it for the certificates.\n" "Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n" @@ -2217,44 +2422,45 @@ "새 비밀번호가 너무 짧아서 인증서에 사용할 수 없습니다. \n" "인증서에 유효한 비밀번호를 입력하십시오.\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245 msgid "CA Password changed." msgstr "CA 비밀번호가 변경되었습니다." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:247 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:247 msgid "Certificate Password changed." msgstr "인증서 비밀번호가 변경되었습니다." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:275 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:275 msgid "Enter CA Password" msgstr "CA 비밀번호 입력" -#. Dialog for exporting CA/Certificate/CRL to LDAP -#. -#. @param "CA" "CRL" "CERT" "subjectAltName" -#. @return true ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:349 +#. Dialog for exporting CA/Certificate/CRL to LDAP +#. +#. @param "CA" "CRL" "CERT" "subjectAltName" +#. @return true ( success ) +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:349 msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "LDAP 비밀번호(&A):" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "인증서 비밀번호(&P):" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:381 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:697 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1039 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:381 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:697 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1039 msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "비밀번호 확인" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:421 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:421 msgid "LDAP Initialization" msgstr "LDAP 초기화" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:423 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:423 msgid "" "LDAP must initialize for the CA management.\n" "Enter the required LDAP password.\n" @@ -2262,125 +2468,136 @@ "CA 관리를 위해 LDAP를 초기화해야 합니다.\n" "필요한 LDAP 비밀번호를 입력하십시오.\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:428 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:428 msgid "P&assword:" msgstr "비밀번호" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:625 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:625 msgid "Export CA to File" msgstr "CA를 파일로 엑스포트" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:636 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:636 msgid "O&nly the Certificate in PEM Format" msgstr "PEM 형식의 인증서만(&N)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:644 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:981 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:644 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:981 msgid "Only the Key &Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "암호화되지 않은 PEM 형식의 키만(&U)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:651 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:988 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:651 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:988 msgid "Only the &Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "암호화된 PEM 형식의 키만(&K)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:658 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:995 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:658 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:995 msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "PEM 형식의 인증서 및 암호화되지 않은 키(&R)" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "PEM 형식의 인증서 및 암호화된 키(&E)" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "DER 형식의 인증서(&C)" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "PKCS12 형식의 인증서 및 키(&T)" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "PKCS12와 유사하고 CA 체인 포함(&L)" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "새 비밀번호(&N)" -#. importCertificateFromDisk() - Importing certificate from disk -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:701 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1043 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1204 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1485 +#. importCertificateFromDisk() - Importing certificate from disk +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:701 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:865 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1043 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1204 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1485 msgid "&File Name:" msgstr "파일 이름:(&F)" -#. export to file -#. reading certificate from disk -#. reading certificate from disk -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:783 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:913 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1127 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1261 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1523 +#. export to file +#. reading certificate from disk +#. reading certificate from disk +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:783 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:913 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1127 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1261 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1523 msgid "File name required." msgstr "파일 이름이 필요합니다." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:829 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:829 msgid "CA saved to file." msgstr "CA를 파일에 저장" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:850 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:850 msgid "Export CRL to File" msgstr "CRL을 파일로 엑스포트" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:858 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:858 msgid "&PEM Format" msgstr "PEM 형식(&P)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:860 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:860 msgid "&DER Format" msgstr "DER 형식(&D)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:941 msgid "CRL saved to file." msgstr "CRL을 파일에 저장" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:962 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:962 msgid "Export Certificate to File" msgstr "인증서를 파일로 엑스포트" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:973 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:973 msgid "&Only the Certificate in PEM Format" msgstr "PEM 형식의 인증서만(&O)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1184 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1184 msgid "Certificate saved to file." msgstr "인증서를 파일에 저장" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue.</p>\n" +" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue." +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>디스크에서 일반 서버 인증서(PKCS12 + CA 체인 형식)를\n" -" 임포트:</big></b> 계속하려면 파일 이름 하나를 선택하고 <b>다음</b>을 누르십시오.</p>\n" +" 임포트:</big></b> 계속하려면 파일 이름 하나를 선택하고 <b>다음</b>을 누르십" +"시오.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -msgstr "서버 인증서 및 해당 CA를 임포트하고 다른 YaST 모듈이 이러한 일반 인증서를 찾는 장소에 복사합니다." +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 +msgid "" +"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " +"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgstr "" +"서버 인증서 및 해당 CA를 임포트하고 다른 YaST 모듈이 이러한 일반 인증서를 찾" +"는 장소에 복사합니다." -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 msgid "" "<p><b>Password:</b><br>\n" "Certificate password</p>\n" @@ -2388,25 +2605,25 @@ "<p><b>비밀번호:</b><br>\n" "인증서 비밀번호</p>\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236 msgid "Importing Common Certificate from Disk" msgstr "디스크에서 일반 인증서 임포트" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1267 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1267 msgid "Importing certificate..." msgstr "인증서를 임포트하는 중..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1281 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1281 msgid "Certificate has been imported." msgstr "인증서를 임포트했습니다." -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1315 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1315 msgid "This is not a server certificate. Continue?" msgstr "이것은 서버 인증서가 아닙니다. 계속하시겠습니까?" -#. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361 +#. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361 msgid "" "The common name of the certificate (%1) is not the name of·\n" "the server (%2).\n" @@ -2416,678 +2633,752 @@ "서버 이름(%2)과 다릅니다.\n" "이 인증서는 일반 서버 인증서로 실용적이지 않을 수 있습니다.\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " +"subject alternative names." msgstr "" "이 서버의 호스트 이름(명령: hostname --long)은 \n" "인증서 CN(일반 이름) 또는 주체 대체 이름 값 중 하나와 일치해야 합니다." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 msgid "Exporting as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "일반 서버 인증서로 엑스포트" -#. export to common certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1409 +#. export to common certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1409 msgid "Exporting certificate..." msgstr "인증서 엑스포트 중..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1456 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1456 msgid "Certificate has been written as common server certificate." msgstr "인증서가 일반 서버 인증서로서 기록되었습니다." -#. importRequestFromDisk() - Importing request from disk -#. @param [String] CaName -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1482 +#. importRequestFromDisk() - Importing request from disk +#. @param [String] CaName +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1482 msgid "Import Request from Disk" msgstr "디스크에서 요청 임포트" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537 msgid "File format not valid. Use PEM or DER files." msgstr "파일 형식이 잘못되었습니다. PEM 또는 DER 파일을 사용하십시오." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671 msgid "Importing request..." msgstr "요청 임포트 중..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1560 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1560 msgid "Request has been imported." msgstr "요청을 임포트했습니다." -#. importCAFromDisk() - Importing CA from disk -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1584 +#. importCAFromDisk() - Importing CA from disk +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1584 msgid "Import CA from Disk" msgstr "디스크에서 CA 임포트" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1587 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1587 msgid "&Path of CA Certificate" msgstr "CA 인증서 경로(&P)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1597 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1597 msgid "&Path of Key" msgstr "키 경로(&P)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1606 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1606 msgid "&Key Password" msgstr "키 비밀번호(&K)" -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1649 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1649 msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgstr "인증서 파일에 대한 경로가 필요합니다." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1653 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1653 msgid "Path of the private key required." msgstr "개인 키의 경로가 필요합니다." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " +"encrypted key." msgstr "" "키 비밀번호가 필요합니다. \n" -"암호화된 키의 비밀번호여야 하거나 또는 암호화된 키가 아닐 경우에는 새로운 비밀번호여야 합니다." +"암호화된 키의 비밀번호여야 하거나 또는 암호화된 키가 아닐 경우에는 새로운 비" +"밀번호여야 합니다." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 msgid "CA has been imported." msgstr "CA를 가져왔습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:499 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:499 msgid "Cannot read CA list." msgstr "CA 목록을 읽을 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:560 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:560 msgid "Cannot read CA tree." msgstr "CA 트리를 읽을 수 없습니다." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 msgid "Missing value 'caName'." msgstr "'caName' 값이 누락되었습니다." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:683 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:683 msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd' or password is too short." msgstr "'keyPasswd' 값이 누락되었거나 비밀번호가 너무 짧습니다." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:688 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1861 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4451 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:688 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1861 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4451 msgid "Missing value 'commonName'." msgstr "'commonName' 값이 누락되었습니다." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:694 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4457 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:694 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4457 msgid "According to 'basicConstraints', this is not a CA." msgstr "'basicConstraints'에 의하면 이것은 CA가 아닙니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:781 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1604 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2004 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4604 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:781 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1604 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2004 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4604 msgid "Modifying RequestGenerationData failed." msgstr "RequestGenerationData 수정에 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:921 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1532 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2306 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4735 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:921 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1532 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2306 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4735 msgid "Modifying CertificateIssueData failed." msgstr "CertificateIssueData 수정에 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:945 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:945 msgid "Creating Root CA failed." msgstr "루트 CA 작성에 실패했습니다." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1055 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1055 msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'." msgstr "'certType' 매개변수가 누락되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 msgid "Getting defaults failed." msgstr "초기값을 얻는 데 실패했습니다." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1364 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2140 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1364 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2140 msgid "Missing value 'certType'." msgstr "'certType' 값이 누락되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1385 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2166 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3007 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1385 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1887 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2166 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3007 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 msgid "Initializing the CA failed." msgstr "CA 초기화에 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 msgid "Writing the defaults failed." msgstr "기본값을 기록하는 데 실패했습니다." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1696 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2760 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3115 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3267 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3559 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3720 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1696 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2760 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3115 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3267 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3559 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3720 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'." msgstr "'caName' 매개변수에 대한 값이 잘못되었습니다." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'." msgstr "'type' 매개변수에 대한 값이 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1750 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1750 msgid "Parsing the CA failed." msgstr "CA 구문 분석에 실패했습니다." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1856 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4441 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1856 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4441 msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd'." msgstr "'keyPasswd' 값이 누락되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2018 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2018 msgid "Creating request failed." msgstr "요청을 작성하는 데 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2129 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2129 msgid "Missing value 'request'" msgstr "'request' 값이 누락되었습니다." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'." msgstr "'caPasswd' 값이 누락되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2320 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2320 msgid "Signing certificate failed." msgstr "인증서 서명에 실패했습니다." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'." msgstr "'caName' 매개변수가 누락되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2553 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2553 msgid "Missing parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "'caPasswd' 매개변수가 누락되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2601 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2601 msgid "Getting the certificate list failed." msgstr "인증서 목록을 가져오는 데 실패했습니다." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "'caPasswd' 매개변수에 대한 값이 잘못되었습니다." -#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2685 +#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2685 msgid "Invalid password." msgstr "비밀번호가 잘못되었습니다." -#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2692 +#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2692 msgid "UpdateDB failed." msgstr "데이터베이스 업데이트에 실패했습니다." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2775 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3733 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4258 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5874 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6105 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2775 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3733 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4258 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5874 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6105 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'certificate'." msgstr "'certificate' 매개변수에 대한 값이 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2821 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2821 msgid "Parsing the certificate failed." msgstr "인증서 구문 분석에 실패했습니다." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2892 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2892 msgid "Missing value 'certificate'." msgstr "'certificate' 값이 누락되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2923 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2923 msgid "Revoking the certificate failed." msgstr "인증서를 해지하는 데 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2988 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2988 msgid "Missing value 'days'." msgstr "'days' 값이 누락되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed." msgstr "CRLGenerationData 수정에 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3053 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3053 msgid "Creating the CRL failed." msgstr "CRL 작성에 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3173 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3173 msgid "No CRL available." msgstr "사용할 수 있는 CRL이 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3177 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3177 msgid "Parsing the CRL failed." msgstr "CRL 구문 분석에 실패했습니다." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3277 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3578 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3586 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3742 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4093 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3277 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3578 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3586 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3742 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4093 #, perl-format msgid "Cannot parse destinationFile %s." msgstr "대상 파일 %s을(를) 해석할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3284 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3593 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3749 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4100 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3284 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3593 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3749 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4100 msgid "Directory does not exist." msgstr "디렉토리가 없습니다." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3296 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3761 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4084 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4175 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3296 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3761 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4084 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4175 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'exportFormat'." msgstr "'exportFormat' 매개변수에 대한 값이 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3345 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3367 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3389 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3416 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3442 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3464 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3492 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3522 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3811 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3835 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3859 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3889 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3918 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3940 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4001 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4146 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4168 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3345 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3367 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3416 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3442 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3464 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3492 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3522 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3811 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3835 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3859 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3889 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3918 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3940 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3971 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4001 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4146 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4168 msgid "Export failed." msgstr "엑스포트에 실패했습니다." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3472 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3501 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3949 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3979 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3472 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3501 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3949 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3979 msgid "Parameter 'P12Password' missing." msgstr "'P12Password' 매개변수가 누락되었습니다." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'." msgstr "'request' 매개변수에 대한 값이 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3625 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3625 msgid "Request not found in" msgstr "요청을 찾을 수 없음" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3628 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3628 msgid "Copy Request failed" msgstr "복사 요청 실패" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3768 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3768 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'keyPasswd'." msgstr "'keyPasswd' 매개변수에 대한 값이 잘못되었습니다." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4289 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4289 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'purpose'." msgstr "'purpose' 매개변수에 대한 값이 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4303 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4303 msgid "Verification failed." msgstr "확인에 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4435 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4435 msgid "Missing value 'newCaName'." msgstr "'newCaName' 값이 누락되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4750 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4750 msgid "Creating the SubCA failed." msgstr "하위 CA 작성에 실패했습니다." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4833 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5089 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5890 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4833 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5890 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapHostname'." msgstr "'ldapHostname' 매개변수에 대한 값이 잘못되었습니다." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4845 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5101 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5902 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4845 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5101 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5902 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPort'." msgstr "'ldapPort' 매개변수에 대한 값이 잘못되었습니다." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4854 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4860 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5110 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5115 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5909 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4854 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4860 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5110 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5115 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5909 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'destinationDN'." msgstr "'destinationDN' 매개변수에 대한 값이 잘못되었습니다." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5135 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5916 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4880 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5135 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5916 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'BindDN'." msgstr "'BindDN' 매개변수에 대한 값이 잘못되었습니다." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4887 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5142 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5923 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5142 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5923 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPasswd'." msgstr "'ldapPasswd' 매개변수에 대한 값이 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4893 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4893 msgid "CA certificate does not exist." msgstr "CA 인증서가 존재하지 않습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4904 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4904 msgid "Cannot read the CA." msgstr "CA를 읽을 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4912 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4912 msgid "Cannot parse the CA certificate." msgstr "CA 인증을 해석할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4933 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5188 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5521 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5685 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5977 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4933 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5188 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5521 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5685 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5977 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." msgstr "LDAP 초기화에 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4940 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5195 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5694 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5984 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4940 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5195 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5528 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5694 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5984 msgid "LDAP bind failed." msgstr "LDAP 바인드에 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4953 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5208 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4953 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5208 #, perl-format msgid "Container %s is not available in the LDAP directory." msgstr "%s 컨테이너를 LDAP 디렉토리에서 사용할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5227 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5244 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4971 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5227 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5244 msgid "Error while searching in LDAP." msgstr "LDAP에서 검색 중에 오류가 발생했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4990 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4990 msgid "Cannot add CA certificate to the LDAP directory." msgstr "LDAP 디렉토리에 CA 인증을 추가할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5002 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5002 msgid "Cannot modify CA certificate in the LDAP directory." msgstr "LDAP 디렉토리의 CA 인증을 수정할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5148 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5148 msgid "CRL does not exist." msgstr "CRL이 존재하지 않습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5159 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5159 msgid "Cannot read the CRL." msgstr "CRL을 읽을 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5167 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5167 msgid "Cannot parse the CRL." msgstr "CRL을 해석할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5265 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5265 msgid "Cannot add the CRL to the LDAP directory." msgstr "LDAP 디렉토리에 CRL을 추가할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5278 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5278 msgid "Cannot modify the CRL in the LDAP directory." msgstr "LDAP 디렉토리의 CRL을 수정할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5381 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5381 msgid "Checking for new CRL Distribution Point failed." msgstr "새 CRL 배포 지점을 확인하는 데 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5474 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5474 msgid "Missing parameter 'commonName'." msgstr "'commonName' 매개변수가 누락되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5506 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5677 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5506 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5677 msgid "No LDAP server configured." msgstr "구성된 LDAP 서버가 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5546 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5564 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5609 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5723 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5739 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5772 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5546 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5564 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5609 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5723 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5739 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5772 msgid "LDAP search failed." msgstr "LDAP 검색에 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5574 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5574 msgid "No configuration available in LDAP." msgstr "LDAP에 사용할 수 있는 구성이 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5663 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5663 msgid "LDAP password required." msgstr "LDAP 비밀번호가 필요합니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5717 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5717 msgid "Cannot add base configuration entry." msgstr "기본 구성 항목을 추가할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5767 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5789 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5767 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5789 msgid "Cannot add CA configuration entry." msgstr "CA 구성 항목을 추가할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5929 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5929 msgid "Certificate does not exist." msgstr "인증서가 존재하지 않습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5956 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5956 msgid "Cannot parse the certificate." msgstr "인증을 해석할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5997 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5997 #, perl-format msgid "%s is not available in the LDAP directory." msgstr "LDAP 디렉토리에서 %s을(를) 사용할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6008 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6008 msgid "Cannot modify userCertificate in the LDAP directory." msgstr "LDAP 디렉토리의 사용자 인증을 수정할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6026 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6026 msgid "Exporting the certificate failed." msgstr "인증서를 엑스포트하는 데 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6037 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6037 msgid "Cannot modify userPKCS12 in LDAP directory." msgstr "LDAP 디렉토리의 userPKCS12를 수정할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6139 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6139 msgid "Deleting the certificate failed." msgstr "인증서를 삭제하는 데 실패했습니다." -#. parameter check -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6207 +#. parameter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6207 msgid "Path to certificate file is needed." msgstr "인증서 파일에 대한 경로가 필요합니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6214 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6214 msgid "Certificate not found in" msgstr "인증서를 찾을 수 없습니다." -#. parameter check -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6220 +#. parameter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6220 msgid "Password is required." msgstr "비밀번호는 필수입니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6232 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6232 msgid "Importing the certificate failed." msgstr "인증서를 임포트하는 데 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'." msgstr "매개변수 'inFile'이 누락되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 msgid "File not found." msgstr "파일을 찾을 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 msgid "Missing parameter 'type'." msgstr "'type' 매개변수가 누락되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'." msgstr "'type'의 값 '%s'이(가) 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'." msgstr "'datatype' 매개변수가 누락되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'." msgstr "알 수 없는 값 '%s'이(가) 'datatype'에 있습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'." msgstr "'inForm' 매개변수가 누락되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'." msgstr "알 수 없는 값 '%s'이(가) 'inForm'에 있습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 msgid "Parsing failed." msgstr "구문 분석에 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 msgid "Parsing the request failed." msgstr "요청 구문 분석에 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 msgid "Getting the request list failed." msgstr "요청 목록을 가져오는 데 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 #, perl-format msgid "Request not found in %s." msgstr "%s에서 요청을 찾을 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 msgid "Cannot read the request." msgstr "요청을 읽을 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 msgid "No request data found." msgstr "요청 데이터를 찾을 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 msgid "Importing the request failed." msgstr "요청을 임포트하는 데 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 msgid "Deleting the request failed." msgstr "요청을 삭제하는 데 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'." msgstr "'caCertificate' 매개변수에 대한 값이 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'." msgstr "'caKey' 매개변수에 대한 값이 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 #, perl-format msgid "CA key not available in %s." msgstr "%s에서 CA 키를 사용할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 msgid "Importing the CA failed." msgstr "CA를 임포트하는 데 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 msgid "Deleting the CA failed." msgstr "CA를 삭제하는 데 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 msgid "Keyfile does not exist." msgstr "키파일이 존재하지 않습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 msgid "Password change failed." msgstr "비밀번호 변경에 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:235 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:235 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid type for StringExtension '%s'." msgstr "StringExtension '%s' 입력이 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1881 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1881 msgid "Missing 'data' map." msgstr "'data' 맵이 누락되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1912 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1925 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1932 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1941 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1950 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1956 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2000 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2005 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2022 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2027 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2045 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2060 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2064 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2096 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2103 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2110 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2117 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2124 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2130 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2137 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2152 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2164 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2182 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2187 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2206 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2213 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2220 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2227 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2234 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2240 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2246 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2252 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2267 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2273 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2279 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1912 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1925 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1932 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1941 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1950 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1956 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2000 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2005 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2022 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2027 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2045 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2060 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2064 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2096 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2103 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2110 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2117 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2124 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2130 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2137 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2152 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2164 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2182 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2187 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2206 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2213 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2220 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2227 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2234 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2240 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2246 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2252 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2267 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2273 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2279 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' for parameter '%s'." msgstr "값 '%s'('%s' 매개변수에 대한)이(가) 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1918 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1918 #, perl-format msgid "Password (%s) is too simple." msgstr "비밀번호(%s)가 너무 단순합니다." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2052 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2071 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2146 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2160 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2171 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2052 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2071 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2146 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2160 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2171 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259 #, perl-format msgid "Wrong use of 'critical' in '%s'." msgstr "'%s'에서의 'critical' 사용이 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1974 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1974 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in '%s'." msgstr "알 수 없는 값 '%s'이(가) '%s'에 있습니다." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/cio.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/cio.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/cio.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: cio\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,83 +14,86 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" msgstr "사용 가능한 입력/출력 채널" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Device" msgstr "장치" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Used" msgstr "사용량" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "no" msgstr "아니오" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "yes" msgstr "예" -#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 msgid "Filter channels" msgstr "필터 채널" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Select All" msgstr "모두 선택(&S)" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Clear selection" msgstr "선택된 부분 지우기(&C)" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" msgstr "선택한 채널 블랙리스트 작성(&B)" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 msgid "&Unban Channels" msgstr "채널 차단 취소(&U)" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 msgid "&Exit" msgstr "종료(&E)" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" -msgstr "지정한 범위가 잘못되었습니다. '%s' 코드 조각 내에 잘못된 값이 있습니다." +msgstr "" +"지정한 범위가 잘못되었습니다. '%s' 코드 조각 내에 잘못된 값이 있습니다." -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" msgstr "입력/출력 채널 차단 취소" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 msgid "" "List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" -"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range " +"specified with dash.\n" "Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" msgstr "" "차단을 취소할 채널 범위의 목록을 쉼표로 구분하십시오.\n" -"범위는 채널, 영(0)으로 채워질 채널의 일부 또는 대시(-)로 지정되는 범위일 수 있습니다.\n" +"범위는 채널, 영(0)으로 채워질 채널의 일부 또는 대시(-)로 지정되는 범위일 수 " +"있습니다.\n" "값 예: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Ranges to Unban." msgstr "차단을 취소할 범위." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/cluster.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/cluster.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/cluster.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,184 +14,189 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xcluster module -#: src/clients/cluster.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xcluster module +#: src/clients/cluster.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of cluster" msgstr "클러스터 구성" -#. Rich text title for Cluster in proposals -#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for Cluster in proposals +#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Cluster" msgstr "클러스터" -#. Menu title for Cluster in proposals -#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for Cluster in proposals +#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Cluster" msgstr "클러스터(&C)" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/cluster/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of cluster -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng@novell.com> -#. -#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng@novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:47 msgid "Communication Channels" msgstr "통신 채널" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:48 msgid "Security" msgstr "보안" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:49 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:49 msgid "Service" msgstr "서비스" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50 msgid "Configure Csync2" msgstr "Csync2 구성" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51 msgid "Configure conntrackd" msgstr "conntrackd 구성" -#. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "OK" msgstr "확인" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "취소" -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP 주소" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "중복 IP 주소" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Node ID" msgstr "노드 ID" -#. Set need to require 'set' -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 +#. Set need to require 'set' +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer" msgstr "노드 ID는 양의 정수로 이행되어야 합니다." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Node ID must be unique" msgstr "노드 ID는 고유해야 합니다." -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "바인드 네트워크 주소를 이행해야 합니다." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled" msgstr "클러스터 이름을 이행해야 합니다." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "구성원 주소를 이행해야 합니다." -#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 -msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" +#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "" +"The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" msgstr "멀티캐스트 전송이 구성되었을 때 필요한 응답을 이행해야 합니다." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "멀티캐스트 주소를 이행해야 합니다." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer" msgstr "멀티캐스트 포트는 양의 정수여야 합니다." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 -msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." -msgstr "여러 인터페이스를 사용할 경우 수동 또는 능동만 선택할 수 있습니다. 수동으로 설정되었습니다." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 +msgid "" +"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to " +"passive." +msgstr "" +"여러 인터페이스를 사용할 경우 수동 또는 능동만 선택할 수 있습니다. 수동으로 " +"설정되었습니다." -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "전송:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 msgid "Channel" msgstr "채널" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "바인드 네트워크 주소:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "멀티캐스트 주소:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "멀티캐스트 포트:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "중복 채널" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "클러스터 이름:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "필요한 응답:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "rrp 모드:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "노드 ID 자동 생성" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "구성원 주소:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Redundant IP" msgstr "중복 IP" -#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541 +#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "" " NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n" " Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings." @@ -199,124 +204,132 @@ " 참고: 이전 corosync 구성이 감지되었습니다.\n" " 구성원 목록을 다시 구성하고 다른 모든 설정을 확인하십시오." -#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "보안 인증 활성화" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 -msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." -msgstr "새로 생성된 클러스터의 경우 아래 버튼을 눌러 /etc/corosync/authkey를 생성하십시오." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 +msgid "" +"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" +"authkey." +msgstr "" +"새로 생성된 클러스터의 경우 아래 버튼을 눌러 /etc/corosync/authkey를 생성하십" +"시오." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 -msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." -msgstr "기존 클러스터에 가입하려면 다른 노드에서 /etc/corosync/authkey를 수동으로 복사하십시오." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 +msgid "" +"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " +"nodes manually." +msgstr "" +"기존 클러스터에 가입하려면 다른 노드에서 /etc/corosync/authkey를 수동으로 복" +"사하십시오." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "/etc/corosync/authkey 생성 실패" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "/etc/corosync/authkey 생성 성공" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Running" msgstr "실행 중" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 msgid "Not running" msgstr "실행 중이 아님" -#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 +#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 msgid "Booting" msgstr "부팅 중" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "켜기 -- 부팅 시 pacemaker 시작" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "끄기 -- 수동으로 pacemaker 시작" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "설정/해제" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "현재 상태: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "지금 pacemaker 시작" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "지금 pacemaker 중지" -#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 +#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "호스트 동기화" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Add" msgstr "추가" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 msgid "Del" msgstr "Del" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 msgid "Edit" msgstr "편집" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "파일 동기화" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "제안된 파일 추가" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "Pre-Shared-Keys 생성" -#. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 +#. remove duplicated elements +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "Csync2 상태 알 수 없음" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "csync2 켜기" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "csync2 끄기" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "호스트 이름 입력" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "호스트 이름 편집" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "동기화할 파일 이름 입력" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "파일 이름 편집" -#. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#. key file exist +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" @@ -324,13 +337,13 @@ "키 파일 %1이(가) 이미 존재합니다.\n" "덮어쓰시겠습니까?" -#. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 +#. remove exist key file +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "키 파일 %1 삭제에 실패했습니다." -#. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 +#. generate key file +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." @@ -338,114 +351,235 @@ "키 파일 %1이(가) 생성되었습니다.\n" "\"제안된 파일 추가\" 버튼을 클릭하면 동기화 목록에 추가됩니다." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "키 생성에 실패했습니다." -#. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 +#. SaveCsync2(); +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " +"cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"Conntrackd는 클러스터 노드 간에 방화벽 상태를 복제하는 데 유용한 데몬입니다.\n" +"Conntrackd는 클러스터 노드 간에 방화벽 상태를 복제하는 데 유용한 데몬입니" +"다.\n" "YaST는 conntrackd의 일부 기본 측면을 구성하는 데 유용할 수 있습니다.\n" "ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd로 시작해야 합니다." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "전용 인터페이스:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "IP:" msgstr "IP:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "그룹 번호:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "/etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf 생성" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "그룹 번호는 양의 정수여야 합니다." -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address " +"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " +"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " +"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " +"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " +"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " +"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " +"nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used " +"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " +"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " +"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." +"<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " +"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " +"be specified.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is " +"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " +"services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in " +"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu" +"(Unicast). <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional " +"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " +"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " +"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " +"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " +"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " +"not be used.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " +"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " +"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " +"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " +"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " +"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " +"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " +"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " +"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." +"<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting " +"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " +"present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast " +"transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should " +"use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in " +"unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated." +"<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using " +"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>바인드 네트워크 주소</big></b><br>openais executive가 바인드해야 하는 주소를 지정합니다. 이 주소는 항상 0으로 끝나야 합니다. Totem 트래픽이 192.168.5.92를 통해 라우팅되어야 하는 경우, bindnetaddr을 192.168.5.0으로 설정하십시오.<br>이것은 IPV6 주소일 수도 있으며, 이 경우 IPV6 네트워킹이 사용됩니다. 이 경우 전체 주소를 지정해야 하며, 특정 서브넷의 네트워크 인터페이스를 IPv4로 자동 선택하지 않습니다. IPv6 네트워킹이 사용되는 경우 nodeid 필드를 지정해야 합니다.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>멀티캐스트 주소</big></b><br>openais executive에서 사용되는 멀티캐스트 주소입니다. 대부분의 네트워크에서는 기본값을 사용하면 되지만, 사용할 멀티캐스트 주소는 네트워크 관리자에게 문의해야 합니다. 224.x.x.x는 \"config\" 멀티캐스트 주소이므로 사용하지 마십시오.<br>이것은 IPV6 멀티캐스트 주소일 수 있으며, 이 경우 IPV6 네트워킹이 사용됩니다. IPv6 네트워킹이 사용되는 경우 nodeid 필드를 지정해야 합니다.</p>\n" -"<p><b><big>포트</big></b><br>UDP 포트 번호를 지정합니다. 다른 UDP 포트에 대해 openais 서비스가 구성된 네트워크에서 동일한 멀티캐스트 주소를 사용할 수 있습니다.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>구성원 주소</big></b><br>이 목록은 클러스터의 모든 노드를 IP 주소로 지정합니다. udpu를 사용할 때 구성할 수 있습니다(유니캐스트).<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>노드 ID</big></b><br>이 구성 옵션은 IPv4를 사용하는 경우 선택 사항이고 IPv6을 사용하는 경우 필수입니다. 클러스터 멤버쉽 서비스에 제공되는 노드 식별자를 지정하는 32비트 값입니다. IPv4로 지정되지 않은 경우 시스템이 링 식별자 0으로 바인딩된 시스템의 32비트 IP 주소에서 노드 ID가 결정됩니다. 노드 식별자 값 0은 예약되어 있으며 사용하면 안 됩니다.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>모드 또는 중복 링을 지정하며 none, active 또는 passive일 수 있습니다. 활성 복제는 결함이 있는 네트워크 환경에서 전송부터 배달까지의 대기 시간이 좀 더 짧지만 성능이 저하됩니다. 수동 복제는 프로토콜이 cpu로 구속되지 않는 경우 totem 프로토콜 속도의 거의 두 배일 수 있습니다. 최종 옵션은 none으로, 이 경우 하나의 네트워크 인터페이스만 totem 프로토콜을 작동하는 데 사용됩니다. 하나의 인터페이스 지시문만 지정하면 자동으로 none이 선택됩니다. 여러 인터페이스 지시문이 지정된 경우 active 또는 passive만 선택할 수 있습니다.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>필요한 응답</big></b><br>쿼럼 투표에 필요한 응답 수입니다. nodelist {} 섹션이 corosync.conf에 있으면 자동으로 계산되며(유니캐스트 전송 사용 시 목록 생성) quorum {} 섹션에서 지정할 수 있습니다(필요한 응답 수는 클러스터의 총 노드 수를 사용해야 함). 필요한 응답 수가 유니캐스트 전송에 있는 경우 이 값이 자동으로 계산된 값을 대체합니다.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>노드 ID 자동 생성</big></b><br>IPv6를 사용할 경우 Nodeid가 필요합니다. 자동 노드 ID를 활성화하면 nodeid가 자동으로 생성됩니다.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>바인드 네트워크 주소</big></b><br>openais executive가 바인드해야 " +"하는 주소를 지정합니다. 이 주소는 항상 0으로 끝나야 합니다. Totem 트래픽" +"이 192.168.5.92를 통해 라우팅되어야 하는 경우, bindnetaddr을 192.168.5.0으로 " +"설정하십시오.<br>이것은 IPV6 주소일 수도 있으며, 이 경우 IPV6 네트워킹이 사" +"용됩니다. 이 경우 전체 주소를 지정해야 하며, 특정 서브넷의 네트워크 인터페이" +"스를 IPv4로 자동 선택하지 않습니다. IPv6 네트워킹이 사용되는 경우 nodeid 필드" +"를 지정해야 합니다.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>멀티캐스트 주소</big></b><br>openais executive에서 사용되는 멀티캐" +"스트 주소입니다. 대부분의 네트워크에서는 기본값을 사용하면 되지만, 사용할 멀" +"티캐스트 주소는 네트워크 관리자에게 문의해야 합니다. 224.x.x.x는 \"config\" " +"멀티캐스트 주소이므로 사용하지 마십시오.<br>이것은 IPV6 멀티캐스트 주소일 수 " +"있으며, 이 경우 IPV6 네트워킹이 사용됩니다. IPv6 네트워킹이 사용되는 경우 " +"nodeid 필드를 지정해야 합니다.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>포트</big></b><br>UDP 포트 번호를 지정합니다. 다른 UDP 포트에 대" +"해 openais 서비스가 구성된 네트워크에서 동일한 멀티캐스트 주소를 사용할 수 있" +"습니다.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>구성원 주소</big></b><br>이 목록은 클러스터의 모든 노드를 IP 주소" +"로 지정합니다. udpu를 사용할 때 구성할 수 있습니다(유니캐스트).<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>노드 ID</big></b><br>이 구성 옵션은 IPv4를 사용하는 경우 선택 사항" +"이고 IPv6을 사용하는 경우 필수입니다. 클러스터 멤버쉽 서비스에 제공되는 노드 " +"식별자를 지정하는 32비트 값입니다. IPv4로 지정되지 않은 경우 시스템이 링 식별" +"자 0으로 바인딩된 시스템의 32비트 IP 주소에서 노드 ID가 결정됩니다. 노드 식별" +"자 값 0은 예약되어 있으며 사용하면 안 됩니다.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>모드 또는 중복 링을 지정하며 none, active 또" +"는 passive일 수 있습니다. 활성 복제는 결함이 있는 네트워크 환경에서 전송부터 " +"배달까지의 대기 시간이 좀 더 짧지만 성능이 저하됩니다. 수동 복제는 프로토콜" +"이 cpu로 구속되지 않는 경우 totem 프로토콜 속도의 거의 두 배일 수 있습니다. " +"최종 옵션은 none으로, 이 경우 하나의 네트워크 인터페이스만 totem 프로토콜을 " +"작동하는 데 사용됩니다. 하나의 인터페이스 지시문만 지정하면 자동으로 none이 " +"선택됩니다. 여러 인터페이스 지시문이 지정된 경우 active 또는 passive만 선택" +"할 수 있습니다.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>필요한 응답</big></b><br>쿼럼 투표에 필요한 응답 수입니다. " +"nodelist {} 섹션이 corosync.conf에 있으면 자동으로 계산되며(유니캐스트 전송 " +"사용 시 목록 생성) quorum {} 섹션에서 지정할 수 있습니다(필요한 응답 수는 클" +"러스터의 총 노드 수를 사용해야 함). 필요한 응답 수가 유니캐스트 전송에 있는 " +"경우 이 값이 자동으로 계산된 값을 대체합니다.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>노드 ID 자동 생성</big></b><br>IPv6를 사용할 경우 Nodeid가 필요합" +"니다. 자동 노드 ID를 활성화하면 nodeid가 자동으로 생성됩니다.<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b r></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " +"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " +"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " +"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " +"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " +"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " +"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks " +"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible " +"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A " +"throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " +"is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " +"transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is " +"enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this " +"option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <br></p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>보안 인증 활성화</big></b><br>HMAC/SHA1 인증을 사용하여 모든 메시지를 인증하도록 지정합니다. 또한 sober128 암호화 알고리즘으로 모든 데이터를 암호화하여 도청으로부터 데이터를 보호하도록 지정합니다. 이 옵션을 활성화하면 totem에 의해 전송된 모든 메시지에 36바이트 헤더가 추가되어 총 처리량이 감소합니다. 활성화된 경우 gprof로 측정 시 암호화 및 인증은 aisexec의 CPU 주기 중 75%를 이용합니다. 1500 MTU 프레임 전송이 있는 100mbit 네트워크의 경우: 3ghz cpus에서 이 옵션이 활성화된 경우 100% cpu 활용 시 9mb/초 처리량이 가능합니다. 3ghz cpus에서 이 옵션이 비활성화된 경우 20% cpu 활용 시 10mb/초 처리량이 가능합니다. 큰 프레임 전송이 있는 gig-e 네트워크의 경우: 3ghz cpus에서 이 옵션이 활성화된 경우 20mb/초 처리량이 가능합니다. 3ghz cpus에서 이 옵션이 비활성화된 경우 60mb/초 처리량이 가능합니다. 기본값은 on입니다. <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>보안 인증 활성화</big></b><br>HMAC/SHA1 인증을 사용하여 모든 메시" +"지를 인증하도록 지정합니다. 또한 sober128 암호화 알고리즘으로 모든 데이터를 " +"암호화하여 도청으로부터 데이터를 보호하도록 지정합니다. 이 옵션을 활성화하면 " +"totem에 의해 전송된 모든 메시지에 36바이트 헤더가 추가되어 총 처리량이 감소합" +"니다. 활성화된 경우 gprof로 측정 시 암호화 및 인증은 aisexec의 CPU 주기 중 " +"75%를 이용합니다. 1500 MTU 프레임 전송이 있는 100mbit 네트워크의 경우: 3ghz " +"cpus에서 이 옵션이 활성화된 경우 100% cpu 활용 시 9mb/초 처리량이 가능합니" +"다. 3ghz cpus에서 이 옵션이 비활성화된 경우 20% cpu 활용 시 10mb/초 처리량이 " +"가능합니다. 큰 프레임 전송이 있는 gig-e 네트워크의 경우: 3ghz cpus에서 이 옵" +"션이 활성화된 경우 20mb/초 처리량이 가능합니다. 3ghz cpus에서 이 옵션이 비활" +"성화된 경우 60mb/초 처리량이 가능합니다. 기본값은 on입니다. <br></p>\n" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot " +"or not</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when " +"Firewall is enabled</p>\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>부팅</big></b><br>부팅 중에 corosync 서비스를 시작하거나 시작하지 않습니다.</p>\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>방화벽 설정</big></b><br>방화벽이 활성화된 경우 포트를 활성화합니다.</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>부팅</big></b><br>부팅 중에 corosync 서비스를 시작하거나 시" +"작하지 않습니다.</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>방화벽 설정</big></b><br>방화벽이 활성화된 경우 포트를 활성" +"화합니다.</p>\n" "\t\t\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the " +"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " +"same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be " +"synced.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed " +"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " +"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " +"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</" +"p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>호스트 동기화</big></b><br>여기에 사용된 호스트 이름은 클러스터 노드의 로컬 호스트 이름이어야 합니다. 즉, hostname 명령을 통해 출력되는 문자열을 사용해야 합니다.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>파일 동기화</big></b><br>동기화할 전체 절대 파일 이름입니다.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Csync2의 IP 주소 및 pre-shared-keys를 사용하여 인증이 수행됩니다. 키 파일은 csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup을 사용하여 생성됩니다. key_hagroup 파일을 생성한 후 클러스터의 모든 구성원에게 수동으로 복사해야 합니다.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>호스트 동기화</big></b><br>여기에 사용된 호스트 이름은 클러스" +"터 노드의 로컬 호스트 이름이어야 합니다. 즉, hostname 명령을 통해 출력되는 문" +"자열을 사용해야 합니다.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>파일 동기화</big></b><br>동기화할 전체 절대 파일 이름입니다.</" +"p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Csync2의 IP 주소 및 pre-shared-" +"keys를 사용하여 인증이 수행됩니다. 키 파일은 csync2 -k /etc/csync2/" +"key_hagroup을 사용하여 생성됩니다. key_hagroup 파일을 생성한 후 클러스터의 모" +"든 구성원에게 수동으로 복사해야 합니다.</p>\n" "\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network " +"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " +"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " +"network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be " +"used for syncing.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for " +"syncing.</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>전용 인터페이스</big></b><br>동기화에 사용되는 전용 네트워크 인터페이스입니다. 인터페이스는 멀티캐스트를 지원해야 하며 사용을 위해 UP 상태여야 합니다. 미리 구성되도록 해야 할 수도 있습니다. </p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>전용 네트워크 인터페이스에 할당된 IPv4 주소입니다. 자동으로 검색됩니다.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>멀티캐스트 주소</big></b><br>동기화에 사용할 멀티캐스트 주소입니다.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>그룹 번호</big></b><br>동기화에 사용할 그룹을 나타내는 숫자 ID입니다.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>전용 인터페이스</big></b><br>동기화에 사용되는 전용 네트워크 " +"인터페이스입니다. 인터페이스는 멀티캐스트를 지원해야 하며 사용을 위해 UP 상태" +"여야 합니다. 미리 구성되도록 해야 할 수도 있습니다. </p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>전용 네트워크 인터페이스에 할당된 IPv4 주소입" +"니다. 자동으로 검색됩니다.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>멀티캐스트 주소</big></b><br>동기화에 사용할 멀티캐스트 주소입" +"니다.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>그룹 번호</big></b><br>동기화에 사용할 그룹을 나타내는 숫자 ID" +"입니다.</p>\n" "\t" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -453,8 +587,8 @@ "<p><b><big>클러스터 구성 초기화 중</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려 주십시오...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -462,8 +596,8 @@ "<p><b><big>초기화 중단 중:</big></b><br>\n" "지금 <b>취소</b>를 눌러 구성 유틸리티를 안전하게 중단할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -471,8 +605,8 @@ "<p><b><big>클러스터 구성 저장 중</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려 주십시오...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -484,107 +618,107 @@ "이 작업이 안전한지 여부를 알려 주는 추가 대화 상자가 나타납니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172 msgid "Cluster Configuration" msgstr "클러스터 구성" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화 중..." -#. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 +#. Cluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "클러스터 구성 초기화 중" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "데이터베이스 읽기" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "이전 설정 읽기" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "SuSEFirewall 설정 읽기" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "데이터베이스를 읽는 중..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "이전 설정을 읽는 중..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "SuSEFirewall 설정을 읽는 중입니다." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "필수 패키지를 설치할 수 없습니다." -#. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 +#. read database +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "기존 구성을 로드할 수 없습니다." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "database1을 읽을 수 없습니다." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "database2를 읽을 수 없습니다." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "장치를 감지할 수 없습니다." -#. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 +#. Cluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "클러스터 구성 저장" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "설정 쓰기" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "SuSEFirewall 변경사항 저장" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "설정을 쓰는 중..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "SuSEFirewall 변경사항을 저장하는 중입니다." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "설정을 쓸 수 없습니다." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/control-center.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/control-center.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/control-center.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,24 +14,25 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/main_window.cpp:150 +#: src/main_window.cpp:150 src/main_window.cpp:150 msgid "&Search" msgstr "검색(&S)" -#: src/main_window.cpp:191 +#: src/main_window.cpp:191 src/main_window.cpp:191 msgid "Ready" msgstr "준비" -#. Translators: module name comes here (%1) e.g. HTTP server, Scanner,... -#: src/main_window.cpp:321 +#. Translators: module name comes here (%1) e.g. HTTP server, Scanner,... +#: src/main_window.cpp:321 src/main_window.cpp:321 msgid "Starting configuration module \"%1\"..." msgstr "구성 모듈 \"%1\" 시작..." -#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406 +#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406 src/main_window.cpp:341 +#: src/main_window.cpp:406 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "YaST Control Center" -#: src/main_window.cpp:342 +#: src/main_window.cpp:342 src/main_window.cpp:342 msgid "" "YaST Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You will only see modules which do not require root privileges." @@ -39,25 +40,25 @@ "YaST Control Center가 root로 실행되고 있지 않습니다.\n" "root 권한이 필요하지 않은 모듈만 볼 수 있습니다." -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:73 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:73 msgid "Log files written successfully." msgstr "로그 파일을 작성했습니다." -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:77 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:77 msgid "Couldn't save y2logs." msgstr "y2logs를 저장할 수 없습니다." -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:136 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:136 msgid "Writing log files ..." msgstr "로그 파일 작성 중..." -#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite an existing file -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:180 +#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite an existing file +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:180 msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?" msgstr "%1이(가) 존재합니다. 덮어쓰시겠습니까?" -#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite a write-protected file %1 -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:185 +#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite a write-protected file %1 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:185 msgid "" "%1 exists and is write-protected!\n" "Really overwrite?" @@ -65,15 +66,15 @@ "%1이(가) 존재하거나 쓰기 보호되었습니다.\n" "덮어쓰시겠습니까?" -#. Window title for confirmation dialog -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:190 +#. Window title for confirmation dialog +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:190 msgid "Confirm" msgstr "확인" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:192 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:192 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "계속(&O)" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:193 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:193 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "취소(&C)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/control.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/control.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/control.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -38,417 +38,417 @@ "</p>\n" " " -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "CIM 서버" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "설치 설정" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Overview" msgstr "개요" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 msgid "Expert" msgstr "고급" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "라이브 설치 설정" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "업데이트 설정" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "네트워크 구성" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "하드웨어 구성" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "준비" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Linuxrc 네트워크 구성 로드" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "네트워크 자동 설정" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Installer Update" msgstr "설치 프로그램 업데이트" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "시작" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "네트워크 활성화" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "디스크 활성화" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "시스템 분석" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "추가 기능 제품" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Disk" msgstr "디스크" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "시간대" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "사용자 설정" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "설치 개요" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "설치 실행" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "설치 프로그램 정리" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Installation" msgstr "설치" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "업데이트할 시스템" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "Update" msgstr "업데이트" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "업데이트 요약" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "업데이트 실행" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "기본 설치" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "AutoYaST 설정" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "구성" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "시스템 구성" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -472,13 +472,13 @@ "</p>\n" " " -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 msgid "System Role" msgstr "시스템 역할" -#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "" "System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" "for the selected scenario." @@ -486,8 +486,8 @@ "시스템 역할은 시스템을 선택한 시나리오에 맞게\n" "사용자 정의하는 사전 정의된 사용 사례입니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "" "<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n" "to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n" @@ -495,16 +495,17 @@ "defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>시스템 역할 조정 범위는 패키지 선택부터 \n" -"디스크 파티셔닝까지입니다. 시스템 역할을 선택하면 시스템이 역할의 사용 사례에 맞게 \n" +"디스크 파티셔닝까지입니다. 시스템 역할을 선택하면 시스템이 역할의 사용 사례" +"에 맞게 \n" "구성됩니다. 역할에 따라 정의된 설정은 \n" "필요한 경우 다음 단계에서 무효화될 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 msgid "Default System" msgstr "기본 시스템" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 msgid "" "• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" "• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" @@ -512,12 +513,12 @@ "• Btrfs 루트(/) 파티션을 포함한 GNOME 환경\n" "• 20GB 이상의 디스크를 위한 개별 /home 파티션(XFS)" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" msgstr "KVM 가상화 호스트" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "" "• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" "• No separate /home partition" @@ -525,12 +526,12 @@ "• 커널 기반 하이퍼바이저 및 도구\n" "• 개별 /home 파티션 없음" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" msgstr "Xen 가상화 호스트" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "" "• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" "• No separate /home partition" @@ -538,21 +539,21 @@ "• 베어메탈 하이퍼바이저 및 도구\n" "• 개별 /home 파티션 없음" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Network Services Configuration" msgstr "네트워크 서비스 구성" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Linuxrc 네트워크 구성 로드" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "설치 요약" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" @@ -570,7 +571,7 @@ "<p>즐거운 시간 보내시기 바랍니다!<br>openSUSE 개발 팀</p>\n" " " -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 msgid "" "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" @@ -596,39 +597,39 @@ "분명한 스타일이 있으므로 개인 취향에 따라 가장 적합한\n" "데스크톱을 선택하면 됩니다." -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "GNOME Desktop" msgstr "GNOME 데스크톱" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" msgstr "KDE Plasma 데스크톱" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 msgid "Server (Text Mode)" msgstr "서버(텍스트 모드)" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 msgid "Xfce Desktop" msgstr "Xfce 데스크톱" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "LXDE Desktop" msgstr "LXDE 데스크톱" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 msgid "Minimal X Window" msgstr "최소 X Window" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "향상 데스크톱" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "온라인 리포지토리" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "데스크톱 선택" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/country.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/country.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/country.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: country\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,58 +14,61 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "키보드 구성" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "키보드 구성 요약" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "키보드 구성에 대해 새 값을 설정합니다." -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "사용 가능한 모든 키보드 배열을 열거합니다." -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "새 키보드 배열" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "현재 키보드 배열: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "'%1' 키보드 배열은 잘못되었습니다. 가능한 값을 보려면 'list' 명령을 사용하십시오." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "" +"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "" +"'%1' 키보드 배열은 잘못되었습니다. 가능한 값을 보려면 'list' 명령을 사용하십" +"시오." -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "키보드 배열" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "키보드 배열(&K)" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -79,76 +82,80 @@ " 확실하지 않은 경우 이미 선택된 기본값을 사용하십시오.\n" " </p>" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p>여기서 지정한 설정은 콘솔 키보드에만 적용됩니다. 그래픽 사용자 인터페이스용 키보드는 다른 도구로 구성하십시오.</p>\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " +"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>여기서 지정한 설정은 콘솔 키보드에만 적용됩니다. 그래픽 사용자 인터페이스" +"용 키보드는 다른 도구로 구성하십시오.</p>\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "고급 키보드 설정" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "반복률(&R) " -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "반복 시작 전의 지연(&L)" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "시작 상태" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "Num Lock 켜짐(&N)" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "BIOS 설정" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "예" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "아니오" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "<손상대지 않음>" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "Caps Lock 비활성화(&I)" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "테스트(&T)" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "고급 설정(&X)..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<p><big><b>Keyboard Configuration</b></big></p>" @@ -156,25 +163,27 @@ "\n" "<p><big><b>키보드 구성</b></big></p>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " +"Settings</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "설치하는 동안 및 설치된 시스템에 사용할 <b>키보드 배열</b>을\n" " 선택합니다. \n" " <b>테스트</b>에서 배열을 테스트합니다.\n" -" 반복 속도 및 지연과 같은 고급 옵션을 사용하려면 <b>고급 설정</b>을 선택합니다.\n" +" 반복 속도 및 지연과 같은 고급 옵션을 사용하려면 <b>고급 설정</b>을 선택합니" +"다.\n" " </p>\n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" @@ -184,30 +193,34 @@ "만약 확실하지 않으면 미리 선택된 기본값을 쓰시오.\n" "</p>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n" -"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " +"Settings</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " +"your desktop environment.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "시스템에 사용할 <b>키보드 배열</b>을 선택하십시오.\n" -"반복 속도 및 지연과 같은 자세한 설정을 하려면 <b>고급 설정</b>을 선택하십시오.</p>\n" -"<p>사용자 데스크탑 환경의 키보드 배열 도구 안에서 기타 배열과 같은 옵션을 찾을 수 있습니다.</p>\n" +"반복 속도 및 지연과 같은 자세한 설정을 하려면 <b>고급 설정</b>을 선택하십시" +"오.</p>\n" +"<p>사용자 데스크탑 환경의 키보드 배열 도구 안에서 기타 배열과 같은 옵션을 찾" +"을 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "시스템 키보드 구성" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -217,179 +230,183 @@ "현재 사용하고 있습니다.\n" " 업데이트하는 동안 사용할 배열을 선택하십시오:" -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "X11 키보드를 '%s'(으)로 설정하지 못함" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>키보드 배열<%2>: %3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>언어<%2>: %3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "로케일 설정" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 msgid "&Language" msgstr "언어(&L)" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "언어 구성" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "언어 구성 요약" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "언어에 대해 새 값을 설정합니다." -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "사용 가능한 모든 언어를 열거합니다." -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "새 언어 값" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "보조 언어 목록(쉼표로 구분)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "언어 특정 패키지를 설치하지 않음" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "언어 구성 저장" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "언어 및 콘솔 설정 저장" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "영향을 받는 패키지 설치 및 설치 제거" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "부트 로더 메뉴의 번역 업데이트" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "언어 및 콘솔 설정 저장 중..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." msgstr "영향을 받는 패키지 설치 및 설치 제거 중..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "부트 로더 메뉴의 번역 업데이트 중..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>" msgstr "<p><b>구성 저장 중</b><br>잠시 기다려 주십시오...</p>" -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "현재 언어: %1 (%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "추가 언어: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "%1은(는) 유효한 언어가 아닙니다. 가능한 값을 보려면 list 명령을 사용하십시오." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "" +"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "" +"%1은(는) 유효한 언어가 아닙니다. 가능한 값을 보려면 list 명령을 사용하십시오." -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "언어" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "언어" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "시스템 복구 시작" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "세부 사항(&D)" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "보조 언어(&S)" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "주 언어(&L)" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "주 언어 설정" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " +"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"선택한 주 언어 및 보조 언어를 지원하는 추가 패키지가 설치됩니다. 필요하지 않은 패키지는 제거됩니다.\n" +"선택한 주 언어 및 보조 언어를 지원하는 추가 패키지가 설치됩니다. 필요하지 않" +"은 패키지는 제거됩니다.\n" " </p>" -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> to use during installation and for\n" @@ -401,8 +418,8 @@ " 선택합니다.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -412,8 +429,8 @@ "다음 대화 상자로 넘어가려면 <b>다음</b>을 클릭하십시오.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -425,8 +442,8 @@ " 컴퓨터에서 아무 것도 변경되지 않습니다.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You can select <b>Abort</b> at any time to abort the\n" @@ -438,9 +455,9 @@ "설치 프로세스를 중단할 수 있습니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new <b>Language</b> for your system.\n" @@ -450,8 +467,8 @@ "시스템에 대한 새로운 <b>언어</b>를 선택합니다.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new <b>Primary Language</b> for your system.\n" @@ -461,21 +478,26 @@ "시스템에 대한 새로운 <b>주 언어</b>를 선택합니다.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" -"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the " +"primary language.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to " +"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " +"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "키보드 배열을 기본 언어로 변경하려면 <b>키보드 배열 적용</b>을 선택합니다.\n" -"기본 언어에 따라 현재 시간대를 변경하려면 <b>시간대 적용</b>을 선택합니다. 키보드 배열 또는 시간대가 이미 기본 언어 설정으로 사용된 경우 관련 옵션은 선택되지 않습니다.\n" +"기본 언어에 따라 현재 시간대를 변경하려면 <b>시간대 적용</b>을 선택합니다. 키" +"보드 배열 또는 시간대가 이미 기본 언어 설정으로 사용된 경우 관련 옵션은 선택" +"되지 않습니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Secondary Languages</b><br>\n" @@ -487,13 +509,13 @@ " 시스템에서 사용할 추가 언어를 선택 상자에서 지정합니다.\n" " </p>\n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "해결되지 않은 패키지 종속성이 있습니다." -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." @@ -501,8 +523,8 @@ "추가 패키지를 설치하기 위해 필요한 공간이 충분하지 않습니다.\n" "일부 언어에 대한 선택을 취소하십시오." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -516,8 +538,8 @@ " 확실하지 않은 경우 이미 선택된 기본값을 사용하십시오.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Locale Settings for User root</b>\n" @@ -527,91 +549,103 @@ "<b>사용자 루트에 대한 로케일 설정</b>\n" "루트 사용자에 대한 로케일 변수(LC_*)를 설정하는 방법을 지정합니다.</p>" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" +"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " +"values\n" "are unset.<br>\n" "<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n" "<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>ctype만</b>: 루트도 일반 사용자와 같은 LC_CTYPE을 갖습니다. 다른 값들은\n" +"<p><b>ctype만</b>: 루트도 일반 사용자와 같은 LC_CTYPE을 갖습니다. 다른 값들" +"은\n" "설정되지 않습니다.<br>\n" " <b>예</b>: 루트도 일반 사용자와 같은 로케일 설정을 갖습니다.<br>\n" " <b>아니오</b>: 루트의 모든 로케일 변수가 설정되지 않습니다.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>세부 로케일 설정</b>을 사용하면 주 대화 상자 목록에서 제공하지 않는 주 언어에 대한 로케일을 설정할 수 있습니다. 선택한 로케일의 경우 번역을 사용하지 못할 수도 있습니다.</p>" +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary " +"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " +"not be available for the selected locale.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>세부 로케일 설정</b>을 사용하면 주 대화 상자 목록에서 제공하지 않는 주 " +"언어에 대한 로케일을 설정할 수 있습니다. 선택한 로케일의 경우 번역을 사용하" +"지 못할 수도 있습니다.</p>" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "언어 정보" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "사용자 루트에 대한 로케일 설정(&R)" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "ctype만" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "UTF-8 인코딩 사용(&U)" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "세부 로케일 설정(&D)" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "%1로 키보드 배열 적용" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "%1에 시간대 적용(&T)" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "설치 시스템 확장 언어를 다운로드 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" "\n" "Fallback language %{fallback} will be used." msgstr "" +"%{directory}에서 사용 가능한 지원되는 언어 목록에서\n" +"'%{language}' 언어를 찾을 수 없습니다.\n" +"\n" +"대체 언어 %{fallback}이(가) 사용됩니다." -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "주 언어: %1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "패키지 설치 중..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -619,86 +653,91 @@ "주 언어의 번역 상태가 완전하지 않습니다.\n" "일부 텍스트는 영어로 표시될 수 있습니다.\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " +"appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" "이 미디어에서는 선택한 언어의 최소 기능만 지원됩니다.\n" -"이 언어에 적합한 지원을 받으려면 언어 추가 기능 CD를 리포지토리로 추가하십시오.\n" +"이 언어에 적합한 지원을 받으려면 언어 추가 기능 CD를 리포지토리로 추가하십시" +"오.\n" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" -"선택한 언어는 텍스트 모드에서 사용할 수 없습니다. 설치에는 영어가 사용되지만\n" +"선택한 언어는 텍스트 모드에서 사용할 수 없습니다. 설치에는 영어가 사용되지" +"만\n" "새 시스템에는 선택한 언어가 사용됩니다." -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "시간대 구성" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "시간대 구성 요약" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "시간대 구성에 대해 새 값을 설정합니다." -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "사용 가능한 모든 시간대를 열거합니다." -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "새 시간대" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." -msgstr "하드웨어 시계에 대한 새로운 값으로 'local', 'utc' 또는 'UTC'가 될 수 있습니다." +msgstr "" +"하드웨어 시계에 대한 새로운 값으로 'local', 'utc' 또는 'UTC'가 될 수 있습니" +"다." -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "현재 시간대:\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "하드웨어 시계 설정 기준:\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "지역 시간" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "현재 시간 및 날짜:\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -706,32 +745,36 @@ "%1 시간은 과거입니다.\n" "설치를 시작하기 전에 정확한 시간을 설정하십시오." -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "시간대" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "시간대(&T)" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware " +"Clock Set To</b>.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " +"Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " +"time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>하드웨어 시계 설정 기준</b>에서 시스템 설정 시간이 지역 시간인지 UTC인지 지정합니다.\n" +"<b>하드웨어 시계 설정 기준</b>에서 시스템 설정 시간이 지역 시간인지 UTC인지 " +"지정합니다.\n" " Microsoft Windows와 같은 다른 운영 체제가 설치된 대부분의 PC는\n" " 지역 시간을 사용합니다.\n" " Linux만 설치된 컴퓨터는 보통\n" @@ -740,8 +783,8 @@ "일광절약 시간제로 전환하거나 그 반대로 전환할 수 있습니다.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -757,15 +800,18 @@ "부작용에 대한 배경 정보는 사용자 매뉴얼을 확인하십시오.\n" "</p>" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " +"system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " +"year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " +"backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -777,65 +823,70 @@ "이 경우 UTC를 사용하고 [취소]를 클릭하는 것이 좋습니다.\n" "\n" "로컬 시간을 유지하려는 경우 일광 절약 시간 전환 때문에\n" -"1년에 두 번 CMOS 클럭을 조정해야 합니다. 클럭을 조정하지 않으면 백업이 실패하거나\n" +"1년에 두 번 CMOS 클럭을 조정해야 합니다. 클럭을 조정하지 않으면 백업이 실패하" +"거나\n" "메일 시스템에서 메일 메시지가 삭제될 수 있습니다.\n" "\n" "UTC를 사용하는 경우 Linux에서 자동으로 시간을 조정합니다.\n" "\n" "선택(로컬 시간)을 계속하시겠습니까?" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" -msgstr "<p>현재 시스템 시간 및 날짜가 표시됩니다. 필요한 경우 수동으로 올바른 값으로 변경하거나 NTP(Network Time Protocol)를 사용하십시오.</p>" +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "" +"<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " +"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>현재 시스템 시간 및 날짜가 표시됩니다. 필요한 경우 수동으로 올바른 값으로 " +"변경하거나 NTP(Network Time Protocol)를 사용하십시오.</p>" -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "<p>Press <b>Accept</b> to save your changes.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>적용</b>을 눌러 변경사항을 저장하십시오.</p>" -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "현재 날짜의 표시형식은 DD-MM-YYYY 입니다." -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "현재 시간의 표시형식은 HH:MM:SS 입니다." -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "현재 날짜" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "현재 시간" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "수동" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "현재 시각 변경" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "NTP 서버와 동기화" -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "날짜 및 시간 변경" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -843,8 +894,8 @@ "%1의 시간(HH:MM:SS)이 잘못되었습니다\n" "정확한 시간을 입력하십시오.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -852,49 +903,49 @@ "%1의 날짜(DD-MM-YYYY)가 잘못되었습니다\n" "정확한 날짜를 입력하십시오.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "기타 설정(&S)..." -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "날짜 및 시간(NTP가 구성됨)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "날짜 및 시간" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "UTC로 설정된 하드웨어 클럭(&H)" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "지역(&E)" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "시간대(&Z)" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "날짜 및 시간:" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>" @@ -902,11 +953,12 @@ "\n" "<p><b><big>시간대 및 시계 설정</big></b></p>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</" +"b>.\n" "In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -917,8 +969,8 @@ "선택합니다.\n" " </p>\n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n" @@ -928,279 +980,279 @@ "현재 시간이 정확하지 않으면 <b>변경</b>을 사용하여 조정할 수 있습니다.\n" " </p>" -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "시계 및 시간대" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "유효한 시간대를 선택하십시오." -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "지역 시간" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "하드웨어 시계 설정 기준" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP 구성됨" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "현재 시간대: %1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:35 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:35 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "영어 (US)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:47 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:47 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "영어 (UK)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:59 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:59 msgid "German" msgstr "독일어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:71 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:71 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "독일어 (with deadkeys)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:83 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:83 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "독일어(스위스)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:95 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:95 msgid "French" msgstr "프랑스어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:107 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:107 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "프랑스어 (스위스)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:119 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:119 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "프랑스어(캐나다)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:132 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:132 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "캐나다(다국어)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "스페인어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "스페인어 (라틴 아메리카)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "스페인어 (CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "스페인어(아스투리아어 변형)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Italian" msgstr "이태리어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "포르투갈어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "포르투갈어 (브라질)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "포르투갈어 (브라질 - US accents)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Greek" msgstr "그리스어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "화란어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Danish" msgstr "덴마크어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "노르웨이어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "스웨덴어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "핀란드어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 msgid "Czech" msgstr "체코어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "체코어 (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "슬로바키아어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "슬로바키아어 (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "슬로바니아어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "헝가리어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Polish" msgstr "폴란드어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 msgid "Russian" msgstr "러시아어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "세르비아어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "에스토니아어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "리투아니아어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "터어키어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "크로아티아어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "일본어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "벨기에어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "드보락" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "아이슬란드어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "우크라이나어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "크메르어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 msgid "Korean" msgstr "한국어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "아랍어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "타지크어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "중국어(번체)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "중국어(간체)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "루마니아어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 msgid "US International" msgstr "미국 국제" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/dhcp-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/dhcp-server.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/dhcp-server.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,681 +14,682 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. command line help text for DHCP server module -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25 +#. command line help text for DHCP server module +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25 msgid "DHCP server configuration module" msgstr "DHCP 서버 구성 모듈" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:35 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:35 msgid "Print the status of the DHCP server" msgstr "DHCP 서버의 상태 인쇄" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:42 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:42 msgid "Enable the DHCP server" msgstr "DHCP 서버 활성화" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:49 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:49 msgid "Disable the DHCP server" msgstr "DHCP 서버 비활성화" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:56 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:56 msgid "Manage individual host settings" msgstr "개별 호스트 설정 관리" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:63 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:63 msgid "Select the network interface to listen to" msgstr "수신 대기할 네트워크 인터페이스 선택" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:70 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:70 msgid "Manage global DHCP options" msgstr "전역 DHCP 옵션 관리" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:77 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:77 msgid "Manage DHCP subnet options" msgstr "DHCP 서브넷 옵션 관리" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address" msgstr "고정 주소를 갖는 모든 정의된 호스트 열거" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:91 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:91 msgid "Add a new host with a fixed address" msgstr "고정 주소를 갖는 새 호스트 추가" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:97 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:97 msgid "Edit a host with a fixed address" msgstr "고정 주소를 갖는 호스트 편집" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:103 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:103 msgid "Delete a host with a fixed address" msgstr "고정 주소를 갖는 호스트 삭제" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:109 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:109 msgid "The name of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "고정 주소를 갖는 호스트의 이름" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:116 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:116 msgid "The hardware address of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "고정 주소를 갖는 호스트의 하드웨어 주소" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:123 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:123 msgid "The hardware type of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "고정 주소를 갖는 호스트의 하드웨어 유형" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:131 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:131 msgid "The IP address (or hostname) of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "고정 주소를 갖는 호스트의 IP 주소(또는 호스트 이름)" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "Select the network interface to use" msgstr "사용할 네트워크 인터페이스 선택" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" msgstr "현재 사용 중인 인터페이스 인쇄 및 기타 사용 가능한 인터페이스 열거" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print current options" msgstr "현재 옵션 인쇄" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "전역 옵션 선택" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)" msgstr "옵션 키(예: ntp-servers)" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)" msgstr "옵션 값(예: IP 주소)" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "범위를 할당하는 동적 주소의 최하위 IP 주소" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "범위를 할당하는 동적 주소의 최상위 IP 주소" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 msgid "Default lease time in seconds" msgstr "초 단위 기본 임대 시간" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds" msgstr "초 단위 최대 임대 시간" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 msgid "DHCP server is enabled" msgstr "DHCP 서버가 활성화되었습니다." -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 msgid "DHCP server is disabled" msgstr "DHCP 서버가 비활성화되었습니다." -#. command-line text output, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 +#. command-line text output, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 msgid "Host: %1" msgstr "호스트: %1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address -#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 +#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address +#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 msgid "Hardware: %1" msgstr "하드웨어: %1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 +#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 msgid "IP Address: %1" msgstr "IP 주소: %1" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 msgid "Hostname not specified." msgstr "호스트 이름을 지정하지 않았습니다." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 msgid "Specified host does not exist." msgstr "지정한 호스트가 존재하지 않습니다." -#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" -#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 +#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" +#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 msgid "None" msgstr "없음" -#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 +#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1" msgstr "선택한 인터페이스: %1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 +#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 msgid "Other Interfaces: %1" msgstr "기타 인터페이스: %1" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 msgid "Specified interface does not exist." msgstr "지정한 인터페이스가 존재하지 않습니다." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 msgid "Operation with the interface not specified." msgstr "인터페이스를 이용한 작업을 지정하지 않았습니다." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 msgid "Option key must be set." msgstr "옵션 키를 설정해야 합니다." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 msgid "Value must be set." msgstr "값을 설정해야 합니다." -#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 +#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 msgid "Address Range: %1-%2" msgstr "주소 범위: %1-%2" -#. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 +#. command-line output text, %1 is integer +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 msgid "Default Lease Time: %1" msgstr "기본 임대 시간: %1" -#. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 +#. command-line output text, %1 is integer +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1" msgstr "최대 임대 시간: %1" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "구성을 저장하지 못했습니다. 설정을 변경하시겠습니까?" -#. Restart only if it's already running -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 +#. Restart only if it's already running +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "구성 저장 실패" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "DHCP 서버 설정" -#. dialog caption -#. Initialize the widget -#. @param [String] id any widget id -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 +#. dialog caption +#. Initialize the widget +#. @param [String] id any widget id +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "전역 옵션" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgstr "서브넷 설정" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Host with Fixed Address" msgstr "고정 주소를 갖는 호스트" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Shared Network" msgstr "공유 네트워크" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Pool of Addresses" msgstr "주소 풀" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Group-Specific Options" msgstr "그룹 전용 옵션" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Class" msgstr "클래스" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "서브넷(&S)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "&Host" msgstr "호스트" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Shared &Network" msgstr "공유 네트워크(&N)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "&Group" msgstr "그룹(&G)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "&Pool of Addresses" msgstr "주소 풀(&P)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "&Class" msgstr "클래스(&C)" -#. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 +#. frame +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "Declaration Types" msgstr "선언 형식" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Declaration Type" msgstr "선언 형식" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Interface Configuration" msgstr "인터페이스 구성" -#. dialog caption -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 +#. dialog caption +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 msgid "TSIG Key Management" msgstr "TSIG 키 관리" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:47 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:47 msgid "Days" msgstr "일" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:49 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:49 msgid "Hours" msgstr "시간" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:51 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:51 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "분" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:53 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:53 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "초" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up" msgstr "DHCP 서버: 시작" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "시작" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection" msgstr "DHCP 서버: 카드 선택" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 msgid "Card Selection" msgstr "카드 선택" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings" msgstr "DHCP 서버: 전역 설정" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "전역 설정" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "DHCP 서버: 동적 DHCP" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 msgid "Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "동적 DHCP" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management" msgstr "DHCP 서버: 호스트 관리" -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 msgid "Host Management" msgstr "호스트 관리" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings" msgstr "DHCP 서버: 고급 설정" -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "고급 설정" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "부팅 시(&B)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "수동으로(&M)" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "부팅 시" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 msgid "Manually" msgstr "수동" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments" msgstr "DHCP 서버 시작 인수" -#. Table - listing available network cards -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 +#. Table - listing available network cards +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server" msgstr "DHCP 서버용 네트워크 카드" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 msgid "Selected" msgstr "선택됨" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 msgid "Interface Name" msgstr "인터페이스 이름" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "장치 이름" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. Table header item - IP of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. Table header item - IP of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 +#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 msgid "&Select" msgstr "선택(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 +#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 msgid "&Deselect" msgstr "선택해제(&L)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP 주소" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, -#. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, +#. currently no one is selected +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "네트워크 인터페이스를 적어도 하나는 선택해야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have -#. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have +#. at least minimal configuration +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " +"address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" "선택한 네트워크 인터페이스가 하나 이상 구성되지 않았습니다(할당된 IP 주소 \n" "및 넷마스크가 없음)." -#. configuration will be saved in ldap? -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 +#. configuration will be saved in ldap? +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "LDAP 지원(&L)" -#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 +#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "DHCP 서버 이름(선택 사항)(&N)" -#. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 +#. Textentry with name of the domain +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "도메인 이름(&D)" -#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 +#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "주 이름 서버 IP(&P)" -#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 +#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "보조 이름 서버 IP(&S)" -#. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 +#. Textentry with IP address of default router +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "기본 게이트웨이(라우터)(&G)" -#. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 +#. Textentry with IP address of time server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "NTP 시간 서버(&T)" -#. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 +#. Textentry with IP address of print server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "프린트 서버(&P)" -#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 +#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "WINS 서버(&W)" -#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 +#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "기본 임대 시간(&L)" -#. Units for defaultleasetime -#. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 +#. Units for defaultleasetime +#. Combobox - type of units for lease time +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 msgid "&Units" msgstr "단위(&U)" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "지정한 값은 유효한 호스트 이름 또는 IP 주소가 아닙니다." -#. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 +#. frame +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "서브넷 정보" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "현재 네트워크(&N)" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "현재 넷마스크(&M)" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "넷마스크 비트(&T)" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "최소 IP 주소(&I)" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "최대 IP 주소(&X)" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "IP 주소 범위" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 msgid "&First IP Address" msgstr "첫 번째 IP 주소(&F)" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 msgid "&Last IP Address" msgstr "마지막 IP 주소(&L)" -#. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 +#. checkbox +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "동적 BOOTP 허용(&B)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "임대 시간" -#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 +#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 msgid "&Default" msgstr "기본(&D)" -#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 +#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "최대(&X)" -#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 +#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "단위(&T)" -#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server -#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 +#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server +#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "아무 것도 없는 상태에서 새 DNS 영역 만들기" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "현재 DNS 영역 편집" -#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 +#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "현재 영역 정보 가져오기" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "DNS 서버 동기화(&S)..." -#. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#. Show DNS Zone Information +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -696,148 +697,149 @@ "DNS 영역 %1은(는) 마스터 영역이 아닙니다.\n" "따라서 여기서 변경할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. A popup error text -#. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 +#. A popup error text +#. A popup error text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "IP 주소 범위 양 끝에 값을 입력하십시오." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " +"server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" "동적 DHCP 주소 범위는 DHCP 서버와 같은 네트워크에 있어야 합니다.\n" "%1 IP는 %2/%3 네트워크와 일치하지 않습니다." -#. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#. Label of the registered hosts table +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "등록된 호스트" -#. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 +#. Table header item - Name of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" -#. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 +#. MAC address of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "하드웨어 주소" -#. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 +#. Network type of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 msgid "Type" msgstr "유형" -#. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 +#. Frame label - configuration of particular host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "설정 목록" -#. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 +#. Textentry label - name of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 msgid "&Name" msgstr "이름(&N)" -#. Textentry label - IP address of the host -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 +#. Textentry label - IP address of the host +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "IP 주소(&I)" -#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 +#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "하드웨어 주소(&H)" -#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 +#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "이더넷" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "토큰링" -#. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 +#. Pushbutton label - change host in list +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "목록에서 변경(&H)" -#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 +#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "목록에서 삭제(&T)" -#. now, fill the dialog -#. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 +#. now, fill the dialog +#. combo box entry, networking technology name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "이더넷" -#. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 +#. combo box entry, networking technology name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "토큰링" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "하드웨어 주소가 잘못되었습니다.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "하드웨어 주소에는 고유한 이름을 사용해야 합니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "호스트 이름은 비워 둘 수 없습니다." -#. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 +#. error popup, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "%1(이)라는 이름을 갖는 호스트가 이미 존재합니다." -#. error popup -#. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#. error popup +#. FIXME: text? +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "호스트 IP를 입력하십시오." -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "하드웨어 주소를 정의해야 합니다." -#. error popup -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 +#. error popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "먼저 호스트를 선택하십시오." -#. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 +#. checking new MAC +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "입력 값을 정의해야 합니다." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -857,20 +859,21 @@ " \n" " 계속하시겠습니까?" -#. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 +#. remove leading '-' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "\"-%1\"은(는) 유효한 DHCP 서버 명령줄 옵션이 아닙니다." -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "DHCP 서버 명령줄 옵션 \"-%1\"에 인수가 필요합니다." -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " +"write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" @@ -879,26 +882,28 @@ "DHCP 서버에 대체 구성 파일을 지정했습니다.\n" "\n" "YaST는 이 기능을 지원하지 않습니다. DHCP 서버 모듈은\n" -"/etc/dhcpd.conf만 읽고 쓸 수 있습니다. %1의 새 구성이 임포트되지 않습니다. 모든\n" +"/etc/dhcpd.conf만 읽고 쓸 수 있습니다. %1의 새 구성이 임포트되지 않습니다. 모" +"든\n" "변경사항은 기본 구성 파일에 저장됩니다.\n" " \n" "계속하시겠습니까?\n" -#. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 +#. dialog caption, %1 is step number +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "DHCP 서버 마법사(%1/4)" -#. TRANSLATORS: -#. DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 4) -#. and -#. DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 5) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18 +#. TRANSLATORS: +#. DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 4) +#. and +#. DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 5) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "<b>First IP Address</b> defines\n" "the starting address of the range and <b>Last IP Address</b> defines\n" -"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how hostnames\n" +"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how " +"hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -910,15 +915,17 @@ "<b>첫 번째 IP 주소</b>는\n" "범위의 시작 주소를 정의하고 <b>마지막 IP 주소</b>는\n" "마지막 주소를 정의합니다. <b>호스트 이름 기준</b>은 호스트 이름이\n" -"생성되는 방법을 결정하는 문자열(예: <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> 또는 <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>)입니다.\n" +"생성되는 방법을 결정하는 문자열(예: <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> 또는 <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>)" +"입니다.\n" "<tt>%i</tt>은(는) 범위의 호스트 번호로 바뀝니다.\n" "<tt>%i</tt>이(가) 정의되지 않은 경우 문자열 끝에 \n" -"번호가 추가됩니다. <tt>%i</tt>은(는) <b>호스트 이름 기준</b>에 한 번만 사용할 수 있습니다.\n" +"번호가 추가됩니다. <tt>%i</tt>은(는) <b>호스트 이름 기준</b>에 한 번만 사용" +"할 수 있습니다.\n" "<b>시작</b>은 첫 번째 호스트 이름에 사용되는\n" "첫 번째 번호를 정의합니다. 호스트 이름은 증분 방식으로 생성됩니다.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Wizard</big></b><br />\n" "In this wizard, create a new DNS zone\n" @@ -934,17 +941,18 @@ "이름을 할당된 IP 주소로 변환합니다. IP 주소를 이름으로 변환하는\n" "역방향 영역을 생성할 수도 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b>New Zone Name</b> or <b>Reverse Zone Name</b>\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.</p>\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " +"changed.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>새 영역 이름</b> 또는 <b>역방향 영역 이름</b>은\n" "현재 DHCP 서버 및 네트워크 설정에서 가져오며 변경할 수 없습니다.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Also Create Reverse Zone</b> to create a zone \n" "to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.</p>\n" @@ -952,8 +960,8 @@ "<p>주 DNS 영역의 역방향 항목을 포함시킬 영역을 만들려면\n" " <b>역방향 영역도 생성</b>을 선택하십시오.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Name Servers</b></big><br />\n" "Name servers are needed for proper DNS server functionality.\n" @@ -963,8 +971,8 @@ "올바른 DNS 서버 기능을 위해서는 이름 서버가 필요합니다.\n" "이름 서버는 모든 DNS 영역 레코드를 관리합니다.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Queries</big></b><br />\n" "Every DNS query (for example searching an IP address for a\n" @@ -984,23 +992,25 @@ "따라서 항상 현재 DNS 서버 호스트 이름을\n" "영역 이름 서버 중 하나로 지정하십시오.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>To add a <b>New Name Server</b>, click <b>Add</b>, complete the form,\n" -"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" +"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the " +"current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>새 이름 서버</b>를 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 클릭하고 양식을 완성한\n" -"다음 <b>확인</b>을 클릭합니다. 새 이름 서버 이름이 현재 DNS 영역에 포함되어 있으면\n" +"다음 <b>확인</b>을 클릭합니다. 새 이름 서버 이름이 현재 DNS 영역에 포함되어 " +"있으면\n" " 해당 IP 주소도 입력합니다. 영역 생성 시 사용되므로 필수입니다.\n" " </p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:74 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:102 msgid "" "<p>To edit or delete an entry, select it and click\n" "<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1008,23 +1018,25 @@ "<p>항목을 편집하거나 삭제하려면 해당 항목을 \n" "선택하고 <b>편집</b>이나 <b>삭제</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " +"use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>DNS 레코드</big></b><br />\n" "모든 DHCP 클라이언트의 DNS 호스트 이름을 정의합니다. 모든 호스트 이름을\n" "하나씩 정의할 필요는 없습니다. 호스트 이름이\n" -"생성되는 방법에 대한 간단한 규칙을 설정하십시오. 이러한 규칙은 사용할 IP 주소 범위\n" +"생성되는 방법에 대한 간단한 규칙을 설정하십시오. 이러한 규칙은 사용할 IP 주" +"소 범위\n" "및 범위에 대한 호스트 이름이 생성되는 문자열을 정의합니다.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "For example, create a set of hostnames from <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n" @@ -1036,8 +1048,8 @@ "<tt>dhcp-133-a</tt> - <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt>의 \n" "호스트 이름 집합을 생성합니다.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<p>To add a new range of DNS records, click <b>Add</b>,\n" "complete the form, then click <b>Ok</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1045,8 +1057,8 @@ "<p>새 DNS 레코드 범위를 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를\n" "클릭하고 양식을 완료한 다음 <b>확인</b>을 클릭합니다.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p>This is a summary of all data\n" "entered in the configuration wizard so far.</p>\n" @@ -1054,8 +1066,8 @@ "<p>다음은 지금까지 구성 마법사에서\n" "입력한 모든 데이터를 요약한 것입니다.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p>Click <b>Accept</b> to save the settings for\n" "the DNS server and return to the DHCP server configuration.\n" @@ -1067,8 +1079,8 @@ " 이 설정은 DHCP 서버 구성을 완료할 때까지 영구히 저장되지\n" " 않습니다.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Synchronization</big></b><br />\n" "This is an advanced tool for editing DNS server settings to match your\n" @@ -1077,11 +1089,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>DNS 동기화</big></b><br />\n" "사용자의 DHCP 설정과 일치하도록 DNS 서버 설정을 편집하기 위한 고급\n" -"도구입니다. 여기서는 호스트 이름을 IP 주소로 변환하는 DNS 레코드인 'A' 레코드만 \n" +"도구입니다. 여기서는 호스트 이름을 IP 주소로 변환하는 DNS 레코드인 'A' 레코드" +"만 \n" "관리됩니다.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<b>Current Subnet</b> and <b>Netmask</b> show the current network settings.\n" "<b>Domain</b> is taken from the current DHCP configuration.\n" @@ -1093,8 +1106,8 @@ "<b>첫 번째 IP 주소</b> 및 <b>두 번째 IP 주소</b>는 현재\n" "동적 DHCP 범위와 일치합니다.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To create a DNS zone from scratch, use <b>Run Wizard</b>\n" @@ -1104,16 +1117,19 @@ "아무 것도 없는 상태에서 DNS 영역을 만들려면 <b>특수 업무</b>에서\n" " <b>마법사 실행</b>을 사용합니다.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139 msgid "" "<p>\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click <b>Add</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " +"corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select <b>Synchronize with Reverse Zone</b>.\n" "Use <b>Remove DNS Records Matching Range</b> \n" -"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" +"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range " +"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " +"select\n" "<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -1122,37 +1138,38 @@ " DNS 항목을 해당 역방향 영역의 역방향 양식과 동기화하려면\n" " <b>역방향 영역과 동기화</b>를 선택합니다.\n" " DNS 서버에서 이 IP 주소 범위와 관련된 정보를 \n" -" 모두 삭제하려면 <b>특수 업무</b>의 <b>범위 일치 DNS 레코드 제거</b>를 사용합니다. 새 DNS 레코드 범위를 만들려면 <b>특수 업무</b>의\n" +" 모두 삭제하려면 <b>특수 업무</b>의 <b>범위 일치 DNS 레코드 제거</b>를 사용합" +"니다. 새 DNS 레코드 범위를 만들려면 <b>특수 업무</b>의\n" " <b>새 DNS 레코드 범위 추가</b>를 선택합니다.</p>\n" -#. old_range: $[ -#. "base" : "dhcp-%", -#. "start" : 0, -#. "from" : "192.168.10.1", -#. "to" : "192.168.10.100" -#. ] -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:65 +#. old_range: $[ +#. "base" : "dhcp-%", +#. "start" : 0, +#. "from" : "192.168.10.1", +#. "to" : "192.168.10.100" +#. ] +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Add New DNS Record Range" msgstr "새 DNS 레코드 범위 추가" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Edit DNS Record Range" msgstr "DNS 레코드 범위 편집" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "&Hostname Base" msgstr "호스트 이름 기준(&H)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Start" msgstr "시작(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:154 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:154 msgid "" "Internal error.\n" "Cannot create IP range from %1 and %2." @@ -1160,11 +1177,11 @@ "내부 오류입니다.\n" "%1 - %2 사이의 IP 범위를 만들 수 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is a network, %3 is a netmask -#. network bits must be the same in both IP and Network -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:195 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is a network, %3 is a netmask +#. network bits must be the same in both IP and Network +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:179 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:195 msgid "" "IP address %1 does not match\n" "the current network %2/%3.\n" @@ -1172,19 +1189,19 @@ "%1 IP 주소가 %2/%3의 현재 \n" "네트워크와 일치하지 않습니다.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one." msgstr "마지막 IP 주소는 첫 번째 IP 주소보다 높아야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:272 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "" "The IP address %1 is\n" "outside the current\n" @@ -1194,37 +1211,37 @@ "현재 동적 DHCP 범위\n" "%2-%3을(를) 벗어났습니다.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422 msgid "There can be only one '%i' in the hostname base string." msgstr "호스트 이름 기준 문자열에는 '%i'이(가) 한 개만 있을 수 있습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "호스트 이름이 잘못되었습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: poupu error, followed by a newlone and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: poupu error, followed by a newlone and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "IP 주소가 잘못되었습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:475 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:503 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:503 msgid "" "IP address %1 is not in the range of allowed\n" "IP addresses (%2-%3) defined in the DHCP server.\n" @@ -1232,45 +1249,45 @@ "%1 IP 주소가 DHCP 서버에 정의되어 있는 \n" " 허용된 IP 주소 범위(%2-%3) 밖에 있습니다.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..." msgstr "DNS 영역 항목 다시 생성 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 msgid "Adding a New DNS Record" msgstr "새 DNS 레코드 추가" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "호스트 이름(&H)" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..." msgstr "DNS 서버에 DHCP 범위 %1-%2 추가 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range" msgstr "범위 일치 DNS 레코드 제거" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..." msgstr "DNS 서버에서 %1-%2 범위의 레코드 제거 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name -#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name +#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 msgid "" "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" "The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" @@ -1278,8 +1295,8 @@ "%1 영역은 마스터 유형이 아닙니다.\n" "DNS 서버가 여기에 레코드를 쓸 수 없습니다.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 msgid "" "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" "Create it?\n" @@ -1287,20 +1304,20 @@ "%1 영역이 현재 DNS 서버 구성에 아직 없습니다.\n" "만드시겠습니까?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgstr "%1 영역을 만들 수 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..." msgstr "DNS 역방향 레코드 동기화 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 msgid "" "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" "Really cancel this operation?\n" @@ -1308,73 +1325,73 @@ "취소하면 DNS 서버에 대한 모든 변경사항이 손실됩니다.\n" "이 작업을 취소하시겠습니까?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "도메인(&D)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 msgid "&Network" msgstr "네트워크(&N)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "(&M)넷마스크" -#. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 +#. TRANSLATORS: table label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 msgid "DNS Zone Records" msgstr "DNS 영역 레코드" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "호스트 이름" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 msgid "Assigned IP" msgstr "할당된 IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "추가" -#. TRANSLATORS: menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 msgid "&Special Tasks" msgstr "특수 업무(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records" msgstr "새 DNS 레코드 범위 추가" -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "마법사를 실행해 아무 것도 없는 상태에서 DNS 영역을 다시 씀 " -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" msgstr "%1 역방향 영역과 동기화" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization" msgstr "DHCP 서버: DNS 서버 동기화" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:56 msgid "Aborting the Wizard" msgstr "마법사 중단" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:58 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:58 msgid "" "All changes made in the wizard will be lost.\n" "Really abort?\n" @@ -1382,41 +1399,43 @@ "마법사의 모든 변경 내용을 잃게 됩니다.\n" "중단하시겠습니까?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:121 msgid "Add a New Name Server" msgstr "새 이름 서버 추가" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialgo frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialgo frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:128 msgid "Edit Name Server" msgstr "이름 서버 편집" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:150 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:150 msgid "Server &IP" msgstr "서버 IP(&I)" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " +"defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" "현재 DNS 영역의 이름 서버에 대한 IP 주소가 제공되지 않았습니다.\n" -"각 영역에 이름 서버의 이름 및 IP가 정의되어 있어야 하므로 작동하지 않을 수 있습니다. \n" +"각 영역에 이름 서버의 이름 및 IP가 정의되어 있어야 하므로 작동하지 않을 수 있" +"습니다. \n" "현재 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255 msgid "Name server %1 already exists in the configuration." msgstr "%1 이름 서버는 구성에 이미 존재합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#. %1 the first IP address og 'another range' -#. %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:319 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#. %1 the first IP address og 'another range' +#. %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:319 msgid "" "This new range of DNS entries is already covered by\n" "another one (%1-%2).\n" @@ -1426,204 +1445,204 @@ "포함되어 있습니다.\n" " 정말로 새 범위를 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. Adding new range definition -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:428 +#. Adding new range definition +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:428 msgid "At least one name server must be defined." msgstr "이름 서버를 최소한 하나 이상 정의해야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:444 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:444 msgid "DHCP Server: New DNS Zone--Step 1 of 3" msgstr "DHCP 서버: 새 DNS 영역--3단계 중 1단계" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:505 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:562 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:505 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:562 msgid "New &Zone Name" msgstr "새 영역 이름(&Z)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:460 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:510 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:567 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:460 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:510 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:567 msgid "&Current Network" msgstr "현재 네트워크(&C)" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:468 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:468 msgid "&Also Create Reverse Zone" msgstr "역방향 영역도 생성(&A)" -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:494 msgid "DHCP Server: Zone Name Servers--Step 2 of 3" msgstr "DHCP 서버: 영역 이름 서버--3단계 중 2단계" -#. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:518 +#. TRANSLATORS: table label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:518 msgid "Current Name Servers" msgstr "현재 이름 서버" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:523 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "서버 이름" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:525 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:525 msgid "IP (Optional)" msgstr "IP(선택 사항)" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:531 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:531 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:592 msgid "A&dd..." msgstr "추가(&D)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:533 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:594 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:533 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:594 msgid "&Edit..." msgstr "편집(&E)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:551 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:551 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Records--Step 3 of 3" msgstr "DHCP 서버: DNS 레코드--3단계 중 3단계" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:575 msgid "DNS Records for DHCP Clients" msgstr "DHCP 클라이언트용 DNS 레코드" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:580 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:580 msgid "Hostname Base" msgstr "호스트 이름 기준" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:582 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:582 msgid "Number to Start With" msgstr "시작 번호" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:584 msgid "From IP" msgstr "보내는 IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:586 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:586 msgid "To IP" msgstr "받는 IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:612 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:612 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Records--Summary" msgstr "DHCP 서버: DNS 레코드--요약" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:641 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:641 msgid "Re&verse Zone Name" msgstr "역방향 영역 이름(&V)" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:835 msgid "<b>Zone Name:</b> %1" msgstr "<b>영역 이름:</b> %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary note -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:844 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:867 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary note +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:844 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:867 msgid "(Replacing the current zone with the new one)" msgstr "(현재 영역을 새 영역으로 대체)" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:856 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:856 msgid "<b>Reverse Zone Name:</b> %1" msgstr "<b>역방향 영역 이름:</b> %1" -#. name servers -#. TRANSLATORS: html summary header -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:877 +#. name servers +#. TRANSLATORS: html summary header +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:877 msgid "Zone Name Servers:" msgstr "영역 이름 서버:" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item, %1 is a hostname, %2 is an IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:886 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item, %1 is a hostname, %2 is an IP address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:886 msgid "Hostname: %1, IP: %2" msgstr "호스트 이름: %1, IP: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: IP address for the HTML summary item is not defined -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:889 +#. TRANSLATORS: IP address for the HTML summary item is not defined +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:889 msgid "Not defined" msgstr "정의되지 않음" -#. dhcp ranges -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary header -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:900 +#. dhcp ranges +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary header +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:900 msgid "Ranges of DNS Hosts:" msgstr "DNS 호스트 범위:" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#. %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one -#. %3 defines the hostname base (e.g., 'dhcp-%i') -#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#. %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one +#. %3 defines the hostname base (e.g., 'dhcp-%i') +#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912 msgid "Range: %1-%2<br />Hostname Base: %3, Starting With: %4" msgstr "범위: %1-%2<br />호스트 이름 기준: %3, 시작 위치: %4" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011 msgid "At least one DNS record must be set." msgstr "최소 한 개의 DNS 레코드를 설정해야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1087 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1197 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1197 msgid "Cannot remove zone %1." msgstr "%1 영역을 제거할 수 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1151 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1246 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1246 msgid "Cannot add name servers to zone %1." msgstr "%1 영역에 이름 서버를 추가할 수 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1172 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1268 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1172 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1268 msgid "Cannot add zone DNS records." msgstr "영역 DNS 레코드를 추가할 수 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1218 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1218 msgid "Cannot create reverse zone %1." msgstr "%1 역방향 영역을 만들 수 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1279 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1279 msgid "Creating DNS zone..." msgstr "DNS 영역 작성 중..." -#. restore previous settings -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1296 +#. restore previous settings +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1296 msgid "Restoring previous DNS settings..." msgstr "이전 DNS 설정 복원 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a list of errors -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1307 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a list of errors +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1307 msgid "" "Errors occurred during DNS zone creation:\n" "\n" @@ -1635,13 +1654,13 @@ "%1\n" "마법사로 돌아가시겠습니까?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1326 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1326 msgid "The DNS zone was created successfully." msgstr "DNS 영역이 성공적으로 작성되었습니다." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" @@ -1649,8 +1668,8 @@ "<p><b><big>DHCP 서버 구성 초기화 중</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려 주십시오...</p>" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" @@ -1658,8 +1677,8 @@ "<p><b><big>DHCP 서버 구성 저장 중</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려 주십시오...</p>" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n" "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" @@ -1669,8 +1688,8 @@ "<b>사용 가능한 인터페이스</b>에서 DHCP 서버가 수신할\n" "네트워크 인터페이스를 선택합니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from \n" @@ -1686,8 +1705,8 @@ " 이 옵션은 방화벽이 활성화된 경우에만\n" " 사용할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -1696,11 +1715,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "DHCP 서버를 chroot jail에서 실행하려면\n" -" <b>Chroot Jail에서 DHCP 서버 실행</b>을 설정합니다. chroot jail에서 아무 데몬이나 시작하는\n" +" <b>Chroot Jail에서 DHCP 서버 실행</b>을 설정합니다. chroot jail에서 아무 데" +"몬이나 시작하는\n" " 것이 더 안전하므로 이 방법을 권장합니다.</p>" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" @@ -1710,8 +1730,8 @@ "LDAP에 DHCP 구성을 저장하려면,\n" " <b>LDAP 지원</b>을 활성화합니다.</p>" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n" "To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n" @@ -1725,8 +1745,8 @@ " <b>추가</b>를 클릭합니다.\n" " 선언을 삭제하려면 해당 선언을 선택하고 <b>삭제</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n" "Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" @@ -1740,8 +1760,8 @@ " 사용할 수 있는 TSIG 키를 관리하려면 <b>고급</b>을\n" " 사용합니다.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>" @@ -1749,8 +1769,8 @@ "<p><b><big>서브넷 구성</big></b><br>\n" "서브넷의 <b>네트워크 주소</b> 및 <b>네트워크 마스크</b>를 설정합니다.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" @@ -1760,8 +1780,8 @@ "고정 주소를 설정할 호스트의 이름 또는 <b>호스트 이름</b>의\n" " 다른 특수 옵션을 설정합니다.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n" @@ -1773,8 +1793,8 @@ " 이 이름은 사용자 개인의 식별을 위한 것이므로,\n" " DHCP 서버의 동작에 영향을 주지 않습니다.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n" @@ -1786,8 +1806,8 @@ " 이 이름은 사용자 개인의 식별을 위한 것이므로,\n" " DHCP 서버의 동작에 영향을 주지 않습니다.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n" @@ -1799,8 +1819,8 @@ " 이 이름은 사용자 개인의 식별을 위한 것이므로,\n" " DHCP 서버의 동작에 영향을 주지 않습니다.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 6 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 6 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>" @@ -1808,8 +1828,8 @@ "<p><b><big>클래스</big></b><br>\n" "<b>클래스 이름</b>에서 호스트 클래스의 이름을 설정합니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1823,17 +1843,18 @@ " 새 옵션을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 사용합니다. 옵션을 제거하려면\n" " 해당 옵션을 선택하고 <b>삭제</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"이 서브넷의 호스트에 대한 동적 DNS를 조정하려면 <b>동적 DNS</b>를 사용합니다.</p>" +"이 서브넷의 호스트에 대한 동적 DNS를 조정하려면 <b>동적 DNS</b>를 사용합니다." +"</p>" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n" "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" @@ -1843,8 +1864,8 @@ "이 서브넷에 대해 동적 DNS 업데이트를 활성화하려면\n" "<b>이 서브넷에 대해 동적 DNS 활성화</b>를 설정합니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n" "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" @@ -1858,8 +1879,8 @@ "이 키는 DHCP 서버와 DNS 서버 둘 다에 대해 같아야 합니다. 정방향 영역과\n" "역방향 영역에 대해 키를 지정하십시오.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" @@ -1871,12 +1892,13 @@ "업데이트해야 합니다. 이 작업을 자동으로 수행하려면\n" "<b>동적 DNS 전역 설정 업데이트</b>를 설정합니다.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " +"DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>업데이트할 영역</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1884,30 +1906,36 @@ "주 이름 서버도 지정해야 합니다. 이름 서버가 DHCP 서버와\n" "같은 호스트에서 실행되는 경우 필드를 비워 둘 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 +#. help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " +"with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " +"options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>DHCP 서버 시작 인수</big></b><br>\n" -"여기에서 비표준 포트가 청취할 DHCP 서버가 시작되는 매개 변수(예: \"-p 1234\")를 지정할 수 \n" +"여기에서 비표준 포트가 청취할 DHCP 서버가 시작되는 매개 변수(예: \"-p 1234\")" +"를 지정할 수 \n" "있습니다. 사용할 수 있는 모든 옵션에\n" -" 대해서는 dhcpd 매뉴얼 페이지를 참조하십시오. 비워 두면 기본값이 사용됩니다.</p>" +" 대해서는 dhcpd 매뉴얼 페이지를 참조하십시오. 비워 두면 기본값이 사용됩니다." +"</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>네트워크 카드 선택</big></b><br>\n" -"나열된 네트워크 카드 중에서 DHCP 서버용으로 사용할 카드를 하나 이상 선택합니다.</p>\n" +"나열된 네트워크 카드 중에서 DHCP 서버용으로 사용할 카드를 하나 이상 선택합니" +"다.</p>\n" -#. Optional field - used with LDAP support -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 +#. Optional field - used with LDAP support +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n" "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" @@ -1915,8 +1943,8 @@ "또는 호스트 이름과 다른 경우 <b>DHCP 서버 이름</b>\n" "(dhcpServer LDAP 객체의 이름)을 지정할 수도 있습니다.\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>" @@ -1924,9 +1952,9 @@ "<p><b><big>전역 설정</big></b><br>\n" "여기서는 몇몇 DHCP 설정을 지정할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" "leases IPs to clients.</p>" @@ -1934,8 +1962,8 @@ "<p><b>도메인 이름</b>에서는 DHCP 서버가 클라이언트에게 IP를\n" "임대해주는 도메인을 설정합니다.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n" "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" @@ -1945,8 +1973,8 @@ "이러한 이름 서버를 DHCP 클라이언트에게 제공합니다.\n" " 값은 IP 주소이어야 합니다.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n" "value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>" @@ -1954,8 +1982,8 @@ "<p><b>기본 게이트웨이</b>는 이 값을\n" "기본 라우팅으로서 클라이언트의 라우팅 테이블에 삽입합니다.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n" "for time synchronization.</p>" @@ -1963,31 +1991,34 @@ "<p><b>시간 서버</b>는 시간 동기화를 위해 이 서버를\n" " 사용하도록 클라이언트에게 알려줍니다.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 -msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>" +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>프린트 서버</b>는 이 서버를 기본 프린트 서버로 설정합니다.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>WINS 서버</b>는 이 서버를 WINS(Windows Internet Naming Service) 서버로\n" +"<p><b>WINS 서버</b>는 이 서버를 WINS(Windows Internet Naming Service) 서버" +"로\n" "설정합니다.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" +"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP " +"expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>기본 임대 시간</b>은 임대한 IP가 만료된 후 클라이언트가 IP를 다시\n" "요청해야 하는 시간을 설정합니다.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n" "View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" @@ -1999,25 +2030,28 @@ "현재 서브넷에 대한 정보를 표시합니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " +"same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the <b>\n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP</b> flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>IP 주소 범위</big></b><br>\n" "클라이언트에게 임대될 주소 범위의 <b>첫 번째 IP 주소</b> 및\n" -"<b>마지막 IP 주소</b>를 설정하십시오. 이러한 주소는 동일한 서브넷을 사용해야 합니다.\n" -"예를 들어 <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> 및 <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>입니다. 지정한 범위가\n" +"<b>마지막 IP 주소</b>를 설정하십시오. 이러한 주소는 동일한 서브넷을 사용해야 " +"합니다.\n" +"예를 들어 <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> 및 <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>입니다. 지정한 범위" +"가\n" "BOOTP 클라이언트 및 DHCP 클라이언트에게 동적으로 할당될 수 있는 경우 <b>\n" "동적 BOOTP 허용</b> 플래그를 선택하십시오</p>.\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n" @@ -2027,8 +2061,8 @@ "현재 사용 중인 IP 주소 범위의 <b>기본</b> 임대 시간을 설정하여\n" "클라이언트의 최적 IP 새로 고침 시간을 설정합니다.<br></p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>" @@ -2036,8 +2070,8 @@ "<p><b>최대</b>(옵션 값)는 DHCP 서버에서 클라이언트에 대해 IP가\n" "차단되는 최대 기간을 설정합니다.</p>" -#. Help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 +#. Help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" @@ -2047,17 +2081,18 @@ "DHCP 서버를 완벽하게 구성하려면 <b>DHCP 서버 고급 구성</b>을\n" " 클릭합니다.</p>" -#. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>호스트 관리</big></b><br>\n" -"이 대화 상자를 사용하면 정적 주소 바인딩을 갖는 호스트를 편집할 수 있습니다.</p>" +"이 대화 상자를 사용하면 정적 주소 바인딩을 갖는 호스트를 편집할 수 있습니다." +"</p>" -#. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n" "<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n" @@ -2071,18 +2106,20 @@ " <p>구성된 호스트를 수정하려면 테이블에서 해당 호스트를 선택하고\n" " 값을 변경한 다음 <b>목록에서 변경</b>을 클릭합니다.</p>" -#. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>호스트를 제거하려면 해당 호스트를 선택한 다음 <b>목록에서 삭제</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>호스트를 제거하려면 해당 호스트를 선택한 다음 <b>목록에서 삭제</b>를 클릭" +"합니다.</p>" -#. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>" msgstr "<p>추가할 선언 형식을 선택합니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 +#. help text 2/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "<p>To add a network declaration,\n" "select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>" @@ -2090,8 +2127,8 @@ "<p>네트워크 선언을 추가하려면\n" "<b>서브넷</b>을 선택합니다.</p>" -#. help text 3/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 +#. help text 3/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n" "(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>" @@ -2099,8 +2136,8 @@ "<p>특수 매개변수를 필요로 하는 호스트를 추가하려면\n" "(보통 고정 주소로 되어 있음) <b>호스트</b>를 선택합니다.</p>" -#. help text 4/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 +#. help text 4/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 msgid "" "<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n" "multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>" @@ -2108,8 +2145,8 @@ "<p>공유 네트워크(여러 논리 네트워크와 실제 네트워크)를\n" "추가하려면 <b>공유 네트워크</b>를 선택합니다.</p>" -#. help text 5/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 +#. help text 5/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 msgid "" "<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" "if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>" @@ -2117,8 +2154,8 @@ "<p>일부 설정을 공유하는 다른 선언 그룹을\n" "추가하려면 <b>그룹</b>을 선택합니다.</p>" -#. help text 6/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 +#. help text 6/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 msgid "" "<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" @@ -2128,8 +2165,8 @@ "다르게 처리할 주소 풀을 추가하려면\n" "<b>주소 풀</b>을 선택합니다.</p>" -#. help text 7/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 +#. help text 7/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n" "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" @@ -2139,123 +2176,123 @@ "처리하기 위해 사용할 수 있는 조건 클래스를 작성하려면\n" " <b>클래스</b>를 선택합니다.</p>" -#. selection box -#. selection box -#. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 +#. selection box +#. selection box +#. selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 msgid "A&ddresses" msgstr "주소(&D)" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 msgid "The entered address is not valid." msgstr "입력한 주소가 올바르지 않습니다." -#. message popup -#. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 +#. message popup +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 msgid "At least one address must be specified." msgstr "주소를 최소한 하나 이상 지정해야 합니다." -#. selection box -#. Handle the event on the popup -#. @param [Object] opt_id any option id -#. @param [String] key string option key -#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled -#. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 +#. selection box +#. Handle the event on the popup +#. @param [Object] opt_id any option id +#. @param [String] key string option key +#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled +#. selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 msgid "&Values" msgstr "값(&U)" -#. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." msgstr "입력한 주소가 올바르지 않습니다." -#. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 msgid "At least one address pair must be specified." msgstr "주소 쌍을 최소한 하나 이상 지정해야 합니다." -#. table item, means switched on -#. table item, means switched on -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 +#. table item, means switched on +#. table item, means switched on +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 msgid "On" msgstr "설정" -#. table item, means switched off -#. table item, means switched off -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 +#. table item, means switched off +#. table item, means switched off +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 msgid "Off" msgstr "해제" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 msgid "A value must be specified." msgstr "값을 지정해야 합니다." -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 msgid "&New Address" msgstr "새 주소(&N)" -#. int field -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 +#. int field +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 msgid "&New Value" msgstr "새 값: " -#. label (in role of help text) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 +#. label (in role of help text) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces." msgstr "공백을 사용하여 여러 주소를 구분하십시오." -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 msgid "&Add Address Pair" msgstr "주소 쌍 추가(&A)" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "최하위 주소는 최상위 주소보다 낮아야 합니다." -#. label -- help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 +#. label -- help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration." msgstr "만약 이것을 변경한다면, 또한 syslog 설정을 업데이트해야 합니다." -#. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 msgid "&Hardware Type" msgstr "하드웨어 형식(&H)" -#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, -#. translation would decrease the understandability -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 +#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, +#. translation would decrease the understandability +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 msgid "&MAC Address" msgstr "MAC 주소" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 msgid "&Lowest IP Address" msgstr "최하위 IP 주소(&L)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 msgid "&Highest IP Address" msgstr "최상위 IP 주소(&H)" -#. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 msgid "" "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" @@ -2263,8 +2300,8 @@ "DHCP 서버 구성을 저장하지 않고 종료하면 모든 변경 사항을\n" "잃게 됩니다. 종료하시겠습니까?" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 msgid "" "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" "will not be able to serve your network.\n" @@ -2274,8 +2311,8 @@ "네트워크에서 서비스를 제공하지 못합니다.\n" " 계속하시겠습니까?" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "" "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "%1\n" @@ -2285,8 +2322,8 @@ "%1\n" " 영역에 할당하려면 YaST 방화벽 구성을 실행하십시오." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "" "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." @@ -2294,10 +2331,10 @@ "%1 네트워크 인터페이스는 어떤 방화벽 영역에도 할당되지 않았습니다.\n" "영역에 할당하려면 YaST 방화벽 구성을 실행하십시오." -#. popup message -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation." @@ -2305,188 +2342,188 @@ "자동 설치를 준비하는 동안에는 이 기능을\n" "사용할 수 없습니다." -#. tree widget -#. tree widget -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 +#. tree widget +#. tree widget +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 msgid "&Configured Declarations" msgstr "구성된 선언(&C)" -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 msgid "&Dynamic DNS" msgstr "동적 DNS(&D)" -#. combo box -#. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 +#. combo box +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "정방향 영역 TSIG 키(&K)" -#. combo box -#. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 +#. combo box +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "역방향 영역 TSIG 키(&K)" -#. popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Select File with Authentication Key" msgstr "인증 키가 있는 파일 선택" -#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 +#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "변경 사항 적용" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail" msgstr "Chroot Jail에서 DHCP 서버 실행(&R)" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "고급(&V)" -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 msgid "Display &Log" msgstr "로그 표시(&L)..." -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 msgid "&Interface Configuration" msgstr "인터페이스 구성(&I)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 msgid "&Network Address" msgstr "네트워크 주소(&N)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 msgid "Network &Mask" msgstr "네트워크 마스크" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "그룹 이름(&N)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 msgid "Pool &Name" msgstr "풀 이름(&N)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 msgid "Shared Network &Name" msgstr "공유 네트워크 이름(&N)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 msgid "Class &Name" msgstr "클래스 이름" -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 msgid "Available Interfaces" msgstr "사용 가능한 인터페이스" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces" msgstr "선택한 인터페이스에 대해 방화벽 열기(&F)" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet" msgstr "이 서브넷에 대해 동적 DNS 활성화(&E)" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings" msgstr "전역 동적 DNS 설정 업데이트(&U)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "영역" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 msgid "&Primary DNS Server" msgstr "주 DNS 서버(&P)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 msgid "Re&verse Zone" msgstr "역방향 영역(&V)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server" msgstr "주 DNS 서버(&I)" -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "DHCP 서버 고급 구성(&E)..." -#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 +#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "DHCP 서버 설정 초기화" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "환경 검사." -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 구성 읽기" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "DHCP 서버 설정 읽기" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "DNS 서버 설정 읽기" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "환경 검사중..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "방화벽 설정 불러오는 중..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "DHCP 서버 설정 읽는 중..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "DNS 서버 설정 읽는 중..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2502,8 +2539,8 @@ " \n" " 지금 중단합니다." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." @@ -2511,8 +2548,8 @@ "호스트 이름을 확인할 수 없습니다. DHCP 서버의 LDAP 기반 구성을\n" "수행할 수 없습니다." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" @@ -2520,111 +2557,111 @@ "DHCP 서버가 아직 구성되지 않은 것 같습니다.\n" "새 구성을 만드시겠습니까?" -#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 +#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "DHCP 서버 설정을 저장 중" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "DHCP 서버 설정 쓰기" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정 저장" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "DHCP 서버 재시작" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "DNS 서버 설정 쓰기" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "DHCP 서버 설정 쓰는 중..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "방화벽 설정 저장 중..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "DHCP 서버를 재시작하는 중..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "DNS 서버 설정 쓰는 중..." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "DHCP 데몬을 재시작하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "DHCP 서버는 부팅 시 시작됩니다." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "DHCP 서버는 부팅 시 시작되지 않습니다." -#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 +#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "수신 대기: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 +#. summary string, %1 is IP address range +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "동적 주소 범위: %1" -#. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 +#. error message +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "LDAP 구성이 잘못되었습니다. LDAP를 사용할 수 없습니다." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "여러 dhcpServiceDN에 대한 지원이 구현되지 않았습니다." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "DHCP 서비스 DN이 정의되지 않았습니다." -#. %1 is LDAP record key -#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#. Error report -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 +#. %1 is LDAP record key +#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#. Error report +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "%1을(를) 생성하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "%1을(를) 업데이트하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 +#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1을(를) 생성하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 +#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "/etc/dhcpd.conf를 쓰는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/dns-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/dns-server.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/dns-server.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,671 +14,682 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 msgid "DNS server configuration" msgstr "DNS 서버 구성" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "시작 설정" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 msgid "DNS forwarders" msgstr "DNS 전달자" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "로깅 설정" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 msgid "DNS zones" msgstr "DNS 영역" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 msgid "Access control lists" msgstr "액세스 제어 목록" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 msgid "Zone transport rules" msgstr "영역 전송 규칙" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 msgid "Zone name servers" msgstr "영역 이름 서버" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 msgid "Zone mail servers" msgstr "영역 메일 서버" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 msgid "Start of authority (SOA)" msgstr "권한 시작(SOA)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" msgstr "A, CNAME, NS, MX 또는 PTR과 같은 영역 리소스 레코드" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once" msgstr "A 및 해당 PTR 레코드를 동시에 처리" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "현재 설정 표시" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process" msgstr "부팅 과정 중에 DNS 서버 시작" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 msgid "Start DNS server manually" msgstr "수동으로 DNS 서버 시작" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "새 레코드 추가" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "레코드 제거" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 msgid "IPv4 address" msgstr "IPv4 주소" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)" msgstr "로깅 대상(syslog|파일)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 msgid "Set option" msgstr "옵션 설정" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 msgid "Filename for logging (full path)" msgstr "로깅을 위한 파일 이름(전체 경로)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*" msgstr "최대 로그 크기 [0-9]+(KMG)*" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" msgstr "순환할 최대 버전 수('0'은 순환이 없음을 의미함)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 msgid "Zone name" msgstr "영역 이름" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 msgid "Zone type, master or slave" msgstr "영역 형식, 마스터 또는 슬레이브" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 msgid "DNS zone master server" msgstr "DNS 영역 마스터 서버" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "옵션 활성화" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "옵션 비활성화" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 +msgid "" +"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" msgstr "이름 서버(점 또는 상대적인 이름으로 끝나는 정규화된 형식)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 +msgid "" +"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" msgstr "메일 서버(점 또는 상대적인 이름으로 끝나는 정규화된 형식)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)" msgstr "메일 서버 우선 순위(0에서 65535 사이의 숫자)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 msgid "Serial number of zone update" msgstr "영역 업데이트의 일련 번호" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 msgid "General time to live of records in zone" msgstr "영역에 있는 레코드의 일반 TTL" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed" msgstr "영역 레코드를 새로 고치기 전의 간격" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh" msgstr "실패한 새로 고침 재시도 간격" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" msgstr "영역 레코드를 더 이상 신뢰할 수 없는 간격" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone" msgstr "이 영역의 레코드와 함께 엑스포트해야 하는 최소 TTL" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" msgstr "A, CNAME, NS, MX 또는 PTR과 같은 DNS 리소스 레코드" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record" msgstr "DNS 쿼리(예: A 레코드에 대한 example.org)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 +msgid "" +"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" msgstr "DNS 리소스 레코드 값(예: example.org의 A 레코드에 대한 192.0.34.166)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 msgid "Hostname for the DNS record" msgstr "DNS 레코드에 대한 호스트 이름" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 msgid "Log named queries %1" msgstr "named 쿼리 기록 %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 msgid "Log zone updates %1" msgstr "영역 업데이트 기록 %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 msgid "Log zone transfers %1" msgstr "영역 전송 기록 %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders" msgstr "영역 전달자의 쉼표로 구분된 목록" -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 msgid "Parameter %1 is required." msgstr "%1 매개변수가 필요합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 +#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1." msgstr "%1 매개변수에 대해 알 수 없는 값이 지정되었습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 msgid "Start-Up Settings:" msgstr "시작 설정" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "하나의 매개변수만 사용할 수 있습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..." msgstr "부팅 과정 중에 DNS 서버 활성화 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..." msgstr "부팅 과정에서 DNS 서버 제거 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process." msgstr "부팅 프로세스에서 DNS 서버가 활성화되었습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 msgid "DNS server needs manual starting." msgstr "DNS 서버를 수동으로 시작해야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 msgid "Forwarding:" msgstr "전달:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 msgid "Forwarder IP" msgstr "전달자 IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message +#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 msgid "Only one action parameter is allowed." msgstr "하나의 작업 매개변수만 사용할 수 있습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 msgid "Logging destination" msgstr "로깅 대상" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 msgid "System log" msgstr "시스템 로그" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 msgid "File" msgstr "파일" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 msgid "Filename" msgstr "파일 이름" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 msgid "Maximum size" msgstr "최대 크기" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 msgid "Maximum versions" msgstr "최대 버전" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 msgid "Log named queries" msgstr "named 쿼리 기록" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 msgid "Log zone updates" msgstr "영역 업데이트 기록" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 msgid "Log zone transfers" msgstr "영역 전송 기록" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 msgid "Logging Settings:" msgstr "로깅 설정" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 msgid "Setting" msgstr "설정" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - basic-options listing -#. Table header item - ACL-options -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - basic-options listing +#. Table header item - ACL-options +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 msgid "Value" msgstr "값" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 msgid "Logging Rule" msgstr "로깅 규칙" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 msgid "DNS Zones:" msgstr "DNS 영역:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type -#. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type +#. Table header item - DNS listing zones +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 msgid "Type" msgstr "유형" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 msgid "Master Server" msgstr "마스터 서버" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "전달자" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 msgid "Predefined" msgstr "사전 정의됨" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 msgid "Custom" msgstr "사용자 정의" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 msgid "ACLs:" msgstr "ACL:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 msgid "Zone Transport:" msgstr "영역 전송:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - DNS listing zones +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - DNS listing zones #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 msgid "Zone" msgstr "영역" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 msgid "Enabled ACL" msgstr "활성화된 ACL" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 msgid "Name Servers:" msgstr "이름 서버" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 msgid "Name Server" msgstr "이름 서버" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 msgid "Mail Servers:" msgstr "메일 서버:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "메일서버" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 msgid "Priority" msgstr "우선 순위" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):" msgstr "권한 시작(SOA):" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 msgid "Key" msgstr "키(&K)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 msgid "Record Query" msgstr "레코드 쿼리" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 msgid "Record Type" msgstr "레코드 형식" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 msgid "Record Value" msgstr "레코드 값" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 msgid "Hostname Record:" msgstr "호스트 이름 레코드:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "호스트 이름" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:29 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:77 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:136 +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:29 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:77 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:136 msgid "DNS Server Installation" msgstr "DNS 서버 설치" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:31 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:31 msgid "Forwarder Settings" msgstr "전달자 설정" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "DNS 영역" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:138 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:138 msgid "Finish Wizard" msgstr "마법사 완료" -#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:152 +#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:152 msgid "<li>Forwarders: %1</li>" msgstr "<li>전달자: %1</li>" -#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:155 +#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:155 msgid "<li>Domains: %1</li>" msgstr "<li>도메인: %1</li>" -#. check box -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 +#. check box +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAP 지원 활성화(&L)" -#. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188 +#. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188 msgid "Start-up Behavior" msgstr "시작 동작" -#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:196 +#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:196 msgid "O&n: Start Now and When Booting" msgstr "설정(&N): 지금 시작 및 부팅 시" -#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:199 +#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:199 msgid "O&ff: Only Start Manually" msgstr "해제(&F): 수동으로만 시작" -#. Push Button - start expert configuration -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:208 +#. Push Button - start expert configuration +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:208 msgid "DNS Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "DNS 서버 고급 구성(&E)..." -#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 +#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "DNS 서버" -#. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 +#. T: ComboBox label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "로컬 DNS 확인 정책(&P)" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "전달자 병합이 비활성화되었습니다." -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "자동 병합" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "전달자 병합이 활성화되었습니다." -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "사용자 정의 구성" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "사용자 정의 정책" -#. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 +#. T: ComboBox label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "로컬 DNS 확인 전달자(&F)" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "시스템 이름 서버 사용" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "이 이름 서버(바인드)" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "로컬 dnsmasq 서버" -#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 +#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "IP 주소 추가" -#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 +#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "IPv4 또는 IPv6 주소(&D)" -#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 +#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders +#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "전달자 목록(&L)" -#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 +#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "로컬 전달자를 %{forwarder}(으)로 설정할 수 없습니다." -#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 +#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "IP %1에 동등한 로컬 항목을 찾을 수 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" @@ -688,12 +699,12 @@ "IP 주소 %1은(는) 현재 이 서버에서 사용되므로, 로컬 동등 %2(으)로\n" "변경되었습니다." -#. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 +#. both IPv4 and IPv6 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "IPv4 또는 IPv6 주소가 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." @@ -701,47 +712,47 @@ "유효한 IPv6 주소는 문자 a-f, 숫자 및 콜론으로\n" "구성됩니다." -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "지정한 전달자는 이미 존재합니다." -#. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 +#. Frame label for Basic-Options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "옵션 추가 또는 변경" -#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 +#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "옵션" -#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value -#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 +#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value +#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 msgid "&Value" msgstr "값(&V)" -#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option -#. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 +#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option +#. Pushbutton - Change Record +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "변경(&C)" -#. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 +#. Table label for basic-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "현재 옵션" -#. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 +#. Table header item - basic-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 msgid "Option" msgstr "옵션" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" @@ -749,8 +760,8 @@ "이 옵션을\n" "값 없이 설정하시겠습니까?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -758,8 +769,8 @@ "%1 옵션은 yes 또는 no 값만 가질 수 있습니다.\n" "%2(으)로 설정하시겠습니까?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -767,8 +778,8 @@ "%1 옵션에는 숫자만 사용할 수 있습니다.\n" "%2(으)로 설정하시겠습니까?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -776,8 +787,8 @@ "이 옵션에서 따옴표가 올바르게 사용되지 않습니다.\n" "%1(으)로 설정하시겠습니까?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -785,8 +796,8 @@ "이 옵션에서 대괄호가 올바르게 사용되지 않습니다.\n" "%1(으)로 설정하시겠습니까?\n" -#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 +#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" @@ -794,78 +805,78 @@ "%1 옵션은 한 번만 설정해야 합니다.\n" "다른 것도 추가하시겠습니까?\n" -#. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 +#. Table header - logging options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "로그 형식" -#. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 +#. Radiobutton - log type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "시스템 로그(&S)" -#. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 +#. Radiobutton - log type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 msgid "&File" msgstr "파일(&F)" -#. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 +#. IntField - max. log size +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "최대 크기(MB)(&S)" -#. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 +#. IntField - max. log age +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "최대 버전(&V)" -#. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 +#. Frame label - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "추가 로깅" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "모든 DNS 쿼리 기록(&Q)" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "영역 업데이트 기록(&U)" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "영역 전송 기록(&T)" -#. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "기록할 파일 선택" -#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 +#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "옵션 설정" -#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 +#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 msgid "&Name" msgstr "이름(&N)" -#. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 +#. Table header - ACL-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "현재 ACL 목록" -#. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 +#. Table header item - ACL-options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" -#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 +#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" @@ -873,71 +884,71 @@ "%1 영역에서 이 ACL이 사용되고 있습니다.\n" "이를 제거하시겠습니까?\n" -#. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 +#. An error popup message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "지정한 ACL 항목은 이미 존재합니다." -#. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "새 영역 추가" -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 msgid "Master" msgstr "주" -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 msgid "Slave" msgstr "보조" -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 msgid "Forward" msgstr "전달" -#. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 +#. Table header - DNS listing zones +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "구성된 DNS 영역" -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "지정한 이름의 영역은 이미 구성되었습니다." -#. Write settings dialog -#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "구성을 저장하지 못했습니다. 설정을 변경하시겠습니까?" -#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 +#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "구성 저장 실패" -#. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" @@ -945,83 +956,83 @@ "모든 변경 사항을 잃게 됩니다.\n" "저장하지 않고 DNS 서버를 종료하시겠습니까?" -#. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "변경 사항 적용" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "시작" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "기본 옵션" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 msgid "Logging" msgstr "로그인" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. multi selection box -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#. multi selection box +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 msgid "ACLs" msgstr "ACL" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 msgid "TSIG Keys" msgstr "TSIG 키" -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates" msgstr "동적 업데이트 허용(&L)" -#. combo box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 +#. combo box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 msgid "TSIG &Key" msgstr "TSIG 키(&K)" -#. check box -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 +#. check box +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" msgstr "영역 전송 사용(&Z)" -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From" msgstr "자동으로 레코드 생성(&U)" -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 msgid "Zon&e" msgstr "영역(&E)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" msgstr "역방향 영역 연결됨" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation.\n" @@ -1029,152 +1040,152 @@ "자동 설치를 준비하는 동안에는 이 기능을\n" "사용할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 msgid "No TSIG key is defined." msgstr "TSIG 키가 정의되지 않았습니다." -#. Textentry - adding nameserver -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 +#. Textentry - adding nameserver +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 msgid "&Name Server to Add" msgstr "추가할 이름 서버(&N)" -#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers -#. selection box label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 +#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers +#. selection box label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 msgid "Na&me Server List" msgstr "이름 서버 목록(&M)" -#. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 +#. error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 msgid "The specified name server already exists." msgstr "지정한 이름 서버는 이미 존재합니다." -#. Frame label - adding mail server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 +#. Frame label - adding mail server +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 msgid "Mail Server to Add" msgstr "추가할 메일 서버" -#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 +#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 msgid "&Address" msgstr "주소(&A)" -#. IntField - adding mail server - Priority -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. int field -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 +#. IntField - adding mail server - Priority +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. int field +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "우선 순위(&P)" -#. Table label - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 +#. Table label - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 msgid "Mail Relay List" msgstr "메일 릴레이 목록" -#. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 +#. A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "지정한 값은 유효한 호스트 이름 또는 IP 주소가 아닙니다." -#. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 +#. error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 msgid "The specified mail server already exists." msgstr "지정한 메일 서버는 이미 존재합니다." -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "초" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "분" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 msgid "Hours" msgstr "시간" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 msgid "Days" msgstr "일" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 msgid "Weeks" msgstr "주" -#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 +#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 msgid "Seri&al" msgstr "일련 번호(&A)" -#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 +#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 msgid "TT&L" msgstr "TTL(&L)" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "단위(&U)" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "새로 고침" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 msgid "Un&it" msgstr "단위(&U)" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "재시도(&Y)" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 msgid "Ex&piration" msgstr "만료(&P)" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 msgid "U&nit" msgstr "단위(&U)" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "최소(&M)" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 msgid "Uni&t" msgstr "단위(&U)" -#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 +#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified." msgstr "영역의 일련 번호를 반드시 지정해야 합니다." -#. error report, %1 is an integer -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 +#. error report, %1 is an integer +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long." msgstr "일련 번호는 %1자릿수를 넘지 않아야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 msgid "" "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" "of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n" @@ -1186,107 +1197,107 @@ "연결할 수 없습니다.\n" "계속하시겠습니까?" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 msgid "&Record Key" msgstr "레코드 키(&R)" -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 msgid "T&ype" msgstr "유형(&T)" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 msgid "Val&ue" msgstr "값(&A)" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 msgid "&Service" msgstr "서비스(&S)" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "프로토콜(&P)" -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 msgid "&Weight" msgstr "가중치(&W)" -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 msgid "&Port" msgstr "포트(&P)" -#. reverse zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 +#. reverse zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A: IPv4 도메인 이름 변환" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "AAAA: IPv6 도메인 이름 변환" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME: 도메인 이름의 별칭" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 msgid "NS: Name Server" msgstr "NS: 이름 서버" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 msgid "MX: Mail Relay" msgstr "MX: 메일 릴레이" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR: 역방향 변환" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 msgid "SRV: Services Record" msgstr "SRV: 서비스 레코드" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 msgid "TXT: Text Record" msgstr "TXT: 텍스트 레코드" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" msgstr "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" -#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 +#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 msgid "Record Settings" msgstr "레코드 설정" -#. Table label - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 +#. Table label - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 msgid "Configured Resource Records" msgstr "구성된 리소스 레코드" -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 msgid "Record Key" msgstr "레코드 키" -#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 msgid "" "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" "\n" @@ -1298,26 +1309,28 @@ "IPv6 역방향 레코드는 전체 형식(%1)으로 지원되거나\n" "현재 영역에 대한 상대 형식으로 지원됩니다." -#. (hostname or FQ) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 +#. (hostname or FQ) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 msgid "Invalid IPv6 address." msgstr "IPv6 주소가 잘못되었습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " +"characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" -"잘못된 %{type} 레코드 키입니다. '='를 제외한 인쇄 가능한 US-ASCII 문자로 구성되어야 하며\n" +"잘못된 %{type} 레코드 키입니다. '='를 제외한 인쇄 가능한 US-ASCII 문자로 구성" +"되어야 하며\n" "한 자 이상이어야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length -#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) +#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length +#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 msgid "" "Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" "This message is %{current} characters long." @@ -1325,94 +1338,95 @@ "%{type} 레코드의 최대 길이는 %{max}자입니다.\n" "이 메시지는 %{current}자입니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." msgstr "CNAME은 자신을 가리킬 수 없습니다." -#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 +#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 msgid "An internal error has occurred." msgstr "내부 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 +#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 msgid "Zone Editor" msgstr "영역 편집기" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 msgid "&Basics" msgstr "기본(&B)" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 msgid "NS Recor&ds" msgstr "NS 레코드(&D)" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 msgid "&SOA" msgstr "SOA(&S)" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 msgid "R&ecords" msgstr "레코드(&E)" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 msgid "M&X Records" msgstr "MX 레코드(&X)" -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 msgid "Settings for Zone" msgstr "영역에 대한 설정" -#. at least one NS server must be set -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 +#. at least one NS server must be set +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgstr "하나 이상의 NS 서버를 설정해야 합니다." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced with a zone name -#. -#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate -#. DNS records manually from selected zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced with a zone name +#. +#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate +#. DNS records manually from selected zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " +"feature." msgstr "" "현재 영역 레코드가 %1 영역에서 자동으로 생성됩니다.\n" "레코드를 변경하려면 자동으로 레코드 생성 기능을 수동으로 비활성화하십시오." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" msgstr "마스터 DNS 서버 IP(&M)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 msgid "Missing Master Server" msgstr "마스터 서버 누락" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 msgid "" "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" @@ -1422,33 +1436,33 @@ "마스터 서버가 없으면 DNS 서버를 구성할 수 없습니다.\n" " 계속 진행하면 현재 영역이 제거됩니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 msgid "No master DNS server defined." msgstr "정의된 마스터 DNS 서버가 없습니다." -#. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 +#. A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." msgstr "지정한 마스터 이름 서버의 IP 주소가 유효하지 않습니다." -#. Textentry - adding forwarder -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 +#. Textentry - adding forwarder +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" msgstr "새 전달자 IP 주소(&F)" -#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 +#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" msgstr "현재 영역 전달자(&Z)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 msgid "Forward Zone Editor" msgstr "영역 편집기 전달" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 msgid "" "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" "that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" @@ -1458,8 +1472,8 @@ "영역에 대한 모든 DNS 조회가 거부됩니다.\n" " 정말로 이 조회를 거부하시겠습니까?" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really exit?" @@ -1467,13 +1481,13 @@ "모든 변경 사항을 잃게 됩니다.\n" "종료하시겠습니까?" -#. message popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool." msgstr "이 형식의 영역은 이 도구로 편집할 수 없습니다." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -1481,8 +1495,8 @@ "<p><b><big>DNS 서버 구성 초기화</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려 주십시오.<br></p>" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" @@ -1490,8 +1504,8 @@ "<p><b><big>초기화 중단</big></b><br>\n" "지금 <b>중단</b>을 누르면 구성 유틸리티를 안전하게 중단할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -1499,8 +1513,8 @@ "<p><b><big>DNS 서버 구성 저장</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려 주십시오.<br></p>" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -1511,9 +1525,9 @@ " 대화 상자가 추가로 나타나서 지금 중단하는 것이 안전한지 알려줍니다.\n" " </p>" -#. main dialog -#. help 1/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39 +#. main dialog +#. help 1/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Start DNS Server</big></b><br>\n" "To run the DNS server every time your computer is started, set\n" @@ -1523,8 +1537,8 @@ "컴퓨터를 시작할 때마다 DNS 서버를 실행하려면\n" "<b>DNS 서버 시작</b>을 설정합니다.</p>" -#. help 2/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:45 +#. help 2/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" "To run the DNS server in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -1533,11 +1547,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" "DNS 서버를 chroot jail에서 실행하려면\n" -" <b>Chroot Jail에서 DNS 서버 실행</b>을 설정합니다. chroot jail에서 아무 데몬이나 시작하는\n" +" <b>Chroot Jail에서 DNS 서버 실행</b>을 설정합니다. chroot jail에서 아무 데몬" +"이나 시작하는\n" " 것이 더 안전하므로 이 방법을 권장합니다.</p>" -#. help 3/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52 +#. help 3/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n" "To edit settings of a DNS zone, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1551,8 +1566,8 @@ "새 DNS 영역을 추가하려면 <B>추가</B>를 사용하고, 구성된\n" "DNS 영역을 제거하려면 해당 영역을 선택한 다음 <B>삭제</B>를 클릭합니다.</P>" -#. help 4/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60 +#. help 4/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n" "To edit global options,\n" @@ -1568,9 +1583,9 @@ "DNS 서버의 로그를 표시하려면\n" "<b>고급</b>을 사용합니다.</p>" -#. zone dialog -#. help 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:70 +#. zone dialog +#. help 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Name</big></b><br>\n" "Enter the name of the zone (domain) in <b>Zone Name</b>.</p>" @@ -1578,8 +1593,8 @@ "<p><b><big>영역 이름</big></b><br>\n" "<b>영역 이름</b>에 영역(도메인) 이름을 입력합니다.</p>" -#. help 2/5, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:74 +#. help 2/5, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Dynamic DNS Zone Updates</big></b><br>\n" "The zone can be updated automatically, usually because of dynamically\n" @@ -1595,8 +1610,8 @@ "설정하십시오. 이 키는 DHCP 서버와 DNS 서버 둘 다에 대해\n" "같아야 합니다.</p>" -#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83 +#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing a DNS Zone</big></b><br>\n" "To edit the zone settings, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1606,8 +1621,8 @@ "영역 설정을 편집하려면 테이블에서 해당 항목을\n" "선택한 다음 <b>편집</b>을 클릭합니다.</p>" -#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:89 +#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>To add a new record to the zone, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" "a record, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" @@ -1615,8 +1630,8 @@ "<p>존 파일에 새로운 레코드를 추가하기 위해서 <b>추가</b>을 클릭하십시오. \n" "레코드를 삭제 하기 위해서 <b>삭제</b> 선택하고 클릭 하십시오.</p>" -#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93 +#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SOA Record</big></b><br>\n" "To edit the SOA (Start of Authority) record of the zone, click\n" @@ -1626,25 +1641,29 @@ "영역의 SOA(권한 시작) 레코드를 편집하려면\n" "<b>SOA 편집</b>을 클릭합니다.</p>" -#. help 2/5 alt. 2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 +#. help 2/5 alt. 2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Master Servers</big></b><br>\n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</b>\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click <b>Delete</b>\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</" +"b>\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click " +"<b>Delete</b>\n" "to remove an existing one.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>마스터 서버</big></b><br>\n" -"이 영역에 대한 마스터 이름 서버의 IP 주소를 설정합니다. 새 마스터 이름 서버를\n" +"이 영역에 대한 마스터 이름 서버의 IP 주소를 설정합니다. 새 마스터 이름 서버" +"를\n" " 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 사용합니다. 기존 서버를 제거하려면 해당 서버를\n" " 선택하고 <b>삭제</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>" -#. help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 +#. help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Type</big></b><br>\n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</b>\n" +"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</" +"b>\n" "or <b>Stub</b>, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1654,11 +1673,12 @@ "<b>종속</b> 또는 <b>스텁</b>을 선택하여 영역 데이터가\n" "마스터 서버에서 미러링되게 합니다.</p>" -#. help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 +#. help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Direction</big></b><br>\n" -"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " +"back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (<b>Forward</b>) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" "(<b>Reverse</b>).</p>\n" @@ -1669,9 +1689,9 @@ "IP 주소에서 도메인 이름으로 변환\n" "(<b>역방향</b>)하는 데 사용되는 경우 선택합니다.</p>\n" -#. firewall dialog -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:123 +#. firewall dialog +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Interface Classes</big></b><br>\n" "Select which interface classes should have access to the DNS server. The\n" @@ -1681,8 +1701,8 @@ "DNS 서버에 대한 액세스 권한이 있어야 하는 인터페이스 클래스를 선택합니다.\n" "인터페이스 클래스는 방화벽 구성 구성요소에서 정의됩니다.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To adapt the firewall settings so that the DNS server can be accessed\n" @@ -1694,10 +1714,10 @@ "DNS 서버에 액세스할 수 있도록 방화벽 설정을 적용하려면\n" "<b>방화벽 설정 적용</b>을 선택합니다.</p>\n" -#. soa dialog -#. help text 1/9 -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:137 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:386 +#. soa dialog +#. help text 1/9 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:137 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:386 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SOA Record Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Set the entries of the SOA record.</p>" @@ -1705,8 +1725,8 @@ "<p><b><big>SOA 레코드 구성</big></b><br>\n" "SOA 레코드의 항목을 설정합니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/9 - TTL -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:141 +#. help text 2/9 - TTL +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<p><b>$TTL</b> specifies the time to live for all records in the\n" "zone that do not have an explicit TTL.</p>" @@ -1714,8 +1734,8 @@ "<p><b>$TTL</b>은 영역에서 명시적 TTL이 없는 모든\n" "레코드에 대한 생존 시간을 지정합니다.</p>" -#. help text 3/9 - Primary source -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:145 +#. help text 3/9 - Primary source +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<p><b>Primary Source</b> must contain the fully qualified domain name\n" "of the primary name server.</p>" @@ -1723,8 +1743,8 @@ "<p><b>주 원본</b>에는 주 이름 서버의 정규화된 도메인\n" "이름이 포함되어야 합니다.</p>" -#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:149 +#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<p><b>Administrator's Mail</b> must contain the e-mail address of\n" "the administrator responsible for the zone.</p>\n" @@ -1732,20 +1752,21 @@ "<p><b>관리자 메일</b>에는 영역에 대한 책임 관리자의\n" "전자 메일 주소가 포함되어야 합니다.</p>\n" -#. help text 5/9 - Serial -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 +#. help text 5/9 - Serial +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "<p><b>Serial</b> number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " +"the\n" "entire zone).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>일련</b> 번호는 슬레이브 서버에서 항상 전체 영역을\n" "동기화할 필요가 없도록 영역이 마스터 서버에서 변경되었는지 여부를\n" "확인하는 데 사용됩니다.</p>\n" -#. help text 6/9 - Refresh -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:159 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401 +#. help text 6/9 - Refresh +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:159 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401 msgid "" "<p><b>Refresh</b> sets how often the zone should be synchronized from\n" "master name server to slave name servers.</p>" @@ -1753,9 +1774,9 @@ "<p><b>새로 고침</b>은 마스터 이름 서버에서 종속 이름 서버로\n" "영역을 동기화하는 간격을 설정합니다.</p>" -#. help text 7/9 - Retry -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405 +#. help text 7/9 - Retry +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405 msgid "" "<p><b>Retry</b> sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n" "the zone from the master server if synchronization fails.</p>" @@ -1763,8 +1784,8 @@ "<p><b>재시도</b>는 동기화 작업이 실패한 경우 종속 서버가 마스터\n" "서버에서 영역을 동기화하는 간격을 설정합니다.</p>" -#. help text 8/9 - Expiry -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167 +#. help text 8/9 - Expiry +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<p><b>Expiry</b> means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n" "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" @@ -1774,9 +1795,9 @@ "동기화될 때까지 종속 서버가 응답하지 않는 기간을 의미합니다.\n" "</p>" -#. help text 9/9 - Minimum -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:173 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:415 +#. help text 9/9 - Minimum +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:173 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:415 msgid "" "<p><b>Minimum</b> sets for how long the slave servers should cache\n" "negative answers (name resolution failed).</p>" @@ -1784,26 +1805,30 @@ "<p><b>최소</b>는 종속 서버가 네거티브 응답(이름 확인 실패)을\n" "캐시해야 하는 시간을 설정합니다.</p>" -#. ddns keys dialog -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:178 +#. ddns keys dialog +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<p><b><big>TSIG Key Management</big></b><br>\n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</b>.\n" +"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</" +"b>.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</" +"b>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>TSIG 키 관리</big></b><br>\n" "동적 영역 업데이트에 사용되는 TSIG 키를 정의합니다.\n" "새 TSIG 키를 추가하려면 \n" -"<b>파일 이름</b> 텍스트 필드 또는 <b>찾아보기</b> 버튼을 사용한 다음 <b>추가</b>를 클릭합니다.\n" -"기존 TSIG 키를 삭제하려면 목록에서 해당 키를 선택한 다음 <b>삭제</b>를 클릭합니다.\n" +"<b>파일 이름</b> 텍스트 필드 또는 <b>찾아보기</b> 버튼을 사용한 다음 <b>추가" +"</b>를 클릭합니다.\n" +"기존 TSIG 키를 삭제하려면 목록에서 해당 키를 선택한 다음 <b>삭제</b>를 클릭합" +"니다.\n" "</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:187 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>\n" "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -1813,8 +1838,8 @@ "컴퓨터를 부팅할 때마다 DNS 서버를 시작하려면 이 옵션에 대해\n" "<b>설정</b>을 선택하고 그렇지 않은 경우에는 <b>해제</b>를 선택합니다.</p> " -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n" "To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -1824,8 +1849,8 @@ "DNS 영역을 고유 구성 파일 대신 LDAP에 저장하려면\n" "<b>LDAP 지원 활성화</b>를 설정합니다.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:201 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n" "To start or stop the DNS server immediately, use \n" @@ -1837,8 +1862,8 @@ "<b>DNS 서버 지금 시작</b> 또는\n" "<b>DNS 서버 지금 중지</b>를 사용합니다.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:208 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Forwarders</big></b><br>\n" "Forwarders are DNS servers to which your DNS server should send queries\n" @@ -1848,23 +1873,25 @@ "전달자는 DNS 서버에서 응답할 수 없는\n" "쿼리를 전송해야 하는 DNS 서버입니다.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3 -#. _("<p>To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full -#. DNS lookup, set <b>Forward First</b>. To ask forwarders only, set -#. <b>Forwarders Only</b>. To do full DNS lookup always, do not check any -#. of these check boxes.</p> -#. ") + -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3 +#. _("<p>To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full +#. DNS lookup, set <b>Forward First</b>. To ask forwarders only, set +#. <b>Forwarders Only</b>. To do full DNS lookup always, do not check any +#. of these check boxes.</p> +#. ") + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<p>To add a new forwarder, set its <b>IP Address</b> and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>새 전달자를 추가하려면 해당 <b>IP 주소</b>를 설정하고 <b>추가</b>를 클릭합니다.\n" -"구성된 전달자를 삭제하려면 해당 전달자를 선택하고 <b>삭제</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>" +"<p>새 전달자를 추가하려면 해당 <b>IP 주소</b>를 설정하고 <b>추가</b>를 클릭합" +"니다.\n" +"구성된 전달자를 삭제하려면 해당 전달자를 선택하고 <b>삭제</b>를 클릭합니다.</" +"p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Edit DNS Server Options</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server.</p>" @@ -1872,8 +1899,8 @@ "<p><b><big>DNS 서버 옵션 편집</big></b><br>\n" "이 대화 상자를 사용하여 DNS 서버의 옵션을 편집할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:229 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "" "<p>To add new options, select the <b>Option</b>,\n" "enter its <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1885,13 +1912,14 @@ "<p>구성된 옵션을 수정하려면 테이블에서 해당 옵션을 선택하고\n" "<b>값</b>을 변경한 다음 <b>변경</b>을 클릭합니다.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 msgid "<p>To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>옵션을 제거하려면 해당 옵션을 선택한 다음 <b>삭제</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>옵션을 제거하려면 해당 옵션을 선택한 다음 <b>삭제</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging.</p>" @@ -1899,27 +1927,31 @@ "<p><b><big>로깅</big></b><br>\n" "이 대화 상자를 사용하여 DNS 서버 로깅의 다양한 옵션을 정의할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" +"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the " +"system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" -"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log and \n" +"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log " +"and \n" "the <b>Maximum Size</b> of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</b>\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</" +"b>\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"DNS 서버 로그 메시지를 시스템 로그에 저장하려면 <b>시스템 로그에 기록</b>을 선택합니다. \n" +"DNS 서버 로그 메시지를 시스템 로그에 저장하려면 <b>시스템 로그에 기록</b>을 " +"선택합니다. \n" " DNS 서버 로그 메시지를 별도의 파일에 저장하려면 \n" " <b>파일에 기록</b>을 선택하고 로그를 저장할 <b>파일 이름</b> 및 \n" " 로그 파일의 <b>최대 크기</b>를 설정합니다.\n" " DNS 서버는 자동으로 로그 파일들을 순환시킵니다. 저장할 로그 파일 수를\n" " 지정하려면 <b>최대 버전</b>을 사용합니다.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:252 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "<p>In <b>Additional Logging</b>,\n" "set which actions should be logged. Common actions are always logged.\n" @@ -1931,14 +1963,15 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>추가 로깅</b>에서는\n" "어떤 작업을 기록할 것인지 설정합니다. 일반 작업은 항상 기록됩니다.\n" -"<b>모든 DNS 쿼리 기록</b>은 클라이언트에서 DNS 서버로 전송되는 모든 쿼리를 기록합니다.\n" +"<b>모든 DNS 쿼리 기록</b>은 클라이언트에서 DNS 서버로 전송되는 모든 쿼리를 기" +"록합니다.\n" "<b>영역 업데이트 기록</b>은 DNS가 업데이트된 시간을 기록합니다.\n" "<b>영역 전송 기록</b>은 영역이\n" "보조\n" "이름 서버로 완전히 전송된 시간을 기록합니다.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:262 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:262 msgid "" "<p><b><big>ACLs</big></b><br>\n" "In this dialog, define access control lists to control\n" @@ -1948,8 +1981,8 @@ "이 대화 상자에서는 영역에 대한 액세스를 제어하기 위해\n" "액세스 제어 목록을 정의합니다.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:268 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "<p>To add a new ACL entry, just enter the option's <b>Name</b>\n" "and <b>Value</b> then click <b>Add</b>. To remove an \n" @@ -1959,8 +1992,8 @@ "및 <b>값</b>을 입력하고 <b>추가</b>를 클릭하십시오.\n" "ACL 항목을 제거하려면 해당 항목을 선택하고 <b>삭제</b>를 클릭하십시오.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:274 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<p><b><big>TSIG Keys</big></b><br>\n" "TSIG keys are used for authentication when remotely\n" @@ -1972,21 +2005,22 @@ "인증 작업에 사용됩니다. 이 키는 DNS 영역의\n" "동적 업데이트(DDNS)에 필요합니다.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:281 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:281 msgid "" "<p>To add an already created key, set the <b>Filename</b>\n" "(or use the <b>Browse</b> button to select it) and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the <b>Filename</b> and the <b>Key ID</b>\n" -"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</p>\n" +"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>이미 작성된 키를 추가하려면 <b>파일 이름</b>을 설정하고\n" "(또는 <b>찾아보기</b> 버튼을 사용하여 선택하고) <b>추가</b>를 클릭합니다.\n" " 새 키를 생성하려면 <b>파일 이름</b> 및 <b>키 ID</b>를 입력하고\n" " <b>생성</b>을 클릭합니다. 새 키가 생성 및 추가됩니다.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288 msgid "" "<p>To remove an existing key, select it and\n" "click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" @@ -1994,8 +2028,8 @@ "<p>기존 키를 제거하려면 해당 키를 선택한 다음\n" "<b>삭제</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:294 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:294 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.</p>\n" @@ -2003,48 +2037,57 @@ "<p><b><big>DNS 영역</big></b><br>\n" "이 대화 상자를 사용하여 DNS 영역을 관리할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</b>,\n" +"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</" +"b>,\n" "and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>새 영역을 추가하려면 <b>영역 이름</b>을 입력한 다음 <b>영역 유형</b>을 선택하고\n" +"<p>새 영역을 추가하려면 <b>영역 이름</b>을 입력한 다음 <b>영역 유형</b>을 선" +"택하고\n" "<b>추가</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" +"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " +"followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b> (for example, zone name\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " +"select\n" "the <b>Zone Type</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>새 IPv4 역방향 영역을 추가하려면 역방향 IPv4 주소 일부를 입력한 후 \n" -"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt>를 <b>영역 이름</b>으로 입력합니다. 예를 들어, 네트워크 \n" -"<tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>의 영역 이름은 <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt>입니다.\n" +"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt>를 <b>영역 이름</b>으로 입력합니다. 예를 들어, 네트워" +"크 \n" +"<tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>의 영역 이름은 <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt>입니" +"다.\n" "그런 다음 <b>영역 유형</b>을 선택하고 <b>추가</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 -#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 +#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" +"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " +"followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone " +"name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>새 IPv6 역방향 영역을 추가하려면 <b>영역 이름</b>으로 역방향 IPv6 주소의 일부를 입력한 다음\n" +"<p>새 IPv6 역방향 영역을 추가하려면 <b>영역 이름</b>으로 역방향 IPv6 주소의 " +"일부를 입력한 다음\n" "<tt>%1</tt>을(를) 입력합니다. 영역 이름을 입력하기 위한 다음 형식이\n" "지원됩니다. 표준 형식: <tt>%2</tt>,\n" "전달 형식: <tt>%3</tt>,\n" "전달 형식(넷마스크 비트 제외): <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(기본적으로 <tt>64</tt> 넷마스크 비트가 사용됨).</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:326 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "<p>To modify settings for a zone, such as zone transport and name and\n" "mail servers, select it, and click <b>Edit</b>.\n" @@ -2052,21 +2095,23 @@ msgstr "" "<p>영역 전송, 이름 및 메일 서버와 같은 영역 설정을\n" "수정하려면 해당 설정을 선택하고 <b>편집</b>을 클릭하십시오.\n" -"구성된 영역을 제거하려면 해당 영역을 선택하고 <b>삭제</b>를 클릭하십시오.</p>\n" +"구성된 영역을 제거하려면 해당 영역을 선택하고 <b>삭제</b>를 클릭하십시오.</" +"p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>\n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " +"access\n" "to the zone.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>DDNS 및 영역 전송</big></b><br>\n" "이 대화 상자를 사용하여 영역의 동적 DNS 설정을 변경하고\n" "해당 영역에 대한 액세스를 제어할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:342 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To allow dynamic updates of the zone, set <b>Allow Dynamic Updates</b>\n" @@ -2078,8 +2123,8 @@ " <b>TSIG 키</b>를 선택합니다. 영역을 동적으로 업데이트하려면 적어도\n" " TSIG 키를 하나는 정의해야 합니다.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:350 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n" @@ -2093,8 +2138,8 @@ " 선택합니다. 영역 전송을 허용하려면 ACL을 적어도 하나는\n" " 정의해야 합니다.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:358 +#. Zone Editor - Help +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:358 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Reverse zone records can be generated from another master zone.\n" @@ -2106,8 +2151,8 @@ "<b>자동으로 레코드 생성 기능</b>\n" "확인란을 선택한 후 레코드를 생성할 영역을 선택하십시오.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:365 +#. Zone Editor - Help +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:365 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If this is not a reverse zone, you can see which zones are generated\n" @@ -2117,21 +2162,23 @@ "역방향 영역이 아닌 경우 <b>연결된 역방향 영역</b> 필드에서\n" "현재 생성된 영역을 확인할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 msgid "" "<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</" +"b>.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>NS 레코드</big></b><br>\n" -"새 이름 서버를 추가하려면 이름 서버 주소를 입력하고 <b>추가</b>를 클릭합니다.\n" +"새 이름 서버를 추가하려면 이름 서버 주소를 입력하고 <b>추가</b>를 클릭합니" +"다.\n" " 열거된 이름 서버 중 하나를 제거하려면 해당 서버를 선택하고\n" " <b>삭제</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 msgid "" "<p><b><big>MX Records</big></b><br>\n" "To add a new mail server, enter the <b>Address</b> and <b>Priority</b>\n" @@ -2145,12 +2192,13 @@ " 열거된 메일 서버 중 하나를 제거하려면 해당 서버를 선택하고\n" " <b>삭제</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:390 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:390 msgid "" "<p><b>Serial</b> is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" -"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize " +"the\n" "entire zone).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>일련</b>은 영역이 마스터 서버에서 \n" @@ -2158,8 +2206,8 @@ "확인하는 데 사용되는 번호입니다(그러면 슬레이브 서버에서 항상 전체 영역을\n" "동기화할 필요가 없음).</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:397 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:397 msgid "" "<p><b>TTL</b> specifies the time to live for all records in the\n" "zone that do not have an explicit TTL.</p>" @@ -2167,8 +2215,8 @@ "<p><b>TTL</b>은 영역에서 명시적 TTL이 없는 모든\n" "레코드에 대한 생존 시간을 지정합니다.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:409 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "<p><b>Expiration</b> means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n" "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" @@ -2178,8 +2226,8 @@ "슬레이브 서버는 동기화가 이루어질 때까지 응답을 중지합니다.\n" " </p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:419 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Records</big></b><br>\n" "In this dialog, edit the resource records of the zone. To add new resource\n" @@ -2191,19 +2239,20 @@ " 추가하려면 <b>레코드 키</b>, <b>형식</b> 및 <b>값</b>을 설정한 다음\n" " <b>추가</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:426 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:426 msgid "" "<p>To change an existing record, select it, modify the desired entries,\n" "and click <b>Change</b>. To delete a record, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>기존 레코드를 변경하려면 해당 레코드를 선택하고 원하는\n" -"항목을 수정한 다음 <b>변경</b>을 클릭합니다. 레코드를 삭제하려면 해당 레코드를\n" +"항목을 수정한 다음 <b>변경</b>을 클릭합니다. 레코드를 삭제하려면 해당 레코드" +"를\n" " 선택하고 <b>삭제</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:432 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:432 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.</p>\n" @@ -2211,8 +2260,8 @@ "<p>\n" "각 레코드 형식에는 RFC에 정의된 고유한 구문이 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436 msgid "" "<p><b>A: Domain Name Translation</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname without domain or a fully qualified \n" @@ -2224,8 +2273,8 @@ " 정규화된 호스트 이름입니다.\n" " <b>값</b>은 IP 주소입니다.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:443 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "" "<p><b>CNAME: Alias for Domain Name</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or a fully\n" @@ -2241,12 +2290,13 @@ " 정규화된 호스트 이름입니다. 이것은 반드시 A 레코드로\n" " 표현해야 합니다.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "" "<p><b>NS: Name Server</b>:\n" -"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" +"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " +"absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n" @@ -2257,8 +2307,8 @@ " <b>값</b>은 현재 영역에 상대적인 호스트 이름이거나 뒤에 점이 오는\n" " 정규화된 호스트 이름입니다. 이것은 반드시 A 레코드로 표현해야 합니다.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 msgid "" "<p><b>MX: Mail Relay</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname or zone name relative to the current zone\n" @@ -2272,13 +2322,14 @@ " <b>값</b>은 현재 영역에 상대적인 호스트 이름이거나 뒤에 점이 오는\n" " 정규화된 호스트 이름입니다. 이것은 반드시 A 레코드로 표현해야 합니다.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 msgid "" "<p><b>PTR: Reverse Translation</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</" +"tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" @@ -2287,14 +2338,15 @@ "<p><b>PTR: 역방향 변환</b>:\n" "<b>레코드 키</b>는 IP 주소에서 파생된 것으로 뒤에 점이 오는\n" " 완전한 역방향 영역 이름이거나\n" -" (예: IP 주소 <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>의 경우 <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>)\n" +" (예: IP 주소 <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>의 경우 <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</" +"tt>)\n" " 현재 영역에 상대적인 역방향 영역 이름의 일부입니다\n" " (예: <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> 영역의 IP\n" " 주소<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>의 경우 <tt>1</tt>).\n" " <b>값</b>은 뒤에 점이 오는 정규화된 호스트 이름입니다.</p>\n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Finishing the Configuration</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration.</p> \n" @@ -2302,8 +2354,8 @@ "<p><b><big>구성 완료</big></b></p>\n" "<p>구성을 완료하기 전에 입력한 설정을 검토하십시오.</p> \n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Open Port in Firewall</b> to adapt the\n" "SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server.</p>" @@ -2311,8 +2363,8 @@ "<p><b>방화벽 포트 열기</b>를 선택하고 SuSEfirewall2\n" "설정을 적용하여 DNS 서버에 대한 모든 연결을 허용하십시오.</p>" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set the \n" @@ -2320,10 +2372,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "컴퓨터를 부팅할 때마다 DNS 서버를 시작하려면 \n" -"시작 동작을 <b>켜기</b>로 지정하십시오. 그렇지 않으면 <b>끄기</b>로 설정하십시오.</p> \n" +"시작 동작을 <b>켜기</b>로 지정하십시오. 그렇지 않으면 <b>끄기</b>로 설정하십" +"시오.</p> \n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -2333,8 +2386,8 @@ "고유 구성 파일 대신 LDAP에 DNS 영역을 저장하려면\n" " <b>LDAP 지원 활성화</b>를 설정하십시오.</p>" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:509 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:509 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To enter the expert mode of the DNS server configuration, click\n" @@ -2344,8 +2397,8 @@ "DNS 서버 구성의 고급 모드로 들어가려면,\n" " <b>DNS 서버 고급 구성</b>을 클릭하십시오.</p>" -#. slave zone help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:515 +#. slave zone help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Slave DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n" "Each slave zone must have the master name server defined. Use\n" @@ -2355,8 +2408,8 @@ "각 슬레이브 영역마다 마스터 이름 서버를 정의해야 합니다. 마스터\n" " 이름 서버를 정의하려면 <b>마스터 DNS 서버 IP</b>를 사용합니다.</p>" -#. slave zone help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:521 +#. slave zone help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:521 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Zone Transport</b></big><br>\n" "To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n" @@ -2370,8 +2423,8 @@ " 선택합니다. 영역 전송을 허용하려면 ACL을 적어도 하나는\n" " 정의해야 합니다.</p>" -#. forward zone help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:529 +#. forward zone help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:529 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Forward DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n" "This type of DNS zone only forwards DNS queries to forwarders\n" @@ -2381,8 +2434,8 @@ "이 형식의 DNS 영역은 자신에 정의된 전달자에게만 DNS 조회를\n" " 전달합니다.</p>" -#. forward zone help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:535 +#. forward zone help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "" "<p>If there are no forwarders defined, all DNS queries\n" "for the respective zone are denied, because there is no DNS\n" @@ -2392,152 +2445,152 @@ " 없기 때문에 해당 영역에 대한 DNS 조회가 모두\n" " 거부됩니다.</p>" -#. %1 is usually an IP address -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:159 +#. %1 is usually an IP address +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:159 msgid "Unknown Record Type: %1" msgstr "알 수 없는 레코드 형식: %1" -#. table entry, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:180 +#. table entry, %1 is IP address +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:180 msgid "Host %1" msgstr "호스트: %1" -#. combo box item, A is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:188 +#. combo box item, A is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:188 msgid "A -- Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A -- 도메인 이름 변환" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:201 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:201 msgid "&IP Addresses" msgstr "IP 주소(&I)" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:218 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:218 msgid "Alias for %1" msgstr "Alias for %1" -#. combo box item, CNAME is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:226 +#. combo box item, CNAME is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:226 msgid "CNAME -- Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME -- 도메인 이름의 별칭" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:237 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "앨리어스(&A)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:240 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:240 msgid "&Base Host Name" msgstr "베이스 호스트 이름(&H)" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:257 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:257 msgid "Pointer to %1" msgstr "Pointer to %1" -#. combo box item, PTR is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:265 +#. combo box item, PTR is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:265 msgid "PTR -- Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR -- 역변환" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:276 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:276 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "IP 주소(&I)" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:295 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:295 msgid "Name Server %1" msgstr "이름 서버 %1" -#. combo box item, NS is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:303 +#. combo box item, NS is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:303 msgid "NS -- Name Server" msgstr "NS -- 이름 서버" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:314 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:314 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "도메인(&D)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:317 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:317 msgid "&Name Server" msgstr "이름 서버(&N)" -#. table entry, %1 is host name, %2 is integer -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:337 +#. table entry, %1 is host name, %2 is integer +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:337 msgid "Mail Relay %1, Priority %2" msgstr "메일 릴레이 %1, 우선 순위 %2" -#. combo box item, MX is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:416 +#. combo box item, MX is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:416 msgid "MX -- Mail Relay" msgstr "MX -- 메일 릴레이" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:429 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:429 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "도메인 이름(&D)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:432 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:432 msgid "&Mail Relay" msgstr "메일 릴레이(&M)" -#. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 +#. DNS server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "DNS 서버 설정 초기화" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "환경 검사." -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "DNS 데몬의 캐시 플러시" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정 읽기" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "설정값 읽기" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "환경 검사중..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "DNS 데몬의 캐시를 플러시하는 중..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "방화벽 설정 읽는 중..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "설정값을 읽는 중입니다..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " @@ -2545,73 +2598,73 @@ "netconfig를 호출하는 중에 오류가 발생했습니다.\n" "오류: " -#. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 +#. DNS server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "DNS 서버 구성 저장중" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "구성 파일 저장" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "DNS 데몬 재시작" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "영역 파일 업데이트" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "DNS 서비스 조정" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "Netconfig 호출" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정 쓰기" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "구성 파일을 저장하는 중..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "DNS 데몬을 재시작하는 중..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "영역 파일을 업데이트하는 중..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "DNS 서비스를 조정하는 중..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "netconfig 호출 중..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "방화벽 설정 쓰는 중..." -#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 +#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" @@ -2619,44 +2672,44 @@ "명명된 서비스를 시작하는 중 오류가 발생했습니다.\n" "\n" -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 msgid "Stub" msgstr "스텁" -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "Hint" msgstr "힌트" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "DNS 서버는 그 시스템이 부팅할 때 시작합니다." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "DNS 서버는 시스템이 부팅될 때 시작되지 않습니다." -#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 +#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "구성된 영역: %s" -#. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 +#. error message +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "LDAP 구성이 잘못되었습니다. LDAP를 사용할 수 없습니다." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "LDAP 지원을 사용하시겠습니까?" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." @@ -2664,27 +2717,30 @@ "요청한 패키지 설치에 실패했습니다.\n" "LDAP 지원이 활성화되지 않습니다." -#. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 +#. BNC #679960 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "알 수 없는 LDAP 초기화 오류." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "%1을(를) 생성하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 +#. error report, %1 is ldap object +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." -msgstr "cn=defaultDNS,%1을(를) 생성하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다. LDAP를 사용하고 있지 않습니다." +msgstr "" +"cn=defaultDNS,%1을(를) 생성하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다. LDAP를 사용하고 있" +"지 않습니다." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "%1을(를) 업데이트하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." -msgstr "%1을(를) 생성하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다. LDAP를 사용하고 있지 않습니다." +msgstr "" +"%1을(를) 생성하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다. LDAP를 사용하고 있지 않습니다." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/docker.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/docker.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/docker.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: docker\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,264 +14,271 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Changes in Container" msgstr "컨테이너 변경 사항" -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Path" msgstr "경로" -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 msgid "Status" msgstr "상태" -#. TODO translation -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +#. TODO translation +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 msgid "&Exit" msgstr "종료(&E)" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Commit Container" msgstr "컨테이너 커밋" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 msgid "Repository" msgstr "리포지토리" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 msgid "Tag" msgstr "태그" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 msgid "Author" msgstr "작성자" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 msgid "Message" msgstr "메시지" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Ok" msgstr "확인(&O)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "취소(&C)" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Inject Shell" msgstr "셸 삽입" -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 msgid "Target Shell" msgstr "대상 셸" -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" msgstr "터미널을 실행할 수 없습니다. 오류: %{error}" -#. Only root can start process -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 -msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." -msgstr "Docker 서비스가 실행되지 않습니다. YaST에서 Docker를 시작합니까? 그렇지 않으면 YaST가 종료됩니다." +#. Only root can start process +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "" +"Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." +msgstr "" +"Docker 서비스가 실행되지 않습니다. YaST에서 Docker를 시작합니까? 그렇지 않으" +"면 YaST가 종료됩니다." -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually." -msgstr "Docker 서비스가 실행되지 않습니다. 이 모듈을 루트로 실행하거나 Docker 서비스를 수동으로 시작하십시오." +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "" +"Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service " +"manually." +msgstr "" +"Docker 서비스가 실행되지 않습니다. 이 모듈을 루트로 실행하거나 Docker 서비스" +"를 수동으로 시작하십시오." -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again." msgstr "Docker와의 통신 실패 오류: %s. 다시 시도하십시오." -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?" msgstr "정말로 컨테이너 실행을 정지합니까?" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 msgid "Do you want to remove the container?" msgstr "컨테이너를 제거하시겠습니까?" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?" msgstr "실행 중인 컨테이너를 종료하시겠습니까?" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 msgid "&Images" msgstr "이미지(&I)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 msgid "&Containers" msgstr "컨테이너(&C)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Docker Images" msgstr "Docker 이미지" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "Docker 컨테이너 실행 중" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 msgid "Image ID" msgstr "이미지 ID" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 msgid "Created" msgstr "만든일시" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 msgid "Virtual Size" msgstr "가상 크기" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 msgid "Container ID" msgstr "컨테이너 ID" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 msgid "Image" msgstr "이미지" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Command" msgstr "명령" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 msgid "Ports" msgstr "포트" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "새로 고침(&F)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 msgid "R&un" msgstr "실행(&U)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "삭제(&D)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 msgid "S&how Changes" msgstr "변경 사항 표시(&H)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 msgid "Inject &Terminal" msgstr "터미널 삽입(&T)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 msgid "&Stop Container" msgstr "컨테이너 정지(&S)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 msgid "&Kill Container" msgstr "컨테이너 종료(&K)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 msgid "&Commit" msgstr "커밋(&C)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" msgstr "이미지 \"%s\"을(를) 정말로 삭제합니까?" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 msgid "Run Container" msgstr "컨테이너 실행" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Host" msgstr "호스트" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 msgid "Container" msgstr "컨테이너" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Add" msgstr "추가" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Remove" msgstr "제거" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 msgid "Volumes" msgstr "볼륨" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 msgid "Choose directory to share" msgstr "공유할 디렉토리 선택" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 msgid "Choose target directory" msgstr "대상 디렉토리 선택" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 msgid "Choose external port" msgstr "외부 포트 선택" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 msgid "Choose internal port" msgstr "내부 포트 선택" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/fcoe-client.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/fcoe-client.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/fcoe-client.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,38 +14,38 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module -#: src/clients/fcoe-client.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module +#: src/clients/fcoe-client.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of fcoe-client" msgstr "FCoE 클라이언트 구성" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_finish.rb:67 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving fcoe configuration..." msgstr "FCoE 구성 저장 중..." -#. Rich text title for FcoeClient in proposals -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:82 +#. Rich text title for FcoeClient in proposals +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:82 msgid "FcoeClient" msgstr "FCoE 클라이언트" -#. Menu title for FcoeClient in proposals -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:86 +#. Menu title for FcoeClient in proposals +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:86 msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "FCoE 클라이언트(&F)" -#. setting of config value is 'yes' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 msgid "yes" msgstr "예" -#. setting of config value is 'no' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 msgid "no" msgstr "아니오" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 msgid "" "Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n" "Command %1 failed." @@ -53,38 +53,38 @@ "FCoE 인터페이스를 제거할 수 없습니다.\n" "%1 명령이 실패했습니다." -#. FCoE is not available on the interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 msgid "not available" msgstr "사용 불가능" -#. the interface is not configured for FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 msgid "not configured" msgstr "구성되지 않음" -#. the flag is 'true' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 msgid "true" msgstr "true" -#. the flag is 'false' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 msgid "false" msgstr "false" -#. the flag is not set at all -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 msgid "not set" msgstr "설정 안 함" -#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 +#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "%2의 VLAN 인터페이스 %1 구성" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ "이미 구성되어 있으므로 VLAN 인터페이스 %1에서\n" "FCoE를 시작할 수 없습니다." -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -105,13 +105,13 @@ "이미 구성되어 있으므로 네트워크 인터페이스 %1 자체에서\n" "FCoE를 시작할 수 없습니다." -#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "검색된 VLAN 장치에서 FCoE 생성 및 시작" -#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 +#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -121,17 +121,17 @@ "FCoE 네트워크 인터페이스를 생성하고 FCoE\n" "이니시에이터를 시작하시겠습니까?" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "%1에서 FCoE를 생성 및 시작할 수 없습니다." -#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 +#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "%2에서 \"%1\" 명령 실패." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" @@ -139,13 +139,13 @@ "FCoE 인터페이스 생성에 실패했습니다.\n" "테스트 모드에서 실행 중이므로 계속합니다." -#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 +#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "FCoE 인터페이스 %1을(를) 제거하시겠습니까?" -#. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 +#. popup text continues +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -155,8 +155,8 @@ "인터페이스가 사용된 장치에 필수가 아닌지 확인하십시오.\n" "인터페이스를 제거하면 시스템을 사용하지 못할 수도 있습니다." -#. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 +#. popup text continues +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." @@ -164,17 +164,17 @@ "이미 활성화된 다중 경로 장치와 관련이 있으므로\n" "인터페이스를 제거하지 마십시오." -#. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 +#. replace values in table +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "%1 인터페이스 제거에 실패했습니다." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "%1 인터페이스를 제거하지 못했습니다." -#. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 +#. text of a warning popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." @@ -182,8 +182,8 @@ "DCB 필요가 \"예\"로 설정되었는데\n" "인터페이스가 DCB 호환이 아닙니다." -#. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 +#. text of an information (notify) popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -191,146 +191,148 @@ "'fcoe' 서비스에는 활성화된 서비스 'lldpad'가 필요합니다.\n" "'lldpad' 서비스의 부팅 시 시작을 활성화합니다." -#. radio button: start service on boot -#. radio button: start service on boot -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:48 src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button: start service on boot +#. radio button: start service on boot +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:48 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "부팅 시" -#. radio button: start service manually -#. radio button: start service manually -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:56 src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:77 +#. radio button: start service manually +#. radio button: start service manually +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Manually" msgstr "수동으로" -#. combo box label: enable FCoE (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:109 +#. combo box label: enable FCoE (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "&FCoE Enable" msgstr "FCoE 활성화(&F)" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" msgstr "예" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" msgstr "아니오" -#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 +#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 msgid "&DCB Required" msgstr "DCB 필수(&D)" -#. combo box label: AUTO_VLAN setting (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:124 +#. combo box label: AUTO_VLAN setting (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "&AUTO_VLAN" msgstr "AUTO_VLAN(&A)" -#. frame containing radio buttons for fcoe service start -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#. frame containing radio buttons for fcoe service start +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:150 msgid "FCoE Service Start" msgstr "FCoE 서비스 시작" -#. frame containing radio buttons for lldpad service start -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#. frame containing radio buttons for lldpad service start +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Lldpad Service Start" msgstr "Lldpad 서비스 시작" -#. column headers of table of network interfaces (keep them short) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:179 +#. column headers of table of network interfaces (keep them short) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:179 msgid "Device" msgstr "장치" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:180 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "MAC 주소" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:181 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "Model" msgstr "모델" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "FCoE VLAN Interface" msgstr "FCoE VLAN 인터페이스" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "FCoE Enable" msgstr "FCoE 활성화" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "DCB Required" msgstr "DCB 필수" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "AUTO VLAN" msgstr "자동 VLAN" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "DCB capable" msgstr "DCB 기능" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" msgstr "드라이버" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" msgstr "플래그 FCoE" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "Flag iSCSI" msgstr "플래그 iSCSI" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Storage Only" msgstr "저장소만" -#. button labels -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:198 +#. button labels +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Retry &Detection" msgstr "검색 재시도(&D)" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "Change &Settings" msgstr "설정 변경(&H)" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Create &FCoE Interface" msgstr "FCoE 인터페이스 생성(&F)" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "&Remove Interface" msgstr "인터페이스 제거(&R)" -#. frame label - configuration settings of FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:222 +#. frame label - configuration settings of FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Configuration Settings" msgstr "구성 설정" -#. combo box label (debug setting yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:229 +#. combo box label (debug setting yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "&Debug" msgstr "디버그(&D)" -#. combo box label (use syslog yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:240 +#. combo box label (use syslog yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "&Use syslog" msgstr "syslog 사용(&U)" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -338,8 +340,8 @@ "<p><b><big>FCoE 클라이언트 구성 초기화</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려 주십시오...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -347,8 +349,8 @@ "<p><b><big>초기화 중단:</big></b><br>\n" "지금 <b>중단</b>을 눌러 구성 유틸리티를 안전하게 중단하십시오.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -356,8 +358,8 @@ "<p><b><big>FCoE 클라이언트 구성 저장</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려 주십시오.<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -369,8 +371,8 @@ "이 작업이 안전한지 여부를 알려 주는 추가 대화 상자가 나타납니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>FcoeClient Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure fcoe-client here.<br></p>\n" @@ -378,8 +380,8 @@ "<p><b><big>FCoE 클라이언트 구성</big></b><br>\n" "여기서 FCoE 클라이언트를 구성합니다.</br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a fcoe-client:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a fcoe-client from the list of detected fcoe-clients.\n" @@ -388,11 +390,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>fcoe 클라이언트 추가:</big></b><br>\n" "검색된 FCOE 클라이언트 목록에서 fcoe 클라이언트를 선택합니다.\n" -"fcoe 클라이언트가 검색되지 않은 경우 <b>기타(검색되지 않음)</b>를 사용하십시오.\n" +"fcoe 클라이언트가 검색되지 않은 경우 <b>기타(검색되지 않음)</b>를 사용하십시" +"오.\n" "그런 다음 <b>구성</b>을 누르십시오.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -402,157 +405,230 @@ "<b>편집</b>을 누르면 구성을 변경하기 위한 추가 대화 상자가\n" "열립니다.</p>\n" -#. Services dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 -msgid "<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b><big>서비스 시작</big><br></b><br>부팅 시 <b>fcoe</b> 및 <b>lldpad</b> 서비스 시작을 활성화하거나 비활성화합니다.</p>" +#. Services dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start " +"of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>서비스 시작</big><br></b><br>부팅 시 <b>fcoe</b> 및 <b>lldpad</b> " +"서비스 시작을 활성화하거나 비활성화합니다.</p>" -#. Services dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 -msgid "<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>fcoe</b> 서비스 시작은 FCoE 인터페이스를 제어하고 <i>lldpad</i> 데몬과의 연결을 설정하는 <i>FCoE(Fibre Channel over Ethernet)</i> 서비스 데몬 <i>fcoemon</i> 시작을 의미합니다.</p>" +#. Services dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over " +"Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE " +"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>fcoe</b> 서비스 시작은 FCoE 인터페이스를 제어하고 <i>lldpad</i> 데몬과" +"의 연결을 설정하는 <i>FCoE(Fibre Channel over Ethernet)</i> 서비스 데몬 " +"<i>fcoemon</i> 시작을 의미합니다.</p>" -#. Services dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 -msgid "<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i> agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>lldpad</b> 서비스는 <i>fcoemon</i>에 DCB(Data Center Bridging) 기능과 인터페이스 구성을 알리는 <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i> 에이전트 데몬 <i>lldpad</i>를 제공합니다.</p>" +#. Services dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</" +"i> agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data " +"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>lldpad</b> 서비스는 <i>fcoemon</i>에 DCB(Data Center Bridging) 기능과 " +"인터페이스 구성을 알리는 <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i> 에이전트 데몬 " +"<i>lldpad</i>를 제공합니다.</p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 +#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "<p><b><big>Network interface overview</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>네트워크 인터페이스 개요</big></b></p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 -msgid "<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>인터페이스 대화 상자는 VLAN 및 FCoE 구성 상태를 포함하여 검색된 모든 넷카드를 표시합니다.<br>FCoE는 스위치에 FCoE에 대한 VLAN 인터페이스가 구성되어 있는 경우에 가능합니다.<br>각 넷카드(네트워크 인터페이스)에 대해 <i>FCoE VLAN 인터페이스</i> 열에 표시됩니다.</p>" +#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of " +"VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is " +"configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), " +"this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>인터페이스 대화 상자는 VLAN 및 FCoE 구성 상태를 포함하여 검색된 모든 넷카" +"드를 표시합니다.<br>FCoE는 스위치에 FCoE에 대한 VLAN 인터페이스가 구성되어 있" +"는 경우에 가능합니다.<br>각 넷카드(네트워크 인터페이스)에 대해 <i>FCoE VLAN " +"인터페이스</i> 열에 표시됩니다.</p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 -msgid "<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up).</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>검색 재시도</b>를 사용하여 FCoE 서비스 확인을 재시도할 수 있습니다(작동하는 데 시간이 걸리는 인터페이스에 필요할 수 있음).</p>" +#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 +msgid "" +"<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry " +"Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>검색 재시도</b>를 사용하여 FCoE 서비스 확인을 재시도할 수 있습니다(작동" +"하는 데 시간이 걸리는 인터페이스에 필요할 수 있음).</p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 -msgid "<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>" -msgstr "<p><i>FCoE VLAN 인터페이스</i> 값 세부 사항:<br><b>사용 불가능</b>: FCoE(Fibre Channel over Ethernet)를 사용할 수 없습니다(먼저 스위치에서 활성화해야 함).<br><b>구성되지 않음</b>: FCoE가 가능하지만 아직 활성화되지 않았습니다.<br><b>FCoE VLAN 인터페이스 생성</b>을 눌러 활성화하십시오.<br>FCoE VLAN 인터페이스가 이미 생성된 경우 이름이 열에 표시됩니다(예: eth3.200).</p>" +#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 +msgid "" +"<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available</" +"b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the " +"switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet " +"activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the " +"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the " +"column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><i>FCoE VLAN 인터페이스</i> 값 세부 사항:<br><b>사용 불가능</b>: FCoE" +"(Fibre Channel over Ethernet)를 사용할 수 없습니다(먼저 스위치에서 활성화해" +"야 함).<br><b>구성되지 않음</b>: FCoE가 가능하지만 아직 활성화되지 않았습니" +"다.<br><b>FCoE VLAN 인터페이스 생성</b>을 눌러 활성화하십시오.<br>FCoE VLAN " +"인터페이스가 이미 생성된 경우 이름이 열에 표시됩니다(예: eth3.200).</p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 -msgid "<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change Settings</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>FCoE VLAN 인터페이스 구성을 변경하려면 <b>설정 변경</b>을 클릭하십시오.</p>" +#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 +msgid "" +"<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change " +"Settings</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>FCoE VLAN 인터페이스 구성을 변경하려면 <b>설정 변경</b>을 클릭하십시오.</" +"p>" -#. Configuration dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 +#. Configuration dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 msgid "<p><b><big>General Configuration of FCoE</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>FCoE 일반 구성</big></b></p>" -#. Configuration dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 -msgid "<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" -msgstr "<p>FCoE 시스템 서비스에 대한 일반 설정을 구성하십시오. 설정은 '/etc/fcoe/config'에 기록됩니다.</p>" +#. Configuration dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 +msgid "" +"<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings " +"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>FCoE 시스템 서비스에 대한 일반 설정을 구성하십시오. 설정은 '/etc/fcoe/" +"config'에 기록됩니다.</p>" -#. Configuration dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 +#. Configuration dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "<p>The values are:<br>\n" -"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>" +"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable " +"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>." +"<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the " +"system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>" msgstr "" "<p>값은 다음과 같습니다.<br>\n" -"<b>디버그</b>: <i>예</i> 또는 <i>아니요</i><br>fcoe 서비스 스크립트 및 <i>fcoemon</i>에서 디버깅 메시지를 활성화하거나 비활성화하는 데 사용됩니다.<br><b>syslog 사용</b>: <i>예</i> 또는 <i>아니요</i><br><i>예</i>로 설정된 경우 시스템 로그에 메시지가 전송됩니다(데이터가 /var/log/messages에 기록됨).</p>" +"<b>디버그</b>: <i>예</i> 또는 <i>아니요</i><br>fcoe 서비스 스크립트 및 " +"<i>fcoemon</i>에서 디버깅 메시지를 활성화하거나 비활성화하는 데 사용됩니다." +"<br><b>syslog 사용</b>: <i>예</i> 또는 <i>아니요</i><br><i>예</i>로 설정된 경" +"우 시스템 로그에 메시지가 전송됩니다(데이터가 /var/log/messages에 기록됨).</" +"p>" -#. edit dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 +#. edit dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 msgid "<p>Edit Settings in /etc/fcoe/ethx</p>" msgstr "<p>/etc/fcoe/ethx에서 설정 편집</p>" -#. Edit dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 -msgid "<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>" -msgstr "<p><i>fcoemon</i> 데몬은 초기화 시 이러한 구성 파일을 읽습니다.<br>각 인터페이스에 대한 파일이 있으며 값은 FCoE 인터페이스를 생성할지 여부 및 DCB가 필요한지 여부를 나타냅니다.</p>" +#. Edit dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 +msgid "" +"<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on " +"initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values " +"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><i>fcoemon</i> 데몬은 초기화 시 이러한 구성 파일을 읽습니다.<br>각 인터페" +"이스에 대한 파일이 있으며 값은 FCoE 인터페이스를 생성할지 여부 및 DCB가 필요" +"한지 여부를 나타냅니다.</p>" -#. Edit dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 -msgid "<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>" -msgstr "<p>값은 다음과 같습니다.<br><b>FCoE 활성화</b>: <i>예</i> 또는 <i>아니요</i><br>FCoE 인스턴스 생성을 활성화하거나 비활성화합니다.<br><b>DCB 필요</b>: <i>예</i> 또는 <i>아니요</i><br>기본값은 <i>예</i>이고, 일반적으로 DCB가 필요합니다.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>예</i> 또는 <i>아니요</i><br><i>예</i>로 설정된 경우 'fcoemon'은 VLAN 인터페이스를 자동으로 생성합니다.</p>" +#. Edit dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 +msgid "" +"<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable " +"or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</" +"i> or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required." +"<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> " +"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>값은 다음과 같습니다.<br><b>FCoE 활성화</b>: <i>예</i> 또는 <i>아니요</" +"i><br>FCoE 인스턴스 생성을 활성화하거나 비활성화합니다.<br><b>DCB 필요</b>: " +"<i>예</i> 또는 <i>아니요</i><br>기본값은 <i>예</i>이고, 일반적으로 DCB가 필요" +"합니다.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>예</i> 또는 <i>아니요</i><br><i>예</i>로 설정" +"된 경우 'fcoemon'은 VLAN 인터페이스를 자동으로 생성합니다.</p>" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:133 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:133 msgid "&Interfaces" msgstr "인터페이스(&I)" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:116 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:139 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:116 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:139 msgid "&Configuration" msgstr "구성(&N)" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:127 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:127 msgid "&Services" msgstr "서비스(&S)" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:184 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:184 msgid "Fibre Channel over Ethernet Configuration" msgstr "FCoE(Fibre Channel over Ethernet) 구성" -#. TODO: rename icon to yast-fcoe (yast2-theme package) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:209 +#. TODO: rename icon to yast-fcoe (yast2-theme package) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:209 msgid "Change FCoE Settings" msgstr "FCoE 설정 변경" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:315 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:315 msgid "FcoeClient Configuration" msgstr "FCoE 클라이언트 구성" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:317 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:317 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화 중..." -#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client -#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 -msgid "<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client +#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 +msgid "" +"<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be " +"installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>FCoE 구성을 계속하려면 <b>%1</b> 패키지를 설치해야 합니다.</p>" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>지금 설치하시겠습니까?</p>" -#. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 +#. start service lldpad first +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "'lldpad' 서비스를 시작할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "'fcoe' 서비스를 시작할 수 없습니다." -#. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 +#. first start lldpad +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "lldpad systemd 소켓을 시작할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." msgstr "lldpad 서비스를 시작할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "fcoemon systemd 소켓을 시작할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." msgstr "fcoe 서비스를 시작할 수 없습니다." -#. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 +#. warning if no valid configuration found +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -562,113 +638,113 @@ "설정을 편집하고 FCoE\n" "VLAN 인터페이스를 다시 생성하여 유효한 구성을 가져올 수 있습니다." -#. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#. FcoeClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "FCoE 클라이언트 구성 초기화" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "설치된 패키지 확인" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 msgid "Check services" msgstr "서비스 확인" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "네트워크 카드 감지" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "/etc/fcoe/config 읽기" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "설치된 패키지를 확인하는 중..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "서비스를 확인하는 중..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "네트워크 카드를 감지하는 중..." -#. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 +#. Progress step 4/4 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "/etc/fcoe/config 읽는 중" -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "서비스를 시작하지 못했습니다." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "장치를 감지할 수 없습니다." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "/etc/fcoe/config를 읽을 수 없습니다." -#. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#. FcoeClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "FCoE 클라이언트 구성 저장" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "설정 쓰기" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "FCoE 서비스 재시작" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "서비스 시작 조정" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "설정을 쓰는 중..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "FCoE 서비스 재시작 중..." -#. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 +#. Progress sstep 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "서비스 시작 조정 중..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "/etc/fcoe/config에 설정을 쓸 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." @@ -676,43 +752,43 @@ "FCoE 인터페이스에 대한 설정을 쓸 수 없습니다.\n" "자세한 내용은 /var/log/YaST2/y2log를 참조하십시오." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "FCoE 서비스를 시작하지 못했습니다." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "/etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg 파일을 쓸 수 없습니다." -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>" msgstr "<b>일반 FCoE 구성</b>" -#. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 +#. options from config file, not meant for translation +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>" msgstr "<b>인터페이스</b>" -#. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 +#. network card, e.g. eth0 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:" msgstr "<i>넷카드</i>:" -#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for -#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 +#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for +#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>" msgstr "<b>서비스 시작</b>" -#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 +#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled +#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 msgid "enabled" msgstr "활성화됨" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 msgid "disabled" msgstr "비활성화됨" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/firewall-services.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/firewall-services.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/firewall-services.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,246 +14,255 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:37 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:37 msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS" msgstr "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 -msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 +msgid "" +"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" msgstr "Service Discovery용 Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS(mDNS) 포트(DNS-SD)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45 msgid "cyrus-imapd Server" msgstr "cyrus-imapd 서버" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:48 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:48 msgid "Open ports for the cyrus-imapd Server." msgstr "cyrus-imapd 서버에 대한 포트를 엽니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:51 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:51 msgid "DHCPv4 Server" msgstr "DHCPv4 서버" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:54 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:54 msgid "Open ports for ISC DHCPv4 4.x server." msgstr "ISC DHCPv4 4.x 서버에 대한 포트를 엽니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:57 -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:63 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:57 +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:63 msgid "dnsmasq" msgstr "dnsmasq" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:60 -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:66 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:60 +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:66 msgid "Open ports for the dnsmasq DNS/DHCP server." msgstr "dnsmasq DNS/DHCP 서버에 대한 포트를 엽니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:69 msgid "mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" msgstr "HPLIP용 mDNS/Bonjour 지원" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72 msgid "Firewall Configuration file for mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" msgstr "HPLIP용 mDNS/Bonjour 지원을 위한 방화벽 구성 파일" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77 msgid "icecream daemon" msgstr "icecream 데몬" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:80 msgid "opens socket for the icecream compilation daemon" msgstr "icecream compilation 데몬 소켓 열기" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:83 msgid "icecream scheduler" msgstr "icecream 스캐줄러" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:86 msgid "Opens ports for the icecream scheduler" msgstr "Icecream 스캐줄러용 포트 열기" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:89 msgid "iSNS Daemon" msgstr "iSNS 데몬" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92 msgid "Open ports for iSNS daemon with broadcast allowed." msgstr "브로드캐스트가 허용되는 iSNS 데몬에 대한 포트를 엽니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95 msgid "Netbios Server" msgstr "Netbios 서버" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 msgid "Open ports for Samba Netbios server with broadcast allowed." msgstr "브로드캐스트가 허용되는 Samba Netbios 서버에 대한 포트를 엽니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103 msgid "NFS Client" msgstr "NFS 클라이언트" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 -msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server." -msgstr "NFS 클라이언트에 대한 방화벽 구성입니다. NFS 서버에 대한 연결을 허용하도록 NFS 클라이언트에 대한 포트를 엽니다." +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 +msgid "" +"Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow " +"connection to an NFS server." +msgstr "" +"NFS 클라이언트에 대한 방화벽 구성입니다. NFS 서버에 대한 연결을 허용하도록 " +"NFS 클라이언트에 대한 포트를 엽니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 msgid "NFS Server Service" msgstr "NFS 서버 서비스" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 -msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect." -msgstr "NFS 커널 서버에 대한 방화벽 구성입니다. 다른 호스트의 연결을 허용하도록 NFS에 대한 포트를 엽니다." +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 +msgid "" +"Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow " +"other hosts to connect." +msgstr "" +"NFS 커널 서버에 대한 방화벽 구성입니다. 다른 호스트의 연결을 허용하도록 NFS" +"에 대한 포트를 엽니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 msgid "xntp Server" msgstr "xntp 서버" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:122 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:122 msgid "Open ports for xntp." msgstr "xntp에 대한 포트를 엽니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:125 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:125 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "OpenLDAP 서버" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:128 msgid "Open ports for the OpenLDAP server (slapd)." msgstr "OpenLDAP 서버(slapd)에 대한 포트를 엽니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:131 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:131 msgid "OpenSLP Server (SLP)" msgstr "OpenSLP 서버(SLP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:134 msgid "Enable OpenSLP server to advertise services." msgstr "OpenSLP 서버가 서비스를 광고할 수 있게 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:137 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:137 msgid "Rsync server" msgstr "Rsync 서버" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 msgid "Opens port for rsync server in order to allow remote synchronization" msgstr "원격 동기화를 허용하기 위해 rsync 서버에 대한 포트를 엽니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 msgid "Samba Client" msgstr "Samba 클라이언트" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:148 msgid "Enable browsing of SMB shares." msgstr "SMB 공유 검색을 활성화합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:151 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:151 msgid "Samba Server" msgstr "Samba 서버" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:154 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:154 msgid "Open ports for Samba server." msgstr "Samba 서버에 대한 포트를 엽니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:157 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:157 msgid "SMTP with sendmail" msgstr "sendmail을 포함한 SMTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:160 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:160 msgid "Firewall configuration file for sendmail" msgstr "sendmail에 대한 방화벽 구성 파일" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:163 msgid "Secure Shell Server" msgstr "Secure Shell 서버" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:166 msgid "Open ports for the Secure Shell server." msgstr "Secure Shell 서버에 대한 포트를 엽니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:169 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:169 msgid "svnserve" msgstr "svnserve" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:172 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:172 msgid "Open ports for svnserve" msgstr "svnserve 포트 열기" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:175 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:175 msgid "VNC mini-HTTP server" msgstr "VNC mini-HTTP 서버" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178 msgid "Opens the VNC HTTP ports so that browsers can connect." msgstr "브라우저에서 연결할 수 있도록 VNC HTTP 포트를 엽니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181 msgid "VNC" msgstr "VNC" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 msgid "Open VNC server ports so that viewers can connect." msgstr "뷰어가 연결할 수 있도록 VNC 서버 포트를 엽니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 msgid "vsftpd Server" msgstr "vsftpd 서버" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:190 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:190 msgid "Open ports for vsftpd server." msgstr "vsftpd 서버에 대한 포트를 엽니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:193 msgid "NIS Client" msgstr "NIS 클라이언트" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196 msgid "The ypbind daemon binds NIS clients to an NIS domain." msgstr "ypbind 데몬은 NIS 클라이언트를 NIS 도메인에 바인딩합니다." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/firewall.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/firewall.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/firewall.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: firewall\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config -#. is installed -#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 +#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config +#. is installed +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n" msgstr "디스플레이가 'firewall-config' UI를 지원할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility." msgstr "Yast2 명령 줄 또는 'firewall-cmd' 유틸리티를 사용하십시오." -#. TRANSLATORS: message popup -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: message popup +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 msgid "" "Firewall configuration cannot be changed.\n" "The SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed." @@ -33,23 +33,23 @@ "방화벽 구성을 변경할 수 없습니다.\n" "SuSEfirewall2 패키지가 설치되어 있지 않습니다." -#. RichText label -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:233 +#. RichText label +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Firewall" msgstr "방화벽" -#. Menu label -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:235 +#. Menu label +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:235 msgid "&Firewall" msgstr "방화벽(&F)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:66 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:66 msgid "Another Firewall Active" msgstr "다른 방화벽 활성화" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup text -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup text +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:68 msgid "" "Another kind of firewall is active in your system.\n" "If you continue, SuSEfirewall2 may produce undefined errors.\n" @@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ " 제거하는 것이 좋습니다.\n" " 계속 구성하시겠습니까?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:108 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:108 msgid "Aborting Firewall Configuration" msgstr "방화벽 구성 중단" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:110 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:110 msgid "" "All changes would be lost.\n" "Really abort configuration?\n" @@ -77,137 +77,137 @@ "모든 변경 사항을 잃게 됩니다.\n" "구성을 중단하시겠습니까?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h1 -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:65 +#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h1 +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "&Enable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "방화벽 자동 시작 활성화(&E)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h2 -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h2 +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "&Disable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "방화벽 자동 시작 비활성화(&D)" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describind #h1, Do not use any shortcut -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:75 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describind #h1, Do not use any shortcut +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Enable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "방화벽 자동 시작 사용" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describing #h2, Do not use any shortcut -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:77 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describing #h2, Do not use any shortcut +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Disable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "방화벽 자동 시작 사용 안 함" -#. TRANSLATORS: status information -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: status information +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Firewall is running" msgstr "방화벽이 실행되고 있습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: status information -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: status information +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Firewall is not running" msgstr "방화벽이 실행되고 있지 않습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:93 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "&Start Firewall Now" msgstr "방화벽 지금 시작(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "S&top Firewall Now" msgstr "방화벽 지금 중지(&T)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:105 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart Firewall Now" msgstr "지금 설정 저장 및 방화벽 재시작(&V)" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Start Firewall Now" msgstr "방화벽 지금 시작" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgstr "방화벽 지금 중지" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:123 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Save Settings and Restart Firewall Now" msgstr "지금 설정 저장 및 방화벽 재시작" -#. TRANSLATORS: Part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:271 +#. TRANSLATORS: Part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "방화벽 설정" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:286 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:286 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:289 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "시작" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:302 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:305 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:151 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:302 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:305 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:151 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:153 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "인터페이스" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:316 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Allowed Services" msgstr "허용된 서비스" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:331 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Network Masquerading" msgstr "네트워크 마스커레이딩" -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:334 src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:210 +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:334 src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:210 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "머스커레이딩" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:351 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:354 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:351 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:354 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "브로드캐스트" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 msgid "Logging Level" msgstr "로깅 레벨" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. Example: -#. All requests from network 80.44.11.0/24 to UDP port 53 originating on port 53 -#. $[ "network" : "80.44.11.0/24", "protocol" : "udp", "dport" : "53", "sport" : "53" ] -#. -#. Possible keys for parameters are "network", "protocol", "dport" and "sport". -#. Mandatory are "network" and "protocol". -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:390 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:393 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:464 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. Example: +#. All requests from network 80.44.11.0/24 to UDP port 53 originating on port 53 +#. $[ "network" : "80.44.11.0/24", "protocol" : "udp", "dport" : "53", "sport" : "53" ] +#. +#. Possible keys for parameters are "network", "protocol", "dport" and "sport". +#. Mandatory are "network" and "protocol". +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:390 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:393 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:464 msgid "Custom Rules" msgstr "사용자 정의 규칙" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:438 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:438 msgid "Summary" msgstr "요약" -#. TRANSLATORS: Read dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:42 +#. TRANSLATORS: Read dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Reading Firewall Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...</p>" @@ -215,8 +215,8 @@ "<p><b><big>방화벽 구성 읽는 중</big></b>\n" "<br>잠시 기다려 주십시오...</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Firewall Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...</p>" @@ -224,8 +224,8 @@ "<p><b><big>방화벽 구성을 저장중</big></b>\n" "<br>기다려주십시오...</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Interfaces</big></b>\n" "<br>Here, assign your network devices into firewall zones\n" @@ -243,25 +243,27 @@ " 클릭하여 네트워크 장치를 방화벽 영역에 할당합니다.</p>\n" " \n" " <p><tt>any</tt>와 같은 특수 문자열을 입력하려면 \n" -" <b>사용자 정의</b>를 사용하십시오. 아직 구성하지 않은 인터페이스도 여기서 입력할 수 있습니다.\n" -" 마스커레이딩이 필요한 경우에는 <tt>any</tt> 문자열을 사용할 수 없습니다.</p>\n" +" <b>사용자 정의</b>를 사용하십시오. 아직 구성하지 않은 인터페이스도 여기서 입" +"력할 수 있습니다.\n" +" 마스커레이딩이 필요한 경우에는 <tt>any</tt> 문자열을 사용할 수 없습니다.</" +"p>\n" " \n" " <p>모든 네트워크 장치를 방화벽 영역에 할당해야 합니다.\n" " 할당되지 않은 인터페이스를 통한 네트워크 트래픽은 차단됩니다.</p>\n" -#. Network Manager -#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? -#. // TRANSLATORS: Optional help text for Firewall interfaces -#. // Used only when the network interfaces are handled by the Network Manager tool -#. // %1 is a string 'any' (by default) -#. // %2 is a zone name 'External Zone' (by default) -#. sformat(_("<p>You are currently using NetworkManager to control your -#. network interfaces. You should insert a string '%1' into the zone '%2' using -#. <b>Custom</b>. Otherwise your configuration might not work. -#. </p>"), SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_string, SuSEFirewall::GetZoneFullName(SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_zone)):"" -#. ), -#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:75 +#. Network Manager +#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? +#. // TRANSLATORS: Optional help text for Firewall interfaces +#. // Used only when the network interfaces are handled by the Network Manager tool +#. // %1 is a string 'any' (by default) +#. // %2 is a zone name 'External Zone' (by default) +#. sformat(_("<p>You are currently using NetworkManager to control your +#. network interfaces. You should insert a string '%1' into the zone '%2' using +#. <b>Custom</b>. Otherwise your configuration might not work. +#. </p>"), SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_string, SuSEFirewall::GetZoneFullName(SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_zone)):"" +#. ), +#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Allowed Services</big></b>\n" "<br>Specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n" @@ -269,10 +271,12 @@ "\n" "<p>To allow a service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the\n" "<b>Service to Allow</b> then press <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed " +"Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" "\n" "<p>By deselecting <b>Protect Firewall from Internal Zone</b>, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network " +"will\n" "be unprotected.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>허용된 서비스</big></b>\n" @@ -281,104 +285,136 @@ "\n" "<p>서비스를 허용하려면 <b>영역</b> 및\n" "<b>허용할 서비스</b>를 선택하고 <b>추가</b>를 누르십시오.\n" -"허용된 서비스를 제거하려면 <b>영역</b> 및 <b>허용된 서비스</b>를 선택하고 <b>삭제</b>를 누르십시오.</p>\n" +"허용된 서비스를 제거하려면 <b>영역</b> 및 <b>허용된 서비스</b>를 선택하고 <b>" +"삭제</b>를 누르십시오.</p>\n" "\n" "<p><b>내부 영역에서 방화벽 보호</b>를 선택 취소하여\n" "영역에서 보호를 제거합니다. 내부 네트워크의 모든 서비스 및 포트가\n" "보호되지 않습니다.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>Additional settings can be configured using <b>Advanced</b>.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC " +"ports and\n" "IP protocols.</p>\n" "<p>TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or " +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>고급</b>을 사용하면 추가로 설정을 구성할 수 있습니다.\n" -"항목은 공백으로 구분해야 합니다. 여기서는 TCP, UDP, RPC 포트 및 IP 프로토콜을\n" +"항목은 공백으로 구분해야 합니다. 여기서는 TCP, UDP, RPC 포트 및 IP 프로토콜" +"을\n" " 사용할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -" <p>TCP 및 UDP 포트는 포트 이름(<tt>ftp-data</tt>), 포트 번호(<tt>3128</tt>)\n" +" <p>TCP 및 UDP 포트는 포트 이름(<tt>ftp-data</tt>), 포트 번호(<tt>3128</" +"tt>)\n" " 및 포트 범위(<tt>8000:8520</tt>)로 입력할 수 있습니다.\n" -" RPC 포트는 서비스 이름(<tt>portmap</tt> 또는 <tt>nlockmgr</tt>)으로 입력해야 합니다.\n" +" RPC 포트는 서비스 이름(<tt>portmap</tt> 또는 <tt>nlockmgr</tt>)으로 입력해" +"야 합니다.\n" " IP 프로토콜은 프로토콜 이름(<tt>esp</tt>)으로 입력할 수 있습니다.\n" " </p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Masquerading</big></b>\n" -"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" +"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your " +"firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, " +"transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select <b>Masquerade Networks</b> to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>마스커레이딩</big></b>\n" -"<br>마스커레이딩이란 내부 네트워크를 방화벽 뒤에 숨긴 채 내부 네트워크가 인터넷과 같은\n" +"<br>마스커레이딩이란 내부 네트워크를 방화벽 뒤에 숨긴 채 내부 네트워크가 인터" +"넷과 같은\n" " 외부 네트워크에 투명하게 액세스할 수 있도록 지원하는 기능입니다. \n" " 외부 네트워크에서 내부 네트워크로의 요청은 차단됩니다.\n" -" 외부 네트워크에 대해 네트워크를 마스커레이드하려면 <b>네트워크 마스커레이드</b>를\n" +" 외부 네트워크에 대해 네트워크를 마스커레이드하려면 <b>네트워크 마스커레이드" +"</b>를\n" " 선택합니다.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 +#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form.</p>\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal " +"network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal " +"IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form." +"</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</" +"b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"외부 네트워크로부터의 요청이 내부 네트워크에 도달하지는 못하더라도, 방화벽의\n" +"외부 네트워크로부터의 요청이 내부 네트워크에 도달하지는 못하더라도, 방화벽" +"의\n" " 요청된 포트를 내부 IP 중 하나로 리디렉션할 수는 있습니다. \n" -"새 리디렉션 규칙을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 누르고 리디렉션 양식을 작성합니다.</p>\n" +"새 리디렉션 규칙을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 누르고 리디렉션 양식을 작성합니" +"다.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>리디렉션 규칙을 제거하려면 테이블에서 해당 규칙을 선택하고 <b>삭제</b>를 누릅니다.</p>\n" +"<p>리디렉션 규칙을 제거하려면 테이블에서 해당 규칙을 선택하고 <b>삭제</b>를 " +"누릅니다.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 +#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Broadcast Configuration</big></b>\n" -"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" +"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to " +"find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.</p>\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues " +"using broadcast packets.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" +"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add " +"needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated " +"ports for\n" "particular zones.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets</b>\n" +"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of " +"packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast " +"Packets</b>\n" "for the desired zones.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>브로드캐스트 구성</big></b>\n" "<br>브로드캐스트 패킷은 주변 컴퓨터를 찾거나 네트워크의 각 컴퓨터에\n" " 정보를 전송하기 위해 네트워크 전체로 전송되는 특수 UDP 패킷입니다.\n" -" 예를 들어 CUPS 서버는 브로드캐스트 패킷을 사용하여 인쇄 대기열에 대한 정보를 제공합니다.</p>\n" +" 예를 들어 CUPS 서버는 브로드캐스트 패킷을 사용하여 인쇄 대기열에 대한 정보" +"를 제공합니다.</p>\n" " \n" -" <p>허용된 인터페이스에서 선택한 SuSEfirewall2 서비스는 필요한 브로드캐스트 포트를 여기서 \n" -" 자동으로 추가합니다. 다른 항목을 추가하거나 제거하려면 공백으로 구분된, 특정 영역에 대한\n" +" <p>허용된 인터페이스에서 선택한 SuSEfirewall2 서비스는 필요한 브로드캐스트 " +"포트를 여기서 \n" +" 자동으로 추가합니다. 다른 항목을 추가하거나 제거하려면 공백으로 구분된, 특" +"정 영역에 대한\n" " 포트 목록을 편집할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" " \n" -" <p>다른 손실된 브로드캐스트 패킷은 로그에 기록됩니다. 규모가 큰 네트워크에는 상당히 많은 패킷이 존재할 수 있습니다.\n" -" 이러한 패킷의 로깅을 억제하려면 원하는 영역에 대해 <b>허용되지 않은 브로드캐스트 패킷 기록</b>을\n" +" <p>다른 손실된 브로드캐스트 패킷은 로그에 기록됩니다. 규모가 큰 네트워크에" +"는 상당히 많은 패킷이 존재할 수 있습니다.\n" +" 이러한 패킷의 로깅을 억제하려면 원하는 영역에 대해 <b>허용되지 않은 브로드캐" +"스트 패킷 기록</b>을\n" " 선택 취소합니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Broadcast Reply</big></b><br>\n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.</p>\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their " +"reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " +"browsing.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" +"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " +"firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also " +"choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>브로드캐스트 응답</big></b><br>\n" @@ -389,63 +425,81 @@ "버튼을 사용하여 새 규칙을 추가하십시오. 방화벽 영역을 선택하고 이미 정의된\n" "일부 서비스를 선택하거나 완전히 수동으로 규칙을 설정해야 합니다.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IPsec Support</big></b>\n" -"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" +"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks " +"through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "<b>Enabled</b>.</p>\n" "\n" "<p><b>Details</b> configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.</p>\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the " +"internal zone.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>IPsec 지원</big></b>\n" -"<br>IPsec은 트러스트된 호스트 또는 인터넷과 같이 트러스트되지 않은 네트워크를 통한 네트워크 간에 이루어지는\n" +"<br>IPsec은 트러스트된 호스트 또는 인터넷과 같이 트러스트되지 않은 네트워크" +"를 통한 네트워크 간에 이루어지는\n" " 암호화된 통신입니다. 이 대화 상자에서 <b>활성화</b>를 사용하면 외부 영역에\n" " 대한 IPsec이 열립니다.</p>\n" " \n" " <p><b>세부 사항</b>에서는 성공적으로 암호 해독된 IPsec 패킷의 처리\n" -" 방법을 구성합니다. 예를 들어 이러한 패킷을 내부 영역에서 온 것처럼 처리할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" +" 방법을 구성합니다. 예를 들어 이러한 패킷을 내부 영역에서 온 것처럼 처리할 " +"수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Logging Level</big></b>\n" -"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.</p>\n" +"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. " +"Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not " +"logged at all.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and <b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> for logging every\n" -"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do Not Log Any</b>\n" +"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and " +"<b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> " +"for logging every\n" +"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do " +"Not Log Any</b>\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>로깅 레벨</big></b>\n" "<br>이것은 IP 패킷 로깅 설정을 위한 기본 구성 대화 상자입니다. 여기서는\n" -" 들어오는 연결 패킷에 대한 로깅을 구성할 수 있습니다. 나가는 연결 패킷은 기록되지 않습니다.</p>\n" +" 들어오는 연결 패킷에 대한 로깅을 구성할 수 있습니다. 나가는 연결 패킷은 기록" +"되지 않습니다.</p>\n" " \n" -" <p>기록된 IP 패킷에는 두 그룹이 있습니다. <b>허용된 패킷</b>과 <b>허용되지 않은 패킷</b>이 그것입니다.\n" -" 각 그룹에 대해 세 가지 로깅 레벨 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다. 모든 패킷을 기록하려면 <b>모두 기록</b>을,\n" -" 관심이 있는 내용만 기록하려면 <b>중요한 내용만 기록</b>을, 기록하지 않으려면 <b>기록하지 않음</b>을\n" +" <p>기록된 IP 패킷에는 두 그룹이 있습니다. <b>허용된 패킷</b>과 <b>허용되지 " +"않은 패킷</b>이 그것입니다.\n" +" 각 그룹에 대해 세 가지 로깅 레벨 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다. 모든 패킷을 기록" +"하려면 <b>모두 기록</b>을,\n" +" 관심이 있는 내용만 기록하려면 <b>중요한 내용만 기록</b>을, 기록하지 않으려" +"면 <b>기록하지 않음</b>을\n" " 선택합니다. 최소한 중요하게 허용된 패킷은 기록해야 합니다.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Summary</big></b>\n" "<br>Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each " +"firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.</p>\n" "\n" "<p><b>Firewall Starting</b> shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "<b>boot process</b> or only <b>manually</b>.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:</p>\n" +"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the " +"following items in the summary:</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration " +"name and device name.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed " +"network services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC " +"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>요약</big></b>\n" @@ -456,16 +510,20 @@ " <p><b>방화벽 시작</b>은 방화벽이 <b>부팅 과정</b> 중에 시작되는지 또는\n" " <b>수동</b>으로만 시작되는지를 보여줍니다.</p>\n" " \n" -" <p>방화벽 영역에 네트워크 인터페이스가 할당되어 있어야 요약에 다음 항목이 열거됩니다.</p>\n" +" <p>방화벽 영역에 네트워크 인터페이스가 할당되어 있어야 요약에 다음 항목이 열" +"거됩니다.</p>\n" " \n" -" <p><b>인터페이스</b>: 모든 인터페이스는 해당 구성 이름 및 장치 이름을 사용하여 열거됩니다.</p>\n" +" <p><b>인터페이스</b>: 모든 인터페이스는 해당 구성 이름 및 장치 이름을 사용하" +"여 열거됩니다.</p>\n" " \n" -" <p><b>기타 서비스, 포트 및 프로토콜</b>: 여기에는 모든 허용된 네트워크 서비스,\n" -" TCP(Transmission Control Protocol), UDP(User Datagram Protocol), RPC(Remote Procedure Call)\n" +" <p><b>기타 서비스, 포트 및 프로토콜</b>: 여기에는 모든 허용된 네트워크 서비" +"스,\n" +" TCP(Transmission Control Protocol), UDP(User Datagram Protocol), RPC(Remote " +"Procedure Call)\n" " 포트 및 IP(Internet Protocol) 프로토콜이 열거됩니다.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p>Here, enter additional\n" "ports or protocols to enable in the firewall zone.</p>" @@ -473,30 +531,32 @@ "<p>방화벽 영역에서\n" "활성화할 추가 포트나 프로토콜을 입력하십시오.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "<p><b>TCP Ports</b> and <b>UDP Ports</b> can be entered as\n" "a list of port numbers, port names, or port ranges separated by spaces,\n" "such as <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt>, or <tt>137:139</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>TCP 포트</b> 및 <b>UDP 포트</b>는 공백으로 구분된 포트 번호, 포트 이름 또는 포트 범위 목록으로 입력할 수 있습니다(예: \n" +"<p><b>TCP 포트</b> 및 <b>UDP 포트</b>는 공백으로 구분된 포트 번호, 포트 이름 " +"또는 포트 범위 목록으로 입력할 수 있습니다(예: \n" "<tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt> 또는 <tt>137:139</tt>).</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<p><b>RPC Ports</b> is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces.</p>" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." +"</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>RPC 포트</b>는 공백으로 구분된 RPC 서비스 목록(예: \n" "<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> 또는 <tt>portmap</tt>)입니다.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "<p><b>IP Protocols</b> is a list of protocols, such as\n" "<tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt>, or <tt>chaos</tt>, separated by spaces.\n" @@ -508,11 +568,12 @@ "Http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers에서\n" "현재 프로토콜 목록을 찾아보십시오.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" +"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that " +"represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>.</p>" @@ -522,8 +583,8 @@ "첫 번째 포트 번호는 두 번째 포트 번호보다 작아야 합니다.\n" "예를 들어 <tt>200:215</tt>입니다.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 6/6 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:213 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 6/6 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Port Name</b> is a name assigned to a port number by the IANA\n" "organization. One port number can have multiple port names assigned. Find\n" @@ -533,17 +594,18 @@ "이름입니다. 하나의 포트 번호에 여러 포트 이름이 할당될 수 있습니다.\n" "<tt>/etc/services</tt> 파일에서 현재 사용 중인 할당을 찾으십시오.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " +"attacks.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>방화벽</big></b><br />\n" "방화벽은 네트워크 공격으로부터 컴퓨터를 보호하는 방어 메커니즘입니다.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Custom Rules</big></b><br>\n" "Set special firewall rules that allow new connections\n" @@ -553,9 +615,9 @@ "이러한 규칙과 일치하는 새 연결을 허용하는\n" "특수 방화벽 규칙을 설정합니다.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "<p><b>Source Network</b><br>\n" "Network or IP address where the connection comes from,\n" @@ -567,9 +629,9 @@ "<tt>192.168.0.1</tt> 또는 <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" "또는 <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> 또는 <tt>0/0</tt>(<tt>all</tt>에 해당).</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263 msgid "" "<p><b>Protocol</b><br>\n" "Protocol used by that packet. Special protocol <tt>RPC</tt> is used for\n" @@ -579,9 +641,9 @@ "패킷으로 사용되는 프로토콜입니다. 특수 프로토콜 <tt>RPC</tt>는 \n" "RPC 서비스에 사용됩니다.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269 msgid "" "<p><b>Destination Port</b><br>\n" "Port name, port number or range of ports that are allowed to be\n" @@ -595,9 +657,9 @@ "<tt>RPC</tt> 프로토콜의 경우 RPC 서비스 이름을 사용합니다.\n" "이 항목은 선택 사항입니다.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "<p><b>Source Port</b><br>\n" "Port name, port number or range of ports where the packet\n" @@ -607,646 +669,651 @@ "패킷이 시작되는 포트 이름, 포트 번호 또는 포트 범위입니다.\n" "이 항목은 선택 사항입니다.</p>" -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289 msgid "FIXME: Help for '%1' is missing!" msgstr "FIXME: '%1' 도움말이 없습니다!" -#. TRANSLATORS: Frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: Frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:87 msgid "Firewall Interfaces" msgstr "방화벽 인터페이스" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:95 msgid "Device" msgstr "장치" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:97 msgid "Interface or String" msgstr "인터페이스 또는 문자열" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:99 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:99 msgid "Configured In" msgstr "구성됨" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:108 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:108 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "변경(&C)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:114 msgid "C&ustom..." msgstr "사용자 정의(&U)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:128 msgid "Zone for Network Interface" msgstr "네트워크 인터페이스에 대한 영역" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:140 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Interface Zone" msgstr "인터페이스 영역(&I)" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:182 msgid "Additional Interface Settings for Zones" msgstr "영역에 대한 추가 인터페이스 설정" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:224 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:224 msgid "&Masquerade Networks" msgstr "네트워크 마스커레이드(&M)" -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:267 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:267 msgid "All&owed Services for Selected Zone" msgstr "선택한 영역에 서비스 허용(&O)" -#. items handled by replacepoint -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:865 +#. items handled by replacepoint +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:865 msgid "&Service to Allow" msgstr "허용할 서비스(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:288 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:288 msgid "Allowed Service" msgstr "허용된 서비스" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:290 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:290 msgid "Description" msgstr "설명" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:300 msgid "&Protect Firewall from Internal Zone" msgstr "내부 영역에서 방화벽 보호(&P)" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:322 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:322 msgid "A&dvanced..." msgstr "고급(&D)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:339 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:339 msgid "Expert Rules Services for Selected Zone" msgstr "선택한 영역에 대한 고급 규칙 서비스" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 msgid "Source Network" msgstr "소스 네트워크" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "프로토콜" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:353 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1058 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:353 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1058 msgid "Destination Port" msgstr "대상 포트" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:355 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1059 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Source Port" msgstr "원본 포트" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:386 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:386 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports" msgstr "추가로 허용된 포트" -#. TRANSLATORS: label, %1 is a zone name like "External Zone" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:392 +#. TRANSLATORS: label, %1 is a zone name like "External Zone" +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:392 msgid "Settings for Zone: %1" msgstr "영역에 대한 설정: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:395 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:395 msgid "&TCP Ports" msgstr "TCP 포트(&T)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:397 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:397 msgid "&UDP Ports" msgstr "UDP 포트(&U)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:399 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:399 msgid "&RPC Ports" msgstr "RPC 포트(&R)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:404 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:404 msgid "&IP Protocols" msgstr "IP 프로토콜(&I)" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:503 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:503 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP" msgstr "마스커레이드된 IP로 리디렉션 요청" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 msgid "Req. IP" msgstr "필수 IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 msgid "Req. Port" msgstr "필수 포트" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 msgid "Redir. to IP" msgstr "IP로 리디렉션" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 msgid "Redir. to Port" msgstr "포트로 리디렉션" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:546 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:546 msgid "Add Masqueraded Redirect Rule" msgstr "마스커레이드된 리디렉션 규칙 추가" -#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:550 +#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:550 msgid "Redirect Matching Rule:" msgstr "리디렉션 일치 규칙:" -#. TRANSLATORS: editable select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:557 +#. TRANSLATORS: editable select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:557 msgid "&Source Network" msgstr "소스 네트워크(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564 msgid "Re&quested IP (Optional)" msgstr "요청된 IP(선택 사항)(&Q)" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1980 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1980 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "프로토콜(&P)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:580 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:580 msgid "R&equested Port" msgstr "요청된 포트(&E)" -#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:586 +#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:586 msgid "Redirection:" msgstr "리디렉션:" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:592 msgid "Re&direct to Masqueraded IP" msgstr "마스커레이드된 IP로 리디렉션(&D)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599 msgid "&Redirect to Port (Optional)" msgstr "포트로 리디렉션(선택 사항)(&R)" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:831 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:831 msgid "Log All" msgstr "모두 기록" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:833 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:833 msgid "Log Only Critical" msgstr "중요한 내용만 기록" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:835 msgid "Do Not Log Any" msgstr "기록하지 않음" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:846 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:846 msgid "&Logging Accepted Packets" msgstr "허용된 패킷 로깅(&L)" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:854 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:854 msgid "L&ogging Not Accepted Packets" msgstr "허용되지 않은 패킷 로깅(&O)" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term BroadcastConfigurationExpert () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Broadcast Configuration"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `RadioButtonGroup (`id("broadcast_configuration"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left ( `RadioButton (`id("drop_incoming"), _("Drop Incoming Broadcast")) ), -#. `Left( `RadioButton (`id("allow_incoming"), _("Allow Incoming Broadcast")) ) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight( 4, -#. `Empty() -#. ), -#. `HWeight( 50, -#. `MultiSelectionBox (`id("accept_broadcast_packets"), -#. _("Firewall Zones Allowing Broadcast Packets"), -#. GetZonesListedItems() -#. ) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `Left ( -#. `CheckBox (`id("dropped_packets"), _("Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets")) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:899 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term BroadcastConfigurationExpert () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Broadcast Configuration"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `RadioButtonGroup (`id("broadcast_configuration"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left ( `RadioButton (`id("drop_incoming"), _("Drop Incoming Broadcast")) ), +#. `Left( `RadioButton (`id("allow_incoming"), _("Allow Incoming Broadcast")) ) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight( 4, +#. `Empty() +#. ), +#. `HWeight( 50, +#. `MultiSelectionBox (`id("accept_broadcast_packets"), +#. _("Firewall Zones Allowing Broadcast Packets"), +#. GetZonesListedItems() +#. ) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `Left ( +#. `CheckBox (`id("dropped_packets"), _("Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets")) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:899 msgid "Broadcast Configuration" msgstr "브로드캐스트 구성" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:908 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:908 msgid "Accepting the Broadcast Reply" msgstr "브로드캐스트 응답 수신 중" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 msgid "Zone" msgstr "영역" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 msgid "Service" msgstr "서비스" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 msgid "Accepted from Network" msgstr "네트워크에서 수신됨" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:916 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:916 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "추가(&A)..." -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:917 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:917 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "삭제(&D)" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term HierarchicalTokenBucket () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Hierarchical Token Bucket"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left ( `Label (_("Adjust upstream limit for selected interface")) ), -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight ( 3, -#. `ComboBox (`id("htb_interface"), _("Interface"), [ -#. // FIXME: fake items -#. `item(`id(1), "RTL-8139 / eth-aa-bb-cc-dd-ee"), -#. `item(`id(1), "Askey 815C / modem0") -#. ]) -#. ), -#. `HWeight ( 1, -#. `InputField (`id("htb_unit"), `opt(`hsquash), _("kbit/sec.")) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term AdvancedSecuritySettings () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Advanced Security Settings"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left( `ComboBox (`id("disallowed_packets"), _("Disallowed Packets"), [ -#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Drop")), -#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Reject")) -#. ])), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("block_new_connections"), _("Block New Connections from This Host")) ), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_ping"), _("Allow to Ping This Host")) ), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_traceroute"), _("Allow Traceroute through This Host")) ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:971 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term HierarchicalTokenBucket () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Hierarchical Token Bucket"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left ( `Label (_("Adjust upstream limit for selected interface")) ), +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight ( 3, +#. `ComboBox (`id("htb_interface"), _("Interface"), [ +#. // FIXME: fake items +#. `item(`id(1), "RTL-8139 / eth-aa-bb-cc-dd-ee"), +#. `item(`id(1), "Askey 815C / modem0") +#. ]) +#. ), +#. `HWeight ( 1, +#. `InputField (`id("htb_unit"), `opt(`hsquash), _("kbit/sec.")) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term AdvancedSecuritySettings () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Advanced Security Settings"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left( `ComboBox (`id("disallowed_packets"), _("Disallowed Packets"), [ +#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Drop")), +#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Reject")) +#. ])), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("block_new_connections"), _("Block New Connections from This Host")) ), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_ping"), _("Allow to Ping This Host")) ), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_traceroute"), _("Allow Traceroute through This Host")) ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:971 msgid "IPsec Support" msgstr "IPsec 지원" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:974 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:974 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "활성화(&E)" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:977 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:977 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "세부 사항(&D)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item, trust IPsec packet the same as the origin of the packet -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:990 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item, trust IPsec packet the same as the origin of the packet +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:990 msgid "Same Zone as Original Source Network" msgstr "원래 소스 네트워크와 같은 영역" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:996 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:996 msgid "IPsec Zone" msgstr "IPsec 영역" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1003 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1003 msgid "&Trust IPsec As" msgstr "IPsec 트러스트(&T)" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term IPv6Support () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("IPv6 Support"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Label ("H I C S U N T L E O N E S") -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1041 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term IPv6Support () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("IPv6 Support"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Label ("H I C S U N T L E O N E S") +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Custom Allowed Rules" msgstr "사용자 정의 허용 규칙" -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1048 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1048 msgid "Firewall &Zone" msgstr "방화벽 영역(&Z)" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1060 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1060 msgid "Options" msgstr "옵션" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1082 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1082 msgid "Add New Allowing Rule" msgstr "새 허용 규칙 추가" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1087 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1087 msgid "Source &Network" msgstr "원본 네트워크(&N)" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1106 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1106 msgid "&Destination Port (Optional)" msgstr "대상 포트(선택 사항)(&D)" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1111 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1111 msgid "&Source Port (Optional)" msgstr "원본 포트(선택 사항)(&S)" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1116 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1116 msgid "Additional &Options (Optional)" msgstr "추가 옵션(선택사항)(&O)" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative label in dialog -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1144 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative label in dialog +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1144 msgid "Creating summary..." msgstr "요약 작성 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: check box in summary dialog -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1147 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box in summary dialog +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1147 msgid "&Show Details" msgstr "상세 보기(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:53 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:53 msgid "TCP Ports" msgstr "TCP 포트" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:55 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:55 msgid "UDP Ports" msgstr "UDP 포트" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:57 msgid "RPC Services" msgstr "RPC 서비스" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:59 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:59 msgid "IP Protocols" msgstr "IP 프로토콜" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:61 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:61 msgid "Broadcast Ports" msgstr "브로드캐스트 포트" -#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? -#. // TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed -#. _("All network interfaces handled by NetworkManager and all other unassigned interfaces will be assigned to this zone.") -#. : -#. TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:107 +#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? +#. // TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed +#. _("All network interfaces handled by NetworkManager and all other unassigned interfaces will be assigned to this zone.") +#. : +#. TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:107 msgid "Any unassigned interface will be assigned to this zone." msgstr "할당되지 않은 인터페이스는 모두 이 영역에 할당됩니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:114 msgid "Currently supported only in external zone." msgstr "현재 외부 영역에서만 지원됩니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:121 msgid "Unknown network interface." msgstr "알 수 없는 네트워크 인터페이스입니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:198 msgid "No interfaces assigned to this zone." msgstr "이 영역에는 인터페이스가 할당되지 않았습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine summary header -#. TRANSLATORS: UI summary header -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:349 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:351 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine summary header +#. TRANSLATORS: UI summary header +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:349 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:351 msgid "Open Services, Ports, and Protocols" msgstr "기타 서비스, 포트 및 프로토콜" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:362 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:362 msgid "Internal zone is unprotected. All ports are open." msgstr "내부 영역이 보호되지 않습니다. 모든 포트가 열려 있습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:431 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:431 msgid "Zone has no open ports." msgstr "영역에 열린 포트가 없습니다." -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:473 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:473 msgid "%1 custom rules are defined" msgstr "%1 사용자 정의 규칙이 정의됨" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 -msgid "Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>" -msgstr "네트워크: <i>%1</i>, 프로토콜: <i>%2</i>, 대상 포트: <i>%3</i>, 원본 포트: <i>%4</i>, 옵션: <i>%5</i>" +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 +msgid "" +"Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source " +"port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>" +msgstr "" +"네트워크: <i>%1</i>, 프로토콜: <i>%2</i>, 대상 포트: <i>%3</i>, 원본 포트: " +"<i>%4</i>, 옵션: <i>%5</i>" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 msgid "All" msgstr "모두" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:507 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:507 msgid "None" msgstr "없음" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine Summary header -#. TRANSLATORS: UI Summary header -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:547 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:549 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine Summary header +#. TRANSLATORS: UI Summary header +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:547 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:549 msgid "Firewall Starting" msgstr "방화벽 시작" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:563 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:563 msgid "<b>Enable</b> firewall automatic starting" msgstr "방화벽 자동 시작 <b>활성화</b>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:575 msgid "<b>Disable</b> firewall automatic starting" msgstr "방화벽 자동 시작 <b>비활성화</b>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:592 msgid "Firewall starts after the configuration has been written" msgstr "구성이 작성된 후 방화벽이 시작됨" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:605 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:605 msgid "Firewall <b>starts</b> after the configuration has been written" msgstr "구성이 작성된 후 방화벽이 <b>시작됨</b>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 -msgid "Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written" +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 +msgid "" +"Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written" msgstr "구성이 작성된 후 방화벽이 <b>중지됨</b>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:637 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:637 msgid "Firewall will not start after the configuration has been written" msgstr "구성이 작성된 후 방화벽이 시작되지 않음" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:659 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:661 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:659 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:661 msgid "Unassigned Interfaces" msgstr "할당되지 않은 인터페이스" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning plain text in summary -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:690 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning plain text in summary +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:690 msgid "No network traffic is permitted through these interfaces." msgstr "이 인터페이스를 통한 네트워크 트래픽은 허용되지 않습니다." -#. Function starts Firewall services and sets firewall -#. to be started after exiting YaST -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:136 +#. Function starts Firewall services and sets firewall +#. to be started after exiting YaST +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:136 msgid "Starting firewall..." msgstr "방화벽 시작 중..." -#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall -#. to be stopped after exiting YaST -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:147 +#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall +#. to be stopped after exiting YaST +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:147 msgid "Stopping firewall..." msgstr "방화벽 중지 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:184 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:184 msgid "No zone assigned" msgstr "할당된 영역 없음" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:224 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:224 msgid "Custom string" msgstr "사용자 정의 문자열" -#. interface could be unassigned -#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:288 +#. interface could be unassigned +#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:288 msgid "No Zone Assigned" msgstr "할당된 영역 없음" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:487 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:487 msgid "Port number %1 is invalid." msgstr "%1 포트 번호가 올바르지 않습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number, -#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was found -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:492 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number, +#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was found +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:492 msgid "Port number %1 in definition %2 is invalid." msgstr "%2 정의의 %1 포트 번호가 올바르지 않습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:500 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:500 msgid "Invalid Port Definition" msgstr "잘못된 포트 정의" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number -#. that is possible to use in port-range -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number +#. that is possible to use in port-range +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506 msgid "The port number must be in the interval from 1 to %1 (inclusive)." msgstr "포트 번호는 1 - %1 사이에 있어야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584 msgid "Invalid Port Range Definition" msgstr "잘못된 포트 범위 정의" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:587 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:587 msgid "" "Port range %1 is invalid.\n" "It must be defined as the min_port_number:max_port_number and\n" @@ -1256,13 +1323,13 @@ "범위는 min_port_number:max_port_number 형식으로 정의해야 하며\n" " max_port_number가 min_port_number보다 커야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:604 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:604 msgid "Unknown Port Name" msgstr "알 수 없는 포트 이름입니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:607 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:607 msgid "" "Port name %1 is unknown in your current system.\n" "It probably would not work.\n" @@ -1272,13 +1339,13 @@ "작동되지 않을 수도 있습니다.\n" " 이 포트를 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:636 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:636 msgid "Invalid Additional Service Definition" msgstr "잘못된 추가 서비스 정의" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long) -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:639 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long) +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:639 msgid "" "It appears that the additional service settings\n" "%1\n" @@ -1292,27 +1359,30 @@ "항목을 구분해야 합니다.\n" "현재 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?" -#. : -#. `Left(`Label("FIXME: missing functionality for expert configuration")) -#. ) -#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? -#. TRANSLATORS: informative label -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 -msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." -msgstr "마스커레이딩을 설정하려면 적어도 하나의 외부 인터페이스 및 하나의 다른 인터페이스가 필요합니다." +#. : +#. `Left(`Label("FIXME: missing functionality for expert configuration")) +#. ) +#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? +#. TRANSLATORS: informative label +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 +msgid "" +"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +msgstr "" +"마스커레이딩을 설정하려면 적어도 하나의 외부 인터페이스 및 하나의 다른 인터페" +"이스가 필요합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 msgid "This entry must be completed." msgstr "이 항목은 완료해야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1080 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1080 msgid "Wrong port definition." msgstr "포트 정의가 잘못되었습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1107 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1107 msgid "" "Wrong port definition.\n" "No port number found for this port name.\n" @@ -1322,18 +1392,18 @@ "이 포트 이름에는 포트 번호가 없습니다.\n" " 포트 이름 대신 포트 번호를 사용하십시오.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1136 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1136 msgid "Invalid IP definition." msgstr "IP 정의가 잘못되었습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1463 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1463 msgid "&Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets" msgstr "허용되지 않은 브로드캐스트 패킷 기록(&L)" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524 msgid "" "Firewall automatic starting has been disabled\n" "but firewall is currently running.\n" @@ -1345,655 +1415,655 @@ "\n" "새 구성이 작성된 후 방화벽을 중지하시겠습니까?\n" -#. network is mandatory -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1910 +#. network is mandatory +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1910 msgid "Invalid network definition '%1'" msgstr "네트워크 정의 '%1'이(가) 잘못되었습니다." -#. destination port is optional -#. source port is optional -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1721 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1752 +#. destination port is optional +#. source port is optional +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1721 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1752 msgid "Invalid port range '%1'" msgstr "포트 범위 '%1'이(가) 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1733 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1764 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1924 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1733 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1764 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1924 msgid "Invalid port name or number '%1'" msgstr "포트 이름 또는 번호 '%1'이(가) 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1827 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1827 msgid "All services using UDP" msgstr "모든 서비스가 UDP를 사용" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1829 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1829 msgid "All services using TCP" msgstr "모든 서비스가 TCP를 사용" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1831 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1831 msgid "Samba browsing" msgstr "Samba 찾아보기" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1833 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1833 msgid "SLP browsing" msgstr "SLP 찾아보기" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1845 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1845 msgid "All networks" msgstr "모든 네트워크" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1847 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1847 msgid "Subnet: %1" msgstr "서브넷: %1" -#. hard-coded default -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1952 +#. hard-coded default +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1952 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "영역(&Z)" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1956 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1956 msgid "&Network" msgstr "네트워크(&N)" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1963 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1963 msgid "&Service" msgstr "서비스(&S)" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1969 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1969 msgid "User-defined service" msgstr "사용자 정의 서비스" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1994 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1994 msgid "Po&rt" msgstr "포트(&R)" -#. redraw table -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2089 +#. redraw table +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2089 msgid "Select an item to delete." msgstr "삭제할 항목을 선택하십시오." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 msgid "Firewall configuration" msgstr "방화벽 설정" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "시작 설정" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 msgid "Known firewall zones" msgstr "알려진 방화벽 영역" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 msgid "Network interfaces configuration" msgstr "네트워크 인터페이스 구성" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols" msgstr "허용된 서비스, 포트 및 프로토콜" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 msgid "Broadcast packet settings" msgstr "브로드캐스트 패킷 설정" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 msgid "Masquerading settings" msgstr "마스커레이딩 설정" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP" msgstr "마스커레이드된 IP로 리디렉션 요청" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "로깅 설정" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 msgid "Firewall configuration summary" msgstr "방화벽 구성 요약" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 msgid "Enables firewall" msgstr "방화벽 활성화" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 msgid "Disables firewall" msgstr "방화벽 비활성화" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "현재 설정 표시" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 msgid "Start firewall in the boot process" msgstr "부팅 과정 중에 방화벽 시작" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 msgid "Start firewall manually" msgstr "수동으로 방화벽 시작" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "구성된 항목을 나열합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 msgid "Zone short name" msgstr "짧은 영역 이름" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "새 레코드 추가" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "레코드 제거" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 msgid "Network interface configuration name" msgstr "네트워크 인터페이스 구성 이름" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "허용된 패킷 로깅(모두|중요|없음)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "허용되지 않은 패킷 로깅(모두|중요|없음)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)" msgstr "브로드캐스트 패킷(예|아니요)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 msgid "Set value" msgstr "값 설정" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "포트 이름 또는 번호; 다중 포트 쉼표로 구분" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" msgstr "알려진 방화벽 서비스; 다중 서비스 쉼표로 구분" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "TCP 포트 이름 또는 번호; 다중 포트 쉼표로 구분" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "UDP 포트 이름 또는 번호; 다중 포트 쉼표로 구분" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "RPC 포트 이름; 다중 포트 쉼표로 구분" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" msgstr "IP 프로토콜 이름; 다중 프로토콜 쉼표로 구분" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)" msgstr "영역 보호 설정(예|아니요)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 msgid "Detailed information" msgstr "세부 정보" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "옵션 활성화" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "옵션 비활성화" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" msgstr "소스 네트워크(예: 0/0 또는 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)" msgstr "프로토콜(tcp|udp)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" msgstr "요청된 외부 IP(선택 사항)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 msgid "Requested port name or number" msgstr "요청된 포트 이름 또는 번호" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 msgid "Redirect to internal IP" msgstr "내부 IP로 리디렉션" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)" msgstr "IP의 포트로 리디렉션(선택 사항)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 msgid "Record number" msgstr "레코드 번호" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers" msgstr "포트 번호 대신 포트 이름 사용" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 msgid "Unknown zone %1." msgstr "%1은(는) 알 수 없는 영역입니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 msgid "Parameter %1 must be set." msgstr "%1 매개변수를 설정해야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:" msgstr "알려진 방화벽 영역 목록:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 msgid "Shortcut" msgstr "바로 가기" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "영역 이름" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "요약:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "하나의 매개변수만 사용할 수 있습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "시작:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..." msgstr "부팅 과정 중에 방화벽 활성화 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..." msgstr "부팅 과정에서 방화벽 제거 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" msgstr "부팅 과정 중에 방화벽을 활성화합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" msgstr "방화벽을 수동으로 시작해야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:" msgstr "방화벽 영역의 네트워크 인터페이스:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 msgid "Special firewall string" msgstr "특수 방화벽 문자열" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 msgid "Interface" msgstr "인터페이스" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "장치 이름" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "특수 문자열 %1을(를) %2 영역에 추가 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "인터페이스 %1을(를) %2 영역에 추가 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "특수 문자열 %1을(를) %2 영역에서 제거 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "인터페이스 %1을(를) %2 영역에서 제거 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 msgid "Log all" msgstr "모두 기록" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 msgid "Log only critical" msgstr "중요한 내용만 기록" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 msgid "Do not log any" msgstr "기록하지 않음" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 msgid "Global Logging Settings:" msgstr "전역 로깅 설정:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 msgid "Rule Type" msgstr "규칙 유형" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 msgid "Value" msgstr "값" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "허용됨" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 msgid "Not accepted" msgstr "허용되지 않음" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:" msgstr "브로드캐스트 패킷 로깅:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 msgid "Logging enabled" msgstr "로깅 활성화" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 msgid "Logging disabled" msgstr "로깅 비활성화" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 msgid "Short" msgstr "짧음" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 msgid "Logging Status" msgstr "로깅 상태" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2." msgstr "%1 값은 %2 옵션에 대해 사용할 수 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:" msgstr "허용되는 브로드캐스트 포트:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 msgid "Port" msgstr "포트" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 msgid "Only one action command is allowed here." msgstr "여기서는 하나의 작업 명령만 사용할 수 있습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 msgid "Defined Firewall Services:" msgstr "정의된 방화벽 서비스:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 msgid "Service Name" msgstr "서비스 이름" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 msgid "TCP port" msgstr "TCP 포트" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 msgid "UDP port" msgstr "UDP 포트" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 msgid "RPC port" msgstr "RPC 포트" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 msgid "IP protocol" msgstr "IP 프로토콜" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:" msgstr "영역에서 허용된 서비스:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 msgid "All services" msgstr "모든 서비스" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 msgid "Entire zone unprotected" msgstr "보호되지 않은 전체 영역" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 msgid "Service ID" msgstr "서비스 ID" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:" msgstr "추가로 허용된 포트:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 msgid "All ports" msgstr "모든 포트" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:" msgstr "영역에서 추가로 허용된 IP 프로토콜:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 msgid "All IP protocols" msgstr "모든 IP 프로토콜" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 msgid "IP Protocol" msgstr "IP 프로토콜" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 msgid "Unknown service %1." msgstr "%1은(는) 알 수 없는 서비스입니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones." msgstr "내부 영역에 대해서만 보호를 설정할 수 있습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 msgid "At least one of %1 must be set." msgstr "%1을(를) 적어도 하나는 설정해야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set." msgstr "%1에서 작업 명령을 적어도 하나는 설정해야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:" msgstr "마스커레이드된 IP로 리디렉션 요청:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 msgid "Unknown port name %1." msgstr "%1은(는) 알 수 없는 포트 이름입니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 msgid "Masquerading Settings:" msgstr "마스커레이딩 설정:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or -#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or +#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 msgid "everywhere" msgstr "모두" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 msgid "in the %1 zone" msgstr "%1 영역에서" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" -#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" +#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" msgstr "마스커레이딩 상태: %1 %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 msgid "enabled" msgstr "활성화" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 msgid "disabled" msgstr "비활성화" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/firstboot.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/firstboot.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/firstboot.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,14 +14,14 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:65 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:65 msgid "Firstboot Configuration" msgstr "처음 부팅 구성" -#. text label, describing the check box meaning -#. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:71 +#. text label, describing the check box meaning +#. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:71 msgid "" "Check Enable Firstboot Sequence here to start YaST\n" "firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" @@ -29,99 +29,102 @@ "여기서 [처음 부팅 순서 활성화]를 선택하여 구성 후 처음 부팅 시 YaST\n" "처음 부팅 유틸리티를 시작하십시오.\n" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 msgid "Enable Firstboot Sequence" msgstr "처음 부팅 순서 활성화" -#. help text -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 +#. help text +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.</p>\n" -"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.</p>\n" +"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on " +"the first boot after configuration.</p>\n" +"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information." +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>여기서 <b>처음 부팅 순서 활성화</b>를 선택하여 구성 후 처음 부팅 시 YaST 처음 부팅 유틸리티를 시작하십시오.</p>\n" +"<p>여기서 <b>처음 부팅 순서 활성화</b>를 선택하여 구성 후 처음 부팅 시 YaST " +"처음 부팅 유틸리티를 시작하십시오.</p>\n" "<p>자세한 내용은 yast2-firstboot 모듈 설명서를 확인하십시오.</p>\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/firstboot.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of Firstboot -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif@suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Main file for firstboot configuration. Uses all other files. -#. ** -#. <h3>Configuration of firstboot</h3> -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:48 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/firstboot.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of Firstboot +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif@suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Main file for firstboot configuration. Uses all other files. +#. ** +#. <h3>Configuration of firstboot</h3> +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:48 msgid "Empty" msgstr "비어 있음" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:49 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:49 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "활성화" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:50 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:50 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "비활성화" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:54 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:54 msgid "Help" msgstr "도움말" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:57 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:57 msgid "First Boot Configuration" msgstr "최초 부팅 구성" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:59 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:59 msgid "&Up" msgstr "위로(&U)" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:60 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:60 msgid "D&own" msgstr "아래로(&D)" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:61 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:61 msgid "Enab&le or Disable" msgstr "활성화와 비활성화(&L) " -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Step" msgstr "단계" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Label" msgstr "레이블" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Status" msgstr "상태" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Module Name" msgstr "모듈 이름" -#. translators: dialog text -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 +#. translators: dialog text +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 msgid "" "Select the desktop environment \n" "to use from the list below.\n" @@ -129,8 +132,8 @@ "사용할 데스크탑 환경을\n" "아래 목록에서 선택하십시오.\n" -#. help text fro desktop dialog -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105 +#. help text fro desktop dialog +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105 msgid "" "<p><h3>Desktop Selections</h3>\n" "This system has more than one desktop environment installed. Select\n" @@ -140,31 +143,31 @@ "이 시스템에는 둘 이상의 데스크탑 환경이 설치되어 있습니다. 기본\n" " 데스크탑으로 활성화할 데스크탑을 선택하십시오.</p>" -#. translators: dialog title -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:113 +#. translators: dialog title +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:113 msgid "Select Your Default Desktop" msgstr "기본 데스크탑 선택" -#. Check box: Should the YaST2 control center automatically -#. be started after this part of the installation is done? -#. Translators: About 40 characters max, -#. use newlines for longer translations. -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:64 +#. Check box: Should the YaST2 control center automatically +#. be started after this part of the installation is done? +#. Translators: About 40 characters max, +#. use newlines for longer translations. +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:64 msgid "&Start YaST Control Center" msgstr "YaST 제어판 시작(&S) " -#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:70 +#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:70 msgid "Configuration Completed" msgstr "구성 완료됨" -#. congratulation text 1/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:73 +#. congratulation text 1/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:73 msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>" msgstr "축하합니다!" -#. congratulation text 2/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75 +#. congratulation text 2/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75 msgid "" "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" @@ -172,25 +175,25 @@ "<p>제품(&p)의 설치; 여러분의 컴퓨터상에 완벽합니다.\n" "<b>마침</b> 클릭한후에, 여러분은 그 시스템으로 로그인 합니다.</p>\n" -#. congratulation text 3/4 -#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language -#. change the address accordingly. If in doubt leave the original. -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:81 +#. congratulation text 3/4 +#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language +#. change the address accordingly. If in doubt leave the original. +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:81 msgid "<p>Visit us at www.suse.com.</p>" msgstr "<p>www.suse.com로 우리를 방문해 주세요.</p>" -#. congratulation text 4/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83 +#. congratulation text 4/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83 msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SuSE Development Team</p>" msgstr "<p>즐겁게 지내세요!<br>당신의 SuSE 개발팀</p>" -#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:112 +#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:112 msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>" msgstr "당신의 시스템이 사용할 준비가 되었습니다." -#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114 +#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and continue\n" "to the login screen.</p>\n" @@ -199,8 +202,8 @@ "YaST는 닫거나 그 로그인 화면을 계속할려면 <b>마침</b>을 선택 하십시요.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118 +#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" "adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" @@ -209,12 +212,14 @@ "<p>GUI KDE를 기본 데스크 탑으로 선택하려면 당신의 하드웨어에\n" "맞게 KDE를 설정해야 합니다. 역시 SuSE 환영 메시지에도 있습니다</p>\n" -#. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 +#. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "<p>If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will start\n" -"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" +"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will " +"start\n" +"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button " +"to\n" "return to this installation sequence.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>지금 전문가가 원하는 SuSE 설정 모듈의 전부를 이용할 수 있습니다.\n" @@ -223,8 +228,8 @@ "돌아오는 되돌아오기 버튼이 없습니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 msgid "" "Your language setting has been changed.\n" "\n" @@ -236,26 +241,26 @@ "필요하다면, 새로운 언어에 맞는 키보드 배열 설정을 할 수 있습니다.\n" "다음 로그인 때 키보드 배열 구성 도구를 사용하십시오." -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Language and Keyboard Layout" msgstr "언어 및 키보드 배열" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 msgid "&Language" msgstr "언어(&L)" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "키보드 배열(&K)" -#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 +#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to be used during\n" @@ -267,8 +272,8 @@ "<b>키보드 배열</b>을 선택하십시오.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -278,8 +283,8 @@ "다음 대화 상자로 넘어가려면 <b>다음</b>을 클릭하십시오.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" @@ -291,33 +296,33 @@ "<b>중단</b>을 선택하십시오.\n" "</p>\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 +#. error message +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "추가 패키지를 모두 설치할 공간이 부족합니다." -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "설정 업데이트" -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:47 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:47 msgid "Prepare system for first login" msgstr "최초의 로그인을 위한 시스템 준비" -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:52 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:52 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "구성 업데이트 중..." -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:54 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:54 msgid "Preparing system for first login..." msgstr "최초의 로그인을 위한 시스템 준비 중..." -#. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:59 +#. Help text for last dialog of base installation +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:59 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -327,49 +332,49 @@ "시스템 설정이 구성될 때까지 기다려 주십시오.\n" "</p>" -#. Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:70 +#. Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:70 msgid "Completing the System Configuration" msgstr "시스템 구성 완료" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: modules/Firstboot.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of firstboot -#. Summary: Firstboot settings, input and output functions -#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif@suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Representation of the configuration of firstboot. -#. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Firstboot.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of firstboot +#. Summary: Firstboot settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif@suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of firstboot. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:51 msgid "No Text Available" msgstr "사용할 수 있는 텍스트 없음" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:172 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:172 msgid "Firstboot configuration disabled" msgstr "처음 부팅 구성이 비활성화됨" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:175 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:175 msgid "Firstboot configuration enabled" msgstr "처음 부팅 구성이 활성화됨" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/geo-cluster.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/geo-cluster.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/geo-cluster.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: geo-cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,471 +14,482 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module -#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module +#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of geo-cluster" msgstr "geo-cluster 구성" -#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals -#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83 msgid "GeoCluster" msgstr "GeoCluster" -#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals -#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&GeoCluster" msgstr "GeoCluster(&G)" -#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption -#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang@suse.com> -#. -#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#. Initialization dialog caption +#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption +#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang@suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Geo Cluster 구성" -#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 +#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 msgid "Geo Cluster Overview" msgstr "Geo Cluster 개요" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang@suse.com> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang@suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 msgid "configuration file" msgstr "구성 파일" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 msgid "transport" msgstr "전송" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "port" msgstr "포트" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "arbitrator" msgstr "중재자" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Add" msgstr "추가" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Edit" msgstr "편집" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 msgid "Delete" msgstr "삭제" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "site" msgstr "사이트" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "티켓" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "인증" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Ca&ncel" msgstr "취소(&N)" -#. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "OK" msgstr "확인" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "보안 인증 활성화" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 msgid "Authentication file" msgstr "인증 파일" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth." msgstr "파일이 /etc/booth에 기록됩니다." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path." msgstr "파일을 다른 디렉토리에 기록하려면 절대 경로를 입력하십시오." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." -msgstr "새로 생성된 Geo Cluster의 경우 아래 버튼을 눌러 /etc/booth/<key>를 생성하십시오." +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +msgid "" +"For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/" +"booth/<key>." +msgstr "" +"새로 생성된 Geo Cluster의 경우 아래 버튼을 눌러 /etc/booth/<key>를 생성하십시" +"오." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 -msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually." -msgstr "기존 Geo Cluster에 가입하려면 다른 노드에서 수동으로 /etc/booth/<key>를 복사하십시오." +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 +msgid "" +"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other " +"nodes manually." +msgstr "" +"기존 Geo Cluster에 가입하려면 다른 노드에서 수동으로 /etc/booth/<key>를 복사" +"하십시오." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Generate Authentication Key File" msgstr "인증 키 파일 생성" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Basic" msgstr "기본" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "취소" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "유효한 IP 주소를 입력하십시오." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "티켓 및 제한 시간 입력" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 msgid "timeout" msgstr "제한 시간" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "retries" msgstr "재시도" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "weights" msgstr "가중치" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "expire" msgstr "만료" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "acquire-after" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "before-acquire 처리기" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "시간 제한이 유효하지 않습니다." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "만료가 유효하지 않습니다." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "acquireafter가 유효하지 않습니다." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "재시도가 유효하지 않습니다." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "재시도 값은 3보다 작을 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "가중치가 유효하지 않습니다." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "티켓은 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#. fill confs with global_files +#. fill confs with global_files #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "방화벽 구성" -#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", -#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "중재자의 IP 주소를 입력하십시오." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "중재자의 IP 주소를 편집하십시오." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "사이트의 IP 주소 입력" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "사이트의 IP 주소 편집" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "티켓 이름이 이미 있습니다." -#. Validation check before switch to authentication -#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 +#. Validation check before switch to authentication +#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "구성 이름은 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "구성 이름을 복제할 수 없습니다." -#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 +#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "포트가 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "전송을 입력해야 합니다." -#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 +#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "중재자는 반드시 입력해야 합니다." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "사이트를 입력해야 합니다." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "티켓을 입력해야 합니다." -#. Validation check before switch to basic -#. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 +#. Validation check before switch to basic +#. Still fall to :basic or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "Failed to create authentication file " msgstr "인증 파일을 생성하지 못했습니다. " -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 msgid "Authentication file " msgstr "인증 파일" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 msgid " created successfully." msgstr " 생성되었습니다." -#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "GeoCluster 구성 선택" -#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", -#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "구성 파일 선택:" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 msgid "Authentication Configuration" msgstr "인증 구성" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화 중..." -#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") -#. Convert relative path to absolute path -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 +#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") +#. Convert relative path to absolute path +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." msgstr "전역 구성 설정을 기록할 수 없습니다." -#. List like site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "전역 설정을 작성할 수 없습니다." -#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth -#. Create a ticket item -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." msgstr "전역 티켓 설정을 기록할 수 없습니다." -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Geo Cluster 구성 초기화 중" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages -#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "이전의 설정 읽기" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "SuSEFirewall 설정 읽기" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "이전 설정값을 읽고 있습니다..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#. GeoCluster write dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Geo Cluster 구성 저장 중" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "세팅 기록" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "SuSEfirewall 설정 작성" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "세팅을 기록하고 있습니다..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "SuSEFirewall 설정 작성" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Error message +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "설정을 기록할 수 없습니다." -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "구성 요약..." -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "geo-cluster 구성 초기화" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "데이타베이스 읽기" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "장치 검색" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "데이타 베이스를 읽고 있습니다..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "장치를 검색하고 중..." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgstr "데이터베이스1을 읽을 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." msgstr "데이터베이스2를 읽을 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "장치를 검색할 수 없습니다." -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "geo-cluster 구성 저장" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "SuSEconfig 실행" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "SuSEconfig 실행중입니다..." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "구성 요약..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/http-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/http-server.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/http-server.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: http-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,121 +14,121 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help for HTTP server module -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:36 +#. translators: command line help for HTTP server module +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:36 msgid "Configuration of HTTP server (Apache2)" msgstr "HTTP 서버 구성 (Apache2)" -#. translators: help text for configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:45 +#. translators: help text for configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:45 msgid "Configure host settings" msgstr "호스트 셋팅 구성" -#. translators: help text for modules command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:55 +#. translators: help text for modules command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:55 msgid "Configure the Apache2 server modules" msgstr "Apache2 서버모듈 설정" -#. translators: help text for listen command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:65 +#. translators: help text for listen command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:65 msgid "Set up the ports and network addresses where the server should listen." msgstr "listen 해야하는 포트와 네트워크 주소들을 설정 하십시오." -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:74 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:74 msgid "Configure virtual hosts" msgstr "가상 호스트 구성" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:81 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:81 msgid "Enable or disable wizard mode." msgstr "마법사 모드를 활성화하거나 비활성화합니다." -#. translators: help text for servername option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:92 +#. translators: help text for servername option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:92 msgid "Server name, for example, www.example.com" msgstr "서버 이름, 예를 들어, www.example.com" -#. translators: help text for serveradmin option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:99 +#. translators: help text for serveradmin option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:99 msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" msgstr "서버관리자의 메일주소" -#. translators: help text for documentroot option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:106 +#. translators: help text for documentroot option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:106 msgid "Directory where the documents of the server are stored" msgstr "서버의 Document가 저장된 디렉토리" -#. translators: help text for host option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:113 +#. translators: help text for host option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:113 msgid "Name of the host to configure." msgstr "구성할 호스트 이름." -#. translators: help text for add subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:121 +#. translators: help text for add subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:121 msgid "Add a new listen entry ([address:]port)" msgstr "새로운 listen 엔트리를 추가합니다. ([address:]port)" -#. translators: help text for delete subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:129 +#. translators: help text for delete subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:129 msgid "Delete an existing listen entry ([address:]port)" msgstr "존재하는 listen 엔트리를 삭제합니다.([address:]port)" -#. translators: help text for list subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:135 +#. translators: help text for list subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:135 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "구성된 항목을 나열합니다." -#. translators: help text for enable subcommand (modules command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:143 +#. translators: help text for enable subcommand (modules command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:143 msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to enable" msgstr "작동하기 위한 모듈의 콤마 구분자 리스트" -#. translators: help text for disable subcommand (modules command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:151 +#. translators: help text for disable subcommand (modules command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:151 msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to disable" msgstr "비작동하기 위한 모듈의 콤마 구분자 리스트" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:155 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:155 msgid "Create new virtual host" msgstr "새 가상 호스트 작성" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:158 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:158 msgid "Delete existing virtual host" msgstr "기존 가상 호스트 삭제" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:162 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:162 msgid "Set selected virtual host as default host" msgstr "선택한 가상 호스트를 기본 호스트로 설정" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:166 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:166 msgid "Set wizard mode \"on\" or \"off\"." msgstr "마법사 모드 \"켜기\" 또는 \"끄기\"를 지정합니다." -#. translators: error message in configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:238 +#. translators: error message in configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:238 msgid "Configured host not specified" msgstr "구성된 호스트가 지정되지 않았습니다." -#. translators: error message in configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 +#. translators: error message in configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 msgid "Only existing hosts can be specified as the host to configure" msgstr "구성할 호스트로는 기존 호스트만을 지정할 수 있습니다." -#. translators: popup error message when validate servername -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885 +#. translators: popup error message when validate servername +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885 msgid "Invalid server name." msgstr "서버 이름이 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:288 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:288 msgid "Invalid server admin." msgstr "서버 관리자가 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:311 src/clients/http-server.rb:500 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:311 src/clients/http-server.rb:500 msgid "Validate error " msgstr "오류 확인" -#. translators: heading for the "modules list" command line action output -#. please, try to align the texts if possible. -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:339 +#. translators: heading for the "modules list" command line action output +#. please, try to align the texts if possible. +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:339 msgid "" "Status \tModule\n" "==================" @@ -136,183 +136,190 @@ "상태들 \tModule\n" "==================" -#. translators: server module status -#. translators: service status radio button label -#. if ((mod["default"]:"0" == "1") && (!contains(modules, name))) YaST::HTTPDData::ModifyModuleList ([name], true); -#. translators: server module status -#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); -#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181 +#. translators: server module status +#. translators: service status radio button label +#. if ((mod["default"]:"0" == "1") && (!contains(modules, name))) YaST::HTTPDData::ModifyModuleList ([name], true); +#. translators: server module status +#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); +#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "활성화" -#. translators: server module status -#. translators: service status radio button label -#. translators: server module status -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168 +#. translators: server module status +#. translators: service status radio button label +#. translators: server module status +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "비활성화" -#. y2milestone("Ruby support %1", enable_ruby); -#. create list of all standard modules -#. create temporary list of maps from modules -#. translators: list of known and unknown modules -#. translators: server module status unknown -#. list of all installed modules -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208 +#. y2milestone("Ruby support %1", enable_ruby); +#. create list of all standard modules +#. create temporary list of maps from modules +#. translators: list of known and unknown modules +#. translators: server module status unknown +#. list of all installed modules +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208 msgid "unknown" msgstr "알수없음" -#. translators: heading for the "listen list" command line action output -#. please, try to align the texts if possible. -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:376 +#. translators: heading for the "listen list" command line action output +#. please, try to align the texts if possible. +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:376 msgid "Listen Statements:" msgstr "Listen 문:" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:382 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:382 msgid "All interfaces" msgstr "모든 인터페이스" -#. FIXME: check, if new address and port are correct values (if address is from machine's interfaces) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:416 +#. FIXME: check, if new address and port are correct values (if address is from machine's interfaces) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:416 msgid "Can use only existing interfaces" msgstr "기존 인터페이스만 사용 가능" -#. translators: error message in "listen add" command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:423 +#. translators: error message in "listen add" command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:423 msgid "The listen statement '%1' is already configured." msgstr "Listen 문 '%1'은(는) 이미 구성되었습니다." -#. translators: error message in "listen delete" command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:438 +#. translators: error message in "listen delete" command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:438 msgid "Can remove only existing listeners" msgstr "기존 수신 대기자만 제거할 수 있습니다." -#. check the command to be present exactly once -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:460 +#. check the command to be present exactly once +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:460 msgid "Hosts list:" msgstr "호스트 목록:" -#. create -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:471 +#. create +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:471 msgid "Some parameter missing" msgstr "일부 매개변수가 누락되었습니다." -#. remove and setdefault -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:520 +#. remove and setdefault +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:520 msgid "Argument can be only existing host" msgstr "기존 호스트만이 인수가 될 수 있습니다." -#. popup - it is already the default host -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:526 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1324 +#. popup - it is already the default host +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:526 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1324 msgid "The host is already default." msgstr "이 호스트는 이미 기본 호스트로 설정되어 있습니다." -#. remove the old non-default host -#. translators: popup error message - default host cannot be deleted -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:559 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1242 +#. remove the old non-default host +#. translators: popup error message - default host cannot be deleted +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:559 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1242 msgid "Cannot delete the default host." msgstr "기본 호스트를 삭제할 수 없습니다." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: include/http-server/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of http-server -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnov@suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:32 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/http-server/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of http-server +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnov@suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:32 msgid "Listen Ports and Addresses" msgstr "수신 포트 및 주소" -#. `HSpacing (1), -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#. `HSpacing (1), +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Server Modules" msgstr "서버 모듈들" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" #: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Main Host" msgstr "주 호스트" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Hosts" msgstr "호스트" -#. Run server overview dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#. translators: initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:200 +#. Run server overview dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. translators: initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:200 msgid "HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "HTTP 서버 구성" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:169 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Host '%1' Configuration" msgstr "'%1' 호스트 설정" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:212 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:212 msgid "Configured Hosts" msgstr "구성된 호스트" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:243 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "New Host Information" msgstr "새 호스트 정보" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:269 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:269 msgid "Virtual Host Details" msgstr "가상 호스트 세부 사항" -#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:299 +#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "SSL Configuration for '%1'" msgstr "'%1'에 대한 SSL 구성" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302 +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302 #: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 msgid "Default Host" msgstr "기본 호스트(&E)" -#. translators: pop up menu -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:324 +#. translators: pop up menu +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Certificates" msgstr "인증서" -#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "&Import Server Certificate..." msgstr "서버 인증서 임포트(&I)..." -#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:329 +#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:329 msgid "&Use Common Server Certificate" msgstr "일반 서버 인증서 사용(&U)" -#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:354 +#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:354 msgid "Dir Configuration for '%1'" msgstr "'%1'에 대한 디렉토리 구성" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:18 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing HTTP Server Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>\n" @@ -321,8 +328,8 @@ "<p><b><big>HTTP 서버설정을 초기화합니다</big></b>\n" "잠시 기다려주십시오...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:24 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -330,8 +337,8 @@ "<p><b><big>초기화 중단</big></b><br>\n" "지금 <b>중단</b>을 누르면 구성 유틸리티를 안전하게 중단할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -339,8 +346,8 @@ "<p><b><big>HTTP 서버설정을 저장합니다</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려주십시오...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:32 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:32 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -351,43 +358,60 @@ " 대화 상자가 추가로 나타나서 지금 중단하는 것이 안전한지 알려줍니다.\n" " </p>\n" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 -msgid "<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>포트</b> 값은 Apache2가 수신 대기하는 포트를 정의합니다. 기본값은 80입니다.</p>" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The " +"default is 80.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>포트</b> 값은 Apache2가 수신 대기하는 포트를 정의합니다. 기본값은 80입" +"니다.</p>" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>수신 대기 인터페이스</b>에는 이 호스트에 대해 구성된 모든 IP 주소 목록이 포함되어 있습니다. Apache2가 수신 대기하는 IP 주소들이 검사 대상입니다. 이것만으로 부족할 경우 모두 검사하십시오.</p>" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses " +"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 " +"listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>수신 대기 인터페이스</b>에는 이 호스트에 대해 구성된 모든 IP 주소 목록" +"이 포함되어 있습니다. Apache2가 수신 대기하는 IP 주소들이 검사 대상입니다. 이" +"것만으로 부족할 경우 모두 검사하십시오.</p>" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>" -msgstr "<p>여기서는 Apache2 서버에서 지원해야 할 스크립트 언어를 활성화합니다.</p>" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>여기서는 Apache2 서버에서 지원해야 할 스크립트 언어를 활성화합니다.</p>" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>요약에는 <b>완료</b>를 누르면 Apache2 구성에 기록될 설정이 표시됩니다.</p>" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "" +"<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 " +"configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>요약에는 <b>완료</b>를 누르면 Apache2 구성에 기록될 설정이 표시됩니다.</p>" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 +#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>HTTP Server Expert Configuration</b> \n" -"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration.</p>" +"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." +"</p>" msgstr "" "<p>구성을 기록하기 전에 좀 더 자세히 구성을 설정하려면\n" "\t\t<b>HTTP 서버 고급 구성</b>을 누르십시오.</p>" -#. module dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 +#. module dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing HTTP Server Modules</big></b><br>\n" "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" "The first column contains the name of the module. \n" "The second column shows whether the module should be\n" -"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" +"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column " +"displays a short description\n" "of the module.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>HTTP 서버 모듈 편집</big></b><br>\n" @@ -397,17 +421,18 @@ "표시됩니다. 활성화된 모듈이 로드됩니다. 마지막 열에는\n" "해당 모듈에 대한 간략한 설명이 표시됩니다.</p>" -#. module dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 +#. module dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>To change the status of a module, \n" -"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</p>\n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>모듈의 상태변경, \n" "테이블에서 적절한 엔트리를 선택하고 <b>상태변경</b>을 선택하세요.</p>\n" -#. module dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 +#. module dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p>If you need to add a module not listed in the table, \n" "use <b>Add Module</b>.</p>\n" @@ -415,19 +440,20 @@ "<p>테이블에 없는 모듈을 추가해야 할 경우 \n" "<b>모듈 추가</b>를 사용합니다.</p>\n" -#. apache service enabling help 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 +#. apache service enabling help 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>HTTP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, choose\n" +"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, " +"choose\n" "<b>Disabled</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>HTTP 서버 설정</big></b><br>\n" "<b>활성화됨</b>을 선택하여 HTTP 서버를 활성화합니다. 비활성화하려면\n" "<b>비활성화됨</b>을 선택하십시오.</p>\n" -#. firewall adapting help 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:81 +#. firewall adapting help 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p>By enabling <b>Open Firewall on Selected Ports</b>, \n" "adapt the firewall according the ports on which Apache2 listens. \n" @@ -439,8 +465,8 @@ " 방화벽의 인터페이스는 추가 또는 삭제되지 않습니다. \n" " 이 옵션은 방화벽이 활성화된 경우에만 사용할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. server configuration overview help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88 +#. server configuration overview help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p>The list of options presents\n" "several parts of the server configuration. <b>Listen On</b>\n" @@ -466,87 +492,109 @@ " 경로가 표시됩니다.\n" " <b>호스트</b>에는 서버에 대해 구성된 호스트 목록이 포함되어 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. server configuration overview help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 -msgid "<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change settings.</p>" -msgstr "<p>설정을 변경하려면 테이블에서 해당 항목을 선택한 다음 <b>편집</b>을 클릭합니다.</p>" +#. server configuration overview help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to " +"change settings.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>설정을 변경하려면 테이블에서 해당 항목을 선택한 다음 <b>편집</b>을 클릭합" +"니다.</p>" -#. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 +#. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 msgid "<p><b>Log Files</b> displays server log files.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>로그 파일</b>은 서버 로그 파일을 표시합니다.</p>" -#. hosts list help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 +#. hosts list help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured Hosts</big></b><br>\n" "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" -"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" +"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is " +"used if no other host\n" "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" "press <b>Set as Default</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>구성된 호스트</big></b><br>\n" "이 목록에는 이미 구성된 호스트가 포함되어 있습니다. 이 중의 한 호스트가 \n" "기본 호스트로 표시됩니다(서버 이름 옆에 별표). 기본 호스트는 다른 호스트가\n" -"들어오는 요청에 맞지 않을 경우 사용됩니다. 특정 호스트를 기본 호스트로 설정하려면\n" +"들어오는 요청에 맞지 않을 경우 사용됩니다. 특정 호스트를 기본 호스트로 설정하" +"려면\n" "<b>기본값으로 설정</b>을 누르십시오.</p>\n" -#. hosts list help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 +#. hosts list help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the host.\n" -"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change " +"the host.\n" +"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click " +"<b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>호스트를 변경하려면 테이블에서 해당 항목을 선택한 다음 <b>편집</b>을 클릭합니다.\n" -"호스트를 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 클릭하고, 호스트를 제거하려면 해당 호스트를 선택한 다음 <b>삭제</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>" +"<p>호스트를 변경하려면 테이블에서 해당 항목을 선택한 다음 <b>편집</b>을 클릭" +"합니다.\n" +"호스트를 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 클릭하고, 호스트를 제거하려면 해당 호스트" +"를 선택한 다음 <b>삭제</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>" -#. host editing help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 +#. host editing help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\n" -"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then " +"click <b>Edit</b>.\n" +"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and " +"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>호스트 구성</big></b><br>\n" -"호스트 설정을 편집하려면 테이블에서 해당 항목을 선택한 다음 <b>편집</b>을 클릭합니다.\n" -"새 옵션을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 클릭하고, 옵션을 제거하려면 해당 옵션을 선택한 다음 <b>삭제</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>" +"호스트 설정을 편집하려면 테이블에서 해당 항목을 선택한 다음 <b>편집</b>을 클" +"릭합니다.\n" +"새 옵션을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 클릭하고, 옵션을 제거하려면 해당 옵션을 선" +"택한 다음 <b>삭제</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>" -#. host editing help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 +#. host editing help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Server Resolution</b> options set the resolution when using\n" -"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</b>,\n" +"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</" +"b>,\n" "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>" +"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use " +"<b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>서버 확인</b> 옵션은 가상 호스트를 사용하는 경우의\n" "\t확인을 설정합니다. 그러나 <b>HTTP 헤더를 통해 확인</b>을 선택하는 경우\n" "\t기본 서버에 이름 기반 가상 호스트의 IP 주소에\n" -"\t대한 요청이 제공되지 않습니다. SSL 기반 vhost를 구성하려는 경우 <b>IP 주소를 통해 확인</b>을 사용하십시오.</p>" +"\t대한 요청이 제공되지 않습니다. SSL 기반 vhost를 구성하려는 경우 <b>IP 주소" +"를 통해 확인</b>을 사용하십시오.</p>" -#. listen dialog editor help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 +#. listen dialog editor help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p><b><big><i>Listen</i> Settings for a Host</big></b><br>\n" -"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" +"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network " +"interfaces\n" "where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big><i>Listen</i>호스트를 위한 설정</big></b><br>\n" -"그 <i>Listen</i>는 직접적으로 포트와 그 HTTP 서버가 들어오는 요청들을 위해서 들어야만 하는\n" +"그 <i>Listen</i>는 직접적으로 포트와 그 HTTP 서버가 들어오는 요청들을 위해" +"서 들어야만 하는\n" "네트워크 인터페이스의 색션들을 허용 합니다.</p>\n" -#. listen dialog editor help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 +#. listen dialog editor help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the entry.\n" -"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change " +"the entry.\n" +"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and " +"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>테이블에서 적절한 엔트리를 선택하고 변경하기위해 <b>편집</b>을 클릭하세요.\n" +"<p>테이블에서 적절한 엔트리를 선택하고 변경하기위해 <b>편집</b>을 클릭하세" +"요.\n" "새로운 엔트리를 추가하기 위해서는,<B>추가</B>를 클릭하세요.\n" "엔트리를 삭제하기 위해서는, <B>삭제</B> 클릭하세요.</P>" -#. ssl options dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 +#. ssl options dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SSL Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "This is a list of options related to the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) settings\n" @@ -558,30 +606,36 @@ "포함되어 있습니다. SSL을 사용하면 통신을 암호화하여 안전한 방식으로 \n" "호스트와 통신할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 +#. ssl options dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<p>General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" -"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access " +"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>일반 동작은 SSL 옵션에 의해 지정됩니다. 호스트는\n" -"SSL을 지원할 수 없거나(<tt>No SSL</tt>), 비 SSL 및 SSL 액세스를 모두 허용하거나(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"SSL을 지원할 수 없거나(<tt>No SSL</tt>), 비 SSL 및 SSL 액세스를 모두 허용하거" +"나(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" " SSL을 통해 암호화된 연결만을 허용합니다(<tt>Required</tt>).\n" " </p>\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 +#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the option.\n" -"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change " +"the option.\n" +"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and " +"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>옵션을 변경하려면 테이블에서 해당 옵션을 선택한 다음 <b>편집</b>을 클릭합니다.\n" -"새 옵션을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 클릭하고, 옵션을 제거하려면 해당 옵션을 선택한 다음 <b>삭제</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>" +"<p>옵션을 변경하려면 테이블에서 해당 옵션을 선택한 다음 <b>편집</b>을 클릭합" +"니다.\n" +"새 옵션을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 클릭하고, 옵션을 제거하려면 해당 옵션을 선" +"택한 다음 <b>삭제</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>" -#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 +#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Certificates</b> menu allows \n" "importing server certificates. <b>Import Server Certificate</b> \n" @@ -595,8 +649,8 @@ "<b>일반 인증서 사용</b>은 이 호스트에 대해 발급된\n" "일반 인증서의 사용을 구성합니다.</p>\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171 +#. ssl options dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "<p><b>Note:</b> If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" "module should be loaded by the server.</p>\n" @@ -604,20 +658,22 @@ "<p><b>주의:</b> 호스트에 대해 SSL 사용을 활성화하면 서버에 의해 \n" "<tt>mod_ssl</tt> 모듈이 로드됩니다.</p>\n" -#. new host dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 +#. new host dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<p><b><big>New Host</big></b><br>\n" -"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host.</p>" +"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." +"</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>새 호스트</big></b><br>\n" "이 대화 상자에서는 새 가상 호스트에 대한 기본 정보를 입력할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. new host dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 +#. new host dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<p><b>Server Identification</b> specifies the content and\n" -"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS name returned as a part\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS " +"name returned as a part\n" "of the HTTP headers of the server response. <b>Server Contents Root</b>\n" "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" "this virtual host. <b>Administrator E-Mail</b> allows setup of an e-mail\n" @@ -630,17 +686,19 @@ " 절대 경로입니다. <b>관리자 전자 메일</b>을 사용하면 이 호스트에 대한\n" " 피드백을 받기 위한 전자 메일 주소를 설정할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. new host dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188 +#. new host dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server Resolution</b></big><br>\n" "Apache2 must be able to determine which virtual host\n" "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" -"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual " +"host\n" "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b>\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</" +"b>\n" "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>서버 확인</b></big><br>\n" @@ -648,49 +706,61 @@ "가상 호스트 설정을 확인할 수 있어야 합니다. \n" "두 가지 기본 접근 방법이 있습니다. 들어오는 요청의 HTTP 헤더를\n" "사용하는 경우 서버가 HTTP 요청 헤더에 의해\n" -"지정된 호스트 이름을 조회합니다. 다른 가능성은 클라이언트가 서버에 연결할 때\n" +"지정된 호스트 이름을 조회합니다. 다른 가능성은 클라이언트가 서버에 연결할 " +"때\n" "사용한 IP 주소로 가상 호스트를 확인하는 것입니다.\n" "SSL 기반 vhost를 구성하려는 경우 <b>IP 주소를 통해 확인</b>을 사용하십시오.\n" "자세한 내용은 Apache2 매뉴얼을 참조하십시오.</p>\n" -#. advanced new host dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 +#. advanced new host dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Details for New Host</big></b><br>\n" -"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host.</p>" +"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual " +"host.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>새 호스트에 대한 세부 사항</big></b><br>\n" "이 대화 상자에서는 새 가상 호스트에 대한 추가 정보를 지정할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. advanced new host dialog 2/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 +#. advanced new host dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Enable CGI Support</b>\n" -"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" +"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias " +"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><tt>/cgi-bin/</tt> 별칭을 사용하여\n" -"<b>CGI 디렉토리 경로</b>의 경로에서 CGI 스크립트를 실행하려면 <b>CGI 지원 활성화</b>를 선택합니다.</p>" +"<b>CGI 디렉토리 경로</b>의 경로에서 CGI 스크립트를 실행하려면 <b>CGI 지원 활" +"성화</b>를 선택합니다.</p>" -#. advanced new host dialog 3/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 +#. advanced new host dialog 3/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<p>For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select <b>Enable SSL Support</b>.\n" "\n" "Then enter the path for the certificate file in <b>Certificate File\n" "Path</b>.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>이 가상 호스트에 대한 HTTPS 액세스의 경우 <b>SSL 지원 활성화</b>를 선택하십시오.\n" +"<p>이 가상 호스트에 대한 HTTPS 액세스의 경우 <b>SSL 지원 활성화</b>를 선택하" +"십시오.\n" "\n" "그런 다음 <b>인증서 파일 경로</b>에\n" -"인증서 파일의 경로를 입력하십시오. 이 옵션은 IP 기반 vhost에만 사용할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" +"인증서 파일의 경로를 입력하십시오. 이 옵션은 IP 기반 vhost에만 사용할 수 있습" +"니다.</p>\n" -#. advanced new host dialog 4/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>디렉토리 색인</b>에서는 Apache가 검색해야 할 파일들을 공백으로 구분하여 입력하고 디렉토리에 대한 URL(<tt>/</tt>로 끝남)이 필요한 시기를 제공합니다. 일치하는 첫 번째 발견된 파일이 제공됩니다.</p>" +#. advanced new host dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 +msgid "" +"<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that " +"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends " +"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>디렉토리 색인</b>에서는 Apache가 검색해야 할 파일들을 공백으로 구분하" +"여 입력하고 디렉토리에 대한 URL(<tt>/</tt>로 끝남)이 필요한 시기를 제공합니" +"다. 일치하는 첫 번째 발견된 파일이 제공됩니다.</p>" -#. advanced new host dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 +#. advanced new host dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><b>Public HTML</b>\n" "\n" @@ -698,132 +768,140 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>공용 HTML</b>은\n" "\n" -" 모든 사용자가 <tt>.public_html</tt> 디렉토리에 액세스할 수 있도록 합니다.</p>" +" 모든 사용자가 <tt>.public_html</tt> 디렉토리에 액세스할 수 있도록 합니다.</" +"p>" -#. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. -#. -#. @param [String] arg the Listen string -#. @param [Fixnum] id the id of this item -#. @return [Yast::Term] term for the table -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: Listen type for all addresses; -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. +#. +#. @param [String] arg the Listen string +#. @param [Fixnum] id the id of this item +#. @return [Yast::Term] term for the table +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: Listen type for all addresses; +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type #: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300 msgid "All Addresses" msgstr "모든 주소" -#. Sequention used for determining on which ip adresses and port apache2 will listen and if firewall is enebled -#. whether to open firewall on this port. -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:24 +#. Sequention used for determining on which ip adresses and port apache2 will listen and if firewall is enebled +#. whether to open firewall on this port. +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:24 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (1/5)--Network Device Selection" msgstr "HTTP 서버 마법사(1/5)--네트워크 장치 선택" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:41 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:41 msgid "Network Device Selection" msgstr "네트워크 장치 선택" -#. Sequence to choose some script language modules -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:125 +#. Sequence to choose some script language modules +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:125 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (2/5)--Modules" msgstr "HTTP 서버 마법사(2/5)--모듈" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:130 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:130 msgid "Modules" msgstr "모듈" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:168 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:168 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#. Sequence to configure default host parameters -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:186 +#. Sequence to configure default host parameters +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:186 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (3/5)--Default Host" msgstr "HTTP 서버 마법사(3/5)--기본 호스트" -#. Sequence to cunfigure virtual hosts (add, remove, edit) and to change default host status -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:260 +#. Sequence to cunfigure virtual hosts (add, remove, edit) and to change default host status +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:260 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (4/5)--Virtual Hosts" msgstr "HTTP 서버 마법사(4/5)--가상 호스트" -#. Sequence to configure whether apache2 starts on boot or not (manually). Here is possible -#. save all settings and exit or start expert configuration. -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:291 +#. Sequence to configure whether apache2 starts on boot or not (manually). Here is possible +#. save all settings and exit or start expert configuration. +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:291 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (5/5)--Summary" msgstr "HTTP 서버 마법사(5/5)--요약" -#. translators: initialization dialog message -#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:202 +#. translators: initialization dialog message +#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:202 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "초기화 중입니다....." -#. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 +#. HttpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "HTTP서버 설정 초기화" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "환경 검사." -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 msgid "Read Apache2 configuration" msgstr "Apache2 설정을 읽습니다." -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "네트워크 구성 읽기" -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "환경 검사중..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..." msgstr "Apache2설정을 불러오는 중입니다..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "네트워크 설정 불러오는 중..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. on(); -#. translators: progress step -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510 +#. translators: progress finished +#. on(); +#. translators: progress step +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#. notification about package needed 1/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185 -msgid "<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>" -msgstr "<p> HTTP서버를 설정하기 위해서는, <b>%1</b> 패키지가 먼저 설치되어야 합니다.</p>" +#. notification about package needed 1/2 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185 +msgid "" +"<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"<p> HTTP서버를 설정하기 위해서는, <b>%1</b> 패키지가 먼저 설치되어야 합니다." +"</p>" -#. notification about package needed 2/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189 +#. notification about package needed 2/2 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189 msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>지금 이것을 설치 하기 원하십니까?</p>" -#. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195 +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195 msgid "" "The package %1 is not available.\n" "\n" @@ -837,54 +915,54 @@ " \n" " 구성을 계속할 수 없습니다." -#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247 +#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file +#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247 msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist." msgstr "설정파일 '%1'이 존재하지 않습니다." -#. off(); -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279 +#. off(); +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279 msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine." msgstr "이 컴퓨터에는 실행 중인 DNS 서버가 없습니다." -#. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402 +#. HttpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402 msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "HTTP서버 구성을 저장" -#. translators: progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413 +#. translators: progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413 msgid "Write the Apache2 settings" msgstr "Apache2 설정을 기록합니다." -#. translators: progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 +#. translators: progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 msgid "Enable Apache2 service" msgstr "Apache2 서비스 활성화(&E)" -#. translators: progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418 +#. translators: progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418 msgid "Disable Apache2 service" msgstr "Apache2 서비스 비활성화(&D)" -#. translators: progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422 +#. translators: progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "설정을 기록하는 중..." -#. translators: progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 +#. translators: progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "Apache2 서비스를 활성화하고있습니다..." -#. translators: progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427 +#. translators: progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427 msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "Apache2 서비스를 비활성화하고있습니다..." -#. install required RPMs for modules -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441 +#. install required RPMs for modules +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441 msgid "" "The enabled modules require\n" "installation of some of these additional packages:\n" @@ -896,18 +974,18 @@ "%1\n" "지금 그들을 설치하시겠습니까?\n" -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550 msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring." msgstr "모듈 설명에 이름이 지정되어 있지 않습니다. 무시합니다." -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562 msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1" msgstr "자동 설치를 위한 모듈에 알 수 없는 변경 사항이 발생해ㅆ습니다. %1" -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581 msgid "" "Default value for module %1 does not match.\n" "This can cause inconsistent module configuration." @@ -915,251 +993,251 @@ "%1 모듈의 기본값이 일치하지 않습니다.\n" "이렇게 되면 모듈 구성이 일치하지 않을 수 있습니다." -#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596 +#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596 msgid "Listen statement without port found." msgstr "Listen 문에 포트를 지정하지 않았습니다." -#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730 +#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730 msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>" msgstr "<h3>수신 대기</h3>" -#. "Default host" information -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750 +#. "Default host" information +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750 msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>" msgstr "<h3>기본 호스트</h3>" -#. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799 +#. translators: assiciation server name with document root +#. translators: assiciation server name with document root +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799 msgid " in " msgstr " 위치 " -#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled -#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 +#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled +#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid "enabled" msgstr "활성화" -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid "disabled" msgstr "비활성화" -#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 +#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>" msgstr "<h3>가상 호스트</h3>" -#. menu button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:63 +#. menu button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:63 msgid "&Log Files" msgstr "로그 파일(&L)" -#. menu button item -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:66 +#. menu button item +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:66 msgid "Show &Access Log" msgstr "엑세스 로그를 보여줍니다.(&A)" -#. menu button item -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:68 +#. menu button item +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:68 msgid "Show &Error Log" msgstr "에러 로그를 보여줍니다.(&E)" -#. table cell description -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:121 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:127 +#. table cell description +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:121 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:127 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "서버 이름" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:134 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:134 msgid "Document Root" msgstr "문서 루트" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:143 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:143 msgid "Server Administrator E-Mail" msgstr "서버 관리자 메일" -#. table cell description -#. translators: frame title for method of incoming request resolution -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:154 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:664 +#. table cell description +#. translators: frame title for method of incoming request resolution +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:154 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:664 msgid "Server Resolution" msgstr "서버 확인" -#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts -#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:162 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:679 +#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts +#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:162 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:679 msgid "Determine Request Server by HTTP &Headers" msgstr "HTTP 헤더로 요청 서버 결정(&H)" -#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts -#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:164 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:688 +#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts +#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:164 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:688 msgid "Determine Request Server by Server IP &Address" msgstr "서버 IP 주소로 요청 서버 결정(&A)" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:171 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:171 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP 주소" -#. translator: server enable/disable radio button group -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:350 +#. translator: server enable/disable radio button group +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:350 msgid "HTTP &Service" msgstr "HTTP 서비스들(&S)" -#. translators: radio button group label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:387 +#. translators: radio button group label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:387 msgid "Listen on Ports:" msgstr "Listen중인 포트" -#. table header -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:392 +#. table header +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:392 msgid "Network Address" msgstr "네트워크 주소" -#. table header -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:394 +#. table header +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:394 msgid "Port" msgstr "포트" -#. table header: module name -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:422 +#. table header: module name +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:422 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" -#. table header: module status -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:424 +#. table header: module status +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:424 msgid "Status" msgstr "상태" -#. table header: module description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:426 +#. table header: module description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:426 msgid "Description" msgstr "설명" -#. translators: toggle button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:434 +#. translators: toggle button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:434 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "상태 토글(&T)" -#. translators: add user-defined module button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:440 +#. translators: add user-defined module button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:440 msgid "&Add Module" msgstr "모듈 추가(&A)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:552 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:552 msgid "Directory" msgstr "디렉토리" -#. translators: text entry -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:558 +#. translators: text entry +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:558 msgid "&Port:" msgstr "포트(&P)" -#. translators: multi selection box -#. translators: multi selection box -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474 +#. translators: multi selection box +#. translators: multi selection box +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474 msgid "&Listen on Interfaces" msgstr "수신 대기 인터페이스(&L)" -#. translators: radiobutton - to start Apache2 service automatically -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:596 +#. translators: radiobutton - to start Apache2 service automatically +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:596 msgid "Start Apache2 Server When Booting" msgstr "부팅 시 Apache2 서버 시작" -#. translators: radiobutton - to don't start Apache2 service -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:600 +#. translators: radiobutton - to don't start Apache2 service +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:600 msgid "Start Apache2 Server Manually" msgstr "수동으로 Apache2 서버 시작" -#. translators: button to enter expert configuration -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:608 +#. translators: button to enter expert configuration +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:608 msgid "&HTTP Server Expert Configuration..." msgstr "HTTP 서버 고급 구성(&H)..." -#. translators: frame title for new hsot identification details -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:631 +#. translators: frame title for new hsot identification details +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:631 msgid "Server Identification" msgstr "서버 ID" -#. translators: textentry, new host server name -#. translators: textentry to set the host name -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:634 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1180 +#. translators: textentry, new host server name +#. translators: textentry to set the host name +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:634 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1180 msgid "Server &Name:" msgstr "서버 이름" -#. translators: textentry, document root for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:637 +#. translators: textentry, document root for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:637 msgid "Server &Contents Root:" msgstr "서버 컨텐트 루트(&C):" -#. translators: textentry, administrator's e-mail for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:641 +#. translators: textentry, administrator's e-mail for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:641 msgid "&Administrator E-Mail:" msgstr "관리자 전자 메일(&A):" -#. translators: IP address for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:668 +#. translators: IP address for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:668 msgid "VirtualHost" msgstr "VirtualHost" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:669 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:669 msgid "Change VirtualHost ID" msgstr "VirtualHost ID 변경" -#. translators: frame title for virtual host identification details -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:716 +#. translators: frame title for virtual host identification details +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:716 msgid "CGI Options" msgstr "CGI 옵션" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:722 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:722 msgid "Enable &CGI for This Virtual Host" msgstr "이 가상 호스트에 대해 CGI 활성화(&C)" -#. translators: textentry, certificate file path -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:727 +#. translators: textentry, certificate file path +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:727 msgid "CGI &Directory Path" msgstr "CGI 디렉토리 경로(&D)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:737 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:737 msgid "SSL Support" msgstr "SSL 지원" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:743 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:743 msgid "Enable &SSL Support for This Virtual Host" msgstr "이 가상 호스트에 대해 SSL 지원 활성화(&S)" -#. translators: textentry, certificate file path -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:750 +#. translators: textentry, certificate file path +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:750 msgid "&Certificate File Path" msgstr "인증서 파일 경로(&C)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:755 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:755 msgid "&Certificate Key File Path" msgstr "인증서 키 파일 경로(&C)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:763 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:763 msgid "Directory Options" msgstr "디렉토리 옵션" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:764 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:764 msgid "&Directory Index" msgstr "디렉토리 색인(&D)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:768 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:768 msgid "Public HTML" msgstr "공용 HTML" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:769 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:769 msgid "Enable &Public HTML" msgstr "공용 HTML 활성화(&P)" -#. these are for future use: -#. error message - the entered ip address is not found -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:803 +#. these are for future use: +#. error message - the entered ip address is not found +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:803 msgid "" "The IP address is not configured\n" "on this machine." @@ -1167,59 +1245,61 @@ "이 컴퓨터에 IP 주소가 구성되어 있지\n" "않습니다." -#. translators: popup error message when validate server ip -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:923 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server ip +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:923 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "IP 주소가 잘못되었습니다." -#. translators: popup error message when validate server -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943 msgid "The default host cannot be configured with SSL support." msgstr "기본 호스트는 SSL 지원과 함께 구성할 수 없습니다." -#. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 +#. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 msgid "When no Server name is defined, hostname will be used instead." msgstr "서버 이름이 정의되어 있지 않으면 호스트 이름이 대신 사용됩니다." -#. translators: popup error message when validate server -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 msgid "Server name cannot be empty." msgstr "서버 이름은 비워 둘 수 없습니다." -#. error message - the entered server name is already configured -#. in another virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 +#. error message - the entered server name is already configured +#. in another virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 msgid "The server name entered is already configured on another virtual host." msgstr "입력한 서버 이름은 다른 가상 호스트에 이미 구성되어 있습니다." -#. error message - the entered ip address is already -#. configured for another virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1010 +#. error message - the entered ip address is already +#. configured for another virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1010 msgid "The IP address is already configured on another virtual host" msgstr "해당 IP 주소는 다른 가상 호스트에 이미 구성되어 있습니다." -#. translators: popup error message when validate ServerAdmin -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1026 +#. translators: popup error message when validate ServerAdmin +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1026 msgid "Administrator E-Mail is invalid." msgstr "관리자 전자 메일이 잘못되었습니다." -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1073 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1117 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1117 msgid "&Reload HTTP Server" msgstr "HTTP 서버 다시 읽기(&R)" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1078 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1122 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1078 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1122 msgid "Save Settings and Re&start HTTP Server" msgstr "설정 저장 및 HTTP 서버 재시작(&S)" -#. translators: popup description on changing the default host -#. the old default host is changed to a virtual one, but it may -#. miss some needed information. the popup asks to set them. -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1166 +#. translators: popup description on changing the default host +#. the old default host is changed to a virtual one, but it may +#. miss some needed information. the popup asks to set them. +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1166 msgid "" "The current default host will be replaced by \n" "the new host and will become a virtual host.\n" @@ -1243,49 +1323,49 @@ "기본 호스트를 변경하지 않으려면\n" "취소를 클릭합니다.\n" -#. translators: textentry to set the host IP address -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1183 +#. translators: textentry to set the host IP address +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1183 msgid "Server &IP Address:" msgstr "서버 IP 주소(&I):" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1246 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1246 msgid "Delete selected host?" msgstr "선택한 호스트를 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. menu button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1380 +#. menu button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1380 msgid "Set as De&fault" msgstr "기본값으로 설정(&F)" -#. options = add(options, $["VALUE":newlist]); -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1639 +#. options = add(options, $["VALUE":newlist]); +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1639 msgid "Choose Document Root" msgstr "문서 루트 선택" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1662 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1662 msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty." msgstr "관리자 전자 메일은 비워 둘 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 msgid "All addresses (*)" msgstr "모든 주소(*)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 msgid "IP Addresses" msgstr "IP 주소" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 msgid "ServerName" msgstr "서버 이름" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty." msgstr "가상 호스트 ID의 이름은 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 +#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 msgid "" "To use name-based virtual hosting,\n" "you must designate the IP address on the server\n" @@ -1297,61 +1377,63 @@ "지정해야 합니다.\n" " * 모든 주소 및 *:포트를 사용할 수 있습니다." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 msgid "Master Zone %1" msgstr "마스터 영역 %1" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2." msgstr "%1 레코드는 %2 영역에 이미 존재합니다." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 msgid "DNS Settings" msgstr "DNS 설정" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 msgid "Add to Zone" msgstr "영역에 추가" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "영역 이름" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 msgid "Create New Zone" msgstr "새 영역 작성" -#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 +#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 msgid "CGI Directory" msgstr "CGI 디렉토리" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 msgid "Choose Certificate File" msgstr "인증서 파일 선택" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 msgid "Enter the certificate file." msgstr "인증서 파일을 입력하십시오." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 msgid "Choose Certificate Key File" msgstr "인증서 키 파일 선택" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 msgid "Enter the key file." msgstr "키 파일을 입력하십시오." -#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230 +#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate +#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230 msgid "Select Certificate" msgstr "인증서 선택" -#. translators: error message un failed certificate import -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222 +#. translators: error message un failed certificate import +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222 msgid "" "Cannot import certificate\n" "%1" @@ -1359,62 +1441,63 @@ "인증서를 임포트할 수 없습니다.\n" "%1" -#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429 +#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429 msgid "Network &Address:" msgstr "네트워크 주소(&A):" -#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement -#. translators: popup error -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442 +#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement +#. translators: popup error +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442 msgid "Invalid port number." msgstr "옳바르지 않는 포트번호." -#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940 +#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940 msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers" msgstr "HTTP 헤더를 통해 확인" -#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943 +#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943 msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used" msgstr "사용된 IP 주소를 통해 확인" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107 msgid "Modules dependency problem" msgstr "모듈 종속성 문제" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 msgid "requires" msgstr "필수" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 msgid "Enable required module or disable first one." msgstr "필수 모듈을 활성화하거나 첫 번째 모듈을 비활성화하십시오." -#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221 +#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221 msgid "New Module &Name:" msgstr "새로운 모듈 이름(&N):" -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239 msgid "A name for the module to add is required." msgstr "추가하기 위한 모듈의 이름을 요구합니다." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242 msgid "The module is already in the list." msgstr "해당모듈은 이미 목록에 있습니다." -#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting -#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305 +#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting +#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305 msgid "The entry '%1' already exists." msgstr "엔트리 '%1'는 이미 존재합니다." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326 msgid "" "The list of the ports to which the server should\n" "listen cannot be empty." @@ -1422,321 +1505,343 @@ "서버가 수신하는 포트 목록은 비워 둘 수\n" "없습니다." -#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493 +#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493 msgid "At least one interface must be selected." msgstr "인터페이스를 적어도 하나는 선택해야 합니다." -#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520 +#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520 msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting" msgstr "PHP5 스크립팅 활성화(&P)" -#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528 +#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528 msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting" msgstr "Perl 스크립팅 활성화(&E)" -#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536 +#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536 msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting" msgstr "Python 스크립팅 활성화(&Y)" -#. illegal keys in vhost -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 +#. illegal keys in vhost +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 #, perl-format msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'." msgstr "가상 호스트 '%s'에 잘못된 키가 있습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 #, perl-format msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s." msgstr "내부 오류: 데이터는 %s이(가) 아니라 배열 참조여야 합니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 msgid "Illegal host ID." msgstr "호스트 ID가 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 msgid "hostid already exists" msgstr "호스트 ID는 이미 존재합니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 msgid "can not delete default host" msgstr "기본 호스트를 삭제할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 msgid "hostid not found" msgstr "hostid를 찾을 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 msgid "illegal port" msgstr "잘못된 포트" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 msgid "writing the firewall rules failed" msgstr "방화벽 규칙 쓰기에 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 msgid "listen value to delete not found" msgstr "삭제할 수신 값을 찾을 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID." msgstr "지정한 ID의 호스트를 가져올 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." msgstr "PEM 데이터가 손상되었습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID." msgstr "이 호스트 ID에 대해 구성된 인증서 키 파일이 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgstr "키 파일을 구문 분석하는 데 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID." msgstr "이 호스트 ID에 대해 구성된 CA 인증서 파일이 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc." msgstr "클라이언트 호스트 이름, IP 주소 등에 기반한 액세스 제어를 제공합니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method" msgstr "미디어 유형 또는 요청 메소드에 기반한 CGI 스크립트 실행" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 -msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 +msgid "" +"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for " +"URL redirection" msgstr "URL 리디렉션을 위해 문서 트리에 호스트 파일 시스템의 다른 부분 매핑" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 msgid "Basic authentication" msgstr "기본 인증" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 msgid "User authentication using text files" msgstr "텍스트 파일을 사용하여 사용자 인증" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 msgid "User Authorization" msgstr "사용자 인증" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files" msgstr "일반 텍스트 파일을 사용하여 그룹 인증" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 msgid "User authentication using DBM files" msgstr "DBM 파일을 사용하여 사용자 인증" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 -msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 +msgid "" +"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" msgstr "Unix ls 명령어와 유사한 디렉토리 색인을 자동으로 생성" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 msgid "Execution of CGI scripts" msgstr "CGI 스크립트 실행" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125 msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" -msgstr "슬래시로 끝나는 스크립트 리디렉트와 디렉토리 색인 파일 지원을 제공합니다." +msgstr "" +"슬래시로 끝나는 스크립트 리디렉트와 디렉토리 색인 파일 지원을 제공합니다." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" msgstr "CGI 스크립트와 SSI 페이지에 전달된 환경 수정" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144 msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" msgstr "사용자 지정된 기준에 따라 Expires HTTP 헤더 생성" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159 msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" msgstr "서버 구문 분석된 HTML 문서(Server Side Includes)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173 msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server" msgstr "서버에 대한 요청 로깅" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185 -msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185 +msgid "" +"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and " +"content" msgstr "요청된 파일 이름 확장자와 해당 파일의 동작과 내용 연결" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210 msgid "Provides for content negotiation" msgstr "내용 조정 제공" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220 -msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220 +msgid "" +"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the " +"request" msgstr "요청 특성에 기반한 환경 변수 설정 허용" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231 msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" msgstr "서버 활동과 성능에 대한 정보 제공" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239 msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group" msgstr "지정된 사용자와 그룹으로 실행하도록 CGI 스크립트 허용" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250 msgid "User-specific directories" msgstr "사용자 관련 디렉토리" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258 msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers" msgstr "자체 HTTP 헤더를 포함하는 파일 전송" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264 msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas" msgstr "인증된 영역에 대한 \"anonymous\" 사용자 액세스 허용" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285 msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication" msgstr "MD5 Digest 인증을 사용한 사용자 인증" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300 -msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" -msgstr "HTTP 기본 인증을 위해 데이타베이스 저장에 사용하도록 LDAP 디렉토리 허용" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300 +msgid "" +"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic " +"authentication" +msgstr "" +"HTTP 기본 인증을 위해 데이타베이스 저장에 사용하도록 LDAP 디렉토리 허용" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493 msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" msgstr "URI에 키된 내용 캐시" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335 msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding" msgstr "번역 또는 리코딩 문자 집합 지정" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345 msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality" msgstr "분산된 작성 및 버전 관리(WebDAV) 기능" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360 msgid "File system provider for mod_dav" msgstr "mod_dav의 파일 시스템 제공자" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371 msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client" msgstr "클라이언트에 전송하기 전에 내용 압축" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390 msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs" msgstr "URI에 키된 내용 캐시 저장 관리자" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403 msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules" msgstr "프로토콜 모듈을 설명하기 위한 간단한 에코 서버" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411 -msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411 +msgid "" +"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the " +"client" msgstr "클라이언트에 전송하기 전에 외부 프로그램을 통해 응답 본문 전달 " -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424 msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" msgstr "메모리에 파일 정적 목록을 캐시로 저장" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434 msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers" msgstr "HTTP 요청 및 응답 헤더 사용자 정의" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447 msgid "Server-side image map processing" msgstr "Server-side 이미지 맵 처리" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458 msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration" msgstr "서버 구성의 광범위한 개요 제공" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467 -msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467 +msgid "" +"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP " +"modules" msgstr "LDAP 연결 풀링과 기타 LDAP 모듈로 사용하기 위한 결과 캐싱 서비스" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487 msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "요청당 입출력 바이트 로깅" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507 -msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507 +msgid "" +"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" msgstr "내용의 몇 바이트를 조사하여 파일의 MIME 유형 결정" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516 msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" msgstr "HTTP/1.1 프록시/게이트웨이 서버" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564 msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "mod_proxy용 AJP 지원 모듈" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571 msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling" msgstr "CONNECT 요청 핸들링을 연결하기 위한 mod_proxy 확장" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578 msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "mod_proxy에 대한 FTP 지원 모듈" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584 msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "mod_proxy에 대한 HTTP 지원 모듈" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590 -msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590 +msgid "" +"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" msgstr "요청된 URL을 바로 재작성하기 위해 규칙 기반 재작성 엔진 제공" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617 msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered" msgstr "사용자가 입력했을 수 있는 잘못된 URL을 수정하기 위한 시도" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626 -msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" -msgstr "Secure Sockets Layer(SSL)와 Transport Layer Security(TLS) 프로토콜을 사용한 강력한 암호화 방법" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626 +msgid "" +"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer " +"Security (TLS) protocols" +msgstr "" +"Secure Sockets Layer(SSL)와 Transport Layer Security(TLS) 프로토콜을 사용한 " +"강력한 암호화 방법" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666 -msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666 +msgid "" +"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" msgstr "각 요청에 대한 고유 식별자와 함께 환경 변수 제공" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672 msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site" msgstr "사이트의 사용자 활동에 대한 클릭스트림 로깅" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692 msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" msgstr "동적 구성된 대량 가상 호스팅에 대한 지원 제공" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709 msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages" msgstr "PHP5 동적 생성 페이지에 대한 지원 제공" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715 msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Perl 동적 생성된 페이지에 대한 지원 제공" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721 msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Python 동적 생성된 페이지에 대한 지원 제공" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727 msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache" msgstr "apache의 AppArmor 하위 프로세스 제한에 대한 지원 제공" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740 msgid "Provides support for subversion" msgstr "하위 버전에 대한 지원을 제공합니다." -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:22 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:22 msgid "Host not found" msgstr "호스트를 찾을 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:58 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:58 #, perl-format msgid "Illegal '%s' parameter" msgstr "잘못된 '%s' 매개변수" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62 msgid "ssl together with \"virtual by name\" is not possible" msgstr "ssl을 \"이름에 의한 가상\"과 함께 사용할 수 없습니다." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/inetd.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/inetd.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/inetd.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,273 +14,275 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. is this proposal or not? -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:63 +#. is this proposal or not? +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:63 msgid "Configuration of Network Services (xinetd)" msgstr "네트워크 서비스 구성(xinetd)" -#. translators: command line help text for "summary" action -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:87 +#. translators: command line help text for "summary" action +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:87 msgid "Show the status of current system services" msgstr "현재 시스템 서비스 상태 표시" -#. translators: command line help text for "id" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for "id" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:99 msgid "Unique identifier" msgstr "고유한 식별자" -#. translators: command line help text for "service" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:106 +#. translators: command line help text for "service" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:106 msgid "Service name" msgstr "서비스 이름" -#. translators: command line help text for "disable" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:113 +#. translators: command line help text for "disable" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:113 msgid "Disable service" msgstr "서비스 비활성화" -#. translators: command line help text for "rpc_version" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:121 +#. translators: command line help text for "rpc_version" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:121 msgid "RPC version of RPC service" msgstr "RPC 서비스의 RPC 버전" -#. translators: command line help text for "socket_type" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:128 +#. translators: command line help text for "socket_type" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:128 msgid "Socket type" msgstr "소켓 형식" -#. translators: command line help text for "protocol" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:136 +#. translators: command line help text for "protocol" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:136 msgid "Internet (IP) protocols" msgstr "인터넷(IP) 프로토콜" -#. translators: command line help text for "wait" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:144 +#. translators: command line help text for "wait" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:144 msgid "Wait attribute" msgstr "대기 속성" -#. translators: command line help text for "user" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:152 +#. translators: command line help text for "user" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:152 msgid "Determines the uid for the server process" msgstr "서버 프로세스에 대한 uid 지정" -#. translators: command line help text for "group" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:159 +#. translators: command line help text for "group" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:159 msgid "Determines the gid for the server process" msgstr "서버 프로세스에 대한 gid 지정" -#. translators: command line help text for "server" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:166 +#. translators: command line help text for "server" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:166 msgid "Path name of program to execute" msgstr "실행할 프로그램의 경로 이름" -#. translators: command line help text for "server_args" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:173 +#. translators: command line help text for "server_args" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:173 msgid "Parameters for server" msgstr "서버의 매개변수" -#. translators: command line help text for "comment" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:180 +#. translators: command line help text for "comment" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:180 msgid "User comment" msgstr "사용자 주석" -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:345 +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:345 msgid "You must specify a service ID." msgstr "서비스 ID를 지정해야 합니다." -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:356 +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:356 msgid "Specify the service using a 'service' option." msgstr "'service' 옵션을 사용하여 서비스를 지정하십시오." -#. translators: error message for command line -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:371 src/clients/inetd.rb:391 +#. translators: error message for command line +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:371 src/clients/inetd.rb:391 msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options." msgstr "'id' 옵션은 다른 옵션과 함께 사용할 수 없습니다." -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Status" msgstr "상태" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 msgid "Service" msgstr "서비스" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:403 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:403 msgid "Type" msgstr "형식" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:404 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:404 msgid "Prot." msgstr "Prot." -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Wait" msgstr "대기" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 msgid "User" msgstr "사용자" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Server" msgstr "서버" -#. id, -#. Translators: Service status: On = running, --- = stopped -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:437 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:191 +#. id, +#. Translators: Service status: On = running, --- = stopped +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:437 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:191 msgid "On" msgstr "켜기" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:438 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:438 msgid "Off" msgstr "해제" -#. determine wait mode (convert to string) -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 +#. determine wait mode (convert to string) +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 msgid "Yes" msgstr "예" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 msgid "No" msgstr "아니오" -#. create titles -#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:81 +#. create titles +#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Xinetd" msgstr "Xinetd" -#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:82 +#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:82 msgid "&Xinetd" msgstr "Xinetd(&X)" -#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: -#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 +#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: +#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process." msgstr "%1 패키지가 저장 프로세스 동안에 설치되어질 것입니다." -#. if (true) { // for debugging -#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 +#. if (true) { // for debugging +#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." msgstr "%1 패키지가 설치되지 않았습니다. 서비스가 편집될수 없습니다." -#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 +#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed." msgstr "%1 패키지를 성공적으로 설치했습니다." -#. This is main inetd module dialog. -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 +#. This is main inetd module dialog. +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "&Activate All Services" msgstr "모든 서비스 활성화(&A)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "&Deactivate All Services" msgstr "모든 서비스 비활성화(&D)" -#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 +#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "D&isable" msgstr "비활성화(&I)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 msgid "Enab&le" msgstr "활성화(&L)" -#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf -#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 +#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf +#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Currently Available Services" msgstr "현재 사용가능한 서비스" -#. `opt(`notify), -#. `opt(`keepSorting), -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 +#. `opt(`notify), +#. `opt(`keepSorting), +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Ch" msgstr "Ch" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Type " msgstr "형식" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "프로토콜" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Server / Args" msgstr "서버 / 매개변수" -#. Translators: Add service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 +#. Translators: Add service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Add" msgstr "추가(&A)" -#. Translators: Edit service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 +#. Translators: Edit service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "편집(&E)" -#. Translators: Delete service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 +#. Translators: Delete service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "삭제(&D)" -#. Translators: Change service status -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 +#. Translators: Change service status +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)" msgstr "토글 상태(켜기 또는 끄기)(&T)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Status for All &Services" msgstr "모든 서비스들에 대한 상태(&S)" -#. Inetd configure dialog caption -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 +#. Inetd configure dialog caption +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" msgstr "네트워크 서비스 구성(xinetd)" -#. execute dialog -#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 +#. execute dialog +#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Add a New Service Entry" msgstr "새로운 서비스 항목 추가" -#. Translators: Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 +#. Translators: Popup::Error +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." msgstr "그 서비스를 삭제할 수 없습니다. 그것은 설치되지 않았습니다." -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "서비스를 삭제하기 위해서, 주요 대화상자안에 하나를 선택하십시오." -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." -msgstr "서비스의 활성화 또는 비활성화 시키기위해서, 주요 대화상자안에 하나를 선택하십시오." +msgstr "" +"서비스의 활성화 또는 비활성화 시키기위해서, 주요 대화상자안에 하나를 선택하십" +"시오." -#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); -#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 +#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); +#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Edit a service entry" msgstr "서비스 항목 편집" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "서비스를 편집하기 위해서, 주요 대화상자안에 하나를 선택하십시오." -#. Translators: Popup::Warning -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 +#. Translators: Popup::Warning +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "" "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n" "Internet super-server will be disabled." @@ -288,76 +290,76 @@ "모든 서비스는 비활성화로써 설정되었습니다.(잠김)\n" "인터넷 super-server는 비활성화될 것입니다." -#. service name -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 +#. service name +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "&Service" msgstr "서비스(&S)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 msgid "RPC Versio&n" msgstr "RPC 버전 (&N)" -#. service status (running or stopped) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 +#. service status (running or stopped) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Service is acti&ve." msgstr "서비스가 활성화되었습니다.(&V)" -#. service socket type -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 +#. service socket type +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Socket T&ype" msgstr "소켓 형식(&Y)" -#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 +#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "프로토콜(&P)" -#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 +#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 msgid "&Wait" msgstr "대기(&W)" -#. user and group ComboBoxes -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 +#. user and group ComboBoxes +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "&User" msgstr "사용자(&U)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "&Group" msgstr "그룹(&G)" -#. Server arguments -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 +#. Server arguments +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "S&erver" msgstr "서버(&E)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Server Argumen&ts" msgstr "서버 매개변수(&T)" -#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 +#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Co&mment" msgstr "주석(&M)" -#. Translators: Please BE CAREFUL! This text is often used in code! This Translation must be the same. -#. do not add a "flags" field, it's currently in "unparsed" -#. Read user names from passwd. -#. It does not get the NIS entries. -#. "+" is filtered out. -#. @return [Array] users -#. Read group names from group -#. It does not get the NIS entries. -#. "+" is filtered out. -#. @return [Array] groups -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 +#. Translators: Please BE CAREFUL! This text is often used in code! This Translation must be the same. +#. do not add a "flags" field, it's currently in "unparsed" +#. Read user names from passwd. +#. It does not get the NIS entries. +#. "+" is filtered out. +#. @return [Array] users +#. Read group names from group +#. It does not get the NIS entries. +#. "+" is filtered out. +#. @return [Array] groups +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 msgid "--default--" msgstr "--기본--" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "" "Service is empty.\n" "Enter valid values.\n" @@ -365,28 +367,28 @@ "서비스가 비어있습니다.\n" "유효한 값들을 입력하십시오.\n" -#. Error message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 +#. Error message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"." msgstr "서비스 이름에 허용되지 않는 문자 \"/\"가 포함되어 있습니다." -#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 +#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." msgstr "%1 사용자는 단지 내부 서버 프로세스을 위하여 예약되었습니다." -#. Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 +#. Popup::Error +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 msgid "No packages selected. Configuration aborted." msgstr "선택된 패키지가 없습니다. 설정이 중단됩니다." -#. Not used! -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:42 +#. Not used! +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:42 msgid "Selected packages will be installed." msgstr "선택된 패키지가 설치될 것입니다." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:46 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -394,17 +396,18 @@ "<p><b><big>xinetd 구성 초기화 중</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려 주십시오...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:50 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>초기화 프로세스 중단:</big></b><br>\n" -"지금 <b>중단</b>를 누름으로써 설정 유틸리티를 안전하게 중단할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" +"지금 <b>중단</b>를 누름으로써 설정 유틸리티를 안전하게 중단할 수 있습니다.</" +"p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -412,8 +415,8 @@ "<p><b><big>xinetd 구성 저장 중</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려 주십시오...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:58 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Save Process:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -425,48 +428,54 @@ "추가적인 대화상자는 안전한지를 여러분에게 알려줄 것입니다.\n" "</P>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:65 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Service Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Click <b>Enable</b> to enable network services managed by a super-server\n" "configuration. To stop the super-server, click <b>Disable</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>네트워크 서비스 구성</big></b><br>\n" -"수퍼 서버 구성을 통해 관리되는 네트워크 서비스를 활성화하려면 <b>활성화</b>를\n" +"수퍼 서버 구성을 통해 관리되는 네트워크 서비스를 활성화하려면 <b>활성화</b>" +"를\n" " 클릭합니다. 수퍼 서버를 중지하려면 <b>비활성화</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Service Status:</big></b><br>\n" "All services marked with <b>X</b> in column <b>Ch</b> were edited\n" "and will be changed in the system configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>서비스 설정 상태:</big</b><br>\n" -"<b><Ch></b> 컬럼 <b>Ch</b> 안에 <b>X</b>이 함께 표시된 모든 서비스는 편집 된 상태이며\n" +"<b><Ch></b> 컬럼 <b>Ch</b> 안에 <b>X</b>이 함께 표시된 모든 서비스는 편집 된 " +"상태이며\n" "시스템의 설정을 변경할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Services Status:</big></b><br>\n" "All services marked with <b>---</b> are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with <b>On</b> are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be configured.</p>" +"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be " +"configured.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>서비스 상태:</big></b><br>\n" "모든 서비스들이 <b>---</b>가 표시되어 있으면 비활성화 상태입니다.(잠김).\n" "모든 서비스들이 <b>켜기</b>가 표시되어 있으면 활성화 상태입니다.(열림)\n" -"모든 서비스들이 <b>NI</b>가 표시되어 있으면 설치와 설정이 비활성화 상태입니다.</p>" +"모든 서비스들이 <b>NI</b>가 표시되어 있으면 설치와 설정이 비활성화 상태입니" +"다.</p>" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Changing Service Status:</big></b><br>\n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or Off)</b>.</p>\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or " +"Off)</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>서비스 상태 변경:</big></b><br>\n" -"활성화 또는 비활성화를 할 서비스를 선택하고 <b>토글 상태(켜기 또는 끄기)</b>를 누르십시오.</p>\n" +"활성화 또는 비활성화를 할 서비스를 선택하고 <b>토글 상태(켜기 또는 끄기)</b>" +"를 누르십시오.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing Services:</big></b><br>\n" "Select the service to edit and press <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n" @@ -474,7 +483,7 @@ "<p><b><big>서비스 편집:</big></b><br>\n" "편집할 서비스를 선택하고 <b>편집</b>을 누르십시오.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Deleting Services:</big></b><br>\n" "Select the service to delete and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" @@ -482,7 +491,7 @@ "<p><b><big>서비스 삭제:</big></b><br>\n" "삭제할 서비스를 선택하고 <b>삭제</b>를 누르십시오.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a New Entry:</big></b>\n" "Click <b>Create</b> and complete the form.</p>\n" @@ -490,19 +499,20 @@ "<p><b><big>새로운 항목 추가:</big></b><br>\n" "<b>생성</b>을 클릭하고 폼을 완성하십시오.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Canceling Configuration:</big></b>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the <b>Cancel</b> button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.</p>\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " +"will remain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>구성 취소:</big></b>\n" "<b>취소</b> 버튼을 눌러 구성을 변경하지 마십시오.\n" "이렇게 하면 변경사항이 모두 없어지고 원래 구성이 남게 됩니다.</p>\n" -#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. -#. @return The help text. -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:104 +#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. +#. @return The help text. +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "\n" "<p>To create a valid entry (service) for the super-server,\n" @@ -512,7 +522,7 @@ "<p>super-server로 유효한 항목을 만들려면\n" "엔터를 누르십시오.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<ul>\n" "<li>service name\n" @@ -538,11 +548,15 @@ "<li>서버 프로그램 매개변수\n" "</ul>" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p>이것은 짧은 설명입니다. 자세한 설명을 보려면 <b>info xinetd.conf</b>를 참조하십시오.</p>\n" +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 +msgid "" +"<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</" +"p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>이것은 짧은 설명입니다. 자세한 설명을 보려면 <b>info xinetd.conf</b>를 참" +"조하십시오.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "<p>Enter a valid service name into the <b>service</b> field.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -550,7 +564,7 @@ "<p><b>서비스</b>필드안에 유효한 서비스 이름을 넣으십시오.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<p>The <b>socket type</b> should be stream, dgram, raw, or seqpacket,\n" "depending on whether the service is stream-based, is datagram-based,\n" @@ -562,17 +576,20 @@ " 필요로 하거나 신뢰할 수 있는 순차 데이터그램 전송을\n" " 필요로 합니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" +"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" +"protocols.\n" "Examples include <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, and <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>프로토콜</b>은 반드시 /etc/protocols 파일에 지정된 유효한 프로토콜이어야 합니다.\n" -"예로 <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, 그리고 <i>rpc/udp</i> 포함합니다.\n" +"<p><b>프로토콜</b>은 반드시 /etc/protocols 파일에 지정된 유효한 프로토콜이어" +"야 합니다.\n" +"예로 <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, 그리고 <i>rpc/udp</i> 포함합니" +"다.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "<p>The <b>wait/nowait</b> entry determines if the service is\n" "single-threaded or multithreaded and whether xinetd accepts the\n" @@ -600,7 +617,7 @@ " 이는 udp가 연결 지향적이지 않기 때문입니다. <i>tcp/stream</i>\n" " 서버는 보통 <b>no</b> 값을 기대합니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>The server will be run with the permissions of the user selected in\n" "<b>User</b>. This is useful to make services run with permissions\n" @@ -612,7 +629,7 @@ "\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159 msgid "" "<p>In <b>Server</b>, enter the path name of the program to\n" "be executed by the super-server when a request reaches its socket.\n" @@ -626,81 +643,81 @@ "\n" "</p>\n" -#. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194 +#. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194 msgid "---" msgstr "---" -#. Translators: This is used for status "Not Installed". -#. Please, make the -#. translation as short as possible. -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:206 +#. Translators: This is used for status "Not Installed". +#. Please, make the +#. translation as short as possible. +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:206 msgid "NI" msgstr "NI" -#. Whole configuration of inetd but without reading and writing. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:87 +#. Whole configuration of inetd but without reading and writing. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:87 msgid "Xinetd Configuration" msgstr "Xinetd 구성" -#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:88 +#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:88 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "초기화중 ..." -#. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 +#. Inetd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgstr "inetd 설정 초기화" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 msgid "Read the Configuration" msgstr "설정 불러오기" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "설정 불러오는중..." -#. read database -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 +#. read database +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료되었습니다." -#. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 +#. Inetd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgstr "inetd 설정 저장" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "설정 기록" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "설정을 기록하는중..." -#. in future: catch errors -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 +#. in future: catch errors +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "설정을 기록할 수 없습니다." -#. "enabled" defaults to true -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 +#. "enabled" defaults to true +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>" msgstr "<p><ul><i>모든 서비스들은 중지로 설정되어 있습니다.</i></ul></p>" -#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 +#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 msgid "Network services" msgstr "네트워크 서비스" -#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 +#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 msgid "Network services are managed via %1" msgstr "네트워크 서비스들은 %1에 의해 관리됩니다." -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 msgid "These services will be enabled" msgstr "이 서비스들은 사용가능하게 될 것입니다." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/iplb.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/iplb.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/iplb.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: iplb\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,159 +14,159 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module -#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module +#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of IPLB" msgstr "IPLB 구성" -#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals -#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81 +#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Iplb" msgstr "IPLB" -#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals -#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83 +#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83 msgid "&Iplb" msgstr "IPLB(&I)" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/iplb.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of iplb -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng@novell.com> -#. -#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#. -#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. -#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/iplb.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of iplb +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng@novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "전체 구성" -#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" msgstr "가상 서버 구성" -#. Iplb summary dialog caption -#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption -#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46 -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140 +#. Iplb summary dialog caption +#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption +#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140 msgid "IPLB Configuration" msgstr "IPLB 구성" -#. Iplb overview dialog caption -#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142 +#. Iplb overview dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142 msgid "IPLB Overview" msgstr "IPLB 개요" -#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49 +#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "First part of configuration of IPLB" msgstr "IPLB 구성의 첫 번째 부분" -#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88 +#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Second part of configuration of IPLB" msgstr "IPLB 구성의 두 번째 부분" -#. ids of widget of global dialog -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +#. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "yes" msgstr "예" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "no" msgstr "아니오" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 msgid "&Global Configuration" msgstr "전체 구성(&G)" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" msgstr "가상 서버 구성(&V)" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "간격 확인" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 msgid "Check Timeout" msgstr "제한 시간 확인" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214 msgid "Failure Count" msgstr "실패 수" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208 msgid "Negotiate Timeout" msgstr "협상 제한 시간" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167 msgid "Fallback" msgstr "대체" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86 msgid "Callback" msgstr "콜백" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" msgstr "실행" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" msgstr "전자 메일 경고" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187 msgid "Email Alert Freq" msgstr "전자 메일 경고 빈도" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190 msgid "Email Alert Status" msgstr "전자 메일 경고 상태" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100 msgid "Auto Reload" msgstr "자동 다시 로드" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216 msgid "Quiescent" msgstr "정지" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 msgid "Fork" msgstr "분기" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103 msgid "Supervised" msgstr "감독됨" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106 msgid "Log File" msgstr "로그 파일" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>check interval</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" @@ -174,88 +174,151 @@ "</p><p>Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " +"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " +"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" +"virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " +"used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " +"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " +"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " +"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " +"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " +"used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" +"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " +"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n" -"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b><a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|" +"syslog_facility\n" +"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " +"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b><a href=\"/" +"man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n" "</p><p>Default: log directly to the file <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " +"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " +"requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " +"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " +"methods.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" +"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " +"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " +"seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " +"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " +"configuration\n" "option.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</" +"b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " +"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If " +"<b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " +"options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: all\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" +"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls " +"the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has " +"changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on " +"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name " +"of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>autoreload</b> is\n" +"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> " +"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " +"<b>autoreload</b> is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>configuration</i>.\n" +"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " +"<i>configuration</i>.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " +"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " +"configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " +"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "</p><p>Default: no\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" -"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to " +"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> " +"table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " +"be accepted.\n" +"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " +"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " +"routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " +"information on persistant connections.\n" "</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " +"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the " +"kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</" +"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " +"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " +"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " +"increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " +"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " +"instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" -"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " +"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful " +"to run\n" +"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://" +"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" +"a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" +"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -265,130 +328,217 @@ "</p><p>기본값: 10초\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>연결, 외부 및 ping 확인에 대한 제한 시간(초)입니다. 제한 시간을 초과할 경우 실제 서버가 비가동으로 선언됩니다.\n" +"</p><p>연결, 외부 및 ping 확인에 대한 제한 시간(초)입니다. 제한 시간을 초과" +"할 경우 실제 서버가 비가동으로 선언됩니다.\n" "</p><p>가상 서버 섹션에서 정의된 경우 전역 값이 무효화됩니다.\n" -"</p><p>정의되지 않은 경우 negotiatetimeout 값이 사용됩니다. negotiatetimeout도 가상별 설정에 의해 무효화될 수 있는 전역 값입니다.\n" -"</p><p>checktimeout 및 negotiatetimeout이 둘 다 설정되지 않은 경우 기본값이 사용됩니다.\n" +"</p><p>정의되지 않은 경우 negotiatetimeout 값이 사용됩니다. negotiatetimeout" +"도 가상별 설정에 의해 무효화될 수 있는 전역 값입니다.\n" +"</p><p>checktimeout 및 negotiatetimeout이 둘 다 설정되지 않은 경우 기본값이 " +"사용됩니다.\n" "</p><p>기본값: 5초\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>실제 서버가 실패한 것으로 간주되기 전에 확인에서 실패를 보고해야 하는 연속 횟수입니다. 값이 1이면 처음 실패 시 실제 서버가 실패한 것으로 간주됩니다. 성공적으로 확인되면 실패 카운터가 0으로 재설정됩니다.\n" +"</p><p>실제 서버가 실패한 것으로 간주되기 전에 확인에서 실패를 보고해야 하는 " +"연속 횟수입니다. 값이 1이면 처음 실패 시 실제 서버가 실패한 것으로 간주됩니" +"다. 성공적으로 확인되면 실패 카운터가 0으로 재설정됩니다.\n" "</p><p>가상 서버 섹션에서 정의된 경우 전역 값이 무효화됩니다.\n" "</p><p>기본값: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>negotiate 확인에 대한 제한 시간(초)입니다.\n" "</p><p>가상 서버 섹션에서 정의된 경우 전역 값이 무효화됩니다.\n" -"</p><p>정의되지 않은 경우 connecttimeout 값이 사용됩니다. connecttimeout도 가상별 설정에 의해 무효화될 수 있는 전역 값입니다.\n" -"</p><p>negotiatetimeout 및 connecttimeout이 둘 다 설정되지 않은 경우 기본값이 사용됩니다.\n" +"</p><p>정의되지 않은 경우 connecttimeout 값이 사용됩니다. connecttimeout도 가" +"상별 설정에 의해 무효화될 수 있는 전역 값입니다.\n" +"</p><p>negotiatetimeout 및 connecttimeout이 둘 다 설정되지 않은 경우 기본값" +"이 사용됩니다.\n" "</p><p>기본값: 30초\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>실제 서버가 모두 다운된 경우 웹 서비스가 리디렉션되는 서버입니다. 일반적으로 응급 페이지가 있는 127.0.0.1입니다.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" +"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>실제 서버가 모두 다운된 경우 웹 서비스가 리디렉션되는 서버입니다. 일반" +"적으로 응급 페이지가 있는 127.0.0.1입니다.\n" "</p><p>가상 서버 섹션에서 정의된 경우 전역 값이 무효화됩니다.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n" -"</p><p>이 지시문을 사용하여 대체 로그 파일을 지정할 수 있습니다. 로그 파일에 선행 '/'가 없는 경우 <b><a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3) 기능 이름으로 가정됩니다.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|" +"syslog_facility\n" +"</p><p>이 지시문을 사용하여 대체 로그 파일을 지정할 수 있습니다. 로그 파일에 " +"선행 '/'가 없는 경우 <b><a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3) 기능 이름" +"으로 가정됩니다.\n" "</p><p>기본값: <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i> 파일에 직접 로깅\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>가상 서비스에 정의된 실제 서버에 변경된 연결 상태에 대한 경고를 보내기 위한 유효한 전자 메일 주소입니다. 이 옵션을 사용하려면 perl\n" -"모듈 MailTools를 설치해야 합니다. 기본 제공 방법을 사용하여 자동으로 전자 메일 전송을 시도합니다. 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 perldoc Mail::Mailer를 참조하십시오.\n" +"</p><p>가상 서비스에 정의된 실제 서버에 변경된 연결 상태에 대한 경고를 보내" +"기 위한 유효한 전자 메일 주소입니다. 이 옵션을 사용하려면 perl\n" +"모듈 MailTools를 설치해야 합니다. 기본 제공 방법을 사용하여 자동으로 전자 메" +"일 전송을 시도합니다. 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 perldoc Mail::Mailer를 참조하" +"십시오.\n" "</p><p>가상 서버 섹션에서 정의된 경우 전역 값이 무효화됩니다.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>가상 서비스에 지정된 실제 서버에 액세스할 수 없는 동안 반복되는 전자 메일 경고 사이의 지연(초)입니다. 0초를 설정하면\n" -"반복 경고가 사용되지 않습니다. 이 설정의 전자 메일 타이밍 정확도는 checkinterval 구성 옵션에 정의된 시간(초)에 따라\n" +"</p><p>가상 서비스에 지정된 실제 서버에 액세스할 수 없는 동안 반복되는 전자 " +"메일 경고 사이의 지연(초)입니다. 0초를 설정하면\n" +"반복 경고가 사용되지 않습니다. 이 설정의 전자 메일 타이밍 정확도는 " +"checkinterval 구성 옵션에 정의된 시간(초)에 따라\n" "달라집니다.\n" "</p><p>가상 서버 섹션에서 정의된 경우 전역 값이 무효화됩니다.\n" "</p><p>기본값: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>전자 메일 경고가 전송되어야 하는 서버 상태의 쉼표로 구분된 목록입니다. <b>all</b>은\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\"을 나타냅니다. <b>none</b>이 지정된 경우 다른 옵션을 지정할 수 없습니다. 그렇지 않으면 옵션은 서로 or로\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</" +"b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>전자 메일 경고가 전송되어야 하는 서버 상태의 쉼표로 구분된 목록입니" +"다. <b>all</b>은\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\"을 나타냅" +"니다. <b>none</b>이 지정된 경우 다른 옵션을 지정할 수 없습니다. 그렇지 않으" +"면 옵션은 서로 or로\n" "연결됩니다.\n" "</p><p>가상 서버 섹션에서 정의된 경우 전역 값이 무효화됩니다.\n" "</p><p>기본값: all\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>이 지시문이 정의된 경우 <b>ldirectord</b>에서 디스크의 구성 파일이 변경된 후 실행 파일 <i>/path/to/callback</i>을 자동으로\n" -"호출합니다. 다른 하트비트 호스트에서 <b>scp</b>를 통해 구성 파일을 업데이트하는 데 유용합니다. 콜백에 대한 첫 번째 인수는 구성\n" +"</p><p>이 지시문이 정의된 경우 <b>ldirectord</b>에서 디스크의 구성 파일이 변" +"경된 후 실행 파일 <i>/path/to/callback</i>을 자동으로\n" +"호출합니다. 다른 하트비트 호스트에서 <b>scp</b>를 통해 구성 파일을 업데이트하" +"는 데 유용합니다. 콜백에 대한 첫 번째 인수는 구성\n" "이름입니다.\n" -"</p><p>이 지시문을 사용하여 디스크의 구성 파일이 변경된 후 <b>ldirectord</b>를 자동으로 다시 시작할 수도 있습니다. 그러나 <b>autoreload</b>가\n" +"</p><p>이 지시문을 사용하여 디스크의 구성 파일이 변경된 후 <b>ldirectord</b>" +"를 자동으로 다시 시작할 수도 있습니다. 그러나 <b>autoreload</b>가\n" "yes로 설정된 경우 구성이 다시 로드됩니다.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>이 지시문을 사용하여 명명된 <i>configuration</i>에 대해 ldirectord 인스턴스를 시작합니다.\n" +"</p><p>이 지시문을 사용하여 명명된 <i>configuration</i>에 대해 ldirectord 인" +"스턴스를 시작합니다.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p><ldirectord>에서 구성 파일이 수정되었는지 계속 확인해야 하는지 여부를 정의합니다. 'yes'로 설정되고 디스크의 구성 파일이\n" -"변경되었으며 수정 시간(mtime)이 이전 버전보다 최신인 경우 구성이 자동으로 다시 로드됩니다.\n" +"</p><p><ldirectord>에서 구성 파일이 수정되었는지 계속 확인해야 하는지 " +"여부를 정의합니다. 'yes'로 설정되고 디스크의 구성 파일이\n" +"변경되었으며 수정 시간(mtime)이 이전 버전보다 최신인 경우 구성이 자동으로 다" +"시 로드됩니다.\n" "</p><p>기본값: no\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p><i>yes</i>인 경우 실제 또는 대체 서버가 다운된 것이 확인될 때 실제로 커널의 <small>LVS</small> 테이블에서 제거되지 않습니다.\n" +"</p><p><i>yes</i>인 경우 실제 또는 대체 서버가 다운된 것이 확인될 때 실제로 " +"커널의 <small>LVS</small> 테이블에서 제거되지 않습니다.\n" "대신 가중치가 0으로 설정되어 새 연결이 수락되지 않습니다.\n" -"</p><p>이 경우 실제 서버에 영구적 연결이 있으면 영구적 제한 시간이 만료될 때까지 기존 클라이언트의 새 연결이 계속 실제 서버로 \n" -"라우팅되는 부작용이 있습니다. 영구적 연결에 대한 자세한 내용은 ipvsadm을 참조하십시오.\n" +"</p><p>이 경우 실제 서버에 영구적 연결이 있으면 영구적 제한 시간이 만료될 때" +"까지 기존 클라이언트의 새 연결이 계속 실제 서버로 \n" +"라우팅되는 부작용이 있습니다. 영구적 연결에 대한 자세한 내용은 ipvsadm을 참조" +"하십시오.\n" "</p><p>다음을 실행하면 이 부작용을 방지할 수 있습니다.\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>proc 파일이 없는 경우 커널에 lvs 지원이 없거나, <small>LVS</small> 지원이 로드되지 않았거나, 커널이 너무 오래되어\n" -"proc 파일을 포함할 수 없음을 의미합니다. 루트로 ipvsadm을 실행할 경우 가능하면 <small>LVS</small>가 커널에 로드되어야 합니다.\n" -"</p><p><i>no</i>인 경우 실제 또는 대체 서버가 커널의 <small>LVS</small> 테이블에서 제거됩니다. 기본값은 <i>yes</i>입니다.\n" +"</p><p>proc 파일이 없는 경우 커널에 lvs 지원이 없거나, <small>LVS</small> 지" +"원이 로드되지 않았거나, 커널이 너무 오래되어\n" +"proc 파일을 포함할 수 없음을 의미합니다. 루트로 ipvsadm을 실행할 경우 가능하" +"면 <small>LVS</small>가 커널에 로드되어야 합니다.\n" +"</p><p><i>no</i>인 경우 실제 또는 대체 서버가 커널의 <small>LVS</small> 테이" +"블에서 제거됩니다. 기본값은 <i>yes</i>입니다.\n" "</p><p>가상 서버 섹션에서 정의된 경우 전역 값이 무효화됩니다.\n" "</p><p>기본값: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p><i>yes</i>인 경우 ldirectord에서 모든 가상 서버에 대해 하위 프로세스를 생성하고 이 프로세스에서 실제 서버에 대한 확인을 실행합니다. 이로 인해 많은 가상 서버가\n" -"포함된 구성에서 실제 서버 상태 변경에 대한 응답 시간이 증가합니다. 또한 많은 개별\n" -"ldirectord 인스턴스를 실행하는 것보다 메모리 사용이 더 적을 수 있습니다. 하위 프로세스는 비가동 시 자동으로 다시 시작됩니다.\n" +"</p><p><i>yes</i>인 경우 ldirectord에서 모든 가상 서버에 대해 하위 프로세스" +"를 생성하고 이 프로세스에서 실제 서버에 대한 확인을 실행합니다. 이로 인해 많" +"은 가상 서버가\n" +"포함된 구성에서 실제 서버 상태 변경에 대한 응답 시간이 증가합니다. 또한 많은 " +"개별\n" +"ldirectord 인스턴스를 실행하는 것보다 메모리 사용이 더 적을 수 있습니다. 하" +"위 프로세스는 비가동 시 자동으로 다시 시작됩니다.\n" "</p><p>기본값: <i>no</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p><i>yes</i>인 경우 ldirectord가 백그라운드 모드로 전환되지 않습니다. 모든 로그 메시지가 로그 파일 대신 stdout으로 리디렉션됩니다. daemontools에서 감독하는\n" -"<b>ldirectord</b>를 실행하는 데 유용합니다. 자세한 내용은 <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> 또는 <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a>을 참조하십시오.\n" +"</p><p><i>yes</i>인 경우 ldirectord가 백그라운드 모드로 전환되지 않습니다. 모" +"든 로그 메시지가 로그 파일 대신 stdout으로 리디렉션됩니다. daemontools에서 감" +"독하는\n" +"<b>ldirectord</b>를 실행하는 데 유용합니다. 자세한 내용은 <a href=\"http://" +"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" +"a> 또는 <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" +"daemontools.html</a>을 참조하십시오.\n" "</p><p>기본값: <i>no</i>\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" -"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" +"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" +"servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" +"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " +"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " +"zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " +"option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " +"service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" -"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" -"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" -"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" -"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" -"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" +"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->" +"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" +"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</" +"i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" +"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " +"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " +"primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " +"range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " +"which case\n" +"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server " +"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, " +"must be\n" +"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and " +"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " +"be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" +"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " +"request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " +"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server " +"is used.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual " +"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> " +"address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " +"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " +"virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " +"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " +"that the\n" "underlying <small>LVS</small> code in the kernel functions.\n" -"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " +"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " +"emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " +"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" -"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" +"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</" +"b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" +"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " +"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> " +"connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " +"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " +"negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " +"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real " +"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> " +"services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " +"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " +"be\n" "activated. Default is <i>negotiate</i>.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" -"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|" +"<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|" +"<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|" +"<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" +"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " +"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it " +"against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " +"server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</" +"b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" "</p><dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -411,7 +561,9 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" +"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " +"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " +"everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "</p><p>Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -422,68 +574,105 @@ "\n" "\n" "<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" +"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " +"port.\n" "</p><p>Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" +"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</" +"b>\n" +"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " +"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " +"overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n" -"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" +"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, " +"or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n" +"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</" +"small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " +"or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" +"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " +"occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" +"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the " +"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in " +"mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " +"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " +"overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n" +"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's " +"addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n" "</p><p>For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n" -"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the <small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</" +"small></b>\n" +"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the " +"<small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is " +"the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> " +"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "</p><p>Default: <small>GET</small>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. In the\n" -"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n" +"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or " +"<small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> " +"request. In the\n" +"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name " +"of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will " +"be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " +"resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , " +"MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " +"in.\n" "</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from " +"address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " +"configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " +"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " +"will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n" +"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , " +"<small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n" "<small>SIP</small> servers.\n" "</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where " +"hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at " +"run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , " +"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " +"performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed against. This\n" +"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " +"database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed " +"against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd (set by\n" +"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " +"an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd " +"(set by\n" "<b>passwd</b> above).\n" "</p><p>Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -497,115 +686,193 @@ "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n" -"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <b><a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n" +"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an " +"information on the available sehedulers please see the <b><a href=\"ipvsadm" +"\">ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n" "</p><p>Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n" -"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" +"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</" +"small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " +"mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the " +"port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is " +"53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " +"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " +"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" +"virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " +"used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " +"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " +"used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " +"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " +"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " +"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " +"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " +"requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " +"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " +"methods.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" +"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " +"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " +"seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " +"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " +"configuration\n" "option.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</" +"b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " +"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If " +"<b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " +"options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: all\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" +"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " +"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" -"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to " +"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> " +"table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " +"be accepted.\n" +"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " +"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " +"routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " +"information on persistant connections.\n" "</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " +"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the " +"kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</" +"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " +"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" -"</p><p>IP 주소(또는 hostname)와 포트(또는 servicename) 또는 firewall-mark로 가상 서비스를 정의합니다. firewall-mark는 0보다 큰 정수입니다.\n" -"패킷 표시 구성은 <b>ipchains</b>(8)에 대한 <tt>\"-m\"</tt> 옵션을 사용하여 제어됩니다. 가상 서비스에 대한 모든 실제 서비스 및 플래그가\n" +"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" +"servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" +"</p><p>IP 주소(또는 hostname)와 포트(또는 servicename) 또는 firewall-mark로 " +"가상 서비스를 정의합니다. firewall-mark는 0보다 큰 정수입니다.\n" +"패킷 표시 구성은 <b>ipchains</b>(8)에 대한 <tt>\"-m\"</tt> 옵션을 사용하여 제" +"어됩니다. 가상 서비스에 대한 모든 실제 서비스 및 플래그가\n" "이 줄 바로 뒤에 들여쓰기로 표시되어야 합니다.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" -"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" -"</p><p>IP 주소(또는 hostname)와 포트(또는 servicename)로 실제 서비스를 정의합니다. 포트가 생략된 경우 0이 사용되며, 주로 실제 서버의 포트가 무시되는\n" -"fwmark 서비스에 사용됩니다. 선택적으로 <small>IP</small> 주소 범위(또는 두 개의 hostname)를 제공할 수 있으며, 이 경우\n" -"범위의 각 <small>IP</small> 주소는 주어진 포트를 사용하는 실제 서버로 처리됩니다. 두 번째 인수는 전달 방법을 정의하며\n" -"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> 또는 <b>masq</b>여야 합니다. 세 번째 인수는 선택 사항이며 실제 서버의 가중치를 정의합니다. 생략된 경우 가중치 1이\n" -"사용됩니다. 마지막 두 인수도 선택 사항입니다. 두 인수는 서버가 활성 상태인지 확인하는 데 사용되는 요청-수신 쌍을 정의합니다. 가상 서버 섹션의 요청-수신 쌍을\n" -"무효화합니다. 이러한 두 문자열은 따옴표로 묶어야 합니다. 요청 문자열이 http://...로 시작하는 경우 실제 서버의 IP 주소와 포트가\n" +"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->" +"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" +"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</" +"i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" +"</p><p>IP 주소(또는 hostname)와 포트(또는 servicename)로 실제 서비스를 정의합" +"니다. 포트가 생략된 경우 0이 사용되며, 주로 실제 서버의 포트가 무시되는\n" +"fwmark 서비스에 사용됩니다. 선택적으로 <small>IP</small> 주소 범위(또는 두 개" +"의 hostname)를 제공할 수 있으며, 이 경우\n" +"범위의 각 <small>IP</small> 주소는 주어진 포트를 사용하는 실제 서버로 처리됩" +"니다. 두 번째 인수는 전달 방법을 정의하며\n" +"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> 또는 <b>masq</b>여야 합니다. 세 번째 인수는 선택 사" +"항이며 실제 서버의 가중치를 정의합니다. 생략된 경우 가중치 1이\n" +"사용됩니다. 마지막 두 인수도 선택 사항입니다. 두 인수는 서버가 활성 상태인지 " +"확인하는 데 사용되는 요청-수신 쌍을 정의합니다. 가상 서버 섹션의 요청-수신 쌍" +"을\n" +"무효화합니다. 이러한 두 문자열은 따옴표로 묶어야 합니다. 요청 문자열이 " +"http://...로 시작하는 경우 실제 서버의 IP 주소와 포트가\n" "무효화되고, 그렇지 않으면 실제 서버의 IP 주소와 포트가 사용됩니다.\n" -"</p><p><small>TCP</small> 및 <small>UDP</small>(fwmark 아님) 가상 서비스의 경우 전달 방법이 masq이고 실제 서버의 <small>IP</small> 주소가\n" -"비로컬(ldirectord를 실행하는 호스트의 인터페이스에 없음)인 경우가 아니면 실제 서버의 포트가 가상 서비스의 포트로\n" -"설정됩니다. 즉, 실제 서버가 다른 컴퓨터이고 전달 방법이 masq인 경우에만 포트 매핑을 사용할 수 있습니다. 이는\n" +"</p><p><small>TCP</small> 및 <small>UDP</small>(fwmark 아님) 가상 서비스의 경" +"우 전달 방법이 masq이고 실제 서버의 <small>IP</small> 주소가\n" +"비로컬(ldirectord를 실행하는 호스트의 인터페이스에 없음)인 경우가 아니면 실" +"제 서버의 포트가 가상 서비스의 포트로\n" +"설정됩니다. 즉, 실제 서버가 다른 컴퓨터이고 전달 방법이 masq인 경우에만 포트 " +"매핑을 사용할 수 있습니다. 이는\n" "커널의 기본 <small>LVS</small> 코드가 작동하는 방식 때문입니다.\n" -"</p><p>이러한 항목이 가상 섹션 내에 두 개 이상 있을 수 있습니다. 위에 나열된 checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq 및\n" -"quiescent 옵션이 가상 섹션 내에 표시될 수도 있으며, 이 경우 전역 설정이 무효화됩니다.\n" +"</p><p>이러한 항목이 가상 섹션 내에 두 개 이상 있을 수 있습니다. 위에 나열된 " +"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " +"emailalertfreq 및\n" +"quiescent 옵션이 가상 섹션 내에 표시될 수도 있으며, 이 경우 전역 설정이 무효" +"화됩니다.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" -"</p><p>수행할 확인 유형입니다. negotiate는 요청을 보내고 수신 문자열을 일치시킵니다. connect는 <small>TCP/IP</small> 연결만 설정하려고 하므로\n" -"요청 및 수신 문자열을 생략할 수 있습니다. checktype이 숫자이면 각 N회 연결 시도 후에 협상 시도가 1회 수행되도록 negotiate 및 connect가\n" -"조합됩니다. 서비스가 응답하는지 자주 확인하고 훨씬 긴 간격으로 negotiate 확인이 수행되는 경우에 유용합니다. ping은\n" -"<small>ICMP</small> ping을 사용하여 실제 서버의 가용성을 테스트함을 의미합니다. ping은 <small>UDP</small> 서비스에 대한 연결 확인으로도 사용됩니다. off는\n" -"확인이 수행되지 않으며 실제 또는 대체 서버가 활성화되지 않음을 의미합니다. on은 확인이 수행되지 않으며 실제 서버가 항상\n" +"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</" +"b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" +"</p><p>수행할 확인 유형입니다. negotiate는 요청을 보내고 수신 문자열을 일치시" +"킵니다. connect는 <small>TCP/IP</small> 연결만 설정하려고 하므로\n" +"요청 및 수신 문자열을 생략할 수 있습니다. checktype이 숫자이면 각 N회 연결 시" +"도 후에 협상 시도가 1회 수행되도록 negotiate 및 connect가\n" +"조합됩니다. 서비스가 응답하는지 자주 확인하고 훨씬 긴 간격으로 negotiate 확인" +"이 수행되는 경우에 유용합니다. ping은\n" +"<small>ICMP</small> ping을 사용하여 실제 서버의 가용성을 테스트함을 의미합니" +"다. ping은 <small>UDP</small> 서비스에 대한 연결 확인으로도 사용됩니다. off" +"는\n" +"확인이 수행되지 않으며 실제 또는 대체 서버가 활성화되지 않음을 의미합니다. on" +"은 확인이 수행되지 않으며 실제 서버가 항상\n" "활성화됨을 의미합니다. 기본값은 <i>negotiate</i>입니다.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" -"</p><p>checktype=negotiate를 사용할 때 모니터링할 서비스 유형입니다. none은 모니터링되지 않는 서비스를 나타냅니다.\n" -"</p><p>simpletcp는 <b>request</b> 문자열을 서버로 보내고 <b>receive</b> regexp에 대해 테스트합니다. 다른 유형의 확인은 지정된 프로토콜을 사용하여\n" -"서버에 연결합니다. 프로토콜별 정보는 <b>request</b> 및 <b>receive</b> 섹션을 참조하십시오.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|" +"<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|" +"<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|" +"<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" +"</p><p>checktype=negotiate를 사용할 때 모니터링할 서비스 유형입니다. none은 " +"모니터링되지 않는 서비스를 나타냅니다.\n" +"</p><p>simpletcp는 <b>request</b> 문자열을 서버로 보내고 <b>receive</b> " +"regexp에 대해 테스트합니다. 다른 유형의 확인은 지정된 프로토콜을 사용하여\n" +"서버에 연결합니다. 프로토콜별 정보는 <b>request</b> 및 <b>receive</b> 섹션을 " +"참조하십시오.\n" "</p><p>기본값:\n" "</p><dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* 가상 서버 포트 21: ftp\n" @@ -628,7 +895,8 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>이 설정은 checktype이 external인 경우에 유용하며 실제 서버의 상태를 확인하기 위해 실행할 명령입니다. 모두 정상이면 상태 0으로\n" +"<p>이 설정은 checktype이 external인 경우에 유용하며 실제 서버의 상태를 확인하" +"기 위해 실행할 명령입니다. 모두 정상이면 상태 0으로\n" "종료되어야 하고, 그렇지 않으면 0이 아닌 값으로 종료되어야 합니다.\n" "</p><p>다음 네 개의 파라미터가 스크립트에 전달됩니다.\n" "</p></dt><dt>* 가상 서버 IP/방화벽 표시\n" @@ -639,69 +907,96 @@ "\n" "\n" "<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>모니터링할 포트 수입니다. 확인 포트가 서비스 포트와 다른 경우도 있습니다.\n" +"</p><p>모니터링할 포트 수입니다. 확인 포트가 서비스 포트와 다른 경우도 있습니" +"다.\n" "</p><p>기본값: 각 실제 서버에 대해 지정된 포트\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>이 객체는 각 실제 서버에서 checkinterval 초마다 요청됩니다. 문자열은 따옴표로 묶어야 합니다. 실제 서버 기반의 선택적 요청 문자열로\n" +"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</" +"b>\n" +"</p><p>이 객체는 각 실제 서버에서 checkinterval 초마다 요청됩니다. 문자열은 " +"따옴표로 묶어야 합니다. 실제 서버 기반의 선택적 요청 문자열로\n" "이 문자열을 무효화할 수 있습니다.\n" -"</p><p><small>DNS</small> 확인의 경우 조회할 A 레코드의 이름 또는 <small>PTR</small> 레코드의 주소여야 합니다.\n" -"</p><p>MySQL, Oracle 또는 PostgeSQL 확인의 경우 <small>SQL</small> 쿼리여야 합니다. 반환된 데이터는 확인되지 않고 응답이 하나 이상의 행인지만\n" +"</p><p><small>DNS</small> 확인의 경우 조회할 A 레코드의 이름 또는 " +"<small>PTR</small> 레코드의 주소여야 합니다.\n" +"</p><p>MySQL, Oracle 또는 PostgeSQL 확인의 경우 <small>SQL</small> 쿼리여야 " +"합니다. 반환된 데이터는 확인되지 않고 응답이 하나 이상의 행인지만\n" "확인됩니다. 이는 필수 설정입니다.\n" "</p><p>simpletcp 확인의 경우 \n" " 발생이 줄 바꿈 문자로 바뀌는 것을 제외하고 이 문자열이 그대로 전송됩니다.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>요청된 결과에 이 <i>regexp to compare</i>가 포함된 경우 실제 서버가 활성 상태로 선언됩니다. regexp는 따옴표로 묶어야 합니다.\n" -"regexps는 일반 문자열이 아니며 리터럴로 사용되어야 하는 경우 특수 문자를 이스케이프해야 합니다. 이 regexp는 실제 서버 기반의 선택적\n" +"</p><p>요청된 결과에 이 <i>regexp to compare</i>가 포함된 경우 실제 서버가 활" +"성 상태로 선언됩니다. regexp는 따옴표로 묶어야 합니다.\n" +"regexps는 일반 문자열이 아니며 리터럴로 사용되어야 하는 경우 특수 문자를 이스" +"케이프해야 합니다. 이 regexp는 실제 서버 기반의 선택적\n" "수신 regexp에 의해 무효화될 수 있습니다.\n" -"</p><p><small>DNS</small> 확인의 경우 A 레코드의 주소 또는 <small>PTR</small> 레코드 이름 중 하나여야 합니다.\n" +"</p><p><small>DNS</small> 확인의 경우 A 레코드의 주소 또는 <small>PTR</" +"small> 레코드 이름 중 하나여야 합니다.\n" "</p><p>MySQL 확인의 경우 수신 설정이 사용되지 않습니다.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n" -"</p><p>요청 문자열에 지정된 <small>URI</small>를 가져오기 위해 사용해야 하는 <small>HTTP</small> 메소드입니다. <small>GET</small>은\n" -"파라미터가 설정되지 않은 경우 기본적으로 사용되는 메소드입니다. <small>HEAD</small>가 사용된 경우 수신 문자열을 설정하면 안 됩니다.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</" +"small></b>\n" +"</p><p>요청 문자열에 지정된 <small>URI</small>를 가져오기 위해 사용해야 하는 " +"<small>HTTP</small> 메소드입니다. <small>GET</small>은\n" +"파라미터가 설정되지 않은 경우 기본적으로 사용되는 메소드입니다. <small>HEAD</" +"small>가 사용된 경우 수신 문자열을 설정하면 안 됩니다.\n" "</p><p>기본값: <small>GET</small>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p><small>HTTP</small> 또는 <small>HTTPS</small>와 함께 negotiate 확인을 사용하는 경우에 사용됩니다. <small>HTTP</small> 요청에 사용되는 호스트 헤더를 설정합니다.\n" -"<small>HTTPS</small>의 경우 일반적으로 <small>SSL</small> 인증서의 일반 이름과 일치해야 합니다. 설정되지 않은 경우 실제 서버에 대한 요청 URL(있는 경우)에서\n" -"호스트 헤더가 파생됩니다. 마지막 방법으로, 실제 서버의 <small>IP</small> 주소가 사용됩니다.\n" +"</p><p><small>HTTP</small> 또는 <small>HTTPS</small>와 함께 negotiate 확인을 " +"사용하는 경우에 사용됩니다. <small>HTTP</small> 요청에 사용되는 호스트 헤더" +"를 설정합니다.\n" +"<small>HTTPS</small>의 경우 일반적으로 <small>SSL</small> 인증서의 일반 이름" +"과 일치해야 합니다. 설정되지 않은 경우 실제 서버에 대한 요청 URL(있는 경우)에" +"서\n" +"호스트 헤더가 파생됩니다. 마지막 방법으로, 실제 서버의 <small>IP</small> 주소" +"가 사용됩니다.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p><small>FTP</small>, <small>IMAP</small>, <small>LDAP</small>, MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> 및 PostgreSQL의 경우 로그인에 사용되는 사용자 이름입니다.\n" +"</p><p><small>FTP</small>, <small>IMAP</small>, <small>LDAP</small>, MySQL, " +"Oracle, <small>POP</small> 및 PostgreSQL의 경우 로그인에 사용되는 사용자 이름" +"입니다.\n" "</p><p>Radius의 경우 User-Name 특성에 passwd가 사용됩니다.\n" -"</p><p><small>SIP</small>의 경우 username이 <small>OPTIONS</small> 쿼리의 받는 사람 및 보낸 사람 주소 둘 다로 사용됩니다.\n" +"</p><p><small>SIP</small>의 경우 username이 <small>OPTIONS</small> 쿼리의 받" +"는 사람 및 보낸 사람 주소 둘 다로 사용됩니다.\n" "</p><p>기본값:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n" "</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle 및 PostgreSQL: 구성에서 지정해야 함\n" -"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, 아래 passwd 옵션을 기준으로 hostname이 파생됨\n" +"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, 아래 passwd 옵션" +"을 기준으로 hostname이 파생됨\n" "</dt><dt>* 기타: 빈 문자열. 인증이 시도되지 않음을 의미합니다.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p><small>FTP</small>, <small>IMAP</small>, <small>LDAP</small>, MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small>, PostgreSQL 및\n" +"<p><small>FTP</small>, <small>IMAP</small>, <small>LDAP</small>, MySQL, " +"Oracle, <small>POP</small>, PostgreSQL 및\n" "<small>SIP</small> 서버 로그인에 사용할 비밀번호입니다.\n" "</p><p>Radius의 경우 User-Password 특성에 passwd가 사용됩니다.\n" "</p><p>기본값:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, 여기서 hostname은 런타임에 평가되거나 설정되지 않은 경우 uname에서 소싱되는 환경 변수\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, 여기서 " +"hostname은 런타임에 평가되거나 설정되지 않은 경우 uname에서 소싱되는 환경 변" +"수\n" "<small>HOSTNAME</small>입니다.\n" -"</dt><dt>* 기타: 빈 문자열. <small>LDAP</small>, MySQL, Oracle 및 PostgreSQL의 경우 인증이 수행되지 않음을 의미합니다.\n" +"</dt><dt>* 기타: 빈 문자열. <small>LDAP</small>, MySQL, Oracle 및 PostgreSQL" +"의 경우 인증이 수행되지 않음을 의미합니다.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>MySQL, Oracle 및 PostgreSQL 서버에 사용할 데이터베이스입니다. 위의 <b>receive</b>에서 설정된 쿼리를 수행할 데이터베이스입니다. 이는\n" +"<p>MySQL, Oracle 및 PostgreSQL 서버에 사용할 데이터베이스입니다. 위의 " +"<b>receive</b>에서 설정된 쿼리를 수행할 데이터베이스입니다. 이는\n" "필수 설정입니다.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Radius 서버에 사용할 비밀입니다. 위의 <b>login</b>에서 설정된 username 및 위의\n" -"<b>passwd</b>에서 설정된 passwd로 Access-Request를 수행하는 데 사용되는 비밀입니다.\n" +"</p><p>Radius 서버에 사용할 비밀입니다. 위의 <b>login</b>에서 설정된 " +"username 및 위의\n" +"<b>passwd</b>에서 설정된 passwd로 Access-Request를 수행하는 데 사용되는 비밀" +"입니다.\n" "</p><p>기본값: 빈 문자열\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -714,191 +1009,219 @@ "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n" -"</p><p>부하 분산을 위해 <small>LVS</small>에서 사용할 스케줄러입니다. 사용 가능한 스케줄러에 대한 자세한 내용은 <b><a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a></b>(8) 매뉴얼 페이지를 참조하십시오.\n" +"</p><p>부하 분산을 위해 <small>LVS</small>에서 사용할 스케줄러입니다. 사용 가" +"능한 스케줄러에 대한 자세한 내용은 <b><a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a></b>(8) " +"매뉴얼 페이지를 참조하십시오.\n" "</p><p>기본값: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n" -"</p><p>사용할 프로토콜입니다. virtual이 <small>IP</small> 주소 및 포트로 지정된 경우 tcp 또는 udp 중 하나여야 합니다. firewall mark인 경우\n" +"</p><p>사용할 프로토콜입니다. virtual이 <small>IP</small> 주소 및 포트로 지정" +"된 경우 tcp 또는 udp 중 하나여야 합니다. firewall mark인 경우\n" "protocol은 fwm이어야 합니다.\n" "</p><p>기본값:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual이 <small>IP</small> 주소 및 포트이고 포트가 53: tcp가 아님\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual이 <small>IP</small> 주소 및 포트이고 포트가 53: tcp가 " +"아님\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual이 <small>IP</small> 주소 및 포트이고 포트가 53: udp임\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual이 firewall mark: fwm임\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>connect, external 및 ping 확인 제한 시간(초)입니다. 제한 시간을 초과한 경우 실제 서버가 비가동 상태로 선언됩니다.\n" +"</p><p>connect, external 및 ping 확인 제한 시간(초)입니다. 제한 시간을 초과" +"한 경우 실제 서버가 비가동 상태로 선언됩니다.\n" "</p><p>가상 서버 섹션에서 정의된 경우 전역 설정이 무효화됩니다.\n" -"</p><p>정의되지 않은 경우 negotiatetimeout 값이 사용됩니다. negotiatetimeout도 가상별 설정에 의해 무효화될 수 있는 전역 값입니다.\n" -"</p><p>checktimeout 및 negotiatetimeout이 둘 다 설정되지 않은 경우 기본값이 사용됩니다.\n" +"</p><p>정의되지 않은 경우 negotiatetimeout 값이 사용됩니다. negotiatetimeout" +"도 가상별 설정에 의해 무효화될 수 있는 전역 값입니다.\n" +"</p><p>checktimeout 및 negotiatetimeout이 둘 다 설정되지 않은 경우 기본값이 " +"사용됩니다.\n" "</p><p>기본값: 5초\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>negotiate 확인에 대한 제한 시간(초)입니다.\n" "</p><p>가상 서버 섹션에서 정의된 경우 전역 값이 무효화됩니다.\n" -"</p><p>정의되지 않은 경우 connecttimeout 값이 사용됩니다. connecttimeout도 가상별 설정에 의해 무효화될 수 있는 전역 값입니다.\n" -"</p><p>negotiatetimeout 및 connecttimeout이 둘 다 설정되지 않은 경우 기본값이 사용됩니다.\n" +"</p><p>정의되지 않은 경우 connecttimeout 값이 사용됩니다. connecttimeout도 가" +"상별 설정에 의해 무효화될 수 있는 전역 값입니다.\n" +"</p><p>negotiatetimeout 및 connecttimeout이 둘 다 설정되지 않은 경우 기본값" +"이 사용됩니다.\n" "</p><p>기본값: 30초\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>실제 서버가 실패한 것으로 간주되기 전에 확인에서 실패를 보고해야 하는 연속 횟수입니다. 값이 1이면 처음 실패 시 실제 서버가 실패한 것으로 간주됩니다. 성공적으로 확인되면 실패 카운터가 0으로 재설정됩니다.\n" +"</p><p>실제 서버가 실패한 것으로 간주되기 전에 확인에서 실패를 보고해야 하는 " +"연속 횟수입니다. 값이 1이면 처음 실패 시 실제 서버가 실패한 것으로 간주됩니" +"다. 성공적으로 확인되면 실패 카운터가 0으로 재설정됩니다.\n" "</p><p>가상 서버 섹션에서 정의된 경우 전역 값이 무효화됩니다.\n" "</p><p>기본값: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>가상 서비스에 정의된 실제 서버에 변경된 연결 상태에 대한 경고를 보내기 위한 유효한 전자 메일 주소입니다. 이 옵션을 사용하려면 perl\n" -"모듈 MailTools를 설치해야 합니다. 기본 제공 방법을 사용하여 자동으로 전자 메일 전송을 시도합니다. 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 perldoc Mail::Mailer를 참조하십시오.\n" +"</p><p>가상 서비스에 정의된 실제 서버에 변경된 연결 상태에 대한 경고를 보내" +"기 위한 유효한 전자 메일 주소입니다. 이 옵션을 사용하려면 perl\n" +"모듈 MailTools를 설치해야 합니다. 기본 제공 방법을 사용하여 자동으로 전자 메" +"일 전송을 시도합니다. 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 perldoc Mail::Mailer를 참조하" +"십시오.\n" "</p><p>가상 서버 섹션에서 정의된 경우 전역 값이 무효화됩니다.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>가상 서비스에 지정된 실제 서버에 액세스할 수 없는 동안 반복되는 전자 메일 경고 사이의 지연(초)입니다. 0초를 설정하면\n" -"반복 경고가 사용되지 않습니다. 이 설정의 전자 메일 타이밍 정확도는 checkinterval 구성 옵션에 정의된 시간(초)에 따라\n" +"</p><p>가상 서비스에 지정된 실제 서버에 액세스할 수 없는 동안 반복되는 전자 " +"메일 경고 사이의 지연(초)입니다. 0초를 설정하면\n" +"반복 경고가 사용되지 않습니다. 이 설정의 전자 메일 타이밍 정확도는 " +"checkinterval 구성 옵션에 정의된 시간(초)에 따라\n" "달라집니다.\n" "</p><p>가상 서버 섹션에서 정의된 경우 전역 값이 무효화됩니다.\n" "</p><p>기본값: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>전자 메일 경고가 전송되어야 하는 서버 상태의 쉼표로 구분된 목록입니다. <b>all</b>은\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\"을 나타냅니다. <b>none</b>이 지정된 경우 다른 옵션을 지정할 수 없습니다. 그렇지 않으면 옵션은 서로 or로\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</" +"b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>전자 메일 경고가 전송되어야 하는 서버 상태의 쉼표로 구분된 목록입니" +"다. <b>all</b>은\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\"을 나타냅" +"니다. <b>none</b>이 지정된 경우 다른 옵션을 지정할 수 없습니다. 그렇지 않으" +"면 옵션은 서로 or로\n" "연결됩니다.\n" "</p><p>가상 서버 섹션에서 정의된 경우 전역 값이 무효화됩니다.\n" "</p><p>기본값: all\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>실제 서버가 모두 다운된 경우 웹 서비스가 리디렉션되는 서버입니다. 일반적으로 응급 페이지가 있는 127.0.0.1입니다.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" +"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>실제 서버가 모두 다운된 경우 웹 서비스가 리디렉션되는 서버입니다. 일반" +"적으로 응급 페이지가 있는 127.0.0.1입니다.\n" "</p><p>가상 서버 섹션에서 정의된 경우 전역 값이 무효화됩니다.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p><i>yes</i>인 경우 실제 또는 대체 서버가 다운된 것이 확인될 때 실제로 커널의 <small>LVS</small> 테이블에서 제거되지 않습니다.\n" +"</p><p><i>yes</i>인 경우 실제 또는 대체 서버가 다운된 것이 확인될 때 실제로 " +"커널의 <small>LVS</small> 테이블에서 제거되지 않습니다.\n" "대신 가중치가 0으로 설정되어 새 연결이 수락되지 않습니다.\n" -"</p><p>이 경우 실제 서버에 영구적 연결이 있으면 영구적 제한 시간이 만료될 때까지 기존 클라이언트의 새 연결이 계속 실제 서버로 \n" -"라우팅되는 부작용이 있습니다. 영구적 연결에 대한 자세한 내용은 ipvsadm을 참조하십시오.\n" +"</p><p>이 경우 실제 서버에 영구적 연결이 있으면 영구적 제한 시간이 만료될 때" +"까지 기존 클라이언트의 새 연결이 계속 실제 서버로 \n" +"라우팅되는 부작용이 있습니다. 영구적 연결에 대한 자세한 내용은 ipvsadm을 참조" +"하십시오.\n" "</p><p>다음을 실행하면 이 부작용을 방지할 수 있습니다.\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>proc 파일이 없는 경우 커널에 lvs 지원이 없거나, <small>LVS</small> 지원이 로드되지 않았거나, 커널이 너무 오래되어\n" -"proc 파일을 포함할 수 없음을 의미합니다. 루트로 ipvsadm을 실행할 경우 가능하면 <small>LVS</small>가 커널에 로드되어야 합니다.\n" -"</p><p><i>no</i>인 경우 실제 또는 대체 서버가 커널의 <small>LVS</small> 테이블에서 제거됩니다. 기본값은 <i>yes</i>입니다.\n" +"</p><p>proc 파일이 없는 경우 커널에 lvs 지원이 없거나, <small>LVS</small> 지" +"원이 로드되지 않았거나, 커널이 너무 오래되어\n" +"proc 파일을 포함할 수 없음을 의미합니다. 루트로 ipvsadm을 실행할 경우 가능하" +"면 <small>LVS</small>가 커널에 로드되어야 합니다.\n" +"</p><p><i>no</i>인 경우 실제 또는 대체 서버가 커널의 <small>LVS</small> 테이" +"블에서 제거됩니다. 기본값은 <i>yes</i>입니다.\n" "</p><p>가상 서버 섹션에서 정의된 경우 전역 값이 무효화됩니다.\n" "</p><p>기본값: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" -#. overwrite global value part -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 +#. overwrite global value part +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 msgid "Check Type" msgstr "확인 유형" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150 msgid "Check Port" msgstr "확인 포트" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" msgstr "서비스" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" msgstr "확인 명령" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157 msgid "Http Method" msgstr "HTTP 메소드" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 msgid "Request" msgstr "요청" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 msgid "Receive" msgstr "받기" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165 msgid "Virtual Host" msgstr "가상 호스트" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" msgstr "로그인" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" msgstr "비밀번호" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" msgstr "데이터베이스 이름" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181 msgid "Radius Secret" msgstr "Radius 비밀" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199 msgid "Persistent" msgstr "지속" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "넷마스크" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" msgstr "스케줄러" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "프로토콜" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" msgstr "가상 서버" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" msgstr "추가" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" msgstr "편집" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" msgstr "삭제" -#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 +#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 msgid "Virtual Server" msgstr "가상 서버" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298 msgid "Real Servers" msgstr "실제 서버" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310 msgid "Check type" msgstr "확인 유형" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311 msgid "Auth type" msgstr "인증 유형" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312 msgid "Others" msgstr "기타" -#. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 +#. return `cacel or a string +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" msgstr "확인" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "취소" -#. split the real server ip value; -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +#. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 msgid "" "If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" "[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" @@ -906,98 +1229,98 @@ "IPv6을 사용하는 경우 형식은 다음과 같습니다.\n" "[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "실제 서버의 IP 주소" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419 msgid "Forward Method" msgstr "전달 방법" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422 msgid "weight" msgstr "가중치" -#. find next ] -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 msgid "IP address is not Valid" msgstr "IP 주소가 잘못되었습니다." -#. tab switch events end -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 msgid "Add a new real server:" msgstr "새로운 실제 서버 추가:" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 msgid "Edit the real server:" msgstr "실제 서버 편집:" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화 중..." -#. Read all iplb settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214 +#. Read all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214 msgid "Initializing IPLB Configuration" msgstr "IPLB 구성 초기화" -#. Names of real stages -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +#. Names of real stages +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 msgid "Read the global settings" msgstr "전역 설정 읽기" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 msgid "Read the virtual host settings" msgstr "가상 호스트 설정 읽기" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223 msgid "Reading the global settings..." msgstr "전역 설정을 읽는 중입니다." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224 msgid "Reading the virtual host settings..." msgstr "가상 호스트 설정을 읽는 중입니다." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#. Write all iplb settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320 +#. Write all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320 msgid "Saving IPLB Configuration" msgstr "IPLB 구성 저장" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "세팅 기록" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "SuSEconfig 실행" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "세팅을 기록하고 있습니다..." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "SuSEconfig 실행중입니다..." -#. write global conf -#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" -#. string key's format -#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119 -#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string -#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 +#. write global conf +#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" +#. string key's format +#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119 +#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string +#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "설정을 기록할 수 없습니다." -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "구성 요약..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/iscsi-client.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/iscsi-client.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/iscsi-client.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,225 +14,226 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module -#: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module +#: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI initiator" msgstr "iSCSI 이니시에이터 구성" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving iSCSI configuration..." msgstr "iSCSI 구성 저장 중..." -#. Rich text title for IscsiClient in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:85 +#. Rich text title for IscsiClient in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:85 msgid "iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "iSCSI 이니시에이터" -#. Menu title for IscsiClient in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:89 +#. Menu title for IscsiClient in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "iSCSI 이니시에이터(&I)" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "부팅 시(&B)" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:68 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "수동(&M)" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:74 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "부팅 시" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:76 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "Manually" msgstr "수동" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "iSNS Address" msgstr "iSNS 주소" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "iSNS 포트" -#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "이니시에이터 이름(&I)" -#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well -#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware -#. shifting load from processor to card) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "오프로드 카드(&D)" -#. table of connected targets -#. table of discovered targets -#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 +#. table of connected targets +#. table of discovered targets +#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "인터페이스" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "포털 주소" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "대상 이름" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "시작" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "추가" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "편집" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Disconnect" msgstr "연결 끊기" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "연결됨" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "검색" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "연결" -#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 +#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target +#. authentication dialog for add target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "인증 없음" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "들어오는 인증" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "사용자 이름" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "패스워드" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "나가는 인증" -#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Startup" msgstr "시작" -#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 +#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "manual" msgstr "수동" -#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 +#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 msgid "onboot" msgstr "onboot" -#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 msgid "automatic" msgstr "자동" -#. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 +#. widget for portal address +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP 주소" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Port" msgstr "포트" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Key" msgstr "키(&K)" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Value" msgstr "값" -#. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 +#. service status dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Service" msgstr "서비스" -#. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 +#. list og connected targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "연결된 대상" -#. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "검색된 대상" -#. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 +#. main tabbed dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "iSCSI 이니시에이터 개요" -#. discovery new target -#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 +#. discovery new target +#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI 이니시에이터</h1>" -#. authentication dialog for add new target -#. list of connected targets -#. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 +#. authentication dialog for add new target +#. list of connected targets +#. authentication for connect to portal +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "iSCSI 이니시에이터 검색" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:38 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -240,8 +241,8 @@ "<p><b><big>iSCSI 이니시에이터 구성 초기화 중</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려 주십시오...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:42 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -249,8 +250,8 @@ "<p><b><big>초기화 중단</big></b><br>\n" "지금 <b>중단</b>을 누르면 구성 유틸리티를 안전하게 중단할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -258,8 +259,8 @@ "<p><b><big>iSCSI 이니시에이터 구성 저장 중</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려 주십시오...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:50 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -271,8 +272,8 @@ " 대화 상자가 추가로 나타나서 지금 중단하는 것이 안전한지 알려줍니다.\n" " </p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:57 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure an iSCSI initiator here.<br></p>\n" @@ -280,8 +281,8 @@ "<p><b><big>iSCSI 이니시에이터 구성</big></b><br>\n" "여기에서 iSCSI 이니시에이터를 구성합니다.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:61 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n" "Select an iSCSI initiator from the list of detected initiators.\n" @@ -290,11 +291,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI 이니시에이터 추가</big></b><br>\n" "검색된 이니시에이터 목록에서 iSCSI 이니시에이터를 선택합니다.\n" -" 해당 iSCSI 이니시에이터가 검색되지 않았으면 <b>기타(검색안됨)</b>를 사용하십시오.\n" +" 해당 iSCSI 이니시에이터가 검색되지 않았으면 <b>기타(검색안됨)</b>를 사용하십" +"시오.\n" " 그런 다음 <b>구성</b>을 누르십시오.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:68 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -304,8 +306,8 @@ "<b>편집</b>을 누르면 구성을 변경할 수 있는\n" " 대화 상자가 추가로 열립니다.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:74 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\n" @@ -315,8 +317,8 @@ "설치된 iSCSI 이니시에이터의 개요를 볼 수 있습니다. 또한\n" " 구성을 편집할 수도 있습니다.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:80 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI initiator.</p>\n" @@ -324,8 +326,8 @@ "<p><b><big>iSCSI 이니시에이터 추가</big></b><br>\n" "iSCSI 이니시에이터를 구성하려면 <b>추가</b>를 누르십시오.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:84 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an iSCSI Initiator to change or remove.\n" @@ -335,138 +337,204 @@ "변경 또는 제거할 iSCSI 이니시에이터를 선택하십시오.\n" " 그런 다음 <b>편집</b> 또는 <b>삭제</b>를 누르십시오.</p>\n" -#. table of connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 -msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>현재 세션 목록입니다.</p><p><b>추가</b> 버튼을 사용하여 대상을 추가로 가져옵니다. 새로운 대상 감지를 위한 검색이 시작되었으며 이미 연결된 대상의 시작 모드는 변경되지 않습니다.<br>연결을 끊고 목록에서 대상을 제거하려면 <b>연결 끊기</b>를 사용하십시오.<br>시작 상태를 변경하려면 <b>편집</b>을 누르십시오.</p>" +#. table of connected targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get " +"additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the " +"start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use " +"<b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target " +"from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>현재 세션 목록입니다.</p><p><b>추가</b> 버튼을 사용하여 대상을 추가로 가져" +"옵니다. 새로운 대상 감지를 위한 검색이 시작되었으며 이미 연결된 대상의 시작 " +"모드는 변경되지 않습니다.<br>연결을 끊고 목록에서 대상을 제거하려면 <b>연결 " +"끊기</b>를 사용하십시오.<br>시작 상태를 변경하려면 <b>편집</b>을 누르십시오." +"</p>" -#. Warning -#. Warning -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 +#. Warning +#. Warning +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>경고</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 -msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p>iSCSI 장치에 <b>읽기</b>/<b>쓰기</b> 액세스를 할 때에는 단독으로 액세스해야 합니다. 그렇게 하지 않으면 데이터가 손상될 위험이 있습니다.</p>\n" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 +msgid "" +"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that " +"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " +"corruption.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>iSCSI 장치에 <b>읽기</b>/<b>쓰기</b> 액세스를 할 때에는 단독으로 액세스해" +"야 합니다. 그렇게 하지 않으면 데이터가 손상될 위험이 있습니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" +"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" +"tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " +"able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Initiator Name</b>은 <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>의 값입니다. \n" -"iBFT가 있는 경우 이 값은 해당 위치에서 추가되고 BIOS 설정에서만 변경할 수 있습니다.</p>" +"<p><b>Initiator Name</b>은 <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>의 값입니" +"다. \n" +"iBFT가 있는 경우 이 값은 해당 위치에서 추가되고 BIOS 설정에서만 변경할 수 있" +"습니다.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for " +"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " +"be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"대상을 검색하기 위해 기존 SendTargets 메소드 대신 <b>iSNS</b>(Internet Storage Name Service)를 사용하려면\n" +"대상을 검색하기 위해 기존 SendTargets 메소드 대신 <b>iSNS</b>(Internet " +"Storage Name Service)를 사용하려면\n" "iSNS 서버의 IP 주소와 포트를 지정하십시오. 기본 포트는 3205입니다.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n" -"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> " +"and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n" msgstr "" "iSCSI 대상 서버의 <b>IP 주소</b>를 입력합니다.\n" -"필요한 경우 <b>포트</b>만 변경하십시오. 인증을 위해 <b>사용자 이름</b>과 <b>비밀번호</b>를 사용하십시오. 인증이 필요 없으면 \n" +"필요한 경우 <b>포트</b>만 변경하십시오. 인증을 위해 <b>사용자 이름</b>과 <b>" +"비밀번호</b>를 사용하십시오. 인증이 필요 없으면 \n" "<b>인증 없음</b>을 선택하십시오.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 -msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. " -msgstr "iSCSI 대상에서 제공한 노드 목록입니다. 항목 하나를 선택하고 <b>연결</b>을 클릭하십시오." +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 +msgid "" +"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " +"<b>Connect</b>. " +msgstr "" +"iSCSI 대상에서 제공한 노드 목록입니다. 항목 하나를 선택하고 <b>연결</b>을 클" +"릭하십시오." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>시작</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\n" -"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" +"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " +"when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>\n" -"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" +"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " +"service\n" "starts up.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>manual</b>은 기본적으로 연결되지 않은 iSCSI 대상에\n" "사용되며 사용자가 수동으로 연결해야 합니다.</p>\n" "<p><b>onboot</b>는 부팅 중, 즉\n" -"루트가 iSCSI에 있는 경우 연결할 iSCSI 대상에 사용됩니다. 따라서 initrd에 의해 평가됩니다.</p>\n" +"루트가 iSCSI에 있는 경우 연결할 iSCSI 대상에 사용됩니다. 따라서 initrd에 의" +"해 평가됩니다.</p>\n" "<p><b>automatic</b>은 iSCSI 서비스가 시작될 때 연결할 iSCSI 대상에\n" "사용됩니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" msgstr "<h1>인증</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>" -msgstr "<p>기본 설정은 <i>인증 없음</i>입니다. 보안을 위해 인증이 필요할 경우 선택을 취소하십시오. '들어오는 인증' 또는 '나가는 인증' 또는 둘 다에 대한 <b>사용자 이름</b>과 <b>비밀번호</b>를 입력하십시오.</p><p><b>참고:</b><br>여기서 '들어오는 인증'은 iSCSI 대상 서버 측 '나가는 인증'과 연결되고 '나가는 인증'은 iSCSI 대상 측 '들어오는 인증'과 연결됩니다.</p>" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 +msgid "" +"<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the " +"checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter " +"<b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing " +"Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming " +"Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target " +"server side and the other way round.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>기본 설정은 <i>인증 없음</i>입니다. 보안을 위해 인증이 필요할 경우 선택을 " +"취소하십시오. '들어오는 인증' 또는 '나가는 인증' 또는 둘 다에 대한 <b>사용자 " +"이름</b>과 <b>비밀번호</b>를 입력하십시오.</p><p><b>참고:</b><br>여기서 '들어" +"오는 인증'은 iSCSI 대상 서버 측 '나가는 인증'과 연결되고 '나가는 인증'은 " +"iSCSI 대상 측 '들어오는 인증'과 연결됩니다.</p>" -#. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 -msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>" -msgstr "<p>이 화면은 발견된 대상 목록을 보여줍니다.</p><p><b>검색</b> 버튼을 사용하여 IP 주소로 지정된 서버에서 모든 이용 가능한 iSCSI 대상을 가져오십시오.<br>대상에 <b>연결</b>하여 연결을 설정하십시오. 로그인이 성공하면 <i>연결됨</i> 컬럼 상태가 'True'가 되고 대상이 <i>연결된 대상</i> 화면에 표시됩니다. <br>대상을 제거하려면 <b>삭제</b> 버튼을 사용합니다.<br> <b>힌트:</b> 연결되지 않은 대상만 한 번 제거할 수 있습니다. 필요한 경우 먼저 <i>연결된 대상</i> 목록에서 <b>연결 끊기</b>를 하십시오.</p><p><b>참고:</b> <b>검색</b>을 다시 시작하면 대상을 다시 검색하므로 이미 연결된 대상의 시작 모드가 변경될 수 있습니다(기본 '수동' 모드로 변경). 시작 모드 변경 없이 새로운 대상을 추가하려면 <i>연결된 대상</i> 화면으로 전환하고 <b>추가</b> 버튼� � 사용하십시오.</p>" +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 +msgid "" +"<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the " +"<b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server " +"specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the " +"connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status " +"'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen." +"<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> " +"Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, " +"<b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</" +"b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets " +"which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets " +"(to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the " +"<b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-" +"up mode.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>이 화면은 발견된 대상 목록을 보여줍니다.</p><p><b>검색</b> 버튼을 사용하" +"여 IP 주소로 지정된 서버에서 모든 이용 가능한 iSCSI 대상을 가져오십시오.<br>" +"대상에 <b>연결</b>하여 연결을 설정하십시오. 로그인이 성공하면 <i>연결됨</i> " +"컬럼 상태가 'True'가 되고 대상이 <i>연결된 대상</i> 화면에 표시됩니다. <br>대" +"상을 제거하려면 <b>삭제</b> 버튼을 사용합니다.<br> <b>힌트:</b> 연결되지 않" +"은 대상만 한 번 제거할 수 있습니다. 필요한 경우 먼저 <i>연결된 대상</i> 목록" +"에서 <b>연결 끊기</b>를 하십시오.</p><p><b>참고:</b> <b>검색</b>을 다시 시작" +"하면 대상을 다시 검색하므로 이미 연결된 대상의 시작 모드가 변경될 수 있습니다" +"(기본 '수동' 모드로 변경). 시작 모드 변경 없이 새로운 대상을 추가하려면 <i>연" +"결된 대상</i> 화면으로 전환하고 <b>추가</b> 버튼을 사용하십시오.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>" -#. string initiatorname=""; -#. function for run command in background -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:65 +#. string initiatorname=""; +#. function for run command in background +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:65 msgid "Command timed out" msgstr "명령 시간 제한" -#. validation for authentication dialog entry -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135 +#. validation for authentication dialog entry +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Insert the username." msgstr "사용자 이름을 입력하십시오." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140 msgid "Insert the password." msgstr "비밀번호를 입력하십시오." -#. init table of connected sessions -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:152 +#. init table of connected sessions +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Error While Connecting iscsid" msgstr "iscsid에 연결하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. delete (logout from) connected target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:214 +#. delete (logout from) connected target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:214 msgid "Really log out from the selected target?" msgstr "선택한 대상에서 로그아웃하시겠습니까?" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." msgstr "선택한 대상에서 로그아웃하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 msgid "No record found." msgstr "레코드를 찾을 수 없습니다." -#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 +#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 msgid "No valid IP address" msgstr "IP 주소가 잘못됨" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgstr "포트 필드는 비워둘 수 없음" -#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 +#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" msgstr "잘못된 이니시에이터 이름" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 msgid "" "\n" "The correct syntax is\n" @@ -488,144 +556,151 @@ "\n" "이 이름을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. validate ip -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 +#. validate ip +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "IP 주소를 입력하십시오." -#. check for valid host name -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 +#. check for valid host name +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" msgstr "IP 주소 응답자와 호스트 이름을 확인하십시오.\n" -#. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 +#. validate port number +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "포트를 입력하십시오." -#. string record = deletechars(row_in_string[0]:"", "[]"); -#. ******************* target table ************************* -#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 +#. string record = deletechars(row_in_string[0]:"", "[]"); +#. ******************* target table ************************* +#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 msgid "True" msgstr "참" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 msgid "False" msgstr "거짓" -#. check if not already connected -#. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 -msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "이 TargetName을 가진 대상이 이미 연결되었습니다. 데이터 손상을 방지할 수 있도록 다중 경로 지정이 활성화되어야 합니다." +#. check if not already connected +#. check if not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 +msgid "" +"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " +"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "" +"이 TargetName을 가진 대상이 이미 연결되었습니다. 데이터 손상을 방지할 수 있도" +"록 다중 경로 지정이 활성화되어야 합니다." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 msgid "Continue" msgstr "계속(&O)" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "취소" -#. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 +#. check if is not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "대상이 이미 연결되었습니다." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:121 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:121 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "iSCSI 이니시에이터 구성" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:123 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:123 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화하고 있습니다..." -#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" -msgstr "<p>iSCSI 이니시에이터를 구성하려면 <b>%1</b> 패키지를 설치해야 합니다.</p>" +#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) +#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 +msgid "" +"<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed." +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>iSCSI 이니시에이터를 구성하려면 <b>%1</b> 패키지를 설치해야 합니다.</p>" -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>지금 설치하시겠습니까?</p>" -#. IscsiClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:152 +#. IscsiClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:152 msgid "Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "iSCSI 이니시에이터 구성 초기화" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:168 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:168 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "데이타베이스 읽기" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:170 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:170 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "이전의 설정 읽기" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:172 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:172 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "장치 검색" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:176 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:176 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "데이타 베이스를 읽고 있습니다..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:178 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:178 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "이전 설정값을 읽고 있습니다..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:180 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:180 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "장치를 검색하고 중..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:182 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:182 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#. IscsiClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:237 +#. IscsiClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:237 msgid "Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "iSCSI 이니시에이터 구성 저장" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:246 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:246 msgid "Write AutoYaST settings" msgstr "AutoYaST 설정 쓰기" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:248 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:248 msgid "Set up service status" msgstr "서비스 상태 설정" -#. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +#. interface type for hardware offloading +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "기본값(소프트웨어)" -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 msgid "all" msgstr "모두" -#. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 +#. } +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -637,13 +712,13 @@ "백업이 생성됩니다. 다른 이니시에이터 이름을 사용하려는 경우 BIOS에서 \n" "변경하십시오.\n" -#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons -#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 +#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons +#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 msgid "Target connection failed.\n" msgstr "대상을 연결할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 +#. do discovery first +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "구성 요약..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/iscsi-lio-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/iscsi-lio-server.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/iscsi-lio-server.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-lio-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,244 +14,244 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI target via LIO" msgstr "LIO를 통해 iSCSI 대상 구성" -#. Rich text title for IscsiLioServer in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:85 +#. Rich text title for IscsiLioServer in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:85 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target" msgstr "iSCSI LIO 대상" -#. Menu title for IscsiLioServer in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:89 +#. Menu title for IscsiLioServer in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&iSCSI LIO Target" msgstr "iSCSI LIO 대상(&I)" -#. first tab - service status and firewall -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#. first tab - service status and firewall +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Service" msgstr "서비스" -#. second tab - global authentication +#. second tab - global authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "전역" -#. third tab - targets / luns -#. targets dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 +#. third tab - targets / luns +#. targets dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "대상" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Target" msgstr "대상" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "식별자" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Portal group" msgstr "포털 그룹" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Ip address" msgstr "IP 주소" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:140 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "Port number" msgstr "포트 번호" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Bind all IP addresses" msgstr "모든 IP 주소 바인드" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Use Authentication" msgstr "인증 사용" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Path" msgstr "경로" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Add" msgstr "추가" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "Edit" msgstr "편집" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Delete" msgstr "삭제" -#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Initiator" msgstr "이니시에이터" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "LUN Mapping" msgstr "LUN 매핑" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Auth" msgstr "인증" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "LUN 편집" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "인증 편집" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "Copy" msgstr "복사" -#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 +#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "인증 없음" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "수신 인증" -#. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 +#. dialog to add/modify user and password +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 msgid "Username" msgstr "사용자 이름" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 msgid "Password" msgstr "비밀번호" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "발신 인증" -#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 +#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "부팅 시(&B)" -#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 +#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "수동으로(&M)" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "부팅 시" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "수동으로" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "TPG Status" msgstr "TPG 상태" -#. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 +#. dialog for expert settings +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Key" msgstr "키" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Value" msgstr "값" -#. Summary dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 +#. Summary dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. Main dialog - tabbed +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" msgstr "iSCSI LIO 대상 개요" -#. expert dialog -#. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 +#. expert dialog +#. LUN details +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI 대상</h1>" -#. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 +#. dialog for add target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "iSCSI 대상 추가" -#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target -#. (includes authentication) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 +#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target +#. (includes authentication) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup" msgstr "iSCSI 대상 이니시에이터 설정 수정" -#. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 +#. edit target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "iSCSI 대상 LUN 설정 수정" -#. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 +#. expert target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "iSCSI 대상 고급 설정" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:38 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -259,8 +259,8 @@ "<p><b><big>iSCSI LIO 대상 구성 초기화 중</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려 주십시오...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -268,8 +268,8 @@ "<p><b><big>초기화 중단</big></b><br>\n" "지금 <b>중단</b>을 누르면 구성 유틸리티를 안전하게 중단할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -277,8 +277,8 @@ "<p><b><big>iSCSI 대상 구성 저장 중</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려 주십시오...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ "이 작업이 안전한지 여부를 알려 주는 추가 대화 상자가 나타납니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<p><b>Save</b> button will export some information about\n" "targets into selected file.</p>" @@ -298,8 +298,8 @@ "<p><b>저장</b> 버튼은 대상에 대한 일부 정보를\n" "선택한 파일로 엑스포트합니다.</p>" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure an iSCSI target here.<br></p>\n" @@ -307,8 +307,8 @@ "<p><b><big>iSCSI 대상 구성</big></b><br>\n" "여기에서 iSCSI 대상을 구성합니다.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an iSCSI target from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\n" @@ -320,8 +320,8 @@ "해당 대상이 검색되지 않았으면 <b>기타(검색되지 않음)</b>를 사용합니다.\n" "그런 다음 <b>구성</b>을 누릅니다.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:72 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -331,8 +331,8 @@ "<b>편집</b>을 누르면 구성을 변경할 수 있는 추가 대화 상자가\n" "열립니다.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:78 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n" @@ -342,8 +342,8 @@ "설치된 iSCSI 대상의 개요를 볼 수 있습니다. 또한\n" "구성을 편집할 수도 있습니다.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:84 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI target.</p>" @@ -351,8 +351,8 @@ "<p><b><big>iSCSI 대상 추가</big></b><br>\n" "iSCSI 대상을 구성하려면 <b>추가</b>를 누릅니다.</p>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:89 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\n" @@ -362,8 +362,8 @@ "변경 또는 제거할 iSCSI 대상을 선택합니다.\n" "그런 다음 <b>편집</b> 또는 <b>삭제</b>를 누릅니다.</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:95 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -373,10 +373,10 @@ "<b>다음</b>을 눌러 계속합니다.\n" "<br></p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:101 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:113 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -386,8 +386,8 @@ "이 옵션은 선택할 수 없습니다. 먼저 코딩을 해야 합니다.\n" " </p>" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:107 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -397,55 +397,87 @@ "<b>다음</b>을 눌러 계속합니다.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. discovery authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>." -msgstr "인증 유형을 선택합니다. <b>인증 없음</b>이나 <b>수신</b> 및 <b>발신</b> 중 하나를 사용합니다(둘 다일 수 있음). 그런 다음 <b>사용자</b>와 <b>비밀번호</b>를 삽입합니다." +#. discovery authentication +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 +msgid "" +"Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of " +"<b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert " +"<b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>." +msgstr "" +"인증 유형을 선택합니다. <b>인증 없음</b>이나 <b>수신</b> 및 <b>발신</b> 중 하" +"나를 사용합니다(둘 다일 수 있음). 그런 다음 <b>사용자</b>와 <b>비밀번호</b>" +"를 삽입합니다." -#. target client setup. -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 +#. target client setup. +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n" -" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n" -" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>" +"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN " +"imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use " +"<i>InitiatorName</i>\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> " +"will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>추가</b>를 사용하여 이니시에이터(iSCSI 클라이언트)에게 대상 포털 그룹에서\n" +"<p><b>추가</b>를 사용하여 이니시에이터(iSCSI 클라이언트)에게 대상 포털 그룹에" +"서\n" "임포트된 LUN에 대한 액세스 권한을 제공하십시오. 연결할 수 있는\n" -"이니시에이터를 지정하십시오(iSCSI 이니시에이터에 있는 '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi'의 <i>InitiatorName</i> 사용). <b>삭제</b>는 LUN에 대한 이니시에이터의 액세스 권한을 제거합니다.</p>" +"이니시에이터를 지정하십시오(iSCSI 이니시에이터에 있는 '/etc/iscsi/" +"initiatorname.iscsi'의 <i>InitiatorName</i> 사용). <b>삭제</b>는 LUN에 대한 " +"이니시에이터의 액세스 권한을 제거합니다.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" -" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>" +"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " +"target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the " +"type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both " +"together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to " +"set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" +" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</" +"b> is disabled here.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>LUN 편집</b>을 사용하면 LUN 매핑을 수정할 수 있습니다. LUN 대상 번호는 고유해야 합니다.<br><b>인증 편집</b>을 누른 후 인증 유형을 선택하십시오. <b>수신</b>, <b>발신</b> 또는 둘 다를 사용하십시오. 그런 다음 <b>사용자</b> 및 <b>비밀번호</b>를 삽입하십시오. 들어오는 인증과 나가는 인증에 다른 비밀번호를 설정하였는지 확인하십시오.\n" -" 이전 대화 상자에서 <b>인증 사용</b>이 비활성화된 경우 여기서 <b>인증 편집</b>이 비활성화됩니다.</p>" +"<p><b>LUN 편집</b>을 사용하면 LUN 매핑을 수정할 수 있습니다. LUN 대상 번호는 " +"고유해야 합니다.<br><b>인증 편집</b>을 누른 후 인증 유형을 선택하십시오. <b>" +"수신</b>, <b>발신</b> 또는 둘 다를 사용하십시오. 그런 다음 <b>사용자</b> 및 " +"<b>비밀번호</b>를 삽입하십시오. 들어오는 인증과 나가는 인증에 다른 비밀번호" +"를 설정하였는지 확인하십시오.\n" +" 이전 대화 상자에서 <b>인증 사용</b>이 비활성화된 경우 여기서 <b>인증 편집</" +"b>이 비활성화됩니다.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 -msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>복사</b>는 추가 이니시에이터에 LUN 액세스 권한을 부여하는 기능을 제공합니다.</p>" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access " +"to the LUN.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>복사</b>는 추가 이니시에이터에 LUN 액세스 권한을 부여하는 기능을 제공합" +"니다.</p>" -#. target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 +#. target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " +"clicking <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</" +"b>." msgstr "" -"제공된 대상 및 대상 포털 그룹 목록입니다. <b>추가</b>를 클릭하여 새 대상을 생성하십시오.\n" -"항목을 삭제 또는 수정하려면 해당 항목을 선택하고 <b>편집</b> 또는 <b>삭제</b>를 누르십시오." +"제공된 대상 및 대상 포털 그룹 목록입니다. <b>추가</b>를 클릭하여 새 대상을 생" +"성하십시오.\n" +"항목을 삭제 또는 수정하려면 해당 항목을 선택하고 <b>편집</b> 또는 <b>삭제</b>" +"를 누르십시오." -#. edit target -#. add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 +#. edit target +#. add target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI 대상 IP/포트 및 LUN 설정</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " +"<b>LUN</b>.\n" "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" -"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n" +"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</" +"b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -455,10 +487,11 @@ "이름은 대상 포털 그룹 내에서 고유해야 합니다. 사용자가\n" "LUN 이름을 제공하지 않을 경우 자동으로 생성됩니다." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n" +"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which " +"address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" @@ -466,201 +499,212 @@ "및 포트를 지정합니다. 포트 번호의 기본값은 3260입니다.\n" "네트워크 카드 중 하나에 할당된 IP 주소만 지정할 수 있습니다." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." msgstr "새 대상을 만듭니다. 템플릿 값을 올바른 값으로 바꿉니다." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " +"lun.\n" "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" -"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n" +"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</" +"b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" "임의 블록 장치나 파일을 LUN에서 사용하도록 설정할 수 있습니다.\n" "블록 장치나 파일의 <b>경로</b>를 제공해야 합니다. \n" "<b>LUN 이름</b>은 <b>LUN</b>을 고유하게 식별하는 임의 이름입니다. \n" -"이름은 대상 포털 그룹 내에서 고유해야 합니다. 사용자가 LUN에 대한 이름을 제공하지 않으면 자동으로 이름이 생성됩니다." +"이름은 대상 포털 그룹 내에서 고유해야 합니다. 사용자가 LUN에 대한 이름을 제공" +"하지 않으면 자동으로 이름이 생성됩니다." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 -msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options." -msgstr "다른 모든 구성 옵션을 <b>추가</b>하거나 <b>편집</b> 또는 <b>삭제</b>할 수 있습니다." +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 +msgid "" +"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"다른 모든 구성 옵션을 <b>추가</b>하거나 <b>편집</b> 또는 <b>삭제</b>할 수 있" +"습니다." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional." +"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing " +"purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and " +"<b>Sectors</b> are optional." msgstr "" -"필요한 경우 <b>LUN</b> 번호를 편집하고 <b>유형</b>을 설정하십시오(테스트 목적에는 nullio가 사용됨).\n" -"Type=fileio인 경우 디스크 장치나 파일의 <b>경로</b>를 설정하십시오. <b>SCSI ID</b> 및 <b>섹터</b>는 선택 사항입니다." +"필요한 경우 <b>LUN</b> 번호를 편집하고 <b>유형</b>을 설정하십시오(테스트 목적" +"에는 nullio가 사용됨).\n" +"Type=fileio인 경우 디스크 장치나 파일의 <b>경로</b>를 설정하십시오. <b>SCSI " +"ID</b> 및 <b>섹터</b>는 선택 사항입니다." -#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 +#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Problem changing authentication" msgstr "인증을 변경하는 중 문제 발생" -#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 +#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Username" msgstr "잘못된 사용자 이름" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "비밀번호가 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "선택한 LUN이 이미 사용 중입니다!" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "선택한 이름이 이미 사용 중입니다." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" msgstr "선택한 경로는 블록 장치 또는 일반 파일이어야 합니다." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "선택한 경로가 이미 사용 중입니다." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 msgid "Path:" msgstr "경로: " -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Browse" msgstr "찾아보기" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Select file or device" msgstr "파일 또는 장치 선택" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Initiator LUN" msgstr "이니시에이터 LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "대상 LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 msgid "Change:" msgstr "변경:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" msgstr "대상 LUN %1이(가) 두 번 이상 사용되었습니다." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "하나 이상의 인증을 활성화해야 합니다." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 msgid "Initiator name:" msgstr "이니시에이터 이름:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "TPG에서 LUN 임포트" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" msgstr "이니시에이터 이름은 비워둘 수 없습니다!" -#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing -#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. -#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 +#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing +#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. +#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 msgid "Initiator name already exists!" msgstr "이니시에이터 이름이 이미 존재합니다!" -#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN -#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 +#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN +#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 msgid "New initiator name:" msgstr "새 이니시에이터 이름:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 msgid "OK" msgstr "확인" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "취소" -#. create items from targets -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#. create items from targets +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "활성화됨" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "비활성화됨" -#. remove a item -#. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** -#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 +#. remove a item +#. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** +#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "선택한 항목을 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "TPG %2(으)로 대상 %1을(를) 생성하는 중 문제 발생" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "네트워크 포털을 %1(으)로 설정하는 중 문제 발생" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "LUN %1을(를) 제거하는 중 문제 발생" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "LUN %1(이름: %2)을(를) %3 경로로 설정하는 중 문제 발생" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "%1:%2의 인증을 %3(으)로 설정하는 중 문제 발생" -#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 +#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "대상은 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "대상 포털 그룹은 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "대상이 이미 존재합니다." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "수신" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "발신" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 msgid "None" msgstr "없음" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 msgid "" "There isn't any initiator specified.\n" "To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" @@ -674,98 +718,98 @@ "(이니시에이터의 /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi 참조).\n" "이니시에이터 액세스 없이 계속 진행하시겠습니까?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "%1:%2에서 이니시에이터 %3에 대한 LUN %4을(를) 제거하는 중 문제 발생" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "%1:%2에서 이니시에이터 %3에 대한 LUN %4:%5을(를) 추가하는 중 문제 발생" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "%1:%2에서 이니시에이터 %3을(를) 제거하는 중 문제 발생" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "%1:%2에 대한 이니시에이터 %3을(를) 생성하는 중 문제 발생" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "%1:%2에서 이니시에이터 %3에 대한 인증을 변경하는 중 문제 발생" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "iSCSI LIO 대상 구성" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:112 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:112 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화 중..." -#. scope link IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 +#. scope link IPv6 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "lio 설치를 저장할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "tcm 설치를 저장할 수 없습니다." -#. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136 +#. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136 msgid "Can't continue without installing lio-utils package" msgstr "lio-utils 패키지를 설치하지 않으면 계속할 수 없습니다." -#. to translator: %1 is replaced by pathname e.g. /etc/init.d/target -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:177 +#. to translator: %1 is replaced by pathname e.g. /etc/init.d/target +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:177 msgid "Could not start service \"%1\"" msgstr "\"%1\" 서비스를 시작할 수 없습니다." -#. IscsiLioServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:190 +#. IscsiLioServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:190 msgid "Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "iSCSI LIO 대상 구성 초기화 중" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:206 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:206 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "데이터베이스 읽기" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:208 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:208 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "이전 설정 읽기" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:210 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:210 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "장치 검색" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:214 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:214 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "데이터베이스를 읽는 중..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:216 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:216 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "이전 설정을 읽는 중..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:218 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:218 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "장치를 검색하는 중..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:306 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#. read configuration (/etc/ietd.conf) -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:245 +#. read configuration (/etc/ietd.conf) +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:245 msgid "" "You have currently no active LIO targets but there seems \n" "to be a valid config in /etc/ietd.conf. Should the module \n" @@ -775,37 +819,37 @@ "올바른 구성이 있는 것 같습니다. 모듈이 /etc/ietd.conf에서 \n" "LIO로 설정을 임포트하도록 하시겠습니까?" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254 msgid "Errors during import. Check LIO state!" msgstr "임포트하는 중 오류가 발생했습니다. LIO 상태를 확인하십시오." -#. IscsiLioServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:281 +#. IscsiLioServer write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:281 msgid "Saving iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "iSCSI LIO 대상 구성 저장 중" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정 저장" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 msgid "Write lio configuration" msgstr "lio 구성 쓰기" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "방화벽 설정 쓰는 중..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 msgid "Writing lio configuration..." msgstr "lio 구성을 쓰는 중..." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "구성 요약..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/isns.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/isns.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/isns.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: isns\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,109 +14,109 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xisns module -#: src/clients/isns.rb:35 +#. Command line help text for the Xisns module +#: src/clients/isns.rb:35 msgid "Configuration of an isns service" msgstr "isns 서비스 구성" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/isns_finish.rb:44 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/isns_finish.rb:44 msgid "Saving iSCSI configuration..." msgstr "iSCSI 구성 저장 중..." -#. Rich text title for IsnsServer in proposals -#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:65 +#. Rich text title for IsnsServer in proposals +#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:65 msgid "iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "iSCSI 이니시에이터" -#. Menu title for IsnsServer in proposals -#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:69 +#. Menu title for IsnsServer in proposals +#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:69 msgid "&iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "iSCSI 이니시에이터(&I)" -#. first tab - service status and firewall -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:34 +#. first tab - service status and firewall +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:34 msgid "Service" msgstr "서비스" -#. second tab - iSCSI Nodes -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102 +#. second tab - iSCSI Nodes +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "iSCSI Nodes" msgstr "ISCSI 노드" -#. third tab - Discovery Domains -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120 +#. third tab - Discovery Domains +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "Discovery Domains" msgstr "검색 도메인" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "부팅 시(&B)" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "수동(&M)" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "부팅 시" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Manually" msgstr "수동" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66 msgid "iSCSI Node Name" msgstr "iSCSI 노드 이름" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Node Type" msgstr "노드 유형" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "Delete" msgstr "삭제" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29 msgid "Discovery Domain Name" msgstr "검색 도메인 이름" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Create Discovery Domain" msgstr "검색 도메인 생성" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Discovery Domain Members" msgstr "검색 도메인 구성원" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "Add Existing iSCSI Node" msgstr "기존 iSCSI 노드 추가" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "Create iSCSI Node Member" msgstr "iSCSI 노드 구성원 생성" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Remove" msgstr "제거" -#. Summary dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185 +#. Summary dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. Main dialog - tabbed +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "iSNS Service" msgstr "isns 서비스" -#. curr_target = ""; -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198 +#. curr_target = ""; +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "<h1>iSNS Service</h1>" msgstr "<h1>isns 서비스</h1>" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -124,8 +124,8 @@ "<p><b><big>iSNS 데몬 구성 초기화</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:21 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -133,8 +133,8 @@ "<p><b><big> </big></b><br>\n" " <b></b> .</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -142,8 +142,8 @@ "<p><b><big>iSNS 구성 저장</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:29 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:29 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -155,8 +155,8 @@ " .\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure an iSNS server.<br></p>\n" @@ -164,96 +164,144 @@ "<p><b><big>iSNS 구성</big></b><br>\n" "iSNS 서버를 구성합니다.<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database.</p>" -msgstr "<p>iSNS 서비스에 등록된 사용 가능한 iSCSI 노드 목록이 모두 표시됩니다.</p> <p>노드는 iSCSI 이니시에이터와 iSCSI 대상에서 등록됩니다.</p> <p> 이 항목들은 <b>삭제</b>만 가능합니다. 노드를 삭제하면 iSNS 데이터베이스에서 제거됩니다.</p>" +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service " +"are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " +"targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node " +"removes it from the iSNS database.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>iSNS 서비스에 등록된 사용 가능한 iSCSI 노드 목록이 모두 표시됩니다.</p> " +"<p>노드는 iSCSI 이니시에이터와 iSCSI 대상에서 등록됩니다.</p> <p> 이 항목들" +"은 <b>삭제</b>만 가능합니다. 노드를 삭제하면 iSNS 데이터베이스에서 제거됩니" +"다.</p>" -#. discovery domains -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 -msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>" -msgstr "모든 검색 도메인 목록이 표시됩니다. 검색 도메인을 <b>생성</b> 또는 <b>삭제</b>할 수 있습니다. <p>도메인을 삭제하면 도메인에서 구성원이 제거되지만 iSCSI 노드 구성원은 삭제되지 않습니다.</p>" +#. discovery domains +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 +msgid "" +"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</" +"b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the " +"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>" +msgstr "" +"모든 검색 도메인 목록이 표시됩니다. 검색 도메인을 <b>생성</b> 또는 <b>삭제</" +"b>할 수 있습니다. <p>도메인을 삭제하면 도메인에서 구성원이 제거되지만 iSCSI " +"노드 구성원은 삭제되지 않습니다.</p>" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains.</p> " -msgstr "검색 도메인별로 모든 iSCSI 노드 목록이 표시됩니다. 다른 검색 도메인을 선택하면 검색 도메인의 구성원으로 목록이 새로 고쳐집니다. 검색 도메인에 iSCSI 노드를 <b>추가</b>하거나 노드를 <b>삭제</b>할 수 있습니다. <p>노드를 삭제하면 도메인에서 제거되지만 iSCSI 노드는 삭제되지 않습니다.</p> <p>iSCSI 노드를 생성하면 아직 등록되지 않은 노드를 검색 도메인의 구성원으로 추가할 수 있습니다. 이니시에이터 또는 대상이 이 노드를 등록하면 이 도메인의 일부가 됩니다.</p> <p>iSCSI 이니시에이터가 검색 요청을 수행하는 경우 iSNS 서비스에서 동일한 검색 도메인의 구성원인 iSCSI 노드 대상을 모두 반환합니다.</p> " +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " +"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " +"domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " +"<b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " +"does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not " +"yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When " +"the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this " +"domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS " +"service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same " +"Discovery Domains.</p> " +msgstr "" +"검색 도메인별로 모든 iSCSI 노드 목록이 표시됩니다. 다른 검색 도메인을 선택하" +"면 검색 도메인의 구성원으로 목록이 새로 고쳐집니다. 검색 도메인에 iSCSI 노드" +"를 <b>추가</b>하거나 노드를 <b>삭제</b>할 수 있습니다. <p>노드를 삭제하면 도" +"메인에서 제거되지만 iSCSI 노드는 삭제되지 않습니다.</p> <p>iSCSI 노드를 생성" +"하면 아직 등록되지 않은 노드를 검색 도메인의 구성원으로 추가할 수 있습니다. " +"이니시에이터 또는 대상이 이 노드를 등록하면 이 도메인의 일부가 됩니다.</p> " +"<p>iSCSI 이니시에이터가 검색 요청을 수행하는 경우 iSNS 서비스에서 동일한 검" +"색 도메인의 구성원인 iSCSI 노드 대상을 모두 반환합니다.</p> " -#. dds table dialog -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 -msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>" -msgstr "맨 위에 모든 Discovery 도메인 모음 목록이 표시됩니다. Discovery 도메인은 Discovery 도메인 모음에 속합니다. <p>Discovery 도메인이 활성화 되기 위해서는 Discovery 도메인 모음의 구성원이어야 합니다.</p>iSNS 데이터베이스에서 Discovery 도메인 세트는 Discovery 도메인과 Discovery 도메인에 포함되는 iSCSI 노드 구성원을 포함합니다.</p>" +#. dds table dialog +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 +msgid "" +"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " +"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a " +"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS " +"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " +"Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>" +msgstr "" +"맨 위에 모든 Discovery 도메인 모음 목록이 표시됩니다. Discovery 도메인은 " +"Discovery 도메인 모음에 속합니다. <p>Discovery 도메인이 활성화 되기 위해서는 " +"Discovery 도메인 모음의 구성원이어야 합니다.</p>iSNS 데이터베이스에서 " +"Discovery 도메인 세트는 Discovery 도메인과 Discovery 도메인에 포함되는 iSCSI " +"노드 구성원을 포함합니다.</p>" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected.</p>" -msgstr "<p>다른 검색 도메인 집합을 선택할 때마다 검색 도메인 집합 구성원 목록이 새로 고쳐집니다.</p>" +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 +msgid "" +"<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " +"discovery domain set is selected.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>다른 검색 도메인 집합을 선택할 때마다 검색 도메인 집합 구성원 목록이 새로 " +"고쳐집니다.</p>" -#. **************** global funcions and variables ***** -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 +#. **************** global funcions and variables ***** +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 msgid "Create New Discovery Domain" msgstr "새 검색 도메인 생성" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Add iSCSI node to discovery domain" msgstr "검색 도메인에 iSCSI 노드 추가" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105 msgid "Available Nodes to Add" msgstr "추가할 수 있는 노드" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112 msgid "Add Node" msgstr "노드 추가" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113 msgid "Done" msgstr "완료" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168 msgid "Target or Initiator" msgstr "대상 또는 이니시에이터" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "선택한 항목을 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "이 도메인을 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. boolean display = true; -#. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 +#. boolean display = true; +#. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check if iSNS server is running." msgstr "iSNS 서버에 연결할 수 없습니다. iSNS 서버가 실행 중인지 확인하십시오." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 msgid "isns Daemon Configuration" msgstr "isns 데몬 구성" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:72 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화 중..." -#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 -msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 +msgid "" +"<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</" +"p>" msgstr "<p>isns 서비스를 구성하려면 <b>%1</b> 패키지를 설치해야 합니다.</p>" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>지금 설치하시겠습니까?</p>" -#. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277 +#. IsnsServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "isns 데몬 구성 초기화" -#. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300 +#. IsnsServer write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "isns 구성 저장" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/journal.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/journal.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/journal.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: journal\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,118 +14,118 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Header -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43 +#. Header +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "저널 항목" -#. Filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47 +#. Filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" msgstr "다음 텍스트를 포함한 항목 표시 중" -#. Return the result as an array of Items -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117 +#. Return the result as an array of Items +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117 msgid "Change filter..." msgstr "필터 변경..." -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "새로 고침" -#. Header -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50 +#. Header +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Entries to display" msgstr "표시할 항목" -#. Interval -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53 +#. Interval +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Time interval" msgstr "시간 간격" -#. Filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59 +#. Filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Filters" msgstr "필터" -#. User readable description of the current filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65 +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65 msgid "With no additional conditions" msgstr "추가 조건 없음" -#. User readable description of the time interval -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82 +#. User readable description of the time interval +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82 msgid "Since system's boot" msgstr "시스템 부팅 이후" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84 msgid "From previous boot" msgstr "이전 부팅부터" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90 msgid "Between %{since} and %{until}" msgstr "%{since} 및 %{until} 사이" -#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys -#. :value and :label -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102 +#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102 msgid "Between these dates" msgstr "날짜 범위 지정" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104 msgid "Since system's boot (%s)" msgstr "시스템 부팅 이후(%s)" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108 msgid "From previous boot (%s)" msgstr "이전 부팅부터(%s)" -#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys -#. -#. * :name name of the filter -#. * :label short label for the filter -#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter -#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value -#. * :values optional list of valid values -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128 +#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys +#. +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label short label for the filter +#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128 msgid "Units" msgstr "단위" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129 msgid "For these systemd units" msgstr "다음 시스템 유닛에 대해" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134 msgid "Files" msgstr "파일" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135 msgid "For these files (executable or device)" msgstr "다음 파일에 대해(실행 파일 또는 장치)" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140 msgid "Priority" msgstr "중요도" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141 msgid "With at least this priority" msgstr "다음 중요도 이상" -#. Fields to display for listing the entries -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164 +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164 msgid "Time" msgstr "시간" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165 msgid "Source" msgstr "원본" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166 msgid "Message" msgstr "메시지" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/kdump.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/kdump.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/kdump.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: kdump\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,344 +14,368 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the kdump module -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:59 +#. Command line help text for the kdump module +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:59 msgid "Configuration of kdump" msgstr "kdump 구성" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:69 msgid "Display settings" msgstr "디스플레이 설정" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:75 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:75 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "시작 설정" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:81 msgid "Dump Level number 0-31" msgstr "덤프 수준 번호 0-31" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:89 msgid "Dump format for dump image none/ELF/compressed/lzo" msgstr "덤프 이미지에 대한 덤프 형식 없음/ELF/압축/lzo" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" msgstr "덤프 대상에 덤프 이미지를 저장하기 위한 대상이 포함됩니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 -msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "명명 구조:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]. \"kernel_string\"만 입력하십시오." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " +"\"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"명명 구조:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]. \"kernel_string\"만 입력하십" +"시오." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 -msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 +msgid "" +"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " +"kdump kernel." msgstr "kdump 명령줄은 kdump 커널에 전달해야 할 명령줄입니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 -msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 +msgid "" +"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " +"line string." msgstr "기본 명령줄 문자열에 값을 _추가_만 할 경우 이 변수를 설정합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." msgstr "Kdump 커널에 코어를 저장한 후 즉시 재부팅합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory." msgstr "덤프 디렉토리로 커널을 복사합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." msgstr "보관된 이전 덤프 수를 지정합니다. 0은 전체를 의미합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages." msgstr "알림 메시지를 보내기 위한 SMTP 서버입니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages." msgstr "알림 메시지를 보내기 위한 SMTP 사용자 이름입니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 -msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." -msgstr "알림 메시지를 보내기 위한 SMTP 비밀번호입니다. 비밀번호가 포함된 파일(일반 텍스트 파일)의 경로입니다." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 +msgid "" +"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " +"password (plain text file)." +msgstr "" +"알림 메시지를 보내기 위한 SMTP 비밀번호입니다. 비밀번호가 포함된 파일(일반 텍" +"스트 파일)의 경로입니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 msgid "Email address for sending notification messages" msgstr "알림 메시지를 보내는 데 사용할 전자 메일 주소" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages" msgstr "알림 메시지 사본을 보내는 데 사용할 전자 메일 주소" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "옵션 활성화" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "옵션 비활성화" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 msgid "Shows current option status" msgstr "현재 옵션 상태 표시" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 msgid "Size of allocated memory MB" msgstr "할당된 메모리 크기(MB)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" msgstr "덤프 수준 수에는 저장할 페이지가 포함됩니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo" msgstr "덤프 형식은 없음, ELF, 압축 또는 lzo일 수 있습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" -msgstr "덤프 대상에는 파일(로컬 파일 시스템), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs의 대상 유형이 포함됩니다." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 +msgid "" +"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " +"sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "" +"덤프 대상에는 파일(로컬 파일 시스템), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs의 대상 유형" +"이 포함됩니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 msgid "Name of server" msgstr "서버 이름" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 msgid "Port for connection" msgstr "연결 포트" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 msgid "Directory for saving dump images" msgstr "덤프 이미지를 저장할 디렉토리" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 msgid "Exported share" msgstr "내보낸 공유" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 msgid "User name" msgstr "사용자 이름" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)" msgstr "암호를 포함하는 파일 경로(일반 텍스트 파일)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 msgid "udev_id of raw partition" msgstr "원시 파티션의 udev_id" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 -msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "명명 구조: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]. 커널은 \"kernel_string\"만 의미합니다." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " +"only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"명명 구조: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]. 커널은 \"kernel_string\"만 " +"의미합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 msgid "Include command line options." msgstr "명령줄 옵션을 포함합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 -msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" -msgstr "옵션은 kdump 커널을 부팅하는 실행 수준을 의미합니다. 1,2,3,5 또는 s와 같은 값만 허용됩니다." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 +msgid "" +"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " +"or s are allowed" +msgstr "" +"옵션은 kdump 커널을 부팅하는 실행 수준을 의미합니다. 1,2,3,5 또는 s와 같은 값" +"만 허용됩니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all." msgstr "덤프 수. 0은 모두 보관을 의미합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 msgid "Email address" msgstr "전자 메일 주소" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump" msgstr "펌웨어 지원 덤프 사용 처리" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 msgid "Display Settings:" msgstr "디스플레이 설정:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" msgstr "Kdump가 활성화됨(부트 옵션 \"crashkernel\"이 추가됨)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1" msgstr "Kdump의 메모리(MB) 할당: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 msgid "Kdump is disabled" msgstr "Kdump가 비활성화됨" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 msgid "Dump Level: %1" msgstr "덤프 수준: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 msgid "Dump Format: %1" msgstr "덤프 형식: %1" -#. parsing target info -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 +#. parsing target info +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 msgid "Dump Target Settings" msgstr "덤프 대상 설정" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 msgid "target: %1" msgstr "대상: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 msgid "file directory: %1" msgstr "파일 디렉토리: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 msgid "server name: %1" msgstr "서버 이름: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 msgid "port: %1" msgstr "포트: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed" msgstr "사용자 이름: 익명 연결이 허용됨" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 msgid "user name: %1" msgstr "사용자 이름: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 msgid "share: %1" msgstr "공유: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 msgid "EMPTY" msgstr "비어 있음" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1" msgstr "사용자 정의 kdump 커널: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 msgid "Kdump command line: %1" msgstr "Kdump 명령줄: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 msgid "Kdump command line append: %1" msgstr "Kdump 명령줄 추가: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "Kdump 즉시 재부팅: %1" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "활성화됨" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "비활성화" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" msgstr "이전 덤프 수: 이전 덤프를 삭제하지 않고 모든 덤프를 저장합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1" msgstr "이전 덤프 수: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1" msgstr "Kdump SMTP 서버: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1" msgstr "Kdump SMTP 사용자: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********" msgstr "Kdump SMTP 비밀번호: ********" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1" msgstr "Kdump의 알림 받는 사람: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1" msgstr "Kdump의 알림 사본을 받는 사람: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 msgid "" "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" "It will be rewritten." @@ -359,388 +383,392 @@ "커널 옵션 \"crashkernel\"에 범위 및/또는 중복 값이 포함되어 있습니다.\n" "재작성됩니다." -#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 +#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "변경사항을 적용하려면 재부팅해야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "잘못된 옵션이 사용되었습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "덤프 수준이 설정되었습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "옵션의 잘못된 값." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "덤프 형식이 설정되었습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 -msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "옵션에는 \"없음\", \"ELF\", \"압축\" 또는 \"lzo\" 값만 포함할 수 있습니다." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 +msgid "" +"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgstr "" +"옵션에는 \"없음\", \"ELF\", \"압축\" 또는 \"lzo\" 값만 포함할 수 있습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "%1 파일이 존재하지 않습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "\"dir\"에 대한 값이 누락되었습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "\"server\"에 대한 값이 누락되었습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "\"share\"에 대한 값이 누락되었습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "대상에 대한 값이 잘못되었습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "\"no\" 옵션의 값이 잘못되었습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "잘못된 \"server\" 옵션 값입니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "잘못된 \"user\" 옵션 값입니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "잘못된 \"email\" 옵션 값입니다." -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "펌웨어 지원 덤프: %{status}" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "옵션이 정의되지 않았습니다." -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/kdump_finish.rb:47 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/kdump_finish.rb:47 msgid "Saving kdump configuration..." msgstr "Kdump 구성 저장 중..." -#. proposal part - kdump label -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82 +#. proposal part - kdump label +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82 msgid "Kdump" msgstr "Kdump" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84 +#. menubutton entry +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84 msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "Kdump(&K)" -#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" msgstr "Kdump 활성화/비활성화" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Enable Kd&ump" msgstr "Kdump 활성화(&U)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Disable Kdump" msgstr "Kdump 비활성화(&D)" -#. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 +#. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Include in Dumping" msgstr "덤프에 포함" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero" msgstr "0으로 채워진 페이지(&P)" -#. `VStretch () -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 +#. `VStretch () +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Cach&e Pages" msgstr "캐시 페이지(&E)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages" msgstr "캐시 개인 페이지(&T)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 msgid "&User Data Pages" msgstr "사용자 데이터 페이지(&U)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Free Pages" msgstr "사용 가능한 페이지(&F)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 msgid "&Dump Format" msgstr "덤프 형식(&D)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&No Dump" msgstr "덤프 없음(&N)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&ELF Format" msgstr "ELF 형식(&E)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "C&ompressed Format" msgstr "압축 형식(&O)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 msgid "&LZO Compressed Format" msgstr "LZO 압축 형식(&L)" -#. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 +#. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Select Target" msgstr "대상 선택(&S)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "로컬 디렉토리" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "SFTP" msgstr "SFTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "CIFS(SMB)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "SMTP 서버(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#. text entry -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#. text entry +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "사용자 이름(&U)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#. password entry -#. password entry -#. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#. password entry +#. password entry +#. password entry +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "암호(&P)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "알림 대상(&T)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "알림 참조(&T)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "사용자 정의 Kdump 커널(&K)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "Kdump 명령줄(&M)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "Kdump 명령줄 추가(&L)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "코어 저장 후 즉시 재부팅 활성화(&E)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "덤프 디렉토리로 복사 커널 활성화(&R)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "이전 덤프 이미지 삭제 활성화(&D)" -#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 +#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "이전 덤프 수(&U)" -#. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 +#. "handle" : +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "Kdump 메모리" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "Kdump 시작" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "시작" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "Kdump - 덤프 필터링" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "덤프 필터링" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "Kdump 이미지의 대상 저장" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "덤프 대상" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "SMTP 서버" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "알림 전자 메일 주소" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "전자 메일 알림" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "Kdump의 사용자 정의 커널" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "명령줄" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "덤프 설정" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "Kdump 고급 설정" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "고급 설정" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" msgstr "Kdump 메모리 부족(&L)[MiB]" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" msgstr "Kdump 메모리(&Y)[MiB]" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" msgstr "총 시스템 메모리[MiB]:" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" msgstr "사용 가능한 메모리[MiB]:" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" msgstr "Kdump 상위 메모리(&H)[MiB]" -#. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 +#. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>\n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" +"removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Kdump 활성화/비활성화</b><br>\n" -" kdump를 활성화하거나 비활성화합니다. 부트 옵션 crashkernel 파라미터가 추가/제거되었습니다. \n" +" kdump를 활성화하거나 비활성화합니다. 부트 옵션 crashkernel 파라미터가 추" +"가/제거되었습니다. \n" " 변경사항을 적용하려면 다시 부팅해야 합니다.<br></p>\n" -#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42 +#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b>Kdump Memory</b><br>\n" " Allocation of memory for kdump kernel. <br></p>\n" @@ -748,18 +776,27 @@ "<p><b>Kdump 메모리</b><br>\n" " Kdump 커널을 위한 메모리 할당입니다. <br></p>\n" -#. T: help text for a combo box -#. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 +#. T: help text for a combo box +#. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b>Firmware-Assisted Dump</b><br>\n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>" +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " +"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" +"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " +"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " +"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " +"more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>펌웨어 지원 덤프</b><br>\n" -" 덤프는 파티션이 다시 초기화되기 전에 생성되지 않고 파티션을 다시 시작할 때 생성됩니다. 펌웨어 지원 덤프를 수행하는 경우 시스템 메모리가 고정되고 파티션이 다시 부팅되므로 운영 체제의 새 인스턴스가 이전 커널 크래시의 데이터를 덤프할 수 있습니다. 이 기능은 시스템에 1.5GB 이상의 메모리가 있는 경우에만 적합합니다.</p>" +" 덤프는 파티션이 다시 초기화되기 전에 생성되지 않고 파티션을 다시 시작할 " +"때 생성됩니다. 펌웨어 지원 덤프를 수행하는 경우 시스템 메모리가 고정되고 파티" +"션이 다시 부팅되므로 운영 체제의 새 인스턴스가 이전 커널 크래시의 데이터를 덤" +"프할 수 있습니다. 이 기능은 시스템에 1.5GB 이상의 메모리가 있는 경우에만 적합" +"합니다.</p>" -#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 +#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<p><b>Dump Level</b><br>\n" " Specify the type of necessary page for analysis.\n" @@ -771,64 +808,73 @@ " 지정한 유형의 페이지가 덤프 파일에 복사됩니다. \n" " 다음 테이블에 표시되어 있는 페이지 유형이 포함됩니다. <br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n" " <i>No Dump</i> - Only save the kernel log.<br>\n" " <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dump file in the ELF format.<br>\n" -" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>\n" -" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>\n" +" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." +"<br>\n" +" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster." +"<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>덤프 형식</b><br>\n" " <i>덤프 없음</i> - 커널 로그만 저장합니다.<br>\n" " <i>ELF 형식</i> - 덤프 파일을 ELF 형식으로 생성합니다.<br>\n" -" <i>압축 형식</i> - gzip을 사용하여 각 페이지 단위로 덤프 데이터를 압축합니다.<br>\n" +" <i>압축 형식</i> - gzip을 사용하여 각 페이지 단위로 덤프 데이터를 압축합" +"니다.<br>\n" " <i>LZO 압축 형식</i> - 파일 크기가 약간 더 크지만 훨씬 더 빠릅니다.<br>\n" "</p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>" +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " +"dumps.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Kdump 이미지에 대해 저장 대상</b><br>\n" -" kdump 이미지를 저장하기 위한 대상입니다. 덤프를 저장하려면 대상 유형을 선택하십시오.<br></p>" +" kdump 이미지를 저장하기 위한 대상입니다. 덤프를 저장하려면 대상 유형을 선" +"택하십시오.<br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " <i>Directory for Saving Dumps</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>Browse</i>\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " +"<i>Browse</i>\n" " <br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>로컬 파일 시스템</b> - 로컬 파일 시스템에 kdump 이미지를 저장합니다.\n" " <i>덤프 저장 디렉토리</i> - kdump 이미지를 저장하기 위한 경로입니다.\n" -" <i>찾아보기</i>를 눌러 대화 상자에서 kdump 이미지를 저장하기 위한 디렉토리를 선택합니다.\n" +" <i>찾아보기</i>를 눌러 대화 상자에서 kdump 이미지를 저장하기 위한 디렉토" +"리를 선택합니다.\n" " <br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p><b>FTP</b> - Save kdump image via FTP.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of ftp server.\n" " <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n" " <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>" +" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection." +"<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>FTP</b> - FTP를 통해 kdump 이미지를 저장합니다.\n" " <i>서버 이름</i> - FTP 서버의 이름입니다.\n" " <i>포트</i> - 연결을 위한 포트 번호입니다.\n" " <i>서버의 디렉토리</i> - kdump 이미지를 저장하기 위한 경로입니다.\n" " <i>익명 FTP 사용</i> - 서버에 대한 익명 연결을 활성화합니다.\n" -" <i>사용자 이름</i> - FTP 연결 이름입니다. <i>암호</i> - FTP 연결 암호입니다.<br></p>" +" <i>사용자 이름</i> - FTP 연결 이름입니다. <i>암호</i> - FTP 연결 암호입니" +"다.<br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" @@ -844,8 +890,8 @@ " <i>사용자 이름</i> - SSH 연결에 사용됩니다. \n" " <i>비밀번호</i> - SSH 연결에 사용됩니다.<br></p>\n" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<p><b>SFTP</b> - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" @@ -861,7 +907,7 @@ " <i>사용자 이름</i> - SSH 연결에 사용됩니다. \n" " <i>비밀번호</i> - SSH 연결에 사용됩니다.<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n" "on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n" @@ -871,8 +917,8 @@ "달라집니다. SLE 서버는 기본적으로 둘 다 지원합니다.\n" "</p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<p><b>NFS</b> - Save kdump image on NFS.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of nfs server.\n" @@ -882,8 +928,8 @@ " <i>서버 이름</i> - NFS 서버의 이름입니다.\n" " <i>서버의 디렉토리</i> - kdump 이미지를 저장하기 위한 경로입니다.<br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<p><b>CIFS</b> - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" @@ -897,21 +943,23 @@ " <i>내보낸 공유</i> - Windows 공유 이름입니다.\n" " <i>서버의 디렉토리</i> - kdump 이미지를 저장하기 위한 경로입니다.\n" " <i>인증 사용</i> - 서버에 대한 인증된 연결을 활성화합니다.\n" -" <i>사용자 이름</i> - 연결에 사용됩니다. <i>암호</i> - 연결에 사용됩니다.<br></p>" +" <i>사용자 이름</i> - 연결에 사용됩니다. <i>암호</i> - 연결에 사용됩니다." +"<br></p>" -#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 +#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "<p><b>Custom Kdump Kernel</b> The user can enter the custom kernel.\n" " The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</i>\n" " Please enter only <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>사용자 정의 Kdump 커널</b> 사용자가 사용자 정의 커널을 입력할 수 있습니다.\n" +"<p><b>사용자 정의 Kdump 커널</b> 사용자가 사용자 정의 커널을 입력할 수 있습니" +"다.\n" " 명명 스키마:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</i>\n" " <i>kernel_string</i>만 입력하십시오.<br></p>" -#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 +#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b>Kdump Command Line</b>\n" " Additional arguments passed to kexec. <br></p>" @@ -919,8 +967,8 @@ "<p><b>Kdump 명령줄</b>\n" " kexec에 전달된 추가 인수입니다.<br></p>" -#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 +#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n" " Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" @@ -932,8 +980,8 @@ " <i>Kdump Command Line</i>이 설정된 경우\n" " 문자열이 추가됩니다. <br></p>\n" -#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 +#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \n" " Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>" @@ -941,19 +989,20 @@ "<p><b>코어 저장 후 즉시 재부팅 활성화</b> - \n" " kdump에 코어를 저장한 후 즉시 재부팅할 수 있습니다.<br></p>" -#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 +#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>" +" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." +"<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>이전 덤프 이미지 삭제 활성화</b> - \n" " 이전 덤프 이미지 삭제를 활성화합니다. <i>이전 덤프 수</i>의 덤프 \n" "파일 수가 이 숫자를 초과할 경우, 더 오래된 덤프가 제거됩니다.<br></p>" -#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 +#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory</b> - \n" " If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n" @@ -967,52 +1016,68 @@ " 복사됩니다. 기본값은 \"꺼짐\"입니다. 디버깅을 위해\n" " 모든 항목을 제자리에 배치하는 것이 유용합니다.<br></p>\n" -#. SMTP Server -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 -msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>" +#. SMTP Server +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 +msgid "" +"<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>SMTP 서버</b> 덤프 후 알림 전자 메일을 보내는 데 사용됩니다.</p>" -#. SMTP User Name -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 +#. SMTP User Name +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " +"plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>사용자 이름</b> <i>SMTP Server</i>가 설정된 경우 SMTP 인증에\n" -" 사용됩니다. 선택 사항입니다. 사용자 이름과 비밀번호를 지정하지 않으면 일반 SMTP가 사용됩니다.</p>\n" +" 사용됩니다. 선택 사항입니다. 사용자 이름과 비밀번호를 지정하지 않으면 일반 " +"SMTP가 사용됩니다.</p>\n" -#. SMTP Password -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 +#. SMTP Password +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. " +"This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " +"will be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>비밀번호</b> <i>SMTP Server</i>가 설정된 경우 SMTP 인증에 사용됩니다.\n" -"선택 사항입니다. 사용자 이름과 비밀번호를 지정하지 않으면 일반 SMTP가 사용됩니다.</p>\n" +"선택 사항입니다. 사용자 이름과 비밀번호를 지정하지 않으면 일반 SMTP가 사용됩" +"니다.</p>\n" -#. Notification To (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 -msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p><b>알림 대상</b> 덤프가 저장된 경우 알림 전자 메일을 보낼 전자 메일 주소를 지정합니다.</p>\n" +#. Notification To (email addresses) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification " +"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>알림 대상</b> 덤프가 저장된 경우 알림 전자 메일을 보낼 전자 메일 주소" +"를 지정합니다.</p>\n" -#. Notification CC (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 +#. Notification CC (email addresses) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p><b>알림 참조</b> 덤프가 저장된 경우 참조를 통해 알림 전자 메일을 보낼 전자 메일 주소의 공백으로 구분된 목록을 지정합니다.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " +"to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" +"p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>알림 참조</b> 덤프가 저장된 경우 참조를 통해 알림 전자 메일을 보낼 전" +"자 메일 주소의 공백으로 구분된 목록을 지정합니다.</p>\n" -#. Number of Old Dumps (number) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 +#. Number of Old Dumps (number) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" +"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " +"number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>이전 덤프 수</b>는 보관된 이전 덤프 수를 지정합니다. 덤프 파일 수가 이 숫자를 초과하면\n" +"<p><b>이전 덤프 수</b>는 보관된 이전 덤프 수를 지정합니다. 덤프 파일 수가 이 " +"숫자를 초과하면\n" "이전 덤프가 제거됩니다.</p>" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -1020,8 +1085,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Kdump 구성 초기화</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려주십시오...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -1029,8 +1094,8 @@ "<p><b><big>초기화 중단:</big></b><br>\n" "지금 <b>중단</b>을 누르면 구성 유틸리티를 안전하게 중단할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -1038,8 +1103,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Kdump 구성 저장</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려주십시오...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -1051,8 +1116,8 @@ "이 작업이 안전한지 여부를 알려 주는 추가 대화 상자가 나타납니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure kdump here.<br></p>\n" @@ -1060,8 +1125,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Kdump 구성</big></b><br>\n" "여기에 kdump를 구성합니다.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" @@ -1073,8 +1138,8 @@ "Kdump가 검색되지 않은 경우 <b>기타(검색되지 않음)</b>를 선택합니다.\n" "그런 다음 <b>구성</b>을 누릅니다.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -1084,8 +1149,8 @@ "<b>편집</b>을 누르면 구성을 변경할 수 있는 대화 상자가\n" "추가로 열립니다.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n" @@ -1095,8 +1160,8 @@ "설치된 kdump의 개요를 가져옵니다. 그런 다음\n" "해당 구성을 편집하십시오.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a kdump.</p>" @@ -1104,8 +1169,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Kdump 추가:</big></b><br>\n" "Kdump를 구성하려면 <b>추가</b>를 누릅니다.</p>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" @@ -1115,102 +1180,102 @@ "변경하거나 제거할 kdump를 선택합니다.\n" "그런 다음 원하는 대로 <b>편집</b> 또는 <b>삭제</b>를 누릅니다.</p>\n" -#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target -#. -#. terms -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:85 +#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target +#. +#. terms +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:85 msgid "Local Filesystem" msgstr "로컬 파일 시스템" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:91 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:91 msgid "&Directory for Saving Dumps" msgstr "덤프 저장 디렉토리(&D)" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:94 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:94 msgid "B&rowse" msgstr "찾아보기(&R)" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:112 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:149 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:177 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:192 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:112 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:149 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:177 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:192 msgid "Server Nam&e" msgstr "서버 이름(&E)" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:114 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:151 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:114 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:151 msgid "P&ort" msgstr "포트(&O)" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:119 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:155 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:179 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:198 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:119 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:155 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:179 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:198 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "서버의 디렉토리(&D)" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:124 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:124 msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP" msgstr "익명 FTP 사용(&Y)" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 msgid "SSH / SFTP" msgstr "SSH / SFTP" -#. text entries -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 +#. text entries +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 msgid "Exported Sha&re" msgstr "내보낸 공유(&R)" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:205 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:205 msgid "Use Aut&hentication" msgstr "인증 사용(&H)" -#. Function validates options in -#. "Saving Target for Kdump Image" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661 +#. Function validates options in +#. "Saving Target for Kdump Image" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661 msgid "You need to specify \"Directory for Saving Dumps\"" msgstr "\"덤프 저장 디렉토리\"를 지정해야 합니다." -#. install cifs-mount package -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729 +#. install cifs-mount package +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729 msgid "You need to specify \"Server Name\"" msgstr "\"서버 이름\"을 지정해야 합니다." -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 msgid "You need to specify \"Directory on Server\"" msgstr "\"서버의 디렉토리\"를 지정해야 합니다." -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753 msgid "You need to specify \"User Name\"" msgstr "\"사용자 이름\"을 지정해야 합니다." -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743 msgid "You need to specify \"Exported Share\"" msgstr "\"내보낸 공유\"를 지정해야 합니다." -#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]=""; -#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]=""; -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:794 +#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]=""; +#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]=""; +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:794 msgid "Select directory for saving dump images" msgstr "덤프 이미지를 저장할 디렉토리를 선택합니다." -#. Function validates if crashkernel option includes -#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting -#. -#. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 +#. Function validates if crashkernel option includes +#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting +#. +#. "KdumpMemory" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "커널 옵션에 범위 또는 중복 값이 포함되어 있습니다. 다시 쓰시겠습니까?" -#. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 +#. T: Checkbox label +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "펌웨어 지원 덤프 사용(&F)" -#. Function validates options in -#. "Dump Format" -#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 +#. Function validates options in +#. "Dump Format" +#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 msgid "" "Kdump is not supported on this system.\n" "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" @@ -1222,14 +1287,14 @@ "예를 들어 일부 설정을 올바로 읽지 않고\n" "결과 구성을 사용할 수 없게 될 수 있습니다.\n" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 msgid "Kdump not supported" msgstr "Kdump가 지원되지 않습니다." -#. See FATE#315780 -#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 -#. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 +#. See FATE#315780 +#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 +#. FIXME what about dracut? +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1237,130 +1302,134 @@ "'%{cmd}'을(를) 호출하는 중 initrd 업데이트에서 오류가 발생했습니다.\n" "자세한 내용은 %{log}을(를) 참조하십시오." -#. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 +#. Kdump read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "kdump 구성 초기화 중" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "구성 파일을 읽는 중..." -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "커널 부트 옵션을 읽는 중..." -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "메모리 제한을 계산하는 중..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "디스크의 파티션을 읽는 중..." -#. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 +#. Progress finished 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "사용 가능한 메모리를 읽고 사용량을 보정하는 중..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "/etc/sysconfig/kdump 구성 파일을 읽을 수 없음" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "커널 부트 옵션을 읽을 수 없습니다." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "사용 가능한 메모리를 읽을 수 없습니다." -#. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 +#. Kdump read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "kdump 구성 저장 중" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "설정 기록" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "부트 옵션 업데이트" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "설정을 기록하는 중..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "부트 옵션 업데이트 중..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "설정을 기록할 수 없습니다." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "부트 로더 오류에 crashkernel 매개 변수 추가 중." -#. Create a textual summary -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 +#. Create a textual summary +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump 상태: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "enabled" msgstr "활성화" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "disabled" msgstr "비활성화" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "crashkernel 옵션 값: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "덤프 형식: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "덤프 대상: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "덤프 수: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, -#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 -msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." -msgstr "경고! 사용 가능한 공간이 부족할 수 있습니다. %{required}의 공간이 필요하나 현재 %{available}밖에 없습니다." +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, +#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 +msgid "" +"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " +"only %{available} are available." +msgstr "" +"경고! 사용 가능한 공간이 부족할 수 있습니다. %{required}의 공간이 필요하나 현" +"재 %{available}밖에 없습니다." -#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 +#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/languages_db.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/languages_db.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/languages_db.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,292 +14,292 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_af_ZA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_af_ZA.ycp:36 msgid "Afrikaans" msgstr "아프리칸스어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ar_EG.ycp:37 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ar_EG.ycp:37 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "아랍어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ast_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ast_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Asturian" msgstr "아스투리아어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_bg_BG.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bg_BG.ycp:36 msgid "Bulgarian" msgstr "불가리아어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_bn_BD.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bn_BD.ycp:36 msgid "Bengali" msgstr "벵골어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_bs_BA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bs_BA.ycp:36 msgid "Bosnian" msgstr "보스니아어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ca_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ca_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Catalan" msgstr "카탈로니아어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_cs_CZ.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_cs_CZ.ycp:36 msgid "Czech" msgstr "체코어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_cy_GB.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_cy_GB.ycp:36 msgid "Welsh" msgstr "웨일즈어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_da_DK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_da_DK.ycp:36 msgid "Danish" msgstr "덴마크어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_de_DE.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_de_DE.ycp:36 msgid "German" msgstr "독일어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_el_GR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_el_GR.ycp:36 msgid "Greek" msgstr "그리스어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_GB.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_GB.ycp:36 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "영어 (UK)" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_US.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_US.ycp:36 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "영어 (US)" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_es_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_es_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "스페인어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_et_EE.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_et_EE.ycp:36 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "에스토니아어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_fi_FI.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_fi_FI.ycp:36 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "핀란드어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_fr_FR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_fr_FR.ycp:36 msgid "French" msgstr "프랑스어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_gl_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_gl_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Galician" msgstr "갈리시아어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_gu_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_gu_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Gujarati" msgstr "구자라트어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_he_IL.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_he_IL.ycp:36 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "헤브루어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_hi_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hi_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Hindi" msgstr "힌디어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_hr_HR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hr_HR.ycp:36 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "크로아티아어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_hu_HU.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hu_HU.ycp:36 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "헝가리어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_id_ID.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_id_ID.ycp:36 msgid "Indonesian" msgstr "인도네시아어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_it_IT.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_it_IT.ycp:36 msgid "Italian" msgstr "이태리어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ja_JP.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ja_JP.ycp:36 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "일본어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ka_GE.ycp:35 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ka_GE.ycp:35 msgid "Georgian" msgstr "그루지아어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_km_KH.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_km_KH.ycp:36 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "크메르어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ko_KR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ko_KR.ycp:36 msgid "Korean" msgstr "한국어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_lt_LT.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_lt_LT.ycp:36 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "리투아니아어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_mk_MK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_mk_MK.ycp:36 msgid "Macedonian" msgstr "마케도니아어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_mr_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_mr_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Marathi" msgstr "마라티어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_nb_NO.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nb_NO.ycp:36 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "노르웨이어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_nl_NL.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nl_NL.ycp:36 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "화란어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_nn_NO.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nn_NO.ycp:36 msgid "Nynorsk" msgstr "뉘노르스크" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pa_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pa_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Punjabi" msgstr "펀잡어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pl_PL.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pl_PL.ycp:36 msgid "Polish" msgstr "폴란드어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_BR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_BR.ycp:36 msgid "Portuguese (Brazilian)" msgstr "포르투갈어(브라질)" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_PT.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_PT.ycp:36 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "포르투갈어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ro_RO.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ro_RO.ycp:36 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "루마니아어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ru_RU.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ru_RU.ycp:36 msgid "Russian" msgstr "러시아어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_si_LK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_si_LK.ycp:36 msgid "Sinhala" msgstr "신할라어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sk_SK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sk_SK.ycp:36 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "슬로바키아어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sl_SI.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sl_SI.ycp:36 msgid "Slovenian" msgstr "슬로베니아어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sr_RS.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sr_RS.ycp:36 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "세르비아어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sv_SE.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sv_SE.ycp:36 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "스웨덴어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ta_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ta_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Tamil" msgstr "타밀어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_tg_TJ.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_tg_TJ.ycp:36 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "타지크어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_th_TH.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_th_TH.ycp:36 msgid "Thai" msgstr "태국어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_tr_TR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_tr_TR.ycp:36 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "터어키어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_uk_UA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_uk_UA.ycp:36 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "우크라이나어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_vi_VN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_vi_VN.ycp:36 msgid "Vietnamese" msgstr "베트남어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_wa_BE.ycp:35 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_wa_BE.ycp:35 msgid "Walloon" msgstr "왈론어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_xh_ZA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_xh_ZA.ycp:36 msgid "Xhosa" msgstr "코사족어" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_CN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_CN.ycp:36 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "중국어 간체" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_TW.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_TW.ycp:36 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "중국어 번체" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_zu_ZA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zu_ZA.ycp:36 msgid "Zulu" msgstr "줄루" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/ldap.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/ldap.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/ldap.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: ldap\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,22 +14,23 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:252 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:252 msgid "Verify that the LDAP Server is running and reachable." msgstr "LDAP 서버가 실행 중이고 접근 가능함을 확인하십시오." -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:256 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:256 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." +"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " +"Certificate is valid." msgstr "" "TLS 암호화를 설정하지 못했습니다.\n" "올바른 CA 인증서가 설치되고 서버 인증서가 유효함을 확인하십시오." -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:260 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:260 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" "Verify that the Server has StartTLS support enabled." @@ -37,8 +38,8 @@ "TLS 암호화를 설정하지 못했습니다.\n" "서버에서 StartTLS 지원을 활성화했음을 확인하십시오." -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:530 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" @@ -46,8 +47,8 @@ "\n" "서버가 다운되었거나 접근할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:534 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:534 msgid "" "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" @@ -55,8 +56,8 @@ "\n" "DN의 값이 없거나 잘못되었습니다.\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:538 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:538 msgid "" "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" @@ -64,8 +65,8 @@ "\n" "속성 타입을 찾을수 없습니다.\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:540 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:540 msgid "" "\n" "Object class not found.\n" @@ -73,69 +74,69 @@ "\n" "객체 클래스를 찾을수 없습니다.\n" -#. error message, more specific description follows -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." msgstr "LDAP 서버에 연결할 수 없습니다." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:549 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." msgstr "LDAP 서버에 연결하는 동안 문제가 발생했습니다." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:553 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." msgstr "LDAP 서버에서 데이터를 읽어 오는 동안 문제가 발생했습니다." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:557 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:557 msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP users." msgstr "LDAP 사용자를 쓰는 중 문제가 발생했습니다." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:561 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:561 msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP groups." msgstr "LDAP 그룹을 쓰는 중 문제가 발생했습니다." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:565 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:565 msgid "A problem occurred while writing data to the LDAP server." msgstr "LDAP 서버에 데이터를 쓰는 중 문제가 발생했습니다." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:569 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." msgstr "LDAP 서버에서 스키마를 읽어 오는 동안 문제가 발생했습니다." -#. default error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:594 +#. default error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." msgstr "알 수 없는 LDAP 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" msgstr "상세 보기(&S)" -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." msgstr "알 수 없는 오류입니다. 'yast2-ldap'를 사용할 수 없는 것 같습니다." -#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) -#: src/Ldap.rb:800 +#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) +#: src/Ldap.rb:800 msgid "Really keep this configuration?" msgstr "이 구성을 유지하시겠습니까?" -#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) -#: src/Ldap.rb:865 +#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) +#: src/Ldap.rb:865 msgid "" "A possible reason for the failed connection may be that your client is\n" "configured for TLS/SSL but the server does not support it.\n" @@ -147,31 +148,31 @@ "\n" "TLS/SSL 없이 다시 연결하시겠습니까?\n" -#. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server -#. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed -#. @return password -#: src/Ldap.rb:973 +#. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server +#. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed +#. @return password +#: src/Ldap.rb:973 msgid "BindDN" msgstr "BindDN" -#. password entering label -#. password entering label -#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 +#. password entering label +#. password entering label +#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" msgstr "LDAP 서버 암호(&L)" -#. label -#: src/Ldap.rb:979 +#. label +#: src/Ldap.rb:979 msgid "Server: %1:%2" msgstr "서버: %1:%2" -#. button label -#: src/Ldap.rb:988 +#. button label +#: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" msgstr "익명 접속(&A)" -#. error message, %1 is DN -#: src/Ldap.rb:1330 +#. error message, %1 is DN +#: src/Ldap.rb:1330 msgid "" "A direct parent for DN '%1' \n" "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" @@ -181,8 +182,8 @@ "LDAP 디렉토리 안에 존재 하지 않습니다.\n" "객체와 선택된 DN을 생성 할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:1431 +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:1431 msgid "" "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" "Select another one.\n" @@ -190,8 +191,8 @@ "선택한 DN을 가진 객체가 존재하지만 템플릿 객체가 아닙니다.\n" "다른 객체를 선택하십시오.\n" -#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN -#: src/Ldap.rb:1717 +#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN +#: src/Ldap.rb:1717 msgid "" "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" @@ -199,19 +200,19 @@ "LDAP 서버상에 '%1'DN 와\n" "아무런 엔트리도 존재하지 않습니다. 지금 그것을 생성 하시겠습니까?\n" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" msgstr "열기(&O)" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "<p>Set the new value for the current attribute.</p>" msgstr "<p>현재 속성들에 대한 새로운 값을 설정 하십시오.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 msgid "" "<p>If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n" "with <b>Add Value</b>. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n" @@ -227,44 +228,44 @@ " 사용하여 LDAP 트리에서 선택할 수 있습니다.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. -#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note -#. "available only in english" to the sentence for other languages? -#. Example: -#. "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\"<br>(available only in english):</p>" -#. or: -#. "<p>The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 +#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. +#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note +#. "available only in english" to the sentence for other languages? +#. Example: +#. "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\"<br>(available only in english):</p>" +#. or: +#. "<p>The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" msgstr "<p> \"%1\" 속성의 설명:<br></p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" msgstr "속성 \"%1\" 의 값(&V)" -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" msgstr "속성 \"%1\"의 값들(&V)" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" msgstr "값 추가(&A)" -#. menubutton item (default value) -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 +#. menubutton item (default value) +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" msgstr "텅빈 엔트리(&E)" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" msgstr "검색(&W)" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." @@ -272,28 +273,28 @@ "'%1' 값은 이미 존재합니다.\n" "다른값을 선택하십시오." -#. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 +#. description of configuration object +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "유저 관리의 설정 도구들" -#. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 +#. description of configuration object +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "그룹 관리의 설정 도구들" -#. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 +#. label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "새로운 모듈의 객체 클래스" -#. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 +#. textentry label, do not translate "cn" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "새로운 모듈의 이름(&N)(\"cn\" 값)" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" @@ -301,61 +302,70 @@ "입력된 값은 이미 존재합니다.\n" "다른 값을 선택해 주십시오.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "모듈 이름을 입력 하십시오." -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" +"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " +"when\n" "the new object is created.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>여기,현재 템플리트를 사용중인 객체에 속하는\n" "속성들의 값을 설정하십시오. 각각의 값들은\n" "새로운 객체가 생성될때 기본으로써 사용됩니다.</p>\n" -#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" -#. _("<p>The list of attributes provided in <b>Attribute Name</b> is the -#. list of allowed attributes for objects described in the \"defaultObjectClass\" -#. entry of the current template.</p> -#. ") + -#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 +#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" +#. _("<p>The list of attributes provided in <b>Attribute Name</b> is the +#. list of allowed attributes for objects described in the \"defaultObjectClass\" +#. entry of the current template.</p> +#. ") + +#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n" +"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be " +"replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>여러분은 존재하는 것으로 부터 속성 값들을 생성하기 위해서 특별한 구문을 사용 합니다.\n" +"<p>여러분은 존재하는 것으로 부터 속성 값들을 생성하기 위해서 특별한 구문을 사" +"용 합니다.\n" "<i>%attr_name</i> 표현은 \"attr_name\" 속성의 값으로 대체 될 것 입니다.\n" "(예,\"homeDirectory\")의 값으로써 \"/home/%uid\"을 사용 합니다.</p>\n" -#. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 +#. combobox label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "속성 이름(&N)" -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "속성 값(&V)" -#. general help text for LDAP browser -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 +#. general help text for LDAP browser +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 msgid "<p>Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog.</p>" msgstr "<p>대화 상자 왼쪽에서 LDAP 트리를 검색합니다.</p>" -#. help text for LDAP browser -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 -msgid "<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use <b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>" -msgstr "<p>트리에서 LDAP 객체를 선택하면 테이블에 객체 데이터가 나타납니다. 선택한 특성 값을 변경하려면 <b>편집</b>을 사용하십시오. 변경사항을 LDAP에 저장하려면 <b>저장</b>을 선택하십시오.</p>" +#. help text for LDAP browser +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 +msgid "" +"<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object " +"data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use " +"<b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>트리에서 LDAP 객체를 선택하면 테이블에 객체 데이터가 나타납니다. 선택한 특" +"성 값을 변경하려면 <b>편집</b>을 사용하십시오. 변경사항을 LDAP에 저장하려면 " +"<b>저장</b>을 선택하십시오.</p>" -#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 +#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 msgid "" "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" @@ -363,49 +373,49 @@ "현재 엔트리에 저장하지 않은 변경 사항이 있습니다.\n" "이를 버리시겠습니까?\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 +#. dialog caption +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" msgstr "LDAP 브라우저" -#. combobox item -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 +#. combobox item +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 msgid "Current LDAP Client settings" msgstr "현재 LDAP 클라이언트 설정" -#. combo box label -#. combo box label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 +#. combo box label +#. combo box label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 msgid "LDAP Connections" msgstr "LDAP 연결" -#. textentry label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 +#. textentry label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" msgstr "LDAP 서버" -#. textentry label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 +#. textentry label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" msgstr "관리자 DN" -#. check box label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 +#. check box label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 msgid "L&DAP TLS" msgstr "LDAP TLS(&D)" -#. button label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 +#. button label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 msgid "A&nonymous Access" msgstr "익명 액세스(&N)" -#. InputField label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 +#. InputField label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" msgstr "새 LDAP 연결 이름을 입력합니다." -#. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 msgid "" "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." @@ -413,17 +423,17 @@ "\"%1\"은(는) 필수 특성입니다.\n" "값을 입력하십시오." -#. button label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 +#. button label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" msgstr "다시 읽기(&R)" -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "속성" -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" msgstr "값" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/mail.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/mail.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/mail.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: mail\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,19 +14,19 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the mail module -#: src/clients/mail.rb:60 +#. Command line help text for the mail module +#: src/clients/mail.rb:60 msgid "Configuration of mail" msgstr "메일 구성" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/mail.rb:73 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/mail.rb:73 msgid "Mail configuration summary" msgstr "메일 구성 요약" -#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! -#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:30 +#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! +#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:30 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Initializing mail</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ "잠시 기다리십시오...\n" "<BR></P>\n" -#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:36 +#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the initialization:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B>\n" @@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ "<B>중지</B>버튼을 누르면 구성 유틸리티를 안전하게 중지시킵니다.\n" "</P>\n" -#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! -#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:49 +#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! +#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Saving mail configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ "잠시 기다리십시오...\n" "<BR></P>\n" -#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:55 +#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Aborting saving:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Abort saving by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\n" @@ -70,12 +70,13 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>저장 취소:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "<B>중지</B> 버튼을 누르면강제로 저장을 중지합니다.\n" -"추가적인 대화상자는 강제로 중지하는 것이 안전한지를 당신에게 알려줄 것입니다.\n" +"추가적인 대화상자는 강제로 중지하는 것이 안전한지를 당신에게 알려줄 것입니" +"다.\n" "</P>\n" -#. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#. do not translate MTA -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:67 +#. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#. do not translate MTA +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>Select the mail system (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\n" "to install.</p>" @@ -83,8 +84,8 @@ "<p>설치할 메일 시스템을 선택하십시오\n" "(메일 전송 관리자,MTA)</p>" -#. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73 +#. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "<p>How are you connected to the Internet? With a dial-up connection,\n" @@ -93,62 +94,71 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>어떻게 인터넷에 연결되어 있습니까? 전화접속 연결을 했다면,\n" -"메일은 곧바로 발송이 되지 않을 것입니다. 하지만 <b>sendmail -q</b>을 실행하면 \n" +"메일은 곧바로 발송이 되지 않을 것입니다. 하지만 <b>sendmail -q</b>을 실" +"행하면 \n" "메일이 곧바로 발송이 될 것입니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p>If choosing <b>No Connection</b>, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " +"localhost.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>연결 없음</b>을 선택하면 메일 서버가 시작되지만 로컬 메일만\n" "전송할 수 있습니다. MTA에서 로컬 호스트 수신을 대기합니다.</p>\n" -#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 +#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>각 사용자의 보낸 사람의 주소를 여기에 재 작성하여 구체적으로 지정합니다..</p>\n" +"<p>각 사용자의 보낸 사람의 주소를 여기에 재 작성하여 구체적으로 지정합니다.." +"</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" -"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" +"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use " +"authentication,\n" "simply leave these fields empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>몇몇 서버들은 메일을 보낼때 인증을 필요로 합니다. 여러분들은\n" -"이 옵션을 위해 인증 관련정보를 넣을 수 있습니다. 만일 인증을 원하시지 않는다면,\n" +"이 옵션을 위해 인증 관련정보를 넣을 수 있습니다. 만일 인증을 원하시지 않는다" +"면,\n" "이 필드를 공백으로 두십시오.</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" "<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider." +"com</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>보내는 메일 서버는 전화접속 연결과 같이 인터넷 서비스 제공자가 일반적으로 제공하고 있습니다.\n" +"<p>보내는 메일 서버는 전화접속 연결과 같이 인터넷 서비스 제공자가 일반적으로 " +"제공하고 있습니다.\n" "<b>smtp.provider.com</b>와 같은 인터넷 서비스 제공자의 SMTP 서버를\n" "입력하십시오.</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.</p>\n" +"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your " +"provider.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>사용자 이름</b> 공간에, 서비스 제공자에게 받은 할당받은 사용자 이름을 입력하세요.</p>\n" +"<p><b>사용자 이름</b> 공간에, 서비스 제공자에게 받은 할당받은 사용자 이름을 " +"입력하세요.</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Enter your password in the <b>Password</b> field.</p>\n" @@ -156,8 +166,8 @@ "\n" "<p>패스워드 필드에 패스워드를 입력하세요.</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Note: For simplicity, only one server is displayed in this dialog,\n" @@ -169,8 +179,8 @@ "오직 하나의 서버만 대화 상자에 표시됩니다.\n" "표시되지 않은 서버는 사라진 것이 아닙니다.</p>\n" -#. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126 +#. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "<p>These are parameters for downloading mail from\n" @@ -180,21 +190,22 @@ "<p>이것은 <b>fetchmail</b>을 사용하는 POP 또는 IMAP 서버로\n" "메일을 다운로드 하기 위한 파라미터입니다.</p>\n" -#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136 +#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "\n" "<p>This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>\n" +"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses." +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>이 테이블은 어떤 장소에 전송되어진 메일을 전송합니다.\n" "원격 주소를 위하여 또는 주소의 목록을 위하여 (시스템 계정을 위해 유용하고,\n" "<b>루트</b>를 위하여 특별히) 다른 로컬 사용자에게 전송합니다. </p>\n" -#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 +#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "<p>See the aliases(5) manual page\n" @@ -204,8 +215,8 @@ "<p> 향상된 기능들의 설명을 위해서는\n" "앨리어스(5) 매뉴얼 메이지를 참조합니다.</p>\n" -#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153 +#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "\n" "<p>This table redirects incoming mail. Unlike the alias table,\n" @@ -213,12 +224,13 @@ "part of the address.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>이 테이블은 수신된 메일을 전송합니다. 앨리어스 테이블과 일치하지 않는다면,\n" +"<p>이 테이블은 수신된 메일을 전송합니다. 앨리어스 테이블과 일치하지 않는다" +"면,\n" "이것은 물로 어드레스의 도메인 부분을 \n" "검토해야 합니다.</p>\n" -#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160 +#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "\n" "<p>It allows hosting multiple \"virtual domains\"\n" @@ -228,9 +240,9 @@ "<p>이것은 하나의 머신에서 \"버츄얼 도메인\"을\n" "사용하여 다양한 호스팅을 지원합니다..</p>\n" -#. Translators: continue/cancel dialog -#. %1 is a sysconfig variable name -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120 +#. Translators: continue/cancel dialog +#. %1 is a sysconfig variable name +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120 msgid "" "The setting %1 is turned off. You have\n" "probably modified the configuration files directly.\n" @@ -242,14 +254,14 @@ "계속하면 켜지고\n" "Config Postfix가 수동 변경사항을 덮어씁니다.\n" -#. After text freeze, but -#. a) either something is very broken -> user must know -#. b) user installed a different MTA -> knowledgeable enough to -#. ba) never see this message anyway -#. bb) read English -#. TODO: look at exim and mention it in the popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:140 +#. After text freeze, but +#. a) either something is very broken -> user must know +#. b) user installed a different MTA -> knowledgeable enough to +#. ba) never see this message anyway +#. bb) read English +#. TODO: look at exim and mention it in the popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:140 msgid "" "YaST can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n" "but neither of them is installed." @@ -257,129 +269,130 @@ "YaST는 Postfix와 Sendmail만 구성할 수 있지만\n" "두 항목 모두 설치되지 않았습니다." -#. not to be displayed, #37554. -#. but ProbePackages still has to be called. -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:157 +#. not to be displayed, #37554. +#. but ProbePackages still has to be called. +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:157 msgid "The configuration will be written now.\n" msgstr "설정은 지금 작성될 것입니다.\n" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix -#. Translators: frame label -#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:204 src/include/mail/ui.rb:208 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix +#. Translators: frame label +#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:204 src/include/mail/ui.rb:208 msgid "Mail transfer agent" msgstr "메일 전송 에이전트" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:279 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:279 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "일반 설정" -#. Translators: frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:282 +#. Translators: frame label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:282 msgid "Connection type" msgstr "연결 타입" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:290 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:290 msgid "&Permanent" msgstr "전용선(&P)" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:294 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:294 msgid "&Dial-up" msgstr "전화접속(&D)" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:299 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:299 msgid "No &connection" msgstr "연결 안 함(&C)" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306 msgid "Do not start Postfix as Daemon" msgstr "Postfix를 데몬으로 시작 안 함(&O)" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. frame label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgstr "발신 메일" -#. OUTGOING NOMX -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#. OUTGOING NOMX +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." msgstr "발신 메일 서버에 대한 MX 조회를 수행하지 마십시오." -#. TLS -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 +#. TLS +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "TLS 암호화" #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 + src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "아니오" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 msgid "Use" msgstr "사용" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 msgid "Enforce" msgstr "항상 사용" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 msgid "&Masquerading" msgstr "머스커레이딩(&M)" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 msgid "&Authentication" msgstr "인증(&A)" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 msgid "Incoming Mail" msgstr "수신 메일" -#. pushbutton -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 +#. pushbutton +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "세부 사항...(&D)" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "fetchmail 시작(&T)" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "manual" msgstr "수동" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "daemon" msgstr "데몬" -#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 +#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 msgid "&Downloading" msgstr "다운로드(&D)" -#. menu button: details of incoming mail -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 +#. menu button: details of incoming mail +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 msgid "&Aliases..." msgstr "앨리어스(&A)" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 msgid "&Virtual domains..." msgstr "버츄얼 도메인(&V)" -#. popup text -#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) -#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) -#. %3: value (about 50 characters) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 +#. popup text +#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) +#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) +#. %3: value (about 50 characters) +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 msgid "" "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" @@ -389,11 +402,11 @@ "%2 파일의 %1 값을\n" "\"%3\"(으)로 설정해야 합니다." -#. There is a check whether the information from the UI is -#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only -#. certain characters and must begin with a letter. -#. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 +#. There is a check whether the information from the UI is +#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only +#. certain characters and must begin with a letter. +#. Already in Translation Memory +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 msgid "" "The user login may contain only\n" "lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n" @@ -405,213 +418,213 @@ "\"_\"로 시작을 해야합니다.\n" "다시 시도해 주십시오.\n" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 msgid "Sender address rewriting" msgstr "재 작성한 보낸 사람 주소" -#. Translators: text entry label -#. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 +#. Translators: text entry label +#. Translators: combo box label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 msgid "&Local user" msgstr "로컬 사용자(&L)" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 msgid "&Display as" msgstr "표시(&D)" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 msgid "The address for this user is already defined." msgstr "이 사용자를 위한 주소는 이미 설정되어 있습니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 +#. error popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 msgid "The mail address format is incorrect." msgstr "이 메일 주소의 포맷은 일치하지 않습니다." -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "머스커레이딩" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 msgid "Masquerade &local domains" msgstr "로컬 도메인 머스커레이드(&L)" -#. `HBox ( -#. `HSpacing (2), -#. `TextEntry (`id (`masqdomains), `opt (`disabled), _("That is"), ld) -#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) -#. ), -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 +#. `HBox ( +#. `HSpacing (2), +#. `TextEntry (`id (`masqdomains), `opt (`disabled), _("That is"), ld) +#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) +#. ), +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 msgid "Ma&squerade other domains" msgstr "다른 도메인들 머스커레이드(&S)" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 msgid "Do&mains to masquerade" msgstr "머스커레이드를 위한 도메인들(&M)" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 msgid "Local user" msgstr "로컬 사용자" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 msgid "Display as" msgstr "출력" -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight (1, `ComboBox (`id (`user), `opt (`editable), _("Local user"), -#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), -#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly@red.dwarf")) -#. ), -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight (1, `ComboBox (`id (`user), `opt (`editable), _("Local user"), +#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), +#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly@red.dwarf")) +#. ), +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "추가(&D)" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "편집(&E)" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "삭제(&T)" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Already in Translation Memory +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 msgid "The domain name is incorrect" msgstr "도메인 이름이 일치하지 않습니다" -#. string mod = listToString (Mail::masquerade_other_domains); -#. list<string> lmod = []; -#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 +#. string mod = listToString (Mail::masquerade_other_domains); +#. list<string> lmod = []; +#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication" msgstr "보내는 메일서버 인증" -#. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 +#. text entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 msgid "Outgoing &Server" msgstr "보내는 메일 서버(&S)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 +#. text entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 msgid "&User name" msgstr "사용자 이름(&U)" -#. password entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 +#. password entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 msgid "&Password" msgstr "패스워드(&P)" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 msgid "Mail downloading" msgstr "메일 다운로드" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 msgid "Server" msgstr "서버" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "프로토콜" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 msgid "User" msgstr "사용자" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "삭제(&L)" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 msgid "Incoming mail redirection" msgstr "수신 메일 전송" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "앨리어스(&A)" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 msgid "&Destinations" msgstr "보낼곳(&D)" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 msgid "The alias format is incorrect." msgstr "이 앨리어스 포맷은 일치하지 않습니다." -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined." msgstr "이 앨리어스를 위한 목적지는 이미 설정되었습니다." -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. summary item -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. summary item +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 msgid "Aliases" msgstr "별칭" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 msgid "Alias" msgstr "앨리어스" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 msgid "Destinations" msgstr "보낼곳" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 msgid "Virtual domains" msgstr "가상 도메인" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 msgid "Mail configuration" msgstr "메일 설정" -#. label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 +#. label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화하고 있습니다..." -#. just a template, do not translate -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:71 +#. just a template, do not translate +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:71 msgid "." msgstr "." -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:79 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:79 msgid "&Outgoing mail server" msgstr "보내는 메일 서버(&O)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" @@ -623,13 +636,13 @@ "<b>smtp.provider.com</b>와 같은 인터넷 서비스 제공자의 SMTP 서버를\n" "입력하십시오.</p>\n" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Do&main for the 'From' header" msgstr "보낸 사람' 헤더에 대한 도메인(&M)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:106 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:106 msgid "" "\n" "<p>You may want the mail you sent to appear as if it originated from\n" @@ -641,13 +654,13 @@ "처럼 보내는 것을 원할 것입니다.제공되는 텍스트\n" "또는 자세한 다이얼로그 박스를 사용하세요.</p>\n" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 msgid "&Domains for locally delivered mail" msgstr "로컬로 전송된 메일을 위한 도메인(&D)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:126 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Here, specify the domains for which the mail\n" @@ -659,13 +672,13 @@ "도메인 입니다. 만약 아무것도 입력하지 않는다면,\n" "로컬 호스트 명으로 가정할 것입니다.</p>\n" -#. check box label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142 +#. check box label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142 msgid "Accept remote &SMTP connections" msgstr "원격 SMTP 연결 수락.(&S)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:144 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:144 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Mail can be received directly via the SMTP protocol\n" @@ -677,24 +690,26 @@ "또는 <b>fetchmail</b>을 사용하는 POP 또는 IMAP 서버로부터 \n" "다운로드 할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:156 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:156 msgid "&Enable virus scanning (AMaViS)" msgstr "바이스 검사 활성화(AmaViS)(&E)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" +"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing " +"mail\n" "with AMaViS.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>바이러스 스캔(AMaViS)을 활성화</b>하면 수신 메일과 발신 메일이 AMaViS를\n" +"<p><b>바이러스 스캔(AMaViS)을 활성화</b>하면 수신 메일과 발신 메일이 AMaViS" +"를\n" "통해 확인됩니다.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168 msgid "" "<p>Enabling AMaViS will also enable the following modules: </p>\n" "<p><b>Spamassassin</b> SPAM scanner</p>\n" @@ -706,8 +721,8 @@ "<p><b>DKIM</b>은 도메인 키 서명 수신 메일을 확인합니다.</p>\n" "<p><b>Clamav</b>는 원본 바이러스 스캐너 엔진을 엽니다.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "<p>If AMaViS is not installed and you want to use it, it will be installed\n" @@ -717,13 +732,13 @@ "<p>만약 Amavis가 설치되지 않았고 사용하기를 원한다면, 자동으로 \n" "설치될 것 입니다.</p>\n" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186 msgid "&Enable DKIM signing for outgoing mails." msgstr "발신 메일에 대한 DKIM 서명 활성화(&A)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Enabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.</b></p>\n" @@ -731,161 +746,174 @@ "\n" "<p><b>발신 메일에 대한 DKIM 서명을 활성화 중입니다.</b></p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" -"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" +"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new " +"service\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " +"send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" -"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" +"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed " +"with\n" "the domain key.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>보내는 전자 메일에 대해 DKIM을 활성화하려면 추가 작업이 필요합니다.\n" -"Postfix에 정의된 'mydomain' 값에 대해 SSL 키가 생성됩니다. Postfix에서 새 서비스\n" +"Postfix에 정의된 'mydomain' 값에 대해 SSL 키가 생성됩니다. Postfix에서 새 서" +"비스\n" "'submission'이 구성됩니다. 설정된 후\n" -"활성화된 SASL 인증을 사용하여 'mynetworks'에서 이 서비스 'submission'으로 전자 메일을\n" +"활성화된 SASL 인증을 사용하여 'mynetworks'에서 이 서비스 'submission'으로 전" +"자 메일을\n" "보낼 수 있습니다. 이 새 서비스에서 전송된 전자 메일만\n" "도메인 키로 서명됩니다.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 msgid "" "\n" "<p>The public key of the domain key needs to be offered by a Domain Name\n" "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " +"the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>도메인 이름 서비스에서 도메인 키의 공개 키를\n" "제공해야 합니다. 공개 키는\n" -"<b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b>에 DNS TXT 레코드로 저장되며 도메인 이름 서비스에 따라\n" +"<b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b>에 DNS TXT 레코드로 저장되며 도메인 " +"이름 서비스에 따라\n" "배포되어야 합니다. 도메인에 대한 권한 있는\n" "서버인 이 서버에서 실행 중인 이름 서비스가 있는 경우\n" "공개 키가 자동으로 해당 도메인 영역에 TXT 레코드로\n" "추가됩니다.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 +msgid "" +"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." msgstr "DKIM 지원을 활성화한 경우 바이러스 검사(AMaViS)도 활성화됩니다." -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 msgid "&Server" msgstr "서버(&S)" -#. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:234 +#. Translators: combo box label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "프로토콜(&P)" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:243 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:243 msgid "&Remote user name" msgstr "원격 사용자 이름(&E)" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:255 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:255 msgid "P&assword" msgstr "비밀번호(&A)" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:282 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:282 msgid "&Forward root's mail to" msgstr "루트 메일 전송 대상(&O)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:286 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:286 msgid "" "<p>It is recommended to have a regular user account\n" "for the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>시스템 관리자나 루트 메일을 이 계정으로 다시 보내기 위해서 정규적인 유저 계정을\n" +"<p>시스템 관리자나 루트 메일을 이 계정으로 다시 보내기 위해서 정규적인 유저 " +"계정을\n" "가지는 것을 추천합니다.</p>" -#. Translators: combo box label -#. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:301 +#. Translators: combo box label +#. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:301 msgid "&Delivery Mode" msgstr "전송 모드(&Y)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>전송 모드</b>는 루트 메일을 전달하거나 IMAP을 통해 메일에 액세스하지 않을 경우 일반적으로 <b>직접</b>입니다.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not " +"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>전송 모드</b>는 루트 메일을 전달하거나 IMAP을 통해 메일에 액세스하지 않" +"을 경우 일반적으로 <b>직접</b>입니다.</p>" -#. LogView label. take a string from users? -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 +#. LogView label. take a string from users? +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 msgid "Reading the &User List" msgstr "사용자 목록 읽기(&U)" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:361 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:361 msgid "Local users" msgstr "로컬 사용자" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:377 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:377 msgid "LDAP users" msgstr "LDAP 사용자" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:398 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:398 msgid "NIS users" msgstr "NIS 사용자" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:461 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:653 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:461 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:653 msgid "The host name is incorrect" msgstr "호스트 명이 일치하지 않습니다." -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:701 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:749 -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:779 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:701 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:749 +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:779 msgid "The user name format is incorrect." msgstr "사용자 이름 포맷이 일치하지 않습니다." -#. Translators: error popup -#. Validation -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Validation +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded." msgstr "루트 메일을 forward 하지 않을때 procmail을 사용할 수 없습니다." -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail normally -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:863 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail normally +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:863 msgid "Directly" msgstr "직접적으로" -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail through procmail -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:866 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail through procmail +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:866 msgid "Through procmail" msgstr "promail 통해서" -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869 msgid "To IMAP Server" msgstr "대상 IMAP 서버" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" msgstr "바이러스 스캐너인 AmaViS는 설치될 것입니다.\n" -#. error popup. -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 +#. error popup. +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 msgid "" "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" @@ -895,57 +923,57 @@ "같은 바이러스 스캐너가 필요하지만 ClamAV를 찾을 수 없습니다.\n" " 스캐너를 수동으로 구성하십시오." -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" msgstr "메일 다운로딩 유틸리티인 Fetchmail은 설치될 것 입니다.\n" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgstr "Dovecot IMAP 서버가 설치됩니다.\n" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 msgid "Initializing mail configuration" msgstr "메일 설정 초기화" -#. Translators: progress label -#. do not translate MTA -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 +#. Translators: progress label +#. do not translate MTA +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" msgstr "메일 전송 에이전트(MTA) 결정" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 msgid "Reading general settings" msgstr "일반 설정 불러오기" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 msgid "Reading masquerading settings" msgstr "머스커레이딩 설정 불러오기" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 msgid "Reading downloading settings" msgstr "다운로드 설정 불러오기" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 msgid "Reading alias tables" msgstr "앨리어스 테이블 읽기" -#. Translators: progress label -#. smtp-auth -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 +#. Translators: progress label +#. smtp-auth +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 msgid "Reading authentication settings..." msgstr "인증설정 정보를 읽고 있습니다..." -#. Translators: error message, -#. %1 is a file name, -#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 +#. Translators: error message, +#. %1 is a file name, +#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 msgid "" "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" "a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" @@ -955,161 +983,161 @@ "파일은 YaST에서 읽을 수 있는 고정 형식이어야 합니다.\n" "자세한 내용은 %2을(를) 참조하십시오." -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration." msgstr "fetchmail 설정 기록 오류" -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 msgid "Error writing file %1" msgstr "%1 파일 기록 오류" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 msgid "Error running config.postfix" msgstr "config.postfix를 실행하는 중 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 msgid "Error starting service %1." msgstr "%1 서비스 시작 중 오류." -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 msgid "Writing general settings" msgstr "일반 설정 기록" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 msgid "Writing masquerading settings" msgstr "머스커레이딩 설정 기록" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 msgid "Writing alias tables" msgstr "앨리어스 테이블 기록" -#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to -#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 +#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to +#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 msgid "Writing downloading settings" msgstr "다운로드 설정 기록" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 msgid "Writing authentication settings..." msgstr "인증 설정을 기록하고 있습니다..." -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 msgid "Finishing writing configuration files" msgstr "설정 파일 기록 완료" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 msgid "Running Config Postfix" msgstr "Config Postfix 실행" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 msgid "Restarting services" msgstr "서비스 재시작" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 msgid "Saving mail configuration" msgstr "메일 설정 저장" -#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 +#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 msgid "Other" msgstr "기타" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 msgid "Permanent" msgstr "전용선" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 msgid "Dial-up" msgstr "전화접속" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 msgid "None" msgstr "없음" -#. summary header; mail transfer agent -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 +#. summary header; mail transfer agent +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 msgid "MTA" msgstr "MTA" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 msgid "Connection Type" msgstr "연결 타입" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 msgid "Outgoing Mail Server" msgstr "발송 메일 서버" -#. summary header; the "From: foo@bar.com" mail header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 +#. summary header; the "From: foo@bar.com" mail header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 msgid "From Header" msgstr "보내는 사람" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 msgid "Local Domains" msgstr "로컬 도메인" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 msgid "Masquerade Other Domains" msgstr "다른 도메인 머스커레이드" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 msgid "Masquerade Users" msgstr "사용자 머스커레이드" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections" msgstr "원격 SMTP 연결 수락" -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "Yes" msgstr "예" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 msgid "Use AMaViS" msgstr "AMaViS 사용" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 msgid "Use DKIM" msgstr "DKIM 사용" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 msgid "Fetchmail" msgstr "Fetchmail " -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 msgid "Virtual Users" msgstr "가상 사용자" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "인증" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/multipath.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/multipath.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/multipath.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: multipath\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,181 +14,191 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module -#: src/clients/multipath.rb:53 +#. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module +#: src/clients/multipath.rb:53 msgid "Configuration of multipath" msgstr "다중경로 구성" -#. Multipath summary dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:56 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70 +#. Multipath summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:56 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70 msgid "Multipath Configuration" msgstr "다중 경로 구성" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:69 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:69 msgid "Do ¬ use Multipath" msgstr "다중 경로 사용 안 함(&N)" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:77 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:77 msgid "&Use Multipath" msgstr "다중 경로 사용(&U)" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:92 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "블랙리스트" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 msgid "Item" msgstr "항목" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 msgid "Value" msgstr "값" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:117 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:117 msgid "Blacklist Exceptions" msgstr "블랙리스트 예외" -#. will be initiated in Read_Defaults.. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:143 +#. will be initiated in Read_Defaults.. +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:143 msgid "Defaults" msgstr "기본값" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:166 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:166 msgid "Devices" msgstr "장치" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 msgid "vendor" msgstr "제조업체" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 msgid "product" msgstr "제품" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:190 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:190 msgid "Multipaths" msgstr "다중 경로" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 msgid "alias" msgstr "별칭" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955 msgid "wwid" msgstr "wwid" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:215 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:215 msgid "Configure Defaults" msgstr "기본값 구성" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216 msgid "Configure Devices" msgstr "장치 구성" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:218 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:218 msgid "Configure Blacklist" msgstr "블랙리스트 구성" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:223 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:223 msgid "Configure Blacklist Exceptions" msgstr "블랙리스트 예외 구성" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:243 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:378 src/modules/Multipath.rb:387 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:398 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:243 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:378 src/modules/Multipath.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:398 msgid "Status" msgstr "상태" -#. Disable configure tab during installation -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:359 src/modules/Multipath.rb:392 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:411 src/modules/Multipath.rb:455 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:481 src/modules/Multipath.rb:506 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:531 +#. Disable configure tab during installation +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:359 src/modules/Multipath.rb:392 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:411 src/modules/Multipath.rb:455 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:481 src/modules/Multipath.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:531 msgid "Configure" msgstr "구성" -#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258 +#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information +#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258 msgid "Illegal parameters:\n" msgstr "잘못된 파라미터:\n" -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329 +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329 msgid "Duplicated configuration." msgstr "구성이 중복되었습니다." -#. used for store undecided input -#. used for store undecided input -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455 +#. used for store undecided input +#. used for store undecided input +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455 msgid "Show Details" msgstr "상세 보기" -#. do not do with number id -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443 +#. do not do with number id +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443 msgid "Illegal parameter:" msgstr "잘못된 파라미터:" -#. devices section -#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561 +#. devices section +#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561 msgid "Illegal parameters:" msgstr "잘못된 파라미터:" -#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943 +#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value +#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943 msgid "item" msgstr "항목" -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343 +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343 msgid "Duplicated configuration" msgstr "복제된 구성" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607 msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath" msgstr "/sbin/multipath를 찾을 수 없습니다." -#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647 +#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647 msgid "Use multipath failed:" msgstr "실패한 다중 경로 사용:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653 msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd." msgstr "* multipathd를 활성화할 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663 msgid "* Cannot start multipathd." msgstr "* multipathd를 시작할 수 없습니다." -#. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd"); -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683 +#. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd"); +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683 msgid "Do not use multipath failed:" msgstr "실패한 다중 경로 사용 안 함:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689 msgid "* Cannot stop multipath." msgstr "* 다중 경로를 중지할 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699 msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd." msgstr "* multipathd를 비활성화할 수 없습니다." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -196,8 +206,8 @@ "<p><b><big>다중 경로 구성 초기화</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -205,271 +215,335 @@ "<p><b><big>다중 경로 구성 저장</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. dialog help for Status help -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:44 +#. dialog help for Status help +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Multipath Status</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not " +"use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " +"stopped.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Configure Multipath</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>다중 경로 상태</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tmultipathd를 시작하거나 중지하고 다중 경로 정보를 확인합니다.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Multipathd 중지/시작</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tmultipathd를 시작하려면 <b>\"다중 경로 사용\"</b>을 클릭합니다. multipathd를 중지하려면 <b>\"다중 경로 사용 안 함\"</b>을 클릭합니다.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t다중 경로 상태 정보는 multipathd가 중지될 때에도 표시될 수 있습니다.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tmultipathd를 시작하려면 <b>\"다중 경로 사용\"</b>을 클릭합니다. " +"multipathd를 중지하려면 <b>\"다중 경로 사용 안 함\"</b>을 클릭합니다.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t다중 경로 상태 정보는 multipathd가 중지될 때에도 표시될 수 있습니다." +"<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>다중 경로 구성</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\t다중 경로 구성을 설정하려면 <b>구성</b> 탭을 클릭합니다.<br></p>\n" -#. dialog help for Configure tab -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 +#. dialog help for Configure tab +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " +"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, " +"<b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> list of multipaths finest-grained settings.<br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Defaults:</b> multipath-tools default settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices settings.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations.<br><br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults " +"settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath " +"candidates.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist " +"settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from " +"blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure " +"blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " +"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices " +"settings.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations." +"<br><br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>구성</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\t/etc/multipath.conf의 모든 컨텐트를 여기서 구성할 수 있습니다. 구성 파일에는 다음 네 개의 섹션이 있습니다.\n" -"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices</b><br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t/etc/multipath.conf의 모든 컨텐트를 여기서 구성할 수 있습니다. 구성 파" +"일에는 다음 네 개의 섹션이 있습니다.\n" +"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, " +"<b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices</b><br><br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> 다중 경로 세부 설정 목록입니다.<br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Defaults:</b> multipath-tools 기본 설정입니다.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t기본 설정을 구성하려면 <b>\"기본값 구성\"</b> 버튼을 클릭하십시오.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> 다중 경로 후보가 아닌 것으로 삭제할 장치 이름 목록입니다.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t블랙리스트 설정을 구성하려면 <b>\"블랙리스트 구성\"</b> 버튼을 클릭하십시오.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> 블랙리스트에서 제외할 장치 이름 목록입니다.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tblacklist_exceptions 설정을 구성하려면 <b>\"블랙리스트 예외 구성\"</b> 버튼을 클릭하십시오.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> 저장소 컨트롤러별 설정 목록입니다. 기본 설정을 무효화하며, 다중 경로별 설정에 의해 무효화됩니다.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t장치 설정을 구성하려면 <b>\"장치 구성\"</b> 버튼을 클릭하십시오.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t구성을 저장 및 업데이트하려면 <b>\"완료\"</b> 버튼을 클릭하십시오.<br><br></p>\n" +"\t\t\t기본 설정을 구성하려면 <b>\"기본값 구성\"</b> 버튼을 클릭하십시오." +"<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> 다중 경로 후보가 아닌 것으로 삭제할 장치 이름 목록입" +"니다.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t블랙리스트 설정을 구성하려면 <b>\"블랙리스트 구성\"</b> 버튼을 클릭하십" +"시오.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> 블랙리스트에서 제외할 장치 이름 목록입니" +"다.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tblacklist_exceptions 설정을 구성하려면 <b>\"블랙리스트 예외 구성\"</b> " +"버튼을 클릭하십시오.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> 저장소 컨트롤러별 설정 목록입니다. 기본 설정을 무효화하" +"며, 다중 경로별 설정에 의해 무효화됩니다.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t장치 설정을 구성하려면 <b>\"장치 구성\"</b> 버튼을 클릭하십시오." +"<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t구성을 저장 및 업데이트하려면 <b>\"완료\"</b> 버튼을 클릭하십시오." +"<br><br></p>\n" -#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 +#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Defaults Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting.<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " +"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " +"value as default setting.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>기본 구성</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\t글로벌 기본 설정은 여기에서 구성 및 폐기될 수 있습니다.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t여기에 있는 모든 기본 설정은 해당 로컬 설정이 덮어쓰지 않는 한 다중 경로 구성에 모두 적용됩니다.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t여기에 있는 기본 설정이 삭제되면 다중 경로는 자체 값을 기본 설정으로 갖게 됩니다.<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\t여기에 있는 모든 기본 설정은 해당 로컬 설정이 덮어쓰지 않는 한 다중 경" +"로 구성에 모두 적용됩니다.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t여기에 있는 기본 설정이 삭제되면 다중 경로는 자체 값을 기본 설정으로 갖" +"게 됩니다.<br></p>\n" -#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 +#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Blacklist Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates." +"<br>\n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, " +"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." +"<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " +"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " +"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " +"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>블랙리스트 구성</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\t여기에 나열된 장치 이름은 다중 경로가 아닌 후보로 폐기될 수 있습니다.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t장치 이름을 식별하는 데는 <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>장치</b>의 세 가지 방법이 있습니다.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t여기에 나열된 장치 이름은 다중 경로가 아닌 후보로 폐기될 수 있습니다." +"<br>\n" +"\t\t\t장치 이름을 식별하는 데는 <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>장치</b>의 " +"세 가지 방법이 있습니다.<br><br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: 블랙리스트에서 장치를 식별하는 World Wide ID입니다.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: udev_dir(기본값은 directory /dev에 있음)에서 장치 이름을 식별하기 위해 여기에서 정규식을 사용할 수 있습니다. 일반 장치 이름은 cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop입니다.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>장치</b>: 블랙리스트에서 특정 저장소 컨트롤러를 식별하는 데 사용됩니다. 장치는 제조업체와 제품 이름별로 지정할 수 있습니다.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: udev_dir(기본값은 directory /dev에 있음)에서 장치 이름" +"을 식별하기 위해 여기에서 정규식을 사용할 수 있습니다. 일반 장치 이름은 " +"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop입니다.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>장치</b>: 블랙리스트에서 특정 저장소 컨트롤러를 식별하는 데 사용됩니" +"다. 장치는 제조업체와 제품 이름별로 지정할 수 있습니다.<br>\n" "</p>" -#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:89 +#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, " +"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " +"blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " +"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " +"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " +"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>블랙리스트 예외 구성</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\t여기에 나열된 장치 이름은 블랙리스트에서 제외됩니다.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t장치 이름을 식별하는 데는 <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>장치</b>의 세 가지 방법이 있습니다.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: 블랙리스트에서 제외된 장치를 식별하는 World Wide ID입니다.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: udev_dir(기본값은 directory /dev에 있음)에서 장치 이름을 식별하기 위해 여기에서 정규식을 사용할 수 있습니다. 일반 장치 이름은 cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop입니다.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>장치</b>: 블랙리스트에서 제외된 특정 저장소 컨트롤러를 식별하는 데 사용됩니다. 장치는 제조업체와 제품 이름별로 지정할 수 있습니다.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t장치 이름을 식별하는 데는 <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>장치</b>의 " +"세 가지 방법이 있습니다.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: 블랙리스트에서 제외된 장치를 식별하는 World Wide ID입니다." +"<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: udev_dir(기본값은 directory /dev에 있음)에서 장치 이름" +"을 식별하기 위해 여기에서 정규식을 사용할 수 있습니다. 일반 장치 이름은 " +"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop입니다.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>장치</b>: 블랙리스트에서 제외된 특정 저장소 컨트롤러를 식별하는 데 " +"사용됩니다. 장치는 제조업체와 제품 이름별로 지정할 수 있습니다.<br>\n" "</p>" -#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 +#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Devices Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name.<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " +"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name." +"<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>장치 구성</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\t저장소 컨트롤러별 설정이 여기에 나열되며, 기본 설정을 무효화하고 다중 경로별 설정에 의해 무효화됩니다.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t저장소 컨트롤러별 설정이 여기에 나열되며, 기본 설정을 무효화하고 다중 " +"경로별 설정에 의해 무효화됩니다.<br>\n" "\t\t\t각 장치는 <b>제조업체</b> 및 <b>제품</b> 이름으로 식별됩니다.<br></p>\n" -#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. -#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. -#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. -#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 +#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. +#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. +#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. +#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 msgid "should be a decimal integer" msgstr "10진수여야 합니다." -#. replacewidget_notify = true; -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 +#. replacewidget_notify = true; +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 msgid "illegal value" msgstr "잘못된 값" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 msgid "should be greater than 0" msgstr "0보다 커야 합니다." -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 msgid "invalid decimal integer" msgstr "잘못된 10진수" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 msgid "should not be empty" msgstr "비워둘 수 없음" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:72 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화 중..." -#. prepare for loading built-in configurations -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98 +#. prepare for loading built-in configurations +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98 msgid "Cannot read multipath section in multipath configuration." msgstr "다중 경로 구성의 multipath 섹션을 읽을 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 msgid "Cannot read defaults section in multipath configuration." msgstr "다중 경로 구성의 defaults 섹션을 읽을 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 msgid "Cannot read blacklist section in multipath configuration." msgstr "다중 경로 구성의 blacklist 섹션을 읽을 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration." msgstr "다중 경로 구성의 blacklist_exceptions 섹션을 읽을 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration." msgstr "다중 경로 구성의 devices 섹션을 읽을 수 없습니다." -#. Multipath read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145 +#. Multipath read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145 msgid "Initializing Multipath Configuration" msgstr "다중 경로 구성 초기화" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:159 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:159 msgid "Read configurations" msgstr "구성 읽기" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:161 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:161 msgid "Read service status" msgstr "서비스 상태 읽기" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:163 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:163 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "장치 감지" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:167 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:167 msgid "Reading the configurations..." msgstr "구성을 읽는 중..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:169 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:169 msgid "Reading the service status..." msgstr "서비스 상태를 읽는 중..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:171 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:171 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "장치 감지 중..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:173 src/modules/Multipath.rb:274 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:173 src/modules/Multipath.rb:274 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#. BNC #418703 -#. Checking and Installing packages only if needed (possible) -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:186 +#. BNC #418703 +#. Checking and Installing packages only if needed (possible) +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:186 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "필요한 패키지를 설치할 수 없습니다." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:233 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:233 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "장치를 감지할 수 없습니다." -#. Multipath read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:248 +#. Multipath read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:248 msgid "Saving Multipath Configuration" msgstr "다중 경로 구성 저장" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:264 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:264 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "설정 쓰기" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:266 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:266 msgid "Restart multipathd" msgstr "multipathd 재시작" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:270 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:270 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "설정을 쓰는 중..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:272 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:272 msgid "Restarting multipathd..." msgstr "multipathd 재시작 중..." -#. write settings -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:284 +#. write settings +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:284 msgid "Can not write settings." msgstr "설정을 기록할 수 없습니다." -#. restart multipathd -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:299 +#. restart multipathd +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:299 msgid "Restarting multipathd failed." msgstr "multipathd 다시 시작에 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432 msgid "Ignore your modification?" msgstr "수정을 무시하시겠습니까?" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/ncurses-pkg.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/ncurses-pkg.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/ncurses-pkg.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg -# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. -# +# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. +# msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:43\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -15,1111 +15,1438 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#. headline of package versions popup -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990 +#. headline of package versions popup +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990 msgid "Package Versions" msgstr "패키지 버전" -#. text above of list of all package versions -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992 +#. text above of list of all package versions +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992 msgid "List of all available package versions:" msgstr "사용 가능한 모든 패키지 버전 목록:" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105 msgid "&Packages with Status" msgstr "상태가 포함된 패키지(&P)" -#. headline - packages with automatic status change -#. headline of a popup with packages -#. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192 -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 +#. headline - packages with automatic status change +#. headline of a popup with packages +#. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 msgid "Automatic Changes" msgstr "자동 변경" -#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 +#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous) +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following" msgstr "수동 선택 외에도 종속성을 해결하기 위해 다음" -#. text part2 of popup with automatic changes -#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 +#. text part2 of popup with automatic changes +#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" msgstr "패키지가 변경되었습니다." -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 -msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 +msgid "" +"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." msgstr "설치하도록 선택할 수는 있지만 시스템이 손상될 수 있습니다." -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 msgid "&Continue anyway" msgstr "계속(&C)" -#. headline of a popup showing the package license -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502 +#. headline of a popup showing the package license +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502 msgid "End User License Agreement" msgstr "최종 사용자 사용권 계약" -#. label text - keep it short -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691 +#. label text - keep it short +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691 msgid "Filter: " msgstr "필터:" -#. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698 +#. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary) +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698 msgid "Total Download Size: " msgstr "전체 다운로드 크기: " -#. Help button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 +#. Help button +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 msgid "&Help" msgstr "도움말(&H)" -#. add the Cancel button -#. begin: the label of the Cancel button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#. add the Cancel button +#. begin: the label of the Cancel button +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "취소(&C)" -#. add the OK button -#. the label of an Accept button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 +#. add the OK button +#. the label of an Accept button +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "적용(&A)" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747 msgid "C&onfiguration" msgstr "구성(&O)" -#. fill seclection box -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:74 +#. fill seclection box +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:74 msgid "Recommended" msgstr "추천" -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:77 msgid "Suggested" msgstr "제안됨" -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:80 +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:80 msgid "Orphaned" msgstr "독립" -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:83 +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:83 msgid "Unneeded" msgstr "불필요" -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." -msgstr "유용한 패키지 목록입니다. 새로 설치된 패키지에서 권장할 경우 추가로 설치됩니다." +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 +msgid "" +"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " +"recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "" +"유용한 패키지 목록입니다. 새로 설치된 패키지에서 권장할 경우 추가로 설치됩니" +"다." -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "이러한 패키지는 이미 설치된 패키지에 맞으므로 설치하는 것이 좋습니다. 사용자가 설치 결정을 내립니다." +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 +msgid "" +"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " +"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "" +"이러한 패키지는 이미 설치된 패키지에 맞으므로 설치하는 것이 좋습니다. 사용자" +"가 설치 결정을 내립니다." -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." -msgstr "해결 프로그램에서 이러한 패키지에 리포지토리가 없는 것을 발견했습니다(즉, 업데이트가 불가능함)." +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 +msgid "" +"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " +"updates aren't possible." +msgstr "" +"해결 프로그램에서 이러한 패키지에 리포지토리가 없는 것을 발견했습니다(즉, 업" +"데이트가 불가능함)." -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." -msgstr "이전 종속성이 더 이상 적용되지 않으므로 이러한 패키지는 필요하지 않을 수 있습니다." +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 +msgid "" +"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " +"longer." +msgstr "" +"이전 종속성이 더 이상 적용되지 않으므로 이러한 패키지는 필요하지 않을 수 있습" +"니다." -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" msgstr "삭제" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:67 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:67 msgid "Install" msgstr "설치" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:69 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:69 msgid "Update" msgstr "업데이트" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:71 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:71 msgid "Taboo" msgstr "금지" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:73 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:73 msgid "Protected" msgstr "보호됨" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:75 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:75 msgid "Keep" msgstr "저장" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:77 msgid "Do not install" msgstr "설치 안 함" -#. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB -#: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 +#. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB +#: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> locale" +msgid "" +"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> " +"locale" msgstr "<b>%s</b> 로케일에 대한 번역, 사전 및 기타 언어 관련 파일" -#. the label of the selections -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 +#. the label of the selections +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "패턴" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:71 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:71 msgid "Languages" msgstr "언어" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:74 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:74 msgid "RPM Groups" msgstr "RPM 그룹" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:77 msgid "Repositories" msgstr "리포지토리" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:80 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:80 msgid "Search" msgstr "검색" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:84 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:84 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "설치 요약" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:87 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:87 msgid "Package Classification" msgstr "패키지 분류" -#: src/NCPkgFilterPattern.cc:183 +#: src/NCPkgFilterPattern.cc:183 #, c-format msgid "%d of %d package installed" msgid_plural "%d of %d packages installed" msgstr[0] "%d/%d개 패키지를 설치했습니다." -#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:196 +#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:196 msgid "<b>@System</b>: local RPM database" msgstr "<b>@System</b>: 로컬 RPM 데이터베이스" -#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:199 +#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:199 msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b>" msgstr "<b>리포지토리 URL:</b>" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:126 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:126 msgid "&Ignore Case" msgstr "대소문자 무시(&I)" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:132 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:132 msgid "Search &Mode" msgstr "검색 모드(&M)" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:134 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:134 msgid "Contains" msgstr "포함" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:135 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:135 msgid "Begins with" msgstr "시작 문자" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:136 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:136 msgid "Exact Match" msgstr "정확히 일치" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:137 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:137 msgid "Use Wildcards" msgstr "와일드카드 사용" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:138 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:138 msgid "Use RegExp" msgstr "RegExp 사용" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:241 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:241 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "검색 중..." -#. Popup informs the user that the query std::string -#. entered for package search isn't correct -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:262 +#. Popup informs the user that the query std::string +#. entered for package search isn't correct +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:262 msgid "Query Error:" msgstr "쿼리 오류:" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:275 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:275 #, c-format msgid "%d packages found" msgstr "%d개 패키지를 찾았습니다." -#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well -#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: -#. begin: Actions menu, toggle the status of a package, e.g. change from installed to delete -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:72 +#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well +#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: +#. begin: Actions menu, toggle the status of a package, e.g. change from installed to delete +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:72 msgid "&Toggle [SPACE]" msgstr "전환(&T) [SPACE]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:73 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:73 msgid "&Install [+]" msgstr "설치(&I) [+]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:74 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:74 msgid "&Delete [-]" msgstr "삭제(&D) [-]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:75 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:75 msgid "&Update [>]" msgstr "업데이트(&U) [>]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:76 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:76 msgid "Ta&boo [!]" msgstr "타부(&B) [!]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:77 msgid "&Lock [*]" msgstr "잠금(&L) [*]" -#. end: Actions menu, set status of all packages (title of a submenu) -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:79 +#. end: Actions menu, set status of all packages (title of a submenu) +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:79 msgid "&All Listed Packages" msgstr "나열된 모든 패키지(&A)" -#. begin: submenu items actions concerning all packages -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:90 +#. begin: submenu items actions concerning all packages +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:90 msgid "&Install All" msgstr "모두 설치(&I)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:91 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:91 msgid "&Delete All" msgstr "모두 삭제(&D)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:92 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:92 msgid "&Keep All" msgstr "모두 저장(&K)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:93 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:93 msgid "U&pdate All Unconditionally" msgstr "무조건 모두 업데이트(&P)" -#. end: submenu items: actions concerning all packages -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:95 +#. end: submenu items: actions concerning all packages +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:95 msgid "&Update If Newer Version Available" msgstr "최신 버전이 있는 경우 업데이트(&U)" -#. YOU mode -#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well -#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: -#. begin: Online Update Actions menu -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:103 +#. YOU mode +#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well +#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: +#. begin: Online Update Actions menu +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:103 msgid "&Toggle [SPACE]" msgstr "전환(&T) [SPACE]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:104 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:104 msgid "&Install [+]" msgstr "설치(&I) [+]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:105 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:105 msgid "&Do Not Install [-]" msgstr "설치 안 함(&D) [-]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:106 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:106 msgid "&Lock or Taboo [!]" msgstr "잠금 또는 타부[!](&L)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:81 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:81 msgid "Launch &Repository Manager" msgstr "리포지토리 관리자 실행(&R)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:82 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:82 msgid "Launch &Online Update Configuration" msgstr "온라인 업데이트 구성 실행(&O)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:83 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:83 msgid "&Action after Package Installation" msgstr "패키지 설치 후 작업(&A)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:92 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:92 msgid "&Restart Package Manager" msgstr "패키지 관리자 재시작(&R)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:93 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:93 msgid "&Close Package Manager" msgstr "패키지 관리자 닫기(&C)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:94 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:94 msgid "&Show Summary" msgstr "요약 표시(&S)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:84 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:84 msgid "&Automatic Dependency Check" msgstr "자동 종속성 확인(&A)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:88 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:88 msgid "&Check Dependencies Now" msgstr "지금 종속성 검사(&C)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:91 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:91 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "시스템 확인 모드(&S)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:95 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:95 msgid "&Verify System Now" msgstr "지금 시스템 확인(&V)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98 msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" msgstr "권장 패키지 설치(&R)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" msgstr "이미 설치된 패키지에 대한 권장 패키지 지금 설치(&I)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" msgstr "패키지 삭제 시 정리(임시 변경)(&C)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109 msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)" msgstr "제조업체 변경 허용(임시 변경)(&A)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113 msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase" msgstr "종속성 해결 프로그램 테스트 사례 생성(&G)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "모든 패키지의 종속성에 문제가 없습니다." -#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 +#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following" msgstr "이미 설치된 패키지에서 권장하는 추가 패키지" -#. part 2 of the text -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 +#. part 2 of the text +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" msgstr "패키지가 설치되도록 자동으로 선택되었습니다." -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " msgstr "종속성 확인자 테스트 사례가 기록됨 " -#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 +#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" msgstr "이미 설치된 패키지의 종속성을 이행하기 위해 다음" -#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 +#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 msgid "System dependencies verify OK." msgstr "시스템 종속성 확인에 문제가 없습니다." -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:78 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:78 msgid "&Export Package List to File" msgstr "패키지 목록을 파일로 엑스포트(&E)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:81 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:81 msgid "&Import Package List from File" msgstr "패키지 목록을 파일에서 임포트(&I)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:84 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:84 msgid "&Show Available Disk Space" msgstr "사용 가능한 디스크 공간 표시(&S)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:191 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:191 msgid "Export List of All Packages and Patterns to File" msgstr "모든 패키지와 패턴 목록을 파일로 엑스포트" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:224 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:224 msgid "Error exporting list of packages and patterns to " msgstr "패키지와 패턴 목록을 엑스포트하는 중에 오류가 발생했습니다." -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:246 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:246 msgid "Import List of All Packages and Patterns from File" msgstr "모든 패키지와 패턴 목록을 파일에서 임포트" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:310 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:310 msgid "Error importing list of packages and patterns from " msgstr "패키지와 패턴 목록을 임포트하는 중에 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. menu items of the filter menu for patches - keep them short -#. and use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: -#. begin: -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:72 +#. menu items of the filter menu for patches - keep them short +#. and use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: +#. begin: +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:72 msgid "&Needed Patches" msgstr "필요한 패치(&N)" -#. _( "Re&levant Patches" ) -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:74 +#. _( "Re&levant Patches" ) +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:74 msgid "&Installed Patches" msgstr "설치된 패치(&I)" -#. _( "&Satisfied Patches" ) ); -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:76 +#. _( "&Satisfied Patches" ) ); +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:76 msgid "&Recommended" msgstr "추천(&R) " -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:77 msgid "&Security" msgstr "보안(&S)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:78 +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:78 msgid "&Optional" msgstr "선택 사항(&O)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:79 +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:79 msgid "&All Patches" msgstr "모든 패치(&A)" -#. end: -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:81 +#. end: +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:81 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "검색(&E)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:71 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:71 msgid "&General Help" msgstr "일반적인 도움말(&G)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:74 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:74 msgid "&Package Status and Symbols" msgstr "패키지 상태 및 기호(&P)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:77 msgid "&How to Use the Filters" msgstr "필터 사용 방법(&H)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:80 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:80 msgid "&Useful Functions in Menu" msgstr "매뉴의 편리한 기능(&U)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:84 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:84 msgid "&Patch Status and Patch Installation" msgstr "패치 상태 및 패치 설치(&P)" -#. begin: menu items of the view (package information) menu -#. please note: use unique hotkeys until end: -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:71 +#. begin: menu items of the view (package information) menu +#. please note: use unique hotkeys until end: +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:71 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "기술 데이터(&T)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:72 +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:72 msgid "&Package Description" msgstr "패키지 설명(&P)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:73 +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:73 msgid "Package &Versions" msgstr "패키지 버전(&V)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:74 +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:74 msgid "&File List" msgstr "파일 목록(&F)" -#. end: menu items of the view menu -#. menu entry 1 - all about pkg dependencies -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:76 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:57 +#. end: menu items of the view menu +#. menu entry 1 - all about pkg dependencies +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:76 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:57 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "종속성(&D)" -#. menu items of the patch view menu - keep them short and -#. use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: -#. begin: -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:91 +#. menu items of the patch view menu - keep them short and +#. use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: +#. begin: +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:91 msgid "&Long Description" msgstr "상세한 설명(&L)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:92 +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:92 msgid "&Package List" msgstr "패키지 목록(&P)" -#. end: menu items of the view menu -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:94 +#. end: menu items of the view menu +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:94 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "버전(&V)" -#. name of the source package -#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:216 +#. name of the source package +#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:216 msgid "Source Package: " msgstr "소스 패키지:" -#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 +#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "<i>This information is available for installed packages only.</i>" msgstr "<i>설치된 패키지에 대해서만 이 정보를 사용할 수 있습니다.</i>" -#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 +#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 msgid "References:<br>" msgstr "참조:<br>" -#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:75 +#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:75 msgid "Search for Patches" msgstr "패치 검색" -#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:124 +#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:124 msgid "Name of the Patch" msgstr "패치 이름" -#. column header package description (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387 +#. column header package description (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387 msgid "Summary" msgstr "요약" -#. the list containing the problems (the unresolved package dependencies) -#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:173 +#. the list containing the problems (the unresolved package dependencies) +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:173 msgid "&Problems" msgstr "문제(&P)" -#. the list containing the solutions of a dependency problem -#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:190 +#. the list containing the solutions of a dependency problem +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:190 msgid "Possible &Solutions" msgstr "가능한 해결책(&S)" -#. hint for the user: more information below -#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:357 +#. hint for the user: more information below +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:357 msgid " see below" msgstr " 아래 참조" -#. hint for the user: there isn't any additional information -#. (for the currently selected solution of a dependency problem) -#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:542 +#. hint for the user: there isn't any additional information +#. (for the currently selected solution of a dependency problem) +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:542 msgid "No further solution details available" msgstr "사용 가능한 추가 솔루션 세부사항이 없습니다." -#. a help line for the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgPopupDescr.cc:128 +#. a help line for the dependency popup +#: src/NCPkgPopupDescr.cc:128 msgid " [+] Select [-] Delete [>] Update " msgstr " [+] 선택 [-] 삭제 [>] 업데이트" -#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:348 +#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:348 msgid "Error: Out of disk space!" msgstr "오류: 디스크 공간이 부족합니다!" -#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:356 +#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:356 msgid "Warning: Disk space is running out!" msgstr "경고: 디스크 공간이 부족합니다!" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:62 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:62 msgid "Name of the Package" msgstr "패키지 이름" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:66 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:66 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "키워드" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:68 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:68 msgid "Description (time-consuming)" msgstr "설명(시간이 걸림)" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:70 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:70 msgid "Provides" msgstr "공급자" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:72 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:72 msgid "Required by" msgstr "요구자" -#. menu entry 2 - display different kinds of info on pkgs -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:64 +#. menu entry 2 - display different kinds of info on pkgs +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:64 msgid "&View" msgstr "보기(&V)" -#. menu entry 3 - miscellaneous stuff -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:71 +#. menu entry 3 - miscellaneous stuff +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:71 msgid "&Extras" msgstr "기타(&E)" -#. pick a package filter - patterns, langs, repos, search,... -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:78 +#. pick a package filter - patterns, langs, repos, search,... +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:78 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "필터(&F)" -#. All installed Packages -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:86 +#. All installed Packages +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:86 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "설치된 패키지" -#. Label under the pkg table - pkg name follows -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:93 +#. Label under the pkg table - pkg name follows +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:93 msgid "Package: " msgstr "패키지:" -#. Actions on pkgs (install, remove,..) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:100 +#. Actions on pkgs (install, remove,..) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:100 msgid "A&ctions" msgstr "동작(&C)" -#. the headline of the help window -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:114 +#. the headline of the help window +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:114 msgid "General Help" msgstr "일반적인 도움말" -#. part1 of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>패키지 선택기 시작</b></p><p>이 도구는 시스템의 소프트웨어를 관리하는 데 도움이 됩니다. 단일 패키지, 패턴(특정 목적에 사용되는 패키지 집합) 또는 언어를 설치, 업데이트 또는 제거할 수 있습니다. 일반적으로 항목을 설치하거나 제거할 때 패키지 종속성에 대해 염려할 필요가 없습니다. 해결 프로그램에서 자동으로 처리합니다. 패키지 선택기는 <b>필터</b>, <b>패키지 테이블</b> 및 <b>메뉴</b>의 세 가지 기본 요소로 구성되어 있습니다.</p>" +#. part1 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to " +"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " +"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " +"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " +"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " +"selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> " +"and <b>menu</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>패키지 선택기 시작</b></p><p>이 도구는 시스템의 소프트웨어를 관리하는 " +"데 도움이 됩니다. 단일 패키지, 패턴(특정 목적에 사용되는 패키지 집합) 또는 언" +"어를 설치, 업데이트 또는 제거할 수 있습니다. 일반적으로 항목을 설치하거나 제" +"거할 때 패키지 종속성에 대해 염려할 필요가 없습니다. 해결 프로그램에서 자동으" +"로 처리합니다. 패키지 선택기는 <b>필터</b>, <b>패키지 테이블</b> 및 <b>메뉴</" +"b>의 세 가지 기본 요소로 구성되어 있습니다.</p>" -#. part of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>왼쪽 패널의 <b>필터</b>는 다수의 패키지에서 편리하게 탐색하도록 설계되었습니다. 필터를 사용하여 특정 리포지토리나 선택한 패턴(예: 게임 또는 C/C++ 개발)의 패키지만 표시하거나 특정 키워드를 검색하십시오. 필터에 대한 자세한 내용은 <i>필터 사용 방법</i>에서 확인할 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. part of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " +"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " +"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " +"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " +"filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>왼쪽 패널의 <b>필터</b>는 다수의 패키지에서 편리하게 탐색하도록 설계되었습" +"니다. 필터를 사용하여 특정 리포지토리나 선택한 패턴(예: 게임 또는 C/C++ 개발)" +"의 패키지만 표시하거나 특정 키워드를 검색하십시오. 필터에 대한 자세한 내용은 " +"<i>필터 사용 방법</i>에서 확인할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. additional help text for post installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>패키지 테이블</b>은 패키지 선택기의 기본 구성요소입니다. 현재 필터와 일치하는 패키지 목록(예: 선택한 RPM 그룹 또는 검색 결과)이 표시됩니다. 패키지 테이블의 각 줄에 다음과 같은 여러 열이 있습니다.</p>" +#. additional help text for post installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You " +"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " +"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " +"several columns:</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>패키지 테이블</b>은 패키지 선택기의 기본 구성요소입니다. 현재 필터와 일" +"치하는 패키지 목록(예: 선택한 RPM 그룹 또는 검색 결과)이 표시됩니다. 패키지 " +"테이블의 각 줄에 다음과 같은 여러 열이 있습니다.</p>" -#. part2 of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "<ol><li>패키지 상태(자세한 내용은 <i>패키지 상태 및 기호</i> 참조)</li> <li>패키지 이름</li><li>패키지 요약</li><li>사용 가능한 버전(구성된 리포지토리 중 일부)</li> <li>설치된 버전(아직 설치되지 않은 패키지의 경우 비어 있음)</li> <li>패키지 크기</li></ol>" +#. part2 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 +msgid "" +"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and " +"Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " +"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version" +"(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "" +"<ol><li>패키지 상태(자세한 내용은 <i>패키지 상태 및 기호</i> 참조)</li> <li>" +"패키지 이름</li><li>패키지 요약</li><li>사용 가능한 버전(구성된 리포지토리 " +"중 일부)</li> <li>설치된 버전(아직 설치되지 않은 패키지의 경우 비어 있음)</" +"li> <li>패키지 크기</li></ol>" -#. part3 of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>).</p>" -msgstr "<p>테이블 아래의 <b>작업</b> 메뉴를 사용하여 선택한 패키지(또는 목록에 있는 모든 패키지)의 상태를 변경할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어 패키지를 삭제하거나 설치할 추가 패키지를 선택할 수 있습니다. 메뉴 항목에 지정된 키를 눌러 상태를 직접 변경할 수도 있습니다(패키지 상태에 대한 자세한 내용은 <i>패키지 상태 및 기호</i> 참조).</p>" +#. part3 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status " +"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " +"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " +"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " +"item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package " +"Status and Symbols</i>).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>테이블 아래의 <b>작업</b> 메뉴를 사용하여 선택한 패키지(또는 목록에 있는 " +"모든 패키지)의 상태를 변경할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어 패키지를 삭제하거나 설치" +"할 추가 패키지를 선택할 수 있습니다. 메뉴 항목에 지정된 키를 눌러 상태를 직" +"접 변경할 수도 있습니다(패키지 상태에 대한 자세한 내용은 <i>패키지 상태 및 기" +"호</i> 참조).</p>" -#. part4 of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful Functions in Menu</i>.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>메뉴</b>는 패키지 종속성 처리와 관련된 기능을 제공합니다. 패키지와 관련된 정보를 표시하거나 리포지토리 편집기 열기 등의 작업을 수행하십시오. 자세한 내용은 <i>메뉴의 유용한 기능</i>을 참조하십시오.</p>" +#. part4 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package " +"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " +"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful " +"Functions in Menu</i>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>메뉴</b>는 패키지 종속성 처리와 관련된 기능을 제공합니다. 패키지와 관련" +"된 정보를 표시하거나 리포지토리 편집기 열기 등의 작업을 수행하십시오. 자세한 " +"내용은 <i>메뉴의 유용한 기능</i>을 참조하십시오.</p>" -#. the headline of the help window -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 +#. the headline of the help window +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 msgid "Package Status and Symbols" msgstr "패키지 상태 및 기호" -#. part 1 of help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>" -msgstr "<p><i>작업</i> 메뉴 또는 메뉴 항목에 지정된 키를 사용하여 패키지 상태를 변경할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어 추가 패키지를 설치하려면 '+'를 사용하십시오.</p><p>\"타부\" 상태는 패키지를 설치하면 안 됨을 의미합니다. 반면, \"잠김\" 상태는 설치된 버전의 패키지를 항상 유지해야 함을 의미합니다.</p>" +#. part 1 of help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 +msgid "" +"<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the " +"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " +"additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " +"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " +"installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><i>작업</i> 메뉴 또는 메뉴 항목에 지정된 키를 사용하여 패키지 상태를 변경" +"할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어 추가 패키지를 설치하려면 '+'를 사용하십시오.</p><p>" +"\"타부\" 상태는 패키지를 설치하면 안 됨을 의미합니다. 반면, \"잠김\" 상태는 " +"설치된 버전의 패키지를 항상 유지해야 함을 의미합니다.</p>" -#. part 2 of help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>RET</b> 또는 <b>SPACE</b>를 사용하여 패키지 상태를 전환할 수도 있습니다. <i>작업</i> 메뉴에서 목록에 있는 모든 패키지의 상태를 변경할 수도 있습니다('나열된 모든 패키지' 선택).</p>" +#. part 2 of help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 +msgid "" +"<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. " +"The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all " +"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>RET</b> 또는 <b>SPACE</b>를 사용하여 패키지 상태를 전환할 수도 있습니" +"다. <i>작업</i> 메뉴에서 목록에 있는 모든 패키지의 상태를 변경할 수도 있습니" +"다('나열된 모든 패키지' 선택).</p>" -#. part 3 of help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 +#. part 3 of help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 msgid "<p>The meaning of the status flags:</p>" msgstr "<p>상태 플래그의 의미:</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid "<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>" -msgstr "<p><b> + </b>: 패키지가 설치됩니다.</p><p><b>a+ </b>: 패키지가 자동으로 설치됩니다.</p><p><b> > </b>: 패키지가 업데이트됩니다.</p><p><b>a> </b>: 패키지가 자동으로 업데이트됩니다.</p><p><b> i </b>: 패키지가 설치되어 있습니다.</p><p><b> - </b>: 패키지가 삭제됩니다.</p><p><b>---</b>: 패키지를 설치할 수 없습니다(금지).</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 +msgid "" +"<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be " +"installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</" +"p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: " +"package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---" +"</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b> + </b>: 패키지가 설치됩니다.</p><p><b>a+ </b>: 패키지가 자동으로 설치" +"됩니다.</p><p><b> > </b>: 패키지가 업데이트됩니다.</p><p><b>a> </b>: 패키지" +"가 자동으로 업데이트됩니다.</p><p><b> i </b>: 패키지가 설치되어 있습니다.</" +"p><p><b> - </b>: 패키지가 삭제됩니다.</p><p><b>---</b>: 패키지를 설치할 수 " +"없습니다(금지).</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>-i-</b>: 설치된 버전을 유지하고 업데이트 또는 삭제하지 않습니다(패키지 잠김).</p><p>패턴 및 언어에 대한 상태 정보:</p><p><b> i </b>: 이 패턴/언어의 모든 요구 사항이 충족되었습니다.</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 +msgid "" +"<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " +"( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</" +"p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>-i-</b>: 설치된 버전을 유지하고 업데이트 또는 삭제하지 않습니다(패키지 " +"잠김).</p><p>패턴 및 언어에 대한 상태 정보:</p><p><b> i </b>: 이 패턴/언어의 " +"모든 요구 사항이 충족되었습니다.</p>" -#. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 +#. label for an error popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 msgid "How to Use Filters" msgstr "필터 사용법" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>필터</b>를 사용하면 선택한 기준에 따라 사용 가능한 모든 패키지를 필터링할 수 있습니다. 패키지 필터는 패키지 속성(리포지토리, RPM 그룹), 패키지 \"컨테이너\"(패턴, 언어), 패키지 분류 또는 검색 결과를 기반으로 합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 원하는 필터를 선택하십시오. 아래에서는 특정 필터에 대해 설명합니다.</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the " +"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " +"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " +"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " +"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>필터</b>를 사용하면 선택한 기준에 따라 사용 가능한 모든 패키지를 필터링" +"할 수 있습니다. 패키지 필터는 패키지 속성(리포지토리, RPM 그룹), 패키지 \"컨" +"테이너\"(패턴, 언어), 패키지 분류 또는 검색 결과를 기반으로 합니다. 드롭다운 " +"메뉴에서 원하는 필터를 선택하십시오. 아래에서는 특정 필터에 대해 설명합니다." +"</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>패턴</b>은 시스템에 있어야 하는 기능 및 특성을 설명합니다(예: X 서버 또는 콘솔 도구). 각 패턴에는 필수, 권장 및 제안 패키지 집합이 포함됩니다. 설치, 업데이트 또는 삭제할 패턴을 선택하면 해결 프로그램에서 종속 패키지를 실행하고 적절하게 상태를 변경합니다.</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have " +"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " +"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " +"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " +"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>패턴</b>은 시스템에 있어야 하는 기능 및 특성을 설명합니다(예: X 서버 또" +"는 콘솔 도구). 각 패턴에는 필수, 권장 및 제안 패키지 집합이 포함됩니다. 설" +"치, 업데이트 또는 삭제할 패턴을 선택하면 해결 프로그램에서 종속 패키지를 실행" +"하고 적절하게 상태를 변경합니다.</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific repository. </p>" -msgstr "<p><b>언어</b>는 패턴과 마찬가지로 패키지 컨테이너입니다. 선택한 언어에 대한 번역, 사전 및 기타 언어별 파일이 포함된 패키지가 들어 있습니다. <b>RPM 그룹</b>은 설치할 수 있는 패키지 컨테이너가 아닙니다. 대신, 특정 RPM 그룹의 구성원은 패키지 자체의 속성입니다. 계층(트리) 구조가 있습니다. <b>리포지토리</b> 필터는 특정 리포지토리에서 사용 가능한 패키지를 표시합니다. </p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They " +"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " +"files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers " +"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " +"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " +"The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific " +"repository. </p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>언어</b>는 패턴과 마찬가지로 패키지 컨테이너입니다. 선택한 언어에 대한 " +"번역, 사전 및 기타 언어별 파일이 포함된 패키지가 들어 있습니다. <b>RPM 그룹</" +"b>은 설치할 수 있는 패키지 컨테이너가 아닙니다. 대신, 특정 RPM 그룹의 구성원" +"은 패키지 자체의 속성입니다. 계층(트리) 구조가 있습니다. <b>리포지토리</b> 필" +"터는 특정 리포지토리에서 사용 가능한 패키지를 표시합니다. </p>" -#. help text package search -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>검색</b> 필터를 사용하려면 패키지 검색을 위한 키워드(키워드의 일부)를 입력하십시오. 예를 들어 \"3d\" 표현식을 사용하여 모든 3D 패키지를 검색합니다. 패키지 설명, RPM 제공 또는 필요에서 검색할 수도 있습니다. 해당 확인란을 선택하고 '검색' 버튼을 클릭하십시오.</p>" +#. help text package search +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 +msgid "" +"<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " +"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " +"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " +"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>검색</b> 필터를 사용하려면 패키지 검색을 위한 키워드(키워드의 일부)를 " +"입력하십시오. 예를 들어 \"3d\" 표현식을 사용하여 모든 3D 패키지를 검색합니" +"다. 패키지 설명, RPM 제공 또는 필요에서 검색할 수도 있습니다. 해당 확인란을 " +"선택하고 '검색' 버튼을 클릭하십시오.</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter <b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, <i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>설치 요약</b>은 이 세션 중 사용자나 해결 프로그램에 의해 자동으로 상태가 변경된(예: 설치 또는 제거 표시됨) 패키지에 대한 개요를 제공합니다. <b>패키지 분류</b> 필터는 <i>권장</i>, <i>제안</i>, <i>독립</i> 및 <i>불필요</i> 패키지에 대한 정보를 제공합니다.</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose " +"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " +"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " +"<b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, " +"<i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>설치 요약</b>은 이 세션 중 사용자나 해결 프로그램에 의해 자동으로 상태" +"가 변경된(예: 설치 또는 제거 표시됨) 패키지에 대한 개요를 제공합니다. <b>패키" +"지 분류</b> 필터는 <i>권장</i>, <i>제안</i>, <i>독립</i> 및 <i>불필요</i> 패" +"키지에 대한 정보를 제공합니다.</p>" -#. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 +#. label for an error popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 msgid "Useful Functions in Menu" msgstr "메뉴의 편리한 기능" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>종속성:</b><br> 이 메뉴는 패키지 종속성 처리와 관련된 다양한 작업을 제공합니다. 기본적으로 패키지 종속성은 상태 변경 시마다 확인됩니다. 가능한 충돌 해결 방법을 제안하는 대화 상자에서 패키지 충돌에 대해 알려줍니다. 충돌을 해결하려면 제공된 솔루션 중 하나를 선택하고 '확인 -- 재시도'를 누르십시오.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the " +"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " +"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " +"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " +"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " +"Again'.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>종속성:</b><br> 이 메뉴는 패키지 종속성 처리와 관련된 다양한 작업을 제" +"공합니다. 기본적으로 패키지 종속성은 상태 변경 시마다 확인됩니다. 가능한 충" +"돌 해결 방법을 제안하는 대화 상자에서 패키지 충돌에 대해 알려줍니다. 충돌을 " +"해결하려면 제공된 솔루션 중 하나를 선택하고 '확인 -- 재시도'를 누르십시오.</" +"p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>" -msgstr "<p>상태 변경 시마다 종속성 확인을 비활성화하려면 <i>자동 종속성 확인</i>을 끄십시오. <i>지금 종속성 확인</i>을 선택하여 수동으로 종속성을 확인할 수 있습니다. <i>시스템 확인</i> 항목은 이미 설치된 패키지의 종속성을 확인하고 필요한 경우 자동 설치되도록 누락된 패키지를 표시하여 비대화형으로 충돌을 해결합니다. 디버그를 위해 <i>종속성 해결 프로그램 테스트 사례 생성</i>을 사용하십시오. 이 옵션은 패키지 종속성 데이터를 <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt> 디렉토리에 덤프합니다. 일반적으로 Bugzilla에서 \"해결 프로그램 테스트 사례\"가 요청될 때 필요한 옵션입니다.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 +msgid "" +"<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " +"<i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually " +"by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry " +"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " +"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " +"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate " +"Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into " +"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " +"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>상태 변경 시마다 종속성 확인을 비활성화하려면 <i>자동 종속성 확인</i>을 끄" +"십시오. <i>지금 종속성 확인</i>을 선택하여 수동으로 종속성을 확인할 수 있습니" +"다. <i>시스템 확인</i> 항목은 이미 설치된 패키지의 종속성을 확인하고 필요한 " +"경우 자동 설치되도록 누락된 패키지를 표시하여 비대화형으로 충돌을 해결합니" +"다. 디버그를 위해 <i>종속성 해결 프로그램 테스트 사례 생성</i>을 사용하십시" +"오. 이 옵션은 패키지 종속성 데이터를 <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt> " +"디렉토리에 덤프합니다. 일반적으로 Bugzilla에서 \"해결 프로그램 테스트 사례" +"\"가 요청될 때 필요한 옵션입니다.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>종속성 검사를 위해 이용 가능한 옵션:<br><i>자동 종속성 검사</i>(위 참조), <i>권장 패키지 설치</i>: 켜져 있는 경우 약한 종속성도 포함됩니다. <i>시스템 확인 모드</i>: 설치된 패키지의 종속성을 복구하고 즉시 해결합니다. 참고: <i>지금 시스템 확인</i>으로 시스템을 검사하고 나면 <i>시스템 확인 모드</i> 옵션이 켜짐 상태가 됩니다(원할 경우 옵션 선택 해제)/ 이 옵션은 YaST 구성 파일 <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>에 저장됩니다.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 +msgid "" +"<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency " +"Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak " +"dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair " +"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " +"checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System " +"Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " +"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>종속성 검사를 위해 이용 가능한 옵션:<br><i>자동 종속성 검사</i>(위 참조), " +"<i>권장 패키지 설치</i>: 켜져 있는 경우 약한 종속성도 포함됩니다. <i>시스템 " +"확인 모드</i>: 설치된 패키지의 종속성을 복구하고 즉시 해결합니다. 참고: <i>지" +"금 시스템 확인</i>으로 시스템을 검사하고 나면 <i>시스템 확인 모드</i> 옵션이 " +"켜짐 상태가 됩니다(원할 경우 옵션 선택 해제)/ 이 옵션은 YaST 구성 파일 <tt>/" +"etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>에 저장됩니다.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>고급 옵션:<br> <i>패키지 삭제 시 정리</i>: 사용하지 않는 종속 패키지를 제거합니다. <i>제조업체 변경 허용</i>: 패키지 제조업체가 설치된 패키지의 제조업체와 다를 수도 있습니다. 이러한 옵션은 저장되지 않습니다. 패키지 라이브러리 <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>의 구성 파일에서만 설정할 수 있습니다.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 +msgid "" +"<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove " +"dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may " +"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " +"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" +"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>고급 옵션:<br> <i>패키지 삭제 시 정리</i>: 사용하지 않는 종속 패키지를 제" +"거합니다. <i>제조업체 변경 허용</i>: 패키지 제조업체가 설치된 패키지의 제조업" +"체와 다를 수도 있습니다. 이러한 옵션은 저장되지 않습니다. 패키지 라이브러리 " +"<tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>의 구성 파일에서만 설정할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 -msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>보기:</b><br>패키지 테이블 아래의 창에 표시할 선택한 패키지에 대한 정보를 선택합니다. 사용 가능한 옵션은 패키지 설명, 기술 데이터(버전, 크기, 라이센스 등), 패키지 버전(모두 사용 가능), 파일 목록(패키지에 포함된 모든 파일) 및 종속성(제공, 필요 등)입니다.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 +msgid "" +"<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will " +"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " +"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " +"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " +"dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>보기:</b><br>패키지 테이블 아래의 창에 표시할 선택한 패키지에 대한 정보" +"를 선택합니다. 사용 가능한 옵션은 패키지 설명, 기술 데이터(버전, 크기, 라이센" +"스 등), 패키지 버전(모두 사용 가능), 파일 목록(패키지에 포함된 모든 파일) 및 " +"종속성(제공, 필요 등)입니다.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 -msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>구성:</b><br>이 메뉴는 패키지 선택기를 나머지 패키지 관리 유틸리티와 통합합니다. 여기서 <b>리포지토리 관리자를 시작</b>하고 구성된 리포지토리 또는 레지스터를 편집하여 리포지토리를 업데이트하고 사용 가능한 업데이트의 정기 다운로드를 구성할 수 있습니다(<b>온라인 업데이트 구성 시작</b>). 또한 종료 시 <b>패키지 설치 후 작업</b> 메뉴에서 패키지 선택기의 세 가지 가능한 동작 중 하나를 선택할 수 있습니다.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the " +"rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository " +"Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update " +"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch " +"Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three " +"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package " +"Installation</b> menu.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>구성:</b><br>이 메뉴는 패키지 선택기를 나머지 패키지 관리 유틸리티와 통" +"합합니다. 여기서 <b>리포지토리 관리자를 시작</b>하고 구성된 리포지토리 또는 " +"레지스터를 편집하여 리포지토리를 업데이트하고 사용 가능한 업데이트의 정기 다" +"운로드를 구성할 수 있습니다(<b>온라인 업데이트 구성 시작</b>). 또한 종료 시 " +"<b>패키지 설치 후 작업</b> 메뉴에서 패키지 선택기의 세 가지 가능한 동작 중 하" +"나를 선택할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 -msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>기타:</b><br>여기에는 기타 기능이 있습니다. <i>패키지 목록을 파일로 엑스포트</i>는 설치된 패키지, 패턴 및 언어에 대한 데이터를 지정된 XML 파일로 덤프합니다. 나중에 다른 컴퓨터 등에서 <i>패키지 목록을 파일에서 임포트</i> 옵션을 통해 이 파일을 읽을 수 있습니다. 이 옵션은 대상 컴퓨터의 패키지 집합을 제공된 XML 파일에 설명된 것과 동일한 상태로 가져옵니다. <i>사용 가능한 디스크 공간 표시</i>는 현재 마운트된 파티션에서 사용 가능한 디스크 공간 및 디스크 사용을 표시하는 팝업 테이블을 보여 줍니다.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package " +"List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " +"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import " +"Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " +"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " +"in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup " +"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " +"partition.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>기타:</b><br>여기에는 기타 기능이 있습니다. <i>패키지 목록을 파일로 엑" +"스포트</i>는 설치된 패키지, 패턴 및 언어에 대한 데이터를 지정된 XML 파일로 덤" +"프합니다. 나중에 다른 컴퓨터 등에서 <i>패키지 목록을 파일에서 임포트</i> 옵션" +"을 통해 이 파일을 읽을 수 있습니다. 이 옵션은 대상 컴퓨터의 패키지 집합을 제" +"공된 XML 파일에 설명된 것과 동일한 상태로 가져옵니다. <i>사용 가능한 디스크 " +"공간 표시</i>는 현재 마운트된 파티션에서 사용 가능한 디스크 공간 및 디스크 사" +"용을 표시하는 팝업 테이블을 보여 줍니다.</p>" -#. label of a frame with search settings -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 +#. label of a frame with search settings +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 msgid "&Search in " msgstr "검색 위치(&S)" -#. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:) -#. text for the package search popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312 +#. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:) +#. text for the package search popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312 msgid "Search &Phrase" msgstr "검색 구문(&P)" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332 msgid "Code" msgstr "코드" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338 msgid "Language" msgstr "언어" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" -#. column header package name (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 +#. column header package name (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" -#. column header installed package version (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 +#. column header installed package version (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 msgid "Version" msgstr "버전" -#. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 +#. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 msgid "Repository" msgstr "리포지토리" -#. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 +#. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 msgid "Avail. Vers." msgstr "사용 가능한 버전" -#. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 +#. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 msgid "Inst. Vers." msgstr "설치된 버전" -#. column header package size (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 +#. column header package size (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 msgid "Size" msgstr "크기" -#. column header package architecture (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 +#. column header package architecture (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "아키텍처" -#. column header patch kind (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 +#. column header patch kind (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 msgid "Kind" msgstr "종류" -#. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416 +#. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416 msgid "Solving..." msgstr "종속성 점검 중..." -#. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422 +#. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422 msgid "Saving..." msgstr "저장 중..." -#. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 +#. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "로드 중..." -#. the headline of the disk space popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 +#. the headline of the disk space popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 msgid "Disk Usage Overview" msgstr "디스크 사용 개요" -#. column header name of the partition (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 +#. column header name of the partition (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 msgid "Partition" msgstr "파티션" -#. column header used disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 +#. column header used disk space (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 msgid "Used" msgstr "사용량" -#. column header free disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 +#. column header free disk space (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 msgid "Free" msgstr "사용 가능한 공간" -#. column header total disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 +#. column header total disk space (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 msgid "Total" msgstr "총계" -#. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 +#. +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 msgid "<i>Out of disk space!</i>" msgstr "<i>디스크 공간이 부족합니다.</i>" -#. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 +#. +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 msgid "<b>Disk space is running out!</b>" msgstr "<b>디스크 공간이 거의 찼습니다.</b>" -#. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 +#. part of a text +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 msgid "needs" msgstr "필요" -#. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 +#. part of a text +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 msgid "more disk space." msgstr "디스크 공간이 추가로 필요함." -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 msgid "<b>Version: </b>" msgstr "<b>버전: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 msgid "<b>Size: </b>" msgstr "<b>크기: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 msgid "<b>Installed: </b>" msgstr "<b>설치 날짜: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 msgid "<b>Authors: </b>" msgstr "<b>작성자: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 msgid "<b>License: </b>" msgstr "<b>라이센스: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 msgid "<b>Media No.: </b>" msgstr "<b>미디어 번호:</b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 msgid "<b>Package Group: </b>" msgstr "<b>패키지 그룹: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 msgid "<b>Provides: </b>" msgstr "<b>공급자: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 msgid "<b>Requires: </b>" msgstr "<b>필수: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561 msgid "<b>Prerequires: </b>" msgstr "<b>전제조건: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 msgid "<b>Conflicts with: </b>" msgstr "<b>충돌: </b>" -#. headline for a list of installed files -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576 +#. headline for a list of installed files +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576 msgid "<i>List of Installed Files:</i><br>" msgstr "<i>설치된 파일 목록:</i><br>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " msgstr "번역, 사전 및 기타 언어 관련 파일 " -#. the headline of the help popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 +#. the headline of the help popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 msgid "Patch Status and Patch Installation" msgstr "패치 상태 및 패치 설치" -#. help text online udpate -#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>" -msgstr "<p>패치에 대한 일반 정보:</p><p><b>보안</b> 종류의 패치는 보안 문제를 해결하며 설치하는 것이 좋습니다. 일반적으로 중요한 버그 수정 프로그램이 포함된 <b>권장</b> 패치도 설치해야 합니다. 기능에 관심이 있는 경우 <b>기능</b> 패치를 설치하십시오.</p>" +#. help text online udpate +#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 +msgid "" +"<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</" +"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " +"should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain " +"important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in " +"the feature.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>패치에 대한 일반 정보:</p><p><b>보안</b> 종류의 패치는 보안 문제를 해결하" +"며 설치하는 것이 좋습니다. 일반적으로 중요한 버그 수정 프로그램이 포함된 <b>" +"권장</b> 패치도 설치해야 합니다. 기능에 관심이 있는 경우 <b>기능</b> 패치를 " +"설치하십시오.</p>" -#. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>" -msgstr "<p>\"libzypp\"에 대한 패치(패키지, 패치, 패턴 및 제품 관리)가 항상 처음에 설치됩니다. 다른 패치는 두 번째 실행에서 설치해야 합니다.</p>" +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 +msgid "" +"<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " +"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " +"run.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\"libzypp\"에 대한 패치(패키지, 패치, 패턴 및 제품 관리)가 항상 처음에 설" +"치됩니다. 다른 패치는 두 번째 실행에서 설치해야 합니다.</p>" -#. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>" -msgstr "<p>상태 플래그의 의미:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: 설치와 관련된 패치는 미리 선택되어 있습니다. 시스템에 다운로드되고 설치됩니다. 특정 패치를 원하지 않는 경우 '-'를 사용하여 선택 취소하십시오.</p><p><b> i </b>: 이 패치의 모든 요구 사항이 충족되었습니다.</p><p><b> + </b>: 이 패치가 설치되도록 선택했습니다.</p>" +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 +msgid "" +"<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your " +"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " +"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> " +"i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You " +"have selected this patch for installation.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>상태 플래그의 의미:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: 설치와 관련된 패치는 미리 선택되어 " +"있습니다. 시스템에 다운로드되고 설치됩니다. 특정 패치를 원하지 않는 경우 " +"'-'를 사용하여 선택 취소하십시오.</p><p><b> i </b>: 이 패치의 모든 요구 사항" +"이 충족되었습니다.</p><p><b> + </b>: 이 패치가 설치되도록 선택했습니다.</p>" -#. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>" -msgstr "<p>상태에 대한 세부 정보:<br>아직 시스템에 적용되지 않은 패키지(또는 패키지 집합)에 대한 여러 패치가 있는 경우 모두 미리 선택되며 <b>a+</b> 상태입니다. '-'를 사용하여 패치 중 하나를 선택 취소하는 경우 이후에 <b>i</b> 상태가 표시될 수도 있습니다. 동일한 패키지와 관련된 다른 패치가 여전히 선택되어 있기 때문입니다. 최신 버전의 패키지가 설치되어 이 패치가 충족됩니다. 패치가 불필요한 경우 모든 패치를 선택 취소해야 합니다.</p>" +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 +msgid "" +"<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a " +"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " +"got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is " +"deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is " +"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " +"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " +"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " +"patches are not wanted.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>상태에 대한 세부 정보:<br>아직 시스템에 적용되지 않은 패키지(또는 패키지 " +"집합)에 대한 여러 패치가 있는 경우 모두 미리 선택되며 <b>a+</b> 상태입니다. " +"'-'를 사용하여 패치 중 하나를 선택 취소하는 경우 이후에 <b>i</b> 상태가 표시" +"될 수도 있습니다. 동일한 패키지와 관련된 다른 패치가 여전히 선택되어 있기 때" +"문입니다. 최신 버전의 패키지가 설치되어 이 패치가 충족됩니다. 패치가 불필요" +"한 경우 모든 패치를 선택 취소해야 합니다.</p>" -#. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>" -msgstr "<p>메뉴:</p><p><b>필터</b> 메뉴를 사용하여 패치를 필터링할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어 '설치된' 패치를 표시하거나 '보안' 패치를 나열할 수 있습니다. 또한 패치 검색 기능을 제공합니다.<br><b>작업</b> 메뉴를 사용하여 패치 상태를 변경할 수 있습니다.<br><b>보기</b> 메뉴를 사용하여 패치와 관련된 패키지를 확인할 수 있습니다. 필터가 '모든 패치'인 경우 일부 패치에 대한 패키지 목록이 비어 있을 수 있습니다. 패치 패키지가 시스템에 설치되어 있지 않으므로 관련된 패키지가 없음을 의미합니다.<br><b>종속성</b> 메뉴에는 종속성 확인 및 '해결 프로그램 테스트 사례 생성' 항목이 포함되어 있습니다.</p>" +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 +msgid "" +"<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e." +"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " +"search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a " +"patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages " +"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " +"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " +"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." +"<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the " +"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>메뉴:</p><p><b>필터</b> 메뉴를 사용하여 패치를 필터링할 수 있습니다. 예를 " +"들어 '설치된' 패치를 표시하거나 '보안' 패치를 나열할 수 있습니다. 또한 패치 " +"검색 기능을 제공합니다.<br><b>작업</b> 메뉴를 사용하여 패치 상태를 변경할 수 " +"있습니다.<br><b>보기</b> 메뉴를 사용하여 패치와 관련된 패키지를 확인할 수 있" +"습니다. 필터가 '모든 패치'인 경우 일부 패치에 대한 패키지 목록이 비어 있을 " +"수 있습니다. 패치 패키지가 시스템에 설치되어 있지 않으므로 관련된 패키지가 없" +"음을 의미합니다.<br><b>종속성</b> 메뉴에는 종속성 확인 및 '해결 프로그램 테스" +"트 사례 생성' 항목이 포함되어 있습니다.</p>" -#. label for a warning popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 +#. label for a warning popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 msgid "Warning" msgstr "경고" -#. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 +#. label for an error popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 msgid "Error" msgstr "오류" -#. label for a notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669 +#. label for a notify popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669 msgid "Notify" msgstr "알림" -#. the label of an OK button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 +#. the label of an OK button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 msgid "&OK" msgstr "확인(&O)" -#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "계속(&O)" -#. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#. the label of the Yes button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "예(&Y)" -#. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 +#. the label of the No button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 msgid "&No" msgstr "아니요(&N)" -#. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user -#. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 +#. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user +#. has to make some action (#213602) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "확인 -- 재시도(&O)" -#. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 -msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>" -msgstr "<p>패키지, 패치 또는 패턴 선택의 모든 변경사항이 손실됩니다.<br>종료하시겠습니까?</p>" +#. text for a Notify popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 +msgid "" +"<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." +"<br>Really exit?</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>패키지, 패치 또는 패턴 선택의 모든 변경사항이 손실됩니다.<br>종료하시겠습" +"니까?</p>" -#. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 +#. the label of language table +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "사용 가능한 언어" -#. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 +#. the label of language table +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "사용 가능한 리포지토리" -#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max 25 chars! -#. (the list shows all patches which are needed) -#. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); -#. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 +#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max 25 chars! +#. (the list shows all patches which are needed) +#. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); +#. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "필요한 패치" -#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 +#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! +#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "설치된 패키지" -#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "온라인 업데이트 패치" -#. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "업데이트 문제 -- 도움말 참조" -#. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 +#. the label for Filter: Search results +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 msgid "Search Results" msgstr "검색 결과" -#. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 +#. the headline of the dependency popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "패키지 종속성" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 -msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>" -msgstr "<b>업데이트 문제 목록</b><br><p>이 목록의 패키지는 자동으로 업데이트할 수 없습니다.</p><p>이유:</p><p>이러한 패키지는 다른 패키지에서 더 이상 사용되지 않습니다.</p><p>다른 설치 미디어에서 업데이트할 최신 버전이 없습니다.</p><p>해당 패키지는 타사 패키지입니다.</p><p>수행할 작업을 직접 선택하십시오. 해당 패키지를 삭제하는 것이 가장 안전합니다.</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +msgid "" +"<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated " +"automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other " +"packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any " +"installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually " +"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"<b>업데이트 문제 목록</b><br><p>이 목록의 패키지는 자동으로 업데이트할 수 없" +"습니다.</p><p>이유:</p><p>이러한 패키지는 다른 패키지에서 더 이상 사용되지 않" +"습니다.</p><p>다른 설치 미디어에서 업데이트할 최신 버전이 없습니다.</p><p>해" +"당 패키지는 타사 패키지입니다.</p><p>수행할 작업을 직접 선택하십시오. 해당 패" +"키지를 삭제하는 것이 가장 안전합니다.</p>" -#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 +#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 msgid "Source" msgstr "원본" -#. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#. menu entry Update List +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 msgid "&Update List" msgstr "업데이트 목록(&U)" -#. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 +#. part of the patch description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 msgid "<b>Patch: </b>" msgstr "<b>패치: </b>" -#. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 +#. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 msgid "No patches available" msgstr "사용 가능한 패치가 없습니다." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 msgid "Script" msgstr "스크립트" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" msgstr "호환되지 않는 패키지 버전" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 -msgid "<p>You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time.</p>" -msgstr "<p>이 패키지의 다중 버전 지원 버전과 다중 버전 미지원 버전을 동시에 설치하려고 합니다.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 +msgid "" +"<p>You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-" +"capable versions of this package at the same time.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>이 패키지의 다중 버전 지원 버전과 다중 버전 미지원 버전을 동시에 설치하려" +"고 합니다.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 -msgid "<p>This version is multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one.</p>" -msgstr "<p>이 버전은 다중 버전이 지원됩니다.</p><p>이 버전을 설치하고 다중 버전 미지원 버전을 선택 취소하려면 \"계속\"을 누르고, 이 버전을 선택 취소하고 다른 버전을 유지하려면 \"취소\"를 누르십시오.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 +msgid "" +"<p>This version is multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install " +"this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" " +"to unselect this version and keep the other one.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>이 버전은 다중 버전이 지원됩니다.</p><p>이 버전을 설치하고 다중 버전 미지" +"원 버전을 선택 취소하려면 \"계속\"을 누르고, 이 버전을 선택 취소하고 다른 버" +"전을 유지하려면 \"취소\"를 누르십시오.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 -msgid "<p>This version is not multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones.<p>" -msgstr "<p>이 버전은 다중 버전을 지원하지 않습니다.</p><p>이 버전만 설치하고 다른 버전을 모두 선택 취소하려면 \"계속\"을 누르고, 이 버전을 선택 취소하고 다른 버전을 유지하려면 \"취소\"를 누르십시오.<p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 +msgid "" +"<p>This version is not multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to " +"install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to " +"unselect this version and keep the other ones.<p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>이 버전은 다중 버전을 지원하지 않습니다.</p><p>이 버전만 설치하고 다른 버" +"전을 모두 선택 취소하려면 \"계속\"을 누르고, 이 버전을 선택 취소하고 다른 버" +"전을 유지하려면 \"취소\"를 누르십시오.<p>" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/ncurses.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/ncurses.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/ncurses.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg -# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. -# +# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. +# msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:43\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,69 +14,69 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. label for text field showing the selected dir -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:84 src/NCAskForFile.cc:126 +#. label for text field showing the selected dir +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:84 src/NCAskForFile.cc:126 msgid "Selected Directory:" msgstr "선택된 디렉토리:" -#. label for checkbox -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:92 src/NCAskForFile.cc:134 +#. label for checkbox +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:92 src/NCAskForFile.cc:134 msgid "&Detailed View" msgstr "자세히 보기(&D)" -#. column header name of diretcory -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:98 src/NCFileSelection.cc:666 -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:675 src/NCFileSelection.cc:686 +#. column header name of diretcory +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:98 src/NCFileSelection.cc:666 +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:675 src/NCFileSelection.cc:686 msgid "Directory Name" msgstr "디렉토리 이름" -#. stretchable = true -#. add the OK button -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:114 src/NCAskForFile.cc:195 +#. stretchable = true +#. add the OK button +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:114 src/NCAskForFile.cc:195 msgid "&OK" msgstr "확인(&O)" -#. add the Cancel button -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:121 src/NCAskForFile.cc:202 +#. add the Cancel button +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:121 src/NCAskForFile.cc:202 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "취소(&C)" -#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:143 +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:143 msgid "Directory name" msgstr "디렉토리 이름" -#. column header name of the file -#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:155 src/NCFileSelection.cc:434 -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:443 src/NCFileSelection.cc:459 +#. column header name of the file +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:155 src/NCFileSelection.cc:434 +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:443 src/NCFileSelection.cc:459 msgid "File name" msgstr "파일 이름" -#. label for text field showing the filename -#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:175 +#. label for text field showing the filename +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:175 msgid "&File name:" msgstr "파일 이름(&F):" -#. label for text field showing the filter (e.g. *.bak) -#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:182 +#. label for text field showing the filter (e.g. *.bak) +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:182 msgid "Filter:" msgstr "필터:" -#. column header size of the file -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:445 +#. column header size of the file +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:445 msgid "Size" msgstr "크기" -#. column header file permissions -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:447 src/NCFileSelection.cc:676 +#. column header file permissions +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:447 src/NCFileSelection.cc:676 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "권한" -#. column header user -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:449 src/NCFileSelection.cc:677 +#. column header user +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:449 src/NCFileSelection.cc:677 msgid "User" msgstr "사용자" -#. column header group -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:451 src/NCFileSelection.cc:678 +#. column header group +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:451 src/NCFileSelection.cc:678 msgid "Group" msgstr "그룹" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/nis.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/nis.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/nis.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,80 +14,80 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module -#: src/clients/nis.rb:74 +#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module +#: src/clients/nis.rb:74 msgid "NIS client configuration module." msgstr "NIS 클라이언트 구성 모듈" -#. command line help text for 'enable' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:84 +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:84 msgid "Enable your machine as NIS client" msgstr "컴퓨터를 NIS 클라이언트로 활성화" -#. command line help text for 'disable' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:91 msgid "Disable the NIS client" msgstr "NIS 클라이언트 비활성화" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:98 msgid "Configuration summary of NIS client" msgstr "NIS 클라이언트 구성 요약" -#. command line help text for 'configure' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:109 +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:109 msgid "Change the global settings of NIS client" msgstr "NIS 클라이언트의 전역 설정 변경" -#. command line help text for 'find' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:116 +#. command line help text for 'find' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:116 msgid "Show available NIS servers for given domain" msgstr "지정된 도메인에 대해 사용할 수 있는 NIS 서버 표시" -#. command line help text for the 'server' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:124 +#. command line help text for the 'server' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:124 msgid "NIS server name or address" msgstr "NIS 서버 이름 또는 주소" -#. command line help text for the 'domain' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:131 +#. command line help text for the 'domain' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:131 msgid "NIS domain" msgstr "NIS 도메인" -#. help text for the 'automounter' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:138 +#. help text for the 'automounter' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:138 msgid "Start or stop automounter" msgstr "자동 마운터 시작 또는 중지" -#. help text for the 'broadcast' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:146 +#. help text for the 'broadcast' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:146 msgid "Set or unset broadcast search" msgstr "브로드캐스트 검색 설정 또는 설정 취소" -#. Print summary of basic options -#. @return [Boolean] false -#. summary header -#: src/clients/nis.rb:260 src/modules/Nis.rb:862 +#. Print summary of basic options +#. @return [Boolean] false +#. summary header +#: src/clients/nis.rb:260 src/modules/Nis.rb:862 msgid "Automounter enabled" msgstr "Automounter 활성화됨" -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:831 src/modules/Nis.rb:844 -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:853 src/modules/Nis.rb:857 src/modules/Nis.rb:864 -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:831 src/modules/Nis.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:853 src/modules/Nis.rb:857 src/modules/Nis.rb:864 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "Yes" msgstr "예" -#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "No" msgstr "아니오" -#. Translators: network broadcast address -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:62 +#. Translators: network broadcast address +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:62 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Broadcast</b> option enables searching\n" "in the local network to find a server after the specified servers\n" @@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ "경우 로컬 네트워크에서 탐색을 가능하게 합니다.\n" "보안에 문제가 생길수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. Translators: short for Expert settings -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 +#. Translators: short for Expert settings +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>Expert</b> gives access to some\n" "less frequently used settings.</p>\n" @@ -106,36 +106,37 @@ "<p><b>고급</b>에서는 자주 사용하지 않는 \n" "설정에 액세스할 수 있습니다.<p>\n" -#. pushbutton label -#. Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:135 +#. pushbutton label +#. Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:135 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "전체 선택(&A)" -#. pushbutton label -#. Deselect all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:138 +#. pushbutton label +#. Deselect all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:138 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "전체 선택 취소(&N)" -#. popup window -#. LAN: local area network -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:190 +#. popup window +#. LAN: local area network +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:190 msgid "Scanning for NIS servers in domain %1 on this LAN..." msgstr "이 LAN의 %1 도메인에서 NIS 서버를 검색하는 중..." -#. selection box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:209 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:209 msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1" msgstr "%1 도메인의 NIS 서버(&N)" -#. firewall opening help -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 +#. firewall opening help +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</" +"b>.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>방화벽 설정</b><br>\n" @@ -144,8 +145,8 @@ " 포트를 열 인터페이스를 선택하려면 <b>방화벽 세부 사항</b>을 클릭하십시오.\n" " 이 옵션은 방화벽이 활성화된 경우에만 사용할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "<p>Enter your NIS domain, such as example.com,\n" " and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.</p>\n" @@ -153,40 +154,47 @@ "<p>example.com과 같은 NIS 도메인 및 nis.example.com\n" " 또는 10.20.1.1과 같은 NIS 서버의 주소를 입력하십시오.</p>\n" -#. help text for netconfig part -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 +#. help text for netconfig part +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" +"<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " +"is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " +"here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " +"modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " +"see\n" "the netconfig manual page.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>NIS 구성이 수정되는 방법을 선택하십시오. 일반적으로\n" "여기서 고정적으로 정의된 데이터를 동적으로 얻은 데이터(예:\n" -"DHCP 클라이언트, NetworkManager 등)와 병합하는 netconfig 스크립트에 의해 처리됩니다.\n" +"DHCP 클라이언트, NetworkManager 등)와 병합하는 netconfig 스크립트에 의해 처리" +"됩니다.\n" "기본 정책이며 대부분의 구성에 충분합니다. \n" "[수동 변경사항만]을 선택하면 netconfig에서 더 이상 구성을 수정할 수\n" "없습니다. 그러나 파일을 수동으로 편집할 수 있습니다.\n" -"[사용자 정의 정책]을 선택하면 인터페이스 이름의 쉼표로 구분된 목록으로 구성된\n" +"[사용자 정의 정책]을 선택하면 인터페이스 이름의 쉼표로 구분된 목록으로 구성" +"된\n" "사용자 정의 정책 문자열을 지정할 수 있습니다. 여기에는\n" -"STATIC 및 STATIC_FALLBACK이 미리 정의된 특수 값인 와일드카드가 포함됩니다. 자세한 내용은\n" +"STATIC 및 STATIC_FALLBACK이 미리 정의된 특수 값인 와일드카드가 포함됩니다. 자" +"세한 내용은\n" "netconfig 매뉴얼 페이지를 참조하십시오.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 msgid "" "<p>Specify multiple servers\n" "by separating their addresses with spaces.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>다중 서버는 주소를 공백으로 분리해서 정해주십시오.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 msgid "" "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that mounts directories automatically,\n" "such as users' home directories.\n" @@ -198,126 +206,131 @@ "구성 파일(auto.*)이 로컬이나 NIS상에 이미\n" "존재한다고 가정합니다.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "<p>NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using <b>NFS Configuration</b> button.</p>" -msgstr "<p>자동 마운터의 작동 방식에 영향을 주는 NFS 설정은 NFS 클라이언트에서 설정할 수 있습니다. <b>NFS 구성</b> 버튼을 사용하여 구성할 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 +msgid "" +"<p>NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " +"NFS Client, which can be configured using <b>NFS Configuration</b> button.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>자동 마운터의 작동 방식에 영향을 주는 NFS 설정은 NFS 클라이언트에서 설정" +"할 수 있습니다. <b>NFS 구성</b> 버튼을 사용하여 구성할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (Via NetworkManager and DHCP)" msgstr "자동 설정(NetworkManager 및 DHCP 사용)(&T)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:335 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:335 msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (via DHCP)" msgstr "자동 설치(DHCP를 통해)(&T)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 msgid "NIS client" msgstr "NIS 클라이언트" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:352 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:352 msgid "Netconfig NIS &Policy" msgstr "Netconfig NIS 정책(&P)" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:355 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:355 msgid "Only Manual Changes" msgstr "수동 변경사항만" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:357 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:357 msgid "Default Policy" msgstr "기본 정책" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:359 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:359 msgid "Custom Policy" msgstr "사용자 정의 정책" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:367 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:367 msgid "C&ustom Policy" msgstr "사용자 정의 정책(&U)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:377 src/include/nis/ui.rb:393 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:377 src/include/nis/ui.rb:393 msgid "N&IS Domain" msgstr "NIS 도메인(&I)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:384 src/include/nis/ui.rb:401 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:384 src/include/nis/ui.rb:401 msgid "&Addresses of NIS servers" msgstr "NIS 서버 주소(&A)" -#. check box label -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 +#. check box label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 msgid "&Broadcast" msgstr "브로드캐스트(&B)" -#. pushbutton label, find nis servers -#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) -#. pushbutton label, find nis servers -#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 +#. pushbutton label, find nis servers +#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) +#. pushbutton label, find nis servers +#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 msgid "Fin&d" msgstr "찾기(&D)" -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:421 msgid "Additional NIS Domains" msgstr "추가 NIS 도메인" -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:435 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:435 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "편집(&E)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:459 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:459 msgid "Do ¬ use NIS" msgstr "NIS를 사용 안 함(&N)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:468 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:468 msgid "&Use NIS" msgstr "NIS 사용(&U)" -#. button label (short for Expert settings) -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 +#. button label (short for Expert settings) +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 msgid "E&xpert..." msgstr "고급(&X)..." -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:495 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:495 msgid "NFS Configuration..." msgstr "NFS 구성..." -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 msgid "Start Auto&mounter" msgstr "자동 마운터 시작(&M)" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 msgid "Configuration of NIS client" msgstr "NIS 클라이언트 설정" -#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers -#. but the domain is unknown. -#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers -#. but the domain is unknown. -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 +#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers +#. but the domain is unknown. +#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers +#. but the domain is unknown. +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known." msgstr "도메인이 알려져 있는 경우에만 서버를 찾을 수 있습니다." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 msgid "" "When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n" "you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n" @@ -327,77 +340,89 @@ "사용자 데이터를 검색할 수 없습니다.\n" "계속하시겠습니까?" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 -msgid "<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local host.</p>" -msgstr "<p>일반적으로 모든 호스트는 클라이언트가 어떤 서버를 사용하는지 쿼리할 수 있습니다. 이러한 기능을 로컬 호스트로만 제한하려면 <b>원격 호스트에 응답</b>을 비활성화하십시오.</p>" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 +msgid "" +"<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " +"using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local " +"host.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>일반적으로 모든 호스트는 클라이언트가 어떤 서버를 사용하는지 쿼리할 수 있" +"습니다. 이러한 기능을 로컬 호스트로만 제한하려면 <b>원격 호스트에 응답</b>을 " +"비활성화하십시오.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#. Check, ie. turn on a check box -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 -msgid "<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server.</p>" -msgstr "<p>권한이 없는 포트를 사용하는 서버로부터 응답을 받으려면 <b>브로큰 서버</b>를 체크하십시오. 이는 보안상 문제가 있고 그 서버를 바꾸는 것이 더 좋습니다.</p>" +#. help text 2/4 +#. Check, ie. turn on a check box +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 +msgid "" +"<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an " +"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " +"to replace such a server.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>권한이 없는 포트를 사용하는 서버로부터 응답을 받으려면 <b>브로큰 서버</b>" +"를 체크하십시오. 이는 보안상 문제가 있고 그 서버를 바꾸는 것이 더 좋습니다.</" +"p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 msgid "<p>See <b>man ypbind</b> for details on other options.</p>" msgstr "<p>다른 옵션에 대한 세부 내용은 <b>man ypbind</b>를 참고하십시오.</p>" -#. frame label -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 +#. frame label +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 msgid "Expert settings" msgstr "고급 설정" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 msgid "Ans&wer Remote Hosts" msgstr "원격 호스트에 응답(&W)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 msgid "Br&oken server" msgstr "브로큰 서버(&O)" -#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 +#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 msgid "Other &ypbind options" msgstr "다른 ypbind 옵션(&Y)" -#. Translators: multilineedit label -#. comma: "," -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 +#. Translators: multilineedit label +#. comma: "," +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)" msgstr "(&S)서버 (스페이스 또는 콤마로 구분)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "SLP(&S)" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 msgid "Domain Settings" msgstr "도메인 설정" -#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 +#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 msgid "&Domain name" msgstr "도메인명(&D)" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 msgid "This domain is already defined." msgstr "이 도메인은 이미 정의되었습니다." -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct." msgstr "서버 주소의 포멧 '%1'이 올바르지 않습니다." -#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 +#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 msgid "" "Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n" "does not make any sense. Select just one option." @@ -405,62 +430,65 @@ "브로드캐스트와 SLP 옵션은 동시에 활성화할 수 없습니다.\n" "둘 중 하나만 선택하십시오." -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 msgid "<p>Specify the servers for additional domains.</p>" msgstr "<p>추가 도메인의 서버를 지정하십시오.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 -msgid "<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>SLP</b>(Service Location Protocol)는 NIS 서버를 찾는 데 사용됩니다.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 +msgid "" +"<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server." +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>SLP</b>(Service Location Protocol)는 NIS 서버를 찾는 데 사용됩니다.</p>" -#. dialog label -#. dialog subtitle -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 +#. dialog label +#. dialog subtitle +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 msgid "Additional Domains" msgstr "추가 도메인" -#. table header -#. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 +#. table header +#. summary item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 msgid "Domain" msgstr "도메인" -#. table header -#. summary header -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 +#. table header +#. summary header +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "브로드캐스트" -#. table header - Service Location Protocol -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 +#. table header - Service Location Protocol +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 msgid "SLP" msgstr "SLP " -#. table header -#. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 +#. table header +#. summary item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 msgid "Servers" msgstr "서버" -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "추가(&A)" -#. Translators: a yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 +#. Translators: a yes-no popup +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "정말로 이 도메인을 지우시겠습니까?" -#. popup text FIXME better... -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 +#. popup text FIXME better... +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 msgid "NIS is now enabled." msgstr "NIS가 활성화되었습니다." -#. Translators: do not translate (none)! -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:580 +#. Translators: do not translate (none)! +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:580 msgid "" "A NIS domain name must not be empty,\n" "it must not be \"(none)\",\n" @@ -470,8 +498,8 @@ "또한 \"(none)\"도 될수 없습니다.\n" "그리고 최대 64자 까지의 길이를 갖습니다.\n" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:600 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:600 msgid "" "Only an IP address can be used\n" "because host names are resolved using NIS.\n" @@ -480,100 +508,100 @@ "IP 주소만 사용할 수 있습니다. \n" "호스트명은 NIS를 이용하여 알아낼 수 있기 때문입니다.\n" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:647 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:647 msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n" msgstr "automounter 패키지가 설치될 것입니다.\n" -#. summary: Domain or servers are retrieved by the -#. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. -#. Will be placed after NIS Domain/NIS Servers instead of the -#. actual settings. -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:826 +#. summary: Domain or servers are retrieved by the +#. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. +#. Will be placed after NIS Domain/NIS Servers instead of the +#. actual settings. +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:826 msgid "by DHCP" msgstr "DHCP에 의해" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:829 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:829 msgid "NIS Client enabled" msgstr "NIS 클라이언트 활성화됨" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:833 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:833 msgid "NIS Domain" msgstr "NIS 도메인" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:836 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:836 msgid "NIS Servers" msgstr "NIS 서버" -#. TODO: a full list -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:848 +#. TODO: a full list +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:848 msgid "Other domains" msgstr "기타 도메인" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:851 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:851 msgid "Answer to local host only" msgstr "로컬호스트에게만 응답한다." -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:855 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:855 msgid "Broken server" msgstr "브로큰 서버" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:859 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:859 msgid "ypbind options" msgstr "ypbind 옵션" -#. summary item (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#. summary item (yes/no follows) +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "Client Enabled" msgstr "클라이언트 활성화됨" -#. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206 +#. dialog label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206 msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..." msgstr "NIS 설정 저장중..." -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "서비스 중지" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 msgid "Start services" msgstr "서비스 시작" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "서비스 중지중..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "서비스 시작중..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료되었습니다." -#. help text -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227 +#. help text +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227 msgid "Writing NIS client settings" msgstr "NIS 클라이언트 설정 저장중" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252 msgid "Error while running ypclient." msgstr "ypclient를 실행중에 오류가 생겼습니다." -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "NIS 서버를 찾을 수 없습니다." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/nis_server.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/nis_server.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/nis_server.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,104 +14,104 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for nis server module -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:58 +#. translators: command line help text for nis server module +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:58 msgid "NIS server configuration module." msgstr "NIS 서버 구성 모듈" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:73 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:73 msgid "Configuration summary of NIS server" msgstr "NIS 서버 구성 요약" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:83 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:83 msgid "Stop NIS server" msgstr "NIS 서버 중지" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:91 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:91 msgid "Configure NIS master server" msgstr "NIS 마스터 서버 구성" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:101 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:101 msgid "Configure NIS slave server" msgstr "NIS 슬레이브 서버 구성" -#. command line help text for the 'domain' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:109 +#. command line help text for the 'domain' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:109 msgid "NIS domain" msgstr "NIS 도메인" -#. command line help text for the 'master_ip' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:116 +#. command line help text for the 'master_ip' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:116 msgid "IP address of master NIS server" msgstr "마스터 NIS 서버의 IP 주소" -#. command line help text for the 'yppasswd' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:123 +#. command line help text for the 'yppasswd' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:123 msgid "Start or stop yppasswd service" msgstr "yppasswd 서비스의 시작 또는 중지" -#. command line help text for the 'ypdir' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:131 +#. command line help text for the 'ypdir' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:131 msgid "YP source directory" msgstr "YP 소스 디렉토리" -#. command line help text for the 'maps' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:138 +#. command line help text for the 'maps' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:138 msgid "Maps distributed by server" msgstr "서버에서 배포한 맵" -#. command line help text for the 'hosts' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 +#. command line help text for the 'hosts' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 msgid "Hosts allowed to query server ('netmask:network')" msgstr "서버 쿼리가 허용된 호스트('넷마스크:네트워크')" -#. summary label -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:180 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:86 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:142 +#. summary label +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:180 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:86 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:142 msgid "No NIS Server is configured." msgstr "NIS 서버가 구성되지 않았습니다." -#. summary label -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:186 +#. summary label +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:186 msgid "A NIS master server is configured." msgstr "NIS 마스터 서버가 구성되었습니다." -#. summary label -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:189 +#. summary label +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:189 msgid "A NIS slave server is configured." msgstr "NIS 슬레이브 서버가 구성되었습니다." -#. summary label -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @param split split configured and unconfigured? -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:196 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1290 +#. summary label +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @param split split configured and unconfigured? +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:196 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1290 msgid "NIS Domain" msgstr "NIS 도메인" -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:204 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:204 msgid "YP Source Directory: " msgstr "YP 소스 디렉토리:" -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:209 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:209 msgid "Available Maps: " msgstr "사용 가능한 맵:" -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:217 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:217 msgid "NIS Master Server: " msgstr "NIS 마스터 서버:" -#. summary label (netmask:network shows output format) -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:235 +#. summary label (netmask:network shows output format) +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:235 msgid "" "Hosts Allowed to Query Server (netmask:network):\n" "%1" @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ "서버 쿼리가 허용된 호스트(넷마스크:네트워크):\n" "%1" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:258 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:258 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "필요한 패키지(%1)가 설치되지 않았습니다." -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:282 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:282 msgid "Invalid netmask: %1.\n" msgstr "잘못된 넷마스크: %1.\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:289 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:289 msgid "Invalid network: %1.\n" msgstr "잘못된 네트워크: %1.\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:356 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:356 msgid "" "These maps are not supported:\n" "%1" @@ -143,13 +143,13 @@ "이러한 맵은 지원되지 않습니다:\n" "%1" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:405 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:405 msgid "NIS master server IP was not specified." msgstr "NIS 마스터 서버 IP를 지정하지 않았습니다." -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:66 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:66 msgid "" "<p>You can change NIS server source directory (usually\n" "<i>'/etc'</i>).</p>" @@ -157,147 +157,154 @@ "NIS 서버 소스 디렉토리(일반적으로 \n" "<i>'/etc'</i>)를 변경할 수 있습니다." -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 msgid "" -"<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow</i>\n" +"<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow</" +"i>\n" "file (only possible if the <i>shadow</i> file exists).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><i>passwd</i> 파일과 <i>shadow</i> 파일을 병합하려는 경우 선택합니다.\n" "(<i>shadow</i> 파일이 있는 경우에만 사용 가능)</p>\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 msgid "<p>You can also adjust the minimum user and group id.</p>" msgstr "<p>최소 사용자 ID와 그룹ID를 조정할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. To translators: intfield label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:86 +#. To translators: intfield label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:86 msgid "Minimum &UID" msgstr "최소 UID(&U)" -#. To translators: intfield label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:89 +#. To translators: intfield label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:89 msgid "Minimum &GID" msgstr "최소 GID(&G)" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:98 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:98 msgid "&YP Source directory" msgstr "YP 소스 디렉토리(&Y)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:103 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:103 msgid "Merge pa&sswords" msgstr "비밀번호 병합(&S)" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:111 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:111 msgid "NIS Master Server Details Setup" msgstr "NIS 주서버 세부 설정" -#. help text 1/1 -#. Translators: the text was truncated because now there's -#. a MultiSelectionBox instead of two SelectionBoxes that -#. were a pain to use. -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:61 +#. help text 1/1 +#. Translators: the text was truncated because now there's +#. a MultiSelectionBox instead of two SelectionBoxes that +#. were a pain to use. +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:61 msgid "<p>With this dialog, adjust which maps will be available.</p>" msgstr "<p>이 다이얼로그에서 사용가능한 맵을 조정할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. multilesection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:103 +#. multilesection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:103 msgid "&Maps" msgstr "맵(&M)" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:109 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:109 msgid "NIS Server Maps Setup" msgstr "NIS 서버 맵 설정" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" +"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this " +"machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>NIS <b>도메인</b>을 입력하십시오. 이 호스트 역시 이 컴퓨터를 서버로 사용하는 NIS 클라이언트이면\n" +"<p>NIS <b>도메인</b>을 입력하십시오. 이 호스트 역시 이 컴퓨터를 서버로 사용하" +"는 NIS 클라이언트이면\n" "해당 옵션을 선택하십시오.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:78 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:78 msgid "" "<p>For slave servers to cooperate with this master, check\n" "<i>Active Slave NIS server exists</i>. If you check\n" "<i>Fast Map distribution</i>, it will speed up the transfer of maps to the\n" "slaves.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>이 주서버와 같이 동작하는 보조 서버를 위해서 <i>존재하는 NIS 보조서버 활성화</i>\n" -"를 체크합니다. <i>빠른 맵 분배</i>을 체크하면 보조 서버로 빠르게 맵을 전송할 수있습니다.\n" +"<p>이 주서버와 같이 동작하는 보조 서버를 위해서 <i>존재하는 NIS 보조서버 활성" +"화</i>\n" +"를 체크합니다. <i>빠른 맵 분배</i>을 체크하면 보조 서버로 빠르게 맵을 전송할 " +"수있습니다.\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:89 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:89 msgid "" "<p><i>Allow changes to passwords</i> lets the users change their\n" "passwords in the presence of NIS. Buttons to allow\n" "changing the login shell or GECOS (full name and related information) can\n" "be used to set up these more specific options.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><i>비밀번호 변경허용</i>은 사용자가 NIS에 있는 자신의 비밀번호를 변경할 수 있게합니다.\n" -"로그인 쉘이나 GECOS(전체이름과 관련정보)를 변경할 수 있게 하는 다른 버튼들은 많은 특정 옵션을 설정하는데 사용될 것입니다.\n" +"<p><i>비밀번호 변경허용</i>은 사용자가 NIS에 있는 자신의 비밀번호를 변경할 " +"수 있게합니다.\n" +"로그인 쉘이나 GECOS(전체이름과 관련정보)를 변경할 수 있게 하는 다른 버튼들은 " +"많은 특정 옵션을 설정하는데 사용될 것입니다.\n" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:106 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:106 msgid "Allow changes to &GECOS field" msgstr "GECOS필드 변경 허용(&G)" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:114 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:114 msgid "Allow changes to login &shell" msgstr "로그인 쉘 변경 허용(&S)" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:130 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:130 msgid "Allow changes to &passwords" msgstr "비밀번호 변경 허용(&P)" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "이 호스트는 NIS 클라이언트도 됩니다.(&C)" -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:164 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:164 msgid "NIS &Domain Name" msgstr "NIS 도메인명(&D)" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:170 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:170 msgid "Active Slave NIS server &exists" msgstr "존재하는 NIS 보조 서버 활성화(&E)" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:179 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:179 msgid "&Fast Map distribution (rpc.ypxfrd)" msgstr "빠른 맵 분배(rpc.ypxfrd) (&F)" -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:185 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:185 msgid "Changing of passwords" msgstr "비밀번호 변경" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:193 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:193 msgid "&Other global settings ..." msgstr "기타 전역 설정(&O)" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:201 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:201 msgid "Master Server Setup" msgstr "마스터 서버 설치" -#. warning popup -#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:133 +#. warning popup +#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:133 msgid "" "Your machine is set up to change the NIS domain name via DHCP.\n" "This may replace the domain name just entered. Check your\n" @@ -307,13 +314,14 @@ "이렇게 하면 입력한 대로 도메인 이름이 대체될 수 있습니다. 설정을 확인한 후\n" " NIS 서버에서 DHCP 클라이언트를 실행하지 않는 것을 고려해보십시오.\n" -#. firewall openning help -#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 +#. firewall openning help +#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 msgid "" "<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</" +"b>.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>방화벽 설정</b><br>\n" @@ -322,38 +330,38 @@ " 포트를 열 인터페이스를 선택하려면 <b>방화벽 세부 사항</b>을 클릭하십시오.\n" " 이 옵션은 방화벽이 활성화된 경우에만 사용할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. To translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:117 +#. To translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:117 msgid "Edit netmask and network" msgstr "넷마스크와 네트워크 편집" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:120 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:120 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "(&M)넷마스크" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:123 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:123 msgid "Net&work" msgstr "네트워크(&W)" -#. To translators: error message -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:149 +#. To translators: error message +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:149 msgid "Wrong netmask!\n" msgstr "잘못된 넷마스크입니다.!\n" -#. To translators: error message -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:154 +#. To translators: error message +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:154 msgid "Wrong network!\n" msgstr "잘못된 네트워크입니다.!\n" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 msgid "<p>Please enter which hosts are allowed to query the NIS server.</p>" msgstr "<p>NIS 서버에 질의를 허용할 호스트를 입력하십시오</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 msgid "" "<p>A host address will be allowed if <b>network</b> is equal\n" "to the bitwise <i>AND</i> of the host's address and the <b>netmask</b>.</p>" @@ -361,17 +369,18 @@ "<p>호스트 주소는 <b>네트워크</b>가 호스트의 주소와 \n" "<b>넷마스크</b>의 비트별 <i>AND연산</i>으로 같다면 허용될 것이다.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 msgid "" "<p>The entry with <b>netmask</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> and <b>network</b>\n" "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<b>넷마스크</b><tt>255.0.0.0</tt>와 <b>네트워크</b><tt>127.0.0.0</tt> 엔트리는\n" +"<b>넷마스크</b><tt>255.0.0.0</tt>와 <b>네트워크</b><tt>127.0.0.0</tt> 엔트리" +"는\n" "로컬 호스트에서 오는 접속을 허용하기 위해 반드시 존재해야 합니다.</p>\n" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>Entering <b>netmask</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> and\n" "<b>network</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> gives access to all hosts.</p>" @@ -379,109 +388,123 @@ "<p><b>넷마스크</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt>와 <b>네트워크</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt>를\n" "입력하는 것은 모든 호스트가 접근 할 수 있게 합니다.</p>" -#. To translators: table header -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:206 +#. To translators: table header +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:206 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "넷마스크" -#. To translators: table header -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:208 +#. To translators: table header +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:208 msgid "Network" msgstr "네트워크" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:222 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:222 msgid "NIS Server Query Hosts Setup" msgstr "NIS 서버 질의 호스트 설정" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the master NIS server.</p>" -msgstr "<p>NIS <b>도메인</b>과 IP <b>주소</b> 또는 마스터 NIS 서버의 호스트 이름을 입력하십시오.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the " +"master NIS server.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>NIS <b>도메인</b>과 IP <b>주소</b> 또는 마스터 NIS 서버의 호스트 이름을 입" +"력하십시오.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option.</p>" -msgstr "<p>이 호스트 역시 이 컴퓨터를 서버로 사용하는 NIS 클라이언트이면 해당 옵션을 선택하십시오.</p>" +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 +msgid "" +"<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " +"the corresponding option.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>이 호스트 역시 이 컴퓨터를 서버로 사용하는 NIS 클라이언트이면 해당 옵션을 " +"선택하십시오.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "NIS 도메인명(&I):" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 msgid "NIS &Master Server:" msgstr "NIS 마스터 서버(&M):" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "슬레이브 서버 설치" -#. To translators: selection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:71 +#. To translators: selection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:71 msgid "&Remote hosts" msgstr "원격 호스트들(&M)" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:100 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:100 msgid "&Slave's host name" msgstr "보조서버의 호스트명(&S)" -#. To translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:112 +#. To translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:112 msgid "Edit slave" msgstr "보조서버 편집" -#. To translators: label message -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:145 +#. To translators: label message +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:145 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "이 LAN상에서 호스트 검색중..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "<p>Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use <i>Add</i> to add a new one, <i>Edit</i> to change an existing entry, and <i>Delete</i> to remove an entry.</p>" -msgstr "<p>이곳에 NIS 보조 서버로 구성하려는 호스트의 이름을 입력하십시오. 새 호스트를 입력하려면 <i>추가</i>를, 기존의 엔트리를 변경하려면 <i>편집</i>을, 그리고 엔트리를 제거하려면 <i>삭제</i>를 사용하십시오</p>" +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 +msgid "" +"<p>Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " +"<i>Add</i> to add a new one, <i>Edit</i> to change an existing entry, and " +"<i>Delete</i> to remove an entry.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>이곳에 NIS 보조 서버로 구성하려는 호스트의 이름을 입력하십시오. 새 호스트" +"를 입력하려면 <i>추가</i>를, 기존의 엔트리를 변경하려면 <i>편집</i>을, 그리" +"고 엔트리를 제거하려면 <i>삭제</i>를 사용하십시오</p>" -#. To translators: selection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:250 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:263 +#. To translators: selection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:250 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:263 msgid "&Slaves" msgstr "보조 서버(&S)" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:204 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:204 msgid "NIS Master Server Slaves Setup" msgstr "NIS 주서버 - 보조 서버 설정" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:78 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:78 msgid "Finish" msgstr "완료" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:80 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:80 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "설정을 저장하시겠습니까?" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:92 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:92 msgid "Exit" msgstr "종료" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:94 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:94 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "정말로 저장하지 않고 끝내시겠습니까?" -#. To translators: popup label -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:106 +#. To translators: popup label +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:106 msgid "Error details" msgstr "세부 오류들" -#. To translators: popup label -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:121 +#. To translators: popup label +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:121 msgid "" "Error during configuration:\n" "%1" @@ -489,13 +512,13 @@ "구성중 오류발생:\n" "%1" -#. To translators: Error popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:130 +#. To translators: Error popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:130 msgid "&Details" msgstr "세부 사항(&D)" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:57 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:57 msgid "" "<p>Select whether to configure the NIS server as a <b>master</b> or a\n" "<b>slave</b> or not to configure a NIS server.</p>\n" @@ -503,217 +526,219 @@ "<p> <b>주서버</b>나 <b>보조 서버</b>로 NIS서버를 구성할 것인지,\n" "NIS 서버를 구성하지 않을 것인지를 선택해야합니다.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:73 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>The NIS server package will be <b>installed</b> first if you want to\n" "configure it.</p>" -msgstr "<p>NIS를 구성하기를 원한다면 NIS 서버 패키지가 먼저 <b> 설치</b>될 것입니다.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>NIS를 구성하기를 원한다면 NIS 서버 패키지가 먼저 <b> 설치</b>될 것입니다." +"</p>" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:81 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:81 msgid "No NIS Software is installed." msgstr "NIS 소프트웨어가 설치되지 않았습니다." -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:90 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:90 msgid "Install and set up an NIS &Master Server" msgstr "설치하고 NIS주 서버 설정(&M)" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:92 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:92 msgid "Install and set up an NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "설치하고 NIS 보조 서버 설정(&S)" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:94 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:150 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:94 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:150 msgid "&Do nothing and leave set up" msgstr "아무 일도 하지않고 설정 종료(&D)" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:100 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:137 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:100 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:137 msgid "NIS Software is installed." msgstr "NIS 소프트웨어가 설치되었습니다." -#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:104 +#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:104 msgid "Master" msgstr "주" -#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:106 +#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:106 msgid "Slave" msgstr "보조" -#. To translators: label in the dialog, %1 is Master or Slave above -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:113 +#. To translators: label in the dialog, %1 is Master or Slave above +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:113 msgid "A NIS %1 Server is configured." msgstr "NIS %1 서버가 구성되었습니다." -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:121 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:121 msgid "Reconfigure NIS &Master Server" msgstr "NIS 주 서버 재구성(&M)" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:123 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:123 msgid "Change to NIS &Master Server" msgstr "NIS 주서버 변경(&M)" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:125 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:125 msgid "Reconfigure NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "NIS 보조 서버 재구성(&S)" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:127 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:127 msgid "Change to NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "NIS 보조 서버 변경(&S)" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:132 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:132 msgid "&Deactivate any NIS server configuration" msgstr "NIS 서버 설정 비활성화(&D)" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:146 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:146 msgid "Create NIS &Master Server" msgstr "NIS 주서버 생성(&M)" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:148 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:148 msgid "Create NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "NIS 보조 서버 생성(&S)" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:155 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:155 msgid "Current status:" msgstr "현재 상태: " -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:207 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:207 msgid "Select what you want to do" msgstr "원하는 것을 선택하십시오." -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:213 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:213 msgid "Network Information Service (NIS) Server Setup" msgstr "네트워크 정보 서비스(NIS) 서버 설정" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:134 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:134 msgid "NIS Server Configuration" msgstr "NFS 서버 구성" -#. label -#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:136 +#. label +#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:136 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화 중..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:192 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:192 msgid "<p>Please wait while reading the configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p>설정을 저장하는 동안 잠시 기다려주십시오.</p>" -#. dialog heading -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:194 +#. dialog heading +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:194 msgid "Initializing NIS server setup" msgstr "NIS 서버 설정 초기화중" -#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:220 +#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:220 msgid "Load '%1' file" msgstr "'%1' 파일 로드" -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:224 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:224 msgid "Determine running services" msgstr "실행중인 서비스 확인" -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:226 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:226 msgid "Determine server type" msgstr "서버 타입 결정" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:228 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:228 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 구성 읽기" -#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:234 +#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:234 msgid "Loading '%1'..." msgstr "'%1' 로딩중..." -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:238 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:238 msgid "Determining running services..." msgstr "실행 중인 서비스 확인 중..." -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:240 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:240 msgid "Determining server type..." msgstr "서버 유형 확인 중..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:242 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:242 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "방화벽 설정 불러오는 중..." -#. Trans: progress label -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:244 src/modules/NisServer.rb:523 +#. Trans: progress label +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:244 src/modules/NisServer.rb:523 msgid "Done." msgstr "완료." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:495 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:495 msgid "<p>Please wait until the configuration is saved.</p>" msgstr "<p>설정이 저장될 때까지 잠시 기다려주십시오.</p>" -#. dialog heading -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:497 +#. dialog heading +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:497 msgid "Saving NIS server setup" msgstr "NIS 서버 설정 저장중" -#. progress bar stage -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:512 +#. progress bar stage +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:512 msgid "Save firewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정 저장" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:521 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:521 msgid "Saving firewall settings..." msgstr "방화벽 설정 저장 중..." -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:574 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:574 msgid "Error while removing %1\n" msgstr "%1을 제거하는 중에 문제가 발생하였습니다.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:601 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:601 msgid "Directory %1 cannot be created.\n" msgstr "디렉토리 %1을 생성할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:632 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:632 msgid "Cannot get list of maps.\n" msgstr "맵 목록을 받을 수 없습니다.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:663 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:663 msgid "Error while retrieving %1 map from master.\n" msgstr "주 서버로부터 %1 맵을 받는 중에 문제가 발생했습니다\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:674 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:674 msgid "Could not get list with slaves.\n" msgstr "보조 서버로부터 목록을 받을 수 없습니다.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog, %1 is hostname -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:707 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog, %1 is hostname +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:707 msgid "" "Hostname of this host (%1)\n" "is not listed in the master's list.\n" @@ -721,165 +746,165 @@ "이 호스트(%1)의 호스트 이름이\n" "마스터 목록에 열거되어 있지 않습니다.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:732 src/modules/NisServer.rb:749 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:796 src/modules/NisServer.rb:804 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:732 src/modules/NisServer.rb:749 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:796 src/modules/NisServer.rb:804 msgid "Error saving file %1\n" msgstr "파일 %1을 저장하는 중에 문제가 발생했습니다.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:762 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:762 msgid "Error setting up domain name\n" msgstr "도메인명을 설정하는 중에 문제가 발생했습니다.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:787 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:787 msgid "Error setting up variable %1\n" msgstr "변수 %1을 설정하는 중에 문제가 발생했습니다.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:847 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:847 msgid "Error while stopping %1 daemon\n" msgstr "%1 데몬을 종료하는 중에 문제가 발생했습니다.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:858 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:858 msgid "Error while starting %1 daemon\n" msgstr "%1 데몬을 시작하는 중에 문제가 발생했습니다.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:905 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:905 msgid "Error while creating an empty user database.\n" msgstr "빈 사용자 데이터베이스를 생성하는중에 문제가 발생했습니다.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:927 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:927 msgid "Error while creating the ypservers map.\n" msgstr "ypservers 맵을 생성하는 중에 문제가 발생했습니다.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:946 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:946 msgid "Error while creating database.\n" msgstr "데이터베이스를 생성하는 중에 문제가 발생했습니다 \n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:973 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:973 msgid "Error while configuring the client.\n" msgstr "클라이언트를 구성하는 중에 문제가 발생했습니다.\n" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:996 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:996 msgid "Remove /var/yp/%1" msgstr "/var/yp/%1 제거" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1001 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1001 msgid "Removing /var/yp/%1" msgstr "/var/yp/%1 제거중" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1019 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1019 msgid "Stop running daemons." msgstr "실행중인 데몬 중지" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1021 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1021 msgid "Stopping running daemons." msgstr "실행중인 데몬을 중지하고 있습니다." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1038 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1038 msgid "Get maps from master." msgstr "주서버로부터 맵을 가져옵니다." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1040 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1040 msgid "Getting maps from master." msgstr "주서버로부터 맵을 가져오고 있습니다." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1047 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1087 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1047 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1087 msgid "Save hosts allowed to query server." msgstr "서버에 질의할 수 있는 호스트 저장" -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1049 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1089 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1049 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1089 msgid "Saving hosts allowed to query server." msgstr "서버에 질의할 수 있는 호스트 목록을 저장하고 있습니다." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1056 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1118 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1056 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1118 msgid "Set config variables." msgstr "설정변수 설정" -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1058 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1120 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1058 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1120 msgid "Setting config variables." msgstr "설정변수들을 저장하고 있습니다." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1068 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1068 msgid "Start daemon." msgstr "데몬 시작" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1070 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1070 msgid "Starting daemon." msgstr "데몬을 시작하고 있습니다." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1103 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1103 msgid "Save slaves." msgstr "보조서버 저장" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1105 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1105 msgid "Saving slaves." msgstr "보조서버를 저장하고 있습니다." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1130 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1130 msgid "Start daemons." msgstr "데몬 시작" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1132 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1132 msgid "Starting daemons." msgstr "데몬을 시작하고 있습니다." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1142 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1142 msgid "Create initial database." msgstr "초기 데이터베이스 생성" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1144 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1144 msgid "Creating database." msgstr "데이터베이스를 생성하고 있습니다." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1161 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1161 msgid "Start NIS client." msgstr "NIS 클라이언트 시작" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1163 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1163 msgid "Starting NIS client." msgstr "NIS 클라이언트를 시작하고 있습니다." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1176 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1176 msgid "Stop NIS client." msgstr "NIS 클라이언트 종료" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1178 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1178 msgid "Stopping NIS client." msgstr "NIS 클라이언트를 종료하고 있습니다." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/ntp-client.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/ntp-client.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/ntp-client.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,63 +14,82 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/ntp-client_finish.rb:37 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/ntp-client_finish.rb:37 msgid "Writing NTP Configuration..." msgstr "NIS 구성을 쓰는 중..." -#. help text -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 -msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>지금 동기화</b>를 눌러 선택한 NTP 서버를 사용하여 시스템 시간을 올바르게 설정합니다. NTP를 영구적으로 사용하려면 <b>NTP 구성 저장</b> 옵션을 선택합니다.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 +msgid "" +"<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using " +"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " +"the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>지금 동기화</b>를 눌러 선택한 NTP 서버를 사용하여 시스템 시간을 올바르" +"게 설정합니다. NTP를 영구적으로 사용하려면 <b>NTP 구성 저장</b> 옵션을 선택합" +"니다.</p>" -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>NTP를 데몬으로 실행</b> 옵션을 활성화하면 NTP 서비스가 데몬으로 시작됩니다. 그렇지 않으면 시스템 시간이 정기적으로 동기화됩니다. 기본 간격은 15분입니다. 설치 후에 <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>을 사용하여 변경할 수 있습니다.</p>" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 +msgid "" +"<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started " +"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " +"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " +"<b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>NTP를 데몬으로 실행</b> 옵션을 활성화하면 NTP 서비스가 데몬으로 시작됩" +"니다. 그렇지 않으면 시스템 시간이 정기적으로 동기화됩니다. 기본 간격은 15분입" +"니다. 설치 후에 <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>을 사용하여 변경할 수 있습니다." +"</p>" -#. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>" +#. help text, cont. +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 +msgid "" +"<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</" +"p>" msgstr "<p><b>구성</b> 버튼으로 고급 NTP 구성을 열 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>" -msgstr "<p>네트워크를 구성해야만 NTP 서버와 동기화 작업을 수행할 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. help text, cont. +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 +msgid "" +"<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " +"configured.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>네트워크를 구성해야만 NTP 서버와 동기화 작업을 수행할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" msgstr "잘못된 NTP 서버 호스트 이름 %1" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "NTP 서버 주소(&N)" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "NTP를 데몬으로 실행" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "NTP 구성 저장" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 msgid "S&ynchronize now" msgstr "지금 동기화" -#. push button label -#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 +#. push button label +#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "구성(&N)..." -#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 +#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." @@ -78,19 +97,19 @@ "%1 패키지가 설치되어 있지 않으면 NTP 서버와\n" "동기화할 수 없습니다." -#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 +#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "NTP 서버와 동기화 중..." -#. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "선택한 NTP 서버에 대한 연결이 실패했습니다." -#. Translators: yes-no popup, -#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 +#. Translators: yes-no popup, +#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" @@ -100,467 +119,469 @@ "아직 서버에 액세스할 수 없거나 네트워크가 구성되지 않은 경우\n" "'아니요'를 클릭하여 무시하십시오. NTP 서버 구성을 다시 확인하시겠습니까?" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 msgid "Undisciplined Local Clock (LOCAL)" msgstr "비정규 로컬 클럭(로컬)" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:24 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:24 msgid "Trak 8820 GPS Receiver" msgstr "Trak 8820 GPS Receiver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:30 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:30 msgid "PSTI/Traconex 1020 WWV/WWVH Receiver" msgstr "PSTI/Traconex 1020 WWV/WWVH Receiver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:38 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:38 msgid "Spectracom WWVB and GPS Receivers" msgstr "Spectracom WWVB 및 GPS Receiver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:46 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:46 msgid "TrueTime GPS/GOES/OMEGA Receivers" msgstr "TrueTime GPS/GOES/OMEGA Receiver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:54 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:54 msgid "IRIG Audio Decoder" msgstr "IRIG Audio Decoder" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:59 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:59 msgid "Radio CHU Audio Demodulator/Decoder" msgstr "Radio CHU Audio Demodulator/Decoder" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:67 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:67 msgid "Generic Reference Driver" msgstr "일반 참조 드라이버" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:73 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:73 msgid "Magnavox MX4200 GPS Receiver" msgstr "Magnavox MX4200 GPS Receiver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:79 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:79 msgid "Austron 2200A/2201A GPS Receivers" msgstr "Austron 2200A/2201A GPS Receiver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:87 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:87 msgid "Arbiter 1088A/B GPS Receiver" msgstr "Arbiter 1088A/B GPS Receiver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:93 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:93 msgid "KSI/Odetics TPRO/S IRIG Interface" msgstr "KSI/Odetics TPRO/S IRIG Interface" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:101 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:101 msgid "Leitch CSD 5300 Master Clock Controller" msgstr "Leitch CSD 5300 Master Clock Controller" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:109 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:109 msgid "EES M201 MSF Receiver" msgstr "EES M201 MSF Receiver" -#. local clock type name -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:115 -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:175 +#. local clock type name +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:115 +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:175 msgid "TrueTime generic receivers" msgstr "TrueTime 일반 수신기" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:121 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:121 msgid "Bancomm GPS/IRIG Receiver" msgstr "Bancomm GPS/IRIG Receiver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:127 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:127 msgid "Datum Precision Time System" msgstr "Datum Precision Time System" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:133 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:133 msgid "NIST Modem Time Service" msgstr "NIST Modem Time Service" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:139 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:139 msgid "Heath WWV/WWVH Receiver" msgstr "Heath WWV/WWVH Receiver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:145 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:145 msgid "Generic NMEA GPS Receiver" msgstr "Generic NMEA GPS Receiver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:151 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:151 msgid "TrueTime GPS-VME Interface" msgstr "TrueTime GPS-VME Interface" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:157 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:157 msgid "PPS Clock Discipline" msgstr "PPS Clock Discipline" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:163 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:163 msgid "PTB Modem Time Service" msgstr "PTB Modem Time Service" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:169 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:169 msgid "USNO Modem Time Service" msgstr "USNO Modem Time Service" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:181 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:181 msgid "Hewlett Packard 58503A GPS Receiver" msgstr "Hewlett Packard 58503A GPS Receiver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:189 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:189 msgid "Arcron MSF Receiver" msgstr "Arcron MSF Receiver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:195 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:195 msgid "Shared Memory Driver" msgstr "공유 메모리 드라이버" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:201 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:201 msgid "Trimble Navigation Palisade GPS" msgstr "Trimble Navigation Palisade GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:209 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:209 msgid "Motorola UT Oncore GPS" msgstr "Motorola UT Oncore GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:215 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:215 msgid "Rockwell Jupiter GPS" msgstr "Rockwell Jupiter GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:221 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:221 msgid "Chrono-log K-series WWVB receiver" msgstr "Chrono-log K-series WWVB receiver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:229 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:229 msgid "Dumb Clock" msgstr "Dumb Clock" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:235 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:235 msgid "Ultralink WWVB Receivers" msgstr "Ultralink WWVB Receiver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:241 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:241 msgid "Conrad Parallel Port Radio Clock" msgstr "Conrad Parallel Port Radio Clock" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:249 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:249 msgid "Radio WWV/H Audio Demodulator/Decoder" msgstr "Radio WWV/H Audio Demodulator/Decoder" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:257 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:257 msgid "Forum Graphic GPS Dating station" msgstr "Forum Graphic GPS Dating station" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:265 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:265 msgid "hopf GPS/DCF77 6021/komp for Serial Line" msgstr "hopf GPS/DCF77 6021/komp for Serial Line" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:273 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:273 msgid "hopf GPS/DCF77 6039 for PCI-Bus" msgstr "hopf GPS/DCF77 6039 for PCI-Bus" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:281 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:281 msgid "JJY Receivers" msgstr "JJY Receiver" -#. command line help text for NTP client module -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 +#. command line help text for NTP client module +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 msgid "NTP client configuration module." msgstr "NTP 클라이언트 구성 모듈입니다." -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon" msgstr "NTP 데몬의 상태를 출력합니다." -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships" msgstr "구성되어 있는 모든 동기화 관계를 출력합니다." -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgstr "NTP 데몬을 활성화합니다." -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 msgid "Disable the NTP daemon" msgstr "NTP 데몬을 비활성화합니다." -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 msgid "Add new synchronization relationship" msgstr "새 동기화 관계를 추가합니다." -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship" msgstr "기존 동기화 관계를 편집합니다." -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship" msgstr "동기화 관계를 삭제합니다." -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 msgid "The address of the server" msgstr "서버 주소입니다." -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 msgid "The address of the peer" msgstr "피어 주소입니다." -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 msgid "The address to which to broadcast" msgstr "브로드캐스트할 주소입니다." -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts" msgstr "브로드캐스트를 허용할 주소입니다." -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 msgid "The options of the relationship" msgstr "관계 옵션입니다." -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 msgid "Options for clock driver calibration" msgstr "클럭 드라이버 보정 옵션입니다." -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "서버를 초기 동기화에 사용합니다." -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "서버를 초기 동기화에 사용하지 않습니다." -#. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 +#. error report for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 msgid "The synchronization peer not specified." msgstr "동기화 피어를 지정하지 않았습니다." -#. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 +#. error report for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found." msgstr "지정한 동기화 피어를 찾을 수 없습니다." -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is enabled." msgstr "NTP 데몬이 활성화되었습니다." -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is disabled." msgstr "NTP 데몬이 비활성화되었습니다." -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 msgid "Server" msgstr "서버" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Peer" msgstr "피어" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "브로드캐스트" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 msgid "Accepting Broadcasts" msgstr "브로드캐스트 허용" -#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 +#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 +#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 msgid "Unit Number: %1" msgstr "유닛 번호: %1" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 msgid "Local Radio Clock" msgstr "로컬 라디오 클럭" -#. command line error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 msgid "Reading the settings failed." msgstr "설정을 읽지 못했습니다." -#. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "NTP Server Configuration" msgstr "NTP 서버 구성" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "NTP 구성" -#. Main dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "일반 설정" -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "보안 설정" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration" msgstr "고급 NTP 구성" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "New Synchronization" msgstr "새 동기화" -#. Server editing dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 +#. Server editing dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "서버 설정" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "NTP Server" msgstr "NTP 서버" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label #: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "로컬 NTP 서버" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label #: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "공공 NTP 서버" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "NTP Peer" msgstr "NTP 피어" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Local Reference Clock" msgstr "로컬 참조 클럭" -#. dialog caption -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 +#. dialog caption +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 msgid "Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "나가는 브로드캐스트" -#. dialog caption -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 +#. dialog caption +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 msgid "Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "들어오는 브로드캐스트" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 msgid "&Reference ID" msgstr "참조 ID(&R)" -#. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 +#. int field +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Stratum" msgstr "계층(&S)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Calibration Offset 1" msgstr "보정 오프셋 1" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Calibration Offset 2" msgstr "보정 오프셋 2" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Flag &1" msgstr "플래그 &1" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Flag &2" msgstr "플래그 &2" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Flag &3" msgstr "플래그 &3" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "Flag &4" msgstr "플래그 &4" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 msgid "Clock Driver Calibration" msgstr "클럭 드라이버 보정" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -568,8 +589,8 @@ "<p><b><big>NTP 클라이언트 구성을 초기화하는 중</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려 주십시오...<br></p>" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" @@ -577,8 +598,8 @@ "<p><b><big>초기화 중단</big></b><br>\n" "유틸리티를 안전하게 중단하려면 <b>중단</b>을 눌르십시오.</p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -586,8 +607,8 @@ "<p><b><big>NTP 클라이언트 구성을 저장하는 중</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려 주십시오...<br></p>" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -597,12 +618,13 @@ "저장을 중단하려면 <b>중단</b>을 누르십시오.\n" "이 작업이 안전한지 여부를 알려 주는 대화 상자가 나타납니다.</p>" -#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 +#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be activated\n" +"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be " +"activated\n" "and the system time will be set periodically by a <i>cron</i> script. \n" "The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" @@ -612,8 +634,8 @@ "시스템 시간이 <i>cron</i> 스크립트에 따라 주기적으로 설정됩니다. \n" "간격은 구성 가능하고 기본값은 %d분입니다." -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -622,23 +644,30 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" "NTP 데몬을 chroot jail에서 실행하려면\n" -" <b>Chroot Jail에서 NTP 데몬 실행</b>을 설정합니다. chroot jail에서 아무 데몬이나 시작하는\n" +" <b>Chroot Jail에서 NTP 데몬 실행</b>을 설정합니다. chroot jail에서 아무 데몬" +"이나 시작하는\n" " 것이 더 안전하므로 이 방법을 권장합니다.</p>" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n" +"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote " +"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</" +"tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " +"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>보안 NTP 구성</big></b><br>\n" -"<b>NTP 서비스를 구성된 서버로만 제한</b>을 선택하면 원격 호스트가 컴퓨터의 NTP 설정을 \n" -"보고 수정할 수 없습니다. NTP 서비스는 <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> 파일의 서버 및 localhost로 제한됩니다.<br> \n" -"서버 개요 테이블에서 액세스 제어 플래그를 미세 조정할 수 있습니다. NTP가 DHCP를 통해 구성된 경우에는 이 옵션을 사용할 수 없습니다.</p>\n" +"<b>NTP 서비스를 구성된 서버로만 제한</b>을 선택하면 원격 호스트가 컴퓨터의 " +"NTP 설정을 \n" +"보고 수정할 수 없습니다. NTP 서비스는 <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> 파일의 서버 및 " +"localhost로 제한됩니다.<br> \n" +"서버 개요 테이블에서 액세스 제어 플래그를 미세 조정할 수 있습니다. NTP가 DHCP" +"를 통해 구성된 경우에는 이 옵션을 사용할 수 없습니다.</p>\n" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -652,12 +681,13 @@ " 설정합니다. NTP 서버에 대한 정보가 DHCP 서버에\n" " 의해 제공되는 경우 네트워크 관리자에게 문의하십시오.</p>" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new " +"synchronization\n" "peer, click <b>Add</b>. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -667,8 +697,8 @@ "<b>추가</b>를 클릭하고 기존 동기화 피어를 삭제하려면 \n" "해당 항목을 선택한 다음 <b>삭제</b>를 클릭하십시오.</p>" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n" "<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n" @@ -676,19 +706,21 @@ "<p><b><big>로그 표시</big></b></p>\n" "<p>NTP 데몬 로그를 보려면 <b>로그 표시</b> 버튼을 클릭하십시오.</p>\n" -#. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#. help text to a button +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " +"against\n" "a locally connected clock, use <b>Advanced Configuration</b>." msgstr "" "<p><b><big>고급 구성</big></b><br>\n" -"이 호스트를 여러 원격 호스트 또는 로컬로 연결된 클럭에 대해 동기화되도록 구성하려면\n" +"이 호스트를 여러 원격 호스트 또는 로컬로 연결된 클럭에 대해 동기화되도록 구성" +"하려면\n" " <b>고급 구성</b>을 사용하십시오." -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>" @@ -696,8 +728,8 @@ "<p><b><big>클럭 형식</big></b><br>\n" "구성할 클럭 드라이버를 선택하십시오.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -707,11 +739,12 @@ "같은 형식의 클럭을 여러 개 사용하는 경우에는\n" "<b>장치 번호</b>를 설정해야 합니다.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " +"link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "<b>Create Symlink</b> and set the <b>Device</b>. To browse for the device,\n" "click <b>Browse</b>.\n" @@ -721,13 +754,14 @@ "<p><b><big>장치</big></b><br>\n" "클럭을 작동시키려면 클럭이 연결된 장치에 대해 특수 심볼 링크를\n" " 만들어야 할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하려면\n" -" <b>심볼 링크 만들기</b>를 선택하고 <b>장치</b>를 설정하십시오. 장치를 찾아보려면\n" +" <b>심볼 링크 만들기</b>를 선택하고 <b>장치</b>를 설정하십시오. 장치를 찾아보" +"려면\n" " <b>찾아보기</b>를 클릭하십시오.\n" " 일부 클럭 유형의 경우 심볼 링크를 만들 필요가 없거나\n" " 심볼 링크를 수동으로 만들어야 합니다.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>" @@ -735,8 +769,8 @@ "<p><b><big>드라이버 보정</big></b><br>\n" "클럭 드라이버를 보정하려면 <b>드라이버 보정</b>을 클릭하십시오.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n" @@ -748,8 +782,8 @@ " NTP 서버를 찾으려면 네트워크 관리자 또는 인터넷 서비스 공급자에게\n" " 문의하십시오.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -761,8 +795,8 @@ " NTP 서버를 선택하려면 <b>선택</b>을 클릭하고\n" " <b>로컬 NTP 서버</b> 또는 <b>공공 NTP 서버</b>를 선택하십시오.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -772,8 +806,8 @@ "선택한 서버가 연결되어 있고 적절히 반응하는지 테스트하려면\n" " <b>테스트</b>를 클릭하십시오.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -783,8 +817,8 @@ "상호 동기화할 호스트의 주소를 설정하려면 <b>주소</b>를\n" "사용하십시오.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n" @@ -794,8 +828,8 @@ "브로드캐스트할 주소를 설정하려면 <b>주소</b>\n" "텍스트 필드를 사용하십시오.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -805,12 +839,13 @@ "브로드캐스트 패킷을 허용할 주소를 설정하려면 <b>주소</b>를\n" "사용하십시오.</p>" -#. help text 2/4, was removed -#. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 +#. help text 2/4, was removed +#. help text 3/4, optional +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " +"the\n" "<b>Options</b> text field. For details, see\n" "<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -819,11 +854,12 @@ "해당 옵션을 입력하십시오. 자세한 내용은\n" "<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>을 참조하십시오.</p>\n" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n" "Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n" -"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" +"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " +"remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to <i>notrap\n" "nomodify noquery</i>. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "<b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b> option in\n" @@ -832,13 +868,14 @@ "<p><b><big>액세스 제어 옵션</big></b><br>\n" "이 서버에 대한 액세스 제어 플래그(<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>의 \n" "<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> 지시문)를 정의하여,\n" -"원격 호스트가 사용자의 NTP 데몬에 대해 수행할 수 있는 유형의 동작을 나타냅니다.\n" +"원격 호스트가 사용자의 NTP 데몬에 대해 수행할 수 있는 유형의 동작을 나타냅니" +"다.\n" "기본적으로 <i>notrap nomodify noquery</i>로 설정됩니다.\n" "이 옵션은 <b>보안 설정</b>에서 <b>NTP 서비스를 구성된 서버로만 제한</b>\n" "옵션을 선택한 경우에만 사용할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>" @@ -846,8 +883,8 @@ "<p><b><big>동기화 피어 형식</big></b><br>\n" "여기에 추가할 동기화 피어 형식을 선택하십시오.</p>" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select <b>Server</b>.</p>" @@ -855,8 +892,8 @@ "<p>동기화할 대상 NTP 서버를 추가하려면 \n" "<b>서버</b>를 선택하십시오.</p>" -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "<b>Peer</b>.</p>" @@ -864,8 +901,8 @@ "<p>상호 동기화할 NTP 피어 서버를 추가하려면 \n" "<b>피어</b>를 선택하십시오.</p>" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>" @@ -873,8 +910,8 @@ "<p>컴퓨터에 직접 연결된 로컬 클럭을 구성하려면 <b>라디오 클럭</b>을\n" "선택하십시오.</p>" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>" @@ -882,17 +919,18 @@ "<p>네트워크를 통해 시간 정보를 브로드캐스트하려면\n" "<b>나가는 브로드캐스트</b>를 선택합니다.</p>" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>네트워크의 다른 호스트에서 브로드캐스트하는 NTP 패킷을 허용하고\n" -"이를 로컬 시간 설정에 사용하려면 <b>들어오는 브로드캐스트<b>를 선택합니다.</p>" +"이를 로컬 시간 설정에 사용하려면 <b>들어오는 브로드캐스트<b>를 선택합니다.</" +"p>" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 +#. help text 1/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -902,8 +940,8 @@ "로컬 네트워크에서 NTP 서버를 찾거나 알려진 NTP 서버 목록에서\n" " NTP 서버를 선택하려면 이 옵션을 선택합니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</b></big><br>\n" @@ -917,19 +955,20 @@ " NTP 서버를 찾으려면 <b>찾아보기</b>를 클릭합니다.\n" " 그런 다음 발견된 서버 목록에서 서버를 선택합니다.</p>" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To " +"display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in <b>Country</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>공공 NTP 서버 선택</b></big><br>\n" "<b>공공 NTP 서버</b> 목록에서 사용할 NTP 서버를 선택합니다. 특정\n" " 국가에 대한 NTP 서버만 표시하려면 <b>국가</b>에서 선택합니다.</p>" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -949,23 +988,26 @@ " 또한 <i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</i>을 방문하여\n" " 자신에게 근접한 NTP를 찾아볼 수도 있습니다.</p>" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>서버 액세스 가능성 테스트</b></big><br>\n" -"선택한 서버가 적절히 반응하는지 테스트하려면 <b>테스트</b>를 클릭하십시오.</p>" +"선택한 서버가 적절히 반응하는지 테스트하려면 <b>테스트</b>를 클릭하십시오.</" +"p>" -#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" -#. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 +#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" +#. rwalter, please, correct it ;) +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " +"are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " +"that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>랜덤 서버 사용</b></big><br>\n" @@ -974,30 +1016,35 @@ " 각 서버의 DNS 레코드(IP)는 매시간 변경됩니다. 즉 사용자의\n" " NTP 클라이언트가 매시간 서로 다른 서버와 동기화된다는 의미입니다.</p>\n" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " +"calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " +"particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>클럭 드라이버 보정</b></big><br>\n" -"클럭 드라이버를 보정해야 할 수 있습니다. 이 대화 상자에서는 다양한 보정 옵션을\n" +"클럭 드라이버를 보정해야 할 수 있습니다. 이 대화 상자에서는 다양한 보정 옵션" +"을\n" "설정할 수 있습니다. 특정 옵션의 의미는 드라이버에 따라 다를 수 있습니다.\n" "일부 드라이버에 대해서는 옵션 중 일부만 사용할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n" +"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" +"i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "사용 가능한 옵션에 대해 자세히 알아보려면\n" -"<i>ntp-doc</i> 패키지를 설치하고 <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>을 참조하십시오.</p>\n" +"<i>ntp-doc</i> 패키지를 설치하고 <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/" +"refclock.htm</i>을 참조하십시오.</p>\n" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 msgid "" "Really exit?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1005,18 +1052,18 @@ "정말로 중단하시겠습니까?\n" "모든 변경사항을 잃게 될것입니다." -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "NTP 데몬 다시 시작" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "설정 저장 및 NTP 데몬 다시 시작" -#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 +#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -1030,8 +1077,8 @@ "시간이 오래 걸릴 수 있으며 데몬이 제대로 실행되지 않을 수\n" "있습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 msgid "" "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." @@ -1039,8 +1086,8 @@ "'%1' NTP 서버는 유효한 호스트 이름, 정규화된\n" " 호스트 이름, IPv4 주소 또는 IPv6 주소가 아닙니다." -#. if there is already some server defined -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 +#. if there is already some server defined +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 msgid "" "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n" "replace the current NTP server.\n" @@ -1052,45 +1099,45 @@ " \n" " 현재 NTP 서버를 대체하시겠습니까?" -#. popup header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 +#. popup header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Select the Device" msgstr "장치 선택" -#. selection box header -#. selection box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 +#. selection box header +#. selection box header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 msgid "Public NTP &Servers" msgstr "공공 NTP 서버(&S)" -#. message report (no server selected) -#. report message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 +#. message report (no server selected) +#. report message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 msgid "Select an NTP server." msgstr "NTP 서버를 선택하십시오." -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 msgid "All Countries" msgstr "모든 국가" -#. combo box header -#. combo box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 +#. combo box header +#. combo box header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 msgid "&Country" msgstr "국가(&C)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 +#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..." msgstr "네트워크에서 NTP 서버 검색 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. +#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 msgid "" "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -1100,304 +1147,304 @@ "이는 네트워크 검색을 차단할 수 있는 SuSEfirewall2가\n" " 실행되고 있기 때문일 수 있습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network." msgstr "네트워크에서 NTP 서버를 찾을 수 없습니다." -#. combo box label -#. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 +#. combo box label +#. table header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 msgid "Address" msgstr "주소" -#. popup message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 +#. popup message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 msgid "No server is selected." msgstr "서버를 선택하지 않았습니다." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 msgid "A&ddress" msgstr "주소(&D)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 +#. push button label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration" msgstr "고급 구성(&V)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 +#. push button label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 msgid "&Driver Calibration" msgstr "드라이버 보정(&D)" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" msgstr "동기화 간격(분)(&I)" -#. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 +#. frame +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 msgid "Start NTP Daemon" msgstr "NTP 데몬 시작" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 msgid "Only &Manually" msgstr "수동으로만(&M)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" msgstr "데몬 없이 동기화(&S)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 msgid "Now and on &Boot" msgstr "지금 및 부팅 시(&B)" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail" msgstr "Chroot Jail에서 NTP 데몬 실행(&J)" -#. TRANSLATORS: -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 +#. TRANSLATORS: +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only " msgstr "NTP 서비스를 구성된 서버로만 제한(&R)" -#. combo box item FIXME usability -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 +#. combo box item FIXME usability +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 msgid "Manual" msgstr "수동" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 msgid "Auto" msgstr "자동" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 msgid "Custom" msgstr "사용자 정의" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy" msgstr "런타임 구성 정책(&R)" -#. FIXME -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 +#. FIXME +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 msgid "&Custom Policy" msgstr "사용자 정의 정책(&C)" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org" msgstr "pool.ntp.org에서 랜덤 서버 사용(&U)" -#. text entry label -#. text entry -#. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 +#. text entry label +#. text entry +#. combo box label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 msgid "&Address" msgstr "주소(&A)" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 msgid "&Select..." msgstr "선택(&S)..." -#. push button -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 +#. push button +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 msgid "&Test" msgstr "테스트(&T)" -#. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 +#. table header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 msgid "Synchronization Type" msgstr "동기화 유형" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 msgid "Display &Log..." msgstr "로그 표시(&L)..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 msgid "Clock &Type" msgstr "클럭 형식(&T)" -#. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 +#. int field +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 msgid "Unit &Number" msgstr "유닛 번호(&N)" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 msgid "Create &Symlink" msgstr "심볼 링크 만들기(&S)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 msgid "&Device" msgstr "장치(&D)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 msgid "Access Control Options" msgstr "액세스 제어 옵션" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 msgid "&Server" msgstr "서버(&S)" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 msgid "&Peer" msgstr "피어(&P)" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 msgid "&Radio Clock" msgstr "라디오 클럭(&R)" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "나가는 브로드캐스트(&O)" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 msgid "&Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "들어오는 브로드캐스트(&I)" -#. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 +#. frame +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 msgid "Type" msgstr "타입" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 msgid "Loc&al Network" msgstr "로컬 네트워크(&A)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 msgid "&Public NTP Server" msgstr "공공 NTP 서버(&P)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 +#. frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 msgid "NTP Server Location" msgstr "NTP 서버 위치" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 msgid "&Lookup" msgstr "찾아보기(&L)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:179 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:179 msgid "NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "NTP 클라이언트 설정" -#. label -#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:181 +#. label +#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:181 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "초기화중..." -#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that -#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. -#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) -#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) -#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending -#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 -#. progress step -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) +#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending +#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 +#. progress step +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료되었습니다." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "시스템을 시작할 때 NTP 데몬을 시작합니다." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "NTP 데몬을 자동으로 시작하지 않습니다." -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "서버들: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "라디오 클럭들: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "Peers: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "다음에 대한 브로드캐스트 시간 정보: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "다음에서 브로드캐스트된 시간 정보 허용: %1" -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 +#. summary string, FIXME +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "정적 및 DHCP 구성을 결합합니다." -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 +#. summary string, FIXME +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "정적 구성만 해당됩니다." -#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 +#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "구성 정책을 사용자 정의합니다." -#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers -#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server -#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, -#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result -#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 +#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers +#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server +#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, +#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result +#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "NTP 서버 테스트 중..." -#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 +#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "서버가 연결되어 있고 적절히 반응합니다." -#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server -#. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 +#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server +#. report error instead of simple message (#306018) +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "서버가 연결되어 있지 않고 적절히 반응하지 않습니다." -#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 +#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" @@ -1405,65 +1452,65 @@ "%1 패키지가 설치되지 않은 로컬 네트워크에서는\n" "NTP 서버를 검색할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 +#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "NTP 클라이언트 설정을 초기화하는 중입니다." -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "네트워크 구성 읽기" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 msgid "Read NTP settings" msgstr "NTP 설정 읽기" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "네트워크 설정을 불러오는 중입니다..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 msgid "Reading NTP settings..." msgstr "NTP 설정 읽는 중..." -#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 +#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "NTP 클라이언트 설정을 저장하는 중입니다." -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "NTP 설정 기록" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "NTP 데몬 다시 시작" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "설정을 기록하고 있습니다." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "NTP 데몬을 다시 시작하는 중..." -#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an -#. error if some of the call fails. -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an +#. error if some of the call fails. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "동적 구성 정책을 업데이트할 수 없습니다." -#. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 +#. error report +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "NTP 데몬을 다시 시작할 수 없습니다." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/online-update-configuration.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/online-update-configuration.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/online-update-configuration.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,110 +14,110 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. support basic command-line output (bnc#439050) -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:59 +#. support basic command-line output (bnc#439050) +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:59 msgid "Online Update Configuration Module Help" msgstr "온라인 업데이트 구성 모듈 도움말" -#. inst_source was renamed to repositories (bnc#828139) -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:256 +#. inst_source was renamed to repositories (bnc#828139) +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:256 msgid "The registration module is not available." msgstr "등록 모듈을 사용할 수 없습니다." -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:257 +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:257 msgid "Please install yast2-registration and try again." msgstr "yast2-registration을 설치한 후 다시 해보십시오." -#. module title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:41 +#. module title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:41 msgid "Online Update Configuration" msgstr "온라인 업데이트 구성" -#. translators: (default), meaning: "Current Update Repository: http://xyz/ (default)" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:43 +#. translators: (default), meaning: "Current Update Repository: http://xyz/ (default)" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:43 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(기본값)" -#. translators: (none), meaning "Current Update Repository: (none)" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:45 +#. translators: (none), meaning "Current Update Repository: (none)" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:45 msgid "(none)" msgstr "(없음)" -#. frame title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:48 +#. frame title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:48 msgid "Update Repository" msgstr "리포지토리 업데이트" -#. frame title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:50 +#. frame title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:50 msgid "Automatic Online Update" msgstr "자동 온라인 업데이트" -#. translators: "Set Default" meaning: Set the Update Repository to the default one -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:53 +#. translators: "Set Default" meaning: Set the Update Repository to the default one +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:53 msgid "Set Default" msgstr "기본값 설정" -#. translators: a short button label called "Advanced" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:55 +#. translators: a short button label called "Advanced" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:55 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "고급" -#. for category filter -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:58 +#. for category filter +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:58 msgid "Filter by Category" msgstr "범주별 필터" -#. for category filter //translators: means: categories of patches -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:60 +#. for category filter //translators: means: categories of patches +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:60 msgid "Patch Categories" msgstr "패치 범주" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:62 msgid "enabled" msgstr "활성화" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:63 msgid "disabled" msgstr "비활성화" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:65 msgid "Edit Software Repositories" msgstr "소프트웨어 리포지토리 편집" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:66 msgid "Register for support and get update repository" msgstr "지원 등록 및 업데이트 리포지토리 가져오기" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:67 msgid "Send hardware information to the smolt project" msgstr "Smolt 프로젝트로 하드웨어 정보 전송" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:68 msgid "Interval" msgstr "간격" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:69 msgid "Skip Interactive Patches" msgstr "대화형 패치 건너뛰기" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:70 msgid "Agree with Licenses" msgstr "사용권 계약에 동의" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:71 msgid "Include Recommended Packages" msgstr "권장 패키지 포함" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:72 msgid "Use delta rpms" msgstr "델타 rpms 사용" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:73 msgid "Current Update Repository:" msgstr "현재 리포지토리 업데이트:" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:74 msgid "" "In order to add the default update repository\n" "you have to register this product." @@ -125,77 +125,90 @@ "기본 업데이트 리포지토리를 추가하려면\n" "이 프로젝트를 등록해야 합니다." -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:77 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:77 msgid "Do you want to perform the registration now?" msgstr "지금 등록을 수행하시겠습니까?" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:81 msgid "<p>In <b>%1</b> the current update repository is shown.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>%1</b>에 현재 업데이트 리포지토리가 표시됩니다.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 msgid "<p>Press <b>%1</b> to use the default update repository.</p>" msgstr "<p>기본 업데이트 리포지토리를 사용하려면 <b>%1</b>을(를) 누릅니다.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 msgid "<p>Find related actions in the <b>%1</b> menu.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>%1</b> 메뉴에서 관련 동작을 찾습니다.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:93 msgid "<p>In <b>%1</b> set up the automatic online update.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>%1</b>에서 자동 온라인 업데이트를 설정합니다.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 -msgid "<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>" -msgstr "<p>업데이트 간격을 선택하고 대화식 패치의 무시 여부 및 라이센스 자동 동의 여부를 지정합니다.</p>" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 +msgid "" +"<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be " +"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>업데이트 간격을 선택하고 대화식 패치의 무시 여부 및 라이센스 자동 동의 여" +"부를 지정합니다.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 -msgid "<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>%1</b>을(를) 사용할 때 업데이트된 패키지에서 권장하는 모든 패키지가 설치됩니다.</p>" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 +msgid "" +"<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed " +"when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>%1</b>을(를) 사용할 때 업데이트된 패키지에서 권장하는 모든 패키지가 설" +"치됩니다.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 -msgid "<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped.</p>" -msgstr "<p>패치에 대한 범주 필터는 <b>%1</b> 섹션에서 구성할 수 있습니다. 나열된 범주의 패치만 설치되고 다른 패치는 건너뜁니다.</p>" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 +msgid "" +"<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. " +"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be " +"skipped.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>패치에 대한 범주 필터는 <b>%1</b> 섹션에서 구성할 수 있습니다. 나열된 범주" +"의 패치만 설치되고 다른 패치는 건너뜁니다.</p>" -#. cache the base product details -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 +#. cache the base product details +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 msgid "daily" msgstr "매일" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:74 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:74 msgid "weekly" msgstr "매주" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:75 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:75 msgid "monthly" msgstr "매달" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:82 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:82 msgid "Packagemanager and YaST" msgstr "패키지 관리자 및 YaST" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:87 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:87 msgid "Security" msgstr "보안" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:92 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:92 msgid "Recommended" msgstr "추천" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:97 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:97 msgid "Optional" msgstr "선택 사항" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package: Document, meaning Documentation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:102 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package: Document, meaning Documentation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:102 msgid "Document" msgstr "문서" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107 msgid "Other" msgstr "기타" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/online-update.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/online-update.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/online-update.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: online-update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. nothing to do -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:80 +#. nothing to do +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:80 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "초기화중..." -#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:264 +#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:264 msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "이 사용권 계약에 동의하시겠습니까?" -#. message popup -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:298 +#. message popup +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:298 msgid "" "Some application requiring restart has been updated. The system will\n" "reboot now then continue the installation.\n" @@ -33,83 +33,88 @@ "일부 응용 프로그램을 업데이트하려면 시스템을 재시작해야 합니다.\n" "시스템이 지금 재부팅된 다음 설치가 계속됩니다.\n" -#. command line help text -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:55 +#. command line help text +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:55 msgid "Online Update module" msgstr "온라인 업데이트 모듈" -#. command line help text for cd_update action -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:61 +#. command line help text for cd_update action +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:61 msgid "Start Patch CD Update" msgstr "패치 CD 업데이트 시작" -#. command line help text for simple_mode action -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:68 +#. command line help text for simple_mode action +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:68 msgid "Use simple package selector" msgstr "간단한 패키지 선택기 사용" -#. command line help text for cd_url option -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:77 +#. command line help text for cd_url option +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:77 msgid "URL for Patch CD (default value is '%1')" msgstr "패치 CD의 URL(기본값 '%1')" -#. command line help text for cd_directory option -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 +#. command line help text for cd_directory option +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 msgid "Directory for patch data on Patch CD (default value is '%1')" msgstr "패치 CD의 패치 데이터 디렉토리(기본값 '%1')" -#. help text for online-update initialization -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> module.</p>" -msgstr "<p>시스템이 설치 및 업데이트 리포지토리를 초기화하는 중입니다. <b>설치 원본</b> 모듈에서 소프트웨어 리포지토리를 바꿀 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. help text for online-update initialization +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 +msgid "" +"<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " +"Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> " +"module.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>시스템이 설치 및 업데이트 리포지토리를 초기화하는 중입니다. <b>설치 원본</" +"b> 모듈에서 소프트웨어 리포지토리를 바꿀 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 msgid "Initialize the target system" msgstr "대상 시스템 초기화" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:139 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:139 msgid "Refresh software repositories" msgstr "업데이트 리포지토리 새로 고침" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:141 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:141 msgid "Check for available updates" msgstr "가능한 업데이트 확인" -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:145 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:145 msgid "Initializing the target system..." msgstr "대상 시스템 초기화 중..." -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:147 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:147 msgid "Refreshing software repositories..." msgstr "소프트웨어 리포지토리를 새로 고치는 중..." -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:149 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:149 msgid "Checking for available updates..." msgstr "가능한 업데이트 확인 중..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:151 +#. final progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:151 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:156 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:156 msgid "Initializing CD Update" msgstr "CD 업데이트 초기화 중" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:158 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:158 msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "온라인 업데이트 초기화 중" -#. yes/no question -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" @@ -117,30 +122,30 @@ "업데이트 리포지토리가\n" "아직 구성되지 않았습니다. 지금 구성 워크플로를 실행하시겠습니까?" -#. error message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 msgid "No update repository configured yet." msgstr "업데이트 리포지토리가 아직 구성되지 않았습니다." -#. progress window label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 +#. progress window label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" msgstr "진행 상태 기록" -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:54 +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:54 msgid "Package Progress" msgstr "패키지 진행" -#. progress bar label -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:60 -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:101 +#. progress bar label +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:60 +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:101 msgid "Total Progress" msgstr "모든 진행 상태" -#. help text for online update -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:66 +#. help text for online update +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:66 msgid "" "<p>After connecting to the update server,\n" "YaST will download all selected patches.\n" @@ -148,63 +153,68 @@ msgstr "" "<p>업데이트 서버에 연결한 후, YaST가\n" "선택한 모든 패치를 다운로드합니다.\n" -"여기에 약간의 시간이 소요될 수 있습니다. 다운로드 정보는 로그 창에 표시됩니다.</p>" +"여기에 약간의 시간이 소요될 수 있습니다. 다운로드 정보는 로그 창에 표시됩니" +"다.</p>" -#. help text for online update -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p>패치에 관련된 특별한 메시지가 있는 경우 패치가 설치된 후에 추가 대화 상자에 표시됩니다.</p>\n" +#. help text for online update +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 +msgid "" +"<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " +"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>패치에 관련된 특별한 메시지가 있는 경우 패치가 설치된 후에 추가 대화 상자" +"에 표시됩니다.</p>\n" -#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 +#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 msgid "Patch Download and Installation" msgstr "패치 다운로드와 설치" -#. progress information -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:114 +#. progress information +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:114 msgid "Installation finished.\n" msgstr "설치 완료.\n" -#. label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:121 +#. label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:121 msgid "Patch installation finished." msgstr "패치 설치가 완료되었습니다." -#. error message -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:130 +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:130 msgid "Patch processing failed." msgstr "패치 작업이 실패했습니다." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Package: Online update -#. Summary: Selection dialog -#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher <cschum@suse.de> -#. -#. Call the PackageSelector in YOU mode. -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Package: Online update +#. Summary: Selection dialog +#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher <cschum@suse.de> +#. +#. Call the PackageSelector in YOU mode. +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:49 msgid "Initializing for CD update..." msgstr "CD 업데이트 초기화 중..." -#. error popup: cancel/retry buttons follow -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:61 +#. error popup: cancel/retry buttons follow +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:61 msgid "" "Initialization failed. Check that\n" "you have inserted the correct CD.\n" @@ -212,9 +222,9 @@ "초기화하는데 실패하였습니다.\n" "올바른 CD가 삽입되어 있는지 확인하십시오.\n" -#. FATE#312509: Show if patch needs a reboot and offer -#. to delay the patch installation -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:189 +#. FATE#312509: Show if patch needs a reboot and offer +#. to delay the patch installation +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:189 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -222,8 +232,8 @@ "%1 패키지가 설치되어 있지 않으면 온라인 업데이트 \n" "리포지토리를 구성할 수 없습니다." -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:46 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:46 msgid "" "At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n" "Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n" @@ -231,8 +241,8 @@ "설치된 업데이트 중 세션을 다시 시작해야 하는 업데이트가 하나 이상 있습니다.\n" "가능한 한 빨리 로그아웃하고 다시 로그인하십시오.\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 msgid "" "Packages for package management were updated.\n" "Finishing and restarting YaST now." @@ -240,8 +250,8 @@ "패키지 관리를 위한 패키지가 업데이트되었습니다.\n" "지금 YaST를 마치고 재시작합니다." -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:62 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:62 msgid "" "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." @@ -249,8 +259,8 @@ "설치된 업데이트 중 하나 이상이 올바로 작동하려면 시스템을 재부팅해야\n" "합니다. 시스템을 최대한 빨리 재부팅하십시오." -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 msgid "" "These updates require a system reboot to function properly:\n" "\n" @@ -264,10 +274,11 @@ "\n" "시스템을 최대한 빨리 재부팅하십시오." -#. continue/cancel popup text -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 +#. continue/cancel popup text +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " +"YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" @@ -281,78 +292,78 @@ "\n" "설치를 계속하시겠습니까?" -#. progress log item (%1 is name of package) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:111 +#. progress log item (%1 is name of package) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:111 msgid "Retrieving %1..." msgstr "%1 검색 중..." -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:117 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:117 msgid "Package Download Progress" msgstr "패키지 다운로드 진행" -#. progress log action (what is being done with the package) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 +#. progress log action (what is being done with the package) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 msgid "Removing" msgstr "제거 중" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 msgid "Installing" msgstr "설치 중" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:161 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:161 msgid "Package Installation Progress" msgstr "패키지 설치 진행" -#. progress log item (=previous action finished correctly) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:174 +#. progress log item (=previous action finished correctly) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:174 msgid "OK" msgstr "확인" -#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 +#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 " msgstr "델타 RPM %1 다운로드 중" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 msgid "Delta RPM Download Progress" msgstr "델타 RPM 다운로드 진행" -#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 +#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "다음 델타 RPM을 다운로드하지 못했습니다. %1" -#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). -#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 +#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). +#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1 " msgstr "다음 델타 RPM 적용: %1" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" msgstr "델타 RPM 응용 프로그램 진행" -#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 +#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "다음 델타 RPM을 적용하지 못했습니다. %1" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 msgid "Script Execution Progress" msgstr "스크립트 실행 진행" -#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 +#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "%1 스크립트 시작" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" @@ -360,72 +371,73 @@ "패치 %1\n" "\n" -#. error popoup (detailed info follows) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 +#. error popoup (detailed info follows) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization." msgstr "리포지토리 초기화에 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Summary: YOU dialogs -#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher <cschum@suse.de> -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:43 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Summary: YOU dialogs +#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher <cschum@suse.de> +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:43 msgid "No details available." msgstr "사용할 수 있는 세부사항 없음" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:45 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:45 msgid "&Details <<" msgstr "세부사항(&D) <<" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Details >>" msgstr "세부사항(&D) >>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:50 msgid "Error" msgstr "에러" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:56 msgid "Try again" msgstr "재시도" #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:57 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 msgid "Skip Patch" msgstr "패치 생략" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:58 msgid "Skip All" msgstr "모두 생략" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:59 src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:65 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:73 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:59 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:65 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:73 msgid "Abort Update" msgstr "업데이트 중단" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:68 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:68 msgid "Warning" msgstr "경고" -#. Warning text for aborting the update before a patch is installed -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:152 +#. Warning text for aborting the update before a patch is installed +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:152 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\n" "Your installation will remain untouched.\n" @@ -433,8 +445,8 @@ "지금 설치를 중지하면, 패치는 설치되지 않습니다.\n" "시스템은 이전에 설치된 그대로 남아있게 됩니다.\n" -#. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:157 +#. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:157 msgid "" "Patch download and installation in progress.\n" "If you abort the installation now, the update is incomplete.\n" @@ -444,8 +456,8 @@ "지금 설치를 중단한다면, 업데이트는 불완전하게 종료됩니다.\n" "원하신다면, 다시 다운로드하고 업데이트를 시작하십시오.\n" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:164 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:164 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "at least one patch is not installed correctly.\n" @@ -455,62 +467,63 @@ "패치는 단 하나도 올바르게 설치되지 않습니다.\n" "필요하다면 업데이트를 다시 해야하십시오." -#. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:187 +#. Confirm user request to abort installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:187 msgid "Really abort YaST Online Update?" msgstr "정말로 YaST 온라인 업데이트를 중단하시겠습니까?" -#. Button that will really abort the installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:194 +#. Button that will really abort the installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Abort Update" msgstr "업데이트 중단(&A)" -#. Button that will continue with the installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:197 +#. Button that will continue with the installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:197 msgid "&Continue Update" msgstr "업데이트 계속(&C)" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:274 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:274 msgid "<b>Patch:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>패치:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:277 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:277 msgid "<b>Summary:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>요약:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:288 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:288 msgid "<b>Packages:</b>" msgstr "패키지:" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:302 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:302 msgid "Patch &Details <<" msgstr "패치 세부사항 <<(&D)" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:303 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:303 msgid "Patch &Details >>" msgstr "패치 세부사항 >>(&D)" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:317 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:317 msgid "Install Patch" msgstr "패치 설치" -#. Dialog label above a list of patches -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 +#. Dialog label above a list of patches +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 msgid "These patches will need rebooting after installation" msgstr "이러한 패치는 설치 후에 재부팅해야 합니다." -#. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 +#. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 msgid "&Skip All" msgstr "모두 건너뛰기(&S)" -#. Solver can't solve it automatically -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 +#. Solver can't solve it automatically +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting." -msgstr "온라인 업데이트에서 재부팅해야 하는 일부 패치를 선택 취소할 수 없습니다." +msgstr "" +"온라인 업데이트에서 재부팅해야 하는 일부 패치를 선택 취소할 수 없습니다." -#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 +#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 msgid "" "These products have reached their end of general support\n" "and thus do not provide new updates anymore.\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/packager.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/packager.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/packager.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg -# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. -# +# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. +# msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:43\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. module description -#: src/clients/checkmedia.rb:37 +#. module description +#: src/clients/checkmedia.rb:37 msgid "Check CD or DVD media integrity" msgstr "CD 또는 DVD 미디어 무결성 확인" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:67 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:67 msgid "Editor for 'Do Not Show Again'" msgstr "'다시 표시 안 함'에 대한 편집기" -#. help text -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:70 +#. help text +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:70 msgid "" "<p>Remove entries by selecting them in the table and clicking the \n" "<b>Delete</b> button. The entries will be removed immediately from \n" @@ -35,32 +35,32 @@ "제거하십시오. 항목이 현재 구성에서 즉시 \n" "제거됩니다.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Type" msgstr "타입" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Popup Ident." msgstr "팝업 식별자" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Additional Info" msgstr "추가 정보" -#. FIXME: Add filter -#. `PushButton(`id(`filter), _("&Filter...")), -#. `HSpacing(2), -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:86 +#. FIXME: Add filter +#. `PushButton(`id(`filter), _("&Filter...")), +#. `HSpacing(2), +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:86 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "삭제(&D)" -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_custom_packages.rb:36 +#. error popup +#: src/clients/inst_custom_packages.rb:36 msgid "Could not read package information." msgstr "패키지 정보를 읽을 수 없습니다." -#. explanation text for GNOME -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:55 +#. explanation text for GNOME +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:55 msgid "" "GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n" "environment that uses Evolution as mailer,\n" @@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ "Firefox를 브라우저, Nautilus를 파일 관리자로\n" "사용하는 강력하고 직관적인 데스크톱 환경입니다.\n" -#. explanation text for KDE -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:63 +#. explanation text for KDE +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" "KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n" "environment that uses Kontact as mailer,\n" @@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ "Konqueror 둘 다를 웹 브라우저로 제공하는 강력하고\n" "직관적인 데스크톱 환경입니다.\n" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:71 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:71 msgid "" "<p>Both <b>KDE</b> and <b>GNOME</b> are powerful and intuitive\n" "desktop environments. They combine ease of use\n" @@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ " 보기 좋은 그래픽 인터페이스 및 완벽하게 통합된\n" " 자체 응용 프로그램 모음이 결합되어 있습니다.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:78 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:78 msgid "" "<p>Choosing the default <b>GNOME</b> or <b>KDE</b> desktop\n" "environment installs a broad set of the\n" @@ -109,8 +109,8 @@ " 데스크탑 응용 프로그램들이 시스템에\n" " 설치됩니다.</p>" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:85 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:85 msgid "" "<p>Choose <b>Other</b> then select from\n" "an alternative, such as a text-only system or a minimal graphical\n" @@ -120,29 +120,29 @@ "관리자가 있는 텍스트 전용 시스템 또는 최소 그래픽 시스템과\n" "같은 대체 시스템을 선택합니다.</p>" -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:97 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:97 msgid "&KDE" msgstr "KDE(&K)" -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:124 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:124 msgid "&GNOME" msgstr "GNOME(&G)" -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:162 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:162 msgid "&Other" msgstr "기타(&O)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:185 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:185 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "데스크탑 선택" -#. by default, nothing is selected, enabling next -#. handling [Next] button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:220 +#. by default, nothing is selected, enabling next +#. handling [Next] button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:220 msgid "" "No desktop was selected. Select the\n" "desktop to install." @@ -150,32 +150,32 @@ "데스크탑을 선택하지 않았습니다. 설치할 데스크탑을\n" "선택하십시오." -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:273 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:273 msgid "&Minimal Graphical System" msgstr "최소 그래픽 시스템(&M)" -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:282 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:282 msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "텍스트 모드(&T)" -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:461 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:544 -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:620 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:677 +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:461 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:544 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:620 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:677 msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." msgstr "%1의 백업이 실패했습니다. 자세한 내용은 %2을(를) 참조하십시오." -#. dialog heading -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 +#. dialog heading +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" msgstr "설치 미디어 복사" -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:51 +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:51 msgid "" "<p>The installation CDs will be copied into the system\n" "to create a repository that can be used to install\n" @@ -185,55 +185,55 @@ "만들기 위해 설치 CD가 시스템에\n" "복사됩니다.</p>\n" -#. label for showing repositories -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:57 +#. label for showing repositories +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:57 msgid "Registered Repositories" msgstr "등록된 리포지토리" -#. force minimum width -#. table header - name of the repo -#. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 +#. force minimum width +#. table header - name of the repo +#. table header - name of the repo +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 msgid "Version" msgstr "버전" -#. feedback popup 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:118 +#. feedback popup 1/2 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:118 msgid "Copying CD contents to a local directory..." msgstr "CD 내용을 로컬 디렉토리로 복사 중..." -#. feedback popup 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:120 +#. feedback popup 2/2 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:120 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "잠시 기다리십시오..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346 msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository" msgstr "온라인 리포지토리 구성 중단 중" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" msgstr "구성을 중단하시겠습니까?" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:302 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:302 msgid "Network is not configured." msgstr "네트워크가 구성되어 있지 않습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:304 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:304 msgid "" "Online sources defined by product require an Internet connection.\n" "\n" @@ -243,43 +243,43 @@ "\n" "인터넷 연결을 구성하시겠습니까?" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646 msgid "Check network configuration" msgstr "네트워크 구성 확인" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648 msgid "Download list of online repositories" msgstr "온라인 리포지토리 목록 다운로드" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 msgid "Checking network configuration..." msgstr "네트워크 구성 확인 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655 msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..." msgstr "온라인 리포지토리 목록 다운로드 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664 msgid "Initialize the repository manager" msgstr "리포지토리 관리자 초기화" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 msgid "Initializing the repository manager..." msgstr "리포지토리 관리자 초기화 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679 msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories" msgstr "온라인 리포지토리 목록을 읽는 중" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685 msgid "" "<p>The packager is being initialized and \n" "the list of servers downloaded from the Web.</p>\n" @@ -287,8 +287,8 @@ "<p>패키지를 초기화하고 \n" "웹에서 서버 목록을 다운로드 중입니다.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717 msgid "" "Cannot download list of repositories,\n" "no network configured." @@ -296,8 +296,8 @@ "리포지토리 목록을 다운로드할 수 없습니다.\n" "네트워크가 구성되지 않았습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795 +#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795 msgid "" "No product URL defined from which to download\n" "list of repositories.\n" @@ -305,8 +305,8 @@ "리포지토리 목록을 다운로드할 제품 URL이\n" "정의되어 있지 않습니다.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809 +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809 msgid "" "Unable to download list of repositories\n" "or no repositories defined." @@ -314,26 +314,26 @@ "리포지토리 목록을 다운로드할 수 없거나\n" "정의된 리포지토리가 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text -#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") -#. see *4 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text +#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") +#. see *4 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915 msgid "<b>Recommended:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>권장사항:</b> %1<br>" -#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917 +#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917 msgid "Yes" msgstr "예" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a complex HTML-formatted information about selecetd external repository -#. It contains "key: value" pair, one per line, separated by <br> tags -#. %1 is replaced with an URL of the selected repository -#. %2 is replaced with an URL from which we've got this repository information -#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository -#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository -#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929 +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a complex HTML-formatted information about selecetd external repository +#. It contains "key: value" pair, one per line, separated by <br> tags +#. %1 is replaced with an URL of the selected repository +#. %2 is replaced with an URL from which we've got this repository information +#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository +#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository +#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>URL:</b> %1<br>\n" @@ -351,29 +351,30 @@ "%5\n" "</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237 msgid "List of Online Repositories" msgstr "온라인 리포지토리 목록" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "필터(&F)" -#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254 +#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254 msgid "&List of Repositories" msgstr "리포지토리 목록(&L)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260 +#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260 msgid "Repository Description" msgstr "리포지토리 설명" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264 msgid "" "<p>List of default online repositories.\n" "Click on a repository for details.</p>\n" @@ -381,79 +382,85 @@ "<p>기본 온라인 리포지토리 목록입니다.\n" "자세한 내용을 보려면 리포지토리를 클릭하십시오.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 -msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p>사용할 온라인 리포지토리를 선택하고 <b>다음</b>을 클릭하십시오.</p>\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 +msgid "" +"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</" +"p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>사용할 온라인 리포지토리를 선택하고 <b>다음</b>을 클릭하십시오.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 -msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p>사용할 온라인 리포지토리를 선택하고 <b>완료</b>를 클릭하십시오.</p>\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 +msgid "" +"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</" +"p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>사용할 온라인 리포지토리를 선택하고 <b>완료</b>를 클릭하십시오.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 msgid "<p>To remove a used repository, simply deselect it.</p>" msgstr "<p>사용된 리포지토리를 제거하려면 선택 취소하십시오.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374 msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories" msgstr "온라인 리포지토리 목록 작성 중" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>" msgstr "<p>리포지토리 관리자가 리포지토리 세부 사항을 다운로드 중입니다.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514 msgid "Adding repository %1 failed." msgstr "%1 리포지토리 추가에 실패했습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591 msgid "Delete deselected online repositories" msgstr "선택 취소한 온라인 리포지토리 삭제" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593 msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..." msgstr "선택 취소한 온라인 리포지토리 삭제 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601 msgid "Add all selected online repositories" msgstr "선택한 모든 온라인 리포지토리 추가" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..." msgstr "선택한 모든 온라인 리포지토리 추가 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615 msgid "Add repository: %1" msgstr "리포지토리 추가: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step, -#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step, +#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624 msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..." msgstr "리포지토리 추가 중: %1 ..." -#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736 +#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736 msgid "" "Low memory detected.\n" "\n" @@ -477,35 +484,39 @@ "이 경우 나중에 설치된 시스템에서 온라인 리포지토리를\n" "사용하는 것이 좋습니다." -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81 +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81 msgid "Initializing the target directory failed." msgstr "대상 디렉토리 초기화에 실패했습니다." -#. re-initialize package information -#. force reinitialization -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 +#. re-initialize package information +#. force reinitialization +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "패키지 설치 중..." -#. error report, %1 is number -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:322 +#. error report, %1 is number +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:322 msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation." msgstr "설치할 패키지 %1개를 선택하지 못했습니다." -#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:358 +#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:358 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "패턴을 설정할 수 없음: %1." -#. Solve dependencies -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." -msgstr "패키지 해결 프로그램 실행에 실패했습니다. AutoYaST 프로파일의 소프트웨어 섹션을 확인하십시오." +#. Solve dependencies +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " +"profile." +msgstr "" +"패키지 해결 프로그램 실행에 실패했습니다. AutoYaST 프로파일의 소프트웨어 섹션" +"을 확인하십시오." -#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area -#. %1 - an error message (details) -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:416 +#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area +#. %1 - an error message (details) +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:416 msgid "" "Installation failed.\n" "\n" @@ -521,219 +532,223 @@ "\n" "패키지 설치가 중단됩니다.\n" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화하고 있습니다..." -#. intermediate popup while initializing internal packagemanagement -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:39 +#. intermediate popup while initializing internal packagemanagement +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:39 msgid "Reading package information..." msgstr "패키지 정보 읽는 중..." -#. Proposal for system to update, part of the richtext -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:52 +#. Proposal for system to update, part of the richtext +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:52 msgid "No Valid Installation Media" msgstr "유효한 설치 미디어가 없습니다." -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:87 +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:87 msgid "Installation Media" msgstr "설치 미디어" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:89 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&Media" msgstr "미디어(&M)" -#. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 +#. default (minimal) priority of a repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "우선순위(&P)" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "다운로드된 패키지 저장" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 -msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "설치 리포지토리 - 이 모듈은 명령줄 인터페이스를 지원하지 않습니다. 대신 '%1'을(를) 사용하십시오." +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 +msgid "" +"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"설치 리포지토리 - 이 모듈은 명령줄 인터페이스를 지원하지 않습니다. 대신 " +"'%1'을(를) 사용하십시오." -#. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 +#. pad to 3 characters +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 msgid "Default" msgstr "기본값" -#. unkown name (alias) of the source -#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, -#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 +#. unkown name (alias) of the source +#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, +#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "알 수 없는 이름" -#. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#. displaye only repositories from the selected service +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "알수 없음`" -#. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 +#. label to be used instead of URL if not found +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables -#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 +#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables +#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 msgid "Raw URL: %s" msgstr "원본 URL: %s" -#. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 +#. heading - in case repo name not found +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "알 수 없는 리포지토리 이름" -#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 +#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "범주: %1" -#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 +#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "서비스: %1" -#. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 +#. #176013 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 msgid "All repositories" msgstr "모든 리포지토리" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 msgid "All services" msgstr "모든 서비스" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "서비스 '%1'" -#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only -#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also -#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE -#. within product subscription. -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 +#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only +#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also +#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE +#. within product subscription. +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" msgstr "서비스에서 제공하지 않는 리포지토리만" -#. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 +#. combobox label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 msgid "View" msgstr "보기" -#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 +#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 msgid "Priority" msgstr "우선순위" -#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! -#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! -#. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 +#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! +#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! +#. status info, to be used inside summary +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "활성화" -#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? -#. keep the translation as short as possible! -#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? -#. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 +#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? +#. keep the translation as short as possible! +#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? +#. keep the translation as short as possible! +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "자동 새로 고침" -#. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 +#. table header - service to which the repo belongs +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 msgid "Service" msgstr "서비스" -#. table header - URL of the repo -#. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 +#. table header - URL of the repo +#. table header - URL of the repo +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" -#. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 +#. push button - change URL of the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "대체(&R)" -#. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 +#. push button - refresh the selected repository now +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "새로 고침 선택됨(&F)" -#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 +#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "상태 켜짐 또는 꺼짐(&O)" -#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 +#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "새로 고침 켜짐 또는 꺼짐(&S)" -#. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 +#. push button - set name of the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "이름 설정(&N)..." -#. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 +#. label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 msgid "Properties" msgstr "속성" -#. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 +#. check box +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "활성화(&E)" -#. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 +#. check box +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "자동 새로 고침(&R)" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "GPG 키(&G)..." -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "새로 고침" -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "모두 새로 고침 자동 새로 고침(&E)" -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "모두 새로 고침 활성화됨(&E)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "구성된 소프트웨어 리포지토리" -#. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 +#. help +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n" @@ -741,26 +756,37 @@ "<p>\n" "구성된 소프트웨어 리포지토리 및 서비스를 관리하십시오.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 -msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>" -msgstr "<P><B>서비스</B> 또는 <B>리포지토리 색인 서비스(RIS)</B>는 패키지 리포지토리 관리를 위한 프로토콜입니다. 이 서비스는 서비스 관리자가 동적으로 변경할 수 있는 하나 이상의 소프트웨어 리포지토리를 제공할 수 있습니다.</P>" +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 +msgid "" +"<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol " +"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " +"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" +"P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>서비스</B> 또는 <B>리포지토리 색인 서비스(RIS)</B>는 패키지 리포지토리 " +"관리를 위한 프로토콜입니다. 이 서비스는 서비스 관리자가 동적으로 변경할 수 있" +"는 하나 이상의 소프트웨어 리포지토리를 제공할 수 있습니다.</P>" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" -"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository " +"or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " +"available at the entered location.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>새 리포지토리 또는 서비스 추가</b><br>\n" -"새 리포지토리를 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 사용하고 소프트웨어 리포지토리 또는 서비스를 지정하십시오.\n" -"YaST가 입력된 위치에서 서비스 또는 리포지토리를 사용할 수 있는지 여부를 자동으로 검색합니다.\n" +"새 리포지토리를 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 사용하고 소프트웨어 리포지토리 또는 " +"서비스를 지정하십시오.\n" +"YaST가 입력된 위치에서 서비스 또는 리포지토리를 사용할 수 있는지 여부를 자동" +"으로 검색합니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 +#. help, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n" @@ -772,8 +798,8 @@ "CD 세트 또는 DVD를 사용할 수 있도록 설정하십시오.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 +#. help, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n" @@ -793,52 +819,72 @@ "기본 경로만 필요합니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 +#. help, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" -"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\n" -"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, " +"use\n" +"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " +"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " +"the check boxes below.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>리포지토리 또는 서비스 상태 수정</b><br>\n" -"리포지토리 위치를 변경하려면 <b>편집</b>을 사용합니다. 리포지토리를 제거하려면 \n" -"<b>삭제</b>를 사용합니다. 리포지토리를 활성화 또는 비활성화하거나 초기화 시간으로 상태를 새로 고치려면 테이블에서 리포지토리를 선택하고 아래의 상자를 선택합니다.\n" +"리포지토리 위치를 변경하려면 <b>편집</b>을 사용합니다. 리포지토리를 제거하려" +"면 \n" +"<b>삭제</b>를 사용합니다. 리포지토리를 활성화 또는 비활성화하거나 초기화 시간" +"으로 상태를 새로 고치려면 테이블에서 리포지토리를 선택하고 아래의 상자를 선택" +"합니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " +"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " +"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " +"used.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B>리포지토리 우선순위</B><BR>\n" -"리포지토리 우선순위는 0(최고 우선순위)과 200(최저 우선순위) 사이의 정수 값입니다. 기본값은 99입니다. 추가 리포지토리에서 패키지를 사용할 수 있는 경우 최고 우선순위의 리포지토리가 사용됩니다.</P>\n" +"리포지토리 우선순위는 0(최고 우선순위)과 200(최저 우선순위) 사이의 정수 값입" +"니다. 기본값은 99입니다. 추가 리포지토리에서 패키지를 사용할 수 있는 경우 최" +"고 우선순위의 리포지토리가 사용됩니다.</P>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 -msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>" -msgstr "<P>저장소 및 서비스 내 탐색 창 상단에 있는 적당한 옵션을 선택하십시오.</P>" +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 +msgid "" +"<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " +"repositories and services.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>저장소 및 서비스 내 탐색 창 상단에 있는 적당한 옵션을 선택하십시오.</P>" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>" +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " +"installation.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P><B>다운로드된 패키지 저장</B><BR>패키지를 다시 설치할 때 나중에 재사용할 수 있도록\n" +"<P><B>다운로드된 패키지 저장</B><BR>패키지를 다시 설치할 때 나중에 재사용할 " +"수 있도록\n" "다운로드된 패키지를 로컬 캐시에 저장하려면 이 옵션을\n" "선택합니다. 선택하지 않으면 다운로드된 패키지가 설치 후 삭제됩니다.</P>" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 -msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>" -msgstr "<P>기본 로컬 캐시는 <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B> 디렉토리에 있습니다. <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> 파일에서 위치를 변경하십시오.</P>" +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 +msgid "" +"<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/" +"packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>기본 로컬 캐시는 <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B> 디렉토리에 있습니다. <B>/" +"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> 파일에서 위치를 변경하십시오.</P>" -#. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 +#. popup message part 1 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" "configuration." @@ -846,28 +892,28 @@ "리포지토리 구성의 변경사항을 저장할 수\n" "없습니다." -#. popup message part 2 followed by other info -#. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 +#. popup message part 2 followed by other info +#. popup message, after message header, header of details +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "세부 사항" -#. popup message part 3 -#. end of popup message, question -#. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 +#. popup message part 3 +#. end of popup message, question +#. end of popup message, question +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "다시 시도하시겠습니까?" -#. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 +#. popup headline +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "리포지토리 구성 중단" -#. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -875,8 +921,8 @@ "리포지토리 구성을 중단하시겠습니까?\n" "모든 변경사항이 취소됩니다." -#. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 +#. refresh also the combobox widget +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" @@ -884,41 +930,41 @@ "URL에 서비스가 없습니다.\n" "%1" -#. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 +#. TODO: add help text +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "리포지토리를 새로 고치는 중" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "서비스를 새로 고치는 중" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "리포지토리 새로 고침" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "서비스 새로 고침" -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "%1 리포지토리를 새로 고치는 중..." -#. refreshing services -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 +#. refreshing services +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "서비스 %1을(를) 새로 고치는 중..." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "선택한 리포지토리를 목록에서 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" @@ -926,8 +972,8 @@ "%1 서비스와 리포지토리를\n" "삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." @@ -935,8 +981,8 @@ "선택한 리포지토리에 대해 새로 고침을\n" "설정할 수 없습니다." -#. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 +#. popup question, %1 is repository URL +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -948,60 +994,66 @@ "\n" "리포지토리를 다시 추가하시겠습니까?" -#. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 +#. Error popup +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>리포지토리 구성을 복원하는 중 오류가 발생했습니다.</p>\n" -#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame -#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:93 -#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 +#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame +#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:93 +#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values." msgstr "소프트웨어 제안을 기본 값으로 재설정합니다." -#. warning text -#. warning text -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 -#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +#. warning text +#. warning text +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 +#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "의존성 문제를 자동으로 해결할 수 없습니다. 수동으로 해결해야 합니다." -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145 +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Software" msgstr "소프트웨어" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:147 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:147 msgid "&Software" msgstr "소프트웨어(&S)" -#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "소프트웨어 설치 - 이 모듈은 명령줄 인터페이스를 지원하지 않습니다. 대신 '%1'을(를) 사용하십시오." +#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 +msgid "" +"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"소프트웨어 설치 - 이 모듈은 명령줄 인터페이스를 지원하지 않습니다. 대신 " +"'%1'을(를) 사용하십시오." -#. error message (%1 is a package file name) -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 +#. error message (%1 is a package file name) +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 msgid "Error: Cannot copy package %1 to temporary repository." msgstr "오류: 임시 리포지토리에 패키지 %1을(를) 복사할 수 없습니다." -#. error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 +#. error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "오류: 임시 디렉토리를 추가 할 수 없습니다. 패키지를 설치할 수 없습니다." +msgstr "" +"오류: 임시 디렉토리를 추가 할 수 없습니다. 패키지를 설치할 수 없습니다." -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:243 src/clients/sw_single.rb:266 +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:243 src/clients/sw_single.rb:266 msgid "Error: Cannot query package file %1." msgstr "오류: 패키지 파일 %1을(를) 쿼리할 수 없습니다." -#. Error message: -#. %1 = package name (may include complete RPM file name) -#. %2 = error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:299 +#. Error message: +#. %1 = package name (may include complete RPM file name) +#. %2 = error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:299 msgid "" "Package %1 could not be installed.\n" "\n" @@ -1013,17 +1065,17 @@ "자세히:\n" "%2\n" -#. error popup, %1 is the name of the .rpm package -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:313 +#. error popup, %1 is the name of the .rpm package +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:313 msgid "Package %1 was not found on the medium." msgstr "패키지 %1 를 해당 매체에서 찾을 수 없습니다." -#. start package manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362 +#. start package manager +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362 msgid "An error occurred during repository initialization." msgstr "리포지토리 초기화 중 오류가 발생했습니다." -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369 msgid "" "No repository is defined.\n" "Only installed packages are displayed." @@ -1031,27 +1083,27 @@ "정의된 리포지토리가 없습니다.\n" "설치된 패키지만 표시됩니다." -#. a stage in the progress dialog -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:501 +#. a stage in the progress dialog +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:501 msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "대상 시스템 초기화" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:502 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:502 msgid "Load the Configured Repositories" msgstr "구성된 리포지토리 로드" -#. %1 is path to the target system (e.g. /tmp/dirinstall -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:510 +#. %1 is path to the target system (e.g. /tmp/dirinstall +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:510 msgid "Reset the target system to %1" msgstr "대상 시스템을 %1(으)로 재설정" -#. a stage in the progress dialog -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:516 +#. a stage in the progress dialog +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:516 msgid "Starting the Software Manager" msgstr "소프트웨어 관리자 시작 중" -#. reset summary -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:580 +#. reset summary +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:580 msgid "" "During the last package installation\n" "several packages failed to install.\n" @@ -1061,8 +1113,8 @@ "여러 패키지를 설치하지 못했습니다.\n" "지금 설치하시겠습니까?\n" -#. start the repository manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 +#. start the repository manager +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1070,7 +1122,7 @@ "%1 패키지가 설치되어 있지 않으면 온라인 업데이트 \n" "리포지토리를 구성할 수 없습니다." -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 msgid "" "Cannot search packages in online repositories\n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1078,8 +1130,8 @@ "%1 패키지 설치 없이 온라인 저장소에\n" "있는 패키지를 검색할 수 없습니다." -#. error report, %1 is a list of packages -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 +#. error report, %1 is a list of packages +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 msgid "" "The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1087,97 +1139,105 @@ "미디어에서 다음 패키지를 찾을 수 없습니다.\n" "%1\n" -#. rich text message, %1 = CD identification -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:94 +#. rich text message, %1 = CD identification +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:94 msgid "<BIG><B>%1</B></BIG>" msgstr "<BIG><B>%1</B></BIG>" -#. rich text message, %1 medium number, e.g. CD1,CD2... -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:99 +#. rich text message, %1 medium number, e.g. CD1,CD2... +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:99 msgid "<UL><LI>Medium: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>미디어: %1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text message, %1 = size of the medium -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:103 +#. rich text message, %1 = size of the medium +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:103 msgid "<UL><LI>Size: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>크기: %1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text message, %1 = result of the check -#. the check has been canceled -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:107 src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:529 +#. rich text message, %1 = result of the check +#. the check has been canceled +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:107 src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:529 msgid "<UL><LI>Result: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>결과: %1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text - error message -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 +#. rich text - error message +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." msgstr "드라이브에 미디어가 없거나 ISO 파일 시스템이 손상되었습니다." -#. result of the check - success -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 +#. result of the check - success +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 msgid "<B>OK</B> -- The medium has been successfully verified." msgstr "<B>정상</B> -- 매체가 성공적으로 확인되었습니다." -#. wrong MD5 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used." -msgstr "<B>오류</B> -- MD5 sum이 일치하지 않습니다.<BR>해당 매체를 사용하지 마십시오." +#. wrong MD5 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 +msgid "" +"<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used." +msgstr "" +"<B>오류</B> -- MD5 sum이 일치하지 않습니다.<BR>해당 매체를 사용하지 마십시오." -#. the correct MD5 is unknown -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 +#. the correct MD5 is unknown +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 msgid "<B>Unknown</B> -- The correct MD5 sum of the medium is unknown." msgstr "<B>알 수없음</B> -- 미디어의 올바른 MD5 합계를 알 수 없습니다." -#. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1) -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251 +#. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1) +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251 msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgstr "첫 번째 설치 미디어를 삽입하십시오." -#. dialog header -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:299 +#. dialog header +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:299 msgid "Media Check" msgstr "미디어 확인" -#. help text - media check (header) 1/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:302 +#. help text - media check (header) 1/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:302 msgid "<P><B>Media Check</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>미디어 확인</B></P>" -#. help text - media check 2/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 +#. help text - media check 2/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "<P>When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " +"should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>CD 또는 DVD 설치 매체를 사용하여\n" "설치하는 동안 문제가 발생하면 해당 매체가 손상되었는지 여부를\n" "확인해야 합니다.</P>\n" -#. help text - media check 3/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 +#. help text - media check 3/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>\n" +"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</" +"B>\n" "or use <B>Check ISO File</B> and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum.</P> " msgstr "" -"<P>드라이브를 선택하고, 드라이브에 매체를 삽입한 후 <B>검사 시작</B>을 누르거나\n" +"<P>드라이브를 선택하고, 드라이브에 매체를 삽입한 후 <B>검사 시작</B>을 누르거" +"나\n" "<B>ISO 파일 검사</B>를 사용하고 ISO 파일을 선택하십시오.\n" "드라이브 속도와 매체의 크기에 따라 검사하는 데 몇 분이\n" "걸릴 수 있습니다. 이 과정에서 MD5 체크섬을 검사합니다.</P>" -#. help text - media check 4/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 +#. help text - media check 4/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</P>\n" +"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " +"installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" +"P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>미디어 확인에 실패할 경우 설치를 계속하면 안 됩니다.\n" -"실패하거나 데이터가 손실될 수 있습니다. 손상된 미디어를 교체하는 것이 좋습니다.</P>\n" +"실패하거나 데이터가 손실될 수 있습니다. 손상된 미디어를 교체하는 것이 좋습니" +"다.</P>\n" -#. help text - media check 5/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 +#. help text - media check 5/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n" "The order of the media is irrelevant.\n" @@ -1185,28 +1245,38 @@ "확인 후 다음 미디어를 삽입하고 절차를 다시 시작하십시오. \n" "미디어 순서는 관련이 없습니다.\n" -#. help text - media check 6/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.</P>" -msgstr "<P><B>참고:</B> 시스템에서 매체를 사용하는 동안에는 매체를 변경할 수 없습니다.</P>" +#. help text - media check 6/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." +"</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>참고:</B> 시스템에서 매체를 사용하는 동안에는 매체를 변경할 수 없습니" +"다.</P>" -#. help text - media check 7/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu.</P>" -msgstr "<P>설치 전에 미디어를 확인하려면 부트 메뉴의 미디어 확인 항목을 사용하십시오.</P>" +#. help text - media check 7/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 +msgid "" +"<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " +"boot menu.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>설치 전에 미디어를 확인하려면 부트 메뉴의 미디어 확인 항목을 사용하십시오." +"</P>" -#. help text - media check 8/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 +#. help text - media check 8/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>\n" +"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your " +"recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" +"P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>미디어를 직접 굽는 경우 기록 소프트웨어의 <B>패드</B> 옵션을\n" "사용하십시오. 확인 중 미디어 끝의 읽기 오류가 방지됩니다.</P>\n" -#. advice check of the media -#. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:339 +#. advice check of the media +#. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:339 msgid "" "It is recommended to check all installation media\n" "to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" @@ -1214,46 +1284,46 @@ "설치 문제가 발생하지 않도록 모든 설치 미디어를\n" "확인하는 것이 좋습니다. 건너뛰려면 '다음'을 누르십시오." -#. combo box -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 +#. combo box +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 msgid "&CD or DVD Drive" msgstr "CD 또는 DVD 드라이브(&D)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:360 +#. push button label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:360 msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "확인 시작(&S)" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "꺼냄(&E)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:367 +#. push button label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:367 msgid "Check ISO File..." msgstr "ISO 파일 확인..." -#. widget label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:370 +#. widget label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:370 msgid "Status Information" msgstr "상태 정보" -#. progress bar label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:374 +#. progress bar label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:374 msgid "Progress" msgstr "진행률" -#. window title - open file dialog -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:421 +#. window title - open file dialog +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:421 msgid "Select an ISO File to Check" msgstr "확인할 ISO 파일 선택" -#. error message: the medium cannot be read or no medium in the drive; %1 = drive, e.g. /dev/hdc -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:461 +#. error message: the medium cannot be read or no medium in the drive; %1 = drive, e.g. /dev/hdc +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:461 msgid "Cannot read medium in drive %1." msgstr "%1 드라이브에서 미디어를 읽을 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:471 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:471 msgid "" "The medium does not contain a MD5 checksum.\n" "The content of the medium cannot be verified.\n" @@ -1265,83 +1335,83 @@ "\n" "매체의 가독성만 확인됩니다.\n" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:530 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:530 msgid "<B>Canceled</B>" msgstr "<B>취소됨</B>" -#. escape <> characters in the key name -#. translators: %1 is GPG key name (e.g. 'SuSE Package Signing Key <build@suse.de>') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:48 +#. escape <> characters in the key name +#. translators: %1 is GPG key name (e.g. 'SuSE Package Signing Key <build@suse.de>') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "이름: %1" -#. %1 is a GPG Key fingerprint (e.g. '79C179B2E1C820C1890F9994A84EDAE89C800ACA') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:56 +#. %1 is a GPG Key fingerprint (e.g. '79C179B2E1C820C1890F9994A84EDAE89C800ACA') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Finger Print: %1" msgstr "지문: %1" -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key was generated (e.g. '9.10.2000') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:63 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key was generated (e.g. '9.10.2000') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "생성: %1" -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expired (e.g. '10.6.2005'), display the date in red -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:70 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expired (e.g. '10.6.2005'), display the date in red +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Expires: <font color = \"red\">%1</font> (The key is expired.)" msgstr "만료: <font color = \"red\">%1</font> (키가 만료되었습니다.)" -#. summary string - the GPG key never expires -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:75 +#. summary string - the GPG key never expires +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:75 msgid "The key never expires." msgstr "키는 만료되지 않습니다." -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expires (e.g. '21.3.2015') or "Never" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:78 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expires (e.g. '21.3.2015') or "Never" +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "만료: %1" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Key: %1" msgstr "키: %1" -#. Display a dialog for adding a GPG key -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:164 +#. Display a dialog for adding a GPG key +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Select a GPG Key" msgstr "GPG 키 선택" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:178 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Properties of the GPG Key" msgstr "GPG 키 속성" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Key ID: " msgstr "키 ID:" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Name: " msgstr "이름:" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Finger Print: " msgstr "지문:" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Created: " msgstr "생성:" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "만료:" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:205 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Adding a GPG Public Key" msgstr "GPG 공용 키 추가 " -#. help -#. help -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:208 -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:281 +#. help +#. help +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:208 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:281 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Manage known GPG public keys.</p>\n" @@ -1349,7 +1419,7 @@ "<p>\n" "알려진 GPG 공개 키를 관리하십시오.</p>\n" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n" @@ -1361,22 +1431,22 @@ "새 GPG 키를 추가하려면 키 파일의 경로를 지정하십시오.\n" "</p>\n" -#. header in file selection popup -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:235 +#. header in file selection popup +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:235 msgid "Select a GPG Key To Import" msgstr "가져올 GPG 키 선택" -#. validate the entered file -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:255 +#. validate the entered file +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:255 msgid "Enter a filename" msgstr "파일 이름 입력" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:278 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:278 msgid "GPG Public Key Management" msgstr "GPG 공용 키 관리" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:285 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n" @@ -1385,11 +1455,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>새 GPG 키 추가</b><br>\n" -"새 GPG 키를 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 사용하여 키 파일의 경로를 지정하십시오.\n" +"새 GPG 키를 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 사용하여 키 파일의 경로를 지정하십시" +"오.\n" "</p>" -#. help, continued -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:296 +#. help, continued +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:296 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Modifying a GPG Key Status</b>\n" @@ -1403,13 +1474,13 @@ "제거하려면 <b>삭제</b>를 사용하십시오.\n" "</p>\n" -#. table header -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 +#. table header +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Key ID" msgstr "키 ID" -#. remove the key -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:338 +#. remove the key +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Really delete key '%1'\n" "'%2'?" @@ -1417,44 +1488,44 @@ "'%1' '%2' 키를 삭제하시겠습니까\n" "?" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "새 리포지토리 추가 중" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "리포지토리 유형 확인" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "리포지토리 추가" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "리포지토리 라이센스 읽기" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "리포지토리 유형 확인 중" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "리포지토리 추가 중" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "리포지토리 라이센스 읽는 중" -#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 +#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 msgid "Repository" msgstr "리포지토리" -#. continue-back popup -#. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 +#. continue-back popup +#. continue-back popup +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" "If you expected to to point a product, go back and enter\n" @@ -1468,10 +1539,10 @@ "지정된 위치에 있는 rpm 패키지를 패키지 선택에서\n" "사용할 수 있게 하려면 계속하십시오.\n" -#. popup message part 1 -#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#. popup message part 1 +#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1479,8 +1550,8 @@ "URL '%1'에서 리포지토리를\n" "생성할 수 없습니다." -#. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 +#. error message +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." @@ -1488,13 +1559,13 @@ "Ftp 또는 http 프로토콜을 통한 ISO 이미지를 사용할 수 없습니다.\n" "프로토콜을 변경하거나 서버 측 ISO 이미지 압축을 푸십시오." -#. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 +#. popup message part 2 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "URL을 변경하고 다시 시도하시겠습니까?" -#. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 +#. popup error message, %1 is the package name +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1502,31 +1573,31 @@ "%1 패키지가 설치되어 있지 않으면\n" "SLP 리포지토리를 검색할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title -#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." msgstr "소프트웨어 관리자 구성을 저장하는 중입니다." -#. New add-on product might add also new agents. -#. Functions Rereads all available agents. -#. -#. @see bugzilla #239055, #245508 -#. error report -#. popup error -#. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 +#. New add-on product might add also new agents. +#. Functions Rereads all available agents. +#. +#. @see bugzilla #239055, #245508 +#. error report +#. popup error +#. popup error +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "설치 시스템을 준비하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 +#. error report +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "%1 제어 파일을 미디어에서 찾을 수 없습니다." -#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration -#. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 +#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration +#. or check the content file +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." @@ -1534,76 +1605,75 @@ "'%s' 패키지가 설치되지 않았습니다.\n" "추가 기능 제품을 등록할 수 없습니다." -#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file -#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) -#. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 +#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file +#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) +#. no such products +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "알 수 없는 제품" -#. push button -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 +#. push button +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "릴리스 정보(&L)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "추가 제품을 사용할 수 없습니다." -#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 +#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, 경로: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "추가 제품" -#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " +"repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "설치 리포지토리에는 나열된 추가 리포지토리도 포함되어 있습니다.\n" "사용할 리포지토리를 선택하십시오.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "선택할 추가 제품" -#. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 +#. push button label +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "선택한 제품 추가(&P)" -#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 +#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "추가 기능 %1 미디어 삽입" -#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 +#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "%1 %2 미디어 삽입" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to add product %1." +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 msgid "Unable to add product %s." -msgstr "제품 %1을(를) 추가할 수 없습니다." +msgstr "제품 %s을(를) 추가할 수 없습니다." -#. update the trusted flag -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 +#. update the trusted flag +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not contain a valid GPG key.\n" @@ -1611,8 +1681,8 @@ "'%1' 파일에는\n" "유효한 GPG 키가 포함되어 있지 않습니다.\n" -#. %1 is key ID (e.g. A84EDAE89C800ACA), %2 is key name (e.g. "SuSE Package Signing Key <build@suse.de>") -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:235 +#. %1 is key ID (e.g. A84EDAE89C800ACA), %2 is key name (e.g. "SuSE Package Signing Key <build@suse.de>") +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:235 msgid "" "Key '%1'\n" "'%2'\n" @@ -1622,299 +1692,331 @@ "'%2'\n" "은(는) 이미 알려져 있으므로, 다시 추가할 수 없습니다." -#. copy the key to the temporary directory (in fact the keys are imported in Write()) -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:279 +#. copy the key to the temporary directory (in fact the keys are imported in Write()) +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:279 msgid "Cannot copy the key to the temporary directory." msgstr "임시 디렉토리에 키를 복사할 수 없습니다." -#. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 +#. button label +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 msgid "&Show Failed Packages List" msgstr "실패한 패키지 목록 표시(&S)" -#. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 +#. button label +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 msgid "&Show Full Log" msgstr "전체 로그 표시(&S)" -#. dialog headline -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 +#. dialog headline +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed" msgstr "일부 패키지 설치 실패" -#. collect and set installation summary data -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 +#. collect and set installation summary data +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 msgid "Installation aborted by user." msgstr "사용자가 설치를 중단했습니다." -#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 +#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "미디어 %1" -#. Overflow (indicated by negative value) -#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), -#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. -#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 +#. Overflow (indicated by negative value) +#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), +#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. +#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" -#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 +#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) +#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 msgid "Done." msgstr "완료." -#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used -#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) -#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 +#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used +#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) +#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) +#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "다음: %1 -- %2" -#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used -#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) -#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 +#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used +#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) +#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "다음: %1" -#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items -#. -#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 +#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items +#. +#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 msgid "Total" msgstr "합계:" -#. do not show the average download rate if the space is limited -#. Update the current slide if applicable -#. -#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, -#. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 +#. do not show the average download rate if the space is limited +#. Update the current slide if applicable +#. +#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, +#. %2 is package size +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "%1 다운로드 중(다운로드 크기 %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (남음: %1%2 패키지)" -#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode -#. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 +#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode +#. translations: progress message (part1) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "패키지를 다운로드하는 중..." -#. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 +#. progress message (part2) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (%1 / %2개 패키지가 다운로드됨)" -#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package -#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 +#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package +#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "%1 삭제" -#. package installation - summary text -#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 +#. package installation - summary text +#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "%1 설치 중(설치된 크기 %2)" -#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, -#. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 +#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, +#. %2 is package size +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "다음 델타 RPM 적용 중: %1" -#. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 -msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +#. warning text +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 +msgid "" +"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" +"bit distribution." msgstr "컴퓨터가 64비트 x86-64 시스템인데 32비트 배포를 설치하려고 합니다." -#. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 -msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>" -msgstr "<P>패턴 목록은 시스템 설치 후 사용할 수 있는 기능에 대해 명시합니다.</P>" +#. help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 +msgid "" +"<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " +"installing the system.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>패턴 목록은 시스템 설치 후 사용할 수 있는 기능에 대해 명시합니다.</P>" -#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) -#. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 -msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>" -msgstr "<P>제안에서 시스템에 설치될 총 파일 크기를 보고합니다. 그러나 시스템에는 다른 파일(임시 및 작업 파일)이 포함되므로 사용된 공간이 제안 값보다 약간 더 큽니다. 따라서 설치를 시작하기 전에 사용 가능한 공간이 25%(또는 약 300MB) 이상 있는지 확인하는 것이 좋습니다.</P>" +#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) +#. translators: help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 +msgid "" +"<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " +"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " +"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " +"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " +"free space before starting the installation.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>제안에서 시스템에 설치될 총 파일 크기를 보고합니다. 그러나 시스템에는 다" +"른 파일(임시 및 작업 파일)이 포함되므로 사용된 공간이 제안 값보다 약간 더 큽" +"니다. 따라서 설치를 시작하기 전에 사용 가능한 공간이 25%(또는 약 300MB) 이상 " +"있는지 확인하는 것이 좋습니다.</P>" -#. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 +#. help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 msgid "" "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " +"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>총 '다운로드할 크기'는 원격(네트워크) 리포지토리에서 다운로드될\n" -"패키지 크기입니다. 이 값은 연결 속도가 느리거나 다운로드에 대한 데이터 한도가 있는 경우에 중요합니다.</P>\n" +"패키지 크기입니다. 이 값은 연결 속도가 느리거나 다운로드에 대한 데이터 한도" +"가 있는 경우에 중요합니다.</P>\n" -#. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#. help text for software proposal - header +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>소프트웨어 제안</B></P>" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product -#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product +#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "제품: %1" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "시스템 유형: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 msgid "Patterns:<br>" msgstr "패턴:<br>" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "설치할 패키지 크기: %1" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages -#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages +#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "원격 리포지토리에서 다운로드 중: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "다음 추가 기능 제품이 자동 제거되도록 표시되었습니다. %1" -#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 -msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." -msgstr "이러한 추가 기능의 제조업체에 새 설치 미디어를 제공하도록 요청하십시오." +#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 +msgid "" +"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " +"media." +msgstr "" +"이러한 추가 기능의 제조업체에 새 설치 미디어를 제공하도록 요청하십시오." -#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 -msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 +msgid "" +"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " +"media." msgstr "추가 기능의 제조업체에 새 설치 미디어를 제공하도록 요청하십시오." -#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 -msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." -msgstr "오류: 기본 디렉토리 %1(%2 장치)에서 사용 가능한 공간을 확인할 수 없습니다. 설치를 시작할 수 없습니다." +#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 +msgid "" +"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " +"start installation." +msgstr "" +"오류: 기본 디렉토리 %1(%2 장치)에서 사용 가능한 공간을 확인할 수 없습니다. 설" +"치를 시작할 수 없습니다." -#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 +#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "경고: %1 디렉토리(%2 장치)에서 사용 가능한 공간을 확인할 수 없습니다." -#. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 +#. summary warning +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "디스크 공간이 부족합니다." -#. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 +#. summary warning +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "디스크 공간이 부족합니다. 패키지 몇 개를 한 번에 제거하십시오." -#. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 +#. add a backslash if it's missing +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>" msgstr "%3 파티션에 사용 가능한 여유 공간이 %1(%2%%)만 있습니다.<BR>" -#. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed" msgstr "새 제품 <b>%s</b>을(를) 설치합니다." -#. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated" msgstr "제품 <b>%s</b>을(를) 업데이트합니다." -#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>" -msgstr "제품 <b>%{old_product}</b>을(를) <b>%{new_product}</b>(으)로 업데이트합니다." +msgstr "" +"제품 <b>%{old_product}</b>을(를) <b>%{new_product}</b>(으)로 업데이트합니다." -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed" msgstr "제품 <b>%s</b>을(를) 계속 설치합니다." -#. Removing another product might be an issue -#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed." msgstr "<b>경고:</b> 제품 <b>%s</b>을(를) 제거합니다." -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed." msgstr "<b>오류:</b> 제품 <b>%s</b>이(가) 자동으로 제거됩니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", -#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 msgid "" "<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " +"module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " +"the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li><b>일부 제품이 자동 제거 대상으로 표시됩니다.</b></li>\n" "<ul><li>제거되는 추가 기능의 벤더에 새 \n" -"설치 미디어를 요청하거나</li><li>등록 단계에서 적절한 온라인 확장 또는 모듈을\n" +"설치 미디어를 요청하거나</li><li>등록 단계에서 적절한 온라인 확장 또는 모듈" +"을\n" "선택하십시오.</li><li>또는 제품 업그레이드로 계속하려면\n" -"소프트웨어 선택으로 이동하여 제품(-릴리스 패키지)을 제거 대상으로 표시하십시오.\n" +"소프트웨어 선택으로 이동하여 제품(-릴리스 패키지)을 제거 대상으로 표시하십시" +"오.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" -#. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 +#. error in proposal, %1 is URL +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "'%1'에서 리포지토리를 찾을 수 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 +#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 msgid "" -"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" +"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the " +"installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>초기 릴리스에 대한 릴리스 정보는 설치 미디어에\n" "포함되어 있습니다. 구성 중 인터넷 연결을 사용할 수 있는 경우\n" -"SUSE Linux 웹 서버에서 업데이트된 릴리스 정보를 다운로드할 수 있습니다.</b></p>\n" +"SUSE Linux 웹 서버에서 업데이트된 릴리스 정보를 다운로드할 수 있습니다.</b></" +"p>\n" -#. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 +#. popup - information label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "부팅된 미디어 통합 중..." -#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 +#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "서비스 팩 리포지토리를 통합하지 못했습니다." -#. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 +#. popup - information label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "리포지토리 초기화 중..." -#. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 +#. message popup, %1 is product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "%1 CD 1을 삽입하십시오." -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD 1을 찾을 수 없습니다." -#. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 +#. an error message +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1922,8 +2024,8 @@ "패키지 설명 초기화 중 오류가 발생했습니다.\n" "자세한 내용은 %1 로그 파일에서 확인하십시오." -#. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 +#. bnc #436925 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1931,13 +2033,13 @@ "소프트웨어 선택이 외부에서 변경되었습니다.\n" "소프트웨어 제안이 다시 호출됩니다." -#. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "패키지 선택을 분석하는 중..." -#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 +#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1945,30 +2047,34 @@ "기본 제품 패턴 %{pattern_name}을(를) 선택하지 못했습니다.\n" "패턴을 찾을 수 없습니다." -#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted -#. -#. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 +#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted +#. +#. @param [String] license_ident file name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "%1 라이센스 파일을 읽을 수 없음" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 -msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "제품 라이센스를 제대로 표시하려면 이미지를 작성할 때 license.tar.gz 파일을 라이브 미디어의 루트에 넣으십시오." +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 +msgid "" +"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " +"root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "" +"제품 라이센스를 제대로 표시하려면 이미지를 작성할 때 license.tar.gz 파일을 라" +"이브 미디어의 루트에 넣으십시오." -#. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 +#. combo box +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 msgid "&Language" msgstr "언어(&L)" -#. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "동의함(&A)" -#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %s is replaced with the directory name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the directory name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 msgid "" "This EULA can be found in the directory\n" "%s" @@ -1976,9 +2082,9 @@ "이 EULA는 \n" "%s 디렉토리에 있습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %s is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the filename +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %s" @@ -1986,8 +2092,8 @@ "이 EULA를 인쇄할 경우 첫 번째 미디어의\n" "%s 파일에서 찾을 수 있습니다." -#. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 +#. help text +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 msgid "" "<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1997,23 +2103,23 @@ "하나를 선택하십시오. 사용권 계약에 동의하지 않으면 구성이\n" " 중단됩니다.</p>\n" -#. dialog title -#. #459391 -#. If a progress is running open another dialog -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 +#. dialog title +#. #459391 +#. If a progress is running open another dialog +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "사용권 계약" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "추가 기능 제품 설치를 중단하시겠습니까?" -#. text changed due to bug #162499 -#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 +#. text changed due to bug #162499 +#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2021,19 +2127,19 @@ "사용권 계약을 거부하면 추가 기능 제품 설치가\n" "취소됩니다. 계약을 거부하시겠습니까?" -#. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 +#. timed ok/cancel popup +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "시스템을 종료하는 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name -#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name +#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "%s 사용권 계약" -#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 +#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -2041,8 +2147,8 @@ "이 EULA를 인쇄하려면 \n" "%{license_url}에서 EULA를 다운로드할 수 있습니다." -#. popup yes-no -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 +#. popup yes-no +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -2050,18 +2156,18 @@ "정말로 설치를\n" "종료하시겠습니까?" -#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:71 +#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:71 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "중단됨" -#. message in the installation log widget, %1 is a patch name which contains the script -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:143 +#. message in the installation log widget, %1 is a patch name which contains the script +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:143 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "%1 스크립트 시작" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:198 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:198 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" @@ -2069,8 +2175,8 @@ "패치 %1\n" "\n" -#. warning popup - %1 is directory name (e.g. /boot) -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:333 +#. warning popup - %1 is directory name (e.g. /boot) +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:333 msgid "" "The disk space in partition %1 is nearly exhausted.\n" "Continue with the installation?" @@ -2078,8 +2184,8 @@ "파티션 %1의 디스크 공간이 얼마 남지 않았습니다.\n" "설치를 계속하시겠습니까?" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:367 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "" "The disk space is nearly exhausted.\n" "Continue with the installation?" @@ -2087,104 +2193,104 @@ "디스크 공간이 얼마 남지 않았습니다.\n" "설치를 계속하시겠습니까?" -#. remote -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:443 +#. remote +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:443 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "%1 델타 RPM 다운로드 중(다운로드 크기 %2)" -#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 +#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "다음 델타 RPM을 다운로드하지 못했습니다. %1" -#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 +#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "다음 델타 RPM을 적용하지 못했습니다. %1" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 msgid "&Scan Using SLP..." msgstr "SLP를 사용하여 스캔(&A)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 msgid "Commun&ity Repositories" msgstr "커뮤니티 리포지토리(&I)" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." msgstr "등록 서버에서 확장 및 모듈(&E)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "URL 지정(&U)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "FTP(&F)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "HTTP(&H)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTTPS(&P)..." -#. radio button -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 +#. radio button +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "S&MB/CIFS" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 msgid "NF&S..." msgstr "NF&S..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "CD(&C)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "DVD(&D)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "하드 디스크(&H)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "USB 대용량 저장소(USB 스틱, 디스크)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "로컬 디렉토리(&L)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "로컬 ISO 이미지(&L)..." -#. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 +#. check box +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "리포지토리 설명 파일 다운로드(&D)" -#. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 +#. Help text suffix for some types of the media +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 msgid "" "<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>" @@ -2192,8 +2298,8 @@ "<p>위치가 미디어의 ISO 이미지가 보관된\n" "파일이면 <b>ISO 이미지</b>를 설정합니다.</p>" -#. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 +#. Help text suffix for some types of the media +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 msgid "" "<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n" @@ -2201,146 +2307,151 @@ "<p>리포지토리가 여러 미디어에 있으면\n" "첫 번째 미디어 위치를 설정하십시오.</p>\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "서버 이름(&S)" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "디렉토리 또는 ISO 이미지 경로(&P)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "ISO 이미지(&I)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "NFS v4 프로토콜(&F)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "마운트 옵션" -#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp -#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 +#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp +#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(기본값)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "리포지토리 URL" -#. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 +#. frame +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "프로토콜(&R)" -#. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 +#. input field label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "리포지토리의 URL(&U)" -#. label / dialog caption -#. bugzilla #219759 -#. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#. label / dialog caption +#. bugzilla #219759 +#. service label can be empty (not defined) +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "리포지토리 URL" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS 서버" -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "CD 또는 DVD 미디어" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "USB 스틱 또는 디스크" -#. label / dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 +#. label / dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "로컬 디렉토리" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "로컬 ISO 이미지" -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "서버 디렉토리" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "리포지토리 이름은 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "리포지토리 이름(&R)" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n" -"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n" +"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is " +"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>리포지토리 이름</b></big><br>\n" -"<b>리포지토리 이름</b>을 사용하여 리포지토리의 이름을 지정합니다. 이름을 비워두면 YaST는 제품 이름(사용 가능한 경우) 또는 URL을 이름으로 사용합니다.</p>\n" +"<b>리포지토리 이름</b>을 사용하여 리포지토리의 이름을 지정합니다. 이름을 비워" +"두면 YaST는 제품 이름(사용 가능한 경우) 또는 URL을 이름으로 사용합니다.</p>\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "서비스 이름(&S)" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n" -"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" +"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " +"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>서비스 이름</b></big><br>\n" -"<b>서비스 이름</b>을 사용하여 서비스의 이름을 지정합니다. 이 항목이 비어 있을 경우 서비스 URL의 일부를 이름으로 사용합니다.</p>\n" +"<b>서비스 이름</b>을 사용하여 서비스의 이름을 지정합니다. 이 항목이 비어 있" +"을 경우 서비스 URL의 일부를 이름으로 사용합니다.</p>\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "URL을 비워 둘 수 없습니다." -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 msgid "&URL" msgstr "URL(&U)" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>" @@ -2348,20 +2459,20 @@ "<p><big><b>리포지토리 URL</b></big><br>\n" "<b>URL</b>을 사용하여 리포지토리 URL을 지정합니다.</p>" -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "URL 부분 편집" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "전체 URL 편집" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2371,29 +2482,31 @@ "<b>서버 이름</b> 및 <b>디렉토리 또는 ISO 이미지 경로</b>를\n" "사용하여 NFS 서버 호스트 이름과 서버에서의 경로를 지정합니다.</p>" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " +"<b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<p><big><b>마운트 옵션</b></big><br>\n" "NFS 볼륨 마운트에 사용되는 추가 옵션을 지정할 수 있습니다.\n" -"이것은 전문가 옵션으로, 기본값을 사용하는 것이 좋습니다. 자세한 내용 및 지원되는 옵션 목록을 보려면 <b>man 5 nfs</b>를\n" +"이것은 전문가 옵션으로, 기본값을 사용하는 것이 좋습니다. 자세한 내용 및 지원" +"되는 옵션 목록을 보려면 <b>man 5 nfs</b>를\n" "참조하십시오." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "CD-ROM(&C)" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "DVD-ROM(&D)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 msgid "" "<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n" "Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>" @@ -2401,13 +2514,13 @@ "<p><big><b>CD 또는 DVD Media</b></big><br>\n" "미디어의 종류를 지정하려면 <b>CD-ROM</b>이나 <b>DVD-ROM</b>을 설정합니다.</p>" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO 이미지 파일" -#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 +#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2415,8 +2528,8 @@ "입력한 경로가 디렉토리가 아니거나\n" "디렉토리가 없습니다.\n" -#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 +#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2424,8 +2537,8 @@ "입력한 경로가 파일이 아니거나\n" "파일이 없습니다.\n" -#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 +#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2435,18 +2548,18 @@ "ISO 이미지가 아닌 것 같습니다.\n" "사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "디렉토리 경로(&P)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "일반 RPM 디렉토리(&P)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2460,21 +2573,21 @@ "포함되어 있는 경우(즉, 제품 정보 없음)\n" "<b>일반 RPM 디렉토리</b> 옵션을 선택하십시오.</p>\n" -#. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 +#. `opt(`hstretch), +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "USB 대용량 저장 장치(&U)" -#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 +#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 msgid "&File System" msgstr "파일 시스템(&F)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "디렉토리(&C)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2492,9 +2605,9 @@ "포함되어 있는 경우(즉, 제품 정보 없음)\n" "<b>일반 RPM 디렉토리</b> 옵션을 선택하십시오.</p>\n" -#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 +#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! +#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 msgid "" "<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2504,12 +2617,12 @@ "파일 시스템이 자동으로 검색됩니다. 검색에 실패하거나\n" "특정 파일 시스템을 사용하려는 경우 목록에서 선택하십시오.</p>\n" -#. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 +#. combobox title +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "디스크 장치(&D)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2527,13 +2640,13 @@ "포함되어 있는 경우(즉, 제품 정보 없음)\n" "<b>일반 RPM 디렉토리</b> 옵션을 선택하십시오.</p>\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "ISO 이미지 경로(&P)" -#. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 +#. push button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2543,72 +2656,72 @@ "<b>ISO 이미지 경로</b>를 사용하여 ISO 이미지 파일의\n" "경로를 지정합니다.</p>" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "서버 이름(&N)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 msgid "&Port" msgstr "포트(&P)" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 msgid "&Share" msgstr "공유(&S)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "ISO 이미지(&I)" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "서버상의 디렉토리:(&D)" -#. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 +#. frame +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "인증(&T)" -#. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 +#. check box +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "익명(&A)" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "작업 그룹 또는 도메인(&W)" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "사용자 이름(&U)" -#. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 +#. password entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 msgid "&Password" msgstr "암호(&P)" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "FTP(&F)" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "HTTP(&T)" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTTPS(&P)" -#. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 +#. help text - server dialog +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2616,7 +2729,8 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n" "<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to " +"Directory\n" "or ISO Image</b>. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n" @@ -2632,28 +2746,29 @@ "위치가 미디어의 ISO 이미지가 보관된\n" "파일이면 <b>ISO 이미지</b>를 설정하십시오.</p>\n" -#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 +#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 msgid "" -"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" +"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS " +"repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>HTTP/HTTPS 리포지토리에 대한 <b>포트</b> 번호를 설정할 수 있습니다.\n" "이 설정을 비워 두면 기본 포트를 사용합니다.</p>\n" -#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 +#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether defined +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "추가 기능 제품을 더 설치하고 싶습니다(&K)." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "네트워크 구성(&W)..." -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2663,8 +2778,8 @@ "소프트웨어 리포지토리는 CD, 네트워크 서버 또는\n" "하드 디스크에 있을 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n" @@ -2674,8 +2789,8 @@ "<b>CD</b>나 <b>DVD</b>를 추가하려면\n" " 사용 가능한 제품 CD 세트나 DVD가 필요합니다.</p>" -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2689,8 +2804,8 @@ "모든 CD가 동일한 디렉토리에 복사되는 경우에만\n" "기본 경로가 필요합니다.</p>\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2702,206 +2817,208 @@ "첫 번째 CD의 패키지가 있는 디렉토리를\n" "지정하십시오(예: /data1/CD1).</p>\n" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "미디어 유형 선택" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "추가 기능 제품 CD를 삽입하십시오." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "추가 기능 제품 DVD를 삽입하십시오." -#. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 +#. ask for a medium +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "검색된 USB 디스크가 없습니다." -#. use three slashes as third slash means path -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 +#. use three slashes as third slash means path +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 msgid "" "<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\n" +"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download " +"the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>파일 다운로드</b><br>\n" "각 리포지토리에는 리포지토리 내용을 설명하는 설명 파일이\n" "있습니다. 이 YaST 모듈을 닫을 때 파일을 다운로드하려면\n" -"<b>리포지토리 설명 파일 다운로드</b>를 선택하십시오. 옵션이 선택 취소된 경우 YaST에서\n" +"<b>리포지토리 설명 파일 다운로드</b>를 선택하십시오. 옵션이 선택 취소된 경우 " +"YaST에서\n" "나중에 필요할 때 파일을 자동으로 다운로드합니다. </p>\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "미디어 종류" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "추가 기능 제품" -#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 +#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." msgstr "URL 구성표 '%s'이(가) 잘못되었습니다." -#. SourceManager read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 +#. SourceManager read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" msgstr "사용 가능한 리포지토리 초기화 중" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:112 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:112 msgid "Read configured repositories" msgstr "구성된 리포지토리 읽기" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:114 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:114 msgid "Detect available repositories via SLP" msgstr "SLP를 통해 사용 가능한 리포지토리 검색" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:118 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:118 msgid "Reading configured repositories..." msgstr "구성된 리포지토리를 읽는 중..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:120 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:120 msgid "Detecting available repositories..." msgstr "사용 가능한 리포지토리 검색 중..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:122 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:200 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:122 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:200 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:133 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:133 msgid "Cannot read repositories." msgstr "리포지토리를 읽을 수 없습니다." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:141 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:141 msgid "Cannot detect available repositories." msgstr "사용 가능한 리포지토리를 검색할 수 없습니다." -#. popup message header -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:160 +#. popup message header +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:160 msgid "Unable to save changes to the repository.\n" msgstr "리포지토리의 변경사항을 저장할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. SourceManager read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:183 +#. SourceManager read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:183 msgid "Saving Repository Configuration" msgstr "리포지토리 구성 저장 중" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:194 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:194 msgid "Write repository settings" msgstr "리포지토리 설정 쓰기" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:198 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:198 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "세팅을 기록하고 있습니다..." -#. Create a repository from an URL -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:296 +#. Create a repository from an URL +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:296 msgid "Adding repository..." msgstr "리포지토리 추가 중..." -#. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:395 +#. status info, to be used inside summary +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:395 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "비활성화" -#. translators: name of a repository if no other idenfication found -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:407 +#. translators: name of a repository if no other idenfication found +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:407 msgid "unknown" msgstr "알수 없음`" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:430 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:430 msgid "On" msgstr "설정" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:432 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:432 msgid "Off" msgstr "해제" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:472 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:472 msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "구성된 리포지토리" -#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label -#. (and add some extra space for the frame) -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "꺼낼 드라이브(&D)" -#. translators: popup heading (progress popup) -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:51 +#. translators: popup heading (progress popup) +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:51 msgid "SLP Search" msgstr "SLP 검색" -#. progress information -#. progress information -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:57 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:81 +#. progress information +#. progress information +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:57 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:81 msgid "Scanning network for installation services..." msgstr "설치 서비스에 대해 네트워크 검색하는 중..." -#. frame label -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:106 +#. frame label +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:106 msgid "Filter Form" msgstr "필터 형식" -#. translators: popup heading -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:158 +#. translators: popup heading +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:158 msgid "Choose SLP Repository" msgstr "SLP 리포지토리 선택" -#. tree label (tree of available products) -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:171 +#. tree label (tree of available products) +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:171 msgid "Available Installation &Products" msgstr "사용 가능한 설치 제품(&P)" -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:176 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:176 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "자세히(&D)..." -#. error popup -#. message popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:211 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:217 +#. error popup +#. message popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:211 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:217 msgid "No details are available." msgstr "사용할 수 있는 세부 정보가 없습니다." -#. min Y in UI -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:274 +#. min Y in UI +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:274 msgid "Repository Details" msgstr "리포지토리 세부사항" -#. table header item -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:281 +#. table header item +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:281 msgid "Key" msgstr "키(&K)" -#. table header item -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:283 +#. table header item +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:283 msgid "Value" msgstr "값" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:403 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:403 msgid "" "Select one of the offered options.\n" "More repositories are available for this product.\n" @@ -2909,8 +3026,8 @@ "제공된 옵션 중 하나를 선택하십시오.\n" "이 제품에 대한 추가 리포지토리를 사용할 수 있습니다.\n" -#. popup error -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:423 +#. popup error +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:423 msgid "" "An internal error occurred.\n" "The selected repository has no URL." @@ -2918,13 +3035,13 @@ "내부 오류가 발생했습니다.\n" "선택한 리포지토리에 URL이 없습니다." -#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 +#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "발견된 %1 서비스의 정보 수집하는 중..." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2934,18 +3051,18 @@ "네트워크 검색을 방해하는 SuSEfirewall2가\n" "실행되고 있기 때문일 수 있습니다." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "네트워크에서 SLP 리포지토리를 찾을 수 없습니다." -#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 +#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "\"%1\" 파티션에 %2 디스크 공간이 더 필요합니다." -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" "before updating the system.\n" @@ -2953,14 +3070,7 @@ "시스템을 업데이트하기 전에 패키지를 선택 취소하거나 데이터 또는\n" "임시 파일을 삭제하십시오.\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "일부 패키지를 선택 취소하십시오." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" -#~ "Really refuse the agreement?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "사용권 계약을 거부하면 설치가 취소됩니다.\n" -#~ "계약을 거부하시겠습니까?" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/printer.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/printer.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/printer.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: printer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,74 +14,80 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the printer module -#: src/clients/printer.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the printer module +#: src/clients/printer.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of printer" msgstr "프린터 구성" -#. Write the AutoYaST related printer settings to the system -#. according to the Printer::autoyast_printer_settings_import map -#. which was stored by a previous call of the Import function by AutoYaST -#. or reset to an empty map by a previous call of the Reset function. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:244 +#. Write the AutoYaST related printer settings to the system +#. according to the Printer::autoyast_printer_settings_import map +#. which was stored by a previous call of the Import function by AutoYaST +#. or reset to an empty map by a previous call of the Reset function. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:244 msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "오류: /etc/cups/cupsd.conf에 쓰지 못했습니다." -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:263 +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:263 msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/client.conf" msgstr "오류: /etc/cups/client.conf에 쓰지 못했습니다." -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301 msgid "Warning: Cannot read %1 (file may not exist)." msgstr "경고: %1을(를) 읽을 수 없습니다(파일이 존재하지 않을 수 있음)." -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:338 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:338 msgid "Error: Failed to read %1 (possibly empty file)." msgstr "오류: %1을(를) 읽지 못했습니다(빈 파일일 수 있음)." -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:383 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:383 msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2save" msgstr "경고: %1을(를) %1.yast2save로 백업하지 못했습니다." -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:411 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:411 msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2orig" msgstr "경고: %1을(를) %1.yast2orig로 백업하지 못했습니다." -#. Propose configuration for each local printer: -#. Check if the packages cups-client and cups are installed -#. and skip the automated queue setup if one of them is missing, see -#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=445719#c13 -#. If cups-client is missing, it would run into an endless sequence of errors. -#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is -#. mandatory to set up local print queues. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." -msgstr "인쇄를 구성할 수 없습니다(필수 패키지 CUPS 클라이언트가 설치되지 않음)." +#. Propose configuration for each local printer: +#. Check if the packages cups-client and cups are installed +#. and skip the automated queue setup if one of them is missing, see +#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=445719#c13 +#. If cups-client is missing, it would run into an endless sequence of errors. +#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is +#. mandatory to set up local print queues. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgstr "" +"인쇄를 구성할 수 없습니다(필수 패키지 CUPS 클라이언트가 설치되지 않음)." -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 +msgid "" +"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." msgstr "로컬 프린터를 구성할 수 없습니다(필수 패키지 CUPS가 설치되지 않음)." -#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." -msgstr "로컬 프린터에 액세스할 수 없습니다(인쇄를 위해 원격 CUPS 서버 '%1'을(를) 사용 중)." +#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 +msgid "" +"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgstr "" +"로컬 프린터에 액세스할 수 없습니다(인쇄를 위해 원격 CUPS 서버 '%1'을(를) 사" +"용 중)." -#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: -#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because -#. when a client-only config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config -#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds -#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info -#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:162 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:356 +#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: +#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because +#. when a client-only config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config +#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds +#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info +#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:162 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:356 msgid "" "Started the CUPS daemon.\n" "Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" @@ -89,17 +95,17 @@ "CUPS 데몬을 시작했습니다.\n" "CUPS 데몬이 작동할 준비가 되도록 30분 동안 기다리는 중입니다.\n" -#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) -#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. -#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. -#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. -#. (Plain busy message without title.) -#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) -#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. -#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. -#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. -#. (Plain busy message without title.) -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:176 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:372 +#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) +#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. +#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. +#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. +#. (Plain busy message without title.) +#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) +#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. +#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. +#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. +#. (Plain busy message without title.) +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:176 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:372 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon is not yet accessible.\n" "Waiting one minute so that it is ready to operate..." @@ -107,600 +113,623 @@ "CUPS 데몬에 아직 액세스할 수 없습니다.\n" "작업 준비를 위해 1분 정도 기다려주십시오..." -#. Skip automated queue setup when the cupsd is not accessible up to now. -#. A special case is when the cupsd does not listen on the official IANA IPP port (631). -#. Then Printerlib::GetAndSetCupsdStatus("") returns false because it calls -#. "lpstat -h localhost -r" which fails ("-h localhost:port" would have to be used). -#. The YaST printer module does not support when the cupsd listens on a non-official port -#. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 +#. Skip automated queue setup when the cupsd is not accessible up to now. +#. A special case is when the cupsd does not listen on the official IANA IPP port (631). +#. Then Printerlib::GetAndSetCupsdStatus("") returns false because it calls +#. "lpstat -h localhost -r" which fails ("-h localhost:port" would have to be used). +#. The YaST printer module does not support when the cupsd listens on a non-official port +#. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)." msgstr "로컬 프린터를 구성할 수 없습니다(로컬 cupsd에 액세스할 수 없음)." -#. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) -#. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces -#. because the current YaST UI has almost no additional -#. space between table columns: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:223 +#. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) +#. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces +#. because the current YaST UI has almost no additional +#. space between table columns: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:223 msgid "No local printer detected." msgstr "로컬 프린터가 감지되지 않았습니다." -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls -#. the delay when cupsd updates config files (see basicadd.ycp). -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:340 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:423 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:814 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls +#. the delay when cupsd updates config files (see basicadd.ycp). +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:340 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:423 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:814 msgid "Creating New Printer Setup" msgstr "새 프린터 설정 생성" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:343 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:426 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:817 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:343 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:426 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:817 msgid "New Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System" msgstr "시스템에 새 프린터 구성이 아직 저장되지 않았음" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:347 +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:347 msgid "This may result broken printer configurations." msgstr "잘못된 프린터 구성이 발생할 수 있습니다." -#. has almost no additional space between table columns: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:389 +#. has almost no additional space between table columns: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:389 msgid "Found existing configuration" msgstr "기존 구성이 있습니다." -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:397 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:397 msgid "Created configuration" msgstr "구성을 생성했습니다." -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:410 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:410 msgid "No local printer configured." msgstr "로컬 프린터가 구성되지 않았습니다." -#. Create titles: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:438 +#. Create titles: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:438 msgid "Printer" msgstr "프린터" -#. Menu title for Printer in proposals -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:440 +#. Menu title for Printer in proposals +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:440 msgid "&Printer" msgstr "프린터(&P)" -#. CheckBox to trigger an automatic configuration of local connected printers -#. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 +#. CheckBox to trigger an automatic configuration of local connected printers +#. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 msgid "&Do an automatic configuration of local connected printers now" msgstr "지금 로컬에 연결된 프린터 자동 구성 수행(&D)" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 +msgid "" +"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" msgstr "연결 시 자동 USB 프린터 구성을 수행해야 하는지 여부 지정" -#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers -#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. -#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" +#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers +#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. +#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 +msgid "" +"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " +"configuration" msgstr "자동 USB 프린터 구성에 udev-configure-printer 패키지 사용(&U)" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 msgid "Disable Remote CUPS Server '%1'" msgstr "원격 CUPS 서버 '%1' 비활성화" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 +msgid "" +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " +"printers for the local system." msgstr "원격 CUPS 서버 설정이 로컬 시스템 프린터의 자동 구성과 충돌합니다." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" msgstr "/etc/cups/client.conf에서 'ServerName' 항목을 제거하지 못했습니다." -#. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this leftover "abort" button must be explicitly hidden here: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:188 +#. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this leftover "abort" button must be explicitly hidden here: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:188 msgid "Failed to install udev-configure-printer." msgstr "udev-configure-printer를 설치하지 못했습니다." -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:201 msgid "Failed to remove udev-configure-printer." msgstr "udev-configure-printer를 제거하지 못했습니다." -#. Call the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:247 +#. Call the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:247 msgid "The automated printer configuration was in vain." msgstr "자동 프린터 구성이 무효화되었습니다." -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:252 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:252 msgid "Automated printer configuration results" msgstr "자동 프린터 구성 결과" -#. BasicAddDialog dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. BasicModifyDialog dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:48 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:51 +#. BasicAddDialog dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. BasicModifyDialog dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:48 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:51 msgid "any model" msgstr "모든 모델" -#. Caption for the "Add Printer" dialog (BasicAddDialog): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:51 +#. Caption for the "Add Printer" dialog (BasicAddDialog): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:51 msgid "Add New Printer Configuration" msgstr "새 프린터 구성 추가" -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:81 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:536 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:330 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:994 +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:81 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:536 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:330 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:994 msgid "Enter your printer model here." msgstr "프린터 모델을 입력하십시오." -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:87 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:87 msgid "Specify the Connection" msgstr "연결 지정" -#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection -#. to show more available printer connections -#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: -#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection -#. to show more available printer connections -#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:94 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:343 +#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection +#. to show more available printer connections +#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: +#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection +#. to show more available printer connections +#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:94 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:343 msgid "&Detect More" msgstr "기타 검색(&D)" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:100 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:349 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:195 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:100 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:349 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:195 msgid "Connection &Wizard" msgstr "연결 마법사(&W)" -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:116 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:456 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:365 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:893 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:545 +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:116 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:456 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:365 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:893 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:545 msgid "Model" msgstr "모델" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:119 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:459 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:336 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:368 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:896 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:548 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:119 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:459 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:336 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:368 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:896 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:548 msgid "Connection" msgstr "연결" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Print queue description (e.g. model or driver): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:122 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:462 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Print queue description (e.g. model or driver): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:122 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:462 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 msgid "Description" msgstr "설명" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:131 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:131 msgid "Find and Assign a Driver" msgstr "드라이버 찾기 및 할당" -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:147 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:316 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:407 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:557 +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:147 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:316 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:407 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:557 msgid "&Search for" msgstr "검색 대상(&S)" -#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: -#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:168 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:428 +#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: +#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:168 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:428 msgid "&Find More" msgstr "기타 찾기(&F)" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog -#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog -#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:174 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:434 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog +#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog +#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:174 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:434 msgid "Driver &Packages" msgstr "드라이버 패키지(&P)" -#. By default there is no UserInput() -#. if only something was selected in the SelectionBox -#. (without clicking additionally a button) -#. but the notify option forces UserInput() in this case: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI -#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). -#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) -#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended -#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because -#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. -#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI -#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). -#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) -#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended -#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because -#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 +#. By default there is no UserInput() +#. if only something was selected in the SelectionBox +#. (without clicking additionally a button) +#. but the notify option forces UserInput() in this case: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI +#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). +#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) +#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended +#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because +#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. +#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI +#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). +#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) +#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended +#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because +#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 + src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 msgid "Select a driver." msgstr "드라이버를 선택합니다." -#. If the currently used driver is replaced by another driver, -#. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 +#. If the currently used driver is replaced by another driver, +#. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 msgid "Default paper size (if printer and driver supports it)" msgstr "기본 용지 크기(프린터와 드라이버에서 지원할 경우)" -#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: -#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:220 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:574 +#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: +#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:220 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:574 msgid "Set Arbitrary &Name" msgstr "임의 이름 설정(&N)" -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:229 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:478 +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:229 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:478 msgid "&Use as Default" msgstr "기본값으로 사용(&U)" -#. to set up HP printers: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:241 +#. to set up HP printers: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:241 msgid "Alternative setup for HP printers:" msgstr "HP 프린터에 대한 대체 설정:" -#. Label of a PushButton to run HPLIP's printer setup tool 'hp-setup'. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:249 +#. Label of a PushButton to run HPLIP's printer setup tool 'hp-setup'. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:249 msgid "Run &hp-setup" msgstr "hp-setup 실행(&H)" -#. printer setup tool 'hp-setup' runs in English language. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:256 +#. printer setup tool 'hp-setup' runs in English language. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:256 msgid "hp-setup runs in English language" msgstr "hp-setup은 영어로 실행됩니다." -#. nor a driver was selected: -#. Any queue or class can be tested if it is in "ready" state: -#. The URI scheme is the first word up to the ':' character in the URI: -#. Invalidate Printer::current_device_uri so that the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog -#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected -#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 +#. nor a driver was selected: +#. Any queue or class can be tested if it is in "ready" state: +#. The URI scheme is the first word up to the ':' character in the URI: +#. Invalidate Printer::current_device_uri so that the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog +#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected +#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "아무 것도 선택하지 않았습니다." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when neither a connection -#. nor a driver was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:340 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when neither a connection +#. nor a driver was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:340 msgid "Select a connection and then assign a driver." msgstr "연결을 선택한 다음 드라이버를 할당하십시오." -#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table -#. so that this item can be preselected: -#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table -#. so that this item can be preselected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:346 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:496 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:936 +#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table +#. so that this item can be preselected: +#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table +#. so that this item can be preselected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:346 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:496 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:936 msgid "No Connection Selected" msgstr "선택된 연결 없음" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:348 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:498 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:938 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:348 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:498 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:938 msgid "Select a connection." msgstr "연결을 선택합니다." -#. the widgets to change options for the currently used driver are recreated: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:354 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:586 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1080 +#. the widgets to change options for the currently used driver are recreated: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:354 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:586 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1080 msgid "No Driver Selected" msgstr "드라이버를 선택하지 않았습니다." -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:365 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:365 msgid "No Queue Name" msgstr "대기열 이름 없음" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue name was entered: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:367 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue name was entered: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:367 msgid "Enter a queue name." msgstr "대기열 이름을 입력합니다." -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:377 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:377 msgid "Invalid Queue Name" msgstr "잘못된 대기열 이름" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 +msgid "" +"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are " +"allowed for the queue name." msgstr "대기열 이름에는 문자 [a-z 및 A-Z], 숫자 [0-9] 그리고 '_'만 허용됩니다." -#. when a queue name is changed to be valid: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 +#. when a queue name is changed to be valid: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 msgid "Confirm Validated Queue Name" msgstr "검증된 대기열 이름 확인" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when a queue name was automatically changed to be valid -#. where %1 will be replaced by the old invalid queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when a queue name was automatically changed to be valid +#. where %1 will be replaced by the old invalid queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395 msgid "'%1' is invalid or it exists already. Use '%2' instead?" -msgstr "'%1'이(가) 잘못되었거나 이미 있습니다. '%2'을(를) 대신 사용하시겠습니까?" +msgstr "" +"'%1'이(가) 잘못되었거나 이미 있습니다. '%2'을(를) 대신 사용하시겠습니까?" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "어느 정도 기다려도 새 프린터 설정 대화 상자가 나오지 않으면 '목록 새로 고침' 버튼을 누르십시오." +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 +msgid "" +"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " +"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "" +"어느 정도 기다려도 새 프린터 설정 대화 상자가 나오지 않으면 '목록 새로 고침' " +"버튼을 누르십시오." -#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called -#. and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:802 +#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called +#. and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:802 msgid "Failed to run hp-setup." msgstr "hp-setup을 실행하지 못했습니다." -#. Title of the Basic Modify Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:100 +#. Title of the Basic Modify Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:100 msgid "Modify %1" msgstr "%1 수정" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to a dialog -#. to set all available options for the printer driver -#. which is currently used for a print queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:147 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to a dialog +#. to set all available options for the printer driver +#. which is currently used for a print queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:147 msgid "All &Options for the Current Driver" msgstr "현재 드라이버에 대한 모든 옵션(&O)" -#. DefaultPageSize is required according to the Adobe PPD specification. -#. Nevertheless we don't rely on correct PPDs (e.g. whatever "third-party" PPDs) -#. and test if it really exists in the actually used PPD: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:224 +#. DefaultPageSize is required according to the Adobe PPD specification. +#. Nevertheless we don't rely on correct PPDs (e.g. whatever "third-party" PPDs) +#. and test if it really exists in the actually used PPD: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:224 msgid "Default Paper Size of the Current Driver" msgstr "현재 프린터의 기본 용지 크기" -#. Usually the id in the connection items is the matching index number in the connections list. -#. Here the id of the current connection is set to -1 because the uri of the current connection -#. is derived from the queues list and this uri may be not present in the connections list -#. for example when the queue has a special non-autodetectable DeviceURI (e.g. for iPrint) -#. or when the queue is for an USB printer which is currently not connected (e.g. a laptop user). -#. Therefore -1 (which means "invalid index number in the connections list") is used to be safe -#. and additionally -1 is used to distinguish when the current connection is kept -#. or when the connection was modified (then the id would be > 0 and valid in the connections list). -#. The current_connection item is preselected because it is the first entry in the -#. table of connections via prepend(): -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:298 +#. Usually the id in the connection items is the matching index number in the connections list. +#. Here the id of the current connection is set to -1 because the uri of the current connection +#. is derived from the queues list and this uri may be not present in the connections list +#. for example when the queue has a special non-autodetectable DeviceURI (e.g. for iPrint) +#. or when the queue is for an USB printer which is currently not connected (e.g. a laptop user). +#. Therefore -1 (which means "invalid index number in the connections list") is used to be safe +#. and additionally -1 is used to distinguish when the current connection is kept +#. or when the connection was modified (then the id would be > 0 and valid in the connections list). +#. The current_connection item is preselected because it is the first entry in the +#. table of connections via prepend(): +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:298 msgid "Current Connection" msgstr "현재 연결" -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. -#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" -msgstr "사용되는 드라이버가 없습니다('원시' 대기열이거나 '시스템 V 유형 인터페이스 스크립트'가 사용됨)." +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. +#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 +msgid "" +"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface " +"script' is used)" +msgstr "" +"사용되는 드라이버가 없습니다('원시' 대기열이거나 '시스템 V 유형 인터페이스 스" +"크립트'가 사용됨)." -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 msgid "Current Driver" msgstr "현재 드라이버" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 msgid "Adjust Options of the Current Driver or Assign a Different Driver" msgstr "현재 드라이버의 옵션 조정 또는 다른 드라이버 할당" -#. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 +#. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 msgid "Description &Text" msgstr "설명 텍스트(&T)" -#. Label of a TextEntry for printer location string: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:469 +#. Label of a TextEntry for printer location string: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:469 msgid "&Location" msgstr "위치(&L)" -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to accept print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:485 +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to accept print jobs: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:485 msgid "Accept Print &Jobs" msgstr "인쇄 작업 승인(&J)" -#. CheckBox to enable printing for a local print queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:492 +#. CheckBox to enable printing for a local print queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:492 msgid "&Enable Printing" msgstr "인쇄 활성화(&E)" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:759 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:759 msgid "Failed to modify %1." msgstr "%1을(를) 수정하지 못했습니다." -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:816 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:816 msgid "Modifying Printer Setup" msgstr "프린터 설정 수정" -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:819 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:819 msgid "Modified Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System" msgstr "수정된 프린트 구성이 아직 시스템에 저장되지 않았음" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::WarningDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "예상된 수정사항이 다음 대화 상자에 표시되지 않으면 잠시 기다린 다음 '목록 새로 고침' 버튼을 누르십시오." +#. Explanation details of a Popup::WarningDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 +msgid "" +"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " +"and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "" +"예상된 수정사항이 다음 대화 상자에 표시되지 않으면 잠시 기다린 다음 '목록 새" +"로 고침' 버튼을 누르십시오." -#. Exit this dialog in any case: -#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: -#. Have the PageSize option topmost: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 +#. Exit this dialog in any case: +#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: +#. Have the PageSize option topmost: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 msgid "No driver options available" msgstr "사용 가능한 드라이버 옵션 없음" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 msgid "Possible reasons: Nothing selected or it is a remote configuration." msgstr "가능한 이유: 아무 것도 선택하지 않았거나 원격 구성입니다." -#. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 +#. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 msgid "Keep the printer model or select another &manufacturer" msgstr "프린터 모델을 사용하거나 다른 제조업체 선택(&M)" -#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally -#. keep the printer model or select a printer manufacturer. -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally +#. keep the printer model or select a printer manufacturer. +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 +msgid "" +"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" msgstr "모델 유지 또는 '원시 대기열'을 설정하면 안 되는 경우 제조업체 선택(&M)" -#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 +#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 msgid "Select the printer &manufacturer" msgstr "프린터 제조업체 선택(&M)" -#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally select the printer manufacturer. -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 +#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally select the printer manufacturer. +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up." msgstr "'원시 대기열'을 설정하면 안 되는 경우 프린터 제조업체 선택(&M)" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:560 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1742 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:560 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1742 msgid "&IP Address or Host Name" msgstr "IP 주소 또는 호스트 이름(&I)" -#. No URIpercentDecoding/Encondin(hostname) is done -#. when it contains a '@' because a lpd URI can be of the form -#. lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. and a ipp/http URI can be of the form -#. ipp://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. http://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=512549 -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:569 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1734 +#. No URIpercentDecoding/Encondin(hostname) is done +#. when it contains a '@' because a lpd URI can be of the form +#. lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. and a ipp/http URI can be of the form +#. ipp://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. http://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=512549 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:569 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1734 msgid "&IP Address or Host Name [percent-encoded]" msgstr "IP 주소 또는 호스트 이름 [percent-encoded](&I)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:576 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1755 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:576 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1755 msgid "Look up" msgstr "조회" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to search for remote servers -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:580 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1759 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to search for remote servers +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:580 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1759 msgid "Look up for All Hosts" msgstr "모든 호스트에 대해 조회" -#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: -#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 +#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: +#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 msgid "Optional 'option=value' parameter (usually empty) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "선택적 'option=value' 파라미터(일반적으로 비어 있음) [percent-encoded]" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:599 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1596 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1784 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1899 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:599 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1596 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1784 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1899 msgid "&Test Connection" msgstr "연결 테스트(&T)" -#. in the Connection Wizard but the RPM package hplip is not installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:639 +#. in the Connection Wizard but the RPM package hplip is not installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:639 msgid "" "To access a HP device via the 'hp' backend,\n" "the RPM package hplip must be installed." @@ -708,66 +737,69 @@ "'hp' 백엔드로 HP 장치에 액세스하려면\n" "hplip 패키지가 설치되어 있어야 합니다." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644 msgid "The RPM package hplip is not installed." msgstr "hplip 패키지가 설치되지 않았습니다." -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. a serial device node (e.g. /dev/ttyS0 or /dev/ttyS1) -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:993 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. a serial device node (e.g. /dev/ttyS0 or /dev/ttyS1) +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:993 msgid "&Serial device" msgstr "직렬 장치(&S)" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the baud rate for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1007 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the baud rate for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1007 msgid "&Baud rate" msgstr "전송 속도(&B)" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the number of data bits for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1023 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the number of data bits for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1023 msgid "&Data bits" msgstr "데이터 비트(&D)" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the parity checking for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1037 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the parity checking for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1037 msgid "&Parity checking" msgstr "패리티 확인(&P)" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the flow control for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1053 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the flow control for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1053 msgid "&Flow control" msgstr "흐름 제어(&F)" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the number of stop bits for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1067 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the number of stop bits for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1067 msgid "S&top bits" msgstr "비트 중지(&T)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." -msgstr "Bluetooth 프린터에 액세스하려면 bluez-cups 라는 RPM 패키지가 설치되어 있어야 합니다." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 +msgid "" +"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgstr "" +"Bluetooth 프린터에 액세스하려면 bluez-cups 라는 RPM 패키지가 설치되어 있어야 " +"합니다." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1092 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1092 msgid "The RPM package bluez-cups is not installed." msgstr "bluez-cups 패키지가 설치되지 않았습니다." -#. Fallback message what the user may run manually when it fails -#. to generate a valid list of bluetooth device IDs: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1098 +#. Fallback message what the user may run manually when it fails +#. to generate a valid list of bluetooth device IDs: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1098 msgid "" "It seems there are no bluetooth device IDs.\n" "Run 'hcitool scan' to get the bluetooth device IDs.\n" @@ -777,332 +809,339 @@ "'hcitool scan'를 실행하여 Bluetooth 장치 ID를 확인하십시오.\n" "ID는 콜론 없이 '1A2B3C4D5E6F'와 같은 형태로 입력해야 합니다." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1107 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1107 msgid "Retrieving bluetooth device IDs..." msgstr "Bluetooth 장치 ID 가져오는 중..." -#. The command "hcitool scan" might need very much time or hang up. -#. To kill exactly hcitool there is the workaround via the temporary file because -#. hcitool scan | grep '...' & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! -#. would kill only grep and -#. ( hcitool scan | grep '...' ) & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! -#. would kill only the sub shell. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1119 +#. The command "hcitool scan" might need very much time or hang up. +#. To kill exactly hcitool there is the workaround via the temporary file because +#. hcitool scan | grep '...' & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! +#. would kill only grep and +#. ( hcitool scan | grep '...' ) & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! +#. would kill only the sub shell. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1119 msgid "Failed to get a list of bluetooth device IDs." msgstr "Bluetooth 장치 ID 목록을 확인하는 데 실패했습니다." -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. a bluetooth device ID -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1212 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. a bluetooth device ID +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1212 msgid "&Bluetooth device ID" msgstr "&Bluetooth 장치 ID" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1218 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1218 msgid "Currently available bluetooth device IDs" msgstr "현재 사용 가능한 Bluetooth 장치 ID" -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for the TCP port number: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1268 +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for the TCP port number: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1268 msgid "Scan for Direct Socket Servers" msgstr "직접 소켓 서버 검색" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1269 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1269 msgid "TCP Port Number" msgstr "TCP 포트 번호" -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for name of printer queue -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for name of printer queue -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1326 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1653 +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for name of printer queue +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for name of printer queue +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1326 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1653 msgid "Scan for LPD Servers" msgstr "LPD 서버 검색" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1327 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1327 msgid "Queue Name (see the printer's manual)" msgstr "대기열 이름(프린터 설명서 참조)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Input field label -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1393 +#. TRANSLATORS: Input field label +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1393 msgid "URI (see the printer's manual) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "URI(프린터 매뉴얼 참조) [percent-encoded]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." -msgstr "SMB 프린터 공유에 액세스하려면 RPM 패키지 samba-client가 설치되어 있어야 합니다." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 +msgid "" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"SMB 프린터 공유에 액세스하려면 RPM 패키지 samba-client가 설치되어 있어야 합니" +"다." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1418 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1418 msgid "The RPM package samba-client is not installed." msgstr "RPM 패키지 samba-client가 설치되지 않았습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for remote server name -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1526 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for remote server name +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1526 msgid "&Server (NetBIOS Host Name)" msgstr "서버(NetBIOS 호스트 이름)(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for printer name -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for printer name +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1535 msgid "&Printer (Share Name)" msgstr "프린터(공유 이름)(&P)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for samba domain -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1545 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for samba domain +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1545 msgid "&Workgroup (Domain Name)" msgstr "작업 그룹(도메인 이름)(&W)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1552 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1552 msgid "Authentication (if needed)" msgstr "인증(필요한 경우)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1555 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1555 msgid "Use fixed username and password" msgstr "고정 사용자 이름 및 비밀번호 사용" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1565 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1565 msgid "&User" msgstr "사용자(&U)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1573 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1573 msgid "Pass&word" msgstr "비밀번호" -#. A CheckBox to support Active Directory (R): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1585 +#. A CheckBox to support Active Directory (R): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1585 msgid "Support for &Active Directory (R)" msgstr "Active Directory (R) 지원(&A)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Label for menu to search for remote servers -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for name of remote printer queue -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1654 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1765 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1872 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label for menu to search for remote servers +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for name of remote printer queue +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1654 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1765 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1872 msgid "Queue Name" msgstr "대기열 이름" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1757 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1757 msgid "Scan for IPP Servers" msgstr "IPP 서버 검색" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1758 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1758 msgid "Scan for IPP Broadcasts" msgstr "IPP 브로드캐스트 검색" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed." -msgstr "IPX 프린트 대기열에 액세스하려면 RPM 패키지 ncpfs가 설치되어 있어야 합니다." +msgstr "" +"IPX 프린트 대기열에 액세스하려면 RPM 패키지 ncpfs가 설치되어 있어야 합니다." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1808 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1808 msgid "The RPM package ncpfs is not installed." msgstr "RPM 패키지 ncpfs가 설치되지 않았음" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1864 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1864 msgid "IP Address or Host Name" msgstr "IP 주소 또는 호스트 이름" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1878 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1878 msgid "Authenticate as" msgstr "다음으로 인증" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1883 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1883 msgid "User" msgstr "사용자" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1889 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1889 msgid "&Password" msgstr "비밀번호(&P)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1976 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1976 msgid "URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "URI(Uniform Resource Identifier) [percent-encoded]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -msgstr "'pipe'를 통해 인쇄하려면, cups-backends라는 RPM 패키지가 설치되어 있어야 합니다." +msgstr "" +"'pipe'를 통해 인쇄하려면, cups-backends라는 RPM 패키지가 설치되어 있어야 합니" +"다." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed." msgstr "RPM 패키지 cups-backends가 설치되지 않았음" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "프로그램(/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." msgstr "'beh'를 사용하려면 RPM 패키지 cups-backends가 설치되어 있어야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "장치 URI('beh'를 제공해야 함) [percent-encoded]" -#. TRANSLATORS: Check box -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 +#. TRANSLATORS: Check box +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 msgid "Never Disable the Queue" msgstr "대기열을 비활성화하지 않음" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)" msgstr "재시도 횟수('0'은 무제한 재시도를 의미함)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries" msgstr "재시도 간격(단위: 초)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 msgid "Select a specific connection type." msgstr "특정 연결 유형을 선택하십시오." -#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 msgid "&Connection Type" msgstr "연결 유형(&C)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 msgid "Directly Connected Device" msgstr "직접 연결된 장치" -#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: -#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 +#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 msgid "USB Port" msgstr "USB 포트" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)" msgstr "HP 장치(HPLIP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: -#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via" msgstr "다음을 통해 네트워크 프린터 또는 인쇄 서버 상자에 액세스" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)" msgstr "TCP 포트(AppSocket/JetDirect)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" msgstr "LPD(Line Printer Daemon) 프로토콜" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" msgstr "인터넷 인쇄 프로토콜(IPP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 msgid "Print via Print Server Machine" msgstr "프린트 서버 컴퓨터를 통해 인쇄" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)" msgstr "Windows (R) 또는 Samba(SMB/CIFS)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)" msgstr "기존 UNIX 서버(LPR/LPD)" -#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 +#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)" msgstr "CUPS 서버(IPP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 msgid "Special" msgstr "특수" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI" msgstr "임의의 장치 URI 지정" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)" msgstr "인쇄 데이터를 기타 프로그램으로 보내기(pipe)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)" msgstr "데이지 체인 백엔드 오류 처리기(beh)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 msgid "Connection Settings" msgstr "연결 설정" -#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. -#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is -#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) -#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." -#. In this case the "overview" is not the actual Overview dialog but the dialog -#. from which this DriverOptionsDialog was called i.e. BasicModifyDialog. -#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all -#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". -#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 +#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. +#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is +#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) +#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." +#. In this case the "overview" is not the actual Overview dialog but the dialog +#. from which this DriverOptionsDialog was called i.e. BasicModifyDialog. +#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all +#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". +#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 msgid "Connection Wizard" msgstr "연결 마법사" -#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=580121 -#. and http://www.cups.org/str.php?L3500 -#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. -#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. -#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 +#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=580121 +#. and http://www.cups.org/str.php?L3500 +#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. +#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. +#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped." msgstr "CUPS 버전 1.5에서는 SCSI 프린터 지원이 삭제되었습니다." -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 +#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 msgid "" "An untested and insecure workaround might be\n" "to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n" @@ -1112,16 +1151,16 @@ "cupsd.conf에서 'FileDevice Yes'를 설정하고\n" "'file:/dev/sg...' 등의 DeviceURI를 사용하는 것일 수 있습니다." -#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP -#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here -#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 +#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP +#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here +#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 msgid "Select a connection" msgstr "연결 선택" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected -#. because there is no connection available to be selected: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected +#. because there is no connection available to be selected: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 msgid "" "If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n" "to access the device via this type of connection.\n" @@ -1131,13 +1170,13 @@ "이 연결 유형을 통해 장치에 액세스할 수 없습니다.\n" "프린터가 항상 연결되고 켜져 있었습니까?" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 msgid "Select a valid connection" msgstr "유효한 연결 선택" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected -#. because the current connection is no longer valid: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected +#. because the current connection is no longer valid: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 msgid "" "When the current connection is no longer valid,\n" "it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n" @@ -1147,91 +1186,93 @@ "더 이상 이 연결을 통해 장치에 액세스하지 않습니다.\n" "프린터가 여전히 연결되고 켜져 있습니까?" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty." msgstr "직렬 장치와 전송 속도는 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits." msgstr "'space' 패리티 확인은 7 데이터 비트에 한해서만 지원합니다." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 -msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." -msgstr "'mark' 패리티 확인은 7 데이터 비트와 1 스톱 비트에 한해서만 지원합니다." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 +msgid "" +"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgstr "" +"'mark' 패리티 확인은 7 데이터 비트와 1 스톱 비트에 한해서만 지원합니다." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." msgstr "Bluetooth 장치 ID는 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values -#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 +#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values +#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 msgid "URI could not be empty." msgstr "URI 는 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty." msgstr "서버 이름과 프린터는 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 msgid "Both user and password must be specified." msgstr "사용자와 비밀번호 둘 다 지정해야 합니다." -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. -#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name -#. -#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. +#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name +#. +#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 msgid "Servername could not be empty." msgstr "서버 이름은 비워 둘 수 없습니다." -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in lpd_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because lpd_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in lpd_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because lpd_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty." msgstr "서버 이름과 대기열 이름은 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." msgstr "장치 URI, 재시도 횟수 및 지연은 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe -#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 +#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe +#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 msgid "Could not be empty." msgstr "비워둘 수 없습니다." -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'." msgstr "제조업체 또는 '원시 대기열'을 선택하십시오." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network" msgstr "로컬 네트워크에서 모든 호스트 조회" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 msgid "" "Please wait...\n" "This could take more than a minute." @@ -1239,36 +1280,36 @@ "기다려 주십시오.\n" "1분 이상 걸릴 수 있습니다." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1" msgstr "TCP 포트 %1을(를) 통해 액세스할 수 있는 호스트 검색" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)" msgstr "Samba(SMB)를 통해 액세스할 수 있는 호스트 검색" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)" msgstr "포트 515(LPD/LPR)를 통해 액세스할 수 있는 호스트 검색" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)" msgstr "포트 631(CUPS/IPP)을 통해 액세스할 수 있는 호스트 검색" -#. hosts = (list<string>)filter (string h, hosts, ``{ -#. list queues = (list<string>)SCR::Read (.cups.remote, h); -#. return size (queues) > 0; -#. }); -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 +#. hosts = (list<string>)filter (string h, hosts, ``{ +#. list queues = (list<string>)SCR::Read (.cups.remote, h); +#. return size (queues) > 0; +#. }); +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 msgid "" "Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n" "(Network issue or firewall active?)" @@ -1276,26 +1317,26 @@ "네트워크 검색에서 호스트를 찾을 수 없습니다.\n" "(네트워크 문제 또는 방화벽 활성?)" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "호스트 '%2'에서 포트 '%1'에 대한 액세스 테스트가 실패했습니다." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "호스트 '%2'에서 대기열 '%1'에 대한 액세스 테스트가 실패했습니다." -#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 +#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 msgid "" "This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n" "if authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\n" @@ -1307,243 +1348,251 @@ "이 경우 Active Directory (R)를 통해 인쇄할 수 있는 사용자가\n" "로그인하여 Gnome 또는 KDE에서 인쇄할 수 있는지 직접 테스트해야 합니다." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "일반 테스트는 '%2' 호스트의 '%1' 공유에 대한 실패를 보고합니다." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "호스트 '%2'에서 공유 '%1'에 대한 액세스 테스트가 실패했습니다." -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 msgid "Test OK" msgstr "테스트 정상" -#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) -#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 -msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." -msgstr "Active Directory (R)를 지원하려면 RPM 패키지 samba-krb-printing을 설치해야 합니다." +#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) +#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 +msgid "" +"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Active Directory (R)를 지원하려면 RPM 패키지 samba-krb-printing을 설치해야 합" +"니다." -#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 +#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." -msgstr "모든 SMB 프린트 대기열에 대해 Active Directory (R) 지원이 비활성화됩니다." +msgstr "" +"모든 SMB 프린트 대기열에 대해 Active Directory (R) 지원이 비활성화됩니다." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/printer/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of printer -#. Summary: DialogTree definition -#. Authors: Michal Zugec <mzugec@suse.de> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:107 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:109 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:176 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/printer/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of printer +#. Summary: DialogTree definition +#. Authors: Michal Zugec <mzugec@suse.de> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:107 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:109 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Printer Configurations" msgstr "프린터 구성" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:114 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:115 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:114 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Print via Network" msgstr "네트워크를 통해 인쇄" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:121 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:122 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:121 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Share Printers" msgstr "프린터 공유" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:128 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:129 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:128 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:129 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:130 msgid "Policies" msgstr "정책" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Automatic Configuration" msgstr "자동 구성" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:175 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:175 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:177 msgid "AutoYaST Printer Configurations" msgstr "AutoYaST 프린터 구성" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "AutoYaST Print via Network Settings" msgstr "네트워크 설정을 통해 AutoYaST 인쇄" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Detected Printers" msgstr "검색된 프린터" -#. All the dialogs in "ids_order" are single (step) configuration dialogs -#. and according to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. -#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is -#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) -#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." -#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all -#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:222 +#. All the dialogs in "ids_order" are single (step) configuration dialogs +#. and according to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. +#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is +#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) +#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." +#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all +#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "AutoYaST Settings for Printing with CUPS via Network" msgstr "네트워크를 통해 CUPS로 인쇄하기 위한 AutoYaST 설정" -#. AddDriver dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:47 +#. AddDriver dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:47 msgid "Driver Packages" msgstr "드라이버 패키지" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. add or remove printer driver packages: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:98 +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. add or remove printer driver packages: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:98 msgid "Install or Remove Printer Driver Packages" msgstr "프린터 드라이버 패키지 설치 또는 제거" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111 msgid "Printer Description Files for Ghostscript Drivers" msgstr "Ghostscript 드라이버에 대한 프린터 설명 파일" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:122 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:122 msgid "Printer Description Files for some PCL Printers" msgstr "일부 PCL 프린터에 대한 프린터 설명 파일" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:133 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:133 msgid "Printer Description Files for PostScript Printers" msgstr "PostScript 프린터용 프린터 설명 파일" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package gutenprint. -#. There is no need to have the package name "gutenprint" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#. Do not change or translate "Gutenprint", it is a open source project name. -#. Do not change or translate "Gimp-Print", it is a open source project name. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:146 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package gutenprint. +#. There is no need to have the package name "gutenprint" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#. Do not change or translate "Gutenprint", it is a open source project name. +#. Do not change or translate "Gimp-Print", it is a open source project name. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:146 msgid "Gutenprint/Gimp-Print Driver" msgstr "Gutenprint/Gimp-Print 드라이버" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver packages hplip and hplip-hpijs. -#. There is no need to have the package names "hplip" and "hplip-hpijs" in this text -#. because they are shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:157 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver packages hplip and hplip-hpijs. +#. There is no need to have the package names "hplip" and "hplip-hpijs" in this text +#. because they are shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:157 msgid "Driver for HP Printers and HP All-in-One Devices" msgstr "HP 프린터 및 HP All-in-One 장치용 드라이버" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package manufacturer-PPDs. -#. There is no need to have the package name "manufacturer-PPDs" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:168 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package manufacturer-PPDs. +#. There is no need to have the package name "manufacturer-PPDs" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:168 msgid "Manufacturer's PostScript Printer Description Files" msgstr "제조업체의 PostScript 프린터 설명 파일" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package splix. -#. There is no need to have the package name "splix" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:179 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package splix. +#. There is no need to have the package name "splix" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:179 msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG" msgstr "JBIG가 없는 SPL 프린터용 SpliX 드라이버" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. -#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. +#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver" msgstr "Epson ESC/P-R 잉크젯 프린터 드라이버" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available -#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available +#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available" msgstr "사용 가능한 프린터 정의 파일 작성" -#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 +#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located" msgstr "프린터 설명 파일 이름 및 위치의 전체 경로(&F)" -#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box -#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 +#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box +#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "찾아보기(&B)" -#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog -#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 +#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog +#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 msgid "Select a printer description file" msgstr "프린터 설명 파일을 선택합니다." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 msgid "Cannot access '%1'" msgstr "'%1'에 액세스할 수 없습니다." -#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here -#. and there is nothing else to be done after this: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 -msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here +#. and there is nothing else to be done after this: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 +msgid "" +"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "프린터 설명 파일이 사양을 준수하지 않습니다." -#. when a PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 +#. when a PPD file is not in compliance: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?" msgstr "오류와 상관 없이 프린터 설명 파일을 사용하시겠습니까?" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 -msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." -msgstr "호환되지 않는 프린터 설명 파일로 인해 예상치 못한 오류가 발생할 수 있습니다." +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when PPD file is not in compliance: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 +msgid "" +"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgstr "" +"호환되지 않는 프린터 설명 파일로 인해 예상치 못한 오류가 발생할 수 있습니다." -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" msgstr "프린터 설명 파일을 사용할 수 있게 하지 못했습니다." -#. Title of the Driver Options Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: -#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:55 +#. Title of the Driver Options Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: +#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:55 msgid "Driver Options for Queue %1" msgstr "대기열 %1의 드라이버 옵션" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138 msgid "Failed to set driver options for queue %1." msgstr "대기열 %1에 대한 드라이버 옵션을 설정하지 못했습니다." -#. Read dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37 +#. Read dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Initializing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1553,8 +1602,8 @@ "<b><big>프린터 구성 초기화</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Finishing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1564,19 +1613,21 @@ "<b><big>프린터 구성 완료</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:51 +#. Overview dialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " +"printer\n" "device.<br>\n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " +"printer.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -1588,11 +1639,12 @@ "동일한 프린터 장치에 대해 여러 다른 프린트 대기열이\n" "있을 수 있습니다.\n" "예를 들어 컬러 장치용 단색 전용 드라이버가 있는 두 번째 대기열이나\n" -"PostScript 대기열 및 PostScript+PCL 프린터용 PCL 드라이버가 있는 대기열입니다.\n" +"PostScript 대기열 및 PostScript+PCL 프린터용 PCL 드라이버가 있는 대기열입니" +"다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65 +#. Overview dialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Using Remote Queues:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1614,8 +1666,8 @@ "설정할 필요가 없습니다.<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:77 +#. Overview dialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:77 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Configure a printer:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1627,8 +1679,8 @@ "프린터 장치의 새 대기열을 설정하려면 <b>추가</b>를 누릅니다.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:84 +#. Overview dialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Change the settings for a queue:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1640,8 +1692,8 @@ "로컬 대기열을 선택하고 <b>편집</b>을 누르십시오.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:91 +#. Overview dialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Remove a queue:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1653,8 +1705,8 @@ "로컬 대기열을 선택하고 <b>삭제</b>를 누릅니다.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:98 +#. Overview dialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:98 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Print a test page:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1666,8 +1718,8 @@ "대기열을 선택하고 <b>테스트 페이지 인쇄</b>를 누릅니다.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:105 +#. Overview dialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Refresh the list of queues:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1689,8 +1741,8 @@ "<b>목록 새로 고침</b>을 누르십시오.\n" "</p>\n" -#. AutoYaST Overview dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:118 +#. AutoYaST Overview dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>AutoYaST Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1704,21 +1756,26 @@ "로컬 프린트 대기열 설정에 대한 AutoYaST 지원은 없습니다.\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:127 +#. BasicAddDialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big></b><br>\n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>\n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device." +"<br>\n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " +"device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " +"drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " +"printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " +"quality).\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -1732,12 +1789,13 @@ "사용해야 하는 경우 여러 개의 프린트 대기열이 필요합니다.\n" "예를 들어 컬러 장치에서 흑백으로 출력하기 위한\n" "단색 전용 드라이버가 있는 두 번째 대기열이나\n" -"PostScript 대기열 및 일반적으로 PCL 드라이버를 통한 인쇄가 더 빠르기 때문에(품질이 더 낮음)\n" +"PostScript 대기열 및 일반적으로 PCL 드라이버를 통한 인쇄가 더 빠르기 때문에" +"(품질이 더 낮음)\n" "PostScript+PCL 프린터용 PCL 드라이버가 있는 대기열입니다.\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:143 +#. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To set up a new queue:<br>\n" @@ -1753,11 +1811,12 @@ "고유한 대기열 이름을 설정합니다.\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 +#. BasicAddDialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer " +"device.<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1765,8 +1824,10 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " +"else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " +"device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1780,18 +1841,20 @@ "및 'hp:/...' 연결 둘 다를 통해 액세스할 수 있습니다.\n" "후자는 HP 드라이버 패키지 'hplip'에 의해 제공됩니다.\n" "일반 인쇄의 경우 두 종류의 연결이 모두 작동해야 하지만\n" -"그 외의 경우(예: 'hp-toolbox'를 통한 장치 상태 또는 HP all-in-one 장치를 사용한 검색)\n" +"그 외의 경우(예: 'hp-toolbox'를 통한 장치 상태 또는 HP all-in-one 장치를 사용" +"한 검색)\n" "'hp:/...' 연결을 사용해야 합니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. BasicAddDialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:168 +#. BasicAddDialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model.<br>\n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." +"<br>\n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1816,7 +1879,8 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer.<br>\n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " +"model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -1846,7 +1910,8 @@ "기본적으로 표시됩니다.<br>\n" "드라이버 설명이 자동 검색된 모델 이름과 일치하고\n" "드라이버 설명과 일치하는 모든 드라이버가 동일한 모델에 속하는 경우\n" -"가장 적합한 드라이버가 맨 위에 나열되고 이 드라이버가 자동으로 미리 선택되도록\n" +"가장 적합한 드라이버가 맨 위에 나열되고 이 드라이버가 자동으로 미리 선택되도" +"록\n" "드라이버 설명이 정렬됩니다.\n" "드라이버가 자동으로 미리 선택되지 않는 경우 적합한 드라이버를\n" "수동으로 찾아서 선택해야 합니다.<br>\n" @@ -1883,8 +1948,8 @@ "'편집/수정' 대화 상자의 모든 드라이버 옵션을 조정할 수 있습니다.\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:218 +#. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:218 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Application programs do not show the actual printer device\n" @@ -1900,8 +1965,8 @@ "있습니다. 다만 대기열 이름 첫 번째 문자는 영문자로 시작되어야 합니다.\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:227 +#. BasicAddDialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<p>\n" "One of the print queues may be set to be <b>used by default</b>.<br>\n" @@ -1918,7 +1983,8 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"프린트 대기열 중 하나를 <b>기본적으로 사용</b>되도록 설정할 수 있습니다.<br>\n" +"프린트 대기열 중 하나를 <b>기본적으로 사용</b>되도록 설정할 수 있습니다." +"<br>\n" "사용자가 다른 프린트 대기열을 지정하지 않은 경우\n" "응용 프로그램에서 시스템 기본 프린트 대기열을 사용해야 합니다.\n" "그러나 '하나의 유일한' 기본 대기열은 없습니다.\n" @@ -1931,8 +1997,8 @@ "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:243 +#. BasicAddDialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:243 msgid "" "<p>\n" "An alternative way to set up HP devices is to <b>run hp-setup</b>.<br>\n" @@ -1964,8 +2030,8 @@ "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer\n" "</p>" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:261 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:261 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Modify a Print Queue</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1977,11 +2043,12 @@ "대기열을 수정하려면 변경하려는 항목만 선택합니다.<br>\n" "</p>" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device." +"<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1989,8 +2056,10 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " +"else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " +"device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.<br>\n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2029,7 +2098,8 @@ "및 'hp:/...' 연결 둘 다를 통해 액세스할 수 있습니다.\n" "후자는 HP 드라이버 패키지 'hplip'에 의해 제공됩니다.\n" "일반 인쇄의 경우 두 종류의 연결이 모두 작동해야 하지만\n" -"그 외의 경우(예: 'hp-toolbox'를 통한 장치 상태 또는 HP all-in-one 장치를 사용한 검색)\n" +"그 외의 경우(예: 'hp-toolbox'를 통한 장치 상태 또는 HP all-in-one 장치를 사용" +"한 검색)\n" "'hp:/...' 연결을 사용해야 합니다.<br>\n" "현재 사용된 연결을 다른 연결로 교환하는 경우\n" "드라이버 검색 문자열에 대한 입력 필드가 새로 선택한 연결의\n" @@ -2038,7 +2108,8 @@ "기본적으로 표시됩니다.<br>\n" "드라이버 설명이 자동 검색된 모델 이름과 일치하고\n" "드라이버 설명과 일치하는 모든 드라이버가 동일한 모델에 속하는 경우\n" -"가장 적합한 드라이버가 맨 위에 나열되도록(여전히 현재 사용된 드라이버 아래에 있음)\n" +"가장 적합한 드라이버가 맨 위에 나열되도록(여전히 현재 사용된 드라이버 아래에 " +"있음)\n" "드라이버 설명이 정렬됩니다.\n" "반면, 이 드라이버가 반드시 특정 요구에 적합한 드라이버인\n" "것은 아닙니다.\n" @@ -2058,16 +2129,19 @@ "사용 가능한 모든 드라이버 설명을 검색할 수 있습니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:309 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:309 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model.<br>\n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." +"<br>\n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " +"later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now." +"<br>\n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.<br>\n" @@ -2076,7 +2150,8 @@ "should work for the particular driver.\n" "Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" "with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" -"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages.<br>\n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages." +"<br>\n" "When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" "you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" "so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" @@ -2084,7 +2159,8 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again.<br>\n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was " +"not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2099,7 +2175,8 @@ "잘못된 프린터가 할당된 경우 잘못된 데이터가 프린터로 전송되어\n" "잘못된 모양의 출력, 손상된 출력 또는 출력 안 됨 문제가 발생합니다.<br>\n" "다른 드라이버를 선택하고 나중에 드라이버 옵션 설정을 수정하거나\n" -"현재 사용된 드라이버를 유지하고 지금 드라이버 옵션 설정을 수정할 수 있습니다.<br>\n" +"현재 사용된 드라이버를 유지하고 지금 드라이버 옵션 설정을 수정할 수 있습니다." +"<br>\n" "일부 드라이버 옵션 설정은 특정 프린터와 일치해야 합니다.\n" "예를 들어 드라이버의 기본 용지 크기 설정은\n" "실제로 프린터에 로드된 용지와 일치해야 합니다.<br>\n" @@ -2108,7 +2185,8 @@ "특정 드라이브에서 작동해야 합니다.\n" "하지만 특정 프린터가 고해상도에서\n" "인쇄하지 못할 수도 있습니다. 예를 들어 기본 제공 메모리가\n" -"부족하여 고해상도 페이지를 처리할 수 없는 레이저 프린터가 있는 경우입니다.<br>\n" +"부족하여 고해상도 페이지를 처리할 수 없는 레이저 프린터가 있는 경우입니다." +"<br>\n" "현재 사용된 연결을 다른 연결로 교환하는 경우\n" "새 드라이버가 대기열에 사용되도록\n" "먼저 이 변경사항을 프린트 대기열에 적용해야 하며\n" @@ -2125,13 +2203,15 @@ "사용 가능한 모든 드라이버 설명을 검색할 수 있습니다.\n" "</p>" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:343 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:343 msgid "" "<p>\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and <b>location</b>.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and " +"<b>location</b>.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print " +"dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2146,7 +2226,8 @@ "<p>\n" "연결과 드라이버에 대해 해당하는 것을 선택해야 하는 것과 달리\n" "<b>설명</b>과 <b>위치</b>에는 임의 문자열을 자유롭게 입력할 수 있습니다.\n" -"응용 프로그램에 따라서는 인쇄 대화 상자에 설명이나 위치를 보여주는 경우가 있습니다.\n" +"응용 프로그램에 따라서는 인쇄 대화 상자에 설명이나 위치를 보여주는 경우가 있" +"습니다.\n" "문자는 여러 가지 응용 프로그램의 언어 환경에서 표시할 수 있도록\n" "특별한 문자를 사용하지 않는 ASCII 문자(영문 대문자/소문자)\n" "ASCII 숫자(0-9), ASCII 공백(20 hex/스페이스) 같은 것을\n" @@ -2158,8 +2239,8 @@ "(예: '123 방' 또는 '책상 위').\n" "</p>" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:361 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:361 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Set Driver Options</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2183,8 +2264,8 @@ "프린터에서 기본적으로 실제 사용되는 값으로 설정해야 합니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:374 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:374 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Non-default settings may not work in all cases or have unexpected\n" @@ -2204,8 +2285,8 @@ "또는 고품질 설정은 잉크젯 프린터에서 너무 느리게 인쇄될 수 있습니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:385 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:385 msgid "" "<p>\n" "In certain cases printer-specific driver settings\n" @@ -2227,8 +2308,8 @@ "그렇지 않으면 드라이버에서 양면 인쇄 옵션 설정을 무시할 수 있습니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:398 +#. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:398 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Add or Remove Printer Driver Packages</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2250,8 +2331,8 @@ "없는지 확인하십시오.<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. AddDriverDialog help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:410 +#. AddDriverDialog help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:410 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Add a Printer Description File</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2309,12 +2390,13 @@ "참조하므로 PPD 파일만으로 충분합니다.<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:441 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:441 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Specify the Connection</big></b><br>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device." +"<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2326,25 +2408,30 @@ "출력이 있을 수 없습니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n" "A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" +"transfer,\n" "for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>\n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." +"<br>\n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='.<br>\n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " +"'='.<br>\n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " +"'?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example:<br>\n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" +"waitprinter=false<br>\n" "Some examples:<br>\n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>\n" @@ -2369,11 +2456,13 @@ "따라서 URI 구성 요소의 공백 문자는\n" "'%20'으로 인코딩됩니다(20은 공백의 16진수 값).<br>\n" "URI의 구성 요소는\n" -"콜론(:), 슬래시(/), 물음표(?), 앰퍼샌드(&) 또는 등호(=)와 같은 특수 예약 문자로 구분됩니다.<br>\n" +"콜론(:), 슬래시(/), 물음표(?), 앰퍼샌드(&) 또는 등호(=)와 같은 특수 예약 문자" +"로 구분됩니다.<br>\n" "마지막으로 물음표(?)로 구분된 선택적 파라미터(\n" "('option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' 형식)가 있어\n" "전체 장치 URI는 다음과 같은 형태를 갖게 됩니다.<br>\n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" +"waitprinter=false<br>\n" "예:<br>\n" "일련번호가 'A1B2C3'인 'Fun Printer 1000+'라는 'ACME'의 USB 프린터 모델은\n" "다음과 같은 URI를 갖습니다.<br>\n" @@ -2382,13 +2471,14 @@ " 다음과 같은 장치 URI를 갖습니다.<br>\n" "socket://192.168.100.1:9100<br>\n" "IP가 192.168.100.2이고\n" -"원격 LPD 대기 이름 'LPT1'로 LPD 프로토콜을 통해 액세스할 수 있는 네트워크 프린터는\n" +"원격 LPD 대기 이름 'LPT1'로 LPD 프로토콜을 통해 액세스할 수 있는 네트워크 프" +"린터는\n" "다음과 같은 장치 URI를 갖습니다.<br>\n" "lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n" "</p>" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:481 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:481 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Percent Encoding</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2478,7 +2568,8 @@ "하이픈, 마침표, 물결표 및 대소문자 구분도\n" "경우에 따라 특수 문제를 발생시킬 수 있습니다\n" "(예: 문자, 숫자 및 밑줄만\n" -"CUPS 프린트 대기열 이름에 작동하는 것으로 알려져 있으며 여기서 대소문자는 중요하지 않음).\n" +"CUPS 프린트 대기열 이름에 작동하는 것으로 알려져 있으며 여기서 대소문자는 중" +"요하지 않음).\n" "따라서 가능하면 모든 URI의 모든 값에 소문자, 숫자 및\n" "밑줄만 사용하는 것이 좋습니다.<br>\n" "구성요소 값의 예약된 문자와 공백 문자는\n" @@ -2534,12 +2625,13 @@ "at 기호 @는 %40으로 퍼센트 인코드됨<br>\n" "왼쪽 대괄호 [는 %5B로 퍼센트 인코드됨<br>\n" "오른쪽 대괄호 ]는 %5D로 퍼센트 인코드됨<br>\n" -"자세한 내용은 다음 위치의 'URI(Uniform Resource Identifier): 일반 구문'을 참조하십시오.<br>\n" +"자세한 내용은 다음 위치의 'URI(Uniform Resource Identifier): 일반 구문'을 참" +"조하십시오.<br>\n" "http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n" "</p>" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2553,11 +2645,12 @@ "자동으로 감지되며 적절한 장치 URI가 자동 생성됩니다.\n" "예:<br>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></" +"b><br>\n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2594,7 +2687,8 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>네트워크 프린터 또는 프린트 서버 상자에 액세스하기 위한 장치 URI</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>네트워크 프린터 또는 프린트 서버 상자에 액세스하기 위한 장치 URI</" +"big></b><br>\n" "프린트 서버 상자는 네트워크 연결과 실제 프린터를 연결할\n" "USB 또는 병렬 포트 연결이 있는 작은 장치입니다.\n" "네트워크 프린터에는 이러한 장치가 기본 제공되어 있습니다.\n" @@ -2620,7 +2714,8 @@ "<b>IPP(Internet Printing Protocol)</b><br>\n" "IPP는 실제 컴퓨터에서 실행되는 CUPS의 기본 프로토콜이지만\n" "IPP가 작은 프린트 서버 상자에 구현된 경우\n" -"대체로 올바로 구현되지 않습니다. 제조업체에서 실제로 공식 지원을 문서화한 경우에만\n" +"대체로 올바로 구현되지 않습니다. 제조업체에서 실제로 공식 지원을 문서화한 경" +"우에만\n" "IPP를 사용하십시오. \n" "일치하는 장치 URI는 다음과 같습니다.<br>\n" "ipp://ip-address:port-number/resource<br>\n" @@ -2630,8 +2725,8 @@ "http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n" "</p>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2641,7 +2736,8 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network:<br>\n" "<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " +"installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share.<br>\n" @@ -2684,7 +2780,8 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>\n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n" "For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>\n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" +"_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>\n" "<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n" @@ -2718,7 +2815,8 @@ "CUPS 백 엔드 'smb'를 제공합니다.<br>\n" "액세스하려면 서버 이름과 프린터 공유 이름 및\n" "선택적으로 작업 그룹 이름이 필요합니다.\n" -"또한 액세스 권한을 얻기 위해 사용자 이름 및 비밀번호가 필요할 수도 있습니다.\n" +"또한 액세스 권한을 얻기 위해 사용자 이름 및 비밀번호가 필요할 수도 있습니" +"다.\n" "이러한 값의 공백과 특수 문자는\n" "퍼센트 인코드되어야 합니다(위 참조).<br>\n" "기본적으로 CUPS는 백 엔드(여기서는 smbspool)를 사용자 'lp'로 실행합니다.\n" @@ -2755,7 +2853,8 @@ "장치 URI를 사용하여 'Fun Printer 1000+' 공유에 액세스할 수 있습니다.<br>\n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n" "<b>자세한 정보:</b> <tt>man smbspool</tt> 및<br>\n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" +"_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" "'Windows' 및 'Active Directory'는 미국 및/또는 기타 국가에서\n" "Microsoft Corporation의 등록 상표입니다.<br>\n" "<b>기존 UNIX 서버(LPR)</b><br>\n" @@ -2775,8 +2874,8 @@ "일치하는 장치 URI:<br>\n" "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2809,10 +2908,12 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>\n" "Example:<br>\n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>\n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " +"delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost.<br>\n" -"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>\n" +"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" +"beh</tt> and<br>\n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -2854,12 +2955,13 @@ "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n" "</p>" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n" -"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network.<br>\n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network." +"<br>\n" "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" "to make printers available via network.<br>\n" "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" @@ -2894,12 +2996,14 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>네트워크를 통해 인쇄</big></b><br>\n" -"일반적으로 CUPS(Common Unix Printing System)를 사용하여 네트워크를 통해 인쇄합니다.<br>\n" +"일반적으로 CUPS(Common Unix Printing System)를 사용하여 네트워크를 통해 인쇄" +"합니다.<br>\n" "기본적으로 CUPS는 소위 '검색' 모드를\n" "사용하여 네트워크를 통해 프린터를 사용할 수 있게 합니다.<br>\n" "이 경우 원격 CUPS 서버는 네트워크를 통해 프린터를 게시해야 하며\n" "그에 따라 호스트에서 게시된 프린터에 대해\n" -"들어오는 정보를 수신 대기하는 CUPS 데몬 프로세스(cupsd)가 실행되어야 합니다.<br>\n" +"들어오는 정보를 수신 대기하는 CUPS 데몬 프로세스(cupsd)가 실행되어야 합니다." +"<br>\n" "CUPS 검색 정보는 UDP 포트 631을 통해 수신됩니다.<br>\n" "방화벽 관련:<br>\n" "프린터가 네트워크를 통해 게시되는 네트워크 영역에 대해\n" @@ -2927,8 +3031,8 @@ "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "</p>" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\n" @@ -2956,13 +3060,15 @@ "프린터 정보를 폴링합니다.\n" "</p>" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" -"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.<br>\n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " +"host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly." +"<br>\n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -2983,8 +3089,8 @@ "CUPS 서버 항목을 하드코딩하면 도움이 될 수도 있습니다.\n" "</p>" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\n" @@ -3008,15 +3114,16 @@ "Microsoft Corporation의 등록 상표입니다.\n" "</p>" -#. SharingDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 +#. SharingDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></b><br>\n" "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network.<br>\n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " +"run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>\n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "</p>" @@ -3027,23 +3134,27 @@ "사용하려면 CUPS(Common Unix Printing System)를 설정해야 합니다.<br>\n" "이 경우 CUPS 서버는 네트워크를 통해 로컬 프린트 대기열을 게시하며\n" "그에 따라 CUPS 클라이언트 시스템에서 게시된 프린터에 대해\n" -"들어오는 정보를 수신 대기하는 CUPS 데몬 프로세스(cupsd)가 실행되어야 합니다.<br>\n" +"들어오는 정보를 수신 대기하는 CUPS 데몬 프로세스(cupsd)가 실행되어야 합니다." +"<br>\n" "CUPS 검색 정보는 UDP 포트 631을 통해 수신됩니다.\n" "</p>" -#. SharingDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 +#. SharingDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 msgid "" "<p>\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" -"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients.<br>\n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients." +"<br>\n" "In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts.<br>\n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case.<br>\n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " +"Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" -"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server " +"directly.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -3058,8 +3169,8 @@ "사용하여 클라이언트 시스템에서 CUPS 서버를 지정하는 것이 더 간단합니다.\n" "</p>" -#. SharingDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 +#. SharingDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 msgid "" "<p>\n" "There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n" @@ -3093,8 +3204,8 @@ "명시적 목록을 지정할 수 있습니다.\n" "</p>" -#. SharingDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 +#. SharingDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Regarding firewall:<br>\n" @@ -3135,7 +3246,8 @@ "보호하는 데 사용됩니다.<br>\n" "네트워크를 통한 인쇄는 신뢰된 내부 네트워크에서 발생하며\n" "(아무도 외부 네트워크의 임의 사용자가 프린터에서 인쇄하도록 허용하지 않음),\n" -"일반적으로 사용자가 용지에 출력하려면 물리적 프린터 액세스 권한이 필요합니다.<br>\n" +"일반적으로 사용자가 용지에 출력하려면 물리적 프린터 액세스 권한이 필요합니다." +"<br>\n" "기본적으로 SuSEfirewall에서는 '인터넷 영역'에 속하는 네트워크\n" "인터페이스를 통해 모든 네트워크 트래픽이 전달할 수 있습니다.\n" "이 영역이 기본적으로 신뢰되기 때문입니다.<br>\n" @@ -3158,8 +3270,8 @@ "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "</p>" -#. Policies help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 +#. Policies help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>CUPS Operation Policy</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3177,8 +3289,8 @@ "'인쇄 활성화 또는 비활성화' 등입니다.\n" "</p>" -#. Policies help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 +#. Policies help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3198,14 +3310,16 @@ "<br>\n" "The following error policies exist:<br>\n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>\n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default).<br>\n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " +"default).<br>\n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>CUPS 오류 정책</big></b><br>\n" "오류 정책은\n" -"CUPS가 프린터 장치로 인쇄 작업을 보내지 못했을 때 사용되는 기본 정책을 정의합니다.<br>\n" +"CUPS가 프린터 장치로 인쇄 작업을 보내지 못했을 때 사용되는 기본 정책을 정의합" +"니다.<br>\n" "특정한 프린터 연결 방식\n" "(예: 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd' 또는 'ipp')에 따라,\n" "그리고 실제 오류의 종류에 따라,\n" @@ -3224,8 +3338,8 @@ "작업을 취소하고 삭제한 후 다음 작업을 계속합니다.\n" "</p>" -#. Autoconfig help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 +#. Autoconfig help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3257,8 +3371,8 @@ "동일합니다.\n" "</p>" -#. Autoconfig help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 +#. Autoconfig help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3291,112 +3405,115 @@ "항목을 통해 자동 USB 프린터 구성이 발생합니다.\n" "이 파일은 USB 프린터가 연결된 경우\n" "'udev-configure-printer add'를 실행하고\n" -"연결 해제된 경우 'udev-configure-printer remove'를 실행하기 위해 트리거됩니다.\n" +"연결 해제된 경우 'udev-configure-printer remove'를 실행하기 위해 트리거됩니" +"다.\n" "수동으로 70-printers.rules 파일을 변경하는 경우를 제외하고\n" "udev-configure-printer에 대해 조정 가능한 설정은 없습니다.\n" "</p>" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/printer/overview.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of printer -#. Summary: Overview dialog definition -#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix@suse.de> -#. -#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/printer/overview.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of printer +#. Summary: Overview dialog definition +#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix@suse.de> +#. +#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 msgid "Show" msgstr "표시" -#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 +#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 msgid "&Local" msgstr "로컬(&L)" -#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 +#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 msgid "&Remote" msgstr "원격(&R)" -#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 +#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "구성" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Print queue name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Print queue name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 msgid "Location" msgstr "위치" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Whether or not is is the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Whether or not is is the default queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 msgid "Default" msgstr "기본값" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 msgid "Status" msgstr "상태" -#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 +#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 msgid "Re&fresh List" msgstr "목록 새로 고침(&F)" -#. PushButton label to print a test page: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 +#. PushButton label to print a test page: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 msgid "Print &Test Page" msgstr "테스트 페이지 인쇄(&T)" -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#. when a local cupsd is required but it is not accessible. -#. YaST did already run 'lpstat -h localhost -r' -#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. -#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) -#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#. when a local cupsd is required but it is not accessible. +#. YaST did already run 'lpstat -h localhost -r' +#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. +#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) +#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " +"accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" "로컬에서 실행 중인 CUPS 데몬이 필요하지만 액세스할 수 없는 것 같습니다.\n" -"'lpstat -h localhost -r'을 사용하여 로컬 cupsd에 액세스할 수 있는지 확인하십시오.\n" +"'lpstat -h localhost -r'을 사용하여 로컬 cupsd에 액세스할 수 있는지 확인하십" +"시오.\n" "cupsd에 액세스할 수 없으면 실패가 끝없이 반복됩니다.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). -#. A rather technical text because this does not happen on normal systems -#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). -#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed -#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). +#. A rather technical text because this does not happen on normal systems +#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). +#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed +#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" "Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n" @@ -3409,18 +3526,20 @@ "the YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n" msgstr "" "CUPS 데몬이 공식 IANA IPP 포트(631)에서 수신 대기하지 않는 것 같습니다.\n" -"'netstat -nap | grep cupsd'를 사용하여 cupsd가 실제로 수신 대기하는 위치를 확인하십시오.\n" +"'netstat -nap | grep cupsd'를 사용하여 cupsd가 실제로 수신 대기하는 위치를 확" +"인하십시오.\n" "이 문제는 'Listen ...:1234' 또는 'Port 1234' 설정\n" "(여기서 1234는 공식 포트 631이 아닌 모든 포트 번호를 의미함)이\n" -"/etc/cups/cupsd.conf에 있는 경우에 발생합니다('BrowsePort 1234'가 있는지도 확인).\n" +"/etc/cups/cupsd.conf에 있는 경우에 발생합니다('BrowsePort 1234'가 있는지도 확" +"인).\n" "YaST 프린터 모듈은 비공식 포트를 지원하지 않습니다.\n" "비공식 포트를 사용하면 실패가 끝없이 반복됩니다.\n" "비공식 포트를 사용해야 하는 경우\n" "YaST 프린터 모듈을 사용하여 프린터를 구성할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 msgid "" "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" @@ -3428,567 +3547,584 @@ "CUPS 서버 액세스 가능성과 관련된 여러 테스트를 실행하는 중입니다.\n" "(시간이 걸릴 수 있음)" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "액세스할 수 없는 CUPS 서버 '%1'을(를) 더 이상 사용하지 않으시겠습니까?" -#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 +#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "계속하려면 '%1'이(가) 더 이상 사용되지 않는 것에 동의해야 합니다." -#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed -#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and -#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 -msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed +#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and +#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 +msgid "" +"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." msgstr "서버에 액세스할 수 없으면 지연 및 실패가 끝없이 반복됩니다." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "CUPS 서버 %1" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "CUPS 서버에 액세스할 수 있는지 테스트하는 중입니다." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "항목을 선택하십시오." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "삭제할 수 없습니다." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 -msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 +msgid "" +"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "원격 구성입니다. 로컬 구성만 삭제할 수 있습니다." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "삭제 완료" -#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 -msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." +#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 +msgid "" +"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " +"restored." msgstr "선택한 구성은 즉시 삭제되고 복원할 수 없습니다." -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "구성 %1 삭제" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "삭제 안 함" -#. because a class cannot be re-created with the YaST printer module because -#. the YaST printer module has no support to add or edit classes -#. because classes are only useful in bigger printing environments -#. which is out of the scope of the use cases of the YaST printer module. -#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module -#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident -#. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 +#. because a class cannot be re-created with the YaST printer module because +#. the YaST printer module has no support to add or edit classes +#. because classes are only useful in bigger printing environments +#. which is out of the scope of the use cases of the YaST printer module. +#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module +#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident +#. with whatever other setup tool: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "클래스 삭제 확인" -#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 +#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "이 도구를 사용하여 삭제된 클래스를 다시 생성할 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "인쇄 작업 거부 중" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." msgstr "인쇄 작업이 거부되어 테스트 페이지를 인쇄할 수 없습니다." -#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. -#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". -#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 +#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. +#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". +#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "출력 비활성화됨" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." msgstr "출력이 비활성화되어 테스트 페이지를 인쇄할 수 없습니다." -#. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. -#. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because -#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. -#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback -#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 -msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." -msgstr "테스트 페이지가 인쇄되기 전에 삭제해야 하는 대기 중인 인쇄 작업이 있습니다." +#. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. +#. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because +#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. +#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback +#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 +msgid "" +"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " +"printed." +msgstr "" +"테스트 페이지가 인쇄되기 전에 삭제해야 하는 대기 중인 인쇄 작업이 있습니다." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "%1에 대해 대기 중인 인쇄 작업 삭제" -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "시험 인쇄를 시작하기 전에 대기 중인 작업 삭제" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "다른 작업을 마친 후에 시험 인쇄" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "%1에 대기 중인 일부 작업을 삭제하지 못했습니다." -#. Since CUPS 1.4 there is no longer a readymade PostScript testpage in CUPS, see -#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=520617 -#. Therefore a slightly modified CUPS 1.3.10 testprint.ps was added -#. to yast2-printer as /usr/share/YaST2/data/testprint.ps -#. The following modifications -#. --- cups-1.3.10/data/testprint.ps 2009-01-13 18:27:16.000000000 +0100 -#. +++ data/testprint.ps 2009-07-09 15:25:26.000000000 +0200 -#. @@ -564 +564 @@ -#. - (Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered -#. + (CUPS Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered -#. @@ -570 +570 @@ -#. - (Printed with CUPS v1.3.x) show -#. + (Printed with CUPS) show -#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage -#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 there is no longer a readymade PostScript testpage in CUPS, see +#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=520617 +#. Therefore a slightly modified CUPS 1.3.10 testprint.ps was added +#. to yast2-printer as /usr/share/YaST2/data/testprint.ps +#. The following modifications +#. --- cups-1.3.10/data/testprint.ps 2009-01-13 18:27:16.000000000 +0100 +#. +++ data/testprint.ps 2009-07-09 15:25:26.000000000 +0200 +#. @@ -564 +564 @@ +#. - (Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered +#. + (CUPS Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered +#. @@ -570 +570 @@ +#. - (Printed with CUPS v1.3.x) show +#. + (Printed with CUPS) show +#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage +#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "테스트 출력" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion message: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" msgstr "한두 페이지를 인쇄하여 양면 인쇄 테스트" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "단일 테스트 페이지" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "두 개의 테스트 페이지" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "%1에 대한 테스트 페이지를 인쇄하지 못했습니다." -#. When submitting the testpage to the queue failed (also for non-local queues) -#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) -#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. -#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 +#. When submitting the testpage to the queue failed (also for non-local queues) +#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) +#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. +#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "테스트 페이지 인쇄가 완료될 때까지 대기" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "테스트 페이지를 %1(으)로 보냈습니다. 인쇄가 곧 시작됩니다." -#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label -#. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label +#. regarding a positive testpage printout result: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "테스트 페이지 출력 성공" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label -#. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label +#. regarding a negative testpage printout result: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "테스트 페이지 인쇄 실패" -#. it seems something went wrong with the testpage printing -#. so that the user can delete all pending jobs now. -#. Via the "cancel" command the cupsd sends termination signals -#. to running filter processes for the queue so that the filters -#. (in particular the printer driver) could do whatever is needed -#. to switch an actively printing printer device into a clean state -#. (e.g. exit its graphics printing mode and switch back to normal mode). -#. The backend process terminates when the filters have finished. -#. This helps in usual cases (in particular when a good driver is used) -#. if something had messed up for an actively printing job but -#. unfortunately there is no option for the "cancel" command -#. which lets the cupsd kill the backend process as emergency brake -#. when something is really wrong e.g. a wrong driver lets the printer -#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. -#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback -#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 +#. it seems something went wrong with the testpage printing +#. so that the user can delete all pending jobs now. +#. Via the "cancel" command the cupsd sends termination signals +#. to running filter processes for the queue so that the filters +#. (in particular the printer driver) could do whatever is needed +#. to switch an actively printing printer device into a clean state +#. (e.g. exit its graphics printing mode and switch back to normal mode). +#. The backend process terminates when the filters have finished. +#. This helps in usual cases (in particular when a good driver is used) +#. if something had messed up for an actively printing job but +#. unfortunately there is no option for the "cancel" command +#. which lets the cupsd kill the backend process as emergency brake +#. when something is really wrong e.g. a wrong driver lets the printer +#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. +#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback +#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "지금 삭제해야 하는 대기 중인 인쇄 작업이 있습니다." -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "모든 대기 중인 작업 삭제" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "삭제 안 함" -#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 +#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "전체 로그를 보려면 /var/log/cups/error_log 파일을 참조하십시오." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 -msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 +msgid "" +"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "%1에 대한 테스트 페이지를 처리하는 중 CUPS 로그 정보(영어만)" -#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, -#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 +#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, +#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "CUPS 로그 정보를 보려면 /var/log/cups/error_log 파일을 참조하십시오." -#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 -msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." -msgstr "원격 시스템을 통한 인쇄에 실패할 경우 원격 시스템의 관리자에게 문의할 수 있습니다." +#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 +msgid "" +"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " +"system." +msgstr "" +"원격 시스템을 통한 인쇄에 실패할 경우 원격 시스템의 관리자에게 문의할 수 있습" +"니다." -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." msgstr "원격 CUPS 서버 설정이 구성 추가 시 충돌합니다." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "수정할 수 없습니다." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 -msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 +msgid "" +"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "원격 구성입니다. 로컬 구성만 수정할 수 있습니다." -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. stop the printer and keep the job for future printing: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:45 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. stop the printer and keep the job for future printing: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:45 msgid "stop the printer and keep the job for future printing" msgstr "프린터를 중지하고 나중 인쇄를 위해 작업 보관" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time -#. (the default JobRetryInterval is 30 seconds but this can be changed): -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:52 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time +#. (the default JobRetryInterval is 30 seconds but this can be changed): +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:52 msgid "re-send the job after waiting some time" msgstr "일정 시간 대기한 후 작업 다시 보내기" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:58 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:58 msgid "abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job" msgstr "작업을 중단 후 삭제하고 다음 작업으로 진행" -#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS error policy: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:77 +#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS error policy: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:77 msgid "Specify the &error policy" msgstr "오류 정책 지정(&E)" -#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS error policy which is selected in the ComboBox above -#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). -#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" -#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical -#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 +#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS error policy which is selected in the ComboBox above +#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). +#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" +#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical +#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 msgid "&Apply this error policy to all local printer configurations" msgstr "이 오류 정책을 모든 로컬 프린터 구성에 적용(&A)" -#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101 +#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101 msgid "Specify the &operation policy" msgstr "작업 정책 지정(&O)" -#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS operation policy which is selected in the ComboBox above -#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). -#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" -#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical -#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 +#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS operation policy which is selected in the ComboBox above +#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). +#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" +#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical +#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 msgid "Apply this operation &policy to all local printer configurations" msgstr "이 작업 정책을 모든 로컬 프린터 구성에 적용(&P)" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 +msgid "" +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " +"system." msgstr "원격 CUPS 서버 설정이 로컬 시스템의 설정 정책과 충돌합니다." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 msgid "Failed to apply the policy to '%1'" msgstr "'%1'에 정책을 적용하지 못했습니다." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the default operation policy value. -#. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the default operation policy value. +#. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354 msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf에서 'DefaultPolicy %1'을(를) 설정하지 못했습니다." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value. -#. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:373 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value. +#. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:373 msgid "Failed to set 'ErrorPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf에서 'ErrorPolicy %1'을(를) 설정하지 못했습니다." -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:414 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1102 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:1037 +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:414 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1102 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:1037 msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system." msgstr "시스템에 설정을 적용하지 못했습니다." -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is not accepted from any remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:52 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is not accepted from any remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:52 msgid "do not accept any printer announcement" msgstr "프린터 알림 허용 안 함" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted from -#. all remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:56 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted from +#. all remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:56 msgid "accept all announcements from anywhere" msgstr "모든 알림 허용" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted from -#. remote CUPS servers in the local network: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:60 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted from +#. remote CUPS servers in the local network: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:60 msgid "accept from all hosts in the local network" msgstr "로컬 네트워크에 있는 모든 호스트로부터 받음" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted only from -#. remote CUPS servers with specific addresses -#. where the specific addresses are specified in a TextEntry below: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:67 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted only from +#. remote CUPS servers with specific addresses +#. where the specific addresses are specified in a TextEntry below: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:67 msgid "accept only from the specific addresses below" msgstr "지정한 주소에서만 받음" -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:74 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:74 msgid "Use CUPS to Print Via Network" msgstr "네트워크를 통한 인쇄에 CUPS 사용" -#. A CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:81 +#. A CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:81 msgid "&Accept Printer Announcements from CUPS Servers" msgstr "CUPS 서버의 프린터 알림 허용(&A)" -#. A header for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. a usual general setting from which remote CUPS servers -#. printer information is accepted: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:96 +#. A header for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. a usual general setting from which remote CUPS servers +#. printer information is accepted: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:96 msgid "&General Setting" msgstr "일반 설정(&G)" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can additionally -#. enter specific IP addresses and/or network/netmask -#. from where remote printer information is accepted: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can additionally +#. enter specific IP addresses and/or network/netmask +#. from where remote printer information is accepted: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121 msgid "Additional IP Addresses or &Network/Netmask (separated by space)" msgstr "추가 IP 주소 또는 네트워크/넷마스크(공백으로 구분)(&N)" -#. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134 +#. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134 msgid "&Request Printer Information from CUPS Servers" msgstr "CUPS 서버의 프린터 정보 요청(&R)" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter -#. CUPS server names and/or IP addresses -#. from where remote printer information is polled: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter +#. CUPS server names and/or IP addresses +#. from where remote printer information is polled: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 msgid "Polled CUPS server names or &IP Addresses (separated by space)" msgstr "폴링된 CUPS 서버 이름 또는 IP 주소(공백으로 구분)(&I)" -#. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly -#. only via one single remote CUPS server: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:158 +#. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly +#. only via one single remote CUPS server: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:158 msgid "&Do All Printing Directly via One Single CUPS Server" msgstr "단일 CUPS 서버를 통해 모든 인쇄 직접 수행(&D)" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter -#. the one single remote CUPS server which is used -#. to do all his printing tasks: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:170 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter +#. the one single remote CUPS server which is used +#. to do all his printing tasks: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:170 msgid "&One single CUPS server name or IP Address" msgstr "단일 CUPS 서버 이름 또는 IP 주소(&O)" -#. A PushButton to test whether or not the one single remote CUPS server -#. which is used to do all printing tasks is accessible: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:178 +#. A PushButton to test whether or not the one single remote CUPS server +#. which is used to do all printing tasks is accessible: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:178 msgid "&Test Server" msgstr "테스트 서버(&T)" -#. or to set up to use a network printer directly: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189 +#. or to set up to use a network printer directly: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189 msgid "Use Another Print Server or Use a Network Printer Directly" msgstr "다른 프린트 서버 사용 또는 직접 네트워크 프린터 사용" -#. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" -#. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 +#. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" +#. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 msgid "A firewall may reject printer announcements from CUPS servers" msgstr "방화벽에서 CUPS 서버의 프린터 알림을 거부할 수 있습니다." -#. Popup::AnyMessage message: -#. Popup::AnyMessage message: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 +#. Popup::AnyMessage message: +#. Popup::AnyMessage message: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog." msgstr "방화벽 설정에 대해서는 이 대화 상자의 도움말 텍스트를 참조하십시오." -#. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. -#. Such a client-only config does not make sense: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:364 +#. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. +#. Such a client-only config does not make sense: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:364 msgid "A valid CUPS server name must be entered." msgstr "유효한 CUPS 서버 이름을 입력해야 합니다." -#. when a client-only server is not accessible -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:391 +#. when a client-only server is not accessible +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:391 msgid "Continue regardless that '%1' is not accessible?" msgstr "'%1'에 액세스할 수 없다는 것과 상관없이 계속하시겠습니까?" -#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when a client-only server is not accessible: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 +#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when a client-only server is not accessible: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of failures." msgstr "서버에 액세스할 수 없는 경우 실패가 끝없이 반복됩니다." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 msgid "Tried to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." msgstr "/etc/cups/client.conf에서 'ServerName %1'을(를) 설정하려고 했습니다." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441 msgid "Failed to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." msgstr "/etc/cups/client.conf에서 'ServerName %1'을(를) 설정하지 못했습니다." -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled." msgstr "단일 CUPS 서버를 통해 모든 인쇄 수행 확인란이 비활성화되었습니다." -#. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: -#. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has -#. changed the server name values to be effectively empty. -#. This is the same as to turn off the BrowsePoll config so that -#. the "BrowsePoll config should be disabled" case below is triggered here: -#. Having "BrowseAddress" entries requires "Browsing On", -#. otherwise browsing information would not be sent at all: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:548 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575 +#. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: +#. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has +#. changed the server name values to be effectively empty. +#. This is the same as to turn off the BrowsePoll config so that +#. the "BrowsePoll config should be disabled" case below is triggered here: +#. Having "BrowseAddress" entries requires "Browsing On", +#. otherwise browsing information would not be sent at all: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:548 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575 msgid "Failed to set 'Browsing On' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf에서 'Browsing On'을 설정하지 못했습니다." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf에서 BrowseAllow 값 '%1'을(를) 설정하지 못했습니다." +msgstr "" +"/etc/cups/cupsd.conf에서 BrowseAllow 값 '%1'을(를) 설정하지 못했습니다." -#. but now the user has deactivated it -#. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. -#. Do not change the global "Browsing On/Off" entry in cupsd.conf -#. because "Browsing Off" disables also sharing of local printers -#. which might be needed by the "Share Printers" dialog. -#. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 +#. but now the user has deactivated it +#. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. +#. Do not change the global "Browsing On/Off" entry in cupsd.conf +#. because "Browsing Off" disables also sharing of local printers +#. which might be needed by the "Share Printers" dialog. +#. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf에서 'BrowseAllow none'을 설정하지 못했습니다." -#. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. -#. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:615 +#. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. +#. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:615 msgid "At least one valid CUPS server name must be entered." msgstr "유효한 CUPS 서버 이름을 하나 이상 입력해야 합니다." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 msgid "Failed to set BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf에서 BrowsePoll 값 '%1'을(를) 설정하지 못했습니다." -#. but now the user has deactivated it -#. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: -#. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684 +#. but now the user has deactivated it +#. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: +#. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowsePoll none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf에서 'BrowsePoll none'을 설정하지 못했습니다." -#. A "accept browsing info" config with a local running cupsd -#. was switched to a "not accept browsing info" config or -#. a BrowsePoll config with a local running cupsd was disabled. -#. A cups-polld polls remote servers for a list of available printer queues. -#. Those information is then broadcast to the localhost interface (127.0.0.1) -#. on the specified browse port for reception by the local cupsd. -#. Theerfore for the cupsd BrowsePoll information is the same -#. as the usual Browsing information via BrowseAllow. -#. The default BrowseTimeout value for the local cupsd is 5 minutes. -#. Therefore it takes by default 5 minutes until printer information -#. that was previously received by Browsing is removed (via timeout) -#. from the local cupsd's list. -#. I assume most users do not like to wait 5 minutes which is no problem -#. because they can just click the [OK] button to continue but then -#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 +#. A "accept browsing info" config with a local running cupsd +#. was switched to a "not accept browsing info" config or +#. a BrowsePoll config with a local running cupsd was disabled. +#. A cups-polld polls remote servers for a list of available printer queues. +#. Those information is then broadcast to the localhost interface (127.0.0.1) +#. on the specified browse port for reception by the local cupsd. +#. Theerfore for the cupsd BrowsePoll information is the same +#. as the usual Browsing information via BrowseAllow. +#. The default BrowseTimeout value for the local cupsd is 5 minutes. +#. Therefore it takes by default 5 minutes until printer information +#. that was previously received by Browsing is removed (via timeout) +#. from the local cupsd's list. +#. I assume most users do not like to wait 5 minutes which is no problem +#. because they can just click the [OK] button to continue but then +#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " +"announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" @@ -3996,167 +4132,174 @@ "또는 'CUPS 서버의 프린터 정보 요청'이 비활성화된 후\n" "이미 수신된 정보가 사라질 때까지 대체로 5분 정도 걸립니다." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 msgid "The server '%1' is accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." msgstr "서버 '%1'은(는) 포트 631(IPP/CUPS)을 통해 액세스할 수 있습니다." -#. A RadioButton label to deny remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:64 +#. A RadioButton label to deny remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:64 msgid "&Deny Remote Access" msgstr "원격 액세스 거부(&D)" -#. A RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:73 +#. A RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:73 msgid "&Allow Remote Access" msgstr "원격 액세스 허용(&A)" -#. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 +#. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 msgid "There are various ways how to specify which remote hosts are allowed:" msgstr "허용되는 원격 호스트를 지정하는 다양한 방법이 있습니다." -#. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for computers within the local network: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:100 +#. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for computers within the local network: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:100 msgid "For computers within the &local network" msgstr "로컬 네트워크 내 컴퓨터(&L)" -#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default within the local network: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:111 +#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default within the local network: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:111 msgid "&Publish printers within the local network" msgstr "로컬 네트워크 내의 프린터 게시(&P)" -#. A caption for a table to allow remote access to local print queues -#. via network interfaces specified in the table below: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:121 +#. A caption for a table to allow remote access to local print queues +#. via network interfaces specified in the table below: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:121 msgid "Via network interfaces" msgstr "네트워크 인터페이스를 통해" -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:133 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:133 msgid "Interface" msgstr "인터페이스" -#. A table column header where the column shows whether or not -#. local print queues are published by default -#. via the network interface in the other table column: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:137 +#. A table column header where the column shows whether or not +#. local print queues are published by default +#. via the network interface in the other table column: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:137 msgid "Publish printers via this interface" msgstr "이 인터페이스를 통해 프린터 게시" -#. A PushButton label to add a network interface to the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:148 +#. A PushButton label to add a network interface to the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:148 msgid "&Add" msgstr "추가(&A)" -#. A PushButton label to change a network interface in the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:154 +#. A PushButton label to change a network interface in the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:154 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "편집(&E)" -#. A PushButton label to delete a network interface from the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:160 +#. A PushButton label to delete a network interface from the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:160 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "삭제(&D)" -#. A caption to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for hosts and/or networks specified in two TextEntries below: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:169 +#. A caption to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for hosts and/or networks specified in two TextEntries below: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:169 msgid "For Specific IP Addresses or Networks" msgstr "특정 IP 주소 또는 네트워크의 경우" -#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for hosts and/or networks: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for hosts and/or networks: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 +msgid "" +"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" msgstr "해당 IP 주소 또는 네트워크/넷마스크의 액세스 허용(공백으로 구분)(&N)" -#. TextEntry to publish local print queues -#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 -msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" -msgstr "이러한 IP 주소 또는 네트워크 브로드캐스트 주소에 게시(공백으로 구분)(&B)" +#. TextEntry to publish local print queues +#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 +msgid "" +"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " +"space)" +msgstr "" +"이러한 IP 주소 또는 네트워크 브로드캐스트 주소에 게시(공백으로 구분)(&B)" -#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default -#. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214 +#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default +#. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214 msgid "&Publish printers by default via the network interface below." msgstr "기본적으로 아래의 네트워크 인터페이스를 통해 프린터 공개(&P)" -#. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221 +#. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221 msgid "Available Network &Interfaces:" msgstr "사용 가능한 네트워크 인터페이스(&I)" -#. Use the exact same wording "remote access" -#. as in the matching RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:261 +#. Use the exact same wording "remote access" +#. as in the matching RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:261 msgid "A firewall may prevent remote access" msgstr "방화벽에서 원격 액세스를 차단할 수도 있습니다." -#. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 +#. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 msgid "Failed to set only 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf에서 'Listen localhost'만 설정하지 못했습니다." -#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 +#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 msgid "Failed to remove 'Allow' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf에서 'Allow' 항목을 제거하지 못했습니다." -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf에서 'BrowseAddress' 항목을 제거하지 못했습니다." -#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. -#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 +#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. +#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 msgid "Failed to set 'Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf에서 'Allow' 항목 '%1'을(를) 설정하지 못했습니다." -#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 +#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf에서 'BrowseAddress' 항목 '%1'을(를) 설정하지 못했습니다." +msgstr "" +"/etc/cups/cupsd.conf에서 'BrowseAddress' 항목 '%1'을(를) 설정하지 못했습니다." -#. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 +#. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 msgid "Failed to set 'Listen *:631' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf에서 'Listen *:631'을 설정하지 못했습니다." -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 +msgid "" +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " +"configurations." msgstr "원격 CUPS 서버 설정이 로컬 프린터 구성 공유 시 충돌합니다." -#. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#. Whole configuration of printer but without reading and writing. -#. For use with proposal at the end of the system installation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:195 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:215 +#. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#. Whole configuration of printer but without reading and writing. +#. For use with proposal at the end of the system installation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:195 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:215 msgid "Printer Configuration" msgstr "프린터 구성" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:197 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:217 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:197 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:217 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화 중..." -#. Settings: -#. Define all variables needed for configuration of a printer: -#. Global variables: -#. Used by AutoYaST by calling in printer_auto.ycp the "Summary" function. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:58 +#. Settings: +#. Define all variables needed for configuration of a printer: +#. Global variables: +#. Used by AutoYaST by calling in printer_auto.ycp the "Summary" function. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:58 msgid "" "<p>\n" "AutoYaST settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>\n" @@ -4168,15 +4311,15 @@ "로컬 프린트 대기열에 대한 AutoYaST 지원이 없습니다.\n" "</p>" -#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. -#. Don't care if this command is successful. All what matters is if CreateDatabase() works. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:367 +#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. +#. Don't care if this command is successful. All what matters is if CreateDatabase() works. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:367 msgid "Retrieving printer driver information..." msgstr "프린터 드라이버 정보 검색 중..." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:382 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:382 msgid "" "Retrieving printer driver information...\n" "(this could take more than a minute)" @@ -4184,263 +4327,265 @@ "프린터 드라이버 정보 검색 중...\n" "(이 작업은 1분 이상 걸릴 수 있습니다.)" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:396 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:396 msgid "Failed to create PPD database." msgstr "PPD 데이터베이스를 생성하지 못했습니다." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:415 src/modules/Printer.rb:541 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:621 src/modules/Printer.rb:694 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:415 src/modules/Printer.rb:541 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:621 src/modules/Printer.rb:694 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "%1 파일이 없습니다." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:437 src/modules/Printer.rb:566 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:641 src/modules/Printer.rb:714 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:437 src/modules/Printer.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:641 src/modules/Printer.rb:714 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "%1 읽기에 실패했습니다." -#. ExpectedSize to 1 (setting it to 0 results wrong output) by calling -#. UI::ChangeWidget( `id(`create_database_progress), `ExpectedSize, 1 ) -#. results bad looking output because the DownloadProgress widget is visible re-drawn -#. first with a small 1% initially starting progress bar which then jumps up to 100% -#. but what is intended is that the current progress bar jumps directly up to 100%. -#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar. -#. Because ProgressBar has a different default width than DownloadProgress, -#. a MinWidth which is sufficient for both is set above. -#. The size is measured in units roughly equivalent to the size of a character -#. in the respective UI (1/80 of the full screen width horizontally, -#. 1/25 of the full screen width vertically) where full screen size -#. is 640x480 pixels (y2qt) or 80x25 characters (y2ncurses). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:459 +#. ExpectedSize to 1 (setting it to 0 results wrong output) by calling +#. UI::ChangeWidget( `id(`create_database_progress), `ExpectedSize, 1 ) +#. results bad looking output because the DownloadProgress widget is visible re-drawn +#. first with a small 1% initially starting progress bar which then jumps up to 100% +#. but what is intended is that the current progress bar jumps directly up to 100%. +#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar. +#. Because ProgressBar has a different default width than DownloadProgress, +#. a MinWidth which is sufficient for both is set above. +#. The size is measured in units roughly equivalent to the size of a character +#. in the respective UI (1/80 of the full screen width horizontally, +#. 1/25 of the full screen width vertically) where full screen size +#. is 640x480 pixels (y2qt) or 80x25 characters (y2ncurses). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:459 msgid "Retrieved Printer Driver Information" msgstr "검색된 프린터 드라이버 정보" -#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. -#. Don't care if this command is successful. -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:491 src/modules/Printer.rb:508 +#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. +#. Don't care if this command is successful. +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:491 src/modules/Printer.rb:508 msgid "Detecting printers..." msgstr "프린터 검색 중..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no printer was autodetected. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:522 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no printer was autodetected. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:522 msgid "Failed to detect printers automatically." msgstr "프린터를 자동으로 감지하지 못했습니다." -#. ExpectedSize to 1 results bad looking output (see above). -#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar -#. which requires a MinWidth with sufficient size (see above). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:579 +#. ExpectedSize to 1 results bad looking output (see above). +#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar +#. which requires a MinWidth with sufficient size (see above). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:579 msgid "Printer detection finished" msgstr "프린터 검색 완료됨" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:607 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:607 msgid "Failed to detect print queues." msgstr "인쇄 대기열을 감지하지 못했습니다." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 msgid "Failed to determine driver options for queue %1." msgstr "대기열 %1에 대한 드라이버 옵션을 지정하지 못했습니다." -#. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see -#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: -#. for background information -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:735 +#. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see +#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: +#. for background information +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:735 msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgstr "프린터 구성 초기화" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:738 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:738 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "설치된 패키지 확인" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:740 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:740 msgid "Checking installed packages..." msgstr "설치된 패키지 확인 중..." -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:742 src/modules/Printer.rb:792 +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:742 src/modules/Printer.rb:792 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료" -#. Finish printer configuration (does actually nothing except to exit verbosely) see -#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: -#. for background information -#. @return true in any case (because it only exits) -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:785 +#. Finish printer configuration (does actually nothing except to exit verbosely) see +#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: +#. for background information +#. @return true in any case (because it only exits) +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:785 msgid "Finishing Printer Configuration" msgstr "프린터 구성 완료 중" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:788 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:788 msgid "Finish printer configuration" msgstr "프린터 구성 완료" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:790 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:790 msgid "Finishing printer configuration..." msgstr "프린터 구성 완료 중..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 msgid "Cannot show print queues (failed to detect print queues)." msgstr "인쇄 대기열을 표시할 수 없습니다(인쇄 대기열 감지 실패)." -#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 +#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 msgid "Local" msgstr "로컬" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1120 msgid "Class" msgstr "클래스" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1121 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1121 msgid "Remote" msgstr "원격" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1122 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1122 msgid "Yes" msgstr "예" -#. When the queue accepts print jobs and printing is enabled: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1124 +#. When the queue accepts print jobs and printing is enabled: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1124 msgid "Ready" msgstr "준비" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1125 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1125 msgid "Printout disabled" msgstr "출력 비활성화됨" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1128 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1128 msgid "Rejecting print jobs, printout disabled" msgstr "인쇄 작업 거부 중입니다. 인쇄 출력이 비활성화되었습니다." -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1130 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1130 msgid "Rejecting print jobs" msgstr "인쇄 작업 거부 중" -#. Show a fallback text if there are no queues: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1167 +#. Show a fallback text if there are no queues: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1167 msgid "There is no print queue." msgstr "인쇄 대기열이 없습니다." -#. Only a simple message because before the function AutodetectPrinters -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1212 +#. Only a simple message because before the function AutodetectPrinters +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1212 msgid "Failed to autodetect printers." msgstr "프린터를 자동 감지하지 못했습니다." -#. Show a fallback text if there are no connections. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1474 +#. Show a fallback text if there are no connections. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1474 msgid "No connections." msgstr "연결이 없습니다." -#. A hint what to do if there are no connections. -#. 'Detect More' and 'Connection Wizard' are -#. button lables and must be translated accordingly: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1478 +#. A hint what to do if there are no connections. +#. 'Detect More' and 'Connection Wizard' are +#. button lables and must be translated accordingly: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1478 msgid "Try 'Detect More' or use the 'Connection Wizard'." msgstr "'기타 검색'을 시도하거나 '연결 마법사'를 사용하십시오." -#. Only a simple message because before the function CreateDatabase -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496 +#. Only a simple message because before the function CreateDatabase +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496 msgid "Failed to create the printer driver database." msgstr "프린터 드라이버 데이터베이스를 생성하지 못했습니다." -#. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected. -#. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525 +#. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected. +#. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525 msgid "Select a connection, then matching drivers show up here." msgstr "연결을 선택하십시오. 일치하는 드라이버가 여기에 표시됩니다." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1543 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1543 msgid "Determining matching printer drivers..." msgstr "일치하는 프린터 드라이버 확인 중..." -#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 +#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." -msgstr "일치하는 드라이버를 찾을 수 없습니다. 검색 문자열을 변경하거나 '기타 찾기'를 시도하십시오." +msgstr "" +"일치하는 드라이버를 찾을 수 없습니다. 검색 문자열을 변경하거나 '기타 찾기'를 " +"시도하십시오." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..." msgstr "여러 드라이버를 처리하고 있습니다. 잠시 기다려주십시오..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 msgid "Failed to add queue %1." msgstr "%1 대기열을 추가하지 못했습니다." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1." msgstr "구성 %1을(를) 삭제하지 못했습니다." -#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case -#. which should not happen at all: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 +#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case +#. which should not happen at all: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 msgid "Failed to determine the driver options." msgstr "드라이버 옵션을 지정하지 못했습니다." -#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 +#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 msgid "new value" msgstr "새 값" -#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 +#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 msgid "saved value" msgstr "저장된 값" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 msgid "The server '" msgstr "서버 '" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n" "This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n" @@ -4454,9 +4599,9 @@ "또는 YaST 프로세스에서 그래픽 표시에 액세스할 수 없는 경우에 발생합니다.\n" "이 경우 사용자 'root'로 hp-setup을 수동으로 직접 실행해야 합니다.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" @@ -4466,21 +4611,22 @@ "이 항목이 존재하지 않으므로 hp-setup을\n" "실행할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " +"configuration.\n" msgstr "" "hp-setup을 시작했습니다.\n" "먼저 hp-setup을 완료해야 프린터 구성을 계속할 수 있습니다.\n" -#. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. -#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 +#. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. +#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 msgid "" "To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" "Use 'Driver Packages' to install it." @@ -4488,99 +4634,105 @@ "hp-setup을 실행하려면 RPM 패키지 hplip를 설치해야 합니다.\n" "'드라이버 패키지'를 사용하여 설치하십시오." -#. Is the package available to be installed? -#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." -msgstr "필수 패키지 %1이(가) 설치되지 않았고 사용 가능한 패키지 리포지토리가 없습니다." +#. Is the package available to be installed? +#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 +msgid "" +"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " +"available." +msgstr "" +"필수 패키지 %1이(가) 설치되지 않았고 사용 가능한 패키지 리포지토리가 없습니" +"다." -#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "필수 패키지 %1이(가) 설치되지 않았고 리포지토리에서 사용할 수 없습니다." +#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 +msgid "" +"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "" +"필수 패키지 %1이(가) 설치되지 않았고 리포지토리에서 사용할 수 없습니다." -#. Only a simple message because: -#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, -#. or this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:223 +#. Only a simple message because: +#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, +#. or this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:223 msgid "Failed to install required package %1." msgstr "필수 패키지 %1을(를) 설치하지 못했습니다." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:242 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:242 msgid "Remove package %1?" msgstr "%1 패키지를 제거하시겠습니까?" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:278 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:278 msgid "Removing package %1 would break dependencies." msgstr "%1 패키지를 제거하면 종속성이 손상됩니다." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287 msgid "Remove %1 regardless of breaking dependencies?" msgstr "종속성 손상에 상관 없이 %1을(를) 제거하시겠습니까?" -#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 +#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 msgid "Breaking dependencies leads to arbitrary failures elsewhere." msgstr "종속성이 손상되면 예측할 수 없는 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:309 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:309 msgid "Failed to remove package %1." msgstr "%1 패키지를 제거하지 못했습니다." -#. Enforce user confirmation before a new service is started -#. to be on the safe side that the user knows about it: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:335 +#. Enforce user confirmation before a new service is started +#. to be on the safe side that the user knows about it: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:335 msgid "Start locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "로컬에서 실행 중인 CUPS 데몬 시작" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:337 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:337 msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is needed." msgstr "로컬에서 실행 중인 CUPS 데몬이 필요합니다." -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:343 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:343 msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon" msgstr "CUPS 데몬을 시작하지 못했습니다." -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:383 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:383 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:432 msgid "No locally running CUPS daemon is accessible." msgstr "로컬에서 실행 중인 CUPS 데몬에 액세스할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 msgid "Failed to enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" msgstr "시스템 부팅 도중 CUPS 데몬 시작을 활성화하지 못했습니다." -#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment -#. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:400 +#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment +#. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:400 msgid "Restart locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "로컬에서 실행 중인 CUPS 데몬 다시 시작" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402 msgid "A restart disrupts all currently active print jobs." msgstr "다시 시작하면 현재 활성 출력 작업이 모두 중단됩니다." -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:408 msgid "Failed to restart the CUPS daemon" msgstr "CUPS 데몬을 재시작하지 못했습니다." -#. Wait half a minute for a restarted cupsd is necessary because -#. when a "no Browsing info" config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config -#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds -#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info -#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:423 +#. Wait half a minute for a restarted cupsd is necessary because +#. when a "no Browsing info" config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config +#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds +#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info +#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:423 msgid "" "Restarted the CUPS daemon.\n" "Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" @@ -4588,44 +4740,44 @@ "CUPS 데몬을 다시 시작했습니다.\n" "CUPS 데몬이 작동할 준비가 되도록 30분 동안 기다리는 중입니다.\n" -#. To be on the safe side, ask the user to enable the cupsd -#. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:439 +#. To be on the safe side, ask the user to enable the cupsd +#. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:439 msgid "Enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" msgstr "시스템 부팅 중 CUPS 데몬 시작 활성화" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 msgid "Currently the CUPS daemon is not started during system boot." msgstr "현재 CUPS 데몬은 시스템 부팅 도중 시작되지 않습니다." -#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment -#. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:461 +#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment +#. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:461 msgid "Stop locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "로컬에서 실행 중인 CUPS 데몬 중지" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:463 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:463 msgid "A stop disrupts all currently active print jobs." msgstr "중지하면 현재 활성 출력 작업이 모두 중단됩니다." -#. Wait one second to make sure that cupsd has really finished (it may do some cleanup): -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:479 +#. Wait one second to make sure that cupsd has really finished (it may do some cleanup): +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:479 msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is still accessible." msgstr "로컬에서 실행 중인 CUPS 데몬에 여전히 액세스할 수 있습니다." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:516 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:516 msgid "The CUPS server '%1' is not accessible." msgstr "CUPS 서버 '%1'에 액세스할 수 없습니다." -#. Label for a ProgressBar while waiting for updated config files: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:649 +#. Label for a ProgressBar while waiting for updated config files: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:649 msgid "Updating configuration files..." msgstr "설정 파일을 업데이트중..." -#. Label for a PushButton to skip waiting for updated config files: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657 +#. Label for a PushButton to skip waiting for updated config files: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657 msgid "&Skip waiting" msgstr "대기 건너뛰기(&S)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/product-creator.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/product-creator.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/product-creator.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,17 +14,17 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module -#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45 +#. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module +#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of Image Creator" msgstr "이미지 생성자 구성" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. /bin/objcopy - binutils -#. /bin/mkzimage - lilo -#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:73 src/clients/kiwi.rb:99 -#: src/include/product-creator/wizards.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. /bin/objcopy - binutils +#. /bin/mkzimage - lilo +#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:73 src/clients/kiwi.rb:99 +#: src/include/product-creator/wizards.rb:255 msgid "" "Installation of required packages\n" "failed." @@ -32,207 +32,207 @@ "필요한 패키지 설치에\n" "실패했습니다." -#. command line help text for the kiwi module -#: src/clients/kiwi.rb:48 +#. command line help text for the kiwi module +#: src/clients/kiwi.rb:48 msgid "Configuration of Kiwi" msgstr "Kiwi 구성" -#. transltors: command line help text for the product-creator module -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:54 +#. transltors: command line help text for the product-creator module +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of Product Creator" msgstr "제품 생성자 구성" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:64 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:64 msgid "Print existing configurations" msgstr "기존 구성 인쇄" -#. translators: command line help text for create-iso action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:71 +#. translators: command line help text for create-iso action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:71 msgid "Create installation ISO image" msgstr "설치 ISO 이미지 작성" -#. translators: command line help text for create-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:78 +#. translators: command line help text for create-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:78 msgid "Create new product configuration" msgstr "새 제품 구성 만들기" -#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:85 +#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:85 msgid "Delete existing configuration" msgstr "기존 구성 삭제" -#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:92 +#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:92 msgid "Edit existing configuration" msgstr "기존 구성 편집" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:99 msgid "Show the summary of selected configuration" msgstr "선택한 구성의 요약 표시" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'name' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:107 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'name' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:107 msgid "Name of the configuration" msgstr "구성 이름" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:114 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:114 msgid "GPG passphrase required for signing the source." msgstr "원본에 서명하려면 GPG 암호구가 필요합니다." -#. command line help text for the 'passhrase_file' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:121 +#. command line help text for the 'passhrase_file' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:121 msgid "File with GPG passphrase required for signing the source" msgstr "원본 서명에 필요한 GPG 암호구문이 포함된 파일" -#. cmd line help text for the 'configfile' option, %1 is a file name -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:129 +#. cmd line help text for the 'configfile' option, %1 is a file name +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:129 msgid "Path to the configuration file (default is %1)" msgstr "구성 파일의 경로(기본값: %1)" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:136 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:136 msgid "Path to the output directory" msgstr "출력 디렉토리 경로" -#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144 +#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144 msgid "Output should be an ISO image instead of directory tree" msgstr "출력은 디렉토리 트리 대신 ISO 이미지여야 합니다." -#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150 +#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150 msgid "Name of the output ISO image" msgstr "출력 ISO 이미지의 이름" -#. command line help text for 'savespace' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:157 +#. command line help text for 'savespace' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:157 msgid "Copy only needed files to save space" msgstr "필요한 파일만 복사하여 공간 절약" -#. command line help text for 'profile' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:163 +#. command line help text for 'profile' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:163 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile" msgstr "AutoYaST 프로파일 경로" -#. command line help text for 'copy_profile' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:170 +#. command line help text for 'copy_profile' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:170 msgid "Copy AutoYaST profile to CD image" msgstr "AutoYaST 프로파일을 CD 이미지에 복사" -#. command line help text for 'isolinux_path' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:176 +#. command line help text for 'isolinux_path' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:176 msgid "Path to isolinux.cfg file" msgstr "isolinux.cfg 파일 경로" -#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:183 +#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:183 msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product" msgstr "제품 서명에 사용된 GPG 키 ID" -#. command line help text for 'repositories' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:190 +#. command line help text for 'repositories' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:190 msgid "List of package repositories (separated by commas)" msgstr "패키지 리포지토리 목록(쉼표로 구분)" -#. command line error message -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:79 -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:328 +#. command line error message +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:79 +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:328 msgid "Configuration name is missing." msgstr "구성 이름이 없습니다." -#. command line error message, %1 is a name -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:86 +#. command line error message, %1 is a name +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:86 msgid "There is no configuration %1." msgstr "%1 구성이 없습니다." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:104 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:104 msgid "Path to output directory is missing." msgstr "출력 디렉토리 경로가 없습니다." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:116 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:116 msgid "List of package repositories is empty." msgstr "패키지 리포지토리 목록이 비어 있습니다." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:124 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile is missing." msgstr "AutoYaST 프로파일 경로가 없습니다." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:164 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:164 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "%1 파일이 존재하지 않습니다." -#. Command line handler for Create ISO action -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:233 +#. Command line handler for Create ISO action +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:233 msgid "Loading configuration %1..." msgstr "구성 %1 로드 중..." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:240 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:240 msgid "Cannot load configuration %1." msgstr "구성 %1을(를) 로드할 수 없습니다." -#. command line error message (%1 is path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:290 +#. command line error message (%1 is path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:290 msgid "Cannot create ISO image %1." msgstr "ISO 이미지 %1을(를) 작성할 수 없습니다." -#. command line info message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:296 +#. command line info message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:296 msgid "ISO image %1 has been written." msgstr "ISO 이미지 %1이(가) 작성되었습니다." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:303 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:303 msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." msgstr "구성 이름은 비워 둘 수 없습니다." -#. summary caption -#. summary caption -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:354 -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:531 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1904 +#. summary caption +#. summary caption +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:354 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:531 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1904 msgid "Package Source" msgstr "패키지 소스" -#. summary line (%1 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:369 +#. summary line (%1 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:369 msgid "Using AutoYaST profile %1" msgstr "AutoYaST 프로파일 %1 사용 중" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:380 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1942 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:380 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1942 msgid "Creating ISO image %1/%2" msgstr "ISO 이미지 %1/%2 만드는 중..." -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:389 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:389 msgid "Creating directory tree in %1/%2" msgstr "%1/%2에 디렉토리 트리를 만드는 중" -#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:412 +#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:412 msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key %1%2" msgstr "GPG 키 %1%2을(를) 사용하여 미디어에 디지털 서명" -#. summary text -#. summary text -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:419 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1990 +#. summary text +#. summary text +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:419 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1990 msgid "The medium will not be digitally signed" msgstr "매체가 디지털 방식으로 서명되지 않습니다." -#. error message: %1 and %2 are architecture names like i386, x86_64, ppc... -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:100 +#. error message: %1 and %2 are architecture names like i386, x86_64, ppc... +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:100 msgid "" "Target architecture of the current configuration (%1)\n" "does not match the system architecture (%2).\n" @@ -244,83 +244,83 @@ "\n" "KIWI에서 다른 아키텍처에 대해 이미지를 생성할 수 없습니다." -#. ProductCreator overview dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133 +#. ProductCreator overview dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133 msgid "Product Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "Product Creator 구성 개요" -#. Table header -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#. Table header +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "Product" msgstr "제품" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "Image" msgstr "이미지" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "GPG Key" msgstr "GPG 키" -#. push button label -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:156 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3004 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3024 +#. push button label +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:156 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3004 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3024 msgid "Xen Image" msgstr "Xen 이미지" -#. push button label -#. button label -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:158 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2915 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3006 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3026 +#. push button label +#. button label +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:158 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2915 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3006 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3026 msgid "Virtual Disk Image" msgstr "가상 디스크 이미지" -#. push box item -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:165 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3014 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3022 +#. push box item +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:165 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3014 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3022 msgid "Live ISO Image" msgstr "라이브 ISO 이미지" -#. menu button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:175 +#. menu button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:175 msgid "&Create Product..." msgstr "제품 생성(&C)..." -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:178 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:178 msgid "ISO Image" msgstr "ISO 이미지" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:180 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:180 msgid "Directory Tree" msgstr "디렉토리 트리" -#. menu button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:186 +#. menu button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:186 msgid "Cre&ate Image with KIWI..." msgstr "KIWI로 이미지 작성(&A)..." -#. TreeDialog -#. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data. -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327 +#. TreeDialog +#. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data. +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327 msgid "" "<P>Creating the directory structure for the new ISO image.</P>\n" " \n" @@ -328,108 +328,108 @@ "<P>새 ISO 이미지에 대한 디렉토리 구조 생성</P>\n" " \n" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 msgid "<p>Press <b>Next</b> to start creating the ISO file.</p>" msgstr "<p>ISO파일을 생성하기 위해서 <b>다음</b>을 선택하십시오.</p>" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338 msgid "Create skeleton with common files" msgstr "공용 파일을 사용하여 기본 디렉토리를 만듭니다." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:339 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:339 msgid "Copy additional and customized files" msgstr "사용자 정의 파일 및 추가 파일을 복사합니다." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:340 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:340 msgid "Copy selected packages" msgstr "선택한 패키지 복사" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:344 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:344 msgid "Creating skeleton with essential files" msgstr "최소파일을 사용해 기본사항을 생성중" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 msgid "Copying additional and customized files to directory tree..." msgstr "사용자 정의 파일 및 추가 파일을 디렉토리 트리에 복사하는 중..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 msgid "Copying selected packages" msgstr "선택한 패키지를 복사중" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:354 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:354 msgid "Sign the source with a GPG key" msgstr "GPG 키를 사용하여 원본에 서명" -#. progressbar label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:359 +#. progressbar label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:359 msgid "Signing the source with a GPG key..." msgstr "GPG 키를 사용하여 원본에 서명 중..." -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:365 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:365 msgid "Disable signature checks in linuxrc" msgstr "linuxrc에서 서명 확인 비활성화" -#. progressbar label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:370 +#. progressbar label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:370 msgid "Disabling signature checks in linuxrc..." msgstr "linuxrc에서 서명 확인 비활성화 중..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:375 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:375 msgid "Creating ISO image directory..." msgstr "ISO 이미지 디렉토리를 생성하는 중..." -#. redirect the download callbacks -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:404 +#. redirect the download callbacks +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:404 msgid "Error while creating skeleton." msgstr "기본 디렉토리를 생성하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:449 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:449 msgid "ISO image directory ready" msgstr "ISO 이미지 디렉토리 준비" -#. if (!Mode::commandline()) -#. { -#. Wizard::EnableNextButton(); -#. Wizard::RestoreNextButton(); -#. } -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:495 +#. if (!Mode::commandline()) +#. { +#. Wizard::EnableNextButton(); +#. Wizard::RestoreNextButton(); +#. } +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:495 msgid "Creating CD Image..." msgstr "CD 이미지 생성 중..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:496 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:496 msgid "This may take a while." msgstr "이 작업은 시간이 걸릴 수도 있습니다." -#. caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:530 +#. caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:530 msgid "ISO Summary" msgstr "ISO 요약" -#. frame label -#. summary caption -#. richtext header -#. richtext header -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:537 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:261 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1911 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:343 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:373 +#. frame label +#. summary caption +#. richtext header +#. richtext header +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:537 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1911 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Packages" msgstr "패키지" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:548 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:548 msgid "Missing Packages" msgstr "빠진 패키지들" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:552 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:129 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:552 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:129 msgid "None" msgstr "없음" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557 msgid "" "<p>Verify the data in the summary box then\n" "press Finish to return to main dialog.</p>\n" @@ -437,12 +437,12 @@ "<p>요약 상자에서 데이터를 확인한 후\n" "[완료]를 눌러 기본 대화 상자로 돌아가십시오.</p>\n" -#. caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583 +#. caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583 msgid "Custom CDs" msgstr "사용자 정의 CDs" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585 msgid "" "<p>Verifying data and packages...\n" " </p>\n" @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ " </p>\n" " \n" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592 msgid "" "<p>If there is something missing, the process will be aborted.\n" "Fix the problem and try again.</p>\n" @@ -462,158 +462,165 @@ "문제를 해결하고 다시 시도하십시오.</p>\n" " " -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600 msgid "Set up Package Source" msgstr "패키지 소스를 설정합니다." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:601 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:601 msgid "Create Package List" msgstr "패키지 목록 생성" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:602 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:602 msgid "Verify Package Availability" msgstr "패키지 유효성 확인" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:603 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:603 msgid "Check Destination" msgstr "대상 검사" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:607 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:607 msgid "Configuring package source..." msgstr "패키지 소스 구성 중..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:608 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:608 msgid "Creating package list..." msgstr "패키지 목록 생성중..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:609 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:609 msgid "Verifying package availability..." msgstr "패키지 유효성을 검사중..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:610 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:610 msgid "Checking destination..." msgstr "대상 검사 중..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:614 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:614 msgid "Verification of Data for ISO Image" msgstr "ISO 이미지 데이터 확인" -#. SCR::Execute(.target.mkdir, tmp + "/tmproot"); -#. Pkg::TargetInit( tmp + "/tmproot" , true); -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:636 +#. SCR::Execute(.target.mkdir, tmp + "/tmproot"); +#. Pkg::TargetInit( tmp + "/tmproot" , true); +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:636 msgid "Enabling sources..." msgstr "원본 활성화 중..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:645 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:645 msgid "Selecting packages..." msgstr "패키지 선택 중..." -#. the solver has failed, let the user resolve the dependencies -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:667 +#. the solver has failed, let the user resolve the dependencies +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:667 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "패키지 확인 중..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:675 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:675 msgid "Verifying the destination directory..." msgstr "대상 디렉토리 확인 중..." -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 msgid "<p>Start creating a new image configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>추가</b>를 사용하여 새 이미지 구성 생성을 시작하십시오.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 -msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the image.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>편집</b>을 사용하여 선택된 이미지 구성을 변경하거나 이미지를 작성합니다." +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the " +"image.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>편집</b>을 사용하여 선택된 이미지 구성을 변경하거나 이미지를 작성합니" +"다." -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 -msgid "<p>Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>삭제</b>를 선택하여 선택한 구성이 포함된 디렉토리를 삭제하십시오.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 +msgid "" +"<p>Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting " +"<b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>삭제</b>를 선택하여 선택한 구성이 포함된 디렉토리를 삭제하십시오.</p>" -#. help text, %1 is directory -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 +#. help text, %1 is directory +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 msgid "<p>All image configurations are saved in <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" msgstr "<p>모든 이미지 구성은 <tt>%1</tt> 디렉토리에 저장됩니다.</p>" -#. main dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 +#. main dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 msgid "Image Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "Image Creator 구성 개요" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 msgid "Version" msgstr "버전" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 msgid "Size" msgstr "크기" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:881 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:881 msgid "Delete configuration %1 (%2) now?" msgstr "지금 %1(%2) 구성을 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:80 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:94 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:94 msgid "On" msgstr "설정" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:81 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Off" msgstr "해제" -#. ProductCreator configure1 dialog caption -#. ProductCreator configure2 dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:168 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:394 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1223 +#. ProductCreator configure1 dialog caption +#. ProductCreator configure2 dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:168 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:394 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1223 msgid "Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "Product Creator 구성" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:202 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Profile Loca&tion:" msgstr "프로파일 위치(&T):" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:209 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:209 msgid "Select Fi&le" msgstr "파일 선택(&L)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:218 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Copy Profile to CD I&mage" msgstr "CD 이미지에 프로파일 복사(&M)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:232 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:232 msgid "Pac&kage Manager" msgstr "패키지 관리자(&K)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:241 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "&AutoYaST Control File" msgstr "AutoYaST 제어 파일(&A)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:257 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "&Configuration Name:" msgstr "구성 이름(&C):" -#. set architecture if configured -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:313 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3512 +#. set architecture if configured +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:313 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3512 msgid "Enter the name of the configuration." msgstr "구성 이름을 입력하십시오." -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:319 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:319 msgid "" "A configuration with this name already exists.\n" " Select a new name.\n" @@ -621,86 +628,86 @@ "이름이 같은 구성이 이미 있습니다.\n" " 새 이름을 선택하십시오.\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344 +#. error message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "The file '%1' does not exist. Choose a correct one." msgstr "'%1' 파일이 없습니다. 올바른 파일을 선택하십시오." -#. abort? -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:369 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1260 +#. abort? +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1260 msgid "Select File" msgstr "파일 선택" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:415 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "Output:" msgstr "출력:" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:423 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:423 msgid "&Path to Generated Directory Tree:" msgstr "생성된 디렉토리 트리의 경로(&P):" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:430 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "&Select Directory" msgstr "디렉토리 선택(&S)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:443 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:443 msgid "&Generate ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO 이미지 파일 생성(&G)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:459 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:459 msgid "&ISO Image File:" msgstr "ISO 이미지 파일(&I):" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:473 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Create Directory &Tree Only" msgstr "디렉토리 트리만 생성(&T)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:484 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "Other Options" msgstr "기타 옵션" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:490 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Copy only needed files to save space." msgstr "필요한 파일만 복사하여 공간을 절약합니다." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:500 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "CD Publisher:" msgstr "CD Publisher:" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:509 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "CD Preparer:" msgstr "CD Preparer:" -#. ask for directory widget label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:549 +#. ask for directory widget label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "디렉토리 선택" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:562 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:562 msgid "Path to generated directory tree missing." msgstr "생성된 디렉토리 트리의 경로가 없습니다." -#. preselect the first item -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:646 +#. preselect the first item +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Target Architecture" msgstr "대상 아키텍처" -#. the architecture is different, ask to switch it -#. %1 is URL of the repository -#. %2 is name of the architecture (like i386, x86_64, ppc...) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:774 +#. the architecture is different, ask to switch it +#. %1 is URL of the repository +#. %2 is name of the architecture (like i386, x86_64, ppc...) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "Source %1\n" "does not support the current target architecture (%2).\n" @@ -710,56 +717,56 @@ "아키텍처(%2)를 지원하지 않습니다.\n" "대상 아키텍처를 변경하시겠습니까?\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:802 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:802 msgid "Source Selection" msgstr "원본 선택" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Selected" msgstr "선택됨" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Status" msgstr "상태" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" -#. summary line, %1 is e.g. i386, x86_64, ppc... -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:822 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1930 +#. summary line, %1 is e.g. i386, x86_64, ppc... +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1930 msgid "Target architecture: %1" msgstr "대상 아키텍처: %1" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:835 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:835 msgid "Cr&eate New..." msgstr "새로 작성(&E)..." -#. remove not found sources (with id = -1) -#. enable the source -#. disable the source -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:861 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:900 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:948 +#. remove not found sources (with id = -1) +#. enable the source +#. disable the source +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:861 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:900 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:948 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#. refresh the target architecture if it has been changed -#. change the architecture -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:908 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1078 +#. refresh the target architecture if it has been changed +#. change the architecture +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:908 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1078 msgid "Target Architecture: %1" msgstr "대상 아키텍처: %1" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:969 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:969 msgid "Select at least one source." msgstr "원본을 최소한 하나 이상 선택하십시오." -#. error message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1004 +#. error message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1004 msgid "" "There is a mismatch between the selected\n" "repositories and the machine architecture.\n" @@ -773,61 +780,62 @@ "다른 리포지토리를 선택하거나\n" "대상 아키텍처를 변경하십시오.\n" -#. ask for the target architecture -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1045 +#. ask for the target architecture +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1045 msgid "Select the new target architecture." msgstr "새 대상 아키텍처를 선택합니다." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1139 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1139 msgid "Base Source Selection" msgstr "기본 원본 선택" -#. convert the URL to Id -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1167 +#. convert the URL to Id +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1167 msgid "Selected Base Source" msgstr "선택한 기본 원본" -#. FIXME: Manage files for other archs -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1234 +#. FIXME: Manage files for other archs +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "File Contents: %1" msgstr "파일 내용: %1" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1237 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "Load File" msgstr "파일 로드" -#. Pkg::TargetFinish (); -#. busy message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1297 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1522 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:286 +#. Pkg::TargetFinish (); +#. busy message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1297 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:286 msgid "Reading data from Package Database..." msgstr "패키지 데이터베이스에서 데이터를 읽는 중..." -#. popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1298 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1523 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1477 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1822 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:291 +#. popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1523 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1477 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1822 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:291 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "잠시 기다리십시오..." -#. Open empty dialog for instant feedback -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1403 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1537 +#. Open empty dialog for instant feedback +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1403 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1537 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "패키지 데이타베이스 읽고있는 중..." -#. switch to packager textdomain, reuse the translations -#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1435 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 +#. switch to packager textdomain, reuse the translations +#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1435 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n" +"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> " +"to add\n" "more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -836,15 +844,15 @@ "<b>추가</b> 선택 항목 및 패키지를 추가할 수 있습니다.\n" "</p>" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1444 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1510 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1444 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1510 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "소프트웨어 선택" -#. error message, %1 = details -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1603 +#. error message, %1 = details +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1603 msgid "" "Dependencies cannot be resolved.\n" "\n" @@ -854,74 +862,80 @@ "\n" "%1\n" -#. refresh table and pushbutton state -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1822 +#. refresh table and pushbutton state +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1822 msgid "&Digitally Sign the Product on the Medium" msgstr "매체의 제품에 디지털 서명(&D)" -#. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected? -#. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...") -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 +#. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected? +#. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...") +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Sign</b></big><br>\n" -"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG " +"key. \n" "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>서명</b></big><br>\n" "사용자가 제품을 검증할 수 있도록 GPG 키로 제품에 서명하십시오. \n" "이 키는 제품이 리포지토리로 추가될 때 확인됩니다.</p>" -#. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language -#. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 +#. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language +#. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 msgid "" -"<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n" -"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information.</P>" +"<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option " +"'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading " +"an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc " +"for more information.</P>" msgstr "" "<P>제품이 서명되지 않은 경우 Yast에서 linuxrc 구성 파일에 'Insecure:\n" -"1' 옵션을 자동으로 추가하고, 그렇지 않으면 linuxrc에서 부팅 시 서명되지 않은 설치 시스템 로드를 거부합니다. 자세한 내용은 http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc를 참조하십시오.</P>" +"1' 옵션을 자동으로 추가하고, 그렇지 않으면 linuxrc에서 부팅 시 서명되지 않은 " +"설치 시스템 로드를 거부합니다. 자세한 내용은 http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc" +"를 참조하십시오.</P>" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium" msgstr "매체의 제품에 서명" -#. Configuration Summary -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1896 +#. Configuration Summary +#. @return [void] +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1896 msgid "Configuration Summary" msgstr "설정 요약" -#. summary line -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1917 +#. summary line +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1917 msgid "Selected %1 packages" msgstr "%1개 패키지 선택함" -#. display the architecture in the summary if it has been changed -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1925 +#. display the architecture in the summary if it has been changed +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1925 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "구조" -#. summary caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1935 +#. summary caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1935 msgid "Output Directory" msgstr "출력 디렉토리" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1952 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1952 msgid "Creating directory tree in <b> %1/%2 </b>" msgstr "<b> %1/%2 </b>에 디렉토리 트리 생성" -#. header in the summary dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1961 +#. header in the summary dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1961 msgid "Signing" msgstr "서명" -#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1981 +#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1981 msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key <b>%1</b>%2" msgstr "GPG 키 <b>%1</b>%2(을)를 사용해 매체에 디지털 서명" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1996 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1996 msgid "" "<p>Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -929,8 +943,8 @@ "<p>요약 데이터를 확인한 후 [다음]을 눌러 계속하십시오.\n" "</p>\n" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Boot Options</big></b><br>\n" "Add additional boot menu entries with boot options.\n" @@ -940,37 +954,39 @@ "부트 옵션이 포함된 추가 부트 메뉴 항목을 추가합니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p>For example, \n" "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" -"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.</p>\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the " +"original is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>예를 들어, \n" "자동 설치용 CD를 구성하고 설치 소스 위치를\n" " 지정합니다. 확실하지 않을 경우 파일을 그대로 두면 원본이 사용됩니다.</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b></p>\n" msgstr "<p><b><big>구성 초기화</big></b></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>초기화 취소:</big></b><br>\n" -"지금 <b>취소</b>를 누름으로써 설정 유틸리티를 안전하게 취소할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" +"지금 <b>취소</b>를 누름으로써 설정 유틸리티를 안전하게 취소할 수 있습니다.</" +"p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 msgid "<p><b><big>Saving Configuration</big></b></p>\n" msgstr "<p><b><big>구성 저장</big></b></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -982,8 +998,8 @@ "추가적인 대화 상자는 강제로 중지하는 것이 안전한지를 알려줄 것입니다.\n" "</P>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Product Creator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of available configurations. Additionally\n" @@ -993,8 +1009,8 @@ "사용 가능한 구성의 개요를 확인하고\n" "이러한 구성을 편집합니다.</br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Configuration:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to create a new configuration.</p>" @@ -1002,8 +1018,8 @@ "<p><b><big>구성 추가:</big></b><br>\n" "새 구성을 생성하려면 <b>추가</b>를 누르십시오.</p>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a configuration to change or remove.\n" @@ -1013,8 +1029,8 @@ "변경하거나 제거할 구성을 선택합니다.\n" "그런 다음 각각 <b>편집</b> 또는 <b>삭제</b>를 누르십시오.</p>\n" -#. overview dialog help part 4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 +#. overview dialog help part 4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Create Product</b> to create the ISO image or installation\n" "repository directory with the selected product.</p>" @@ -1022,17 +1038,20 @@ "<p><b>제품 생성</b>을 사용하여 선택한 제품이 포함된 ISO 이미지 또는 설치\n" "리포지토리 디렉토리를 생성하십시오.</p>" -#. overview dialog help part 5 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 +#. overview dialog help part 5 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of various\n" -"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system.</p>" +"<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of " +"various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image " +"system.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>라이브 미디어 또는 Xen 이미지와 같은 여러 유형의 이미지에 대한\n" -" 추가 구성은 KIWI 이미지 시스템을 사용하여 <b>KIWI로 이미지 작성</b>을 누르십시오.</p>" +" 추가 구성은 KIWI 이미지 시스템을 사용하여 <b>KIWI로 이미지 작성</b>을 누르십" +"시오.</p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Name and Packages</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a configuration name and the method with which to select \n" @@ -1042,8 +1061,8 @@ "구성 이름 및 ISO 이미지에 추가할 패키지를 선택하는 데 \n" "사용할 방법을 선택합니다.<br></p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<b>AutoYaST Profile</b><p>\n" "Select an AutoYaST profile with the software configuration.\n" @@ -1053,8 +1072,8 @@ "소프트웨어 구성을 포함하는 AutoYaST 프로파일을 선택합니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<b>Software Manager</b><p>\n" "Use the software manager without any preselected packages. All\n" @@ -1070,8 +1089,8 @@ "선택해야 합니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Source selection help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:110 +#. Source selection help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:110 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Select Package Sources</big></b><br>\n" "Select at least one package source.<br></p>\n" @@ -1079,25 +1098,29 @@ "<p><b><big>패키지 원본 선택</big></b><br>\n" "하나 이상의 패키지 원본을 선택합니다.<br></p>\n" -#. Source selection help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 +#. Source selection help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Target Architecture</big></b><br>\n" -"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" +"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that " +"of\n" "the machine you are currently working on.\n" "All selected repositories must support the target architecture.<br>\n" -"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" -"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.</p>\n" +"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not " +"change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " +"configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>대상 아키텍처</big></b><br>\n" "현재 작업 중인 컴퓨터와 다른 아키텍처에 대한\n" "제품을 생성할 수 있습니다.\n" "선택한 모든 리포지토리는 대상 아키텍처를 지원해야 합니다.<br>\n" "<b>참고:</b> KIWI는 아직 다른 아키텍처를 지원하지 않습니다.\n" -"현재 구성에서 KIWI 이미지를 생성하려는 경우 아키텍처를 변경하지 마십시오.</p>\n" +"현재 구성에서 KIWI 이미지를 생성하려는 경우 아키텍처를 변경하지 마십시오.</" +"p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "<p><b><big>ISO Directory and Image</big></b><br>\n" "Enter the location in which to create the skeleton directory. All needed\n" @@ -1111,8 +1134,8 @@ "선택하십시오.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 msgid "" "<p>Create an ISO image or a directory that is suitable for \n" "creating an ISO image at a later time.\n" @@ -1122,8 +1145,8 @@ "디렉토리를 생성하십시오.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:137 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "<p>To save space, select the check box to copy only needed files \n" "to the skeleton. \n" @@ -1133,31 +1156,36 @@ "기본 디렉토리에 복사합니다. \n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143 msgid "<p><b>The Base Product</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>기본 제품</b></p>" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" -"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" +"<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The " +"base\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is " +"also\n" "bootable.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>사용된 리포지토리 중 하나가 기본 제품으로 표시되어야 합니다. 새로\n" "생성한 제품이 부팅 가능하도록 기본 제품 리포지토리도 부팅\n" "가능해야 합니다.</p>\n" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 -msgid "<p>The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</p>" +#. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 +msgid "" +"<p>The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</" +"p>" msgstr "<p>기타 리포지토리는 기본 리포지토리의 추가 기능으로 사용됩니다.</p>" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" +"<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " +"proposes\n" "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" "repository from the list.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1165,43 +1193,43 @@ "기본 제품을 제안합니다. 제안 값이 잘못된 경우 목록에서 올바른 기본\n" "리포지토리를 선택하십시오.</p>\n" -#. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:68 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:610 +#. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:610 msgid "Packages for Image" msgstr "이미지용 패키지" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:69 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:621 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:621 msgid "Bootstrap" msgstr "부트스트랩" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:70 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:624 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:624 msgid "Xen Specific Packages" msgstr "Xen 특정 패키지" -#. richtext header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:361 +#. richtext header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "패턴" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:386 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2419 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2419 msgid "&Ignored Software" msgstr "무시된 소프트웨어(&I)" -#. Popup for modifying the list of 'bootinclude' packages -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:466 +#. Popup for modifying the list of 'bootinclude' packages +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "Packages to be included in Boot Image" msgstr "부트 이미지에 포함될 패키지" -#. separate bootinclude packages from normal ones -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:575 +#. separate bootinclude packages from normal ones +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:575 msgid "" "Some of the packages that are selected for installation\n" "are also included in the list for deletion.\n" @@ -1211,73 +1239,73 @@ "포함되어 있습니다.\n" "계속하시겠습니까?" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613 msgid "Packages to Delete" msgstr "삭제할 패키지" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:627 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:627 msgid "Testing" msgstr "테스트 중" -#. combo box label, %1 is profile name -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:634 +#. combo box label, %1 is profile name +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:634 msgid "Image, Profile %1" msgstr "이미지, 프로파일 %1" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:644 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:644 msgid "Include in Boot Image" msgstr "부트 이미지에 포함" -#. popup label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1086 +#. popup label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1086 msgid "Add New User" msgstr "새 사용자 추가" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1088 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1088 msgid "Login &Name" msgstr "로그인 이름(&N)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1090 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1090 msgid "&Full Name" msgstr "전체 이름(&F)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1094 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1094 msgid "&Home Directory" msgstr "홈 디렉토리(&H)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1096 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "&UID" msgstr "UID(&U)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1099 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1099 msgid "G&roup Name" msgstr "그룹 이름(&R)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1101 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1101 msgid "&GID" msgstr "GID(&G)" -#. popup label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1138 +#. popup label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1138 msgid "Edit User" msgstr "사용자 편집" -#. popup message -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1150 +#. popup message +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1150 msgid "Enter the user name." msgstr "사용자 이름을 입력하십시오." -#. popup message -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1156 +#. popup message +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1156 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -1285,111 +1313,117 @@ "비밀번호가 일치하지 않습니다.\n" "다시 시도하십시오." -#. popup for file selection dialog -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1299 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3377 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1299 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3377 msgid "Directory to Import" msgstr "가져올 디렉토리" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1347 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "Script to Import" msgstr "가져올 스크립트" -#. popup for file selection dialog ('root' is a name, do not translate) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1392 +#. popup for file selection dialog ('root' is a name, do not translate) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1392 msgid "Path to root Directory" msgstr "루트 디렉토리 경로" -#. popup for file selection dialog ('config' is a name, do not translate) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1401 +#. popup for file selection dialog ('config' is a name, do not translate) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Path to config Directory" msgstr "config 디렉토리 경로" -#. removing 'import_' button id prefix -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1423 +#. removing 'import_' button id prefix +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1423 msgid "Path to %1 File" msgstr "%1 파일 경로" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1443 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1443 msgid "Path to images.sh File" msgstr "images.sh 파일 경로" -#. generic popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1460 +#. generic popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "Feature not implemented yet." msgstr "기능이 아직 구현되지 않았습니다." -#. Check if selected packages are available (some of them may not after -#. deleting some repository) -#. return true if there was no conflict -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1476 +#. Check if selected packages are available (some of them may not after +#. deleting some repository) +#. return true if there was no conflict +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1476 msgid "Checking packages availability..." msgstr "패키지 가용성을 확인하는 중..." -#. do not check bootinclude packages -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1508 +#. do not check bootinclude packages +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1508 msgid "Missing packages" msgstr "누락된 패키지" -#. popup text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 +#. popup text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "" -"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</p>\n" +"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</" +"p>\n" "<p>%2.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package " +"selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any " +"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the " +"section.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>'%1' 섹션의 패키지는 선택한 리포지토리에서 사용할 수 없습니다.</p>\n" "<p>%2.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"섹션에서 패키지를 제거하거나, 세부 패키지 선택을 확인하거나, 상황을 무시하십시오.</p>\n" +"섹션에서 패키지를 제거하거나, 세부 패키지 선택을 확인하거나, 상황을 무시하십" +"시오.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"추가 변경 없이 세부 패키지 선택으로 이동하여 보기를 수락하면 섹션에서 문제가 있는 패키지가 제거됩니다.\n" +"추가 변경 없이 세부 패키지 선택으로 이동하여 보기를 수락하면 섹션에서 문제가 " +"있는 패키지가 제거됩니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528 msgid "Remove Packages" msgstr "패키지 제거" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1530 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1530 msgid "Check Package Selection" msgstr "패키지 선택 확인" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "무시" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "취소" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1651 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1651 msgid "Create ISO image now?" msgstr "지금 ISO 이미지를 작성하시겠습니까?" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1653 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1653 msgid "Create Xen image now?" msgstr "지금 Xen 이미지를 작성하시겠습니까?" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1655 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1655 msgid "Create virtual disk image now?" msgstr "지금 가상 디스크 이미지를 작성하시겠습니까?" -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1660 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1660 msgid "" "ISO image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1399,8 +1433,8 @@ "%1\n" " 디렉토리에 성공적으로 작성되었습니다." -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1666 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "" "Xen image files successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1410,8 +1444,8 @@ "%1\n" " 디렉토리에 성공적으로 작성되었습니다.\n" -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1672 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1672 msgid "" "Virtual disk image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1421,15 +1455,15 @@ "%1\n" " 디렉토리에 성공적으로 작성되었습니다." -#. popup label -#. default question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1710 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1748 +#. popup label +#. default question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1710 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1748 msgid "Create image now?" msgstr "지금 이미지를 작성하시겠습니까?" -#. default popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1778 +#. default popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1778 msgid "" "Image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1439,483 +1473,565 @@ "%1\n" " 디렉토리에 성공적으로 작성되었습니다." -#. busy popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1821 +#. busy popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1821 msgid "Reading current image configuration..." msgstr "현재 이미지 구성 읽는 중…" -#. tab header -#. default dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2155 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2934 +#. tab header +#. default dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2155 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2934 msgid "Image Configuration" msgstr "이미지 구성" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2178 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2178 msgid "Installed Software" msgstr "설치된 소프트웨어" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2204 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2204 msgid "Description" msgstr "설명" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2217 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2217 msgid "Locale settings" msgstr "로케일 설정" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2235 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2235 msgid "Users" msgstr "사용자" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2259 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2259 msgid "Scripts" msgstr "스크립트" -#. informative label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 -msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio." +#. informative label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 +msgid "" +"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from " +"Studio." msgstr "Studio에서 임포트한 구성에 대해 다음 파일을 편집할 수 없습니다." -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 msgid "Directories" msgstr "디렉토리" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2365 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2365 msgid "Co&mpression" msgstr "압축(&M)" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 msgid "" "<p>Select the value for image <b>Compression</b>. This will modify the\n" -"<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values.</p>" +"<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " +"explanation of available values.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>이미지 <b>압축</b>에 대한 값을 선택하십시오. 이미지 유형의\n" -"<i>flags</i> 값이 수정됩니다. 사용 가능한 값에 대한 설명은 kiwi 매뉴얼을 확인하십시오.</p>" +"<i>flags</i> 값이 수정됩니다. 사용 가능한 값에 대한 설명은 kiwi 매뉴얼을 확인" +"하십시오.</p>" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 msgid "So&ftware Selection" msgstr "소프트웨어 선택(&F)" -#. pusbutton label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2407 +#. pusbutton label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2407 msgid "Ch&ange..." msgstr "변경(&A)..." -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2408 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2408 msgid "<p>Adapt the software selection with <b>Change</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>변경</b>으로 소프트웨어 선택을 고칩니다.</p>" -#. help text for "&Ignored software" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 -msgid "<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>무시된 소프트웨어</b>의 경우 각 항목(예: 'smtp_daemon')을 새 줄에 입력하십시오.</p>" +#. help text for "&Ignored software" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 +msgid "" +"<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a " +"new line.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>무시된 소프트웨어</b>의 경우 각 항목(예: 'smtp_daemon')을 새 줄에 입력" +"하십시오.</p>" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 msgid "Packages to &Delete" msgstr "삭제할 패키지(&D)" -#. help text for "&Ignored software" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 -msgid "<p>Each entry of <b>Packages to Delete</b> is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>삭제할 패키지</b>의 각 항목은 대상 이미지로부터 제거될 하나의 패키지 이름입니다.</p>" +#. help text for "&Ignored software" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 +msgid "" +"<p>Each entry of <b>Packages to Delete</b> is one package name to be " +"uninstalled from the target image.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>삭제할 패키지</b>의 각 항목은 대상 이미지로부터 제거될 하나의 패키지 이" +"름입니다.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 msgid "&Version" msgstr "버전(&V)" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2444 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2444 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Version</b> of your image configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p>이미지 구성의 <b>버전</b>을 입력합니다.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2459 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2459 msgid "&Size" msgstr "크기(&S)" -#. help text for "Size" field and "Additive" checkbox -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 +#. help text for "Size" field and "Additive" checkbox +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 msgid "" "<p>Set the image <b>Size</b> in the specified <b>Unit</b>.\n" -"If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>" +"If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it " +"is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>지정된 <b>단위</b>에서 이미지 <b>크기</b>를 설정하십시오.\n" -"<b>추가</b>를 선택한 경우 <b>크기</b>는 이미지에서 사용할 수 있는 최소한의 여유 공간을 의미합니다.</p>" +"<b>추가</b>를 선택한 경우 <b>크기</b>는 이미지에서 사용할 수 있는 최소한의 여" +"유 공간을 의미합니다.</p>" -#. combo box label (MB/GB values) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 +#. combo box label (MB/GB values) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "단위(&U)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2480 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2480 msgid "Additive" msgstr "추가" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2487 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2487 msgid "Encrypt Image with LUKS" msgstr "LUKS로 이미지 암호화" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 -msgid "<p>To create an encrypted file system, check <b>Encrypt Image with LUKS</b> and enter the password.</p>" -msgstr "<p>암호화된 파일 시스템을 생성하려면 <b>LUKS로 이미지 암호화</b>를 선택하고 비밀번호를 입력하십시오.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 +msgid "" +"<p>To create an encrypted file system, check <b>Encrypt Image with LUKS</b> " +"and enter the password.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>암호화된 파일 시스템을 생성하려면 <b>LUKS로 이미지 암호화</b>를 선택하고 " +"비밀번호를 입력하십시오.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 msgid "Encrypted Image LUKS Password" msgstr "암호화된 이미지 LUKS 비밀번호" -#. general help for directory structure tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 +#. general help for directory structure tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 msgid "<p>Edit the configuration scripts used to build your image.</p>" msgstr "<p>이미지를 작성하는 데 사용되는 구성 스크립트를 편집하십시오.</p>" -#. general help for directory structure tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 +#. general help for directory structure tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 msgid "<p>Point to the configuration directories for building your image.</p>" msgstr "<p>이미지를 작성하는 데 사용되는 구성 디렉토리를 가리키십시오.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 msgid "Directory with System Configur&ation" msgstr "시스템 구성이 있는 디렉토리(&A)" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 -msgid "<p>Define the path to the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>시스템 구성이 있는 디렉토리</b>(<tt>root</tt> 디렉토리)의 경로를 정의하십시오. <tt>cp -a</tt>를 사용하여 전체 디렉토리를 이미지 트리의 루트에 복사합니다.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 +msgid "" +"<p>Define the path to the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the " +"<tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of " +"the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>시스템 구성이 있는 디렉토리</b>(<tt>root</tt> 디렉토리)의 경로를 정의하" +"십시오. <tt>cp -a</tt>를 사용하여 전체 디렉토리를 이미지 트리의 루트에 복사합" +"니다.</p>" -#. label (above table) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 +#. label (above table) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 msgid "Directory with System Configuration" msgstr "시스템 구성이 있는 디렉토리" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2556 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2556 msgid "Path to Directory" msgstr "디렉토리 경로" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 -msgid "<p>Configure the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>시스템 구성이 있는 디렉토리</b>를 구성합니다(<tt>루트</tt> 디렉토리). 전체 디렉토리가 <tt>cp -a</tt>를 사용하여 이미지 트리의 루트에 복사됩니다.</p>" +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 +msgid "" +"<p>Configure the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</" +"tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image " +"tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>시스템 구성이 있는 디렉토리</b>를 구성합니다(<tt>루트</tt> 디렉토리). " +"전체 디렉토리가 <tt>cp -a</tt>를 사용하여 이미지 트리의 루트에 복사됩니다.</" +"p>" -#. label (above table) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 +#. label (above table) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 msgid "Directory with Scripts" msgstr "스크립트가 있는 디렉토리" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2593 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2593 msgid "Path to File" msgstr "파일 경로" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 -msgid "<p>Configure the <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>스크립트가 있는 디렉토리</b>를 구성합니다(<tt>config</tt> 디렉토리). 모든 이미지 패키지의 설치 후 실행되는 스크립트를 포함하고 있습니다.</p>" +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 +msgid "" +"<p>Configure the <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (the <tt>config</tt> " +"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all " +"the image packages.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>스크립트가 있는 디렉토리</b>를 구성합니다(<tt>config</tt> 디렉토리). 모" +"든 이미지 패키지의 설치 후 실행되는 스크립트를 포함하고 있습니다.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 msgid "Studio Custom Build Script" msgstr "Studio 사용자 지정 빌드 스크립트" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2635 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2656 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2635 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2656 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "임포트(&I)…" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2645 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2645 msgid "I&mage Configuration Script" msgstr "이미지 구성 스크립트(&M)" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 -msgid "<p>Edit your <b>Image Configuration Script</b>, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run.</p>" -msgstr "<p><tt>config.sh</tt>라는 <b>이미지 구성 스크립트</b>를 편집합니다. 이 스크립트는 설치 마지막에 그러나 패키지 스크립트가 실행되기 전에 실행됩니다.</p>" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 +msgid "" +"<p>Edit your <b>Image Configuration Script</b>, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. " +"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package " +"scripts have run.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><tt>config.sh</tt>라는 <b>이미지 구성 스크립트</b>를 편집합니다. 이 스크" +"립트는 설치 마지막에 그러나 패키지 스크립트가 실행되기 전에 실행됩니다.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 msgid "Pa&th to Directory with Scripts" msgstr "스크립트가 있는 디렉토리 경로(&T)" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 -msgid "<p>The optional <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p>" -msgstr "<p>선택적인 <b>스크립트가 있는 디렉토리</b>(<tt>config</tt> 디렉토리)는 모든 이미지 패키지의 설치 후에 실행되는 스크립트를 포함하고 있습니다.</p>" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 +msgid "" +"<p>The optional <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt> directory) " +"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image " +"packages.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>선택적인 <b>스크립트가 있는 디렉토리</b>(<tt>config</tt> 디렉토리)는 모든 " +"이미지 패키지의 설치 후에 실행되는 스크립트를 포함하고 있습니다.</p>" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 msgid "Br&owse..." msgstr "찾아보기(&O)..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2687 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2687 msgid "C&leanup Script" msgstr "정리 스크립트(&L)" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 -msgid "<p>Edit your <b>Cleanup Script</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>정리 스크립트</b>(<tt>images.sh</tt>)를 편집합니다. 이 스크립트는 이미지 작성 과정의 맨 처음에 실행됩니다.</p>" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 +msgid "" +"<p>Edit your <b>Cleanup Script</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run " +"at the beginning of the image creation process.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>정리 스크립트</b>(<tt>images.sh</tt>)를 편집합니다. 이 스크립트는 이미" +"지 작성 과정의 맨 처음에 실행됩니다.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 msgid "Im&port..." msgstr "임포트(&P)…" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2709 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2709 msgid "&Author" msgstr "저자(&A)" -#. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 -msgid "<p>Set the values for <b>Author</b> of the image, <b>Contact Information</b>, and the image <b>Specification</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>이미지의 <b>저자</b>, <b>연락처 정보</ b> 및 이미지 <b>사양</b>에 해당하는 값을 설정합니다.</p>" +#. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 +msgid "" +"<p>Set the values for <b>Author</b> of the image, <b>Contact Information</" +"b>, and the image <b>Specification</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>이미지의 <b>저자</b>, <b>연락처 정보</ b> 및 이미지 <b>사양</b>에 해당하" +"는 값을 설정합니다.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 msgid "C&ontact" msgstr "연락처(O)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2736 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2736 msgid "&Specification" msgstr "사양(&S)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2750 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2750 msgid "&Locale" msgstr "로케일(&L)" -#. help text for locale (heading) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2758 +#. help text for locale (heading) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2758 msgid "<p><b>Locale Settings</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>로케일 설정</b></p>" -#. help text for locale -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 -msgid "<p>The value of <b>Locale</b> (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>로케일</b> 값(예: <tt>en_US</tt>)은 <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>에서 RC_LANG 변수의 내용을 정의합니다.</p>" +#. help text for locale +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 +msgid "" +"<p>The value of <b>Locale</b> (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of " +"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>로케일</b> 값(예: <tt>en_US</tt>)은 <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>에" +"서 RC_LANG 변수의 내용을 정의합니다.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "키보드 배열(&K)" -#. help text for keytable -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 -msgid "<p><b>Keyboard Layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>키보드 배열</b>은 사용할 콘솔 keymap의 이름을 지정합니다. 값은 <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>의 맵 파일에 해당합니다.</p>" +#. help text for keytable +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Keyboard Layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. " +"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>키보드 배열</b>은 사용할 콘솔 keymap의 이름을 지정합니다. 값은 <tt>/" +"usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>의 맵 파일에 해당합니다.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "시간대(&T)" -#. help text for timezone -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 -msgid "<p>It is possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>" -msgstr "<p>특정 <b>시간대</b>를 설정할 수 있습니다. 사용 가능한 시간대는 <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> 디렉토리에 있습니다.</p>" +#. help text for timezone +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 +msgid "" +"<p>It is possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones " +"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>특정 <b>시간대</b>를 설정할 수 있습니다. 사용 가능한 시간대는 <tt>/usr/" +"share/zoneinfo</tt> 디렉토리에 있습니다.</p>" -#. general help for users tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 +#. general help for users tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 msgid "<p>Create users that should be available on the target system.</p>" msgstr "<p>대상 시스템에서 사용할 수 있어야 하는 사용자를 생성하십시오.</p>" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 msgid "Login Name" msgstr "로그인 이름" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2816 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2816 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "전체 이름" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2818 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2818 msgid "UID" msgstr "UID" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2820 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2820 msgid "Home Directory" msgstr "홈 디렉토리" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2822 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2822 msgid "Group" msgstr "그룹" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2824 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2824 msgid "GID" msgstr "GID" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 msgid "" -"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and group\n" +"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home " +"Directory</b> and group\n" "to which the users belongs.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>각 사용자마다 <b>이름</b>, <b>비밀번호</b>, <b>홈 디렉토리</b> 및 사용자가\n" +"<p>각 사용자마다 <b>이름</b>, <b>비밀번호</b>, <b>홈 디렉토리</b> 및 사용자" +"가\n" "속한 그룹을 지정합니다.</p>\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 msgid "Live CD Configuration" msgstr "라이브 CD 구성" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2913 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2913 msgid "Xen Image Configuration" msgstr "Xen 이미지 구성" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2919 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2919 msgid "&Create ISO" msgstr "ISO 작성(&C)" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2921 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2921 msgid "&Create Xen Image" msgstr "Xen 이미지 작성(&C)" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2923 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2923 msgid "&Create Virtual Disk Image" msgstr "가상 디스크 이미지 작성(&C)" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 -msgid "<p>Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</p>" -msgstr "<p>이미지 구성의 이름을 입력합니다. 새 구성은 목록의 템플릿 또는 기존 구성이 있는 디렉토리에 배치합니다.</ p>" +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on " +"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>이미지 구성의 이름을 입력합니다. 새 구성은 목록의 템플릿 또는 기존 구성이 " +"있는 디렉토리에 배치합니다.</ p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 -msgid "<p>Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" -msgstr "<p><tt>%1</tt> 디렉토리 아래에 사용자 정의 구성 템플릿을 배치합니다.</p>" +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 +msgid "" +"<p>Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><tt>%1</tt> 디렉토리 아래에 사용자 정의 구성 템플릿을 배치합니다.</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Image Type</b> which should be created.</p>" msgstr "<p>작성할 <b>이미지 유형</b>을 선택합니다.</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991 msgid "<p>Select <b>Output Directory</b> for the created image.</p>" msgstr "<p>작성된 이미지의 <b>출력 디렉토리</b>를 선택합니다.</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 -msgid "<p>Modify the list of <b>Package Repositories</b> that will be used for creating the image. Use <b>Add From System</b> to add one of the current system repositories.</p>" -msgstr "<p>이미지 작성에 사용할 <b>패키지 리포지토리</b> 목록을 수정합니다. <b>시스템에서 추가</b>를 사용하여 현재 시스템 리포지토리 중 하나를 추가합니다.</p>" +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 +msgid "" +"<p>Modify the list of <b>Package Repositories</b> that will be used for " +"creating the image. Use <b>Add From System</b> to add one of the current " +"system repositories.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>이미지 작성에 사용할 <b>패키지 리포지토리</b> 목록을 수정합니다. <b>시스템" +"에서 추가</b>를 사용하여 현재 시스템 리포지토리 중 하나를 추가합니다.</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 msgid "<p>Click <b>Next</b> to continue with the configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>다음</b>을 클릭하여 구성을 계속하십시오.</p>" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020 msgid "Network Boot Image" msgstr "네트워크 부트 이미지" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3028 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3028 msgid "OEM Image" msgstr "OEM 이미지" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 -msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." -msgstr "선택한 디렉토리에 시스템 구성에 대한 유효한 설명이 포함되어 있지 않습니다." +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 +msgid "" +"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"선택한 디렉토리에 시스템 구성에 대한 유효한 설명이 포함되어 있지 않습니다." -#. busy popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 +#. busy popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 msgid "Importing repositories..." msgstr "저장소를 가져오는 중..." -#. combo box item, %1 is name, %2 version -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3182 +#. combo box item, %1 is name, %2 version +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3182 msgid "%1, version %2" msgstr "%1, 버전 %2" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3197 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3197 msgid "&32bit Architecture Image" msgstr "32비트 아키텍처 이미지(&3)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3209 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3209 msgid "Target is i586 only" msgstr "대상은 i586만입니다." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3222 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3222 msgid "&Kiwi Configuration" msgstr "Kiwi 구성(&K)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3236 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3236 msgid "Create from Scratch" msgstr "처음부터 생성" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3247 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3247 msgid "Base on Template" msgstr "템플릿 기반" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3266 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3266 msgid "Base on Existing Configuration" msgstr "기존 구성 기반" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3273 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3273 msgid "&Choose..." msgstr "선택(&C)..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3284 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3284 msgid "I&mage Type" msgstr "이미지 유형(&M)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3292 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3292 msgid "&Output Directory" msgstr "출력 디렉토리(&O)" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3304 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3304 msgid "Package Repository" msgstr "패키지 저장소" -#. menu butto label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3310 +#. menu butto label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3310 msgid "A&dd from System" msgstr "시스템에서 추가(&D)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3318 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3318 msgid "Image preparation" msgstr "이미지 준비" -#. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414 +#. popup error message, %1 is the package name +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1923,13 +2039,13 @@ "%1 패키지가 설치되어 있지 않으면\n" "SLP 리포지토리를 검색할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3500 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3500 msgid "Path to the Output Directory" msgstr "출력 디렉토리 경로" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3521 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3521 msgid "" "Configuration with name \"%1\" already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -1937,18 +2053,18 @@ "구성 이름 \"%1\"이(가) 이미 존재합니다.\n" "다른 이름을 선택하십시오." -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3533 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3533 msgid "Enter the path to the output directory." msgstr "출력 디렉토리의 경로를 입력합니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3539 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3539 msgid "Specify at least one package repository." msgstr "하나 이상의 패키지 저장소를 지정합니다." -#. continue/cancel popup %1 is a \n separated list -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3640 +#. continue/cancel popup %1 is a \n separated list +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3640 msgid "" "Failed to add these repositories:\n" "\n" @@ -1962,22 +2078,22 @@ "\n" "계속하시겠습니까?" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693 msgid "Path to directory to store the log files" msgstr "로그 파일을 저장할 디렉토리 경로" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 msgid "Standard output file name" msgstr "표준 출력 파일 이름" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709 msgid "Error output file name" msgstr "오류 출력 파일 이름" -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 msgid "" "File %1 already exists.\n" "Rewrite?" @@ -1985,106 +2101,106 @@ "%1 파일이 이미 있습니다.\n" "다시 쓰시겠습니까?" -#. run kiwi to finally create the selected image -#. @param [String] out_dir output directory for the result -#. @param [String] selected_profiles which profiles should be build (prepared part -#. of command line option) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:825 +#. run kiwi to finally create the selected image +#. @param [String] out_dir output directory for the result +#. @param [String] selected_profiles which profiles should be build (prepared part +#. of command line option) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:825 msgid "Removing old chroot directory failed." msgstr "기존 chroot 디렉토리를 제거하지 못했습니다." -#. label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:848 +#. label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:848 msgid "Preparing for Image Creation" msgstr "이미지 작성 준비 중" -#. button label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:866 +#. button label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:866 msgid "Save logs" msgstr "로그 저장" -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:940 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:940 msgid "Image creation failed." msgstr "이미지 작성에 실패했습니다." -#. label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:965 +#. label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:965 msgid "Creating Image" msgstr "이미지 생성 중" -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:976 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:976 msgid "Image creation succeeded." msgstr "이미지 작성에 성공했습니다." -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:995 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:995 msgid "Image creation canceled." msgstr "이미지 생성이 취소되었습니다." -#. ProductCreator read dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:448 +#. ProductCreator read dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:448 msgid "Initializing Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "Product Creator 구성 초기화 중" -#. translators: progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:462 +#. translators: progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:462 msgid "Read the configuration" msgstr "구성을 읽습니다." -#. translators: progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:466 +#. translators: progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:466 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "데이타 베이스를 읽고 있습니다..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:468 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:495 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:548 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:574 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:468 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:495 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:548 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:574 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:489 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:489 msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgstr "구성을 읽을 수 없습니다." -#. ProductCreator read dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:528 +#. ProductCreator read dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:528 msgid "Saving Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "Product Creator 구성 저장 중" -#. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:542 +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:542 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "세팅 기록" -#. translators: progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:546 +#. translators: progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:546 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "세팅을 기록하고 있습니다..." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:568 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:568 msgid "Error while writing settings." msgstr "설정을 쓰는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. translators: Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:601 +#. translators: Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:601 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "구성 요약..." -#. Create an overview table with all configured cards -#. @return table items -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:614 +#. Create an overview table with all configured cards +#. @return table items +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:614 msgid "No Files" msgstr "파일 없음" -#. an error message, %1 is the directory, %2 is URL of the source -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:994 +#. an error message, %1 is the directory, %2 is URL of the source +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:994 msgid "" "Cannot read directory %1\n" "from source %2." @@ -2092,14 +2208,14 @@ "원본 %2에서 %1 디렉토리를\n" " 읽을 수 없습니다." -#. the copy is not needed if the sourse will be signed with a gpg key -#. check if the metadata are gzipped -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2080 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3682 +#. the copy is not needed if the sourse will be signed with a gpg key +#. check if the metadata are gzipped +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2080 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3682 msgid "Error reading control file." msgstr "제어 파일을 읽는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. workaround for bnc#498464 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2689 +#. workaround for bnc#498464 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2689 msgid "" "Could not add GPG key %1 to initrd\n" "%2.\n" @@ -2107,8 +2223,8 @@ "GPG 키 %1을(를) initrd\n" "%2에 추가할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. yes/no popup: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2883 +#. yes/no popup: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2883 msgid "" "Error: Could not digitally sign the source.\n" "Try again?\n" @@ -2116,8 +2232,8 @@ "오류: 원본에 디지털 서명을 할 수 없습니다.\n" "다시 시도하시겠습니까?\n" -#. error message, %1 is list of URLs (one URL per line) -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2993 +#. error message, %1 is list of URLs (one URL per line) +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2993 msgid "" "These sources were not found:\n" "%1" @@ -2125,18 +2241,18 @@ "이 원본을 찾을 수 없습니다.\n" "%1" -#. popup question, %1 is directory name -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3245 +#. popup question, %1 is directory name +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3245 msgid "Remove the destination directory %1?" msgstr "%1 대상 디렉토리를 제거하시겠습니까?" -#. remove the destination -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3270 +#. remove the destination +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3270 msgid "The destination %1 already exists." msgstr "대상 %1이(가) 이미 존재합니다." -#. TODO ask in interactive mode -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279 +#. TODO ask in interactive mode +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279 msgid "" "Destination directory exists or is a file.\n" "Remove directory %1?" @@ -2144,25 +2260,25 @@ "대상 디렉토리가 있거나 파일입니다.\n" "%1 디렉토리를 제거하시겠습니까?" -#. Check if selected packages are available -#. @return [String] error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3300 +#. Check if selected packages are available +#. @return [String] error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3300 msgid "Checking for package availability..." msgstr "패키지의 유효성을 검사중..." -#. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3359 +#. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3359 msgid "%1 package not available." msgstr "%1 패키지가 사용가능하지 않습니다." -#. change the label -#. copy the packages -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3415 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3554 +#. change the label +#. copy the packages +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3415 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3554 msgid "Copying %1" msgstr "%1를 복사중" -#. string dir = basedir + product_map[source]:"/" + datadir + "/" + package["arch"]:""; -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3590 +#. string dir = basedir + product_map[source]:"/" + datadir + "/" + package["arch"]:""; +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3590 msgid "" "Cannot download package %1\n" " from source %2.\n" @@ -2170,7 +2286,7 @@ "원본 %2에서 %1 패키지를\n" " 다운로드할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3607 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3607 msgid "" "Error while copying packages. \n" "\t\t Check the created directory for possible hints." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/proxy.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/proxy.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/proxy.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: proxy\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,31 +14,31 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Informative label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 +#. Informative label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "No details available." msgstr "사용할 수 있는 세부사항 없음" -#. A push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 +#. A push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "&Details <<" msgstr "세부사항(&D) <<" -#. avoid confusing Emacs -#. A push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 +#. avoid confusing Emacs +#. A push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "&Details >>" msgstr "세부사항(&D) >>" -#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173 +#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Unknown Error Code" msgstr "알 수 없는 오류 코드" -#. Error message, -#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191 +#. Error message, +#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" +#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "" "An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ "%1 프록시 테스트 중에 오류가 발생했습니다.\n" "프록시 반환 코드: %2.\n" -#. Unknown return code, -#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206 +#. Unknown return code, +#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, +#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -57,52 +57,55 @@ "%1 프록시 테스트 중에 알 수 없는 오류가 발생했습니다.\n" "프록시 반환 코드: %2.\n" -#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 +#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 msgid "Testing the current proxy settings..." msgstr "현재 프록시 설정 테스트 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTP proxy test." msgstr "HTTP 프록시 테스트 중에 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTPS proxy test." msgstr "HTTPS 프록시 테스트 중에 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "An error occurred during the FTP proxy test." msgstr "FTP 프록시 테스트 중에 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. Popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 +#. Popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Proxy settings work correctly." msgstr "프록시 설정이 올바르게 작동합니다." -#. Proxy dialog caption -#. Commandline help title -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 +#. Proxy dialog caption +#. Commandline help title +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 msgid "Proxy Configuration" msgstr "프록시 구성" -#. Proxy dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 +#. Proxy dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "" "<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n" -"<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" +"<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " +"take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " +"Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. </p>" msgstr "" "<p>사용자의 인터넷 프록시(캐싱) 설정은 이곳에서 구성할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" "<p><b>참고:</b> 설정을 적용하려면 다시 로그인해야 하지만 응용 프로그램에 \n" -"따라서 새로운 설정을 바로 적용시키는 것도 있습니다.사용하는 응용 프로그램이 이를\n" +"따라서 새로운 설정을 바로 적용시키는 것도 있습니다.사용하는 응용 프로그램이 " +"이를\n" "지원하는지 확인 해보십시오.(웹 브라우저, ftp 클라이언트,...). </p>" -#. Proxy dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 +#. Proxy dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "" "<p><b>HTTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" @@ -110,31 +113,33 @@ "<p><b>HTTP 프록시 URL</b>은 WWW(World Wide Web)로의 액세스를 위한\n" "프록시 서버의 이름입니다.</p>\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 +#. Proxy dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "" -"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" +"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured " +"access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>HTTPS 프록시 URL</b>은 WWW(World Wide Web)로의 안전한 액세스를 위한\n" "프록시 서버의 이름입니다.</p>\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 +#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 msgid "<p>Example: <i>http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>" msgstr "<p>예: <i>http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>" -#. Proxy dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 +#. Proxy dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "" "<p><b>FTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the file transfer services (FTP).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>FTP 프록시 URL</b>는 여러분이 FTP(file transfer services)에 접속을 하기 위한\n" +"<p><b>FTP 프록시 URL</b>는 여러분이 FTP(file transfer services)에 접속을 하" +"기 위한\n" "프록시 서버의 이름입니다.</p>" -#. Proxy dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 +#. Proxy dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "" "<p>If you check <b>Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols</b>, it is\n" "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" @@ -144,8 +149,8 @@ "HTTP 프록시 URL만 입력하면 됩니다. 모든 프로토콜(HTTP, HTTPS 및 FTP)에\n" "사용됩니다.\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433 +#. Proxy dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433 msgid "" "<p><b>No Proxy Domains</b> is a comma-separated list of domains\n" "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" @@ -155,19 +160,21 @@ "수행되는, 쉼표로 구분된 도메인 목록입니다\n" " (예: <i>%1</i>).</p>\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 +#. Proxy dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "" "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>인증과 함께 프록시 서버를 사용하는 경우\n" -"<b>프록시 사용자 이름</b> 및 <b>프록시 비밀번호</b>를 입력하십시오. 유효한 사용자 이름은\n" +"<b>프록시 사용자 이름</b> 및 <b>프록시 비밀번호</b>를 입력하십시오. 유효한 사" +"용자 이름은\n" "인쇄 가능한 ASCII 문자로만 구성됩니다(따옴표 제외).</p>\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 +#. Proxy dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>Test Proxy Settings</b> to test\n" "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p> \n" @@ -175,61 +182,61 @@ "<p>HTTP, HTTPS 및 FTP 프록시용 현재 구성을 테스트하려면\n" " <b>프록시 설정 테스트</b>를 누르십시오.</p> \n" -#. CheckBox entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 +#. CheckBox entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "&Enable Proxy" msgstr "프록시 활성화(&E)" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Proxy Settings" msgstr "프록시 설정" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "&HTTP Proxy URL" msgstr "HTTP 프록시 URL(&H)" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "HTTP&S Proxy URL" msgstr "HTTPS 프록시 URL(&S)" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "F&TP Proxy URL" msgstr "FTP 프록시 URL(&T)" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Us&e the Same Proxy for All Protocols" msgstr "모든 프로토콜에 동일한 프록시 사용(&E)" -#. Text entry label -#. domains without proxying -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 +#. Text entry label +#. domains without proxying +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "No Proxy &Domains" msgstr "프록시를 사용하지 않는 도메인(&D)" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Proxy Authentication" msgstr "프록시 인증" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 msgid "Proxy &User Name" msgstr "프록시 사용자 이름(&U)" -#. Password entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 +#. Password entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 msgid "Proxy &Password" msgstr "프록시 비밀번호(&P)" -#. Test Proxy Settings - push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 +#. Test Proxy Settings - push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 msgid "Test Pr&oxy Settings" msgstr "프록시 설정 테스트(&X)" -#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 +#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "" "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" "Really use these settings?" @@ -237,7 +244,7 @@ "프록시가 활성화되어 있지만 지정된 프록시 URL이 없습니다.\n" "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 msgid "" "Security warning:\n" "Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n" @@ -245,47 +252,48 @@ "Really use these settings?" msgstr "" "보안 경고:\n" -"사용자 이름 및 비밀번호는 전 세계에서 읽을 수 있는 일반 텍스트 파일에 암호화되지 않은 상태로\n" +"사용자 이름 및 비밀번호는 전 세계에서 읽을 수 있는 일반 텍스트 파일에 암호화" +"되지 않은 상태로\n" "저장됩니다.\n" "이러한 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." msgstr "비밀번호를 입력하지 않았고 사용자 이름을 비워두었습니다." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "HTTP 프록시 URL은 부적당 합니다." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "HTTP 프록시 URL은 스키마 명세서(http)에 포함해야만 합니다." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "HTTPS 프록시 URL이 잘못되었습니다." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "HTTPS 프록시 URL에는 스키마 명세(http)를 포함해야 합니다." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "FTP 프록시 URL은 부적당 합니다." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "FTP 프록시 URL은 스키마 명세서(http)에 포함해야 합니다." -#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 +#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "" "One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n" "Check if all domains match one of the following:\n" @@ -301,140 +309,140 @@ "* 전체 호스트 이름\n" "* '.' 문자가 앞에 오는 도메인 이름" -#. Return a modification status -#. @return true if data was modified -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 +#. Return a modification status +#. @return true if data was modified +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" msgstr "프록시 구성 상태" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "활성화됨" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 msgid "HTTP" msgstr "HTTP" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "HTTPS" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 msgid "Enable proxy settings" msgstr "프록시 설정 활성화" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 msgid "Disable proxy settings" msgstr "프록시 설정 비활성화" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 msgid "Change the current proxy settings" msgstr "현재 프록시 설정 변경" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" msgstr "프록시에 대한 인증을 설정합니다." -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" msgstr "현재 설정의 요약을 표시합니다." -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 msgid "Set HTTP proxy" msgstr "HTTP 프록시를 설정합니다." -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" msgstr "HTTPS 프록시를 설정합니다." -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 msgid "Set FTP proxy" msgstr "FTP 프록시를 설정합니다." -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 msgid "Clear all options listed" msgstr "열거된 모든 옵션을 지웁니다." -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" msgstr "프록시 설정을 사용하지 않도록 도메인을 설정합니다." -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" msgstr "프록시 인증에 사용할 사용자 이름" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" msgstr "프록시 인증에 사용할 비밀번호" -#. ask the user -#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 +#. ask the user +#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 msgid "Password:" msgstr "비밀번호:" -#. Popup headline -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 +#. Popup headline +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Proxy 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." msgstr "새 프록시 설정을 적용하려면 다시 로그인하는 것이 좋습니다." -#. Write proxy settings and apply changes -#. @return true if success -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 +#. Write proxy settings and apply changes +#. @return true if success +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 msgid "Update proxy configuration" msgstr "프록시 구성 업데이트" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" msgstr "프록시 구성 저장 중" -#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards -#. but only when Progress is visible -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 +#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards +#. but only when Progress is visible +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 msgid "Updating proxy configuration..." msgstr "프록시 구성 업데이트 중..." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 msgid "Proxy is disabled." msgstr "Proxy가 비활성화 되었습니다." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 msgid "Proxy is enabled." msgstr "프록시 활성화" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "HTTP 프록시: %1" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1" msgstr "HTTPS 프록시: %1" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 msgid "FTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "FTP 프록시: %1" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/rdp.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/rdp.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/rdp.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg -# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. -# +# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. +# msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: rdp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:43\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,33 +14,35 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/rdp.rb:33 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:33 msgid "Remote Access Configuration" msgstr "원격 액세스 구성" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/rdp.rb:43 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:43 msgid "Display configuration summary" msgstr "구성 요약 표시" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/rdp.rb:53 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:53 msgid "Allow remote access" msgstr "원격 액세스 허용" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/rdp.rb:64 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:64 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "원격 관리를 허용하려면 '예'로 설정하고 허용하지 않으려면 '아니오'로 설정하십시오." +msgstr "" +"원격 관리를 허용하려면 '예'로 설정하고 허용하지 않으려면 '아니오'로 설정하십" +"시오." -#. Command line output Headline -#: src/clients/rdp.rb:107 +#. Command line output Headline +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:107 msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:" msgstr "원격 액세스 구성 요약:" -#. Command line error message -#: src/clients/rdp.rb:127 +#. Command line error message +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:127 msgid "" "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" "or 'no' to disallow it." @@ -48,32 +50,32 @@ "원격 관리를 허용하려면 '예'로 설정하고 허용하지 않으려면\n" "'아니오'로 설정하십시오." -#. RichText label -#: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:57 +#. RichText label +#: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:57 msgid "RDP Remote Administration" msgstr "RDP 원격 관리" -#. Menu label -#: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:59 +#. Menu label +#: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:59 msgid "RDP &Remote Administration" msgstr "RDP 원격 관리(&R)" -#. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:27 +#. Ramote Administration dialog caption +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:27 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "원격 관리" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:33 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:33 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "원격 관리 허용(&A)" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:39 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:39 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "원격 관리 허용 안 함(&D)" -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:54 +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n" "<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -83,67 +85,68 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>원격 관리 설정</big></b></p>\n" "<p>이 기능을 선택하면 다른 시스템에서\n" -"원격으로 이 시스템을 관리할 수 있습니다. rdesktop(<tt><hostname>:%1</tt>에 연결)과 같은\n" +"원격으로 이 시스템을 관리할 수 있습니다. rdesktop(<tt><hostname>:%1</" +"tt>에 연결)과 같은\n" "RDP 클라이언트를 사용하십시오.\n" "이 원격 관리 유형은 SSH를 사용하는 것보다 보안 수준이 낮습니다.</p>\n" -#. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:72 +#. Dialog frame title +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "원격 관리 설정" -#. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:78 +#. Dialog frame title +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정" -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정 기록" -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87 msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "xrdp 구성" -#. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93 +#. Progress stage 3 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "서비스 재시작" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95 msgid "Stop the services" msgstr "서비스 중지" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "원격 관리 구성 저장 중" -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 +#. 100; //for testing +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "방화벽 설정 기록 중..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110 msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "xrdp 구성 중..." -#. Disable xrdp -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129 +#. Disable xrdp +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "서비스 재시작 중..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132 msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "서비스 중지 중..." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148 +#. Label in proposal text +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "원격 관리가 활성화되었습니다." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151 +#. Label in proposal text +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "원격 관리가 비활성화되었습니다." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/registration.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/registration.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/registration.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -15,205 +15,205 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#. popup message -#. popup message -#. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 +#. popup message +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "등록 서버에 연결" -#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#. dialog title -#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after -#. pressing "Next" -#. dialog title -#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration -#. @return [Symbol] user input -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 +#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#. dialog title +#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after +#. pressing "Next" +#. dialog title +#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration +#. @return [Symbol] user input +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Registration" msgstr "등록" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43 +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43 msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." msgstr "이 YaST 모듈 대신 '%s'을(를) 사용하십시오." -#. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 +#. popup message: registration finished properly +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "등록에 성공했습니다." -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "SLP 검색에 실패했습니다. 서버를 찾을 수 없습니다." -#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system -#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 +#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system +#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "SSL 인증서 다운로드 중" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "SSL 인증서 임포트 중" -#. %s is name of given product -#. then register the product(s) -#. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 +#. %s is name of given product +#. then register the product(s) +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "%s 등록 중..." -#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click -#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "제품 등록" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "자동 설치 중에 등록 실행" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "자동 설치 중에 등록 건너뛰기" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Registration Settings" msgstr "등록 설정" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 msgid "E-mail Address: %s" msgstr "전자 메일 주소: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "등록 코드가 구성되었습니다." -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 msgid "Install Available Updates" msgstr "사용 가능한 업데이트 설치" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "등록 서버" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 msgid "Server URL: %s" msgstr "서버 URL: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "SLP 검색 사용" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "SSL 서버 인증서 URL: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" msgstr "SSL 인증서 지문: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "확장 및 모듈" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "보안 연결 오류" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 msgid "Details:" msgstr "세부사항:" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 msgid "Failed Certificate Details" msgstr "실패한 인증서 세부 사항" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "발급 대상" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "CN(일반 이름): " -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "O(조직): " -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "OU(조직 구성 단위): " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "발급자" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 msgid "Validity" msgstr "유효 기간" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "발급 날짜: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" msgstr "경고: 인증서가 아직 유효하지 않습니다." -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 msgid "Expires On: " msgstr "만료: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" msgstr "경고: 인증서가 만료되었습니다!" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 msgid "Serial Number: " msgstr "일련번호: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "SHA1 지문: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "SHA256 지문: " -#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed -#. later after SP2: time -> timed -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 +#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed +#. later after SP2: time -> timed +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "연결 시간이 초과되었습니다." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 msgid "" "Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" "the connection is reliable." @@ -221,13 +221,13 @@ "등록 서버가 연결되어 있는지 및\n" "신뢰할 수 있는 연결인지 확인하십시오." -#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "등록 서버에서 이 시스템을 인식하는지 확인하십시오." -#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -247,24 +247,24 @@ "로그인 후 몇 분만 기다리면\n" "업그레이드를 재시도할 수 있습니다." -#. add the hint to the error details -#. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#. Error popup -#. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 +#. add the hint to the error details +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found +#. Error popup +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 msgid "Connection to registration server failed." msgstr "등록 서버 연결이 실패했습니다." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "등록 클라이언트 오류입니다." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry the operation later." @@ -272,20 +272,20 @@ "등록 서버 오류입니다.\n" "나중에 작업을 재시도하십시오." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "받은 SSL 인증서가 예상한 인증서와 일치하지 않습니다." -#. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 +#. %s are error details +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "세부 사항: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been -#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, -#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 +#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been +#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, +#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -299,23 +299,23 @@ "인증서 문제를 수동으로 해결하고 서버를 안전하게 연결하고\n" "YaST 모듈을 다시 시작할 수 있는지 확인하십시오." -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "SSL 인증서 임포트" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "'%s' 인증서 임포트 중..." -#. workaround after string freeze -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 +#. workaround after string freeze +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "보안 연결 오류: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, -#. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, +#. e.g. https://smt.example.com +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -327,15 +327,15 @@ "서버에 새 등록 프로토콜을 지원하는 최신\n" "제품이 설치되었는지 확인하십시오." -#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze -#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 +#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "URL이 잘못되었습니다." -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" @@ -343,17 +343,17 @@ "네트워크가 구성되지 않았습니다. 등록 서버에 연결할 수 없습니다.\n" "지금 네트워크를 구성하시겠습니까?" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "네트워크 오류입니다. 네트워크 구성을 확인하십시오." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "등록 구성 저장 중..." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." @@ -361,8 +361,8 @@ "기본 제품을 찾을 수 없습니다.\n" "시스템을 확인하십시오." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ "설치 매체나 설치 프로그램이 심각하게 손상되었습니다.\n" "%s에서 버그를 신고하십시오." -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." @@ -378,56 +378,56 @@ "제품이 설치되어 있고 /etc/products.d/baseproduct가\n" "기본 제품 .prod 파일을 가리키는 symlink인지 확인하십시오." -#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze -#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 +#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze +#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "시스템을 등록하는 중입니다." -#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name -#. updating product registration, %s is a product name -#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating product registration, %s is a product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "%s(으)로 업데이트 중 ..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 msgid "Synchronizing Products..." msgstr "제품을 동기화하는 중..." -#. load available addons from SCC server -#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the -#. installation workflow -#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons -#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install -#. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 +#. load available addons from SCC server +#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the +#. installation workflow +#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons +#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install +#. @return [Symbol] the user input +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "사용 가능한 확장 및 모듈을 로드하는 중..." -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "마이그레이션 제품 로드 중..." -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "확장 및 모듈 등록" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>" msgstr "<p>확장 및 모듈을 등록하고 있습니다.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -435,8 +435,8 @@ "등록 서버에서 업데이트 리포지토리를 제공합니다.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -444,9 +444,9 @@ "최신 업데이트를 받기 위해 설치하는 동안\n" "이 리포지토리를 활성화하시겠습니까?" -#. Yast::Mode.update -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 +#. Yast::Mode.update +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -454,15 +454,15 @@ "최신 업데이트를 받기 위해 업그레이드하는 동안\n" "이 리포지토리를 활성화하시겠습니까?" -#. indent size used in summary text -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "인증서:" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed -#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] -#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed +#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] +#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 msgid "" "Repository '%s'\n" "cannot be loaded.\n" @@ -474,42 +474,42 @@ "\n" "리포지토리를 건너뛰거나 중단하시겠습니까?" -#. create UI label for a base product -#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) -#. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 +#. create UI label for a base product +#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) +#. @return [String] UI Label +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "알 수 없는 제품" -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "리포지토리 구성 저장에 실패했습니다." -#. # error message -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 +#. # error message +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "'%s' 서비스 업데이트에 실패했습니다." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "'%s' 서비스 추가에 실패했습니다." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "'%s' 서비스 저장에 실패했습니다." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "'%s' 서비스 새로 고침에 실패했습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -517,30 +517,30 @@ "원격 제품 %s을(를) 찾을 수 없습니다.\n" "이 제품은 등록할 수 없습니다." -#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control -#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior -#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 +#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control +#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior +#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "정말로 중단하시겠습니까?" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "사용권 계약" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "라이센스 다운로드 중..." -#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir -#. @param [Addon] addon the addon -#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 +#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir +#. @param [Addon] addon the addon +#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "사용권 계약 다운로드 중..." -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" @@ -550,287 +550,312 @@ "에 대한 라이센스 다운로드에\n" "실패했습니다." -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "%s 사용권 계약" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "확장 및 모듈 등록 코드" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n" -"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>" +"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " +"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " +"extension or module.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>요청한 확장 또는 모듈의 등록 코드를 입력하십시오.</p>\n" -"<p>등록하려면 등록 코드가 필요합니다. 등록 코드를 제공할 수 없는 경우 돌아가서 해당 확장 또는 모듈을 선택 취소하십시오.</p>" +"<p>등록하려면 등록 코드가 필요합니다. 등록 코드를 제공할 수 없는 경우 돌아가" +"서 해당 확장 또는 모듈을 선택 취소하십시오.</p>" -#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog -#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 +#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog +#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." msgstr[0] "선택한 확장에는 별도의 등록 코드가 필요합니다." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." msgstr[0] "아래 필드에 등록 코드를 입력하십시오." -#. create the main dialog definition -#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 +#. create the main dialog definition +#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" msgstr "베타 버전 필터링(&F)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Details" msgstr "자세히" -#. addon description widget -#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 +#. addon description widget +#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "확장 또는 모듈을 선택하여 여기에 세부 사항을 표시하십시오." -#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension -#. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "%s(사용할 수 없음)" -#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 +#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "YaST에서는 최대 %s개의 확장 또는 모듈을 선택할 수 있습니다." -#. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 -msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>" +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 +msgid "" +"<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " +"registration code.</p>" msgstr "<p>일부 확장 또는 모듈은 특정 등록 코드가 필요할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 -msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" -msgstr "<p>확장 또는 모듈을 제거하려면 SUSE 고객 센터에 로그인하여 수동으로 제거해야 합니다.</p>" +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 +msgid "" +"<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " +"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>확장 또는 모듈을 제거하려면 SUSE 고객 센터에 로그인하여 수동으로 제거해야 " +"합니다.</p>" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 msgid "Extension and Module Selection" msgstr "확장 및 모듈 선택" -#. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 -msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>" -msgstr "<p>여기에서 시스템에 사용 가능한 확장 및 모듈을 선택할 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 +msgid "" +"<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>여기에서 시스템에 사용 가능한 확장 및 모듈을 선택할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "사용 가능한 확장 및 모듈" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37 msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration" msgstr "확장 기능 및 모듈 재등록" -#. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 -msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again.</p>" +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +"</p>" msgstr "<p>여기서 다시 등록될 확장 기능과 모듈을 선택할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules" msgstr "등록된 확장 기능 및 모듈" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>" -msgstr "<p>여기에서 기본 제품과 함께 등록할 확장 또는 모듈을 선택할 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 +msgid "" +"<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " +"together with the base product.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>여기에서 기본 제품과 함께 등록할 확장 또는 모듈을 선택할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" msgstr "선택적 확장 또는 모듈 등록" -#. create the main dialog content -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 +#. create the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "식별자" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Version" msgstr "버전" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "아키텍처" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Release Type" msgstr "릴리스 유형" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 msgid "Registration Code" msgstr "등록 코드" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Download Available Extensions..." msgstr "사용 가능한 확장 다운로드..." -#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 +#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Really delete '%s'?" msgstr "'%s'을(를) 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon -#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 +#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon +#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "확장 또는 모듈 식별자(&I)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "&Version" msgstr "버전(&V)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "아키텍처(&A)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "릴리스 유형(&R)" -#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "등록 코드(&C)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " +"database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>" +"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product " +"Registration</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>제품 등록은 SUSE 고객 센터 데이터베이스에 제품을 포함하여\n" "온라인 업데이트 및 기술 지원을 받을 수 있게 합니다.\n" "자동으로 설치하는 동안 등록하려면 <b>제품 등록 실행</b>을 선택하십시오.</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n" +"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " +"of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. " +"Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>네트워크에서 사용자 정의 등록 서버를 배포하는 경우 <b>SMT 서버 설정</b>에서 서버의 올바른 URL 및\n" +"<p>네트워크에서 사용자 정의 등록 서버를 배포하는 경우 <b>SMT 서버 설정</b>에" +"서 서버의 올바른 URL 및\n" "SMT 인증서를 설정하십시오. 추가 지원을 받으려면\n" "SMT 매뉴얼을 참조하십시오.</p>" -#. the UI defition for the global registration status -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 +#. the UI defition for the global registration status +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "제품 등록" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "전자 메일 주소(&E)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" msgstr "업데이트 리포지토리에서 사용 가능한 업데이트 설치" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "서버 설정" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "SLP 검색을 사용하여 등록 서버 찾기" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "기본값 대신 특정 서버 URL 사용" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "선택적 SSL 서버 인증서 URL" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "선택적 SSL 서버 인증서 지문" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 msgid "none" msgstr "none" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "SSL 인증서 지문" -#. the UI defition for the main dialog -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 +#. the UI defition for the main dialog +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "확장 또는 모듈 등록..." -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 msgid "Register System via %s" msgstr "%s을(를) 통해 시스템 등록" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" msgstr "로컬 SMT 서버를 통해 시스템 등록" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "로컬 등록 서버 URL(&L)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "등록 건너뛰기(&S)" -#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 +#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" msgstr "확장 기능 및 모듈 다시 등록(&R)" -#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#. the main dialog content -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 +#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#. the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "시스템이 이미 등록되었습니다." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration." msgstr "선호하는 등록 수단을 선택하십시오." -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." -msgstr "업데이트 및 확장을 가져오려면 여기에 SUSE 고객 센터 인증서를 입력하여 시스템을 등록하십시오." +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 +msgid "" +"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " +"updates and extensions." +msgstr "" +"업데이트 및 확장을 가져오려면 여기에 SUSE 고객 센터 인증서를 입력하여 시스템" +"을 등록하십시오." -#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 +#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -844,66 +869,86 @@ "설치 후 등록하거나\n" "고객 센터를 방문하여 온라인으로 등록할 수 있습니다." -#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 +#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "네트워크 구성(&W)..." -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 msgid "Certificate has expired" msgstr "인증서가 만료되었습니다." -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "자체 서명된 인증서" -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "인증서 체인의 자체 서명된 인증서" -#. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 +#. push button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "트러스트 및 임포트(&T)" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>" -msgstr "<p>보안 연결(예: HTTPS)은 SSL 인증서를 사용하여 서버의 신뢰성을 확인하고 전송된 데이터를 암호화합니다.</p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "" +"<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the " +"authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>보안 연결(예: HTTPS)은 SSL 인증서를 사용하여 서버의 신뢰성을 확인하고 전송" +"된 데이터를 암호화합니다.</p>" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" -msgstr "<p>알려진 CA(인증 기관) 목록으로 인증서를 임포트하여 알 수 없는 인증서의 주체와 발급자를 신뢰할 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +msgid "" +"<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known " +"certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " +"issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>알려진 CA(인증 기관) 목록으로 인증서를 임포트하여 알 수 없는 인증서의 주체" +"와 발급자를 신뢰할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 -msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate.</p>" -msgstr "<p>예를 들어, 인증서를 임포트하면 자체 서명된 인증서를 사용할 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "" +"<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed " +"certificate.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>예를 들어, 인증서를 임포트하면 자체 서명된 인증서를 사용할 수 있습니다.</" +"p>" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>중요:</b>항상 임포트한 인증서 지문을 확인하여 인증서가 정품인지 확인해야 합니다.</p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of " +"certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>중요:</b>항상 임포트한 인증서 지문을 확인하여 인증서가 정품인지 확인해" +"야 합니다.</p>" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>" -msgstr "<p><b>확인하지 않고 알 수 없는 인증서를 임포트하면 보안상 위험합니다.</b></p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " +"security risk.</b></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>확인하지 않고 알 수 없는 인증서를 임포트하면 보안상 위험합니다.</b></p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 msgid "Internal error: %s" msgstr "내부 오류: %s" -#. register the base system if not already registered -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 +#. register the base system if not already registered +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 msgid "" "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" @@ -911,40 +956,46 @@ "'%s' 추가 기능을 등록하려면 기본 시스템을 등록해야 합니다.\n" "기본 시스템 추가 기능 등록을 건너뛰시겠습니까?" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "마이그레이션에 사용되는 리포지토리" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories.</p>" -msgstr "<p>이 대화 상자에서는 온라인 마이그레이션에 사용될 리포지토리를 수동으로 선택할 수 있습니다. 패키지가 선택된 리포지토리에서 발견된 최고 버전으로 업그레이드됩니다.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "" +"<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " +"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " +"in the selected repositories.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>이 대화 상자에서는 온라인 마이그레이션에 사용될 리포지토리를 수동으로 선택" +"할 수 있습니다. 패키지가 선택된 리포지토리에서 발견된 최고 버전으로 업그레이" +"드됩니다.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "마이그레이션에 사용되는 리포지토리 선택" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 msgid "Manage Repositories..." msgstr "리포지토리 관리..." -#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "URL: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "중요도: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, -#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts -#. the online migration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, +#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts +#. the online migration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 msgid "" "The system is not registered,\n" "to run the online migration you need\n" @@ -954,103 +1005,115 @@ "온라인 마이그레이션을 실행하려면\n" "먼저 시스템을 등록해야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 msgid "No installed product found." msgstr "설치된 제품을 찾을 수 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 msgid "No migration product found." msgstr "마이그레이션 제품을 찾을 수 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." msgstr "마이그레이션 리포지토리 준비 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 msgid "Select the Migration Target" msgstr "마이그레이션 대상 선택" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>" -msgstr "<p>여기에서 마이그레이션 대상 제품을 선택할 수 있습니다. 등록 서버는 새로운 제품에 대해 몇 가지 마이그레이션 방법을 제공할 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "" +"<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " +"may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>여기에서 마이그레이션 대상 제품을 선택할 수 있습니다. 등록 서버는 새로운 " +"제품에 대해 몇 가지 마이그레이션 방법을 제공할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 msgid "<p>Only one migration target from the list can be selected.</p>" msgstr "<p>목록에서 하나의 마이그레이션 대상만 선택할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -msgid "<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories later.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>%s</b> 확인란을 사용하여 마이그레이션 리포지토리를 나중에 수동으로 선택하십시오.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "" +"<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories " +"later.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>%s</b> 확인란을 사용하여 마이그레이션 리포지토리를 나중에 수동으로 선택" +"하십시오.</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" msgstr "마이그레이션 리포지토리 수동으로 선택" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 msgid "Select the target migration." msgstr "대상 마이그레이션을 선택하십시오." -#. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" msgstr "마이그레이션용 리포지토리 수동 조정" -#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 +#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "가능한 마이그레이션 대상" -#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 +#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "마이그레이션 요약" -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details. -#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used -#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow -#. using the selected migration. -#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) -#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 -msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." -msgstr "오류: <b>%{product}</b> 제품을 등록 서버(%{url})에서 사용할 수 없습니다. 이 마이그레이션의 사용을 허용하려면 제품을 사용할 수 있게 하십시오." +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details. +#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used +#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow +#. using the selected migration. +#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) +#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "" +"ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server " +"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "" +"오류: <b>%{product}</b> 제품을 등록 서버(%{url})에서 사용할 수 없습니다. 이 " +"마이그레이션의 사용을 허용하려면 제품을 사용할 수 있게 하십시오." -#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 +#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>" msgstr "%s이(가) <b>설치됩니다.</b>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>" msgstr "%s이(가) <b>그대로 유지됩니다.</b>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product}이(가) %{new_product}(으)로 <b>업그레이드</b>됩니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product}이(가) %{new_product}(으)로 <b>다운그레이드</b>됩니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1065,39 +1128,47 @@ "누락된 제품을 등록 \n" "서버에서 사용할 수 있도록 하십시오." -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>" msgstr "<p>시스템이 이미 등록되어 있습니다.</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>" -msgstr "<p>다시 등록하거나 시스템 기능 향상을 위해 추가 확장 또는 모듈을 등록할 수 있습니다.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " +"modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>다시 등록하거나 시스템 기능 향상을 위해 추가 확장 또는 모듈을 등록할 수 있" +"습니다.</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>" -msgstr "<p>시스템을 등록하려면 SUSE 고객 센터에 로그인하여 시스템을 수동으로 제거해야 합니다.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "" +"<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>시스템을 등록하려면 SUSE 고객 센터에 로그인하여 시스템을 수동으로 제거해" +"야 합니다.</p>" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "확장 선택" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Register Again" msgstr "다시 등록" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 msgid "Registration is being updated..." msgstr "등록 업데이트 중..." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 msgid "The previous registration is being updated." msgstr "이전 등록을 업데이트하고 있습니다." -#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 msgid "" "Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" "You can manually register the system from scratch." @@ -1105,18 +1176,18 @@ "자동 등록 업그레이드에 실패했습니다.\n" "처음부터 수동으로 시스템을 등록할 수 있습니다." -#. Constructor -#. -#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show. -#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text -#. will be used if it's not specified. -#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text -#. will be used if it's not specified. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show. +#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "로컬 등록 서버" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65 msgid "" "Select a detected registration server from the list\n" "or the default SUSE registration server." @@ -1124,45 +1195,45 @@ "목록에서 검색된 등록 서버를 선택하거나 기본\n" "SUSE 등록 서버를 선택하십시오." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67 msgid "No registration server selected" msgstr "선택한 등록 서버 없음" -#. Default registration server -#. -#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102 +#. Default registration server +#. +#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102 msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" msgstr "SUSE 고객 센터(%s)" -#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>] -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 +#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>] +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "검색 중..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "로컬 등록 서버를 조회하는 중입니다." -#. Constructor -#. -#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show -#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default -#. heading will be used). -#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). -#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. -#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected -#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. -#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil -#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show +#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default +#. heading will be used). +#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil +#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 msgid "Service selection" msgstr "서비스 선택" -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 msgid "Select a detected service from the list." msgstr "목록에서 감지된 서비스를 선택하십시오." -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 msgid "No service was selected." msgstr "선택한 서비스가 없습니다." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/relocation-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/relocation-server.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/relocation-server.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: relocation-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the relocation-server module -#: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58 +#. Command line help text for the relocation-server module +#: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58 msgid "Configuration of relocation-server" msgstr "FTP 서버 구성" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48 msgid "" "Really exit?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -28,160 +28,160 @@ "종료하시겠습니까?\n" "모든 변경사항이 손실됩니다." -#. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 +#. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 msgid "Select SSL Key File" msgstr "SSL 키 파일 선택" -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:175 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:175 msgid "Select SSL Cert File" msgstr "SSL 인증서 파일 선택" -#. A popup dialog caption -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:303 +#. A popup dialog caption +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:303 msgid "Add New Port" msgstr "새 포트 추가" -#. A popup dialog caption -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:305 +#. A popup dialog caption +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:305 msgid "Edit Current Port" msgstr "현재 포트 편집" -#. A text entry -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:309 +#. A text entry +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:309 msgid "&Port" msgstr "포트(&P)" -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:336 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:336 msgid "Port number must not be empty." msgstr "포트 번호는 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343 msgid "Port number out of range." msgstr "포트 번호가 범위를 벗어났습니다." -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350 msgid "Port number already exists." msgstr "포트 번호가 이미 있습니다." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/relocation-server/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of relocation-server -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Li Dongyang <lidongyang@novell.com> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:43 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/relocation-server/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of relocation-server +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Li Dongyang <lidongyang@novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:43 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "전역 설정" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "Relocation Address:" msgstr "재배치 주소:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Allowed Hosts:" msgstr "허용된 호스트:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "Use SSL as Default" msgstr "SSL을 기본값으로 사용" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "non-SSL Server" msgstr "비 SSL 서버" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:69 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Port:" msgstr "포트:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Enable" msgstr "활성화" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "SSL Server" msgstr "SSL 서버" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "SSL Key File:" msgstr "SSL 키 파일:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "SSL Cert File:" msgstr "SSL 인증서 파일:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:130 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Firewall" msgstr "방화벽" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Tunneled migration" msgstr "터널링된 마이그레이션" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Make sure tunneled migration works" msgstr "터널링된 마이그레이션 작동 여부 확인" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Plain migration" msgstr "일반 마이그레이션" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Make sure plain migration works" msgstr "일반 마이그레이션 작동 여부 확인" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "TCP Ports" msgstr "TCP 포트" -#. A table header -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:165 +#. A table header +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Port" msgstr "포트" -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "추가(&A)..." -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:173 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "&Edit..." msgstr "편집(&E)..." -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:175 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:175 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "삭제(&D)" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "Include default port range" msgstr "기본 포트 범위 포함" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -189,8 +189,8 @@ "<p><b><big>재배치 서버 구성 초기화 중</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려주십시오...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -198,8 +198,8 @@ "<p><b><big>초기화 중단 중:</big></b><br>\n" "지금 <b>중단</b>을 눌러 구성 유틸리티를 안전하게 중단하십시오.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -207,8 +207,8 @@ "<p><b><big>재배치 서버 구성 저장 중</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려주십시오...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -220,167 +220,182 @@ "이 작업이 안전한지 알려 주는 추가 대화 상자가 나타납니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b>Relocation Address</b><br>\n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections</p>\n" "<p><b>Allowed Hosts</b><br>\n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.</p>\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all " +"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated " +"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name " +"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be " +"accepted.</p>\n" "<p><b>SSL Key File/SSL Cert File</b><br>\n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>재배치 주소</b><br>\n" "주소 xend는 재배치 소켓 연결을 위해 수신 대기해야 합니다.</p>\n" "<p><b>허용된 호스트</b><br>\n" -"재배치 포트와 통신할 수 있는 호스트. 이 옵션이 비어 있는 경우 모든 연결이 허용됩니다. 그렇지 않은 경우 이 항목은 공백으로 분리된 연속된 정규식이어야 합니다. 정규화된 도메인 이름 또는 정규식 중 한 개와 일치하는 IP 주소로 구성된 모든 호스트가 허용됩니다.</p>\n" +"재배치 포트와 통신할 수 있는 호스트. 이 옵션이 비어 있는 경우 모든 연결이 허" +"용됩니다. 그렇지 않은 경우 이 항목은 공백으로 분리된 연속된 정규식이어야 합니" +"다. 정규화된 도메인 이름 또는 정규식 중 한 개와 일치하는 IP 주소로 구성된 모" +"든 호스트가 허용됩니다.</p>\n" "<p><b>SSL 키 파일/SSL 인증서 파일</b><br>\n" "SSL 재배치 인터페이스에 사용하는 SSL 키 및 인증서</p>" -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Tunneled migration</big></b><br>\n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.</p>\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host " +"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting " +"the data stream.</p>\n" "<p><b><big>Plain migration</big></b><br>\n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>" +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the " +"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually " +"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>터널링된 마이그레이션</big></b><br>\n" -"소스 호스트 libvirtd가 마이그레이션 데이터를 전송하기 위해 대상 호스트 libvirtd에 대한 직접 연결을 엽니다. 이렇게 하면 데이터 스트림을 암호화할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" +"소스 호스트 libvirtd가 마이그레이션 데이터를 전송하기 위해 대상 호스트 " +"libvirtd에 대한 직접 연결을 엽니다. 이렇게 하면 데이터 스트림을 암호화할 수 " +"있습니다.</p>\n" "<p><b><big>일반 마이그레이션</big></b><br>\n" -"소스 호스트 VM이 마이그레이션 데이터를 전송하기 위해 대상 호스트에 대한 암호화되지 않은 직접 TCP 연결을 엽니다. 포트를 수동으로 지정하지 않는 경우 libvirt가 기본 범위의 마이그레이션 포트를 선택합니다.</p>" +"소스 호스트 VM이 마이그레이션 데이터를 전송하기 위해 대상 호스트에 대한 암호" +"화되지 않은 직접 TCP 연결을 엽니다. 포트를 수동으로 지정하지 않는 경우 " +"libvirt가 기본 범위의 마이그레이션 포트를 선택합니다.</p>" -#. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:104 +#. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:104 msgid "&Xend" msgstr "Xend(&X)" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:109 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:109 msgid "&KVM" msgstr "KVM(&K)" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:114 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:114 msgid "&Xen Libxl" msgstr "Xen Libxl(&X)" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:161 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:161 msgid "Relocation Server Configuration" msgstr "재배치 서버 구성" -#. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 +#. RelocationServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "재배치 서버 구성 초기화 중" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 msgid "Read the current xend configuration" msgstr "현재 xend 구성 읽기" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 msgid "Read the current xend state" msgstr "현재 xend 상태 읽기" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정 읽기" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..." msgstr "현재 xend 구성을 읽는 중..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 msgid "Reading the current xend state..." msgstr "현재 xend 상태를 읽는 중..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "방화벽 설정을 읽는 중..." -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state" msgstr "현재 libvirtd/sshd 상태 읽기" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..." msgstr "현재 libvirtd/sshd 상태를 읽는 중..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state." msgstr "현재 Xend 상태를 읽을 수 없습니다." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 msgid "Cannot read firewall settings." msgstr "방화벽 설정을 읽을 수 없습니다." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state." msgstr "현재 libvirtd/sshd 상태를 읽을 수 없습니다." -#. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 +#. RelocationServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "재배치 서버 구성 저장 중" -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 msgid "Write the Xend settings" msgstr "Xend 설정 쓰기" -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 msgid "Adjust the Xend service" msgstr "Xend 서비스 조정" -#. Progress stage 3 -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 +#. Progress stage 3 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정 쓰기" -#. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 +#. Progress step 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 msgid "Writing the Xend settings..." msgstr "Xend 설정을 쓰는 중..." -#. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 +#. Progress step 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..." msgstr "Xend 서비스를 조정 중..." -#. Progress step 3 -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 +#. Progress step 3 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "방화벽 설정을 쓰는 중..." -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "libvirtd/sshd 서비스 조정" -#. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 +#. Progress step 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "libvirtd/sshd 서비스 조정 중" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 msgid "Cannot write the xend settings." msgstr "xend 설정을 쓸 수 없습니다." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "방화벽 설정을 쓸 수 없습니다." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/s390.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/s390.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/s390.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: s390\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,170 +14,171 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of DASD" msgstr "DASD 구성" -#. text for installation summary -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 msgid "No DASD disk detected" msgstr "검색된 DASD 디스크가 없습니다." -#. section name in proposal dialog -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 msgid "DASD" msgstr "DASD" -#. section name in proposal - menu item -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 msgid "&DASD" msgstr "DASD(&D)" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" msgstr "S/390 덤프 장치 생성" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" msgstr "IUCV 터미널 서버 구성" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" msgstr "IUCV 터미널 설정 구성" -#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module -#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" msgstr "OnPanic 구성" -#. popup label -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "사용 가능한 컨트롤러 검색" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" msgstr "S/390 디스크 컨트롤러 구성" -#. push button -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "DASD 디스크 구성(&D)" -#. push button -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "ZFCP 디스크 구성(&Z)" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents #: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 + src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화 중..." -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" msgstr "ZFCP 구성" -#. text for installation summary -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 msgid "No zFCP device configured" msgstr "구성된 zFCP 장치가 없습니다." -#. section name in proposal dialog -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 msgid "zFCP" msgstr "zFCP" -#. section name in proposal - menu item -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 msgid "&zFCP" msgstr "zFCP(&Z)" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 msgid "&Activate" msgstr "활성화(&A)" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&Deactivate" msgstr "을(를) 비활성화하시겠습니까?" -#. menu button id -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Set DIAG O&n" msgstr "DIAG 설정(&N)" -#. menu button id -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" msgstr "DIAG 해제(&F)" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "&Format" msgstr "포맷(&F)" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Set Format On" msgstr "포맷 켜기" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Set Format Off" msgstr "포맷 끄기" -#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" msgstr "병렬로 포맷된 디스크(&P)" -#. error popup message -#. error popup message -#. error popup message -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "디스크를 선택하지 않았습니다." -#. 8 means disk is not formatted -#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" msgstr "%1 장치가 포맷되지 않았습니다. 지금 장치를 포맷하시겠습니까?" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" msgstr "포맷되지 않은 %1개의 장치가 있습니다. 지금 포맷하시겠습니까?" -#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." msgstr "%1 채널에 대한 장치를 찾을 수 없습니다." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Disk %1 is not active." msgstr "%1 디스크가 활성화되지 않았습니다." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." msgstr "%1 디스크에 쓰기 액세스를 할 수 없습니다." -#. popup question -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "Formatting these disks destroys all data on them.<br>\n" "Really format the following disks?<br>\n" @@ -187,120 +188,120 @@ "포맷하시겠습니까?<br>\n" " %1" -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "DASD Disk Management" msgstr "DASD 디스크 관리" -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 msgid "Channel ID" msgstr "채널 ID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Format" msgstr "포맷" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Use DIAG" msgstr "DIAG 사용" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Device" msgstr "장치" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 msgid "Type" msgstr "유형" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 msgid "Access Type" msgstr "액세스 유형" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Formatted" msgstr "포맷됨" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Partition Information" msgstr "파티션 정보" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" msgstr "최소 채널 ID(&N)" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" msgstr "최대 채널 ID(&X)" -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "필터(&F)" -#. menu button -#. menu button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Perform &Action" msgstr "작업 수행(&A)" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Select All" msgstr "모두 선택(&S)" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Deselect All" msgstr "모두 선택 취소(&D)" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." msgstr "잘못된 필터 채널 ID입니다." -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 msgid "Add New DASD Disk" msgstr "새 DASD 디스크 추가" -#. text entry -#. combo box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "&Channel ID" msgstr "채널 ID(&C)" -#. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "Format the Disk" msgstr "디스크 포맷" -#. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "Use &DIAG" msgstr "DIAG 사용(&D)" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 msgid "" "Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -308,23 +309,23 @@ "저장하지 않고 DASD 디스크 구성을 종료하시겠습니까?\n" "모든 변경사항이 손실됩니다." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "Not a valid channel ID." msgstr "유효한 채널 ID가 없습니다." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Device already exists." msgstr "장치가 이미 존재합니다." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -332,9 +333,9 @@ "<p><b><big>컨트롤러 구성 초기화</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" @@ -342,8 +343,8 @@ "<p><b><big>초기화 중단</big></b><br>\n" "유틸리티를 안전하게 중단하려면 <b>중단</b>을 눌르십시오.</p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Controller Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -351,9 +352,9 @@ "<p><b><big>컨트롤러 구성 저장</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -363,9 +364,9 @@ "<b>중단</b>을 눌러 저장 절차를 중단합니다.\n" "추가 대화 상자에서 중단해도 안전한지 여부를 알려줍니다.</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured DASD Disks</big></b><br>\n" "In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system.</p>" @@ -373,9 +374,9 @@ "<p><b><big>구성된 DASD 디스크</big></b><br>\n" "이 대화 상자에서는 시스템의 DASD 디스크를 관리합니다.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p>To filter the displayed disks, set the <b>Minimum Channel ID</b> and \n" "the <b>Maximum Channel ID</b> and click <b>Filter</b>.</p>\n" @@ -383,13 +384,13 @@ "<p>표시되는 디스크를 필터링하려면 <b>최소 채널 ID</b> 및 \n" "<b>최대 채널 ID</b>를 설정하고 <b>필터</b>를 클릭하십시오.</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 msgid "<p>To configure a new DASD disk, click <b>Add</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>새 DASD 디스크를 구성하려면 <b>추가</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p>To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>" @@ -397,17 +398,19 @@ "<p>구성된 DASD 디스크를 제거하려면 해당 디스크를 선택하고\n" "<b>삭제</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 msgid "" -"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " +"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "<b>Select All</b> or <b>Deselect All</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>여러 디스크에 대한 작업을 동시에 수행하려면 해당 디스크를 표시하십시오. 필터를 적용한 후 표시된 디스크를 모두 선택하려면\n" +"<p>여러 디스크에 대한 작업을 동시에 수행하려면 해당 디스크를 표시하십시오. 필" +"터를 적용한 후 표시된 디스크를 모두 선택하려면\n" "<b>모두 선택</b> 또는 <b>모두 선택 취소</b>를 클릭하십시오.</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p>To perform an action on the selected disks, use <b>Perform Action</b>.\n" "The action will be performed immediately!</p>" @@ -415,8 +418,8 @@ "<p>선택한 디스크에서 작업을 수행하려면 <b>작업 수행</b>을 사용합니다.\n" "작업이 즉시 수행됩니다!</p>" -#. Disk add help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Add New DASD Disk</big></b><br>\n" "To add a disk, enter the <b>Channel ID</b> of the DASD disk as\n" @@ -426,8 +429,8 @@ "디스크를 추가하려면 DASD 디스크의 <b>채널 ID</b>를\n" "식별자로 입력하십시오.</p>" -#. Disk add help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p>If the disk should be formatted,\n" "use <b>Format the Disk</b>.</p>\n" @@ -435,55 +438,67 @@ "<p>디스크를 포맷해야 하는 경우\n" "<b>디스크 포맷</b>을 사용하십시오.</p>\n" -#. Disk add help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 msgid "<p>To use DIAG mode, select <b>Use DIAG</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>DIAG 모드를 사용하려면 <b>DIAG 사용</b>을 선택하십시오.</p>\n" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 msgid "Controller Configuration" msgstr "컨트롤러 구성" -#. Run the dialog for Dump -#. @param what symbol a -#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 msgid "Create Dump Device" msgstr "덤프 장치 생성" -#. Dump dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 msgid "<p><b>Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device.</b></p>" -msgstr "<p><b>S/390 덤프 장치로 사용할 하나 이상의 볼륨을 준비하십시오.</b></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>S/390 덤프 장치로 사용할 하나 이상의 볼륨을 준비하십시오.</b></p>" -#. Dump dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD.<br>" -msgstr "<p>지원되는 장치는 ECKD DASD 및 ZFCP 디스크이지만, 다중 볼륨은 DASD로 제한됩니다.<br>" +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " +"limited to DASD.<br>" +msgstr "" +"<p>지원되는 장치는 ECKD DASD 및 ZFCP 디스크이지만, 다중 볼륨은 DASD로 제한됩" +"니다.<br>" -#. Dump dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk</b>.</p>" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk</" +"b>.</p>" msgstr "" "파티션 없이 전체 디스크만 사용할 수 있습니다. 장치가 호환되지 않게\n" -"포맷 또는 분할된 경우 <b>강제 디스크 덮어쓰기</b> 확인란을 활성화하십시오.</p>" +"포맷 또는 분할된 경우 <b>강제 디스크 덮어쓰기</b> 확인란을 활성화하십시오.</" +"p>" -#. Dump dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 -msgid "<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog.<br>" -msgstr "<p>DASD 및 ZFCP 장치를 사용하려면 해당 YaST DASD 또는 ZFCP 대화 상자에서 활성화하십시오.<br>" +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "" +"<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " +"ZFCP dialog.<br>" +msgstr "" +"<p>DASD 및 ZFCP 장치를 사용하려면 해당 YaST DASD 또는 ZFCP 대화 상자에서 활성" +"화하십시오.<br>" -#. Dump dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 -msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>" +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "" +"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>" msgstr "사용 중이거나 탑재된 파티션이 있는 장치는 표시되지 않습니다.</p>" -#. Dump dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b>dumpdevice</b> after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" "device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs.</p>" @@ -491,46 +506,50 @@ "<p>디스크 뒤의 <b>dumpdevice</b>는 사용 가능한 덤프\n" "장치임을 나타냅니다. 다중 볼륨 덤프 장치는 DASD ID 목록으로 표시됩니다.</p>" -#. Dump dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 msgid "<p>ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump<br>" msgstr "<p>ZFCP 열: 장치, 크기, ID, WWPN, LUN, 덤프<br>" -#. Dump dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump</p>" msgstr "DASD 열: 장치, 크기, ID, 덤프</p>" -#. Dialog content -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 msgid "&ZFCP" msgstr "ZFCP(&Z)" -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" msgstr "강제 디스크 덮어쓰기(&F)" -#. prevent leading space -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 msgid "You haven't selected any device." msgstr "장치를 선택하지 않았습니다." -#. warn only in case of force -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 -msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" -msgstr "디스크 %1은(는) 덤프 장치로 포맷됩니다. 이 장치의 모든 데이터는 유실됩니다! 계속하시겠습니까?" +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "" +"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " +"be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" +"디스크 %1은(는) 덤프 장치로 포맷됩니다. 이 장치의 모든 데이터는 유실됩니다! " +"계속하시겠습니까?" -#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" msgstr "작업 성공. 다른 덤프 장치를 초기화하시겠습니까?" -#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "<p><b><big>z/VM IDs</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>z/VM ID</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p>To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" "<br>They are separated by line breaks.</p>\n" @@ -538,22 +557,32 @@ "<p>IUCV 터미널 서버를 구성하려면 사용할 z/VM ID를 지정하십시오.\n" "<br>줄 바꿈으로 구분됩니다.</p>\n" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 msgid "<p><b><big>TS-Shell</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>TS 셸</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>" -msgstr "<p>TS-Shell을 사용하면 모든 TS-Shell 사용자 및 그룹에 대해 <b>인증</b>을 지정할 수 있습니다. 그룹 권한은 모든 구성원에게 상속됩니다.</p>" +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user " +"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>TS-Shell을 사용하면 모든 TS-Shell 사용자 및 그룹에 대해 <b>인증</b>을 지정" +"할 수 있습니다. 그룹 권한은 모든 구성원에게 상속됩니다.</p>" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>" -msgstr "허용되는 각 z/VM ID는 <b>선택</b> 아래에서 수동으로 선택하거나, <b>Regex</b>에 의해 정의되거나, <p>줄 바꿈으로 구분된 허용되는 모든 z/VM ID가 포함된 <b>파일</b>에서 로드될 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "" +"<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, " +"defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all " +"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>" +msgstr "" +"허용되는 각 z/VM ID는 <b>선택</b> 아래에서 수동으로 선택하거나, <b>Regex</b>" +"에 의해 정의되거나, <p>줄 바꿈으로 구분된 허용되는 모든 z/VM ID가 포함된 <b>" +"파일</b>에서 로드될 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p>Click on <b>New User</b> to create new TS-Shell users or <b>Delete\n" "User</b> to remove users.</p>" @@ -561,40 +590,52 @@ "<p>새 TS-Shell 사용자를 생성하려면 <b>새 사용자</b>를 클릭하고,\n" "사용자를 제거하려면 <b>사용자 삭제</b>를 클릭하십시오.</p>" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" -"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " +"change\n" "the membership of users, go to <b>Manage Groups</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>TS-Shell 인증 테이블에서 그룹을 추가 또는 제거하거나\n" "사용자 멤버쉽을 변경하려면 <b>그룹 관리</b>로 이동하십시오.</p>" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 -msgid "<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>감사된 ID</b>를 사용하여 기록을 수집해야 하는 z/VM ID를 지정하십시오.</p>" +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "" +"<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts " +"should be gathered.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>감사된 ID</b>를 사용하여 기록을 수집해야 하는 z/VM ID를 지정하십시오.</" +"p>" -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 msgid "<p><b><big>New TS-Shell User</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>새 TS 셸 사용자</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n" -"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting them on the right.</p>" +"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> " +"and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n" +"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting " +"them on the right.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>새 TS 셸 사용자를 생성하려면 <b>사용자 이름</b>, <b>홈 디렉토리</b> 및 <b>비밀번호</b>를 제공해야 합니다.\n" +"<p>새 TS 셸 사용자를 생성하려면 <b>사용자 이름</b>, <b>홈 디렉토리</b> 및 <b>" +"비밀번호</b>를 제공해야 합니다.\n" "\t<br>오른쪽에서 <b>추가 그룹</b>을 선택하여 지정할 수도 있습니다.</p>" -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 -msgid "<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>사용자가 처음 로그인한 후 비밀번호를 변경하게 하려면 <b>강제 비밀번호 변경</b>을 활성화하십시오.</p>" +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "" +"<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " +"activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>사용자가 처음 로그인한 후 비밀번호를 변경하게 하려면 <b>강제 비밀번호 변경" +"</b>을 활성화하십시오.</p>" -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 msgid "" "<p>You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" "data will be stored there.</p>" @@ -602,12 +643,12 @@ "<p>데이터가 저장되지 않으므로 모든 TS-Shell 사용자에 대해\n" "동일한 홈 디렉토리를 지정할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 msgid "<p><b><big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>TS 인증 그룹 관리</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p>Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" "member of this groups to inherit the same rights.</p>" @@ -615,17 +656,19 @@ "<p>이 그룹의 모든 TS-Shell 구성원이 동일한 권한을 상속하게 하려면 \n" "그룹별로 TS-Shell 인증을 정의하십시오.</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p>Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or " +"Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>TS-Shell 인증에서 기존 그룹을 추가하거나\n" -"제거할 수 있습니다. 테이블에서 그룹을 선택하고 <b>선택 또는 선택 취소</b>를 클릭하십시오. 현재 상태가 <b>TS-Auth</b> 열에 표시됩니다.</p>" +"제거할 수 있습니다. 테이블에서 그룹을 선택하고 <b>선택 또는 선택 취소</b>를 " +"클릭하십시오. 현재 상태가 <b>TS-Auth</b> 열에 표시됩니다.</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<p>Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the <b>TS-Members</b>\n" "selection.</p>" @@ -633,565 +676,649 @@ "<p><b>TS-Members</b> 선택에서 선택한 그룹의 TS-Shell 구성원을\n" "변경하십시오.</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" -"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n" -"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has to be used.</p>" +"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> " +"input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n" +"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has " +"to be used.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>새 그룹</b> 입력 필드에 이름을 입력하고 <b>생성</b>을 선택하여 확인하면 새 그룹을 생성할 수 있습니다.\n" -"\t<br>이전에 생성된 그룹을 삭제하려면 <b>YaST 사용자</b> 대화 상자를 사용해야 합니다.</p>" +"<p><b>새 그룹</b> 입력 필드에 이름을 입력하고 <b>생성</b>을 선택하여 확인하" +"면 새 그룹을 생성할 수 있습니다.\n" +"\t<br>이전에 생성된 그룹을 삭제하려면 <b>YaST 사용자</b> 대화 상자를 사용해" +"야 합니다.</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "<p>Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the <b>Back</b> button.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>뒤로</b> 버튼을 클릭하여 이 대화 상자의 변경사항을 실행 취소하십시오.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>뒤로</b> 버튼을 클릭하여 이 대화 상자의 변경사항을 실행 취소하십시오.</" +"p>" -#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "<p><b><big>IUCVConn on Login</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>로그인 시 IUCVConn</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided." -msgstr "<p>로그인 시 IUCVConn에는 각 z/VM ID에 대한 하나의 사용자가 있어야 합니다. 이러한 사용자를 만들려면 <b>비밀번호</b> 및 <b>홈 디렉토리</b>가 제공되어야 합니다." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "" +"<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " +"a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided." +msgstr "" +"<p>로그인 시 IUCVConn에는 각 z/VM ID에 대한 하나의 사용자가 있어야 합니다. 이" +"러한 사용자를 만들려면 <b>비밀번호</b> 및 <b>홈 디렉토리</b>가 제공되어야 합" +"니다." -#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 -msgid "<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is enabled. </p>" -msgstr "<p><b>로그인 시 IUCVConn</b>이 선택된 경우 <b>동기화</b>를 클릭하거나 <b>확인</b>을 눌러 변경 사항을 확인하면 수동으로 사용자를 동기화할 수 있습니다. </p>" +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "" +"<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or " +"just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is " +"enabled. </p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>로그인 시 IUCVConn</b>이 선택된 경우 <b>동기화</b>를 클릭하거나 <b>확인" +"</b>을 눌러 변경 사항을 확인하면 수동으로 사용자를 동기화할 수 있습니다. </p>" -#. Text approval -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 msgid "Yes" msgstr "확인" -#. Text disapproval -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 msgid "No" msgstr "취소" -#. Text for category user -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 msgid "user" msgstr "사용자" -#. Text for category group -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 msgid "group" msgstr "그룹" -#. filter non ts users -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" msgstr "z/VM ID(자동 정렬됨)(&V)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" msgstr "TS 셸 활성화(&E)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 msgid "Authorization" msgstr "인증" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 msgid "UID/GID" msgstr "UID/GID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 msgid "Groups/Members" msgstr "그룹/구성원" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 msgid "&New User" msgstr "새 사용자(&N)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 msgid "&Delete User" msgstr "사용자 삭제(&D)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 msgid "&Manage Groups" msgstr "그룹 관리(&M)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" msgstr "허용된 z/VM ID" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 msgid "&Selection" msgstr "선택(&S)" -#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 msgid "&Regex" msgstr "정규식(&R)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 msgid "&File" msgstr "파일(&F)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 msgid "Bro&wse" msgstr "찾아보기(&W)" -#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 msgid "&Audited IDs" msgstr "감사된 ID(&A)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" msgstr "로그인 시 IUCVConn 활성화(&E)" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 msgid "Login" msgstr "로그인" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 msgid "UID" msgstr "UID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 msgid "Home" msgstr "홈" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 msgid "Shell" msgstr "셸" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 msgid "Settings for new Users" msgstr "새 사용자 설정" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 msgid "&Password" msgstr "비밀번호(&P)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 msgid "Co&nfirm Password" msgstr "비밀번호 확인(&N)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 msgid "&Home Directory" msgstr "홈 디렉토리(&H)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 msgid "B&rowse" msgstr "찾아보기(&R)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 msgid "&Sync" msgstr "동기화(&S)" -#. initialize list with additional groups -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 msgid "&Username" msgstr "사용자 이름(&U)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 msgid "&Force Password Change" msgstr "강제 비밀번호 변경(&F)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 msgid "&Additonal Groups" msgstr "추가 그룹(&A)" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 msgid "TS-Auth" msgstr "TS 인증" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 msgid "GID" msgstr "GID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 msgid "TS-Members" msgstr "TS 구성원" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 msgid "&Select or Deselect" msgstr "선택 또는 해제(&S)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 msgid "C&reate" msgstr "생성(&R)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 msgid "&New Group" msgstr "새 그룹(&N)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 msgid "TS-&Members" msgstr "TS 구성원(&M)" -#. draw active tab -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 msgid "&z/VM IDs" msgstr "z/VM ID(&Z)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 msgid "&TS-Shell" msgstr "TS 셸(&T)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 msgid "&IUCVConn" msgstr "IUCVConn(&I)" -#. check and commit password -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." msgstr "비밀번호가 일치하지 않거나 잘못되었습니다." -#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 msgid "The username is not valid!" msgstr "사용자 이름이 올바르지 않습니다." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" msgstr "홈 디렉토리를 지정해야 합니다." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 msgid "Adding the user has failed." msgstr "사용자를 추가하지 못했습니다." -#. delete group entry if disabled -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" msgstr "IUCV 터미널 서버 설정 구성" -#. update screen -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 msgid "New TS-Shell User" msgstr "새 TS 셸 사용자" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" msgstr "TS 인증 그룹 관리" -#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." -msgstr "z/VM ID \"%1\"(%2 행)이(가) 잘못되었습니다. 글자와 숫자만 사용할 수 있습니다." +msgstr "" +"z/VM ID \"%1\"(%2 행)이(가) 잘못되었습니다. 글자와 숫자만 사용할 수 있습니다." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 -msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "" +"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." msgstr "z/VM ID \"%1\"(%2 행)이(가) 잘못되었습니다. 숫자로 시작할 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." -msgstr "z/VM ID \"%1\"(%2 행)이(가) 잘못되었습니다. 8자 이하를 사용해야 합니다." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "" +"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" +"z/VM ID \"%1\"(%2 행)이(가) 잘못되었습니다. 8자 이하를 사용해야 합니다." -#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." -msgstr "z/VM ID \"%1\"(%2 행)이(가) 잘못되었습니다. 하나 이상의 글자를 사용해야 합니다." +msgstr "" +"z/VM ID \"%1\"(%2 행)이(가) 잘못되었습니다. 하나 이상의 글자를 사용해야 합니" +"다." -#. check password -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." msgstr "IUCVConn 사용자를 동기화하려면 비밀번호를 올바르게 입력해야 합니다." -#. check home directory -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." msgstr "지정된 IUCVConn 홈 디렉토리가 잘못되었습니다." -#. update ts member selection -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 msgid "The group name is not valid!" msgstr "그룹 이름이 올바르지 않습니다." -#. change tab selection back -#. check for z/VM ID entries -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." msgstr "유효한 z/VM ID가 없으면 터미널 서버를 구성할 수 없습니다." -#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. -#. @return true for valid inputs -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 -msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "" +"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " +"allowed." msgstr "입력이 잘못되었습니다. 소문자, 숫자 및 구분 쉼표만 사용할 수 있습니다." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 msgid "Comma is only a separator." msgstr "쉼표는 구분자일 뿐입니다." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." msgstr "z/VM ID는 8자 초과를 허용하지 않습니다." -#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." msgstr "IUCV ID가 잘못되었습니다. 소문자만 사용할 수 있습니다." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." msgstr "IUCV ID는 %1자보다 길 수 없습니다." -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 msgid "<p><h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2></p>" msgstr "<p><h2>로컬 터미널 시스템 설정 구성</h2></p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 msgid "<p><b>IUCVtty</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>IUCVtty</b></p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 -msgid "<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance.<br>" -msgstr "<p>여러 개의 <b>IUCVtty 인스턴스</b>가 실행되어 여러 터미널 장치를 제공할 수 있습니다. 인스턴스는 <b>터미널 ID 접두어</b> 및 인스턴스 번호의 조합인 터미널 ID로 구분됩니다.<br>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "" +"<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal " +"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " +"combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance." +"<br>" +msgstr "" +"<p>여러 개의 <b>IUCVtty 인스턴스</b>가 실행되어 여러 터미널 장치를 제공할 수 " +"있습니다. 인스턴스는 <b>터미널 ID 접두어</b> 및 인스턴스 번호의 조합인 터미" +"널 ID로 구분됩니다.<br>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 -msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are available.</p>" -msgstr "예를 들어, 접두사 "<i>lxterm</i>"으로 인스턴스 열 개를 정의하는 경우 <i>lxterm0</i>에서 <i>lxterm9</i>까지의 터미널 ID를 사용할 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "" +"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</" +"i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are " +"available.</p>" +msgstr "" +"예를 들어, 접두사 "<i>lxterm</i>"으로 인스턴스 열 개를 정의하는 경" +"우 <i>lxterm0</i>에서 <i>lxterm9</i>까지의 터미널 ID를 사용할 수 있습니다.</" +"p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 msgid "<p><b>HVC</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>HVC</b></p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 -msgid "<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs.</p>" -msgstr "<p>z/VM IUCV HVC 장치 드라이버는 커널 모듈이며 장치 노드를 사용하여 최대 8개의 HVC 터미널 장치가 getty 및 로그인 프로그램과 통신할 수 있게 합니다.</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "" +"<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " +"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " +"login programs.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>z/VM IUCV HVC 장치 드라이버는 커널 모듈이며 장치 노드를 사용하여 최대 8개" +"의 HVC 터미널 장치가 getty 및 로그인 프로그램과 통신할 수 있게 합니다.</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 -msgid "<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain <b>terminal servers</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>액세스 제한</b>을 사용하여 특정 <b>터미널 서버</b>의 연결만 허용하십시오.</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "" +"<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain " +"<b>terminal servers</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>액세스 제한</b>을 사용하여 특정 <b>터미널 서버</b>의 연결만 허용하십시" +"오.</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 -msgid "<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately.</p>" -msgstr "<p>모든 인스턴스에 대해 동시에 또는 각 인스턴스에 대해 별도로 에뮬레이션을 정의하십시오.</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "" +"<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>모든 인스턴스에 대해 동시에 또는 각 인스턴스에 대해 별도로 에뮬레이션을 정" +"의하십시오.</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 msgid "" -"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages to\n" +"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages " +"to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0.<br>" msgstr "" "<p><b>커널 메시지를 hvc0으로 라우트</b>를 활성화하여 커널 메시지를\n" "ttyS0 대신 hvc0 장치로 라우트하십시오.<br>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 -msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add <b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the <b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>" -msgstr "커널 메시지가 여전히 ttyS0에 표시되는 경우 <b>YaST 부트 로더 모듈</b>의 현재 부트 선택 커널 파라미터에 <b>console=ttyS0</b>을 수동으로 추가하십시오.</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "" +"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " +"<b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " +"<b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"커널 메시지가 여전히 ttyS0에 표시되는 경우 <b>YaST 부트 로더 모듈</b>의 현재 " +"부트 선택 커널 파라미터에 <b>console=ttyS0</b>을 수동으로 추가하십시오.</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 -msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>경고: ctrl _ d 바로 가기로 수동 로그아웃하지 않으면 HVC 터미널은 계속 로그인 상태로 있습니다.</h3>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "" +"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through " +"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" +"<h3>경고: ctrl _ d 바로 가기로 수동 로그아웃하지 않으면 HVC 터미널은 계속 로" +"그인 상태로 있습니다.</h3>" -#. Dialog content -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 msgid "&IUCVtty" msgstr "IUCVtty(&I)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" msgstr "터미널 ID 접두사(&P)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 msgid "I&UCVtty instances" msgstr "IUCVtty 인스턴스(&U)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 msgid "HVC" msgstr "HVC" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 msgid "H&VC instances" msgstr "HVC 인스턴스(&V)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 msgid "Restrict &access to" msgstr "액세스 제한(&A)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" msgstr "허용된 터미널 서버(&S)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" msgstr "커널 메시지를 hvc0으로 라우트(&K)" -#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 msgid "Really leave without saving?" msgstr "저장하지 않고 나가시겠습니까?" -#. check iucv id -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." msgstr "IUCV ID가 올바르지 않습니다." -#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." msgstr "터미널 서버가 올바르지 않습니다." -#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." msgstr "변경사항을 적용하려면 시스템을 재부팅해야 합니다." -#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." msgstr "VMCMD에는 %1줄만 허용됩니다." -#. For translators: Caption of the dialog -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 msgid "On Panic Configuration" msgstr "공황 구성" -#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 -msgid "<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>커널 공황이 발생할 경우 수행할 작업을 구성합니다.</b></p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 -msgid "<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics.</p>" -msgstr "<p>커널 공황 중에 수행되는 동작에 영향을 미치도록 하려면 <b>Dumpconf</b> 데몬을 활성화해야 합니다.</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " +"during kernel panics.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>커널 공황 중에 수행되는 동작에 영향을 미치도록 하려면 <b>Dumpconf</b> 데몬" +"을 활성화해야 합니다.</p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 msgid "<p>The following <b>Panic Actions</b> are possible:<br>" msgstr "<p>다음 <b>공황 작업</b>을 수행할 수 있습니다.<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 msgid "<b>stop</b> Stop Linux (default).<br>" msgstr "<b>stop</b> Linux를 중지합니다(기본값).<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 msgid "<b>dump</b> Dump Linux and stop system.<br>" msgstr "<b>dump</b> Linux를 덤프하고 시스템을 중지합니다.<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 msgid "<b>reipl</b> Reboot Linux.<br>" msgstr "<b>reipl</b> Linux를 재부팅합니다.<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 msgid "" -"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " +"available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later.<br>" msgstr "" "<b>dump_reipl</b> Linux를 덤프하고 시스템을 재부팅합니다. 이 옵션은\n" -"z9(r) 컴퓨터 이상이 있는 LPAR 및 z/VMversion 5.3 이상에서만 사용할 수 있습니다.<br>" +"z9(r) 컴퓨터 이상이 있는 LPAR 및 z/VMversion 5.3 이상에서만 사용할 수 있습니" +"다.<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 msgid "<b>vmcmd</b> Execute specified CP commands and stop system.</p>" msgstr "<b>vmcmd</b> 지정된 CP 명령을 실행하고 시스템을 중지합니다.</p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 -msgid "<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>지연 시간(분)</b>에 정의된 시간은 새로 시작된 시스템의 루프를 방지하기 위해 지정된 공황 작업의 활성화를 지연시킵니다. 이 시간이 지나기 전에 시스템 작동이 중지되면 기본 작업(stop)이 수행됩니다.</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "" +"<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified " +"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " +"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>지연 시간(분)</b>에 정의된 시간은 새로 시작된 시스템의 루프를 방지하기 " +"위해 지정된 공황 작업의 활성화를 지연시킵니다. 이 시간이 지나기 전에 시스템 " +"작동이 중지되면 기본 작업(stop)이 수행됩니다.</p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 -msgid "<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> dialog.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>덤프 장치</b>를 사용하여 메모리를 덤프할 장치를 설정할 수 있습니다. 장치가 표시되지 않으면 <b>YaST 덤프 장치</b> 대화 상자를 사용하여 장치를 생성해야 합니다.</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "" +"<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If " +"no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> " +"dialog.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>덤프 장치</b>를 사용하여 메모리를 덤프할 장치를 설정할 수 있습니다. 장" +"치가 표시되지 않으면 <b>YaST 덤프 장치</b> 대화 상자를 사용하여 장치를 생성해" +"야 합니다.</p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 -msgid "<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>VMCMD</b>를 사용하여 Linux 시스템이 중지되기 전에 실행할 CP 명령을 지정하십시오. %1줄과 총 %2자만 허용됩니다.</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "" +"<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " +"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>VMCMD</b>를 사용하여 Linux 시스템이 중지되기 전에 실행할 CP 명령을 지정" +"하십시오. %1줄과 총 %2자만 허용됩니다.</p>" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" msgstr "Dumpconf 시작 안 함(&T)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 msgid "&Start Dumpconf" msgstr "Dumpconf 시작(&S)" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 msgid "&Panic Action" msgstr "공황 작업(&P)" -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 msgid "Delay &Minutes" msgstr "지연 시간(분)(&M)" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 msgid "&Dump Device" msgstr "덤프 장치" -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 msgid "&VMCMD" msgstr "VMCMD(&V)" -#. don't allow dumps if no device is available -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." msgstr "덤프 장치 없이 덤프 프로세스를 활성화할 수 없습니다." -#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." msgstr "하나 이상의 명령을 정의하지 않고 vmcmd를 사용할 수 없습니다." -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" msgstr "구성된 ZFCP 장치" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "WWPN" msgstr "WWPN" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" -#. yes-no popup -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 msgid "" "Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1199,48 +1326,51 @@ "ZFCP 장치 구성을 저장하지 않고 종료하시겠습니까?\n" "변경한 내용이 모두 없어집니다." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" msgstr "새 ZFCP 장치 추가" -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Get WWPNs" msgstr "WWPN 가져오기" -#. combo box -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "&WWPN" msgstr "WWPN(&W)" -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 msgid "Get LUNs" msgstr "LUN 가져오기" -#. combobox -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 msgid "&LUN" msgstr "LUN(&L)" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 -msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." -msgstr "WWPN 및 LUN을 정의하지 않은 경우 시스템은 allow_lun_scan을 사용하려고 합니다." +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "" +"If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use " +"allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" +"WWPN 및 LUN을 정의하지 않은 경우 시스템은 allow_lun_scan을 사용하려고 합니다." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." msgstr "입력한 WWPN이 잘못되었습니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." msgstr "입력한 LUN이 잘못되었습니다." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1248,8 +1378,8 @@ "<p><b><big>ZFCP 장치 구성 초기화</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1257,8 +1387,8 @@ "<p><b><big>ZFCP 장치 구성 저장</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big></b><br>\n" "Manage ZFCP devices on your system.</p>\n" @@ -1266,13 +1396,13 @@ "<p><b><big>구성된 ZFCP 장치</big></b><br>\n" "시스템의 ZFCP 장치를 관리합니다.</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 msgid "<p>To configure a new ZFCP device, click <b>Add</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>새 ZFCP 장치를 구성하려면 <b>추가</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p>To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>" @@ -1280,13 +1410,13 @@ "<p>구성된 ZFCP 장치를 제거하려면 해당 장치를 선택하고\n" "<b>삭제</b>를 클릭합니다.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog Warning -#. Disk selection dialog Warning -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>경고</h1>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>When accessing a ZFCP device\n" "<b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" @@ -1296,8 +1426,8 @@ "액세스를 할 때에는 단독으로 액세스해야 합니다.\n" " 그렇게 하지 않으면 데이터가 손상될 위험이 있습니다.</p>" -#. Disk add help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Add New ZFCP Device</big></b><br>\n" "Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" @@ -1309,208 +1439,216 @@ "ZFCP 컨트롤러의 <b>채널 ID</b>,\n" "<b>WWPN</b>(WorldWide Port Number) 및 <b>LUN</b> 번호를 입력합니다.</p>\n" -#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " +"conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n" -"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, " +"such as\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.</p>\n" -"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" -"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p><p>If no WWPN <b>and</b> no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan.</p>" +"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " +"with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p><p>If no WWPN " +"<b>and</b> no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use " +"allow_lun_scan.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>sysfs에서 소문자로 0.0.<devno> 형식을 준수하는 <b>채널 ID</b>를\n" "입력해야 합니다(예: <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>).</p>\n" "<p>WWPN은 소문자 16진수 값(예:\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>)으로 입력해야 합니다.</p>\n" "<p>LUN은 뒤가 모두 0으로 채워진 소문자 16진수 값(예:\n" -"<tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>)으로 입력해야 합니다.</p><p>WWPN <b>및</b> LUN을 정의하지 않은 경우 시스템은 allow_lun_scan을 사용하려고 합니다.</p>" +"<tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>)으로 입력해야 합니다.</p><p>WWPN <b>및</b> LUN을 " +"정의하지 않은 경우 시스템은 allow_lun_scan을 사용하려고 합니다.</p>" -#. popup label -#. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 msgid "Running mkinitrd." msgstr "mkinitrd를 실행 중입니다." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "채널 ID: %1, 형식: %2, DIAG: %3" -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "채널 ID: %1, 장치: %2, DIAG: %3" -#. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" msgstr "구성된 DASD 디스크 읽기" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." msgstr "%1: sysfs가 마운트되지 않았습니다." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." msgstr "%1: <online> 상태가 잘못되었습니다." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." msgstr "%1: <ccwid>에 대한 장치를 찾을 수 없습니다." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." msgstr "%1: 장치의 상태를 변경할 수 없습니다." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." msgstr "%1: 장치가 DASD가 아닙니다." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 msgid "%1: Could not load module." msgstr "%1: 모듈을 로드할 수 없습니다." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." msgstr "%1: DASD를 활성화하지 못했습니다." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." msgstr "%1: DASD가 포맷되지 않았습니다." -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." msgstr "%1: %2알 수 없는 오류 " -#. progress bar -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 msgid "Formatting %1:" msgstr "%1 포맷:" -#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." msgstr "디스크 포맷에 실패했습니다. 종료 코드: %1." -#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 -#. integers, -#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" msgstr "%1 포맷 중: %2/%3 실린더 완료" -#. Get a List of available Disks of type -#. @return [Array<String>] of disks -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 msgid "Checking Disks" msgstr "디스크를 검사하는 중" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 msgid "Checking DASD disks" msgstr "DASD 디스크를 검사하는 중" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" msgstr "ZFCP 디스크를 검사하는 중" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 msgid "Checking DASD disks..." msgstr "DASD 디스크를 검사하는 중..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." msgstr "ZFCP 디스크를 검사하는 중..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 + src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 msgid "Finished" msgstr "마침" -#. Format a disk as DUMP device -#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node -#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter -#. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 msgid "Creating Dump Device" msgstr "덤프 장치를 생성하는 중" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 msgid "Creating dump device" msgstr "덤프 장치를 생성하는 중" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." msgstr "덤프 장치를 생성하는 중입니다. 몇 분이 걸릴 수 있습니다." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." msgstr "잘못되었거나 사용할 수 없는 디스크입니다(심각한 오류)." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." msgstr "호환되지 않는 포맷 또는 파티션입니다. 강제로 수정하십시오." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 msgid "Missing support programs." msgstr "지원 프로그램이 없습니다." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." msgstr "파라미터가 누락되었거나 잘못되었습니다." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 msgid "Access problem." msgstr "액세스 문제." -#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 msgid "Error code from support program: %1." msgstr "지원 프로그램에서 온 오류 코드: %1." -#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 msgid "" "Cannot create dump device %1:\n" "%2" @@ -1518,195 +1656,195 @@ "%1 덤프 장치를 생성할 수 없습니다:\n" "%2" -#. Read all settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" msgstr "IUCV 터미널 구성을 로드하는 중" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" msgstr "IUCVtty 항목 검사" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 msgid "Check HVC entries" msgstr "HVC 항목 검사" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 msgid "Read kernel parameters" msgstr "커널 파라미터 읽기" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." msgstr "IUCVtty 엔트리를 검사하는 중..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 msgid "Checking HVC entries..." msgstr "HVC 엔트리를 검사하는 중..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." msgstr "커널 파라미터를 읽는 중입니다." -#. Inittab write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" msgstr "IUCV 터미널 구성을 저장하는 중" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" msgstr "IUCVtty 설정 기록" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 msgid "Write HVC settings" msgstr "HVC 설정 쓰기" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 msgid "Write kernel parameters" msgstr "커널 파라미터 쓰기" -#. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." msgstr "IUCVtty 설정을 쓰는 중..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 msgid "Writing HVC settings..." msgstr "HVC 설정을 쓰는 중..." -#. Progress step 3/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." msgstr "커널 파라미터를 쓰는 중입니다." -#. Text to select all -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 msgid "<ALL>" msgstr "<모두>" -#. Read all settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" msgstr "IUCV 터미널 서버 구성을 로드하는 중" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 msgid "Read configuration files" msgstr "구성 파일 읽기" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 msgid "Load user/group settings" msgstr "사용자/그룹 설정 로드" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 msgid "Reading configuration files..." msgstr "구성 파일을 읽는 중..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 msgid "Loading user/group settings..." msgstr "사용자/그룹 설정을 로드하는 중..." -#. no need to write anything if unmodified -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" msgstr "IUCV 터미널 서버 구성을 저장하는 중" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 msgid "Write configuration files" msgstr "구성 파일 쓰기" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 msgid "Update user settings" msgstr "사용자 설정 업데이트" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 msgid "Writing configuration files..." msgstr "구성 파일을 쓰는 중입니다." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 msgid "Updating user settings..." msgstr "사용자 설정을 업데이트하는 중..." -#. Dumpconf read dialog caption -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" msgstr "Dumpconf 구성을 읽는 중" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 msgid "Checking dump devices" msgstr "덤프 장치를 검사하는 중" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 msgid "Reading settings" msgstr "설정을 읽는 중" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 msgid "Checking dump devices..." msgstr "덤프 장치를 검사하는 중..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "설정을 읽는 중..." -#. Dumpconf write dialog caption -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" msgstr "Dumpconf 구성을 저장하는 중" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "설정을 씁니다." -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 msgid "Restart the service" msgstr "서비스를 재시작합니다." -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "설정을 쓰는 중..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 msgid "Restarting service..." msgstr "서비스를 재시작하는 중..." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" msgstr "채널 ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" msgstr "채널 ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, 장치: %4" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 msgid "" "Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" "You will have to set it manually." @@ -1714,62 +1852,62 @@ "ZFCP 컨트롤러(예: LPAR)를 평가할 수 없습니다.\n" "수동으로 설정해야 합니다." -#. popup label -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" msgstr "구성된 ZFCP 장치를 읽는 중" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." msgstr "%1: WWPN이 잘못되었습니다." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." msgstr "%1: %1 어댑터에 대해 WWPN을 활성화할 수 없습니다." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." msgstr "%1: ZFCP 장치를 활성화할 수 없습니다." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." msgstr "%1: SCSI 디스크를 비활성화할 수 없습니다." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." msgstr "%1: LUN을 등록 취소할 수 없습니다." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." msgstr "%1: WWPN을 등록 취소할 수 없습니다." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." msgstr "%1: <ccwid> 장치는 존재하지 않습니다." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." msgstr "%1: zfcp 모듈을 로드할 수 없습니다." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." msgstr "%1: 어댑터 상태를 변경할 수 없습니다." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." msgstr "%1: WWPN 포트가 아직 활성 상태입니다." -#. message, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." msgstr "%1: 이 호스트 어댑터는 allow_lun_scan을 지원합니다." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/samba-client.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/samba-client.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/samba-client.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 +#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 msgid "" "Samba client configuration module.\n" "See Samba documentation for details." @@ -23,43 +23,43 @@ "삼바 클라이언트 설정 모듈.\n" "세부사항에 대해서는 삼바 문서를 보십시오." -#. translators: command line help text for winbind action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 msgid "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)" msgstr "winbind 서비스(winbindd)의 활성화 또는 비활성화" -#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 +#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain" msgstr "이 컴퓨터가 도메인의 구성원인지 검사합니다." -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 msgid "Join this machine to a domain" msgstr "이 컴퓨터를 도메인에 가입" -#. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 +#. translators: command line help text for configure action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 msgid "Change the global settings of Samba" msgstr "Samba 서버의 전체적인 설정 변경" -#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 msgid "Enable the service" msgstr "서비스 활성화" -#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 msgid "Disable the service" msgstr "서비스 비활성화" -#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 +#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 msgid "The name of a domain to join" msgstr "연결할 도메인의 이름" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 msgid "" "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n" "try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n" @@ -67,186 +67,190 @@ "도메인에 가입하는 데 사용되는 사용자입니다. 생략된 경우 YaST에서\n" "사용자와 비밀번호를 지정하지 않고 도메인에 가입하려고 합니다.\n" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain" msgstr "도메인에 연결할때 사용자를 위해 사용될 비밀번호" -#. command line help text for machine optioa -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 +#. command line help text for machine optioa +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 msgid "The machine account" msgstr "시스템 계정" -#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 +#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 msgid "The name of a workgroup" msgstr "작업 그룹의 이름" -#. user must provide the domain name to be tested -#. error message for isdomainmember command line action -#. must provide the domain name to be joined -#. error message for joindomain command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:211 src/clients/samba-client.rb:255 +#. user must provide the domain name to be tested +#. error message for isdomainmember command line action +#. must provide the domain name to be joined +#. error message for joindomain command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:211 src/clients/samba-client.rb:255 msgid "Enter the name of a domain." msgstr "도메인의 이름을 입력하십시오." -#. translators: error message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:224 +#. translators: error message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:224 msgid "Cannot test domain membership." msgstr "도메인 회원을 테스트 할 수 없습니다." -#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:231 +#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:231 msgid "This machine is a member of %1." msgstr "이 컴퓨터는 %1의 구성원입니다." -#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:236 +#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:236 msgid "This machine is not a member of %1." msgstr "이 컴퓨터는 %1의 구성원이 아닙니다." -#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action -#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 +#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action +#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "%1 도메인에 성공적으로 가입했습니다." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:61 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:61 msgid "U&ID" msgstr "UID(&I)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:63 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Group Name" msgstr "주 그룹 이름(&P)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:65 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "&Secondary Group Name" msgstr "보조 그룹 이름(&S)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:67 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "&GID" msgstr "GID(&G)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:72 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "서버 이름(&S)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:74 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Remote &Path" msgstr "원격 경로(&P)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:76 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "탑재 지점(&M)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:78 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "옵션(&P)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:80 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "사용자 이름(&U)" -#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>" -msgstr "<p>Samba 사용자 및 그룹 ID(<tt>winbind uid</tt> 및 <tt>winbind gid</tt> 값)에 대한 <b>범위</b>를 지정하십시오.</p>" +#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 +msgid "" +"<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</" +"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Samba 사용자 및 그룹 ID(<tt>winbind uid</tt> 및 <tt>winbind gid</tt> 값)" +"에 대한 <b>범위</b>를 지정하십시오.</p>" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "&UID Range" msgstr "UID 범위(&U)" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "최소(&M)" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:240 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "최대(&X)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:246 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "&GID Range" msgstr "GID 범위(&G)" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "최소(&I)" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:251 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "최대(&A)" -#. require_groups -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Allowed Group(s)" msgstr "허용되는 그룹" -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" msgstr "그룹 이름 또는 SID" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" msgstr "Kerberos 방법(&K)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:277 msgid "Windows Internet Name Service" msgstr "Windows 인터넷 이름 서비스" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:286 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "Mount Server Directories" msgstr "마운트 서버 디렉토리" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:293 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "서버 이름" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:295 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Remote Path" msgstr "원격 경로" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Local Mount Point" msgstr "로컬 탑재 지점" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:299 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "User Name" msgstr "사용자 이름" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Options" msgstr "옵션" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:319 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:319 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "고급 설정" -#. error popup: min >= max -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:376 +#. error popup: min >= max +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "" "The minimum value in the range cannot be\n" "larger than maximum one.\n" @@ -254,116 +258,116 @@ "범위의 최소값은 최대값보다\n" "작아야 합니다.\n" -#. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:427 +#. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Windows Domain Membership" msgstr "Windows 도메인 구성원" -#. busy popup text -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:448 +#. busy popup text +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:448 msgid "Verifying AD domain membership..." msgstr "AD 도메인 구성원 확인 중..." -#. push button label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:460 +#. push button label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "&Leave" msgstr "나가기(&L)" -#. status label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:467 +#. status label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "Currently a member of this domain" msgstr "현재 이 도메인의 구성원임" -#. translators: checkbox label to enable winbind -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:488 +#. translators: checkbox label to enable winbind +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "&Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication" msgstr "Linux 인증에 SMB 정보 사용(&U)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:499 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "&Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "로그인 시 홈 디렉토리 작성(&H)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:510 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Join Settings" msgstr "가입 설정" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516 -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 msgid "&Username" msgstr "사용자 이름(&U)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:525 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:525 msgid "&Password" msgstr "비밀번호(&P)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:532 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Mac&hine Account OU" msgstr "시스템 계정 OU(&H)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:541 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "Active Directory Server" msgstr "Active Directory 서버" -#. button label (run YaST client for NTP) -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:550 +#. button label (run YaST client for NTP) +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:550 msgid "N&TP Configuration..." msgstr "NTP 구성(&T)..." -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:554 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:554 msgid "Disable Name Service Cache" msgstr "이름 서버 캐시 비활성화" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:556 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:556 msgid "Start File Alteration Monitor" msgstr "파일 변경 감시 시작" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:571 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:571 msgid "Membership" msgstr "구성원" -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:579 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:579 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "도메인(&D)" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:581 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:581 msgid "&Domain or Workgroup" msgstr "도메인 또는 작업 그룹(&D)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:595 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Off&line Authentication" msgstr "오프라인 인증(&L)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:604 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:604 msgid "&Single Sign-on for SSH" msgstr "SSH에 대한 Single Sign-on(&S)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:614 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:614 msgid "Change primary DNS suffix" msgstr "기본 DNS 접미사 변경" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:621 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:621 msgid "&Expert Settings..." msgstr "고급 설정(&E)..." -#. 1st part of an error message: -#. winbind cannot provide user information taken from -#. a workgroup, must be a domain; %1 is the workgroup name -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:777 +#. 1st part of an error message: +#. winbind cannot provide user information taken from +#. a workgroup, must be a domain; %1 is the workgroup name +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:777 msgid "" "Cannot use the workgroup\n" "'%1' for Linux authentication." @@ -371,13 +375,13 @@ "Linux 인증에 '%1'\n" "작업 그룹을 사용할 수 없습니다." -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:786 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "Enter a valid domain." msgstr "유효한 도메인을 입력하십시오." -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:788 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "" "Enter a domain or disable\n" "using SMB for Linux authentication." @@ -385,11 +389,12 @@ "도메인을 입력하거나 Linux\n" "인증에 SMB를 사용하지 마십시오." -#. we might use it to warn user (#155716) -#. continue/cancel popup -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 +#. we might use it to warn user (#155716) +#. continue/cancel popup +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " +"following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" @@ -397,10 +402,10 @@ "값이 기본값으로 재설정됩니다.\n" " %1" -#. 1st part of an error message: -#. winbind cannot provide user information if the host -#. is not in a domain -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:827 +#. 1st part of an error message: +#. winbind cannot provide user information if the host +#. is not in a domain +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:827 msgid "" "The host must be a member of a domain\n" "for Linux authentication using SMB." @@ -408,8 +413,8 @@ "호스트는 Linux 인증에 SMB를 사용하는\n" "도메인의 구성원이어야 합니다." -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:831 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:831 msgid "" "Join a domain or disable use of SMB\n" "for Linux authentication." @@ -417,13 +422,13 @@ "도메인에 가입하거나 Linux 인증에\n" "SMB를 사용하지 마십시오." -#. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence. -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:840 +#. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence. +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:840 msgid "Samba is now enabled." msgstr "Samba가 활성화되었습니다." -#. yes/no popup text -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:852 +#. yes/no popup text +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "In a Microsoft environment,\n" "hostname changes with DHCP are problematic.\n" @@ -433,8 +438,8 @@ "DHCP의 호스트 이름 변경에 문제가 있습니다.\n" "DHCP의 호스트 이름 변경을 비활성화하시겠습니까?" -#. message popup, part 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:887 +#. message popup, part 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:887 msgid "" "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" @@ -444,8 +449,8 @@ "서비스에는 영향을 주지 않습니다. 변경 사항을 모든 서비스에 적용하려면\n" " 서비스를 수동으로 재시작하거나 컴퓨터를 재부팅하십시오.\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -453,8 +458,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Samba 클라이언트 구성 초기화</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n" @@ -462,8 +467,8 @@ "<p><b><big>초기화 중단</big></b><br>\n" "<b>중단</b>을 누르면 구성 유틸리티를 안전하게 중단할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -471,8 +476,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Samba 클라이언트 구성 저장</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -484,55 +489,63 @@ " 대화 상자가 추가로 나타나서 지금 중단하는 것이 안전한지 알려줍니다.\n" " </p>\n" -#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:55 src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:75 +#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:55 src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:75 msgid "<p><b><big>Selecting Windows Domain Membership</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Windows 도메인 구성원 선택</big></b></p>" -#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 +#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" +"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " +"Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Linux 클라이언트는 작업 그룹, NT 도메인 또는 Active Directory 도메인의 구성원일 수 있습니다.\n" +"<p>Linux 클라이언트는 작업 그룹, NT 도메인 또는 Active Directory 도메인의 구" +"성원일 수 있습니다.\n" "구성원의 이름을 지정하십시오.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "<p><b>Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication</b> allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " +"joining an AD domain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Linux 인증에 SMB 정보 사용</b>을 사용하면\n" -"AD 도메인에 가입하는 경우 NT 서버 또는 Kerberos 서버로 비밀번호를 확인할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" +"AD 도메인에 가입하는 경우 NT 서버 또는 Kerberos 서버로 비밀번호를 확인할 수 " +"있습니다.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 +#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" +"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the " +"list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>기본 DNS 접미사 변경</b>을 선택하여 AD 서버를 이름 서버 목록에 추가합니다.\n" +"<p><b>기본 DNS 접미사 변경</b>을 선택하여 AD 서버를 이름 서버 목록에 추가합니" +"다.\n" "이 옵션은 정적 네트워크 설정에만 사용할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. Samba role dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 +#. Samba role dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p>When you press <b>OK</b>, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " +"domain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>확인</b>을 누르면 시스템에서 구성원을 확인하고,\n" -"NT 또는 Active Directory 도메인인 경우 이 호스트가 도메인에 가입할 수 있게 합니다.</p>\n" +"NT 또는 Active Directory 도메인인 경우 이 호스트가 도메인에 가입할 수 있게 합" +"니다.</p>\n" -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 msgid "<p>Specify the name of the NT or Active Directory domain.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>NT 또는 Active Directory 도메인의 이름을 지정하십시오.</p>\n" -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p>When you press <b>Next</b>, the system verifies the domain and\n" "allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n" @@ -540,42 +553,71 @@ "<p><b>다음</b>을 누르면 시스템은 도메인을 확인하고 이 호스트의 도메인\n" "가입을 허용합니다.</p>\n" -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home directories created on the first login.</p>" -msgstr "<p>처음 로그인할 때 로컬 홈 디렉토리가 생성되도록 하려면 <b>로그인 시 홈 디렉토리 생성</b>을 선택하십시오.</p>" +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 +msgid "" +"<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home " +"directories created on the first login.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>처음 로그인할 때 로컬 홈 디렉토리가 생성되도록 하려면 <b>로그인 시 홈 디렉" +"토리 생성</b>을 선택하십시오.</p>" -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." -msgstr "<p><b>오프라인 인증</b>을 선택하면 도메인 컨트롤러에 연결되어 있지 않아도 사용자가 로그인할 수 있습니다. 이 옵션을 제대로 사용하려면 적어도 한 번은 도메인에 로그인해야 합니다. 그러면 사용자의 자격 증명이 암호화되어 컴퓨터에 저장되며 도메인 컨트롤러와 연결할 수 없을 때에도 도메인 로그인을 위해 다시 사용됩니다. 이 기능은 모바일 사용자에게 특히 유용합니다." +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is " +"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " +"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " +"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " +"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " +"useful for mobile users." +msgstr "" +"<p><b>오프라인 인증</b>을 선택하면 도메인 컨트롤러에 연결되어 있지 않아도 사" +"용자가 로그인할 수 있습니다. 이 옵션을 제대로 사용하려면 적어도 한 번은 도메" +"인에 로그인해야 합니다. 그러면 사용자의 자격 증명이 암호화되어 컴퓨터에 저장" +"되며 도메인 컨트롤러와 연결할 수 없을 때에도 도메인 로그인을 위해 다시 사용됩" +"니다. 이 기능은 모바일 사용자에게 특히 유용합니다." -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>고급 설정</b>을 클릭하여 WINS 옵션, Active Directory 도메인에서 서버 홈 디렉토리 마운트 등의 고급 기능을 활성화하십시오.</p>" +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS " +"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>고급 설정</b>을 클릭하여 WINS 옵션, Active Directory 도메인에서 서버 " +"홈 디렉토리 마운트 등의 고급 기능을 활성화하십시오.</p>" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "<p><b>Join Settings</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>가입 설정</b></p>" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>" +"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for " +"joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " +"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>자동 설치 중 선택한 도메인에 가입하는 데 사용해야 하는 <b>사용자 이름</b> 및\n" -"<b>비밀번호</b>를 설정하십시오. 비밀번호가 일반 텍스트(암호화되지 않은) 형식으로 프로파일에 저장됩니다.</p>" +"<p>자동 설치 중 선택한 도메인에 가입하는 데 사용해야 하는 <b>사용자 이름</b> " +"및\n" +"<b>비밀번호</b>를 설정하십시오. 비밀번호가 일반 텍스트(암호화되지 않은) 형식" +"으로 프로파일에 저장됩니다.</p>" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Active Directory 도메인에 가입하기 위해 사용할 <b>Active Directory 서버</b>를 지정하십시오. 이것은 Kerberos 구성에서 KDC의 값으로도 사용됩니다.</p>" +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active " +"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " +"configuration.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Active Directory 도메인에 가입하기 위해 사용할 <b>Active Directory 서버</" +"b>를 지정하십시오. 이것은 Kerberos 구성에서 KDC의 값으로도 사용됩니다.</p>" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To synchronize your time with an NTP server, configure your computer\n" @@ -587,22 +629,22 @@ "구성합니다. <b>NTP 구성</b>을 사용하여 이 구성에 액세스하십시오.\n" "</p>\n" -#. default value of Machine Account -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 +#. default value of Machine Account +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(기본값)" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 msgid "&Machine Account OU" msgstr "시스템 계정 OU(&M)" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 msgid "O&btain list" msgstr "목록 획득(&B)" -#. error popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 +#. error popup +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 msgid "" "User name and password are required\n" "for listing the machine accounts." @@ -610,36 +652,36 @@ "시스템 계정을 나열하려면\n" "사용자 이름과 비밀번호가 필요합니다." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 msgid "&Machine Account" msgstr "시스템 계정(&M)" -#. translators: text for busy pop-up -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 +#. translators: text for busy pop-up +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 msgid "Verifying workgroup membership..." msgstr "작업 그룹의 구성원을 확인하는 중..." -#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 +#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1." msgstr "%1 도메인을 종료할 경우 사용자 이름과 비밀번호를 입력하십시오." -#. additional information for cluster environment -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 +#. additional information for cluster environment +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 msgid "The configuration will be propagated across cluster nodes." msgstr "구성은 클러스터 노드를 통해 전파됩니다." -#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 +#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1." msgstr "%1 도메인에 가입할 경우 사용자 이름과 비밀번호를 입력하십시오." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" msgstr "도메인에 익명으로 가입하려면 텍스트 엔트리를 비워 두십시오.\n" -#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 +#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this host\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -647,8 +689,8 @@ "이 호스트가 %1 도메인의 구성원인지\n" "자동으로 확인할 수 없습니다." -#. popup question, first part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 +#. popup question, first part +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 msgid "" "This host is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -656,12 +698,12 @@ "이 호스트는 %1 도메인의\n" "구성원이 아닙니다." -#. last part of popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 +#. last part of popup question +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 msgid "Join the domain %1?" msgstr "%1 도메인에 가입하시겠습니까?" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -669,7 +711,7 @@ "이 클러스터가 %1 도메인의 멤버인지\n" "자동으로 확인할 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 msgid "" "This cluster is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -677,251 +719,299 @@ "이 클러스터는 %1 도메인의\n" "멤버가 아닙니다." -#. popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 +#. popup question +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" -msgstr "사용자 공유가 이미 존재합니다. 이를 유지하시겠습니까? 아니면 삭제하시겠습니까?" +msgstr "" +"사용자 공유가 이미 존재합니다. 이를 유지하시겠습니까? 아니면 삭제하시겠습니" +"까?" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 msgid "&Keep" msgstr "유지(&K)" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "삭제(&D)" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?" -msgstr "다른 Windows 공유 서비스도 사용 가능합니다. 이러한 서비스도 중지하시겠습니까?" +msgstr "" +"다른 Windows 공유 서비스도 사용 가능합니다. 이러한 서비스도 중지하시겠습니까?" -#. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 +#. check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 msgid "&Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "호스트 이름 확인용으로 WINS 사용(&U)" -#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 -msgid "<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>이름 확인을 위해 Microsoft Windows 인터넷 이름 서비스(WINS)를 사용하려면 <b>호스트 이름 확인을 위해 WINS 사용</b>을 선택합니다.</p>" +#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 +msgid "" +"<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " +"name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>이름 확인을 위해 Microsoft Windows 인터넷 이름 서비스(WINS)를 사용하려면 " +"<b>호스트 이름 확인을 위해 WINS 사용</b>을 선택합니다.</p>" -#. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 +#. check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 msgid "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP" msgstr "DHCP를 통해 WINS 서버 검색(&E)" -#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 -msgid "<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided by DHCP.</p>" -msgstr "<p>DHCP 서버에서 제공한 WINS 서버를 사용하려면 <b>DHCP를 통해 WINS 서버 검색</b>을 선택하십시오.</p>" +#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 +msgid "" +"<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided " +"by DHCP.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>DHCP 서버에서 제공한 WINS 서버를 사용하려면 <b>DHCP를 통해 WINS 서버 검색" +"</b>을 선택하십시오.</p>" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 msgid "Sharing by Users" msgstr "사용자에 의한 공유" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 msgid "Sharing" msgstr "공유" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 msgid "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories" msgstr "사용자의 디렉토리 공유 허용(&W)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 msgid "Allow &Guest Access" msgstr "게스트 액세스 허용(&G)" -#. texty entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 +#. texty entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 msgid "&Permitted Group" msgstr "허용된 그룹(&P)" -#. infield label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 +#. infield label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 msgid "&Maximum Number of Shares" msgstr "최대 공유 개수(&M)" -#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>사용자가 디렉토리를 공유하도록 허용</b>을 사용하면 <b>허용된 그룹</b>의 그룹 구성원은 각자의 디렉토리를 다른 사용자와 공유할 수 있습니다. 예를 들면 로컬 범위의 <tt>users</tt> 및 도메인 범위의 <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt>가 있습니다. 사용자는 또한 파일 시스템 권한이 액세스를 허용하는지 확인해야 합니다.</p>" +#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the " +"group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other " +"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</" +"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " +"permissions allow access.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>사용자가 디렉토리를 공유하도록 허용</b>을 사용하면 <b>허용된 그룹</b>" +"의 그룹 구성원은 각자의 디렉토리를 다른 사용자와 공유할 수 있습니다. 예를 들" +"면 로컬 범위의 <tt>users</tt> 및 도메인 범위의 <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt>가 있습" +"니다. 사용자는 또한 파일 시스템 권한이 액세스를 허용하는지 확인해야 합니다.</" +"p>" -#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 -msgid "<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares that may be created.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>최대 공유 수</b>에서는 생성될 수 있는 공유의 총 수량을 제한할 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 +msgid "" +"<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares " +"that may be created.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>최대 공유 수</b>에서는 생성될 수 있는 공유의 총 수량을 제한할 수 있습니" +"다.</p>" -#. membership dialog help common part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 -msgid "<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow Guest Access</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>사용자 공유에 인증 없이 액세스를 허용하려면 <b>게스트 액세스 허용</b>을 활성화합니다</b>.</p>" +#. membership dialog help common part +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 +msgid "" +"<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow " +"Guest Access</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>사용자 공유에 인증 없이 액세스를 허용하려면 <b>게스트 액세스 허용</b>을 활" +"성화합니다</b>.</p>" -#. help text for PAM Mount table -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 +#. help text for PAM Mount table +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 msgid "" "<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " +"the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify <b>User\n" -"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>" +"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " +"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>테이블 <b>서버 디렉토리 마운트</b>에서 사용자가 로그인된 경우\n" "로컬에 마운트되어야 하는 서버 디렉토리(예: 홈 디렉토리)를\n" "지정할 수 있습니다. 마운트가 사용자 특정이어야 하는 경우\n" -"선택한 규칙에 대한 <b>사용자 이름</b>을 지정하십시오. 그렇지 않으면 각 사용자에 대해 디렉토리가 마운트됩니다. 자세한 내용은 pam_mount.conf 매뉴얼 페이지를 참조하십시오.</p>" +"선택한 규칙에 대한 <b>사용자 이름</b>을 지정하십시오. 그렇지 않으면 각 사용자" +"에 대해 디렉토리가 마운트됩니다. 자세한 내용은 pam_mount.conf 매뉴얼 페이지" +"를 참조하십시오.</p>" -#. help text for PAM Mount table: example -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 -msgid "<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>Options</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>예를 들어, <b>원격 경로</b>에 <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> 값을, <b>로컬 마운트 포인트</b>에 <tt>~/</tt> 값을 <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> 값과 함께 <b>옵션</b>의 일부로 사용하여 홈 디렉토리를 마운트할 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. help text for PAM Mount table: example +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 +msgid "" +"<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " +"<b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount " +"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " +"part of <b>Options</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>예를 들어, <b>원격 경로</b>에 <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> 값을, <b>로컬 " +"마운트 포인트</b>에 <tt>~/</tt> 값을 <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> 값과 함께 " +"<b>옵션</b>의 일부로 사용하여 홈 디렉토리를 마운트할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. help text for kerberos method option -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 -msgid "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Kerberos 방법</b> 값은 kerberos 티켓이 확인되는 방법을 정의합니다. <b>SSH에 대한 Single Sign-on</b>이 사용되는 경우 YaST에서 설정되는 기본 Kerberos 방법은 <tt>암호 및 keytab</tt>입니다. 자세한 내용은 smb.conf 매뉴얼 페이지를 참조하십시오.</p>" +#. help text for kerberos method option +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 +msgid "" +"<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are " +"verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos " +"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " +"for details.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Kerberos 방법</b> 값은 kerberos 티켓이 확인되는 방법을 정의합니다. " +"<b>SSH에 대한 Single Sign-on</b>이 사용되는 경우 YaST에서 설정되는 기본 " +"Kerberos 방법은 <tt>암호 및 keytab</tt>입니다. 자세한 내용은 smb.conf 매뉴얼 " +"페이지를 참조하십시오.</p>" -#. translators: initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 +#. translators: initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 msgid "Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "삼바 클라이언트 설정" -#. translators: initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:76 +#. translators: initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:76 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화하고 있습니다..." -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 msgid "Saving Kerberos Client Configuration" msgstr "Kerberos 클라이언트 설정 저장중" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "PAM 설정 기록" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 msgid "Write Kerberos client settings" msgstr "Kerberos 클라이언트 설정들 기록" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 msgid "Write OpenSSH settings" msgstr "OpenSSH 설정 기록" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "PAM 설정을 기록하고 있습니다..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 msgid "Writing Kerberos client settings..." msgstr "Kerberos 클라이언트 설정들을 기록중..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 msgid "Writing OpenSSH settings..." msgstr "OpenSSH 설정 기록 중..." -#. final progress step label -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: write progress finished -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 +#. final progress step label +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" msgstr "요구된 패키지들 설치" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." msgstr "요구된 패키지 설치중..." -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "PAM Login" msgstr "PAM 로그인" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Use Kerberos" msgstr "kerberos 사용" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgstr "kerberos 사용하지 않음" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 msgid "Default Realm" msgstr "기본 영역" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 msgid "Default Domain" msgstr "기본 도메인" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 msgid "KDC Server Address" msgstr "KDC 서버 주소" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 msgid "Clock Skew" msgstr "시간차" -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "<b>KDC 서버</b>: %1<br>" -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "<b>기본 도메인</b>: %1<br>" -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "<b>기본 영역</b>: %1<br>" -#. summary text (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 +#. summary text (yes/no follows) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1" msgstr "<b>kerberos 인증이 활성화됨</b>: %1" -#. summary value -#. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 +#. summary value +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "예" -#. summary value -#. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 +#. summary value +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "아니오" -#. summary line -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 +#. summary line +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" msgstr "DNS를 통해 구성을 가져옴" -#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 +#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 msgid "" "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -929,8 +1019,8 @@ "시간차가 잘못되었습니다.\n" "다시 시도하십시오.\n" -#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 +#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 msgid "" "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." @@ -938,143 +1028,143 @@ "수명이 잘못되었습니다.\n" "다시 시도하십시오." -#. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "삼바 클라이언트 설정 초기화 중" -#. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 msgid "Read the global Samba settings" msgstr "전역 삼바 설정 읽기" -#. translators: progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 msgid "Read the winbind status" msgstr "winbind 상태 읽기" -#. translators: progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." msgstr "전역 삼바 설정 읽는 중..." -#. translators: progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 msgid "Reading the winbind status..." msgstr "winbind 상태 읽는 중..." -#. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "삼바 클라이언트 설정 저장 중" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "설정 쓰기" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "삼바 서비스 비활성화" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "삼바 서비스 활성화" -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "세팅을 쓰는 중..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "삼바 서비스를 비활성화하는 중..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "삼바 서비스를 활성화하는 중..." -#. write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" msgstr "Kerberos 구성 쓰기" -#. write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." msgstr "Kerberos 구성 쓰는 중..." -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." msgstr "%1 설정을 기록할 수 없습니다." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 msgid "Cannot start winbind service." msgstr "winbind 서비스를 시작할 수 없습니다." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." msgstr "winbind 데몬을 시작할 수 없습니다." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." msgstr "winbind 서비스를 중지할 수 없습니다." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." msgstr "winbind 데몬을 중지할 수 없습니다." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." msgstr "PAM 설정을 기록할 수 없습니다." -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "전체 구성" -#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "작업 그룹 또는 도메인: %1" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "로그인 시 홈 디렉토리 작성" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" msgstr "오프라인 인증 활성화됨" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" msgstr "최대 공유 개수: %1" -#. summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>" msgstr "<p><b>작업 그룹 또는 도메인</b>: %1</p>" -#. summary item: authentication using winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>" msgstr "<p><b>SMB로 인증</b>: %1</p>" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "가입을 계속할 수 없음: 일치하지 않는 클러스터 상태" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/samba-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/samba-server.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/samba-server.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,201 +14,204 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 +#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" msgstr "Samba 서버 구성 모듈(자세한 내용은 Samba 설명서를 참조하십시오.)" -#. translators: command line help text for share action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 +#. translators: command line help text for share action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 msgid "Manipulate a single share" msgstr "단일 공유 조정" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:89 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:89 msgid "Show the list of available shares" msgstr "사용 가능한 공유 목록 보기" -#. translators: command line help text for role action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for role action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:99 msgid "Set the role of the server" msgstr "서버 역할 설정" -#. translators: command line help text for backend selection action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:109 +#. translators: command line help text for backend selection action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:109 msgid "Set the back-end for storing user information" msgstr "사용자 정보 저장을 위한 백엔드 설정" -#. translators: command line help text for service activation action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:119 +#. translators: command line help text for service activation action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:119 msgid "Enable or disable the Samba services (smb and nmb)" msgstr "삼바 서비스(smb와 nmb)의 활성화 또는 비활성화" -#. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:129 +#. translators: command line help text for configure action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:129 msgid "Change the global settings of the Samba server" msgstr "Samba 서버의 전체적인 설정 변경" -#. translators: command line help text for enable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:137 +#. translators: command line help text for enable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:137 msgid "Enable the share or a service" msgstr "공유 또는 서비스 활성화" -#. translators: command line help text for disable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:143 +#. translators: command line help text for disable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:143 msgid "Disable the share or a service" msgstr "공유 또는 서비스 비활성화" -#. translators: command line help text for delete share option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:149 +#. translators: command line help text for delete share option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:149 msgid "Remove the share from the configuration file" msgstr "설정 파일에서 공유 삭제" -#. translators: command line help text for share name option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:155 +#. translators: command line help text for share name option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:155 msgid "The name of a share" msgstr "공유의 이름" -#. translators: command line help text for "share add" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:162 +#. translators: command line help text for "share add" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:162 msgid "Add a new share" msgstr "새로운 사용자 추가" -#. translators: command line help text for "share options" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:168 +#. translators: command line help text for "share options" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:168 msgid "Change options of a share" msgstr "공유의 옵션 변경" -#. translators: command line help text for "share show" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:174 +#. translators: command line help text for "share show" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:174 msgid "Show the options of a share" msgstr "공유의 옵션 보기" -#. translators: command line help text for share comment option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:180 +#. translators: command line help text for share comment option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:180 msgid "The comment of a share" msgstr "공유의 설명" -#. translators: command line help text for share path option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:187 +#. translators: command line help text for share path option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:187 msgid "The path (directory) to share" msgstr "공유할 경로(디렉토리 경로)" -#. translators: command line help text for share printable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:194 +#. translators: command line help text for share printable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:194 msgid "Flag if the share should act as a printer" msgstr "만약 프린터 공유이면 표시됩니다." -#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 +#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share" msgstr "공유의 읽기가 허용된 사용자들의 콤마로 구분된 목록입니다." -#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 +#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share" msgstr "공유의 쓰기가 허용된 사용자들의 콤마로 구분된 목록입니다." -#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 +#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN" msgstr "LAN을 검색할 때 공유를 보이게 하려면 플래그를 설정하십시오." -#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 +#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 msgid "Flag if the share should allow guest access" msgstr "만약 공유가 guest 접근을 허용한다면 표시됩니다." -#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 +#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share" msgstr "공유에 접근이 허용된 사용자들의 콤마로 구분된 목록입니다." -#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 +#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 msgid "Server should act as a primary domain controller" msgstr "서버는 주 도메인 컨트롤러의 역할을 수행해야 합니다." -#. translators: command line help text for BDC role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:242 +#. translators: command line help text for BDC role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:242 msgid "Server should act as a backup domain controller" msgstr "서버는 백업 도메인 컨트롤러의 역할을 수행해야 합니다." -#. translators: command line help text for Domain Member role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:248 +#. translators: command line help text for Domain Member role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:248 msgid "Server should act as a domain member" msgstr "서버는 도메인 구성원의 역할을 수행해야 합니다." -#. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 +#. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins" msgstr "서버는 공유를 제공해야 하지만 도메인 로그인은 허용하지 않습니다." -#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 +#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 msgid "Use the 'smbpasswd' file to store user information" msgstr "사용자의 정보를 저장하려면 'smbpasswd' 파일을 사용하십시오." -#. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 +#. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 msgid "Use the 'passdb.tdb' file to store user information" msgstr "사용자 정보를 저장하려면 'passdb.tdb' 파일을 사용하십시오." -#. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 +#. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 msgid "Use the LDAP server to store user information" msgstr "사용자 정보를 저장하려면 LDAP 서버를 사용하십시오." -#. translators: command line help text for password option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:278 +#. translators: command line help text for password option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:278 msgid "Password for the LDAP server" msgstr "LDAP 서버에 대한 비밀번호" -#. translators: command line help text for workgroup option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:284 +#. translators: command line help text for workgroup option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:284 msgid "The name of a workgroup" msgstr "작업 그룹의 이름" -#. translators: command line help text for description option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:291 +#. translators: command line help text for description option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:291 msgid "The human-readable description of the Samba server" msgstr "읽을 수 있는 Samba 서버에 대한 설명" -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 +msgid "" +"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" msgstr "LDAP 서버에서 사용자 정보를 조정하기 위한 LDAP suffix DN" -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 +msgid "" +"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " +"passwords)" msgstr "LDAP 서버의 내용(예, 비밀번호 수정)을 수정하기 위한 LDAP DN" -#. translators: error message for share command line action -#. must provide the share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:374 +#. translators: error message for share command line action +#. must provide the share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:374 msgid "Specify the share name." msgstr "공유 이름을 입력하십시오." -#. translators: error message for "share add" command line action, %1 is share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:380 +#. translators: error message for "share add" command line action, %1 is share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:380 msgid "The share %1 does not exist." msgstr "%1 공유는 존재하지 않습니다." -#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:394 +#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:394 msgid "Provide the path of a directory to share." msgstr "공유할 디렉토리의 경로를 제공하십시오." -#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name -#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 +#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name +#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 msgid "Share %1 already exists." msgstr "%1 공유는 이미 존재합니다." -#. translators: heading for "list" shares command line action -#. try to keep alignment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:450 +#. translators: heading for "list" shares command line action +#. try to keep alignment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:450 msgid "" "Status \tType\tName\n" "==============================" @@ -216,37 +219,38 @@ "상태 \t종류\t이름\n" "==============================" -#. translators: share is a disk. %1 is the status, %2 comment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:460 +#. translators: share is a disk. %1 is the status, %2 comment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:460 msgid "%1\tDisk\t%2" msgstr "%1\t디스크\t%2" -#. translators: share status -#. translators: share status -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 +#. translators: share status +#. translators: share status +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "비활성화" -#. translators: share status -#. translators: share status -#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 +#. translators: share status +#. translators: share status +#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "활성화" -#. translators: share is a printer. %1 is the status, %2 comment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:478 +#. translators: share is a printer. %1 is the status, %2 comment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:478 msgid "%1\tPrinter\t%2" msgstr "%1\t프린터\t%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " +"users,\n" "run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" msgstr "" "현재 이 Samba 서버에 사용자가 연결되어 있기 때문에,\n" @@ -254,92 +258,92 @@ "사용자 연결이 끊어지더라도 모든 설정을 확실하게 적용하려면\n" "'systemctl restart smb' 및 'systemctl restart nmb'를 실행하십시오." -#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146 +#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146 msgid "smbpasswd file" msgstr "smbpasswd 파일" -#. table entry description for LDAP-based SAM -#. Unknown passdb backend -#. // translators: passdb backend radio button -#. `Left (`RadioButton ( `id("mysql"), `opt (`notify),_("MySQL Database") ) ) -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:155 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:598 +#. table entry description for LDAP-based SAM +#. Unknown passdb backend +#. // translators: passdb backend radio button +#. `Left (`RadioButton ( `id("mysql"), `opt (`notify),_("MySQL Database") ) ) +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:598 msgid "LDAP" msgstr "LDAP" -#. table entry description for TDB-based SAM -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:169 +#. table entry description for TDB-based SAM +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:169 msgid "TDB database" msgstr "TDB 데이터베이스" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:261 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:261 msgid "Optional value must not begin with a space character." msgstr "옵션 값은 공백으로 시작하면 안 됩니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted." msgstr "하나의 백 엔드에 대한 여러 선택적 값은 따옴표로 묶어야 합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:291 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:291 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:300 msgid "The entered URL '%1' is invalid" msgstr "입력한 URL '%1'이(가) 잘못되었습니다." -#. message popup -#. message popup -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:352 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:405 +#. message popup +#. message popup +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:352 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:405 msgid "Delete the selected entry?" msgstr "선택한 옵션을 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. we are already initialized -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:481 +#. we are already initialized +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:481 msgid "At least one backend must be specified." msgstr "백 엔드를 하나 이상 지정해야 합니다." -#. if (size (passdb_backends) == 1) -#. { -#. // error message if user tries to delete the last passdb backend -#. Report::Error (_("At least one back-end must be specified. -#. -#. The back-end cannot be deleted. -#. ")); -#. return false; -#. } -#. message popup -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:568 +#. if (size (passdb_backends) == 1) +#. { +#. // error message if user tries to delete the last passdb backend +#. Report::Error (_("At least one back-end must be specified. +#. +#. The back-end cannot be deleted. +#. ")); +#. return false; +#. } +#. message popup +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:568 msgid "Delete the selected back-end?" msgstr "선택한 백 엔드를 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. translators: frame text when adding a passdb backend -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:583 +#. translators: frame text when adding a passdb backend +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:583 msgid "Back-End Type" msgstr "백 엔드 형식" -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:592 +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:592 msgid "smbpasswd File" msgstr "smbpasswd 파일" -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:600 +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:600 msgid "TDB Database" msgstr "TDB 데이터베이스" -#. translators: textentry label to enter details for the selected passdb backend -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:605 +#. translators: textentry label to enter details for the selected passdb backend +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:605 msgid "&Details" msgstr "세부 사항(&D)" -#. translators: error message, if the MySQL backend -#. is selected, but no details are entered -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:648 +#. translators: error message, if the MySQL backend +#. is selected, but no details are entered +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:648 msgid "" "An identifier must be provided\n" "in details \n" @@ -355,117 +359,117 @@ " 자세한 내용은 Samba HOWTO collection을\n" " 참조하십시오.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/samba-server/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of samba-server -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky <stanislav.visnovsky@suse.cz> -#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka@suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/samba-server/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of samba-server +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky <stanislav.visnovsky@suse.cz> +#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka@suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)" msgstr "주 도메인 컨트롤러(PDC)(&P)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 msgid "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)" msgstr "백업 도메인 컨트롤러(BDC)(&A)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Not a Domain &Controller" msgstr "도메인 컨트롤러 아님(&C)" -#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget -#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 +#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget +#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 msgid "Yes" msgstr "예" -#. Samba LDAP Settings Security Widget -#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. translators: combo box value -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 +#. Samba LDAP Settings Security Widget +#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. translators: combo box value +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 msgid "No" msgstr "아니오" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Samba Installation" msgstr "Samba 설치" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "Step 1 of 2" msgstr "2단계 중 1단계" -#. `ComboBox ( `id( "workgroups" ), `opt( `editable ), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), workgroups ) -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), -#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 +#. `ComboBox ( `id( "workgroups" ), `opt( `editable ), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), workgroups ) +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), +#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name" msgstr "작업 그룹 또는 도메인 이름(&W)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Step 2 of 2" msgstr "2단계 중 2단계" -#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 +#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Current Domain Name:" msgstr "현재 도메인 이름:" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Samba Server Type" msgstr "Samba 서버 형식" -#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 +#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Not available because a PDC is present." msgstr "PDC가 있기 때문에 사용할 수 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 msgid "Rename Share" msgstr "공유 이름 변경" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 msgid "New Share &Name" msgstr "새 공유 이름(&N)" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Enter a new share name." msgstr "새 공유 이름을 입력하십시오." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 msgid "" "Share '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose another share name.\n" @@ -473,8 +477,8 @@ "'%1' 공유가 이미 존재합니다.\n" "다른 공유 이름을 선택하십시오.\n" -#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 +#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "If you delete share %1,\n" "all its settings will be lost.\n" @@ -484,27 +488,27 @@ "모든 해당 설정을 잃게 됩니다.\n" " 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 +#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "Trusted &Domain" msgstr "트러스트된 도메인(&D)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 msgid "&Password" msgstr "비밀번호(&P)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 msgid "Domain name cannot be empty." msgstr "도메인 이름은 비워 둘 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship." msgstr "트러스트된 도메인 관계를 설정할 수 없습니다." -#. issue a warning, if not already done so -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 +#. issue a warning, if not already done so +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 msgid "" "The password for trusted domains\n" "is stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\n" @@ -516,15 +520,15 @@ " 일반 텍스트로 저장됩니다. 이는 보안상 위협 요소가\n" " 될 수 있습니다." -#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 +#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "&Trusted Domains" msgstr "트러스트된 도메인(&N)" -#. confirmation -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 +#. confirmation +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "" "Really abandon trust relationship\n" "to trusted domain %1?" @@ -532,233 +536,233 @@ "트러스트된 도메인 %1와(과)의\n" "트러스트 관계를 해제하시겠습니까?" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "Share %1" msgstr "%1 공유" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "Expert Global Settings Configuration" msgstr "고급 전역 설정 구성" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 msgid "Identification" msgstr "ID" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "Share &Name" msgstr "공유 이름(&N)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Share &Description" msgstr "공유 설명(&D)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 msgid "Share Type" msgstr "공유 형식" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 msgid "&Printer" msgstr "프린터(&P)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 msgid "&Directory" msgstr "디렉토리(&D)" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Share &Path" msgstr "공유 경로(&P)" -#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 +#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "&Read-Only" msgstr "읽기 전용(&R)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 msgid "&Inherit ACLs" msgstr "ACL 상속(&I)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 msgid "Expose Snapshots" msgstr "스냅샷 노출" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features" msgstr "Btrfs 기능 활용" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 msgid "New Share" msgstr "새 공유" -#. translators: file selection dialog title -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 +#. translators: file selection dialog title +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Path for a Share" msgstr "공유 경로" -#. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 +#. translators: error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Share name cannot be empty." msgstr "공유의 이름은 생략할 수 없습니다." -#. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 +#. translators: error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Share path cannot be empty." msgstr "공유의 경로는 생략할 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 msgid "Available Shares" msgstr "사용 가능한 공유" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "필터(&F)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 msgid "Show &All Shares" msgstr "모든 공유 표시(&A)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares" msgstr "시스템 공유를 표시하지 않음(&S)" -#. translators: table header texts -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 +#. translators: table header texts +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 msgid "Status" msgstr "상태" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 msgid "Read-Only" msgstr "읽기 전용" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Path" msgstr "경로" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 msgid "Guest Access" msgstr "게스트 액세스(&E)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "Comment" msgstr "주석" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 msgid "&Rename..." msgstr "이름 변경(&R)..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "상태 토글(&T)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 msgid "WINS Server Support" msgstr "WINS 서버 지원" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 msgid "Remote WINS Server" msgstr "원격 WINS 서버" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 msgid "Na&me" msgstr "이름(&M)" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "호스트 이름 인식에 WINS 사용(&F)" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Not a DC" msgstr "DC 아님" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 msgid "Primary (PDC)" msgstr "주(PDC)" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Backup (BDC)" msgstr "백업(BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Base Settings" msgstr "기본 설정" -#. translators: combobox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 +#. translators: combobox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 msgid "Domain &Controller" msgstr "도메인 컨트롤러(&A)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "Advanced Settings..." msgstr "고급 설정..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 msgid "&Expert Global Settings" msgstr "고급 전역 설정(&E)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 msgid "&User Authentication Sources" msgstr "사용자 인증 원본(&U)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "Samba Configuration" msgstr "Samba 구성" -#. tab label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 +#. tab label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 msgid "Start-&Up" msgstr "시작(&U)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&Shares" msgstr "공유(&S)" -#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 +#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "I&dentity" msgstr "ID(&D)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 msgid "WINS" msgstr "WINS" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "&LDAP Settings" msgstr "LDAP 설정(&L)" -#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 +#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 msgid "NetBIOS &Hostname" msgstr "NetBIOS 호스트 이름(&H)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 msgid "User Information Sources" msgstr "사용자 정보 원본" -#. try to create it -#. first, ask for password -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 +#. try to create it +#. first, ask for password +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 msgid "" "For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n" "administrative account (root).\n" @@ -768,16 +772,16 @@ "필요합니다.\n" " 지금 생성됩니다." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 msgid "Samba root &Password" msgstr "Samba 루트 비밀번호(&P)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "비밀번호 확인(&V)" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match." @@ -785,13 +789,13 @@ "첫 번째와 두 번째 비밀번호가\n" "일치하지 않습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." msgstr "사용자 %1의 계정을 생성할 수 없습니다." -#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 +#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 msgid "" "Enter the username and the password\n" "for joining the domain %1." @@ -799,7 +803,7 @@ "%1 도메인에 가입하기 위한 사용자\n" "이름과 암호를 입력하십시오." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 msgid "" "To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n" "text entries empty." @@ -807,23 +811,23 @@ "도메인에 익명으로 가입하려면 텍스트 항목을\n" "비워 두십시오." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 msgid "&Username" msgstr "사용자 이름(&U)" -#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 +#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 msgid "Do &Not Join" msgstr "가입하지 않음(&N)" -#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 +#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "%1 도메인에 성공적으로 가입했습니다." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -831,8 +835,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Samba 서버의 설정을 초기화하는 중입니다</big></b>\n" "<br>기다려주십시오...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -840,8 +844,8 @@ "<p><b><big>초기화 중단</big></b><br>\n" "지금 <b>중단</b>을 누르면 구성 유틸리티를 안전하게 중단할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -849,8 +853,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Samba 서버의 설정을 저장중입니다</big></b><br>\n" "<br>기다려주십시오...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -862,51 +866,62 @@ " 대화 상자가 추가로 나타나서 지금 중단하는 것이 안전한지 알려줍니다.\n" " </p>\n" -#. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 +#. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>\n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " +"click <b>Next</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>작업 그룹 또는 도메인 선택</big></b><br>\n" -"기존 작업 그룹 또는 도메인의 이름을 선택하거나 고유한 새 이름을 입력하고 <b>다음</b>을 클릭하십시오.\n" +"기존 작업 그룹 또는 도메인의 이름을 선택하거나 고유한 새 이름을 입력하고 <b>" +"다음</b>을 클릭하십시오.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 +#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.</p>\n" +"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " +"style domain.</p>\n" "<p>The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.</p>\n" -"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases.</p>" +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " +"passwords.</p>\n" +"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " +"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " +"phased out in future releases.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Samba 서버 형식</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Windows 클라이언트는 도메인 컨트롤러를 통해 Windows NT 스타일 도메인에 로그인할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" +"<p>Windows 클라이언트는 도메인 컨트롤러를 통해 Windows NT 스타일 도메인에 로" +"그인할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" "<p>백업 컨트롤러는 유효성 검사를 위해 다른 도메인 컨트롤러를 사용합니다.\n" "주 컨트롤러는 사용자와 비밀번호에 대한 자체 정보를 사용합니다.</p>\n" -"<p>여기서 선택하는 설정에 따라 구성 대화 상자에서 사용할 수 있는 옵션이 달라집니다. Windows NT 스타일 도메인 컨트롤러 기능은 이후 릴리스에서 단계적으로 제거될 예정입니다.</p>" +"<p>여기서 선택하는 설정에 따라 구성 대화 상자에서 사용할 수 있는 옵션이 달라" +"집니다. Windows NT 스타일 도메인 컨트롤러 기능은 이후 릴리스에서 단계적으로 " +"제거될 예정입니다.</p>" -#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 +#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\n" +"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." +"</p>\n" "<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Samba 서버 형식</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Windows 클라이언트는 도메인 컨트롤러를 통해 Windows 도메인에 로그인할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" +"<p>Windows 클라이언트는 도메인 컨트롤러를 통해 Windows 도메인에 로그인할 수 " +"있습니다.</p>\n" " <p>여기서 선택하는 설정에 따라 구성 대화 상자에서 \n" " 사용할 수 있는 옵션이 달라집니다.</p>" -#. Share list dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80 +#. Share list dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80 msgid "<p><b><big>Shares</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>공유</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p>This is a list of already configured shares, whether they \n" "are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them.<br></p>" @@ -914,8 +929,8 @@ "<p>이 목록에는 이미 구성된 공유(활성 및 비활성 공유 모두 포함)\n" "및 각 공유에 대한 기본 정보가 포함되어 있습니다.<br></p>" -#. Share list dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 +#. Share list dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p>A share can be enabled or disabled.\n" "A disabled share is not accessible, but its\n" @@ -929,8 +944,8 @@ " 따라서 나중에 공유를 활성화할 수 있습니다.\n" " </p>" -#. Share list dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:95 +#. Share list dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<p>Some of the shares are special. For example, the share\n" "Homes is a special system share for accessing home directories\n" @@ -944,8 +959,8 @@ " 선택하면 테이블에서 시스템 공유를 숨길 수\n" " 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. Share list dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103 +#. Share list dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new share, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" "already existing share, and <b>Delete</b> to \n" @@ -955,8 +970,8 @@ "<b>편집</b>, 공유에 대한 정보를 제거하려면 \n" " <b>삭제</b>를 사용하십시오.</p>\n" -#. Identity dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109 +#. Identity dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Identity</big></b><br>\n" "These options allow setup of the identity of the server and its\n" @@ -966,25 +981,29 @@ "이 대화 상자의 옵션을 사용하면 서버 ID와\n" "네트워크 내에서의 서버 기본 역할을 설정할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<p>The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" +"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain " +"Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " +"backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" "<b>Not a DC</b> value.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>기본 설정은 도메인 및 서버 역할을\n" -"설정합니다. Windows 클라이언트는 <b>백업 도메인 컨트롤러</b> 및 <b>주 도메인 컨트롤러</b>를 통해 Windows 도메인에 로그인할 수 있습니다. 백업 컨트롤러는 유효성 \n" +"설정합니다. Windows 클라이언트는 <b>백업 도메인 컨트롤러</b> 및 <b>주 도메인 " +"컨트롤러</b>를 통해 Windows 도메인에 로그인할 수 있습니다. 백업 컨트롤러는 유" +"효성 \n" " 검사를 위해 다른 도메인 컨트롤러를 사용합니다. 주 컨트롤러는\n" " 사용자와 비밀번호에 대한 자체 정보를 사용합니다.\n" " 서버가 도메인 컨트롤러 역할을 하지 않을 경우 <b>DC 아님</b> 값을\n" " 선택하십시오.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Base Settings</b> set up the domain and the\n" "server role. <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allows Windows clients\n" @@ -996,8 +1015,8 @@ " 도메인에 로그인할 수 있습니다. 서버가 도메인 컨트롤러 역할을\n" " 하지 않을 경우 <b>DC 아님</b>을 선택하십시오.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131 +#. Samba role dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131 msgid "" "<p><b>WINS</b> is a network protocol for mapping low-level\n" "network identification of a host (for example, IP address) to\n" @@ -1013,8 +1032,8 @@ " 있습니다. 후자의 경우 <b>원격 WINS 서버</b>를 선택한 다음\n" " WINS 서버의 IP 주소를 입력하십시오.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140 +#. Samba role dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p>Optionally, set a <b>Server NetBIOS Name</b>. The\n" "NetBIOS name is the name the server uses in the SMB network.</p>" @@ -1022,16 +1041,17 @@ "<p>선택적으로 <b>서버 NetBIOS 이름</b>을 설정할 수 있습니다. NetBIOS\n" "이름은 서버가 SMB 네트워크에서 사용하는 이름입니다.</p>" -#. Samba role dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 +#. Samba role dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.</p>\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " +"settings.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>고급 설정</b>에서는 자세한 구성,\n" "사용자 인증 원본 및 고급 전역 설정에 액세스할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Trusted Domains</big></b><br>\n" "NT-style trusted domains represent a possibility to assign\n" @@ -1045,7 +1065,7 @@ " Samba 서버가 액세스를 제공해야 할 도메인 \n" " 목록을 여기에서 생성할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<p>To add a new domain into the list, press <b>Add</b>.\n" "Enter the name of the domain to trust\n" @@ -1061,7 +1081,7 @@ " 트러스트 관계가 형성됩니다. 도메인을 삭제하려면\n" " 목록에서 선택하고 <b>삭제</b>를 누르십시오.</p>\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "<p>For more details about how trusted domains work,\n" "see the Samba HOWTO collection.</p>\n" @@ -1069,8 +1089,8 @@ "<p>트러스트된 도메인의 작동 방식에 대한 자세한 내용은\n" "Samba HOWTO collection을 참조하십시오.</p>\n" -#. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166 +#. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Edit a Share</big></b><br>\n" "Here, fine-tune the options of a share.</p>\n" @@ -1078,8 +1098,8 @@ "<p><b><big>공유 편집</big></b><br>\n" "여기서는 공유의 옵션을 상세하게 설정할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. Single share editing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170 +#. Single share editing dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" "an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n" @@ -1087,8 +1107,8 @@ "<p>새 구성 옵션을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>, 기존 옵션을 수정하려면\n" " <b>편집</b>, 옵션을 삭제하려면 <b>삭제</b>를 사용하십시오.</p>\n" -#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 +#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Expert Global Settings Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Here, fine-tune the global options of the server.</p>\n" @@ -1096,17 +1116,19 @@ "<p><b><big>고급 전역 설정 구성</big></b><br>\n" "여기에서는 서버의 전역 옵션을 세밀하게 조정할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 +#. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" "already existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"새로운 설정 옵션을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 사용하시고, 이미 존재하는 옵션을\n" -"편집하려면 <b>편집</b>을 사용하십시오. 그리고 옵션을 삭제하려면 <b>삭제</b>를 사용하십시오</p>\n" +"새로운 설정 옵션을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 사용하시고, 이미 존재하는 옵션" +"을\n" +"편집하려면 <b>편집</b>을 사용하십시오. 그리고 옵션을 삭제하려면 <b>삭제</b>" +"를 사용하십시오</p>\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Samba Server Options</big></b><br>\n" "Here, set up details about use of LDAP by the Samba\n" @@ -1116,11 +1138,12 @@ "여기서는 Samba 서버의 LDAP 사용에 대한 내용을\n" " 상세하게 설정할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<p><b>Search Base DN</b> (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</b> is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</" +"b> is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "<b>Set LDAP Administration Password</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1131,13 +1154,16 @@ " 필요한 경우에는 <b>LDAP 관리자 비밀번호 설정</b>을\n" " 사용하여 비밀번호를 설정하십시오.</p>\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p><b>주의:</b> LDAP 관리 비밀번호가 설정되기 전에 설정이 저장됩니다.</p>\n" +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " +"is set.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>주의:</b> LDAP 관리 비밀번호가 설정되기 전에 설정이 저장됩니다.</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>User Authentication Information Backends</big></b><br>\n" "Choose where the Samba server should look for the authentication\n" @@ -1149,17 +1175,19 @@ "선택하십시오. Samba는 더 이상 여러 백 엔드를 동시에 지원하지 않습니다.\n" "하나만 허용됩니다.</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" +"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " +"one first\n" "by pressing <b>Delete</b> and add a new one with <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>사용자 인증 소스를 변경하려면 먼저\n" -"<b>삭제</b>를 눌러 현재 소스를 제거한 후 <b>추가</b>를 눌러 새 소스를 추가하십시오.</p>\n" +"<b>삭제</b>를 눌러 현재 소스를 제거한 후 <b>추가</b>를 눌러 새 소스를 추가하" +"십시오.</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<p><b>smbpasswd file</b> is the file using the same format as\n" "the previous versions of Samba. Its layout is similar to the\n" @@ -1171,8 +1199,8 @@ "passwd 파일의 레이아웃과 유사합니다. 이 형식의 파일을 여러 개\n" "사용할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218 msgid "" "<p><b>LDAP</b> is a URL of an LDAP server to check for\n" "the information.</p>\n" @@ -1180,8 +1208,8 @@ "<p><b>LDAP</b>는 정보를 검색할 LDAP 서버의\n" "URL입니다.</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<p><b>TDB database</b> uses an internal Samba database binary format\n" "to store and look up the information.</p>\n" @@ -1189,27 +1217,27 @@ "<p><b>TDB 데이터베이스</b>에서는 내부 Samba 데이터베이스 이진\n" "형식을 사용하여 정보를 저장하고 조회합니다.</p>\n" -#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore -#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */ -#. _("<p><b>MySQL database</b> uses an external MySQL database to -#. to store and look up the information.</p> -#. ") + -#. not in UI anymore -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 6/7 -#. _("<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify -#. an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option. -#. Use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to change the order -#. of the back-ends.</p> -#. "), -#. no such button there -#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 7/7 */ -#. _("<p>The <b>LDAP</b> button gives access to -#. details of an LDAP configuration and also allows -#. checking a connection to an LDAP server for the currently -#. selected LDAP back-end.</p> -#. "), -#. add new share dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248 +#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore +#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */ +#. _("<p><b>MySQL database</b> uses an external MySQL database to +#. to store and look up the information.</p> +#. ") + +#. not in UI anymore +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 6/7 +#. _("<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify +#. an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option. +#. Use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to change the order +#. of the back-ends.</p> +#. "), +#. no such button there +#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 7/7 */ +#. _("<p>The <b>LDAP</b> button gives access to +#. details of an LDAP configuration and also allows +#. checking a connection to an LDAP server for the currently +#. selected LDAP back-end.</p> +#. "), +#. add new share dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Add a New Share</big></b><br>\n" "Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.</p>\n" @@ -1217,8 +1245,8 @@ "<p><b><big>새로운 사용자 추가</big></b><br>\n" "여기에서는 추가할 공유에 대한 기본 정보를 입력합니다.</p>\n" -#. add new share dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 +#. add new share dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "<p><b>Share Name</b> is used for accessing\n" "the share from clients. <b>Share Description</b> describes the\n" @@ -1228,8 +1256,8 @@ "액세스하는 데 사용되며, <b>공유 설명</b>은 해당\n" "공유의 용도를 설명합니다.</p>" -#. add new share dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:258 +#. add new share dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:258 msgid "" "<p>There are two types of shares. A <b>Printer</b> share\n" "is presented as a printer to clients. A <b>Directory</b> share \n" @@ -1241,8 +1269,8 @@ "네트워크 디스크로 표시됩니다. 공유 디렉토리에 대해서는\n" "<b>공유 경로</b>를 반드시 입력해야 합니다.</p>\n" -#. add new share dialog help 4/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265 +#. add new share dialog help 4/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265 msgid "" "<p>If <b>Read-Only</b> is checked, users\n" "of a service may not create or modify files in the service's\n" @@ -1252,7 +1280,7 @@ "서비스 디렉토리에서 파일을 만들거나 수정할 수\n" " 없습니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270 msgid "" "<p><b>Inherit ACLS</b> can be used to ensure\n" "that if default ACLs exist on parent directories, they are always\n" @@ -1262,72 +1290,123 @@ "만들 때 이러한 ACL이 항상 상속되도록 하려면 <b>ACL 상속</b>을\n" " 사용할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. add new share dialog help -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>스냅샷 노출</b>이 선택된 경우 Samba는 CIFS/SMB 클라이언트에서 액세스 및 조작하기 위해 스냅퍼에 의해 생성된 스냅샷을 노출합니다. 이 옵션은 Samba에서 스냅퍼 지원을 제공하는 경우에만 사용할 수 있으며, 공유 경로는 Btrfs 백 엔드 스냅퍼 구성 하위 볼륨에 해당합니다.<br> 관련 권한도 부여해야 합니다. 자세한 내용은 Samba <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> 사용자 지정 페이지를 참조하십시오.</p>" +#. add new share dialog help +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 +msgid "" +"<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " +"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " +"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " +"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions " +"must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further " +"details.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>스냅샷 노출</b>이 선택된 경우 Samba는 CIFS/SMB 클라이언트에서 액세스 " +"및 조작하기 위해 스냅퍼에 의해 생성된 스냅샷을 노출합니다. 이 옵션은 Samba에" +"서 스냅퍼 지원을 제공하는 경우에만 사용할 수 있으며, 공유 경로는 Btrfs 백 엔" +"드 스냅퍼 구성 하위 볼륨에 해당합니다.<br> 관련 권한도 부여해야 합니다. 자세" +"한 내용은 Samba <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> 사용자 지정 페이지를 참조하십시오.</p>" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Btrfs 기능 활용</b>은 Btrfs 파일 시스템과 관련된 기능을 이용하도록 Samba에 지시합니다. 이 옵션은 Samba에서 Btrfs 지원을 제공하고 공유 경로가 Btrfs 하위 볼륨인 경우에만 사용할 수 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 Samba <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> 사용자 지정 페이지를 참조하십시오.</p>" +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of " +"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " +"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " +"Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Btrfs 기능 활용</b>은 Btrfs 파일 시스템과 관련된 기능을 이용하도록 " +"Samba에 지시합니다. 이 옵션은 Samba에서 Btrfs 지원을 제공하고 공유 경로가 " +"Btrfs 하위 볼륨인 경우에만 사용할 수 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 Samba " +"<b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> 사용자 지정 페이지를 참조하십시오.</p>" -#. help for LDAP Settings dialog -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 +#. help for LDAP Settings dialog +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the " +"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/" +"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " +"including full Administrator DN.\n" "</p>\n" -"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" +"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " +"objects.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>.<p>" +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To " +"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</" +"b>.<p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>LDAP 설정</big></b><br>\n" "여기서는 인증에 사용할 LDAP 서버를 결정합니다.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"<b>LDAP 비밀번호 백 엔드</b>를 설정하면 URL로 지정된 LDAP 트리에 사용자 정보를 저장할 수 있습니다. <b>LDAP Idmap 백 엔드</b>를 사용하는 경우 SID/uid/gid 매핑 테이블을 LDAP에 저장하십시오.\n" +"<b>LDAP 비밀번호 백 엔드</b>를 설정하면 URL로 지정된 LDAP 트리에 사용자 정보" +"를 저장할 수 있습니다. <b>LDAP Idmap 백 엔드</b>를 사용하는 경우 SID/uid/gid " +"매핑 테이블을 LDAP에 저장하십시오.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"[인증] 섹션에서 전체 관리자 DN을 포함하여 LDAP 서버에 대한 자격 증명을 설정하십시오.\n" +"[인증] 섹션에서 전체 관리자 DN을 포함하여 LDAP 서버에 대한 자격 증명을 설정하" +"십시오.\n" "</p>\n" "<b>검색 기준 DN</b>은 Samba 특정 LDAP 객체에 추가되는 LDAP 접미사입니다.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"LDAP 서버에 대한 연결을 테스트하려면 <b>연결 테스트</b>를 클릭하십시오. 고급 LDAP 설정을 지정하거나 기본값을 사용하려면 <b>고급 설정</b>을 클릭하십시오.<p>" +"LDAP 서버에 대한 연결을 테스트하려면 <b>연결 테스트</b>를 클릭하십시오. 고급 " +"LDAP 설정을 지정하거나 기본값을 사용하려면 <b>고급 설정</b>을 클릭하십시오." +"<p>" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, <b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>사용자 접미사</b>는 사용자가 LDAP 트리에 추가되는 위치를 지정합니다. 이 값은 <b>검색 기준 DN</b> 값의 앞에 추가됩니다. 마찬가지로, <b>그룹 접미사</b>는 그룹의 위치, 컴퓨터의 <b>컴퓨터 접미사</b> 및 Idmap 설정의 <b>Idmap 접미사</b>를 지정합니다.</p>" +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 +msgid "" +"<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " +"value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, " +"<b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> " +"for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>사용자 접미사</b>는 사용자가 LDAP 트리에 추가되는 위치를 지정합니다. " +"이 값은 <b>검색 기준 DN</b> 값의 앞에 추가됩니다. 마찬가지로, <b>그룹 접미사" +"</b>는 그룹의 위치, 컴퓨터의 <b>컴퓨터 접미사</b> 및 Idmap 설정의 <b>Idmap 접" +"미사</b>를 지정합니다.</p>" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n" -"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</p>" +"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " +"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</" +"p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>복제 중지</b>는 LDAP 복제본에 반영될 수 있도록 Samba에서 LDAP 서버에 쓴 후 기다릴 시간(밀리초)입니다.</p>\n" +"<p><b>복제 중지</b>는 LDAP 복제본에 반영될 수 있도록 Samba에서 LDAP 서버에 " +"쓴 후 기다릴 시간(밀리초)입니다.</p>\n" "<p><b>제한 시간</b>은 LDAP 작업의 제한 시간(초)을 지정합니다.</p>" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>SSL 또는 TLS 사용</b>을 통해 LDAP 연결에 SSL을 사용할지 여부를 정의하십시오.</p>" +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 +msgid "" +"<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>." +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>SSL 또는 TLS 사용</b>을 통해 LDAP 연결에 SSL을 사용할지 여부를 정의하십" +"시오.</p>" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n" -"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details.</p>" +"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " +"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n" +"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the " +"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " +"page for details.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>DN 삭제</b>는 삭제 작업에서 전체 LDAP 항목을 삭제할지 또는 Samba 특정 특성만 삭제할지 지정합니다.</p>\n" -"<p><b>비밀번호 동기화</b>를 사용하여 NT 및 LM 해시로 LDAP 비밀번호의 가능한 동기화를 정의하십시오. 자세한 내용은 <tt>smb.conf</tt> 매뉴얼 페이지를 참조하십시오.</p>" +"<p><b>DN 삭제</b>는 삭제 작업에서 전체 LDAP 항목을 삭제할지 또는 Samba 특정 " +"특성만 삭제할지 지정합니다.</p>\n" +"<p><b>비밀번호 동기화</b>를 사용하여 NT 및 LM 해시로 LDAP 비밀번호의 가능한 " +"동기화를 정의하십시오. 자세한 내용은 <tt>smb.conf</tt> 매뉴얼 페이지를 참조하" +"십시오.</p>" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 msgid "" "If you change the NetBIOS Hostname, Samba creates a\n" "service identifier (SID) for your server with the first client\n" @@ -1339,8 +1418,8 @@ " 생성합니다. 새 SID는 이전 것과 다르기 때문에 클라이언트는\n" " 더 이상 도메인 구성원으로 인증되지 않습니다.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329 msgid "" "Consider that /tmp and /var/tmp are publicly accessible\n" "directories and a scheduled clean job might remove files after a\n" @@ -1352,8 +1431,8 @@ " 유의하십시오. /etc/sysconfig/cron의 MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP 및 TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR를\n" " 참조하십시오.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:336 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:336 msgid "" "Exporting /var might lead to security problems. The\n" "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" @@ -1361,8 +1440,8 @@ "/var를 엑스포트하면 보안 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다. 이\n" "디렉토리에는 다량의 시스템 기밀 정보가 들어 있습니다.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340 msgid "" "Exporting /etc might lead to security problems. The\n" "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" @@ -1370,8 +1449,8 @@ "/etc를 엑스포트하면 보안 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다. 이\n" "디렉토리에는 다량의 시스템 기밀 정보가 들어 있습니다.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Exporting / might lead to security problems because it makes your\n" "entire file system browsable from Samba clients.\n" @@ -1379,46 +1458,47 @@ "/를 엑스포트하면 Samba 클라이언트에서 파일 시스템 전체를\n" "볼 수 있으므로 보안 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다.\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " +"and\n" "expert global settings.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>고급 설정</b>에서는 LDAP 설정, 사용자 \n" "인증 원본 및 고급 전역 설정과 같은 세부 사항을\n" " 구성할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67 +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67 msgid "TLS" msgstr "TLS" -#. translators: combo box value (updata password? Yes/No/Only = Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:82 +#. translators: combo box value (updata password? Yes/No/Only = Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:82 msgid "Only" msgstr "조건 수행" -#. translators: popup warning message about empty text entry -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:166 +#. translators: popup warning message about empty text entry +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:166 msgid "Enter the server URL." msgstr "서버 URL을 입력하십시오." -#. translators: inform text -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:181 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:289 +#. translators: inform text +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:181 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:289 msgid "Passwords do not match." msgstr "비밀번호가 일치하지 않습니다." -#. translators: inform text -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:300 +#. translators: inform text +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:300 msgid "Passwords match." msgstr "비밀번호가 일치합니다." -#. Propose default values -#. translators: popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:351 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:369 +#. Propose default values +#. translators: popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:351 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:369 msgid "" "All current LDAP-related values will be rewritten.\n" "Continue?\n" @@ -1426,182 +1506,182 @@ "LDAP와 관련된 현재의 모든 값이 재작성됩니다.\n" "계속하시겠습니까?\n" -#. translators: popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:364 +#. translators: popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:364 msgid "Connection successful." msgstr "성공적으로 연결되었습니다." -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:432 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:432 msgid "&Search Base DN" msgstr "검색 기준 DN(&H)" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:435 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:435 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "인증" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:438 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:438 msgid "&Administration DN" msgstr "관리 DN(&A)" -#. TODO: if Mode::config() => no ask for pssword -#. translators: password enrty label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:447 +#. TODO: if Mode::config() => no ask for pssword +#. translators: password enrty label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:447 msgid "Administration &Password" msgstr "관리 비밀번호(&P)" -#. translators: reenter password entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:453 +#. translators: reenter password entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:453 msgid "Administration Password (A&gain)" msgstr "관리 비밀번호(다시 입력)(&G)" -#. translators: frame title (passdb == password database) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:464 +#. translators: frame title (passdb == password database) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:464 msgid "Passdb Back-End" msgstr "Passdb 백 엔드" -#. translators: check box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:471 +#. translators: check box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:471 msgid "Use LDAP Password &Back-End" msgstr "LDAP 비밀번호 백 엔드 사용(&B)" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:475 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:475 msgid "LDAP Server &URL" msgstr "LDAP 서버 URL(&E)" -#. translators: frame title (idmap = user id mapping) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:483 +#. translators: frame title (idmap = user id mapping) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:483 msgid "Idmap Back-End" msgstr "Idmap 백 엔드" -#. translators: check box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:490 +#. translators: check box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:490 msgid "Use LDAP &Idmap Back-End" msgstr "LDAP Idmap 백 엔드 사용(&I)" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:494 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:494 msgid "LDAP Server U&RL" msgstr "LDAP 서버 URL(&R)" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:517 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:517 msgid "&Test Connection" msgstr "연결 테스트(&T)" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:520 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:520 msgid "Advanced &Settings..." msgstr "고급 설정(&S)..." -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:522 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:820 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:522 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:820 msgid "Expert LDAP Settings" msgstr "고급 LDAP 설정" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:523 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:523 msgid "Default Values" msgstr "기본값" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:587 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:587 msgid "Suffixes" msgstr "접미사" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:590 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:590 msgid "&User Suffix" msgstr "사용자 접미사(&U)" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:592 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:592 msgid "&Group Suffix" msgstr "그룹 접미사(&G)" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:594 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:594 msgid "&Machine Suffix" msgstr "컴퓨터 접미사(&M)" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:596 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:596 msgid "&Idmap Suffix" msgstr "Idmap 접미사(&I)" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:641 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:641 msgid "Time-Outs" msgstr "시간 초과" -#. translators: integer field label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:647 +#. translators: integer field label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:647 msgid "&Replication Sleep" msgstr "복제 중지(&R)" -#. translators: integer field label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:654 +#. translators: integer field label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:654 msgid "&Time-Out" msgstr "시간 초과(&T)" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:693 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:693 msgid "Security" msgstr "보안" -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:699 +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:699 msgid "&Use SSL or TLS" msgstr "SSL 또는 TLS 사용(&U)" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:747 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:747 msgid "Other Settings" msgstr "기타 설정" -#. No such option, bug 169194 -#. translators: text entry label -#. `Left(`TextEntry(`id("ldap filter"), _("Search &Filter"))), -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:757 +#. No such option, bug 169194 +#. translators: text entry label +#. `Left(`TextEntry(`id("ldap filter"), _("Search &Filter"))), +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:757 msgid "&Delete DN" msgstr "DN 삭제(&D)" -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:767 +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:767 msgid "&Synchronize Passwords" msgstr "암호 동기화(&S)" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:167 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:167 msgid "Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Samba 서버 설정" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:169 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:169 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화하고 있습니다..." -#. translators: in error message, followed by server error -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:261 +#. translators: in error message, followed by server error +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:261 msgid "Additional Information:" msgstr "추가 정보:" -#. translators: unknown error message -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:265 +#. translators: unknown error message +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:265 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps yast2-ldap is not available." msgstr "알 수 없는 오류입니다. yast2-ldap를 사용할 수 없는 것 같습니다." -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Unknown Class:" msgstr "알 수 없는 클래스:" -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported." msgstr "dcObject(dc) 및 organizationalUnit(ou) 클래스만 지원됩니다." -#. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 +#. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 #, perl-format msgid "" "It seems that there is no functional\n" @@ -1610,204 +1690,204 @@ "%s에는 작동되는 LDAP 서버가\n" "없는 것 같습니다.\n" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:50 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:50 msgid "File and Printer Sharing" msgstr "파일과 프린터 공유 중" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:52 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:52 msgid "Backup Domain Controller" msgstr "백업 도메인 컨트롤러" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:54 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:54 msgid "Primary Domain Controller" msgstr "프라이머리 도메인 컨트롤러" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:56 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:56 msgid "Domain Member Server" msgstr "도메인 구성원 서버" -#. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138 +#. Samba-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138 msgid "Initializing Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Samba 서버 설정 초기화 중" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143 msgid "Read global Samba settings" msgstr "전체적인 삼바 설정 읽기" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145 msgid "Read Samba secrets" msgstr "삼바 기밀 정보 읽기" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147 msgid "Read Samba service settings" msgstr "삼바 서비스 설정 읽기" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149 msgid "Read Samba accounts" msgstr "삼바 계정 읽기" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151 msgid "Read the back-end settings" msgstr "백 엔드 설정 읽기" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정 읽기" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155 msgid "Read Samba service role settings" msgstr "Samba 서비스 역할 설정 읽기" -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158 msgid "Reading global Samba settings..." msgstr "전체적인 삼바 설정을 읽는 중..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160 msgid "Reading Samba secrets..." msgstr "삼바 기밀 정보 읽는 중..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162 msgid "Reading Samba service settings..." msgstr "삼바 서비스 설정 읽는 중..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164 msgid "Reading Samba accounts..." msgstr "삼바 계정 읽는 중..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166 msgid "Reading the back-end settings..." msgstr "백 엔드 설정 읽는 중..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "방화벽 설정 읽는 중..." -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170 msgid "Reading Samba service role settings..." msgstr "Samba 서비스 역할 설정을 읽는 중..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료" -#. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255 +#. Samba-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255 msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Samba 서버의 설정 저장 중" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "전역 설정 쓰기" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "삼바 서비스 비활성화" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "삼바 서비스 활성화" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266 msgid "Write back-end settings" msgstr "백 엔드 설정 쓰기" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268 msgid "Write Samba accounts" msgstr "삼바 계정 쓰기" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270 msgid "Save firewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정 저장" -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "전역 설정 쓰는 중..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "삼바 서비스를 비활성화하는 중..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "삼바 서비스를 활성화하는 중..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279 msgid "Writing back-end settings..." msgstr "백 엔드 설정 쓰는 중..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281 msgid "Writing Samba accounts..." msgstr "삼바 계정 쓰는 중..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283 msgid "Saving firewall settings..." msgstr "방화벽 설정 저장 중..." -#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309 +#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf." msgstr "/etc/samba/smb.conf에 설정을 쓸 수 없습니다." -#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406 +#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406 msgid "Global Configuration:" msgstr "전역 구성:" -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408 #, perl-format msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %s" msgstr "작업 그룹 또는 도메인: %s" -#. summary item: selected role for the samba server -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412 +#. summary item: selected role for the samba server +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412 #, perl-format msgid "Role: %s" msgstr "역할: %s" -#. summary item: status of the samba service -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415 +#. summary item: status of the samba service +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415 msgid "Samba server is disabled" msgstr "Samba 서버가 비활성화되었습니다." -#. summary heading: configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419 +#. summary heading: configured shares +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419 msgid "Share Configuration:" msgstr "공유 구성:" -#. summary item: no configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425 +#. summary item: no configured shares +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425 msgid "None" msgstr "없음" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/samba-users.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/samba-users.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/samba-users.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,68 +14,81 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. helptext -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 msgid "<p>Here, edit the setting of the user's samba account.</p>" msgstr "<p>여기에서는 사용자의 Samba 계정 설정을 편집할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 msgid "<p>If do not enter custom values for " msgstr "<p><b>\"홈 드라이브\"</b>, <b>\"홈 경로\"</b>, " -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 -msgid "<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b>, and <b>Logon Script</b> " -msgstr "<b>홈 드라이브</b>, <b>홈 경로</b>, <b>프로파일 경로</b> 및 <b>로그온 스크립트</b>" +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 +msgid "" +"<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b>, and <b>Logon " +"Script</b> " +msgstr "" +"<b>홈 드라이브</b>, <b>홈 경로</b>, <b>프로파일 경로</b> 및 <b>로그온 스크립" +"트</b>" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 -msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used.</p>" +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 +msgid "" +"the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." +"</p>" msgstr "로컬 Samba 구성에 정의되어 있는 기본값이 사용됩니다.</p>" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 msgid "Home Drive" msgstr "홈 드라이브" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:107 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:128 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:149 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:173 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:107 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:128 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:149 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:173 msgid "Use Default Values" msgstr "기본값 사용" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:117 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:117 msgid "Home Path" msgstr "홈 경로" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:138 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:138 msgid "Profile Path" msgstr "프로파일 경로" -#. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162 +#. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162 msgid "Logon Script" msgstr "로그온 스크립트" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185 msgid "Samba Account Disabled" msgstr "Samba 계정이 비활성화됨" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:187 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:187 msgid "No Password Expiration" msgstr "비밀번호 만료 기간 없음" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:199 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:112 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:199 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:112 msgid "Edit Samba Attributes" msgstr "Samba 특성 편집" -#. help text -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 +#. help text +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 msgid "" -"<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" -"The only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> attribute,\n" -"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" -"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name</b>\n" -"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" +"<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " +"Samba.\n" +"The only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> " +"attribute,\n" +"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All " +"other\n" +"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name</" +"b>\n" +"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group " +"will\n" "be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>이 플러그를 사용하여 Samba에 LDAP 그룹을 사용하도록 할 수 있습니다.\n" @@ -85,33 +98,34 @@ "비워 두면 이 그룹의 전역 설정에 구성된 이름이\n" "사용됩니다.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 msgid "Samba Group Name" msgstr "Samba 그룹 이름" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:85 src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:85 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:85 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:85 msgid "Samba Attributes" msgstr "Samba 특성" -#. summary -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:95 +#. summary +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:95 msgid "Manage samba account parameters" msgstr "Samba 계정 매개 변수 관리" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:203 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:203 msgid "Could not update objectClass attribute." msgstr "objectclass 특성을 업데이트할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252 msgid "Could not initialize Samba SID. Disabling plug-in." msgstr "Samba SID를 초기화할 수 없습니다. 플러그인을 비활성화합니다." -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294 msgid "Change the password to create the Samba account" msgstr "Samba 계정을 만들기 위해 비밀번호 변경" -#. summary -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95 +#. summary +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95 msgid "Manage Samba attribute of LDAP groups" msgstr "LDAP 그룹의 Samba 속성 관리" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/scanner.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/scanner.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/scanner.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: scanner\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,219 +14,219 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Text for the command_line_description: -#. (the same as the caption of the matching help text) -#. Whole configuration of scanner but without reading and writing. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/clients/scanner.rb:51 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:114 +#. Text for the command_line_description: +#. (the same as the caption of the matching help text) +#. Whole configuration of scanner but without reading and writing. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/clients/scanner.rb:51 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:114 msgid "Scanner Configuration" msgstr "스캐너 구성" -#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:116 +#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "Driver" msgstr "드라이버" -#. Header for a column of the overview table -#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:119 +#. Header for a column of the overview table +#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "스캐너" -#. Label of a button to restart autodetection of scanners: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:125 +#. Label of a button to restart autodetection of scanners: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "&Restart Detection" msgstr "검색 재시작(&R)" -#. Label of a button to test a scanner: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:130 +#. Label of a button to test a scanner: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:130 msgid "&Test" msgstr "테스트(&T)" -#. Label of a button to run hp-setup. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:136 +#. Label of a button to run hp-setup. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Run &hp-setup" msgstr "hp-setup 실행(&H)" -#. Label of a button to go to the network scanning dialog. -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" -#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" -#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services): -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:145 +#. Label of a button to go to the network scanning dialog. +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" +#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" +#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services): +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Scanning via &Network..." msgstr "네트워크를 통한 스캔(&N)..." -#. edit -#. delete -#. Test if the active backend is the 'net' meta-backend: -#. test -#. select a scanner -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:209 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:334 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:456 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:532 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:753 +#. edit +#. delete +#. Test if the active backend is the 'net' meta-backend: +#. test +#. select a scanner +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:209 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:334 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:532 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "아무 것도 선택하지 않았습니다." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no model was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:211 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:336 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:458 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:755 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no model was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:211 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:336 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:458 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "항목을 선택하십시오." -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:300 +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "Edit Not Possible" msgstr "편집은 불가능합니다." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button: -#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: -#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button: +#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: +#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." msgstr "일치하는 스캐너가 없으면 드라이버의 삭제만 가능합니다." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:305 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:374 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:513 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:305 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:513 msgid "It is only possible to add a scanner." msgstr "스캐너 추가만 가능합니다." -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:355 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:369 +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:355 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Delete Not Possible" msgstr "삭제는 불가능합니다." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button: -#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: -#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:360 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:482 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button: +#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: +#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:360 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "It is only possible to edit a detected scanner." msgstr "검색된 스캐너만 편집할 수 있습니다." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:426 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Deactivate %1?" msgstr "%1을(를) 비활성화하시겠습니까?" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver (backend) name. -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver (backend) name. +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261 msgid "Failed to deactivate %1." msgstr "%1 비활성화에 실패했습니다." -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:477 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:492 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:508 +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:477 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Test Not Possible" msgstr "테스트는 불가능합니다." -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::TestBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:542 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::TestBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "Failed to test %1." msgstr "%1 테스트에 실패했습니다." -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::RunHpsetup -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:582 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::RunHpsetup +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:582 msgid "Failed to run hp-setup." msgstr "hp-setup을 실행하지 못했습니다." -#. Select model dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:605 +#. Select model dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "Scanner Model and Driver Selection" msgstr "스캐너 모델 및 드라이버 선택" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field to enter a search string: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:662 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field to enter a search string: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:662 msgid "S&earch String" msgstr "문자열 검색(&E)" -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:675 +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "&Search" msgstr "검색(&S)" -#. Label of a PushButton to show all entries of a list: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:680 +#. Label of a PushButton to show all entries of a list: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:680 msgid "Show Complete &List" msgstr "전체 목록 표시(&L)" -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:688 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:724 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:688 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "Scanner &Models" msgstr "스캐너 모델(&M)" -#. Header of a SelectionBox with the complete list of models: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:740 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with the complete list of models: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:740 msgid "All Scanner &Models" msgstr "모든 스캐너 모델(&M)" -#. Compare how the ModelItems function builds the matching status_strings by using the same logic: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:773 +#. Compare how the ModelItems function builds the matching status_strings by using the same logic: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:773 msgid "Unsupported Model" msgstr "지원되지 않는 모델" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an unsupported model was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:775 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an unsupported model was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "This model is not supported.\n" "Ask the manufacturer for a Linux driver." @@ -234,16 +234,16 @@ "이 모델은 지원되지 않습니다.\n" "제조업체에 연락하여 Linux 드라이버에 대해 문의하십시오." -#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:784 +#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:784 msgid "Model Not Supported by the Driver %1" msgstr "%1 드라이버에 의해 지원되지 않는 모델" -#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected -#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:789 +#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected +#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "" "Check if another driver supports it,\n" "select a compatible model,\n" @@ -253,41 +253,46 @@ "호환 모델을 선택하거나, 제조업체에 연락하여\n" " Linux 드라이버에 대해 문의하십시오." -#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:832 +#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Unsupported Driver" msgstr "지원되지 않는 드라이버" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the epkowa driver was selected -#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). -#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 -msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." -msgstr "epkowa 드라이버는 i386 호환 아키텍처(32비트 i386 및 64비트 x86_64)에만 사용할 수 있습니다." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the epkowa driver was selected +#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). +#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "" +"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-" +"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." +msgstr "" +"epkowa 드라이버는 i386 호환 아키텍처(32비트 i386 및 64비트 x86_64)에만 사용" +"할 수 있습니다." -#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 +#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 msgid "Possibly Problematic Driver" msgstr "문제를 일으킬 수 있는 드라이버" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64. -#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64. +#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit x86_64 architecture." -msgstr "epkowa 드라이버는 64비트 x86_64 아키텍처에서 문제를 발생시킬 수도 있습니다." +msgstr "" +"epkowa 드라이버는 64비트 x86_64 아키텍처에서 문제를 발생시킬 수도 있습니다." -#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 +#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Outdated Driver" msgstr "오래된 드라이버" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected. -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:870 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected. +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "" "The hpoj driver should work but it is no longer maintained.\n" "Try to use the up-to-date driver hpaio." @@ -295,70 +300,70 @@ "hpoj 드라이버가 작동해야 하지만, 더 이상 유지관리되지 않습니다.\n" "최신 드라이버 hpaio를 사용해 보십시오." -#. Configure backend dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:892 +#. Configure backend dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Scanner and Driver Setup" msgstr "스캐너 및 드라이버 설정" -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::ActivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:940 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::ActivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:940 msgid "Failed to activate %1." msgstr "%1 활성화에 실패했습니다." -#. Caption of the ConfigureNetworkScanningDialog: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1005 +#. Caption of the ConfigureNetworkScanningDialog: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1005 msgid "Set Up Scanning via Network" msgstr "네트워크를 통한 스캔 설정" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1008 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Permitted &Clients for saned" msgstr "saned에 대해 허가된 클라이언트(&C)" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1012 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1012 msgid "&Servers Used for the net Metadriver" msgstr "net 메타드라이버에 사용할 서버(&S)" -#. All contenst of the scanning via network dialog: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1023 +#. All contenst of the scanning via network dialog: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1023 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "서버 설정" -#. Label of a Frame for the server settings for scanning via network. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1032 +#. Label of a Frame for the server settings for scanning via network. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1032 msgid "Client Settings" msgstr "클라이언트 설정" -#. Label of a Frame for the client settings for scanning via network. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1041 +#. Label of a Frame for the client settings for scanning via network. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Predefined Configurations" msgstr "사전 정의된 구성" -#. Label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. -#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" -#. because this term is used also in the help text -#. and in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1050 +#. Label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. +#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" +#. because this term is used also in the help text +#. and in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Local Host Configuration" msgstr "로컬 호스트 구성(&L)" -#. Label of a PushButton to disable scanning via network. -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" -#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" -#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1061 +#. Label of a PushButton to disable scanning via network. +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" +#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" +#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1061 msgid "&Disable Scanning via Network" msgstr "네트워크를 통한 스캔 비활성화(&D)" -#. Read dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -370,8 +375,8 @@ " 잠시 기다려 주십시오...\n" " </p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Saving Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -383,41 +388,45 @@ " 잠시 기다려 주십시오...\n" " </p>" -#. Overview dialog help 1/8: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:52 +#. Overview dialog help 1/8: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active " +"scanners.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>스캐너 구성</big></b><br>\n" -" 스캐너 구성을 설정 또는 변경하고 이미 활성화된 스캐너를 표시할 수 있습니다.\n" +" 스캐너 구성을 설정 또는 변경하고 이미 활성화된 스캐너를 표시할 수 있습니" +"다.\n" " </p>" -#. Overview dialog help 2/8: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:59 +#. Overview dialog help 2/8: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" "detected scanners and press <b>Edit</b>.\n" -"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual configuration.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual " +"configuration.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "새 스캐너를 설정하려면 검색된 스캐너 목록에서 스캐너를 선택하고\n" " <b>편집</b>을 누르십시오.\n" -" 원하는 스캐너가 검색되지 않았으면 <b>추가</b>를 사용하여 수동으로 구성하십시오.\n" +" 원하는 스캐너가 검색되지 않았으면 <b>추가</b>를 사용하여 수동으로 구성하십시" +"오.\n" " </p>" -#. Overview dialog help 3/8: -#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "OfficeJet", it is a model name. -#. Do not change or translate "PSC", it is a model (Printer Scanner Copier) name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#. Do not change or translate "lsusb", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:72 +#. Overview dialog help 3/8: +#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "OfficeJet", it is a model name. +#. Do not change or translate "PSC", it is a model (Printer Scanner Copier) name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#. Do not change or translate "lsusb", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p>\n" "A normal USB scanner should be detected automatically.\n" @@ -434,7 +443,8 @@ "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " +"scanner.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -448,23 +458,25 @@ "없으므로 스캐너를 다른 USB 장치와 구분할 수 있는 일반적인 방법은 없습니다.\n" "<b>추가</b>를 계속하십시오.\n" "HP all-in-one 장치의 경우 이 도구로 스캐너 장치를\n" -"구성하기 전에 <b>기타</b> 및 <b>hp-setup 실행</b>을 통해 <tt>hp-setup</tt>을\n" +"구성하기 전에 <b>기타</b> 및 <b>hp-setup 실행</b>을 통해 <tt>hp-setup</tt>" +"을\n" "실행해야 할 수도 있습니다.\n" "스캐너를 구성하는 데 문제가 있는 경우\n" "<tt>lsusb</tt> 출력에 표시되는지 여부를 확인하십시오.\n" "나열되지 않는 경우 USB 시스템이 스캐너와 통신할 수 없습니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 4/8: -#. Do not change or translate "lsscsi", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:93 +#. Overview dialog help 4/8: +#. Do not change or translate "lsscsi", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<p>\n" "SCSI scanners are normally detected.\n" "If difficulties arise proceeding with <b>Add</b>,\n" "check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been " +"loaded.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -475,9 +487,9 @@ " SCSI 호스트 어댑터에 대한 적절한 커널 모듈이 로드되었는지 확인하십시오.\n" " </p>" -#. Overview dialog help 5/8: -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:104 +#. Overview dialog help 5/8: +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Parallel port scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" @@ -485,7 +497,8 @@ "Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</" +"b>\n" "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -496,17 +509,18 @@ "병렬 포트에 연결된 HP all-in-one 장치에서\n" "스캐너 장치를 설정하려면\n" "<b>추가</b>를 사용하여 이 도구로 스캐너 장치를 구성하기 전에\n" -"<b>기타</b> 및 <b>hp-setup 실행</b>을 통해 <tt>hp-setup</tt>을 설정해야 할 수도 있습니다.\n" +"<b>기타</b> 및 <b>hp-setup 실행</b>을 통해 <tt>hp-setup</tt>을 설정해야 할 수" +"도 있습니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 6/8: -#. Do not confuse a "network scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is directly accessible in the network) -#. with a "network scanner" (i.e. a program which scans the network for other hosts or services) -#. or with a "remote scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is connected to another host in the network). -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:122 +#. Overview dialog help 6/8: +#. Do not confuse a "network scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is directly accessible in the network) +#. with a "network scanner" (i.e. a program which scans the network for other hosts or services) +#. or with a "remote scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is connected to another host in the network). +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Network scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" @@ -518,38 +532,43 @@ "connected to another host in the network.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n" -"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</" +"b>\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</" +"b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "HP all-in-one 장치를 제외하고 이 도구로 네트워크 스캐너를\n" "구성할 수 없습니다.\n" "네트워크 스캐너는 수동으로 구성해야 합니다.\n" -"네트워크 스캐너는 네트워크에서 직접 액세스할 수 있도록 네트워크 인터페이스가 있는 스캐너입니다.\n" +"네트워크 스캐너는 네트워크에서 직접 액세스할 수 있도록 네트워크 인터페이스가 " +"있는 스캐너입니다.\n" "반면, 네트워크를 통한 스캔은 네트워크의 다른 호스트에 연결된\n" "원격 스캐너에 액세스하는 것을 의미합니다.\n" "기본 제공 네트워크 인터페이스를 통해 연결된\n" "HP all-in-one 장치에서 스캐너 장치를 설정하려면\n" "<b>추가</b>를 사용하여 이 도구로 스캐너 장치를 구성하기 전에\n" -"<b>기타</b> 및 <b>hp-setup 실행</b>을 통해 <tt>hp-setup</tt>을 설정해야 할 수도 있습니다.\n" +"<b>기타</b> 및 <b>hp-setup 실행</b>을 통해 <tt>hp-setup</tt>을 설정해야 할 수" +"도 있습니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 7/8: -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#. It is not possible to modify or remove an active scanner directly. -#. It is only possible to modify or remove a driver and this way -#. all scanners which are associated with this driver are modified or removed. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:144 +#. Overview dialog help 7/8: +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#. It is not possible to modify or remove an active scanner directly. +#. It is only possible to modify or remove a driver and this way +#. all scanners which are associated with this driver are modified or removed. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The table lists the configured drivers with their associated scanners.\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to select model and driver and enable it.\n" "Press <b>Edit</b> to select and enable a driver.\n" "Press <b>Delete</b> to disable the driver.\n" -"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" +"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled " +"drivers,\n" "set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -558,26 +577,28 @@ "모델과 드라이버를 선택하고 활성화하려면 <b>추가</b>를 누르십시오.\n" "드라이버를 선택하고 활성화하려면 <b>편집</b>을 누르십시오.\n" "드라이버를 비활성화하려면 <b>삭제</b>를 누르십시오.\n" -"<b>기타</b>를 누르면 검색을 다시 시작하거나, 활성화된 드라이버를 테스트하거나,\n" +"<b>기타</b>를 누르면 검색을 다시 시작하거나, 활성화된 드라이버를 테스트하거" +"나,\n" "HP all-in-one 장치를 설정하거나, 네트워크를 통한 검색을 설정할 수 있습니다.\n" " </p>" -#. Overview dialog help 8/8: -#. The most often problem which is reported by users regarding scanner setup is -#. when a driver was set up but then no scanner was recognized by this driver. -#. If the driver is the right one for the scanner, then in very most cases -#. the reason is a low-level (kernel related) device communication problem -#. (i.e. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem). -#. Those problems cannot be fixed from within the YaST scanner setup module -#. but at least the user must be informed. -#. Be careful when you change or translate "No scanner recognized by this driver" -#. because exactly this text is shown here to the user in this case. -#. In particular keep the meaning of "recognize" because the driver actually runs -#. but the running driver fails to recognize the scanner. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 +#. Overview dialog help 8/8: +#. The most often problem which is reported by users regarding scanner setup is +#. when a driver was set up but then no scanner was recognized by this driver. +#. If the driver is the right one for the scanner, then in very most cases +#. the reason is a low-level (kernel related) device communication problem +#. (i.e. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem). +#. Those problems cannot be fixed from within the YaST scanner setup module +#. but at least the user must be informed. +#. Be careful when you change or translate "No scanner recognized by this driver" +#. because exactly this text is shown here to the user in this case. +#. In particular keep the meaning of "recognize" because the driver actually runs +#. but the running driver fails to recognize the scanner. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible " +"reasons are:\n" "The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" "the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" "(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" @@ -587,7 +608,8 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"드라이버가 설정되었지만 드라이버가 스캐너를 인식하지 못하는 경우 가능한 이유는 다음과 같습니다.\n" +"드라이버가 설정되었지만 드라이버가 스캐너를 인식하지 못하는 경우 가능한 이유" +"는 다음과 같습니다.\n" "스캐너가 연결되어 있지 않거나 전원이 켜져 있습니다.\n" "드라이버가 특정 모델에 적합한 드라이버가 아닙니다\n" "(모델 이름의 사소한 차이 또는 동일한 모델의 내부 차이로도\n" @@ -596,68 +618,84 @@ "(예: 낮은 수준의 USB 문제 또는 낮은 수준의 SCSI 문제).\n" "</p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 1/5: -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:180 +#. SelectModel dialog help 1/5: +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner Model Selection</big></b><br>\n" "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" -"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing " +"<b>Next</b>.\n" "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>스캐너 모델 선택</big></b><br>\n" -" 지원되는 것과 지원되지 않는 것을 포함하여 모든 알려진 스캐너 모델이 여기 열거됩니다.\n" -" 모델을 선택하고 <b>다음</b>을 누르기에 앞서 모든 정보를 신중하게 읽어보십시오.\n" +" 지원되는 것과 지원되지 않는 것을 포함하여 모든 알려진 스캐너 모델이 여기 열" +"거됩니다.\n" +" 모델을 선택하고 <b>다음</b>을 누르기에 앞서 모든 정보를 신중하게 읽어보십시" +"오.\n" " 여기서 제공하는 정보는 <tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>에\n" " 있는 SANE 프로젝트의 데이터를 기반으로 합니다.\n" " </p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 2/5: -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "sane-backends", it is a package name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 +#. SelectModel dialog help 2/5: +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "sane-backends", it is a package name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" -"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" -"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete.<br>\n" -"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " +"available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-" +"backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete." +"<br>\n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver " +"does not work.\n" "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" -"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" -"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver " +"internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained " +"driver.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "사용 가능한 스캐너 드라이버가 하나 이상 있는 경우 모델이 지원됩니다.\n" -"대부분의 스캐너 드라이버는 SANE 프로젝트에서 가져오며 sane-backends 패키지에 제공됩니다.\n" +"대부분의 스캐너 드라이버는 SANE 프로젝트에서 가져오며 sane-backends 패키지에 " +"제공됩니다.\n" "특정 모델에 대한 지원 상태는 최소에서 완료까지 다양합니다.<br>\n" -"드라이버가 '유지 관리되지 않음'으로 표시되는 경우 드라이버가 작동하지 않는 것은 아닙니다.\n" +"드라이버가 '유지 관리되지 않음'으로 표시되는 경우 드라이버가 작동하지 않는 것" +"은 아닙니다.\n" "유지 관리되지 않은 드라이버도 제대로 작동할 수 있습니다.\n" "그러나 드라이버 내부 요소에 대해 알고 있는 사람이 없으므로\n" -"유지 관리되지 않은 드라이버와 관련된 문제가 있을 경우 대체로 도움말이 없습니다.\n" +"유지 관리되지 않은 드라이버와 관련된 문제가 있을 경우 대체로 도움말이 없습니" +"다.\n" "</p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 +#. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" -"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a " +"driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an " +"unsupported scanner.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"모델에 대해 사용 가능한 드라이버가 여기에는 없더라도 제조업체에는 있을 것입니다.\n" -" 따라서 지원되지 않는 스캐너에 대한 드라이버는 스캐너 제조업체에 문의하셔야 합니다.\n" +"모델에 대해 사용 가능한 드라이버가 여기에는 없더라도 제조업체에는 있을 것입니" +"다.\n" +" 따라서 지원되지 않는 스캐너에 대한 드라이버는 스캐너 제조업체에 문의하셔야 " +"합니다.\n" " </p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: -#. Add the following sentence to translations: -#. Such comments are only available in English. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:213 +#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: +#. Add the following sentence to translations: +#. Such comments are only available in English. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>\n" "When additional comments are available, they are shown in square brackets.\n" @@ -667,20 +705,26 @@ "사용 가능한 추가 설명이 있는 경우 대괄호로 표시됩니다.\n" " </p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: -#. Do not change or translate "^Epson.*", "^Epson.*perfection", "^Epson.*1200": -#. These are intentionally selected actually working examples. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:221 +#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: +#. Do not change or translate "^Epson.*", "^Epson.*perfection", "^Epson.*1200": +#. These are intentionally selected actually working examples. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use the <b>Search String</b> to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" "To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" -"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" -"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" -"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" -"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" -"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" -"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is " +"also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this " +"list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson." +"*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search " +"string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." +"*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." +"*1200</tt>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -690,29 +734,33 @@ " 스캐너가 검색되었고 제조업체 이름이 목록에 있으면, <tt>^Epson.*</tt>과\n" " 같이 제조업체의 이름으로 검색 문자열이 사전 설정됩니다.\n" " 검색 결과를 구체화하려면 검색 문자열에 모델 관련 세부 사항을 첨부하십시오.\n" -" 예를 들어, <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>과 같이 모델 이름의 일부인 단어를 첨부하거나\n" -" <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>과 같이 모델 이름의 일부인 몇몇 숫자를 첨부할 수 있습니다.\n" +" 예를 들어, <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>과 같이 모델 이름의 일부인 단어를 첨부" +"하거나\n" +" <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>과 같이 모델 이름의 일부인 몇몇 숫자를 첨부할 수 있습니" +"다.\n" " </p>" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:235 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big></b><br>\n" "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" -"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</b>.\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</" +"b>.\n" "If you press <b>Back</b>, the driver is deactivated.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>스캐너 및 드라이버 설정</big></b><br>\n" " 드라이버가 활성화되고 관련 스캐너가 검색됩니다.\n" -" 이 작업에는 몇 초가 걸릴 수 있으므로 <b>다음</b>을 누르기 전에 잠시 기다려야 합니다.\n" +" 이 작업에는 몇 초가 걸릴 수 있으므로 <b>다음</b>을 누르기 전에 잠시 기다려" +"야 합니다.\n" " <b>뒤로</b>를 누르면 드라이버가 비활성화됩니다.\n" " </p>" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:244 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Additional Packages</big></b><br>\n" @@ -728,8 +776,8 @@ "모든 아키텍처에서 해당 패키지를 사용할 수 있는 것은 아닙니다.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:253 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:253 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Firmware Upload</big></b><br>\n" @@ -743,25 +791,29 @@ " 그런 경우 해당 설명 텍스트가 표시됩니다.\n" " </p>" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 4/4: -#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPOJ", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-officeJet", it is a package name. -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#. The "for all" is crucial in "either ... or ... must be used for all HP all-in-one devices". -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:269 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 4/4: +#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPOJ", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-officeJet", it is a package name. +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#. The "for all" is crucial in "either ... or ... must be used for all HP all-in-one devices". +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:269 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>HP All-in-One Devices</big></b><br>\n" "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" -"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" -"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" -"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" -"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one " +"devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer " +"available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-" +"one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio " +"driver.\n" "Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" "but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" "Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" @@ -772,8 +824,10 @@ "<b><big>HP All-in-One 장치</big></b><br>\n" "HP All-in-One 장치는 특별 설정이 필요할 수 있습니다.\n" "이런 경우 해당 대화 상자가 표시됩니다.\n" -"HP All-in-One 장치에 대한 지원을 제공하는 두 가지 소프트웨어 패키지가 있습니다.\n" -"즉, (ptal 서비스가 설치된) PTAL 시스템을 제공하여 HP All-in-One 장치에 액세스하는\n" +"HP All-in-One 장치에 대한 지원을 제공하는 두 가지 소프트웨어 패키지가 있습니" +"다.\n" +"즉, (ptal 서비스가 설치된) PTAL 시스템을 제공하여 HP All-in-One 장치에 액세스" +"하는\n" "오래된 HPOJ 소프트웨어(더 이상 사용할 수 없는 hp-officeJet 패키지)와\n" "hpaio 드라이버를 제공하는 최신 HPLIP 소프트웨어(패키지 hplip)를 제공합니다.\n" "두 소프트웨어 패키지 모두 동시에 설치되지만\n" @@ -782,10 +836,10 @@ "ptal 또는 hpaio 드라이버 중 한 개만 사용해야 합니다.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:288 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:288 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanning via Network</big></b><br>\n" @@ -799,18 +853,21 @@ " 네트워크를 통한 스캔을 설정할 수 있습니다.\n" " </p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 2/5: -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "CIDR", it is a (sub)-network notation name. -#. Do not change or translate "192.168.1.0/24", it is an intentionally selected actually working example. -#. Do not change or translate "xinetd", it is a program (daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:300 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 2/5: +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "CIDR", it is a (sub)-network notation name. +#. Do not change or translate "192.168.1.0/24", it is an intentionally selected actually working example. +#. Do not change or translate "xinetd", it is a program (daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:300 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" -"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" -"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via " +"the network,\n" +"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " +"server.\n" +"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to " +"access saned on your server.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -821,21 +878,23 @@ "<b><big>서버 설정</big></b><br>\n" "로컬에 연결된 스캐너가 있고 네트워크를 통해 액세스할 수 있게 하려는 경우\n" "호스트가 서버의 일부가 되도록 saned 네트워크 스캐닝 데몬을 설정하십시오.\n" -"<b>허가된 클라이언트</b>에서 서버의 saned에 액세스할 수 있는 클라이언트 호스트를 입력하십시오.\n" +"<b>허가된 클라이언트</b>에서 서버의 saned에 액세스할 수 있는 클라이언트 호스" +"트를 입력하십시오.\n" "클라이언트 호스트(호스트 이름 또는 IP 주소)\n" -"또는 서브넷(CIDR 표기법, 예: 192.168.1.0/24)의 쉼표로 구분된 목록을 입력하십시오.\n" +"또는 서브넷(CIDR 표기법, 예: 192.168.1.0/24)의 쉼표로 구분된 목록을 입력하십" +"시오.\n" "허가된 클라이언트 호스트가 없는 경우 saned가 활성화되지 않습니다.\n" "saned가 활성화된 경우 xinetd도 활성화되며 saned에 대해 설정됩니다.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "sane-port", it is a port name (see /etc/services). -#. Be careful when you change or translate "external", "internal", and "zone" -#. to keep the relationship to the matching terms in the YaST firewall setup module -#. where also "external zone", and "internal zone" is used. -#. Keep the information that external access is useless and insecure (see "man saned"). -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:319 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "sane-port", it is a port name (see /etc/services). +#. Be careful when you change or translate "external", "internal", and "zone" +#. to keep the relationship to the matching terms in the YaST firewall setup module +#. where also "external zone", and "internal zone" is used. +#. Keep the information that external access is useless and insecure (see "man saned"). +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Regarding Firewall</big></b><br>\n" @@ -897,16 +956,18 @@ "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 4/5: -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:354 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 4/5: +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:354 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Client Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" -"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the " +"network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the " +"servers.\n" "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" "In <b>Servers Used</b>, enter which servers should be used.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" @@ -923,15 +984,15 @@ "서버를 입력하지 않으면 net이 활성화되지 않습니다.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 5/5: -#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" -#. because this term is used also in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel -#. and as label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "localhost", it is a fixed hostname for the local host. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:373 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 5/5: +#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" +#. because this term is used also in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel +#. and as label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "localhost", it is a fixed hostname for the local host. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:373 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Local Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -953,15 +1014,15 @@ " 로컬 호스트의 일반 사용자도 그러한 스캐너에 액세스할 수 있습니다.\n" " </p>" -#. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence: -#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:116 +#. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence: +#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:116 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화하고 있습니다..." -#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment -#. to display an error message where -#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:355 +#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment +#. to display an error message where +#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:355 msgid "" "The error message is:\n" "\n" @@ -971,22 +1032,23 @@ "\n" "%1" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:377 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:377 msgid "Failed to determine the version of package %1." msgstr "%1 패키지의 버전 확인에 실패했습니다." -#. Message of a Popup::Error for models which require -#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson -#. (formerly Avasys, see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=746038). -#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. -#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 +#. Message of a Popup::Error for models which require +#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson +#. (formerly Avasys, see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=746038). +#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. +#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 msgid "" "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" -"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " +"Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" @@ -1001,7 +1063,8 @@ "model dependant 'iscan-plugin' package with the proprietary module.\n" msgstr "" "Epson/Avasys의 타사 이미지 스캔 드라이버 소프트웨어가 필요합니다.\n" -"이미지 스캔 드라이버 소프트웨어는 Epson(이전의 Avasys)에서 만들고 제공합니다.\n" +"이미지 스캔 드라이버 소프트웨어는 Epson(이전의 Avasys)에서 만들고 제공합니" +"다.\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(이전의 Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "여기서 32비트(i386) 및 64비트(x86_64) 아키텍처용 RPM 패키지를\n" @@ -1015,37 +1078,45 @@ "기본 소프트웨어용 'iscan' 패키지 및 소유 모듈이 포함된 추가\n" "모델 종속 'iscan-plugin' 패키지\n" -#. Is the package available to be installed? -#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 -msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." -msgstr "필수 패키지 %1이(가) 설치되지 않았고 사용 가능한 패키지 리포지토리가 없습니다." +#. Is the package available to be installed? +#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 +msgid "" +"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " +"available." +msgstr "" +"필수 패키지 %1이(가) 설치되지 않았고 사용 가능한 패키지 리포지토리가 없습니" +"다." -#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 -msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "필수 패키지 %1이(가) 설치되지 않았고 리포지토리에 사용 가능한 항목이 없습니다." +#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 +msgid "" +"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "" +"필수 패키지 %1이(가) 설치되지 않았고 리포지토리에 사용 가능한 항목이 없습니" +"다." -#. Only a simple message because: -#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, -#. or this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:476 +#. Only a simple message because: +#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, +#. or this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:476 msgid "Failed to install required package %1." msgstr "필요한 패키지 %1의 설치에 실패했습니다." -#. Message of a Popup::Error when there is no response from the 'scanimage' command. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:497 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when there is no response from the 'scanimage' command. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:497 msgid "" "Failed to determine the active scanners.\n" "If the net metadriver is activated while there is a problem\n" "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is " +"fixed.\n" msgstr "" "활성 스캐너를 결정하지 못했습니다.\n" "net 메타드라이버가 활성화된 경우 네트워크 문제가 있는 동안\n" @@ -1054,170 +1125,170 @@ "사용되는 서버와의 통신이 왜곡되는 경우 이 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다.\n" "이 경우 네트워크 문제가 해결될 때까지 net 메타드라이버를 비활성화하십시오.\n" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was determined. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:519 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was determined. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:519 msgid "Failed to determine the active scanners." msgstr "활성 스캐너 확인에 실패했습니다." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "%1 파일이 존재하지 않습니다." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "%1 파일 읽기에 실패했습니다." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was determined. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:577 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was determined. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:577 msgid "Failed to determine the active drivers." msgstr "활성 드라이버 확인에 실패했습니다." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:636 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:636 msgid "Failed to detect scanners automatically." msgstr "스캐너 자동 검색에 실패했습니다." -#. Global functions: -#. Read all scanner settings: -#. - Check installed packages -#. - Read or create the scanner database -#. - Determine active scanners -#. - Determine active backends -#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK scanners -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:766 +#. Global functions: +#. Read all scanner settings: +#. - Check installed packages +#. - Read or create the scanner database +#. - Determine active scanners +#. - Determine active backends +#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK scanners +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:766 msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration" msgstr "스캐너 구성 초기화" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "설치된 패키지 점검" -#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772 +#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772 msgid "Read or create the scanner database" msgstr "스캐너 데이터베이스 읽기 또는 생성" -#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 +#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 msgid "Determine active scanners" msgstr "활성 스캐너 확인" -#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776 +#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776 msgid "Determine active drivers" msgstr "활성 드라이버 확인" -#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:778 +#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:778 msgid "Detect scanners" msgstr "스캐너 감지" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781 msgid "Checking installed packages..." msgstr "설치된 패키지 점검 중..." -#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783 +#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783 msgid "Reading or creating the scanner database..." msgstr "스캐너 데이터베이스 읽기 또는 생성 중..." -#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 +#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 msgid "Determining active scanners..." msgstr "활성 스캐너 확인 중..." -#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787 +#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787 msgid "Determining active drivers..." msgstr "활성 드라이버 확인 중..." -#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1001 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1070 +#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1001 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1070 msgid "Detecting scanners..." msgstr "스캐너 감지 중..." -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003 +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database): -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:859 +#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database): +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:859 msgid "Creating scanner database..." msgstr "스캐너 데이터베이스 생성 중..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:893 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:893 msgid "Aborting: Failed to create the scanner database." msgstr "중단: 스캐너 데이터베이스 생성에 실패했습니다." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:933 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:933 msgid "Aborting: Failed to read %1." msgstr "중단: %1 파일 읽기에 실패했습니다." -#. Write scanner settings: -#. - Save the actual environment -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1023 +#. Write scanner settings: +#. - Save the actual environment +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1023 msgid "Writing Scanner Configuration" msgstr "스캐너 구성 쓰기" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026 msgid "Save the actual environment" msgstr "실제 환경 저장" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028 msgid "Saving the actual environment..." msgstr "실제 환경 저장 중..." -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1088 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1088 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the running ptal service could prevent\n" @@ -1233,9 +1304,9 @@ "ptal 서비스를 중지한 후 프린터 구성을 변경한 다음\n" "스캐너 구성을 다시 시작하는 것이 좋습니다.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1099 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1099 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened. \n" "This happens if YaST runs in text-only mode, or the user who runs YaST \n" @@ -1245,16 +1316,17 @@ "again afterwards.\n" msgstr "" "그래픽 표시를 열 수 없으므로 hp-setup을 실행할 수 없습니다. \n" -"이 문제는 YaST가 텍스트 전용 모드에서 실행되거나 YaST를 실행하는 사용자에게 \n" +"이 문제는 YaST가 텍스트 전용 모드에서 실행되거나 YaST를 실행하는 사용자에" +"게 \n" "DISPLAY 환경 변수가 설정되지 않은 경우 또는 YaST 프로세스에서 \n" "그래픽 표시에 액세스할 수 없는 경우에 발생합니다. 이 경우 스캐너 \n" "구성을 중단하고 수동으로 hp-setup을 실행한 후 스캐너 구성을\n" "다시 시작하십시오.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1111 +#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1111 msgid "" "It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\n" "Should the hplip package be installed?\n" @@ -1262,9 +1334,9 @@ "hp-setup을 실행하는 데 필요한 hplip가 설치되어 있지 않은 것 같습니다.\n" "hplip 패키지를 설치해야 합니까?\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1117 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1117 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" @@ -1274,175 +1346,182 @@ "이 항목이 존재하지 않으므로 hp-setup을\n" "실행할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner " +"configuration.\n" msgstr "" "hp-setup을 실행했습니다.\n" "스캐너 구성을 계속하려면 먼저 hp-setup을 완료해야 합니다.\n" -#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column -#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1296 +#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column +#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1296 msgid "Not Configured:" msgstr "구성되지 않음:" -#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 +#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: +#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "알수 없는 장치" -#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230 +#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: +#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230 msgid "Unknown manufacturer" msgstr "알 수 없는 제조업체" -#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 +#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: +#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 msgid "Unknown model" msgstr "알 수 없는 모델" -#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name -#. %2 will be replaced by the model name -#. %3 will be replaced by the device name -#. where the scanner is connected to: -#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name -#. %2 will be replaced by the model name -#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225 +#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name +#. %2 will be replaced by the model name +#. %3 will be replaced by the device name +#. where the scanner is connected to: +#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name +#. %2 will be replaced by the model name +#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225 msgid "%1 %2 at %3" msgstr "%1 %2 연결 위치: %3" -#. A suffix for the second column of a table -#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column -#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1402 +#. A suffix for the second column of a table +#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column +#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1402 msgid "No scanner recognized by this driver" msgstr "이 드라이버에서 인식하는 스캐너 없음" -#. A fallback list entry so that there is no empty list shown to the user -#. when neither a scanner was autodetected -#. nor an active scanner was found -#. nor an active driver was found: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426 +#. A fallback list entry so that there is no empty list shown to the user +#. when neither a scanner was autodetected +#. nor an active scanner was found +#. nor an active driver was found: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426 msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists." msgstr "검색된 스캐너가 없으며 활성 스캐너 또는 드라이버도 존재하지 않습니다." -#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455 +#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455 msgid "Firmware upload required." msgstr "펌웨어 업로드가 필요합니다." -#. Scanner model list entry for models which require -#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson/Avasys. -#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. -#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461 +#. Scanner model list entry for models which require +#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson/Avasys. +#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. +#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461 msgid "Third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys required." msgstr "Epson/Avasys의 타사 이미지 스캔 드라이버 소프트웨어가 필요합니다." -#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name -#. which provides the driver for the particular model: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1527 +#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name +#. which provides the driver for the particular model: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1527 msgid "Package %1" msgstr "%1 패키지" -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide good functionality." msgstr "유지 관리되지 않는 드라이버 %1에서 유용한 기능을 제공할 수 있습니다." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554 msgid "Driver %1 should provide good functionality." msgstr "%1 드라이버에서 유용한 기능을 제공해야 합니다." -#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1561 +#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1561 msgid "This scanner is not supported." msgstr "이 스캐너는 지원되지 않습니다." -#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1566 +#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1566 msgid "This scanner is not supported by the driver %1." msgstr "이 스캐너는 %1 드라이버에서 지원되지 않습니다." -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality." msgstr "유지 관리되지 않는 드라이버 %1에서 전체 기능을 제공할 수도 있습니다." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584 msgid "Driver %1 should provide complete functionality." msgstr "%1 드라이버에서 전체 기능을 제공해야 합니다." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but was not tested." msgstr "%1 드라이버가 작동할 수도 있지만 테스트되지 않았습니다." -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide basic functionality." msgstr "유지 관리되지 않는 드라이버 %1에서 기본 기능을 제공할 수도 있습니다." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609 msgid "Driver %1 should provide basic functionality." msgstr "%1 드라이버에서 기본 기능을 제공해야 합니다." -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality." msgstr "유지 관리되지 않는 드라이버 %1에서 최소 기능을 제공할 수도 있습니다." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627 msgid "Driver %1 should provide minimal functionality." msgstr "%1 드라이버에서 최소 기능을 제공해야 합니다." -#. which are listed but without a known support status: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635 +#. which are listed but without a known support status: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown." msgstr "%1 드라이버가 작동할 수도 있지만 기능을 알 수 없습니다." -#. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload -#. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. -#. The "somewhere" is important because normally the firmware file is not simply -#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only -#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886 +#. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload +#. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. +#. The "somewhere" is important because normally the firmware file is not simply +#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only +#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886 msgid "" -"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " +"memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" "\n" -"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot " +"distribute it.\n" "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" -"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web " +"site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular " +"scanner.\n" "Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" -"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware " +"upload.\n" "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" msgstr "" -"펌웨어 파일에는 스캐너의 메모리에 업로드되어야 하는 소프트웨어가 포함되어 있습니다.\n" +"펌웨어 파일에는 스캐너의 메모리에 업로드되어야 하는 소프트웨어가 포함되어 있" +"습니다.\n" "펌웨어가 없으면 스캐너가 작동할 수 없습니다.\n" "\n" "스캐너 제조업체에서 펌웨어 사용을 허가한 경우 배포할 수 없습니다.\n" @@ -1456,10 +1535,10 @@ "드라이버의 기본 페이지에서 펌웨어 업로드를 위해 구성하는 방법을 설명합니다.\n" "다음 명령은 드라이버 매뉴얼 페이지를 보여 줍니다.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905 +#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n" @@ -1471,26 +1550,29 @@ "ptal 서비스를 사용하는 모든 프린트 대기열이 더 이상 작동하지 않습니다.\n" "계속하는 경우 HPLIP를 사용하도록 프린터 구성을 변경하십시오.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917 +#. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917 msgid "" "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" "\n" -"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" +"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be " +"initialized.\n" "Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" "The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" "Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" "before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" "An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" -"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB " +"fails,\n" "set up the PTAL system manually.\n" "If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" -"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" +"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/" +"lp0),\n" "so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" "\n" "Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" @@ -1512,18 +1594,19 @@ " \n" " USB에 대한 PTAL 시스템을 지금 초기화, 활성화 및 시작하시겠습니까?\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940 +#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n" "and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" "If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" "Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" -"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal " +"service.\n" msgstr "" "hplip 서비스를 사용하는 프린터 구성이 적어도 하나는 있습니다.\n" "작업을 계속할 수는 있지만 그럴 경우 hplip 서비스가 중지되고 이 서비스를\n" @@ -1532,105 +1615,105 @@ " 대신 hpaio를 사용하여 스캐너를 설정하십시오.\n" " 또는 ptal 서비스를 사용하여 프린터 구성을 변경하십시오.\n" -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976 msgid "Setting Up Driver %1" msgstr "%1 드라이버 설정" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed" msgstr "추가 패키지를 설치해야 하는지 확인" -#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 +#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required" msgstr "펌웨어 업로드가 필요한지 확인" -#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 +#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers" msgstr "특정 드라이버에 대한 특수 요구 사항을 테스트 및 설정" -#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 +#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 msgid "Activate the driver" msgstr "드라이버 활성화" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..." msgstr "추가 패키지를 설치해야 하는지 확인 중..." -#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 +#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..." msgstr "펌웨어 업로드가 필요한지 확인 중..." -#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995 +#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995 msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..." msgstr "특정 드라이버에 대한 특수 요구 사항을 테스트 및 설정 중..." -#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 +#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 msgid "Activating the driver..." msgstr "드라이버 활성화 중..." -#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020 +#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020 msgid "Required Package Not Installed" msgstr "필요한 패키지가 설치되지 않았습니다." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage where -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#. %2 will be replaced by the package name -#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog -#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown -#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage where +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name +#. %2 will be replaced by the package name +#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog +#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown +#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028 msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2." msgstr "%1 드라이버에는 %2 패키지가 필요합니다." -#. The ptal service is associated with the hpoj backend. -#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. -#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. -#. Activate the backend via bash script: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143 +#. The ptal service is associated with the hpoj backend. +#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. +#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. +#. Activate the backend via bash script: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "중단됨" -#. Some scanners require a firmware upload to become ready to operate. -#. When building the sane package ':firmware "required"' entries have been -#. added for the respective scanners to the appropriate descriptions files. -#. See the sane.spec file of the sane package. -#. This makes only sense if a database_index was specified -#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database -#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. -#. Otherwise skip this section. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054 +#. Some scanners require a firmware upload to become ready to operate. +#. When building the sane package ':firmware "required"' entries have been +#. added for the respective scanners to the appropriate descriptions files. +#. See the sane.spec file of the sane package. +#. This makes only sense if a database_index was specified +#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database +#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. +#. Otherwise skip this section. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054 msgid "Firmware Upload Required" msgstr "펌웨어 업로드가 필요합니다." -#. Message of a Popup::Warning for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj backend. -#. Only a simple message because before there was a Popup::YesNo -#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service -#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109 +#. Message of a Popup::Warning for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj backend. +#. Only a simple message because before there was a Popup::YesNo +#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service +#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109 msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work." msgstr "ptal 서비스가 실행되고 있지 않으면 스캐너가 작동하지 않습니다." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130 msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system." msgstr "PTAL 시스템을 설정하지 못했습니다." -#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217 +#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217 msgid "" "The following scanners use the same driver.\n" "Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:" @@ -1638,64 +1721,68 @@ "다음 스캐너들은 같은 드라이버를 사용합니다.\n" "따라서 이들이 모두 비활성화됩니다." -#. Only a simple message because everything is perfectly o.k. -#. but the user should get a notification -#. why the ptal service must be still active. -#. This works only if the CUPS printing system is used. -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 -msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." -msgstr "hpoj 드라이버는 비활성화되지만, 연관된 서비스 ptal은 CUPS 프린팅 시스템에 필요하므로 비활성화되지 않습니다." +#. Only a simple message because everything is perfectly o.k. +#. but the user should get a notification +#. why the ptal service must be still active. +#. This works only if the CUPS printing system is used. +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 +msgid "" +"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not " +"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +msgstr "" +"hpoj 드라이버는 비활성화되지만, 연관된 서비스 ptal은 CUPS 프린팅 시스템에 필" +"요하므로 비활성화되지 않습니다." -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300 +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300 msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service." msgstr "ptal 서비스 중지에 실패했습니다." -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311 +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311 msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service." msgstr "ptal 서비스 비활성화에 실패했습니다." -#. If there is no active scanner for the backend -#. then show a message but exit successfully because -#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370 +#. If there is no active scanner for the backend +#. then show a message but exit successfully because +#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370 msgid "No Scanner for %1" msgstr "%1에 대한 스캐너 없음" -#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372 +#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372 msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." msgstr "일치하는 활성 스캐너가 없으면 테스트할 수 없습니다." -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387 msgid "&Scanner to Test" msgstr "테스트할 스캐너(&S)" -#. Test the device: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 +#. Test the device: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 msgid "Testing %1" msgstr "%1 테스트 중" -#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412 +#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412 msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." msgstr "'scanimage -d %1 -v'로 테스트 중..." -#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier -#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results -#. which are usually only available in English. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 +#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier +#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results +#. which are usually only available in English. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1707,27 +1794,27 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467 +#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: +#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467 msgid "(no results available)" msgstr "(사용 가능한 결과 없음)" -#. If the test failed, do the whole autodetection anew. -#. Even if normally nothing should have changed because of a failed test, -#. it might have happened that for example during the test somehow -#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed -#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. -#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450 +#. If the test failed, do the whole autodetection anew. +#. Even if normally nothing should have changed because of a failed test, +#. it might have happened that for example during the test somehow +#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed +#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. +#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450 msgid "Successfully Tested %1" msgstr "%1을(를) 성공적으로 테스트함" -#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier -#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results -#. which are usually only available in English. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 +#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier +#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results +#. which are usually only available in English. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1739,38 +1826,39 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486 msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." msgstr "네트워크를 통한 스캔과 관련된 구성을 확인하는 데 실패했습니다." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562 msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network." msgstr "네트워크를 통한 스캔을 설정하는 데 실패했습니다." -#. Determine if any kind of firewall seems to be active by calling -#. "iptables -n -L | egrep -q 'DROP|REJECT'" -#. to find out if there are currently dropping or rejecting packet filter rules. -#. One might use a more specific test via -#. "iptables -n -L | grep -v '^LOG' | egrep -q '^DROP|^REJECT'" -#. to match only for DROP and REJECT targets and exclude LOG targets -#. but it does not cause real problems when there is a false positive result here -#. because all what happens it that then a needless firewall info popup would be shown. -#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message -#. regarding scanning via network and firewall. -#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590 +#. Determine if any kind of firewall seems to be active by calling +#. "iptables -n -L | egrep -q 'DROP|REJECT'" +#. to find out if there are currently dropping or rejecting packet filter rules. +#. One might use a more specific test via +#. "iptables -n -L | grep -v '^LOG' | egrep -q '^DROP|^REJECT'" +#. to match only for DROP and REJECT targets and exclude LOG targets +#. but it does not cause real problems when there is a false positive result here +#. because all what happens it that then a needless firewall info popup would be shown. +#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message +#. regarding scanning via network and firewall. +#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590 msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network." msgstr "방화벽에서 네트워크를 통한 스캔을 허용하는지 확인하십시오." -#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592 +#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592 msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "방화벽에 대한 자세한 내용은 이 대화 상자의 도움말 텍스트를 참조하십시오." +msgstr "" +"방화벽에 대한 자세한 내용은 이 대화 상자의 도움말 텍스트를 참조하십시오." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/security.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/security.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/security.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: security\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,294 +14,295 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Security module -#: src/clients/security.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Security module +#: src/clients/security.rb:59 msgid "Security configuration module" msgstr "보안 구성 모듈" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:72 msgid "View summary of current configuration" msgstr "현재 구성 요약 보기" -#. command line help text for 'level' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'level' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:79 msgid "Set the security level" msgstr "보안 레벨 설정" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:86 msgid "Set the value of the specific option" msgstr "지정한 옵션 값 설정" -#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:94 msgid "Workstation security level" msgstr "워크스테이션 보안 수준" -#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:100 +#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:100 msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level" msgstr "로밍 장치(예: 랩톱 및 태블릿) 보안 수준" -#. command line help text for 'level server' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:106 +#. command line help text for 'level server' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:106 msgid "Network Server security level" msgstr "네트워크 서버 보안 레벨" -#. command line help text for 'set passwd' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:112 +#. command line help text for 'set passwd' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:112 msgid "Password encryption method" msgstr "비밀번호 암호화 방법" -#. command line help text for 'set crack' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:120 +#. command line help text for 'set crack' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:120 msgid "Check new passwords" msgstr "새 비밀번호 확인" -#. command line help text for 'set permissions' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:128 +#. command line help text for 'set permissions' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:128 msgid "Set file permissions to desired type" msgstr "원하는 유형으로 파일 권한 설정" -#. command line help text for 'set remember' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:136 +#. command line help text for 'set remember' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:136 msgid "Set the number of remembered user passwords" msgstr "기억할 사용자 비밀번호 수 설정" -#. error message -#: src/clients/security.rb:250 +#. error message +#: src/clients/security.rb:250 msgid "The number of passwords to remember must be between 0 an 400." msgstr "기억할 비밀번호 수는 0에서 400 사이여야 합니다." -#. Main dialog caption -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:58 +#. Main dialog caption +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:58 msgid "Local Security Configuration" msgstr "로컬 보안 설정" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:93 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:93 msgid "&Custom Settings" msgstr "사용자 설정(&C)" -#. Frame caption -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:107 +#. Frame caption +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:107 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "보안 설정" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/security/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Security configuration -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec@suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/security/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Security configuration +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec@suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "알 수 없음" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "Magic SysRq 키 사용" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "보안 파일 권한 사용" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "디스플레이 관리자에 대한 원격 액세스" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "하드웨어 시계까지 시스템 시간 기록" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "항상 cron 스크립트에 대한 syslog 메시지 생성" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "chroot에서 DHCP 데몬 실행 " -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "dhcp 사용자로 DHCP 데몬 실행" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "디스플레이 관리자의 원격 루트 로그인" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "X 서버에 대한 원격 액세스" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "전자 메일 전달 하위 시스템에 대한 원격 액세스" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "업데이트 시 서비스 다시 시작" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "제거 시 서비스 중지" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "TCP syncookies 활성화" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "IPv4 전달" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "IPv6 전달" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Enable basic system services" msgstr "기본 시스템 서비스 활성화" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "추가 서비스 비활성화" -#. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 +#. handle the special cases at first +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Configure" msgstr "구성" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "활성화" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "비활성화" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "보안 설정" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Status" msgstr "상태" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "보안 상태" -#. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 +#. add one line for each security setting +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Help" msgstr "도움말" -#. this is a separator between service names -#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 +#. this is a separator between service names +#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 msgid " or " msgstr " 또는" -#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 +#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" msgstr "<P>다음 기본 시스템 서비스가 활성화되지 않음:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "<P>모든 기본 서비스가 활성화됩니다.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" msgstr "<P>다음 추가 서비스가 활성화됨:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>" -msgstr "<P>서비스 목록을 확인하고 사용하지 않는 모든 서비스를 비활성화합니다.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>서비스 목록을 확인하고 사용하지 않는 모든 서비스를 비활성화합니다.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "<P>기본 시스템 서비스만 활성화됩니다.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Description" msgstr "설명" -#. Overview dialog caption -#. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#. Overview dialog caption +#. params: input tree, parent, label, id +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "보안 개요" -#. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 +#. push button label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "상태 변경(&S)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 +#. push button label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "&Description" msgstr "설명(&D)" -#. update the current value -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 +#. update the current value +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "시스템 분석 중" -#. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#. Boot dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "부트 설정" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "부트 권한" -#. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#. Misc dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "기타 설정" -#. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#. Password dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "비밀번호 설정" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Checks" msgstr "확인" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "비밀번호 사용 기간" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." @@ -309,8 +310,8 @@ "최소 기간 값은 최대 기간 값보다 클 수\n" "없습니다." -#. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 +#. Popup text, %1 is number +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." @@ -318,18 +319,18 @@ "최소 비밀번호 길이는 최대 비밀번호 길이보다 길 수 없습니다.\n" "선택한 암호화 방법의 최대 비밀번호 길이는 %1입니다." -#. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#. Login dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "로그인 설정" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Login" msgstr "로그인" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -337,8 +338,8 @@ "<p><b><big>보안 구성 초기화 중</big></b>\n" "<br>잠시 기다려 주십시오...<br></p>" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" @@ -346,8 +347,8 @@ "<p><b><big>초기화 중단</big></b><br>\n" "지금 <b>중단</b>을 누르면 구성 유틸리티를 안전하게 중단할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -355,8 +356,8 @@ "<p><b><big>보안 구성 저장 중</big></b>\n" "<br>잠시 기다려 주십시오...<br></p>" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>" @@ -364,23 +365,26 @@ "<p><b><big>저장 중단</big></b><br>\n" "<b>중단</b>을 누르면 저장이 중단됩니다.</p>" -#. Main dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 +#. Main dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n" -"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" +"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " +"include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " +"default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<P><BIG><B>로컬 보안 구성</B></BIG></P>\n" -"<p>사전 정의된 기본값을 사용하여 부팅, 로그인, 비밀번호, 사용자 생성 및 파일 권한\n" +"<p>사전 정의된 기본값을 사용하여 부팅, 로그인, 비밀번호, 사용자 생성 및 파일 " +"권한\n" " 등과 같은 로컬 보안 설정을 변경합니다. 기본 설정은\n" " 필요한 대로 수정할 수 있습니다.\n" " </p>" -#. Main dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 +#. Main dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n" "to any type of network including the Internet.</p>" @@ -388,8 +392,8 @@ "<p><b>워크스테이션</b>: 인터넷을 포함한 모든 네트워크 유형에\n" "연결된 컴퓨터.</p>" -#. Main dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 +#. Main dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks.</p>" @@ -397,8 +401,8 @@ "<p><b>로밍 장치</b>: 다른 네트워크에 연결되는\n" "랩톱, 태블릿 또는 유사한 장치.</p>" -#. Main dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 +#. Main dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n" "any type of service.</p>" @@ -406,13 +410,13 @@ "<p><b>네트워크 서버</b>: 어떤 유형이든 서비스를\n" "제공하는 컴퓨터용.</p>" -#. Main dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 +#. Main dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>사용자 정의 설정</b>: 자체 구성을 생성합니다.</p>" -#. Login dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 +#. Login dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n" "<p>These login settings\n" @@ -422,25 +426,30 @@ "<p>이러한 로그인 설정은\n" " 주로 /etc/login.defs 파일에 저장됩니다.</p>" -#. Login dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 +#. Login dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>).</p>" +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " +"prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " +"to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</" +"tt>).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>잘못된 로그인 후에 기다리는 시간:</b>\n" "비밀번호 추측을 막기 위해 잘못된 로그인 시도 후에는 잠시 기다리는 것이\n" " 바람직합니다. 비밀번호를 잘못 입력했을 경우 사용자가 재시도를 위해 기다릴\n" -" 필요가 없도록 시간을 짧게 설정하십시오. 적절한 값은 3초(<tt>3</tt>)입니다.</p>" +" 필요가 없도록 시간을 짧게 설정하십시오. 적절한 값은 3초(<tt>3</tt>)입니다.</" +"p>" -#. Login dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 +#. Login dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " +"usual).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>성공적인 로그인 시도 기록:</b> 성공적인 로그인 시도 로깅은\n" @@ -448,19 +457,22 @@ "다른 위치에서 로그인하는 사용자)를 경고할 수 있습니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Login dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 +#. Login dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n" -"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " +"access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>원격 그래픽 로그인 허용:</b> 이 항목을 선택하면 네트워크를\n" -"통해 이 컴퓨터에 대한 그래픽 로그인 화면에 액세스할 수 있습니다. 그러나 디스플레이\n" -" 관리자를 사용하여 컴퓨터에 원격 액세스할 경우 보안상 위험이 따를 수 있습니다.</p>" +"통해 이 컴퓨터에 대한 그래픽 로그인 화면에 액세스할 수 있습니다. 그러나 디스" +"플레이\n" +" 관리자를 사용하여 컴퓨터에 원격 액세스할 경우 보안상 위험이 따를 수 있습니" +"다.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 +#. Password dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p>These password settings\n" "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>" @@ -468,23 +480,26 @@ "<p>이러한 비밀번호 설정은\n" "주로 /etc/login.defs 파일에 저장됩니다.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 +#. Password dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " +"word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>새 비밀번호 확인</b>: 비밀번호로는 사전에서 찾을 수 없는\n" -"단어를 선택하되 이름 또는 기타 단순하고 일반적인 단어는 피하는 것이 좋습니다.\n" +"단어를 선택하되 이름 또는 기타 단순하고 일반적인 단어는 피하는 것이 좋습니" +"다.\n" " 이 항목을 선택하면 이러한 규칙에 따라 비밀번호를 점검합니다.</p>" -#. Password dialog help -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 +#. Password dialog help +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " +"new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when <b>Check New Passwords</b> is set.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -494,49 +509,57 @@ "최소 허용 크기입니다. 자세한 설명은 man pam_cracklib를 참조하십시오.\n" "이 옵션은 <b>새 비밀번호 확인</b>이 설정된 경우에만 수정할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 +#. Password dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " +"reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>기억할 비밀번호</b>:\n" "저장하여 사용자가 재사용하지 못하게 할 사용자 비밀번호의 수를 입력합니다.\n" " 비밀번호를 저장하지 말아야 할 경우 0을 입력하십시오.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 5a/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 +#. Password dialog help 5a/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>비밀번호 암호화 방법:</b></p>" -#. Password dialog help 5b/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 +#. Password dialog help 5b/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " +"need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Linux 기본 메소드인 <b>DES</b>는 모든 네트워크 환경에서 작동하지만\n" "8자보다 긴 비밀번호로 제한합니다.\n" "다른 시스템과의 호환성이 필요한 경우 이 메소드를 사용하십시오.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 5c/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 +#. Password dialog help 5c/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" +"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " +"Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>MD5</b>를 선택하면 더 긴 비밀번호를 사용할 수 있습니다. 현재 배포되는 모든 Linux는\n" +"<p><b>MD5</b>를 선택하면 더 긴 비밀번호를 사용할 수 있습니다. 현재 배포되는 " +"모든 Linux는\n" " MD5를 지원하지만, 다른 시스템이나 오래된 소프트웨어는 지원하지 않습니다.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 5d/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 -msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b>가 현재 표준 해시 메소드입니다. 호환성 목적을 위해 필요한 경우가 아니면 다른 알고리즘을 사용하지 않는 것이 좋습니다.</p>" +#. Password dialog help 5d/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 +msgid "" +"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other " +"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>SHA-512</b>가 현재 표준 해시 메소드입니다. 호환성 목적을 위해 필요한 경" +"우가 아니면 다른 알고리즘을 사용하지 않는 것이 좋습니다.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 +#. Password dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n" "maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>" @@ -544,28 +567,30 @@ "<p><b>비밀번호 사용 기간:</b> 비밀번호를 사용할 수 있는\n" "최소 기간 및 최대 기간을 날짜 단위로 설정합니다.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 +#. Password dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " +"the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>비밀번호 만료 경고 기간</b>: 비밀번호가 만료되기\n" "전 사용자에게 경고할 기간을 설정합니다. 이 기간이 길수록\n" " 누군가가 비밀번호를 추측할 수 있는 가능성이 줄어듭니다.</p>" -#. Adduser dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 +#. Adduser dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n" "<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>사용자 보안</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>이 대화 상자에서는 사용자 생성에 사용되는 다양한 설정을 변경할 수 있습니다.</p>" +"<p>이 대화 상자에서는 사용자 생성에 사용되는 다양한 설정을 변경할 수 있습니" +"다.</p>" -#. Adduser dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 +#. Adduser dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>" @@ -573,8 +598,8 @@ "<p><b>사용자 ID 제한:</b>\n" "가능한 사용자 ID의 최소값 및 최대값을 설정합니다.</p>" -#. Adduser dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 +#. Adduser dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>" @@ -582,67 +607,82 @@ "<p><b>그룹 ID 제한:</b>\n" "가능한 그룹 ID의 최소값 및 최대값을 설정합니다.</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 1/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 +#. Misc dialog help 1/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n" -"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>" +"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</" +"p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>기타 보안 설정</b></big></P>\n" "<p>이 대화 상자에서는 로컬 보안과 관련된 여러 설정을 변경할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 2/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 +#. Misc dialog help 2/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." +"secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." +"*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " +"accidentally\n" "or by intruders.</p><p>\n" "With <b>Easy</b>, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" -"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" +"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " +"only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " +"by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is <b>Paranoid</B>. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>파일 권한</b>: 특정 시스템 파일에 대한 권한은\n" -"/etc/permissions.secure 또는 /etc/permissions.easy에 있는 데이터에 따라 설정됩니다.\n" +"/etc/permissions.secure 또는 /etc/permissions.easy에 있는 데이터에 따라 설정" +"됩니다.\n" " 여기서 선택하는 내용에 따라 사용될 파일이 결정됩니다.\n" " SuSEconfig를 실행하면 /etc/permissions.*에 따라 이러한 권한이 설정됩니다.\n" " 이러한 설정을 통해 우연히 발생한 것이든 침입자에 의한 것이든 잘못된 권한이\n" " 있는 파일이 수정됩니다.</p><p>\n" -" <b>낮은</b>을 선택하면 '안전한' 설정에 의해 루트만 읽을 수 있도록 되어 있는\n" +" <b>낮은</b>을 선택하면 '안전한' 설정에 의해 루트만 읽을 수 있도록 되어 있" +"는\n" " 대부분의 시스템 파일이 다른 사용자도 읽을 수 있도록 수정됩니다.\n" " <b>안전한</b>을 선택하면 /var/log/messages와 같은 특정 시스템 파일은 루트\n" " 사용자만 볼 수 있습니다. 또한 일부 프로그램은 일반 사용자가 아닌 루트 또는\n" " 데몬만이 실행할 수 있습니다.\n" " 가장 안전한 설정은 <b>강력한</B>입니다. 이 항목을 선택할 경우\n" -" X 응용 프로그램 및 setuid 프로그램을 사용할 수 있는 사용자를 지정해야 합니다.</p>\n" +" X 응용 프로그램 및 setuid 프로그램을 사용할 수 있는 사용자를 지정해야 합니" +"다.</p>\n" -#. Misc dialog help 6/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 +#. Misc dialog help 6/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " +"(locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</b>\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</" +"b>\n" " (few files) or <b>root</b> (all files).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>updatedb를 수행할 사용자</b>: updatedb 프로그램은 하루에 \n" -"한 번 실행됩니다. 이 프로그램은 전체 파일 시스템을 점검하여 모든 파일의 위치가 저장된\n" -" 데이터베이스(locatedb)를 생성합니다. 이 데이터베이스는 \"locate\" 프로그램으로\n" -" 검색할 수 있습니다. 여기서 이 명령을 수행할 사용자를 설정하십시오: <b>익명사용자</b>\n" +"한 번 실행됩니다. 이 프로그램은 전체 파일 시스템을 점검하여 모든 파일의 위치" +"가 저장된\n" +" 데이터베이스(locatedb)를 생성합니다. 이 데이터베이스는 \"locate\" 프로그램으" +"로\n" +" 검색할 수 있습니다. 여기서 이 명령을 수행할 사용자를 설정하십시오: <b>익명사" +"용자</b>\n" " (소수 파일) 또는 <b>루트</b> (모든 파일).</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 10/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 +#. Misc dialog help 10/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " +"system\n" "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>루트 경로의 현재 디렉토리</b> DOS 시스템에서는\n" @@ -650,11 +690,12 @@ " 현재 경로 변수에서 검색합니다. 반대로 UNIX 유형의 시스템에서는\n" " 검색 경로(PATH 변수)를 통해서만 실행 파일을 검색합니다.</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 11/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 +#. Misc dialog help 11/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " +"directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>" msgstr "" @@ -663,14 +704,16 @@ "현재 경로 변수에서 검색합니다. 반대로 UNIX 시스템에서는\n" "검색 경로(PATH 변수)를 통해서만 실행 파일을 검색합니다.</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 12/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 +#. Misc dialog help 12/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " +"programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" +"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your " +"system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>일부 시스템에서는 검색 경로에 점(\".\")을 추가하여 현재 경로의 파일이\n" @@ -680,8 +723,8 @@ " 이 옵션을 설정하면 이러한 취약점을 악용하여 시스템을 공격하는\n" " <i>트로이 목마</i>가 실행될 가능성이 높습니다.</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 13/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 +#. Misc dialog help 13/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" "path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>" @@ -689,8 +732,8 @@ "<p>\"yes\": 점 (\".\")은 루트의 검색 경로 끝에 붙어\n" "마지막으로 검색하게 합니다.</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 +#. Misc dialog help 14/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>" @@ -698,46 +741,64 @@ "<p>\"no\": 루트는 현재 디렉토리의 프로그램을 앞에 \"./\"를 \n" "붙여 실행해야 합니다. 예: \"./configure\".</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 +#. Misc dialog help 14/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " +"during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>매직 SysRq 키 활성화</b><br> 이 옵션을 선택하면 시스템\n" "작동이 중단되더라도(예를 들어 커널 디버깅 중) 시스템의 일부 기능을\n" -" 제어할 수 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt를 참조하십시오.</p>" +" 제어할 수 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt를 " +"참조하십시오.</p>" -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 -msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>" -msgstr "<P><B>보안 개요</B><BR>이 개요는 가장 중요한 보안 설정을 보여 줍니다.</P>" +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important " +"security settings.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>보안 개요</B><BR>이 개요는 가장 중요한 보안 설정을 보여 줍니다.</P>" -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 -msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>" +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 +msgid "" +"<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>" msgstr "<P>현재 값을 변경하려면 옵션과 연결된 링크를 클릭하십시오.</P>" -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 -msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>" -msgstr "<P><B>보안 상태</B> 열의 확인 표시는 옵션의 현재 값이 보안됨을 의미합니다.</P>" +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 +msgid "" +"<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current " +"value of the option is secure.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>보안 상태</B> 열의 확인 표시는 옵션의 현재 값이 보안됨을 의미합니다.</" +"P>" -#. an error message (rich text) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 -msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>" -msgstr "<P><B>현재 값을 읽을 수 없습니다. 서비스가 설치되어 있지 않거나 시스템에 옵션이 없습니다.</B></P>" +#. an error message (rich text) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 +msgid "" +"<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " +"installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>현재 값을 읽을 수 없습니다. 서비스가 설치되어 있지 않거나 시스템에 옵션" +"이 없습니다.</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.</P><P>The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" -"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote graphical\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " +"the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " +"to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " +"that\n" +"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote " +"graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "" "<P>디스플레이 관리자는 그래픽 로그인 화면을 제공하며, 구성된 경우\n" @@ -749,11 +810,14 @@ "액세스할 수 있습니다.</P><P>원격 그래픽 로그인에 <EM>XDMCP</EM>가\n" "필요하지 않은 경우 이 옵션을 비활성화하십시오.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 msgid "" -"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" -"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" +"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of " +"the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " +"is\n" +"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to " +"create\n" "correct log messages.</P>" msgstr "" "<P>시작 시 컴퓨터의 하드웨어 클럭에서 시스템 시간을\n" @@ -761,133 +825,230 @@ "설정해야 합니다.</P><P>시스템에서 올바른 로그 메시지를 생성하려면\n" "일관성 있는 시스템 시간이 필요합니다.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 -msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>" -msgstr "<P>시스템 오작동은 대체로 비정상적인 동작으로 감지됩니다. 정기적으로 재발생하는 이벤트에 대한 syslog 메시지는 문제의 원인을 찾는 데 중요합니다. 단일 레코드가 없는 것이 모든 로그 레코드 부재 이상을 의미할 수 있습니다.</P><P>따라서 시스템 이벤트의 syslog 메시지는 있는 경우에만 유용합니다.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 +msgid "" +"<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " +"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " +"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " +"tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog " +"messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>시스템 오작동은 대체로 비정상적인 동작으로 감지됩니다. 정기적으로 재발생하" +"는 이벤트에 대한 syslog 메시지는 문제의 원인을 찾는 데 중요합니다. 단일 레코" +"드가 없는 것이 모든 로그 레코드 부재 이상을 의미할 수 있습니다.</P><P>따라서 " +"시스템 이벤트의 syslog 메시지는 있는 경우에만 유용합니다.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 -msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>" -msgstr "<P>Chroot 실행 환경은 별도의 하위 디렉토리에 배치하고 해당 디렉토리로 설정된 변경된 루트(chroot)로 프로세스를 실행하여 필요한 액세스 파일에만 액세스하도록 프로세스를 제한합니다.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 +msgid "" +"<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files " +"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the " +"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>Chroot 실행 환경은 별도의 하위 디렉토리에 배치하고 해당 디렉토리로 설정된 " +"변경된 루트(chroot)로 프로세스를 실행하여 필요한 액세스 파일에만 액세스하도" +"록 프로세스를 제한합니다.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 -msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>" -msgstr "<P>서비스가 프로그램 코드의 약점에 취약할 경우 가능한 위협을 최소화하려면 DHCP 클라이언트 데몬을 사용자 <EM>dhcpd</EM>로 실행해야 합니다.</P><P>chroot 실행 제한을 적용하려면 <EM>root</EM>로 또는 <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> 기능을 사용하여 dhcpd를 실행하면 안 됩니다.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 +msgid "" +"<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize " +"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " +"program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with " +"the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement " +"to be effective.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>서비스가 프로그램 코드의 약점에 취약할 경우 가능한 위협을 최소화하려면 " +"DHCP 클라이언트 데몬을 사용자 <EM>dhcpd</EM>로 실행해야 합니다.</P><P>chroot " +"실행 제한을 적용하려면 <EM>root</EM>로 또는 <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> 기능을 사" +"용하여 dhcpd를 실행하면 안 됩니다.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 -msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>" -msgstr "<P>루트 권한의 사용을 최소화하려면 관리자가 <EM>root</EM>로 X Window 세션에 로그온하면 안 됩니다.</P><P>이 옵션은 부주의한 관리자에게 도움이 되지 않지만 공격자가 유추하거나 다른 방법으로 비밀번호를 얻을 경우 디스플레이 관리자를 통해 <EM>root</EM>로 로그온할 수 없도록 방지합니다.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 +msgid "" +"<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window " +"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does " +"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " +"able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or " +"otherwise acquire the password.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>루트 권한의 사용을 최소화하려면 관리자가 <EM>root</EM>로 X Window 세션에 " +"로그온하면 안 됩니다.</P><P>이 옵션은 부주의한 관리자에게 도움이 되지 않지만 " +"공격자가 유추하거나 다른 방법으로 비밀번호를 얻을 경우 디스플레이 관리자를 통" +"해 <EM>root</EM>로 로그온할 수 없도록 방지합니다.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 msgid "" -"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" +"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " +"connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " +"a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" +"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " +"the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " +"therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>" +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display " +"X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell " +"(<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " +"through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>" msgstr "" "<P>X Window 클라이언트(예: 디스플레이에서 창을 여는 프로그램)는\n" "물리적 컴퓨터에서 실행되는 X 서버에 연결합니다. 프로그램이 다른 시스템에서\n" "실행되고 네트워크 연결을 통해 해당 컨텐트를 X 서버에\n" "표시할 수도 있습니다.</P><P>활성화된 경우 X 서버가 포트 6000 및\n" -"디스플레이 번호에서 수신 대기합니다. 네트워크 트래픽은 암호화되지 않은 상태로 전송되므로\n" +"디스플레이 번호에서 수신 대기합니다. 네트워크 트래픽은 암호화되지 않은 상태" +"로 전송되므로\n" "네트워크 스니핑이 발생할 수 있으며, X 서버에 의해 열린 포트가\n" -"공격 옵션을 제공하므로 보안 설정은 비활성화하는 것입니다.</P><P>네트워크를 통해 X\n" -"Window 클라이언트를 표시하려면 X Window 클라이언트가 암호화된 ssh 연결을 통해 X 서버에 연결할 수 있게 하는 <EM>ssh</EM>(Secure Shell)를 사용하는 것이 좋습니다.</P>" +"공격 옵션을 제공하므로 보안 설정은 비활성화하는 것입니다.</P><P>네트워크를 통" +"해 X\n" +"Window 클라이언트를 표시하려면 X Window 클라이언트가 암호화된 ssh 연결을 통" +"해 X 서버에 연결할 수 있게 하는 <EM>ssh</EM>(Secure Shell)를 사용하는 것이 좋" +"습니다.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 msgid "" -"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>" +"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " +"expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " +"network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through " +"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>전자 메일 전달 하위 시스템은 항상 시작됩니다. 그러나 SMTP 네트워크 포트 25에서\n" -"수신 대기하지 않으므로 기본적으로 시스템 외부에 노출되지 않습니다.</P><P>SMTP 프로토콜을 통해 전자 메일을 시스템에 전달하지 않을 경우 이 옵션을 비활성화하십시오.</P>" +"<P>전자 메일 전달 하위 시스템은 항상 시작됩니다. 그러나 SMTP 네트워크 포트 25" +"에서\n" +"수신 대기하지 않으므로 기본적으로 시스템 외부에 노출되지 않습니다.</" +"P><P>SMTP 프로토콜을 통해 전자 메일을 시스템에 전달하지 않을 경우 이 옵션을 " +"비활성화하십시오.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 msgid "" "<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" "installed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " +"continue\n" "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so.</P>" msgstr "" "<P>현재 실행 중인 서비스가 포함된 패키지를\n" "업데이트하는 경우 패키지의 파일이 설치된 후\n" -"서비스가 다시 시작됩니다.</P><P>이 동작은 대부분의 경우에 적합하며, 파일 시스템에서\n" +"서비스가 다시 시작됩니다.</P><P>이 동작은 대부분의 경우에 적합하며, 파일 시스" +"템에서\n" "많은 서비스의 이진 파일이나 구성 파일에 액세스할 수 있어야 하므로\n" "이렇게 해야 안전합니다. 그렇지 않으면 서비스가 중지될 때까지\n" "(예: 실행 중인 데몬이 종료됨) 이러한 서비스가 계속\n" "실행됩니다.</P><P>특정 이유가 있는 경우에만 이 설정을\n" "변경해야 합니다.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 msgid "" "<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" "removed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " +"continue\n" "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so.</P>" msgstr "" "<P>현재 실행 중인 서비스가 포함된 패키지를\n" "제거하는 경우 패키지의 파일이 제거되기 전에\n" -"서비스가 중지됩니다.</P><P>이 동작은 대부분의 경우에 적합하며, 파일 시스템에서\n" +"서비스가 중지됩니다.</P><P>이 동작은 대부분의 경우에 적합하며, 파일 시스템에" +"서\n" "많은 서비스의 이진 파일이나 구성 파일에 액세스할 수 있어야 하므로\n" "이렇게 해야 안전합니다. 그렇지 않으면 서비스가 중지될 때까지\n" "(예: 실행 중인 데몬이 종료됨) 이러한 서비스가 계속\n" "실행됩니다.</P><P>특정 이유가 있는 경우에만 이 설정을\n" "변경해야 합니다.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 -msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>" -msgstr "<P>시스템의 많은 연결 시도로 인해 시스템 메모리가 부족하여 DoS(서비스 거부) 취약성이 발생할 수 있습니다.</P><P>syncookies 사용은 이러한 경우에 유용할 수 있는 방법입니다. 그러나 한 소스의 많은 합법적인 연결 시도가 있는 구성에서는 <EM>활성화됨</EM> 설정으로 인해 높은 부하에서 TCP 연결 거부 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다.</P><P>여전히, 대부분의 환경에서 syncookies는 SYN 서비스 장애 DoS 공격에 대한 1차 방어선이므로 보안 설정은 <EM>활성화됨</EM>입니다.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 +msgid "" +"<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " +"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " +"vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " +"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " +"connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause " +"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most " +"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " +"attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>시스템의 많은 연결 시도로 인해 시스템 메모리가 부족하여 DoS(서비스 거부) " +"취약성이 발생할 수 있습니다.</P><P>syncookies 사용은 이러한 경우에 유용할 수 " +"있는 방법입니다. 그러나 한 소스의 많은 합법적인 연결 시도가 있는 구성에서는 " +"<EM>활성화됨</EM> 설정으로 인해 높은 부하에서 TCP 연결 거부 문제가 발생할 수 " +"있습니다.</P><P>여전히, 대부분의 환경에서 syncookies는 SYN 서비스 장애 DoS 공" +"격에 대한 1차 방어선이므로 보안 설정은 <EM>활성화됨</EM>입니다.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 -msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>" -msgstr "<P>IP 전달은 수신되었지만 시스템의 구성된 네트워크 인터페이스(예: 네트워크 인터페이스 주소) 중 하나로 지정되지 않은 네트워크 패킷을 전달하는 것을 의미합니다.</P><P>시스템이 ISO/OSI 레이어 3에서 네트워크 트래픽을 전달하는 경우 라우터가 호출됩니다. 이 라우팅 기능이 필요하지 않으면 이 옵션을 비활성화합니다.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 +msgid "" +"<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " +"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " +"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards " +"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not " +"need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>IP 전달은 수신되었지만 시스템의 구성된 네트워크 인터페이스(예: 네트워크 인" +"터페이스 주소) 중 하나로 지정되지 않은 네트워크 패킷을 전달하는 것을 의미합니" +"다.</P><P>시스템이 ISO/OSI 레이어 3에서 네트워크 트래픽을 전달하는 경우 라우" +"터가 호출됩니다. 이 라우팅 기능이 필요하지 않으면 이 옵션을 비활성화합니다.</" +"P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>" msgstr "<P>이 설정은 <EM>IPv4</EM>에만 적용합니다.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>" msgstr "<P>이 설정은 <EM>IPv6</EM>에만 적용합니다.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 -msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>" -msgstr "<P>Magic SysRq 키를 사용하면 손상이 되거나(예: 커널 디버깅 중) 시스템이 응답하지 않는 경우에도 시스템에 대한 일부 제어를 수행할 수 있습니다.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 +msgid "" +"<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " +"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>Magic SysRq 키를 사용하면 손상이 되거나(예: 커널 디버깅 중) 시스템이 응답" +"하지 않는 경우에도 시스템에 대한 일부 제어를 수행할 수 있습니다.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 -msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>" -msgstr "<P>/etc/permissions.* 파일에 사전 정의된 파일 권한이 있습니다. 가장 제한적인 파일 권한은 'secure' 또는 'paranoid' 파일을 정의합니다.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 +msgid "" +"<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " +"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</" +"P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>/etc/permissions.* 파일에 사전 정의된 파일 권한이 있습니다. 가장 제한적인 " +"파일 권한은 'secure' 또는 'paranoid' 파일을 정의합니다.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 -msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>" -msgstr "<P>시스템 일관성을 제공하고 보안 관련 서비스를 실행하려면 기본 시스템 서비스를 활성화해야 합니다.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 +msgid "" +"<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and " +"to run the security-related services.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>시스템 일관성을 제공하고 보안 관련 서비스를 실행하려면 기본 시스템 서비스" +"를 활성화해야 합니다.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 -msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>" -msgstr "<P>실행 중인 모든 서비스는 보안 공격의 잠재적인 대상입니다. 따라서 시스템에서 사용하지 않는 모든 서비스는 해제하는 것이 좋습니다.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 +msgid "" +"<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " +"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " +"the system.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>실행 중인 모든 서비스는 보안 공격의 잠재적인 대상입니다. 따라서 시스템에" +"서 사용하지 않는 모든 서비스는 해제하는 것이 좋습니다.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n" "<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>부트 보안</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>이 대화 상자에서는 보안과 관련된 다양한 부트 설정을 변경할 수 있습니다.</p>" +"<p>이 대화 상자에서는 보안과 관련된 다양한 부트 설정을 변경할 수 있습니다.</" +"p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is -#. reboot) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is +#. reboot) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 msgid "" "Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" @@ -897,8 +1058,8 @@ "나은 경우도 있는데, 예를 들어 시스템이 워크스테이션과 서버의\n" "역할을 모두 수행하는 경우가 그렇습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 msgid "" "By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n" "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" @@ -908,9 +1069,9 @@ "나은 경우도 있는데, 예를 들어 시스템이 워크스테이션과 서버의\n" "역할을 모두 수행하는 경우가 그렇습니다." -#. Boot dialog help 2/4 -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 +#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 msgid "" "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n" "Configure what the system should do in response to\n" @@ -922,8 +1083,8 @@ "시스템에서 수행할 작업을\n" "구성합니다. %s</p>" -#. Boot dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 +#. Boot dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 msgid "" "<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n" "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n" @@ -931,69 +1092,72 @@ "<p><b>로그인 관리자의 시스템 종료 동작</b>:\n" "%s에서 시스템을 종료할 수 있는 사용자를 설정합니다.</p>\n" -#. Boot dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 +#. Boot dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 msgid "" "<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " +"user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring " +"authentication in all cases.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>시스템 최대 절전 모드</b>:\n" -"사용자가 시스템을 최대 절전 모드로 전환할 수 있게 하는 조건을 설정합니다. 기본적으로 활성 콘솔의 사용자에게 해당 권한이 있습니다.\n" +"사용자가 시스템을 최대 절전 모드로 전환할 수 있게 하는 조건을 설정합니다. 기" +"본적으로 활성 콘솔의 사용자에게 해당 권한이 있습니다.\n" "기타 옵션은 사용자에게 작업 허용 또는 모든 경우에 인증 필요입니다.</p>\n" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 msgid "Workstation" msgstr "워크스테이션" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 msgid "Roaming Device" msgstr "로밍 장치" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 msgid "Network Server" msgstr "네트워크 서버" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 msgid "&Workstation" msgstr "워크스테이션(&W)" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 msgid "&Roaming Device" msgstr "로밍 장치(&R)" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 msgid "Network &Server" msgstr "네트워크 서버(&S)" -#. Adduser dialog caption -#: src/include/security/users.rb:45 src/include/security/wizards.rb:59 +#. Adduser dialog caption +#: src/include/security/users.rb:45 src/include/security/wizards.rb:59 msgid "User Addition" msgstr "사용자 추가" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/users.rb:55 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/users.rb:55 msgid "User ID Limitations" msgstr "사용자 ID 제한" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/users.rb:67 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/users.rb:67 msgid "Group ID Limitations" msgstr "그룹 ID 제한" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/users.rb:127 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/users.rb:127 msgid "The minimum user ID cannot be larger than the maximum." msgstr "최소 사용자 ID 값은 최대값보다 클 수 없습니다." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/users.rb:134 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/users.rb:134 msgid "" "The minimum group ID cannot be larger than the\n" "maximum." @@ -1001,310 +1165,310 @@ "최소 그룹 ID 값은 최대값보다 클 수\n" "없습니다." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp -#. * Module: Security configuration -#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions -#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec@suse.cz> -#. * -#. * $Id$ -#. * -#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the -#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called -#. * WIDGETS. -#. -#. <pre> -#. -#. The WIDGETS format: -#. ------------------- -#. -#. map WIDGETS = $[ -#. "Item unique ID" : $[ -#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", -#. "Label" : "Item Label", -#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], -#. "Value" : "option2" -#. ], -#. ... -#. ]; -#. -#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". -#. -#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the -#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For -#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. -#. -#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". -#. -#. Implementation: -#. --------------- -#. -#. map2widget("ID") -#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map -#. - create the widget -#. -#. widget2value("ID") -#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) -#. - return its current value -#. -#. updatewidget("ID") -#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" -#. - updates the WIDGETS map -#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] -#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) -#. -#. processinput() -#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) -#. -#. </pre> -#. -#. * -#. @return [Hash] all widgets -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp +#. * Module: Security configuration +#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions +#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec@suse.cz> +#. * +#. * $Id$ +#. * +#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the +#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called +#. * WIDGETS. +#. +#. <pre> +#. +#. The WIDGETS format: +#. ------------------- +#. +#. map WIDGETS = $[ +#. "Item unique ID" : $[ +#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", +#. "Label" : "Item Label", +#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], +#. "Value" : "option2" +#. ], +#. ... +#. ]; +#. +#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". +#. +#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the +#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For +#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. +#. +#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". +#. +#. Implementation: +#. --------------- +#. +#. map2widget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map +#. - create the widget +#. +#. widget2value("ID") +#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) +#. - return its current value +#. +#. updatewidget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" +#. - updates the WIDGETS map +#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] +#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) +#. +#. processinput() +#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) +#. +#. </pre> +#. +#. * +#. @return [Hash] all widgets +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "무시" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 msgid "Reboot" msgstr "재부팅" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 msgid "Halt" msgstr "컴퓨터 끄기" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 msgid "Only root" msgstr "루트만" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 msgid "All Users" msgstr "모든 사용자" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 msgid "Nobody" msgstr "익명사용자" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" msgstr "Ctrl + Alt + Del의 해석(&I)" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "원격 그래픽 로그인 허용(&G)" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "Magic SysRq 키(&M)" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Disable" msgstr "비활성화" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "모든 기능 활성화" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "잘못된 로그인 후에 기다리는 시간(&D)" -#. IntField label -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 +#. IntField label +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "최대(&U)" -#. IntField label -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 +#. IntField label +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "최소(&I)" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "시스템 최대 절전 모드" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "활성 콘솔의 사용자" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "누구든지 최대 절전 모드로 전환할 수 있음" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "항상 인증 필요" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "비밀번호 암호화 방법(&A)" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "새 비밀번호 확인(&C)" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "기억할 비밀번호 수(&E)" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "허용될수 있는 비밀번호의 최소 길이(&M)" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "비밀번호 만료 경고 기간(&D)" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "파일 권한(&F)" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 msgid "Easy" msgstr "낮음" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 msgid "Secure" msgstr "안전한" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "강력한" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "updatedb를 수행할 사용자(&U)" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "최대(&X)" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "최소(&M)" -#. ComboBox label -#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, -#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 +#. ComboBox label +#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, +#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:" msgstr "%s 로그인 관리자의 시스템 종료 동작(&S):" -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "사전 정의된 보안 구성" -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 msgid "Security" msgstr "보안" -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 msgid "Security Configuration" msgstr "보안 구성" -#. Label -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:161 +#. Label +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:161 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화하고 있습니다..." -#. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 +#. Security read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "보안 설정 저장" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "보안 설정 기록" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "inittab 설정 기록" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "PAM 설정 기록" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "시스템 설정 업데이트" -#. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 +#. Progress step 1/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "보안 설정을 기록하는 중..." -#. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 +#. Progress step 2/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "inittab 설정을 기록하는 중..." -#. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 +#. Progress step 3/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "PAM 설정을 기록하는 중..." -#. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#. Progress step 4/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "시스템 설정을 업데이트하는 중입니다." -#. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#. Progress step 5/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "현재 보안 레벨: 사용자 설정" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "현재 보안 레벨: %1" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/slp-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/slp-server.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/slp-server.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,141 +14,141 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xslp-server module -#: src/clients/slp-server.rb:35 +#. Command line help text for the Xslp-server module +#: src/clients/slp-server.rb:35 msgid "Configuration of an SLP server" msgstr "SLP 서버의 구성" -#. Rich text title for SlpServer in proposals -#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:64 +#. Rich text title for SlpServer in proposals +#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:64 msgid "SLP Server" msgstr "SLP 서버" -#. Menu title for SlpServer in proposals -#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:68 +#. Menu title for SlpServer in proposals +#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:68 msgid "&SLP Server" msgstr "SLP 서버(&S)" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:49 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "부팅 시(&B)" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:53 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "수동으로(&M)" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:59 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "부팅 시" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:61 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:61 msgid "Manually" msgstr "수동" -#. button for view log files -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:78 +#. button for view log files +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Show Log" msgstr "로그를 보여줍니다" -#. button for expert settings (all config options) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:89 +#. button for expert settings (all config options) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "고급 설정" -#. response + scopes widget -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:99 +#. response + scopes widget +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Response To" msgstr "다음에 응답" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "브로드캐스트" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Multicast" msgstr "멀티캐스트" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "DA Server" msgstr "DA 서버" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:107 msgid "Becomes DA Server" msgstr "DA 서버가 됨" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "&IP Addresses of DA Servers" msgstr "DA 서버의 IP 주소(&I)" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "&Scopes" msgstr "범위(&S)" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "SLP Server Settings" msgstr "SLP 서버 설정" -#. description map for tabs in overview dialog -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:251 +#. description map for tabs in overview dialog +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Global SLP Configuration" msgstr "전역 SLP 구성" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:81 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:81 msgid "SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "SLP 서버 구성" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:288 msgid "Server Details" msgstr "서버 세부 사항" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Static Configuration Files" msgstr "정적 구성 파일" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:667 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Really delete this file?" msgstr "이 파일을 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:690 +#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "Name of New File" msgstr "새 파일의 이름" -#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`scope), `Enabled, false); -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:866 +#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`scope), `Enabled, false); +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Scope and IP address must be inserted." msgstr "범위 및 IP 주소를 입력해야 합니다." -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:872 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Scope must be inserted." msgstr "범위를 입력해야 합니다." -#. SlpServer overview dialog caption -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:883 +#. SlpServer overview dialog caption +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:883 msgid "SLP Server Overview" msgstr "SLP 서버 개요" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:892 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "<h1>SLP Server</h1>" msgstr "<h1>SLP 서버</h1>" -#. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:929 +#. dialog for expert settings +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "SLP Server Configuration--Expert Dialog" msgstr "SLP 서버 구성--고급 대화 상자" -#. edit reg file dialog -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:957 +#. edit reg file dialog +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:957 msgid "SLP Server Configuration--Edit .reg File" msgstr "SLP 서버 구성--.reg 파일 편집" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -156,8 +156,8 @@ "<p><b><big>SLP 서버 구성 초기화 중</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려 주십시오...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -165,8 +165,8 @@ "<p><b><big>초기화 중단:</big></b><br>\n" "지금 <b>중단</b>을 눌러 구성 유틸리티를 안전하게 중단합니다.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -174,8 +174,8 @@ "<p><b><big>SLP 서버 구성 저장 중</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려 주십시오...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:29 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:29 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -187,8 +187,8 @@ "이 작업이 안전한지 여부를 알려 주는 추가 대화 상자가 나타납니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:36 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SLP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed SLP servers. Additionally\n" @@ -198,8 +198,8 @@ "설치된 SLP 서버의 개요를 볼 수 있습니다. 또한\n" " 구성을 편집할 수도 있습니다.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:42 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an SLP Server</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an SLP server.</p>\n" @@ -207,8 +207,8 @@ "<p><b><big>SLP 서버 추가</big></b><br>\n" "SLP 서버를 구성하려면 <b>추가</b>를 누르십시오.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an SLP server to change or remove.\n" @@ -218,8 +218,8 @@ "변경 또는 제거할 SLP 서버를 선택하십시오.\n" " 그런 다음 <b>편집</b> 또는 <b>삭제</b>를 누르십시오.</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -229,9 +229,9 @@ "<b>다음</b>을 눌러 계속하십시오.\n" "<br></p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:58 src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:70 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:58 src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -241,8 +241,8 @@ "선택할 수 없습니다. 먼저 코딩을 해야 합니다.\n" " </p>" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:64 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -252,132 +252,150 @@ "<b>다음</b>을 눌러 계속하십시오.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "<p>To show the slpd log file, use <b>Show Log</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>slpd 로그 파일을 표시하려면 <b>로그를 보여줍니다.</b>를 사용하십시오.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>slpd 로그 파일을 표시하려면 <b>로그를 보여줍니다.</b>를 사용하십시오.</p>" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is <b>Broadcast</b>.\n" -"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" -"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" -"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is <b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n" +"<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is " +"<b>Broadcast</b>.\n" +"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode " +"is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" +"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it " +"informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" +"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is " +"<b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n" "answers.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>여기서는 SLP 데몬을 실행할 모드를 설정하십시오. 가장 간단한 모드는 <b>브로드캐스트</b>입니다.\n" -"이 모드에서는 SLP 데몬이 브로드캐스트에서 전송된 모든 요청에 응답합니다. 다음 모드는 <b>멀티캐스트</b>입니다. 이 모드에서는 데몬이 해당 SCOPES의 멀티캐스트에 의해 전송된\n" +"<p>여기서는 SLP 데몬을 실행할 모드를 설정하십시오. 가장 간단한 모드는 <b>브로" +"드캐스트</b>입니다.\n" +"이 모드에서는 SLP 데몬이 브로드캐스트에서 전송된 모든 요청에 응답합니다. 다" +"음 모드는 <b>멀티캐스트</b>입니다. 이 모드에서는 데몬이 해당 SCOPES의 멀티캐" +"스트에 의해 전송된\n" "쿼리에 응답합니다. <b>DA 서버</b> 모드에서는 지정된 IP 주소의 DA 서버에\n" -"고정적 및 동적으로 등록된 서비스에 대해 알립니다. 마지막 옵션은 <b>DA 서버가 됨</b>입니다. 서비스 응답을 위한\n" +"고정적 및 동적으로 등록된 서비스에 대해 알립니다. 마지막 옵션은 <b>DA 서버가 " +"됨</b>입니다. 서비스 응답을 위한\n" "캐시 서버입니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 -msgid "<p>With <b>Expert Settings</b>, access all options available in /etc/slp.conf.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>고급 설정</b>에서는 /etc/slp.conf에서 사용할 수 있는 모든 옵션에 액세스할 수 있습니다.</p>" +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 +msgid "" +"<p>With <b>Expert Settings</b>, access all options available in /etc/slp." +"conf.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>고급 설정</b>에서는 /etc/slp.conf에서 사용할 수 있는 모든 옵션에 액세스" +"할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, create a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\n" -"change the values of any existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package." +"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, create " +"a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\n" +"change the values of any existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is possible " +"to delete files not owned by any package." msgstr "" -"SLP에 정적으로 등록하기 위한 구성 파일입니다. 빈 파일을 새로 만들려면 <b>추가</b>를 사용합니다. 기존 파일 값을 변경하려면\n" -"<b>수정</b>을 사용합니다. <b>삭제</b>를 사용하면 패키지에서 소유하고 있지 않은 파일을 삭제할 수 있습니다." +"SLP에 정적으로 등록하기 위한 구성 파일입니다. 빈 파일을 새로 만들려면 <b>추가" +"</b>를 사용합니다. 기존 파일 값을 변경하려면\n" +"<b>수정</b>을 사용합니다. <b>삭제</b>를 사용하면 패키지에서 소유하고 있지 않" +"은 파일을 삭제할 수 있습니다." -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "Help for regedit" msgstr "regedit에 대한 도움말" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:83 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:83 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화 중..." -#. check for package openslp-server installed -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 -msgid "<p>To configure the SLP server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +#. check for package openslp-server installed +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 +msgid "" +"<p>To configure the SLP server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>SLP 서버를 구성하려면 <b>%1</b> 패키지를 설치해야 합니다.</p>" -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>지금 이것을 설치 하기 원하십니까?</p>" -#. SlpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:199 +#. SlpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:199 msgid "Initializing SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "SLP 서버 구성 초기화" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:215 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:215 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "데이타베이스 읽기" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:217 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:217 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "이전의 설정 읽기" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:219 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:219 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "장치 검색" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:223 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:223 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "데이타베이스를 읽는 중..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:225 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:225 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "이전 설정을 읽는 중..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:227 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:227 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "장치를 검색하고 중..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:229 src/modules/SlpServer.rb:302 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:229 src/modules/SlpServer.rb:302 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#. read another database -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:253 +#. read another database +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:253 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "database2를 읽을 수 없습니다." -#. SlpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:276 +#. SlpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:276 msgid "Saving SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "SLP 서버 구성 저장" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:292 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:292 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "설정 기록" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:294 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:294 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "SuSEconfig 실행" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:298 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:298 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "설정을 기록하는 중..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:300 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:300 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "SuSEconfig 실행중입니다..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:313 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:313 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "설정을 기록할 수 없습니다." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:378 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:378 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "구성 요약..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/snapper.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/snapper.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/snapper.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: snapper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,163 +14,163 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/snapper.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of snapper -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome@suse.cz> -#. -#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. -#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/snapper.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of snapper +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome@suse.cz> +#. +#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of system snapshots" msgstr "시스템 스냅샷 구성" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Description" msgstr "설명" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "User data" msgstr "사용자 데이터" -#. combo box label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 +#. combo box label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "정리 알고리즘" -#. popup label, %{num} is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#. popup label, %{num} is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "스냅샷 %{num} 수정" -#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "스냅샷 %{pre} 및 %{post} 수정" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "전(%{pre})" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "후(%{post})" -#. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 +#. popup label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "새 스냅샷 생성" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "단일 스냅샷" -#. radio button label -#. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 +#. radio button label +#. 0 means there's no post +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Pre" msgstr "사전" -#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 +#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "사후, 페어링 대상:" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "스냅샷 %{num}을(를) 정말 삭제합니까?" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" msgstr "스냅샷 %{pre} 및 %{post}을(를) 정말 삭제합니까?" -#. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 +#. summary dialog caption +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "스냅샷" -#. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 +#. generate list of snapshot table items +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Single" msgstr "단일" -#. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 +#. pre canot be 0 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "사전 및 사후" -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "스냅샷 목록을 읽는 중..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "현재 구성" -#. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 +#. table header +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Type" msgstr "유형" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "시작일" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "End Date" msgstr "종료일" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "User Data" msgstr "사용자 데이터" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "변경 사항 표시(&S)" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Modify" msgstr "수정(&M)" -#. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 +#. popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." @@ -178,132 +178,132 @@ "이 '사전' 스냅샷은 아직 '사후' 스냅샷과 페어링되지 않았습니다.\n" "차이를 표시할 수 없습니다." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "선택한 스냅샷 개요" -#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 +#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1: %2" -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "변경된 파일을 계산하는 중..." -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "파일 수정을 계산하는 중..." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "새 파일이 생성되었습니다." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "파일이 제거되었습니다." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "파일 내용이 변경되지 않았습니다." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "스냅샷에 파일이 없습니다." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "파일 내용이 수정되었습니다." -#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 +#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "파일 모드가 '%1'에서 '%2'(으)로 변경되었습니다." -#. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 +#. text label, %1, %2 are user names +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "파일 사용자 소유권이 '%1'에서 '%2'(으)로 변경되었습니다." -#. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#. text label, %1, %2 are group names +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "파일 그룹 소유권이 '%1'에서 '%2'(으)로 변경되었습니다." -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "첫 번째 항목부터 복원(&E)" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "Restore" msgstr "복원" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "두 번째 항목부터 복원(&T)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "스냅샷과 현재 시스템의 차이점을 나타냅니다." -#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 +#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "현재 스냅샷과 선택한 스냅샷의 차이점을 나타냅니다." -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "첫 번째 스냅샷과 두 번째 스냅샷의 차이점을 나타냅니다." -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "첫 번째 스냅샷과 현재 시스템의 차이점을 나타냅니다." -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "두 번째 스냅샷과 현재 시스템의 차이점을 나타냅니다." -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "스냅샷 촬영 시간:" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "첫 번째 스냅샷 촬영 시간:" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "두 번째 스냅샷 촬영 시간:" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 msgid "&Open" msgstr "열기(&O)" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "선택한 항목 복원" -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -317,9 +317,9 @@ "\n" " 파일을 현재 시스템에서 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -333,24 +333,25 @@ "\n" " 파일을 스냅샷 '%2'에서 현재 시스템으로 복사하시겠습니까?" -#. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 +#. popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "복원할 파일이 선택되지 않았습니다." -#. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "파일 복원 중" -#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 +#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "" "<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n" "<p>\n" "%2\n" "</p>\n" -"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</p>\n" +"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</" +"p>\n" "<p>Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.</p>Are you sure?" msgstr "" "<p>이 파일들은 스냅샷 '%1'에서 복원됩니다.</p>\n" @@ -360,8 +361,8 @@ "<p>원본 스냅샷에 존재하는 파일이 현재 시스템에 복사됩니다.</p>\n" "<p>스냅샷에 존재하지 않는 파일은 삭제됩니다.</p>계속하시겠습니까?" -#. Read dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -369,125 +370,147 @@ "<p><b><big>스냅샷 목록 읽기</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help: -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 +#. Summary dialog help: +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n" -"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" -"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n" -"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n" +"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " +"types\n" +"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots " +"are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " +"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " +"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in " +"the table.</p>\n" +"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see " +"the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>스냅샷 구성</big></b><p>\n" "<p>테이블은 루트 파일 시스템 스냅샷 목록을 보여줍니다. 스냅샷 종류는\n" "<b>단일</b>, <b>전</b> 및 <b>후</b>의 3가지입니다. 단일 스냅샷은\n" -"특정 시간의 파일 시스템 상태 저장에 사용되고 전 및 후 스냅샷은 두 스냅샷을 찍는 사이에 수행되는 특수 작업에 의한 변경 사항 정의에 사용됩니다. 전 및 후 스냅샷은 테이블에서 쌍으로 묶여 있습니다.</p>\n" +"특정 시간의 파일 시스템 상태 저장에 사용되고 전 및 후 스냅샷은 두 스냅샷을 찍" +"는 사이에 수행되는 특수 작업에 의한 변경 사항 정의에 사용됩니다. 전 및 후 스" +"냅샷은 테이블에서 쌍으로 묶여 있습니다.</p>\n" "<p>스냅샷 또는 스냅샷 쌍을 선택하고 <b>변경 사항 표시</b>를 클릭하여\n" "지정된 스냅샷에서 파일 시스템 변경 사항을 확인하십시오.</p>\n" -#. Show snapshot dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 +#. Show snapshot dialog help +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " +"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " +"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " +"creation for both snapshots.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " +"default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is " +"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>스냅샷 개요</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"트리는 첫 번째('전') 스냅샷과 두 번째('후') 스냅샷을 생성하는 사이에 수정된 모든 파일을 표시합니다. 오른쪽에는 첫 번째 스냅샷 생성이 만들어진 설명과 두 스냅샷에 대한 생성 시간이 나와 있습니다.\n" +"트리는 첫 번째('전') 스냅샷과 두 번째('후') 스냅샷을 생성하는 사이에 수정된 " +"모든 파일을 표시합니다. 오른쪽에는 첫 번째 스냅샷 생성이 만들어진 설명과 두 " +"스냅샷에 대한 생성 시간이 나와 있습니다.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"트리에서 파일을 선택하면 그에 대한 변경 사항을 확인할 수 있습니다. 기본적으로 선택한 스냅샷 쌍에 대한 변경 사항이 표시되지만 파일을 다른 버전과 비교하는 것도 가능합니다.\n" +"트리에서 파일을 선택하면 그에 대한 변경 사항을 확인할 수 있습니다. 기본적으" +"로 선택한 스냅샷 쌍에 대한 변경 사항이 표시되지만 파일을 다른 버전과 비교하" +"는 것도 가능합니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 +#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " +"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " +"of its creation.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " +"snapshot version and current system.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>스냅샷 개요</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"트리에 선택한 스냅샷과 현재 시스템에서 다른 모든 파일이 표시됩니다. 오른쪽에는 스냅샷 설명과 생성 시간이 표시됩니다.\n" +"트리에 선택한 스냅샷과 현재 시스템에서 다른 모든 파일이 표시됩니다. 오른쪽에" +"는 스냅샷 설명과 생성 시간이 표시됩니다.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"트리에서 파일을 선택하면 스냅샷 버전과 현재 시스템 간의 차이점을 확인할 수 있습니다.\n" +"트리에서 파일을 선택하면 스냅샷 버전과 현재 시스템 간의 차이점을 확인할 수 있" +"습니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots -#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 +#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots +#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 msgid "Failed to get config:\n" msgstr "구성 가져오기 실패:\n" -#. Return the path to given snapshot -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 +#. Return the path to given snapshot +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" msgstr "스냅샷 마운트 지점 가져오기 실패:\n" -#. Create new snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 +#. Create new snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" msgstr "새로운 스냅샷 생성 실패:\n" -#. Modify existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 +#. Modify existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" msgstr "스냅샷 수정 실패:\n" -#. Delete existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 +#. Delete existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" msgstr "스냅샷 삭제 실패:\n" -#. Snapper read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 +#. Snapper read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 msgid "Initializing Snapper" msgstr "스냅퍼 초기화 중" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 msgid "Read list of configurations" msgstr "구성 목록 읽기" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 msgid "Read list of snapshots" msgstr "스냅샷 목록 읽기" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 msgid "Reading list of configurations" msgstr "구성 목록 읽는 중" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 msgid "Reading list of snapshots" msgstr "스냅샷 목록 읽는 중" -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:" msgstr "스내퍼 구성 쿼리 실패:" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 msgid "" "No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n" "configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n" @@ -497,21 +520,21 @@ "구성을 하나 이상 생성해야 합니다. 스냅퍼 명령줄\n" "도구를 사용하여 구성을 생성할 수 있습니다." -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:" msgstr "스내퍼 스냅샷 쿼리 실패:" -#. label for log window -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 +#. label for log window +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 msgid "Restoring Files..." msgstr "파일을 복원하는 중..." -#. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 +#. log entry (%1 is file name) +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 msgid "Deleted %1\n" msgstr "%1 삭제됨\n" -#. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 +#. log entry (%1 is file name) +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "%1 건너뜀\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/squid.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/squid.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/squid.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: squid\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,483 +14,483 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsquid module -#: src/clients/squid.rb:57 +#. Command line help text for the Xsquid module +#: src/clients/squid.rb:57 msgid "Configuration of Squid cache proxy" msgstr "Squid 캐시 프록시 구성" -#. ***************** SRC ************************ -#. ***************** SRC END ******************** -#. ***************** DST ************************ -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:150 -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:197 +#. ***************** SRC ************************ +#. ***************** SRC END ******************** +#. ***************** DST ************************ +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:150 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:197 msgid "Invalid values." msgstr "잘못된 값입니다." -#. ***************** DST END ******************** -#. ***************** MYIP ************************ -#. * Uses same functions as DST -#. /****************** MYIP END ******************* -#. *************** SRCDOMAIN ******************** -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:244 +#. ***************** DST END ******************** +#. ***************** MYIP ************************ +#. * Uses same functions as DST +#. /****************** MYIP END ******************* +#. *************** SRCDOMAIN ******************** +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:244 msgid "Domain Name must not be empty." msgstr "도메인 이름은 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#. *************** SRCDOMAIN END **************** -#. *************** DSTDOMAIN ********************* -#. * Uses same functions as SRCDOMAIN. -#. /**************** DSTDOMAIN END **************** -#. *************** REGEXP *********************** -#. Returns universal widget for setting a regular expression. -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:264 -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:63 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:104 +#. *************** SRCDOMAIN END **************** +#. *************** DSTDOMAIN ********************* +#. * Uses same functions as SRCDOMAIN. +#. /**************** DSTDOMAIN END **************** +#. *************** REGEXP *********************** +#. Returns universal widget for setting a regular expression. +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:264 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:63 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:104 msgid "Regular Expression" msgstr "정규식" -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:268 -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:106 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:319 -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:342 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:268 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:106 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:319 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:342 msgid "Case Insensitive" msgstr "대소문자 무시" -#. Universal verification function for regular expression. -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:305 +#. Universal verification function for regular expression. +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:305 msgid "Regular Expression must not be empty." msgstr "정규식은 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#. *************** REGEXP END ******************* -#. *************** TIME ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:369 +#. *************** REGEXP END ******************* +#. *************** TIME ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:369 msgid "You must select at least one day." msgstr "1일 이상을 선택해야 합니다." -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:372 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:372 msgid "Time is not set in correct format." msgstr "시간이 올바른 형식으로 설정되지 않았습니다." -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:375 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:375 msgid "From must be less than To." msgstr "시작은 종료 전이어야 합니다." -#. *************** TIME END ********************* -#. *************** PORT ************************* -#. *************** PORT END ********************* -#. ************* MYPORT ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:432 -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:463 +#. *************** TIME END ********************* +#. *************** PORT ************************* +#. *************** PORT END ********************* +#. ************* MYPORT ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:432 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:463 msgid "Invalid value." msgstr "잘못된 값입니다." -#. ************* MYPORT END ********************* -#. ************** PROTO ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:495 +#. ************* MYPORT END ********************* +#. ************** PROTO ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:495 msgid "Protocol must not be empty." msgstr "프로토콜은 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#. ************** MAXCONN END ******************* -#. ************** HEADER ************************ -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:587 +#. ************** MAXCONN END ******************* +#. ************** HEADER ************************ +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:587 msgid "Header Name and Regular Expression must not be empty." msgstr "헤더 이름과 정규식은 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#. error report -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:630 +#. error report +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:630 msgid "MAC Address must not be empty." msgstr "MAC 주소는 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#. error report -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:634 +#. error report +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:634 msgid "Incorrect format of MAC Address." msgstr "MAC 주소의 형식이 잘못되었습니다." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/squid/complex.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of squid -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Daniel Fiser <dfiser@suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/squid/complex.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of squid +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Daniel Fiser <dfiser@suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:51 msgid "Squid" msgstr "Squid" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:64 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:64 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "부팅 시(&B)" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:65 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:65 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "수동으로(&M)" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:68 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:68 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "부팅 시" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "Manually" msgstr "수동으로" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:76 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:76 msgid "Squid is running" msgstr "Squid가 실행 중입니다." -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:77 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:77 msgid "Squid is not running" msgstr "Squid가 실행되고 있지 않습니다." -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:78 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:78 msgid "&Start Squid Now" msgstr "지금 Squid 시작(&S)" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:79 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:79 msgid "S&top Squid Now" msgstr "지금 Squid 중지(&T)" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:84 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:84 msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart Squid Now" msgstr "지금 설정 저장 및 Squid 재시작(&V)" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:92 msgid "Start Squid Now" msgstr "지금 Squid 시작" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:94 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:94 msgid "Stop Squid Now" msgstr "지금 Squid 중지" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:96 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:96 msgid "Save Settings and Restart Squid Now" msgstr "지금 설정 저장 및 Squid 재시작" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:104 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:104 msgid "Open Ports in Firewall" msgstr "방화벽에서 포트 열기" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:261 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:261 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:268 src/include/squid/complex.rb:270 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:268 src/include/squid/complex.rb:270 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "시작" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:277 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:277 msgid "HTTP Ports Setting" msgstr "HTTP 포트 설정" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/squid/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of squid -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Daniel Fiser <dfiser@suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:279 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:40 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/squid/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of squid +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Daniel Fiser <dfiser@suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:279 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:40 msgid "HTTP Ports" msgstr "HTTP 포트" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:286 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:286 msgid "Refresh Patterns Setting" msgstr "새로 고침 패턴 설정" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:288 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:288 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Refresh Patterns" msgstr "새로 고침 패턴" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:295 src/include/squid/complex.rb:297 -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:295 src/include/squid/complex.rb:297 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Cache Setting" msgstr "캐시 설정" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:304 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:304 msgid "Cache Directory Setting" msgstr "캐시 디렉토리 설정" -#. `HBox( -#. `HSpacing(3), -#. `Frame(_("Cache Setting"), -#. `HBox( -#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_mem"), _("C&ache Memory"), 1, 99999, 10), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_mem_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_max_object_size"), _("Ma&x Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_max_object_size_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_low"), _("Swap &Low-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `ComboBox(`id("cache_replacement_policy"), -#. _("&Cache Replacement Policy"), -#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) -#. ))) -#. )), -#. `HSpacing(3), -#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(`Empty())), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_min_object_size"), _("M&in Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_min_object_size_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_high"), _("Swap &High-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `ComboBox(`id("memory_replacement_policy"), -#. _("&Memory Replacement Policy"), -#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) -#. ))) -#. )) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `HSpacing(3) -#. ); -#. cache_swap_low <= cache_swap_high -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:306 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:224 +#. `HBox( +#. `HSpacing(3), +#. `Frame(_("Cache Setting"), +#. `HBox( +#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_mem"), _("C&ache Memory"), 1, 99999, 10), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_mem_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_max_object_size"), _("Ma&x Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_max_object_size_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_low"), _("Swap &Low-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `ComboBox(`id("cache_replacement_policy"), +#. _("&Cache Replacement Policy"), +#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) +#. ))) +#. )), +#. `HSpacing(3), +#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(`Empty())), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_min_object_size"), _("M&in Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_min_object_size_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_high"), _("Swap &High-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `ComboBox(`id("memory_replacement_policy"), +#. _("&Memory Replacement Policy"), +#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) +#. ))) +#. )) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `HSpacing(3) +#. ); +#. cache_swap_low <= cache_swap_high +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:306 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:224 msgid "Cache Directory" msgstr "캐시 디렉토리" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:317 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:317 msgid "Access Control Setting" msgstr "액세스 제어 설정" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:319 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:319 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Access Control" msgstr "액세스 제어" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:330 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:330 msgid "Logging and Timeouts Setting" msgstr "로깅 및 시간 제한 설정" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:332 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:332 msgid "Logging and Timeouts" msgstr "로깅 및 시간 제한" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Miscellaneous Setting" msgstr "기타 설정" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:341 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:341 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "기타" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Host" msgstr "호스트" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:54 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "Port" msgstr "포트" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "Options" msgstr "옵션" -#. , _("Options") -#. table header, stands for minimum -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:65 +#. , _("Options") +#. table header, stands for minimum +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Min" msgstr "최소" -#. table header -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:111 +#. table header +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Percent" msgstr "퍼센트" -#. table header, stands for maximum -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:69 +#. table header, stands for maximum +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Max" msgstr "최대" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "C&ache Memory" msgstr "캐시 메모리(&A)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:107 msgid "Ma&x Object Size" msgstr "최대 객체 크기(&X)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "M&in Object Size" msgstr "최소 객체 크기(&I)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Swap &Low-Water Mark (percentage)" msgstr "스왑 최소 수준(%)(&L)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:148 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:148 msgid "Swap &High-Water Mark (percentage)" msgstr "스왑 최대 수준(%)(&H)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "&Cache Replacement Policy" msgstr "캐시 교체 정책(&C)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:180 msgid "&Memory Replacement Policy" msgstr "메모리 교체 정책(&M)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "&Directory Name" msgstr "디렉토리 이름(&D)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:258 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:258 msgid "&Size (in MB)" msgstr "크기(MB)(&S)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "L&evel 1 Directories" msgstr "레벨 1 디렉토리(&E)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Le&vel 2 Directories" msgstr "레벨 2 디렉토리(&V)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "ACL Groups" msgstr "ACL 그룹" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:330 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:335 msgid "Type" msgstr "유형" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 msgid "Description" msgstr "설명" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:232 msgid "Allow/Deny" msgstr "허용/거부" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:317 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Logging" msgstr "로깅" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "&Access Log" msgstr "액세스 로그(&A)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "&Cache Log" msgstr "캐시 로그(&C)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:333 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Cache &Store Log" msgstr "캐시 저장 로그(&S)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Timeouts" msgstr "시간 제한" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Connection &Timeout" msgstr "연결 시간 제한(&T)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Client &Lifetime" msgstr "클라이언트 수명(&L)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "&Language of error messages" msgstr "오류 메시지 언어(&L)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Administrator's email" msgstr "관리자 전자 메일(&A)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode" msgstr "FTP 수동 모드 사용(&U)" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:294 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:294 msgid "Access Log" msgstr "액세스 로그" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:297 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:297 msgid "Cache Log" msgstr "캐시 로그" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:300 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:300 msgid "Cache Store Log" msgstr "캐시 저장 로그" -#. Returns a widget with setting of units -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:38 +#. Returns a widget with setting of units +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:38 msgid "&Units" msgstr "단위(&U)" -#. Returns a widget with setting of units -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:56 +#. Returns a widget with setting of units +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:56 msgid "seconds" msgstr "초" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:57 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:57 msgid "minutes" msgstr "분" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:58 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:58 msgid "hours" msgstr "시간" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:59 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:59 msgid "days" msgstr "일" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:34 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:34 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -498,8 +498,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Squid 구성 초기화</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:38 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -507,8 +507,8 @@ "<p><b><big>초기화 중단 중:</big></b><br>\n" "지금 <b>중단</b>을 눌러 안전하게 구성 유틸리티를 중단하십시오.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -516,8 +516,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Squid 구성 저장</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:46 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -529,8 +529,8 @@ "작업의 안전 여부를 알리는 추가 대화 상자가 나타납니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:53 +#. Summary dialog help +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure Squid here.<br></p>\n" @@ -538,8 +538,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Squid 구성</big></b><br>\n" "여기서 Squid를 구성합니다.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:57 +#. Ovreview dialog help +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Squid Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed squids and\n" @@ -549,8 +549,8 @@ "설치된 Squid 개요를 확인하고\n" "필요한 경우 구성을 편집합니다.<br></p>\n" -#. Http Ports Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:63 +#. Http Ports Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "<p>Define all ports where Squid will\n" "listen for clients' http requests.</p>\n" @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ "<p>Squid에서\n" "클라이언트의 http 요청을 수신 대기하는 모든 포트를 정의합니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<p><b>Host</b> can contain a hostname or IP address\n" "or remain empty.</p>\n" @@ -566,12 +566,16 @@ "<p><b>호스트</b>에는 호스트 이름 또는 IP 주소가 포함되거나\n" "비어 있을 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. Cache Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 -msgid "<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p><b>새로 고침 패턴</b>은 Squid에서 캐시의 객체를 처리하는 방법을 정의합니다.</p>\n" +#. Cache Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache." +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>새로 고침 패턴</b>은 Squid에서 캐시의 객체를 처리하는 방법을 정의합니" +"다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>The refresh patterns are checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.</p>\n" @@ -579,7 +583,7 @@ "<p>새로 고침 패턴은 여기에 나열된 순서대로 확인됩니다.\n" "일치하는 첫 번째 항목이 사용됩니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b>Min</b> determines how long (in minutes) an object should be\n" "considered fresh if no explicit expiry time is given.\n" @@ -587,7 +591,7 @@ "<p><b>최소</b>는 명시적 만료 시간이 지정되지 않은 경우\n" "객체를 최신 상태로 간주할 기간(분)을 결정합니다.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p><b>Percent</b> is the percentage of the object's age (time since last\n" "modification). An object without explicit expiry time will be\n" @@ -597,7 +601,7 @@ "시간)입니다. 명시적 만료 시간이 없는 객체는\n" "최신 상태로 간주됩니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b>Max</b> is the upper limit of how long objects without an explicit\n" "expiry time will be considered fresh.</p>\n" @@ -605,20 +609,25 @@ "<p><b>최대</b>는 명시적 만료 시간이 없는 객체가 최신 상태로\n" "간주되는 기간의 상한입니다.</p>\n" -#. Cache 2 Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 -msgid "<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>캐시 메모리</b>는 객체에 사용하기에 이상적인 메모리 양을 정의합니다.</p>" +#. Cache 2 Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for " +"objects.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>캐시 메모리</b>는 객체에 사용하기에 이상적인 메모리 양을 정의합니다.</" +"p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p><b>Max Object Size</b> defines the maximum size for objects to be stored\n" "on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>최대 객체 크기</b>는 디스크에 저장할 객체의\n" -"최대 크기를 정의합니다. 이 크기보다 큰 객체는 디스크에 저장되지 않습니다.</p>\n" +"최대 크기를 정의합니다. 이 크기보다 큰 객체는 디스크에 저장되지 않습니다.</" +"p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b>Min Object Size</b> specifies the minimum size for objects. Smaller \n" "objects will not be saved to the disk.</p>\n" @@ -626,7 +635,7 @@ "<p><b>최소 객체 크기</b>는 객체의 최소 크기를 지정합니다. 더 작은 \n" "객체는 디스크에 저장되지 않습니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>Replacement begins when the swap (disk) usage is above the\n" "<b>Swap Low-Water Mark</b> and attempts to maintain utilization near the\n" @@ -642,11 +651,13 @@ "사용이 <b>스왑 최소 수준</b>에 가까워지면 매번 더 적은 교체가\n" "수행됩니다.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be replaced\n" +"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be " +"replaced\n" "when disk space is needed.\n" -"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" +"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement " +"in\n" "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -694,55 +705,70 @@ "</table>\n" "</p>" -#. Cache Directory -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 -msgid "<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>디렉토리 이름</b>은 캐시 스왑 파일이 보관될 최상위 디렉토리를 정의합니다.</p>" +#. Cache Directory +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap " +"files will be stored.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>디렉토리 이름</b>은 캐시 스왑 파일이 보관될 최상위 디렉토리를 정의합니" +"다.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 -msgid "<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>크기</b>는 이 디렉토리에 사용하는 디스크 공간(MB)을 정의합니다.</p>" +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this " +"directory.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>크기</b>는 이 디렉토리에 사용하는 디스크 공간(MB)을 정의합니다.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" +"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level " +"subdirectories, \n" "which will be created under the <b>Directory Name</b> directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>레벨 1 디렉토리</b>는 <b>디렉토리 이름</b> 디렉토리 아래에 생성되는 \n" "많은 첫 번째 레벨 하위 디렉토리를 정의합니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 msgid "" -"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" +"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level " +"subdirectories,\n" "which will be created under each first-level directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>레벨 2 디렉토리</b>는 첫 번째 레벨 디렉토리 아래에 생성되는\n" "많은 두 번째 레벨 하위 디렉토리를 정의합니다.</p>\n" -#. ACL Groups -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 -msgid "<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Squid 서버에 대한 액세스는 <b>ACL 그룹</b>을 통해 제어할 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. ACL Groups +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 +msgid "" +"<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Squid 서버에 대한 액세스는 <b>ACL 그룹</b>을 통해 제어할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" +"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group " +"depends\n" "on the particular type.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>ACL 그룹</b>에는 다양한 유형이 있으며 ACL 그룹 설명은\n" "특정 유형에 따라 달라집니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 msgid "" -"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" -"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" +"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to " +"ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " +"allowed\n" "or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>액세스 제어</b> 테이블에서 ACL 그룹에 대한 액세스를 거부하거나 허용할 수 있습니다.\n" +"<p><b>액세스 제어</b> 테이블에서 ACL 그룹에 대한 액세스를 거부하거나 허용할 " +"수 있습니다.\n" "한 줄에 추가 ACL 그룹이 있는 경우 모든 ACL 그룹에 속하는\n" "구성원에게 동시에 액세스가 허용되거나 거부됨을 의미합니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Access Control</b> table is checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.</p>\n" @@ -750,30 +776,36 @@ "<p><b>액세스 제어</b> 테이블은 여기에 나열된 순서대로 확인됩니다.\n" "일치하는 첫 번째 항목이 사용됩니다.</p>\n" -#. Logging and Timeouts Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 -msgid "<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>액세스 로그</b>는 클라이언트 활동이 로깅되는 파일을 정의합니다.</p>" +#. Logging and Timeouts Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged." +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>액세스 로그</b>는 클라이언트 활동이 로깅되는 파일을 정의합니다.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about your\n" +"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about " +"your\n" "cache's behavior is logged.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>캐시 로그</b>는 캐시 동작에 대한 일반 정보가\n" "로깅되는 파일을 정의합니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" -"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" +"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of " +"all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an " +"object\n" "gets deleted. This option can be left empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>캐시 저장 로그</b>는 객체 저장소에 저장된 모든 객체의\n" "트랜잭션 로그 위치 및 객체가 삭제되는 시간을\n" "정의합니다. 이 옵션은 비워 둘 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "<p>With <b>Emulate httpd Log</b> specify that Squid writes its\n" "<b>Access Log</b> in HTTPD common log file format.</p>\n" @@ -781,7 +813,7 @@ "<p><b>httpd 로그 에뮬레이트</b>는 Squid에서 해당\n" "<b>액세스 로그</b>를 HTTPD 일반 로그 파일 형식에 쓰도록 지정합니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 msgid "" "<p><b>Connection Timeout</b> is an option to force Squid to close\n" "connections after a specified time.</p>" @@ -789,16 +821,17 @@ "<p><b>연결 시간 제한</b>은 지정된 시간이 지나면 Squid가 강제로\n" "연결을 닫는 옵션입니다.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "<p><b>Client Lifetime</b> defines the maximum amount of time that a client\n" "(browser) is allowed to remain connected to the cache process.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>클라이언트 수명</b>은 클라이언트(브라우저)가 캐시 프로세스에 연결 상태를\n" +"<p><b>클라이언트 수명</b>은 클라이언트(브라우저)가 캐시 프로세스에 연결 상태" +"를\n" "유지할 수 있는 최대 시간을 정의합니다.</p>" -#. Miscellaneous Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181 +#. Miscellaneous Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p><b>Administrator's email</b> is the address which will be added to any\n" "error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.</p>\n" @@ -806,100 +839,100 @@ "<p><b>관리자 전자 메일</b>은 클라이언트에게 표시되는 오류 페이지에\n" "추가될 주소입니다. 기본값은 webmaster입니다.</p>\n" -#. table cell -#: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 +#. table cell +#: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 msgid "Transparent" msgstr "투명" -#. **************** HTTP PORT ******************* -#. returns true if something added/edited otherwise false -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:48 +#. **************** HTTP PORT ******************* +#. returns true if something added/edited otherwise false +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Add New HTTP Port" msgstr "새 HTTP 포트 추가" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:49 msgid "Edit Current HTTP Port" msgstr "현재 HTTP 포트 편집" -#. **************** HTTP PORT END *************** -#. **************** CACHE *********************** -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:95 +#. **************** HTTP PORT END *************** +#. **************** CACHE *********************** +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Add New Refresh Pattern" msgstr "새 새로 고침 패턴 추가" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Edit Current refresh Pattern" msgstr "현재 새로 고침 패턴 편집" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:110 msgid "Min (in minutes)" msgstr "최소(분)" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Max (in minutes)" msgstr "최대(분)" -#. **************** CACHE END ******************* -#. **************** ACCESS CONTROL ************** -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 +#. **************** CACHE END ******************* +#. **************** ACCESS CONTROL ************** +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Add New HTTP Access" msgstr "새 HTTP 액세스 추가" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Edit HTTP Access" msgstr "HTTP 액세스 편집" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Allow" msgstr "허용" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Deny" msgstr "거부" -#. `VSpacing(), -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:239 +#. `VSpacing(), +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:239 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:244 msgid "O&pposite" msgstr "반대(&P)" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Add ACL" msgstr "ACL 추가" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:254 msgid "not" msgstr "아님" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 msgid "Add New ACL Group" msgstr "새 ACL 그룹 추가" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 msgid "Edit ACL Group" msgstr "ACL 그룹 편집" -#. **************** HTTP_PORT ******************* -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:64 +#. **************** HTTP_PORT ******************* +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:64 msgid "Port number must not be empty." msgstr "포트 번호는 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:74 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:74 msgid "Host must contain valid IP address or hostname." msgstr "호스트에는 유효한 IP 주소 또는 호스트 이름이 포함되어야 합니다." -#. **************** HTTP_PORT END *************** -#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS *************** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:129 +#. **************** HTTP_PORT END *************** +#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS *************** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:129 msgid "Regular expression must not be empty." msgstr "정규식은 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS END *********** -#. ************* CACHE DIALOG ******************* -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:202 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:292 +#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS END *********** +#. ************* CACHE DIALOG ******************* +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:202 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:292 msgid "" "Cache Memory + Size of Cache Directory\n" "must be higher than Max Object Size.\n" @@ -907,26 +940,26 @@ "캐시 메모리 + 캐시 디렉토리 크기는\n" "최대 객체 크기보다 커야 합니다.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:264 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:264 msgid "Cache directory must not be empty." msgstr "캐시 디렉토리는 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#. ************* CACHE DIALOG END *************** -#. ************* HTTP_ACCESS ******************** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:351 +#. ************* CACHE DIALOG END *************** +#. ************* HTTP_ACCESS ******************** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:351 msgid "ACL table must not be empty." msgstr "ACL 테이블은 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#. test, if exists ACL with same name but different type -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:429 +#. test, if exists ACL with same name but different type +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:429 msgid "ACL Group '%1' already exists with different type.\n" msgstr "ACL 그룹 '%1'이(가) 이미 다른 유형으로 있습니다.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:433 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:433 msgid "ACL Group '%1' must have type '%2'.\n" msgstr "ACL 그룹 '%1'은(는) '%2' 유형이어야 합니다.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:438 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:438 msgid "" "If you want to change the type of this ACL Group, you must\n" "delete other ACL Groups with the same name before that.\n" @@ -934,8 +967,8 @@ "이 ACL 그룹의 유형을 변경하려면\n" "그전에 동일한 이름의 ACL 그룹을 삭제해야 합니다.\n" -#. test if changed ACL is used in http_access option. -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:453 +#. test if changed ACL is used in http_access option. +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:453 msgid "" "You can not change the name of this ACL Group, because \n" "it is used in the Access Control table.\n" @@ -943,7 +976,7 @@ "이 ACL 그룹은 액세스 제어 테이블에서 사용되고 있으므로 \n" "그룹의 이름을 변경할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:456 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:517 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:456 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:517 msgid "" "If you want to change name of this ACL Group you must\n" "delete all of its occurrences in Access Control table." @@ -951,26 +984,28 @@ "이 ACL 그룹의 이름을 변경하려면\n" "액세스 제어 테이블에서 모든 발생을 삭제해야 합니다." -#. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 -msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" -msgstr "이 ACL 그룹의 이름을 변경하는 경우 다음 옵션이 영향을 받을 수 있습니다. \n" +#. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 +msgid "" +"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +msgstr "" +"이 ACL 그룹의 이름을 변경하는 경우 다음 옵션이 영향을 받을 수 있습니다. \n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 msgid "Change name anyway" msgstr "이름 변경" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:475 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:475 msgid "Do not change name" msgstr "이름 변경 안 함" -#. test, if name is filled -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:485 +#. test, if name is filled +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:485 msgid "Name must not be empty." msgstr "이름은 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#. Report::Error( _("This ACL Group can't be deleted.\nIt's used in Access Control table.")); -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:514 +#. Report::Error( _("This ACL Group can't be deleted.\nIt's used in Access Control table.")); +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:514 msgid "" "You must not delete this ACL Group, because \n" "it is used in the Access Control table.\n" @@ -978,632 +1013,645 @@ "이 ACL 그룹은 액세스 제어 테이블에서 사용되고 있으므로 \n" "그룹을 삭제하면 안 됩니다.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 msgid "If you delete this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" msgstr "이 ACL 그룹을 삭제하는 경우 다음 옵션이 영향을 받을 수 있습니다. \n" -#. + -#. _("Are you sure you want to delete this ACL Group?"); -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:535 +#. + +#. _("Are you sure you want to delete this ACL Group?"); +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:535 msgid "Delete anyway" msgstr "삭제" -#. Label::YesButton(), -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:536 +#. Label::YesButton(), +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:536 msgid "Do not delete" msgstr "삭제 안 함" -#. ************* ACL END ************************ -#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 +#. ************* ACL END ************************ +#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 msgid "Access Log must not be empty." msgstr "액세스 로그는 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 msgid "Cache Log must not be empty." msgstr "캐시 로그는 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field." msgstr "액세스 로그 필드의 경로 이름이 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field." msgstr "캐시 로그 필드의 경로 이름이 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field." msgstr "캐시 저장 로그 필드의 경로 이름이 잘못되었습니다." -#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 +#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces." msgstr "관리자의 전자 메일에는 공백이 포함되면 안 됩니다." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:85 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:85 msgid "Squid Configuration" msgstr "Squid 구성" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:87 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:87 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화 중..." -#. Read all squid settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 +#. Read all squid settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration" msgstr "Squid 구성 초기화" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File." msgstr "구성 파일에서 HTTP 포트를 읽습니다." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File." msgstr "구성 파일에서 새로 고침 패턴을 읽습니다." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File." msgstr "구성 파일에서 ACL 그룹을 읽습니다." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File." msgstr "구성 파일에서 액세스 제어 테이블을 읽습니다." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 msgid "Read Other Settings." msgstr "기타 설정을 읽습니다." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 msgid "Read Service Status." msgstr "서비스 상태를 읽습니다." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgstr "방화벽 설정을 읽습니다." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..." msgstr "HTTP 포트를 읽는 중..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..." msgstr "새로 고침 패턴을 읽는 중..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..." msgstr "ACL 그룹을 읽는 중..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..." msgstr "액세스 제어 테이블을 읽는 중입니다." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 msgid "Reading Other Settings ..." msgstr "기타 설정을 읽는 중..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 msgid "Reading Service Status ..." msgstr "서비스 상태를 읽는 중..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..." msgstr "방화벽 설정을 읽는 중..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 msgid "Cannot read configuration file." msgstr "구성 파일을 읽을 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 msgid "Cannot read service status." msgstr "서비스 상태를 읽을 수 없습니다." -#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 msgid "Saving Squid Configuration" msgstr "Squid 구성 저장 중" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "설정 쓰기" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정 쓰기" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 msgid "Start Service" msgstr "서비스 시작" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "설정을 쓰는 중..." -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "방화벽 설정을 쓰는 중..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 msgid "Starting Service..." msgstr "서비스 시작 중..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#. write settings -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 +#. write settings +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "설정을 쓸 수 없습니다." -#. firewall -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 +#. firewall +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "방화벽 설정을 쓸 수 없습니다." -#. Header -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 +#. Header +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 msgid "Squid Cache Proxy" msgstr "Squid 캐시 프록시" -#. Start daemon -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 +#. Start daemon +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 msgid "Start daemon: " msgstr "데몬 시작:" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "When booting" msgstr "부팅 시" -#. Http Ports -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 +#. Http Ports +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 msgid "Configured ports:" msgstr "구성된 포트:" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 msgid " (transparent)" msgstr " (전송)" -#. Cache directory -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 +#. Cache directory +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 msgid "Cache directory: " msgstr "캐시 디렉토리: " -#. ** -#. Unsupported ACLS: -#. * * * * * * * * * * * -#. ident, ident_regex, -#. src_as, dst_as, -#. proxy_auth, proxy_auth_regex, -#. snmp_community, -#. max_user_ip, -#. external, -#. urllogin, urlgroup -#. user_cert, ca_cert -#. ext_user -#. map of acl definition. format: -#. $[ -#. "type" : $[ "name" : "Name shown in dialogs", -#. "widget" : `WidgetDescribingThisType, -#. "widget_init" : FunctionWithInitsOfWidget, -#. "verification" : FunctionCalledToVerificateContentsOfWidget, -#. "options" : FunctionThatReturnsListOfOptions -#. ] -#. ] -#. -#. widget_init prototype: void FuncName(integer id_item) -#. verification prototype: boolean FuncName() -#. options prototype: list<string> FuncName() -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:68 +#. ** +#. Unsupported ACLS: +#. * * * * * * * * * * * +#. ident, ident_regex, +#. src_as, dst_as, +#. proxy_auth, proxy_auth_regex, +#. snmp_community, +#. max_user_ip, +#. external, +#. urllogin, urlgroup +#. user_cert, ca_cert +#. ext_user +#. map of acl definition. format: +#. $[ +#. "type" : $[ "name" : "Name shown in dialogs", +#. "widget" : `WidgetDescribingThisType, +#. "widget_init" : FunctionWithInitsOfWidget, +#. "verification" : FunctionCalledToVerificateContentsOfWidget, +#. "options" : FunctionThatReturnsListOfOptions +#. ] +#. ] +#. +#. widget_init prototype: void FuncName(integer id_item) +#. verification prototype: boolean FuncName() +#. options prototype: list<string> FuncName() +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:68 msgid "src" msgstr "src" -#. `TextEntry(`id("acl_addr1"), _("IP Address 1"), ""), -#. `Label(" - "), -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:74 +#. `TextEntry(`id("acl_addr1"), _("IP Address 1"), ""), +#. `Label(" - "), +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:74 msgid "IP Address or Range of IP Addresses" msgstr "IP 주소 또는 IP 주소 범위" -#. `Label("/"), -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:78 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:92 -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:106 +#. `Label("/"), +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:78 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:92 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:106 msgid "Network Mask" msgstr "네트워크 마스크" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:84 msgid "The IP address of the requesting client." msgstr "요청 클라이언트의 IP 주소입니다." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:89 msgid "dst" msgstr "dst" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:91 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:91 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP 주소" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:98 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:98 msgid "Destination IP Address." msgstr "대상 IP 주소입니다." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:103 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:103 msgid "myip" msgstr "myip" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:105 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:105 msgid "Local IP Address" msgstr "로컬 IP 주소" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:112 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:112 msgid "The local IP address on which the client connection exists." msgstr "클라이언트 연결이 있는 로컬 IP 주소입니다." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:119 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:119 msgid "srcdomain" msgstr "srcdomain" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:120 msgid "Clients Domain Name" msgstr "클라이언트 도메인 이름" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:131 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:131 msgid "This type matches the client's domain name." msgstr "이 유형은 클라이언트의 도메인 이름과 일치합니다." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:136 msgid "dstdomain" msgstr "dstdomain" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:137 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:137 msgid "Destination Domain" msgstr "대상 도메인" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 -msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 +msgid "" +"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the " +"origin server is located." msgstr "대상 도메인, 즉 원본 서버가 있는 소스 도메인을 가리킵니다." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 msgid "Matches the client domain name." msgstr "클라이언트 도메인 이름과 일치합니다." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:160 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:160 msgid "Provides match for destination domain." msgstr "대상 도메인의 일치 항목을 제공합니다." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:165 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:165 msgid "time" msgstr "시간" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:173 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:173 msgid "Days" msgstr "일" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:175 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:175 msgid "Monday" msgstr "월요일" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:176 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:176 msgid "Tuesday" msgstr "화요일" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:177 msgid "Wednesday" msgstr "수요일" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:178 msgid "Thursday" msgstr "목요일" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:179 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:179 msgid "Friday" msgstr "금요일" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:180 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:180 msgid "Saturday" msgstr "토요일" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:181 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:181 msgid "Sunday" msgstr "일요일" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:192 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:192 msgid "From (H:M)" msgstr "시작(H:M)" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:195 msgid "To (H:M)" msgstr "종료(H:M)" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:208 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:208 msgid "Matches using a regular expression on the complete URL." msgstr "전체 URL에 정규식을 사용하여 비교합니다." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 -msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 +msgid "" +"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" msgstr "URL 경로에서 프로토콜, 포트 및 호스트 이름 정보를 뺀 값과 일치합니다." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 msgid "port" msgstr "포트" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:221 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:221 msgid "Port Number or Range of Ports" msgstr "포트 번호 또는 포트 범위" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:226 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:226 msgid "Matches the destination port for the request." msgstr "요청의 대상 포트와 일치합니다." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:231 msgid "myport" msgstr "myport" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:232 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:232 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "포트 번호" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:237 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:237 msgid "Provides match for local TCP port number." msgstr "로컬 TCP 포트 번호의 일치 항목을 제공합니다." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:242 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:242 msgid "proto" msgstr "proto" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:243 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:243 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "프로토콜" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:248 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:248 msgid "Matches the protocol of the request." msgstr "요청의 프로토콜과 일치합니다." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:253 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:253 msgid "method" msgstr "메소드 " -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:256 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:256 msgid "HTTP Method" msgstr "HTTP 메소드" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:271 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:271 msgid "This type matches the HTTP method in the request headers." msgstr "이 유형은 요청 헤더의 HTTP 메소드와 비교합니다." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 -msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header." -msgstr "사용자 에이전트 헤더를 기준으로 클라이언트의 브라우저 유형과 일치하는 정규식입니다." +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 +msgid "" +"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the " +"user agent header." +msgstr "" +"사용자 에이전트 헤더를 기준으로 클라이언트의 브라우저 유형과 일치하는 정규식" +"입니다." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 msgid "Maximum Number of HTTP Connections" msgstr "최대 HTTP 연결 수" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 -msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established." -msgstr "클라이언트의 IP 주소가 지정된 HTTP 연결 수보다 많은 연결을 설정했을 때 비교합니다." +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 +msgid "" +"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of " +"HTTP connections established." +msgstr "" +"클라이언트의 IP 주소가 지정된 HTTP 연결 수보다 많은 연결을 설정했을 때 비교합" +"니다." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 msgid "Matches Referer header." msgstr "새로 고침 헤더와 일치합니다." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:314 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:337 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:314 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:337 msgid "Header Name" msgstr "헤더 이름" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:315 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:338 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:315 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:338 msgid "Regular Expression(s)" msgstr "정규식" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 msgid "Regular expression matching any of the known request headers." msgstr "알려진 요청 헤더와 일치하는 정규식입니다." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 msgid "" -"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. " +"Can\n" "be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" msgstr "" "squid에 수신되는 응답의 MIME 형식과 일치하는 정규식입니다.\n" -"파일 다운로드나 일부 유형의 HTTP 터널링 요청을 검색하는 데 사용할 수 있습니다.\n" +"파일 다운로드나 일부 유형의 HTTP 터널링 요청을 검색하는 데 사용할 수 있습니" +"다.\n" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 msgid "Match the mime type of the request generated by the client." msgstr "클라이언트에서 생성된 요청의 MIME 형식과 일치합니다." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:363 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:363 msgid "Match the mime type of the reply received by Squid." msgstr "squid에 수신되는 응답의 MIME 형식과 일치합니다." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:369 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:369 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "MAC 주소" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:374 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:374 msgid "Ethernet (MAC) address matching." msgstr "일치하는 이더넷(MAC) 주소입니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 +#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" msgstr "아프리칸스어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "아랍어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" msgstr "아르메니아어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:56 msgid "Azerbaijani" msgstr "아제르바이잔어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:57 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:57 msgid "Bulgarian" msgstr "불가리아어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:58 msgid "Catalan" msgstr "카탈로니아어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:59 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:59 msgid "Czech" msgstr "체코어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:60 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:60 msgid "Danish" msgstr "덴마크어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:61 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:61 msgid "German" msgstr "독일어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:62 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:62 msgid "Greek" msgstr "그리스어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:63 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:63 msgid "English" msgstr "영어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:64 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:64 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "스페인어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:65 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:65 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "에스토니아어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" msgstr "페르시아어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "핀란드어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:68 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:68 msgid "French" msgstr "프랑스어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:69 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:69 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "히브리어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:70 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:70 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "헝가리어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" msgstr "인도네시아어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" msgstr "이탈리아어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:73 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:73 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "일본어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:74 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:74 msgid "Korean" msgstr "한국어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" msgstr "라트비아어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "리투아니아어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" msgstr "말레이어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "네덜란드어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79 msgid "Occitan" msgstr "옥시트어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:80 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:80 msgid "Polish" msgstr "폴란드어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:81 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:81 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "포르투갈어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:82 msgid "Brazilian Portuguese" msgstr "포르투갈어(브라질)" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:83 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:83 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "루마니아어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 msgid "Russian" msgstr "러시아어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "슬로바키아어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86 msgid "Slovenian" msgstr "슬로베니아어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87 msgid "Serbian Cyrillic" msgstr "세르비아어(키릴 자모)" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:88 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:88 msgid "Serbian Latin" msgstr "세르비아어(라틴 문자)" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:89 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "스웨덴어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" msgstr "태국어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "터키어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "우크라이나어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" msgstr "우즈벡어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" msgstr "베트남어" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "중국어 간체" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "중국어 번체" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/storage.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/storage.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/storage.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -26,7 +26,8 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"하드 디스크 파티셔닝에 대해 잘 알고 있는 경우에만 이 프로그램을 사용하십시오.\n" +"하드 디스크 파티셔닝에 대해 잘 알고 있는 경우에만 이 프로그램을 사용하십시" +"오.\n" "\n" "정확히 모르는 경우에는\n" "사용 중인 디스크(마운트, 스왑 등)를 파티셔닝하지\n" @@ -35,60 +36,60 @@ "\n" "이 경고를 무시하고 계속하려면 예를 클릭하십시오.\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "고급 파티션 도구" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화 중..." -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "<p>Volumes are being detected.</p>" msgstr "<p>볼륨을 탐지하는 중입니다.</p>" -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "저장소 구성" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "디스크 및 파티션 나열" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "디스크 나열" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "파티션 나열" -#. Title for dialogue -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialogue +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "추천하는 파티션 구성" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "고급 파티션 도구(&E)..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "파티션 설정 생성(&C)..." -#. popup text +#. popup text #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -96,17 +97,17 @@ "자동 설정이 불가능 합니다.\n" "'파티션 관리자' 대화 상자에서 마운트 포인트를 수동으로 지정해 주세요." -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. this is the resize case -#. -#. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. this is the resize case +#. +#. this is the normal case +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "제안 설정 편집(&D)" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -116,9 +117,9 @@ "하드 디스크 검사를 완료했습니다. 표시된 파티션 설정이\n" " 하드 드라이브에 대해 제안되었습니다.</p>" -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -129,10 +130,11 @@ "<p>\n" "파일 시스템 형식 변경과 같이\n" "제안된 설정을 일부만 조정하려면\n" -"<b>%1</b>을(를) 선택하고 고급 파티션 관리자 대화 상자에서 설정을 수정하십시오.</p>\n" +"<b>%1</b>을(를) 선택하고 고급 파티션 관리자 대화 상자에서 설정을 수정하십시" +"오.</p>\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -150,27 +152,27 @@ "또한 RAID 및 암호화와 같은\n" "고급 옵션을 선택할 수도 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "요청한 제안을 만들 수 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." msgstr "루트 볼륨에 대한 스냅샷을 제안할 수 있는 공간이 부족합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "개별 /home을 제안할 수 있는 공간이 부족합니다." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." msgstr "루트 파일 시스템으로 할당된 항목이 없습니다. 계속 진행할 수 없습니다." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -178,22 +180,22 @@ "제안을 계산하면 현재 수동 변경 사항을 덮어씁니다.\n" "계속 제안을 계산하시겠습니까?" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:66 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:66 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "디스크 준비 중..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -203,9 +205,9 @@ "Windows\n" " %1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -215,9 +217,9 @@ "Windows\n" " %1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -225,25 +227,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "사용 가능한 Windows(%1)" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -253,9 +255,9 @@ "윈도우즈 파티션의 새로운 크기를 선택하십시오.\n" "</p>" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -266,13 +268,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"마지막 설치 대화 상자에서 모든 설정을 확인해야만 실제 크기 변경 작업이 수행됩니다.\n" +"마지막 설치 대화 상자에서 모든 설정을 확인해야만 실제 크기 변경 작업이 수행됩" +"니다.\n" "그 전까지 Windows 파티션은 변경되지 않은 상태로 남아 있습니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -286,23 +289,23 @@ "<b>뒤로</b>를 누르십시오.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "현재" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "설치 후" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -318,9 +321,9 @@ " 표시됩니다.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -334,9 +337,9 @@ "입력하여 제안된 값을 조정하십시오.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -346,32 +349,33 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"Linux를 사용하기 위해 예약해놓은 공간에서 필요하다면 자동적으로 파티션을 생성합니다.\n" +"Linux를 사용하기 위해 예약해놓은 공간에서 필요하다면 자동적으로 파티션을 생성" +"합니다.\n" "</p>" -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "사용한 Windows" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "무료" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Enter a value for the size of your <b>Linux</b> installation.\n" @@ -385,9 +389,9 @@ "파티션이 자동으로 생성됩니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -399,9 +403,9 @@ "<b>사용한 Windows</b>는 Windows 파티션에 사용된 공간 크기입니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Free</b> indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -412,13 +416,13 @@ "<p><b>빈공간</b>은 파티션의 현재 빈공간(Linux 설치 전)을 나타냅니다.\n" "</p>" -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "Windows 파티션 크기 조정 중" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -444,9 +448,9 @@ "Windows 장치에 최소 %1MB의 여유 공간이\n" "필요합니다.\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -462,8 +466,8 @@ " 양에 따라 시간이 다소 소요될 수 있습니다.\n" " \n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -485,14 +489,14 @@ " 다음 번에 다시 문제가 발생할 경우 다른 방법으로\n" " Windows 파티션의 크기를 조정하십시오.\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "사용가능한 공간이 설치하기에 충분하지 않습니다." -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -512,15 +516,15 @@ " \t Windows 파티션을 축소하십시오.\n" " \t " -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." msgstr "사용자 정의 파티셔닝 옵션을 사용해야만 시스템을 구성할 수 있습니다." -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -540,10 +544,10 @@ " 다른 디스크를 선택하거나, 설치를 중단하고\n" " 다른 방법으로 Windows 파티션을 축소하십시오.\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -559,10 +563,10 @@ " 다른 디스크를 선택하거나, 설치를 중단하고\n" " 다른 방법으로 Windows 파티션을 축소하십시오.\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -590,14 +594,14 @@ " \n" " Windows 파티션을 축소하시겠습니까?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "윈도우즈 줄이기(&S)" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -611,13 +615,13 @@ " \n" " Windows 파티션을 삭제하시겠습니까?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "윈도우 삭제(&D)" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -629,38 +633,41 @@ "Linux를 설치하려면 제거할 파티션을 \n" "더 많이 선택하거나 더 큰 디스크를 선택하십시오." -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "사용 가능한 디스크(&D)" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "사용자 정의 파티셔닝(전문가용)(&C)" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "하드디스크" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "디스크를 찾을 수 없습니다. 사용 가능한 경우 설치용 업데이트 CD를 사용해보십시오." +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 +msgid "" +"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "" +"디스크를 찾을 수 없습니다. 사용 가능한 경우 설치용 업데이트 CD를 사용해보십시" +"오." -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184 msgid "" "<p>\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -672,8 +679,8 @@ "표시됩니다. &product;을(를) 설치할 하드 디스크를 선택하십시오.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" @@ -683,8 +690,8 @@ "&product;에서 디스크의 어느 부분을 사용할지 나중에 선택할 수 있습니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -700,81 +707,81 @@ " 파티션을 할당하는 작업을 완벽하게 제어할 수 있습니다.\n" " </p>\n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크 준비 중" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "계속하기 위해 항목중 하나를 선택해 주세요." -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "디스크 %1이(가) %2에서 사용 중입니다." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "다중 경로를 활성화하시겠습니까?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf@suse.de> -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf@suse.de> +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." @@ -782,25 +789,25 @@ "/home 파티션은 포맷되지 않습니다. 설치 후에 홈 디렉토리의\n" "소유권이 올바르게 설정되었는지 확인하십시오." -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "파티션 작업" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "파티션작업(&P)" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "파일 시스템 구성 저장 중..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -808,15 +815,15 @@ "잘못된 선택입니다:\n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "&%1: %2, 지정되지 않음" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" @@ -824,16 +831,16 @@ "%1 설치에 사용할\n" "디스크 영역\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "전체 하드 디스크 사용(&E)" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -841,8 +848,8 @@ "이 디스크에는 파티션이 아직 없습니다.\n" "디스크 전체를 %1용으로 사용합니다." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -850,18 +857,18 @@ "이 디스크는 Windows를 사용했던 것 같습니다.\n" "Linux를 설치하기에 공간이 부족합니다." -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "Windows 완전 삭제(&D)" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "Windows 파티션 축소(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" @@ -871,8 +878,8 @@ "&product;을(를) 설치할 하드 디스크 위치를 선택하십시오.\n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use either the <b>entire hard disk</b> or one or more of the\n" @@ -884,8 +891,8 @@ "빈 영역을 사용합니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as <i>free</i>, you\n" @@ -898,8 +905,8 @@ "데이터를 잃어버릴 수도 있습니다. 다른 운영체제에 영향을 미칠수 있습니다.\n" "</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><i>The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -911,16 +918,16 @@ "</i></b> 삭제된 데이터를 복구하는 방법은 없습니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "설치중:" -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -931,11 +938,12 @@ "<p>\n" "선택한 하드 디스크를 Windows에서 사용 중인 것 같습니다. &product;을(를)\n" "설치할 공간이 충분하지 않습니다. <b>윈도우즈를 완전히 지우기</b>나\n" -"<b>윈도우즈 파티션을 줄이기</b>를 선택하여 사용 가능한 공간을 늘릴 수 있습니다.\n" +"<b>윈도우즈 파티션을 줄이기</b>를 선택하여 사용 가능한 공간을 늘릴 수 있습니" +"다.\n" "</p>" -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be <b>irreversibly\n" @@ -946,33 +954,34 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Windows를 지우면, 그 파티션의 모든 데이터는 <b>영구히\n" -"사라지게됩니다.</b> 윈도우즈 파티션 줄이기를 사용할 때, <b>반드시 백업</b>을 하십시오.\n" +"사라지게됩니다.</b> 윈도우즈 파티션 줄이기를 사용할 때, <b>반드시 백업</b>을 " +"하십시오.\n" "왜냐하면 데이터가 다시 조직화되어야 하기 때문입니다.\n" "몇몇 시스템에서는 실패할 수 있습니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "별도의 홈 파티션 제안(&H)" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "LVM 기반 계획안 만들기(&L)" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 암호화 " -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "계획안 유형" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -986,8 +995,8 @@ "\n" "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -997,12 +1006,13 @@ msgstr "" "다음 마운트 포인트 중 하나에 FAT 파티션을 마운트하려고 했습니다.\n" "//usr, /home, /opt or /var. 이로 인해 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다.\n" -"이러한 마운트 포인트에 Linux 파일 시스템(예: ext3 또는 ext4)을 사용하십시오.\n" +"이러한 마운트 포인트에 Linux 파일 시스템(예: ext3 또는 ext4)을 사용하십시" +"오.\n" "\n" "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1010,13 +1020,15 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"마운트 포인트 /boot에 FAT 파티션을 마운트하려고 했습니다. 이로 인해 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다.\n" -"이러한 마운트 포인트에 Linux 파일 시스템(예: ext3 또는 ext4)을 사용하십시오.\n" +"마운트 포인트 /boot에 FAT 파티션을 마운트하려고 했습니다. 이로 인해 문제가 발" +"생할 수 있습니다.\n" +"이러한 마운트 포인트에 Linux 파일 시스템(예: ext3 또는 ext4)을 사용하십시" +"오.\n" "\n" "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1026,13 +1038,14 @@ msgstr "" "마운트 포인트 /boot에 Btrfs가 포함된 파티션을\n" "마운트했습니다. 이로 인해 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다.\n" -"이러한 마운트 포인트에 Linux 파일 시스템(예: ext3 또는 ext4)을 사용하십시오.\n" +"이러한 마운트 포인트에 Linux 파일 시스템(예: ext3 또는 ext4)을 사용하십시" +"오.\n" "\n" "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1041,9 +1054,15 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" +"경고:\n" +"시스템에 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" +"on MS-DOS 또는 0x00 GPT PReP Boot on GPT 형식의 부팅 파티션이 필요합니다.\n" +"부팅 파티션을 생성하는 것이 좋습니다.\n" +"\n" +"이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1063,8 +1082,8 @@ "\n" "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1078,8 +1097,8 @@ "\n" "이 크기를 부팅 파티션으로 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1093,10 +1112,10 @@ "크기가 약 1MB여야 합니다.\n" "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1106,9 +1125,16 @@ "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" +"경고: /boot로 마운트된 파티션이 없습니다.\n" +"하드 디스크에서 부팅하려면 작은 /boot 파티션\n" +"(약 %1)이 필요합니다. 0x41 PReP/CHRP on MS-DOS 또는 0x00 GPT\n" +"PReP Boot on GPT 유형의 파티션을 \n" +"생성하는 것이 좋습니다.\n" +"\n" +"/boot 파티션 없이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1128,7 +1154,7 @@ "\n" "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1140,8 +1166,8 @@ "%s\n" "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1157,8 +1183,8 @@ "\n" "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1182,8 +1208,8 @@ "\n" "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1207,19 +1233,20 @@ "\n" "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" +"\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1228,13 +1255,14 @@ "스왑 파티션을 할당하지 않았습니다. 대부분의 경우 스왑 파티션을 \n" "생성하여 할당하는 것이 좋습니다.\n" "시스템의 스왑 파티션은 \"Linux Swap\" 형식의\n" -"주 창에 나열됩니다. 할당된 스왑 파티션에는 \"swap\" 마운트 포인트가 있습니다.\n" +"주 창에 나열됩니다. 할당된 스왑 파티션에는 \"swap\" 마운트 포인트가 있습니" +"다.\n" "원하는 경우 두 개 이상의 스왑 파티션을 할당할 수 있습니다.\n" "\n" "스왑 파티션 없는 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1246,8 +1274,8 @@ "선택했습니다. 특히 다음과 같은 경우 YaST에서 설치가 실패할 수\n" "있습니다.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1258,19 +1286,20 @@ "- 이미 Linux 배포판이 설치된 파티션에 덮어쓰기하려 할 경우 \n" "- 파티션에 파일 시스템이 없을 경우\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " +"points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "의심스러우면, 특히 /, /boot, /opt, /var 등의\n" "표준 마운트 포인트 중 하나에 할당된 경우 돌아가서 이 파티션을\n" "포맷하도록 표시하십시오.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1280,8 +1309,8 @@ "\n" "파티션을 포맷하지 않은 상태로 유지하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1289,8 +1318,8 @@ "선택한 장치는 RAID(%1)에 속해 있습니다.\n" "편집하기 전에 먼저 RAID에서 장치를 제거하십시오.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1298,8 +1327,8 @@ "선택한 장치는 볼륨 그룹(%1)에 속해 있습니다.\n" "편집하기 전에 먼저 볼륨 그룹에서 장치를 제거하십시오.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1307,8 +1336,8 @@ "선택한 장치를 볼륨(%1)에서 사용하고 있습니다.\n" "편집하기 전에 먼저 볼륨을 제거하십시오.\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1316,8 +1345,8 @@ "장치(%2)가 RAID(%1)에 속해 있습니다.\n" "삭제하기 전에 먼저 RAID에서 장치를 제거하십시오.\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1325,12 +1354,12 @@ "장치(%2)를 %1에서 사용하고 있습니다.\n" "삭제하기 전에 먼저 %1을(를) 제거하십시오.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "마운트된 동안에는 삭제할 수 없습니다." -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1339,12 +1368,14 @@ "이 장치가 논리적 파티션이며 더 높은 번호를\n" " 가진 논리적 파티션이 사용 중이기 때문입니다.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "선택한 확장 파티션에는 현재 마운트된 파티션이 포함되어 있습니다.\n" @@ -1352,8 +1383,8 @@ "확장 파티션을 삭제하기 전에 마운트 해제하는 것이 *좋습니다*.\n" "현재 수행 중인 작업에 대해 정확히 모를 경우 \"취소\"를 선택하십시오.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1365,8 +1396,8 @@ "선택된 파티션에 볼륨 그룹에 지정된 LVM 파티션이 적어도 하나 있습니다.\n" "확장 파티션을 삭제하기 전에 볼륨그룹에서 모든 파티션을 삭제하십시오\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1379,8 +1410,8 @@ "적어도 하나 있습니다.\n" "확장 파티션을 삭제하기 전에 RAID 시스템에서 파티션을 해제하십시오\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1392,31 +1423,31 @@ " 있습니다. 확장 파티션을 삭제하기 전에\n" " 먼저 사용된 볼륨을 제거하십시오.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "암호화된 파일 시스템의 비밀번호를 입력하십시오." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "여기에 입력한 비밀번호를 기억해 주세요!" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "비어 있는 비밀번호가 허용됩니다." -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "%1에 대한 암호화된 파일 시스템의 비밀번호" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1424,38 +1455,38 @@ "%2에서 마운트된 %1 장치의\n" "암호화 비밀번호를 입력하십시오.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "암호화된 파일 시스템의 비밀번호를 입력하십시오." -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "파일 시스템의 비밀번호 입력(&E):" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "확인을 위해 비밀번호 다시 입력(&V):" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "생략(&S)" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1465,10 +1496,10 @@ "입력한 비밀번호가 다릅니다.\n" "다시 입력해 주십시오.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1476,10 +1507,10 @@ "암호를 입력하지 않았습니다.\n" "다시 입력하십시오.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1487,17 +1518,17 @@ "비밀번호는 %1자 이상이어야 합니다.\n" "다시 시도하십시오.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "부동 소수점 숫자가 없습니다." -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "파일 시스템 옵션:" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1505,75 +1536,79 @@ "볼륨 레이블에는 '/' 문자를 사용할 수 없습니다.\n" "이 문자가 포함되지 않도록 볼륨 레이블을 변경하십시오.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab by:</b>\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " +"disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>/etc/fstab에서 마운트:</b>\n" "일반적으로 마운트할 파일 시스템은 /etc/fstab에서 장치 이름별로\n" "식별됩니다. UUID 또는 볼륨 레이블을 검색하여 마운트할 파일 시스템을\n" -"찾을 수 있도록 이 ID를 변경할 수 있습니다. 일부 파일 시스템은 UUID 또는 볼륨 레이블에 의해\n" +"찾을 수 있도록 이 ID를 변경할 수 있습니다. 일부 파일 시스템은 UUID 또는 볼륨 " +"레이블에 의해\n" " 마운트할 수 없습니다. 옵션을 선택하지 않으면 \n" "불가능합니다.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>볼륨 레이블:</b>\n" -"이 필드에 입력한 이름은 볼륨 레이블로 사용됩니다. 일반적으로 이 이름은 볼륨 레이블별로 \n" +"이 필드에 입력한 이름은 볼륨 레이블로 사용됩니다. 일반적으로 이 이름은 볼륨 " +"레이블별로 \n" "마운트하기 위한 옵션을 활성화할 때만 인식됩니다.\n" "볼륨 레이블에는 / 문자 또는 공백을 사용할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "/etc/fstab에 의한 마운트" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "장치 이름(&D)" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "볼륨 레이블(&L)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&UUID" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "장치 ID(&I)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "장치 경로(&P)" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Fstab 옵션:" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1583,63 +1618,63 @@ "선택한 파일 시스템의 최대 볼륨 레이블 길이가\n" "%1입니다. 볼륨 레이블이 이 크기로 잘렸습니다.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "레이블로 마운트하기 위해 볼륨 레이블을 적어주십시오." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "이 볼륨 레이블은 이미 사용중입니다. 다른 이름을 사용하십시오." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "파일 시스템(&S)" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "옵션(&P)..." -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "장치 암호화(&E)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "파일 시스템 ID(&I)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Format" msgstr "형식" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "Do ¬ format" msgstr "포맷하지 않기(&N)" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "&Format" msgstr "포맷(&F)" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Fstab 옵션(&T)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "마운트 포인트(&M)" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1663,8 +1698,8 @@ "\n" "계속하시겠습니까e?\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1674,8 +1709,8 @@ "YaST2으로는 파티션의 파일 시스템을 축소할 수 없습니다.\n" "FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4 및 reiser인 경우에만 파일 시스템을 축소할 수 있습니다." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1685,22 +1720,22 @@ "YaST2으로는 논리 볼륨의 파일 시스템을 축소할 수 없습니다.\n" "FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4 및 reiser인 경우에만 파일 시스템을 축소할 수 있습니다." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "이 파티션을 축소하면 데이터가 손실될 수 있습니다." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "이 논리 볼륨을 축소하면 데이터가 손실될 수 있습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "계속하시겠습니까?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1710,8 +1745,8 @@ "YaST2으로는 선택한 파티션의 파일 시스템을 확장할 수 없습니다.\n" "FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4 및 reiser인 경우에만 파일 시스템을 확장할 수 있습니다." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1721,20 +1756,20 @@ "YaST2으로는 선택한 논리 볼륨의 파일 시스템을 확장할 수 없습니다.\n" "FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4 및 reiser인 경우에만 파일 시스템을 확장할 수 있습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "크기 조정 작업을 계속하시겠습니까?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Reiser 파일 시스템이 사용하고 있는 파티션을 축소했습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Reiser 파일 시스템이 사용하고 있는 논리 볼륨을 축소했습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1748,20 +1783,22 @@ "\n" "파일 시스템을 축소하시겠습니까?" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "선택한 장치에 현재 마운트된 파티션이 있습니다.\n" "%1\n" -"파티션 테이블을 삭제하기 전에 이 파티션 마운트를 해제하는 것이 *좋습니다*. 현재 수행 중인 작업을 정확히 모를 경우 \"취소\"를 선택하십시오.\n" +"파티션 테이블을 삭제하기 전에 이 파티션 마운트를 해제하는 것이 *좋습니다*. 현" +"재 수행 중인 작업을 정확히 모를 경우 \"취소\"를 선택하십시오.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1775,8 +1812,8 @@ "해당하는 볼륨 그룹의 파티션을\n" "모두 제거하십시오.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1789,8 +1826,8 @@ "하나 이상 있습니다.\n" "장치를 삭제하기 전에 해당 RAID 시스템에서 파티션 할당을 해제하십시오.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1802,56 +1839,57 @@ "하나 이상 있습니다. 장치를 삭제하기 전에 먼저\n" "파티션을 사용하는 볼륨을 삭제하십시오.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Btrfs 파일 시스템에서 하위 볼륨을 생성 및 제거합니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>" -msgstr "<p>스냅퍼를 통한 Btrfs 파일 시스템에 대한 자동 스냅샷을 활성화합니다.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>스냅퍼를 통한 Btrfs 파일 시스템에 대한 자동 스냅샷을 활성화합니다.</p>" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "기존 하위 볼륨:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "새 하위 볼륨" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 msgid "Add new" msgstr "새로 추가" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "제거" -#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 +#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "스냅샷 활성화" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "하위 볼륨 처리" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "하위 볼륨 이름을 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1859,16 +1897,16 @@ "현재 \"%1\"(으)로 시작하는 하위 볼륨 이름만 허용됩니다.\n" "하위 볼륨 이름 앞에 \"%1\"을(를) 자동으로 추가합니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "%1 하위 볼륨 이름이 이미 있습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "이 대화 상자에서 지금까지 수정한 내용이 유실됩니다." -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1878,8 +1916,8 @@ "암호화된 파일 시스템을 생성하십시오.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1889,8 +1927,8 @@ "암호화된 파일 시스템에 액세스하십시오.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -1904,12 +1942,13 @@ " 마찬가지로 안전합니다.\n" " </p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" +"tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" @@ -1922,13 +1961,14 @@ "있는 모든 데이터가 유실됩니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -1940,13 +1980,14 @@ "암호가 정확히 입력되었는지 확인하기 위해, 두번 입력하십시오\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1957,8 +1998,8 @@ " 포함해서는 안 됩니다.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -1972,10 +2013,10 @@ "(<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>), 숫자 <tt>0</tt>~<tt>9</tt>입니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1985,8 +2026,8 @@ "이 암호를 잊지 마십시오\n" "</p>" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -1996,11 +2037,12 @@ "암호화 비밀번호를 입력해야 합니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2011,7 +2053,7 @@ "업데이트하는 동안 파일 시스템에 액세스할 수 없습니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2031,7 +2073,7 @@ "이 디스크를 설치에 사용하려면 고급 파티션 관리자에서\n" " 디스크 레이블을 삭제해야 합니다.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2045,18 +2087,18 @@ "\n" "이 디스크의 모든 파티션을 제거 대상으로 표시해야 합니다.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "LVM에 대해서는 마운트 포인트 \"%1\"을(를) 사용할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "RAID에 대해서는 마운트 포인트 %1을(를) 사용할 수 없습니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2072,8 +2114,8 @@ "\n" "계속하시겠습니까?\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 msgid "" "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" @@ -2085,8 +2127,8 @@ "할당했습니다. 이것은 가능하지 않습니다. 마운트 포인트를 변경하거나\n" " 루프백되지 않은 파일 시스템을 사용하십시오.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2102,46 +2144,50 @@ "\n" " 계속하시겠습니까?\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "탑재 지점은 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "스왑 장치에 탑재 지점으로 스왑을 지정해야 합니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "스왑 장치에만 탑재 지점으로 스왑을 지정할 수 있습니다." -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "이 마운트 포인트는 이미 사용중입니다. 다른 것을 선택하십시오." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"FAT 파일 시스템을 시스템 마운트 포인트( /, /usr, /opt, /var, /home)에 마운트하려합니다.\n" +"FAT 파일 시스템을 시스템 마운트 포인트( /, /usr, /opt, /var, /home)에 마운트" +"하려합니다.\n" "이것은 불가능합니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 -msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "마운트 포인트에 잘못된 문자가 있습니다. 마우트 포인트에는 \"`'!\"%#\"을 사용하지 마십시오." +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 +msgid "" +"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "" +"마운트 포인트에 잘못된 문자가 있습니다. 마우트 포인트에는 \"`'!\"%#\"을 사용" +"하지 마십시오." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2151,13 +2197,13 @@ "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "마운트 포인트는 반드시 \"/\"로 시작해야합니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2165,9 +2211,9 @@ "스왑 파일 시스템이 없는 장치에\n" "탑재 지점 스왑을 할당할 수 없습니다." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" @@ -2175,8 +2221,8 @@ "파티션이 너무 작아 %1을(를) 사용할 수 없습니다.\n" "이 파일 시스템의 최소 크기는 %2입니다.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2184,8 +2230,8 @@ "알 수 없거나 존재하지 않는 파일 시스템이\n" "있는 장치에 탑재 지점을 할당할 수 없습니다." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2207,29 +2253,30 @@ "\n" "이 파일 시스템을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "현재 파일 시스템이 %1에 마운트되어 있습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"지금 마운트 해제를 시도하거나, 마운트 해제하지 않고 계속하거나, 취소할 수 있습니다.\n" +"지금 마운트 해제를 시도하거나, 마운트 해제하지 않고 계속하거나, 취소할 수 있" +"습니다.\n" "수행 중인 작업을 정확히 모르는 경우 [취소]를 클릭하십시오." -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "탑재 해제" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2237,75 +2284,75 @@ "지금 마운트 해제를 시도하거나 취소할 수 있습니다.\n" "수행 중인 작업을 정확히 모르는 경우 [취소]를 클릭하십시오." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "마운트된 동안에는 파일 시스템을 축소할 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "마운트된 동안에는 파일 시스템을 확장할 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "마운트된 동안에는 파일 시스템의 크기를 조정할 수 없습니다." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "장치 다시 스캔(&E)" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "마운트 포인트 임포트..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "암호 비밀번호 제공(&P)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "iSCSI 구성(&I)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "FCoE 구성(&F)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "다중 경로 구성(&M)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "DASD 구성(&D)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "zFCP 구성(&Z)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "XPRAM 구성(&X)..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "구성..." -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "%1에서 사용 가능한 저장소" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all storage devices\n" "available.</p>" @@ -2313,8 +2360,8 @@ "<p>이 보기는 사용 가능한 모든 저장소 장치를\n" "보여 줍니다.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2324,8 +2371,8 @@ "장치에 대한 세부 정보가 있는 보기로\n" "이동합니다.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>" @@ -2333,8 +2380,8 @@ "<p>테이블 항목을 선택하면\n" "장치에 대한 세부 정보가 있는 보기로 이동할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2342,8 +2389,8 @@ "디스크를 재검색하면 모든 현재 변경사항이 취소됩니다.\n" "디스크를 재검색하시겠습니까?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2351,8 +2398,8 @@ "iSCSI 구성을 호출하면 모든 현재 변경사항이 취소됩니다.\n" "iSCSI 구성을 호출하시겠습니까?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" @@ -2360,10 +2407,10 @@ "FCoE 구성을 호출하면 현재 변경 사항이 모두 취소됩니다.\n" "FCoE 구성을 호출하시겠습니까?" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" @@ -2371,8 +2418,8 @@ "다중 경로 구성을 호출하면 현재 변경사항이 모두 취소됩니다.\n" "다중 경로 구성을 호출하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2380,8 +2427,8 @@ "DASD 구성을 호출하면 모든 현재 변경사항이 취소됩니다.\n" "DASD 구성을 호출하시겠습니까?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2389,8 +2436,8 @@ "zFCP 구성을 호출하면 모든 현재 변경사항이 취소됩니다.\n" "zFCP 구성을 호출하시겠습니까?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2398,50 +2445,50 @@ "XPRAM 구성을 호출하면 모든 현재 변경사항이 취소됩니다.\n" "XPRAM 구성을 호출하시겠습니까?" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "BTRFS %1 편집" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "장치를 하나 이상 선택합니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume.</p>" msgstr "<p>BTRFS 볼륨에서 사용되는 장치를 변경합니다.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "사용하지 않는 장치:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "선택한 장치:" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "BTRFS 볼륨 %1 크기 조정" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "선택한 BTRFS 장치가 없습니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -2449,174 +2496,178 @@ "BTRFS %1을(를) 사용 중이므로\n" "편집할 수 없습니다. %1을(를) 편집하려면 사용되지 않음을 확인하십시오." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "일부 물리적 장치를 제거하지 못했습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 + src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "편집" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 + src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "삭제" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "BTRFS 볼륨" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "편집..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "삭제..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "<p>This view shows all Btrfs volumes.</p>" msgstr "<p>이 보기는 모든 BTRFS 볼륨을 표시합니다.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -2624,8 +2675,8 @@ "<p>이 보기는 선택한 BTRFS 볼륨에 대한\n" "세부 정보를 표시합니다.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -2633,72 +2684,74 @@ "<p>이 보기는 선택한 BTRFS 볼륨에서 사용된\n" "모든 장치를 표시합니다.</p>\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "BTRFS 장치: %1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "개요(&O)" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "사용된 장치(&U)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>" msgstr "<p>장치의 역할을 선택하십시오.</p>" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "EFI 부트 파티션" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "운영 체제" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "데이터 및 ISV 응용 프로그램" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "바꾸기" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "원시 볼륨(포맷되지 않음)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "역할" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type.</p>" @@ -2706,19 +2759,20 @@ "<p>먼저, 파티션을 포맷할지 여부와\n" "원하는 파일 시스템 유형을 선택합니다.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" +"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an " +"existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>볼륨의 모든 데이터를 암호화하려면\n" "<b>장치 암호화</b>를 선택합니다. 기존 볼륨의 암호화를 변경하면\n" "해당 볼륨의 모든 데이터가 삭제됩니다.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>" @@ -2726,48 +2780,49 @@ "<p>그런 다음 파티션을 마운트해야 할지\n" "여부를 선택하고 마운트 포인트(/, /boot, /home, /var 등)를 입력하십시오.</p>" -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "포맷 옵션" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "파티션 포맷" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "파티션 포맷 안 함" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "파티션 마운트 안 함" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "마운트 옵션" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "파티션 마운트" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "탑재 지점" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Fstab 옵션(&T)..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "암호화 파일은 암호화되어야 합니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2779,18 +2834,18 @@ "\n" "포맷 옵션도 확인하십시오.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "암호화 파일에는 탑재 지점이 필요합니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "TMPFS에는 마운트 포인트가 필요합니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2804,8 +2859,8 @@ "마찬가지로 안전합니다.\n" "</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2814,26 +2869,27 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"이 볼륨에 사용된 파일 시스템이 스왑입니다. 암호화 비밀번호를 지정하지 않을 수 있지만\n" +"이 볼륨에 사용된 파일 시스템이 스왑입니다. 암호화 비밀번호를 지정하지 않을 " +"수 있지만\n" "이렇게 하면 스왑 장치를 최대 절전 모드(디스크 일시 중단)로\n" "사용할 수 없습니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "볼륨에 저장된 모든 데이터가 유실됩니다!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Password" msgstr "비밀번호" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "기본 장치에서 크기 조정이 지원되지 않습니다." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -2843,7 +2899,7 @@ "선택한 파티션의 파일 시스템이 크기 조정을 지원하지 않기 때문에\n" " 파티션의 크기를 조정할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2851,8 +2907,8 @@ "마운트된 동안에는 NTFS 크기를 조정할 수 있는지\n" "여부를 확인할 수 없습니다." -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -2860,79 +2916,79 @@ "파일 시스템에 일관성이 없기 때문에\n" "%1 파티션의 크기를 조정할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "파티션 %1 크기 조정" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "논리적 볼륨 %1 크기 조정" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "현재 크기: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "현재 사용: %1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "크기" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "최대 크기(%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "최소 크기(%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "사용자 정의 크기" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>" msgstr "<p>새 크기를 선택합니다.</p>" -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." msgstr "입력한 크기가 잘못되었습니다. 크기를 %1과(와) %2 사이로 입력합니다." -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2943,28 +2999,28 @@ "작업 속도가 느리고 몇 시간이 걸릴 수도 있습니다. 파일 시스템을 \n" "마운트 해제하면 크기 조정 작업 속도가 향상됩니다." -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "%1의 출력" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "디스크 재검색 중..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "DM %1 편집" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "DM 장치를 선택하지 않았습니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -2972,13 +3028,13 @@ "DM %1이(가) 사용 중이므로\n" "편집할 수 없습니다. %1을(를) 편집하려면 사용되지 않도록 합니다." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "장치 매퍼(DM)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" @@ -2988,8 +3044,8 @@ "모든 장치 매퍼 장치를 표시합니다. 따라서 다중 경로 디스크,\n" "BIOS RAID 및 LVM 논리적 볼륨은 여기에 표시되지 않습니다.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device.</p>" @@ -2997,8 +3053,8 @@ "<p>이 보기는 선택한 장치 매퍼 장치에 대한\n" "세부 정보를 보여 줍니다.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device.</p>" @@ -3006,185 +3062,185 @@ "<p>이 보기는 선택한 장치 매퍼 장치에서 사용한\n" "모든 장치를 보여 줍니다.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "DM 장치: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "RAID 추가" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 추가" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "장치 그래프" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "장치 그래프 저장..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of devices.</p>" msgstr "<p>이 보기는 장치 그래프를 나타냅니다.</p>" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "그래프 파일을 저장하지 못했습니다." -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "마운트 그래프" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "마운트 그래프 저장..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of mount points.</p>" msgstr "<p>이 보기는 마운트 포인트의 그래프를 나타냅니다.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "<p>Choose the partition type for the new partition.</p>" msgstr "<p>새 파티션에 대한 파티션 유형을 선택합니다.</p>" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "주 파티션(&P)" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "확장 파티션(&E)" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "논리적 파티션(&L)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "새 파티션 유형" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "<p>Choose the size for the new partition.</p>" msgstr "<p>새 파티션의 크기를 선택합니다.</p>" -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "새 파티션 크기" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "사용자 지정 영역" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "시작 실린더" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "끝 실린더" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "입력한 영역이 잘못되었습니다." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "%1에 파티션 추가" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "%1 파티션 편집" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "파티션 %1을(를) 이동할 공간이 없습니다." -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "파티션 %1을(를) 앞으로 이동하시겠습니까?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "파티션 %1을(를) 뒤로 이동하시겠습니까?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "파티션 %1을(를) 이동하시겠습니까?" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "앞으로" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "뒤로" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "모든 파티션의 삭제 확인" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3192,82 +3248,83 @@ "\"%1\" 디스크에 하나 이상의 파티션이 있습니다.\n" "계속하면 다음 파티션이 삭제됩니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "\"%1\"의 모든 파티션을 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "하드 디스크를 선택하지 않았습니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." msgstr "LDL로 포맷된 DASD에서 파티션 테이블을 생성할 수 없습니다." -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "디스크가 사용 중이어서 수정할 수 없습니다." -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "%1에 대한 새 파티션 테이블 유형을 선택합니다." -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" "%1에 대한 새 파티션 테이블을 생성하시겠습니까? 그러면\n" -"%1에 대한 모든 데이터와 %1에서 파티션을 사용하는 모든 RAID 및 볼륨 그룹이 삭제됩니다." +"%1에 대한 모든 데이터와 %1에서 파티션을 사용하는 모든 RAID 및 볼륨 그룹이 삭" +"제됩니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "디스크를 선택하지 않았습니다." -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "BIOS RAID %1을(를) 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "파티셔닝된 RAID %1을(를) 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "이 디스크에는 삭제할 파티션이 없습니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "%1에 파티션을 생성할 수 없습니다." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "파티션을 선택하지 않았습니다." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3275,13 +3332,13 @@ "파티션 %1이(가) 사용 중이어서\n" "편집할 수 없습니다. %1을(를) 편집하려면 사용되지 않도록 합니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "확장 파티션을 편집할 수 없습니다." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3289,13 +3346,13 @@ "파티션 %1이(가) 이미 디스크에 생성되어 있으며\n" "이동할 수 없습니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "확장된 파티션을 이동할 수 없습니다." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3303,13 +3360,13 @@ "파티션 %1이(가) 사용 중이어서\n" "크기를 조정할 수 없습니다. %1의 크기를 조정하려면 사용되지 않도록 합니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "확장 파티션의 크기를 조정할 수 있습니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3325,7 +3382,7 @@ "파티션이 있습니다. 이러한 파티션은\n" "복제된 후에 삭제됩니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3333,11 +3390,11 @@ "다음 파티션이 삭제되고\n" "모든 데이터가 손실됩니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "이 파티션을 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3347,7 +3404,7 @@ "디스크에는 하나 이상의 파티션이 있어야 합니다.\n" "디스크를 복제하기 전에 파티션을 생성하십시오.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3355,20 +3412,20 @@ "이 디스크를 복제할 수 없습니다. 동일한 파티션\n" "레이아웃을 가질 수 있는 적합한 디스크가 없습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "%1의 파티션 레이아웃 복제" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "사용 가능한 대상 디스크:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "복제를 생성하기 위한 대상 디스크 선택" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3376,8 +3433,8 @@ "dasdfmt를 실행하면 디스크의 모든 데이터가 삭제됩니다.\n" "%1 디스크에서 dasdfmt를 실행하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3389,58 +3446,58 @@ " 현재 이 디스크에 있는 파티션이 다시\n" " 나타납니다.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "파티션 추가" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "이동" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "크기 조정" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "이동..." -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "크기 조정..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." @@ -3448,8 +3505,8 @@ "하드 디스크, BIOS RAID 및 다중 경로\n" "장치는 이동할 수 없습니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." @@ -3457,19 +3514,19 @@ "하드 디스크, BIOS RAID 및 다중 경로\n" "장치는 크기를 조정할 수 없습니다." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "하드 디스크" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "파티션 추가..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.</p>\n" @@ -3477,18 +3534,18 @@ "<p>이 보기는 iSCSI 디스크, BIOS RAID, 다중 경로 디스크 및 파티션을 포함하여\n" "모든 하드 디스크를 표시합니다.</p>\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "상태 테스트(SMART)..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "속성(hdparm)..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk.</p>" @@ -3496,55 +3553,56 @@ "<p>이 보기는 선택한 하드 디스크에 대한\n" "세부 정보를 보여 줍니다.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "이 디스크에 SMART를 사용할 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "이 디스크에 hdparm을 사용할 수 없습니다." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "새 파티션 테이블 생성" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "이 디스크 복제" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "DASD장치에서 dasdfmt를 실행하십시오.(&F)" -#. push button text -#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "추가..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "고급..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" "partitions are shown here.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>이 보기는 선택한 하드 디스크의\n" -"모든 파티션을 표시합니다. 하드 디스크가 BIOS RAID 또는 다중 경로 등에서 사용된 경우 여기에 파티션이 표시되지 않습니다.</p>\n" +"모든 파티션을 표시합니다. 하드 디스크가 BIOS RAID 또는 다중 경로 등에서 사용" +"된 경우 여기에 파티션이 표시되지 않습니다.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" @@ -3554,23 +3612,23 @@ "모든 장치를 표시합니다. 이 보기는 BIOS RAID, 파티션된 소프트웨어\n" "RAID 및 다중 경로 디스크에만 사용할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "파티션(&P)" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "하드 디스크: %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "파티션: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition.</p>" @@ -3578,8 +3636,8 @@ "<p>이 보기는 선택한 파티션에 대한\n" "세부 정보를 보여 줍니다.</p>" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "<p>YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" @@ -3589,8 +3647,8 @@ "여러 개의 Linux 시스템이 발견되었습니다. 이전 마운트 포인트가\n" "테이블에 표시되었습니다.</p>\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "<p>You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" @@ -3600,49 +3658,49 @@ "포맷 여부를 선택할 수\n" "있습니다. 비시스템 볼륨(예: /home)은 포맷되지 않습니다.</p>" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "마운트 포인트에 있는 이전 시스템을 찾을 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "이전 보기(&P)" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "다음 보기(&N)" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "기존 시스템에서 마운트 포인트 임포트:" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "시스템 볼륨 포맷" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "임포트" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "%1에서 검색된 /etc/fstab의 포함 내용:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "잘못된 비밀번호를 제공했습니다." -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "LVM에서 사용된 파티션 삭제 확인" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" @@ -3652,15 +3710,15 @@ "시스템을 일관된 상태로 유지하기 위해 다음 볼륨 그룹과\n" "논리 볼륨이 삭제됩니다.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "지금 \"%1\" 파티션과 \"%2\" 볼륨 그룹을 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "RAID에서 사용된 파티션 삭제 확인" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3670,24 +3728,24 @@ "시스템을 일관된 상태로 유지하기 위해 다음\n" "RAID 장치가 삭제됩니다.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "지금 \"%1\" 파티션과 RAID \"%2\"을(를) 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "%1의 모든 파티션을 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "%1을(를) 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3695,80 +3753,82 @@ "\n" "%1 루프 파일 또한 제거해도 됩니까?\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "파티션되지 않음" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "할당되지 않음" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>" msgstr "<p>파티션 변경 사항이 없습니다.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>" msgstr "<p>파티션 변경 사항:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>" msgstr "<p>저장소 설정 변경 사항이 없습니다.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>" msgstr "<p>저장소 설정:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>" msgstr "<p>설치할 패키지:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>패키지를 설치할 필요가 없습니다.</p>" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 msgid "Log" msgstr "로그" -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:47 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:47 msgid "Contents of %1:" msgstr "%1 컨텐트:" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:52 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:52 msgid "Update" msgstr "업데이트" -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by a filename -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:58 +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by a filename +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:58 msgid "This view shows the content of %1." msgstr "이 보기는 %1의 컨텐트를 보여 줍니다." -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>루프 파일의 경로 이름:</b><br>암호화된 루프 장치를 설치하기 위한 데이터를\n" +"<p><b>루프 파일의 경로 이름:</b><br>암호화된 루프 장치를 설치하기 위한 데이터" +"를\n" "포함하는 파일에 대한 절대 경로여야 합니다.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Create Loop File:</b><br>If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3780,8 +3840,8 @@ "지정한 크기로 파일이 생성됩니다.<b>참고:</b> 파일이\n" "이미 있는 경우 파일 내의 모든 데이터는 손실됩니다.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Size:</b><br>This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" @@ -3791,8 +3851,8 @@ "<p><b>크기:</b><br>루프 파일의 크기입니다. 암호화된 루프\n" "장치에 이 크기로 파일 시스템이 생성됩니다.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>NOTE:</b> During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3806,23 +3866,23 @@ "없습니다. 파일 시스템은 설치가 끝난 후 생성됩니다.\n" "파일 크기와 경로 이름을 입력할 때 주의하십시오.</p>\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "루프 파일의 경로 이름" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "찾아보기..." -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "루프 파일 생성" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -3830,13 +3890,13 @@ "파일 이름 \"%1\"이(가) 잘못되었습니다.\n" "절대 경로 이름을 사용하십시오.\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." msgstr "입력한 크기가 잘못되었습니다. 크기를 %1 이상으로 입력하십시오." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" @@ -3846,47 +3906,47 @@ "생성 플래그가 해제되어 있습니다. 기존 파일을 사용하거나 생성 플래그를\n" "활성화하십시오." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "암호화된 파일 추가" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "암호화된 파일 %1 편집" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "암호화된 파일을 선택하지 않았습니다." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3894,30 +3954,30 @@ "암호화된 파일 %1이(가) 사용 중이어서\n" "편집할 수 없습니다. %1을(를) 편집하려면 사용되지 않도록 합니다." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "암호화된 파일" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "암호화된 파일 추가..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "<p>This view shows all crypt files.</p>" msgstr "<p>이 보기는 모든 암호화된 파일을 보여 줍니다.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "암호화된 파일: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file.</p>" @@ -3925,23 +3985,23 @@ "<p>이 보기는 선택한 암호화된 파일의\n" "세부 정보를 보여 줍니다.</p>" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "볼륨 그룹의 이름을 입력합니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "볼륨 그룹의 이름이 128자를 초과합니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "볼륨 그룹의 이름이 \"-\"로 시작하면 안 됩니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -3949,13 +4009,13 @@ "볼륨 그룹의 이름에 잘못된 문자가 포함되어 있습니다. 허용되는 문자는 \n" "영숫자 문자와 \".\", \"_\", \"-\", \"+\"입니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "볼륨 그룹 \"%1\"이(가) 이미 있습니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -3963,13 +4023,13 @@ "볼륨 그룹 이름 \"%1\"은(는) /dev\n" "디렉토리의 다른 항목과 충돌됩니다.\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹의 삭제 확인" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" @@ -3979,13 +4039,13 @@ "계속하면, 다음 볼륨이 마운트 해제되고(마운트된 경우)\n" "삭제됩니다." -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" msgstr "\"%1\" 볼륨 그룹과 관련된 모든 논리 볼륨을 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" @@ -3993,18 +4053,18 @@ "입력한 데이터가 잘못되었습니다. 2의 제곱 값으로 %1보다 큰\n" "물리적인 확장 크기(예: \"%2\" 또는 \"%3\")를 삽입하십시오." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "논리적 볼륨에 대한 이름을 입력합니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "논리적 볼륨에 대한 이름이 128자를 초과합니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4012,8 +4072,8 @@ "논리적 그룹의 이름에 잘못된 문자가 포함되어 있습니다. 허용되는 문자는 \n" "영숫자 문자와 \".\", \"_\", \"-\", \"+\"입니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." @@ -4021,56 +4081,57 @@ "\"%1\"(이)라는 논리적 볼륨이 이미\n" "볼륨 그룹 \"%2\"에 있습니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "<p>Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group.</p>" msgstr "<p>새 볼륨 그룹의 이름과 물리적 확장 크기를 입력합니다.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "<p>Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain.</p>" msgstr "<p>볼륨 그룹에서 포함시킬 물리적 볼륨을 선택합니다.</p>" -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 이름" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "물리적인 확장 크기(&P)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "사용 가능한 물리적 볼륨:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "선택한 물리적 볼륨:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the volume group.</p>" msgstr "<p>볼륨 그룹에 사용된 장치를 변경합니다.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>새 논리 볼륨의 스트라이프 크기와 수를\n" "입력하십시오. 스트라이프 수는 볼륨 그룹의 실제 볼륨 수보다\n" "높을 수 없습니다.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "<p>So called <b>Thin Volumes</b> can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4086,156 +4147,163 @@ "할당된 씬 풀은 이 공간 요구사항을 충족할 수 있어야 합니다.\n" "씬 볼륨은 스트라이프 수를 가질 수 없습니다." -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "분할" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "번호" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "%2의 %1 논리 볼륨 추가" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 %1 크기 조정" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "<p>Enter the name of the new logical volume.</p>" msgstr "<p>새 논리적 볼륨의 이름을 입력합니다.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>" msgstr "" "<p>논리 볼륨을 <b>일반 볼륨</b>으로 선언할 수 있습니다.\n" -"이것은 기본값이며 <b>씬 프로비저닝</b> 기능이 존재하기 전의 모든 볼륨과 마찬가지로 일반 LVM 볼륨을 의미합니다.\n" +"이것은 기본값이며 <b>씬 프로비저닝</b> 기능이 존재하기 전의 모든 볼륨과 마찬" +"가지로 일반 LVM 볼륨을 의미합니다.\n" "이것이 가장 적절한 선택일 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n" -"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>" +"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>논리 볼륨을 <b>씬 풀</b>로 선언할 수 있습니다.\n" -"이것은 <b>씬 볼륨</b>이 해당 풀에서 요구 시 필요한 공간을 할당함을 의미합니다.</p>" +"이것은 <b>씬 볼륨</b>이 해당 풀에서 요구 시 필요한 공간을 할당함을 의미합니" +"다.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>" +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</" +"b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>논리 볼륨을 <b>씬 볼륨</b>으로 선언할 수 있습니다.\n" "이것은 볼륨이 <b>씬 풀</b>에서 요구 시 필요한 공간을 할당함을 의미합니다.</p>" -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "논리적 볼륨" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "유형" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "일반 볼륨" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "씬 풀" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "씬 볼륨" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "사용된 풀" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "%1에 대한 논리적 볼륨 추가" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "%2의 %1 논리 볼륨 편집" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" "볼륨 그룹을 생성하기에 적합한 사용하지 않는 장치가 충분하지 않습니다.\n" "\n" -"LVM을 사용하려면 유형 0x8e(또는 0x83)의 사용하지 않는 파티션이 하나 이상 또는 한 개의\n" +"LVM을 사용하려면 유형 0x8e(또는 0x83)의 사용하지 않는 파티션이 하나 이상 또" +"는 한 개의\n" "사용하지 않는 RAID 장치가 필요합니다. 파티션 테이블을 그에 따라 변경하십시오." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "볼륨 그룹을 선택하지 않았습니다." -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 \"%1\"을(를) 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "\"%1\" 볼륨 그룹을 삭제하지 못했습니다." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "논리적 볼륨을 선택하지 않았습니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "볼륨 그룹 \"%1\"에 여유 공간이 없습니다." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4243,8 +4311,8 @@ "볼륨 %1은(는) 씬 풀입니다.\n" "이것은 편집할 수 없습니다." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4252,46 +4320,46 @@ "%1 볼륨을 사용 중이므로\n" "편집할 수 없습니다. %1을(를) 편집하려면 사용 중이 아니어야 합니다." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "논리 볼륨 추가" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "볼륨 관리" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes.</p>" @@ -4299,8 +4367,8 @@ "<p>이 보기는 모든 LVM 볼륨 그룹과\n" "논리적 볼륨을 보여 줍니다.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group.</p>" @@ -4308,8 +4376,8 @@ "<p>이 보기는 선택한 볼륨 그룹에 대한\n" "세부 정보를 보여 줍니다.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group.</p>" @@ -4317,8 +4385,8 @@ "<p>이 보기는 선택한 볼륨 그룹의 모든 논리적\n" "볼륨을 보여 줍니다.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group.</p>" @@ -4326,28 +4394,28 @@ "<p>이 보기는 선택한 볼륨 그룹에서 사용한 모든 물리적\n" "볼륨을 보여 줍니다.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 msgid "Volume Group: %1" msgstr "볼륨 그룹: %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 msgid "&Logical Volumes" msgstr "논리적 볼륨(&L)" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 msgid "&Physical Volumes" msgstr "물리적 볼륨(&P)" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 msgid "Logical Volume: %1" msgstr "논리적 볼륨: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected logical volume.</p>" @@ -4355,56 +4423,56 @@ "<p>이 보기는 선택한 논리적 볼륨에 대한\n" "세부 정보를 보여 줍니다.</p>" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "장치 매퍼" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "BTRFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "TMPFS" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "사용하지 않는 장치" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "설치 요약" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "설정" -#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566 +#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" @@ -4414,34 +4482,37 @@ "파티션 도구를 종료하면 유실됩니다.\n" "종료하시겠습니까?" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580 msgid "<p>Here you can see the partitioning summary.</p>" msgstr "<p>여기서 파티셔닝 요약을 볼 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592 +#. Fullscreen summary of changes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": 요약" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667 msgid "System View" msgstr "시스템 보기(&S)" -#. fallback dialog content -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." -msgstr "NFS 구성을 사용할 수 없습니다. yast2-nfs-client 패키지 설치를 확인하십시오." +#. fallback dialog content +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 +msgid "" +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"NFS 구성을 사용할 수 없습니다. yast2-nfs-client 패키지 설치를 확인하십시오." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "네트워크 파일 시스템(NFS)" -#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) -#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 +#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) +#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 msgid "" "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" "Save it anyway?" @@ -4449,52 +4520,62 @@ "NFS 공유 '%1'의 탑재를 테스트하지 못했습니다.\n" "그래도 저장하시겠습니까?" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." msgstr "%1의 경우 %2 이상의 장치를 선택합니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 msgid "<p>Select the RAID type for the new RAID.</p>" msgstr "<p>새 RAID에 대한 RAID 유형을 선택합니다.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" +"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> 이 수준은 디스크 성능을 향상시켜 줍니다.\n" -"이 모드에는 중복성이 <b>없습니다</b>. 드라이브 중 하나가 작동이 중지되더라도 데이터 복구가 불가능합니다.</p>\n" +"이 모드에는 중복성이 <b>없습니다</b>. 드라이브 중 하나가 작동이 중지되더라도 " +"데이터 복구가 불가능합니다.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " +"on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>이 모드는 가장 안정적입니다.\n" -"이 모드는 두개 이상의 디스크가 필요합니다. 이 모드는 모든 디스크의 모든 데이터의\n" -"정확한 복사본을 유지합니다. 오랜 시간 후 하나의 디스크만이 동작해도 데이터를 유지합니다.\n" +"이 모드는 두개 이상의 디스크가 필요합니다. 이 모드는 모든 디스크의 모든 데이" +"터의\n" +"정확한 복사본을 유지합니다. 오랜 시간 후 하나의 디스크만이 동작해도 데이터를 " +"유지합니다.\n" "이 방식의 RAID를 구성하기 위해서는 거의 같은 크기의 파티션이이어야 합니다.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>이 모드는 데이터 안정성을 유지하면서 많은 수의 디스크를\n" +"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>이 모드는 데이터 안정성을 유지하면서 많은 수의 디스크" +"를\n" "관리할 수 있습니다. 이 모드는 3개이상의 디스크를 사용할 수 있습니다.\n" -"디스크 하나가 고장나도 모든 데이터는 손상되지 않습니다. 만약 두개의 디스크가\n" +"디스크 하나가 고장나도 모든 데이터는 손상되지 않습니다. 만약 두개의 디스크" +"가\n" "동시에 고장나게 되면 모든 데이터를 잃어 버릴 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "<p><b>Raid Name</b> gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" @@ -4504,19 +4585,22 @@ "제공할 수 있습니다. 선택 사항입니다. 이름이 제공된 경우 장치를\n" "<tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>으로 사용할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>RAID에 파티션을 추가합니다. RAID 유형에 따라\n" -"사용 가능한 디스크 크기는 이러한 파티션(RAID 0), 가장 작은 파티션의 크기(RAID1)\n" +"사용 가능한 디스크 크기는 이러한 파티션(RAID 0), 가장 작은 파티션의 크기" +"(RAID1)\n" " 또는 (N-1)*가장 작은 파티션(RAID 5)의 합계입니다.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "<p>Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.</p>\n" @@ -4524,80 +4608,86 @@ "<p>일반적으로, 다른 드라이브에 존재하는 다수의 파티션에서\n" "원하는 안정성과 성능을 얻을 수 있습니다.\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "RAID 유형" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID &0 (분할)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID &1 (미러링)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &5 (복사본을 가진 분할)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID 6(이중 복제 스트라이핑)(&6)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID 10(미러링 및 스트라이핑)(&1)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "Raid 이름(선택 사항)(&N)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "사용 가능한 장치:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>청크 크기:</b><br>장치에 기록할 수 있는 가장 작은 \"원자\" 대용량 데이터입니다.\n" +"<p><b>청크 크기:</b><br>장치에 기록할 수 있는 가장 작은 \"원자\" 대용량 데이" +"터입니다.\n" "RAID 5의 적당한 청크 크기는 128KB입니다. RAID 0의 경우\n" -"32KB부터 시작하는 것이 좋습니다. RAID 1의 경우 청크 크기는 배열에 큰 영향을 주지 않습니다.</p>\n" +"32KB부터 시작하는 것이 좋습니다. RAID 1의 경우 청크 크기는 배열에 큰 영향을 " +"주지 않습니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "패리티 알고리즘:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5/6에서 사용하는 패리티 알고리즘입니다.\n" -"왼쪽 대칭방식은 회전 플래터가 있는 일반적인 디스크에서 최대 성능을 제공합니다.</p>\n" +"왼쪽 대칭방식은 회전 플래터가 있는 일반적인 디스크에서 최대 성능을 제공합니" +"다.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4605,66 +4695,66 @@ "패리티 알고리즘에 대한 자세한 내용은 \n" "mdadm 맨 페이지(man mdadm)를 참조하십시오.\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "청크 크기" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "패리티 알고리즘(&A)" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "RAID 옵션" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the RAID.</p>" msgstr "<p>RAID에 사용된 장치를 변경합니다.</p>" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 추가" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 크기 조정" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 편집" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4677,22 +4767,22 @@ "RAID를 사용할 수 없습니다.\n" "\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." msgstr "RAID를 생성하기에 적합한 사용하지 않는 장치가 충분하지 않습니다." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "RAID를 선택하지 않았습니다." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4700,8 +4790,8 @@ "RAID %1이(가) 사용 중이어서\n" "편집할 수 없습니다. %1을(를) 편집하려면 사용되지 않도록 합니다." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." @@ -4710,8 +4800,8 @@ "크기를 조정할 수 없습니다. %1의 크기를 조정하려면\n" "이 항목을 제거한 후 다시 생성하십시오." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4719,18 +4809,18 @@ "RAID %1이(가) 사용 중이어서\n" "크기를 조정할 수 없습니다. %1의 크기를 조정하려면 사용되지 않도록 합니다." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "RAID 추가..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "<p>This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs.</p>" msgstr "<p>이 보기는 BIOS RAID를 제외한 모든 RAID를 표시합니다.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID.</p>" @@ -4738,8 +4828,8 @@ "<p>이 보기는 선택한 RAID에 대한\n" "세부 정보를 보여 줍니다.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID.</p>" @@ -4747,123 +4837,130 @@ "<p>이 보기는 선택한 RAID에서 사용한\n" "모든 장치를 보여 줍니다.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID: %1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "레이블" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "마운트 방식" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "사용" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS ID" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "실린더 정보" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "파이버 채널 정보" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "암호화" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "장치 이름" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "볼륨 레이블" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "장치 ID" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "장치 경로" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "최적" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "원통형" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "기본 마운트 기준" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "기본 파일 시스템" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "새로 생성된 파티션 정렬" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "저장소 장치 표시 기준" -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "저장소 장치의 정보 표시" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "<p>This view shows general storage\n" "settings:</p>" @@ -4871,14 +4968,16 @@ "<p>이 보기는 일반 저장소\n" "설정을 보여 줍니다.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</" +"i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> " +"and\n" "<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>기본 마운트 방법</b>은 새로 생성된 파일 시스템에 대한\n" @@ -4888,8 +4987,8 @@ "영구적이어야 하지만 항상 그렇지는 않습니다. 마지막으로 <i>UUID</i> 및\n" "<i>볼륨 레이블</i>은 파일 시스템의 UUID 및 레이블을 사용합니다.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n" @@ -4897,21 +4996,24 @@ "<p><b>기본 파일 시스템</b>은 새로 생성한\n" "파일 시스템에 대한 파일 시스템 유형을 제공합니다.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>새로 생성된 파티션 정렬</b>은\n" -"생성된 파티션의 정렬 방식을 결정합니다. <b>실린더</b>는 디스크 실린더 경계의 일반적인 정렬이며, <b>최적</b>은 Linux 커널에서\n" +"생성된 파티션의 정렬 방식을 결정합니다. <b>실린더</b>는 디스크 실린더 경계의 " +"일반적인 정렬이며, <b>최적</b>은 Linux 커널에서\n" "제공한 힌트에 따라 최상의 성능을 발휘하도록 파티션을 정렬하거나\n" "Windows Vista 및 Win 7과 호환되도록 합니다.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>" @@ -4919,8 +5021,8 @@ "<p><b>저장소 장치 표시 기준</b>은 탐색 트리의 하드 디스크에\n" "표시된 이름을 제어합니다.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>" @@ -4928,23 +5030,23 @@ "<p><b>저장소 장치에서 볼 수 있는\n" "정보</b>를 사용하면 테이블과 개요에서 정보를 숨길 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "<p>This view shows the installation summary.</p>" msgstr "<p>이 보기는 설치 요약을 표시합니다.</p>" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "TMPFS 마운트 추가" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "TMPFS 장치를 선택하지 않았습니다." -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -4952,18 +5054,18 @@ "\n" "%1에 마운트된 TMPFS를 삭제합니다." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "TMPFS 볼륨" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "<p>This view shows all tmpfs volumes.</p>" msgstr "<p>이 보기는 모든 TMPFS 볼륨을 표시합니다.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -4971,18 +5073,18 @@ "<p>이 보기는 선택한 TMPFS 볼륨에 대한\n" "세부 정보를 나타냅니다.</p>\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "TMPFS가 %1에 마운트됨" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "재검색" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "<p>This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" @@ -4992,8 +5094,8 @@ "분할되지 않은 디스크 및 논리적 볼륨이 없는\n" "볼륨 그룹을 보여 줍니다.</p>" -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" @@ -5001,30 +5103,30 @@ "사용하지 않는 장치를 다시 스캔하면\n" "현재 모든 변경 사항이 취소됩니다. 사용하지 않는 장치를 다시 스캔하시겠습니까?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" @@ -5032,17 +5134,17 @@ "요청한 크기의 논리적 볼륨을 \n" "만들 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "볼륨의 분할 수를 줄여보십시오." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "논리적 볼륨만 삭제할 수 있습니다." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5050,8 +5152,8 @@ "이 볼륨에 대한 하나 이상의 스냅샷이 활성화되어 있습니다.\n" "먼저 스냅샷을 제거하십시오." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5059,100 +5161,100 @@ "이 풀을 사용하는 씬 볼륨이 하나 이상 있습니다.\n" "먼저 씬 볼륨을 제거하십시오." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "논리적인 볼률 %1를 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "전체 크기: %1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "결과 크기: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "클래스" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "상단" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "위" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "아래" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "하단" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "분류" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "추가" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "모두 추가" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "모두 제거" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "%1 파일이 일반 파일이 아닙니다!" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "%1 파일이 너무 큽니다!" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5164,43 +5266,50 @@ "파일은 정규식을 포함한 행과 행당 클래스 이름을\n" "포함해야 합니다. 예:" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "다음 패턴 행이 탐지되었습니다." -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" msgstr "장치를 이러한 패턴의 클래스에 일치시키겠습니까?" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>" msgstr "" "<p>이 대화 상자는 RAID에 포함된 RAID 장치에 대한\n" -"클래스를 정의합니다. 사용할 수 있는 클래스는 A, B, C, D 및 E이지만, 대부분의 경우\n" +"클래스를 정의합니다. 사용할 수 있는 클래스는 A, B, C, D 및 E이지만, 대부분의 " +"경우\n" "더 적은 수의 클래스가 필요합니다(예: A와 B만). </p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " +"the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>장치를 마우스 오른쪽 버튼으로 클릭하고 상황별 메뉴에서\n" "해당 클래스를 선택하여 장치를 클래스에 배치할 수 있습니다. \n" -"Ctrl 또는 Shift 키를 누르면 장치를 여러 개 선택하여 선택한 장치를 한 단계로 클래스에 배치할\n" -"수 있습니다. 또한 \"%1\" ~ \"%2\" 레이블의 단추를 사용하여 현재 선택한 장치를 \n" +"Ctrl 또는 Shift 키를 누르면 장치를 여러 개 선택하여 선택한 장치를 한 단계로 " +"클래스에 배치할\n" +"수 있습니다. 또한 \"%1\" ~ \"%2\" 레이블의 단추를 사용하여 현재 선택한 장치" +"를 \n" "이 클래스에 배치할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "<p>After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." @@ -5208,8 +5317,8 @@ "<p>장치 클래스를 선택한 후 \"%1\" 또는 \"%2\" \n" "레이블의 버튼 중 하나를 눌러 장치 순서를 지정할 수 있습니다." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "<b>Sorted</b> puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." @@ -5217,19 +5326,21 @@ "<b>정렬됨</b>은 클래스 A의 모든 장치를 클래스 B 및 기타 클래스의 모든\n" "장치 앞에 배치합니다." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "<b>Interleaved</b> uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " +"follow." msgstr "" "<b>인터리브</b>는 클래스 A의 첫 번째 장치, 클래스 B의 \n" -"첫 번째 장치 그리고, 다음에 나오는 모든 클래스를 할당된 장치에 차례로 사용합니다. 그런 다음 \n" +"첫 번째 장치 그리고, 다음에 나오는 모든 클래스를 할당된 장치에 차례로 사용합" +"니다. 그런 다음 \n" "클래스 A의 두 번째 장치, 클래스 B의 두 번째 장치 순으로 사용합니다." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" @@ -5239,79 +5350,87 @@ "팝업에서 나가면 장치의 현재 순서가 RAID에서 생성되는\n" "순서로 사용됩니다.</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" +"part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression.</p>" msgstr "" "\"<b>%1</b>\" 버튼을 눌러 정규식과 클래스\n" "이름(예: \"sda.* A\") 행을 포함하는 파일을 선택할 수 있습니다. 정규식과 \n" -"일치하는 모든 장치가 이 행의 클래스에 삽입됩니다. 정규식은 커널 이름(예: /dev/sda1), \n" +"일치하는 모든 장치가 이 행의 클래스에 삽입됩니다. 정규식은 커널 이름(예: /" +"dev/sda1), \n" "udev 경로 이름(예: /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1)\n" "및 udev id(예: /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1)와\n" "비교됩니다. \n" -"장치 이름이 둘 이상의 정규식과 일치할 경우 최종적으로 첫 번째 일치가 클래스를\n" +"장치 이름이 둘 이상의 정규식과 일치할 경우 최종적으로 첫 번째 일치가 클래스" +"를\n" "결정합니다.</p>" -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "장치" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "패턴 파일" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "TMPFS 크기(&S)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"잘못된 크기가 지정되었습니다. 숫자를 먼저 사용한 후 K, M, G 또는 %를 사용하십시오.\n" +"잘못된 크기가 지정되었습니다. 숫자를 먼저 사용한 후 K, M, G 또는 %를 사용하십" +"시오.\n" "값은 100k 이상 또는 1% ~ 200% 범위여야 합니다. 다시 해보십시오." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "값은 1%와 200% 사이여야 합니다. 다시 해보십시오." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>TMPFS 크기:</b>\n" "크기는 숫자+K(Kilobyte), M(Megabyte) 또는 G(Gigabyte) 또는\n" "숫자+퍼센트 부호(메모리의 백분율을 의미함)로 입력될 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "스왑 우선순위(&P)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "값은 반드시 0에서 32767사이어야 합니다. 다시 시도하세요" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326 msgid "" "<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n" @@ -5319,43 +5438,45 @@ "<p><b>스왑 우선순위:</b>\n" "스왑 우선순위를 입력해 주세요. 높은 숫자가 높은 우선순위를 의미합니다.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "읽기 전용 마운트(&R)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>읽기 전용 마운트:</b>\n" "파일 시스템에 쓸 수 없습니다. 기본값은 false입니다. 설치 중\n" "파일 시스템은 항상 읽기/쓰기로 마운트됩니다.</p>" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "액세스 시간 없음(&A)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501 msgid "" "<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>액세스 시간 없음:</b>\n" -"파일을 읽을 때 액세스 시간이 업데이트되지 않습니다. 기본값은 false입니다.</p>\n" +"파일을 읽을 때 액세스 시간이 업데이트되지 않습니다. 기본값은 false입니다.</" +"p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "사용자가 마운트 가능" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 msgid "" "<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n" @@ -5363,19 +5484,21 @@ "<p><b>일반사용자에게 마운트 허용:</b>\n" "일반 사용자가 파일 시스템을 마운트 할수 있습니다. 기본값은 불가입니다.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "시스템이 시작할때 마운트를 하지 않습니다(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534 msgid "" "<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" +"tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>시스템 시작 시 마운트 안 함:</b>\n" "시스템을 시작할 때 파일 시스템은 자동으로 마운트되지 않습니다.\n" @@ -5384,13 +5507,13 @@ "<마운트 지점>은 파일 시스템이 마운트되는 디렉토리입니다.\n" "기본값은 false입니다.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "할당량 지원 활성화(&Q)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5400,21 +5523,23 @@ "파일 시스템은 사용자 할당량을 활성화한 상태로 탑재됩니다.\n" "기본값은 false입니다.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "데이터 저널링 모드(&J)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585 msgid "" "<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact.<br>\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>데이터 저널링 모드:</b>\n" "파일 데이터에 대한 저널링 모드를 지정합니다.\n" @@ -5422,15 +5547,16 @@ "저널에 커밋됩니다. 성능에 가장 큰 영향을 미칩니다.<br>\n" " <tt>ordered</tt> -- 모든 데이터는 메타 데이터가 저널에 커밋되기 전에\n" "직접 주 파일 시스템으로 전송됩니다. 성능에 중간 정도의 영향을 미칩니다.<br>\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- 데이터 순서가 유지되지 않습니다. 성능에 영향을 미치지 않습니다.</p>\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- 데이터 순서가 유지되지 않습니다. 성능에 영향을 미치지 " +"않습니다.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "액세스 제어 목록 (&ACL)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 msgid "" "<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5438,13 +5564,13 @@ "<p><b>액세스 제어 목록(ACL):</b>\n" "파일 시스템에 ACL을 활성화합니다.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "확장된 사용자 속성(&E)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625 msgid "" "<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5452,33 +5578,38 @@ "<p><b>확장된 사용자 속성:</b>\n" "파일 시스템에 확장된 사용자 속성을 사용할 수 있게 합니다.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "임의 옵션 값(&V)" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." -msgstr "임의 옵션 값에 잘못된 문자가 있습니다. 공백이나 탭을 사용하지 마십시오. 다시 시도하십시오." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 +msgid "" +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." +msgstr "" +"임의 옵션 값에 잘못된 문자가 있습니다. 공백이나 탭을 사용하지 마십시오. 다시 " +"시도하십시오." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" +"etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>임의의 옵션 값:</b>\n" "이 필드에서는 /etc/fstab의 4번째 필드에 적합한 마운트 옵션을 입력합니다.\n" " 옵션이 여러 개 있으면 쉼표로 구분하여 입력합니다.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "파일이름을 위한 문자셋(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 msgid "" "<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n" @@ -5486,60 +5617,67 @@ "<p><b>파일이름을 위한 문자셋:</b>\n" "윈도우 파티션의 파일이름을 표시하기 위해 사용될 문자셋을 설정하십시오.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "간단한 FAT 이름을 위한 코드페이지(&P)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>짧은 FAT이름을 위한 코드페이지:</b>\n" -"이 코드 페이지는 FAT 파일 시스템의 짧은 이름 문자를 변환하기 위해 쓰입니다.</p>\n" +"이 코드 페이지는 FAT 파일 시스템의 짧은 이름 문자를 변환하기 위해 쓰입니다.</" +"p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "FAT의 갯수(&F)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>" +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>FAT의 갯수:</b>\n" "파일 시스템의 파일 위치 테이블의 개수를 지정하세요. 기본값은 2 입니다.</p>" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "FAT 크기(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " +"for the file system size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>FAT 크기:</b>\n" -"사용된 파일 할당 테이블 유형(12, 16 또는 32비트)을 지정합니다. 자동이 지정된 경우 YaST는 자동으로 파일 시스템 크기에 가장 적합한 값을 선택합니다.</p>\n" +"사용된 파일 할당 테이블 유형(12, 16 또는 32비트)을 지정합니다. 자동이 지정된 " +"경우 YaST는 자동으로 파일 시스템 크기에 가장 적합한 값을 선택합니다.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "루트 디렉토리 엔트리(&D)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "\"루트 디렉토리 엔트리\"의 최소 크기는 112입니다. 다시 입력해 주십시오." +msgstr "" +"\"루트 디렉토리 엔트리\"의 최소 크기는 112입니다. 다시 입력해 주십시오." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 msgid "" "<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n" @@ -5547,58 +5685,69 @@ "<p><b>루트 디렉토리 엔트리:</b>\n" "루트 디렉토리의 유효한 엔트리 수를 선택합니다.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "해시 기능(&F)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " +"in directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>해시 기능:</b>\n" -"디렉토리의 파일 이름을 정렬하는 데 사용할 해시 기능의 이름을 지정합니다.</p>\n" +"디렉토리의 파일 이름을 정렬하는 데 사용할 해시 기능의 이름을 지정합니다.</" +"p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "파일 시스템 수정(&R)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>파일 시스템 수정:</b>\n" -"이 옵션에서는 Reiser 파일 시스템 형식 수정을 정의합니다. '3.5' 버전은 2.2.x 시리즈의 커널과 호환됩니다. '3.6' 버전이 더 최신이지만 커널 버전 2.4.x 이상에서만 사용 가능합니다.</p>\n" +"이 옵션에서는 Reiser 파일 시스템 형식 수정을 정의합니다. '3.5' 버전은 2.2.x " +"시리즈의 커널과 호환됩니다. '3.6' 버전이 더 최신이지만 커널 버전 2.4.x 이상에" +"서만 사용 가능합니다.</p>\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "블록 크기(바이트)(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>블록 크기:</b>\n" -"블록 크기(바이트)를 지정합니다. 블록당 유효한 블록 크기 값은 512, 1024, 2048 및 4096바이트입니다. 자동을 선택하면 표준 블록 크기인 4096이 사용됩니다.</p>\n" +"블록 크기(바이트)를 지정합니다. 블록당 유효한 블록 크기 값은 512, 1024, 2048 " +"및 4096바이트입니다. 자동을 선택하면 표준 블록 크기인 4096이 사용됩니다.</" +"p>\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "Inode 크기(&I)" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5606,30 +5755,33 @@ "<p><b>Inode 크기:</b>\n" "이 옵션은 파일 시스템의 inode 크기를 지정합니다.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "Inode 공간 백분율(&P)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Inode 공간 백분율:</b>\n" -"\"Inode 공간 백분율\" 옵션은 inode에 할당될 수 있는 파일 시스템 공간의 최대 백분율을 지정합니다.</p>\n" +"\"Inode 공간 백분율\" 옵션은 inode에 할당될 수 있는 파일 시스템 공간의 최대 " +"백분율을 지정합니다.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Inode 정렬(&A)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -5638,13 +5790,13 @@ "기본적으로 inode가 정렬되며, 대부분 정렬되지 않은 inode보다\n" "효율성이 높습니다.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "로그 크기(MB)(&L)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5652,28 +5804,30 @@ "\"로그 크기\" 값이 올바르지 않습니다.\n" "0보다 큰 값을 입력하십시오.\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "<p><b>Log Size</b>\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " +"aggregate size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>로그 크기</b>\n" -" 로그 크기(MB)를 설정합니다. 자동을 선택하면 기본적으로 전체 크기의 40%로 설정됩니다.</p>\n" +" 로그 크기(MB)를 설정합니다. 자동을 선택하면 기본적으로 전체 크기의 40%로 설" +"정됩니다.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "배드 블럭 리스트 도구 실행(&U)" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "블록당 Stride 길이(&L)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5681,8 +5835,8 @@ "\"블록당 Stride 길이\" 값이 유효하지 않습니다.\n" "1보다 큰 값을 선택하십시오.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968 msgid "" "<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5694,22 +5848,26 @@ "RAID 분할에 사용되는 블럭의 수를 정하는 'stride' 뿐입니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>블록 크기:</b>\n" -"블록 크기(바이트)를 지정합니다. 유효한 블록 크기는 블록당 1024, 2048, 4096바이트입니다. 자동을 선택하면 블록 크기는 파일 시스템 크기와 용도에 따라 결정됩니다.</p>\n" +"블록 크기(바이트)를 지정합니다. 유효한 블록 크기는 블록당 1024, 2048, 4096바" +"이트입니다. 자동을 선택하면 블록 크기는 파일 시스템 크기와 용도에 따라 결정됩" +"니다.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Inode당 바이트(&I)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002 msgid "" "<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5717,21 +5875,26 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " +"reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Inode당 바이트:</b>\n" -"Inode당 바이트 수를 지정합니다. YaST는 디스크 공간의 <inode당 바이트> 값으로 inode를 생성합니다. inode당 바이트 수가 클수록 inode 수는 줄어듭니다.\n" -"일반적으로 파일 시스템의 블록 크기보다 작으면 너무 많은 inode가 생성되기 때문에 블록 크기보다 큰 값을 사용해야 합니다.\n" -"파일 시스템이 생성된 후에는 inode 수를 늘릴 수 없기 때문에 이 파라미터에 대한 적절한 값을 입력해야 합니다.</p>\n" +"Inode당 바이트 수를 지정합니다. YaST는 디스크 공간의 <inode당 바이트> " +"값으로 inode를 생성합니다. inode당 바이트 수가 클수록 inode 수는 줄어듭니" +"다.\n" +"일반적으로 파일 시스템의 블록 크기보다 작으면 너무 많은 inode가 생성되기 때문" +"에 블록 크기보다 큰 값을 사용해야 합니다.\n" +"파일 시스템이 생성된 후에는 inode 수를 늘릴 수 없기 때문에 이 파라미터에 대" +"한 적절한 값을 입력해야 합니다.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "루트용으로 예약된 블록 백분율(&R)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -5739,19 +5902,26 @@ "\"루트용으로 예약된 블록 백분율\" 값이 올바르지 않습니다.\n" "99 이하의 부동 숫자를 사용할 수 있습니다(예: 0.5).\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>루트용으로 예약된 블록 백분율:</b> 수퍼유저에 사용하도록 예약된 블록의 백분율을 지정합니다. 일반적으로 1Gb가 예약되도록 기본값이 계산됩니다. 예약된 기본값의 상한은 5.0이고 예약된 기본값의 하한은 0.1입니다.</p>" +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>루트용으로 예약된 블록 백분율:</b> 수퍼유저에 사용하도록 예약된 블록의 " +"백분율을 지정합니다. 일반적으로 1Gb가 예약되도록 기본값이 계산됩니다. 예약된 " +"기본값의 상한은 5.0이고 예약된 기본값의 하한은 0.1입니다.</p>" -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "일반 검사 사용 안 함" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n" @@ -5759,43 +5929,45 @@ "<p><b>일반 검사 사용 안 함:</b>\n" "부팅 시 일반 파일 시스템 검사를 사용하지 않습니다.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "디렉토리 인덱스 기능(&D)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084 msgid "" "<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>디렉토리 인덱스:</b>\n" -"대형 디렉토리의 검색 속도를 높이기 위해 b-tree라는 해시 기능을 활성화합니다.</p>\n" +"대형 디렉토리의 검색 속도를 높이기 위해 b-tree라는 해시 기능을 활성화합니다." +"</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "저널 없음(&N)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>저널 없음:</b>\n" "파일 시스템에서 저널링 사용을 억제했습니다. 확실한 경우에만\n" "이 옵션을 활성화하십시오.</p>\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "%{device} 디스크에서 허용되지 않는 작업입니다.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -5815,8 +5987,8 @@ "마운트 지점을 할당할 수 있습니다. 그러나 여기서\n" "해당 디스크의 파티션을 추가, 크기 변경 또는 제거할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -5836,8 +6008,8 @@ "마운트 지점을 할당할 수 있습니다. 그러나 여기서\n" "해당 디스크의 파티션을 추가, 편집,크기 변경 또는 제거할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -5854,11 +6026,12 @@ "파티션을 생성했습니다.\n" "\n" "%{device} 디스크의 파티션을 있는 그대로 사용하거나,\n" -"포맷한 다음 마운트 지점을 할당할 수 있습니다. 그러나 여기서 해당 디스크의 파티션 크기를 변경하거나\n" +"포맷한 다음 마운트 지점을 할당할 수 있습니다. 그러나 여기서 해당 디스크의 파" +"티션 크기를 변경하거나\n" "제거할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5872,8 +6045,8 @@ "디스크 파티션 테이블을 정상적인 상태로 초기화할 수 있습니다.\n" "그러나 이렇게 하면 이 디스크의 모든 파티션에 있는 데이터가 모두 삭제됩니다.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5885,26 +6058,26 @@ "설치하는 동안 이 디스크를 사용하려고 생각하지 않는다면 안전하게\n" "이 메시지를 무시하십시오.\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "크기를 조정할 수 없습니다." -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5916,8 +6089,8 @@ " \n" " 제공한 암호화 비밀번호가 올바르지 않을 수 있습니다.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5927,8 +6100,8 @@ "입력한 비밀번호가 다릅니다.\n" "다시 시도하십시오." -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5938,26 +6111,26 @@ "0..9, a..z, A..Z 및 \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\"\n" "다시 시도하십시오." -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "암호화 비밀번호 입력(&E)" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "비밀번호 제공" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "암호화된 다음 볼륨은 이미 사용할 수 있습니다." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "암호화된 볼륨 활성화" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5969,12 +6142,12 @@ "업데이트 도중 볼륨이 필요하거나 또는 볼륨에 암호화된 \n" "LVM 실제 볼륨이 있는 경우 비밀번호를 알고 있어야 합니다." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "암호화 비밀번호를 제공하시겠습니까?" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5984,70 +6157,71 @@ "비밀번호를 입력하십시오.\n" "모든 장치에 대해 비밀번호가 입력됩니다." -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "암호화 비밀번호 입력" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "잠금 해제할 암호화된 볼륨이 없습니다." -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "다음 장치 중 하나에 대한 비밀번호를 제공하십시오." -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "다음 장치에 대한 비밀번호를 제공하십시오." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "암호화된 볼륨의 잠금 해제를 시도하는 중..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "비밀번호가 볼륨을 잠금 해제하지 않았습니다." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE 디스크" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI 디스크" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 msgid "Disk" msgstr "디스크" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "요구된 패키지의 설치에 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "오류를 무시하고 계속하시겠습니까?" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 -msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 +msgid "" +"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "디스크의 다른 파티션이 사용되고 있으므로 파티션을 생성할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6057,7 +6231,7 @@ "%1 장치에는 설치에 필요한 활성 스왑이 포함되어 있기 때문에\n" "이 장치를 수정할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6067,7 +6241,7 @@ "%1 장치에는 설치에 필요한 설치 데이터가 포함되어 있기 때문에\n" "이 장치를 수정할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6077,7 +6251,7 @@ "%1 장치에는 설치에 필요한 활성 스왑이 포함되어 있기 때문에\n" "이 장치를 제거할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6087,7 +6261,7 @@ "%1 장치에는 설치에 필요한 설치 데이터가 포함되어 있기 때문에\n" "이 장치를 제거할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6099,7 +6273,7 @@ "간접적으로 변경되므로\n" "제거할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6110,8 +6284,8 @@ "간접적으로 변경되므로\n" "제거할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6121,114 +6295,114 @@ "%1 파티션은 %2 디스크에서 다른 파티션이 사용되고 있으므로\n" "제거할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "루트 파일 시스템으로 할당된 항목이 없습니다." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "대부분 설치가 실패합니다." -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "다음 resolvable을 추가하지 못했습니다. %1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "다음 작업 도중 오류가 발생했습니다." -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "시스템 오류 코드: %1" -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "장치 %1의 비밀번호 입력(&E):" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "확인" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "취소" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "F" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "암호화됨" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "FS 형식" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "시작" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "종료" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "FS ID" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "디스크 레이블" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "메타 데이터" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "PE 크기" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "RAID 버전" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "패리티 알고리즘" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "제조업체" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "모델" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "<b>BIOS ID</b> shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." @@ -6236,8 +6410,8 @@ "<b>BIOS ID</b>는 하드 디스크의 BIOS ID를 보여 줍니다.\n" "이 필드는 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "<b>Bus</b> shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." @@ -6245,8 +6419,8 @@ "<b>버스</b>는 장치가 시스템에 연결되는 방식을 보여 줍니다.\n" "이 필드는 비워둘 수 없습니다(예: 다중 경로 디스크에 대해)." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "<b>Chunk Size</b> shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." @@ -6254,8 +6428,8 @@ "<b>청크 크기</b>는 RAID 장치에 대한\n" "청크 크기를 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "<b>Cylinder Size</b> shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." @@ -6263,8 +6437,8 @@ "<b>실린더 크기</b>는 하드 디스크의 실린더\n" "크기를 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "<b>Sector Size</b> shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." @@ -6272,8 +6446,8 @@ "<b>섹터 크기</b>는 하드 디스크의 섹터\n" "크기를 나타냅니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "<b>Device</b> shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." @@ -6281,8 +6455,8 @@ "<b>장치</b>는 장치의 커널\n" "이름을 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "<b>Disk Label</b> shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -6290,8 +6464,8 @@ "<b>디스크 레이블</b>은 디스크 의 파티션 테이블\n" "유형(예: <tt>MSDOS</tt> 또는 <tt>GPT</tt>)을 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "<b>Encrypted</b> shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6299,8 +6473,8 @@ "<b>암호화됨</b>은 장치가 암호화되었는지\n" "여부를 보여줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "<b>End Cylinder</b> shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." @@ -6308,8 +6482,8 @@ "<b>끝 실린더</b>는 파티션의 끝 실린더를\n" "보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "<b>LUN</b> shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6317,8 +6491,8 @@ "<b>LUN</b>은 파이버 채널 디스크의 논리적 단위\n" "번호를 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "<b>Port ID</b> shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." @@ -6326,8 +6500,8 @@ "<b>포트 ID</b>는 파이버 채널 디스크의\n" "포트 ID를 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "<b>WWPN</b> shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6335,8 +6509,8 @@ "<b>WWPN</b>은 파이버 채널 디스크의 World Wide\n" "포트 이름을 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "<b>File Path</b> shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." @@ -6344,8 +6518,8 @@ "<b>파일 경로</b>는 암호화된 루프 장치의\n" "파일 경로를 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "<b>Format</b> shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." @@ -6353,18 +6527,18 @@ "<b>형식</b>은 일부 플래그를 표시합니다. <tt>F</tt>는\n" "장치가 포맷을 위해 선택되었음을 의미합니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "<b>FS ID</b> shows the file system id." msgstr "<b>FS ID</b>는 파일 시스템 ID를 표시합니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "<b>FS Type</b> shows the file system type." msgstr "<b>FS 유형</b>은 파일 시스템 유형을 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "<b>Label</b> shows the label of the file\n" "system." @@ -6372,8 +6546,8 @@ "<b>레이블</b>은 파일 시스템의\n" "레이블을 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "<b>Metadata</b> shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." @@ -6381,27 +6555,30 @@ "<b>메타 데이터</b>는 볼륨 그룹의 LVM 메타 데이터\n" "유형을 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "<b>Model</b> shows the device model." msgstr "<b>모델</b>은 장치 모델을 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "<b>Mount by</b> indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " +"by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" -"<b>마운트 방법</b>은 파일 시스템이 마운트되는 방식을 나타냅니다. 즉, 커널 이름(커널), 파일 시스템 레이블(레이블), \n" +"<b>마운트 방법</b>은 파일 시스템이 마운트되는 방식을 나타냅니다. 즉, 커널 이" +"름(커널), 파일 시스템 레이블(레이블), \n" "파일 시스템 UUID(UUID), 장치 ID(ID), 장치 경로(경로) 기준을 나타냅니다.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " +"volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "물음표(?)는 파일 시스템이\n" @@ -6409,8 +6586,8 @@ "또는 자동 마운트 시스템에 마운트됩니다. 이 볼륨의 설정을\n" "변경할 때 YaST는 <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>를 업데이트하지 않습니다.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "<b>Mount Point</b> shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." @@ -6418,18 +6595,20 @@ "<b>마운트 포인트</b>는 파일 시스템이 마운트된\n" "위치를 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "마운트 포인트 뒤에 있는 별표(*)는 현재 마운트되지 않은\n" -"파일 시스템을 나타냅니다(예: <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>에 <tt>noauto</tt> 옵션이 설정되었기 때문)." +"파일 시스템을 나타냅니다(예: <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>에 <tt>noauto</tt> 옵션이 설" +"정되었기 때문)." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "<b>Number of Cylinders</b> shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." @@ -6437,8 +6616,8 @@ "<b>실린더 수</b>는 하드 디스크에 있는 실린더\n" "수를 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "<b>Parity Algorithm</b> shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6446,8 +6625,8 @@ "<b>패리티 알고리즘</b>은 RAID 유형이 5, 6 또는 10인 RAID 장치에 대한\n" "패리티 알고리즘을 나타냅니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "<b>PE Size</b> shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." @@ -6455,13 +6634,13 @@ "<b>PE 크기</b>는 LVM 볼륨 그룹에 대한 실제\n" "범위 크기를 나타냅니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "<b>RAID Version</b> shows the RAID version." msgstr "<b>RAID 버전</b>은 RAID 버전을 나타냅니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "<b>RAID Type</b> shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." @@ -6469,13 +6648,13 @@ "<b>RAID 유형</b>은 RAID 장치에 대해 RAID\n" "유형(RAID 레벨이라고도 함)을 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "<b>Size</b> shows the size of the device." msgstr "<b>크기</b>는 장치의 크기를 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "<b>Start Cylinder</b> shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." @@ -6483,8 +6662,8 @@ "<b>시작 실린더</b>는 파티션의 시작\n" "실린더를 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "<b>Stripes</b> shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" @@ -6492,8 +6671,8 @@ "<b>스트라이프</b>는 LVM 논리 볼륨의 스트라이프 수, 그리고\n" "이 값이 1보다 큰 경우 스트리아프 크기를 괄호로 묶어서 표시합니다.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "<b>Type</b> gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." @@ -6501,8 +6680,8 @@ "<b>유형</b>은 장치 유형에 대한 일반\n" "개요를 제공합니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "<b>Device ID</b> shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" @@ -6510,8 +6689,8 @@ "<b>장치 ID</b>는 영구 장치 ID를 표시합니다.\n" "이 필드는 비워둘 수 없습니다.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "<b>Device Path</b> shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6519,15 +6698,17 @@ "<b>장치 경로</b>는 영구 장치 경로를 보여 줍니다.\n" "이 필드는 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "<b>Used By</b> shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" -msgstr "<b>사용 대상</b>은 장치가 RAID 또는 LVM에서 사용되는 경우 표시됩니다. 그렇지 않으면 이 열은 비어 있습니다.\n" +msgstr "" +"<b>사용 대상</b>은 장치가 RAID 또는 LVM에서 사용되는 경우 표시됩니다. 그렇지 " +"않으면 이 열은 비어 있습니다.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "<b>UUID</b> shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." @@ -6535,236 +6716,236 @@ "<b>UUID</b>는 파일 시스템의 범용 고유 식별자(Universally Unique\n" "Identifier)를 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "<b>Vendor</b> shows the device vendor." msgstr "<b>제조업체</b>는 장치 제조업체를 보여 줍니다." -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "장치: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "크기: %1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "디스크 %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "유형: %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "형식: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "암호화됨: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "파일 시스템: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "마운트 포인트: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "마운트 방법: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "%1에서 사용됨: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "레이블: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "장치 경로: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "장치 ID %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "BIOS ID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "디스크 레이블: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "제조업체: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "모델: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "버스: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "메타 데이터: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "PE 크기: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "분할: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "RAID 버전: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "RAID 형식: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "청크 크기: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "패리티 알고리즘: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "실린더 수: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "실린더 크기: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "시작 시간: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "끝 실린더: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "섹터 크기: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "FS ID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "파일 경로: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "포트 ID: %1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "<p>The table contains:</p>" msgstr "<p>테이블 내용:</p>" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "장치:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "파일 시스템:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "하드 디스크:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "파이버 채널:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID:" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "<p>The overview contains:</p>" msgstr "<p>개요 내용:</p>" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -6772,8 +6953,8 @@ "저장소 하위 시스템이 알 수 없는 응용 프로그램에 의해 잠겼습니다.\n" "계속하려면 먼저 해당 응용 프로그램을 종료해야 합니다." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -6781,44 +6962,49 @@ "저장소 하위 시스템이 응용 프로그램 \"%1\"(%2)에 의해 잠겼습니다.\n" "계속하려면 먼저 해당 응용 프로그램을 종료해야 합니다." -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 -msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." -msgstr "일관성이 없는 파일 시스템으로 인해 크기를 변경할 수 없습니다. Windows에서 파일 시스템을 확인해 보십시오." +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 +msgid "" +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." +msgstr "" +"일관성이 없는 파일 시스템으로 인해 크기를 변경할 수 없습니다. Windows에서 파" +"일 시스템을 확인해 보십시오." -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "루트 파티션에 대한 파일 시스템" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "홈 파티션에 대한 파일 시스템" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "일시 중단을 위해 스왑 확대(&S)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "제안 설정" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 msgid "" "<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n" "Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>LVM을 사용하지 않으려면 <b>파티션 기반 제안</b>을 선택하십시오.\n" -"일반 LVM을 사용하려면 <b>LVM 기반 제안</b>을 선택하고 시스템을 암호화하려면 <b>암호화 LVM 기반\n" +"일반 LVM을 사용하려면 <b>LVM 기반 제안</b>을 선택하고 시스템을 암호화하려면 " +"<b>암호화 LVM 기반\n" "제안</b>을 선택하십시오.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "" "<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6827,11 +7013,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p>해당 콤보 상자를 사용하여 루트 파티션에 대한 파일 시스템을\n" "선택할 수 있습니다. 파일 시스템 BtrFS를 사용하면 제안에서\n" -"스냅퍼를 통한 자동 스냅샷을 활성화할 수 있습니다. 그러면 루트 파티션의 크기도\n" +"스냅퍼를 통한 자동 스냅샷을 활성화할 수 있습니다. 그러면 루트 파티션의 크기" +"도\n" "증가합니다.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 msgid "" "<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>" @@ -6839,83 +7026,84 @@ "<p>제안에서 별도의 홈 파티션을 생성할 수 있습니다. 해당 콤보 상자를\n" "사용하여 홈 파티션에 대한 파일 시스템을 선택할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "" "<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>대부분의 경우 시스템을 디스크에 일시 중단하는 데 사용할 수 있을 만큼 크게\n" +"<p>대부분의 경우 시스템을 디스크에 일시 중단하는 데 사용할 수 있을 만큼 크" +"게\n" "스왑 파티션을 만들 수 있습니다.</p>" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "제안 암호화에 대한 비밀번호를 입력하십시오." -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 msgid "Password:" msgstr "비밀번호:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "확인을 위해 암호 다시 입력:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "파티션 기반 제안(&P)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "LVM 기반 제안 생성(&L)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "암호화된 LVM 기반 제안 생성(&E)" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "기본 마운트 방법:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "기본 파일 시스템:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "저장 장치 표시 방법:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "파티션 정렬:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "저장 장치의 가시 정보:" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/sudo.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/sudo.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/sudo.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: sudo\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,37 +14,37 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsudo module -#: src/clients/sudo.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xsudo module +#: src/clients/sudo.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of sudo" msgstr "sudo 구성" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/sudo/complex.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of sudo -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Bubli <kmachalkova@suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:72 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/sudo/complex.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of sudo +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Bubli <kmachalkova@suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:72 msgid "" "A valid netmask is either in dotted quad notation \n" "(4 integers in the range 128 - 255 separated by dots) \n" @@ -54,308 +54,312 @@ "그룹(128 - 255 범위)이거나 0 - 32 범위의 단일\n" "정수입니다." -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:95 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:95 msgid "Add New Host to the Alias" msgstr "별칭에 새 호스트 추가" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:99 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:99 msgid "Hostname or Network" msgstr "호스트 이름 또는 네트워크" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:136 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:136 msgid "Add New User to the Alias" msgstr "별칭에 새 사용자 추가" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:142 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:142 msgid "Local and System Users (Groups)" msgstr "로컬 및 시스템 사용자(그룹)" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:176 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:176 msgid "File, directory or command alias '%1' does not exist." msgstr "파일, 디렉토리 또는 '%1' 명령 별칭이 없습니다." -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:195 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:195 msgid "Add new command with optional parameters" msgstr "선택적 파라미터와 함께 새 명령 추가" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:202 src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:202 src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 msgid "Command" msgstr "명령" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:204 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:204 msgid "Browse" msgstr "찾아보기" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:206 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:206 msgid "Parameters (optional)" msgstr "파라미터(선택 사항)" -#. yes-no popup - an error occured when saving the configuration -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291 +#. yes-no popup - an error occured when saving the configuration +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291 msgid "Saving sudoer's configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "sudoer 구성을 저장하지 못했습니다. 설정을 변경하시겠습니까?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:40 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:40 msgid "New Command Alias" msgstr "새 명령 별칭" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:44 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:44 msgid "Existing Command Alias" msgstr "기존 명령 별칭" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:48 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:52 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:58 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:59 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:48 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:52 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:58 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:59 msgid "Alias Name (in CAPITALS)" msgstr "별칭 이름(대문자)" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:49 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:49 msgid "Command Names or Directories in the Alias" msgstr "별칭의 명령 이름 또는 디렉토리" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 msgid "Parameters" msgstr "파라미터" -#. next -#. next -#. next -#. next -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:101 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:102 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:108 +#. next +#. next +#. next +#. next +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:101 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:102 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:108 msgid "Alias name must not be empty." msgstr "별칭 이름은 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:110 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:117 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:116 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:110 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:117 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:116 msgid "Alias with name %1 already exists" msgstr "%1(이)라는 이름의 별칭은 이미 있습니다." -#. Sudo::RemoveHostAlias(current_alias_name); -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:118 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:121 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:126 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:125 +#. Sudo::RemoveHostAlias(current_alias_name); +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:118 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:121 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:126 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:125 msgid "Alias must have at least one member." msgstr "별칭에는 하나 이상의 구성원이 있어야 합니다." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:44 msgid "New Host Alias" msgstr "새 호스트 별칭" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:48 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:48 msgid "Existing Host Alias" msgstr "기존 호스트 별칭" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:53 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:53 msgid "Hostnames or Networks in the Alias" msgstr "별칭의 호스트 이름 또는 네트워크" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:54 msgid "Hostnames/Networks" msgstr "호스트 이름/네트워크" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:47 msgid "New RunAs Alias" msgstr "새 RunAs 별칭" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:54 msgid "Existing RunAs Alias" msgstr "기존 RunAs 별칭" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:64 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:64 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:64 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:64 msgid "Alias Members" msgstr "별칭 구성원" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:47 msgid "New Sudo Rule" msgstr "새 Sudo 규칙" -#. Setting default values -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:50 +#. Setting default values +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:50 msgid "Existing Sudo Rule " msgstr "기존 Sudo 규칙" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:60 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:60 msgid "User, Group or User Alias" msgstr "사용자, 그룹 또는 사용자 별칭" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:68 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:68 msgid "Host or Host Alias" msgstr "호스트 또는 호스트 별칭" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:76 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:76 msgid "RunAs or RunAs Alias" msgstr "RunAs 또는 RunAs 별칭" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:80 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:80 msgid "No Password" msgstr "비밀번호 없음" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:81 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:81 msgid "Commands to Run" msgstr "실행할 명령" -#. next -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:152 +#. next +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:152 msgid "Username must not be empty." msgstr "사용자 이름은 비워 두면 안 됩니다." -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:157 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:157 msgid "Hostname must not be empty." msgstr "호스트 이름은 비워 두면 안 됩니다." -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:166 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:166 msgid "Command list must have at least one entry." msgstr "명령 목록에 항목이 하나 이상 있어야 합니다." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:47 msgid "New User Alias" msgstr "새 사용자 별칭" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:54 msgid "Existing User Alias" msgstr "기존 사용자 별칭" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/sudo/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of sudo -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Bubli <kmachalkova@suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/sudo/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of sudo +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Bubli <kmachalkova@suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "Sudo Configuration" msgstr "Sudo 구성" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Users" msgstr "사용자" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:110 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:110 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 msgid "Hosts" msgstr "호스트" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "RunAs" msgstr "RunAs" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NOPASSWD" msgstr "NOPASSWD" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:113 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:113 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Commands" msgstr "명령" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Up" msgstr "위" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Down" msgstr "아래" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:144 msgid "Rules for sudo" msgstr "sudo 규칙" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Rules for sudo " msgstr "sudo 규칙" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Alias Name" msgstr "별칭 이름" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Members" msgstr "구성원" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:179 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:181 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:179 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "User Aliases" msgstr "사용자 별칭" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:216 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "RunAs Aliases" msgstr "RunAs 별칭" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:249 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:249 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "호스트 별칭" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "Command Aliases" msgstr "명령 별칭" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Yes" msgstr "예" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "No" msgstr "아니요" -#. current_alias_name = ""; -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 +#. current_alias_name = ""; +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "" "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " +"delete it?\n" msgstr "" "호스트 별칭 %1은(는) sudo 규칙 중 하나에서 사용되고 있습니다.\n" "삭제하면 일관성 없는 sudo 구성 파일이 발생할 수 있습니다. 삭제하시겠습니까?\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " +"delete it?\n" msgstr "" "사용자 별칭 %1은(는) sudo 규칙 중 하나에서 사용되고 있습니다.\n" "삭제하면 일관성 없는 sudo 구성 파일이 발생할 수 있습니다. 삭제하시겠습니까?\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "" "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " +"delete it?\n" msgstr "" "RunAs 별칭 %1은(는) sudo 규칙 중 하나에서 사용되고 있습니다.\n" "삭제하면 일관성 없는 sudo 구성 파일이 발생할 수 있습니다. 삭제하시겠습니까?\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "" "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " +"delete it?\n" msgstr "" "명령 별칭 %1은(는) sudo 규칙 중 하나에서 사용되고 있습니다.\n" "삭제하면 일관성 없는 sudo 구성 파일이 발생할 수 있습니다. 삭제하시겠습니까?\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing sudo Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -363,8 +367,8 @@ "<p><b><big>sudo 구성 초기화</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -372,8 +376,8 @@ "<p><b><big>초기화 중단:</big></b><br>\n" "지금 <b>중단</b>을 눌러 구성 유틸리티를 안전하게 중단하십시오.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving sudo Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -381,8 +385,8 @@ "<p><b><big>sudo 구성 저장</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -394,8 +398,8 @@ "이 작업이 안전한지 여부를 알려 주는 추가 대화 상자가 나타납니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. User Specification help 1/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:55 +#. User Specification help 1/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Rules for sudo</big></b><br>\n" "\tRules for sudo basically determine which commands an user may run \n" @@ -415,8 +419,8 @@ "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 2/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:66 +#. User Specification help 2/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<p><b>Users</b> column denotes local or system user or user alias. \n" "\t<b>Hosts</b> column determines, on which hosts, or group \n" @@ -425,29 +429,34 @@ "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b>사용자</b> 열은 로컬 또는 시스템 사용자 /사용자 별칭을 지정합니다.\n" -"\t<b>호스트</b> 열은 사용자가 지정된 명령을 실행할 수 있고 호스트 별칭으로 참조되는\n" +"\t<b>호스트</b> 열은 사용자가 지정된 명령을 실행할 수 있고 호스트 별칭으로 참" +"조되는\n" "\t호스트 또는 호스트 그룹을 결정합니다.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 3/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 +#. User Specification help 3/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<b>RunAs</b> column is an\n" -"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" -"\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining whether\n" +"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access " +"privileges\n" +"\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining " +"whether\n" "\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<b>RunAs</b> 열은 명령 실행에\n" -"\t사용할 액세스 권한을 가진 사용자 이름(또는 별칭)을 포함하는 선택적 파라미터입니다.\n" -"\t<b>NOPASSWD</b>는 명령을 실행하기 전에 사용자를 인증해야 하는지 여부를 결정합니다.\n" +"\t사용할 액세스 권한을 가진 사용자 이름(또는 별칭)을 포함하는 선택적 파라미터" +"입니다.\n" +"\t<b>NOPASSWD</b>는 명령을 실행하기 전에 사용자를 인증해야 하는지 여부를 결정" +"합니다.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 4/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:83 +#. User Specification help 4/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p>A set of commands that user can run on specified hosts is summarized \n" "\tin <b>Commands</b> column. \n" @@ -459,382 +468,468 @@ "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 5/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:90 +#. User Specification help 5/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p> To add a new rule, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate \n" "\tentries. User name, hostname and command list must not be empty.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p> 새로운 규칙을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b> 버튼을 클릭하고 필요한 항목을 입력하십시오.\n" +"<p> 새로운 규칙을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b> 버튼을 클릭하고 필요한 항목을 입력하" +"십시오.\n" "\t사용자 이름, 호스트 이름 및 명령 목록을 비워둘 수 없습니다.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 5/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 +#. User Specification help 5/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" -"\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n" +"\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> " +"button.\n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p>기존 규칙을 편집하려면 테이블에서 항목을 선택하고 <b>편집</b>\n" -"\t버튼을 클릭하십시오. 선택한 항목을 삭제하려면 <b>삭제</b> 버튼을 클릭하십시오.\n" +"\t버튼을 클릭하십시오. 선택한 항목을 삭제하려면 <b>삭제</b> 버튼을 클릭하십시" +"오.\n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 +#. Single User Specification help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n" +"<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), " +"group name prefixed\n" "\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" -"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n" +"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, " +"groups and aliases \n" "\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b>사용자 이름 또는 별칭</b>은 단일 사용자 이름(예: foo), '%'가 앞에 추가된\n" +"<p><b>사용자 이름 또는 별칭</b>은 단일 사용자 이름(예: foo), '%'가 앞에 추가" +"된\n" "\t그룹 이름(예: %bar) 또는 사용자 별칭 이름으로 지정할 수 있습니다.\n" -"\t또, 키워드 'ALL' 은 모든 사용자를 의미합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 기존 사용자, 그룹 및 별칭을 \n" +"\t또, 키워드 'ALL' 은 모든 사용자를 의미합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 기존 사용" +"자, 그룹 및 별칭을 \n" "\t선택하거나 원하는 값을 입력하십시오.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 msgid "" -"<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com), single IP \n" -"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n" -"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n" -"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n" +"<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www." +"example.com), single IP \n" +"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host " +"alias. If commands may be\n" +"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched " +"against your own hostname\n" +"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file " +"between multiple machines, \n" "\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b>호스트 이름 또는 별칭</b> 항목은 호스트 이름(예: www.example.com) 외에도 단일 IP 주소\n" -"\t(예: 192.168.0.1), IP 주소와 결합된 넷마스크 또는 호스트 별칭으로 구성됩니다. 모든 호스트에서\n" -"\t명령을 실행하려면 'ALL' 키워드를 사용하십시오. 호스트 이름이나 IP 주소는 사용자의\n" -"\t호스트 이름이나 IP 주소에 일치하므로, 여러 시스템에서 하나의 /etc/sudoers 파일을\n" -"\t공유하지 않을 경우 대부분 'ALL' 또는 'localhost' 항목을 사용하는 것이 좋습니다.\n" +"<p><b>호스트 이름 또는 별칭</b> 항목은 호스트 이름(예: www.example.com) 외에" +"도 단일 IP 주소\n" +"\t(예: 192.168.0.1), IP 주소와 결합된 넷마스크 또는 호스트 별칭으로 구성됩니" +"다. 모든 호스트에서\n" +"\t명령을 실행하려면 'ALL' 키워드를 사용하십시오. 호스트 이름이나 IP 주소는 사" +"용자의\n" +"\t호스트 이름이나 IP 주소에 일치하므로, 여러 시스템에서 하나의 /etc/sudoers " +"파일을\n" +"\t공유하지 않을 경우 대부분 'ALL' 또는 'localhost' 항목을 사용하는 것이 좋습" +"니다.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 +#. Single User Specification help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n" +"<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an " +"user, \n" "\twhose access privileges \n" -"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is the default\n" -"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n" -"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n" +"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is " +"the default\n" +"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or " +"run_as alias name\n" +"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter " +"your own value.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b>RunAs 사용자 이름 또는 별칭</b>은 특정 명령을 실행하는데 사용할 액세스 권한을\n" +"<p><b>RunAs 사용자 이름 또는 별칭</b>은 특정 명령을 실행하는데 사용할 액세스 " +"권한을\n" "\t가진 사용자를 지정하는 선택적 파라미터입니다.\n" "\t비어 있을 경우 <b>루트</b> 사용자가 기본값입니다.\n" -"\t이 항목은 단일 사용자 이름, 앞에 '%'이(가) 추가된 그룹 이름 또는 run_as 별칭 이름일\n" -"\t수 있습니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 기존 사용자, 그룹 및 별칭을 선택하거나 사용자가 원하는 값을 입력하십시오.\n" +"\t이 항목은 단일 사용자 이름, 앞에 '%'이(가) 추가된 그룹 이름 또는 run_as 별" +"칭 이름일\n" +"\t수 있습니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 기존 사용자, 그룹 및 별칭을 선택하거나 사용" +"자가 원하는 값을 입력하십시오.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 +#. Single User Specification help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n" -"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n" +"<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to " +"authenticate\n" +"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running " +"particular \n" "\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" "\tdisable this authentication\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b>비밀번호 없음</b>은 선택적 태그입니다. 일반적으로 사용자는 특정 명령을 실행하기 전에\n" +"<p><b>비밀번호 없음</b>은 선택적 태그입니다. 일반적으로 사용자는 특정 명령을 " +"실행하기 전에\n" "자신을 인증해야 합니다(즉, 루트의 비밀번호가 아니라 \n" "\t자신의 비밀번호 제공). 이 인증을 비활성화하려면\n" "\t[비밀번호 없음] 태그를 '예'로 설정하십시오.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 4/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 +#. Single User Specification help 4/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<p><b>Commands to Run</b> table is a list of commands (optionally with\n" -"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n" -"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" +"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be " +"allowed \n" +"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be " +"run. \n" "\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b>실행할 명령</b> 테이블은 특정 사용자를 허용하는 디렉토리 및 명령\n" -"\t별칭의 명령 목록(선택적 파라미터 포함)입니다. 디렉토리 이름이 사용된 경우 해당\n" +"\t별칭의 명령 목록(선택적 파라미터 포함)입니다. 디렉토리 이름이 사용된 경우 " +"해당\n" "\t디렉토리에 있는 명령을 실행할 수 있습니다. 'ALL' 키워드는 모든 명령을\n" "\t의미하므로, 사용 시 주의하십시오.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 msgid "" -"To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with optional\n" -"\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n" +"To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with " +"optional\n" +"\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate " +"entry from the table\n" "\tand click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"새 명령을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b> 버튼을 클릭하고 선택적 파라미터를 사용하여 명령 이름을 입력한 다음\n" +"새 명령을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b> 버튼을 클릭하고 선택적 파라미터를 사용하여 " +"명령 이름을 입력한 다음\n" "\t<b>확인</b>을 클릭하십시오. 명령을 제거하려면 테이블에서 적절한\n" "\t항목을 선택하고 <b>삭제</b> 버튼을 클릭하십시오.\n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 +#. User Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p><b><big>User Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of " +"users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " +"in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>사용자 별칭</big></b><br>\n" -"\t이 대화 상자에서 사용자 별칭을 구성할 수 있습니다. 사용자 별칭은 고유한 이름이 지정되는\n" -"\t사용자 집합입니다. 이 이름은 나중에 sudo 구성의 해당 집합에 있는 모든 사용자를 나타내는 데 사용됩니다. \n" +"\t이 대화 상자에서 사용자 별칭을 구성할 수 있습니다. 사용자 별칭은 고유한 이" +"름이 지정되는\n" +"\t사용자 집합입니다. 이 이름은 나중에 sudo 구성의 해당 집합에 있는 모든 사용" +"자를 나타내는 데 사용됩니다. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 +#. User Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " +"appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>새 사용자 별칭을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b> 버튼을 클릭하고 적절한 항목을 입력하십시오. \n" +"<p>새 사용자 별칭을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b> 버튼을 클릭하고 적절한 항목을 입력" +"하십시오. \n" "\t별칭 이름과 사용자 목록은 비워둘 수 없습니다. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 +#. User Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on " +"<b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>기존 사용자 별칭을 편집하려면 테이블에서 항목을 선택하고 <b>편집</b> 버튼을 클릭하십시오.\n" +"<p>기존 사용자 별칭을 편집하려면 테이블에서 항목을 선택하고 <b>편집</b> 버튼" +"을 클릭하십시오.\n" "\t선택한 항목을 삭제하려면 <b>삭제</b> 버튼을 클릭하십시오.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 +#. Host Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of " +"hosts that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set " +"in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>호스트 별칭</big></b><br>\n" -"\t이 대화 상자에서 호스트 별칭을 구성할 수 있습니다. 호스트 별칭은 고유한 이름이 지정된\n" -"\t호스트 집합입니다. 이 이름은 나중에 sudo 구성의 해당 집합에 있는 모든 호스트를 나타내는 데 사용됩니다. \n" +"\t이 대화 상자에서 호스트 별칭을 구성할 수 있습니다. 호스트 별칭은 고유한 이" +"름이 지정된\n" +"\t호스트 집합입니다. 이 이름은 나중에 sudo 구성의 해당 집합에 있는 모든 호스" +"트를 나타내는 데 사용됩니다. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 +#. Host Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " +"appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>새 호스트 별칭을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b> 버튼을 클릭하고 해당 항목을 입력하십시오.\n" +"<p>새 호스트 별칭을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b> 버튼을 클릭하고 해당 항목을 입력하" +"십시오.\n" "\t별칭 이름과 호스트 목록은 비워둘 수 없습니다.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 +#. Host Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on " +"<b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>기존 호스트 별칭을 편집하려면 테이블에서 항목을 선택하고 <b>편집</b> 버튼을\n" +"<p>기존 호스트 별칭을 편집하려면 테이블에서 항목을 선택하고 <b>편집</b> 버튼" +"을\n" "\t클릭하십시오. 선택한 항목을 삭제하려면 <b>삭제</b> 버튼을 클릭하십시오.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 +#. RunAs Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>RunAs Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of " +"users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " +"in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>RunAs 별칭</big></b><br>\n" -"\t이 대화 상자에서 RunAs 별칭을 구성할 수 있습니다. RunAs 별칭은 고유한 이름이 지정된\n" -"\t사용자 집합입니다. 이 이름은 나중에 sudo 구성의 해당 집합에 있는 모든 사용자를 나타내는 데 사용됩니다.\n" +"\t이 대화 상자에서 RunAs 별칭을 구성할 수 있습니다. RunAs 별칭은 고유한 이름" +"이 지정된\n" +"\t사용자 집합입니다. 이 이름은 나중에 sudo 구성의 해당 집합에 있는 모든 사용" +"자를 나타내는 데 사용됩니다.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 +#. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " +"appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>새 RunAs 별칭을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b> 버튼을 클릭하고 해당 항목을 입력하십시오.\n" +"<p>새 RunAs 별칭을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b> 버튼을 클릭하고 해당 항목을 입력하" +"십시오.\n" "\t별칭 이름과 사용자 목록은 비워둘 수 없습니다.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 +#. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on " +"<b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>기존 RunAs 별칭을 편집하려면 테이블에서 항목을 선택하고 <b>편집</b> 버튼을 클릭하십시오.\n" +"<p>기존 RunAs 별칭을 편집하려면 테이블에서 항목을 선택하고 <b>편집</b> 버튼" +"을 클릭하십시오.\n" "\t선택한 항목을 삭제하려면 <b>삭제</b> 버튼을 클릭하십시오.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 +#. Command Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Command Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n" -"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set " +"of commands \n" +"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is " +"then used to refer\n" "\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>명령 별칭</big></b><br>\n" -"\t이 대화 상자에서 명령 별칭을 구성할 수 있습니다. 명령 별칭은 고유한 이름이 지정된 명령 집합\n" -"\t(선택적 파라미터 포함)입니다. 이 이름은 나중에 sudo 구성의 해당 집합에 있는 모든 명령을\n" +"\t이 대화 상자에서 명령 별칭을 구성할 수 있습니다. 명령 별칭은 고유한 이름이 " +"지정된 명령 집합\n" +"\t(선택적 파라미터 포함)입니다. 이 이름은 나중에 sudo 구성의 해당 집합에 있" +"는 모든 명령을\n" "\t나타내는 데 사용됩니다. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 +#. Command Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " +"appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>새 명령 별칭을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b> 버튼을 클릭하고 해당 항목을 입력하십시오.\n" +"<p>새 명령 별칭을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b> 버튼을 클릭하고 해당 항목을 입력하십" +"시오.\n" "\t별칭 이름과 명령 목록은 비워둘 수 없습니다.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 +#. Command Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click " +"on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>기존 명령 별칭을 편집하려면 테이블에서 항목을 선택하고 <b>편집</b> 버튼을\n" +"<p>기존 명령 별칭을 편집하려면 테이블에서 항목을 선택하고 <b>편집</b> 버튼" +"을\n" "\t클릭하십시오. 선택한 항목을 삭제하려면 <b>삭제</b> 버튼을 클릭하십시오.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 +#. Single User Alias Help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "<p><b><big>User Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n" -"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n" +"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with " +"'%') or other\n" +"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, " +"numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in " +"this alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>사용자 별칭</big></b><br>\n" -"\t사용자 별칭은 여러 사용자나 시스템 그룹(앞에 '%' 있음) 또는 다른 사용자 별칭으로\n" -"\t구성되어 있습니다. 사용자 별칭에는 단일 이름(대문자, 숫자 및 밑줄만 사용해야 함)을\t지정하여 사용자 전체를 나타내는 데 사용합니다.\n" +"\t사용자 별칭은 여러 사용자나 시스템 그룹(앞에 '%' 있음) 또는 다른 사용자 별" +"칭으로\n" +"\t구성되어 있습니다. 사용자 별칭에는 단일 이름(대문자, 숫자 및 밑줄만 사용해" +"야 함)을\t지정하여 사용자 전체를 나타내는 데 사용합니다.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or groups to the\n" -"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on <b>Add</b> button.\n" -"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" +"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or " +"groups to the\n" +"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on " +"<b>Add</b> button.\n" +"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " +"and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b>별칭 이름</b> 텍스트 항목에 고유한 이름을 입력하십시오. 사용자나 그룹을 별칭에\n" -"\t추가하려면 드롭다운 메뉴에서 사용자나 그룹 이름을 선택하고 <b>추가</b> 버튼을 클릭하십시오.\n" +"<p><b>별칭 이름</b> 텍스트 항목에 고유한 이름을 입력하십시오. 사용자나 그룹" +"을 별칭에\n" +"\t추가하려면 드롭다운 메뉴에서 사용자나 그룹 이름을 선택하고 <b>추가</b> 버튼" +"을 클릭하십시오.\n" "\t별칭에서 사용자를 제거하려면 테이블에서 해당 항목을 선택하고\n" -"\t<b>제거</b> 버튼을 클릭하십시오. 구성을 마치려면<b>확인</b>을 클릭하십시오.\n" +"\t<b>제거</b> 버튼을 클릭하십시오. 구성을 마치려면<b>확인</b>을 클릭하십시" +"오.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 3/3 -#. Single Host Alias Help 4/4 -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#. Single Command Alias Help 4/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 +#. Single User Alias Help 3/3 +#. Single Host Alias Help 4/4 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#. Single Command Alias Help 4/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n" +"<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one " +"member.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<b>참고:</b> 별칭 이름은 비워둘 수 없습니다. 각 별칭에는 하나 이상의 구성원이 있어야 합니다..\n" +"<b>참고:</b> 별칭 이름은 비워둘 수 없습니다. 각 별칭에는 하나 이상의 구성원" +"이 있어야 합니다..\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 +#. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n" -"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" -"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n" -"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n" +"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP " +"addresses\n" +"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. " +"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" +"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. " +"It is \n" +"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore " +"only), which \n" "\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>호스트 별칭</big></b><br>\n" -"\t호스트 별칭은 여러 호스트 이름, 단일 IP 주소, 넷마스크 ID(점으로 구분된 4자리 표기)(예: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0)를 포함한 IP 주소 또는 \n" -"\tCIDR 번호(비트 단위 표기)(예: 192.168.0.0/24) 또는 다른 호스트 별칭으로 구성됩니다. 호스트 별칭에는 단일 이름(대문자, 숫자, 밑줄만\n" +"\t호스트 별칭은 여러 호스트 이름, 단일 IP 주소, 넷마스크 ID(점으로 구분된 4자" +"리 표기)(예: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0)를 포함한 IP 주소 또는 \n" +"\tCIDR 번호(비트 단위 표기)(예: 192.168.0.0/24) 또는 다른 호스트 별칭으로 구" +"성됩니다. 호스트 별칭에는 단일 이름(대문자, 숫자, 밑줄만\n" "\t사용해야 함)을 지정하여 해당 별칭의 모든 호스트를 나타내는 데 사용합니다.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 +#. Single Host Alias Help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add hosts to the\n" -"\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n" +"\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you " +"can enter\n" "\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t<p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b>별칭 이름</b> 텍스트 항목에 고유한 이름을 입력하십시오. 별칭에\n" -"\t호스트를 추가하려면 <b>추가</b> 버튼을 클릭하십시오. 팝업이 표시되면 올바른 호스트\n" +"\t호스트를 추가하려면 <b>추가</b> 버튼을 클릭하십시오. 팝업이 표시되면 올바" +"른 호스트\n" "\t이름 또는 IP 주소를 입력하고 <b>확인</b>을 클릭하십시오.\n" "\t<p>\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 +#. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 msgid "" -"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" +"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and " +"click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -844,67 +939,85 @@ "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single RunAs Alias Help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 +#. Single RunAs Alias Help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<p><b><big>RunAs Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n" -"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n" -"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n" +"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more " +"users, system groups \n" +"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must " +"contain \n" +"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to " +"refer to all users \n" "\tin this alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>RunAs 별칭</big></b><br>\n" -"\tRunAs 별칭은 사용자 별칭과 유사하며, 여러 사용자, 시스템 그룹(앞에 '%' 있음) 또는\n" +"\tRunAs 별칭은 사용자 별칭과 유사하며, 여러 사용자, 시스템 그룹(앞에 '%' 있" +"음) 또는\n" "\t다른 RunAs 별칭으로 구성됩니다. RunAs 별칭에는\n" -"\t단일 이름(대문자, 숫자, 밑줄만 사용해야 함)을 지정하여 해당 별칭의 모든 사용자를 나타내는 데\n" +"\t단일 이름(대문자, 숫자, 밑줄만 사용해야 함)을 지정하여 해당 별칭의 모든 사" +"용자를 나타내는 데\n" "\t사용합니다.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 +#. Single Command Alias Help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Command Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n" -"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n" +"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional " +"parameters), directories, or\n" +"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase " +"letters, numbers and\n" "\tunderscore only), which is \n" -"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n" -"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n" +"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally " +"have one or more\n" +"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these " +"parameters only. If a \n" "\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>명령 별칭</big></b><br>\n" -"\t명령 별칭은 여러 명령(선택적 파라미터 포함)이나 디렉토리 또는 다른 명령 별칭으로 구성됩니다.\n" -"\t명령 별칭에는 단일 이름(대문자, 숫자, 밑줄만 사용해야 함)을 지정하여 해당 별칭의 모든 명령을 나타내는 데\n" +"\t명령 별칭은 여러 명령(선택적 파라미터 포함)이나 디렉토리 또는 다른 명령 별" +"칭으로 구성됩니다.\n" +"\t명령 별칭에는 단일 이름(대문자, 숫자, 밑줄만 사용해야 함)을 지정하여 해당 " +"별칭의 모든 명령을 나타내는 데\n" "\t사용합니다.\n" -"\t명령에는 선택적으로 여러 파라미터를 지정할 수 있습니다. 이런 경우 사용자는 해당 파라미터를\n" +"\t명령에는 선택적으로 여러 파라미터를 지정할 수 있습니다. 이런 경우 사용자는 " +"해당 파라미터를\n" "\t사용한 명령만 실행할 수 있습니다. 또한 디렉토리 이름이 사용된 경우 해당\n" "\t디렉토리에 있는 모든 명령을 실행할 수 있습니다.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 +#. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 msgid "" -"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n" -"\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n" -"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. Additionally, you can\n" +"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command " +"to the alias,\n" +"\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can " +"enter command name\n" +"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. " +"Additionally, you can\n" "\tspecify command parameters in <b>Parameters</b> text entry\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b>별칭 이름</b> 테스트 항목에 고유한 이름을 입력하십시오. 별칭에 새 명령을 추가하려면\n" +"<p><b>별칭 이름</b> 테스트 항목에 고유한 이름을 입력하십시오. 별칭에 새 명령" +"을 추가하려면\n" "\t<b>추가</b> 버튼을 클릭하십시오. 팝업 창이 나타나며,\n" -"\t여기서 명령 이름을 입력할 수 있거나 <b>찾아보기</b> 버튼을 클릭하여 파일 브라우저에서 선택할 수 있습니다. 또한\n" +"\t여기서 명령 이름을 입력할 수 있거나 <b>찾아보기</b> 버튼을 클릭하여 파일 브" +"라우저에서 선택할 수 있습니다. 또한\n" "\t<b>파라미터</b> 텍스트 항목에 명령 파라미터를 지정할 수 있습니다.\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 +#. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 msgid "" -"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" +"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " +"and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -914,17 +1027,18 @@ "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. if(issubstring(line[3]:"","NOPASSWD:")) { -#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) true; -#. } -#. else { -#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; -#. } -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 -msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" +#. if(issubstring(line[3]:"","NOPASSWD:")) { +#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) true; +#. } +#. else { +#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; +#. } +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 +msgid "" +"This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" msgstr "이 규칙은 sudo 기능의 정상적인 작동에 필요한 시스템 규칙입니다.\n" -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 msgid "" "After deleting it, some applications may no longer work.\n" "Really delete?" @@ -932,7 +1046,7 @@ "이 규칙을 삭제하면 일부 응용 프로그램이 더 이상 작동하지 않을 수 있습니다.\n" "삭제하시겠습니까?" -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:414 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:414 msgid "" "If you change it, some applications may no longer work.\n" "Really edit? " @@ -940,32 +1054,34 @@ "이 규칙을 변경하면 일부 응용 프로그램이 더 이상 작동하지 않을 수 있습니다.\n" "편집하시겠습니까?" -#. end Commands -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 -msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" -msgstr "모든 변경사항이 손실됩니다. 저장하지 않고 sudo 구성을 종료하시겠습니까?" +#. end Commands +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 +msgid "" +"All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" +msgstr "" +"모든 변경사항이 손실됩니다. 저장하지 않고 sudo 구성을 종료하시겠습니까?" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 msgid "An error occurred while reading users and groups." msgstr "사용자 및 그룹을 읽는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. Sudo read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:605 +#. Sudo read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:605 msgid "Saving sudo Configuration" msgstr "sudo 구성 저장 중" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:620 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:620 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "설정 쓰기" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:624 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:624 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "설정을 쓰는 중..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:638 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "설정을 쓸 수 없습니다." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/support.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/support.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/support.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: support\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,68 +14,68 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsupport module -#: src/clients/support.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the Xsupport module +#: src/clients/support.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of support" msgstr "지원 구성" -#. Rich text title for Support in proposals -#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for Support in proposals +#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Support" msgstr "지원" -#. Menu title for Support in proposals -#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for Support in proposals +#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Support" msgstr "지원(&S)" -#. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 +#. Command line parameters dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" msgstr "Supportconfig 개요 대화 상자" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "SUSE 지원 센터 열기" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "브라우저가 시작되어 SUSE 지원 센터 포털로 연결됩니다." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Open" msgstr "열기" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Collect Data" msgstr "데이터 수집" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." msgstr "수집된 로그 파일이 포함된 tarball이 생성됩니다." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Create report tarball" msgstr "보고서 Tarball 생성" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Upload Data" msgstr "데이터 업로드" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." msgstr "수집된 로그가 지정한 URL로 업로드됩니다." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Upload" msgstr "업로드" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." msgstr "설치된 브라우저를 찾을 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "" "YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n" "running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n" @@ -87,189 +87,189 @@ "%1을(를) 입력하십시오.\n" "웹 브라우저를 시작하시겠습니까?\n" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" msgstr "Supportconfig 업로드 대화 상자" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Save as" msgstr "다른 이름으로 저장" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Directory to Save" msgstr "저장할 디렉토리" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "Package with log files" msgstr "로그 파일이 있는 패키지" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" msgstr "URL에 로그 파일 tarball 업로드" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 msgid "Upload Target" msgstr "대상 업로드" -#. } -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 +#. } +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Cannot write settings" msgstr "설정을 기록할 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "설정을 쓸 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" msgstr "Tarball을 저장할 디렉토리 선택" -#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 +#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" msgstr "로그 파일 Tarball 파일 선택" -#. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 +#. Command line parameters dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" msgstr "Supportconfig 파라미터 구성" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" msgstr "'/'에서 전체 파일 목록 생성" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" msgstr "세부 디스크 정보 및 검색 제외" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" msgstr "eDirectory 인스턴스에 대한 루트 파일 시스템 검색" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" msgstr "전체 SLP 서비스 목록 포함" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" msgstr "설치된 각 RPM에 대해 RPM -V 수행" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" msgstr "모든 로그 파일 줄 포함, 추가 순환 로그 수집" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)" msgstr "기본값 사용(/etc/supportconfig.conf 무시)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 msgid "Activates all support functions" msgstr "모든 지원 기능 활성화" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" msgstr "최소의 정보만 수집" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "사용자 정의(고급) 설정 사용" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "고급 설정" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "Options" msgstr "옵션" -#. Support overview dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 +#. Support overview dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" msgstr "Supportconfig 고급 구성" -#. FIXME table header -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 +#. FIXME table header +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 msgid "Default Options" msgstr "기본 옵션" -#. Support configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 +#. Support configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" msgstr "Supportconfig 연락처 구성" -#. Support configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 +#. Support configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "연락처 정보" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Company" msgstr "회사" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "전자 메일 주소" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "Phone Number" msgstr "전화 번호" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Store ID" msgstr "저장 ID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 msgid "Terminal ID" msgstr "터미널 ID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "GPG UID" msgstr "GPG UID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Upload Information" msgstr "업로드 정보" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "Novell 11자리 서비스 요청 번호" -#. abort? -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 +#. abort? +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits" msgstr "SR 번호는 11자리여야 합니다." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Collecting Data" msgstr "데이터 수집 중" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Progress" msgstr "진행" -#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 +#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Collected Data Review" msgstr "수집된 데이터 검토" -#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix -#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 +#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix +#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 msgid "File Name" msgstr "파일 이름" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Remove from Data" msgstr "데이터에서 제거" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -277,8 +277,8 @@ "<p><b><big>지원 구성 초기화</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -286,8 +286,8 @@ "<p><b><big>초기화 중단:</big></b><br>\n" "지금 <b>중단</b>을 눌러 구성 유틸리티를 안전하게 중단하십시오.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -295,8 +295,8 @@ "<p><b><big>지원 구성 저장</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -308,8 +308,8 @@ "이 작업이 안전한지 여부를 알려 주는 추가 대화 상자가 나타납니다.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure support here.<br></p>\n" @@ -317,8 +317,8 @@ "<p><b><big>지원 구성</big></b><br>\n" "여기서 지원을 구성합니다.</br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a support:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a support from the list of detected supports.\n" @@ -330,8 +330,8 @@ "지원이 검색되지 않은 경우 <b>기타(검색되지 않음)</b>를 사용하십시오.\n" "그런 다음 <b>구성</b>을 누르십시오.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:66 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -341,54 +341,61 @@ "<b>편집</b>을 누르면 구성을 변경할 수 있는 추가 대화 상자가\n" "열립니다.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use <b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " +"<b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " +"you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p><b><big>SUSE 지원 센터 열기</big></b><br>\n" -"SUSE 지원 센터 포털을 여는 웹 브라우저를 시작하려면 <b>SUSE 지원 센터 열기</b>를 사용하십시오.\n" +"SUSE 지원 센터 포털을 여는 웹 브라우저를 시작하려면 <b>SUSE 지원 센터 열기</" +"b>를 사용하십시오.\n" "그런 다음 글로벌 기술 지원과 함께 서비스 요청을 열 수 있습니다.\n" -"supportconfig 데이터 업로드에 포함할 서비스 요청 번호를 기록했는지 확인하십시오.</p>\n" +"supportconfig 데이터 업로드에 포함할 서비스 요청 번호를 기록했는지 확인하십시" +"오.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Collecting Data</big></b><br>\n" "To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use <b>Collect Data</b></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>데이터 수집</big></b><br>\n" -"supportconfig 데이터 모음 도구를 실행하려면 <b>데이터 수집</b>을 사용하십시오.</p>" +"supportconfig 데이터 모음 도구를 실행하려면 <b>데이터 수집</b>을 사용하십시" +"오.</p>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Uploading Collected Data</big></b><br>\n" "To upload the data already collected to a server, use <b>Upload Data</b>.\n" "The server may or may not be Global Technical Support.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>수집된 데이터 업로드</big></b><br>\n" -"이미 수집된 데이터를 서버에 업로드하려면 <b>데이터 업로드</b>를 사용하십시오.\n" +"이미 수집된 데이터를 서버에 업로드하려면 <b>데이터 업로드</b>를 사용하십시" +"오.\n" "서버에 글로벌 기술 지원이 적용될 수도 있고, 적용되지 않을 수도 있습니다.</p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Supportconfig Options</big></b><br>\n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " +"settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Supportconfig 옵션</big></b><br>\n" "기본값을 무효화할 옵션을 선택합니다. 기본 설정을 사용하여\n" "대부분의 데이터를 수집하거나, 최소한의 데이터만 수집할 수 있습니다." -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Expert Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Select <b>Use Custom</b> and click the <b>Expert Settings</b> button\n" @@ -398,76 +405,92 @@ "<b>사용자 정의 사용</b>을 선택하고 <b>고급 설정</b> 버튼을 클릭하여\n" "수집할 특정 데이터 집합을 선택합니다.</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:102 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:102 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</p>\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>옵션</big></b><br>\n" "추가 정보를 수집합니다. 일반적으로 이러한 옵션은\n" "필요하지 않지만 추가 정보가 필요한 경우 포함할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#. Expert dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 +#. Expert dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Default Options</b></big><br>\n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball.</p>" +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " +"supportconfig tarball.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>기본 옵션</b></big><br>\n" -"supportconfig tarball에 포함할 각 데이터 세트를 선택하거나 선택 취소합니다.</p>" +"supportconfig tarball에 포함할 각 데이터 세트를 선택하거나 선택 취소합니다.</" +"p>" -#. Contact dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 +#. Contact dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Contact Information</b></big><br>\n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file.</p>" +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " +"include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." +"txt file.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>연락처 정보</b></big><br>\n" "supportconfig tarball에 포함할 연락처 정보 필드를 각각 입력합니다.\n" "이 필드는 basic-environment.txt 파일에 저장됩니다.</p>" -#. Contact dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 +#. Contact dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Upload Information</big></b><br>\n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " +"upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " +"filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " +"tarball filename.\n" "See <i>man supportconfig(1)</i> for further details.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>업로드 정보</big></b><br>\n" -"업로드 대상은 supportconfig tarball의 대상 URI입니다. 지원되는 업로드 서비스에는 ftp, http, https, scp가 포함됩니다.\n" +"업로드 대상은 supportconfig tarball의 대상 URI입니다. 지원되는 업로드 서비스" +"에는 ftp, http, https, scp가 포함됩니다.\n" "supportconfig tarball 파일 이름을 업로드 대상에 포함시키려면\n" -"<i>tarball</i> 키워드를 사용하십시오. 이렇게 하면 실제 tarball 파일 이름으로 대체됩니다.\n" +"<i>tarball</i> 키워드를 사용하십시오. 이렇게 하면 실제 tarball 파일 이름으로 " +"대체됩니다.\n" "자세한 내용은 <i>man supportconfig(1)</i>를 참조하십시오.</p>" -#. Contact dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 +#. Contact dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Upload Target Examples</big></b><br>\n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</" +"i><br>\n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>업로드 대상 예</big></b><br>\n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</" +"i><br>\n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>" -#. Contact dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 +#. Contact dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " +"Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " +"service request.\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>참고:</b> supportconfig tarball을 글로벌 기술 지원으로 업로드하는 경우\n" -"Novell 11자리 서비스 요청 번호가 미결 서비스 요청에 포함되어 있는지 확인하십시오.\n" +"<p><b>참고:</b> supportconfig tarball을 글로벌 기술 지원으로 업로드하는 경" +"우\n" +"Novell 11자리 서비스 요청 번호가 미결 서비스 요청에 포함되어 있는지 확인하십" +"시오.\n" -#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 +#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Collecting Data</big></b>><br>\n" "Data is being collected.</p>\n" @@ -475,21 +498,24 @@ "<p><b><big>데이터 수집</big></b>><br>\n" "데이터를 수집 중입니다.</p>\n" -#. Data review dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 +#. Data review dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Collected Data Review</big></b><br>\n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " +"of the collected data,\n" "use <b>Remove from Data</b> and the selected file will be removed.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>수집된 데이터 검토</big></b><br>\n" -"supportconfig에서 수집된 데이터를 검토합니다. 수집된 데이터 중 일부를 공유하지 않으려는 경우\n" +"supportconfig에서 수집된 데이터를 검토합니다. 수집된 데이터 중 일부를 공유하" +"지 않으려는 경우\n" "<b>데이터에서 제거</b>를 사용하면 선택한 파일이 제거됩니다.</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" +"b><br>\n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" "<br></p>\n" @@ -499,12 +525,13 @@ "디렉토리를 선택하고 이 옵션이 선택되었는지 확인하십시오.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Upload URL</big></b><br>\n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " +"uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -515,9 +542,9 @@ "특별한 경우에만 이 값을 변경하십시오.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Privacy Policy</big></b><br>\n" "Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" @@ -527,9 +554,10 @@ "SUSE의 개인 정보 보호 정책은 <i>%1</i>에서\n" "확인할 수 있습니다.</p>\n" -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" +"b><br>\n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the <i>Package with log files</i> field.\n" "<br></p>\n" @@ -539,8 +567,8 @@ "<i>로그 파일이 있는 패키지</i> 필드에 전체 경로를 씁니다.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:198 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -550,8 +578,8 @@ "<b>다음</b>을 눌러 계속하십시오.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -561,350 +589,418 @@ "사용할 수 없습니다. 먼저 코딩을 해야 합니다.\n" " </p>" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2008 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2008 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30 msgid "AppArmor information. security-apparmor.txt" msgstr "AppArmor 정보. security-apparmor.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33 msgid "autofs information. fs-autofs.txt" msgstr "autofs 정보. fs-autofs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36 msgid "Information related to booting and the kernel. boot.txt" msgstr "부팅 및 커널 관련 정보. boot.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 msgid "Current system service states. chkconfig.txt" msgstr "현재 시스템 서비스 상태. chkconfig.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 msgid "Information related to capturing a system core dump. crash.txt" msgstr "시스템 코어 덤프 캡처 관련 정보. crash.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 msgid "Information related to cron and at. cron.txt" msgstr "CRON 및 AT 관련 정보. cron.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt" msgstr "디스크, 파일 시스템 마운트 및 파티션 정보. fs-diskio.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 msgid "Domain Name Service information. dns.txt" msgstr "도메인 이름 서비스 정보. dns.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 msgid "Novell eDirectory health check information. novell-edir.txt" msgstr "Novell eDirectory 상태 점검 정보. novell-edir.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 +msgid "" +"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." +"txt" msgstr "sysctl 및 루트 환경을 포함하는 시스템 환경 정보. env.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" -msgstr "/etc의 기타 다양한 구성 파일과 함께 반복적으로 *.conf 파일 가져오기. etc.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 +msgid "" +"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " +"in /etc. etc.txt" +msgstr "" +"/etc의 기타 다양한 구성 파일과 함께 반복적으로 *.conf 파일 가져오기. etc.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 msgid "Enterprise Volume Management System-related information. evms.txt" msgstr "Enterprise Volume Management System 관련 정보입니다. evms.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66 msgid "Heartbeat/high availabilty cluster information. ha.txt" msgstr "하트비트/고가용성 클러스터 정보. ha.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69 msgid "iSCSI target and initiator information. fs-iscsi.txt" msgstr "iSCSI 대상 및 이니시에이터 정보. fs-iscsi.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72 msgid "LDAP related information, including a root DSE search. ldap.txt" msgstr "루트 DSE 검색을 포함한 LDAP 관련 정보. ldap.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" -msgstr "루트 DSE, UNIX 구성 및 워크스테이션 객체 검색을 비롯한 Novell Linux User Management 관련 정보입니다. novell-lum.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 +msgid "" +"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " +"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgstr "" +"루트 DSE, UNIX 구성 및 워크스테이션 객체 검색을 비롯한 Novell Linux User " +"Management 관련 정보입니다. novell-lum.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 msgid "Linux Volume Management-related information. lvm.txt" msgstr "Linux Volume Management 관련 정보입니다. lvm.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:81 msgid "Memory-related information. memory.txt" msgstr "메모리 관련 정보입니다. memory.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84 msgid "System kernel module information. modules.txt" msgstr "시스템 커널 모듈 정보. modules.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87 msgid "Native device mapper multipathing information. mpio.txt" msgstr "고유 장치 매퍼 다중 경로 정보. mpio.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90 msgid "Novell Core Protocol-related information. novell-ncp.txt" msgstr "Novell Core Protocol 관련 정보입니다. novell-ncp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:93 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:93 msgid "Novell Cluster Services-related information. novell-ncs.txt" msgstr "Novell Cluster Services 관련 정보입니다. novell-ncs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96 msgid "Network-related information, including firewall rules. network.txt" msgstr "방화벽 규칙을 비롯한 네트워크 관련 정보입니다. network.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99 msgid "Network File System-related information. nfs.txt" msgstr "네트워크 파일 시스템 관련 정보입니다. nfs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:102 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:102 msgid "Novell Storage Services-related information. novell-nss.txt" msgstr "Novell Storage Services 관련 정보입니다. novell-nss.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:105 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:105 msgid "Network Time Protocol-related information. ntp.txt" msgstr "Network Time Protocol 관련 정보입니다. ntp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:108 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:108 msgid "OCFS2 file system-related information. ocfs2.txt" msgstr "OCFS2 파일 시스템 관련 정보입니다. ocfs2.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111 msgid "List of all open files using lsof. open-files.txt" msgstr "lsof를 사용한 모든 열린 파일 목록. open-files.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114 msgid "OpenWBEM-related information. openwbem.txt" msgstr "OpenWBEM 관련 정보입니다. openwbem.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" -msgstr "사용자 계정 정보를 비롯한 Pluggable Authentication Module 관련 정보입니다. pam.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 +msgid "" +"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " +"information. pam.txt" +msgstr "" +"사용자 계정 정보를 비롯한 Pluggable Authentication Module 관련 정보입니다. " +"pam.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 msgid "Printing and CUPS-related information. print.txt" msgstr "인쇄 및 CUPS 관련 정보입니다. print.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123 msgid "Includes key /proc file content. proc.txt" msgstr "키/proc 파일 컨텐트 포함. proc.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126 msgid "Update daemon-related information. updates-daemon.txt" msgstr "업데이트 데몬 관련 정보입니다. updates-daemon.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129 msgid "Update client related information. updates.txt" msgstr "업데이트 클라이언트 관련 정보. updates.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" -msgstr "SAR 데이터 파일 복사본을 비롯한 System Activity Reporting 관련 정보입니다. sar.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 +msgid "" +"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " +"data files. sar.txt" +msgstr "" +"SAR 데이터 파일 복사본을 비롯한 System Activity Reporting 관련 정보입니다. " +"sar.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 msgid "SLES Real Time kernel-related information. slert.txt" msgstr "SLES Real Time 커널 관련 정보입니다. slert.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138 msgid "Service Location Protocol related information. slp.txt" msgstr "서비스 위치 프로토콜 관련 정보. slp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " +"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " +"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" -"하드 디스크에 대한 Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology 관련 정보입니다. 경고: 일부 하드 디스크 컨트롤러 및 드라이브는\n" -"정상적으로 작동하지 않습니다. SMART 데이터 검사는 파일 시스템을 읽기 전용 모드로 변경하거나 서버를 중단하는 것으로 알려져 있습니다. 이 옵션을 활성화하기 전에 SMART 데이터 검사가\n" +"하드 디스크에 대한 Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology 관련 " +"정보입니다. 경고: 일부 하드 디스크 컨트롤러 및 드라이브는\n" +"정상적으로 작동하지 않습니다. SMART 데이터 검사는 파일 시스템을 읽기 전용 모" +"드로 변경하거나 서버를 중단하는 것으로 알려져 있습니다. 이 옵션을 활성화하기 " +"전에 SMART 데이터 검사가\n" "환경에서 작동하는지 확인하십시오. fs-smartmon.txt\n" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 msgid "Samba and CIFS-related information. samba.txt" msgstr "Samba 및 CIFS 관련 정보입니다. samba.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:149 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:149 msgid "Software RAID-related information. fs-softraid.txt" msgstr "소프트웨어 RAID 관련 정보입니다. fs-softraid.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152 msgid "Secure Shell server information. ssh.txt" msgstr "보안 셸 서버 정보. ssh.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155 msgid "Configuration files found in /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" msgstr "/etc/sysconfig에서 검색한 구성 파일. sysconfig.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158 msgid "UDEV device manager-related information. udev.txt" msgstr "UDEV 장치 관리자 관련 정보입니다. udev.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:161 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:161 msgid "X graphical system-related information. x.txt" msgstr "X 그래픽 시스템 관련 정보입니다. x.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:164 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:164 msgid "XEN virtualization-related information. xen.txt" msgstr "XEN 가상화 관련 정보입니다. xen.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" -msgstr "supportconfig에 파일 시스템에서 모든 eDirectory 인스턴스 파일을 검색하도록 지시합니다. 설정된 경우 ADD_OPTION_FSLIST도 자동으로 설정됩니다. -e" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 +msgid "" +"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " +"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgstr "" +"supportconfig에 파일 시스템에서 모든 eDirectory 인스턴스 파일을 검색하도록 지" +"시합니다. 설정된 경우 ADD_OPTION_FSLIST도 자동으로 설정됩니다. -e" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" -msgstr "파일 시스템의 루트에서 찾기를 사용하는 전체 파일 목록. -L, fs-files.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 +msgid "" +"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgstr "" +"파일 시스템의 루트에서 찾기를 사용하는 전체 파일 목록. -L, fs-files.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" -msgstr "VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT 행 대신에 주석을 포함하여 전체 로그 파일을 포함합니다. 추가적으로, 회전된 로그는 사용 가능한 경우 포함됩니다. -l" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 +msgid "" +"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " +"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " +"available. -l" +msgstr "" +"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT 행 대신에 주석을 포함하여 전체 로그 파일을 포함합니다. " +"추가적으로, 회전된 로그는 사용 가능한 경우 포함됩니다. -l" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 msgid "Minimizes the amount of disk information and detailed scanning. -d" msgstr "디스크 정보의 양과 세부 검색을 최소화합니다. -d" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." -msgstr "일반적으로 모든 /var/log/YaST2/* 로그가 포함됩니다. 이 옵션을 사용하면 검색되는 각 파일 크기가 최소화됩니다." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 +msgid "" +"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " +"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgstr "" +"일반적으로 모든 /var/log/YaST2/* 로그가 포함됩니다. 이 옵션을 사용하면 검색되" +"는 각 파일 크기가 최소화됩니다." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" -msgstr "설치된 모든 RPM 패키지에서 RPM -V를 실행합니다. 이 작업은 완료하는 데 시간이 약간 소요됩니다. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 +msgid "" +"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " +"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgstr "" +"설치된 모든 RPM 패키지에서 RPM -V를 실행합니다. 이 작업은 완료하는 데 시간이 " +"약간 소요됩니다. -v, rpm-verify.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" -msgstr "일반적으로 베이스 SLP 서비스 유형만 나열됩니다. 이 옵션을 사용하면 검색된 서비스 유형을 각각 개별적으로 쿼리할 수 있습니다. -s, slp.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 +msgid "" +"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " +"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgstr "" +"일반적으로 베이스 SLP 서비스 유형만 나열됩니다. 이 옵션을 사용하면 검색된 서" +"비스 유형을 각각 개별적으로 쿼리할 수 있습니다. -s, slp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 msgid "Company name to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "basic-environment.txt에 포함할 회사 이름" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 msgid "Contact's email address to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "basic-environment.txt에 포함할 연락처의 전자 메일 주소" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 msgid "Contact's name to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "basic-environment.txt에 포함할 연락처의 이름" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 msgid "Contact's phone number to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "basic-environment.txt에 포함할 연락처의 전화 번호" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." -msgstr "로그 파일을 가져올 때 포함할 행 수. 0은 전체 파일을 가져온다는 의미입니다." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 +msgid "" +"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " +"entire file." +msgstr "" +"로그 파일을 가져올 때 포함할 행 수. 0은 전체 파일을 가져온다는 의미입니다." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." -msgstr "supportconfig tarball 위치입니다. 목록에서 첫 번째 유효한 위치가 항상 사용됩니다." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 +msgid "" +"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " +"always used." +msgstr "" +"supportconfig tarball 위치입니다. 목록에서 첫 번째 유효한 위치가 항상 사용됩" +"니다." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." -msgstr "가져올 /var/log/messages 행의 최대 수. 0은 전체 파일을 가져온다는 의미입니다." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 +msgid "" +"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " +"entire file." +msgstr "" +"가져올 /var/log/messages 행의 최대 수. 0은 전체 파일을 가져온다는 의미입니다." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." -msgstr "supportconfig tarball에 포함할 하트비트 정책 엔진 로그 파일의 최대 수입니다." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 +msgid "" +"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " +"supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "" +"supportconfig tarball에 포함할 하트비트 정책 엔진 로그 파일의 최대 수입니다." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 +msgid "" +"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "supportconfig tarball에 포함할 SAR 데이터 파일의 최대 수입니다." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " +"you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" +"Q." msgstr "" "1로 설정된 경우 supportconfig가 자동 모드로 실행됩니다. 예를 들어 이 옵션은\n" -"cron 작업에서 supportconfig를 정기적으로 실행하려는 경우에 유용합니다. -Q와 함께 설정하십시오." +"cron 작업에서 supportconfig를 정기적으로 실행하려는 경우에 유용합니다. -Q와 " +"함께 설정하십시오." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." -msgstr "-u srnum 시작 옵션을 사용할 경우 supportconfig tarball이 업로드될 위치를 지정하는 데 사용됩니다. 익명 업로드를 지원하는 모든 FTP 서버를 지정할 수 있습니다. 기본값은 SUSE의 공용 FTP 서버입니다." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 +msgid "" +"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " +"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " +"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgstr "" +"-u srnum 시작 옵션을 사용할 경우 supportconfig tarball이 업로드될 위치를 지정" +"하는 데 사용됩니다. 익명 업로드를 지원하는 모든 FTP 서버를 지정할 수 있습니" +"다. 기본값은 SUSE의 공용 FTP 서버입니다." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 msgid "Support Configuration" msgstr "지원 구성" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화 중..." -#. global string created_directory=""; -#: src/modules/Support.rb:143 +#. global string created_directory=""; +#: src/modules/Support.rb:143 msgid "To continue, enter root password" msgstr "계속하려면 루트 비밀번호를 입력하십시오." -#: src/modules/Support.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" msgstr "루트 비밀번호" -#: src/modules/Support.rb:163 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" msgstr "비밀번호가 틀립니다." -#. Support read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Support.rb:267 +#. Support read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Support.rb:267 msgid "Initializing Support Configuration" msgstr "지원 구성 초기화" -#. Support read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Support.rb:313 +#. Support read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Support.rb:313 msgid "Saving Support Configuration" msgstr "지원 구성 저장" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:329 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "설정 쓰기" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:331 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "SuSEconfig 실행" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:335 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "설정을 쓰는 중..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:337 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "SuSEconfig 실행 중..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Support.rb:339 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Support.rb:438 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "구성 요약..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/sysconfig.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/sysconfig.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/sysconfig.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,85 +14,85 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. help text header - sysconfig editor -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34 +#. help text header - sysconfig editor +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34 msgid "Editor for /etc/sysconfig Files" msgstr "/etc/sysconfig 파일 편집기" -#. help text for command 'list' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:48 +#. help text for command 'list' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:48 msgid "Display configuration summary" msgstr "설정요약 보기" -#. help text for command 'set' 1/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 +#. help text for command 'set' 1/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" msgstr "변수 값을 설정합니다. 'variable' 및 'value' 옵션" -#. help text for command 'set' 2/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 +#. help text for command 'set' 2/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 msgid "or 'variable=value', for example, variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" msgstr "또는 'variable=value'(예: variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm)" -#. help text for command 'set' 3/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:70 +#. help text for command 'set' 3/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:70 msgid "or simply DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm" msgstr "또는 단순히 DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm이 필요합니다." -#. help text for command 'set' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:80 +#. help text for command 'set' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:80 msgid "Set empty value (\"\")" msgstr "빈 값(\\)을 설정합니다." -#. help text for command 'details' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:90 +#. help text for command 'details' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:90 msgid "Show details about selected variable" msgstr "선택한 변수에 대한 세부 정보를 표시합니다." -#. help text for option 'all' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:102 +#. help text for option 'all' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:102 msgid "Display all variables" msgstr "모든 변수를 표시합니다." -#. help text for option 'variable' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:107 +#. help text for option 'variable' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:107 msgid "Selected variable" msgstr "선택한 변수입니다." -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:108 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:108 msgid "If the variable is available in several files use" msgstr "여러 파일에서 변수를 사용할 수 있는 경우" -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:109 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:109 msgid "<variable>$<file_name> syntax," msgstr "<variable>$<file_name> 구문을 사용하십시오(예:" -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:110 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:110 msgid "for example CONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mail." msgstr "CONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mail)." -#. help text for option 'value' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:116 +#. help text for option 'value' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:116 msgid "New value" msgstr "새로운 값" -#. header (command line mode output) -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 +#. header (command line mode output) +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 msgid "All Variables:\n" msgstr "모든 변수:\n" -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 msgid "Modified Variables:\n" msgstr "수정된 변수:\n" -#. status message - %1 is a device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is a mode name (udma2), %3 is a result (translated Success/Failed text) -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:77 +#. status message - %1 is a device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is a mode name (udma2), %3 is a result (translated Success/Failed text) +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:77 msgid "" "\n" "Setting variable '%1' to '%2': %3" @@ -100,31 +100,31 @@ "\n" "'%1' 변수를 '%2'(으)로 설정합니다. %3" -#. result message -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:82 +#. result message +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:82 msgid "Success" msgstr "성공" -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:83 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:83 msgid "Failed" msgstr "실패" -#. display a new value for modified variables -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:164 +#. display a new value for modified variables +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:164 msgid "New Value: " msgstr "새 값: " -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:167 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:167 msgid "Value: " msgstr "값: " -#. command line output -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:194 +#. command line output +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:194 msgid "Variable %1 was not found." msgstr "%1 변수를 찾을 수 없습니다." -#. variable name conflict - full name (with file name) is required -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:217 +#. variable name conflict - full name (with file name) is required +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:217 msgid "" "\n" "Use a full variable name in the form <VARIABLE_NAME>$<FILE_NAME>\n" @@ -134,128 +134,128 @@ "<VARIABLE_NAME>$<FILE_NAME> 형식으로 변수 이름을 지정해야 합니다.\n" "예: %1$%2\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:65 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:65 msgid "An error occurred while saving and activating the changes." msgstr "변경사항을 활성화하고 저장하는 동안 오류가 발생되었습니다." -#. suffix added to the allowed (predefined) values -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:127 +#. suffix added to the allowed (predefined) values +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:127 msgid "or any value" msgstr "또는 임의의 값" -#. Translation: description of possible values, regular expression string is added after the text -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:135 +#. Translation: description of possible values, regular expression string is added after the text +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:135 msgid "Value Matching Regular Expression:" msgstr "정규표현식과 매칭되는 값" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:141 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:141 msgid "Any integer value" msgstr "아무 정수값" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:154 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:154 msgid "Integer value greater or equal to %1" msgstr "%1보다 크거나 같은 정수값" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:163 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:163 msgid "Integer value less or equal to %1" msgstr "%1보다 작거나 같은 정수값" -#. Translation: allowed value description, %1 is minimum value, %2 is maximum integer value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:172 +#. Translation: allowed value description, %1 is minimum value, %2 is maximum integer value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:172 msgid "Any integer value from %1 to %2" msgstr "%1에서 %2까지의 임의의 정수값" -#. allowed value description - any value is allowed -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:179 +#. allowed value description - any value is allowed +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:179 msgid "Any value" msgstr "임의의 값" -#. allowed value description - IP adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:183 +#. allowed value description - IP adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:183 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 address" msgstr "IPv4 또는 IPv6 주소 입력" -#. allowed value description - IPv4 adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:187 +#. allowed value description - IPv4 adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:187 msgid "IPv4 address" msgstr "IPv4 주소" -#. allowed value description - IPv6 adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:191 +#. allowed value description - IPv6 adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:191 msgid "IPv6 address" msgstr "IPv6 주소" -#. rich text item -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:220 +#. rich text item +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:220 msgid "File: " msgstr "파일: " -#. rich text item -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:236 +#. rich text item +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:236 msgid "Possible Values: " msgstr "가능한 값: " -#. TODO: replace empty value by special text (e.g. "</I>empty</I>") -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:255 +#. TODO: replace empty value by special text (e.g. "</I>empty</I>") +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:255 msgid "Default Value: " msgstr "기본값: " -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:277 +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:277 msgid "Original Value: " msgstr "초기값" -#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:303 +#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:303 msgid "Prepare Command: " msgstr "전처리 명령어: " -#. header in the variable description text -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:323 +#. header in the variable description text +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:323 msgid "Configuration Script: " msgstr "스크립트 설정: " -#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:341 +#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:341 msgid "Service to Reload: " msgstr "서비스 다시 불러드림: " -#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:359 +#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:359 msgid "Service to Restart: " msgstr "서비스 재시작: " -#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:376 +#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:376 msgid "Activation Command: " msgstr "명령어 활성화: " -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:424 +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:424 msgid "Description: " msgstr "설명: " -#. modification flag added to variable name (if it was changed) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:592 +#. modification flag added to variable name (if it was changed) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:592 msgid "(changed)" msgstr "(변경됨)" -#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string -#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string -#. combo box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:602 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:613 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:850 +#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string +#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string +#. combo box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:602 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:613 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:850 msgid "S&etting of: " msgstr "설정(&E):" -#. current value has more than one line - it is displayed incorrectly -#. because combobox widget has single line entry (lines are merged) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:640 +#. current value has more than one line - it is displayed incorrectly +#. because combobox widget has single line entry (lines are merged) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:640 msgid "" "The currently selected value has more than one line.\n" "Joined lines are displayed in the combo box.\n" @@ -263,14 +263,14 @@ "현재 선택한 값이 두 줄 이상입니다.\n" "두 줄 이상은 콤보 상자에 표시됩니다.\n" -#. header label -#. label widget -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:671 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:837 +#. header label +#. label widget +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:671 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:837 msgid "Current Selection: " msgstr "현재의 선택: " -#. popup question dialog: variable value does not match defined type - ask user to set value (%1 is value entered by user, %2 is allowed type - e.g. integer -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:713 +#. popup question dialog: variable value does not match defined type - ask user to set value (%1 is value entered by user, %2 is allowed type - e.g. integer +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:713 msgid "" "Value '%1'\n" "does not match type '%2'.\n" @@ -282,188 +282,210 @@ "\n" "정말 이 값으로 설정하시겠습니까?\n" -#. when a comment is too long to display it in the table -#. it is shortened and mark (three dot characters) is added to the end -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:764 +#. when a comment is too long to display it in the table +#. it is shortened and mark (three dot characters) is added to the end +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:764 msgid "..." msgstr "..." -#. Translation: push button label -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:804 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:889 +#. Translation: push button label +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:804 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:889 msgid "&Search" msgstr "검색(&S)" -#. tree widget label -#. term help_space_content = `Tree(`id(`tree), `opt(`notify, `vstretch), _("&Configuration Options"), Sysconfig::tree_content); -#. Wizard::OpenCustomDialog(help_space_content, button_box); -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:815 +#. tree widget label +#. term help_space_content = `Tree(`id(`tree), `opt(`notify, `vstretch), _("&Configuration Options"), Sysconfig::tree_content); +#. Wizard::OpenCustomDialog(help_space_content, button_box); +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:815 msgid "&Configuration Options" msgstr "설정 옵션(&C)" -#. helptext for popup - part 1/2 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 +#. helptext for popup - part 1/2 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "<p>After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.</p>\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " +"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " +"takes effect.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>변경 내용을 저장하면 이 편집기는 sysconfig 파일에서\n" -"변수를 변경한 다음 활성화 명령을 시작합니다. 활성화 명령은 기본 구성 파일을 변경하고, 데몬을 중지/시작하고,\n" +"변수를 변경한 다음 활성화 명령을 시작합니다. 활성화 명령은 기본 구성 파일을 " +"변경하고, 데몬을 중지/시작하고,\n" "낮은 수준의 구성 도구를 실행하여 sysconfig 파일의 구성을 적용합니다.</p>\n" -#. helptext for popup - part 2/2 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>중요:</b> 각 구성 파일을 개별적으로 편집할 수도 있습니다. 파일 이름은 변수 설명에 표시됩니다.</p>" +#. helptext for popup - part 2/2 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Important:</b> You still can edit each individual configuration file " +"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>중요:</b> 각 구성 파일을 개별적으로 편집할 수도 있습니다. 파일 이름은 " +"변수 설명에 표시됩니다.</p>" -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" msgstr "/etc/sysconfig 편집기" -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:859 +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:859 msgid "&Default" msgstr "기본(&D)" -#. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings.</P>" -msgstr "<P><B>시스템 구성 편집기</B></P><P>시스템 구성 편집기를 사용하여 일부 시스템 설정을 변경할 수 있습니다. YaST를 사용하여 하드웨어 및 시스템 설정을 구성할 수도 있습니다.</P>" +#. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 +msgid "" +"<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration " +"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " +"configure your hardware and system settings.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>시스템 구성 편집기</B></P><P>시스템 구성 편집기를 사용하여 일부 시스템 " +"설정을 변경할 수 있습니다. YaST를 사용하여 하드웨어 및 시스템 설정을 구성할 " +"수도 있습니다.</P>" -#. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files.</P>" -msgstr "<P><B>주의:</B> 설명은 구성 파일에서 직접 읽는 것이므로 번역되지 않습니다.</P>" +#. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because they are read " +"directly from configuration files.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>주의:</B> 설명은 구성 파일에서 직접 읽는 것이므로 번역되지 않습니다.</" +"P>" -#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 +#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 msgid "&Use Current Value" msgstr "현재 값을 사용(&U)" -#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:879 +#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:879 msgid "&Add New Variable..." msgstr "새로운 변수 추가...(&A)" -#. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921 +#. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921 msgid "Save Modified Variables" msgstr "수정된 변수 저장" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927 msgid "Confirm Each Activation Command" msgstr "각각의 명령어 활성화를 확인합니다" -#. // popup dialog header -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:949 +#. // popup dialog header +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:949 msgid "Search Result" msgstr "검색 결과" -#. help text in popup dialog -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "검색한 결과는 여기에 표시됩니다. 만약 당신이 원하는 항목을 보았다면, 그 항목을 선택한 다음 \"Go to\"를 누르십시오. 만약 그렇지 않다면, \"취소\"를 누르십시오." +#. help text in popup dialog +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 +msgid "" +"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " +"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "" +"검색한 결과는 여기에 표시됩니다. 만약 당신이 원하는 항목을 보았다면, 그 항목" +"을 선택한 다음 \"Go to\"를 누르십시오. 만약 그렇지 않다면, \"취소\"를 누르십" +"시오." -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 msgid "&Go to" msgstr "실행(&G)" -#. popup message - search result message -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:981 +#. popup message - search result message +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:981 msgid "No entries found" msgstr "목록을 찾을 수 없습니다" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:992 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:992 msgid "Help" msgstr "도움" -#. search popup window header -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:33 +#. search popup window header +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:33 msgid "Search for a Configuration Variable" msgstr "설정 변수 검색" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:41 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:41 msgid "&Search for:" msgstr "검색(&S)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:44 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "&Case Sensitive Search" msgstr "대소문자 구분 검색(&C)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:46 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:46 msgid "Search &Variable Name" msgstr "변수 이름 검색(&S)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:48 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Search &description" msgstr "설명 검색(&D)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:50 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Search &value" msgstr "값 검색(&V)" -#. table column header -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:132 +#. table column header +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:133 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "NEW VALUE" msgstr "새로운 값" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Old Value" msgstr "이전 값" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "File" msgstr "파일" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Description" msgstr "설명" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:179 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:179 msgid "&Variable Name" msgstr "변수 이름(&V)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:181 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "V&alue" msgstr "값(&A)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:186 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "&File Name" msgstr "파일 이름(&F)" -#. warning popup message - variable name is empty -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:210 +#. warning popup message - variable name is empty +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:210 msgid "Missing variable name value." msgstr "변수 이름 값이 없습니다." -#. warning popup message - file name is empty -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:214 +#. warning popup message - file name is empty +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:214 msgid "Missing file name value." msgstr "파일 이름 값이 없습니다." -#. warning popup message - file name is required with absolute path -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:218 +#. warning popup message - file name is required with absolute path +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Missing absolute path in file name." msgstr "파일 이름에 절대 경로가 빠졌습니다." -#. Read dialog help -#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -471,8 +493,8 @@ "<p><b><big>sysconfig 설정을 초기화하는 중입니다</big></b>\n" "<br>기다려주십시오...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help -#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:21 +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -481,108 +503,109 @@ "<p><b><big>sysconfig 설정을 저장하는 중입니다</big></b>\n" "<br>기다려주십시오...<br></p>\n" -#. Translation: Progress bar label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "검색 중..." -#. button label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 msgid "S&kip" msgstr "생략(&K)" -#. write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" msgstr "sysconfig 설정 저장" -#. progress bar item -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 msgid "Write the new settings" msgstr "새로운 설정 기록" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 msgid "Activate the changes" msgstr "변경사항 활성화" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgstr "변경사항을 파일에 저장하는 중..." -#. start generic commands -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#. configuration summary headline -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 msgid "Configuration Summary" msgstr "설정 요약" -#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action -#. @see #exec_action -#. @param cmd [String] command to execute -#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 +#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param cmd [String] command to execute +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 msgid "Starting command: %1..." msgstr "명령어 시작 중입니다: %1..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 msgid "Command %1 failed" msgstr "'%1 명령어 실패" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 msgid "A command will be executed" msgstr "명령어가 실행될 것입니다" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 msgid "Command: " msgstr "명령어: " -#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action -#. @see #exec_action -#. @param name [String] service name -#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart -#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 +#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param name [String] service name +#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 msgid "Reloading service %s..." msgstr "서비스 %s 다시 로드 중..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 msgid "Reload of the service %s failed" msgstr "서비스 %s 다시 로드 실패" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 msgid "Service %s will be reloaded" msgstr "서비스 %s이(가) 다시 로드됩니다." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 msgid "Restarting service %s..." msgstr "서비스 %s 재시작 중..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 msgid "Restart of the service %s failed" msgstr "서비스 %s 재시작 실패" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 msgid "Service %s will be restarted" msgstr "서비스 %s이(가) 재시작됩니다." -#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) -#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil -#. -#. @param service name -#. @return [Boolean] active? -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 +#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) +#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil +#. +#. @param service name +#. @return [Boolean] active? +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:" -msgstr "서비스 상태를 결정할 수 없습니다. 다음 시스템 서비스가 존재하지 않습니다." +msgstr "" +"서비스 상태를 결정할 수 없습니다. 다음 시스템 서비스가 존재하지 않습니다." -#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 msgid "Saving variable %1..." msgstr "%1 변수를 저장하는 중..." -#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." msgstr "%2 파일에 %1 변수를 저장하는 중에 실패되었습니다." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/tftp-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/tftp-server.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/tftp-server.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,123 +14,129 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. description map for command line -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:35 +#. description map for command line +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:35 msgid "Configure a TFTP server" msgstr "TFTP 서버 구성" -#. command line: help text for "status" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:39 +#. command line: help text for "status" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:39 msgid "Status of the TFTP server" msgstr "TFTP 서버 상태" -#. command line: help text for "directory" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:49 +#. command line: help text for "directory" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:49 msgid "Directory of the TFTP server" msgstr "TFTP 서버 디렉토리" -#. command line: help text for "enable" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:61 +#. command line: help text for "enable" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:61 msgid "Enable the TFTP service" msgstr "TFTP 서비스 활성화" -#. command line: help text for "disable" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:67 +#. command line: help text for "disable" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:67 msgid "Disable the TFTP service" msgstr "TFTP 서비스 비활성화" -#. command line: help text for "show" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:73 +#. command line: help text for "show" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:73 msgid "Show the status of the TFTP service" msgstr "TFTP 서비스 상태 표시" -#. command line: help text for "path" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:80 +#. command line: help text for "path" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:80 msgid "Set the directory for the TFTP server" msgstr "TFTP 서버에 대한 디렉토리 설정" -#. command line: help text for "list" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:86 +#. command line: help text for "list" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:86 msgid "Show the directory for the TFTP server" msgstr "TFTP 서버에 대한 디렉토리 표시" -#. command line: show status of tftp-server -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:120 +#. command line: show status of tftp-server +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:120 msgid "Service Status: %1" msgstr "서비스 상태: %1" -#. command line: show directory server by tftp-server -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:140 +#. command line: show directory server by tftp-server +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:140 msgid "Directory Path: %1" msgstr "디렉토리 경로: %1" -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:43 -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:78 +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:43 +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:78 msgid "TFTP Server Configuration" msgstr "TFTP 서버 설정" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:79 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "<p><big><b>Configuring a TFTP Server</b></big></p>" msgstr "<p><big><b>TFTP 서버 구성</b></big></p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 -msgid "<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd.</p>" -msgstr "<p>이것을 사용하여 TFTP(Trivial File Transfer Protocol)에 대한 서버를 활성화할 수 있습니다. 서버는 xinetd를 사용하여 시작됩니다.</p>" +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 +msgid "" +"<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). " +"The server will be started using xinetd.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>이것을 사용하여 TFTP(Trivial File Transfer Protocol)에 대한 서버를 활성화" +"할 수 있습니다. 서버는 xinetd를 사용하여 시작됩니다.</p>" -#. enlighten newbies, #102946 -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:91 +#. enlighten newbies, #102946 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:91 msgid "<p>Note that TFTP and FTP are not the same.</p>" msgstr "<p>TFTP와 FTP는 다르다는 점에 유의하십시오.</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:96 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:96 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Image Directory</b>:\n" "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" -"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>\n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>부트 이미지 디렉토리</b>:\n" "제공된 파일이 있는 디렉토리를 지정합니다. 일반적인 값은\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>입니다. 디렉토리가 없는 경우 생성됩니다. \n" "서버는 이 디렉토리를 루트 디렉토리로 사용합니다(<tt>-s</tt> 옵션 사용).</p>\n" -#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 +#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "&Disable" msgstr "비활성화(&D)" -#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "&Enable" msgstr "활성화(&E)" -#. Text entry label -#. Directory where served files (usually boot images) reside -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:134 +#. Text entry label +#. Directory where served files (usually boot images) reside +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "&Boot Image Directory" msgstr "부트 이미지 디렉토리(&B)" -#. push button label -#. select a directory from the filesystem -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:137 +#. push button label +#. select a directory from the filesystem +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "찾아보기(&W)..." -#. push button label -#. display a log file -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:144 +#. push button label +#. display a log file +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:144 msgid "&View Log" msgstr "로그 보기(&V)" -#. error popup -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:207 +#. error popup +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:207 msgid "" "The directory must start with a slash (/)\n" "and must not contain spaces." @@ -138,19 +144,19 @@ "디렉토리는 반드시 슬래쉬(/)로 시작해야 하고\n" "빈공백을 포함하면 안됩니다." -#. progress label -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:46 +#. progress label +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:46 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화 중..." -#. progress label -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:81 +#. progress label +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:81 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "초기화 중입니다....." -#. error popup -#. %1 is a command name (or a comma (, ) separated list of them) -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:145 +#. error popup +#. %1 is a command name (or a comma (, ) separated list of them) +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:145 msgid "" "This module can only use xinetd to set up TFTP.\n" "However, another program is serving TFTP: %1.\n" @@ -160,24 +166,24 @@ "그러나, 또다른 프로그램도 TFTP를 지원하고 있습니다: %1.\n" "종료합니다.\n" -#. xinetd may be needed for other services so we never turn it -#. off. It will exit anyway if no services are configured. -#. If it is running, restart it. -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:240 +#. xinetd may be needed for other services so we never turn it +#. off. It will exit anyway if no services are configured. +#. If it is running, restart it. +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:240 msgid "Cannot reload service %{name}" msgstr "%{name} 서비스를 다시 로드할 수 없습니다." -#. summary header -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:303 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:303 msgid "TFTP Server Enabled:" msgstr "TFTP 서버 활성화:" -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:305 +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:305 msgid "Yes" msgstr "확인" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 msgid "Boot Image Directory:" msgstr "부트 이미지 디렉토리:" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/timezone_db.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/timezone_db.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/timezone_db.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,2458 +14,2458 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:23 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:23 msgid "Europe" msgstr "유럽" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:25 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:25 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "네덜란드" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:27 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:27 msgid "Andorra" msgstr "안도라" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:28 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:28 msgid "Greece" msgstr "그리스" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:30 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:30 msgid "Serbia" msgstr "세르비아" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:31 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:31 msgid "Germany" msgstr "독일" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:32 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:32 msgid "Slovakia" msgstr "슬로바키아" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:33 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:33 msgid "Belgium" msgstr "벨기에" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:34 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:34 msgid "Romania" msgstr "루마니아" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:35 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:35 msgid "Hungary" msgstr "헝가리" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:36 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:36 msgid "Moldova" msgstr "몰도바" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:37 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:37 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "덴마크" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:38 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:38 msgid "Ireland" msgstr "아일랜드" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:39 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:39 msgid "Gibraltar" msgstr "지브랄터" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:41 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:41 msgid "Guernsey" msgstr "건지" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:42 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:42 msgid "Finland" msgstr "핀란드" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:44 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:44 msgid "Isle of Man" msgstr "맨섬" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:45 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:45 msgid "Turkey" msgstr "터어키" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:46 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:46 msgid "Jersey" msgstr "저지" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:48 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:48 msgid "Russia (Kaliningrad)" msgstr "러시아(칼리닌그라드)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:50 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:50 msgid "Ukraine (Kiev)" msgstr "우크라이나(키예프)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:51 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:51 msgid "Portugal" msgstr "포르투갈" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:52 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:52 msgid "Slovenia" msgstr "슬로베니아" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:53 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:53 msgid "United Kingdom" msgstr "영국" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:54 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:54 msgid "Luxembourg" msgstr "룩셈부르크" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:56 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:56 msgid "Aaland Islands" msgstr "아아랜드 제도" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:57 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:57 msgid "Spain" msgstr "스페인" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:58 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:58 msgid "Malta" msgstr "말타" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:60 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:60 msgid "Belarus" msgstr "벨라루스" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:61 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:61 msgid "Monaco" msgstr "모나코" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:63 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:63 msgid "Russia (Moscow)" msgstr "러시아(모스크바)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:64 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:64 msgid "Norway" msgstr "노르웨이" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:65 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:65 msgid "France" msgstr "프랑스" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:67 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:67 msgid "Montenegro" msgstr "몬테네그로" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:68 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:68 msgid "Czech Republic" msgstr "체코 공화국" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:69 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:69 msgid "Latvia" msgstr "라트비아" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:70 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:70 msgid "Italy" msgstr "이태리" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:72 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:72 msgid "San Marino" msgstr "산마리노" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:74 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:74 msgid "Russia (Samara)" msgstr "러시아(사마라)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:75 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:75 msgid "Bosnia & Herzegovina" msgstr "보스니아 헤르체고비나" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:77 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:77 msgid "Ukraine (Simferopol)" msgstr "우크라이나(심페로폴)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:78 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:78 msgid "Macedonia" msgstr "마케도니아" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:79 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:79 msgid "Bulgaria" msgstr "불가리아" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:80 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:80 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "스웨덴" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:81 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:81 msgid "Estonia" msgstr "에스토니아" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:82 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:82 msgid "Albania" msgstr "알바니아" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:83 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:83 msgid "Uzhgorod" msgstr "우주고로드" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:84 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:84 msgid "Liechtenstein" msgstr "리히텐스타인" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:85 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:85 msgid "Vatican" msgstr "바티칸" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:86 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:86 msgid "Austria" msgstr "오스트리아" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:87 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:87 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "리투아니아" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:89 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:89 msgid "Russia (Volgograd)" msgstr "러시아(볼고그라드)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:90 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:90 msgid "Poland" msgstr "폴란드" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:91 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:91 msgid "Croatia" msgstr "크로아티아" -#. time zone +#. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 msgid "Iceland" msgstr "아이스랜드" -#. time zone +#. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 msgid "Azores" msgstr "아조레스제도" -#. time zone +#. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 msgid "Canary Islands" msgstr "카나리아 제도" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:98 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:98 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "스위스" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:100 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:100 msgid "Ukraine (Zaporozhye)" msgstr "우크라이나(자포로제)" -#. time zone -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:103 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:908 +#. time zone +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:103 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:908 msgid "Miquelon" msgstr "미클롱섬" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:111 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:111 msgid "USA" msgstr "미국" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:114 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:114 msgid "Alaska (Anchorage)" msgstr "알래스카(앵커리지)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:116 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:116 msgid "Aleutian (Adak)" msgstr "알루샨(에이닥)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:118 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:118 msgid "Boise" msgstr "보이즈" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:120 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:120 msgid "Arizona (Phoenix)" msgstr "아리조나(피닉스)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:122 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:122 msgid "Central (Chicago)" msgstr "센트럴(시카고)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:124 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:124 msgid "Kentucky (Louisville)" msgstr "켄터키(루이빌)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:126 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:126 msgid "Kentucky (Monticello)" msgstr "켄터키(몬티첼로)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:128 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:128 msgid "East Indiana (Indianapolis)" msgstr "동부인디애나(인디애나폴리스)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:130 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:130 msgid "Indiana Starke (Knox)" msgstr "인디애나스타크(녹스)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:132 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:132 msgid "Indiana (Vincennes)" msgstr "인디애나(뱅센)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:134 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:134 msgid "Indiana (Winamac)" msgstr "인디애나(워너맥)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:136 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:136 msgid "Indiana (Marengo)" msgstr "인디애나(마랭고)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:138 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:138 msgid "Indiana (Vevay)" msgstr "인디애나(베베이)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:140 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:140 msgid "Indiana (Tell City)" msgstr "인디애나(텔시)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:142 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:142 msgid "Indiana (Petersburg)" msgstr "인디애나(피터스버그)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:144 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:144 msgid "Juneau" msgstr "주노" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:146 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:146 msgid "Michigan (Detroit)" msgstr "미시간(디트로이트)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:148 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:148 msgid "Mountain (Denver)" msgstr "마운틴(덴버)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:150 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:150 msgid "Pacific (Los Angeles)" msgstr "태평양(로스엔젤레스)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:152 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:152 msgid "Menominee" msgstr "메노미니" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:154 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:154 msgid "Eastern (New York)" msgstr "동부(뉴욕)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:156 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:156 msgid "Nome" msgstr "놈" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:158 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:158 msgid "North Dakota (Center)" msgstr "노스다코타(중부)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:160 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:160 msgid "North Dakota (New Salem)" msgstr "노스다코타(뉴세일럼)" -#. time zone -#. TT -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:162 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:405 +#. time zone +#. TT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:162 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:405 msgid "Puerto Rico" msgstr "푸에르토리코" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:164 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:164 msgid "Shiprock" msgstr "쉽락" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:166 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:166 msgid "Virgin Islands (St Thomas)" msgstr "버진 제도(세인트 토마스)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:168 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:168 msgid "Yakutat" msgstr "야쿠타트" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:171 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:171 msgid "Hawaii (Honolulu)" msgstr "하와이(호놀룰루)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:173 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:173 msgid "Samoa (Pago Pago)" msgstr "사모아(파고파고)" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:180 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:180 msgid "Canada" msgstr "캐나다" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:183 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:183 msgid "Atlantic (Halifax)" msgstr "대서양(핼리팩스)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:185 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:185 msgid "Central (Winnipeg)" msgstr "센트럴(위니펙)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:187 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:187 msgid "Eastern (Toronto)" msgstr "동부(토론토)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:189 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:189 msgid "Mountain (Edmonton)" msgstr "마운틴(에드먼턴)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:191 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:191 msgid "Newfoundland (St Johns)" msgstr "뉴펀들랜드(세인트 존스)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:193 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Pacific (Vancouver)" msgstr "태평양(밴쿠버)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:195 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:195 msgid "Saskatchewan (Regina)" msgstr "서스캐처원(레지나)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:197 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:197 msgid "Yukon (Whitehorse)" msgstr "유콘(화이트호스)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:199 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:199 msgid "Glace Bay" msgstr "글라스베이" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:201 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:201 msgid "Moncton" msgstr "몽톤" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:203 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:203 msgid "Goose Bay" msgstr "구스베이" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:205 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Blanc-Sablon" msgstr "블랑크-사블론" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:207 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:207 msgid "Montreal" msgstr "몬트리올" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:209 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:209 msgid "Nipigon" msgstr "니피곤" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:211 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:211 msgid "Thunder Bay" msgstr "선더베이" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:213 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:213 msgid "Iqaluit" msgstr "이칼루잇" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:215 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:215 msgid "Pangnirtung" msgstr "팡니르퉁" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:217 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Resolute" msgstr "레절룻" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:219 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:219 msgid "Atikokan" msgstr "아티코칸" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:221 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:221 msgid "Rankin Inlet" msgstr "랜킨 인렛" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:223 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:223 msgid "Rainy River" msgstr "레이니강" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:225 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:225 msgid "Swift Current" msgstr "스위프트커런트" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:227 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:227 msgid "Cambridge Bay" msgstr "캠브리지 베이" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:229 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Yellowknife" msgstr "옐로나이프" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:231 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:231 msgid "Inuvik" msgstr "이누빅" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:233 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:233 msgid "Dawson Creek" msgstr "도슨크릭" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:235 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:235 msgid "Dawson" msgstr "도슨" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:243 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:243 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "아르헨티나" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:246 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:246 msgid "Buenos Aires" msgstr "부에노스 아이레스" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:248 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:248 msgid "Catamarca" msgstr "카타마르카" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:250 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:250 msgid "Cordoba" msgstr "코르도바" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:252 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:252 msgid "Jujuy" msgstr "후후이" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:254 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:254 msgid "La Rioja" msgstr "라리오하" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:256 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:256 msgid "Mendoza" msgstr "멘도사" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:258 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:258 msgid "Rio Gallegos" msgstr "리오가제고스" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:260 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:260 msgid "San Juan" msgstr "산후안" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:262 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:262 msgid "San Luis" msgstr "산 루이스" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:264 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:264 msgid "Tucuman" msgstr "투쿠만" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:266 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:266 msgid "Ushuaia" msgstr "우슈아이아" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:273 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:273 msgid "Brazil" msgstr "브라질" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:276 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:276 msgid "Araguaina" msgstr "아라구에이나" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:278 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:278 msgid "Bahia" msgstr "바히아" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:280 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:280 msgid "Belem" msgstr "벨렘" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:282 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:282 msgid "Boa Vista" msgstr "보아비스타" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:284 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:284 msgid "Campo Grande" msgstr "캄푸그란지" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:286 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:286 msgid "Cuiaba" msgstr "쿠이아바" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:288 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:288 msgid "Eirunepe" msgstr "에이루네프" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:290 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:290 msgid "Fortaleza" msgstr "포르탈레자" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:292 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:292 msgid "Maceio" msgstr "마세이우" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:294 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:294 msgid "Manaus" msgstr "마나우스" -#. _("Brazil West"), -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:296 +#. _("Brazil West"), +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:296 msgid "Fernando de Noronha" msgstr "페르난도 데 노론하" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:298 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:298 msgid "Porto Velho" msgstr "포르토벨호" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:300 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:300 msgid "Recife" msgstr "레시페" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:302 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:302 msgid "Rio Branco" msgstr "리우브랑코" -#. _("Brazil Acre"), -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:304 +#. _("Brazil Acre"), +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:304 msgid "Sao Paulo" msgstr "상파울로" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:311 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:311 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "멕시코" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:315 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:315 msgid "Cancun" msgstr "칸쿤" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:317 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:317 msgid "Chihuahua" msgstr "치와와" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:319 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:319 msgid "Hermosillo" msgstr "에르모시요" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:321 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:321 msgid "Mazatlan" msgstr "마사틀란" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:323 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:323 msgid "Mexico City" msgstr "멕시코시티" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:325 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:325 msgid "Merida" msgstr "메리다" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:327 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:327 msgid "Monterrey" msgstr "몬테레이" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:329 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:329 msgid "Tijuana" msgstr "티후아나" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:336 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:336 msgid "Central and South America" msgstr "중남부 미국" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:339 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:339 msgid "Antigua" msgstr "애티가" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:341 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:341 msgid "Anguilla" msgstr "앙귈라" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:343 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Aruba" msgstr "아루바" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:345 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:345 msgid "Asuncion" msgstr "아순시온" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:347 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:347 msgid "Barbados" msgstr "발바도스" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:349 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:349 msgid "Belize" msgstr "벨리즈" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:351 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:351 msgid "Bogota" msgstr "보고타" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:353 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:353 msgid "Caracas" msgstr "카라카스" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:355 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:355 msgid "Cayenne" msgstr "카옌" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:357 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:357 msgid "Cayman Islands" msgstr "케이맨 제도" -#. KY -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:359 +#. KY +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:359 msgid "Costa Rica" msgstr "코스타리카" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:361 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:361 msgid "Curacao" msgstr "쿠라카오" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:363 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:363 msgid "Dominica" msgstr "도미니카" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:365 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:365 msgid "El Salvador" msgstr "엘살바도르" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:367 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:367 msgid "Grand Turk" msgstr "그랜드 터크" -#. TC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:369 +#. TC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:369 msgid "Guayaquil" msgstr "콰야길" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:371 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:371 msgid "Grenada" msgstr "그라나다" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:373 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Guadeloupe" msgstr "과델로프" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:375 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:375 msgid "Guatemala" msgstr "과테말라" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:377 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:377 msgid "Guyana" msgstr "가이아나" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:379 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:379 msgid "Havana" msgstr "하바나" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:381 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:381 msgid "Jamaica" msgstr "자메이카" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:383 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:383 msgid "La Paz" msgstr "라파스" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:385 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:385 msgid "Lima" msgstr "리마" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:387 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Managua" msgstr "마나과" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:389 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:389 msgid "Martinique" msgstr "마티니크" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:391 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:391 msgid "Montserrat" msgstr "몬트세라트" -#. MS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:393 +#. MS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:393 msgid "Uruguay" msgstr "우루과이" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:395 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:395 msgid "Nassau" msgstr "나사우" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:397 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:397 msgid "Panama" msgstr "파나마" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:399 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:399 msgid "Paramaribo" msgstr "파라마리보" -#. SR -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:401 +#. SR +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Port-au-Prince" msgstr "포르토프랭스" -#. HT -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:403 +#. HT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:403 msgid "Port of Spain" msgstr "포트오브스페인" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:407 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:407 msgid "Chile Continental" msgstr "칠레 콘티넨탈" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:409 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:409 msgid "Santo Domingo" msgstr "산토 도밍고" -#. DO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:411 +#. DO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:411 msgid "Saint Lucia" msgstr "세인트 루시아" -#. LC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:413 +#. LC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:413 msgid "Saint Kitts and Nevis" msgstr "세인트 키츠 네비스" -#. KN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:415 +#. KN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:415 msgid "St Thomas" msgstr "세인트 토마스" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:417 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:417 msgid "St Vincent" msgstr "세인트 빈센트" -#. VC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:419 +#. VC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:419 msgid "Tegucigalpa" msgstr "테그시갈파" -#. HN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:421 +#. HN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:421 msgid "Tortola" msgstr "토르톨라" -#. VG -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:424 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:884 +#. VG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:424 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:884 msgid "Stanley" msgstr "스탠리" -#. Falklands -#. time zone -#. WS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:427 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:866 +#. Falklands +#. time zone +#. WS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:427 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:866 msgid "Easter Island" msgstr "이스터 제도" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:429 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Galapagos" msgstr "갈라파고스" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:436 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:436 msgid "Russia" msgstr "러시아" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:439 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:439 msgid "Kaliningrad" msgstr "칼리닌그라드" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:441 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Moscow" msgstr "모스크바" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:443 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:443 msgid "Samara" msgstr "사마라" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:445 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:445 msgid "Volgograd" msgstr "볼고그라드" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:447 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:489 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:447 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:489 msgid "Anadyr" msgstr "아나디르" -#. time zone -#. MN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:449 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:531 +#. time zone +#. MN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:449 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:531 msgid "Irkutsk" msgstr "이르쿠츠크" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:451 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:543 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:451 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:543 msgid "Kamchatka" msgstr "캄차카 반도" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:453 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:549 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:453 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:549 msgid "Krasnoyarsk" msgstr "크라스노야르스크" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:455 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:559 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:455 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:559 msgid "Magadan" msgstr "마가단" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:457 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:569 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:457 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:569 msgid "Novosibirsk" msgstr "노보시비르스크" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:459 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:571 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:459 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:571 msgid "Omsk" msgstr "옴스크" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:461 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:589 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:461 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:589 msgid "Sakhalin" msgstr "사할린" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:463 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:599 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:463 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:599 msgid "Vladivostok" msgstr "블라디보스톡" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:465 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:627 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:465 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:627 msgid "Yakutsk" msgstr "야쿠츠크" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:467 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:601 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:467 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:601 msgid "Yekaterinburg" msgstr "예카테린버그" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:474 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:474 msgid "Asia" msgstr "아시아" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:477 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:477 msgid "Aden" msgstr "아덴" -#. YE -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:479 +#. YE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:479 msgid "Almaty" msgstr "알마티" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:481 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:481 msgid "Amman" msgstr "암만" -#. JO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:483 +#. JO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:483 msgid "Aqtobe" msgstr "악퇴베" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:485 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:485 msgid "Aqtau" msgstr "악타우" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:487 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:487 msgid "Ashgabat" msgstr "아쉬가바트" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:491 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:491 msgid "Baghdad" msgstr "바그다드" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:493 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:493 msgid "Bahrain" msgstr "바레인" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:495 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:495 msgid "Baku" msgstr "바쿠" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:497 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:497 msgid "Bangkok" msgstr "방콕" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:499 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:499 msgid "Beirut" msgstr "베이루트" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:501 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:501 msgid "Bishkek" msgstr "비슈케크" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:503 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:503 msgid "Brunei" msgstr "브루나이" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:505 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:505 msgid "Kolkata" msgstr "콜카타" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:507 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:507 msgid "Choibalsan" msgstr "초이발산" -#. MN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:509 +#. MN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:509 msgid "Chongqing" msgstr "충칭" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:511 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:511 msgid "Colombo" msgstr "콜롬보" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:513 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:513 msgid "Damascus" msgstr "다마스커스" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:515 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:515 msgid "Dhaka" msgstr "다카" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:517 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:517 msgid "Dili" msgstr "딜리" -#. TL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:519 +#. TL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:519 msgid "Dubai" msgstr "두바이" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:521 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:521 msgid "Dushanbe" msgstr "두샨베" -#. TJ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:523 +#. TJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:523 msgid "Gaza" msgstr "가자" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:525 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:525 msgid "Harbin" msgstr "하얼빈" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:527 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:527 msgid "Hongkong" msgstr "홍콩" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:529 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:529 msgid "Hovd" msgstr "호브드" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:533 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:533 msgid "Jakarta" msgstr "자카르타" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:535 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:535 msgid "Jayapura" msgstr "자야푸라" -#. ID -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:537 +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:537 msgid "Israel" msgstr "이스라엘" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:539 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:539 msgid "Afghanistan" msgstr "아프가니스탄" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:541 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:541 msgid "Karachi" msgstr "카라치" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:545 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:545 msgid "Kashgar" msgstr "카슈가르" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:547 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:547 msgid "Kathmandu" msgstr "카트만두" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:551 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:551 msgid "Kuala Lumpur" msgstr "쿠알라 룸푸르" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:553 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:553 msgid "Kuching" msgstr "쿠칭" -#. MY -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:555 +#. MY +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:555 msgid "Kuwait" msgstr "쿠웨이트" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:557 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:557 msgid "Macao" msgstr "마카오" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:561 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:561 msgid "Makassar" msgstr "마카사르" -#. ID -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:563 +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:563 msgid "Manila" msgstr "마닐라" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:565 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:565 msgid "Muscat" msgstr "무스카트" -#. OM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:567 +#. OM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:567 msgid "Nicosia" msgstr "니코시아" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:573 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:573 msgid "Oral" msgstr "오랄" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:575 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:575 msgid "Phnom Penh" msgstr "프놈펜" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:577 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:577 msgid "Pontianak" msgstr "폰티아나크" -#. ID -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:579 +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:579 msgid "Pyongyang" msgstr "평양" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:581 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:581 msgid "Qatar" msgstr "카타르" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:583 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:583 msgid "Qyzylorda" msgstr "끄즐오르다" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:585 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:585 msgid "Myanmar" msgstr "미얀마" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587 msgid "Ho Chi Minh City" msgstr "호찌민 시" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591 msgid "Samarkand" msgstr "사마르칸드" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:593 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:593 msgid "Tashkent" msgstr "타쉬켄트" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:595 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:595 msgid "Tehran" msgstr "테헤란" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:597 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:597 msgid "Thimphu" msgstr "팀부" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:603 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:603 msgid "Tokyo" msgstr "도쿄" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:605 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:605 msgid "Shanghai" msgstr "상하이" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:607 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:607 msgid "Beijing" msgstr "베이징" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:609 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:609 msgid "Taipei" msgstr "타이페이" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:611 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:611 msgid "Seoul" msgstr "서울" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:613 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:613 msgid "Riyadh" msgstr "리야드" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:615 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:615 msgid "Singapore" msgstr "싱가포르" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:617 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:617 msgid "Tbilisi" msgstr "트빌리시" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:619 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:619 msgid "Japan" msgstr "일본" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:621 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:621 msgid "Ulan Bator" msgstr "울란바토르" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:623 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:623 msgid "Urumqi" msgstr "우루무치" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:625 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:625 msgid "Vientiane" msgstr "비엔티안" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:629 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:629 msgid "Yerevan" msgstr "예레반" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:632 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:632 msgid "Mideast Riyadh87" msgstr "중동 리야드87" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:634 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:634 msgid "Mideast Riyadh88" msgstr "중동 리야드88" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:636 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:636 msgid "Mideast Riyadh89" msgstr "중동 리야드89" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:644 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:644 msgid "Australia" msgstr "오스트레일리아" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:647 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Lindeman" msgstr "린드만" -#. AU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:649 +#. AU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:649 msgid "Eucla" msgstr "유클라" -#. AU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:651 +#. AU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:651 msgid "Lord Howe Island" msgstr "로드하우군도" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:653 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:653 msgid "Northern Territory (Darwin)" msgstr "노던테리토리(다윈)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:655 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:655 msgid "Queensland (Brisbane)" msgstr "퀸즐랜드(브리즈번)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:657 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:657 msgid "South Australia (Adelaide)" msgstr "사우스오스트레일리아(애들레이드)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:659 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:659 msgid "New South Wales (Sydney)" msgstr "뉴사우스웨일스(시드니)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:661 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:661 msgid "New South Wales (Broken Hill)" msgstr "뉴사우스웨일스(브로큰힐)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:663 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:663 msgid "Tasmania (Hobart)" msgstr "태즈매니아(호바트)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:665 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:665 msgid "Tasmania (Currie)" msgstr "태즈매니아(커리)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:667 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:667 msgid "Victoria (Melbourne)" msgstr "빅토리아(멜버른)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:669 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Western Australia (Perth)" msgstr "웨스턴오스트레일리아(퍼스)" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:677 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:677 msgid "Africa" msgstr "아프리카" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:681 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:681 msgid "Abidjan" msgstr "아비장" -#. CI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:683 +#. CI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:683 msgid "Addis Ababa" msgstr "아디스아바바" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:685 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:685 msgid "Algiers" msgstr "알제리아" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:687 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:687 msgid "Asmara" msgstr "아스마라" -#. ER -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:689 +#. ER +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:689 msgid "Accra" msgstr "아크라" -#. GH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:691 +#. GH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Bamako" msgstr "바마코" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:693 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:693 msgid "Bangui" msgstr "방기" -#. CF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:695 +#. CF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:695 msgid "Banjul" msgstr "반줄" -#. GM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:697 +#. GM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:697 msgid "Bissau" msgstr "비사우" -#. GW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:699 +#. GW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:699 msgid "Blantyre" msgstr "블랜타이어" -#. MW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:701 +#. MW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:701 msgid "Brazzaville" msgstr "브라자빌레" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:703 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:703 msgid "Bujumbura" msgstr "부줌부라" -#. BI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:705 +#. BI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:705 msgid "Cairo" msgstr "카이로" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:707 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:707 msgid "Casablanca" msgstr "카사블랑카" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:709 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:709 msgid "Ceuta" msgstr "세우타" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:711 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:711 msgid "Conakry" msgstr "코나크리" -#. GN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:713 +#. GN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:713 msgid "Dakar" msgstr "다카르" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:715 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:715 msgid "Dar es Salaam" msgstr "달레살람" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:717 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:717 msgid "Djibouti" msgstr "디보우티" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:719 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:719 msgid "Douala" msgstr "두알라" -#. CM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:721 +#. CM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:721 msgid "El Aaiun" msgstr "엘아이운" -#. EH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:723 +#. EH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:723 msgid "Freetown" msgstr "프리타운" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:725 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:725 msgid "Gaborone" msgstr "가보로네" -#. BW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:727 +#. BW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:727 msgid "Harare" msgstr "하라레" -#. ZW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:729 +#. ZW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:729 msgid "Johannesburg" msgstr "요한네스버그" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:731 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:731 msgid "Kampala" msgstr "캄팔라" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:733 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:733 msgid "Khartoum" msgstr "카르툼" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:735 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:735 msgid "Kinshasa" msgstr "킨샤사" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:737 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:737 msgid "Kigali" msgstr "키갈리" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:739 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:739 msgid "Lagos" msgstr "라고스" -#. NG -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:741 +#. NG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:741 msgid "Libreville" msgstr "리브르빌" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:743 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:743 msgid "Lome" msgstr "로메" -#. TG -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:745 +#. TG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:745 msgid "Luanda" msgstr "루안다" -#. AO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:747 +#. AO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:747 msgid "Lubumbashi" msgstr "루붐바시" -#. CD -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:749 +#. CD +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:749 msgid "Lusaka" msgstr "루사카" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:751 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:751 msgid "Malabo" msgstr "말라보" -#. GQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:753 +#. GQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:753 msgid "Maputo" msgstr "마푸투" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:755 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:755 msgid "Maseru" msgstr "마세루" -#. LS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:757 +#. LS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:757 msgid "Mbabane" msgstr "음바바네" -#. SZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:759 +#. SZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:759 msgid "Mogadishu" msgstr "모가디슈" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:761 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:761 msgid "Monrovia" msgstr "몬로비아" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:763 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:763 msgid "Nairobi" msgstr "나이로비" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:765 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:765 msgid "Ndjamena" msgstr "엔자메나" -#. TD -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:767 +#. TD +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:767 msgid "Niamey" msgstr "니아메" -#. NE -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:769 +#. NE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:769 msgid "Nouakchott" msgstr "누악쇼트" -#. MR -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:771 +#. MR +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:771 msgid "Ouagadougou" msgstr "와가두구" -#. BF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:773 +#. BF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:773 msgid "Porto-Novo" msgstr "포르토노보" -#. BJ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:775 +#. BJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:775 msgid "Sao Tome" msgstr "상투메" -#. ST -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:777 +#. ST +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:777 msgid "Tripoli" msgstr "트리폴리" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:779 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:779 msgid "Tunis" msgstr "투니스" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:781 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:781 msgid "Windhoek" msgstr "윈드헤크" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:784 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:784 msgid "Antananarivo" msgstr "안타나나리보" -#. Madagascar -#. time zone -#. MV -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:786 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:932 +#. Madagascar +#. time zone +#. MV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:786 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:932 msgid "Reunion" msgstr "리유니언" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:793 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:793 msgid "Pacific" msgstr "태평양" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:796 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:796 msgid "New Zealand" msgstr "뉴질랜드" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:798 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:798 msgid "Fiji" msgstr "피지" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:800 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:800 msgid "Guadalcanal" msgstr "과달카날" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:802 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:802 msgid "Guam" msgstr "괌" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:804 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:804 msgid "Midway" msgstr "미드웨이제도" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:806 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:806 msgid "Nauru" msgstr "나우루" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:808 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:808 msgid "Palau" msgstr "파라과이" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:810 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:810 msgid "Pitcairn" msgstr "피트카이른" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:812 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:812 msgid "Tahiti" msgstr "타히티섬" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:814 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:814 msgid "Samoa" msgstr "사모아" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:816 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:816 msgid "Port_Moresby" msgstr "포트모레스비" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:818 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:818 msgid "Rarotonga" msgstr "라로통가" -#. CK -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:820 +#. CK +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:820 msgid "Chuuk" msgstr "추크" -#. FM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:822 +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:822 msgid "Pohnpei" msgstr "폰페이" -#. FM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:824 +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:824 msgid "Kosrae" msgstr "코스라이에" -#. FM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:826 +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:826 msgid "Tarawa" msgstr "타라와" -#. KI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:828 +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:828 msgid "Enderbury" msgstr "엔더베리" -#. KI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:830 +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:830 msgid "Kiritimati" msgstr "키리티마티" -#. KI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:832 +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:832 msgid "Majuro" msgstr "마주로" -#. MH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:834 +#. MH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:834 msgid "Kwajalein" msgstr "콰자레인" -#. MH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:836 +#. MH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:836 msgid "Saipan" msgstr "사이판" -#. MP -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:838 +#. MP +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:838 msgid "Noumea" msgstr "누메아" -#. NC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:840 +#. NC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:840 msgid "Norfolk" msgstr "노퍽" -#. NF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:842 +#. NF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:842 msgid "Niue" msgstr "니우에" -#. NU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:844 +#. NU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:844 msgid "Chatham" msgstr "채텀" -#. NZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:846 +#. NZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:846 msgid "Marquesas" msgstr "마키저스" -#. PF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:848 +#. PF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:848 msgid "Gambier" msgstr "갬비어" -#. PF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:850 +#. PF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:850 msgid "Fakaofo" msgstr "파카오포" -#. TK -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:852 +#. TK +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:852 msgid "Tongatapu" msgstr "통가타푸" -#. TO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:854 +#. TO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:854 msgid "Funafuti" msgstr "푸나푸티" -#. TV -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:856 +#. TV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:856 msgid "Johnston" msgstr "존스톤" -#. UM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:858 +#. UM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:858 msgid "Wake" msgstr "웨이크" -#. UM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:860 +#. UM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:860 msgid "Efate" msgstr "테파테" -#. VU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:862 +#. VU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:862 msgid "Wallis" msgstr "윌리스" -#. WF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:864 +#. WF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:864 msgid "Apia" msgstr "아피아" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:873 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:873 msgid "Atlantic" msgstr "아틀란틱" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:876 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:876 msgid "Bermuda" msgstr "버뮤다" -#. Falklands -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:886 +#. Falklands +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:886 msgid "Cape Verde" msgstr "카보베르데" -#. CV -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:888 +#. CV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:888 msgid "Faroe Islands" msgstr "파로에 아일랜드" -#. FO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:890 +#. FO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:890 msgid "South Georgia" msgstr "사우스조지아" -#. GS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:892 +#. GS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:892 msgid "Madeira" msgstr "마데이라" -#. PT -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:894 +#. PT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:894 msgid "St Helena" msgstr "세인트헬레나" -#. SH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:896 +#. SH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:896 msgid "Jan Mayen" msgstr "얀마옌" -#. SJ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:899 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:951 +#. SJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:899 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:951 msgid "Greenland (Nuuk)" msgstr "그린랜드(누크)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:901 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:953 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:901 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:953 msgid "Greenland (Danmarkshavn)" msgstr "그린랜드(덴마크 소유)" -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:903 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:955 +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:903 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:955 msgid "Greenland (Scoresbysund)" msgstr "그린랜드(스코즈비만)" -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:905 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:957 +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:905 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:957 msgid "Greenland (Thule)" msgstr "그린랜드(툴레)" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:916 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:916 msgid "Indian Ocean" msgstr "인도양" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:920 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:920 msgid "Cocos Islands" msgstr "코코스 제도" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:922 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:922 msgid "Christmas Island" msgstr "크리스마스 섬" -#. CX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:924 +#. CX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:924 msgid "Chagos" msgstr "차고스" -#. IO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:926 +#. IO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:926 msgid "Comoro" msgstr "코모로" -#. KM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:928 +#. KM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:928 msgid "Mauritius" msgstr "모리셔스" -#. MU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:930 +#. MU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:930 msgid "Maldives" msgstr "몰디브" -#. RE -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:934 +#. RE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:934 msgid "Mahe" msgstr "마헤" -#. SC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:936 +#. SC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:936 msgid "Kerguelen" msgstr "케구엘렌" -#. TF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:938 +#. TF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:938 msgid "Mayotte" msgstr "마요트" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:945 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:945 msgid "Global" msgstr "전역" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:948 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:948 msgid "Arctic Longyearbyen" msgstr "아틱 롱이어빈" -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:960 +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:960 msgid "Antarctica (South Pole)" msgstr "남극(사우스폴)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:962 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:962 msgid "Antarctica (McMurdo)" msgstr "남극(맥머도)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:964 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:964 msgid "Antarctica (Rothera)" msgstr "남극(로데라)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:966 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:966 msgid "Antarctica (Palmer)" msgstr "남극(팔머)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:968 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:968 msgid "Antarctica (Mawson)" msgstr "남극(모슨)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:970 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:970 msgid "Antarctica (Davis)" msgstr "남극(데이비스)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:972 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:972 msgid "Antarctica (Casey)" msgstr "남극(케이시)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:974 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:974 msgid "Antarctica (Vostok)" msgstr "남극(보스톡)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:976 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:976 msgid "Antarctica (DumontDUrville)" msgstr "남극(드몬두르빌)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:978 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:978 msgid "Antarctica (Syowa)" msgstr "남극(소야)" -#. AQ -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:980 +#. AQ +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:980 msgid "CET" msgstr "CET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:981 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:981 msgid "CST6CDT" msgstr "CST6CDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:982 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:982 msgid "EET" msgstr "EET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:983 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:983 msgid "EST" msgstr "EST" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:984 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:984 msgid "EST5EDT" msgstr "EST5EDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:985 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1036 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:985 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1036 msgid "GMT" msgstr "GMT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:986 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1037 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:986 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1037 msgid "GMT+0" msgstr "GMT+0" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:987 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1038 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:987 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1038 msgid "GMT-0" msgstr "GMT-0" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:988 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1039 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:988 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1039 msgid "GMT0" msgstr "GMT0" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:989 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1040 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:989 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1040 msgid "Greenwich" msgstr "그리니치" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:990 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:990 msgid "HST" msgstr "HST" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:991 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:991 msgid "MET" msgstr "MET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:992 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:992 msgid "MST" msgstr "MST" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:993 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:993 msgid "MST7MDT" msgstr "MST7MDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:994 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:994 msgid "NZ" msgstr "NZ" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:995 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:995 msgid "NZ-CHAT" msgstr "NZ-CHAT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:996 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:996 msgid "Navajo" msgstr "나바조" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:997 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:997 msgid "PST8PDT" msgstr "PST8PDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:998 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1041 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:998 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1041 msgid "UCT" msgstr "UCT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:999 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1042 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:999 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1042 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1000 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1043 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1000 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1043 msgid "Universal" msgstr "Univesal" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1001 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1001 msgid "W-SU" msgstr "W-SU" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1002 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1002 msgid "WET" msgstr "WET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1003 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1044 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1003 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1044 msgid "Zulu" msgstr "줄루" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1008 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1008 msgid "Etc" msgstr "기타" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1010 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1010 msgid "GMT+1" msgstr "GMT+1" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1011 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1011 msgid "GMT+10" msgstr "GMT+10" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1012 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1012 msgid "GMT+11" msgstr "GMT+11" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1013 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1013 msgid "GMT+12" msgstr "GMT+12" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1014 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1014 msgid "GMT+2" msgstr "GMT+2" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1015 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1015 msgid "GMT+3" msgstr "GMT+3" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1016 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1016 msgid "GMT+4" msgstr "GMT+4" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1017 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1017 msgid "GMT+5" msgstr "GMT+5" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1018 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1018 msgid "GMT+6" msgstr "GMT+6" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1019 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1019 msgid "GMT+7" msgstr "GMT+7" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1020 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1020 msgid "GMT+8" msgstr "GMT+8" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1021 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1021 msgid "GMT+9" msgstr "GMT+9" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1022 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1022 msgid "GMT-1" msgstr "GMT-1" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1023 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1023 msgid "GMT-10" msgstr "GMT-10" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1024 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1024 msgid "GMT-11" msgstr "GMT-11" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1025 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1025 msgid "GMT-12" msgstr "GMT-12" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1026 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1026 msgid "GMT-13" msgstr "GMT-13" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1027 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1027 msgid "GMT-14" msgstr "GMT-14" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1028 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1028 msgid "GMT-2" msgstr "GMT-2" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1029 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1029 msgid "GMT-3" msgstr "GMT-3" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1030 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1030 msgid "GMT-4" msgstr "GMT-4" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1031 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1031 msgid "GMT-5" msgstr "GMT-5" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1032 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1032 msgid "GMT-6" msgstr "GMT-6" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1033 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1033 msgid "GMT-7" msgstr "GMT-7" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1034 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1034 msgid "GMT-8" msgstr "GMT-8" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 msgid "GMT-9" msgstr "GMT-9" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/tune.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/tune.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/tune.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: tune\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,37 +14,41 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 -msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "하드웨어 감지 - 이 모듈은 명령줄 인터페이스를 지원하지 않습니다. '%1'을(를) 사용하십시오." +#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 +msgid "" +"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"하드웨어 감지 - 이 모듈은 명령줄 인터페이스를 지원하지 않습니다. '%1'을(를) " +"사용하십시오." -#. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 +#. translators: popup heading +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "하드웨어 검색 중..." -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "진행률" -#. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 +#. title label +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "모든 항목(&A)" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "파일에 저장(&S)..." -#. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 +#. dialog header +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "하드웨어 정보" -#. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 +#. help text +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "<P>The <B>Hardware Information</B> module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n" @@ -52,95 +56,111 @@ "<P> <B>하드웨어 정보</B>는 컴퓨터의 상세한 하드웨어 모듈을 표시합니다.\n" "좀더 자세한 정보를 원한다면 아무 노드나 클릭해 주십시오.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 -msgid "<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> and enter the filename.</P>" -msgstr "<P>하드웨어 정보를 파일에 저장할 수 있습니다. <B>파일에 저장</B>을 클릭하고 파일 이름을 입력하십시오.</P>" +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 +msgid "" +"<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> " +"and enter the filename.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>하드웨어 정보를 파일에 저장할 수 있습니다. <B>파일에 저장</B>을 클릭하고 " +"파일 이름을 입력하십시오.</P>" -#. installation proposal header -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 msgid "System and Hardware Settings" msgstr "시스템 및 하드웨어 설정" -#. this is a heading -#. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#. this is a heading +#. tree node string +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "시스템" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "시스템(&Y)" -#. tree widget label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:87 +#. tree widget label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:87 msgid "&Details" msgstr "자세히(&D)" -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are displayed here.</P>" -msgstr "<P><B>세부 사항</B></P><P>여기에는 선택한 하드웨어 구성 요소에 대한 세부 정보가 표시됩니다.</P>" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are " +"displayed here.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>세부 사항</B></P><P>여기에는 선택한 하드웨어 구성 요소에 대한 세부 정보" +"가 표시됩니다.</P>" -#. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 +#. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 msgid "Component '%1'" msgstr "'%1' 구성 요소" -#. device model name fallback -#. device model is unknown -#. device name (CPU model name string has key "name" instead of "model") -#. TODO allow setting of module args? -#. vendor is empty, device name is unknown -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:143 src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:228 -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:280 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:281 -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:418 +#. device model name fallback +#. device model is unknown +#. device name (CPU model name string has key "name" instead of "model") +#. TODO allow setting of module args? +#. vendor is empty, device name is unknown +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:143 src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:228 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:280 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:281 +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:418 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "알수 없는 장치" -#. device class is unknown -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:154 +#. device class is unknown +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:154 msgid "Unknown device class" msgstr "알 수 없는 장치 클래스" -#. table header -#. tree node string - means "class of hardware" -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:373 -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:56 +#. table header +#. tree node string - means "class of hardware" +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:373 +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:56 msgid "Class" msgstr "클래스" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:663 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:663 msgid "Model" msgstr "모델" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:170 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:170 msgid "&Kernel Settings..." msgstr "커널 설정(&K)..." -#. push button label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:173 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:173 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "세부 사항(&D)..." -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:174 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:174 msgid "Save to &File..." msgstr "파일에 저장(&F)..." -#. help text - part 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components detected in your system.</P>" -msgstr "<P><B>검색된 하드웨어</B><BR>이 테이블에는 시스템에서 검색된 모든 하드웨어 구성 요소가 표시됩니다.</P>" +#. help text - part 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components " +"detected in your system.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>검색된 하드웨어</B><BR>이 테이블에는 시스템에서 검색된 모든 하드웨어 구" +"성 요소가 표시됩니다.</P>" -#. help text - part 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a more detailed description of the component.</P>" -msgstr "<P><B>세부 사항</B><BR>구성 요소를 선택하고 <B>세부 사항</B>을 누르면 구성 요소에 대한 좀 더 자세한 설명을 볼 수 있습니다.</P>" +#. help text - part 2/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a " +"more detailed description of the component.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>세부 사항</B><BR>구성 요소를 선택하고 <B>세부 사항</B>을 누르면 구성 요" +"소에 대한 좀 더 자세한 설명을 볼 수 있습니다.</P>" -#. help text - part 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 +#. help text - part 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 msgid "" "<P><B>Save to File</B><BR>You can save\n" " hardware information (<I>hwinfo</I> output) to a file.</P>" @@ -148,933 +168,962 @@ "<P><B>파일에 저장</B><BR>하드웨어 정보\n" " (<I>hwinfo</I> 출력)를 파일에 저장할 수 있습니다.</P>" -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 msgid "Detected Hardware" msgstr "검색된 하드웨어" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/system_settings_finish.rb:45 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/system_settings_finish.rb:45 msgid "Saving system settings..." msgstr "시스템 설정 저장하는 중..." -#. text in dialog header -#. text in dialog header -#. dialog header -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:95 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:262 -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:439 +#. text in dialog header +#. text in dialog header +#. dialog header +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:95 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:262 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:439 msgid "PCI ID Setup" msgstr "PCI ID 설정" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:103 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:269 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:103 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:269 msgid "&Driver" msgstr "드라이버(&D)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:110 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:110 msgid "&Vendor" msgstr "제조업체(&V)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:117 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:117 msgid "&Subvendor" msgstr "하위 제조업체(&S)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:124 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:124 msgid "&Class" msgstr "클래스(&C)" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:133 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:276 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:133 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:276 msgid "Sys&FS Directory" msgstr "SysFS 디렉토리(&F)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:140 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:140 msgid "&Device" msgstr "장치(&D)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:147 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:147 msgid "S&ubdevice" msgstr "하위 장치(&U)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:154 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:154 msgid "Class &Mask" msgstr "클래스 마스크(&M)" -#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty. one is needed -#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:197 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:314 +#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty. one is needed +#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:197 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:314 msgid "Enter the driver or SysFS directory name." msgstr "드라이버 또는 SysFS 디렉토리 이름을 입력하십시오." -#. error message, user didn't fill any PCI ID value -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:204 +#. error message, user didn't fill any PCI ID value +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:204 msgid "At least one PCI ID value is required." msgstr "PCI ID 값이 적어도 하나는 필요합니다." -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:286 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:286 msgid "PCI &Device" msgstr "PCI 장치(&D)" -#. table header, use as short texts as possible -#. tree node string - means "hardware driver" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:366 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:96 +#. table header, use as short texts as possible +#. tree node string - means "hardware driver" +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:366 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:96 msgid "Driver" msgstr "드라이버" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:367 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:367 msgid "Card Name" msgstr "카드 이름" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:368 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:336 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:368 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:336 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "제조업체" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:369 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:81 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:369 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:81 msgid "Device" msgstr "장치" -#. table header, use as short texts as possible -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:371 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:321 +#. table header, use as short texts as possible +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:371 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:321 msgid "Subvendor" msgstr "하위 제조업체" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:372 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:372 msgid "Subdevice" msgstr "하위 장치" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:374 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:374 msgid "Class Mask" msgstr "클래스 마스크" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:375 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:375 msgid "SysFS Dir." msgstr "SysFS 디렉토리" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:383 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:383 msgid "&From List" msgstr "목록에서(&F)" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:384 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:384 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "수동으로(&M)" -#. help text header -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:409 +#. help text header +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:409 msgid "<P><B>PCI ID Setup</B><BR></P>" msgstr "<P><B>PCI ID 설정</B><BR></P>" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices.</P>" -msgstr "<P>지원되는 알려진 장치의 내부 데이터베이스를 확장하기 위해 PCI ID를 장치 드라이버에 추가할 수 있습니다.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 +msgid "" +"<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " +"database of known supported devices.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>지원되는 알려진 장치의 내부 데이터베이스를 확장하기 위해 PCI ID를 장치 드" +"라이버에 추가할 수 있습니다.</P>" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>" -msgstr "<P>PCI ID 번호가 입력되어 16진수로 표시됩니다. <b>SysFS 디렉토리</b>는 /sys/bus/pci/drivers 디렉토리의 디렉토리 이름입니다. 이 항목이 비어 있으면 드라이버 이름이 디렉토리 이름으로 사용됩니다.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 +msgid "" +"<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS " +"Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " +"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>PCI ID 번호가 입력되어 16진수로 표시됩니다. <b>SysFS 디렉토리</b>는 /sys/" +"bus/pci/drivers 디렉토리의 디렉토리 이름입니다. 이 항목이 비어 있으면 드라이" +"버 이름이 디렉토리 이름으로 사용됩니다.</P>" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>" -msgstr "<P>드라이버가 커널로 컴파일된 경우 드라이버 이름을 비워 두고 대신 SysFS 디렉토리 이름을 입력하십시오.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 +msgid "" +"<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty " +"and enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>드라이버가 커널로 컴파일된 경우 드라이버 이름을 비워 두고 대신 SysFS 디렉" +"토리 이름을 입력하십시오.</P>" -#. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 -msgid "<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>%1</b> to activate the settings.</P>" -msgstr "<P>PCI ID 목록을 변경하려면 테이블 아래 버튼을 사용하십시오. 설정을 활성화하려면 <b>%1</b>을(를) 누르십시오.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 +msgid "" +"<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>" +"%1</b> to activate the settings.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>PCI ID 목록을 변경하려면 테이블 아래 버튼을 사용하십시오. 설정을 활성화하" +"려면 <b>%1</b>을(를) 누르십시오.</P>" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing.</P>" -msgstr "<P><B>경고:</B> 이것은 고급 구성입니다. 작업 내용을 정확히 아는 경우에만 계속하십시오.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you " +"know what you are doing.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>경고:</B> 이것은 고급 구성입니다. 작업 내용을 정확히 아는 경우에만 계속" +"하십시오.</P>" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "아키텍처" -#. tree node string - means "hardware bus" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:31 +#. tree node string - means "hardware bus" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:31 msgid "Bus" msgstr "버스" -#. tree node string - means "hardware bus ID" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:36 +#. tree node string - means "hardware bus ID" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:36 msgid "Bus ID" msgstr "버스 ID" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:41 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:593 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:41 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:593 msgid "Cache" msgstr "캐쉬" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:46 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:51 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:46 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:51 msgid "Card Type" msgstr "카드 형식" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:61 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:61 msgid "CD Type" msgstr "CD 형식" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:66 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:66 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "장치 이름" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:71 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:71 msgid "Device Numbers" msgstr "장치 번호" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:76 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:221 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:76 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:221 msgid "Sysfs ID" msgstr "Sysfs ID" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:86 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:86 msgid "Device Identifier" msgstr "장치 식별자" -#. tree node string - means "hardware drivers" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:91 +#. tree node string - means "hardware drivers" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:91 msgid "Drivers" msgstr "드라이버" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:101 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:101 msgid "Type" msgstr "유형" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:106 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:106 msgid "Major" msgstr "주" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:111 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:111 msgid "Minor" msgstr "부" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:116 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:116 msgid "Range" msgstr "범위" -#. tree node string (System Management BIOS) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:121 +#. tree node string (System Management BIOS) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:121 msgid "SMBIOS" msgstr "SMBIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:126 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:126 msgid "Interface" msgstr "인터페이스" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:131 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:131 msgid "Resources" msgstr "리소스" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:136 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:136 msgid "Requires" msgstr "필수" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:141 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:141 msgid "Revision" msgstr "리비전" -#. tree node string - location of hardware in the machine -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:146 +#. tree node string - location of hardware in the machine +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:146 msgid "Slot ID" msgstr "슬롯 ID" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:151 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:151 msgid "Length" msgstr "길이" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:156 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:156 msgid "Width" msgstr "너비" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:161 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:161 msgid "Height" msgstr "높이" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:166 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:166 msgid "Active" msgstr "활성" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:171 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:171 msgid "Device Names" msgstr "장치 이름" -#. tree node string (number of colors) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:176 +#. tree node string (number of colors) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:176 msgid "Colors" msgstr "색상" -#. tree node string (harddisk parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:181 +#. tree node string (harddisk parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:181 msgid "Logical Geometry" msgstr "논리 지오메트리" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:186 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:186 msgid "Count" msgstr "개수" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:191 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:191 msgid "Mode" msgstr "모드" -#. tree node string (interrupt request) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:196 +#. tree node string (interrupt request) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:196 msgid "IRQ" msgstr "IRQ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:201 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:201 msgid "IO Port" msgstr "IO 포트" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - memory (RAM) information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:206 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:496 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - memory (RAM) information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:206 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:496 msgid "Memory" msgstr "메모리" -#. tree node string (direct memory access) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:211 +#. tree node string (direct memory access) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:211 msgid "DMA" msgstr "DMA" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:216 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:216 msgid "Hwcfg Bus" msgstr "하드웨어 구성 버스" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:226 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:226 msgid "Parent Unique ID" msgstr "기본 고유 ID" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:231 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:231 msgid "UDI" msgstr "UDI" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:236 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:236 msgid "Unique ID" msgstr "고유 ID" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:241 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:241 msgid "Vertical Frequency" msgstr "수직 주파수" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:246 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:246 msgid "Max. Horizontal Frequency" msgstr "최대 수평 주파수" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:251 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:251 msgid "Max. Vertical Frequency" msgstr "최대 수직 주파수" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:256 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:256 msgid "Min. Horizontal Frequency" msgstr "최소 수평 주파수" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:261 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:261 msgid "Min. Vertical Frequency" msgstr "최소 수직 주파수" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:266 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:266 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:271 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:271 msgid "Kernel Driver" msgstr "커널 드라이버" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:276 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:276 msgid "HW Address" msgstr "하드웨어 주소" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:281 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:281 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS ID" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:286 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:286 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "활성화됨" -#. tree node string (monitor resolution e.g. 1280x1024) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:291 +#. tree node string (monitor resolution e.g. 1280x1024) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:291 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "해상도" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:296 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:296 msgid "Size" msgstr "크기" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:301 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:301 msgid "Old Unique Key" msgstr "이전 고유 키" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:306 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:306 msgid "Class (spec)" msgstr "클래스 (사양)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:311 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:311 msgid "Device (spec)" msgstr "장치명 (사양)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:316 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:316 msgid "Device Identifier (spec)" msgstr "장치 식별자(사양)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:326 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:326 msgid "Subvendor Identifier" msgstr "하위 제조업체 식별자" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:331 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:331 msgid "Unique Key" msgstr "고유 키" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:341 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:653 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:341 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:653 msgid "Vendor Identifier" msgstr "제조업체 식별자" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:346 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:346 msgid "BIOS Video" msgstr "바이오스 비디오" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:351 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:351 msgid "Boot Architecture" msgstr "부트 아키텍처" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:356 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:356 msgid "Boot Disk" msgstr "부트 디스크" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:361 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:361 msgid "Block Devices" msgstr "블록 장치" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:366 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:366 msgid "DASD Disks" msgstr "DASD 디스크" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:371 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:371 msgid "CD-ROM" msgstr "CD-ROM" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:376 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:376 msgid "CPU" msgstr "CPU" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:381 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:381 msgid "Disk" msgstr "디스크" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:386 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:386 msgid "Display" msgstr "디스플레이" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:391 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:713 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:391 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:713 msgid "Floppy Disk" msgstr "플로피 디스크" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:396 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:396 msgid "Framebuffer" msgstr "프레임버퍼" -#. tree node string (powermanagement) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:401 +#. tree node string (powermanagement) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:401 msgid "Has APM" msgstr "APM 유무" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:406 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:406 msgid "Has PCMCIA" msgstr "PCMCIA 유무" -#. tree node string (multiprocessing) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:411 +#. tree node string (multiprocessing) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:411 msgid "Has SMP" msgstr "SMP(다중 프로세서) 유무" -#. tree node string - UML = User Mode Linux -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:416 +#. tree node string - UML = User Mode Linux +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:416 msgid "UML System" msgstr "UML 시스템" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:421 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:421 msgid "Hardware Data" msgstr "하드웨어 데이터" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:426 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:426 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:431 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:431 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "키보드" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:436 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:436 msgid "Monitor" msgstr "모니터" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:441 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:441 msgid "Network Devices" msgstr "네트워크 장치" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:446 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:698 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:446 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:698 msgid "Network Interface" msgstr "네트워크 인터페이스" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:451 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:451 msgid "Printer" msgstr "프린터" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:456 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:456 msgid "Modem" msgstr "모뎀" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:461 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:461 msgid "Sound" msgstr "사운드" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:466 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:466 msgid "Storage Media" msgstr "저장 미디어" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:476 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:476 msgid "TV Card" msgstr "TV 카드" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:481 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:481 msgid "DVB Card" msgstr "DVB 카드" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:486 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:486 msgid "USB Type" msgstr "USB 형식" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:491 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:491 msgid "Version" msgstr "버전" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:501 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:501 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "네트워크 카드" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:506 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:506 msgid "BIOS" msgstr "BIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:511 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:511 msgid "Framebuffer Device" msgstr "프레임버퍼 장치" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:516 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:516 msgid "IDE" msgstr "IDE" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:521 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:521 msgid "PCI" msgstr "PCI" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:526 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:526 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:531 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:531 msgid "ISA PnP" msgstr "ISA PnP" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:536 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:536 msgid "USB Controller" msgstr "USB 컨트롤러" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:541 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:541 msgid "USB Hub" msgstr "USB 허브" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:546 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:546 msgid "IEEE1394 Controller" msgstr "IEEE1394 컨트롤러" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:551 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:551 msgid "SCSI" msgstr "SCSI" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:556 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:556 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "스캐너" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:560 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:560 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "마우스" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:563 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:563 msgid "Joystick" msgstr "조이스틱" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:568 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:568 msgid "Braille Display" msgstr "점자 디스플레이" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:573 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:573 msgid "Chipcard Reader" msgstr "칩카드 리더" -#. tree node - Digital camera or WebCam -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:578 +#. tree node - Digital camera or WebCam +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:578 msgid "Camera" msgstr "카메라" -#. Point-to-Point Protocol Over Ethernet -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:583 +#. Point-to-Point Protocol Over Ethernet +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:583 msgid "PPP over Ethernet" msgstr "이더넷을 이용한 PPP " -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:588 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:588 msgid "Bogus Millions of Instructions Per Second" msgstr "보거스 MIPS" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:598 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:598 msgid "Coma Bug" msgstr "코마 버그" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:603 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:603 msgid "f00f Bug" msgstr "f00f 버그" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:608 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:608 msgid "CPU ID Level" msgstr "CPU ID 레벨" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:613 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:613 msgid "Frequency" msgstr "주파수" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:618 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:618 msgid "Floating point division bug" msgstr "부동 소수점 분할 버그" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:623 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:623 msgid "Flags" msgstr "플래그" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:628 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:628 msgid "Floating Point Unit" msgstr "부동 소수점 장치" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:633 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:633 msgid "Floating Point Unit Exception" msgstr "부동 소수점 장치 예외" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:638 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:638 msgid "Halt Bug" msgstr "중지 버그" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:643 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:643 msgid "Processor" msgstr "프로세서" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:648 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:648 msgid "Stepping" msgstr "스테핑" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:658 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:658 msgid "Family" msgstr "패밀리" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:668 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:668 msgid "WP" msgstr "WP" -#. tree node string - wireless network adapters -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:673 +#. tree node string - wireless network adapters +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:673 msgid "Wireless LAN" msgstr "무선 LAN" -#. tree node string - tape devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:678 +#. tree node string - tape devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:678 msgid "Tape" msgstr "테이프" -#. tree node string - Bluetooth devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:683 +#. tree node string - Bluetooth devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:683 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#. tree node string - DSL devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:688 +#. tree node string - DSL devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:688 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:693 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:693 msgid "Ethernet Network Interface" msgstr "이더넷 네트워크 인터페이스" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:703 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:703 msgid "Loopback Network Interface" msgstr "루프백 네트워크 인터페이스" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:708 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:708 msgid "Partition" msgstr "파티션" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:718 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:718 msgid "Floppy Disk Controller" msgstr "플로피 디스크 컨트롤러" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:723 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:723 msgid "PnP Unclassified Device" msgstr "PnP 분류되지 않은 장치" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:728 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:728 msgid "Unclassified Device" msgstr "분류되지 않은 장치" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:733 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:733 msgid "Main Memory" msgstr "주 메모리" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:738 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:738 msgid "UHCI Host Controller" msgstr "UHCI 호스트 컨트롤러" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:743 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:743 msgid "EHCI Host Controller" msgstr "EHCI 호스트 컨트롤러" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:748 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:748 msgid "OHCI Host Controller" msgstr "OHCI 호스트 컨트롤러" -#. yes/no strings -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 +#. yes/no strings +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 msgid "Yes" msgstr "예" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 msgid "No" msgstr "아니오" -#. Linux kernel modules (drivers) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:917 +#. Linux kernel modules (drivers) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:917 msgid "Modules" msgstr "모듈" -#. tree node string - %1 is device name, %2 is /dev file -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:929 +#. tree node string - %1 is device name, %2 is /dev file +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:929 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1(%2)" -#. window title -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1057 +#. window title +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1057 msgid "Save hwinfo Output to File" msgstr "파일에 hwinfo 출력 저장" -#. progress window content -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1063 +#. progress window content +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1063 msgid "Saving hardware information..." msgstr "카드 정보를 저장하는 중입니다..." -#. error popup message -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1071 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Saving output to the file '%1' failed." msgstr "출력을 '%1' 파일에 저장하지 못했습니다." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. system_settings.ycp -#. -#. Summary: -#. Configuration of System Settings. PCI ID, Kernel parameters, -#. Bootloader parameters etc. -#. -#. Authors: -#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka@suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. explicitly set no help (otherwise CWM logs an error) -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:45 -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:176 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: +#. system_settings.ycp +#. +#. Summary: +#. Configuration of System Settings. PCI ID, Kernel parameters, +#. Bootloader parameters etc. +#. +#. Authors: +#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka@suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. explicitly set no help (otherwise CWM logs an error) +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Kernel Settings" msgstr "커널 설정" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:93 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:93 msgid "Global &I/O Scheduler" msgstr "전역 I/O 스케줄러(&I)" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:96 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Not Configured" msgstr "구성되지 않음" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:98 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Completely Fair Queuing [cfq]" msgstr "완전한 공정 대기 [cfq]" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:100 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:100 msgid "NOOP [noop]" msgstr "NOOP [noop]" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:102 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:102 msgid "Deadline [deadline]" msgstr "종료일 [종료일]" -#. help text for the scheduler widget, do not translate 'cfq' -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text for the scheduler widget, do not translate 'cfq' +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global I/O Scheduler</big></b><br>\n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " +"the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " +"'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" +"block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>전체 I/O 스케줄러</big></b><br>\n" -"디스크 장치로 명령을 보낼 때 전송 순서를 정하는 알고리즘을 선택할 수 있습니다.\n" +"디스크 장치로 명령을 보낼 때 전송 순서를 정하는 알고리즘을 선택할 수 있습니" +"다.\n" "이것은 전체 옵션이므로 해당 시스템의 모든 디스크 장치에 사용됩니다. \n" "이 옵션을 구성하지 않으면 기본(보통 'cfq') 스케줄러가 사용됩니다.\n" "자세한 내용은 /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block 디렉토리의 문서\n" "(kernel-source 패키지)에 있는 설명서를 참조하십시오.</p>\n" -#. .sysconfig.sysctl -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 +#. .sysconfig.sysctl +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 msgid "Enable &SysRq Keys" msgstr "SysRq 키 활성화(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Help text - over taken from /etc/sysconfig/sysctl file -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: Help text - over taken from /etc/sysconfig/sysctl file +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Enable SysRq Keys</big></b><br>\n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " +"it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " +"combination\n" "Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</p>\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>SysRq 키 활성화</big></b><br>\n" "SysRq 키를 활성화하면 커널을 디버깅할 때처럼 충돌이 있을 때도 시스템을 어느\n" @@ -1083,34 +1132,34 @@ "자세한 내용은 <tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt>\n" "(kernel-source 패키지)를 참조하십시오.</p>\n" -#. Short sleep between reads or writes -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 +#. Short sleep between reads or writes +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 msgid "Reading the Configuration" msgstr "구성 읽기" -#. FIXME: s390: disable reading PCI IDs -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 +#. FIXME: s390: disable reading PCI IDs +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 msgid "Read the PCI ID settings" msgstr "PCI ID 설정 읽기" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 msgid "Read the system settings" msgstr "시스템 설정 읽기" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:38 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:38 msgid "Reading the PCI ID settings..." msgstr "PCI ID 설정 읽는 중..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:39 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:39 msgid "Reading the system settings..." msgstr "시스템 설정 읽는 중..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:40 -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:80 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:40 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:80 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:42 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Reading the Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" @@ -1118,31 +1167,31 @@ "<p><b><big>구성 읽는 중</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려 주십시오...</p>" -#. I have to admit that this is very ugly but it is here -#. to avoid of the very long starting time of the yast module -#. because the Storage module (which is imported by the Bootloader (imported by the SystemSettings module)) -#. has a Read() function call in its constructor. -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:71 +#. I have to admit that this is very ugly but it is here +#. to avoid of the very long starting time of the yast module +#. because the Storage module (which is imported by the Bootloader (imported by the SystemSettings module)) +#. has a Read() function call in its constructor. +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:71 msgid "Saving the Configuration" msgstr "구성 저장" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 msgid "Save the PCI ID settings" msgstr "PCI ID 설정 저장" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 msgid "Save the system settings" msgstr "시스템 설정 저장" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:78 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:78 msgid "Saving the PCI ID settings..." msgstr "PCI ID 설정 저장 중..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:79 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:79 msgid "Saving the system settings..." msgstr "시스템 설정 저장 중..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:82 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:82 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" @@ -1150,62 +1199,62 @@ "<p><b><big>구성 저장 중</big></b><br>\n" "잠시 기다려 주십시오...</p>" -#. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000) -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:56 +#. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000) +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:56 msgid "Unknown processor" msgstr "알 수 없는 프로세서" -#. create processor count string -#. the first %s is integer number (greater than 1) -#. the second %s is processor model name -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:67 +#. create processor count string +#. the first %s is integer number (greater than 1) +#. the second %s is processor model name +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:67 msgid "%sx %s" msgstr "%sx %s" -#. list separator (placed between items) -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:74 +#. list separator (placed between items) +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:74 msgid ", " msgstr "," -#. system manufacturer is unknown -#. system product name is unknown -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:118 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:120 +#. system manufacturer is unknown +#. system product name is unknown +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:118 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:120 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "알 수 없음" -#. probe devices, store model, class, uniq. ID for each device -#. probe by bus -#. list(string) paths = [ "cpu", "memory", "ide", "pci", "scsi", "isapnp", "floppy", "usb", "monitor" ]; -#. probe by device class -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:235 +#. probe devices, store model, class, uniq. ID for each device +#. probe by bus +#. list(string) paths = [ "cpu", "memory", "ide", "pci", "scsi", "isapnp", "floppy", "usb", "monitor" ]; +#. probe by device class +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:235 msgid "Hardware Detection" msgstr "하드웨어 검색" -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:238 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:238 msgid "Detect hardware" msgstr "하드웨어 검색" -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:239 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:239 msgid "Detecting hardware..." msgstr "하드웨어를 검색하는 중..." -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:240 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:240 msgid "Hardware detection is in progress. Please wait." msgstr "하드웨어를 검색하는 중입니다. 잠시 기다려 주십시오." -#. set progress bar label -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:260 +#. set progress bar label +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:260 msgid "%1..." msgstr "%1..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:462 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:462 msgid "File '%1' does not exist. Cannot set new PCI ID." msgstr "'%1' 파일이 존재하지 않습니다. 새 PCI ID를 설정할 수 없습니다." -#. test for installation proposal -#. %1 - name of kernel driver (e.g. e100) -#. %2 - PCI ID (hexnumbers) -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:686 +#. test for installation proposal +#. %1 - name of kernel driver (e.g. e100) +#. %2 - PCI ID (hexnumbers) +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:686 msgid "Driver: %1, New PCI ID: %2" msgstr "드라이버: %1, 새 PCI ID: %2" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/vm.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/vm.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/vm.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: vm\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,24 +14,28 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Main -#. Definition of command line mode options -#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54 +#. Main +#. Definition of command line mode options +#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54 msgid "Install Hypervisor and Tools" msgstr "Hypervisor와 도구 설치" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69 msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." msgstr "가상 머신 구성 중..." -#. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 -msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " -msgstr "x86_64는 가상 시스템 호스트에 대해 유일하게 지원되는 아키텍처입니다. 사용자의 아키텍처 " +#. check for kernel-bigsmp +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 +msgid "" +"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " +"architecture is " +msgstr "" +"x86_64는 가상 시스템 호스트에 대해 유일하게 지원되는 아키텍처입니다. 사용자" +"의 아키텍처 " -#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 +#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -39,185 +43,216 @@ "UML 머신 내에서 가상 머신 설치를 시작할 수 없습니다.\n" "호스트 시스템에서 설치를 시작하십시오.\n" -#. progress stage 1/2 -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 +#. progress stage 1/2 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "설치된 패키지 확인" -#. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 +#. progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "네트워크 브리지 구성" -#. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 +#. Headline for management domain installation +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "VM 서버(도메인 0) 구성" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 -msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" -msgstr "<p><big><b>VM 서버 구성</b></big></p><p>VM 서버(도메인 0)의 구성에는 두 개 부분이 있습니다.</p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM " +"Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>VM 서버 구성</b></big></p><p>VM 서버(도메인 0)의 구성에는 두 개 부" +"분이 있습니다.</p>" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 -msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" -msgstr "<p>필요한 패키지가 먼저 시스템에 설치됩니다. 그런 다음 부트 로더가 GRUB로 전환되고(아직 사용되지 않은 경우), Xen 섹션이 없는 경우 부트 로더 메뉴에 추가됩니다.</p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 +msgid "" +"<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " +"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " +"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>필요한 패키지가 먼저 시스템에 설치됩니다. 그런 다음 부트 로더가 GRUB로 전" +"환되고(아직 사용되지 않은 경우), Xen 섹션이 없는 경우 부트 로더 메뉴에 추가됩" +"니다.</p>" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 -msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Xen과 Linux 커널을 부팅하는 데 필요한 다중 부팅 표준을 지원하기 때문에 GRUB가 필요합니다.</p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 +msgid "" +"<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " +"boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Xen과 Linux 커널을 부팅하는 데 필요한 다중 부팅 표준을 지원하기 때문에 " +"GRUB가 필요합니다.</p>" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 -msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" -msgstr "<p>구성이 완료되면 부트 로더 메뉴에서 VM 서버를 부팅할 수 있습니다.</p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 +msgid "" +"<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " +"Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>구성이 완료되면 부트 로더 메뉴에서 VM 서버를 부팅할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "설치가 중단됩니다." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "설치할 Hypervisor 선택" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "서버: Hypervisor 실행을 위한 최소 시스템" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "도구: 가상 시스템의 구성, 관리 및 모니터링" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "KVM Hypervisor" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "KVM 서버" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "KVM 도구" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "libvirt LXC 컨테이너" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "libvirt LXC 데몬" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "가상화 서버에 연결할 소프트웨어" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "가상화 클라이언트 도구" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "Xen Hypervisor" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "Xen 서버" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "Xen 도구" -#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 +#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "패키지 설치 실패\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "lxc에 대한 패키지 설치 실패\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "sled 클라이언트 패턴에 대한 패키지 설치 실패\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "sles 패턴에 대한 패키지 설치 실패\n" -#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 +#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "텍스트 모드로 실행 중입니다. GUI 구성 요소를 설치하시겠습니까?" -#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 +#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "패키지 점검 중..." -#. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 +#. progressbar title - install the required packages +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "패키지 설치중..." -#. error popup -#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 +#. error popup +#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "필요한 패키지를 설치할 수 없습니다." -#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 +#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "grub2 구성 파일을 업데이트하는 중..." -#. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 +#. Default Bridge stage +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "기본 네트워크 브리지 구성 중..." -#. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 +#. Popup yes/no dialog +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "네트워크 브리지." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 -msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" -msgstr "<p>가상 시스템을 호스트하는 일반 네트워크 구성에는 네트워크 브리지가 권장됩니다.</p><p>기본 네트워크 브리지를 구성하시겠습니까?</p>" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 +msgid "" +"<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " +"bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>가상 시스템을 호스트하는 일반 네트워크 구성에는 네트워크 브리지가 권장됩니" +"다.</p><p>기본 네트워크 브리지를 구성하시겠습니까?</p>" -#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV -#. Progress::NextStage(); -#. Configure firewall to allow xenbr+ -#. success = success && ConfigureFirewall(); -#. if ( success == false ) { -#. // error popup -#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); -#. return false; -#. } -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 +#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV +#. Progress::NextStage(); +#. Configure firewall to allow xenbr+ +#. success = success && ConfigureFirewall(); +#. if ( success == false ) { +#. // error popup +#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); +#. return false; +#. } +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." -msgstr "KVM 구성요소가 설치되어 있습니다. 호스트가 KVM 게스트를 설치할 준비가 되었습니다." +msgstr "" +"KVM 구성요소가 설치되어 있습니다. 호스트가 KVM 게스트를 설치할 준비가 되었습" +"니다." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 -msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." -msgstr "KVM 구성요소가 설치되어 있습니다. 컴퓨터를 재부팅하고 부트 로더 메뉴에서 기본 커널을 선택하여 KVM 게스트를 설치하십시오." +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 +msgid "" +"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " +"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgstr "" +"KVM 구성요소가 설치되어 있습니다. 컴퓨터를 재부팅하고 부트 로더 메뉴에서 기" +"본 커널을 선택하여 KVM 게스트를 설치하십시오." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 -msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." -msgstr "Xen 게스트를 설치하는 경우 시스템을 재부팅하고 부트 로더 메뉴에서 Xen 섹션을 선택하십시오." +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 +msgid "" +"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " +"the boot loader menu." +msgstr "" +"Xen 게스트를 설치하는 경우 시스템을 재부팅하고 부트 로더 메뉴에서 Xen 섹션을 " +"선택하십시오." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "Xen Hypervisor 및 도구가 설치되어 있습니다." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "가상화 클라이언트 도구가 설치되어 있습니다." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "Libvirt LXC 구성요소가 설치되어 있습니다." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/wol.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/wol.ko.po 2016-09-16 15:40:36 UTC (rev 96945) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/wol.ko.po 2016-09-19 13:23:03 UTC (rev 96946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: wol\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:16\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-19 13:48\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,35 +14,35 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: clients/wol.ycp -#. Package: Boot Server -#. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif@suse.de> -#. Summary: WOL -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/wol.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: clients/wol.ycp +#. Package: Boot Server +#. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif@suse.de> +#. Summary: WOL +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/clients/wol.rb:49 msgid "" "Package could not be installed.\n" "Install the missing packages and try again." @@ -50,24 +50,24 @@ "패키지를 설치할 수 없습니다.\n" "누락된 패키지를 설치하고 다시 시도하십시오." -#. Table header -#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 +#. Table header +#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "MAC 주소" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 msgid "Host Name" msgstr "호스트 이름" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:66 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:66 msgid "Wake Up" msgstr "부팅하기" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:76 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:76 msgid "Wake-On-Lan" msgstr "WOL(Wake On Lan)" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:77 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:77 msgid "" "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\n" "<p>With WOL, you can 'wake up' your PC simply by sending a 'magic packet' \n" @@ -77,20 +77,20 @@ "<p>WOL을 사용하면 네트워크를 통해 '매직 패킷'을 보내는 것만으로도 \n" " PC를 '부팅'할 수 있습니다.</p>" -#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); -#: src/clients/wol.rb:127 +#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); +#: src/clients/wol.rb:127 msgid "Really delete this item?" msgstr "이 항목을 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:146 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:146 msgid "Waking remote host" msgstr "원격 호스트 부팅" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:171 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:171 msgid "Host Name:" msgstr "호스트 이름:" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:173 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:173 msgid "" "MAC Address of\n" "the Client: " @@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ "클라이언트의\n" "MAC 주소: " -#. read mac addr. from dhcpd.conf -#: src/modules/WOL.rb:101 +#. read mac addr. from dhcpd.conf +#: src/modules/WOL.rb:101 msgid "" "No previously configured clients found.\n" "However, a DHCP configuration was found on this system. Import the host\n"